1090 Morrison Drive, Ottawa, Ontario K2H 1C2

Tel: (613) 596-0350 Fax: (613) 596-3073

Dear Customer,
This annual catalog, now in its 38th edition, has undergone many changes over the last four
decades. It has spawned numerous separate publications over the years, most notably our Download our catalogs to the Lee Valley Library app
regularly published garden, gift, hardware and book catalogs. This years catalog is once for iPad, iPod, iPhone and Android devices.
again the largest we have published to date. Visit www.leevalley.com
Sign up to receive our web newsletters and e-mail
Just as the size and scope have evolved, so has the purpose. For many years, it has been notication of sales and special buys. Published
the mechanism by which we introduced new products, and indicated which lines we could monthly, our newsletters contain technical information
support for the next twelve months. It was the system of record for much of our product line.
and articles of interest to woodworkers and gardeners,
Today, the pace of change in our industry and in our society has increased to the point and can also be viewed online.
where a publication of this size is months out of date by the time the print run has finished. Guarantee We pledge to you the best service we
It is really a snapshot in time of a product offering that is in continuous flux. Paper has can provide and personal attention for every order you
been supplanted by electronic publishing as the system of record; digital content can be place. We will always try our best to give you the
maintained and improved continuously and be current every time you look at it. fastest delivery possible and the best values. If you are
not satisfied for any reason, just return your purchase
Yet paper still provides a unique experience. It can be rapidly scanned to find items of within 3 months* by ground mail. You can choose to
either exchange the product or receive a complete
interest, and has been shown to be faster to read than digital content. In many ways it can refund (including our regular shipping charges); we will
be a more satisfying browsing and reading experience. We know it is still an important and also refund your return parcel post costs at the ground
relevant medium. mail rate.
*30 days for Festool products and SawStop table saws
For the first time, however, we plan to run out of this years catalog before the end of the
calendar year, recognizing that we can better devote our efforts to producing more timely Find us on:
and current content, both in print and digitally. We remain as committed as ever to print,
although how we use it will continue to evolve.
Cheers,
or visit www.leevalley.com

STORE LOCATIONS
See our website or the order form for maps.
Robin C. Lee
HALIFAX
President 100 Susie Lake Crescent (902) 450-1221
OTTAWA
900 Morrison Drive (613) 596-9202
Our stores and our website carry additional products KINGSTON Opening Oct. 2015
and new items as they become available throughout
5 EASY WAYS TO SHOP 616 Gardiners Road (613) 634-4400
the year. Visit 1-800-267-8767 TORONTO EAST
1275 Morningside Avenue (416) 286-7574
www.leevalley.com Phones are staffed Monday to Friday TORONTO DOWNTOWN
from 8 to 7 and from 9 to 5 on Saturday, 590 King Street W. (416) 366-5959
QUICK INDEX Eastern Time. Outside these hours, Metered/pay parking available nearby or take TTC
Full index see pages 227-229. answering machines are used. VAUGHAN
Adhesives & Accessories ........................ 84-86 (Nous sommes disponibles pour vous 167 Chrislea Road (905) 264-1208
Assorted Tools .....................................338-378 servir en franais.) BURLINGTON
3060 Davidson Court (905) 319-9110
Books ...................................... See our website www.leevalley.com WATERLOO
Carving Tools & Supplies ....................128-141 Browse in English or French and order 620 Davenport Road (519) 746-2555
Chisels & Gouges .................................... 87-96 online 24 hours a day, for shipment to you
Clamping & Accessories.......................... 53-83 LONDON
or pick-up at our stores. Create a wish 2100 Oxford Street E. (519) 659-7981
Drilling ..................................................197-215 list, watch helpful videos, and check item WINNIPEG
Dust Collection .....................................280-286 availability at a glance. 1395 Ellice Avenue (204) 779-7467
Festool ...............................................466-467 SASKATOON
Finishing ...............................................324-337 Visit any one of our stores 820A 51st Street E. (306) 652-6902
Gift Card ...................................................... 226 See our website or the order form for EDMONTON
Hardware .............................................404-465 maps. 18403 104th Avenue N.W. (780) 444-6153
Jig & Fixture Parts................................234-239 CALGARY
P.O. Box 6295, Stn. J 7261 11th Street S.E. (403) 253-2066
LED Lighting ........................................394-403
Log Splitting & Building ........................287-293 Ottawa, Ontario K2A 1T4 COQUITLAM
Simply complete the order form and mail 1401 United Boulevard (604) 515-8896
Magnets ...............................................230-233
it to us. VANCOUVER
Marking & Measuring................................. 4-39 1180 S.E. Marine Drive (604) 261-2262
Picture Framing ...................................299-302 Fax: 1-800-668-1807 VICTORIA
Planes & Scrapers ................................. 97-127 Simply complete the order form and fax 314 Wale Road (Colwood) (250) 391-9553
Power Tool Accessories ......................240-254 it to us.
Project Supplies ...................................303-323 Store Hours
Router Accessories..............................259-268 See our website for store hours and holiday closures at all
Router Bits ...........................................269-279
Customer Service: 1-800-267-8761 our locations across Canada.
customerservice@leevalley.com
Router Table Systems .........................255-258 Prices
Safety Equipment ................................294-298 Learn More Prices in this catalog are current as of July 30, 2015, and are
Sanding & Shaping ..............................186-196 See page 226 to learn more about Lee Valley, including: in Canadian dollars. Prices are subject to change without
Saws ........................................................ 40-52 our digital catalogs notice if our costs increase or an inadvertent error has been
Screwdriving ........................................216-225 send a catalog to a friend printed. Our website reects our current prices, which super-
Sharpening...........................................142-160 sede those in print.
our privacy policy
Storage.................................................379-393
Turning Tools .......................................161-185 Cover Photo Special Symbols
Hand drills from the Lee Valley collection. Product is made in Canada.
Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 08/2015 Product is made in USA.
Content may not be copied from this catalog without Items indicated Not Stocked at our Stores can be ordered Product is new to this catalog.
our express permission. from our catalog or our website for pick-up at any of our stores. Product shipped by ground methods only.
 EZ Smart Saw Base & Edge Guide
This system greatly improves the safety, accuracy and edge quality of
circular-saw cuts. Mounted onto the saws base plate, the 71/4151/2
universal base provides a broad, rigid support that remains registered
on the work until the blade has completely cleared the cut.
It comes with a customizable zero-clearance insert plate; plunge-
cutting through the plate creates a slot matched to your saws blade, so
Saw not included.
the plate fully supports the material to prevent tearout. A
spacer n on the underside of the base functions much
like a riving knife on a tablesaw, preventing kickback by
holding the kerf open to keep it from binding on the blade.
Compatible with most right- and left-handed saws.
The base is available on its own for freehand cuts, or with an optional direct-reading
A guide that permits repeatable cuts up to 24 from a reference edge. Lightweight and portable,
the guide is steel and aluminum and has a 24 long fence for stable registration. The guide is particularly
useful when you want to quickly break down full-size sheet stock into more manageable pieces.
An additional insert plate is available separately (includes a spacer n), either as a
replacement or to create a new custom-tting plate when switching saw blades.
A. 86N52.05 Saw Base & Edge Guide $115.00
B. 86N52.01 Saw Base $ 56.50
86N52.00 Saw Base Insert Plate $ 21.00

Zero-clearance
Spacer insert plate
n

A B
Base used for B
freehand cutting

EZ Smart Track Saw

System 108 track saw
system shown.
This rail system lets you
use a portable circular Saw not included.
saw much as you
would a track saw, for
true cuts and improved
safety. Your saw
mounts onto the included
71/4151/2 universal base, C
which travels along the extruded D
54 track saw
aluminum rails to eliminate risk of a system shown.
wandering cut and potential kickback.
Each rail has a strip of sacricial plastic
Clamps hold track in place on
edging; your rst pass automatically cuts the workpiece.
edging to the exact blade position of your saw.
Once cut, the edging overlays the surface of the
work right to the kerf, greatly reducing chipping
and tearout. Positioning the rails is easy; aligning the
edging with your cut lines simplies square cuts as well
as those at any angle to the edge of the stock. This direct-
reading capability also applies to bevelled cuts you simply
cut a new edging strip to correspond to the specic blade angle.
You can also use the base independent of the rails for freehand
cuts. It provides a broad, rigid support that remains registered on the
work until the blade has completely cleared the cut. Plunge-cutting
through the included zero-clearance insert plate creates a slot matched to
your saws blade, so the plate fully supports the material to eliminate
tearout. A spacer n on the underside prevents kickback by holding the kerf
open to keep it from binding on the blade. Sacricial strip cut by the saw
blade to reduce chipping and
The system is available with a single 54 guide rail, or with a pair of 54 rails with tear-out.
connectors used to create a 108 rail, useful when ripping full lengths of sheet stock. Each
version comes with one saw base, a pair of track clamps (21/4 maximum material thickness)
and two edging strips per 54 rail. Additional insert plates for the saw base are available
individually and extra edging strips are sold in packages of three. Made in USA.
C. 86N52.10 *54 Track Saw System $199.00
D. 86N52.15 *108 Track Saw System $349.00 More EZ Smart
86N52.00 Saw Base Insert Plate $ 21.00 products are available
86N52.09 54 Edging Strips, pkg. of 3 $ 23.00 on our website. Visit
www.leevalley.com
* Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular shipping charges: $10 for 86N52.10 and $20 for
86N52.15. For areas not served by ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
3
MARKING & MEASURING
B
A

D
C

Marking a registers against the gauge face to keep the shaft parallel to the workpiece
mortise. surface, preventing accidental tilting of the cutters. Supplied as a pair of
Use as a depth gauge to cutters with a shaft collar and a hex key.
transfer measurements.
Non-Graduated
Marking Gauges
Marking gauge shown A. 05N33.21 Standard Wheel Gauge $36.50
with gauge heads.
B. 05N35.10 Micro-Adjust Gauge $43.90
Imperial Graduated
Veritas Marking Gauges Marking Gauges
The hardened steel wheel cutters on these gauges scribe perfectly at any C. 05N33.22 Standard Wheel Gauge, Imp. $39.50
point of their circumference. Since they cut wood bers rather than tear, D. 05N35.20 Micro-Adjust Gauge, Imp. $46.90
marks are clean, even on cross grain. Machined to precise tolerances to
Metric Graduated
prevent binding on the rods, the collars are made from extruded aluminum,
Marking Gauges
with a turned brass thumbscrew that tightens onto the stainless-steel guide
05N33.23 Std. Wheel Gauge, Metric $39.50
rods without marring their surfaces. The gauges are easy to set, since an
05N35.21 Micro-Adjust Gauge, Metric $46.90
internal O-ring keeps light but constant friction on the rod. Wheels retract
into the gauge face for storage and protection. Patented. Made in Canada. 05N35.11 Repl. Wheel for all gauges $ 5.95
E. 15N01.01 Marking/Mortise Gauge Heads $13.50
Veritas Wheel Marking Gauges
Veritas Dual Marking Gauge
With its cutting edge at the extreme end of the rod, this gauge is useful for trans-
With two independently adjustable rods, this gauge lets you set two measure-
ferring dimensions such as tenon shoulder and mortise depth. The wheels
ments at once, so you can quickly alternate between them when transferring
single-sided bevel pulls the gauge face against the stock, maintaining accuracy.
or marking repetitive dimensions. The cutting wheels are oriented with
We offer a standard marking gauge and a micro-adjust model that has
opposing bevels, ensuring that you can always set the bevel in the waste side
a slightly longer body tted with a two-stage collet to allow ne adjustment
of a cut. One rod has its cutting edge at the extreme end of the rod, making it
of the cutting wheel. The collet has a ne-pitch thread; one revolution
useful for transferring dimensions such as tenon shoulder and mortise depth.
advances or retracts the wheel 1/32, a half turn 1/64, a quarter turn 1/128, etc.
Each cutter can be retracted into the face to permit use with a single cutter.
The knurled thumbscrew then locks the setting. Standard and micro-adjust
The eccentric placement of the rods ensures a large reference face and helps
gauges are available with a plain rod, or with an Imperial or metric graduated
the gauge resist rolling on a surface. 71/4 overall with projection up to 53/4.
rod. The rod of the Imperial gauge is graduated to 6 in 16ths; the metric
Designed to t onto the gauges guide rods, the optional shaft clamp lets
version has graduations to 150mm.
you lock the relative position of the cutters while still being able to freely
Available separately, the gauge heads are
adjust the fence for offset. This allows you to preserve identical mortise or
a simple retrot for any marking gauge with
tenon sizing when joining parts of different thicknesses or when adding a
a /16 diameter shaft. Made from carbon
5
E reveal, since it prevents the cutter settings from shifting while the fence is
steel, the 5/8 diameter single-bevel cutters
being repositioned. Cutting wheels
are usable in-line for marking parallel lines,
F. 05N70.01 Dual Marking Gauge $59.50 retract into gauge
or with bevels facing for sure mortise sizing G
G. 05N70.02 Repl. Outside Cutter $ 5.60 head for
and chisel registration. The blades can be protection
H. 05N70.03 Repl. Inside Cutter $ 5.60 during
set as close as 3/8 apart. The shaft collar H
J. 05N70.05 Shaft Clamp $10.90 storage.
05N70.10 Gauge & Clamp Set $67.50
J

Mortise
J
Two independently adjustable
F rods can be used to scribe both
sides of a mortise and then Cutting wheels are oriented with opposing
transfer the width for marking bevels so you can always set the bevel on
the tenon. The distance between the waste side of the cut.
the cutters remains constant
when adjusting the head offset.

Tenon

 A. Starrett Graduated Marking Gauge
Though originally developed for layout on metal, this
nely made steel gauge is also suitable for woodworking.
The corners of the square cutter scribe a crisp line across A
or along the grain in softwoods and hardwoods. The
knurled thumbscrew clamps down on a split bushing Beam is graduated
in 64ths.
within the fence to reliably hold the setting without
galling the beam. Beam is graduated in 64ths to 6. The
fence is just over 13/16 in diameter and is hardened to
resist wear when used for metalwork. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N32.35 Graduated Marking Gauge $134.00

B. Pocket Marking Gauge

Since this double-ended marking gauge retains two separate measurements at once (up to 31/4 combined), it is particularly
convenient for transferring and marking repetitive dimensions such as those needed for mortises and tenons. A thumb-
screw with a brass shoe locks each of the 3/4 diameter heads in position. The single-sided bevel pulls the gauge
against stock to maintain accuracy while marking. The wheel cutters at each end slice rather than tear bers,
scribing cleanly at any point of their circumference, even on cross grain. The 41/2 marking gauge ts
easily in an apron pocket, and the cutting Single-sided bevel on cutting Cutting wheels store safely
wheels retract into the gauge faces for safe wheel pulls gauge tight to in gauge
storage. Made of stainless steel with hardened stock and scribes cleanly. faces.

steel cutters. A fast, accurate direct-transfer

tool. Made in Canada.
15N02.01 Pocket Marking Gauge $22.50 B
15N02.02 Repl. Blade, ea. $ 3.40
C. 3-in-1 Brass Marking Gauge
Our elegant marking gauge is a cutting gauge, a pin gauge and a wheel gauge all in one. The
swivelling chuck takes a pin or a blade that locks in place (after extension is set) with a set
screw in the end of the 41/2 gauge stem. The blade can be set for right- or left-handed use. The
opposite end of the stem is tapped to accept a 3/8 dia. wheel cutter. The fence and the inner C
portion of the locking collet are a single eccentric brass turning. The 1 dia. fence is eccentric
to maximize rub depth and prevents the gauge from rolling off the workbench.
Comes with a dozen spare blades, two hardened steel pins, a wheel cutter and screw, and a
hex key. Extra stems available separately. Patented. An excellent tool that is a great buy. Marking
05N65.01 3-in-1 Brass Marking Gauge $32.50 Cutting wheel
05N65.02 Extra Stem $ 5.90 blade C Marking pin C C

Rosewood Mortise/Marking Gauges Japanese-Style Marking/Cutting Gauges

Made of durable and beautiful rosewood,
these Shefeld-made gauges have the same
pin arrangement (double on the mortise side
and single on the marking side) but different
slide mechanisms. The deluxe gauge has a
threaded rod with a brass thumbscrew for
pin-slide adjustment; the standard gauge has
a brass post. The screw mechanism on the
deluxe model makes ne adjustment easier.
Both gauges have brass rubbing strips and a
brass wear plug. Should last for generations.
Made by Crown Tools.
D. 35N02.01 Standard Rosewood Gauge $49.50
E. 35N01.01 Deluxe Rosewood Gauge $74.50
F. Rosewood Cutting Gauge
An excellent cutting gauge made from Indian
rosewood with all-brass ttings. The stem
has a brass inlay wear strip and the head has
brass rubbing strips. The steel cutting knife is
held in position with a brass wedge. Made in
U.K. by Crown Tools.
35N06.01 Rosewood Cutting Gauge $46.50
Made of Indonesian ebony, these good-quality H
gauges have Japanese-style tapered blades
that produce a ne cut-line and prevent tear-
out. The single-stem marking gauge has a
wedge-secured 7 stem and a 43/4 long fence
that is rounded on the underside for smooth
travel over surfaces. The double-stem mortise
gauge has a 53/8 long fence and 6 stems that
secure with a thumbscrew pressing against a J
steel rub plate to avoid stem marring. The
blades are usable in-line for marking parallel
lines, or with bevels facing for sure mortise
sizing and chisel registration.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
H. 07P15.52 Ebony Marking Gauge $34.50
J. 07P15.50 Ebony Mortise Gauge $39.50
07P15.53 Repl. Blade for Gauges $ 3.50
F
G

G. Beech Marking Gauge

A good standard marking gauge with an 8 D
post, brass rub strips and a plastic locking
thumbscrew. Made in U.K. by Crown Tools. E
35N06.05 Beech Marking Gauge $21.50

To sharpen the points on your marking

gauge, use a safe edge le to avoid nicking
the gauge stem.
5
 A B C D H
G
J

Point reverses
for storage in F
handle.

Starrett Pocket Scribers
These elegant scribers have
1/4 diameter knurled shafts A B
Steel Carbide
with a 3/8 domed hexag-
onal head to prevent rolling
on a bench. The nely
tapered points are 23/8
long and reverse for storage in the handle. The
points are locked in place by a two-jaw knurled
chuck. Available with hardened steel or carbide
points. Made in USA.
A. 30N28.01 Steel Point Scriber, 23/8 $15.50
B. 30N28.05 Carbide Point Scriber, 23/8 $40.00
Marking Knives
Primarily used for cutting leather, these also
make excellent marking knives. The high-
carbon blade is nely tapered, making it very
accurate in use because it has negligible width
and penetrates easily. Ebony handle, brass rivets
and a 21/4 long blade, available with either a
right or left bevel.
C. 33N07.01 Marking Knife, RH Bevel $42.50 G. Pocket Folding Squares
D. 33N07.02 Marking Knife, LH Bevel $42.50
E. Lee Valley Scratch Awl
The 3 long rosewood handle on this scratch awl
has two ats to ensure it wont roll away when
you lay it down. The 5 long tapered blade is
dressed to a ne point for precise marking and
layout. Hardened to Rc55, the high-carbon steel
blade does not dull quickly.
50K06.01 Lee Valley Scratch Awl $18.50
F. Czeck Edge Kerf Kadet II Marking Knife slide into a pocket or apron. With an anodized
Not only useful for general layout work, this hand- aluminum stock and stainless-steel blade, it
crafted knife has a 0.029 thick blade that reaches is light but sturdy. Available in two sizes of
into tight recesses, ideal Thin blade blades, 6 and 10. Graduated in 16ths on both
for transferring the prole reaches into sides. The smoothly machined, slightly radiused
tight recesses.
of narrow dovetail pins. blade edge does not groove a pencil and works
Available with an O1 tool well with a marking knife. Made in Sweden.
steel blade, hardened to 01N02.01 6 Folding Square $34.50
Rc59-60 for durability, 01N02.02 10 Folding Square $42.50
or in a more rigid carbide H. Aluminum and Steel Try Squares
version that holds its edge Ideal for cabinetmaking, these squares have anod-
longer for less frequent sharpening (diamond abra- ized aluminum stocks and milled stainless-steel
sive required). Both blade types are 5/16 wide by tongues. The anodizing eliminates any oxide
17/16 long with a 44 spear-point tip; one face has marking. Guaranteed to an accuracy of 0.001 per
a 40 bevel and the other is at for ush registration inch of tongue length. Available in four sizes.
against a reference surface. For right- or left-hand 60N30.01 6 Stainless Square $17.50
use, the knife marks in either direction. Turned 60N30.02 8 Stainless Square $21.50
cocobolo handle with a machined bronze ferrule. 60N30.03 10 Stainless Square $25.25
Just over 7 long overall. 60N30.04 12 Stainless Square $34.50
16N01.01 O1 Marking Knife $58.50
16N01.02 Carbide Marking Knife $84.50 J. Engineers Squares
These extremely accurate squares are particularly
valuable in setting up workshop power equipment
This is one of those required to make precision cuts. Machined to
90 135
rare multi-purpose continental engineering standards (British
tools that performs as Standard 939 Grade B less than 0.001 devia-
well as the single- 45 tion per inch over the entire length of the blade).
purpose tools it 24N07.02 2 Steel Square $13.50
replaces. Using a 24N07.03 3 Steel Square $14.90
patented system of 24N07.04 4 Steel Square $18.50
ball detents, this square locks at 45, 90 and 135 24N07.06 6 Steel Square $21.90
with an accuracy of 0.06, and folds closed to 24N07.08 8 Steel Square $31.50

K. Veritas Shop Knife L. Striking Knife

The unique handle shape on this marking knife lets you use it comfortably Made to our exacting standards, this marking knife has
with a pencil grip when ne control is needed, or a pistol grip that allows a 55 included angle on the tip, ideal for a relaxed grip M
greater force to be applied for a more visible line. The removable blade design with maximum control. The blade is perfectly ground L
lets you ip the blade for right-hand or left-hand use, or for ush registration and razor sharp. For right- or left-hand use, it marks in
on either side of a reference surface. The blade, made of PM-V11 tool steel, either direction. The rosewood handle is designed for
is 3/32 thick and about 3/8 wide with a 55 spear-point tip. At 21/4 long, it comfort and precise control with ats on the sides to
projects 1 from the handle. Ground to a keen edge at a 25 bevel angle, it prevent rolling. Just under 7 long.
slices wood bers cleanly. The handle is zinc alloy with a matte black coating 50D01.01 Striking Knife $29.50
and a stainless-steel blade-clamping knob. 63/4 long overall.
05D21.01 Veritas Shop Knife $39.50 M. Veritas Workshop Striking Knife
05D21.02 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $17.50 There never seems to be a striking knife at hand when you
need it. Weve produced this high-quality, well-priced
knife so you can affordably leave several around your shop.
It has an A2 tool-steel blade with a 55 included angle at the
tip. Ground to a keen edge at a 25 bevel angle, it slices
K wood bers cleanly, leaving an incised marking line to
guide a saw or chisel when starting a cut. At less than 1/32
thick and 5/16 wide, the blade projects about 11/2 from the
Removable blade ips handle, making it particularly useful for the precise transfer
for right-hand or
left-hand use.
work for dovetail layouts. The dual bevel makes it suitable
for use in either hand, or for marking either side of a refer-
ence surface. The nylon-reinforced ABS handle is
contoured for a comfortable, controlled grip. Supplied with
a tip guard. 65/8 long overall. Made in Canada. Excellent
Pistol grip value in what should be a shop staple. 1+ 3+
allows Pencil grip
greater force allows ne
05D20.05 Striking Knife, ea. $12.95 $11.65
for a more control when
visible line. required.

 Starrett Steel Double Squares
A precision and try square, for both layout work and machinery set-up and
B D
checking. The stock and blade are hardened steel. Etched and black-lled for legi-
bility, the 21/2 long blade is available in Imperial graduated in 32nds and 64ths, or
metric with millimetre markings on one side and millimetre and half-millimetre
markings on the other. The knurled nut accurately secures the blade in any position
from full left to full right. Made in USA. D&F
Not Stocked at our Stores. Built-in level vial
A. 30N29.10 Imperial Steel Double Square $125.00
B. 30N29.11 Metric Steel Double Square $134.00
Starrett Double Squares
Popular with machinists, toolmakers and patternmakers, A F
these squares have sliding blades permitting use as a preci-
sion or try square. Etched and black-lled for legibility, the
blades are available in Imperial with 1/8, 1/16, 1/32 and 1/64
graduations, or metric with millimetre markings on one face
and millimetre and half-millimetre markings on the other.
The faces of the stock are ground square. Blades lock
securely in any position from full left to full right, using the
knurled nut. The 6 and 150mm squares have a built-in level
vial in the stock. Made in USA.
B
Not Stocked at our Stores. C E
C. 30N29.20 4 Double Square $ 86.50
D. 30N29.30 6 Double Square $105.00
E. 30N29.21 100mm Double Square $ 88.50
F. 30N29.31 150mm Double Square $106.00
Japanese-Style Layout Squares
These compact layout squares are suitable for
both joint layout and machine set-up, and have
hardened stainless-steel blades that resist K
scoring. The combination square/miter comes in
Imperial and metric versions (graduated in 16ths
or millimetres) with clear etched and black-lled
markings on both sides. About 63/4 long, it has
a 33/4 wide blade. The double miter square is a
traditional design, 41/2 along the base with a Precision Double Square
21/4 wide blade. Both squares can be used for Made to our design, this square M
any joint incorporating a miter. The combination has a slim stock and an accu-
K
square/miter can also be used for any joint racy guaranteed to be better L N
requiring a line at 90 to a surface, such as than 0.001 per inch. It is suit-
tenons, dovetails and half-laps. The 5/8 wide able for both layout work and machinery set-up Small Squares
bases register solidly when setting table saw and checking. The precision open-work casting Both squares have a thick brass facing on a rose-
blades and jointer fences. Accurate to 1/10. not only provides the accuracy required but wood stock with a triple-pinned blade. The try
Excellent quality. avoids the stock-heavy feel of most machinists square has a 4 long blade and a 3 long stock.
G. 60N03.10 Square/Miter, Imperial $24.50 squares. Available with a 4 or 6 blade that The try/miter square has a 3 long blade and a
H. 60N03.11 Square/Miter, Metric $24.50 locks securely in any position from full left to 21/2 stock. (Blade lengths are nominal.) Made in
J. 60N03.12 Double Miter Square $15.95 full right. U.K. by Crown Tools.
K. 24N08.01 4 Double Square $46.50 M. 35N09.01 4 Try Square $24.50
L. 24N08.02 6 Double Square $49.50 N. 35N16.01 3 Try/Miter Square $26.50

G Veritas Sliding Squares

J Used to lay out or transfer
measurements quickly and
accurately, our cabinetmakers
squares simplify working
in two axes at once. The
H
machine-ground, stainless-
G steel blade is 3 (77mm) wide
and 6 (152mm) long. The
Imperial model is graduated to
4 along both edges and across
one end to 3. The metric model is graduated to O
100mm along both edges and across one end to
70mm. Each has an easy-to-read matte nish
that can be marked with a pencil, and the diamond
cut-out in the blade holds a pencil tip in position
for drawing lines parallel to an edge. Rules are
interchangeable and can be purchased separately.
O. 05N32.01 Sliding Square Imperial $42.50
05N32.02 Imperial Rule only $16.50
J P. 05N32.05 Sliding Square Metric $42.50
05N32.06 Metric Rule only $16.50
P 7

Veritas Large
Precision Square
At 612, the large
B precision square is
double the size of the
C original (at right), but is
made to the same tolerances. It
A
has the accuracy of an engi-
neers square (0.001 per inch
of length), with all four edges
ground and both faces gradu-
ated on the inside and outside
A edges. For ease of reading, the
markings are etched and black-
filled. The chrome-plated
high-carbon steel legs can be marked upon with
pencil for direct-reference use. The interior
corners are relieved to ensure that the square
seats well, even over saw whiskers. Beyond
being useful for layout work, it will let you check
if surfaces are at or straight, and can measure
and check for square on the same plane.
Available in Imperial only, it has 1 wide legs
graduated in 32nds on the 6 leg and in 16ths on
the 12 leg. Made in USA.
A. 05N35.05 Large Precision Square $58.50 C. 05N35.03 Precision Square, Metric
D
D. Veritas Square Fence
The key disadvantage of a carpenters square (its
lack of a supporting fence ledge) can be elimi-
nated using our square fence. The 8 long
anodized aluminum extrusion can be readily
attached to either the stock or blade of your E. Carpenters Stainless-Steel Square
square with the two integral brass screws. The
face of the square fence aligns with the edge of
the workpiece while the weight of the framing
square rests on the material. One side offers a 1
high face; the opposite side has a 1/4 face, letting as graduations on both faces in 8ths and 16ths
you use it on workpieces this thin without having
to slide them to the edge of your workbench. Its
purposeful shape also gives your framing square
a handle, hugely increasing its utility. Ideal for
use on round-edge material and sheet stock.
05N54.01 Veritas Square Fence $26.50
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit
our website at www.leevalley.com
F other. It has large numerals and etched, black-lled markings for wear resistance
8
B
Compact
Veritas Precision Square size
This could easily become
the most-used measuring
tool in your shop. An ideal Check for
B
square
size for cabinetmaking, it has the surfaces.
B
accuracy of an engineers square
(0.001 per inch of length). All four
edges are ground, and both faces
are graduated on the inside and Machine
set-up
outside edges. The Imperial square
is graduated in 32nds on the 3 leg and in 16ths
on the 6 leg, while the metric version is gradu-
ated in half millimetres on the 8cm leg and in
millimetres on the 15cm leg. Each is useful not
only for general layout and checking whether
surfaces are at or straight, but also for machine
set-up, since it lets you measure and check for
square on the same plane. The chrome-plated
high-carbon steel legs can be marked upon with
pencil for direct-reference use. Legs are 3/4
wide on the Imperial and 20mm wide on the
metric. The relieved interior corner ensures that
the square seats well, even over saw whiskers.
The markings are etched and black-lled for
ease of reading. This thin, compact square ts
easily into an apron slot or pocket so its there
when you need it. Made in USA. Excellent value
in a superb square.
B. 05N35.01 Precision Square, Imperial $29.50
$29.50
E
Asquare
For general construction
squaring (framing, decks,
paving stones, etc.),
a large A-frame square
is handy. The third arm
makes it easier to use, and
The most versatile tool in a carpenters box, a the extra length (double
steel square can be used both to calculate and to the arm length of a stan-
lay out. This square has a rafter table, a brace dard square) makes it a
table and an octagon scale engraved on it, as well practical substitute in the
more time-consuming
on one face and in 10ths and 12ths on the other. process of measuring
The angular accuracy is 0.001 radian (1/17) for diagonals. This 345
the outside edge. The markings, filled with aluminum square folds
permanent black chrome finish, are deeply to a slim 523/8 for
photo-engraved so that they cannot be obliter- travel or storage. It
ated through wear. The hardened stainless-steel weighs only 31/2 lb and is
construction ensures that the square is rustproof, accurate to 1/32 over 4.
rigid and non-marking in use. Size is 1624. 61N02.10 Asquare $79.50
Made in Japan.
60N48.01 Carpenters Square $86.50
F. Japanese Square
Most steel squares are heavy and awkward to use, but this slim Japanese square is
light (31/2 oz) and exible. The thin, pliable stock and tongue, combined with the
bevelled prole, allow you to hold it anywhere on the tongue and force the edge at
to the work for easy, accurate measuring. The corner is much thicker for rigidity.
The arms are 101/2201/2, graduated in Imperial on one face and metric on the
and legibility. Square to within 0.1mm per 100mm, it is made from hardened stain-
less steel. A well-made, convenient tool for layout.
60N03.15 Japanese Square $39.50
 Chappell Squares
With all the standard features of traditional models, these
squares are graduated in 20ths of an inch (0.05), allowing
you to transfer gures from a calculator without complex conversion, mini-
mizing rounding errors. All markings are deeply etched and black lled for
legibility and wear resistance, and are sharply dened to permit precise inter-
polation between marks; this gives most users the ability to easily mark and measure to within 0.025.
Longer marks at 5/20, 10/20 and 15/20 give you a quick visual reference to standard 1/4, 1/2 and 3/4
increments. All scales are marked at 16.97, the standard unit run of a hip/valley rafter. The squares
include the usual hip, valley and jack rafter tables, but also incorporate newly developed tables for
unequal, hexagonal and octagonal roofs. The small square has an 18 blade and a 12 tongue; the large
has a 24 blade and an 18 tongue. Made of sturdy, rust-resistant 13-gauge 304 stainless steel, both
squares are machined on all edges. Relieved inside corners ensure that the squares seat well, even over
saw whiskers. Graduations and angular accuracy are 0.003 over the length of both tongue and blade.
A. 60N48.18 Chappell Square, Small $ 99.00
B. 60N48.24 Chappell Square, Large $139.00
C. How to Use the Steel Square
Extracted from a 1923 edition of Audels Carpenters and Builders Guide #1, this booklet describes many
uses of the steel square with the main focus on how to calculate and cut rafters, including hip, jack, valley, A
cripple and common rafters. When this was written, a carpenters square was the primary layout tool in a
carpenters toolbox, used to solve numerous geometric problems that we use a calculator for today.
Softcover, saddle stitched, 57, 56 pages. Reprinted in 2001 as part of our Classic Reprint Series. B
49L80.54 How to Use the Steel Square $8.50
C
Rafter Angle Squares
These specialized squares are specically designed for laying out rafters and stairs. A T-back on the
square lets you work much faster than you could with a regular rafter square. The rise and run markings
are easily read, as are angles. The squares can be used for common, hip, valley or jack rafters, as well as
simple cut-off or miter squares. The standard model measures 7 on the edges and 10 on the diagonal.
The larger version measures a full 12 on the edges (17 along the diagonal) and has built-in square
gauges for stair layout and a scribing slot notched every 1/4 for laying out parallel lines. The greatest
advantage of this square is a movable layout bar mounted under one edge, which adjusts to t out-of- F
square corners; a real asset when tting cabinets. Each is made from cast aluminum with machined faces.
Welcome tools for any carpenter. Instruction booklet included.
D
D. 61N02.02 Std. Rafter Angle Square $14.50 E
E. 61N02.04 Large Rafter Angle Square $34.50
F. Square Gauge Set
These solid brass gauges clamp onto a carpenters square to make repetitive angle marking easy.
Useful for laying out stair stringers and for roof framing, scarng, etc. You
can use any carpenters framing square that has F
stock and tongue long enough to cover your
tread:riser ratio. About 1 high by 3/4 wide,
with 3/16 jaw capacity. There are two to a set.
05N53.01 Square Gauge Set $14.80
G. 3 Sliding Bevel
Half the size of a regular sliding bevel, this little rosewood model is far handier for laying out dovetails
or any ne detail work. The 3 blade is in a brass-trimmed rosewood stock only 23/4 long. A pleasure
to use. Weighs only 1 oz. Made in U.K. by Crown Tools.
35N14.01 3 Sliding Bevel $21.50 H
H. Aluminum Sliding Bevel
A sliding bevel is a tool that is essential in both carpentry and cabinetmaking for marking off odd
angles when installing molding, for laying out dovetails, for framing cuts, etc. The blade can be set at G
any angle from 0 to 180. This Japanese bevel has an anodized aluminum body and features a locking
screw located in the end of the stem so the tool can be ipped for use on either side. The stem edges are
rounded and the 10 stainless-steel blade is milled.
60N20.10 10 Aluminum Bevel $29.50
Veritas Sliding Bevel & Bevel Setter
Our sliding bevel features a unique cam locking mechanism that is completely ush J
with the body, allowing the bevel to be used on either side. It can be used in the most
restricted places, since the lever cam lock can be operated with a single nger. Because L
the locking mechanism operates by compression with no rotary movement, accuracy is
Bevel has
perfect. Features a stainless-steel blade and resin-impregnated wood body. Two models a quick-release
are available a full-size model with a 10 blade, as well as a modelmakers version, locking mechanism.
J
which has a 4 blade and weighs less than an ounce. This is the best sliding bevel design L
on the market and is the perfect companion to our bevel setter.
Our bevel setter lets you set specic angles (from 0 to 60 in 1/2 increments) on a
sliding bevel or a workpiece, as well as read angles already set. Useful for dovetailing,
machine set-up, or polygon work. Common dovetail and polygon angles are high-
lighted on the reverse side. The stainless-steel blade is 3 wide and 7 long. Patented.
J. 05N44.04 Veritas 4 Mini Bevel $52.50
K. 05N44.05 Veritas 10 Sliding Bevel $59.50 K
L. 05N66.01 Bevel Setter w/Imperial Rule $41.50
05N66.03 Bevel Setter w/Metric Rule $41.50
L

Starrett Universal Bevel
Useful for transferring odd angles, laying out dovetails
and marking framing cuts, this sliding bevel has both
straight and offset slots in the blade to allow direct
transfer or setting of a wide range of angles. The
clamping bolt has a knurled locking screw and
a recessed head, allowing the stock to lie
at on the work. The blade is 6 long,
with a 31/2 stock. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N29.50 Universal Bevel $139.00
D D
C each standard protractor has a xed-length blade that proj-
B B. 30N04.01 Rectangular Protractor
E. Protractor Square
Although very handy as a long-armed protractor
for measuring inside or outside angles, this tool
excels as a cutting guide. Without calculating
anything, an angle can be duplicated perfectly.
Check the angle, lock the protractor and make
your cut. Hard anodized aluminum with plated-
steel ttings. The protractor is graduated to
180, reading left to right and right to left. The
arms are 20 and 9 and are graduated in 16ths
and millimetres.
99N04.01 9 Protractor Square $28.50
F. Engineers Protractor
A good protractor is a necessity in the shop. This
protractor has a 33/421/4 head with a 6 shaft
projection graduated in 32nds. It is very handy
for measuring bevel angles prior to grinding or
honing. Made in Japan.
60N20.03 Engineers Protractor $39.50
J for levelling, setting or determining slopes.
F
E a try square, a miter square, a sliding bevel, a
10 Marking & Measuring
180
50
A. Angle Fix
This is an excellent tool for copying
odd angles for mitering purposes
(angles you nd in any house with
supposedly square room corners),
and can be used for inside angles to
70 and outside angles to 290. No 25
calculations are necessary; as you
position the guide to match the
desired angle, the internal gear auto-
90
matically aligns the integral rudder
The metal rudder automati-
to bisect the angle. To transfer the cally halves the angle.
half angle, simply move the guide to
the miter saw and align the blade A
parallel with the rudder. Also useful
as a layout gauge to mark angles for
handsaw cuts. Made of stable,
glass-ber-reinforced nylon, with a
17/83/4 steel rudder, it is about
101/2 overall. Made in Sweden.
60N20.20 Angle Fix $27.50
Starrett Engineers Protractors
With machined edges, a satin-chrome nish, and etched and
black-lled markings, these steel protractors are accurate
and easy to read. All have double 0 to 180 graduations in
opposing directions for reading direct and supplementary
angles. Available with a rectangular or a semi-circular head,
ects 6. The protractor with depth gauge has a rectangular
head with a length-adjustable blade graduated in 32nds on
one face and 64ths on the other. Each has a knurled lock nut
for xing the arm at any angle. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
$105.00
C. 30N04.15 Round Protractor $ 99.50
D. 30N04.20 Protractor with Depth Gauge $105.00
G. Combination Gauge H. AcuAngle Level With gauge ush to
table set dial to 0.
This exible gauge can measure inside or outside Based on the principle of
angles, lay out angles, check inside or outside the plumb bob, this tool
Outside Inside
is both an inclinometer
and a level. It is accurate,
sensitive and compact.
The weight to establish
the vertical and the ne-line
indicator needle rotate freely on
a micro ball-bearing center set
corners for squareness, check surfaces for at- within a housing thats oil- Magnets hold gauge
ness, align saws by measuring cut angles and lled for damping. The against blade.
comparing them with machine settings, and lay indicator reads accurately Blade can now be
out compound miters. The continuous calibration against degree markings on the set precisely in
lets you read angles whether the legs are crossed relation to table
outer rim. A built-in vernier surface.
or spread. Made from tough, clear plastic that lets you measure to 12 of
will not break, chip or warp in normal usage, it arc (1/5). The magnetic
has an excellent adjustable friction lock that base allows you to attach
holds settings well. It measures 11 long overall the inclinometer to a steel
with legs closed. Overall accuracy is 1/2. bar or pipe for greater
61N02.01 Combination Gauge $26.90 accuracy. Also, a steel
J Inside angle ruler can be clipped onto the
back to extend the base. It
H measures only 1/223/83. A versatile system
J Outside angle 99N05.01 AcuAngle Level $35.80
J. Toolbox Protractor
Made from a tough, exible plastic with brass
J ttings. The large hollow-rivet joints remain snug
G even after substantial use. Readily substitutes for
bevel gauge or a regular protractor. Overall accu-
racy of 1/2 in the 10 to 170 range.
99N04.22 Toolbox Protractor $6.50
 Starrett Miter-Saw Gauges & Protractor
These professional-quality bevels provide direct angle readings both for cutting C
mitered joints and for complementary angles in corner work. Accurate to about
1/2. You simply position the legs in the corner or on the workpiece and then read
the appropriate dial scale for setting the miter saw to either bisect or complement B
the angle. With the same features, the 5-in-1 protractor also has a protractor
scale for reading or laying out inside and outside angles (within a 180 range), a
chart to make compound miter cuts for 45 and 38/52 crown molding, and a
gauge for setting roof pitches from 2/12 to 16/12. Made from aluminum, the larger
gauge and the protractor have 12 machined legs that are 1/4 thick and 21/2
wide. With 71/4 legs that are 1/4 thick and 5/8 wide, the smaller gauge is ideal
to carry in a tool pouch, and is available in aluminum or plastic. Made in USA.
A. 30N03.10 12 Aluminum Gauge $106.00 A Measure A D
B. 30N03.12 71/4 Aluminum Gauge $ 86.50 the angle.
Set the
C. 30N03.17 71/4 Plastic Gauge $ 32.50 saw and
D. 30N03.15 5-In-1 Protractor $149.00 make the cut.

E. Starrett Digital Protractor

In addition to the standard protractor functions for measuring angles and
calculating bisected, complementary and miter angles, this digital protractor A
also calculates rake and bevel angles at the touch of a button, greatly simpli-
fying miter saw settings in crown molding work. The two overlapping arms
have a digital LCD readout at the pivot that instantly displays inside and
outside angles over a 360 range in 0.1 increments. The readout zeroes at any
position for differential measuring, and the arms lock at any angle for direct
transfer to a miter saw. A hold button keeps the measurement displayed, so
you dont have to commit it to memory. Rigid, durable and corrosion resis-
tant, the 1/4 thick anodized aluminum arms provide ample surface contact for
reliable registration against a wall or miter cut, and integral bubble vials let
you check for plumb and level. Runs on a single button-cell battery (two
included). An auto-off feature shuts the display off after a period of inactivity
to conserve battery life. Well made in USA.
30N03.20 Digital Protractor $199.00
F. Digital Protractor
This versatile tool is ideal for layout, measuring trim corners or machine
set-up. It consists of two overlapping 0.05 thick 81/2 stainless-steel arms
with a digital LCD readout at the pivot. Accurate to 0.3, it measures inside
and outside angles over a full 360 range in 0.1 increments. The readout
zeroes at any position, and the arms lock at any angle for direct transfer.
Because the arms overlap, the offset is just enough to register one arm against E
the edge of the work, yet not enough to distort measurements signicantly
when using both on a plane surface. Arms are graduated on one edge with two
7 rules zeroed at the inside corner (when the arms are at an angle of 270) and
form a continuous 151/2 rule on the other edge when set at 180. Scales are
etched and black-lled. Button-cell battery included.
88N99.00 Digital Protractor $26.50
G. Incra Protractor
This stainless-steel protractor has micro-ne marking lines every half degree. F
There are four angle scales: zero left to 180 right, zero right to 180 left, zero
top to 90 left and right, and 90 top to zero left and right. With the use of the
metal T-bar, you can hold your workpiece perfectly square to an edge. The
T-bar is removable to work on at surfaces or to use the 6 centering scale F
with marking holes every 1/32. A 0.5mm mechanical pencil is included, but
regular wooden pencils and metal scribes can also be used.
27N10.20 Incra Protractor $37.50
Incra Rules H G
Designed to eliminate parallax errors and used with standard 0.5mm lead
mechanical pencils, these rules are perforated with slots or holes just slightly
larger than 0.5mm at standard increments. Etched from 0.008 thick stainless
steel, they are very exible. The exception is the more rigid bend rule that has
wrap-around slots for marking both faces next to an arris. The T-rule is
particularly convenient for layout work. It is perforated in 1/64 increments as
well as 32nds and 16ths. Non-glare nish. T-rule lets
J
H. 27N10.08 6 T-Rule $27.50 H you mark
along both
27N10.03 12 T-Rule $38.50 axes for
27N10.13 18 T-Rule $46.50 layout work.
27N10.07 6 Rigid Bend Rule $21.50 Rigid bend
J. 27N10.02 12 Rigid Bend Rule $27.50 rule has K
slots for
27N10.12 18 Rigid Bend Rule $37.50 marking
27N10.06 6 Marking Rule $13.50 J both faces.
K. 27N10.01 12 Marking Rule $25.50 Rule has
K slots or
27N10.11 18 Marking Rule $31.50 holes for
marking. 11
 A
G

Level
E F
vial

Starrett Premium Combination Squares a reversible smooth, enamelled cast iron bevel protractor with a level vial
These are Starretts top-of-the-line combination squares. Useful for joint and a forged center-nding head, all in a tted foam-lined hardshell case.
layout or machine set-up and as depth, height or marking gauges, they The protractor head and center-nding head are also offered separately.
feature long-wearing forged steel heads paired with hardened steel rules Rules in additional lengths and nishes are offered separately on the facing
with photo-engraved scales. The reversible rules have a satin-chrome nish page. Versatile, classic designs. Made in USA.
that reduces glare and resists rust, while the precisely machined heads have A. 30N31.02 4 Forged Comb. Square $121.00
a smooth enamel nish. Except for the 4 size, all come with a steel scribing B. 30N31.12 6 Forged Comb. Square $139.00 B
pin and a built-in level vial for determining level or plumb. C. 30N31.13 150mm Forged Comb. Square $147.00
The 4, 6 and 150mm models are square to within 0.001 over the full D. 30N31.23 300mm Forged Comb. Square $189.00
rule length; 12 and 300mm sizes are square to within 0.002. Imperial E. 30N31.22 12 Forged Comb. Square* $149.00
rules are graduated in the 4R style (with increments in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds F. 30N31.32 12 4-Piece Set* $369.00
and 64ths); metric rules are graduated in millimetres and half-millimetres Heads for 12/300mm, 18, and 24/600mm Rules:
on both faces. The 4 rules are 1/16 thick by 5/8 wide; the 6 and 150mm G. 30N31.34 Forged Center-Finding Head* $ 86.50
rules are 0.080 thick by 3/4/19mm wide; the 12 and 300mm rules are 30N31.33 Cast Protractor Head, Enamelled* $143.00
0.090 thick by 1/25mm wide. Rules are straight and parallel within
0.001 per foot. On this page product numbers in red denote items
Checking a table saw blade for
The four-piece set includes the forged 12 square/miter head and rule, not stocked at our stores. square.

Starrett Cast-Iron Combination Squares

A versatile, classic design, Starretts standard combination squares are The four-piece set includes the cast 12 square/miter head and rule, a non-
useful for joint layout or machine set-up and as depth, height or marking reversible bevel protractor with a level vial and a cast center-nding head, all
gauges. They have machined cast-iron heads with a black wrinkle nish in a tted foam-lined hardshell case. The protractor head and center-nding
and reversible polished steel rules with photo-engraved scales. Except for head are also offered separately. Rules in additional lengths and nishes are
the 4 size, each comes with a steel scribing pin and a built-in level vial for available separately on the facing page. Made in USA.
determining level or plumb. H. 30N31.00 4 Cast Comb. Square $ 91.00 Built-in
level
The 4, 6 and 150mm models are square to within 0.001 over the full J. 30N03.08 6 Cast Comb. Square $ 98.50 vial
rule length; 12 and 300mm sizes are square to within 0.002. Imperial K. 30N31.11 150mm Cast Comb. Square $106.00
rules are graduated in the 4R style (with increments in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds L. 30N03.01 12 Cast Comb. Square* $109.00
and 64ths); metric rules are graduated in millimetres and half-millimetres M. 30N31.21 300mm Cast Comb. Square $139.00
on both faces. The 4 rules are 1/16 thick by 5/8 wide; the 6 and 150mm N. 30N03.02 12 4-Piece Set* $274.00
rules are 0.080 thick by 3/4/19mm wide; the 12 and 300mm rules are Heads for 12/300mm, 18 and 24/600mm Rules:
0.090 thick by 1/25mm wide. Rules are straight and parallel within O. 30N03.03 Cast Protractor Head* $125.00
0.001 per foot. P. 30N03.04 Cast Center-Finding Head* $ 46.50

H P

M
N

12 Marking & Measuring

 A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q
Rules for Starrett Chrome Rules for 6/150mm Square Heads:
Combination Squares C. 30N31.41 150mm Metric Rule $ 71.50
These rules interchange with those supplied D. 30N31.49 53/4/150mm Imp./Metric Rule $ 71.50
in Starrett combination squares and sets. Regular Rules for 12/300mm Square, Protractor & Center-Finding Heads:
Made of hardened steel with photo-engraved E. 30N03.07 113/4/300mm Imp./Metric Rule $ 73.00
markings, they are offered with either a F. 30N03.09 300mm Metric Rule $ 73.00
regular finish or a no-glare satin-chrome G. 30N03.06 18 Imperial Rule $ 99.50
nish that resists corrosion. Imperial rules are H. 30N31.44 24 Imperial Rule $122.00
graduated in the 4R style (with increments in J. 30N31.51 231/2/600mm Imp./Metric Rule $144.00
8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths) and metric rules K. 30N31.45 600mm Metric Rule $144.00
are graduated in millimetres and half-millimetres on both faces. Chrome Rules for 12/300mm Square, Protractor & Center-Finding Heads:
Imperial/metric rules are graduated in 64ths and millimetres on one side, L. 30N31.50 113/4/300mm Imp./Metric Rule $ 88.50
and 32nds and half-millimetres on the other. The rules for the 6/150mm M. 30N31.42 300mm Metric Rule $ 88.50
square heads are 0.080 thick by 3/4/19mm wide; those for the N. 30N31.43 18 Imperial Rule $121.00
12/300mm heads are 0.090 thick by 1/25mm wide. Rules are straight O. 30N31.47 24 Imperial Rule $149.00
and parallel within 0.001 per foot. P. 30N31.52 231/2/600mm Imp./Metric Rule $169.00
Regular Rules for 6/150mm Square Heads: Q. 30N31.46 600mm Metric Rule $169.00
A. 30N31.48 53/4/150mm Imp./Metric Rule $52.00
On this page product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
B. 30N31.40 150mm Metric Rule $52.00
Starrett Rules rules are 3/64 (1.2mm) thick and made of spring steel with a
The Starrett rules we carry have a no-glare satin chrome nish that chrome nish and nely ground edges for accurate marking
provides better rust resistance than polished steel. Each rule end is accu- or scribing. Made in USA.
rately ground to allow reading from either end. Graduations are machine W. 30N31.60 Rule, 63/4 $32.50
divided (not photo engraved) for uniformity of line width and depth. X. 30N31.61 Rule, 150mm19mm $37.50
Starrett Spring-Tempered Precision Rules Y. 30N31.62 Rule, 121 $64.50
These tempered rules are 3/64 thick (1.2mm) and have nely ground Starrett Spring-Steel Precision Metric Rules
edges, making them ideal for marking or scribing. Rule faces have a These spring-tempered rules are 1.2mm (3/64) thick and have nely ground
satin chrome nish and scales that are optimized for easy reading. All edges, making them ideal for marking or scribing. Rule faces have scales that
are graduated in the 4R style (with increments in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds and are optimized for easy reading and are graduated in millime-
64ths). Made in USA. tres and half-millimetres on each face. Made in USA.
R. 30N08.20 4R Rule, 63/4 $ 30.00 Z. 30N31.80 Rule, 150mm19mm $ 31.50
S. 30N08.21 4R Rule, 121 $ 51.00 AA. 30N31.81 Rule, 300mm25.4mm $ 69.50
T. 30N08.22 4R Rule, 1811/8 $ 98.50 BB. 30N31.82 Rule, 500mm29mm $109.00
U. 30N08.23 4R Rule, 2411/4 $129.00 CC. 30N31.83 Rule, 1000mm32mm $274.00
V. 30N08.24 4R Rule, 3611/4 $235.00 Starrett Spring-Steel Precision Imperial/Metric Rules
Starrett Spring-Steel Precision Rules These spring-tempered rules are 3/64 (1.2mm) thick and have nely ground
with End Graduations edges, making them ideal for marking or scribing. Rule faces have scales that are
Made to the same standards as Starretts other precision rules, these optimized for easy reading, and are graduated in 64ths and
have graduations on the ends of one face for setting them on edge to use millimetres on one side and 32nds and 1/2 millimetres on the
as a height gauge. Both Imperial rules have end graduations in 32nds other. Made in USA.
the 6 to 1/2 and the 12 to 3/4. Their edge scales are optimized for easy DD. 30N31.90 Rule, 150mm/53/412.7mm $ 32.50
reading and have 4R graduations with increments in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds EE. 30N31.91 Rule, 300mm/113/425.4mm $ 69.50
and 64ths. The end graduations of the metric rule are in millimetres to FF. 30N31.92 Rule, 500mm/191/219mm $125.00
10mm; each face is graduated in millimetres and half-millimetres. All GG. 30N31.93 Rule, 1000mm/391/436mm $299.00
W

GG

FF

10
R S T U V X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE
 K
A
B
K
C
D

Starrett Flexible Rules 100ths). The 6 and 12 rules are 1/2 wide; the Rotate wheel
One of the best features of a exible rule is that you 18 and 24 rules are 3/4 wide. Made in USA.
can press it against a surface while still holding one Not Stocked at our Stores.
end in your hand. These 1/64 thick (0.4mm) rules A. 30N08.40 4R Flexible Rule, 61/2 $ 28.50
have a satin chrome nish, and come in two gradu- B. 30N08.41 4R Flexible Rule, 121/2 $ 61.50
ation styles, 4R (with increments in 8ths, 16ths, C. 30N08.10 16R Flexible Rule, 61/2 $ 31.50
32nds and 64ths) and 16R (32nds, 64ths, 50ths, D. 30N08.11 16R Flexible Rule, 121/2 $ 64.50
E. 30N08.12 16R Flexible Rule, 183/4 $106.00
F. 30N08.43 4R Flexible Rule, 243/4 $131.00
First edge: 64ths 4R graduation style
G. 30N08.13 16R Flexible Rule, 243/4 $149.00
Starrett Metric Flexible Rules
One of the most useful features of a exible rule
is that you can press it against a surface while
Second edge: 32nds
holding one end in your hand. These 12.7mm
Fourth edge: 8ths 4R graduation style (1/2) wide by 0.4mm (1/64) thick rules have a
satin chrome nish, and are graduated in milli-
metres and half-millimetres on one face and
half-millimetres on the other. Made in USA.
Third edge: 16ths Not Stocked at our Stores.
H. 30N31.72 Rule, 300mm12.7mm $61.00
Fourth edge: 32nds 16R graduation style J. 30N31.71 Rule, 150mm12.7mm $28.50
K. Starrett Rule Cases
These vinyl rule cases have an integral pocket
clip, and metal-bound edges for durability.
Third edge: 64ths
Suitable for rules 6/150mm long and up to
1/2/12.7mm or 3/4/19mm wide. Made in USA.
First edge: 50ths 16R graduation style
Not Stocked at our Stores.
Rule Case for 1/2/12.7mm wide rules
30N08.02 $7.00
Second edge: 100ths Rule Case for 3/4/19mm wide rules
30N08.03 $9.50 L. Starrett Hook Rules
L the four scales. Hook projects 1/4 for the 6 rule,
14 Marking & Measuring
to add or
subtract.
Stop
at
zero
for
solution.
Fraction Calculator Wheel
Adding numerous fractions ranging from half
inches to 64ths is a pain. This compact wheel
calculator lets you add and subtract any number of
fractions successively (64ths, 32nds, 16ths, 8ths,
quarters and half inches) and the result window
will show the total in fractions, decimal inches
and millimetre equivalents. It is easy to use and
avoids fretting over adding a range of different
fractions. Errors can be reversed as they are made
or discovered, without starting from scratch.
Instructions are printed on the top wheel. 6 in
diameter and 3/32 thick, it is made in Canada from
durable high-density PVC and polyethylene.
09A04.81 Fraction Calculator Wheel $11.50
To permit quick registration against the edge of
a workpiece, each of these rules has a hardened
steel hook at one end. A cam-action mounting
bolt secures the hook but releases with a half
turn, letting you reverse the hook to use any of
5/16 for the 12 and 18 rules, and 3/8 for the 24
rule, letting you reach past relieved corners to
register against a at surface. The 3/64 thick
tempered spring-steel rules have black-filled
markings on a satin chrome nish, graduated in
8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths. Length by width
listed. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N08.31 121 Hook Rule $ 67.50
30N08.30 63/4 Hook Rule $ 39.50
30N08.32 1811/8 Hook Rule $112.00
30N08.33 2411/4 Hook Rule $137.00
 C
A Relieved interior
corners

J
H

D
B
A. Pocket Rule
This 63/4 stainless-steel rule is graduated in E G
8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths. Easy to read, it has
a satin nish, milled edges and tips, and is gradu-
ated (in 32nds) on the ends as well, making it F
particularly useful for setting router bits, marking
board ends or working in restricted areas. Small
enough to t comfortably into a pocket. Comes and thread conversion charts (6 rule has only an
with a soft vinyl protective sleeve. Imperial/metric chart). One of the best buys in
60N47.01 6 Pocket Rule $13.90 rules weve ever seen.
B. Cabinetmakers Rule 06K20.06 Stainless-Steel Rule, 6* $ 3.80
This rule has all the features that make a good 06K20.12 Stainless-Steel Rule, 12* $ 6.80
cabinetmakers rule. It has machined edges, is 06K20.18 Stainless-Steel Rule, 18* $11.70
accurate (including the rst increment), has four 06K20.24 Stainless-Steel Rule, 24* $16.40
different scales to suit a variety of requirements 06K20.36 Stainless-Steel Rule, 36 $19.90
Utilitas Hook Rules
from checking lumber size to machinery set-up, 06K20.50 SS Rules, set of 4* $34.50
These hook rules offer the edge registration of a tape
and is easy to read in varying light conditions. Adjustable Hook Rules measure combined with the accuracy of a solid rule.
Reading from both the left and right, the scale Known as 4R rules, each of these has four Made from stainless steel with ground edges, the
subdivisions are in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths, different scales. One face has 1/8 and 1/16 divi- rules have scales accurately zeroed to the hooks on
making it an extremely useful rule for wood- sions, the other 1/32 and 1/64 divisions, letting one face for measuring from an edge and zeroed to
working. At 11/8 wide by 12 long, it is an you be as picky or as approximate as you wish. the square end on the other for use as a regular rule
excellent rule at a good price. Guaranteed to be All have adjustable hooks that you can slide and for depth measurements. Relieved interior
straight 0.010 over its length. Made in Japan. fully to one side to clear the opposite edge. corners ensure that the rule seats well, even over saw
60N20.06 12 Cabinetmakers Rule $16.95 Accuracies range from +0.005/-0.003 on the whiskers. All graduations are in 16ths. The matte
C. Stainless-Steel Cabinetmakers Rules 6 to +0.007/-0.004 on the 18 rule. Made finish and etched and black-filled markings are
These are nely made rules. Hardened stainless from 0.040 thick satin chrome-plated hardened designed for ease of reading and precision. Available
steel with a matte nish; all markings are etched and tempered tool steel; etched and black lled individually or as a set of all three lengths.
and black-lled. The edges are milled and each for readability. Excellent-quality rules. G. 15N04.01 Hook Rule, 6 $11.50
rule is Imperial/metric. Graduations are mm and D. 24N08.10 63/4 Hook Rule $20.90 H. 15N04.03 Hook Rule, 12 $13.90
16ths, with smaller sections in 1/2mm, 32nds and E. 24N08.11 121 Hook Rule $34.50 J. 15N04.05 Hook Rule, 18 $17.50
64ths. Reverse side has Imperial/metric, tap drill F. 24N08.12 1811/8 Hook Rule $49.50 15N04.10 Set of 3 Hook Rules $36.00

K. Drawing Scale Rule L. Center-Finding Rule

This scale rule departs from the conventional three-lobed This stainless-steel rule, with the front face graduated both ways from 0 in the center, has
format, eliminating the need to rotate and ip the rule to many uses in marking and layout, all related to nding the center of a piece. Reading conve-
obtain the desired scale. Instead, a rotating indicator bar can niently from left or right, it saves mathematical calculations, which are a basic source of
be turned to display any of six common scales, all of which error in woodworking. The front is graduated in 16ths and 32nds, the back in 32nds and
read left to right and remain xed until reset to a different 64ths. Made in Japan.
scale. The opposite edge is marked as a standard 12 rule 60N20.11 12 Center-Finding Rule $16.50
graduated in 32nds. Made of aluminum with an easy-to-read
matte nish that you can mark with a pencil, the rule includes Center Point Rules
1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 3/8 and 3/16 scale ratios. Made in USA. These center-nding rules are the easiest to read of any on the market. Available in 12 and
27N10.31 12 Scale Rule $21.50 24 lengths, the rules have a dual scale normal graduations on the top edge and half-scale
graduations on the opposite edge. To nd the center, just nd the identical measurement
from the top scale on the lower scale. For example, to divide 193/8 in half, simply read 193/8
from the lower scale (on the 24 rule). Nothing could be easier. Made from stainless steel
with a matte nish. The graduations (16ths) are etched and black-lled for readability. These
are extremely useful rules for marking and layout.
K M. 60N46.02 12 Center Point Rule $10.50
N. 60N46.01 24 Center Point Rule $12.90

Six scales

L Marking & Measuring 15

 C

Stop Rules
These are handy for layout and machine set-up, because the movable stop provides a reliable refer-
ence point. You can use them to locate saw fences, plot the position of hardware mounting holes, set
A the height of a saw blade or router bit, and draw lines parallel to any at surface. The stop face is 2
wide for solid registration, and the ruler tip is 7/32 thick to provide a broad land when using the tool
as a height gauge. Graduated in Imperial/metric. Each scale has a vernier for adjustment to within
1/128 or 0.1mm without parallax error. Made from chromed steel with a non-glare matte nish, each
A. Center Finder rule has clear etched and black-lled markings and a knurled locking knob. A versatile tool.
These simple C. 88N89.08 8/20cm Stop Rule $19.90
templates are indis- D. 88N89.12 12/30cm Stop Rule $26.50
pensable in the
shop. Turners will E. Czeck Edge Ruler Stop
Depth
appreciate that they This simple accessory gauge
make quick work of expands the capabilities
locating the center of of a metal ruler
a turning blank. They can also be used to determine the by adding
maximum yield from an oddly shaped slab, or for a reliable
locating interesting gure where you want it; just lay reference
the template on top and use the concentric rings to surface. It
center where you want. For cabinet work, they can be can also
used in place of a compass for sizing and laying out be mounted to a shop-made story stick for
corner radii (instead of reaching for the nearest roll of direct measurement transfer, and accepts
tape or tin can to trace). A center pin hole can be used 3/16 to 1/4 diameter round stock for use as E Ruler not included.
to x the template; insert a pencil in the appropriate a depth gauge. Combined with a 6 ruler,
guide hole and draw the desired arc with condence. it even serves as an improvised double square. Precisely machined
The template graduations show up well on both light from aircraft-grade aluminum, the 23/411/2 body presents a F
and dark wood. Available in 8 and 16 diameters, broad bearing surface for positive registration. To ensure a rm,
and graduated by 1/2 diameters. Made in Canada. square hold on even the thinnest rulers, the jaws have bevelled faces
09A04.87 8 Center Finder $ 9.50 and travel on 1/4 dia. steel guide rods to prevent racking. Maximum
09A04.84 16 Center Finder $13.50 opening of 11/2. A convenient and well-made accessory for layout,
09A04.89 Center Finders, set of 2 $17.50 repeat measurements and machine set-up. Made in USA.
16N01.05 Czeck Edge Ruler Stop $41.50
B. Veritas Ruler Stop
The Veritas ruler stop increases the usefulness of a F. Wooden Rules
metal ruler by providing a solid reference point. It is Easy-to-read markings, light weight and long reach make these rules
ideal for setting saw fences, repeat cuts, etc. excellent for layout of sheet stock or anywhere else you need a long,
To use, slide the stop over the ruler end and tighten straight measured line. Made from 11/2 wide, 1/4 thick hard maple
it at the desired position. The notched post at the tip of laths, lacquered and tted with brass end caps for durability, they
the brass adjustment screw allows even the thinnest are offered in 24, 36 and 48 lengths, as well as 60 and 72
rulers to be clamped securely; it will not mar the ruler lengths, two sizes that are hard to nd as rigid rules. The gradu-
edge. Repositioning is fast and easy. The stops anod- ations, in 8ths on one side and 16ths on the other, are accurate
ized aluminum body is contoured to t comfortably to 7 thou, sufcient for any job where the width of a pencil
between thumb and forenger, with raised ridges for mark wont make a critical difference. The incised, black-lled
a better grip. Accommodates rulers from 7/8 to 11/8 markings are clear and easy to read. One benet of the well-
wide and up to 0.05 thick, the typical dimensions of dened notches is that you can register a pencil tip in them if
rulers in the 12 to 24 length range. the rule is stood on edge, making it easier to mark dimensions
At 1 wide by about 21/4 long (including the accurately. Sold individually, they are also offered as a set of
adjustment screw), this tool is as compact as it is the three smallest and as a set of all ve. Made in USA.
useful. Ruler not included. 24N01.24 24 Wooden Rule $ 24.90
05N68.01 Veritas Ruler Stop $17.50 24N01.36 36 Wooden Rule $ 31.50
24N01.48 48 Wooden Rule $ 34.50
24N01.93 Set of 3 Rules (above) $ 85.00
Ideal for 24N01.60 *60 Wooden Rule $ 42.50
repeating
measurements. 24N01.72 *72 Wooden Rule $ 46.50
24N01.95 *Set of all 5 Wooden Rules $159.00
* In addition
Graduations in
to our regular 8ths on one side and
shipping 16ths on the other.
charges,
a length
Ruler not included. surcharge of
$10 applies
per order.

Pencil tip registers

in ruler notches for
accurate marking.
16 B
 Rules simplify Phi calculation and
proportioning during design.
Some examples:
Table width
to length
Vessel diameter
to height Chair
back
to seat
height
Side 1
A
Side 2
To scale a measurement, simply nd on the
lower scale the identical measurement from
the top scale.
A. Phi (Golden Ratio) Rules
Phi (or the golden ratio as it is also
known) is a value of approximately 1.618.
Named to honor Phidias, the lead sculptor of
the Parthenon in Greece, this unique number
plays a prominent role in architectural and
furniture composition and design, where it is
used to proportion objects for aesthetic appeal.
In woodworking as an example, tabletops
are usually about 1.6 times longer than
wide. Dining chairs often have backrests
that are about 1.6 times taller than the seat
height. The most appealing drawer propor-
tions, and their placement, are also typically
related by Phi. In turning, use of Phi helps
guide height vs. diameter proportions.
These rules simplify Phi calculation and
proportioning during design (and help iden-
tify the golden ratio in existing objects).
They have a dual scale with normal gradua-
tions on the top edge and Phi-scale graduations on
the bottom edge. Both faces are graduated; one face
converts a known long measurement to an unknown
short measurement, and the other face does the
opposite. To scale a measurement, you simply nd
the identical measurement from the top scale on the
lower scale.
The hardened stainless-steel rules have a matte
nish, ground edges and black-lled etched mark-
ings. Excellent layout aids, they are available
individually or as a set of four containing 6, 12,
18 and 24 rules.
06K30.06 6 Phi Rule, ea.*
06K30.12 12 Phi Rule, ea.*
06K30.18 18 Phi Rule, ea.*
06K30.24 24 Phi Rule, ea.*
06K30.36 36 Phi Rule, ea.
06K30.50 Set of 4 Rules*
B
C
LongLife Folding Rules
These are folding rules for the 21st century. Made in Switzerland C
from berglass-reinforced polyamide, they are strong and light-
weight, and will never warp. They wont bend or twist like a tape
measure, so you can hold either rule at any point along its length
without needing to support its ends, helpful when working alone.
You can mark the rule surfaces with a pencil, allowing you to use
them like story sticks for direct reference. Each joint is spring
loaded for constant tension, with detents that hold the rule in the
open or folded position. The black-lled markings are deeply
incised, and you can register a pencil tip in them when the rules are
used on edge.
The pocket rule is 1m (just over 39) long, yet folds to only 5, small Depth measurement
enough to t comfortably in a shirt or pants pocket. It has metric mark-
ings on one face and Imperial markings on the other, graduated in
millimetres and 16ths respectively.
The combination rule is 2m long with
metric markings only, and folds to just
over 9. It has graduations in millimetres C
on both sides, zeroed at both ends so you
can read it from either direction. The
16cm extendable probe at one end makes
it particularly useful for inside measure-
ments just unfold it to the nearest
length, then make up the difference with
the probe. It also functions as a protractor; when you hook the end of the probe into a hole in the third
section of the rule, an arrow on the probe indicates the angle of the second arm.
B. 24N06.50 1m Imp./Metric Pocket Rule $ 7.95
C. 24N06.53 2m Metric Combination Rule $16.50
Steel Jig Tapes
A steel tape xed to a jig often comes in handy. These tapes read
right to left or left to right, and are just under 1/2 wide. They can be
press-tted into a shallow, 0.47 wide groove or glued into wider
slots. 10 long. Can be shortened for smaller jigs.
D. 06K17.02 10 Jig Tape, Left-to-Right $4.50
Shown actual width.
E. 06K17.01 10 Jig Tape, Right-to-Left $4.50
Blade guard
removed for
clarity.
$ 3.80
$ 6.90
$11.90
$16.40 D
$19.50
$35.00
E
 Adhesive Bench Tapes
A B C D E F G H
These tapes are made of annealed steel with a
protective coating and can be mounted directly
on the top or front of your bench. The center-
nding tape has normal Imperial graduations on
the top edge and half-scale graduations on the
opposite edge. To nd the center, nd the iden-
tical measurement from the top scale on the
lower scale. The other tapes are available in a
variety of lengths, with Imperial or Imperial/
metric scales, and have measurements that run
right-to-left or left-to-right (standard). The adhe-
sive backing will bond to any clean, dry surface.
L to R
reading
A. 25U02.40 Center-Finding Tape, 121/2 $12.95
B. 25U02.41 R to L Imperial, 61/2 $11.90
R to L C. 25U02.42 R to L Imperial, 121/2 $14.50
reading A D. 25U02.43 R to L Imp./Metric, 121/2 $14.50
E. 25U02.44 L to R Imperial, 121/2 $14.50
F. 25U02.45 L to R Imp./Metric, 121/2 $14.50
G. 25U02.46 L to R Imperial, 63/4 $15.50
J H. 25U02.47 L to R Imp./Metric, 63/4 $15.50
Center-Finding Tapes
One of the most frequent functions you have to
K perform with a measurement is nding the center.
These tapes make it simple. The top edge has
normal graduations, while the opposite edge has
1/2-scale graduations. To divide 575/8 in half, just
read 575/8 from the bottom scale its that simple.
Each tape is housed in a durable plastic case with
rubber nger grips on the top and bottom. The 16
size is 11/16 wide; the 25 is 7/8 wide.
J. 25N10.16 16 Center-Finding Tape $15.95
K. 25N10.25 25 Center-Finding Tape $18.50

Write-On Measuring Tapes L. Flat Write-On Measuring Tape

What we like best about these tapes is that you can mark the The main advantage of this at tape is that
matte blade surface with a pencil, allowing you to use the you dont need to rock the blade to get the
blade like a story stick for direct reference. The case also measurement right on the surface, eliminating
has a scratch pad for measurements or simple diagrams. parallax error. Well suited to layout work on
You can erase pencil marks on both the tape and the pad sheet stock, it is also useful for measuring
just by rubbing them with your thumb. Theres even a curved surfaces, since it has little resistance to
built-in sharpener for standard pencils. Rubberized bending, making it easy to wrap the tape
for grip and impact resistance, the case has a around an object. It retracts automatically,
lever-action clip that hooks easily onto with a manual lock and a brake button to let
your belt. Three tape styles are avail- you stop or slow down the tapes return. The
L able, with color-coded cases for 167/8 tape is graduated in 16ths.
quick identication. 06K11.42 Flat Measuring Tape $11.90
Auto-Lock Write-On Measuring Tapes
These tapes automatically lock when extended,
holding the length you set until you push the
retract button. Their 161 blades can extend
up to 7 before buckling.
The righty/lefty tape has Imperial markings
on both edges, so it reads right-side up whether
M youre measuring from the right or from the
left. It is graduated in 16ths, with individually
labelled fractions for easy reading.
The Imperial/metric tape is graduated in
16ths of an inch on one edge and millimetres on
N
the other. On the Imperial side, the fractions are
individually labelled, making them exception-
ally easy to read.
M. 06K11.41 Righty/Lefty Tape $13.50
L M N N. 06K11.40 Imperial/Metric Tape $13.50

Blade can be marked

with a pencil.
L
Built-in
pencil
sharpener

 Lee Valley Right-Handers and Left-Handers Tapes
A. Metric Tape A B D E
This standard tape (regular reading) has metric markings
only. It is 8 metres long by 25mm wide and rigid enough
to extend about 2 metres without buckling. Graduated in
millimetres and centimetres.
06K11.08 L to R Metric Tape, 8m $13.70
Tapes for Carpenters
Our 25 and 33 long right-to-left reading tapes are better
suited to carpenters. The 1 wide blades are rigid enough to C G G
extend 7 before breaking. Graduated in 16ths, the blades F
have red stud markers, and all Imperial markings.
B. 06K11.25 R to L 25 Tape, 16ths $13.70
C. 06K11.33 R to L 33 Tape, 16ths $16.90
Blindmans Tapes
The original blindmans folding rule was so called because Right-handers tape Left-handers tape Standard tape reads left to
it could be read by weak eyes in bad light. This tape right-to-left reading. left-to-right reading. right, markings are upside
measure is made with similar bold markings. 12 long by 1 down for right-handers.

wide in a light but tough plastic case. Offered in both right-

to-left reading and left-to-right reading.
D. 50K16.01 R to L 12 Blindmans Tape $9.95
E. 50K16.02 L to R 12 Blindmans Tape $9.95
Tapes for Cabinetmakers
The smallest of our tapes, the 101/2 tape is the perfect size
for keeping on the bench or in an apron. At just over 21/2 oz,
it is hardly noticeable in your apron pocket. Graduated in
16ths and available in right-to-left and left-to-right reading.
F. 06K15.01 R to L 10 Tape, 16ths $7.90
G. 06K15.02 L to R 10 Tape, 16ths $7.90
H. Tape Measure Stands
These stands are almost as good as an assistant when taking
measurements with long stand-offs. Providing a wide, stable
base, they prevent the tape case from tipping over when you
set it down to mark or record measurements. They also free a
Lee Valley Right-Handers and Left-Handers Tapes
Most tape measures read from left to right, which is OK for just measuring, but becomes a
problem when a right-hander needs to mark a measurement, especially when doing cut-off
work. You either have to hold the pencil in your left hand or switch the tape to your left hand and
read markings that are upside down. We developed a line of tape measures for right-handers
that read right to left. You can hold the tape in your left hand and mark with your right hand
against markings that are facing you. For left-handers, we make some of our cabinetmakers
tapes in left-to-right reading versions as well; they read the same as standard tape measures.
Tape measure
not included.

hand so you can press the tape edge at to the surface to

eliminate parallax error. The 13/8 tall version is intended
for smaller tapes (e.g., 10 tapes) and accommodates cases
up to 1 thick. The 11/2 tall stand ts larger tape measures
(e.g., 25 and 30 tapes) and accommodates cases up to 13/4
thick. Made in Canada from bright orange ABS plastic, they
are easy to nd in toolbox or drawer. Patent pending.
50K58.14 Set of 2 Tape Stands $9.50
H
Any time you can transfer a measurement directly without
conversion to numerals you avoid the primary source of errors
in woodworking.

J. Keychain Tape
Weighing just over 1/2 ounce and measuring 17/16 square, K. Universal Tape Gauge
Inside measurement
this measuring tape is the perfect size to carry in a pocket or This simple tool provides
bag when shopping for lumber, furniture, antiques or even reliable reference points
hardware ttings. The 3 (1 metre) tape has a 1/4 blade with when taking inside or outside
Imperial and metric graduations. Includes a key ring. Sold measurements. Clip any
as a package of three. regular tape measure to the
45K18.16 Keychain Tapes, pkg. of 3 $8.95 gauge and extend the tape
under the clear acrlyic plate;
the height-adjustable hairline
J marker is set exactly ve
inches from the rear of the Tape is held to
gauge and one inch from gauge by tape clip.
the front. This lets you easily
add a whole number to or
subtract it from the measure- Tape measure not included.
ment shown on the tape
instead of the usual fractional Outside
measurement
dimension noted on your tape
case. Made of durable plastic,
the gauge is 617/817/8.
Universal Tape Gauge K
25K64.29 $18.50
Marking & Measuring 19
 C. 100 Measuring Tape
Ideal for home
landscape or building
projects, this
100 (30m) tape
Room corner is made from a tough,
measurement,
add 11/2. non-stretching berglass,
C ensuring accurate
A measurements even
over long distances.
Marking gauge,
add 1.
Supplied in a
plastic frame with
a wind-up reel, it is
metric on one side and
Outside measurement, direct read. Imperial on the other.
EA501 100 Measuring Tape $26.50
Add 1 for inside
Rare-earth magnets hold measurements.
tape in place.
D. Veritas Bar Gauge Heads
Compass, subtract 1/4. Simple bar gauges are among the most useful tools in a shop. They
have two primary purposes, comparing measurements (such as
ensuring equal diagonals in drawers or carcasses to guarantee square-
ness) and transferring measurements directly, without converting
them into numbers. Bar gauges not only shine in basic measurement
Diagonal measurement transfer, but are unequalled for inside measurements such as for
1
A sizing shelves, or interior trim in windows. They can also be used as
1 to story sticks for complex built-ins where nothing is square.
center of 1
pencil. Gauge head openings are 1/23/4; you just rip 1/4 slices off
11/2 standard 3/4 lumber to make bars of the length you want (wood is
not included). Made of brass and ABS plastic. Two brass pins are
A. Tape Tip included for transferring measurements smaller than the length of
A useful companion for any standard tape measure, this odd-looking device helps you the sticks or for transferring outside measurements without making
measure diagonals with condence. An angled boss on the underside is designed to hook tips. A pair of brass pins is available separately to retrot a
locate securely on inside or outside corners while a measurement is taken. For an previously purchased set of bar gauge heads.
inside measurement, you simply add 1 to the measurement indicated on the tape 05N31.01 Bar Gauge Heads $15.90
measure, while outside measurements are direct read. The tape tip also allows a tape 05N31.02 Brass Pins, pkg. of 2 $ 2.10
measure to be used as a marking gauge or as a compass. Use the center hole with a
screw or nail for laying out an arc or circle, or use the V-notch end to locate a standard
pencil for marking straight lines. It is also a handy assist when measuring longer
distances you simply hook the center hole over a nail to secure the tip to prevent it
from accidentally coming loose during measurement. Wood not included.
Made from ABS, it has a generous hook slot and two integral rare-earth magnets for
grip, and is bright orange for easy location in a toolbox or drawer. Destined to become
a toolbox favorite, it is a great aid for layouts. Patented.
50K58.01 Tape Tip, ea. $6.50

To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit our website at

www.leevalley.com
D Ideal for inside
measurements.
B. Magnetic Tape Holder
Quickly converts a regular tape measure for use with the magnetized belt plate. The
steel star screws onto the tape case, using the same screw that normally holds the belt
clip. The magnet will securely hold the largest of tape measures (including plastic-case
tapes) for easy snap-off, snap-on use. The belt plate has a spring-steel belt clip that
locks onto belts up to 13/4 wide. Extra stars are available to convert other tapes. (Tape
measure not included.)
99K87.05 Magnetic Tape Holder $19.50
99K87.06 Extra Star, ea. $ 5.70

Woodworkers Pocket Reference, 2nd Edition

by Charlie Self
This is an excellent reference for any woodworker. The color-coded
sections cover wood selection, fasteners, woodworking joints, hand tools,
power tools, sharpening, wood nishing, shop set-up, shop safety and
shop math -- each packed with information that is often required but too
often forgotten. Screw and drill sizing charts are given as well as common
formulas and measurement conversions. It even has a quick reference
B guide to adhesive selection. The section on tools is categorized by hand
and power tools, outlining tools commonly found in the shop, each with a
color photograph, description and uses. A glossary of woodworking
terms is included. Softcover, 57, 216 pages, 2014.
20 Marking & Measuring 49L50.99 Pocket Reference $13.90
 A. Veritas Marking & Transfer Tool
The great advantage of this tool is that it lets you accurately mark or
transfer several positions at once from a common reference edge. Used A
like an adjustable, reusable story stick, it is particularly well suited for any
layout work that must be reliably reproduced, such as when marking box
and lid hinge gain positions or left and right slide locations in a cabinet
carcass. It is also a simple way to consistently mark off knob or handle
locations on drawers or cabinet doors.
The basic tool includes four 3 long marking heads, a 12 stainless-steel
rod and a brass foot. The marking heads have a single straight reference
edge (reversible by ipping the head) and can be locked at any position
along the rod. The brass foot can be used on either end of the rod and is Body of Veritas Wheel Marking
reversible for outside or inside measurements. Additional pairs of Hardware Gauge (offered separately on
installation page 4) can be used as
marking heads and 12 rod sections can be used to extend the tool as an adjustable foot.
needed the rods have a male thread at one end and a female thread at the
Stable
other. Made in Canada. base
05J09.01 Basic Tool (12 rod, brass foot, 4 heads) $79.00 for vertical
measure-
05J09.02 Marking Heads, pr. $29.00 ment
05N29.06 Additional 12 Rods, pr. $16.90

B. Veritas Bar Gauge Outside Inside Hinge location

Using a bar gauge lets you directly transfer and compare dimensions without measurement measurement
conversion to numbers, reducing the chance of transcription errors. You can
even use it to quickly test an assembly for squareness by checking that the
diagonals are equal. The base unit consists of two 6 steel rods xed to
aluminum clamp heads. The rods have threaded end holes that accept inter-
changeable brass tips or extension rods. Three styles of tips are included: ball
tips for inside measurements (the rounded ends avoid marring softwood),
pointed tips for inside corner measurements, and 13/16 diameter mushroom-
shaped tips to hook over edges for outside measurements. The distance
Ball tips for inside
between the ends of the round or pointed tips is equal to the distance between measurements
the inside faces of the mushroom-shaped tips, letting you convert an inside
measurement to an outside measurement just by switching tips.
A 13/8 diameter mushroom-shaped tip is available separately. It not The distance between the ends of
only provides a larger reference face when hooking over edges for outside the round or pointed tips is equal to
the distance between the inside
measurements but is reversible for inside measurements. With the at faces of the mushroom-shaped tips.
side facing out, it provides a stable platform for the bar gauge when trans-
ferring vertical measurements.
The clamp heads have large thumbscrews and slide easily for quick
adjustment. The base unit adjusts from 71/2 to 12. Two pairs of extension
rods are included, 4 and 12, allowing a span up to 44. For greater reach,
additional 12 extension rods are available. A fast, reli- B
able way to get a true measurement. Made in Canada.
05N29.01 Veritas Bar Gauge $74.50
C. 05N29.05 Large Tip $ 8.95 C
05N29.06 Additional 12 Extension Rods, pr. $16.90

Veritas Offset Wheel Gauges K. Geometrigraph and Polygraph Set

Visit us at www.leevalley.com
D. Pantograph
A pantograph is used to change the scale of
drawings; this one, with 15 wooden arms,
has 19 different settings and can be used to
enlarge any plane gure up to 10 times its
size, or reduce it to 1/10 of the original. The
set includes instructions, all necessary
parts and a container of leads.
07K06.01 Pantograph $28.50
D
This deceptively simple-looking set has myriad uses
in the shop. The wheels let you draw parallel lines
around any curvilinear item a roundel, an ellipse or
even a chubby teddy bear. They can also be used for
enlarging templates or for making production cut-out
templates by tracing around prototype production
samples, or for any work where a known offset from a
curved line is needed. The set of ve includes wheels
with 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2 offsets. Four larger
sizes (5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1) are available separately.
E. 05N64.01 Boxed Set of 5 Gauges $15.50
F. 05N64.05 5/8 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 3.40
G. 05N64.06 3/4 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 4.10
H. 05N64.07 7/8 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 5.20
J. 05N64.08 1 Offset Wheel Gauge $ 6.20
First made in the late 1800s, these two stainless-steel
templates make it possible to create curved, parallel
or perpendicular lines as well as circles, angles and a
range of polygons from three-sided to 20-sided. By
using the inset shapes of various curvatures with the
circles and polygons, you can create unlimited orna-
mental designs. Two nickel-plated steel T-head
anchor pins are included. All you need is paper and a
sharp pencil or ne-tip ballpoint pen. Suitable for
designers of inlay in wood, graphic artists, quilters,
signmakers, innovative youngsters, etc., the set
comes with a 16-page instruction booklet.
09A01.55 Geometrigraph/Polygraph Set $17.50

K
E
F
H
G

J
 F

C D

A G
B
E
Veritas Saddle Squares
Transferring a line from one surface to a perpen-
Veritas Dovetail Markers dicular one with a small square is tricky. Our
For quick, accurate marking of dovetails, a dovetail marker is the best tool available. We offer markers saddle squares let you scribe two perpendicular
that are precision machined at 1:6 and 1:8 angles, the traditional angles for softwood and hardwood faces at once, or pick up on a line already
dovetails respectively. The 14 marker is designed to approximate a 1:4 ratio, for those who prefer this marked and accurately transfer it to a 90 face.
angle when working in thinner stock, as it not only provides stronger material interlock than tradi- Both sizes are anodized aluminum with end
tional ratio angles but produces a slightly exaggerated dovetail joint that many nd attractive. Made faces machined square to within 1/4. The small
in Canada from anodized aluminum, they are light and durable, and will never mark your work. size (patented) is 2 wide with 11/4 and 21/4
Veritas Dovetail Saddle Markers inside legs, for use on workpieces up to almost
These markers have long legs that ensure accurate registration. Also, much like the Veritas saddle square double this. For standard 24s, our large
they are based on, they allow a continuous line to be transferred around the corner, so the straight and angled square has 13/8 and 33/8 legs. A slot machined
lines can be scribed at the same time, ensuring perfect alignment. The inside corner is relieved to ensure ush through the center helps lay out stud locations.
seating even on saw whiskers. The 1:6 and 1:8 ratios are available individually or as a pair. Mark stud centers on the top and bottom plate,
A. 05N61.04 1:6 Dovetail Saddle Marker $16.50 place the slot on the center and mark both sides
1:8
B. 05N61.05 1:8 Dovetail Saddle Marker $16.50 of the square; it is 11/2 wide so the marks t
1:6
05N61.06 1:6 & 1:8 Markers, pr. $28.50 nominal 2 lumber.
14
C. 05N61.08 14 Dovetail Saddle Marker $16.50 (1:4) F. 05N56.01 Veritas Saddle Square $16.90
G. 05N56.10 Veritas Lg. Saddle Square $19.90
Veritas Dovetail Markers
With riding ledges on both sides, these 22 dovetail markers can be ipped over to mark both slopes H. Miter Hook
of the dovetail. They are designed so that the entire ledge is riding on the reference face, even when Few things are as frustrating as attempting to
marking edge dovetails. The relieved corners at the join of the body and the riding ledges ensure perfect measure accurately from an inside corner. This
seating even on saw whiskers. Available as a set in 1:6 and 1:8 ratios, color coded to indicate slope and miter hook, developed by a trim carpenter,
avoid error; the 14 marker is sold individually. makes it simple. Just press the pins into the end
D. 05N10.11 1:6 & 1:8 Dovetail Markers, pr. $13.50 grain (the pins are slightly angled to draw the
E. 05N10.13 14 Dovetail Marker $ 7.50 hook in snugly) and hook your tape measure
into the slot that is exactly even with the miter
end. A rare-earth magnet grips the tape as you
H Setting a reveal measure. Also usable for outside corners where
H 1/8and 1/4 the hook works the same way, except pins are
reveal guides
Rare- not necessary. The miter hook has 1/8 and 1/4
earth
magnets Slot holds tape end. wide ledges perfect for accurately setting
secure Pins hold miter reveals in house trim. The hook is handy in a
tape in hook in place to
cradle. shop as well anywhere you need to measure
measure inside
Outside corner corners. mitered corners. Injection molded using a high-
measurement impact plastic, it has hardened pins and two
Inside corner rare-earth magnets. It is fully reversible; the
measurement magnets are exposed on both sides.
50N37.01 Miter Hook $11.20

J. Veritas Miter Saddle K. Simple Scribe

When working on small items
such as picture frames, a large
combination square or try
square can often be cumber-
some. Not so with our miter
saddle. The relatively small
size makes it easy to use. It
has a large reference face
(31/2 at the wide end) set at
45. The sides are machined
so that a line can be accurately
transferred around workpiece
J corners. Made from anodized
aluminum, this marker is light
and durable, and will never
mark your work.
Veritas Miter Saddle
22 05N56.15 $16.90
A simple way to scribe panels,
trim or tile to t the contours
K
of an adjacent surface, this
transfer scribe is used with
common pencils. Made of
reinforced nylon, it has seven
registration faces to keep your
pencil point offset at a set
distance (between 1/4 and 1
in 1/8 increments) from the
surface you are copying.
Because the guide is solid, the
labelled offset remains true as
you slide the tool and pencil
along a surface, ensuring a
close copy. This is an effective
tool and a real timesaver.
29N01.20 Scribe $13.50
 Used as a Soft trim
carpenters scribed to t
A. PVC Prole Gauge scribe. stone
Particularly useful in tting tiles, copying perfectly.
A moldings, patternmaking and turning, this
gauge will copy proles up to 10 long.
The 3 deep ngers will measure proles G
up to 11/4. Two gauges can also be joined
Press to shape.
together to take the prole of a larger work-
Window
piece. The attached magnets keep it secure trim
on a magnetic reference plane. Made from scribed
tough, low-friction PVC. and cut
to t a
03N01.01 10 PVC Prole Gauge $18.50 stone
Trace prole. wall.
B. Stainless-Steel Tracing Prole Gauge
With nearly twice as many ngers per inch
(26 versus 15) as plastic models, this gauge
gives you smoother curves and ner details
(but does not work as well on things like G. Veritas Transfer/Log Scribe
B cross sections of smooth cylinders). The Used to transfer the contours of one shape onto another,
Perfect t.
stainless-steel ngers are held rmly in the this is an ideal carpenters scribe or log scribe. It can
steel bar. Proles can be taken up to 31/8. translate that not-so-straight, 100-year-old wall prole
An excellent gauge. Made in Japan. onto a cabinet panel for a perfect match. With a maximum
44K14.02 7 SS Prole Gauge $28.50 capacity of 12, it is calibrated so that any opening can be
used once the double bubbles are set for a given pin and
C. Lee Valley Asymmetric Drawing Bow pencil projection. The rotatable double-level post can be
This bow lets you draw an asymmetric arc adjusted and locked in any position on either axis. The
a useful design element when making pointed end of the steel pin is for compass work; the blunt
proles for arm rests, chair legs and back curved end is non-marring for transfer scribing. Other
rests. The bow tapers in thickness from 1/8 components are non-corroding brass and zinc-aluminum
to 1/16 over its length, so when bent it forms alloy. Usable with any standard pencil, it comes with a
a curve of continually changing radius. It purple pencil that leaves a distinct, long-lasting mark on a
works like a ships curve. The 41 strip of moist surface. Extra pencils are available.
glass-reinforced plastic has an adjustable 05U05.01 Transfer/Log Scribe $139.00
nylon strap and buckle so the bow can be 83U01.16 Purple Pencils (10) $ 11.50
bent and held in the desired conguration. A 83U01.20 Red Pencils (10) $ 11.50
useful tool for furniture makers. See page 293 in the Log Building section for more infor-
05N55.20 Drawing Bow $36.50 mation on how the above product is used for log scribing.
C
D. Lee Valley Symmetric H. Flexible Curves
Drawing Bow These exible curves will mold to radii as small as 1/2
Drawing elliptical curves can be daunting, without kinking. Each has a square lead core with spring
D as it is impossible to hold a thin strip of wood steel on two sides to let you easily copy any curve and
on edge, bow it to the desired curvature and help keep the curve in one plane so that it will lie at for
hold it steady, while tracing its shape onto tracing. These are dead curves that hold a shape well
your workpiece. Our drawing bow solves without spring-back. The vinyl covering has a slightly
this problem. The bow itself is a strong, but raised bead on one side for inking and a at bead on the
incredibly exible, 1/814 long strip of other for a pencil. Excellent tools for laying out smooth
Asymmetric Symmetric
glass-reinforced plastic. The integral nylon curves for tracing, or for copying existing curves such
strap has an easily adjusted buckle that can as the compound curve of a rocker.

be used to set the curvature you want and 07K01.01 24 Flexible Curve $ 8.90
hold it. The torsional stiffness of the bow 07K01.03 36 Flexible Curve $13.60
resists deformation as you trace the shape. A J. French Curves
necessary tool for any cabinetmaker. French curves are invaluable aids for smoothing arcs or
05N55.01 Drawing Bow $32.50 making the transition from a radius to a straight line.
Made from polystyrene, these come in a three-pocket
Blending Curves vinyl pouch. Good value.
Blending curves are ideal for drawing a 07K09.01 French Curves, set of 3 $7.20
curve dened by a series of points or for
smoothing an intersection between a curve
and a straight line. Made from interlocking
Interlocking
layers of butyrate layers of butyrate, these are easy to form and
hold steady while marking. While longer H
versions are typically used in boatbuilding,
these shorter lengths are shop favorites for
furniture design and layout, particularly for
furniture legs. The 3/163/418 curve will
form to a minimum radius of 41/2; the
7/327/836 curve will form to a minimum J
radius of 51/2. An excellent layout tool,
made in USA.
E E. 07K01.10 18 Blending Curve $25.50
F F. 07K01.15 36 Blending Curve $41.50

Visit us at www.leevalley.com
 Our beam compass heads can be
converted into circle cutters by
replacing the pencil with an
X-Acto knife (not included).

E Wood not included.

A E. Veritas Beam Compass Heads

For projects involving large circles or arcs, our aluminum beam compass heads are ideal.
Clamped onto a piece of wood from 5/8 to 3/4 thick, they create a compass whose radius is
A. Veritas Trammel Points
limited only by the length of stock you have at hand. A brass clamping knob holds the head
Usable on any rule up to 1/4 thick, these securely to the beam using a trapped pin that prevents pivoting and shifting. The pins with-
narrow-bodied trammels can be set to draw as the knob is backed off. The hardened steel points (one with an eccentric tip for 1/8
reproduce radii as little as 9/16. The of ne adjustment) can mark hard surfaces such as steel plate, sheet metal or aluminum. Also
removable points score clear lines on included is a small pencil for marking wood and wallboard. All parts pack into the slim
any wood, and are also effective on tubular hard-shell storage case. A simple yet highly useful layout tool.
aluminum, brass, bronze and mild steel. 05N50.01 Beam Compass Heads $56.50
With the points removed, the trammel F. Starrett Trammel Heads
bodies double as square gauges, A Used to measure distance between two
clamping onto a square to make repeti- points or mark an arc or circle, these
tive angle marking easy. Inspired by an trammel heads t a beam (you supply)
antique trammel set found at a wood- up to 3/8 thick and 3/4 wide. The die-
working show, our version is made of cast heads have a black wrinkle nish.
stainless steel for durability and corrosion resistance, The hardened forged steel points have a
and has knurled sections to make the tips easier to remove. Made threaded end for easy removal or
in Canada, each is about 1/2 in diameter and 21/2 long overall. replacement. One head has an adjustable
05N50.05 Veritas Trammel Points, pr. $29.95 point, allowing you to make precise
adjustments easily without moving the F
B. Large Heavy-Duty Compasses
clamps. The xed point is 3 long; the
Large workshop compasses can save a lot of the frustration adjustable point is 2 1/ 2 long. An
that goes along with using bits of string and pencils. These are included pencil socket can replace
machined from solid bar stock and can take substantial torque either point. Made in USA.
(e.g., when marking rough stock). They open to something
greater than their stated length (i.e., the 16 compass will open Not Stocked at our Stores.
to a 171/2 radius circle). Trammel Heads w/Divider Points
33N06.01 6 HD Compass $46.50 30N26.50 $169.00
33N06.03 12 HD Compass $58.50 G. Veritas Carpenters Gauge Adjustable
point
33N06.02 16 HD Compass $84.50 Designed to be carried in an apron or F
pocket, this is both a compass and a
C. Lee Valley Pencil Compass marking gauge. The rotatable head
Ideal for heavy-duty shop use, this pencil compass is locks vertically and horizontally for
machined from 3/8 square stock, giving it a very strong joint. storage. It is direct reading, for both
Maximum opening is 71/2. The ttings are solid brass. radius and diameter, in inches and
05N21.01 71/2 Pencil Compass $49.50 centimetres. Made of brass, stainless G
steel and high-impact ABS, it is 71/2
D. Yardstick long overall, and will scribe circles up
Compass Set to 12 in diameter. Patented.
These trammel Veritas Carpenters Gauge
points turn a stan- 05N36.01 $27.90
dard yardstick (not H. Veritas Beam Compass
included) into a Ordinary compasses just dont cut it in
B compass. This is a the shop; a beam compass (or trammel)
particularly handy is much more practical. Using a single
arrangement, as the beam section, the Veritas beam
distance from pin to compass deals with circles from 11/2 to
lead can be read 24 in diameter. Additional sections
directly from the take you up to 80 (203cm) for circular
yardsticks calibra- tables, rockers, arches, etc. It has
tions. Made from carbide-tipped points that readily scribe
C solid aluminum metal as well as wood, although the
with a milled slot pencil head is usually used for scribing
that will t 1 wood. A micro-adjust feature quickly
wide rulers. Use gives accurate settings. All of this
standard-size leads comes in a tted wooden case that even
(one included). includes a small brass center pivot disc
Compass Set H
for use where it is important not to mar
88N04.01 $11.50 work. The beams are steel and the
ttings are all solid brass.
Yardstick not included. Veritas Beam Compass
D 05N30.01 $129.00
24
 D

A
E

A. Brass Naval Divider

A much sought-after instrument in the antique
market is the 1740 vintage caliper (British Patent
#490) that was used in the Royal Navy for two
centuries. (An original is shown in the background.)
Now made by an instrument maker in India, it C
comes in a presentation box with a classic fouled-
anchor brass inlay in the lid. The adjustable friction Starrett Yankee E. 30N25.11 4 Outside Caliper $ 76.00
joint makes it ideal for single-handed adjustment Spring-Type Calipers 30N25.12 6 Outside Caliper $ 74.50
and use. Holding it as shown, you can use it one- These well-nished steel calipers and dividers 30N25.13 8 Outside Caliper $ 94.50
handed, putting pressure on the arches to open it or have at legs and strong springs. The fulcrum 30N25.14 12 Outside Caliper $ 96.50
pressure on the legs to close it, keeping the other stud is hardened for durability. All sizes are
hand free for the ship. It makes a great gift for available with either a solid or quick-spring Quick-spring nut
latter-day admirals. Just under 8 overall. nut. The quick-spring nut acts as a sliding
09A01.50 Brass Naval Divider $36.50 speed nut, permitting quick adjustment of the
legs. It engages only when it comes up against
B. Lee Valley Register Caliper
the leg post. The strong spring holds any Quick-Spring Nut
Inspired by an antique tool included in the famous
setting accurately. Sizes indicated are 30N25.51 4 Divider $ 87.50
H.O. Studley tool chest, this caliper is perfect for
maximum opening. Made in USA. 30N25.52 6 Divider $ 88.50
quickly checking dimensions. The direct-reading
Not Stocked at our Stores. 30N25.53 8 Divider $119.00
scale lets you measure objects or set the mouth
opening without reference to a ruler. It is marked for 30N25.54 12 Divider $121.00
both inside and outside measurements up to 13/4, Solid nut 30N25.31 4 Inside Caliper $ 69.50
graduated in 16ths of an inch, and all markings are 30N25.32 6 Inside Caliper $ 73.00
laser engraved for accuracy. A brass thumbscrew lets 30N25.33 8 Inside Caliper $105.00
you lock the opening for comparative measurements, 30N25.34 12 Inside Caliper $106.00
useful for checking for size when thicknessing Solid Nut 30N25.41 4 Outside Caliper $ 66.00
boards with a hand plane or turning tenons on a lathe. C. 30N25.21 4 Divider $ 80.00 30N25.42 6 Outside Caliper $ 69.50
The gracefully curved legs are made from hardened 30N25.22 6 Divider $ 83.00 30N25.43 8 Outside Caliper $105.00
and tempered stainless steel and the pivot is made of 30N25.23 8 Divider $106.00 30N25.44 12 Outside Caliper $112.00
brass. Conveniently pocket sized at 3 long. 30N25.24 12 Divider $113.00 Dont be afraid to reshape instrument points to suit
50N02.03 Register Caliper $28.50 D. 30N25.01 4 Inside Caliper $ 61.00 your purpose. Most can benet from careful sharp-
30N25.02 6 Inside Caliper $ 63.00 ening. One exception is a combination caliper. The
The H.O. Studley Tool Chest tips must just meet at both ends when closed le
Henry O. Studley, a piano maker who lived from 30N25.03 8 Inside Caliper $ 91.00
30N25.04 12 Inside Caliper $ 98.50 them too far and the tool is ruined.
1838 to 1925, is perhaps best known for the
surpassing craftsmanship of his personal tool chest.
Created and rened during his 30-year career at the F. Starrett Improved
Poole Piano Company, the chest measures just under Firm-Joint Calipers F
204010 when closed, and yet contains nearly These rugged steel outside calipers have at
300 perfectly organized tools. All the tools are easily
legs and a pre-tensioned joint for accurate size
accessible, and each one ts snugly, some snapping
in place with an audible click. Not only well transfers. Leg movement will not alter the
designed, it is also beautifully carved, as much a tension setting. Maximum opening is about
1/3 greater than size indicated. Made in USA.
work of art as a piece of furniture.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N26.02 6 Outside Caliper $59.50
B G. Brass Caliper
Sized to t in a shirt or apron pocket, this is a
practical caliper for quick measurements and
dimension checks around the shop and job
site. Graduated in millimeters and 16ths, it
takes outside measurements up to 4 or
100mm, and inside measurements from 1/4 to
4 and 6mm to 100mm. All markings are
Outside Inside
measurement measurement laser-etched for wear resistance. A stud on the
caliper beam allows easy one-handed adjust-
ment, and the dovetailed channel provides G
just enough friction to hold the jaw position
when transferring a measurement. Made from
solid brass, it is an attractive and rugged tool.
09A01.17 Brass Caliper $7.95
 Lee Valley Calipers
Made in France for Lee Valley, these steel cali-
pers and dividers all have ground tips. The divider
C E tips are hardened for scribing on metal. All ttings
are solid brass. Particularly useful is the quick-
A adjust mechanism that incorporates a sliding
D speed nut. The nut engages only when it comes up
against the centering collar next to the leg post.
The strong spring holds any setting accurately.
Black oxide nish. Sizes indicated are maximum
B
opening. The 4 is ideal for ner turning, the 8
size for general-purpose use and the 12 for large
Thickness Calipers work. Available individually or as a set of three
Primarily used by turners, these thickness calipers can containing one of each tool (all the same size).
be tted into virtually any shape of vase or bowl. To use, C. 05N19.01 Outside Caliper, 4 $ 27.50
open the caliper by pulling the legs apart (having the spacing A&B 05N19.02 Outside Caliper, 8 $ 30.50
nut between the legs rather than outside them allows this), 05N19.05 Outside Caliper, 12 $ 40.50
put in position and then set the spacing nut to the wall thick- D. 05N20.01 Divider, 4 $ 23.50
ness. Open calipers, remove and measure tip gap. The 05N20.03 Divider, 8 $ 28.50
spacing nut can be adjusted for any thickness from 0 to 05N20.05 Divider, 12 $ 37.50
131/2 on the 161/2 model and 0 to 51/2 on the 9 model. E. 05N18.01 Inside Caliper, 4 $ 23.50
The respective throat depths (from nut to tip) are 111/2 and 05N18.03 Inside Caliper, 8 $ 28.50
51/2. These are equally good for dimensional take-offs of 05N18.05 Inside Caliper, 12 $ 37.50
almost any oddly shaped object. Steel with brass ttings. 05N20.10 Set of 3 Tools, 4 $ 70.50
Made in France for Lee Valley. 05N20.15 Set of 3 Tools, 8 $ 82.00
A. 05N22.01 9 Thickness Caliper $42.50 05N20.18 Set of 3 Tools, 12 $109.00
B. 05N22.03 161/2 Thickness Caliper $54.50
F. Veritas Proportional Calipers H. Galbert Caliper
Designed for sculptors and turners, these cali- Designed by chairmaker
pers quickly nd a role in any shop. The small Peter Galbert, this
caliper measures 93/4 overall and has ratios of unique caliper greatly
H
1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 3:1 and 4:1. The large caliper is improves speed and
20 overall and has the same ratios as the small accuracy when
plus three more 1.25:1, 1.75:1 and 2.5:1. Both turning
have a rm joint system where you adjust the between
amount of joint friction you want with the centers.
knurled brass thumbscrews. The arms are anod- With it, you
F ized aluminum. These are useful for scaling up can quickly
or down as well as direct measurement transfer. work your
05N34.01 Small Proportional Caliper $31.50 way along
05N34.03 Large Proportional Caliper $54.50 the spindle and
establish the diam-
For most projects, you have to use wood of eter at each position,
constant thickness. It is worth checking pieces eliminating the need for
with a caliper to avoid ill-tting joints later.
constantly resetting a conven-
G. Veritas Direct-Reading Caliper tional caliper or having multiple
Most calipers used by turners must be read from calipers set to different dimensions. You simply
the side, forcing you to cock your head to take a hold the tool behind the spinning work with one
reading. Our direct-reading caliper has the scale hand and register it in the cut as you part in; the
situated on the back end, reading vertically. The direct-reading scale indicates the diameter as it
anodized aluminum arms make this caliper light- diminishes, allowing you to stop at exactly the right
weight, yet it is rigid enough (0.080 thick) to size. Used on work 23/4 in diameter or less, it has a
withstand most regular turning demands. The reading range of 23/4 to 1/2. A sturdy tool, made

graduated aluminum scale is etched for good in USA from stainless steel and polycarbonate.
contrast with the anodized surface. Graduated in 88N90.80 Galbert Caliper $69.95
32nds, 0 to 4, with a throat capacity to cover
the same range. A torsion spring provides light
but constant closing
force, and a brass
thumbscrew allows
you to set the caliper
at any opening for
comparative measure-
ments. Should you ever
damage a tip, requiring
regrinding, the pointer H
can be re-zeroed with
one screw. With the
G nger-shaped cut-outs,
it is as comfortable as
it is effective.
05N39.01 Direct-Reading Caliper $56.50
26 Marking & Measuring
 Direct-Reading Digital Calipers
The great advantage of these calipers is that they are
direct reading. Not only can you set the opening without
reference to a ruler, you can also check dimensions
quickly and easily, with measurements displayed in large, B
easy-to-read numerals on the LCD screen. Both inside and
outside calipers read in fractional inches, decimal inches or
millimetres (to a resolution of 1/64, 0.01 or 0.1mm), and
instantly convert among units. Quick-setting sprung legs A
help ensure that the tips maintain contact with the work-
piece, and a thumbscrew locks the opening. Accurate to
0.01, the calipers can be zeroed for differential measuring,
and a hold button keeps the measurement displayed after A
the legs are released, so you dont have to commit it to
memory. The outside calipers have 4 legs with a 7 maximum opening; the inside calipers have
31/4 legs with a minimum opening of 1/2 and a maximum opening of just over 63/4. Each has a 4 B
handle and comes with two button-cell batteries (one installed and one spare).
A. 88N90.28 Outside Caliper $37.50
B. 88N90.29 Inside Caliper $37.50
88N90.30 Pair of Calipers $69.00

Blindmans Fractional Electronic Caliper J. 4 Dial Caliper

Displaying 1/2 high numerals on an LCD screen, this
caliper is easy to read. With all the usual caliper func-
tions (including depth measurement), it also converts
back and forth among decimal inches, fractional
inches and millimetres at the touch of a button. It can
be locked for measurement transfer using the integral
thumbscrew and zeroes at any point for differential
measuring. Available in a compact 4 length that
slips easily into an apron pocket, or in a 6 length for
general use. Each version is graduated in 0.0005,
0.01mm, or 1/128 increments; accurate to 0.001 or
0.03mm. Automatically displays reduced fractions, K.
eliminating the need for mental arithmetic. Has an L.
on/off button but automatically shuts off after ve
This stainless-steel caliper ts in a shirt or apron pocket. Only 61/4 overall, it has 4 capacity for inside,
outside and depth measurements. Graduated in thousandths of an inch. Comes in a vinyl carrying case.
88N62.01 4 Dial Caliper $42.50
Imperial/Metric Vernier Calipers
Accurate to 0.001 and 0.02mm, these stainless-steel calipers can take readings in either Imperial or
metric, or convert from one to the other. Gauges have locking jaws and an integral depth gauge. The
fractional caliper will read in increments of 1/128 or 0.05mm. The other three calipers read in
decimal inches and millimetres. The two ne-adjustment calipers have a lower jaw stop that locks in
place, allowing ne adjustment using the thumb wheel. (The 6/15cm ne-adjustment caliper has a
maximum opening of 51/2.) Storage case included.
88N70.01 6/15cm Fractional $26.50
88N70.02 6/15cm Caliper $26.50
88N71.01 6/15cm Fine Adj. Caliper $29.50 Inside measurement Millimetres

minutes to conserve battery power. Hardened stain- M. 88N71.02 8/20cm Fine Adj. Caliper $39.50
less steel. Comes with a plastic storage case, C
instructions and a spare battery. C&D C&D
C. 88N90.44 4 Blindmans Caliper $34.50
D. 88N90.46 6 Blindmans Caliper $36.90
Decimal inches
E. 6 Combination Dial Caliper
Useful for inside, outside and depth measurements, C&D
D
it has both Imperial and metric scales, with gradua-
tions of 0.001 or 0.02mm (the dial has separate
indicator hands). Measurements can be locked for F
E
transfer with an integral thumbscrew. Also ideal for
measurement conversion. Hardened stainless steel E
with a satin nish. Storage case included.
88N62.05 6 Combination Caliper $54.50
F. Fractional/Decimal Inch Combination Caliper
This dual-scale Imperial caliper has a combination
fractional/decimal inch display that is easy to read, G
graduated in 64ths (with major divisions every 1/8)
on the inner portion of the 13/8 diameter dial and in F
0.01 increments on the outer portion. Effective for
direct inside, outside and depth measurements, it
also provides instant measurement conversion and H
locks with a thumbscrew for measurement transfer.
Hardened stainless steel with a satin nish, it comes L K J
in a protective storage case. Instructions included.
88N72.10 6 Fractional Caliper $46.50

Stainless-Steel Dial Calipers

Available in metric (with graduations of 0.02mm)
or Imperial (graduated in thousandths), these cali-
pers have capacities of 15cm and 6 respectively.
Each has a built-in depth gauge and comes in a
plastic storage case. They have a satin nish with M
well-etched numbers.
G. 88N17.01 15cm Metric Dial Caliper $39.50 M
H. 88N72.01 6 Imperial Dial Caliper $39.50
27
 A Outside
measurement

Inside
measurement

A. LongLife Pocket Caliper

Easily slipped into a shirt pocket or
apron, this compact, lightweight caliper is made
of berglass-reinforced polyamide, so its durable and E
rigid but wont mark your work or damage tool edges. It takes
inside and outside measurements up to 3 in 1/32 increments or 77mm in
1mm increments, with incised, black-lled graduations for legibility and Starrett Imperial Easy-to-read markings
wear resistance. One edge of the beam is bevelled and graduated in 16ths & Metric Dial E
up to 37/8 for use as a small ruler. The calipers bright color makes it easy Calipers
to locate in a toolbox or drawer. Well made in Switzerland, this is sure to Depth
These American- measurement
become one of your most-used measuring tools. made calipers have
24N06.55 Pocket Caliper $7.95 outstanding t and
B. Imperial/Metric Vernier Calipers nish. Manufactured from hardened stainless steel, they have nely detailed
Ideal for checking bit and dowel sizes, material thickness, etc., these contact surfaces on the jaws and a smooth thumb wheel operation for ne adjust-
non-marring plastic calipers will quickly become workshop favor- ment. Inside, outside and depth measurements can be locked for transfer with a
ites. They have Imperial and metric scales (to 1/128 or 0.05mm) on thumbscrew. Scales are etched and black-lled for readability. The Imperial
the caliper beam, enabling quick conversion from one system to the version has a 13/8 diameter dial with 0.001 graduations and clear black-on-white
other. Lightweight and unobtrusive, they slip easily into an apron or markings. The metric version has a 38mm (11/2) diameter dial graduated in
back pocket and are inexpensive enough to abuse. We sell them by 0.02mm increments with easy-to-read black-on-yellow markings. Each comes
the half-dozen enough to always have one at hand. packaged in a protective storage case.
99W20.03 Plastic Calipers, pkg. of 6 $11.90 Not Stocked at our Stores.
D. 88N16.06 6 Dial Caliper $249.00
E. 88N16.07 150mm Dial Caliper $265.00

F F. Imperial Vernier
B Micrometer
Accurate to 0.0001,
this 0 to 1 microm-
eter is just about at the practical limit of hand
measurement. Graduated in 0.025 increments on the
barrel, 0.005 increments on the knob and 0.0001
increments on the vernier scale. A lever lock lets you x
a given measure, and a xed tension ratchet adjustment
knob ensures standard force when measuring deformable
C. Miter Slot Caliper Holder material. Comes in a protective case. Overall length is 51/4.
This simple accessory lets you adapt a caliper for use much like a dial 88N75.01 0-1 Micrometer $24.90
indicator, using a xed reference surface for differential measure-
ments. Secured to the caliper beam using an integral clamping screw, G. Starrett Vernier Micrometer
the 4 nylon holder has a 3/4 wide foot sized for use in a standard With staggered markings on the sleeve and numbering at every thousandth of an
miter slot. Using two countersunk through inch on the thimble, this micrometer is particularly quick and easy to read. The
holes, it may be afxed frame is of one-piece construction for rigidity; both it and the precisely machined
to a jig or another spindle are hardened to minimize wear. It has a no-glare satin-chrome nish that
reference surface. resists corrosion, and has a convenient fractional conversion chart in 16ths and
Flexible compres- 32nds etched on one face of the frame and in 64ths on the opposite. Range is 0 to
sion tabs in the foot 1 and accuracy is 0.0001. Made in USA.
C
take up play within Not Stocked at our Stores.

a miter slot, ensuring 30N32.20 1 Vernier Micrometer $242.00
the caliper beam remains square to the slot. Compatible with most 6 H. 30N32.21 1 Micrometer Case $ 12.90
calipers with a nominal 5/8 wide by 1/8 thick beam. A useful adapter
for checking or setting blade or fence alignment.
88N90.70 Caliper Holder, ea. $10.90

G H

Caliper not
included.

28
 Veritas Straightedges
Shop accuracy begins with a benchmark straightedge as a surface
reference. Our steel and aluminum straightedges are wide enough A
Checking a
to stand on edge unsupported, so you have both hands free to water stone
adjust tools. All have hang holes for storage on a nail or hook. for atness
with a 12
Veritas Steel Straightedges straightedge.
A 1/4 B 1/4 C 3/8
These 11/2 high precision steel straightedges are ground at
Easily stand on edge unsupported.
over the entire length on both edges, the 12 and 24 lengths to
within 0.0010 and the 36 length to within 0.0015. All have
been stress relieved to remain true under temperature variation.
Just over 1 lb and 1/4 thick, the 12 straightedge is a handy size
for checking plane soles or water stones for atness, or anywhere
a larger straightedge would be unwieldy in use or could damage
the item being checked.
The 24 straightedge is invaluable for setting up stationary
machines such as planers and jointers. Just over 2 lb, it weighs A
enough to stay in place while you make adjustments. 1/4 thick.
Great for long-bed jointer and large machine set-up, the 36
straightedge is a good master shop reference. It weighs a
substantial 53/4 lb and is 3/8 thick. The linished sides have a
texture that is easier to grip with condence.
A. 05N62.00 Steel Straightedge, 12 $43.50
B. 05N62.01 Steel Straightedge, 24 $56.50
C. 05N62.03 Steel Straightedge, 36 $98.50
Veritas Aluminum Straightedges
Economical alternatives to our steel straightedges, these rust-
H
proof anodized aluminum straightedges are useful for setting up
machines such as planers and jointers. They are 13/4 high by
7/16 thick, with a reference edge machined at to within 0.003 B
over the entire length. They are available in four lengths, with
weights ranging from just under 1 lb to 21/2 lb.
D. 05N63.00 Alum. Straightedge, 18 $28.50
E. 05N63.01 Alum. Straightedge, 24 $34.50 C
F. 05N63.03 Alum.Straightedge, 38 $45.50
G. 05N63.05 Alum.Straightedge, 50 $99.50
H. Feeler Gauge Set
Used with a straightedge as a at reference, feeler gauges measure
how much a surface is out of true. With these 1/2 wide, 51/2 long
gauges, you can see what you are doing when probing a gap, and
stack thicknesses without distortional error. From 0.001 to 0.025
(accurate to a quarter thou!). Polished tempered steel. G F E D Feeler gauge used with straight-
edge to true a table surface.
86K99.01 Feeler Gauges, set of 20 $26.50

Starrett Precision Steel Straightedges Starrett Feeler Gauge Sets

Precisely ground along the entire length of both
edges, these steel straightedges are reliable refer-
ence tools for checking if surfaces are at or
straight and for accurately adjusting machinery.
The 12, 18 and 24 sizes are 11/64 thick by
113/32 wide, and the 36 and 48 lengths are 7/32
thick by 213/32 wide. Their thickness allows
them to stand on edge unsupported, leaving your
hands free for measurement or tool adjustment.
Finely nished, all are accurate to 0.0002 per
foot. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
J. 30N32.10 12 Precision Straightedge $ 71.50
K. 30N32.11 18 Precision Straightedge $ 99.50
L. 30N32.12 24 Precision Straightedge $112.00
M. 30N32.13 36 Precision Straightedge $249.00
N. 30N32.14 48 Precision Straightedge $379.00
Used with a at reference such as a straightedge or surface plate, these feeler
gauges let you quickly determine how much a surface is out of true. They
are also useful for making precise offset measurements, such as when
setting planer knives or plunge stops. We offer Imperial and metric sets with
3 (76mm) long leaves, each made of nely nished tempered steel and
housed in a sturdy steel holder with a knurled locking screw. The Imperial
set has 22 leaves from 0.0015 to 0.035 thick; the metric set has 20 leaves
ranging from 0.05mm to 1mm in 0.05mm increments. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
O. 30N32.44 Imperial Feeler Gauge Set $77.50
30N32.46 Metric Feeler Gauge Set $79.50
M
7/32 thick 11/64 thick
N

K
O
J
O

29
 A. Winding Sticks
Winding sticks are used to check the atness of mate-
rial. Placed at opposite ends of a board, they accentuate
any twist (wind), making it easier to identify and correct.
Winding sticks With the sticks in place, sight across their top edges. If
nest together for storage.
A the edges are parallel, the board is not twisted. Reposition
and repeat to check the entire board. Unlike wooden
ones, our extruded aluminum sticks remain dimension-
ally stable and straight. The satin black anodized nish
on one side reduces glare, and the machined section on
the other side provides contrast when sighting. The
machined grooves are spaced 1/8 apart to help estimate
the amount of twist and how much stock to remove. The
two 18 long sticks nest together and have hanging
Check for twist across holes. Made in Canada. Patented.
the width of a board.
50N01.01 Winding Sticks, pr. $32.90

Setting blade-to-fence offset.

B. Kreg
Set-Up Bars
Checking depth.
The odd shape of
these set-up bars
allows them to be
used in three ways.
You can position
them to straddle a
blade or bit to accurately set its height, invert them to
Setting blade height. use the base to check depth, or use the tip to set a blade-
to-fence offset. Made of aluminum that wont damage
tool edges, each bar is labelled with its size in frac-
tional and decimal inches. Supplied in a durable plastic
case, the set of seven includes 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8,
7/16 and 1/2 sizes. Made in USA.
86N40.90 Set-Up Bars, set of 7 $56.50

B Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Veritas Set-Up Blocks

Setting up machines in the shop can be a frustrating and inaccurate undertaking. Tape
measures and rulers are difcult to use when measuring gaps between curved bits and
guide fences. Worse, machines often require two hands to adjust, leaving nothing to
E hold the measuring tool. The Veritas set-up blocks help solve this problem. Simply
D place the appropriate block or combination of blocks between the fence and bit or
blade and adjust accordingly.
Imperial and metric versions are available. The Imperial six-piece primary set
includes 1/16, 1/8, 1/4, 1/2 and 3/4 thick 2 long blocks made of anodized aluminum,
plus a steel 1-2-3 block (so named for its 123 size). The aluminum blocks are
accurate to within 0.002, while the steel block is accurate within 0.0002. Combined,
they stack from 1/16 to 411/16 in 1/16 increments.
As a supplement to the primary blocks, two Imperial expansion kits are available to
simplify setting ne fractional measurements. The seven-piece expansion set includes
3/16, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 9/16, 5/8 and 11/16 sizes. Having the primary and seven-piece
C
sets means you can work with the exact block size you need when working in 16ths
up to 3/4; they can also reduce the number of blocks required when setting up larger
combinations. For those who frequently work in 32nds of an inch, the six-piece
expansion set includes 1/32, 3/32, 5/32 and 7/32 blocks plus 15/32 and 23/32 blocks
that match the thickness of nominal 1/2 and 3/4 plywood. All blocks are 2 long,
made of anodized aluminum and accurate to within 0.002. A set of all 19 Imperial
blocks is also available.
The metric set of nine includes three vinyl shims (two 0.5mm and one 1mm thick),
2mm, 4mm, 8mm and 16mm thick aluminum blocks (a second 16mm thick block is
included to simplify 32mm spacing ) and a 25mm50mm75mm steel block. The
C and D come
in a hard-shell shims and aluminum blocks are accurate to within 0.05mm and are 50mm long; the
plastic case. steel block is accurate to within 0.018mm. Combined, the set allows stacking from
0.5mm to 123mm in 0.5mm increments.
The Imperial primary and seven-piece expansion sets and the metric set come in a
hard-shell plastic case with dividers to protect the blocks; the case for the seven-piece
set has extra space to accommodate the six-piece expansion set (which alone does not
F include a case). Made in Canada.
C. 05N58.01 Imperial Set-Up Blocks, 6-Pc. Primary Set $ 45.50
D. 05N58.03 7-Pc. Expansion Set, 16ths $ 31.50
E. 05N58.05 6-Pc. Expansion Set, 32nds $ 16.50
05N58.07 19-Pc. Set (Primary Set + 2 Expansion Sets) $ 82.50
F. 05N58.12 Metric Set-Up Blocks, 9-Pc. Set $ 56.50
05N58.15 28-Pc. Master Set (19-Pc. Set + Metric Set) $125.00
30
 Decimal
inch
A
Metric
A. Height Gauge
A height gauge is indispensable in the shop for setting the
projection of table saw blades and router bits, and setting
jointer knives. It can also be used for measuring thickness
when used on a known at surface (such as our granite
surface plate). This gauge functions in the same manner
as a caliper, where one jaw is the surface upon which
the gauge sits. It has an easy-to-read dial face that is
graduated in thousandths of an inch. A ne-adjustment
screw lets you lock and adjust the head slowly. Unit is
11 in total height with 6 range of measurement.
88N87.06 6 Height Gauge $89.50
B. Digital Height Gauge
With easy-to-read 3/8 high LCD numerals, this height
gauge accurately displays graduations in decimal
inch, fractional inch or metric (to 0.0005, 1/128 and
0.01mm; accurate to 0.001/0.03mm), provides
instant conversion capability, and mounts to a machine
table or fence with embedded rare-earth magnets. It
performs differential measuring without recalibration
and can be zeroed at any point. Useful for setting
table-saw blade or router bit height, or jointer knife
projection, it can also be placed on a known flat
surface (e.g., a surface plate) to measure thickness.
Solid aluminum alloy base with a hardened stainless-
steel beam. 6/150mm capacity; 11 high overall.
Button-cell battery included.
88N90.01 Digital Height Gauge $64.50
Starrett Dial Indicators and Magnetic Base
Ruggedly constructed yet precise, these indicators have
shock-resistant gear trains made of hardened stainless steel
and jewel bearings for smooth travel. Each 211/16 diameter
dial has a non-reective surface with large numerals and
well-spaced graduations for clarity. The bezel has an
unbreakable lens. The Imperial indicator is graduated in
thousandths and has 1 of travel; the metric version has
1/100mm graduations and 25mm of travel.
Suitable for either indicator, the magnetic base has a
push-button switch for easy one-handed operation. In addi-
tion to its bottom surface, both sides of the base can be used
for mounting. A V-groove in the top face is used for attach-
ment to machine arbors or shafts. The articulating arm lets
you position the indicator at any angle or orientation. Made
in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
H. 30N32.30 Imperial Dial Indicator $237.00
J. 30N32.31 Metric Dial Indicator $295.00
K. 30N32.32 Magnetic Base $238.00
B
D
C. Granite Surface Plate
Until now granite surface plates were too
expensive for anywhere except machine
shops. However, they are very useful in a
woodworking shop, particularly for
checking plane bottom atness as well as
for lapping planes, using the plate as a bed
for PSA-backed paper. Superb quality, this
plate is 2 thick, 912 overall and weighs
25 3 / 4 lb. Obviously it is moisture and
corrosion proof. It is also accurate to
0.0001 overall (not 0.001 but 0.0001).
Excellent buy.
88N85.01 *Granite Surface Plate $46.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition
to our regular shipping charges. For areas not
served by ground parcel service, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.
D. Angle Blocks
By stacking these blocks, you can set any
angle from 0 to 90 in 1 increments. Each
block is 3 long, hardened and precision
ground to an accuracy of 0.0001 per inch.
The set includes angles from 1 to 5 in 1
increments, and 10 to 30 in 5 increments.
Indispensable for accurate machine set-up. F. 88N31.01 Dial Indicator only
Comes in a protective case.
88N82.01 Angle Blocks, set of 10 $51.50
H
V-groove for
attachment to
K machine arbors
or shafts
H Marking & Measuring 31
Colors may vary.
G
F
E. Feeler Gauge Set
Feeler gauges are incredibly handy in a wood-
working shop for adjusting plunge stops,
fences, bits, planer knives, etc. The ngers of a
standard set are often too short, but these 1/2
wide by 51/2 long gauges are ideal; you can
reach into equipment and still see what you are
doing. The extra length also lets you use built-
up combinations (e.g., 0.025 + 0.016)
without distortional error. From 0.001 to
0.025 (accurate to a quarter thou!). Polished
tempered steel.
86K99.01 Feeler Gauges, set of 20 $26.50
Dial Indicator & Base
Dial indicators are useful for checking and
setting jointer tables and blades, aligning
fences, checking for runout on table saws or
drill-press shafts, etc. Our dial indicator has 1
of travel and reads to 0.001 (accurate to
0.0005). The powerful magnetic base is tted
with a two-part articulated arm for positioning
the dial indicator at any angle or orientation. A
ne-adjustment knob allows for precise posi-
tioning. An ideal set for a woodworking shop
at an excellent price.
$23.90
G. 88N31.02 Magnetic Base and Arm $29.90
88N31.20 Dial and Base Set $46.50
J
K

 4 5
Saw guard A. Veritas Poly-Gauge
removed for
clarity. Our poly-gauge makes it easy to set equipment for cutting penta-
gons, hexagons, octagons, etc. Used to set table saws, jointers,
radial arm saws, bandsaws, drill presses or similar machines, the
6 8 gauge is accurate to 5 arc minutes (1/12) on every angle. It can
be used at for setting miter fences or for layout work, or verti-
Setting miter
cuts with
cally for adjusting and locking a fence or blade. Ideal for picture
Veritas 12 frames and planters, glued-up cylinders for turning, or any job
Poly-Gauge. that requires precise equipment setting for 4, 5, 6, 8 or 12 sided
miters. Made from brass and zinc-aluminum alloy, the gauge
A measures 81/26 overall and comes with instructions.
05N14.01 Veritas Poly-Gauge $39.50
Starrett Depth/Angle Gauges
Not just for depth measurement, these versatile gauges can also be
used for setting the position of fences or plotting the placement of
E hardware anywhere you need a reliable reading from a reference
D surface. We offer the basic depth gauge in Imperial or metric, as well
C as two depth/angle gauges (Imperial only), each with a rule that
B rotates for setting to 30, 45 or 60 left or right. One of the angle
gauges comes with a hook rule,
allowing it to double as a caliper or Imperial graduations

thickness gauge. All gauges have

hardened steel heads and removable
E machine-divided rules made of
Metric graduations

tempered steel. At just 3/16 wide,

Hook can be removed.
B.
C.
Starrett Fractional Taper Gauge Set D.
A taper gauge effectively stretches a scale so that ne increments can be read more E.
clearly. Not just for checking slot widths or hole diameters, it is also easier to use than
F. Tilt Box II Digital Inclinometer for Tool Setting
a rule for setting calipers to a specic dimension. This set of four 1/64 thick spring
steel leaves has deeply etched, black-lled markings for legibility and lets you take
measurements from 1/16 to 11/16 in 1/64 increments. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N32.40 Fractional Taper Gauge Set $164.00
Veritas Tapered Gauges
A tapered gauge effectively stretches any scale for accurate reading. These stretch the
standard scale by a factor of seven. When a thickness difference of 1/8 is stretched over 7/8
of the scale, small differences in thickness can easily be measured with ne accuracy. The
aluminum gauges can be used many ways for setting fences, router bits and drill-press
stops, as well as measuring gaps when you repair your work. The hard anodized surface is
scratch resistant, yet easy to write on with a pencil. In most uses accurate to 0.002, the
gauges are guaranteed to have no greater error than 0.005 in any measurement. Available
in two scales: fractional in 1/64 graduations and metric in 0.2mm graduations. Both have
fine tips (1/32 thick) and
measure up to 11/8 (or
G F
equivalent) thickness. Hard-
shell case included.
G. Tapered Gauge, Fractional
05N38.01 $41.50
H. Tapered Gauge, Metric
05N38.03 $41.50
Tapered Gauges, set of 2
05N38.11 $74.50
the rules can reach into dowel holes,
narrow mortises or other conned D&E
spaces. A knurled knob reliably
locks the setting, and one face of the
head has a cutout to permit easier
reading. Imperial rules are graduated
in 32nds on one side and 64ths
on the other; the metric rule has
millimetres on one face and half-
millimetres on the reverse.
Maximum ruler projection is about
5/125mm. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N32.00 6 Depth Gauge $ 67.50
30N32.01 150mm Depth Gauge $ 67.50
30N32.02 6 Depth/Angle Gauge $ 91.00
30N32.03 6 Depth/Angle Gauge w/Hook Rule $105.00
Ideal for setting angles on table saw blades, jointer fences, and
bandsaw or drill press tables. You place it on the rst surface,
zero the display to calibrate it, and then move it to the second
surface and set the desired angle. The display always reads left to
right, even if inverted, and a hold button keeps the measure-
ment for reference. It has a range of
90 left or right and a resolution of
0.05 (accurate to 0.2). It can also be
calibrated to read absolute angles to
measure level and plumb. Rare-earth
magnets on either side and on the
bottom secure it to any ferrous surface.
9V battery included.
88N90.50 Tilt Box II $46.50
Display reads left to right
even when inverted.

H
Joinery Rare-earth magnets
Table saw Measure groove on sides and bottom
Check fence for tongue Router Set
setting. thickness. height of router bit.
 A. Veritas Blade Gauge
This is a convenient gauge for machine and fence
set-up. It has 90 and 45 edges, and can also be ipped
to check obtuse angles. At 1/4 thick and 2 tall, it is A
wide enough to stand on edge as you make adjustments
and short enough to t under the teeth of a circular-saw
blade. Its 6 length lets you maintain reliable registra-
tion on the table surface while reaching over a throat
plate. Bevelled reference edges make it easier to spot
any gap between the gauge and blade. Weighs just over
10 oz. Made in Canada of high-carbon steel. A
05N75.01 Blade Gauge, 45/90 $49.50
B. Veritas Tool-Setting Gauge
Most of the tool-setting gauges on the market today
suffer from at least one of two main weaknesses. One
end or the other will rest totally on the insert plate,
which is usually not the same height as the main table,
or they are so thin that it is difcult to ensure that teeth
are being gauged at the top of the arc. This gauge is Setting a
made from die-cast zinc-aluminum alloy and is 3/4 ripping guide fence on B
table or radial arm saws.
thick by 9 long. With 1/4 graduations on one end and
1/8 on the other, any height or width from 1/8 to 2 can
Setting a ripping
be set in 1/8 increments. It is most useful on a table saw guide fence
for setting blade height or rip fence placement, but it is on a bandsaw.
also very handy for radial arm saws, bandsaws and
routers. It makes router depth setting very easy. The Setting a router to
easy-to-read markings are vertical on one side and hori- correct depth.

zontal on the other so that they can be read from any

Saw guard removed for clarity.
position. Accurate to 0.005 or better. Patented.
05N01.01 Veritas Tool-Setting Gauge $42.50
C. Veritas Rule Magnier
For all of you who want to work to 1/64 accuracy or better, but have dif-
culty marking material with that precision, this rule magnier is the answer. Tool edge
The magnier functions well on its freestanding base, which also has two inspection.
rare-earth magnets in it to secure it to a steel rule. The 3X magnier has a
generous 15/8 eld of view. You can simultaneously see ne graduations,
your pencil tip, and enough adjacent markings to avoid error. The jointed
stainless-steel post has a magnetic friction hinge that holds the magnier at Attach magnetic base to
any angle of orientation but snaps apart for storage in the tted case. An ruler for easier viewing
internal O-ring in the base stabilizes vertical and rotational shaft move- of increments.

ment. As well as its use in accurate marking, the magnier is excellent for
y-tying, sliver removal, blade edge inspection, etc. An excellent work- C
shop tool. Patented. Alignment of tool to workpiece.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
05N57.01 Veritas Rule Magnier $27.50

Stabila Levels
Highly regarded for their precision and durability, Stabila levels have rugged aluminum
frames that wont warp or twist, and nely set and position-cast acrylic vials that will
never require adjustment.
The journeyman level is excellent for carpentry, tile work and roong. It has two large
handgrip holes and four anti-slip rubber pads on one side to grip sloped or smooth F
surfaces. Accurate to 1/32 over 72, it has one horizontal and two vertical vials. Milled on
both levelling surfaces for accuracy. Available in 32 and 48 lengths.
The compact yet accurate torpedo level is ideal for little jobs around the house, from
installing shelving and small cabinets to levelling picture frames and mirrors. It has a Milled reference surface
durable powder-coat nish and a milled reference surface for better registration (0.5mm
over 1m), and plumb and level vials. Just shy of 10 long, it ts neatly in the bottom of
most toolboxes. Made in Germany.
D. 25N41.64 *48 Journeyman Level $159.00
E. 25N41.63 32 Journeyman Level $115.00
F. 25N41.56 Torpedo Level $ 41.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a
length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

D&E
Each end has
E two anti-slip
rubber pads to
grip surfaces.
 A. Wood Magnet
Though it contains no magnets, this
versatile levelling tool attaches to E
joists, studs and posts, freeing your
hands to position the work and
fasten it in place. U-shaped to
straddle nominal 2 stock (i.e.,
15/8), it has a small amount of
spring to provide clamping pressure,
holding securely even in vertical F
applications (such as plumbing a
wall). The vial arrangement also lets
you rotate it 90 for use on stock up
to 6 square, using the V-notch for
registration and the elastic strap to
hold it. It can even be used to trans-
A form a long, straight board into a level for beams or G
sills. Molded from high-impact ABS, it has three level
Starrett Small Levels
vials and a high-friction grip. At only 833/421/2, it
These levels are conveniently sized for storage in a
stores easily in a toolbox.
shirt or apron pocket. Cast iron with a non-glare
61N02.07 Wood Magnet $13.95
black wrinkle nish, the 23/423/4 cross-test level
has a machined sole and two vials at a right angle for
B. Post Level levelling in two axes.The 23 cross-test level and
For round or square pipes, plumb is cast iron with a satin nickel nish. It has
posts and rails, this versatile accurately machined working surfaces, with two
level makes it easy to ensure vials on one face at a right angle for leveling in two
plumb or level installation. axes and a third vial on a perpendicular face to check
With two vials for plumb and for level and plumb. With rounded corners and
B one for levelling, it can be ends, the 31/2 long pocket level is steel with a satin
attached using the included nickel nish. It has a hexagonal shape to prevent it
elastic strap or with the four from rolling. An integral bar across the vial helps
integral magnets for metal shield it from damage. All are made in USA.
components. The tough, ABS E. 30N07.20 Cross-Test Level $49.00
body has a central hinge F. 30N07.01 Cross-Test Level and Plumb $66.00
allowing a 270 opening for G. 30N07.31 Pocket Level $40.00
easy positioning on odd-
shaped material. H. Franklin Stud Detector
25N43.10 Post Level $11.95 Not only is this stud sensor easy to use just place
the unit against the wall and press the button for an
C. Bullseye Level instant reading but its readings are practically
Unlike regular levels, which check only one impossible to misinterpret. At 7 wide, it covers a
C axis at a time, a bullseye level checks for level in broad test area, with 13 sensors
all horizontal axes at once. Whether you are that independently scan
C levelling a drill-press table or a camper trailer, up to 11/2 below
the low viscosity of the vial uid allows the the surface. A
bubble to settle quickly, instantly showing the red LED
slightest tilt. Three mounting holes allow easy bulb illumi-
retrot of tools or other equipment. Compact in nates as soon
size, it is easy to carry in a pocket or toolbox. as one of the
Made of durable acrylic, it is accurate sensors detects
2.5mm/m (1/10 over 40), and is 45mm material of
(approx. 13/4) in diameter. Made in Japan. greater density than the surroundings. A reliable
36N35.10 Bullseye Level $8.20 means to locate studs as well as oor joists or other
hidden substructure behind drywall, wood,
D. Lanyard Level plywood, tile and acoustic tile. A low-friction
This level is perfect for keeping in a desk, backing glides smoothly over surfaces. Operates on
To check a level for trueness, ip it end for two AA batteries (not included).
kitchen drawer or household tool set for all
end and see if the bubble is in the same spot. 88N87.10 Stud Detector $59.50
To correct, halve the difference. those little jobs, from installing shelving and
small cabinets to levelling picture frames,
mirrors and furniture. At only 33/815/85/8
D thick, it contains plumb and level vials,
as well as a bullseye level for
checking all horizontal axes at
once. Integral magnets along
the V-grooved edge securely
fasten it to any at or curved H
ferrous surface. Made in
Japan, it has a tough ABS case,
comes with a detachable neck lanyard
and is accurate 2.50mm/m (about 1/10 over
40). Makes a great gift.
36N35.15 Lanyard Level $26.50
34
 Wood Building materials
A. Digital Moisture Meter
This pocket-sized instrument measures the moisture levels in wood, paper, card-
board and building materials (mortar, concrete and plaster). It also measures ambient A
temperature. In combination with the reading displayed on the backlit LCD screen,
it has a panel of three colored LEDs (green, yellow and red) to provide a quick visual
indication of the percentage of moisture in the object being tested. A data hold
Fahrenheit Celsius
feature locks the reading on the screen. It also has a low battery indicator and powers
off after 15 seconds of inactivity. The unit measures 33/813/45/8 and weighs
about 11/2 oz. It has a wrist strap and a snap-on cover to protect the probes, and runs
on four included 1.5V button-cell batteries. Detailed instructions included.
09A05.17 Digital Moisture Meter $26.50
B. Timber Check Moisture Meter
A workhorse as a moisture meter, this is not only tough (you can stand on the case!) but
is hard-wired for invariable accuracy. The wired circuits are for 6% (or under), 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 14, 18, 22 and 25% or over. Temperature stable, the circuitry is also coated
to protect against moisture, oxidation, corrosion, etc. The sensing pins are xed in a 3/8
thick end plug for durability. The ABS case is over 1/8 thick. The tubular shape is ideal
for pressing the 1/2 pins into wood. Used as direct reading on most North American B C
woods, it includes a species table with adjustment factors for all woods (domestic and
exotic) normally used in cabinetmaking. Complete operating instructions included, as
well as spare pins and a 9V battery. Three-year warranty, exclusive of pins or battery.
99N15.01 Timber Check Meter $89.00
99N15.02 Repl. Pins, set of 4 $ 6.50
C. Lee Valley Wood Movement
Reference Guide
This reference guide will let even novice
woodworkers quickly calculate dimen-
sional change for any change in moisture
content. It provides data for 73 domestic and imported species. You dial the
species of choice and the window displays values used to determine dimensional
change for both quartersawn and atsawn material as well as an overall rating of
the tendency of that species to distort with moisture content change. Also shown is
the percentage of shrinkage each species will undergo as it dries from 30% mois-
ture content (green) to 0%. A sample calculation and complete instructions are
included. A valuable reference tool.
50K24.01 Wood Movement Reference Guide $11.20
D. Wagner Extended Range Moisture Meter
This non-invasive meter uses advanced electromagnetic wave technology to accu-
rately measure wood moisture content without damaging wood surfaces. It instantly
scans an area measuring 11/221/2 Electromagnetic
to a depth of 3/4, computes the waves penetrate
to a depth of 3/4. D
average moisture content, corrects
3/4
for the specic gravity of the species
being worked and then displays the
result (from 5% to 30% in 0.1% increments). Its continuous scan ability allows
measurement of numerous board feet within a few seconds. For testing in hard-to-
reach areas, a hold feature lets you take the measurement and then remove the meter
to read it. The specic gravity correction is push-button programmable within the
0.20 to 1.0 range in 0.01 increments, making it suitable for use with domestic and
exotic woods. Up to 10 commonly used species values can be written on the front
panel. The meter is about 41/223/41 thick and comes with battery, manual,
species correction tables and a storage case.
99N15.22 Wagner MMC-220 Meter $459.00
E. Lumber Thickness Gauge
Acting as a simple go/no-go gauge for
checking lumber thickness, this tool has steps E
that measure thickness from 3/8 to 2 (in 1/8
increments under 1 and 1/4 increments
Shown actual size.
over 1). It is especially useful when you are
looking for a piece with a certain minimum
thickness. It has a sleek, thin design that slips easily into a pocket or attaches to a
key ring. Made in Canada from stainless steel, it is about 31/4 long overall and
comes with a split ring.
50K63.01 Lumber Thickness Gauge $11.20
F. Long-Nosed Marker
At 11/8 long, the ne-point tip on this marker can reach into conned spots where F
an ordinary pen or pencil would be tricky to use. A rigid metal sleeve helps protect
the slender tip and prevents it from marring adjacent surfaces. The sleeve can be
retracted, allowing you to trim the tip if the end becomes worn. The marker also
has a standard 1/4 wide chisel-point tip at the opposite end. 7 overall. Black ink.
61N03.26 Long-Nosed Marker $6.95 Marking & Measuring 35

Sharpener built
C into the cap.

A B

Sharpener built Replacement

into the cap. leads
A B

A
A

Pica Workshop Pencils & Markers B. Pica-Ink Indelible Pen

These are among the best marking tools weve found for the workshop and job site. The Pica-Ink pen has a long, slender tip to reach into conned
Thoughtfully designed, each has an oversize tough plastic housing that is easy to grip, spots where an ordinary marker would be tricky to use. A rigid
even when wearing work gloves. The extra-long protective cap doubles as a convenient metal sleeve helps protect the tip and prevents it from marring
holster, and the toothed clip grips a belt rmly, making it easy to withdraw the tool one- adjacent surfaces. The sleeve can be retracted, allowing the tip
handed. Made in Germany. to be trimmed if the end becomes worn. Available in three
colors, the pen gives a ne 1mm line (removable with alcohol).
A. Pica-Dry Mechanical Pencil
25K04.31 Pica-Ink Pen, Black $ 8.90
The Pica-Dry pencil makes a dark, easily visible mark on lumber or on smooth, hard
surfaces such as tile. It comes with a durable 2.8mm graphite lead that can be brought easily 25K04.32 Pica-Ink Pen, Red $ 8.90
to a ne point with the sharpening blade built into the cap. The supplied black lead is 25K04.33 Pica-Ink Pen, Blue $ 8.90
approximately 2B in hardness; for better contrast on dark surfaces, slightly softer colored 25K04.35 Set of all 3 Pens above $24.50
leads are available separately. Black, yellow and red leads are water soluble and can be C. Pica-Gel Marking Crayon
erased with a damp cloth. Water-resistant blue, green and white leads are also available. The Pica-Gel crayon has a soft consistency and dries quickly to a
25K04.10 Mechanical Pencil, Black Lead $15.50 smudge-resistant, waterproof mark. Especially useful outdoors, it
25K04.19 Pencil & 8 Assorted Leads (4 Black, 2 Yellow, 2 Red) $22.50 marks on damp or rough surfaces, or on puncture-prone materials
25K04.15 Assorted Leads, pkg. of 8 (4 Black, 2 Yellow, 2 Red) $ 8.90 such as vapor barrier. It even writes under water. A simple twist-
25K04.11 Black Repl. Leads, pkg. of 10 $ 9.30 advance mechanism extends the crayon, and a sharpener in the
25K04.12 Yellow Leads, pkg. of 10 $ 9.30 cap can be used to shape the 8mm diameter tip as needed.
25K04.13 Red Leads, pkg. of 10 $ 9.30 25K04.41 Pica-Gel Crayon, White $ 9.90
Water-Resistant Leads 25K04.42 Pica-Gel Crayon, Red $ 9.90
25K04.25 Assorted Leads, pkg. of 8 (3 Blue, 3 Green, 2 White) $ 8.90 25K04.43 Pica-Gel Crayon, Blue $ 9.90
Not Stocked at our Stores: 25K04.49 Set of all 3 Crayons above $27.50
25K04.21 Blue Water-Resistant Leads, pkg. of 10 $ 9.30 Not Stocked at our Stores:
25K04.22 Green Water-Resistant Leads, pkg. of 10 $ 9.30 25K04.44 Pica-Gel Crayon, Yellow $ 9.90
25K04.23 White Water-Resistant Leads, pkg. of 10 $ 9.30 25K04.45 Pica-Gel Crayon, Black $ 9.90

Carpenters Pencils F. Accutrax Pencil Blades

Made for us by Dixon Ticonderoga, these carpenters pencils have a ne-grained bass- Made of a graphite composite formed into the shape of standard
wood body and a medium black lead that marks with a smooth, dark line. The durable lead two-notch utility blades, these leads convert a utility knife into a
holds a knifelike edge that resists fracturing, even on rough surfaces. Measuring 7 long, precision marking pencil. Ideal for scribing lines on lumber or
9/16 wide and 1/4 thick, they are slightly beeer than traditional carpenters pencils. drywall, the 1/32 thick blades make a thin, consistent line and
D. 61N05.12 Lee Valley Carpenters Pencil, ea. $ .80 never need sharpening. The leads mark at about the darkness of
E. 61N05.13 Veritas Carpenters Pencil, ea. $ .80 an HB pencil, but are reinforced with carbon-ber to be consider-
ably harder, so they resist fracturing and last longer. Sold as a
package of three 21/8 long, 3/4 wide blades. Made in USA.
61N03.30 Pencil Blades, pkg. of 3 $7.95
E

D
F

36 Marking & Measuring


A B C D
A. Lee Valley Pencils
These pencils are made in Great Britain in the
traditional way with incense-cedar bodies and
rened graphite leads that are silky smooth and
black. Not only are they easy to write with, but
the light, stiff cedar body keeps the lead in one
piece. The sample pack contains one each of 4B,
2B, B, HB, H and 2H.
83U04.10 Sample Pack of 6 Pencils $ 7.20
83U04.01 4B Pencils, box of 12 $11.95
83U04.02 2B Pencils, box of 12 $11.95
83U04.03 B Pencils, box of 12 $11.95
83U04.04 HB Pencils, box of 12 $11.95
83U04.05 H Pencils, box of 12 $11.95
83U04.06 2H Pencils, box of 12 $11.95
Veritas Pencils
These hard pencils leave a distinct, long-lasting
mark on a moist surface (it is often helpful to wet
the surface rst with a spray-mist bottle). Suitable
for use in scribers, they mark with very little pres-
sure, allowing you to concentrate on accuracy.
B. 83U01.16 Purple Pencils (10) $11.50
C. 83U01.20 Red Pencils (10) $11.50
D. One Dozen Mechanical Pencils
Mechanical pencils with 0.7mm leads are handy in G. 61N03.20 Retractable Pencil & 3 Leads $3.60
the home, shop or ofce. Good value, these pencils H. 61N03.21 Black Repl. Leads, pkg. of 5 $2.80
have a soft rubber barrel cover for a comfortable
grip, a decent-sized eraser and a push-button
lead advance. Use standard-size lead rells.
88N14.02 Mechanical Pencils (12) $11.90
E. The Original Mechanical Pencil, Fixpencil
This Swiss mechanical pencil has a light, rugged
machined aluminum body and a specially tough-
ened lead that can be used on rough lumber
Pivot
point
Pivot
point
Rotate the
pencil after
each cut.
15P16.02 Repl. Blade
F
E G
without breaking or slipping in the four-jaw
collet chuck. The leads are 3mm in diameter, but
the sharpener in the push-button cap can put a
point on one as ne as you get on a 0.5mm lead.
(Color of push-button cap may vary.)
61N03.10 Mechanical Fixpencil $38.50
F. 61N03.11 Repl. HB Leads (6) $26.50
Carpenters Retractable Lead Pencil
The rectangular Push-button top
cross section of a opens jaws to
carpenters pencil feed lead.
makes it ideal for
marking lumber, Notches in lead
metal, ceramic or grip toothed jaw.
concrete, as the lead forms a knife-like edge that
resists fracturing. This one uses a notched lead
that wont slip in the toothed jaw. A push-button
release opens the jaws, letting the lead slide
forward or retract by tipping the pencil. High- L. Belt-Clip Pencil Sharpener
impact ABS body. Comes with three black
/ /
leads, 4 long and 32 by 32 (5.5mm by
7 3
2.5mm) in cross section, that are easily sharp-
ened on sandpaper. Replacement leads come in
packs of ve in a storage tube.
J. Super Pencil
Made of a graphite
composite, this versatile
layout tool is signicantly
more durable than a regular Regular Super
Pencil
carpenters pencil. It resists pencil
wear when marking abrasive materials (e.g.,
Little Shaver Pencil Sharpener
A century ago, pencil sharpeners held a much more
important role in daily life than they do now, since the
pencil was then the predominant writing implement.
This one, based on a model we discovered at an
antique tool auction, presents a particularly elegant
method for bringing a pencil to a point. It has a
concave support notch that neatly holds any standard
wooden pencil, and a hinged lever arm with an inte-
gral blade that lets you shave the pencil end at an
angle. You simply rotate the pencil after each cut until
the tip is tapered to your liking. Shavings collect in the
tray. The sharpener is cast steel with a black gloss
powder-coated finish. The three feet have high-
friction pads to grip a desk or other surface, helping
avoid shifting in use. A brass thumbscrew holds the
sharpened spring-steel blade; when the blade becomes
worn, you just slide it to either side to expose a fresh
edge. Blades can be resharpened. A fascinating and
timeless design, which not only does a quick and
superb job of sharpening pencils, but also serves as a
unique glimpse into history. Made in Canada.
15P16.01 Little Shaver Pencil Sharpener $49.50
$ 7.40
H
K
J
L
rough lumber), and can even mark painted
surfaces, metal and tile. Around HB hardness, it
is non-toxic, smudge and water resistant, and can
be used as is or shaped to a chisel tip just like a
conventional carpenters pencil. 1/41/27, it
is unbreakable in normal use. Made in USA.
1+ 3+
61N05.10 Super Pencil, ea. $7.40 $6.65
K. Carpenters Pencil Sharpener
This is the rst functional carpenters pencil sharp-
ener weve seen. Until now, the lead of a carpenters
pencil had to be whittled or sanded. This sharpener
has two blades on each end one for each side of
the pencil. A sliding guide holds the pencil at the
correct angle for each pair of blades. Simply lay the
sharpener at and slide the pencil back and forth. A
simple and practical solution.
61N05.01 Carpenters Pencil Sharpener $7.80
For shop use, a regular pencil is
preferred to a carpenters pencil,
and it needs a sharp point for
maximum accuracy. This clip-on
pencil sharpener, which handles
regular and fat pencils, goes where
you go and can be used one-handed. The clips are
also available separately for use with other tools.
High utility, low cost the best of all worlds.
50K13.01 Clip-On Sharpener $7.80
50K13.02 Belt Clips, pkg. of 6 $3.80
M. Tug-N-Back Writer Pencil Holder
Similar in function to the
retractable key chains often used
by building supers or security
guards, this pencil holder has a
28 cord in a 11/211/4 rectan-
gular case with an attached
mounting cup. The tapered cup is M
exible, gripping an item much
like a Chinese nger trap, so it
wont accidentally dislodge in
use. The retractable cord can be
set for two modes: constant
tension, with automatic retraction Pencil
when released, or lock and release, not
where once extended, the cord included.
retracts only with a tug. Metal clip on the back to
attach to a shirt or belt loop. A great way to keep
pens and pencils at the ready.
61N05.30 Pencil Holder $6.50
M
 A D

F
B
Veritas Isometric Drawing Pads
C While pads with angled lines for isometric
Veritas Workshop Pads drawings were once common, they have
E
The paper on these scratch pads is whiter, more opaque and 27% heavier than the usual become harder to nd due to the growing
stock. There are inch graduations along the left-hand side and across the bottom. The use of computers for drafting. A great asset for designing a
dotted lines on the pad are 1/4 apart and the dots are 1/16 apart, making it easy to do scale project, an isometric drawing lets you see what a project will
drawings without pulling out a drafting set. The heavy backing makes the pad usable on look like when it is built. Because the dimensions are not
the job site without a clipboard. The 31/26 scratch pad is sold in packs of ve pads, 50 distorted by perspective, you can take measurements directly
sheets to a pad. The two sizes of larger pads have metric graduations on the right-hand from the drawing. To help you draw the diagonal lines
side. The 81/211 pad is available with 48 or 96 sheets (the 96-sheet pad is about 1/2 required, the grid on the pad is made up of triangles with 60
thick). The 1117 pad has 48 sheets. corners. The solid lines are 1/2 apart with dotted lines 1/4
A. 05L21.20 31/26 50-sheet Pads (5) $ 5.50 Veritas 96-sheet pad apart and dots 1/16 apart, making it easy to do scale drawings.
B. 05L21.10 81/211 48-sheet Pad, ea. $ 4.50 The 81/211 pad has 50 sheets of heavy, opaque white
05L21.15 81/211 48-sheet Pads (5) $19.90 paper. The 1117 pad has 48 sheets. Made in Canada.
C. 05L21.01 81/211 96-sheet Pad, ea. $ 5.95 E. 05L21.40 81/211 Drawing Pad, ea. $ 4.50
05L21.05 81/211 96-sheet Pads (5) $25.90 05L21.41 81/211 Drawing Pads (3) $11.90
Regular
D. 05L21.31 1117 48-sheet Pads (3)* $19.90 scratch pad F. 05L21.51 1117 Drawing Pads (3)* $19.90
* Single 1117 pads are available at our stores. * Single 1117 pads are available at our stores.

G. Plumb Bob & Reel H. Retractable Chalk Line J

Color of winding
Easy to set up, this plumb bob and reel combina- This handy chalk line automatically rewinds mechanism may vary.
K
tion has a hang-hole, an integral spring-loaded when not under tension, letting you snap and
pin and a built-in magnet so it can be hung from recharge the line quickly. The nely woven cord
a nail, pinned to a wooden stud or stuck onto creates a sharply dened line for accurate layout.
anything steel. The bob is on a counterbalanced The reel comes loaded with 50 of line, 25 of
reel of braided line so it can be raised or lowered which will automatically rewind. With the
like a blind, stable at any point in its 3m (9 10) spring load released, the full 50 is available but
extension. The top of the 200g (7 oz) bob also must be retracted manually. Rubber O-rings H
has an integral swivel to minimize spinning. A prevent chalk leakage and it has interchangeable
handy tool for the job site or home. pin and hook ends. The durable, clear plastic
83U02.61 Plumb Bob and Reel $36.50 housing is shaped to t the hand. The chalk
powders have a ne consistency for even line
absorption and release. Instructions included.
G 83U02.50 Retractable Chalk Line $36.50
J. 83U02.52 Blue Chalk Powder, 300g $10.50
Pin
Hole for K. 83U02.54 Red Chalk Powder, 300g $10.50
hanging M. Veritas Flat-Bob
on nail
L. Veritas Plumb Bob & Case Our Flat-Bob doesnt roll and stabilizes rapidly.
Suitable in the shop or just to park on a desk to You can press it against the wall as you mark a
Magnet play with, this plumb bob is not only beautiful line dead center through the body slot or use it as
Magnet allows use with
but very functional. The 2 long bob ts into a a traditional plumb
steel-stud
Bob may construction. case that is a tip protector and a cord spool. bob. The cord spool
be hung
Compact, functional and well designed. Solid has two open holes
ush with
case brass. Cord and drawstring bag included. that can be used to
edge.
05K95.01 Plumb Bob & Case $32.50 hang the plumb bob at
a given length of cord. M
For storage, the spool
snaps into the body
slot. All-brass ttings
Pinned to
wooden stud. on a precision-molded
nylon body with 8 of
G nylon cord, 33/4 long
L overall. Usable anywhere
construction, plumbing
cabinetry or for wallpaper jobs. Patented.
05K97.01 Veritas Flat-Bob $22.50

 Veritas Marking and

Measuring Kit
T-Loc
Systainer
1 case

25 carpenters tape Two 10 cabinetmakers

measure tape measures

Folding
square
Flat-bob
Tape tip
Shaft
clamp

Dual
Miter hook marking
gauge

Aluminum
Precision square sliding bevel

6 pocket
rule

Square level

Large
Ruler stop saddle
Carpenters
4 dial square Indelible
12 rule gauge
caliper pen

Mechanical pencil &

This versatile kit includes everything from a 25 tape measure to a caliper replacement leads
graduated in thousandths of an inch, plus helpful accessories to help you
use them to their full advantage. To make the kit practical for job-site use,
we selected tools that offer excellent utility yet still t inside the portable French-tted trays have a
black and yellow T-Loc Systainer 1 case. To protect and organize the contrasting inner layer to let you
see at a glance if anything is
tools, two French-tted trays made of rm closed-cell EVA foam are missing.
included and have a contrasting inner layer to let you see at a glance if
anything is missing.
The 19-piece kit includes:
Marking Tools
The Veritas dual marking gauge and shaft clamp set (05N70.10) lets you
set two measurements at once and lock the relative position of the cutters
while still being able to adjust the fence freely for offset.
The Veritas carpenters gauge (05N36.01) is both a compass and a
marking gauge, with a direct-reading scale in inches and centimetres. 71/2
Trays stack
long overall, it will scribe circles up to 12 in diameter. inside case.
The Pica-Ink indelible pen (25K04.31) has a long, slender tip
(protected by a metal sleeve) to reach into conned spots. It makes a ne
1mm black line. The miter hook (50N37.01) makes it easy to measure from an inside or
The Pica-Dry mechanical pencil (25K04.10) has a durable 2.8mm outside corner of a miter with a tape measure.
black graphite lead (about 2B in hardness), easily sharpened with a blade The aluminum sliding bevel (60N20.10) can be set anywhere between 0
built into the cap. Eight replacement leads (25K04.15) are provided: four and 180.
black leads and two each of the softer yellow and red leads for better The Veritas large saddle square (05N56.10) lets you scribe two perpen-
contrast on dark surfaces. dicular surfaces at a time.
Measuring Tools The folding square (01N02.02), with accurate detents at 45, 90 and 135,
12 cabinetmakers rule (60N20.06) and 6 pocket rule (60N47.01) is also useful for miter work.
graduated in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds and 64ths. The Veritas precision square (05N35.01) is useful for general layout,
4 dial caliper (88N62.01) for inside, outside and depth measurements, checking that surfaces are at or straight, and for machine set-up. Both faces
graduated in thousandths of an inch. are graduated on the inside and outside edges, in 32nds on the 3 leg and in
The Veritas ruler stop (05N68.01) provides a solid reference point for 16ths on the 6 leg.
quick registration on an edge. The Veritas square level (05N43.01) is a versatile level that attaches to a
The Lee Valley 25 carpenters tape measure (06K11.25) is right-to-left steel square (steel rule, I-beam, etc.) with integral rare-earth magnets. A
reading so you can hold the tape with your left hand while marking with vertical slot with a clamp holds a ruler (such as the 12 rule in this kit) for
your right. Graduated in 16ths. measuring depth or rise and run.
Two Lee Valley 10 cabinetmakers tape measures (06K15.01), also The Veritas at-bob (05K97.01) stabilizes rapidly and doesnt roll. The kit
right-to-left reading and graduated in 16ths. includes an extra 8 of cord.
The tape tip (50K58.01) helps you make diagonal measurements with a An excellent value in a useful kit. The full price of the components if
tape measure. It hooks securely on an outside corner and has a pointed tip ordered individually is $530.
to let you take accurate inside measurements. ZV50090 Marking and Measuring Kit $439.00
39
 Spine material incorporates

SAWS Crosscut saw

16 tpi
Veritas Joinery Saws
Our premium joinery saws are innovative blends of
stainless-steel powder
for weight and glass ber
for stiffness.
tradition and technology, incorporating critical charac-
teristics of a classic ne joinery saw, yet executed using
A modern production processes and state-of-the-art mate-
All saw
rials. All share the same platform, with a revolutionary
blade spine injection molded from a mixture of stainless-steel
details powder for weight, glass ber for stiffness and a polymer Single brass fastener secures the
shown hardware handle.
actual size. resin binder. The high-carbon steel blade and stainless-
steel handle-mounting bolt are molded into the spine,
Standard dovetail creating a solid blade/spine/mount assembly. The saws
saw 14 tpi have excellent balance, cut easily and true, and have a
comfortable hardwood grip that makes the saw feel as if
B its an extension of your arm. Patented.
A. Veritas Crosscut Saw
You want a crosscut saw whenever cutting across or perpendicular to the grain, such
as when cutting tenon shoulders. A crosscut blade has teeth led with alternating
bevel angles so it severs rather than tears wood bers. It tracks better and leaves a
Fine-tooth dovetail smoother nish than would a rip-cut blade used across the grain. The
saw 20 tpi 91/4 long, 0.020 thick blade has 16 teeth per inch, with 0.003 of set
per side. The teeth have 15 rake and bevel angles. Cut depth is about
15
C 19/16. 141/4 long overall.
05T06.01 Crosscut Saw, 16 tpi $79.00 60

Veritas Dovetail Saws

For cuts with the grain, our rip-cut tooth pattern dovetail saws have blades in 14 or 20
teeth per inch; the standard 14 tpi model is most efcient with stock thicker than 1/2,
while the less aggressive cut of the 20 tpi ne-tooth version is best for stock under 1/2
thick. Both are 91/4 long and have 0.020 thick blades. The teeth, set
D B&C
0.003 per side, have a rake angle of 14, and an included angle of
60. Cut depth is about 1 /16. 14 /4 long overall.
9 1
14
B. 05T05.01 Standard Dovetail Saw, 14 tpi $79.00
C. 05T05.05 Fine-Tooth Dovetail Saw, 20 tpi $79.00 60

Veritas Saw Sets

We offer the 16 tpi crosscut saw and the 20 tpi dovetail saw as a pair (save $19). The
set of three saws includes both dovetail saws and the crosscut saw at a saving of $38.
05T05.10 Pr. of Veritas Saws $139.00
05T05.12 Set of 3 Veritas Saws $199.00
E
Veritas Carcass Saws
These traditional carcass saws, scaled for smaller work than a tenon saw, are typically
used to cut joints in drawer runners, dividers and stretchers (the framework or carcass
of a piece). Available in rip and crosscut versions. The 12 tpi rip saw has a 10 rake
angle and an included angle of 60 for efcient cutting parallel to the grain. The 14 tpi
crosscut saw has a rake angle of 15, an included angle of 60 and teeth led with
alternating 15 bevels so they sever wood bers rather than tear them. The teeth on
each have relatively minimal set, at only 0.003 per side. The blade, 11 long and
Rip carcass saw
0.02 thick, has a cut depth of about 23/8. Each saw
12 tpi is 163/8 long overall and weighs just under a pound.
D. 05T07.05 Rip Carcass Saw, 12 tpi $ 89.00
E. 05T07.01 Crosscut Carcass Saw, 14 tpi $ 89.00 Rip Crosscut
Crosscut carcass saw 05T07.10 Set of 2 Carcass Saws $155.00
14 tpi
Veritas Rip & Crosscut Tenon Saws
Weighing just under 11/2 lb with 16 blades that permit a long, powerful stroke, these
saws are built for larger-scale work. Available in 9 tpi rip or 12 tpi crosscut patterns,
the blades are made from 0.024 thick high-carbon steel with 0.003 of set per side
and a cut depth of nearly 4. The ripping saw has teeth with a 14 rake angle; teeth on
the crosscut saw have a 15 rake and have been led with alternating 15 bevels so
F they sever wood bers rather than tear them. The closed handle is congured for
exceptional control for a saw of this size and weight.
F. 05T14.01 Rip Tenon Saw $139.00
Rip G. 05T14.05 Crosscut Tenon Saw $139.00
05T14.10 Set of 2 Tenon Saws $229.00
9 tpi Rip
G Set of Three Veritas Joinery Saws 14
This high-utility set of saws includes our standard dove-
tail, crosscut carcass and rip tenon saws (B, E & F) all Alternating
youll need for most joinery applications. An outstanding 15 bevels
set of complementary saws at a saving of $58; the three Crosscut
individual saws if purchased separately would be $307.
Crosscut
05T05.14 Set of 3 Joinery Saws $249.00 15
12 tpi
40
 A
Veritas Dovetail Saw Guide System
This system lets amateurs make professional-quality dovetails by hand, and helps A
experts make dovetail joints more quickly and easily. Clamped in position, the anod-
ized aluminum guides hold the saw at the correct place and angle for a perfect cut.
Embedded 3/4 rare-earth magnets covered with low-friction UHMW plastic keep the
saw aligned as you cut. Instructions explain how to quickly and accurately chop out
waste from the tails and pins. The guides clamp material 1/4 to 1 thick and come in
the traditional ratios of 1:6 for softwood and 1:8 for hardwood. The 14 guide
approximates a 1:4 ratio, often preferred for working in thin stock, as it provides C
stronger material interlock and yields a slightly exaggerated dovetail that many nd D
attractive. The guides work best with the Veritas dovetail saw designed specically
for them. Its dozuki tooth form handles both crosscuts and rip cuts. Patented.
A. 05T02.11 1:6 Dovetail Guide $49.50 B
B. 05T02.12 1:8 Dovetail Guide $49.50 1:8
C. 05T02.05 14 Dovetail Guide $49.50
D. 05T02.03 Dovetail Saw $27.50 1:6
05T03.01 Veritas 1:6 Guide with Saw $69.50 14
05T03.02 Veritas 1:8 Guide with Saw $69.50 (1:4)
05T03.05 Veritas 14 Guide with Saw $69.50
Veritas Gents Saws E
Gents tools were originally developed for gentlemans tool kits, intended for those Handle is secured with a
who wanted good-quality tools for occasional work, but didnt need full-size equip- brass nut.
ment. Sharing the same advanced materials as our dovetail and carcass saws, our F
gents saws have a 77/8 long high-carbon steel blade that is just 0.015 thick with
0.003 of teeth set per side. The 20 tpi rip saw has teeth with a 14 rake angle and a
60 included angle. The teeth on the 22 tpi crosscut saw have a rake angle of 15, an
included angle of 60 and have been led with alternating 15 bevel angles so that
they sever rather than tear wood fibers. Both saws have a cut depth of 15/8.
Rip gents saw
For strength and rigidity, the glass and stainless 20 tpi
steel-lled polymer spine is molded over the blade E F
and handle stud. The 41/4 long bubinga handle is
Crosscut gents saw
secured with a brass nut. 22 tpi
E. 05T10.01 Rip Gents Saw, 20 tpi $56.50 14 15
F. 05T10.05 Crosscut Gents Saw, 22 tpi $56.50
60 60
05T10.08 Set of 2 Gents Saws $99.00

Veritas Right-Angle Saw Guide G

After receiving many requests from our customers for a 90 version of our dovetail
saw guide, we developed a right-angle saw guide for making nger joints, cutting
tenons or on-the-spot trimming of small items. It is also ideal for beginners or chil-
dren learning to make perfectly square perpendicular cuts on board ends.
Manufactured using the same precision-machined aluminum extrusion as our dove-
tail saw guides, each reference surface has an embedded 3/4 rare-earth magnet and is
covered with a low-friction UHMW pad. The magnets keep the saw aligned as you
cut; the pads allow the saw to slide easily against the reference surface. The clamp
can accommodate material from 1/4 to 1 thick. G
The guide can be used with any backless saw that has approximately 0.005 or less
of tooth set. Our dovetail saw is a suitable companion. With a 281/2, 22 tpi blade,
the dozuki tooth form is effective in both crosscuts and rip cuts. Patented. H
G. 05T04.01 Right-Angle Saw Guide $46.50
H. 05T02.03 Dovetail Saw $27.50
05T04.05 Right-Angle Guide with Saw $66.50

Veritas Flush-Cutting Saws

Useful for trimming plugs and dowels, these saws have thin, exible blades that can Tooth Tooth
Protruding Protruding
be pressed at against a surface, cutting the projection ush without marking the work. has no
plug
set to
set. one side plug
Each saw has a Japanese tooth-pattern blade that cuts aggressively on the pull stroke.
The single-edge detail saw (26 tpi) can be used in a right- or left-handed orientation;
this is possible because its teeth have no set. With no tendency to Flush Flush
drift in a cut, it can also be used for other ne-cutting applica- J J to surface K to surface

tions. The double-edge style (22 tpi) cuts from either side; it has 26 tpi
teeth set to one side only. Each saw is about 111/2 long with a
4 /4 blade. They work like a charm.
3 K
J. 05K34.10 Flush-Cut Detail Saw, Single Edge $28.50
22 tpi
K. 05K36.01 Flush-Cut Saw, Double Edge $28.50
J
Veritas Snug-Plug Cutters & Saw Set
We are offering our set of three Snug-Plug cutters (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) with either our
single-edge or our double-edge ush-cutting saw at a discount. This combination
will quickly become indispensable in the shop. See page 208 for information on
Snug-Plug cutters. K
05K34.12 Single Flush-Cut & Cutters $68.50

05K36.02 Double Flush-Cut & Cutters $68.50 Saws 41


14 tpi
Actual size
A
13 tpi
Actual size
B
11 tpi
Actual size C offer all have hand-filed, hammer-set Swedish
Grace Saw Screwdriver
Designed to t most slotted saw screws, this
driver has a 0.350 wide tip ground to a
consistent, parallel 0.032 thickness for
good registration. This not only avoids
damage to the slot from a poorly tting tip,
but also reduces the chance of slipping and
marring the saw handle. The screwdriver
handle is made from stained, unlacquered
hardwood in a classic style with four ats
and rounded corners to t comfortably in
the hand and prevent rolling on the bench.
The steel shaft is hardened to Rc60-64 and
secured with a steel ferrule. Made in USA,
the screwdriver is 63/4 long overall. Useful
whether you are removing a handle to
restore a saw or tightening the screws to
compensate for humidity changes.
88K21.40 Saw Screwdriver $16.60
D a knife.
Tools not included.
42 Saws
Folded carbon-steel back
Hand-led
spring-steel
blade
Cherry handle
with brass
split nuts
Backsaws by Bad Axe Tool Works
Made by a small family-run rm in Wisconsin, this
selection of handsaws has been crafted from
premium materials, with designs modelled after
classic late-19th-century American saws. Though
nely made, these are anything but delicate, with a
heft that permits a powerful stroke. The saws we
spring-steel blades and oil-nished cherry handles
secured with slotted nuts. The folded backs are
made of thick carbon steel for rigidity and added
mass, and are nished with the same black-oxide
treatment used in rearms to provide lasting protec-
tion against corrosion.
The 10 dovetail saw weighs 14 oz, with an open
handle mounted at a noticeably lower angle than
traditional dovetail saws. The 0.018 thick blade
cuts a 0.023 kerf with a 17/8 cut depth. The 14 tpi
rip pattern has 6 of rake and 5 of eam to help
reduce tear-out.
The 12 dovetail/small tenon saw weighs just
over 1 lb. Its open handle is set at a moderately low
hang angle, and the 0.02 thick blade cuts a 0.027
kerf and has a 27/16 cut depth. With 10 of rake and
12.5 of eam, the 13 tpi hybrid pattern rips ef-
ciently yet also produces a decent nish on crosscuts.
The 14 sash saw features the same hybrid tooth
geometry but is scaled for larger work. Not only
longer, it has coarser teeth (11 tpi) and a thicker blade
(0.025) to produce a kerf of 0.035 and a greater
depth of cut (39/16). Overall weight is 1.5 lb, and the
closed handle has a moderately low hang angle.
Impeccably nished, these are well-made, superbly
balanced tools.
A. 33T09.70 10 Dovetail Saw $279.00
B. 33T09.72 12 Dovetail/ Sm. Tenon Saw $299.00
C. 33T09.76 14 Sash Saw $329.00
Fleam refers to the bevel angle on the saw teeth. The
teeth of cheap saws are often simply punched out of
sheet stock and tear through wood at considerable
effort. Better saws with bevelled teeth slice wood like
D. Carpenters Saw Bag
This durable nylon and polypro-
pylene bag is suitable for saws of
both Western and Japanese style.
Internal bafes provide organized
space for four saws measuring
up to 31 long (includes most
26 Western saws). Two zip-
pered pockets can hold small
tools or accessories. The bag has
an adjustable shoulder strap for
easy transport and a hang loop. An
ingenious method for organizing
and protecting your saw investment.
Carpenters Saw Bag
68K37.01 $33.50
 Gramercy Tools Backsaws Gramercy Tools

Patterned after 18th-century examples, Gramercy Tools of Brooklyn, New York, develops hand tools that are
Gramercy backsaws are well balanced and based on historical examples but are not reproductions. Each stems
maneuverable. Their blades are canted,
from a careful study of designs from the 18th and 19th centuries to A
tapering from heel to toe a design that some
feel reduces the tendency to cut past your line understand and identify the best
on the far side of the work. Brass backed for features, which are incorporated
rigidity and secured with traditional brass into hybrids produced
split nuts, the plates are made of 1095 spring with modern materials
steel, with teeth that have been hand led and and manufacturing
given about 0.003 of set per side. The processes.
handles are walnut, which offers a good All are made
combination of strength, light weight and 18 tpi
to exceptional
dimensional stability. standards with B
The 9 dovetail saw weighs just 7 oz and
outstanding
has a handle with a high hang angle for
nesse and control. The blade is only 0.0175 t and nish
thick to cut a remarkably ne kerf. With 0 of throughout.
rake and slight eam, the ne 18 tpi pattern
permits fast, precise rip cuts. Blade depth
ranges from just over 13/8 at the handle to
11/4 at the toe. Overall length is about 14.
13 tpi
The 12 carcass saws are available in C
crosscut or rip-tooth models. Each has a
0.020 thick blade and an open handle with
a low hang angle to permit a powerful stroke.
The 13 tpi crosscut pattern has a 14 rake
angle for efcient cutting perpendicular to the
grain, and 20 to 22 of eam, resulting in
little tear-out. The 11 tpi rip blade has no rake
and slight eam, permitting fast, smooth and 11 tpi
precise cuts with the grain. Blade is canted
from about 25/16 next to the handle to 21/8 at
the toe. Each saw is about 163/8 long overall.
The 14 sash saws large size and sturdy D
low-hanging closed handle permit long, ef-
cient strokes, yet its light weight (just under
1 lb 2 oz) and excellent balance make it
capable of precise work. The 0.020 thick
blade has a hybrid 12 tpi rip/crosscut pattern
(5 negative rake with 7 of eam) and tapers
from 31/4 deep at the handle to 213/16 at the
toe. Around 181/2 long overall.
A. 33T09.40 9 Dovetail Saw $229.00 12 tpi
B. 33T09.42 12 Crosscut Carcass Saw $262.00
C. 33T09.44 12 Rip Carcass Saw $262.00 Blades taper from heel to
toe, avoiding overcutting
D. 33T09.46 14 Sash Saw $319.00 on far side of workpiece.

To order call 1-800-267-8767

E. Gramercy Tools Veneer Saw

Modelled after traditional French veneer saws, this design places the handle adja-
cent to the blade for improved control, and can be used in either hand. It departs H
from historical examples with the addition of a 3/16 thick steel backer plate that not
only makes the thin blade far more rigid, but also accommodates a range of inter-
changeable blades. Made of 0.020 thick 1095 spring steel, all blades have 14 tpi G
E
without any set, and a cutting edge beveled on one face only for registration against
a straightedge. The saw is supplied with a 60 rake blade for general use. A less
aggressive 90 rake blade is available for fragile woods or difcult grain. The blade F
with opposing 60 teeth permits either delicate or aggressive cuts; when pulling the
saw, tilt forward for an aggressive cut or back for a delicate cut. Blades with a
pronounced bevel produce a ne kerf suitable for thin materials, but may bind in
thick handcut or bandsawn veneers; for this application, Gramercy Tools makes a
60 rake blade with only a slight bevel, which Actual size
produces a wider kerf for clearance. Fitted with a black
walnut handle, the saw is about 51/2 long overall. E
33T09.35 Saw & 60 Blade $119.00 F Left-handed Right-handed Flat side of blade
registers to
33T09.36 Repl. 60 Blade, Gen.-Purpose $ 51.50 use use
straightedge.
Accessory Blades G
F. 33T09.37 Opposing-Tooth, 60 $ 51.50
G. 33T09.38 Rake, 90 $ 51.50 H
H. 33T09.39 Thick Veneer, 60 $ 51.50 Quick, easy
blade changes

A. Gramercy Tools Bow Saw
Adapted from British and American
models from the 18th and 19th
centuries, this bow saw has a narrow
blade, less than 1/8 at its deepest
point, to permit tight-radius curved
cuts. The 12 blade allows a long
A stroke, so it cuts quickly and ef-
ciently, even in thick stock. The
frame is made from hickory, chosen
for its strength and flexibility,
yielding a lightweight construction
that is easy to maneuver. A tradi-
tional Spanish windlass tensions the
blade, but in place of the usual
cotton cord, it uses a cord made of an
incredibly strong modern braided
polymer that is far less prone to
stretching or breaking. To simplify
blade changes, the saw adopts the
pinned design of coping saw blades
B a real advantage for anyone who
does much pierced work. The saw
has a 6 span between the blade and
stretcher, and fully rotating handles
to adjust the orientation of the blade.
It comes with three blades: a 16 tpi
blade suitable for general work, a
10 tpi blade for aggressive cuts in
thick stock and a 24 tpi blade for ne
cuts in thin material. Replacement blades available separately.
Pins hold blade in place.
We also offer a kit of components you can use to make your
own version of the saw. It includes a pair of brass blade-
mounting pins, two wooden knobs (front and rear) and three
Actual size blades (10, 16 and 24 tpi).
33T09.20 Bow Saw $179.00
10 tpi B. 33T09.22 Bow Saw Kit $ 62.50
16 tpi
33T09.24 10 tpi Repl. Blades, pr. $ 11.50
33T09.26 16 tpi Repl. Blades, pr. $ 11.50
24 tpi 33T09.28 24 tpi Repl. Blades, pr. $ 11.50
C. Gramercy Tools Saw Vise
Inspired by the classic 19th-century Wentworth #2 saw-sharpening vise, this large, robust vise has
the mass and rigidity needed to dampen vibration and limit ex in the blade, holding it dead-still
while you le. The cam mechanism is fast and easy to operate, clamping the blade solidly across
the width of the 14 jaws, which are machined on the inside faces for even contact with the saw
plate. The wide jaws let you sharpen most backsaws without repositioning; even a full-size
handsaw requires repositioning only once. The outside jaw faces slope away from the top of the
vise at a 45 angle, giving the clear-
ance needed to le sloping gullets.
The vise is designed to be mounted to
a backer board that you clamp to the
front of a workbench or other heavy,
stable construction (backer board and
six #8 machine bolts not included).
Made of heavy-gauge sheet steel, the
vise weighs just under 7.5 lb.
33T09.30 Saw Vise $209.00
Jaw faces slope away
from the top of the vise,
giving the clearance
C needed to le sloping
gullets.
Cam
mechanism
44 Saws
D
E
Premium Backsaws
from Wenzloff & Sons
These handmade saws are exceptionally well
nished and balanced, with Swedish spring-steel
blades (hardened to Rc52) and milled brass
spines for heft and rigidity. The teeth are hand
set and sharpened. The comfortable bubinga
handles, with stopped chamfers and contoured
webs, allow excellent control. Secured with a
brass medallion screw and split nuts, they have a
matte lacquer nish. Lifetime warranty. As these
saws are hand made by a small rm, delivery
delays may occasionally arise. If so, we will
advise you of expected delivery dates when you
place your order.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
D. Rip Dovetail Saw
Since most dovetail cuts
are oriented along the Actual size
grain, this saw has ne ripping teeth (14 tpi) to
strike a good balance between cutting speed and
surface nish. Made from steel 0.020 thick, it has
about 0.006 of total set to give a kerf of just
0.026. It measures 133/4 overall with a 9 blade
and 13/4 cutting depth. Weighs 11 oz. An excep-
tional dovetail saw.
33T08.60 9 Rip Dovetail Saw $169.00
E. Small Tenon Saw
Named a tenon saw
Actual size
because it excels at cutting
tenon shoulders, this saw is equally useful in
other applications where an accurate crossgrain
cut is needed, such as dadoes, sliding dovetails
or work with a miter box. With 12 tpi led to a
crosscut pattern, it cuts quickly and leaves a
smooth nish. The saw plate is 0.025 thick, and
the teeth have 0.008 of total set to give a kerf
width of 0.033. Measures 165/8 overall with a
12 long by 31/16 deep blade. Weighs 16 oz.
33T08.64 12 Crosscut Tenon Saw $229.00
We offer other styles of Wenzloff saws:
carcass, large tenon, half-back, rip panel,
and 8 tpi and 10 tpi crosscut panel
saws. These saws are not stocked at our
stores but can be ordered for pick-up.
Please visit
www.leevalley.com
 E

B
G

A. Japanese Keyhole Saw E. Japanese Flush-Cutting Saw

This saw is for ne trimming in cabinetry or roughing work in carving. Only 1/2 This Japanese ush-cutting saw is used for a variety of jobs, from
deep at the handle, its 17 tpi crosscut pattern blade is tapered trimming through tenons to dressing dovetails and trimming plugs
for access to restricted areas. Kerf width is 0.055. Stained ush with a surface (anywhere a ush cut is needed next to a nished
paulownia handle. Overall length is 12. Made in Japan. surface). The blade has 6 of standard eam-cut teeth at 22 tpi. It is
Actual size
60T06.64 Detail Keyhole Saw $26.50 tapered from tang to tip to give exibility, and
from tooth to back to eliminate binding since it
Japanese Detail Saws doesnt have any set in the teeth. This is an
These detail saws kugihiki, ryoba and dozuki give a range of capabilities, from excellent tool.
dimensioning stock to cutting joints and ush-cutting. The kugihiki ush-trims 60T19.01 Japanese Flush-Cutting Saw $35.40 Actual size
projections, such as screw plugs and the wedges or pins securing a tenon, without
damaging the adjacent surface. The 43/4 long exible blade is about 11/4 deep and Japanese Flush-Cut & Rip Dozuki Saws
has 26 eam-tipped teeth per inch that leave a smooth nish but cut quickly. There These impressive little saws have comfortable bubinga handles, nice
is no tooth set, allowing you to approach work from either direction in conned space. balance and an even cutting action. The ush-cutting kugihiki is
The ryoba, a combination rip and crosscut saw, has 13 tpi in ripping pattern (0.028 perfect for sawing adjacent to a nished surface. The 61/4 long ex-
kerf) on one edge and 26 tpi crosscut (0.022 kerf) along the other. Its 47/8 long ible blade has 17 tpi and cuts quickly, yet leaves a smooth nish. Can
blade tapers from 23/16 wide at the toe to 17/8 next to the haft. Actual size be used from either direction in restricted space. The ripping teeth of
The 28 tpi dozuki has ripping teeth with a small transverse the dozuki are bevelled to cleanly shear wood bers, cutting quickly
bevel on each tip to shear the wood bers, making it ideal for with the grain but smoothly across it. Ideal for tenon shoulders or
dovetails or tenon shoulders. Cutting a kerf of just 0.010, the Kugihiki haunches as well as dovetails. 131/2 overall, it has an 18 tpi blade
blade is 43/4 long by 7/8 deep and has a steel spine for rigidity. that is 61/4 long, with a maximum cutting
Saws come with stained paulownia handles in a protective Ryoba rip depth of 11/4. The spine is slightly arched for
vinyl case. Overall lengths range from 12 to 13. Made in additional stiffness. F
Japan, they are available individually or in a set of all three. F. 60T06.20 Kugihiki Saw $32.50
B. 60T06.61 Detail Kugihiki Saw $32.50 Ryoba crosscut G. 60T06.10 Small Rip Dozuki $32.50
C. 60T06.63 Detail Ryoba Saw $38.50 60T06.50 Pair of Saws $57.50 G
D. 60T06.62 Detail Dozuki Saw $34.50 60T06.21 Repl. Kugihiki Blade $18.90
Dozuki Actual size
60T06.70 Set of 3 Japanese Saws $94.00 60T06.11 Repl. Dozuki Blade $19.50

Japanese Single & Double-Edge Flush-Cut Saws

With exible blades and no tooth set, these saws can be pressed ush to the work to
trim projections without damaging adjacent surfaces. The ne impulse-hardened teeth
yield an exceptionally smooth cut, and the thin blade (0.01 thick) speeds through
wood with little effort. The single-edge saw has a 4 long, 26 tpi blade with a narrow, J
tapered shape that permits precise cuts in tight spots. The double-
H 26 tpi
edge saw gives you the option of a fast-cutting 20 tpi tooth
pattern on one edge of the 5 long blade, or a 26 tpi tooth pattern H
J 20 tpi
on the other edge for ner cuts. Both saws cut on the pull stroke Precise
H cuts in
and are tted with unnished beech handles. Made in Japan. J 26 tpi tight spots.
H. 60T22.21 Flush-Cut Saw, Single Edge $25.40
Actual size
J. 60T22.22 Flush-Cut Saw, Double Edge $28.50

K. Folding Dozuki
A folding saw is convenient for working on the job site as it easily ts into a pocket or
can be stored in a tool bag. Made exclusively for us, this saw has a 16 tpi Japanese-
tooth pattern blade that provides a ne, smooth cut. The 23/8 deep and 0.010 thick
blade cuts with a thin kerf and is exible for trimming out. After use, the blade folds K
into the slotted wooden handle to a compact length of just under 12. Despite the ne
teeth, it will cut a 24 faster than any traditional Western saw.
60T56.01 Folding Dozuki $41.50
60T56.02 Repl. Blade $27.50 Actual size

Saws 45
 C. Steel-Backed Dozuki
A Made in South Korea, this dozuki saw has a
Extra-Fine Dozuki
Japanese tooth pattern (cuts on the pull stroke).
You will nd it very comparable to our profes-
sional dozuki. The 25 tpi blade will not fail on
tiny pin knots and will quickly cut both soft-
woods and hardwoods. Wooden handle with a
B nal Dozuk
i steel ferrule. 221/2 overall with a 101/2
Professio
(265mm) blade that cuts a kerf of 0.016. The
best value we have ever offered in a dozuki.
60T55.01 Steel-Backed Dozuki $37.50
D. Japanese Rip-Tooth Dozuki
C zuki
ed Do A superb saw that cuts both cheeks and shoul-
Back
Steel-
ders, it excels at ripping and performs acceptably
Actual size on crosscuts. Tiny secondary bevels on the
A tooth tips facilitate crosscutting with virtually
no reduction in ripping efciency. The 18 tpi
B alloy-steel blade, hardened to Rc61, tapers
uki
D Doz from 0.011 thick at the tooth to just under
oth C
ip-To
R 0.010 at the steel spine and has only 0.004 of
D total set. The spine is arched for additional
i rigidity. The 93/4 blade widens from 11/2
zuk E
Do
dard depth of cut next to the haft to about 21/8 at the
E Sta
n
tip. 24 long overall. Made in Japan.
A. Extra-Fine Dozuki 60T04.04 Rip-Tooth Dozuki $109.00
This is a remarkable saw. One of the fastest saws weve tested, it is capable of cutting a dovetail in 3/4 60T04.05 Repl. Blade $ 87.50
hardwood with as few as eight strokes. It is also one of the nest cutting, leaving a kerf of just 0.3mm E. Japanese Standard Dozuki Saw
(0.010). The 71/8 long 25 tpi Japanese-pattern blade is suitable for dovetail, tenon and trim cuts across or For use as a tenon saw, a backsaw, or a dovetail
with the grain. Depth of cut increases from 17/16 next to the haft to about 13/4 at the tip. Overall length is saw. The ne teeth (17 tpi) and the thin blade
approximately 15. Well balanced for excellent control, this is a superb saw for ne work. Made in Japan. combine to give a very smooth cut. It also cuts
60T07.30 Extra-Fine Dozuki $46.50 more quickly than almost any conventional
60T07.31 Repl. Blade $28.90 saw. At 91/2 long, the 0.011 thick blade gives
B. Professional Dozuki Ikeda Tooth a kerf of 0.018. Tiny secondary bevels give the
A well-made dozuki saw that can be used for ne work, such as dovetails and tenons. The 25 tpi blade teeth strong tips that do not dull easily. A short
cuts quickly and leaves a clean, crisp 0.016 kerf in both hardwoods and softwoods. Solid brass back. 21 uncut portion on the blade tip makes starting a
long with a 9 blade. Made in Japan. cut easier. 21 overall.
60T03.15 Professional Dozuki $67.50 60T03.01 Standard Dozuki $58.50
60T03.16 Repl. Blade $46.50 60T03.02 Repl. Blade $36.50
F. Japanese Traditional Ryoba Saw G. Japanese Modern Ryoba Saw
A ryoba is a combination rip and crosscut saw. This ryoba saw has a 91/2 long A good toolbox or beginners saw with impulse-hardened teeth and a
blade with 17 tpi crosscut on one side; the other side has a graduated tooth pattern, textured ABS handle. The blade is 91/2 long with 17 tpi crosscut on one
10 tpi next to the haft (for starting cuts) to 71/2 tpi at the tip. Blade thickness tapers side; the other side has a graduated tooth pattern, 9 tpi next to the haft to
from 0.030 at the haft to 0.016 at the tip, and from 0.020 at the tooth line to 6 tpi at the tip. Comes apart for toolbox storage. Overall length 22.
0.016 at the blade center. 24 long overall. Canvas blade case included. 60T20.40 Modern Ryoba $39.50
60T01.01 Traditional Ryoba $57.30 60T20.41 Repl. Blade $26.50
H. Japanese Plywood Saw
Dirt inclusions and glue lines in plywood can quickly dull saw teeth.
This saw has specially hardened teeth to deal with plywood. Twice as
Saw thick as our other dozukis, the kerf is still only 0.040 (~1mm) wide.
al Ryoba
F Tradition The shortened back frame lets you saw through long sheets easily. The
17 tpi, 91/223/8 blade cuts quickly but leaves a smooth nish with
almost no tear-out. 21 overall.
60T03.25 Plywood Saw $42.50
aw 60T03.26 Repl. Blade $20.50
oba S
rn Ry
G Mode
J. Professional-Grade Ryoba Saw
The result of a collaboration between Japanese master blacksmiths
Master Ikeda and Master Yoshiwaka, this nely made saw has ripping
Saw
ood teeth on one edge to cut with the grain, and a 17 tpi pattern of eam-cut
Plyw
H teeth on the other for working across or diagonal to the grain. Both
edges are set to 0.0280 and led in an Ikeda pattern, which consists of
set teeth combined with pairs of minimally set raker teeth at regular
aw
ba S intervals. The rakers remove wood at the middle of the kerf, reducing
Ryo
sional friction and allowing the set teeth to cut more efciently. The ripping
fes
J Pro
teeth are graduated from 9 tpi at the haft to 6 tpi at the tip to make
starting easier. To minimize binding, the 91/2 blade has been hand
F Actual size scraped to a gentle taper; thickness tapers from 0.0265 at the haft to
F H 0.0140 at the tip, and from 0.0155 at the toothline to 0.0140 at the
center of the blade. The blade has a black oxide nish for rust resis-
G J tance. Measuring 221/4 overall, the saw has a bamboo-wrapped
G J wooden handle.
60T01.20 Professional Ryoba Saw $109.00
 A B

E
E Shop-made
wooden depth
stop and
hardware not
included.

Pax Handsaws A
First developed in 1776, Pax
handsaws have a reputation for B
quality and performance. The Actual size
Actual size
alloy-steel blades are taper
ground and breasted to reduce binding; the teeth are
hand set and sharpened. Available in rip (4.5 tpi) F
or panel (10 tpi) style tooth congurations, the 22
long blades have comfortable, two-tone steamed
beech handles with brass rivets. Professional-
quality saws, made in England.
A. 33T08.01 Rip Saw $126.00
B. 33T08.02 Panel Saw $126.00
F. Reversible Gents Saw
C. Pax Rip Pattern Dovetail Saw Square This saws handle pivots to mount at either end
A smooth-cutting dovetail saw with teeth of the blade for right- or left-hand use, or to
a brass-backed, alloy-steel blade set approach ush cuts from either side. The offset
within a two-tone steamed beech blade and cranked handle provide good clear-
handle. The 20 tpi blade, nely set ance for ush cuts or when cutting from
and sharpened by hand, has a awkward positions. The 10 long, 15 tpi blade
rip pattern for ne joinery cuts has a brass spine for rigidity. The teeth have no rake, cutting on both the push and pull stroke.
Actual size
with the grain. The 8 blade Not Stocked at our Stores.
has a 21/4 cut depth. Measures about 13 overall. 33T08.24 Reversible Saw $42.30
Made in England.
33T08.41 Rip Pattern Dovetail Saw $122.00
To make a saw run true, stone the side it favors. Done carefully with a hard stone (diamond, ceramic,
Arkansas, etc.) it will reduce set a trie, make the saw run true, but not decrease cutting action.
D. Pax Tenon Saw
This handsomely styled tenon
saw has an alloy-steel blade Actual size G. Professional Handsaw
with hand-set and sharpened teeth. Brass backed for Well suited for crosscutting or ripping a wide range of materials (soft/hard woods, chipboard,
rigidity, the thin 13 tpi crosscut pattern blade cuts plywood, construction timbers, plastic, etc.), this premium German-made handsaw features preci-
quickly and accurately with no drift. The two-tone sion set and sharpened cross-ground teeth that cut quickly and leave a clean kerf. The tensioned
steamed beech handle has a comfortable closed blade has hardened teeth set with a thin 0.048 kerf. The high-impact plastic handle has a soft,
grip. Brass ttings secure the blade and handle. The thermoplastic grip for comfort. Blade measures 211/2 with 7 tpi.
12 blade cuts to a depth of 3. Made in England. 97T20.01 Professional Handsaw $38.50
33T08.32 Tenon Saw $122.00

E. Pax Fret-Wire Saw

For cutting fret slots in acoustic
Actual size
guitar fingerboards, the fine Actual size G
luthiers saw is made in Shefeld, England, with a
spring-steel blade, polished brass fittings and a
comfortable turned rosewood handle. The teeth are
set to cut a 0.021 kerf, accommodating standard
medium-gauge fret wire. The 10 long, 16 tpi blade
cuts on the pull stroke; it has a brass spine for rigidity,
is through-drilled in two places for mounting a shop-
made wooden depth stop, and has a hang hole.
33T08.26 Fret-Wire Saw $42.30
Saws 47
 Veritas Magnetic Saw Guides
These anodized aluminum guides help keep a Reference face has three embedded
saw square to a workpiece. They are particularly rare-earth magnets and is covered with
useful when crosscutting tenon shoulders or a low-friction UHMW pad.

dening the edges of a dado, since the guide B

helps a backsaw track straight and true. Held C
against a workpiece with a hand or secured with
clamps (not included), it provides a registration T-slot in the bottom
surface, about 11/4 high, to help maintain accu- face accepts 2
capacity clamps
racy throughout the cut. The machined reference (sold separately). A
face has three embedded 1/2 dia. rare-earth
magnets and is covered with a strip of low-
friction UHMW tape. The magnets help maintain
tool contact with the guide while the tape allows
tools to glide along the reference face. The
bottom of the guide has two high-friction strips to
resist slipping on a surface. It also has a T-slot to High-friction tape
accept a pair of 2 capacity clamps (available on bottom
provides grip.
separately). These clamps make the guide easy to
secure with accuracy, particularly if you have the
use of only one hand. The guides are available in
8 and 14 lengths. Replacement packages
include two high-friction strips and two UHMW
strips. Made in Canada.
A. 05T20.01 Magnetic Saw Guide, 8 $33.50 Guide can
B. 05T20.04 Magnetic Saw Guide, 14 $35.50 be held to Guide can be held in place by hand.
workpiece with
C. 05J50.09 2 Capacity Clamps, pr. $39.50 a pair of clamps
05T20.06 8 Repl. Strips, pkg. of 4 $ 3.40 (not included).
05T20.09 14 Repl. Strips, pkg. of 4 $ 4.50
Magnets
maintain tool
contact with
guide.

Dado
Tenon

D. Retractable Japanese Saw

What may appear at rst glance to be an ordinary box cutter is actually a
Actual size compact saw with a ne Japanese tooth pattern. The 31/4 blade fully
retracts into the handle when not in use; this not only protects it from
Easily ts damage but lets you carry the saw in a tool belt or pocket to keep it close at
into pocket.
hand, or store it unobtrusively in a drawer or toolbox. A good size for
modelmaking or other detail work, the 18 tpi blade cuts quickly on the pull
D stroke and has impulse-hardened teeth for use on wood, PVC or plywood.
Blades are also available separately and will t standard box-cutter handles
sized for 100mm18mm (37/83/4) snap-off blades. Made in Japan.
Blade fully retracts into the handle when not in use.
60T22.30 Retractable Saw $22.90
60T22.31 Repl. Blade, ea. $11.20
E. Classic Gents Saw
Designed with less set and ner teeth than regular gents saws. Made from steel 0.022 thick, it
has 0.016 total set to give a kerf of 0.038. At 17 tpi, the saw cuts smoothly. The modied
E eam pattern works effectively cross grain or cutting dovetails. This is a ne trimming saw with
a solid brass back and rosewood handle. 131/2 long, 8 blade. Made in
U.K. by Crown Tools.
29T20.03 Gents Saw $34.50 Actual size
F
Razor Saws
Usually associated with modelmaking, these ne-toothed stiff-backed saws are useful for any
detailed work. They cut a variety of materials, including wood, plastic and brass. Both have
quick-cutting ripping teeth that are so ne they leave a satin-smooth nish regardless of grain
G
direction. Their alloy-steel blades have minimal set, but do not bind because they cut on the pull
stroke. The general-purpose saw has a 61/2 long by 11/8 deep blade with 24 tpi and cuts a 0.014
kerf. It has a comfortable lacquered maple handle. At 52 tpi, the ultra-thin saw has teeth that are
twice as ne for especially delicate work, such as cutting inlay stringing or musical instrument
construction. Its blade is 41/2 long by 7/16 deep and produces a kerf of only 0.010.
Designed for use with the 24 tpi general-purpose saw, the anodized aluminum miter box is
about 61/2 long, has guide slots at 30, 45 and 90, and handles stock up to 2 wide and 15/16
H tall. A lip on the bottom edge of the box acts as a fence, permitting clamp-
H free registration against the edge of a work surface. Both saws and the F
miter box are made in USA.
F. 60F03.10 Ultra-Thin Razor Saw $ 8.95
G
G. 60F03.12 General-Purpose Razor Saw $13.90
H. 60F03.20 Thin-Slot Miter Box $23.50 Actual size
48 Saws
 A
Silky Saws
Perhaps best known for its folding saw line under
the brand name Silky, UM:KOGYO has been manu-
facturing saws in Japan since 1919. Exceptionally
well made, the saws are designed to withstand the
rigors of professional use. The blades are all exible B Pocketboy
170M comes
SK-4 high-carbon steel with precision-ground teeth with a storage
case that
that have been impulse hardened for fast, clean cuts C D clips
and long service. The blades securely lock when to a belt.
open, and release with a convenient spring-loaded
thumb-lever. When the blade is folded closed, the E
teeth sit in a channel in the handle, protecting them
from damage. The saws are well balanced, and have A, B, C & D handles can All saws fold for compact
be set in-line with the storage.
comfortable rubberized handles to help reduce blade or offset.
Gomboy 240M
vibration transfer and for enhanced grip, especially comes with a protec-
in wet conditions. All come with a lifetime warranty tive storage case.
against defects in materials and workmanship.
Woodboy Folding Dozuki and Kataba Saws Pocketboy and Gomboy Folding Saws
With 91/2 long blades, these are full-size Japanese saws with the advan- These are impressive saws for both pruning and general construction work. Each has
tage of being able to fold for compact storage and transport. As useful in an aggressive yet smooth-cutting 9 tpi taper-ground blade that is suitable for use with
the workshop as they are at the jobsite, both have hollow-ground blades green or dry wood. The steel handles have textured rubber grips. All fold for compact
for smooth, efcient cuts. The exible Kataba, for crosscut and ripping storage and easy transport. The Pocketboy 170M has a 61/2 long blade and is under
work, has 22 tpi, minimally set to cut a 0.031 kerf. It cuts quickly and 15 long overall when open. At just over 8 long folded, it is a great size for back-
cleanly on the pull stroke without wander, and because the rake angle of packers (weighs just 7.2 oz) and comes with a plastic storage case that can clip to a
the teeth is not overly aggressive, cuts are easy to start and little effort is belt. The Gomboy 240M, with a 9 long blade, is about 20 long overall when open
required to pull the blade through the cut. For dovetail and tenon work, and 101/2 long folded, and comes with a protective storage case. Weighs 9.6 oz. With
the Dozuki has 28 tpi and cuts a kerf of 0.027 to a maximum depth of a substantial 111/2 long blade, the Gomboy 300M is 241/2 long overall when open
113/16. Both are about 22 long overall when open, and 12 when and about 13 long folded. Despite its length, it remains lightweight (11.6 oz),
folded. The handles are lightweight aluminum with a soft rubber grip comfortable to use and easy to control. All have a lanyard hole at the end of the handle.
and can be set in-line with the blade for traditional use or offset when C. 60T60.13 Pocketboy 170M $45.50
additional work clearance is required. 60T60.14 Repl. Blade, Pocketboy $29.50 Actual size
A. 60T60.74 Woodboy Kataba $74.50 A Actual size D. 60T60.34 Gomboy 240M $57.50
60T60.75 Repl. Blade, Kataba $39.00 60T60.35 Repl. Blade, Gomboy 240M $36.50
B. 60T60.78 Woodboy Dozuki $81.00 B E. 60T60.53 Gomboy 300M $72.00 C, D & E have
60T60.79 Repl. Blade, Dozuki $45.50 60T60.54 Repl. Blade, Gomboy 300M $39.50 9 tpi blades.

F. Japanese Utility Saw
Designed for plumbers to cut PVC pipe, this
nickel-plated saw is ideal for general carpentry
and utility use. The impulse-hardened teeth can
deal with plywood, chipboard, wallboard, etc. 9
blade with 17 tpi. Only 15 long overall, it ts in
a small tool kit. Cuts on the pull stroke.
60T52.01 Japanese Utility Saw $20.50
60T52.02 Repl. Blade $ 8.50
G. Japanese Rip/Crosscut Saw
This is an impressive saw. Developed for
construction use, it readily cuts plywood, parti-
cleboard and PVC pipe, but can be used for ne
work as well. The ush-cutting tooth pattern is
particularly useful for undercutting end grain
(e.g., when you want to trim just a smidgen off a
chair leg to stop it from rocking). It cuts on the
pull stroke and has a 265mm (101/2) 14 tpi
blade, impulse-hardened teeth, and a soft non-
slip handle (various colors).
60T54.01 Rip/Crosscut Saw $33.50
60T54.02 Repl. Blade $19.90
H 60T22.35 Modern Keyhole Saw
G Actual size
Actual size
H
F
G
Actual size
H. HSS Japanese Saw into a 5/16 drilled hole to start a cut in the middle
What separates this saw from other Japanese of stock. Each saw has a non-slip, elastomer-
carpentry saws is the 7/16 deep strip of high-speed coated handle with a spring catch that secures the
steel welded to a normal steel blank. The HSS blade in line with the handle or at 30 for clear-
provides a superior working hardness, higher ance. Made in Japan.
wear resistance and excellent toughness in the J. 60T07.10 Pocket Cardboard Saw $22.90
teeth. With a 265mm long blade, it has just shy of 60T07.11 Repl. Cardboard Blade $11.20
10 of crosscut teeth, at 14 tpi. Composite handle K. 60T07.20 Pocket Keyhole Saw $22.90
provides a comfortable grip. Made in Japan. 60T07.21 Repl. Keyhole Blade $11.20
60T57.01 HSS Japanese Saw $38.90
60T57.02 Repl. Blade $18.50 L. Modern Keyhole Saw
This distinctive-looking saw combines a tradi-
Japanese Pocket Saws Handle adjusts tional Japanese keyhole saw blade design with an
These saws fold to only 6 for knuckle
clearance.
ergonomic double-tapered triangular handle that
long, so you can tuck them affords excellent comfort and control. Designed
into a tool belt or toss them into a toolbox or to make clean, fast cuts in materials such as wood,
drawer without damage. The 5 tpi cardboard saw PVC and plywood, its 83/4 long, 16 tpi replace-
is useful for breaking down boxes for recycling, able blade tapers to a ne tip, allowing you to
or anywhere you need a scalloped-tooth blade; it begin the cut in a start hole as small as 1/4 in
cuts through rope, foam insulation and PVC diameter. With teeth that cut on the pull stroke, the
tubing easily. The 12 tpi keyhole saw cuts on the narrow, exible blade permits tight-radius cuts,
pull stroke to tension the blade for tight-radius and the two-pronged tip makes it easy to bore start
curves. Suitable for wood, PVC or plywood, its holes in materials such as acoustic tile. An excel-
narrow blade accesses conned spaces and slips lent, versatile saw. Made in Japan.
$33.50
K 60T22.36 Repl. Blade $16.90
J
Actual size L
Actual size
Actual size

F J K L
49
 Nobex Standard and Economical Miter Boxes
Able to handle stock up to 45/16 high, with capacities of 6 at 90
and 37/8 at 45, these are effective tools for picture framing and
cutting short lengths of molding.
The economical miter box has integral detents to ensure square
crosscuts and accurate 45 miters, and provide presets for 15,
22.5, 30 and 36 cuts. An adjustable stop allows repetitive cuts for
pieces up to 203/4 long, while the work hold-down has a swiv-
A elling foot to conform to molding contours. The 2218 tpi impulse-
hardened blade cuts quickly yet
leaves a smooth nish.
10 tpi
The standard miter box has
Swivelling
hold-down foot many of the same features as the 12 tpi
secures work professional model (below) but
while cutting.
with a smaller capacity. It has 18 tpi
the same automatic miter angle
A 24 tpi
settings as the professional, as
well as the ability to cut com- 32 tpi
pound miters at eight angles. Cuts
Actual size
are smooth and accurate with the
standard 2218 tpi blade. Made in Sweden.
Extra blades are available in 12, 18, 24 and 32 tpi (32 tpi is for
non-ferrous metals).
A. 01H06.05 Economical Miter Box $ 61.50
B B. 01H07.01 Standard Miter Box $139.00
01H03.05 22 Blade, 12 tpi $ 17.90
01H03.02 22 Blade, 18 tpi $ 17.90
01H03.06 22 Blade, 24 tpi $ 17.90
55 45 35 25 01H03.11 22 Blade, 32 tpi $ 17.90
50 40 30 20
B, C & D Nobex Professional Miter Box
Adjustable This professional miter box will handle stock 71/4 high, 8 wide
hold-down at 90, and 5 wide at 45. The saw can be set at any angle and has
B secures work
while cutting.
automatic stops for 90, 45 and for 5, 6, 8 and 12-sided frames.
The high back fences for supporting tall stock can be removed for
cutting compound miters. Grooves in the base allow you to cut
molding at seven compound angles. The saw parks at the
maximum height to make setting your work easier. An improved
saw tensioner holds the 25 blades taut for smooth cuts. The saw
also features fast-action hold-downs and an end stop that extends
281/2. An excellent system. Made in Sweden.
This miter box is available with an 18 tpi Western-style blade or a
ne, fast-cutting 16 tpi Japanese Ikeda tooth blade suitable for all
wood types. Teeth are impulse
hardened for long life. Extra
Western-style standard blades are
C&D available: 10 tpi for faster cutting,
24 tpi for extra-ne work and Teeth of 16 tpi Ikeda blade E
shown actual size.
32 tpi for non-ferrous metals.
60 50 40 20 C. 01H08.10 Miter Box with 18 tpi Std. Blade $198.00
55 45 30 01H08.02 25 Extra Std. Blade, 10 tpi $ 19.90
01H08.03 25 Repl. Std. Blade, 18 tpi $ 19.90
01H08.04 25 Extra Std. Blade, 24 tpi $ 19.90
01H08.05 25 Extra Std. Blade, 32 tpi $ 19.90
D. 01H08.12 Miter Box with 16 tpi Ikeda Blade $219.00
E. 01H08.06 25 Repl. Ikeda Blade, 16 tpi $ 40.90
C&D
F. Miter Trimmer
Made from machined cast iron, this is a heavy-duty miter trimmer
designed for production picture framers and trim carpenters. It can
handle stock up to 6 wide and 4 thick. First cut your work over-
size (a miter trimmer does not make through cuts), then trim to the
F exact length required with the trimmer. The blades have high-
speed steel inserts and come honed ready for use. (Note: Hone the
blades only on the bevel side for ideal cutting action.) The
shearing cut from the low-bevel skewed blades leaves a silky
nish, even in softwoods. Imported.
03H01.01 *Miter Trimmer $259.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping
charges. For areas not served by ground parcel service, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.

To order call 1-800-267-8767

50 Saws
 Knew Concepts Fret & Coping Saws
Originally developed as jewellers saws for intricate metal openwork, Knew Concepts saws
have quickly caught on among woodworkers. The innovative frames incorporate truss-like A
structures for rigidity and strength with minimal weight, while a cam-operated mechanism,
similar to a bandsaw quick-release, greatly reduces time and frustration when changing, B
tensioning or rotating the blade. The fret saws have a reliable blade-holding system to mini-
mize risk of the blade coming loose during the cut, with thumbscrews that capture even the
smallest blades. Fret-saw blades can be rotated to 45 left or right from center, with detents
for accurate, repeatable positioning. Made to rigorous standards from premium materials
in the USA, these are outstanding saws. Blade can
A&B
Titanium Fret Saws Screw for be rotated C
ne tension to 45 left
To improve control on ne work, such as intricate scroll- adjustment or right
from center.
work or marquetry involving particularly tight curves,
these fret saws allow you to apply signicant tension to the
blade. The titanium frame has a spine built using a three- D
Lever
dimensional truss design to resist exing in line with the ipped
blade. The 5 saw weighs 6.2 oz; the 8 saw weighs 7.4 oz. to loosen Blade Clamp
Each has a hardwood handle, accepts 5 pinless blades and blade tension holder screw

is supplied with a 15 tpi #7 skip-tooth blade. Blade can

C&D
A. 02T10.51 Titanium Fret Saw, 5 $259.00 Screw for be rotated
to 45 left
B. 02T10.52 Titanium Fret Saw, 8 $269.00 ne tension or right
adjustment
Repl. Blades for Fret Saws 1+doz. 6+doz. from center.

02T10.24 Repl. Blades, 14 tpi (12) $7.30 $6.20

Lever
Aluminum Fret Saws ipped
Blade Clamp
Made of strong, lightweight aluminum, these fret saws to loosen holder screw
have slim frames that are easy to maneuver. The smaller blade tension
saw (5 throat depth) weighs just 4.8 oz; the larger saw Screw for
Blade
(8 throat depth) weighs 5.6 oz. Each has a hardwood ne tension holder F G H
handle, accepts 5 pinless blades and is supplied with a adjustment
15 tpi #7 skip-tooth blade. E
C. 02T10.41 Aluminum Fret Saw, 5 $115.00
Blade can be
D. 02T10.42 Aluminum Fret Saw, 8 $129.00 Lever rotated a full
Handles For Knew Concepts
Repl. Blades for Fret Saws
ipped to
1+doz. 6+doz. loosen blade
360, with Fret & Coping Saws
detents at 45 Compatible with the Knew Concepts fret and coping saws we
02T10.24 Repl. Blades, 14 tpi (12) $7.30 $6.20 tension increments.
carry, these retrot handles are turned from either cocobolo or
E. Aluminum Coping Saw mesquite, depending on supply. Larger than the standard
This saw features a heavier blade with coarser handles that come with the saws, each has a lacquered nish
teeth for cutting gentle curves and thick and a contoured shape that ts the palm nicely, and has a
stock. The blade can be rotated a full major diameter of approximately 11/2; the overall lengths
360, with detents at 45 increments. listed include the 5/8 brass ferrule. Fret saw handles are avail-
Made of lightweight aluminum, it has able in two lengths, both of which t any of the titanium or
a 61/2 throat depth, weighs 8.8 oz aluminum fret saws in the line. Replacement is straightfor-
and is fitted with a hardwood ward, without glue or fasteners; 1/16 hex key required.
handle. It accepts 61/2 pinned Instructions included. Made in USA by Elkhead Tools.
blades and comes with a 15 tpi blade. E F. 02T10.71 Fret Saw Handle, 41/2 $ 99.00
02T10.60 Alum. Coping Saw, 61/2 $175.00 G. 02T10.72 Fret Saw Handle, 5 $ 99.00
02T10.81 Repl. Blades, 15tpi (12) $ 7.90 H. 02T10.75 Coping Saw Handle, 5 $105.00

J. Featherweight Fret-Saw Frame K. Coping Saw

A lightweight, German-made fret saw, excellent for marquetry. The A strong, rigid, German-made coping saw with a 41/2 deep frame. The 15 tpi blade is
tension created by the tubular U-shaped steel frame keeps blades kept well tensioned for reduced blade breakage and accurate cutting in both softwoods
taut, both increasing cutting accuracy and reducing blade breakage. and hardwoods. Replacement blades come in packages of 12. Pinned blades (61/2
The vise-like blade holders accept 5 or longer blades. The frame has pin-to-pin, 5 cutting length) t standard coping saws.
a 12 throat and weighs just 9 oz. Blades not included. 02T10.01 Coping Saw & Blade $19.50
29T30.10 Featherweight Fret-Saw Frame $20.50 02T10.81 Repl. Blades, 15tpi (12) $ 7.90
L. Fret-Saw Blade Assortment
This assortment of 22 blades contains four each of
woodworking skip-tooth blade #s 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9, plus
J two metalworking blades (#1 and #3). Blades are 5
long and supplied in a plastic wallet. For use in fret saws
only. Made in Germany.
29T04.01 22 Fret Blade Assortment $10.50
L

K
L

 C
10 tpi
A
15 tpi
B
18 tpi
C
Thin 18 tpi blade ts into cuts left Actual size
by ne dovetail saws.

Pgas Coping Saw Blades

Known for their exceptional durability, Pgas coping saw blades are
also impressively sharp, making quick, clean cuts with minimal
tearout. Made of hardened carbon steel, the 61/2 pinned blades are
available with tooth patterns ranging from 10 tpi for aggressive cuts
in thicker stock to an 18 tpi skip-tooth blade for tighter-radius cuts
and work in thin stock. The 18 tpi blade can be used to remove waste
from dovetails, as it is thin enough to be slipped into the cut left by
most ne dovetail saws. Packages of 12. Made in Switzerland.
Tooth Blade Kerf
Pattern Width Width
A. 02T10.80 10 tpi 0.115 0.033 $7.90
B. 02T10.81 15 tpi 0.110 0.028 $7.90
C. 02T10.83 18 tpi Skip-Tooth 0.090 0.026 $7.90

D. Fret-Saw Blades for Wood

These 5 blades are suitable for
fret saws or power scroll saws.
The skip-tooth pattern gives
D good chip clearance and a fast
rate of cut. They can be used for G H
cutting plastic, tagua, bone, and
hard rubber as well as wood.
Sizes range from #2/0 for G. PGT Double-Reverse Scroll-Saw Blades
marquetry or similarly fine Ground from high-carbon steel, PGT (precision-ground tooth) blades
work, to #9 for cutting thicker have a unique fast-cutting tooth geometry, with wide gullets between
material up to 2. It is useful to have all styles on hand. Price shown the teeth for rapid chip clearance and reduced risk of burning. The
is per package of 12. Made in Germany. teeth on the lower blade section are reversed so they cut on the up
Blade # Tpi Thickness Width 1+doz. 6+doz. stroke, minimizing tear-out and leaving a clean nish that requires
02T10.20 2/0 30 .009 .025 $7.30 $6.20 little sanding. Sold in packages of six 51/4 blades with plain Detail of tooth
(unpinned) ends. Made in USA. patterns
02T10.21 1 25 .012 .025 $7.30 $6.20
02T10.22 3 18 .013 .030 $7.30 $6.20 PGT Double-
Universal Blade Recommended Pkg. of 6
02T10.23 5 16 .015 .040 $7.30 $6.20 Reverse Width
02T10.24 7 14 .018 .045 $7.30 $6.20 Size # Thickness Materials/Thickness 1+ 6+
Blades
02T10.25 9 14 .020 .053 $7.30 $6.20 Softwoods: 1/2 to 11/2
02T11.04 5RG 0.018 0.045 $5.90 $5.00
Plastic, synthetics: up to 1/8
E. Spiral Fret-Saw Blades Softwoods: 1/2 to 3/4
These 5 blades are typically 02T11.05 7RG 0.018 0.047 Plastic, synthetics: up to 3/8 $5.90
$5.00
Hardwoods: 1/2 to 3/4
used in detailed fretwork where
Synthetics: up to 3/4
cut directions are constantly 02T11.06 9RG 0.018 0.049 Plastic: up to 1/2 $5.00 $5.90
changing and throat depth Hardwoods: 1/2 to 11/2
E would normally limit a reverse
cut. Since spiral blades allow
cutting in any direction (not just H. Crown Reverse-Tooth Scroll-Saw Blades
one, as with regular fret blades), With a pattern of opposing teeth arranged in pairs, these blades cut on
they are also used in plaster, both the up stroke and down stroke, minimizing tearout. They cut cleanly
tagua, etc., where some internal but relatively slowly, which allows excellent control on delicate work.
shaping is required, sculpting rather than sawing. Sold in packages The thin blades on the smaller sizes cut ne kerfs, allowing you to cut
of 12. For use in fret saws only. Made in Germany. extremely tight-radius curves. To extend blade life, they can be inverted
02T16.10 #2/0 Spiral Blades, dozen $5.90 once they begin to show signs of wear. Sold in packages of twelve 51/4 Detail of tooth
blades with plain (unpinned) ends. Made in Germany. patterns
02T16.11 #1 Spiral Blades, dozen $5.90
02T16.12 #3 Spiral Blades, dozen $5.90 Crown Pkg. of 12
Universal Blade Recommended
Reverse-Tooth Width
F. Special Marquetry Blades Size # Thickness Materials/Thickness 1+ 6+
Blades
A 5 double skip-tooth blade Softwoods: /2 to /4
1 3
with excellent chip-clearing 02T11.10 2/0 0.011 0.024 Veneer: up to 3/16 $6.95 $5.90
capacity. The back is rounded Plastic, synthetics: up to 1/8
for smooth, tight curves. 2/0 Softwoods: 1/2 to 3/4
F tooth. Sold in packages of 12. 02T11.13 5 0.016 0.038 Plastic: up to 1/4 $6.95 $5.90
For use in fret saws only. Made Synthetics: up to 1/8
in Germany. Softwoods: up to 11/2
Plastic: up to 3/4
Marquetry Blades, pkg. of 12 02T11.15 9 0.018 0.053 $6.95 $5.90
Synthetics: up to 1/8
29T03.01 $5.90 Hardwoods: 1/2 to 3/4
52 Saws
 Parallel-Jaw Bar Clamps A
CLAMPING
Parallel-jaw bar clamps have several advantages over the tradition-
ally styled fast-acting bar clamps we sell. First, the large clamping
surface area eliminates the need for gluing shims, since ber
crushing is not a problem. Second, you need fewer clamps for
a job. For example, an entire drawer back can be done with
one clamp. Third, they maintain the squareness of the item
being clamped. Finally, they can be used with the clamped mate-
rial parallel to the bar at, which is very handy for large at
pieces. All of these clamps have an end stop on the steel bar that
helps stabilize the clamp in use and detaches to allow reversal of
the screw jaw for spreading. The steel jaws are clad with a high-
impact plastic that is non-marking and glue resistant.
A. Anti-Slip Parallel Jaw Clamps
These are outstanding parallel jaw clamps. Not only do they provide all the
usual advantages of this style of clamp, but they also address a common
frustration jaw slippage. No matter how you jostle or move them, their
anti-slip mechanism prevents the jaw from sliding and striking the work-
piece (or worse, your hand!). You can be condent that they will hold the A
jaw openings you set between dry assembly and glue-up so you wont have
to fumble to adjust the clamp and hold the work in alignment at the same
time. Major adjustments are easily and rapidly made; tilting the handle
releases the mechanism and it automatically re-engages when you release
the handle. Another noteworthy feature is the ability to pivot the handle 90 Visit us at www.leevalley.com
to either side for better leverage, or to make it easier to operate when the
handle is close to a surface. The handles are ergonomically molded, with bands of a high-
friction material for grip. Two protective pads elevate the rail away from squeeze-out.
The clamps can exert up to 710kg (1565 lb) of force. 1+ 4+ B
17F85.12 12 Clamp $44.50 $40.90
17F85.24 233/4 Clamp $51.50 $47.40
17F85.32 311/2 Clamp $56.50 $52.00
17F85.40 391/2 Clamp $62.50 $57.50
17F85.49 *483/4 Clamp $67.50 $62.00
17F85.59 *591/4 Clamp $72.50 $66.70
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. Large jaws
maximize
B. Bessey K-Body REVO Clamps clamping
JAW SIZE COMPARISON surface and
REVO clamps have an internal steel frame that minimize ber
provides up to 1500 lb of clamping force. The Jaw Size crushing.
Product
polyamide-clad steel jaws have 2 wide by Length Width Throat
53/4 long replaceable pads that give a large B. Bessey K-Body REVO 53/4 2 33/4
surface area for pressure distribution. Throat
C. Bessey UniKlamp 4 /8
3 1 /4
1 3
depth is 33/4. Also included are two glue-
resistant rail protection pads that keep the rail C. Bessey UniKlamp
from contacting the work, elevate the rail away Smaller and more economical than the
from squeeze-out, and eliminate staining in K-Body clamps, these well-made light-
woods with high tannin content. The two- duty clamps have jaws that are 11/4 wide
component composite handle provides comfort by 43/8 long with a 3 throat. The clamps
and grip. Maximum opening capacity listed. exert a maximum of 330 lb of force. Made
Made in Germany. 1+ 4+ in Germany. Maximum opening capacity
17F70.12 12 Clamp, ea. $58.50 $53.90 listed. 1+ 4+ Removable end stop
17F70.24 24 Clamp, ea. $63.50 $58.50 17F04.06 UniKlamp, 61/2 $31.50 $28.95 allows reversal of
17F70.31 31 Clamp, ea. $68.50 $63.00 17F04.12 UniKlamp, 12 $35.50 $32.65 the screw jaw to
switch from clamping
17F70.40 40 Clamp, ea. $77.50 $71.30 to spreading.
Bessey Clamp Accessories
17F70.50 *50 Clamp, ea. $81.50 $75.00
These accessories enhance the capabilities of Bessey
17F70.60 *60 Clamp, ea. $87.50 $80.50
parallel-jaw clamps. The KP blocks hold clamps
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a
length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
upright and at approximately 90 to each other to
greatly simplify clamp set-up. Supplied as a package
of four, they are molded from durable polyamide
B Clamp head reversed
and can be screw-mounted to a work surface to
for spreading.
create a gluing fixture. The clamp extender is
simply an aluminum bracket that splices clamps for
greater length. Sold individually; mounting hard-
ware included. Compatible with original K-Body
and current K-Body REVO clamps. C
D. 17F70.01 KP Blocks, pkg. of 4 $33.50
E. 17F70.02 K-Body Extender, ea. $22.50
KP blocks
D
D B K-Body extender shown mounted
on REVO clamp (not included).
E

Clamping 53

A B
Fast-Acting (FA) Bar Clamps
These are the general workhorses in the shop.
With a non-slip spring-loaded tailpiece for
instant adjustment, they are the best design
available for fast assembly work.
Dubuque
Aluminum
Bar Clamps
Made in USA
by the Dubuque
Clamp Company,
these aluminum
bar clamps are light-
weight, extremely
rigid and easy to
F only with the squeezer/spreader clamps, the
adjust. The strong
extruded bars measure
13/87/8 and have side
walls nearly 1/8 thick for
excellent resistance to
bowing and twisting. The
bar remains reliably straight
under clamping force, so you
can clamp work against it to
prevent misalignment. The
moveable head has a spring
clutch for fast adjustment on the
notched bar, and the xed head
has a 1/2 diameter Acme-threaded
screw for nal tightening, with a
large, easy-to-turn wing knob. 1000 lb load rating.
Maximum opening capacity listed.
D. 03F06.24 24 Bar Clamp, ea.
E. 03F06.36 *36 Bar Clamp, ea.
F. 03F06.48 *48 Bar Clamp, ea.
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge
of $10 applies per order.
54 Clamping
Economy Fast-Acting Clamps
Easy to use, light, versatile and fast adjusting,
these clamps handle 90% of clamping needs. G
The standard clamps have a 21/2 jaw depth, 3/4
face width and a 1/4 thick by 3/4 wide bar. The H
cast parts are well nished. Load limit of 600 lb.
The larger and more rigid heavy-duty clamps
C have a 31/2 throat depth, 1 face width and a
5/161 spring-steel bar. Load limit of 775 lb. H
J
Pads included with both types. 1+ 6+
A. 03F01.06 Economy Std. 6 $13.80 $12.40 Optional plate is used
03F01.12 Economy Std.12 $14.90 $13.40 for radial connection.
03F01.24 Economy Std. 24 $16.90 $15.20
03F01.36 Economy Std. 36 $20.20 $18.20
1+ 6+ K
B. 03F04.12 Economy HD 12 $19.80 $17.80
03F04.24 Economy HD 24 $23.40 $21.10
03F04.36 Economy HD 36 $27.70 $24.90
Heavy-Duty Deep-Throat FA Clamps
The 5 throat depth on this style provides greater
all-around strength. The castings are heavier
and the bar more rigid at 5/1613/8. Load limit
of 1200 lb. Pads included. 1+ 4+ L
C. 03F05.12 Economy HD 12 $31.90 $29.30
03F05.24 Economy HD 24 $35.70 $32.80
03F05.36 Economy HD 36 $42.20 $38.80
Jaws reverse for spreading
applications. Combine clamps for greater length.
Gator Clamps
D These durable clamps have a spring-loaded jaw-
advancement mechanism for quick, one-handed
operation. Their composite jaws reverse for
spreading applications and have non-marring,
soft-rubber pads with raised ribs for grip. The
steel clutch plate is thumb operated and slides
easily over the steel bar.
The squeezer/spreader clamps have a 1/43/4
steel bar, a 33/8 throat depth and a load limit of
Spring clutch about 330 lb. Maximum nominal opening capacity
for fast adjustment.
is listed. Sold individually. The optional clamp
E plate (21/2 high and 65/8 in diameter) is used for
radial connection of up to 12 clamps. For use
plate is made from a tough nylon composite.
Though small, the mini/midi clamps are well
made and deceptively strong, and wont slip under
tension. Ideal for small projects and modelmaking,
the 41/2 mini clamps have a 11/2 throat depth and
a 50 lb (23kg) load capacity. Throat depth for the
6 and 12 midi clamps is 21/2 and they have a
load limit of 175 lb (80kg). Sold in pairs.
G. Squeezer/Spreader Clamps 1+ 4+
17F81.12 12 Clamp, ea. $28.50 $26.20
17F81.18 18 Clamp, ea. $31.50 $28.95
17F81.24 24 Clamp, ea. $34.50 $31.70
17F81.36 *36 Clamp, ea. $39.50 $36.30
17F81.48 *48 Clamp, ea. $46.50 $42.75
H. 17F81.01 Clamp Plate, ea. $14.90 $13.70
1+ 4+ Mini/Midi Clamps 1+ 4+
$32.90 $30.25 J. 17F81.04 41/2 Mini Clamps, pr. $15.90 $14.60
$34.90 $32.10 K. 17F81.06 6 Midi Clamps, pr. $24.50 $22.50
$37.90 $34.85 L. 17F81.11 12 Midi Clamps, pr. $31.50 $28.95
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length
surcharge of $10 applies per order.
Thick walls prevent twisting and bowing.
 Aluminum Squeezer/Spreader Clamp
This clamp is notable for its robust construction A
and unique design. Capable of applying up to
700 lb of force, it has cast aluminum jaws, a
1/43/4 steel bar and a heavy-duty mechanism.
The moving jaw advances with one hand and has
a spring-loaded face that is canted slightly so its
top touches rst as the jaw closes. As pressure is B
applied, the spring compresses to make this face
parallel to the xed face for even force distribu-
tion. The fixed jaw has a push clip for quick Converts to
a spreader.
conversion into a spreader. Both jaw faces have Spring-loaded
non-marring, glue-resistant pads. The clutch oper- face ensures even
force distribution.
ates with a simple lever release. Throat depth is
Plate removed to
31/4; maximum opening listed. show steel
1+ 4+ spring-loaded
clutch assembly.
A. 17F91.24 24 Clamp, ea. $43.50 $40.00
B. 17F91.12 12 Clamp, ea. $37.50 $34.50

E. Wooden Cam Clamps

These durable clamps adjust easily
and clamp quickly with a simple
cam action. For light-duty applica-
tions, the non-marring, cork-faced
white beech jaws exert up to 300 lb
of force. The bars are galvanized to
prevent rusting. Ideal for gluing and E
clamping delicate surfaces. Made
in Germany.
73/441/4 Clamp 1+ 4+
09F01.02 $21.90 $20.10
C 153/441/4 Clamp
09F01.03 $26.80 $24.65

Kreg Auto-Adjust Bar Clamps

C. Miniature Brass Bar Clamps
Small bar clamps are useful for numerous repair jobs and
are invaluable for ne work such as model building. The
throat depths vary from 1/2 on the smallest clamp to 5/8 on
the largest. Bar cross sections are matched to clamp size
from 4mm square for the smallest to 5mm for the largest.
All are made from solid brass. Jaw openings are indicated
in the price lines. 1+
60F02.00 31/2 Brass Clamp, ea. $ 8.20 $ 7.40
60F02.01 6 Brass Clamp, ea. $ 8.90 $ 8.00
60F02.04 101/2 Brass Clamp, ea. $11.50 $10.35
D. Restorers Clamps
Created by a restorer of antiques, these are ideal for model-
making and repairs. Just position the polycarbonate jaws
and apply up to 11 lb of force with your ngers. A exible
carbon-ber beam lets the 3 deep jaws lock with minimal
force, preventing overclamping. Non-marring pads protect
Particularly helpful when installing
cabinets, these are quick, efcient
clamps. They use a fast-acting
sliding jaw design with a spring-
loaded locking handle mechanism
(similar to locking pliers) to instantly G
tighten or release the jaws. A thumb-
10+ screw adjuster lets you control the
clamping force you can apply just Thumbscrew
adjuster
a light hold for delicate work or up to
550 lb of force at the maximum
setting. Once set, the clamp auto-
matically maintains the same force
regardless of jaw opening, so you
can switch between workpieces of F
different thicknesses without having
to make adjustments. The step-over Switch stock

delicate surfaces and conform to curves. Reverse the jaws jaws can clear projections, and have thickness
pivoting feet to accommodate odd- without having
to create a to adjust
spreader clamp, shaped material. Throat depth is 2. clamping force.
or use multiple Available with 71/2 and 151/2 jaw
Included jaws on one beam capacities, each with a substantial
connectors let 1/45/8 bar. Supplied with remov-
you join beams
to hold awkward
for greater length. shapes. Includes able non-marring pads. Robust,
interchangeable all-steel construction with coated
parts for three handles for grip.
clamps (two 8 F. 25K59.14 7 /2 Bar Clamp $34.50
1

beams, one 3 G. 25K59.15 15 /2 Bar Clamp $40.50

1

beam and six 4

jaw arms) and
connectors to
link beams.
Clamps, set of 3
60F03.01 $24.95 G

D
Clamping 55
 A. EZ Grip Ratcheting Clamps
These light-duty cam clamps have the added versatility of
a removable step-over attachment, making them useful
wherever you need to clear a projection, such as a lip on the
underside of a drill-press table or a fence on a clamp table.
For regular clamping duty, just remove the 2 long step-
Ratcheting cam-action
handle A over post from the fixed jaw. The fixed jaw has two
grooves at right angles for better holding of round stock;
the adjustable jaw has a pivoting head to accommodate odd
shapes. The ratcheting cam-action handle, with a one-
One-nger locking nger locking loop and quick-release trigger, makes the
loop and quick- clamp easy to tighten and release with one hand. Available
release trigger make
the clamp easy to
in three lengths, these are well-made clamps at a good
tighten and release price. All have a throat depth of 3 and a 250 lb limit.
with one hand. Maximum opening listed. Jaw pad included. 1+ 4+
03F01.45 41/2 Clamp, ea. $15.95 $14.65
03F01.46 81/2 Clamp, ea. $16.50 $15.15
03F01.47 121/2 Clamp, ea. $16.50 $15.15

B. Economy Step-Over Clamp

Well suited for general use, this clamp excels wher-
ever you need to clear a projection. The 3/16 thick by C
5/8 wide plated steel bar is bent to a semi-circle,
forming a xed jaw with a maximum height of 7/8. It
is quick and positive to adjust, with serrations that grip
the moving jaw to prevent slippage but release it
instantly when pressure is removed. The swivel head
and jaw face are vinyl capped to prevent marring. The
throat is 2 deep, with an 11/16 wide face and a
B maximum opening of 81/4. Load limit of 330 lb.
Excellent value in a versatile clamp.
1+ 6+
17F06.18 Step-Over Clamp, ea. $9.90 $8.90

C. Press Screw
For making up veneer-press frames, case clamps or gluing jigs, this
heavy-duty press screw is a sturdy, versatile jig. The 13/815/8
swivel head is removable for easy installation or change-over. The
threaded nut drives into a 1 round hole and may be further secured
with screws. Screw diameter is 11/16. Baked black enamel nish on
malleable iron castings.
1+ 6+
13F17.01 9 Press Screw $25.90 $23.30

Dubuque Face-Frame & Shelf Clamps clamp serves as the opposing jaw, grasping the thick. An optional three-piece miter attachment
While its frequently said that you can never work a short distance from the joint. This not set converts the face-frame clamp into a miter
have too many clamps, often the real problem is only lets you secure work much longer than the clamp suitable for stock from 3/4 to 51/4 wide.
not having ones long enough for the job at hand. clamp itself, but the short span also helps It includes inside and outside jaw brackets plus
Ideal for those prevent long stock from bowing. Unchanged in a base for benchtop mounting (#8 screws not
situations, these over a quarter century, they are still produced included). The inside bracket has textured
unconventional by the Dubuque Clamp Works in Iowa, cast surfaces for grip, and openings on either face
clamps are not from lightweight, rigid aluminum. On the of the outside bracket allow access for install-
limited by the 113/4 long face-frame model, the cam jaw is ing fasteners.
length of their oriented horizontally; the 9 shelf clamp has a 1+ 4+
Face of the bars. Driven by an vertically aligned cam jaw. Both accept stock D. 03F06.02 Shelf Clamp, ea $29.90 $27.50
cam jaw is Acme-threaded from 5/8 to 7/8 thick. E. 03F06.01 Face-Frame Clamp, ea. $29.90 $27.50
textured to grip well without
marring stock, even in softwoods.
screw, one jaw Available separately, the medium jaw bracket F. 03F06.05 Med. Jaw Bracket, ea. $ 9.30
registers against accepts stock from 13/16 to 11/16 thick, and the G. 03F06.06 Lg. Jaw Bracket, ea. $ 9.30
an outside face of the work, while a cam-action large bracket holds material 15/16 to 11/2 H. 03F06.03 Miter Attachment, ea. $21.50
Advancing the moving jaw pushes the stock farther
into the cam jaw, wedging it more tightly.

G D
E
End to face End to edge
F

Miter E
H attachment
mounted to
face-frame Base for
clamp. bench-top
mounting
Port allows for included with H.
D E miter assembly.
 D

Feet elevate the work

for easier operation.

Non-marring
jaw pads
Four spring- C
A loaded clutch
plates

C. Dubuque Wooden Handscrews D. Dubuque Handscrew Kits

Traditional cabinetmakers clamps, these are the With these kits, its easy to make your own hand-
most versatile available. The long, rectangular screws. The instructions include plans for making
jaws provide even clamping pressure over a jaws like those used on traditional handscrews, or
wide area, preventing marring of work. The you can custom-build jaws for round or irregular
Wide stance ability to adjust them to a variety of closing shapes, or extra-deep, long or thin jaws to suit other
13/4 clearance prevents tip-over. angles permits clamping in unusual positions; it specialized applications. Kit includes the same
for rotating
handle Pipe not included. also permits bearing ledges when installing hardware that Dubuque uses in its handscrews:
shelves, or in carcass construction. They have threaded rods and barrel nuts for one handscrew
hard maple jaws and handles. Made in USA. clamp (but not wood). Clamp sizes listed are
Jaw Throat Max. maximum opening/jaw length. Hardwood
Length Depth Opening 1+ 4+ handles are available separately, sold in pairs.
A. Bessey H Pipe Clamp 03F07.04 4 2 21/4 $18.90 $17.35 Most Popular Sizes: 1+ 4+
Pipe clamps are both economical and versatile; 03F07.06 6 3 3 $21.00 $19.30 03F07.28 5 Kit (8 Jaw), ea. $14.50 $13.30
this one has the added virtue of elevated feet 03F07.08 8 4 5 $23.50 $21.60 03F07.30 7 Kit (10 Jaw), ea. $16.90 $15.50
with a wide stance to prevent tip-over and give 03F07.10 10 5 7 $27.00 $24.80
03F07.12 12 6 91/4 $31.70 $29.15 Pr. Handles, 5 to 101/4 Kits
clearance when rotating the handle. It has a 03F07.39 $ 5.40 $ 4.95
durable Acme-threaded hardened-steel screw, 03F07.14 14 7 101/4 $37.80 $34.75
well-nished cast parts, and non-marring jaw Not Stocked at our Stores: 1+ 4+
pads. The tailpiece comes with four spring- 03F07.24 21/4 Kit (4 Jaw), ea. $ 8.20 $ 7.50
loaded clutch plates for quick and positive 03F07.26 3 Kit (6 Jaw), ea. $ 9.90 $ 9.10
adjustment. Attach to 3/4 black gas pipe (not 03F07.32 91/4 Kit (12 Jaw), ea. $17.90 $16.45
included) that is threaded at one end; clamp 101/4 Kit (14 Jaw), ea.
length is limited only by the length of pipe you 03F07.34 $21.20 $19.50
use. Load ratings are 2800 lb on standard pipe,
03F07.37 Pr. Handles, 21/4 Kits $ 5.40 $ 4.95
3800 lb on extra-heavy pipe. An excellent
03F07.38 Pr. Handles, 3 Kits $ 5.40 $ 4.95
design of pipe clamp. 1+ 4+
17F06.15 H Pipe Clamp, ea. $22.50 $20.70

If you have been careless and put a compression

dent in wood during clamping, the easiest way to
repair the damage is to use an electric iron and a
damp cloth to steam the bers back into position.
B
B

B. Variable-Jaw Pressure-Adjusting Clamp

This is a wonderful clamp for one-handed use. It
51/2 21/4 Variable
has a glass-lled nylon body, nylon jaws and a jaw
steel lock-up/quick-release mechanism. With
one touch on the release lever, the jaws spring
open. Squeezing the clamp translates hand pres-
sure directly into clamping pressure (a 1:1
transfer ratio) and the clamp automatically locks
at the pressure applied. The sliding jaws quickly
adjust for material thickness (to about 51/2
maximum) and have pivoting non-marring feet
with raised ribs for grip. Good value in a versa-
tile clamp, it has a 2 throat depth and a 100 lb
load rating. 1+ 6+
16F02.91 Clamp, ea. $10.90 $9.80
Clamping 57
 D
E F

A
A. Set of 10
Ratchet Clamps Plastic Spring Clamps
Easy to position and Made from a rigid and
tighten, these clamps strong plastic, these clamps
can be secured with are lightweight and will not G
one hand, leaving the rust. Each clamp exerts about
other free to hold 35 lb of gripping force. The
parts or tools. Hand swivelling tips are covered
force on the handles with a pliable pad that prevents
is translated directly marring and releases dried glue
into clamping force easily. Available in four sizes
(a 1:1 transfer ratio); (jaw opening by overall
the ratchet-like stop mechanism locks at short intervals to set the jaws at the force length): 3/43, 14, 26 and 39.
applied. This makes it easy to gauge how much is being applied, minimizing the 1+ 6+
risk of misalignment or damage from overclamping. The jaws are shaped to clear D. 16F01.00 3/4Clamp, ea. $1.40 $1.10
projections or accommodate odd shapes useful when holding stock on a drill E. 16F01.01 1 Clamp, ea. $2.00 $1.60
press, sawhorse or table top. The release lever is tucked between the handles to F. 16F01.02 2 Clamp, ea. $3.00 $2.40
avoid accidental triggering. All have glass-lled nylon bodies and pivoting cross- G. 16F01.03 3 Clamp, ea. $4.50 $3.60
hatched nylon feet for grip on tapered stock; the lock-up/quick-release mechanisms
are steel. The set of ten includes four 11/2 clamps, four 21/4 clamps and two 4 Set of 28 Spring Clamps
clamps. Size refers to maximum jaw opening. Our popular plastic spring clamps offered above are available as a
16F03.10 Ratchet Clamps, set of 10 $46.50 set of 28 clamps containing eight 3/4 clamps, four 1 clamps, four
B. Miter Clip 2 clamps and two 3 clamps at a 40% saving over the price of the
Locking automatically with a individual clamps plus a
squeeze of the handles, this clip is bonus of ten 1/2 mini clamps.
as helpful as a third hand when Excellent value.
B 16F01.40 28 Clamps $22.50
gluing and nailing miters. The
sharp steel pins bed in the wood for
a solid hold, leaving discreet marks
that are easily lled. They also let
you rotate the handles out of the
way for unobstructed access to the
Handles joint for nailing. A center notch
rotate
out of
helps to align the miter corners
the while you position the clip.
way for Particularly useful for trim and
access
to the finish carpentry, it clamps any
joint for stock 1 wide or greater. Measures
nailing.
43/4 wide and 7 long overall.
17F84.10 Miter Clip $21.20
C. Spring Clamps & Pliers
Used by professional picture framers, these clamps apply pressure right at the toe
of the joint to prevent spreading, and are virtually the only option for compound
miters or mitered returns in trim work. Made from tempered spring steel, they will
not lose gripping power over time. Their sharpened tips pierce the wood for a solid
hold, leaving discreet marks that are easily lled. Sold as a package of four. Each is
33/4 long overall and opens up to 13/4. While the clamps are easy to apply by hand, H
the pliers allow you to hold material in position as you place the points exactly J
where desired, make removal easier and minimize hand fatigue. 1+ 3+
17F84.01 Spring Clamps (4) $17.20 $15.80
17F84.02 Spring Clamp Pliers $21.50 Steel Spring K
17F84.03 Clamps (4) & Pliers $34.50 Clamps
Useful in many jigging or
gluing operations where one-
handed clamping is necessary,
these spring clamps are ideal
for many modern adhesives
where only position clamping is
C required. Each of them can
be gripped with one hand. The
tips are covered to prevent
marring your work. (Size refers
to jaw opening.)
1+ 10+ 25+
H. 13F12.01 1 Clamp, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60 $2.45
J. 13F12.02 2 Clamp, ea. $ 4.70 $4.25 $4.00
K. 13F12.03 3 Clamp, ea. $10.90 $9.80 $9.30

 A C
C. Mounting Clamps for Fences & Jigs
Vise shown
wedged
into a 3/4
dog hole.
A. Detail
Hand Vise
Anyone who
has tried to
clamp a small part in a bench vise will see the
benefit of this detail hand vise. Based on a
similar tool from the late 1800s, it offers multiple
mounting options, allowing greater freedom to
position your work. The vise can be held in a
D. Vise Clamp
larger vise, fastened to the edge of a bench,
wedged into a 3/4 dog hole, or held by hand and
moved as needed. Its easier and safer to hold
small parts in this vise for power sanding or
grinding. The cast steel jaws are 1 wide and
open to 11/8; overall length is 5. Patented.
09A01.99 Detail Hand Vise $19.95
B. Machinist-Style Clamps
Using the same principles as a woodworking
handscrew, these steel clamps are ideal for
clamping small assemblies. The 11/2 long jaws
have a 1 opening capacity. The clamps are most
commonly used for nicky problems such as E. Angle Drill-Press Vise
holding wire assemblies for soldering or for
repairing a veneer chip in a table apron. The
ability to adjust jaw angles is particularly handy
when dealing with odd shapes, especially as
these clamps have greater contact area than
C-clamps. All-steel with a ferro-black nish.
Supplied as a package of two.
09A01.94 Machinist-Style Clamps (2) $9.95
F. Vise Jaw Liners
B G. Vacuum Vise
These simple clamps are designed to hold auxil-
iary fences or jigs on a machine table without
getting in the way of the work. One end of the
clamp seats in a 3/8 or larger hole that you drill in
the xture; at the other end, a 3/4 non-marring
plastic jaw pad tightens against the back of the
machine fence (or underside of a machine table).
All steel, with a 31/2 to 43/4 capacity and a throat
depth of 15/8. Sold in pairs.
09A01.78 Fence Clamps, pr. $7.50
D
D Ideal for use as a hold-down
on a Workmate type bench.
Designed with a spring-loaded, quick-release
Liners are held in place
locking mechanism to speed material handling, by magnetic strip.
this versatile hold-down is ideal for use on a drill
E
press or Workmate type bench. Mounted
through a dog hole or machine table slot, it has an
adjustable clamping force, is capable of securing
material up to 31/4 thick and pivots for best posi-
tioning. The steel footpad swivels to accommo-
date odd-shaped material and has a removable
rubber cover to prevent surface marring on hard-
wood and metal. Measures about 11 long overall.
16F02.20 Vise Clamp $25.50
The U-shaped base on this vise will adjust from a
horizontal to a vertical position by sliding along
dovetailed grooves. It tilts to let you drill at any
angle from 90 to 0 or you can use it as a standard
drill-press vise. The 3 long jaws will hold stock
up to 31/4 wide, including round stock up to 21/2
thick. Machined cast iron with a 74 base, it F
weighs 9 lb. A well-made product. Shown with
optional jaw liners (described below).
70G11.01 Angle Drill-Press Vise $66.50
Slipped over the steel jaws of a vise, these magnetic
liners give a high-friction, non-marring grip. Made
from extruded aluminum with an inlaid magnetic
strip and bonded rubber faces. Each liner can easily Tilts and swivels.
be cut to length for smaller vises (although this is
not necessary). Sold as a pair.
03G10.07 Pr. 6 Vise Jaw Liners $11.90
Readily attaches to any non-porous surface
(Formica, berglass, sheet metal, etc.) with a
simple lever action. 3 grooved steel jaws with
slide-on rubber liners. Vise opens to 21/2 with a
solid locking mechanism. Fully swivelling and G
tilting. A particularly useful vise for apartment
dwellers and hobbyists. Weighs just over 4 lb.
03F02.01 3 Vacuum Vise $59.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

 Cross
corner
A joints B. Blokkz
Clamping Blocks B
h s Attached to your work,
wit esse
ints ckn these blocks provide a
utt jo nt thi
B ere ial. secure footing for clamps.
diff ater
of m They take the challenge out
of clamping miters, even at
angles other than 90 the
Mitered round head presents a bearing surface at
corner
joints any angle, so acute or obtuse corners can be
handled as easily as square corners. When
A. Right-Angle Assembly Clamps Top view Bottom view working with large stock, they eliminate the
These clamps are ideal for dry assembly need for long clamps by providing a shoulder
of panel goods such as cabinet or shelving close to the joint. This also helps prevent
carcasses or for drawers and boxes. bowing by reducing the span over which
Essentially jigs to position the parts during clamping force is applied. The 5 long
assembly, they do not exert much force. A anodized aluminum body is textured for grip,
Clamping
Made from tough glass-lled nylon, the and can be used with the included neopreneblocks & pads

two-part clamp closes one-handed with a ratchet pads for increased friction and to protect deli-
mechanism to hold panels at right angles to each other. cate surfaces. An elongated hole in the body
The clamps can accommodate material from 3/8 to 3/4 allows mounting in a T-track as a hold-down
Use two
thick, as well as two panels with a thickness difference of clamps for stock up to 1 thick (hardware not Clamping
as much as 1/4. The corners are relieved so that the joint to set included). Sold as a pair of blocks and pads. blocks &
taller pads
remains visible, allowing the workpieces to be accurately joints.
03F01.60 Clamping Blocks, pr. $28.50
aligned and fastened in position without having to
remove the clamp. Once the parts have been permanently C. Miter Vise
fastened, the jigs can be easily removed and reused. A bench-mount miter vise is particularly useful in picture framing but has
Overall size is 4315/8. Sold in pairs. Patented. 1+ 4+ many other shop uses, including holding work for drilling, nailing or gluing.
50K38.01 Assembly Clamps, pr. $12.90 $11.65 It clamps material up to 4 wide and can be rotated 360 and tilted 90,
locking in any desired position. Cast iron construction.
03G01.01 Miter Vise $95.00

D. Swivel Miter Clamp

This is an excellent clamp for any type of 90 miter or butt joint. It will take
D wood up to 23/4 thick or pieces as different as 1/4 and 21/4 thick. The open
C corner makes it ideal for drilling or using any sort of screw or spline in a
corner joint. The inside corner swivels fully from side to side, automatically
applying equal pressure to clamped pieces, regardless of thickness differ-
ence. Excellent for box or drawer construction. Aluminum body with steel
screw components. Overall size is about 56. 1+ 3+
03F03.01 Swivel Miter Clamp $31.50 $28.95

E. 90 Assembly Braces Stainless-Steel Drawbore Pins

Challenges in assembling a project include squaring Drawboring produces strong, durable joints without glue or
the corners initially or maintaining even clamping clamps. The key to making the joint tight is to offset the peg
pressure. These brackets temporarily attach to oppo- holes by 1/ 16 to 3/ 32 between the
Octagonal handle
site corners of a cabinet carcass, drawer or box to mortise and tenon, so as a wooden peg is improves grip.
prevent this problem. Accurately made from 3/16 inserted, the joint is drawn together. A
aluminum, they are milled square over the length of drawbore pin is used for test tting to
each 6 arm to 0.002. May also be used as braces for ensure proper alignment before final
constructing power tool jigs or assembly xtures. assembly. Its tapered shaft acts as a
03F03.05 90 Braces, pkg. of 2 $39.50 wedge, drawing the joint together as a
wooden peg would. It also partially
aligns the offset holes, helping clear the
way for the wooden peg that will secure Taper
the joint. Pins are available in two sizes. One-piece applies
shaft leverage,
For use with 1/4 diameter pegs, the extends wedging
101/2 long overall pin has a 63/8 shaft through the holes
Milled square Jigs Assemblies handle. into align-
that tapers to a point from a 5/16 diam- ment and
eter base. The 12 long pin with a 77/8 drawing
the joint
shaft is for use with 3/8 diameter pegs tight.
and tapers to a point from a 7/16 diam- F G
eter base. Both turned stainless-steel
shafts run the length of the tool. Octagonal
bubinga handles. Made in Canada.
F. 101/2 Drawbore Pin for 1/4 pegs, ea.
15K01.01 $34.50
Remove
G. 12 Drawbore Pin for /8 pegs, ea.
3
pin and
15K01.03 $34.50 insert peg.

Aligning two
E joints over a
long span.
60
 A. Veritas 4-Way Speed Clamp Small panel
clamping A C
The fastest-adjusting frame clamp on
the market. Completely knurled for
good grip, the speed-clamping
nuts* are designed to let you
make fast adjustments, yet
hold securely when you tighten
them. They are cross drilled to
slide easily on the rods until they come up
against a corner clamp; then their threads engage. To
release them, you just have to back them off a turn or two and they
are then free sliding again. The speed clamp includes four corners (strong
glass-lled nylon with brass inserts), four speed-clamping nuts and four
1/4-20 threaded rods that will clamp up to 23 square. To increase clamping
capacity to 44 square or 6523 rectangle, an extension set is available; it
B
includes four 1/4-20 threaded rods and four
coupling nuts. The rods and coupling nuts have * Speed-Clamping Nuts
a black oxide nish. Speed-clamping nuts are These nuts are quick adjusting because they are cross drilled (at rst glance the hole
also available separately to upgrade an older appears to be off center). This unique design allows you to move them along a
model or to use as jig and xture parts. threaded rod without turning them; their threads do not engage until they meet
05F01.01 4-Way Speed Clamp $34.50 the clamping corner (or any obstruction). Then you
tighten them. The threads disengage when you
B. 05F01.02 Extension Set $10.50 Speed nut
loosen the nuts, allowing the same free-sliding
05F01.20 Clamp & Extension Set $41.50 Box clamping adjustment along the rods.
slides freely and
engages at corner.
C. 05F01.03 Extra Speed Nuts, set of 4 $11.40

Bowclamp Clamping Caul

A modern take on an old idea, these specially shaped cauls challenge
the notion that you can never have enough clamps. Where you would
normally place clamps every few inches, these are cambered along
their length to evenly distribute the force of just two clamps over a
long span. Lightly waxed to resist glue, they are precisely
CNC-machined from hard maple to what boatbuilders refer to as a
fair curve one without hollows or projections. In use, the
camber inverts to ensure there are no areas void of clamping
9/16
force. Compatible with a range of clamp styles, they have a 5/16

T-slot that accepts fast-acting bar and C-clamps to steady 5/16

them while you tighten the screw. Available in 2, 3
and 4 lengths, they measure 13/4 square at the 11/4
midpoint. The 2 caul has 1/4 of camber; the 3 Sectional view of T-slot
and 4 sizes have 7/16 of camber. Available
in pairs or as a six-piece set of all three
sizes. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
D. 17F09.02 2 Bowclamp, pr. $ 58.50
E. 17F09.03 3 Bowclamp, pr. $ 84.50
F. 17F09.04 4 Bowclamp, pr. $109.00
17F09.20 Bowclamp, 6-pc. Set $229.00 D E F

G. Veritas Panel Clamp

This is the most effective panel clamp available. It is
easy to use, tightens by hand and is stackable for
production work. Best of all, you can make double
clamp bars of any length to suit your own needs. The
specially serrated posts grip the bars, keeping a
panel at under any pressure load without allowing
the bars to lift. Bars can be made by drilling 3/4
diameter holes in straight stock. 22s are ne, but
24s let you stack panels, since there is room for the
top of one post and the bottom of another in the same
hole. Adjustable O-rings on the posts let you clamp
anything from 5/8 to 2 thick without any shim-
ming; the clamp pads can be set dead center on the
stock. The secret to the system is the balanced
tension exerted on the bars. The greater the pressure,
the more rigid the bars become. The screw has 5 of
travel. The panel clamp set, with one head and one
tail, does not include the wood. Patented. G
1+ 3+
05G16.01 Panel Clamp, ea. $52.50 $48.30

Clamping 61
 Drawers
16 Web Clamp
For clamping awkward
shapes, nothing is more
useful than a web clamp.
To reglue chairs, you
A
can put the clamp Polygons
and odd shapes
around four legs at once
or around only two. This clamp does not require pads or shims because
the webbing is non-marring on round stock. The integral ratchet handle
makes the web clamp particularly easy to use no wrench or screw-
driver is required. The 1 polyester web tests over 850 lb (1700 lb loop
strength) well beyond what is required in shop clamping.
While it is uniquely effective on round work or polygons, the web
B clamp can also be used with our Lee Valley nylon web clamp corners
for clamping rectangular pieces such as picture frames or drawers.
The corners were specically designed to clip onto webbing and stay
in place as you tighten the clamp or reposition the corners. Made of
strong glass-ber-reinforced nylon, they will t web material from
3/4 wide to just over 1. Patented.
1+ 6+
A. 17F10.02 16 Web Clamp only $12.95 $11.65
B. 17F10.05 Set of 4 LV Nylon Corners only $ 4.70
17F10.13 Clamp & 4 LV Nylon Corners $16.50 $14.90
C. Lee Valley Variable-Angle Web Clamp Corners
Although web clamps are ideal for oddly shaped frames, most of them
C
30 minimum come with corners intended for clamping 90 joints. Our variable-
angle corners clamp joints from 30 to 180. The pivoting pads
interlock so the tip of the joint is always aligned. Integral tabs clip
Web clamp
available
onto the webbing so the corners stay in place when repositioned or
separately. 90 when the clamp is tightened. Made from strong glass-ber-reinforced
nylon, they protect the workpiece and webbing from damage. Sold in
packages of four. Patented.
50K57.01 V-A Corners, pkg. of 4 $14.50

D. Bessey Professional Edge Clamp

150 Developed for production and custom woodworkers, this clamping
system features a compound screw mechanism that simultaneously
advances the top, bottom and front pressure pads with the turn of a
handle. Offering exceptional utility, it can exert up to 500 lb of
clamping force and accommodates material from approximately 1/2 to
21/8 thick to a depth of 41/2. Sturdily constructed from lightweight
aluminum with large non-slip jaws and a comfortable high-impact
plastic handle. Works equally well on straight and curved edging appli-
cations. Made in Germany.
17F05.45 Professional Edge Clamp $98.50

Stainless-Steel Band Clamp (Hose Clamp)

Buying strip banding with separate
clamp heads not only saves money but
gives great exibility in use, since you
D can make a clamp of any diameter when
you need it. You just cut the banding to
length and hook it onto the clamp head.
Banding is 5/16 wide and 13 long enough to make seven 6 diameter
clamps, for example. The kit includes eight clamp heads. Tested against
a number of current clamps on the market, our clamps outperformed
them all. The banding tested at 32 inch lbs of torque before any aspect
of the clamp failed, ample in such uses as dust collection systems,
clothes dryers and hoses from 1 diameter up. All components of the
F clamp heads and the bands are stainless steel, suitable for both exterior
and interior applications. Additional clamp heads are available in pack-
ages of eight.
E. 09A01.86 Band Clamp Kit, 5/16 $9.95
F. 09A01.88 5/16 Clamp Head only (8) $4.90
E
It is vastly preferable to joint surfaces accurately so that you do not have
to warp pieces into place with clamps. Using too much clamping pressure
can not only cause a starved joint (too much glue is squeezed out, causing
a weaker bond), but it can also cause misalignment of the pieces being
glued. A bit more time spent testing t and adjusting will pay dividends
in the results.


A shops, these economical Australian-made
B they yield a vacuum of about 12 psi
A. Surgical Tubing
To clamp odd shapes with absolutely no marring, it is
hard to beat natural rubber tubing. Overwrap one end
to start and tuck the other end in when you are nished;
it couldnt be easier to use. As you clamp, you can get
increased pressure with each additional wrap.
88F12.03 3/16 Tubing, 25 $28.50
B. Pinch Dogs
Traditionally, upholsterers used pinch dogs as all-
purpose gluing clamps. Regardless of the shape of the
two pieces, as long as the dog was tapped in across the
glue line, it would hold everything tight until the glue
D.
set. Patternmakers used them for column assembly,
E.
while cabinetmakers used them for assembly,
F.
clamping and jigging. Sizes indicated are overall
width, tip to tip. Available in individual sizes or as a
set of 18 (six each of three sizes).
G.
05E10.01 1 Pinch Dog, pkg. of 6 $11.50
05E10.03 13/4 Pinch Dog, pkg. of 6 $14.50
H. Vacuum Press
05E10.05 21/2 Pinch Dog, pkg. of 6 $19.50
05E10.10 Set of 18 Dogs (all of above) $37.50
C 55K67.25 Repl. Bag, 2628
C. Make Your Own Ukulele
by Bill Plant
Playing the ukulele is a joy in itself; playing one you
made by hand is even more rewarding. This book
takes you step-by-step through the process of
constructing two styles of ukulele. For beginners, the
box-shaped ukulele can be made using basic hand
tools. For more advanced woodworkers, the
professional-grade ukulele with the classic gure-
eight shape involves wood bending and traditional
rope binding. The book includes plans, instructions
and step-by-step photographs detailing the
construction process, along with advice on wood
selection, design and acoustics, as well as setting up,
tuning and playing your new instrument. Softcover,
81/211, 95 pages, 2012.
49L50.85 Make Your Own Ukulele $17.50
Vacuum Clamp Systems Single-sided
Few clamps are as efcient as vacuum systems, vacuum clamp
as they give unobstructed access to the work,
and suction is instantly applied or released at
the ick of a switch. Ideal for small work-
clamps run on small compressors.
Using the Venturi effect to create a
vacuum, they hold any material
with at least one smooth, non-porous
side. Two styles available single-sided D
(mounts with four screws), requiring 1 cfm
of air at 80 psi, and two-sided, requiring
2 cfm at 80 psi, that vacuum-mounts
instantly to smooth surfaces. At 80 psi,
(up to 150kg/330 lb, depending on
workpiece area) at sea level. Both have a E
51/4 square clamping surface divided by chan- Double-sided
vacuum clamp
nels into nine sections, so you can congure the
gasket to suit the workpiece. Both include three
sizes of closed-loop gasket material one for
the perimeter (the two-sided clamp has two),
one for six segments, and one for four. They F
also include two 1/4 quick-connect compressor
fittings and 40 of polyurethane tubing. G
An optional on/off lever valve, available
separately, conveniently controls airow inde- Use a T-connector to
pendent of the compressor. Extra tubing and join two clamps together
G for larger projects.
T-connectors are available to connect multiple
clamps (higher-capacity compressor required).
Packs of replacement gaskets include one of
each size. Ideal for production work or for
D
items that must be repositioned frequently.
E
55K67.50 Single-Sided V-Clamp $69.50
55K67.52 Double-Sided V-Clamp $79.50
55K67.55 Lever Valve $31.50
55K67.57 Repl. Gaskets, pkg. of 3 $ 6.95
55K67.58 40 Poly Tubing, 6mm $ 6.95
55K67.59 T-Connector, ea. $ 4.95
Effective for small projects, this press is ideal for veneer and marquetry work, and for bending
thin plies over a curved form. The system includes a 20 mil thick, 2628 heavy-duty vinyl
vacuum bag with an integral one-way valve attachment, a length of breather netting (to prevent
trapped air), two rolls of butyl rubber sealing tape, a hand pump and instructions. Simply glue and
lay up the project, sheathe it with the netting, place all within the bag, seal the open end with the
tape, then suck the air from the bag using the hand pump attached to the one-way valve. The
vacuum creates ample pressure for most laminate work
(about 12 psi at sea level, slightly less at higher altitudes).
All components are reusable, but additional bags, sealing
tape and netting are available separately for production
work. A simple and inexpensive vacuum-press system.
55K67.26 Veneer Vacuum Press $64.50
Not Stocked at our Stores:
$46.50
55K67.22 Repl. Butyl Rubber Tape, 2 rolls $ 5.80
55K67.23 Repl. Breather Netting, 6 $ 5.80 H
Parts for vacuum press
H
Wood and form not included.
Clamping 63
 Kreg Auto-Adjust Clamps
Though developed to secure pocket-hole joints during
assembly, these robust all-steel clamps are suitable for a
wide variety
Switch stock thickness without
having to make adjustments. of general
clamping duties,
particularly those
that require step-
ping over
B projections or
positioning the
clamp at a
distance from the
edge of the work.
They are adjust-
able for clamping
force, and once
set, they automati-
A cally maintain the same force regardless of stock thickness,
so you can switch workpieces without having to make
adjustments. The thumbscrew adjuster lets you apply just a
light hold for delicate work, or up to 400 lb of clamping
force at the maximum setting. The small clamp has a 33/4
reach and holds materials up to 27/8 thick; the large clamp
has a 6 reach and accommodates stock up to 41/4 thick.
A. 25K59.10 Small Auto-Adjust Clamp $37.50
B. 25K59.11 Large Auto-Adjust Clamp $47.50
Kreg Auto-Adjust Hold-Down Clamps
C & Mounting Plate
These bench-top hold-downs are not only adjustable for
clamping force, but once set, they automatically maintain
the same force throughout their range of travel, so you can
switch from one stock thickness to another without having
D E to make adjustments. The thumbscrew adjuster lets you
apply just a light hold for delicate work, or up to 400 lb of
clamping force at the maximum setting. Each clamp comes
with a mounting bolt that locks securely in a keyhole slot in
the mounting plate (sold separately); this conguration
allows 360 clamp rotation for best positioning, as well as
easy removal whenever you need an unobstructed work
surface. The clamps are also compatible with the Kreg
T-slot clamp track (below). The small clamp has a 3 reach
Switch stock thickness without
having to make adjustments.
and holds material up to 21/2 thick; the large has a 6 reach
Thumbscrew and a 41/4 capacity. Both are supplied with removable non-
adjuster
marring pads. The 341/4 thick mounting plate can be
recessed into a bench top or leg, installed on a sawhorse or
incorporated into a jig. Mounting hardware and instructions
included. A convenient, versatile work-holding system.
C. 25K59.12 Small Clamp $47.50
D. 25K59.13 Large Clamp $55.00
Not Stocked at our Stores:
Clamp track is compatible with Kreg hold-down
E. 86N40.76 Mounting Plate $16.50
clamps (above and facing page).
F. Kreg T-Slot Clamp Track
This 335/8 long section of T-track lets you build your own
clamp table. The aluminum track is 21/4 wide, requires an
11/16 deep rabbet or groove, and secures with 1/4 hex bolts
and nuts you supply.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
86N40.73 T-Slot Clamp Track, 335/8 $56.50

F
Clamps
slide into
T-tracks.

64 Clamping
 Kreg Clamp-Mounting Plate & Hold-Down Clamps
Made of anodized aluminum, this clamp-mounting plate lets you add a work
hold-down wherever you need it. For example, you can recess it into a bench
top or leg, install it on a sawhorse, or incorporate it into a jig. The keyhole slot B
is designed to accept Kregs spring-loaded steel clamps, allowing 360 clamp
rotation for best positioning or easy removal whenever you need an unob-
structed work surface. The plate measures 341/4 thick, and comes with
mounting hardware and instructions.
Available separately, the standard clamp has a 3
reach and a 4 capacity; the long-reach version has a 6 A
reach and a 6 capacity. Both are adjustable for
clamping force and have hinged foot pivots (with
removable non-marring pads) to accommodate odd-
shaped material. Also compatible with the Kreg T-slot
clamp track (facing page).
B C
Not Stocked at our Stores.
A. 86N40.76 Clamp-Mounting Plate, ea. $16.50
B. 86N40.71 Clamp, 3 Standard-Reach $39.50
C. 86N40.72 Clamp, 6 Long-Reach $46.50
Many of the misalignment problems that occur in clamping can be avoided with the judicious
use of dowel pins. Even when you dont need dowel pins for strength, you can effectively use
them to prevent creeping when you are clamping up. E

Kreg Joinery Clamps D

These quick-release clamps are adjustable for clamping force
and have pads to reduce marring. The face-frame clamps have
2 or 6 throat capacities for materials up to 2 and 41/2 thick
respectively. The right-angle clamp, with a 4 throat and 4
material capacity, is for perpendicular joins such as with
carcass construction. Its swivel pad on one arm and special
dowel-like jaw on the other quickly draw joints together, using F
the pocket-hole recess as a support, while screws are driven in F
adjacent pocket holes. All steel construction.
D. 25K60.62 Sm. Face-Frame Clamp $28.50
E. 25K60.64 Lg. Face-Frame Clamp $39.50
F. 25K60.66 Right-Angle Clamp $36.50

Steam-Bending Equipment 10 strap (leaves 8 bending blank

G. Veritas Strap Clamps capacity) or purchase a second strap. H
To bend steamed wood Not Stocked at our Stores.
successfully you need a strap H. 05F12.01 S Bend Unit $114.50
clamp. The strap keeps the J. 05F12.02 C.O.P. Bend Unit $ 55.50
wood on the outside of a bend G
from stretching and failing. K. Block and Tackle System
Steamed wood can be For large cross sections (e.g., 22), it G H
compressed a remarkable is useful to have a block and tackle
amount, but will stretch less Change-of- system with custom ttings to help bend
than 1/2 of 1% before failing. plane bend the wood. For use only with 2 straps.
For simple bends (i.e., one or Not Stocked at our Stores. "S" bend J
more bends in the same plane 05F13.01 B&T System $23.00
and in the same direction) you
need a shop-made form and xed end stop, plus a strap clamp L. Veritas Bench Pin
(adjustable end stop and strap). Strap clamps are available for A necessity in steam bending where
material up to either 11/4 square or 2 square. Each strap clamp you have to hold forms in place, these
comes with 10 of steel strap, an adjustable end stop, a ratchet are equally useful for general shop
wrench, a socket and an instruction booklet. Only the bolts for the activities. For some purposes, it is L
xed end stop are provided and you always make your own forms. easier to drop a bench pin through K
Not Stocked at our Stores. something into a bench dog hole than to
use a bench dog. Pin is the same diam- Veritas Steam-Bending Booklet
05F10.01 11/4 Strap Clamp $ 92.00
eter as our bench dogs (0.010 under Our steam-bending instruction booklet is
05F11.01 2 Strap Clamp $114.50
3/4), 6 long and has an O-ring stop 1/2 available free of charge. It is also posted on
20 straps, as well as extra lengths of 10 straps, are available.
from one end. Zinc plated. our website.
05F10.04 1 /410 Strap
1 $ 29.00
05F15.01 Steam-Bending Booklet FREE
05F10.06 11/420 Strap $ 45.00 Not Stocked at our Stores.
05F11.04 210 Strap $ 30.00 05F16.01 Bench Pin, ea. $8.50
05F11.06 220 Strap $ 48.00
Veritas Bend Units "S" bend

For an S bend you need a transition device to let you strap

opposite sides of the wood. Similarly, for change-of-plane
(C.O.P.) bends, you need to strap adjacent surfaces. For use only
Change-of-plane (C.O.P.) bend
with 2 straps. Both units require a second strap either cut the
Simple bend
Simple bend Clamping 65
 E

A
Jewellers Pin Vise
& Pin Vise Post
This is an excellent
vise, well suited for
carvers or hobbyists.
C It is comfortable to
hold and easy to use.
Simply modify the pin
placement to best suit
B the shape of your
workpiece and tighten Pin vise shown with pin vise
post mounted on the Veritas
the vise. The double Carvers Vise.
Clamped in Top or side guide rods ensure constant pressure and prevent
a bench vise. mounted any jaw racking. The four-pin system allows you
through
dog hole. to clamp a tube or ring from the inside (the way
jewellers often use it) or from the outside. It is
equally effective with irregularly shaped pieces.
A. Veritas Carvers Vise Maximum 21/4 capacity.
A good carvers vise should be adjustable in all Our pin vise post screws into the bottom of the
three axes. This one has full rotation in two axes pin vise, replacing the original handle. The two
and 3 of height adjustment in the third axis. It maximum exibility of use. The body is made ats at the bottom of the post let you clamp it in
also has controlled release; when you relieve the from ZA-12 (an alloy as strong as cast iron but any vise. It is also sized to mount directly in our
clamping pressure, the internal springs and less brittle, at only 80% of the weight) with a Veritas Carvers Vise, giving you a jewellers
O-rings provide residual resistance so that work solid brass hub and a repositionable gyratory pin vise with the dexterity of the carvers vise.
does not suddenly fall or rotate. Work can be locking lever. The included 3 /2 dia. by /2
1 1 E. 60F05.01 Jewellers Pin Vise $34.50
adjusted without needing three hands. thick mounting plate is fastened to a steel rod. A F. 05G20.05 Pin Vise Post $ 7.50
The vise can be bolted to a bench, clamped in a 2 dia. mounting plate with rod is available for
vise (it has side ats), or side or top mounted in a mounting smaller pieces. Patented. G. Veritas Lathe
Compatible with the
3/4 dia. dog hole with the optional dog-hole 05G20.01 Veritas Carvers Vise
$149.00 Chuck/Face-Plate Veritas
mount assembly. B. 05G20.02 Dog-Hole Mount Assembly $ 14.90 Adapters Carvers

The body is arched to let work overhang the C. 05G20.04 2 Mounting Plate with Rod $ 16.90 These adapters let you Vise.
edge of a bench when top mounted, giving 05G20.03 Spare 31/2 Plate with Rod $ 32.50 quickly transfer work
between your lathe
and our Veritas
D. Veritas Carvers Vise Screw

Carvers Vise, without
Tapered Developed for use with our Veritas Carvers Vise, this carvers screw, with its
ever having to remove
screw tapered tip and high-prole threads, grips work securely and quickly. It also
your lathe chuck or face
guarantees that remounted pieces are held as securely the third and fourth time
plate. Once mounted in the carvers vise, the
as they were the rst. The 3 /8 long post has wrench ats to assist threading to
5
work can be positioned as desired for adding
a blank. The brass nut with a large 11/4 dia. anged face locks the carving in
detail such as carving or pyrography, or for
place. About 5 /2 long overall. Made in Canada.
1
sanding or nishing. You can also accurately
05G20.30 Carvers Vise Screw $16.95
return work to the lathe for further turning,
Locking where it will continue to run true since its center
nut remains unchanged. All-steel construction with
a 5/8 diameter, 41/2 long shaft. Made in Canada.
Wrench 05G20.12 3/416 tpi Adapter $16.50
ats 05G20.10 18 tpi Adapter $16.50
Locking nut 05G20.14 11/48 tpi Adapter $16.50
secures workpiece.
D 05G20.16 33mm3.5mm Adapter $16.50

Veritas Carvers D
Vise Screw
mounted in
Carvers Vise
D

Lathe chuck
66 Clamping G & face plate
not included.
 A. Veritas Bench Stud B. Veritas
Designed primarily for concealed use, this Surface Clamp
versatile hold-down can be used anywhere This fast-acting surface
you can drill a 3/4 diameter hole. Its post clamp can be used
has a wedging mechanism controlled by a A anywhere you can drill
swivel handle to anchor it rmly (in any a hole. With versions
orientation) in through-holes in material as for 3/4 or 20mm diam-
thin as 5/8 (depending on the strength of the eter holes, the post has
material) or in blind holes (for concealed a wedging mechanism
applications) a minimum of 11/4 deep. that anchors it rmly B
With a 5 long threaded post, and a large- (horizontally or verti-
diameter wing nut for tightening, it can be cally) in material as
used on work surfaces up to 41/8 thick thin as 5/8 (depending
through a 1/2 diameter or larger dog hole. on the strength of the material),
All-steel construction, it is ideal for holding making it ideal for use in jigs and
fences, making work stops, securing xtures, e.g., sliding tables for saws.
carvings, etc. Made in Canada. The clamp arm (which slides easily
05G22.01 Veritas Bench Stud $39.50 on the post when tilted, but locks at
90) has a 21/8 throat depth and can
grip anything from veneer to material
5/8 up to 33/4 thick (31/8 when the post
min. collar is used as a depth limiter).
Anchor wedging is controlled by the
brass knob on the post and clamping
force by the knob at the arm tip. Used
Bench horizontally, the post collar acts as a
support
material support. Used vertically, the
A collar is a rub ring that protects work- B
pieces from accidental damage by the
post rings. Precision machined from Tilt arm for quick adjustment Maximum 31/8 clamp-
down thickness
Maximum brass, steel and anodized aluminum,
capacity
41/8
this is a versatile work support and
clamp. Made in Canada. Patented. 13/8
Surface Clamp, 3/4 Post, ea.
A 05G19.01 $84.40
Carving
Surface Clamp, 20mm Post, ea.
5/8 min. Wedge adjustment to
Wedge held by A 05G19.02 $84.50 secure in dog hole
adjustment to blind hole Steel pins lock arm in place.
secure in hole.

C. Veritas Surface Vise

This clamp combines the holding functions of a quick-release tail vise with the portability of a
bench dog. It can be positioned at any angle vertical through horizontal and, since work is
A rare-earth Front post locks Rear held between the jaw and any xed work stop, clamping capacity is limited only by the size of
magnet holds the in place with post is cross the mounting surface. The double posts mount in 3/4 holes. The forward post has a clearance
jaw to the rod. wedge-adjusting drilled for quick
Through-holes in the mechanism. adjustments. hole to guide the clamping rod, and a wedging mechanism that anchors it rmly in through-
jaw allow custom holes in material as thin as 1 (depending on the strength of the material) or in blind holes at
attachments.
least 15/16 deep. The rear post seats in blind holes at least 2 deep and has a quick-release
mechanism for adjusting the projection of the rod. Rotating the post slightly disengages the
Disengaged Engaged
threads, allowing the rod to slide freely. Re-aligning the post engages the threads for clamping.
The 19 rod has a stainless-steel swivel handle for applying clamping force in any position. The
removable magnet-mounted at jaw is through-drilled for attaching customized jaws for
specialized work, and projects only 3/4 above the work surface, giving virtually unobstructed
access to the workpiece. This is a versatile vise. Made in Canada. Patented.
93 /4 rod
ded 05G10.50 Veritas Surface Vise $89.50
threa

Used diagonally on bench top.

d
ro
83 /4

Shop-made jig on sawhorse

Tail vise on bench skirt

Clamping 67
 A

Bench anchor and fastener can be

used horizontally to attach vertical E
stops to a bench or sawhorse.

Wedge adjusts to secure Attach jig with fastener.

anchor in dog hole.
O-ring holds anchor in
place during installation. Jig
Cutaway F
cross section
shows bench
anchor with
5/8
fastener
holding board min.
Bench Bench Bench
in place.

A. Veritas Bench Anchors C E. Veritas Square Bench Dogs

It is easiest to think of these as barrel-shaped insert These traditional bench dogs have a rectangular
nuts, except they self-anchor and are removable. B cross section and a side spring. The mortises for
Usable horizontally, vertically or at any angle in them are usually let into a bench during construc-
D
between, they accept common 1/2-13 threaded bolts tion. Because the mortises are angled slightly
and will wedge in through-holes in material as thin as toward the vise, retrotting rectangular dogs can
5/8 (depending on the strength of the material) or in be a complex process (we recommend round
blind holes 11/4 deep. With a pull-out strength of at dogs for retrots; see facing page). These dogs
least 200 lb* in hardwood, the anchors have a have 5/83/4 shanks, are 63/4 long and have
wedging mechanism controlled by an integral hex- solid brass faces to avoid damage to edge tools.
head screw drive and an external rubber O-ring that 1/2-13 Threaded Fasteners 05G02.01 Square Bench Dogs, pr. $48.50
uses friction to hold it in place during installation. Though any 1/2-13 threaded rod or bolt may
With 3/8 of internal thread travel, the anchors are be used with our bench anchor, we offer a F. Mortised Bench Stop
designed to secure materials of known thickness using small selection of at-head and round-head A ush-mounted bench stop is a useful bench
a xed-length fastener (for example, fastening 3/4 fasteners here for convenience. The 11/16 dia. tool to hold stock for hand operations (particu-
thick material with a 1 long machine screw). Ideal for washer, for use with round-head fasteners, larly planing). The serrated-tooth jaw holds
fastening thin material, they are useful for xing jigs, increases the surface contact area of the head, stock rmly and can be adjusted from ush to
guides, etc. Best used with non-hex head drive distributing clamping pressure while reducing 1/2 proud by a
fasteners, as the force applied with a wrench may the potential for ber crushing. All are zinc- spring-loaded Open
overpower the anchor, loosening or dislodging it. plated steel. wing bolt. The cast
The 3/4 bench anchor secures in any 3/4 diameter B. Round Head 1+ 5+ aluminum stop is
hole; the 20mm bench anchor secures in any 44Z10.10 1 Fastener, ea. $ .60 $ .54 non-rusting so it will
20mm hole. Both are made in Canada with 44Z10.12 11/4 Fastener, ea. $ .60 $ .54 not mark your work, Closed
all-steel construction. 1+ 5+ 44Z10.14 11/2 Fastener, ea. $ .60 $ .54 yet is soft enough
05G22.05 3/4 Anchor, ea. $15.90 $14.30 44Z10.18 2 Fastener, ea. $ .70 $ .63 that it will not chip
05G22.06 20mm Anchor, ea. $15.90 $14.30 C. 44Z10.01 11/16 Washer, ea. $ .25 $ .23 chisel edges. At 11/2
* In our tests, an anchor, fully seated in a 11/4 blind hole, D. Flat Head 1+ 5+ wide by 21/2 long, it mortises into any bench
had a pull-out strength of at least 200 lb when used in 44Z10.50 1 Fastener, ea. $ .60 $ .54 with a top thicker than 7/8 and is secured by
hardwood and 150 lb when used in softwood. Actual pull- 44Z10.52 11/4 Fastener, ea. $ .60 $ .54 two wood screws. An excellent bench attach-
out strength will vary depending on material used and 44Z10.54 11/2 Fastener, ea. $ .60 $ .54 ment at an excellent price. 1+ 6+
torque applied. 44Z10.58 2 Fastener, ea. $ .70 $ .63 99G01.01 Mortised Bench Stop $10.50 $9.45

The cam has registered stops for 1/8 and Veritas Bench Blade
1/4 of jaw travel but clamps at any point.
This is essentially a low-prole bench dog with a quick-release sliding jaw for holding
work. Dubbed a blade due to its at design, it projects just 1/4 above a work surface
1/4 of jaw travel
to permit maximum access to a workpiece. Used much like a toggle clamp, it has a
thumb-operated eccentric cam lever to control the sliding jaw, so you can quickly
secure or release work. With 1/4 range of travel, the jaw has limited throw, but applies
1/8 of jaw
up to 300 lb of clamping force. Flats on the cam provide secure stops at 1/8 and 1/4
travel G of travel. The 11/21/4 jaw face has a 5 inward cant to help hold wood securely. The
cam and jaw are cast steel, heat-treated for surface hardness, and the post and wedge-
lock mechanism are turned steel. The standard post version is for use in a through-hole
Total jaw
travel is 1/4.
or a blind hole that is at least 17/8 deep. The wedge-lock version is usable at any angle
from horizontal to vertical and anchors rmly in a through-hole in material as thin as
5/8 (depending on the strength of the material) or in a blind hole a
Low prole of clamp allows
minimum of 13/8 deep. Both styles of post are available sized for
H maximum access to
H workpiece. 3/4 or 20mm diameter dog holes. Made in Canada. Patented.
Bench Blade, 3/4 Post
G G. 05G22.10 Standard Bench Blade, 3/4 Post $22.90
Wedge lock
secures tightly
Jaw face has a
H. 05G22.12 Wedge-Lock Bench Blade, 3/4 Post $29.50
in a through-
hole or a blind 5 inward cant. Bench Blade, 20mm Post
hole with a Standard post ts 05G22.13 Standard Bench Blade, 20mm Post $22.90
minimum in a through-hole or
depth of 13/8. in a blind hole with a
05G22.14 Wedge-Lock Bench Blade, 20mm Post $29.50
68 Clamping
minimum depth of 17/8.
 A. Veritas Prairie Dog Prairie Dog installed in bench top.

This is a clever bench dog. Whenever you need a stop, simply press the top and Each Prairie Dog
the dog pops up and locks in its raised position (about 5/16 projection), ready includes a stop plate.
for use. Pressing the top again recesses the stop into the hole, where it conve-
niently remains at the ready. When used in a through-hole, the dog sits on an Through-hole A
included steel plate that is screwed to the underside of the work top; a strong installation

rare-earth magnet at the base of the dog holds it rmly against the plate. To
remove the dog, just pivot the the plate out of the way. A countersunk washer
is supplied for blind-hole use. The body of the dog is turned from solid brass
rod, so it is non-corroding and kind to your tools. The 2 inward slope of the
face holds wood securely. The spring mechanism is height adjustable to
accommodate hole depths of between 2 and 21/2 with a diameter of 3/4 (for
deeper holes, a dowel spacer can be used). Sold in pairs. To allow you to set up
Blind hole installation
additional bench locations, extra stop plates are available in a package of four
or in a set with a pair of Prairie Dogs (set includes six plates in total). Made
Press down to
in Canada. Patented. raise or recess
05G10.22 Prairie Dog, pr. $29.90 the stop into
05G10.24 Extra Stop Plates, pkg. of 4 $ 3.90 the hole.

05G10.26 Set of Prairie Dogs (2) & Extra Stop Plates (4) $32.00

B. Veritas Hold-Down
The Veritas hold-down can clamp workpieces to a bench or C
anywhere a 3 / 4 hole can be drilled. Exceptionally high
clamping forces can be obtained with this hold-down for two
reasons. First, with the arm free to pivot independently, all
levered forces are exerted downward, without any losses due to
horizontal slippage from the canting action of the hold-down B D
post. Second, the ne barb-shaped grooves on the post resist
upward forces, yet still allow easy entry into a hole. The long,
low-prole arm, made of forged steel, is unobstructed at the
clamping end, allowing good access to work from all sides. The
E
machined steel 10 hold-down post gives you 8 of clamping
capacity, matching the 8 throat capacity. For use in holes
where through travel is limited, a retrot shorter hold-down
post is available separately. At just 51/2 long, it provides about J
F
4 of clamping capacity. G
H
Can be used vertically in the top of a bench or horizontally in a
side skirt. Clamping forces are innitely variable by tightening the
clamping knob (machined brass) to any degree.
05G14.01 Veritas Hold-Down $96.50 Veritas Round Bench Dogs & Muzzles
05G14.02 Optional 51/2 Post $ 9.90 Our round bench dogs are made from solid brass rod and can be installed in any bench
by drilling a 3/4 hole. Brass dogs are non-corroding and kind to your tools. The
Veritas Wonder Dog combined crosshatching and 2 inward slope of the face hold wood securely. The side
& Wonder Pup spring lets the dog slide smoothly, but holds it well at any desired projection. The
At 61/2 long, the versatile Wonder Dog bench dogs (at 43/8) are standard length. The Bench Pups (at 23/8) are ne for
Long
clamp can be used anywhere you can drill clamps benches with tops up to 2 thick and ideal for bench sides; just drill holes in the skirt or
/
a 4 hole. It makes it easy to clamp
3 the edge of the top. Both work well with Wonder Dog and Wonder Pup clamps.
curved work and irregular shapes. Since Curved
For clamping a nished piece without marking it, our slip-resistant muzzles slide
the dog head has two screw holes, any work over our bench dogs (or Bench Pups) to give you a non-marring surface. They have
shape of tip can be cut with a scroll saw hard, spring-grip plastic bodies with six face ribs. Available in two sizes: 11/4 long
and quickly attached for specialized for bench dogs or 3/4 long for Bench Pups.
work, giving good control without E. 05G04.01 43/8 Bench Dog, ea. $18.20 Inward slope
05G04.02 43/8 Bench Dogs, pr. $33.90 holds wood
marring work. securely in
Using a Wonder Dog in combination F. 05G04.03 23/8 Bench Pup, ea. $15.50 place.
with a standard round bench dog, you can 05G04.04 23/8 Bench Pups, pr. $28.50 2
make a clamp of any length by drilling G. 05G04.10 Muzzles for Bench Dogs, pr. $ 3.30
Bench work
3/4 holes in a 24, 26, etc. H. 05G04.06 Muzzles for Bench Pups, pr. $ 2.80
Two pieces of plywood with 24s Unique
between them for spacing can be drilled shapes Set of Veritas Pups Serrated lever arm
in a pattern to provide clamping for Perfect for clamping on the front of any bench or table where you can Cam
curved work and an innite variety of drill 3/4 dia. holes. Includes one Wonder Pup and one Bench Pup. lever
other shapes. 05G10.03 Pup Combination $48.50
At the lowest projection, only 5/8 of the dog head is above the
bench. The swivel handle lets you apply ample clamping pressure J. Hold-Down Clamps
J
in any position. The dog is drilled and tapped at a 3 angle to These glass-lled nylon hold-down clamps are versatile and economical.
ensure that work is held tight to the bench. The posts are just shy of 3/4 in diameter, making them usable in most dog
The Wonder Pup is the same as the Wonder Dog in all respects, holes. Hold-down capacity is about 31/2, less the worktop thickness. The
except that the post is shorter (23/4 instead of 61/2) and has no quick-release nut slides freely for fast adjustment, with clamping pressure
side spring. The side spring is replaced with an O-ring for slightly applied using the red cam lever. The lever arm is serrated to prevent slip-
elevated clamping. For use in bench fronts, drill-press jigs, etc. ping. The clamps can also be used as dogs or stops and are fully Quick-
release
C. 05G10.02 Wonder Pup, ea. $39.90 compatible with Workmate. Excellent value. 1+ 5+ nut
D. 05G10.01 Wonder Dog, ea. $44.50 16F02.10 Clamps, pr. $14.90 $13.40

 Workpiece
Veritas Fast-Action Bench top
Hold-Down
This is an excellent
hold-down clamp. Just
insert the post into any Skirt
3/4 hole until the arm
touches the workpiece,
then throw the hardened steel cam lever to simultane-
ously clamp the work and wedge the post in place. Fine E
A barb-shaped ridges prevent upward movement when
the post is canted, while still allowing easy entry into a
hole. To release it, you simply ip the lever back. The
B Cam lever
forged steel arm has a low-profile clamping end,
clamps the allowing good access to work from all sides. To E. Gramercy Tools Holdfast
work and improve grip and protect the surface of the workpiece,
wedges the
Dissatised with brittle cast holdfasts that
post in place. an optional leather pad is included that can be attached crack when struck, Gramercy developed a
to the end of the arm. The hold-down has a 5 throat way to form them from steel bar stock, with
depth, and the 10 post gives you 8 of clamping strength and resilience comparable to tradi-
capacity. For use in holes where through travel is tional forged versions. Not only is this
Barb-shaped ridges
limited, a retrot shorter hold-down post is available holdfast quick in use, but it also clamps
prevent upward separately. At just 51/2 long, it provides about 4 of work anywhere you can drill a 3/4 or
movement when clamping capacity. Can be used vertically in the top of
the post is canted.
20mm hole*. Just insert the post until the
a bench or horizontally in a side skirt; solid wood at arm touches the workpiece, then tap the top
least 1 thick is recommended. Made in Canada. of the elbow with a mallet to simultane-
A. 05G47.01 Fast-Action Hold-Down $96.50 ously clamp the work and wedge the post in
B. 05G14.02 Optional 51/2 Post $ 9.90 place. Tapping the post from behind
releases it. The low-prole arm has a 61/2
Lamp Bushing throat depth, allowing good access to the
This stainless-steel bushing has a through-bore to work from all sides. With an 83/4 long
C D accept the 1/2 diameter post of common desk lamps post, it has a clamping capacity of 71/4 in a
and magniers, allowing you to use the lamp in a dog 2 thick bench. Made in USA.
hole. Available in two outside diameters to t 3/4 or 33T09.01 Holdfast, ea. $24.90
20mm holes. Each is 11/8 long. 33T09.02 Pair of Holdfasts $44.50
C. 05G48.01 Lamp Bushing, 3/4 $7.90 * A through-hole at least 13/4 deep is recom-
D. 05G48.03 Lamp Bushing, 20mm $7.90 mended.

Veritas Planing Stop
These low-profile work stops present a broad
bearing surface. Particularly useful with thin or
narrow workpieces, each 11/4 wide anodized
aluminum rail projects just 0.22 above the bench
top, allowing materials as thin as 1/4 to be worked
or planed without obstruction. It also provides a
reliable registration surface for materials too
narrow to span two adjacent bench dogs. The two
steel posts slide along a T-track on the underside of
the rail; versions are available with posts sized to t
3/4 or 20mm diameter dog holes. The posts on the
93/4 stop can be spaced up to 9 apart (center to center); Planing Stop, 3/4 Posts
the posts on the 171/2 length can be spaced up to 163/4 F. 05G23.01 93/4 Planing Stop, ea. $26.50
apart. The posts of the 251/4 stop can be spaced up to G. 05G23.05 171/2 Planing Stop, ea. $32.50
241/2 apart; at over two feet long, it will span the depth H. 05G23.07 251/4 Planing Stop, ea. $38.50
of most bench tops, and can be cut shorter if desired. Planing Stop, 20mm Posts
For tasks that involve the application of horizontal 05G23.02 93/4 Planing Stop, ea. $26.50
force in one direction, such as planing, a single stop 05G23.06 171/2 Planing Stop, ea. $32.50
can be used with no additional clamping. Stops can 05G23.08 251/4 Planing Stop, ea. $38.50
also be placed perpendicular to one another to capture
two edges of the workpiece to prevent rotation. A
simple way to secure work without the constraints of
typical clamping methods. Made in Canada.

Steel posts
slide along
T-track.

F
H

Two stops
perpendicular
to one another
prevent rotation
of workpiece.

70 Clamping
 DeStaCo Toggle Clamps
Made by the original manufacturer of toggle
clamps, these are ideal for many uses but
particularly in all types of jigs, especially Example of jig A
when holding wood in place to be routed, set up with
toggle clamp.
drilled or sawed. The six models of top hold-
down clamps vary in size, reach (throat
depth) and clamping force. The horizontal
and vertical models are classic styles. The B
low-prole model can be closed with the
heel of your hand. The in-line styles 11/4 B
throw gives it great versatility when C
combined with the 1 of head adjustment.
All components are made from plated steel,
ranging from 0.118 (just under 1/8) for the
smallest model to 0.150 for the larger D
models. All have easy-grip handle covers.
Versatile and easy-to-use clamps. Made in
In-line Horizontal
USA or Germany.
E
Handle Overall Height Throat Clamping Price (ea.)
Product # Lock Position Length Under Bar Depth Force (lb) 1+ 4+
A. 88F05.04 Horizontal 103/4 13/4 35/8 750 $36.90 $33.90
B. 88F05.01 Horizontal 73/8 13/8 21/4 500 $23.90 $21.95
F
C. 88F05.07 Low Prole 51/4 11/4 21/4 750 $36.90 $33.90 Vertical

D. 88F05.06 Low Prole 33/4 7/8 13/4 350 $23.90 $21.95

E. 88F05.08 Vertical 27/8 7/8 11/2 200 $17.30 $15.90
F. 88F05.02 Vertical 51/2 11/4 31/2 375 $26.90 $24.70 G
G. 88F05.03 In-Line 7 3/4 33/4 300 $29.70 $27.30
All measurements are given in the locked position. Low prole

H. Veritas MFT Clamping Kit

This kit of work-holding accessories lets you harness the Jig set-up
full capabilities of the Festool MFT/3 multifunction table.
Complete with three hold-downs, two low-prole
work stops and eight dogs in two sizes, it lets you
position and hold work quickly and securely. All the
items have posts sized to t the 20mm diameter holes
in the MFTs 3/4 thick table top. Dont own an
H
MFT/3? The kit also includes a 20mm forstner bit so
you can create your own workstation using 3/4 mate-
rial*. The kit comes in a custom black and yellow
T-Loc Systainer 1 case with a French-tted liner made
of rm closed-cell EVA foam. A contrasting bottom
layer lets you see at a glance if anything is missing. Four
spots to store Festool accessory clamping knobs are
provided; weve included four inexpensive star-shaped
knobs, but you can replace them with Festool knobs if you
have them. Full descriptions of the components can be The MFT clamping kit case
found on the pages indicated. The kit includes: is compatible with the Festool
Systainer case system.
4 small surface dogs (see page 72)
4 large surface dogs (see page 72)
2 low-profile work stops (see planing stops
on the facing page)
1 surface clamp (see page 67) Low-prole work stops
2 Bessey low-prole horizontal auto-adjust
toggle clamps with mounting plates for use in
20mm dog holes (see page 73) Clamping
knobs
4 clamping knobs for securing the dogs and
toggle clamp plates H Low-prole
1 forstner bit, 20mm (see page 197) clamps

The full price on the components if ordered individually

is $425. A useful collection of accessories in a convenient,
portable case.
ZV10090 MFT Clamping Kit $329.00 T-Loc Systainer
1 case
* A through hole in 3/4 thick material is required to secure the
toggle clamp plate and the surface dogs with clamping knobs;
however, the dogs can also be used without knobs. The surface
clamp and low-prole stop can be used in any through hole in
material at least 5/8 thick no clamping knob required. 20mm forstner bit
Small surface Large surface
Surface clamp
dogs dogs
 Stainless-Steel Parf Dogs
by Veritas
Named after their designer (Peter
Partt), Parf dogs let you take advan-
tage of the grid of the Festool MFT/3
multifunction table to set up accurate,
repeatable cuts. The dogs come in two
sizes a 10mm (just over 3/8) tall
small dog and the 70mm (23/4) tall Make square or
parallel cuts.
Parf dog. By using a pair of small dogs
to position your workpiece and a pair C
of Parf dogs to position the fence on top
of it, you can easily achieve parallel or
square cuts on the work. We worked
with Partt to improve his design and B
A
broaden its utility. Machined from
stainless steel in our shop, our versions
have a 19.90mm diameter post that ts
snugly in the 20mm holes of the
MFT/3. Each size of dog is supported
on the surface of the bench by a thicker boss or collar, 25mm (just under 1)
in diameter and 10mm (just over 3/8) tall, which provides a good bearing
surface and stability in use. For additional security, each dog has a threaded
hole to fasten it from below the table with an MFT accessory clamping knob
(not included) or the inexpensive star-shaped knob we offer separately. B
The two dogs can also be used as the starting point for a variety of different
jigs. Aside from its use as a low-prole stop, the small dog can be set ush
into a bench top or jig piece to exploit its M8-threaded through-hole as an
Clamping
anchor point the boss size was chosen to let you easily make a recess for it knob secures
with a standard 25mm or 1 bit. The Parf dog is 19.90mm in diameter above dog from
below table. Beam compass
its collar, matching its post. You can make a simple beam compass with a
long board by drilling a 20mm hole for the dog in one end and using a
marking tool at the other. By replacing the marking tool with a router or
jigsaw, a very stable and accurate trammel system can be created. C
Made in Canada.
A. 05G49.50 Small Dogs, pr. $17.50
B. 05G49.55 Parf Dogs, pr. $23.50
C. 50F01.05 Clamping Knob, ea. $ 1.70

Veritas Surface Dogs

These dogs let you take
advantage of the precise grid
layout of the Festool
MFT/3 table top for fast and
repeatable work positioning,
and are particularly useful
for accurately aligning work
in relation to the guide rail
for 90 or 45 cuts. CNC
machined from aluminum,
they have a at face for work
registration and a rim that
supports and stabilizes them
on the bench surface.
Jig set-up Available in two sizes: a Clamping knob secures
clamps and work stops
small dog with a 13/16 wide through dog holes.
and 1/2 tall face, and a large
dog with a 11/16 wide and 11/16 tall face to provide extra
support to thick stock. Their 0.780 (19.81mm) root
diameter is designed to t 20mm dog holes with slight
variation due to swelling or wood movement. The posts
resist horizontal force well, and are threaded internally
D
so they can be held in place with a clamping knob for
added security. Either standard knobs made by Festool
(not included) or our inexpensive star-shaped knobs
(sold separately) can be used. Sold in pairs of small or
E large dogs. Four small dogs and four large dogs are
included with the MFT clamping kit (see page 71).
D. 05G49.02 Small Surface Dogs, pr. $16.90
F E. 05G49.06 Large Surface Dogs, pr. $18.90
F. 50F01.05 Clamping Knob, ea. $ 1.70

72 Clamping
 Bessey Auto-Adjust Toggle Clamps A B C H
To eliminate the need for frequent D
adjustment, these toggle
clamps from Bessey are
designed to automatically
accommodate material
thickness changes of up to 1,
without altering the clamping force. The high-prole and low-prole horizontal clamps have capacities of
23/4 and 2 thick respectively; the in-line clamp has a center height of 7/8 and a 1 throw. Each has a knurled
screw to adjust the clamping force to a maximum of 550 lb. The clamps are 0.100 (just over 3/32) thick
plated steel with generously sized handles for easy operation. The swivel feet have non-marring caps.
Convenient and versatile, these clamps expedite production and jig and xture work.
A mounting plate is available
separately to let you easily posi- L
tion the clamp in a drilled hole E
or on a T-track instead of perma-
nently attaching it to a surface. J
H K
The thickness of the aluminum
plate adds 3/8 to the maximum Knob available
capacity of the horizontal separately. F
clamps, but doesnt affect their
minimum; you can still adjust the clamps to hold materials as thin as a
sheet of paper against a surface. The center height of the in-line clamp is
increased to 11/4. Bolts for mounting a clamp are included. You have the
option of a 3/4 or 20mm diameter steel post or T-track bolts. The 3/4 L
version has a 5 long post that is easy to insert, but cants slightly when
clamping force is applied so that barb-shaped ridges along its length Clamping knob is
prevent upward movement. The 20mm version, developed for the used for securing Knob
clamps and work available
Festool MFT/3 multifunction table, has a shorter 11/16 long post, just stops through separately.
less than the table tops 3/4 thickness. The post is threaded internally for dog holes. F
use with an MFT accessory clamping knob; while most MFT owners have a few kicking around, an inexpensive Clamp
can be
star-shaped knob can also be purchased separately. The T-track clamp plate includes two 1/4-20 T-bolts and mounted
clamping knobs for sliding in a T-track and securing at any point. It also has two holes for using the plate with Shown with
perpendicular
a T-track miter-slot slider bar such as the Incra Miter Slider (86N70.40 on page 238). to or in line
low-prole
with the plate.
The toggle clamps and mounting plates are each available separately or as sets. horizontal
clamp.
1+ 4+
A. 17F72.02 H-P Horiz. Clamp, ea. $27.50 $25.30
B. 17F72.01 L-P Horiz. Clamp, ea. $26.20 $24.10
C. 17F72.03 In-Line Clamp, ea. $28.70 $26.40 G
D. 50F01.01 Toggle Clamp Plate, 3/4 Post $24.50
E. 50F01.03 Toggle Clamp Plate, 20mm Post $24.50
F. 50F01.05 Clamping Knob, ea. $ 1.70
G. 50F01.30 T-Track Toggle Clamp Plate $24.50 G
Toggle Clamp and Mounting Plate Sets
H. 50F01.12 H-P Horiz. Clamp & Plate, 3/4 Post $48.00
J. 50F01.11 L-P Horiz. Clamp & Plate, 3/4 Post $45.90
K. 50F01.13 In-Line Clamp & Plate, 3/4 Post $48.90
50F01.22 H-P Horiz. Clamp & Plate, 20mm Post $48.00 M N O
L. 50F01.21 L-P Horiz. Clamp & Plate, 20mm Post $45.90
50F01.23 In-Line Clamp & Plate, 20mm Post $48.90
M. 50F01.32 H-P Horiz. Clamp & T-Track Plate $48.00
N. 50F01.31 L-P Horiz. Clamp & T-Track Plate $45.90
O. 50F01.33 In-Line Clamp & T-Track Plate $48.90

Small Bessey Auto-Adjust Toggle Clamps

These are smaller versions of the low-prole horizontal and in-line Bessey auto-adjust toggle clamps
(17F72.01 and 17F72.03; see above). They automatically accommodate material thickness changes (up Q
to 13/16 for the horizontal clamps, 3/8 for the in-line clamps) without altering the clamping force,
eliminating the need for frequent adjustment. Available with a regular at mounting base or a perpen-
dicular base that lets you mount the clamp on the edge of a clamping surface. The at-mount and S
perpendicular-mount horizontal clamps have capacities of 13/16 and 17/16 stock thickness respectively.
Both in-line clamps have an 11/16 throw; the at-mount clamp has a 3/4 center height, and the perpen- P
dicular-mount clamp can be mounted for center heights between 11/16 and 13/16. Each has a knurled
screw to adjust the clamping force to a maximum of 250 lb. The clamps are 0.080 (just over 1/16) thick R
plated steel with generously sized handles for easy operation. The swivel feet have non-marring caps.
Convenient and versatile, these clamps are a great aid to production and jig and xture work. (Not Flat base mounted Perpendicular base
mounted to edge of
compatible with our toggle clamp mounting plates.) to clamping surface
clamping surface
1+ 4+ Small Bessey
flat-mount horizontal
P. 17F72.10 Flat-Mnt. Horiz. Clamp, ea. $27.50 $25.30 clamp P
Q
Q. 17F72.11 Perp.-Mnt. Horiz. Clamp, ea. $27.50 $25.30
Regular-size
R. 17F72.12 Flat-Mnt. In-Line Clamp, ea. $29.80 $27.40 Bessey low-profile
S. 17F72.13 Perp.-Mnt. In-Line Clamp, ea. $29.80 $27.40 horizontal clamp

Overall Overall length is 53.

width
is 21.

Four bench dogs B

included.

A. Sjbergs Cabinetmakers Workbench

With a work surface measuring 53 long by 21 wide (excluding vises),
A this mid-sized bench is suitable for both right- and left-handed users. Made
from European beech, it has a 1 thick oil-nished top with a 23/4 skirt.
The vises, both 14 long with 43/4 clamping capacities, have double guide
rods to minimize jaw racking and four mounting locations (dual front and
end positions) to let you congure the vises to best suit your work prefer-
ence. The bench top and vises are drilled with enough dog holes (3/4 in
diameter) to support virtually any clamping requirement; the trestle is
drilled to accept hold-downs for clamping large boards or doors. Supplied
in a quick-to-assemble knock-down format, the workbench stands 34 tall
when assembled. Four bench dogs included. (Hold-down is available sepa-
Four mounting locations for vises. rately.) A versatile and sturdy bench, ideal for workshops short on space.
Made in Sweden.
03A02.75 *Cabinetmakers Workbench $749.00
B. 03A02.73 Hold-Down, ea. $ 31.00
* Due to the size and weight of this bench, a shipping surcharge of $35 applies in
addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by ground parcel
service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

C. Sjbergs Compact Workbench

Ideal for those with limited workshop space, this full-featured workbench occupies a
fraction of the space required by a traditionally sized bench. Solidly built with mortise-
Bench
height
and-tenon joints, lag bolt construction and a 1 thick top made of solid birch, it is sturdy
can be and stable to support work. The work surface measures 341/4 long by 141/4 wide
333/4 or (excluding vises), and has paired rows of 3/4 diameter dog holes in line with the vises.
251/4.
The 141/4 wide face and end vises have 43/4 of clamping capacity and double guide
rods to minimize racking. The bench stands
333/4 tall, but easily converts to 251/4 tall using
Overall
length
the shorter trestle leg sections (supplied) for use Bench height converts
is 341/4
. by children or those who prefer to work in a to 251/4 for working in
the seated position.
seated position. Weighs just under 50 lb. Comes
with four steel-reinforced plastic bench dogs; the
double-ended design allows them to be inserted
from the underside of the bench top for low-
prole clamping of thin materials. A particleboard
Overall width shelf set into the trestle provides convenient
is 141/4. under-bench storage. Scaled down in size, but not
in function. Made in Sweden.
03A02.80 *Compact Workbench $419.00
* Due to the size and weight of this bench, a shipping
C surcharge of $20 applies in addition to our regular ship-
ping charges. For areas not served by ground parcel
service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

D. Veritas Carvers Bench

This is the most comprehensive carving bench system designed to date. Suitable for both
large and small carvings, the Veritas carvers bench can rotate work through 360 and tilt
it from horizontal to vertical or any angle between. The integral cast iron mechanism, the
13/4 thick laminated maple top and the 29 high cast iron legs create a solid work surface
to hold relief carvings, as well as carvings in the round. A clamping system using two
360 rotation
Veritas brass Bench Pups and a Wonder Pup (included) lets you clamp work up to 26
square or 26 in diameter. The spring-loaded tilt mechanism and the 360 rotation system
D provide excellent counterbalance and easy operation with readily accessible lock-and-
release levers. You can sit on a stool while carving, tilt your work at whatever angle you
wish and rotate it for easy carving with the grain. For particularly massive carvings, extra
tension rods can quickly be tted.
0 to 90 tilt
The feet are drilled and tapped so the overall bench height can be changed or the entire
system can be bolted to a oor. The bench is also available without legs for installation
on an existing structure. Complete bench weighs 150 lb (68kg).
05A04.01 *Veritas Carvers Bench $1350.00
05A04.02 *Table Top, Carvers $ 959.00
* Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular shipping charges: $65 for 05A04.01
carvers bench and $30 for 05A04.02 table top. For areas not served by ground parcel service,
Mechanism detail contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
74 Clamping
 Veritas Workbench System
The Veritas workbench is the most versatile
bench on the market. Our design gives you
an exceptionally solid bench with truss-rod
construction that lets you tune climate-induced
slackness out of it at any time. The trestle base is a straight-
forward design all butt joints, no mortise and tenon work.
You can buy anything from just the plan to a nished
bench complete with a Veritas twin-screw vise, a front vise
and bench dogs. If you decide to build your own bench, the
top can be custom built or you can buy a deluxe kit with two
laminated maple slabs from us. Although any commercial
vise can be used, the bench design is ideally suited B
to the Veritas twin-screw vise. A

Complete Veritas Bench

Requiring only minor assembly, this nished Veritas bench meets all
your clamping needs. The top is constructed from two pre-drilled lami- A. 05A01.01 *Bench/Hardwood Base $1890.00
nated maple slabs with a birch plywood center trough. It includes our twin-screw vise (see page 76), a B. 05A02.01 *Bench/Cast-Iron Base $1890.00
full-width end vise that has 12 of clamping capacity and can be used for side or top clamping with no * Due to the size and weight of the Veritas benches,
racking, even when clamping in a single dog row. Its chain drive maintains jaw parallelism. Also they are shipped by truck freight. Contact our
included is a large front vise (11/8 dia. screw and 13 of clamping capacity) and four solid brass Veritas Customer Service dept. for shipping rates. Total
bench dogs with four muzzles (detailed on page 69). Bench height is 35 and the working surface is weight is 230 lb for 05A01.01 and 315 lb for 05A02.01.
2676 (vise closed).
See pages 67 to 70 for optional accessories for
The bench is available with either a traditional hardwood base or a pair of our cast-iron bench legs the Veritas workbench system.
(fully described below). Bench parts, twin-screw vise and bench dogs are made in Canada and USA.

Veritas Workbench Plan and Kits

The scaled Veritas bench plan includes cutting list and complete assembly instructions,
plus instructions for side skirts with dog holes so you can clamp along the side of the bench
as well as along the top.
The Basic Bench Kit includes plan, truss rods, nuts, bolts and screws for construction of
a bench with a hardwood top. Wood not included.
The Deluxe Bench Kit includes the plan and hardware, plus two pre-drilled laminated
maple slabs. Each 40 lb slab is 103/4723/42 thick with a double row of 3/4 dia. dog
holes that result in a symmetrical 73/4 grid. You
supply the rest of the wood.
C. 05L06.02 Veritas Workbench Plan $ 19.95 D
05G15.12 Veritas Basic Bench Kit $ 86.50
D. 05G15.11 *Veritas Deluxe Bench Kit $799.00

Veritas * A shipping surcharge of $45 applies in addition to our More Veritas Workbench Plans
Workbench regular shipping charges. For areas not served by ground
C Plan
See page 80 for the Veritas modern and traditional workbench plans.
parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Cast-Iron Bench and Table Legs
These elegant Victorian-style cast-iron legs make
a heavy, stable base for a workbench or a non-
wobbly base for a table or desk. Freestanding
and wall-mount styles are available.
The freestanding bench and table legs are held
together with our patented truss-rod system that
prevents racking and provides a heavy, rigid
bench base. The bench legs include two 48 long
truss-rod assemblies (1/2
dia. steel); the table legs
have one. Both include steel
cap nuts and washers. For
contrast, brass cap nuts Stretcher cross-
section options
and washers are available
separately. The bench legs are 33 high and 23
wide, and weigh 117 lb per pair. The table legs are
27 high and 22 wide, and weigh 60 lb per pair.
The freestanding cast-iron pedestal legs from our
Veritas Carvers Bench (shown on facing page)
are available separately to install as a base for large
round tables or other structures. They form a 15
square at the top, are 29 high and have a footprint
of 2727. The set of four weighs about 100 lb.
The wall-mount workbench and table legs take
up little space. The 33 high bench legs, weighing
about 60 lb per pair, are ideal to t under a work-
bench top in a workshop, greenhouse or studio.
With the 27 high table legs, weighing 38 lb per
pair, a strong desk can be made very quickly.
Both styles have a 21 long top plate that will
readily support any top that is at least 22 deep
and as long as your design permits.
The feet of all cast-iron legs are drilled and
tapped so that you can attach a non-marring pad,
or bolt them to a sub-base if required. As shown
in the photo, the black legs can be painted to
highlight the decorations in the casting or
painted a completely different color.
As these legs are custom made, delivery delays
may occasionally arise. If necessary, we will
advise you of the expected delivery date when
Register bosses on
insides of legs
simplify assembly
and orientation; just
drill matching holes
in stretcher ends.
Brass cap nuts and
washers available
separately.
E F
you place your order.
E. 05K45.01 *Freestand. Bench Legs, pr. $399.00
F. 05K46.01 *Freestand. Table Legs, pr. $269.00
05K46.02 Brass Cap Nuts/Washers, pr. $ 10.50
G. 05A04.03 *Pedestal Legs, set of 4 $399.00
H. 05K49.01 *Wall-Mnt. Bench Legs, pr. $239.00
J. 05K48.01 *Wall-Mnt. Table Legs, pr. $219.00
* These legs come in a single-tone protective paint nish.
Two tones shown in photo to highlight casting details.
Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular
shipping charges: $40 for the 05K45.01 legs; $35 for
the 05A04.03 legs; $30 for the 05K46.01 legs; $25 for
the 05K49.01 and 05K48.01 legs. For areas not served
by ground parcel service, contact Customer Service
for shipping rates.
H
J
G
75
 C. Vise Rack Stop
A This simple device
is designed to help
prevent racking
when clamping work
at one side of a vise.
Simply stack up as
many of the 0.10
thick shims as you
need to match the
A. GyroJaw approximate thick-
This accessory takes the ness of your work,
struggle out of clamping up to a total of 4, C
tapered workpieces. It effectively adds an articulated face to a and insert it into the
vise or clamp jaw the dome on one side lets its face pivot to vise opposite the
match the taper of the workpiece, applying clamping force work being clamped.
evenly to simple or compound tapers. The 33/817/8 face has For thicker work,
a crosshatched pattern for grip and a groove to center it on you can add a piece
convex surfaces. Projection is about 15/8. Made in USA from of scrap lumber to occupy the bulk of the space and then use the rack stop
durable glass-lled nylon and zinc-plated steel. to ll in the remainder. This keeps the jaws aligned as force is applied,
17F84.15 GyroJaw, ea. $16.95 eliminating the potential for damaging the workpiece, the vise mecha-
B. Maple Bench Slab nism, or both, from racking. Secured on a tension-adjustable steel shaft
At 2472, this kiln-dried hard maple bench slab makes it easy to build a good with hard maple end knobs, the 51/2 long shims are durable high-density
workbench. Edge-grain oriented for dimensional stability, the nger-jointed polyethylene, resistant to stains and adhesives. Made in Canada.
laminations are bonded with waterproof resin adhesive. The 13/4 thick square- 09A02.35 Vise Rack Stop, ea. $17.50
edged slab is sanded on all surfaces, and then coated with a tough acrylic nish. D. In-Line Vise
Weighs 84 lb. Made in USA, this is excellent value in a bench top. The great advantage of this vise is not only that it lets you convert any
Available Only at our Stores. table into a temporary workbench but it makes a regular workbench more
03A03.30 Bench Slab, 2472 $295.00 versatile. It is particularly handy for edge planing or routing. Clamped
onto one end of a bench, the vise lets you clamp work using the complete
See page 75 for cast-iron legs that are ideal for use with this slab to create a free- bench surface for support. The jaws measure 541/4 and are through
standing or wall-mount bench. drilled for face-plate attachments. Capacity is 33/4, both vertically and
horizontally. Cast aluminum construction. Useful in any shop.
60F06.01 In-Line Vise $44.50

Edge-grain oriented
for dimensional stability.

Side clamping Top clamping D

E. Veritas Twin-Screw Vise

This is the only non-racking full-width end vise on the market. You can clamp
items anywhere in the vise and the chain drive ensures the jaws stay parallel.
A spring-loaded lock pin lets you disengage the chain, permitting controlled
jaw skew when clamping out-of-square work. Rows of dog holes in the bench
top and the side skirts allow clamping capacity equal to the length of your
bench plus the 12 capacity of the vise, so you can clamp pieces horizontally
or vertically. The vise can be operated using either handle. Building the vise
requires two hardwood jaws; retrotting it to an existing bench requires an end
cap drilled for the vise nuts and xing bolts, plus the jaw. The aluminum chain
cover consists of two cast end caps and a bridging extrusion (must be cut to
length for mounting at other than the maximum spacing).
The standard model accommodates vise screw centers up to 167/8. For
wider jaw capacity, the second model accommodates vise screw centers up
to 24, with sufcient chain to match. The two vise screws, nuts, chain Standard twin-screw
cover, wooden handles and all installation hardware are included with instruc- vise shown assembled.
tions. (A 11/2 bit is needed to drill four holes.) Excellent value in a powerful vise. Custom-built wooden
E jaws not included.
05G12.21 Standard Twin-Screw Vise $269.00
05G12.22 Twin-Screw Vise, up to 24 center $279.00
76 Clamping
 A. Veritas Quick-Release Front Vise
Using the same quick-release mechanism as our tail vise, our front vise has a simple on-off cam lever to
engage or disengage the Acme-threaded screw, allowing it to apply up to 400 lb of force in either clamping
or spreading applications. The screw mechanism provides 121/4 of overall travel (less the A
thickness of your wooden jaw and bench apron). Tight body tolerances result in minimal jaw
sag, even at full extension. An extruded aluminum screw cover keeps debris out of the screw
mechanism and prevents the workpiece from contacting the lubricated screw. Straightforward
to install in new construction or as a retrot to an existing bench, the vise requires an
unobstructed mounting area on the underside of the bench top at least 12 wide by 16
deep (with a 2 thick bench apron and a 13/4 thick jaw). The body is ductile iron with
zinc-alloy endplates, steel shafts and guide rods, and a maple handle. Mounting
instructions and hardware included. Made in Canada. Patented.
Available separately, the optional pair of top-grain leather jaw liners serves to pad the Quick-release
mechanism permits
vise jaws, helping to improve their grip as well as reduce workpiece marring. Measuring 20 fast adjustment in
wide by 5 tall, the liners are shaped to t this front vise, but can be used with any front vise mecha- both directions.
nism with guide rods 10 apart or less. Installation instructions included.
05G34.01 Quick-Release Front Vise $349.00 Workbench and wooden
jaws not included.
B. 05G34.03 Leather Jaw Liners, set of 2 $ 26.50
Cast-iron body Guide rods Quick-release lever
Guard protects
thread from
Jaw debris.
Cam
mount shaft

Acme-threaded screw
All parts shown applies direct force for Mounts easily to the underside
Maple handle
here are included. clamping and spreading. of a workbench.
B

C. Veritas Quick-Release Sliding Tail Vise

Installing a tail vise is notoriously difcult, usually requiring a section of workbench to be cut away and rebuilt around a Mounting plate attaches
complicated vise mechanism. Not so with this one. It can be quickly incorporated into a new bench construction or easily under bench top.
retrotted to an existing bench without major surgery. The end plates are symmetrical, so you can install the T-handle and
quick-release lever in a right- or left-handed orientation, allowing the vise to be mounted at either end of the bench.
Installation is straightforward: using the included hardware, attach the mounting plate to the underside of the bench,
then register and secure the vise mechanism to the plate. Using wood that you supply, add a custom-made jaw
the same thickness as the bench skirt. The quick-release mechanism has a simple on-off lever that
engages or disengages the Acme-threaded screw, which can apply force (up to 300 lb) in both
clamping as well as spreading applications something not possible with any other
quick-release tail vise. Maximum travel is 73/4. The body is ductile cast iron with
zinc-alloy end plates, steel shafts and guide rods, and a maple handle. Requires an
unobstructed mounting area at least 1761/2 on the underside of the bench top.
Made in Canada. Patented.
05G30.01 Veritas Sliding Tail Vise $349.00

Can be
installed in a Two-position,
right- or left-handed All parts shown Workbench and positive-stop
orientation. here are included. jaw not included. quick-release lever

D. Veritas Inset Vise the vise is not in use, the jaw can be removed for an E Optional
This low-prole vise is similar to a wagon vise in func- unobstructed work surface. Available separately, pivoting
jaw
tion, but in a compact, self-contained form for easy an optional 1/2 tall, 11/2 wide pivoting jaw can be
installation in a work surface, adding a permanent, used in place of the xed jaw to clamp irregular
adjustable dog right where its needed. Designed to objects against work stops positioned outside of the
hold work between its single jaw and an external stop clamping axis. The optional low-prole jaw lets
such as a bench dog, it has a clamping capacity that is you work stock as thin as 1/4 without obstruction. D
limited only by the size and dog-hole spacing of your The face of the low-prole jaw is canted inwards to Optional low-
work surface. The knurled stainless-steel toggle securely grip work. The vise installs ush in a prole jaw
handle turns a 1/2 diameter Acme-threaded steel rod stepped mortise in any surface at least 11/4 thick
to move the jaw in a 4 range of travel. The 1/2 tall, (instructions and mounting hardware provided). F
13/16 wide jaw has two jaw-mounting positions Constructed of machined steel castings and anod-
spaced 37/8 apart for compatibility with dog-hole ized aluminum extrusions. Made in Canada. Acme-threaded screw
spacing up to 73/4. A keyway in the jaw face accepts 05G31.01 Inset Vise $109.00 applies direct force for
clamping and spreading.
a #10 nut for afxing custom shop-built jaws. When E. 05G31.03 Optional Pivoting Jaw $ 14.50
F. 05G31.04 Optional Low-Prole Jaw $ 16.90
Keyway in face to Capacity determined by size and
attach custom-made dog hole spacing of
jaw. Reverse jaw Portable
for spreading applications work surface.
applications
Two-position Sits ush
removable with surface.
jaw
Optional pivoting jaw
clamps irregular-shaped Install in work surfaces
pieces. as thin as 11/4.
 G
F

A D
C
E H

B Optional handle

A. Shoulder-Vise Screw C. Tail Vise Quick-Release

This vise screw is
for the L-shaped
shoulder vise used
on Scandinavian-style
benches. 11/8 dia.
screw with single-lead
Acme threads. The threaded guide is mortised
into the vise shoulder, while the end guide
attaches to the vise jaw. 71/4 clamping capacity
(less wooden shoulder thickness), 13 overall.
70G01.51 *Shoulder-Vise Screw $33.50
05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 9.95
B. Tail-Vise Screw
Essentially the same construction as a shoulder-
vise screw but without an end guide, this tail-vise
screw has a 17 clamping capacity (less the
thickness of your wooden jaws) and is 211/4
overall. The spindle diameter is 11/8.
70G01.52 *Tail-Vise Screw $42.50
05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 9.95
* Note: Depending on supply, 70G01.51 & 70G01.52
vise screws may be a different color than shown.
If you want to rout shelf slots in two uprights of a
bookcase or cupboard, clamp the two pieces side
by side and rout them simultaneously. Whether or
not you get it right, everything will match!
Two counterclockwise
turns release jaw.
K L
J
78 Clamping
This vise can be used Front Vises
for both types of What sets these front vises
tail vise with or apart is the integral quick-
without a shoulder. release mechanism, designed Counter-
It has guide plates 2 for easy operation with one clockwise for
wide by 15 long. The maximum opening is 8 hand. Turn the handle coun- quick release
(less the thickness of your wooden jaws). The terclockwise to release and
single-lead Acme screw is 7/8 in diameter. clockwise to re-engage.
70G09.01 Tail Vise $85.50 Two sizes are available,
05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 9.95 both with 7/8 dia. steel single-
lead Acme screws and double Clockwise
Front Vises guide rods for smooth oper- to re-engage
These vises have ation. The regular vise measures 71/4143/4
rugged machined and opens to 8; the large vise is 101/4213/4
double guide rods and opens to 13 (maximum openings are less
and single-lead Acme wooden jaw thickness). The large vise has an
screws. The regular offset screw to permit vertical clamping without
front vise is 7143/4 skewing. Well made by a small European
overall with a 7/8 dia. company, these enable you to incorporate a
screw and clamping capacity of 81/4 (less the shop-made quick-release vise into a new bench
thickness of your wooden jaws). Our large front or retrot an existing one.
vise is 101/221 overall with a 11/8 dia. screw, F. 70G08.05 Regular Front Vise $115.00
and 13 clamping capacity (less the thickness of G. 70G08.10 Large Front Vise $155.00
your wooden jaws). The larger vise has an offset H. 05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 9.95
center screw to allow vertical clamping without
skewing. Can be added to an existing bench or Quick-Release Steel Bench Vises
built into a new one. Designed for easy adjustment, these traditional
D. 70G08.01 Regular Front Vise $66.50 bench vises have steel spindles and large cast
E. 70G08.02 Large Front Vise $96.50 iron faces. The movable jaw has a slight inward
05G12.03 Optional Handle, ea. $ 9.95 cant to let the top of the jaw touch rst as it
closes. Under clamping pressure, this jaw
becomes parallel with the xed jaw, providing
more consistent pressure over the entire jaw face
so work is held securely. The quick release is
designed for one-handed operation; the screw is
disengaged by two counterclockwise turns of the
handle, allowing work to be held with one hand
as the vise is quickly adjusted with the other.
Both jaws are through-drilled for wooden face-
plate attachments. The moving jaw has an
adjustable steel dog. The large vise requires a
space 20 long for the spindle and guide rods.
The medium and small sizes require 18 and 13
respectively. All are excellent for equipping a
new bench, or adding to an existing one. Well
manufactured by a small rm in Europe.
Jaw Max.
Width Opening
J. 10G04.11 *Sm. Vise 7 8 $129.00
K. 10G04.12 *Med. Vise 9 13 $169.00
L. 10G04.13 *Lg. Vise 101/2 15 $195.00
* A shipping surcharge applies in addition to our
regular shipping charges: $10 for 10G04.11 and $15
for 10G04.12 & 10G04.13. For areas not served by
ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
 Button-activated
quick-release
A. Pipe Vise
Operating in essentially the same manner as a pipe
clamp, this vise is straightforward and inexpensive
yet remarkably adaptable. It consists of two main
components: a head, which attaches to a length of
3/4 black gas-pipe that you supply, and in place of
the usual pipe-clamp tail piece, it has a base xture
that mounts on the underside of a benchtop or other
wooden surface. One of the virtues of this design is
that you can mount additional bases (available
separately) in alternative locations, so a single head
and pipe assembly can serve as a front vise, a tail
vise or even a job-site vise mounted on a portable
surface. And because the head can rotate to any
orientation, it can be used to clamp against a bench
stop for horizontal clamping or against the bench
skirt for vertical applications. The head has two
Wooden Vise Kits
by Lake Erie Toolworks
This is massive vise hardware, with 21/2 diam-
eter threads CNC-milled from solid sugar maple,
a wood that combines hardness with a close
grain structure to hold crisp detail and resist
chipping and wear. The t and nish are excep-
tional; the screw turns smoothly and evenly in
the nut, the handle ends are securely attached
and padded with rubber O-rings and the wood is
sanded to 220x, ready for nish. Besides giving
your bench a traditional look, the 2 tpi wooden
screws have a faster operation than metal screws
and require no rust-inhibiting lubricant that can
stain work. We offer two vise kits, each with
installation instructions plus all the special parts
and mounting hardware required.
With the leg vise kit, you can build a vise that
offers a large clamping surface unobstructed by
guide rods, allowing stock to be held in a variety
of orientations. Includes a screw that is 233/4
long overall with a 171/2 threaded portion, a nut
block measuring 9423/4, a two-piece brass
external garter plate to link the jaw to the screw,
and a handle. The screw is grooved for the
supplied external garter; a secondary groove
D. Lee Valley Apartment Workbench Plan
The combination workbench and tool cabinet
shown is our adaptation of a century-old antique
bench originally sold by the Hammacher-
Schlemmer company, then a supplier of ne
tools and hardware to the trades as well as to
discerning hobbyists. Our detailed project plans
guide you through every step of building your
own version of this versatile, self-contained
work station. Resembling a wooden hutch or
other piece of fine furniture, it measures a
compact 471936 tall when folded closed.
However, opening the hinged panel wrap reveals
a concealed benchtop (38 long by 10 wide plus
a 71/4 wide trough) with plenty of below-bench
storage in an open recess and in six small and
four large drawers. A sturdy and space-efcient
workbench, it is a practical size for small to
medium-scale woodworking, as well as for
Pipe not included.
through-holes for mounting your own custom-
made jaw, which is driven by an Acme-threaded
screw with 1 of travel for nal tightening. A posi-
tive-locking clutch-plate mechanism holds the
pipe, and can be disengaged for fast positioning by
pushing a front release button or pulling a rear eye
bolt that can be linked to a user-made foot pedal for
hands-free operation. The release button can be
oriented for right- or left-handed use, and is length-
adjustable from 3/4 to 2 to suit the thickness of the
bench skirt. Overall clamping capacity is limited
only by the length of pipe used. It mounts in 11/2
thick material and requires an unobstructed area at
least 36. Head and base are largely made from
cast iron with some steel parts. Patent pending.
15G01.03 Pipe Vise Head & Base $67.50
15G01.01 Extra Base $39.50
allows use with a user-made internal garter.
The tail vise kit is for making a surface-
clamping vise to hold stock between bench dogs.
In the wagon-style design, the moving jaw (called
a dog block) is surrounded by the bench top,
providing excellent workpiece support. It resists
sagging, unlike a cantilevered vise. Capacity is
limited only by the length of the work surface, and
since clamping force is closely aligned with the
screw axis, the vise cannot rack. Kit includes a
vise screw that is 16 long overall with an 111/4
threaded portion, a nut block measuring
9423/4, a brass mounting plate for attaching
Leg vise Tail vise
B C
many hobbies and crafts. The bench accommo-
dates our removable pipe vise (above), which
can serve as both a front and tail vise.
Dimensioned plans are supplied with detailed
instructions covering construction of the bench,
drawers and panel wrap separately, with an addi-
tional chapter of general construction notes, full
of tips, hardware suggestions, design variations
Lumber and hardware Sample of completed
not included. Lee Valley bench
Foot pedal activates
the quick-release.
To release the vise hands-free,
remove the quick-release button
from the front of the base, then
attach a heavy cord or light
chain to the eye bolt at the back.
Pipe clamp Thread the cord through an
can be used as eye bolt in the bottom of the
a front vise, tail workbench and attach to a
vise or vertical press. shop-made foot pedal.
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
the dog block to the screw, a pair of 413/4
UHMW plastic runners for smooth dog block
travel, two 14 long wooden rails and a handle.
Whether used to construct a new bench or as a
retrot to an existing one, these are excellent
vises. Made in USA.
B. 06G02.10 Leg Vise Kit $279.00
C. 06G02.20 Tail Vise Kit $329.00
Spring clamps are the easiest of all clamps to store.
As long as you can clip one to something sticking
out of the ceiling above your bench, you can hang
as many more as you want from that one. Having
them right above you at the workbench is ideal.
C
B
and other helpful advice. All are printed on
three-hole-punched 81/211 paper so they can
be easily organized into binders. Suitable for
woodworkers of intermediate skill using a
modest selection of hand or power tools; you
supply lumber and hardware of your choice.
Printed in Canada.
05L25.01 Apartment Workbench Plan $32.50
D
 Example of completed
traditional bench. Veritas Bench Plans
These plans are accurate, detailed and tested. The modern bench plan comes
with complete construction notes. The bench will take any of our front vises
at the front or end position. The traditional bench plan is similarly detailed. It
will take any one of our front vises or our tail vises. The modern bench top is
24801/2; the traditional bench top is 2581.
A. 05L01.01 Modern Bench Plan $15.95
B. 05L01.02 Traditional Bench Plan $15.95

A
B

Best Workbenches
The workbench is the heart of any workshop, and this compilation by the editors of Fine
Woodworking presents advice to help you build a bench suited to your needs and keep it
well tuned to ensure a lifetime of service. It includes an illustrated review of workstations
ranging from Roman times to the present and an overview of bench accessories to prompt
design ideas. It examines the pros and cons of six ready-made workbenches, along with
photographs and exploded drawings you can use as a guide to design your own fully
outtted traditional bench, a simple plywood bench and a special-use workbench. In addi-
tion to reviews of 13 bench vises, it presents instructions on installing a cast-iron vise and
building a portable carving station, a clamping station, versatile bench hooks and various
jigs to expand your workbenchs capability. Softcover, 81/211, 171 pages, 2012.
73L91.82 Best Workbenches $19.50

Benchcrafted Workbench Plans

These plans and instructions provide all the information
you need to build two versatile adaptations of traditional
workbenches. Printed on high-quality 20 lb bond paper,
the drawings are supplied rolled so you can lay them at.
C D Illustrated instructions include tips and design modica-
tions, and are supported by supplementary materials on the
Benchcrafted website. Printed in USA.
Examples of
completed benches. The Roubo workbench is based on a European design
from Andr Roubos 18th century cabinetmaking text,
LArt du Menuisier. This massive split-top bench offers
excellent clamping capabilities, incorporating a leg vise on
the front and a tail vise at one end (vises not included). The
87 long, 24 wide and 35 high bench weighs over 300 lb
if made from hard maple. Four pages of 2030 dimen-
sioned drawings are supplied with a 28-page booklet of
detailed instructions.
Based on historic examples, the Shaker workbench
provides plenty of built-in storage, with much of the base
devoted to cabinetry. It incorporates a leg vise, tail vise
(vises not included) and sliding deadman to offer a range
of work-holding options. The 86 long, 25 wide and 35
high bench weighs about 340 lb if made from hard maple.
Six pages of 2030 dimensioned drawings are supplied
with a 35-page booklet of detailed instructions.
C. 06G01.90 Roubo Workbench Plan $24.50
D. 06G01.92 Shaker Workbench Plan $28.50

 Example of completed vise.
Wood not included.

Illustrated example of completed

vise. Wood not included. D. Benchcrafted Tail Vise Hardware
A versatile addition to any woodworking bench, a
wagon-style tail vise has a capacity limited only by
the length of the work surface. While a typical
L-shaped tail vise has a cantilevered jaw that offers
limited support and is prone to sagging, a wagon
vise is enclosed by the bench top, surrounding it on
Benchcrafted Vise Hardware
all sides to offer stable support. Whats more, as
& Workbench Kits
clamping force is closely aligned with
Although a relative newcomer in the world of
the screw axis, the vise cannot rack.
vise manufacturing, Benchcrafted is a small,
This hardware advances an
family-based rm that is rapidly gaining a repu-
already practical design. The
tation for precision-made reinterpretations of D
precise machining of the
traditional vises. All mating parts are machined
screw combined with
to exceptionally close tolerances, and substan-
the momentum of the
tial, high-quality components are used
large handwheel
throughout 11/4 carbon-steel screws, cold-
(5 diameter,
rolled nuts and anges, and machined cast-iron
23/4 lb) means
handwheels. Impressively engineered, these are
some of the smoothest-acting and most reliable you can snug up
vises we have seen. Made in USA. on the work with
just a freehand spin.
A. Benchcrafted Moxon Vise Hardware On some wagon vises, the dog block is afxed to the end of the screw,
Inspired by a vise that Joseph Moxon described in so as the vise opens the screw protrudes further from the bench skirt;
the 17th century, this hardware lets you build a with this design a mobile dog block moves along a captive screw, which
portable twin-screw vise that can be secured remains held unobtrusively within the bench cavity. Maximum travel is
anywhere on a benchtop. Whats more, this 121/4. A 4 thick endcap is needed; bench tops thinner than 4 also
design lets you elevate the work to a comfortable require blocking. The kit includes the vise screw, threaded dog block and
height, so you can make close cuts without handwheel, steel guide rails, a reversible sliding plate for either left- or
stooping. The two 8 long 3/4 acme-threaded vise right-handed installation, a turned cocobolo handle, a suede jaw liner, a
screws and 5 diameter cast-iron handwheels are steel ange, all mounting hardware and detailed installation instructions.
precision-machined for remarkably smooth, low- D
Not Stocked at our Stores.
friction operation. Since the handwheels operate 06G01.10 *Tail Vise Hardware $449.00
independently and the floating wooden jaw * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by ground
(called a chop) has elliptical screw holes, the parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
jaw can be skewed to hold tapered workpieces
securely. As well, once the coarse jaw opening is
set, you need only give one wheel a quick spin to
snug up on the work or release it. The instructions C
include an option to create a benchtop bench B
with a small work surface behind the jaws for
support when scribing dovetails. You supply all
wooden parts; requires two 13/4 thick by 51/2 tall
hardwood jaws (one 32 long, the other 36). 21/4
maximum opening. Clamps or holdfasts for
benchtop mounting not included. Kit includes two
screws, four threaded nuts, two handwheels, a
suede jaw liner and instructions.
06G02.01 Moxon Vise Hardware $185.00
Benchcrafted Crisscross Hardware
An adaptation of a traditional St. Peters Cross mechanism, this leg vise guide has twin cast-iron
arms that operate much like a pair of scissors, taking up the weight of the chop and screw to reduce
friction and prevent binding. With this design, there is no pin to reposition to accommodate work-
pieces of different thicknesses; the chop remains parallel to the leg throughout its range of travel,
which eliminates skewing and ensures full contact with the work.
The Solo model is designed for new construction; its arms are mounted on two steel mounting
pins that seat in 3/8 holes, which should be drilled into the leg and chop on a drill press prior to
bench assembly. The Retro model mounts on two cast-iron brackets that seat in a pair of
13/411/27/8 deep mortises, permitting installation in a new or existing bench. Minimum leg
width is 3 for the solo and 4 for the retro. Each requires a leg and chop at least 21/2 thick, and
a minimum of 225/8 from the center of the vise screw to the oor. Maximum travel is about 16
(depending on the length of the vise screw). A worthwhile upgrade to any leg vise. Made in USA.
B. 06G01.30 Crisscross Solo Hardware $124.00 C
B
C. 06G01.40 Crisscross Retro Hardware $174.00 81
 Benchcrafted Glide Leg
Vise Hardware
With these Benchcrafted glide vise kits, you
can construct a versatile leg vise that combines
a large wooden jaw (called a chop), a single
screw and a broad clamping surface free of
guide rods to hold stock in various orientations.
Two versions are available, each supplied
with a Benchcrafted Crisscross, which has
scissor-like arms to keep the chop parallel to
the leg throughout its travel, eliminating
Solo Retro skewing and ensuring full contact with the
work. The cast-iron Crisscross supports the
Kits Kits heavy chop, taking weight off the screw. This
reduces friction and risk of binding, allowing
the 81/4 diameter cast-iron handwheel to
impart enough momentum that the vise glides
closed with just a freehand spin.
The Solo kits are for new bench construction.
Both use a version of the Crisscross that has
arms mounted on two steel pins, which seat in
3/8 holes bored into the leg and chop with a
drill press prior to assembly.
The Retro kits, for new or existing benches,
include a Crisscross with two cast-iron
C brackets that seat in a pair of 13/411/27/8
A deep mortises.
Minimum leg width is 3 for the Solo and 4
for the Retro. All require a leg and chop at least
21/2 thick and a minimum of 225/8 from the
center of the screw to the oor.
The kits are available with two styles of
cast-iron handwheel. The 101/2 lb Glide C
wheel has a sandcast texture and beech knobs.
The Glide M version weighs 91/2 lb and is
ground and polished to a smooth nish. It has
knobs of Dymondwood, a composite wood
impregnated with phenolic resin for stability
and toughness.
An Acme-threaded double lead screw
moves the jaw quickly (1/2 per turn). Travel is
151/2 minus the combined thickness of the
leg and chop.
Each kit includes the lead screw, a threaded
nut and handwheel, suede jaw liners, a 3/8
thick steel flange, mounting hardware and
D installation instructions. Made in USA. This
B vise hardware is also available as part of our
full bench-building kits (facing page).
Not Stocked at our Stores.
A. 06G01.54 Solo Kit, Cast Wheel $445.00
B. 06G01.50 Solo Kit, Machined Wheel $529.00
C. 06G01.56 Retro Kit, Cast Wheel $495.00
D. 06G01.52 Retro Kit, Machined Wheel $579.00

82 Clamping
 Benchcrafted Roubo Bench Plans
& Vise Hardware
Each of these kits includes two precision-machined
Benchcrafted vise mechanisms, as well as plans and
instructions to build a versatile adaptation of a traditional
European workbench. Based on a design from Andr
Roubos classic 18th century cabinetmaking text, LArt du
Menuisier, this split-top version offers excellent work-
holding capabilities, incorporating your choice of seven
different models of leg vise (listed below and on the facing
page) on the front and a tail vise (06G01.10 on page 81) at
one end. The kit also includes four pages of 2030 dimen-
sioned drawings, a 28-page booklet of instructions, and all
fasteners needed to build the bench and mount the vises. A
The 87 long, 24 wide and 35 high bench can be made
entirely from nominal 8/4 lumber (you supply) and weighs
over 300 lb if made from hard maple or ash. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
Bench Kits with Glide Vise:
*Vises w/Solo Crisscross & Cast Wheel
06G01.74 $ 949.00
A. *Vises w/Solo Crisscross & Machined Wheel
06G01.70 $1019.00
B. *Vises w/Retro Crisscross & Cast Wheel
06G01.76 $ 989.00
*Vises w/Retro Crisscross & Machined Wheel
06G01.72 $1059.00
Bench Kits with Classic Vise: C
B
C. 06G01.82 *Vises & Solo Crisscross $ 849.00
D. 06G01.84 *Vises & Retro Crisscross $ 899.00
E. 06G01.80 *Vises only (no Crisscross) $ 739.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas not served by ground parcel service,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
Benchcrafted Classic Leg Vise Hardware
With these kits, you can construct a traditional leg vise, a
versatile design that combines a large wooden jaw (called
a chop), a single screw and a broad clamping surface free
of guide rods to hold stock in various orientations. D E
The kits come with a Benchcrafted Crisscross, which has
scissor-like arms to keep the chop parallel to the leg
throughout its travel, eliminating skewing and ensuring
full contact with the work. The cast-iron Crisscross
supports the heavy chop, taking weight off the screw. This
reduces friction and risk of binding, allowing the 11/2 lb
tommy bar to impart enough momentum that the vise
glides closed with just a freehand spin. F
The Solo kit is for new bench construction. It uses a
version of the Crisscross that has arms mounted on two
steel pins, which seat in 3/8 holes bored into the leg and
chop with a drill press prior to assembly.
The Retro kit, for new or existing benches, includes a
Crisscross with two cast-iron brackets that seat in a pair of
13/411/27/8 deep mortises.
Minimum leg width is 3 for the Solo and 4 for the
Retro. Each requires a leg and chop at least 21/2 thick and
a minimum of 225/8 from the center of the vise screw to
the oor.
The hardware is also available without a Crisscross for
installation in benches too low to accommodate a Crisscross,
or for making an angled leg vise (for a Nicholson-style
bench), a face vise or a cantilevered tail vise. G
All use an Acme-threaded double lead screw that moves
the jaw quickly at 1/2 per turn. Travel is 151/2 minus the
combined thickness of the leg and chop. Each kit includes
the screw, a threaded nut, a 3/8 thick steel ange, suede
jaw liners, mounting hardware and installation instruc-
tions. Made in USA. This vise hardware is also available as H
part of our full bench-building kits (above).

Not Stocked at our Stores.

F. 06G01.60 Classic Kit, Solo Crisscross $354.00
G. 06G01.62 Classic Kit, Retro Crisscross $404.00
H. 06G01.25 Hardware only $230.00 83

ADHESIVES
D and absorbs solvent-based stains very well.
A B C moisture level is required for curing; if wood has
A. Titebond No-Drip Glue waterproof, although not for marine use below the
With its high initial tack and a consistency waterline. It is an excellent all-around choice when
similar to that of caulking, this quick-setting faced with conditions that would challenge any
PVA glue can be applied on vertical surfaces or other water-based adhesive. Combining a strong
even on the underside of objects without drip- initial tack with a long open time (10 min.) but short
ping or running. Particularly useful in situations clamping time (30 min.), it has good gap-lling
where the work would be difcult to clamp, such capabilities with its high solids content (52%). It
as when mounting trim or molding, it has an sands easily without softening, resists heat and
open time of 3 minutes so you dont have to solvents, and cures to a light brown. Titebond III is
secure the work for long periods. Available in FDA approved for indirect food contact, such as
8 fl oz (237ml) or 16 fl oz (474ml) squeeze cutting boards or serving platters. Its advanced
bottles. Made in USA. formulation allows it to fully cure in cool weather
62K10.15 *No-Drip Glue, 8 oz $ 7.90 (47F/8C), making it useful for on-site assembly.
62K10.16 *No-Drip Glue, 16 oz $12.90 Solvent free and one-part, Titebond III cleans up
* Must be protected from freezing. Available by mail easily with water when liquid.
order between April and October only. Our stores 62K10.12 Titebond III, 8 oz $ 8.95
carry stock year round. 62K10.13 Titebond III, 16 oz $15.50
B. Titebond III Before you use glue, do a dry assembly to make
This is the rst PVA glue to meet the ANSI stan- sure all parts t properly.
dard for Type I water resistance it is effectively
Cyanoacrylates, Accelerator & Solvent cracks that are too narrow for ordinary glues, and
Hot Stuff is a cyanoacrylate glue with the it sets within 5 seconds. Ideal for turners, who
consistency of water. Its very low viscosity can repair work right on the lathe. Also excellent
makes it perfect for invisibly repairing hairline for furniture repair since you dont have to disas-
semble the item. Hot Stuff can be applied to the
edge of the join and will ow between parts. For
repairs that are impossible to clamp (such as
H delicate carvings), ordinary nger pressure can
J be used to position the part. Unlike some brands
F of cyanoacrylate, it forms a bond that does not
degrade over time. Shelf life of 1 year.
G Super T has the consistency of thin syrup and
is used where you dont have a perfect t, e.g., a
jagged wood break. Also used on porous woods
E such as cedar, where Hot Stuff might soak in too
quickly for a good bond; it bonds in 10 to 25
seconds. Special T has a molasses-like consis-
tency and is used as a gap ller, with a 30- to
50-second bond time. Shelf life of 1 year.
The accelerator provides a nearly instant cure,
particularly useful if you have to hold the parts
by hand to keep them properly mated. Handy
2 oz pump bottle.
Cyanoacrylates require a special solvent for
K effective clean-up. With normal safety precau-
84 Adhesives
C. Gorilla Glue
This polyurethane adhesive is ideal for joining
dissimilar materials (such as metal or plastic
to wood) or difficult exotic woods. It has an
open time of 15 minutes, sands without clogging
Squeeze-out is easily removed, leaving an incon-
spicuous and waterproof glue line. A minimum
less than 10% moisture content, water must be
brushed on one side of the joint. A versatile glue
ideal for outdoor projects, for assembling wooden
pen kits or for use on curved laminations, it has
an opened shelf life of about a year. Available in
2 and 8 oz bottles. A little goes a long way.
62K14.10 Gorilla Glue, 2 oz $ 7.70
62K14.12 Gorilla Glue, 8 oz $19.80
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
D. Lee Valley Cabinetmakers Glue 2002 GF
Our 2002 GF glue is a polyvinyl acetate
emulsion adhesive with superior gap-filling
characteristics due to its high solids content
(45%). Its high viscosity (6000 cps) reduces
joint starving and virtually eliminates staining.
Any squeeze-out remains on the surface,
allowing it to be fully removed (best done with a
cabinet scraper once partially cured), avoiding
any problems when a finish is applied later.
When dry, its light brown color is hidden at joint
seams, yet is easy to spot should any excess get
elsewhere. With an open time of 15 to 20
minutes and a clamping time of 30 to 90 minutes
(depending upon application), it can be worked
after 4 hours. After 24 hours it reaches its full
strength, which is in excess of the strength of the
strongest wood in shear, sugar maple. An excel-
lent formulation, 2002 GF will become your
favorite all-around glue. The three smaller sizes
come in squeeze bottles with applicator tips.
62K01.10 2002 GF Glue, 250ml (8.5 oz) $ 7.95
62K01.11 2002 GF Glue, 500ml (17 oz) $13.75
62K01.12 2002 GF Glue, 1l (34 oz) $22.50
62K01.14 2002 GF Glue, 4l (135 oz) $63.50
tions, Super Solvent can be used to clean hands
or remove glue spots from clothes or work
surfaces. Do not use on lacquer, butyrate or
nitrate-based nishes.
E. 56Z90.01 Hot Stuff, 1 oz $10.20
56Z90.02 Hot Stuff, 2 oz $15.50
F. 56Z92.03 Super T, 1 oz $10.20
56Z92.04 Super T, 2 oz $15.50
G. 56Z93.04 Special T, 1 oz $10.80
H. 56Z95.02 Accelerator, 2 oz $10.20
J. 56Z95.01 Super Solvent, 2 oz $11.90
Cyanoacrylate Set
To give you the full range of applications
possible, this set of five includes: 1 oz
Hot Stuff, 1 oz Super T, 1 oz Special T, 2 oz
accelerator and 2 oz solvent.
56Z96.03 Cyanoacrylate Set of 5 $48.50
K. Spare Tops
In high-moisture conditions, cyanoacrylate adhe-
sives can clog the applicator tips. We offer spare
tops consisting of two spouts and two caps.
56Z96.06 Set of 2 Spare Tops $3.60
 B D

A
Applying
glue

C F
E

Applying
powder

RapidFix Repair Glue and Powder

This cyanoacrylate glue offers you complete control
over when it begins curing, giving you ample time to Chair Doctor Glue L. Mixing Cups
prepare and position the parts. The curing process If a chair has a loose rung, an injection of Chair One ounce (30cc) polypropylene cups
begins when you drive the air out of the joint by joining Doctor will bond it in position. It soaks into the end (impervious to shop solvents, thinners,
the parts under nger pressure. Most materials bond grain, swells the wood and then freezes it in the paints and epoxies) for accurate mixing of
within a few seconds to half a minute; some may take a swollen state as it cures. A lm of dry glue lines the stains, epoxies, etc. Graduated in both
few minutes to form a strong bond. With the consis- wood cells, preventing contraction. The glue can metric and Imperial. Packaged by weight;
tency of thin syrup, the glue ows into cracks and dries penetrate the narrowest of cracks. It comes in a you will receive between 90 and 100 cups.
clear to make repairs almost invisible. All joints achieve 2 oz bottle with a slim applicator tip, or in a 56Z82.02 Mixing Cups $7.50
maximum strength within 24 hours. Not recommended 4 oz bottle with one syringe and three sizes of
for porous materials, polyethylene or polypropylene M. Acid Swabs
blunt-tip needles that let you do a number of joints
plastics, or Teon. A little goes a long way. quickly and neatly. The needles and syringe can be Acid swabs are useful for applying glue.
The set contains 10ml of glue and 10ml of silica- cleaned with water and reused. 1+ 5+
Sold in packs of 12. Bristle section is about
based welding powder used for gap lling. Apply E. 05K99.01 Chair Doctor, 2 oz $11.20 $10.10 3/8 wide and 3/4 long. 1+ 10+
alternating thin layers of glue and powder to solidify F. 05K99.04 Chair Doctor, 4 oz $16.50 83K04.01 Acid Swabs (12) $5.95 $5.05
the glue within seconds, building up a tough patch that
N. Birch Tongue Depressors
can be sanded, drilled or painted. The powder also G. Biscuit & Roller Glue Applicator Set
At 11/16 wide, 6 long and 1/16 thick, these
helps to bulk up joints for added strength. This set includes a bottle with two applicator are great for spreading glue or stirring
62K10.25 RapidFix Glue & Powder $22.50 heads. The biscuit applicator, having the same paint, stain, filler, etc. They also make
prole as a biscuit, spreads glue evenly within excellent clamping cauls to protect your
A. Old Brown Glue the slot produced by a biscuit joiner. Cap
This glue provides the benets of traditional hide glue work and can be used as shims where you
included. The 21/2 wide rubber roller is suitable have blown it. 1+ 6+
in a convenient liquid formulation. It has good initial for large surface applications. Can be used with
tack, a 30-minute open time and is reversible with heat 41K96.01 Depressors (100) $7.95 $7.15
PVA adhesives or liquid hide glues (regular
and moisture ideal properties for restoration, wood glues). Bottle holds 8 oz. O. Glue Spreaders
veneering, instrument making or assembling complex 17K22.01 Glue Applicator Set $17.50 Lifted from the craft market, where they
projects. Smears and bleed-through can be removed are used to apply glue to felts, paper, card-
with a damp cloth. Composed of hydrolyzed collagen H. Accordion Bottles board, etc., these spreaders work well with
(hide glue) and urea, the glue cures through evaporation Two 1 oz bottles and eight blunt needles, two wood glues and epoxies. The exible tip
and sets completely in 24 to 48 hours. Non-toxic, it has each of gauges 14, 18, 20 and 22. Used for gluing can be used with various amounts of pres-
a 192g Bloom strength rating. Available in 5 oz in the same way as syringes. Excellent value. sure. Glue wont stick to the polypropylene
(148ml) and 20 oz (591ml) bottles. Made in USA. 25K07.45 Set of Accordion Bottles $7.95 plastic and dried glue just chips off.
56K60.10 Old Brown Glue, 5 oz $11.50 Various colors.
56K60.12 Old Brown Glue, 20 oz $27.50 Glue Syringes 99K50.10 Glue Spreaders, pkg. of 6 $5.30
Antique Restorers Veneer Hide Glue For applying glue in awkward spots, we have two
Our granular hide glue is very strong (rated 260g Bloom types of syringes. The set of ve syringes comes P. Squeeze Bottles
strength) with a correspondingly short open time; it is with 10 blunt-end needles (ve 18-gauge and ve These plastic (nylon) bottles are handy if
good for uncomplicated assemblies where strength is of 20-gauge; replacement set available). The curved- you buy glue in bulk or for storing other
paramount importance. Pearl hide glue is not quite as tip syringe can be trimmed back for faster ow. solutions. Applicator top included. 500ml
strong but takes longer to gel, making it better for applica- Flushed after use, all are reusable. 1+ 6+ or 1l capacity. 1+ 6+
tions like veneering where you need time to t, but where J. 25K07.31 5-Syringe Set $14.95 $13.45 62K02.01 500ml (17 oz), ea. $3.40 $3.05
high strength is not required. 1+ 5+ 25K07.37 Repl. Set 10 Needles $ 5.95 62K02.02 1l (34 oz), ea. $3.70 $3.30
B. 56K50.01 Granular Hide Glue, 1 lb $17.20 $15.50 K. 25K07.05 Curved Syringe, ea. $ 3.60 $ 2.85 62K02.04 Repl. Top, ea. $1.20 $1.10
C. 56K50.05 Pearl Hide Glue, 1 lb $15.95 $14.40
L
D. High Tack Fish Glue N P
The long open time and 1-minute tack of this product,
combined with its high strength, make it a good choice
for assembly work. It is sandable and resists solvents,
but the cured glue line has low water resistance. It is G M
widely used for stick-on consumer products because a
cured layer can be moistened to restore the original tack
and bond characteristics. The 15ml container has a
brush-top applicator, ideal for blind nailing. The 500ml
and 1l sizes are in squeeze bottles for general use or for H O
easy rell of the 15ml bottle.
56K60.04 Fish Glue, 15ml (0.5 oz) $ 4.20
56K60.00 Fish Glue, 500ml (17 oz) $13.50
56K60.01 Fish Glue, 1l (34 oz) $23.50
85
J K
 D F

C D. G2 Epoxy
A B G2 epoxy (2:1 ratio) is formulated to work well on
West System Epoxy the #407, which cures to a dark red/brown. The oily and acidic woods. Do not use below
West System is the industry standard epoxy for #403 microber blend is suitable for gap lling. 10C/50F; cure time is 48 hours at 10C/50F or
high-strength waterproof adhesives. The #105 The #404 high-density ller is used for lleting 24 hours at 20C/70F. Ideal where exibility is
epoxy resin is mixed in a 5:1 ratio with the #205 and gap lling where maximum strength is needed, required. The joint will yawn rather than fracture.
and #206 hardeners, and a 3:1 ratio with the such as screw and bolt holes. The #406 colloidal 56Z72.03 G2 Epoxy, 355ml (12 oz) $31.50
#207 hardener to form a high-strength solid with silica is a thickening additive to prevent run-off in 56Z72.01 G2 Epoxy, 710ml (24 oz) $46.50
excellent moisture resistance. The #205 fast- vertical and overhead joints, but can also be used 56Z72.00 G2 Epoxy, 1.4l (48 oz) $72.50
cure hardener has a working time of about 60 to for additional strength or a tougher surface. The E. QuickCure 5 Epoxy
70 minutes at 20C/70F with a minimum cure #407 is a micro-balloon-based, low-density ller A two-part, 5-minute epoxy used in a 1:1 non-
temperature of 4C/40F. The #206 slow-cure for making fairing putties that are easy to sand or critical ratio. It is formulated for use where quick
hardener has a longer working time of 90 to 110 carve. The #410 microlight ller (not shown) is a repairs or patching must be done. It has good
minutes at 20C/70F with a minimum cure thermoplastic-based ller that mixes and sands gap-lling ability and can even be used in mold
temperature of 16C/60F. The #207 special easily. Its smooth texture produces a fairing making. Hardening time can vary from 4 to
coating hardener was developed for coating and compound that allows a ne feather edge. 7 minutes, depending on the ratio of mix and on
berglass cloth application where an exception- Wooden Boat Restoration & Repair is a the temperature; a slower cure will result if used
ally clear, moisture-resistant natural wood nish 78-page booklet that contains in-depth technical below 5C/40F. Not recommended for immer-
is desired. The 105/207 mixture resists clouding information on dry rot and hull and deck plank sion in water or for use above 95C/200F. It
in humid conditions and has a low blush forma- repairs, plus general information on the restora- will work on wood, metal, berglass, concrete,
tion. Three coats or more can be applied in one tion of wooden boats with West System epoxies. leather and china, but not on Teon, polyeth-
day without additional surface preparation. The A. 54Z20.01 #205 Fast-Cure Kit, 39 oz $ 89.50 ylene, or similar plastic and rubber materials.
#207 working time is 110 to 130 minutes at 54Z20.04 #206 Slow-Cure Kit, 39 oz $ 89.50 Ideal for carvers and model builders.
20C/70F with a minimum cure temperature of 54Z20.06 #207 Coating Kit, 42.6 oz $115.00 56Z77.00 QuickCure 5, 236ml (8 oz) $24.90
16C/60F. The curing time for maximum 54Z20.10 #105 Resin, 32 oz $ 49.50 56Z77.01 QuickCure 5, 474ml (16 oz) $45.50
strength is 1-4 days for #205 and #206 hard- 54Z20.16 #205 Hardener, 7 oz $ 26.50
eners, and 4-7 days for the #207. 54Z20.18 #206 Hardener, 7 oz $ 26.50 F. Cold Cure Epoxy Adhesive
The 5:1 kits contain 32 oz (946ml) of resin 54Z20.22 #207 Hardener, 10.6 oz $ 52.00 The most versatile of our epoxy systems, Cold
and 7 oz (207ml) of hardener, and the 3:1 kit 54Z20.20 Pumps, set of 3 $ 19.50 Cure is a waterproof structural bonding agent and
contains 32 oz (946ml) of resin and 10.6 oz B. 54Z21.03 #403 Microbers, 6 oz $ 14.50 penetrating sealer. It will cure at temperatures
(310ml) of hardener. Kits include three dispensing 54Z21.04 #404 High-Density, 15 oz $ 19.80 down to 2C/35F, even under water. Cure time
pumps and a 30-page manual. Components are 54Z21.06 #406 Silica, 1.7 oz $ 14.50 varies with temperature; at 20C/70F it is 24
also available individually. 54Z21.07 #407 Fairing Filler, 4 oz $ 21.50 hours. A low-viscosity epoxy with good wetta-
The llers thicken the mixture for specic appli- 54Z21.10 #410 Microlight Filler, 2 oz $ 19.50 bility. It can be used on wood, metal, plastic, porous
cations. All cure to an off-white color, except for C. 54Z22.01 Wooden Boat Restoration ... $ 6.95 or non-porous surfaces, as an adhesive, sealer or
laminating resin. A two-part system, 2:1 ratio.
GLUE CHARACTERISTICS GLUE APPLICATIONS NR: Not Required N/A: Not Applicable
56Z74.05 Cold Cure, 355ml (12 oz) $38.50
Heat Open Clamp Joint Freeze-
Resist-
Water Solvent Sand- Pot Life
Assembly Time Conditioning Thaw
Wet 56Z73.00 Cold Cure, 710ml (24 oz) $56.50
Resistance Resistance ability (min.) Clean-Up
ance Time (min.) (min.) (hours) (cycles)
G. Spray Adhesive
#205 West good waterproof good good 9-12 60-70 NR 6 (95%) stable acetone
#206 West good waterproof good good 20-25 90-110 NR 12 (95%) stable acetone
This versatile 3M adhesive can be used for
#207 West good waterproof good good 22-27 110-130 NR 14 (95%) stable acetone temporary or permanent bonds. It is ideal for
2002 GF Glue good moderate moderate low N/A 15-20 30-90 4-24 5 water holding patterns on wood for cut-out work. A
Chair Doctor good good good good N/A 10 NR 12 3 water very light coat holds well but will
Cold Cure good waterproof good good variable 20-60 NR 12-48 (80%) stable acetone release cleanly. The pattern can
Fish Glue 500F low good good N/A 60-90 12 hr. 12 stable water be reused without recoating. This
G2 Epoxy good waterproof good good 40 40 NR 24 (80%) stable acetone feature is also excellent for
3-4 (90%),
Gorilla Glue good waterproof good good N/A 15 3-4 hr.
24 (100%)
stable acetone sanding papers and discs. A
Hide Glue low low moderate good all day 3-5 60 24 stable water heavier coat will give a perma-
Hot Stuff low low good good N/A 5 sec. 3-5 8-24 stable Super Solvent nent bond to paper, glass,
Old Brown Glue low low moderate good N/A 15-45 12 hr. 24 stable water cardboard, cloth, wood, plastic
QuickCure 5 good good good good 4-7 4-6 NR N/A stable acetone films, metal and foam rubber.
RapidFix good good good good N/A indenite 1-3 24 (100%) stable acetone
Heat and water resistant. 16.75 oz
Special T low low good good N/A 30-50 sec. 3-5 8-24 stable Super Solvent
(467g) spray can. Low-mist
Super T low low good good N/A 10-25 sec. 3-5 8-24 stable Super Solvent
Titebond formula gives approx. 220 sq.ft.
good low good good N/A 3-5 30 24 2 water
No-Drip of coverage.
Titebond III high high high good N/A 10 30 24 stable water
Spray Adhesive, 16.75 oz
Shear data is not listed for these glues as their strength is generally in excess of the strength of most woods. G 54Z06.01 $18.50
Selection should therefore be made on the basis of other properties required.
 Veritas PM-V11 Chisels
Precision made in our own Blade is
Parallel
sides and
CHISELS
tapered from bevel edges.
machine shop, our bench and shoulder to tip
butt chisels are milled from for strength
and rigidity.
PM-V11 steel (Rc61-63), an Face
of chisel
innovative proprietary alloy. is fully
This metals micro-structure Ferrule seats lapped.
directly onto
makes it extremely durable, so the shoulder
it can withstand the impact of of the blade.
heavy chopping cuts without Shallow
ats
chipping or deforming as parallel
readily as other tool steels, to the
even at bevel angles as low as Tang is blade
barbed back
20. Highly wear resistant, the and has
edge typically lasts at least ats to Domed end
prevent resists chip-
twice as long in use as an A2 the handle ping from
blade before it needs sharp- from mallet use.
rotating.
ening, yet its as easy to
sharpen as A2 steel using
common abrasive media such as water stones. Our chisel blades taper from shoulder A
to tip for strength and rigidity, and have parallel sides and true bevel edges for clear-
ance and minimal friction when working into an angled corner or a tight recess. To
ensure that the face of each blade is both smooth and true, the chisels are lapped at.
The blade and handle are connected with a tang and a socket-like stainless-steel
ferrule that seats directly onto the shoulder of the blade, with ats on the tang to prevent
the handle from rotating. The hard maple handle has been torreed, a heating process
that changes the structure of the wood at the cellular level, stabilizing it against
swelling and shrinkage caused by humidity changes. Contoured to t the hand nicely,
the handle has a domed end that resists chipping from glancing mallet blows.

A. Veritas PM-V11 Bench Chisels Veritas O1 Bench Chisels

These chisels are superbly balanced, with the center The chisels are also available in O1 tool steel (Rc58-60), chosen for its
of gravity close to the tang/socket connection. ease of sharpening and its excellent edge-retention at low bevel angles.
Blades range from 35/8 to 51/8 long. The 3/8 and 05S20.04 O1 Bench Chisel, 1/4 $ 73.00
smaller chisels have 30 primary bevels; the others 05S20.06 O1 Bench Chisel, 3/8 $ 73.00
are 25. All have 2 micro-bevels and require only 05S20.08 O1 Bench Chisel, 1/2 $ 78.00
nal honing before use. Offered individually or as a 05S20.12 O1 Bench Chisel, 3/4 $ 84.00
set of ve (1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 and 1) or a set of 05S20.16 O1 Bench Chisel, 1 $ 88.00
seven (all sizes). 05S20.50 Set of 5 Chisels, O1 $359.00
05S21.02 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 1/8 $ 86.00
05S21.03 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 3/16 $ 86.00 2 micro-bevel
30
05S21.04 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 1/4* $ 92.00 Bevelled edges primary
provide clearance bevel
05S21.06 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 3/8* $ 92.00 and minimal
05S21.08 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 1/2* $ 98.00 friction when 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 and 3/8 chisels
working into
05S21.12 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 3/4* $109.00 an angled 2 micro-bevel
05S21.16 PM-V11 Bench Chisel, 1* $114.00 corner or a 25
tight recess. primary
05S21.50 Set of 5 Chisels, PM-V11* $459.00 bevel
05S21.70 Set of 7 Chisels, PM-V11 $599.00 1/2, 3/4 and 1 chisels

B. Veritas PM-V11 Butt Chisels

Butt chisels are made in wider sizes than most chisels, See page 118 for Veritas Miniature Chisels.
making them efcient for wasting out large areas, such as
the mortises for installing butt hinges. They also have
shorter blades
that some wood- B B
workers nd 1 butt chisel
offer improved
control. Overall
lengths range
1 bench chisel shown for comparison.
from 71/2 to 8;
blade length (including bolster) is about 3. The 1/4 and 3/8
chisels have a 30 primary bevel; the others are 25. All
have 2 micro-bevels, and require only nal honing before
use. The set of three includes 1/2, 1 and 11/2 chisels; the
set of seven includes all sizes. Made in Canada.
05S26.04 Butt Chisel, 1/4 $ 79.00
05S26.06 Butt Chisel, 3/8 $ 84.00
05S26.08 Butt Chisel, 1/2 $ 86.00
05S26.12 Butt Chisel, 3/4 $ 91.00
05S26.16 Butt Chisel, 1 $ 97.00
05S26.24 Butt Chisel, 11/2 $109.00
05S26.32 Butt Chisel, 2 $119.00
05S26.40 Set of 3 Chisels (1/2, 1, 11/2) $255.00
05S26.65 Set of 7 Chisels (all sizes) $579.00 Chisels 87

A 1 chisels; the set of six includes all six sizes.
A. Lee Valley Bevel-Edge Chisels
Made for us in Japan, these bevel-edge chisels
are particularly well ground. The side bevels
are not ground as close to the chisel face as with
our other lines; while this might be limiting in a
specialized use (like cutting dovetails), it
makes the chisels more rigid, which is highly
desirable in general-purpose use. The chisels
are either at or slightly hollow on the face,
ensuring they are never convex. Hardened to
Rc58-62. The at, oval handles are a comfort-
able design; made from a butyrate compound,
they are nearly indestructible. The high-carbon
alloy blades hold a ne edge. Overall length is
93/4; blade length (including bolster) is 51/2.
C
Typical bevel-edge chisel
Tapered
side lands
Narex classic bevel-edge chisel
Narrow side lands
consistent from
shoulder to tip
D are double-scarf welded to 440 stainless-steel
88 Chisels
B. Lee Valley Butt Chisels
Butt chisels got their name from their popularity
in installing butt hinges. However, they also
make excellent chisels for beginning cabinet-
makers because of the ease of control and the
strength of the shorter blade. These chisels are of
the same style and quality as our regular bevel-
edge chisels, with a at, oval handle, high-carbon
alloy blade and well-sharpened edge. Overall
length is about 7; blade length (including
bolster) is about 3. Well-made chisels, equally
usable in general carpentry. Edge guards
included. The set of three includes 1/2, 3/4 and
B Made in Japan.
44S02.02 LV Butt Chisel, 1/4 $16.50
Edge guards are included. Sets are offered as 44S02.03 LV Butt Chisel, 3/8 $16.90
chisels only, or with a tted wooden box that 44S02.04 LV Butt Chisel, 1/2* $17.80
accommodates seven chisels. 44S02.05 LV Butt Chisel, 5/8 $18.90
44S01.02 LV Chisel, 1/4 $ 17.60 44S02.06 LV Butt Chisel, 3/4* $19.90
44S01.03 LV Chisel, 3/8 $ 17.90 44S02.08 LV Butt Chisel, 1* $20.90
44S01.04 LV Chisel, 1/2 $ 18.20 44S02.20 LV Butt Chisel Set of 3* $54.50
44S01.06 LV Chisel, 3/4 $ 18.90 44S02.30 LV Butt Chisel Set of 6 $97.00
44S01.08 LV Chisel, 1 $ 19.80
The bevel along the sides of bevel-edged chisels
44S01.10 LV Chisel, 11/4 $ 20.90 (now thats a confusing term!) originally served to
44S01.12 LV Chisel, 11/2 $ 23.60 provide clearance when cutting dovetails. Now it
44S01.20 Set of 5 Chisels (1/4-1) $ 82.00 is a standard design feature on utility chisels.
44S01.22 Boxed Set of 5 (1/4-1) $105.00
44S01.21 Set of 7 Chisels (1/4-11/2) $124.00
44S01.23 Boxed Set of 7 (1/4-11/2) $147.00 Visit us at www.leevalley.com
44S01.24 Wooden Box only $ 29.50
C. Narex Classic Bevel-Edge Chisels
These chisels from Narex have a classic design with blades that are
bevel edged to a narrow land on each side, providing excellent clear-
ance when trimming into an angled corner such as in dovetail work, as
well as reducing sidewall friction when working in a tight recess.
Made to our specications in Imperial sizes, the blades are accurately
ground chrome-manganese steel, hardened to Rc59. The stained beech
handles have steel hoops and ferrules for strength, and are oval shaped
for comfort and to resist rolling on a bench. Chisels are about 10 to
12 long overall. Tip guards included. Made in the Czech Republic,
these are inexpensive but good-quality chisels.
10S09.61 Classic BE Chisel, 1/4* $ 14.20
10S09.63 Classic BE Chisel, 3/8 $ 14.20
10S09.64 Classic BE Chisel, 1/2* $ 14.20
10S09.65 Classic BE Chisel, 5/8 $ 14.80
10S09.66 Classic BE Chisel, 3/4* $ 15.40
10S09.67 Classic BE Chisel, 7/8 $ 16.50
10S09.68 Classic BE Chisel, 1* $ 17.50
10S09.70 Classic BE Chisel, 11/4 $ 21.50
10S09.72 Classic BE Chisel, 11/2 $ 23.50
10S09.74 Classic BE Chisel, 2 $ 28.50
10S09.76 Set of 4 Chisels* $ 53.00
10S09.77 Set of 7 Chisels (1/4 to 1) $ 89.00
10S09.78 Set of 3 Chisels (11/4 to 2) $ 68.00
Bevel edged to a narrow land
10S09.79 Set of all 10 Chisels $149.00
D. Perfect-Pattern Handled Chisels
These chisels have comfortable perfect-
pattern handles cast of 420 stainless steel that
blades of Rc56-59 hardness. The handle
scales of resin-impregnated pakka wood are
brass-riveted in place and the entire handle
and neck are then hand polished. The 71/2 long chisels come in 1
(25mm), 3/4 (19mm), 1/2 (13mm), 3/8 (10mm) and 1/4 (6mm)
widths. The set comes with snug-tting tip guards in a tted presenta-
tion box. A pleasure to use and a wonderful gift.
09A02.25 Set of 5 Chisels $89.00
 B
D
E
C
A

Japanese Chisels A&D B&E C Japanese Bevel-Edge Chisels

D&E
Japanese chisels have blades Hard high-carbon steel Hard high-carbon steel Hard high-carbon steel These chisels are hardened to
made of hand-forged laminated Rc63-64 and have red oak
steel with a hard high-carbon handles tted with pre-seated,
steel face and a shock-absorbing hand-forged steel hoops and
Laminated softer steel Laminated softer steel Laminated softer steel strong ferrules. Available indi-
softer steel back. Their hollow-
ground backs reduce lapping. Although similar in length to Western chisels, they have shorter blades vidually or as a set of ve (6, 9,
for better control, and longer shoulders and tangs. The tapered ferrule acts as a socket to compress the 12, 18 and 24mm) in a canvas tool roll.
handle as the tang exerts spreading force. The chisels we offer have oak handles that are slightly Not Stocked at our Stores.
canted to provide clearance for ush-trimming projections and paring recessed joints. (As these 60S06.03 BE Chisel, 3mm (1/8) $ 39.20
chisels are hand forged, they may vary in size by 1mm.) 60S06.06 BE Chisel, 6mm (1/4)* $ 39.60
A 60S06.09 BE Chisel, 9mm (3/8)* $ 40.50
Japanese Push Chisels 60S06.12 BE Chisel, 12mm (1/2)* $ 40.90
Push chisels are driven by 60S06.18 BE Chisel, 18mm (11/16)* $ 46.40
hand for paring cuts and 60S06.24 BE Chisel, 24mm (15/16)* $ 49.80
ne tting of joints. 60S06.36 BE Chisel, 36mm (17/16) $ 56.80
Hand forged at 60S06.42 BE Chisel, 42mm (15/8) $ 61.50
Koyamaichi Blade Handles are slightly D. 60S06.51 BE Chisel Set of 5* $216.00
canted to provide clearance.
Works, these chisels Japanese Dovetail Chisels
have long red oak handles the blade shoulder. Their long necks allow you to make cuts Known as umeki-nomi, these versatile tradi-
that offer comfortable grip and at a distance from an edge, especially useful when dressing tional tools are favored for their ability to work
improve control. Their laminated tenons, ush-trimming projections or cleaning the sides of a into sharp corners. Though they excel at
blades combine a high-carbon Yasuki mortise. The handle of the cranked-neck chisels (kote-nomi removing the waste from between dovetails,
white steel face (hardened to Rc65-66) or trowel chisels in Japanese) has a 40mm offset (about they are suitable for a variety of tasks because
with a softer steel back. 11/2) that gives excellent clearance for working in deep their triangular sections and narrow edges allow
The bevel-edged paring chisels are recesses, such as dadoes and sliding dovetail housings. The them to work adjacent to any inclined surface.
superbly balanced for precise control, short blade and sharply angled neck allow good access and Hand forged and nely nished by master black-
with a center of gravity at or just below maneuverability in tight spaces, and the blade has a trian- smith Hiroshi Koyama (Koyamaichi), the
gular cross section that allows work adjacent to angled laminated blades combine a hard high-carbon
shoulders. The ared blades of the shtail chisels reach into Hitachi white steel face with a softer steel back.
corners you would normally need right and left skew chisels Rc65-66. The red oak handles have pre-seated
to access. Particularly good for cleaning up half-blind dove- hand-forged hoops. Available individually or as
tail sockets, they also help with work adjacent to angled sides a set of all six in a canvas tool roll.
where the shoulder of a regular chisel would get in the way. Not Stocked at our Stores.
The long, thin neck makes them easy to maneuver, even in 60S05.03 DT Chisel, 3mm (1/8) $ 79.50
B narrow sockets. 60S05.06 DT Chisel, 6mm (1/4) $ 80.50
Not Stocked at our Stores. 60S05.09 DT Chisel, 9mm (3/8) $ 84.40
60S11.06 6mm Paring Chisel (1/4) $ 99.00 60S05.12 DT Chisel, 12mm (1/2) $ 87.80
Triangular cross section
allows work adjacent to 60S11.12 12mm Paring Chisel (1/2) $ 99.00 60S05.18 DT Chisel, 18mm (11/16) $ 95.90
angled shoulders. 60S11.18 18mm Paring Chisel (11/16) $106.00 60S05.24 DT Chisel, 24mm (15/16) $ 99.50
60S11.24 24mm Paring Chisel (15/16) $110.00 E. 60S05.50 DT Chisel Set of 6 $509.00
60S11.36 36mm Paring Chisel (17/16) $126.00
Flared blades A. 60S11.40 Paring Chisels Set of 5 $489.00
reach into corners.
60S12.06 6mm CN Chisel ( 4) 1/ $106.00 E
60S12.12 12mm CN Chisel (1/2) $113.00
60S12.18 18mm CN Chisel (11/16) $116.00
60S12.24 24mm CN Chisel (15/16) $124.00
B. 60S12.30 CN Chisels Set of 4 $415.00 Removing waste
C between dovetails.
60S12.36 6mm Fishtail Chisel ( /4) 1 $106.00
60S12.42 12mm Fishtail Chisel (1/2) $108.00
C. 60S12.45 Fishtail Chisels Set of 2 $195.00
Chisels 89

A. Hirsch Firmer Chisels
Known for their high quality, Hirsch chisels are
hand forged from high-carbon steel, hardened to
Rc61 for durability and then nely polished over
the length of the blade to achieve a mirror-like
sheen. The hooped handles are hornbeam and
have ats on the top and bottom for better grip
and comfort. Available individually, or as a set
of six including one of each size (Imperial sizes
listed are nominal). Overall chisel lengths are
10 to 11. Edge guards included. Great value in
nely made chisels. Made in Germany.
55J01.06 Firmer Chisel, 6mm (1/4) $ 25.80
55J01.10 Firmer Chisel, 10mm (3/8) $ 26.90
55J01.12 Firmer Chisel, 12mm (1/2) $ 27.50
55J01.16 Firmer Chisel, 16mm (5/8) $ 28.00
55J01.20 Firmer Chisel, 20mm (3/4) $ 30.50
55J01.26 Firmer Chisel, 26mm (1) $ 33.90
55J01.60 Firmer Chisel Set of 6 $162.00
B. Polished Firmer Gouges
Sturdy gouges with double-hooped hardwood
handles in the classic European style, suitable for
D. 3D Knitted Chisel Roll
use with a mallet. The blades are forged from
chrome-vanadium steel and are fully polished.
Hardened to Rc57-59, they need only final
honing. Overall gouge lengths are 10 to 11.
06S10.01 Firmer Gouge, 6mm ( /4) $18.80
1
06S10.02 Firmer Gouge, 10mm (3/8) $19.90
06S10.03 Firmer Gouge, 12mm (1/2) $20.90
06S10.05 Firmer Gouge, 18mm (11/16) $22.40
06S10.07 Firmer Gouge, 25mm (1) $25.40
06S10.20 Firmer Gouge Set of 5 $99.00
B of heavy-duty canvas with a sturdy cloth tie.
Chisels not included. D
A
C. Stanley Sweetheart Socket Chisels
First introduced in 1930, the Stanley 750 cabi-
netmaker chisels remained in production for
nearly 40 years. Sold under the Sweetheart
brand, they were renowned for their ergonomic
design and robust construction, making them
comfortable and maneuverable yet capable of
withstanding the demands of chopping. Recently
reintroduced, the chisels are now made in
Shefeld, England, with the same classic design
and compact socket-mounted handle as the
US-made originals. Rarely seen nowadays,
socketed handles are remarkably durable since
repeated mallet blows serve only to tighten the
socket-and-tenon assembly. The tough horn-
beam handles are shaped to t the hand; the cove
naturally ts your thumb and index nger, while
the domed end nestles in your palm when paring.
To order call 1-800-267-8767
In a process similar to 3D printing, the features
of this high-tech chisel roll are created using a
unique 3D knitting process. Different knitting
stitches and special-purpose yarns can be inte-
grated in a single job, resulting in a durable
one-piece construction. Our chisel roll is made
of heavy polyester yarn with a section of
F. Canvas Chisel and Gouge Rolls
Kevlar to add cut resistance to the blade-
covering ap. It can hold chisels from 9 to
111/2 long, and has seven pockets that stretch to
accommodate handles up to 13/4 in diameter.
A hook-and-loop fastener strap secures the roll
for storage or transport.
Measures 2219 when
unrolled. Made for us by
the Canadian company that
invented the 3D knitting
process, this high-quality
product may be complete
overkill for a tool roll, but
we cant resist supporting
this emerging technology from a deserving rm.
50K60.25 Knitted Chisel Roll $52.50
E
Chisels not included.
The taper-ground blades are chrome-vanadium
steel hardened to Rc57-62, and have bevelled
edges for clearance in tight corners. Overall
lengths range from 81/2 to 10. Built to with-
stand hard use, yet well balanced for ne work.
Offered individually or as a set of four (1/4, 1/2,
3/4, 1) or a set of eight (all sizes). Sets come in
a leather tool roll.
23K19.03 Chisel, 1/8 (3mm) $ 37.50
23K19.06 Chisel, 1/4 (6mm)* $ 38.50
23K19.10 Chisel, 3/8 (10mm) $ 39.50
23K19.12 Chisel, 1/2 (12mm)* $ 40.00
23K19.16 Chisel, 5/8 (16mm) $ 41.00
23K19.18 Chisel, 3/4 (18mm)* $ 41.50
23K19.25 Chisel, 1 (25mm)* $ 42.50
23K19.32 Chisel, 11/4 (32mm) $ 44.00
23K19.40 Chisel Set of 4* $155.00
23K19.50 Chisel Set of 8 $289.00
E. Lee Valley Carving Tool Roll
Our 18-pocket heavy-duty canvas roll is
designed to fully protect your tools and show the
blades at the same time. The blades nestle
between neighboring handles as you roll them
up and an end-ap covers the last few blades.
Also handy for holding auger bits. It is compact
since it accommodates twice as many tools for a
given length of roll. 24131/2 overall.
67E02.01 LV Carving Tool Roll $24.50
Available with 6, 9 or 12 pockets, these rolls are
designed for cabinetmakers chisels and larger
gouges. A protective ap folds over the blades
when the tools are rolled up the best way to store
your ne chisels and gouges. Fully bound, made
67E01.01 6-Pocket Canvas Roll $15.50
67E01.02 9-Pocket Canvas Roll $18.50
67E01.03 12-Pocket Canvas Roll $22.50
G. Leather Tool Roll
Exceptionally durable, this tool roll is made
from sturdy split leather. The 131/222 roll has
17 pockets of various sizes to hold a wide assort-
ment of carving tools, chisels or les.
68K40.31 17-Pocket Roll $32.50
G
F
Tools not included.
 A. Narex Paring Chisels
These are excellent paring chisels at a great price. We asked Narex to produce these exclusively for us
to their most stringent specications. The production took months and was so laborious (and expen-
sive) that the manufacturer is actually reluctant to make them again. Their efforts are well received,
however; these are among the best paring chisels weve seen.
Substantially thicker in cross section than traditional paring chisels, they have a length and heft that
permit accurate registration with the work and control through the cut. Forged from silicon-chrome
steel (Rc58-60), the 91/2 long blades taper from 9/32 thick at the shoulder to 7/32 thick next to the 20
bevel. The bevel-edged sides reduce sidewall friction in tight recesses. Fitted with brass-plated steel
ferrules, the hornbeam handles are generously sized for good grip; the wider chisels have the same size
of handle, while the 1/4 and 1/2 sizes have smaller-diameter handles to maintain correct balance.
Overall lengths range from 143/4 to 151/4. Made in Czech Republic.
10S09.81 1/4 Paring Chisel $ 37.50
10S09.84 1/2 Paring Chisel $ 38.90 A
10S09.86 3/4 Paring Chisel $ 39.90
10S09.87 1 Paring Chisel $ 41.50
10S09.88 11/4 Paring Chisel $ 43.50
10S09.90 Paring Chisel Set of 5 $175.00

To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit our

Embedded rare-earth website at www.leevalley.com
magnets in guide
hold chisel in place.

Veritas Magnetic Corner Chisel
Designed specifically for squaring off the
corners of routed hinge gains. The 3/8 square
blade is precision ground with a 35 bevel on
each face, made of long-wearing A2 tool steel
and hardened to Rc60. Though it can be used on
its own, using the 2 tall anodized aluminum
guide block ensures greater accuracy. Two
embedded rare-earth magnets hold the chisel
squarely in place, while the outside faces of the
block register against the routed pocket. A tap
on the chisel cuts the corner square and ush
with the routed edges.
50S01.01 3/8 Magnetic Corner Chisel $44.50
B. Sorby Corner Chisels Use your good chisels on clean lumber only; paint,
Used for truing corners and general clean-up, mud or glue dulls them quickly.
these two chisels are milled from solid bars of
steel. Useful for general D. Sorby Bevel-Edge Framing Chisels
cabinetmaking, the 3/8 Standard North American timber-framing
chisel is 51/2 to the chisels, they taper from 7/16 thick at the shoulder
shoulder and 10 long to about 3/16 at the bevelled cutting edge. The
overall. The 1 chisel, sides are bevelled at a 60 angle to the face but,
used for large mortises most important, they have an even width of land,
such as those found in making the chisel suitable for dovetail work.
/
timber framing, is 9 8 to the shoulder and
3 Blade lengths are about 83/4. Made in U.K.
181/2 long overall. Made in U.K. 85S05.03 BE Framing Chisel, 1 $110.00
85S07.01 Corner Chisel, 8 3/ $ 92.50 85S05.04 BE Framing Chisel, 11/2 $ 138.00
85S07.03 Corner Chisel, 1 $169.50 85S05.05 BE Framing Chisel, 2 $148.00
85S05.15 BE Framing Set of 3 $360.00
C. Sorby Framing Chisels
These long, strong chisels are used for very E. Sorby Boxwood-Handled Paring Chisels
deep mortising, or much like slicks for paring These Shefeld steel chisels have close-grained
cuts. The blades are 101/4 to 11 long and boxwood handles with brass ferrules. The long,
taper from 7/16 at the shoulder to 3/16 at the thin blades taper toward the cutting edge and are
bevelled cutting edge. The 9 long handle is about 91/2 long. Used for paring cuts, these
large enough for two-handed paring cuts. chisels are usually sharpened at a low bevel angle
Made in U.K. for smooth action in cross-grain work. Normally
85S01.03 Framing Chisel, 1 $ 92.50 used with both hands or tapped lightly with a
85S01.04 Framing Chisel, 11/2 $103.00 mallet. Available separately or as a set of four
85S01.05 Framing Chisel, 2 $122.00 with 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 and 1 sizes. Made in U.K.
85S01.15 Framing Chisel Set of 3 $297.00 85S03.01 Paring Chisel,1/4* $ 64.50
85S01.11 Repl. Handle $ 21.00 85S03.02 Paring Chisel, 1/2* $ 69.00
85S03.03 Paring Chisel, 3/4* $ 73.00
85S03.04 Paring Chisel, 1* $ 78.50
85S03.06 Paring Chisel, 11/2 $ 92.50
85S03.10 Paring Chisel Set of 4* $265.00

E
Chisels 91
 B. Narex Skew Chisels
With accurately ground
chrome-manganese steel
blades (hardened to Rc59),
these skew chisels are well made
Flush-trimming by a small rm in the Czech
joinery pegs.
Republic. Designed to cut cleanly B
when trimming shoulders, dressing
end grain or tidying inside corners,
they have a 30 skew angle and a
25 bevel angle. The blades have a
classic design with edges bevelled to
a narrow land on each side. Oval
shaped for comfort and control, the
stained beech handles resist rolling on a
A
workbench and have steel hoops and
ferrules for durability. Made to our spec-
ications in an Imperial size, the blades
A. Narex Cranked-Neck are 1/2 wide. The chisels are 103/8
Paring Chisels overall and sold as a pair (one left skew,
These are well-made chisels at an one right). Excellent value in good-quality chisels.
excellent price. Though often overlooked 10S15.17 Pair of Skew Chisels, 1/2 $28.50
as specialized tools, cranked-neck chisels are a
valuable addition to any woodworkers tool kit. Their The Art of Joinery, Revised Edition
ability to work in areas a regular chisel cant makes them by Joseph Moxon, with commentary by
versatile problem solvers. The blades are short (33/4 to 4) for Christopher Schwarz
maneuverability, and the offset handles provide clearance when This title was rst published in 2008 as an annotated
tting housed joints or working into restricted recesses. The offset design reprint of Joseph Moxons classic 17th century text,
also lets you register the blade face on the work for better control and reduced Mechanick Exercises, the earliest known English-
language book on woodworking. In this updated
risk of digging in when ush-trimming projections. edition, Moxons original text and illustrations are
Made in the Czech Republic by Narex, they have accurately ground bevel-edged further supplemented with extensive commentary by
blades made of chrome-manganese steel hardened to Rc60-62. The unnished Schwarz, who sheds light on the historical context for
hornbeam handles are tted with brass-plated ferrules. About 10 to 12 long the work while offering modern interpretations to
overall. Available individually or as a set of all four. Tip guards included. adapt 300-year-old methods to everyday practice.
10S10.11 1/4 CN Paring Chisel $ 37.50 The book covers joinery, planes, chisels, work-
10S10.14 1/2 CN Paring Chisel $ 38.50 benches, sharpening and more, and includes an
10S10.16 3/4 CN Paring Chisel $ 39.50 appendix of 17th-century plates illustrating building
10S10.17 1 CN Paring Chisel $ 41.50 and joinery tools. Hardcover, 69, 168 pages, 2013.
20L02.89 The Art of Joinery $24.90
10S10.20 Set of 4 CN Paring Chisels $139.00

U. J. Ramelson Cranked-Neck Chisels
Handy clean-up chisels with cranked necks that
keep your hands clear of the work and let you get
into restricted areas. Right skew, left skew and
square-end. Hand forged. Blade width nomi-
nally 3/8; overall length 61/2.
C. 57D11.03 Cranked-Neck Square-End $15.50
D. 57D11.01 Cranked-Neck Right Skew $15.50
E. 57D11.02 Cranked-Neck Left Skew $15.50
57D11.10 CN Chisel Set of 3 $42.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
F. Henry Taylor Cranked-Neck Paring Chisels G. Hirsch Cranked Trimming Chisels
Ideal for tting housed joints such as dadoes and These are ideal for ush trimming of small
sliding dovetails, and for trimming projections, the joints, glue lines, plugs, etc., and for inside-
41/4 long bevel-edged blades (Rc57-59) are short for corner work. The cranked blade keeps the
easy maneuvering. Offset beech handles. Made in handle clear of the work surface. The hooped
England; available individually or as a set of four. hornbeam handle can be struck with a mallet
Not Stocked at our Stores. for additional force. Polished high-carbon steel
58S08.01 CN Chisel, /4 1 $ 57.90 blade, Rc61. About 10 to 11 long overall.
58S08.02 CN Chisel, 1/2 $ 61.50 Edge guard included. Made in Germany.
58S08.03 CN Chisel, /4 3 $ 63.90 55J03.10 Cranked Chisel, 10mm (3/8) $32.80
58S08.04 CN Chisel, 1 $ 74.50 55J03.16 Cranked Chisel, 16mm (5/8) $33.90
55J03.20 Cranked Chisel, 20mm (3/4) $37.90
58S08.10 Chisel Set of 4 $234.00

92 Chisels
 A. Narex Mortise Chisels
Well made by a small Czech rm, these chisels are
available individually or as a set of six. About 53/4
from tip to bolster, the accurately ground chrome-
manganese steel blades (hardened to Rc59) have
relieved edges and taper from tip to shoulder for
sidewall clearance. The stained beech handles are
oval shaped both for good grip and to resist rolling on
a work surface, and have steel hoops and ferrules.
111/2 long overall. Tip guards included. Excellent
value, these chisels are made to our specications in
Imperial sizes.
10S09.29 Mortise Chisel, 1/8 $17.50 A
10S09.30 Mortise Chisel, 3/16 $16.50
10S09.31 Mortise Chisel, 1/4 $16.50
10S09.32 Mortise Chisel, 5/16 $16.50
10S09.33 Mortise Chisel, 3/8 $17.50
10S09.34 Mortise Chisel, 1/2 $21.50
10S09.41 Mortise Chisel Set of 6 $98.00

Bevel Angles
The bevel angle that should be used on chisels is
dictated by their use. As a general rule, grind and hone
at 25. For mortise chisels beef up the angle to 35; for
paring chisels take it back to 20. If you get crumbling
or folding, increase the bevel angle. Most edge prob-
lems are caused by incorrect bevel angles.

B. Hirsch Mortise Chisels

These are massive chisels for quickly wasting mate-
rial from deep mortises. The 1/2 thick high-carbon
steel blades (Rc61) taper in width from tip to
shoulder for sidewall clearance when cutting deep
mortises. The 61/2 hooped hornbeam handles are
oversize for grip and have leather shock washers. C. Sorby Registered Mortise Chisels D. Swan-Neck Chisels
About 13 to 14 long overall, these are hefty tools. Originally developed for barge builders on the A swan-neck chisel
Made in Germany. River Thames, these chisels are still popular is used to clean the
Not Stocked at our Stores. for rugged use. The blades (41/2 to 7 long) are bottoms of mortises.
55J05.06 Mortise Chisel, 6mm (1/4) $ 57.90 rectangular in cross section and taper 1/16 from The chisel is levered
55J05.10 Mortise Chisel, 10mm (3/8) $ 59.90 the shoulder to the bevel. The heavy hardwood in use, not struck.
55J05.13 Mortise Chisel, 13mm (1/2) $ 62.50 handles (61/2 long) have steel hoops top and Available in two
55J05.16 Mortise Chisel, 16mm (5/8) $ 67.80 bottom and a thick leather shock washer next widths 1/4 and 3/8.
55J05.26 Mortise Chisel Set of 4 $232.00 to the bolster. Made in England. Both can be used to
85S02.01 Mortise Chisel, 1/4 $ 51.00 clean other sizes of
85S02.02 Mortise Chisel, 3/8 $ 51.50 mortises (e.g., 1/2).
85S02.03 Mortise Chisel, 1/2 $ 53.00 Made specically
85S02.04 Mortise Chisel, 3/4 $ 55.00 for us by Henry Taylor
85S02.05 Mortise Chisel, 1 $ 61.50 of England.
85S02.06 Mortise Chisel, 11/2 $ 81.50 58S07.01 Swan-Neck Chisel, 1/4 $39.50
85S02.07 Mortise Chisel, 2 $ 94.00 58S07.03 Swan-Neck Chisel, 3/8 $46.50
85S02.10 Mortise Chisel Set of 7 $415.00

D
Chisels 93
 B

A
A
Marking

C. All-Steel Carpenters Chisels

A Though not ne woodworking chisels, these are useful for
Batoning
general carpentry, particularly for roughing work where
you need a tough but not unwieldy chisel. The massive
Batoning Chisel 5mm thick bevel-edged blades are hardened to Rc57-61 for
To baton something is to hit it with a club. This is what you superior edge retention, while the handles are considerably
do when using the side bevel of this chisel to split wedges softer to withstand hammer blows. You can even pry with
from a section of 24, as one example. A sturdy tool, the these chisels, since both blade and handle are forged from a
chisel has a stainless-steel handle double-scarf welded to a single piece of chrome-vanadium steel. Made in France;
manganese steel blade (Rc58-60). The handle scales are sold individually or as a set of all four. Overall lengths
resin-impregnated pakka wood. Designed to provide a range from 103/4 to 143/8. Tip guards included.
comfortable grip whether used as a chisel or a knife, it is one 44S11.20 20mm Chisel (3/4) $19.90
of the handiest utility tools you can carry when working 44S11.25 25mm Chisel (1) $22.40
away from the shop. Measures about 63/4 long overall with 44S11.30 30mm Chisel (11/4) $23.40
a 25mm wide blade. Abrasion- and cut-resistant nylon scab- 44S11.40 40mm Chisel (11/2) $30.50
Protective
bard included. nylon 44S11.50 Carpenters Chisel Set of 4 $87.50
A. 09A02.45 RH Chisel with Scabbard $22.50 scabbard
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
B. 09A02.46 LH Chisel with Scabbard $22.50

Veritas Detail Chisels

Yeung Chan, a California cabinetmaker whose There are three dovetail-style chisels (bevel- limited supply. They are a delight to own and
work has been published in many magazines, edged to a narrow land on each side), a 1/16 use. Patented.
designed these chisels for his own use. As he wide tapered chisel executed in a mortise- Not Stocked at our Stores.
taught seminars around the country, he was chisel shape to give it the required stiffness for D. 05K04.56 Dovetail-Style Chisel, 1/2 $ 49.50
frequently asked where such chisels could be such a narrow chisel, and a trimming chisel that E. 05K04.54 Dovetail-Style Chisel, 1/4 $ 48.50
bought. To shorten the story, he came to us and tapers to a slim wedge for all sorts of fine F. 05K04.52 Dovetail-Style Chisel, 1/8 $ 45.50
we asked knife maker Paul Beebe (who makes paring. The pau ferro octagonal handles afford G. 05K04.50 Tapered Chisel, 1/16 $ 45.50
several other tools for us) to make them of excellent control in use. The chisels come beau- H. 05K04.60 Paring Chisel, 1/2 $ 49.50
O1 tool steel. Of course, each is hand made and tifully honed, ready for use. Because of the 05K04.70 Boxed Set of 5 Chisels $225.00
is intended to be used only with hand force. hand labor involved, these will always be in 05K04.65 Box Only $ 21.50
Proles of Detail Chisels
Veritas Skew
D E F G H K J
Chisels
A skew chisel not
only cuts more
cleanly than a
square-end chisel
(particularly when Proles of Skew Chisels
used on end grain), Shown actual size.

but also requires less force to do so. Basically a

trimming chisel, it excels at ush-paring plugs or
dowels and ne tting of joints. These beautiful 1/2
wide skew chisels were hand crafted for us by Paul
Beebe as a complement to our other detail chisels.
The 4 pau ferro hardwood handles are shaped for
maximum control. The O1 tool steel blades are
F extremely sharp and hold their edge well. Patented.
D Not Stocked at our Stores.
E G J. 05K04.75 Right Skew Chisel, 1/2 $45.50
K. 05K04.76 Left Skew Chisel, 1/2 $45.50
J 05K04.77 Pair of Chisels $84.00
H
K The Veritas Mk.II Honing Guide System makes
chisel sharpening reliable, accurate and consistent.
See pages 142-143.
94 Chisels
 A

E F G H

Carpenters Beech Mallets H. Carvers Mallet

These are classic mallets made from steamed This well-made mallet has a turned hardwood
European beech, lacquered and polished. The handle and an indestructible 31/2 dia. high-
faces are slightly raked to ensure a square strike; density polyurethane head. The slight give of the
A. Brass Ferrules the face size lets you watch your work, not just polyurethane allows the head to remain in contact
Making a handle is the tool. Chamfered edges prevent splintering in with the tool being struck for a longer time,
a straightforward use. Suitable for light-duty work, the 31/4 resulting in a smoother and better transmission of
operation; nding a ferrule of the size you need (10 oz) mallet is also ideal for children. The 41/2 force. Guaranteed not to split or crack. 101/2
is the difcult part. These solid brass ferrules (16 oz) size is standard and the 6 (24 oz) is for long overall. Head weighs 20 oz.
cover the range from 5/16 to 11/2 in diameter. heavy mortising. 27E05.01 Carvers Mallet, 20 oz $52.50
The sizes listed are the inside diameter (I.D.), the E. 35E01.03 Beech Mallet, 6 $39.50
size of the hole in the ferrule tip (Hole), and the F. 35E01.02 Beech Mallet, 41/2 $29.50 See page 347 in our Assorted section for the
length (L) of the sleeve portion. All have a slightly G. 35E01.04 Beech Mallet, 31/4 Veritas Cabinetmakers Mallet.
$23.50
ared base, making them easy to press on.
Price per ferrule
I.D. Hole L 1+ 10+
27K30.02 .312 .225 .500 $ .60 $ .45
27K30.05 .375 .265 .437 $ .70 $ .55
27K30.08 .500 .328 .500 $ .85 $ .65
27K30.11 .625 .453 .550 $ .95 $ .75
27K30.14 .750 .438 .875 $1.10 $ .85
27K30.17 .875 .687 .843 $1.20 $ .95
27K30.20 1.000 .875 .968 $2.00 $1.60
27K30.23 1.125 .875 .968 $2.10 $1.65
27K30.26 1.250 1.000 .968 $2.20 $1.75
27K30.30 1.500 1.125 1.000 $2.30 $1.80
Veritas Journeymans Brass Mallet
Magnetic Chisel Guards This mallet can be used with a traditional grip or it can be nestled
Plastic chisel guards are in the palm of your hand to exactly control the force used, a posi-
OK for chisels that never tion preferred by carvers and sculptors or anyone doing work
leave the shop, but they are Cutting edge of the chisel ner than mortising.The brass head has a blind threaded connec-
inadequate for tools that never touches the tip of tion rather than a through hole for the handle; this gives the same
travel. These galvanized the guard. feel and force to the 15/8 dia. top as the sides. The cherry handle
steel guards are of a design is turned after mounting to ensure a perfectly smooth transition
that ensures the cutting between the head and handle. At 11/4 lb with an overall length of
edge of a chisel never 6, it is as effective as it is graceful.
touches the tip of the 05E14.01 Veritas Brass Mallet $37.50
guard. The chisel is fully
protected even if the chisel
is dropped blade-down. A
rare-earth magnet holds Journeymans Brass Mallet K
the guard rmly in posi- For work that requires more finesse than
tion, ensuring forces are power, this mallet is an excellent choice. It can
absorbed by the chisel face be held by the handle or cradled in your palm
and bevel, not the cutting for more control. The solid brass head has a
edge. Available in 1, 11/2 and 2 widths. blind threaded connection so the slightly
B. 09A02.26 1 Chisel Guard, ea. $3.20
convex top can be used as a striking surface
C. 09A02.28 11/2 Chisel Guard, ea. $3.40
with the same feel and force as the sides. The
D. 09A02.30 2 Chisel Guard, ea. $3.90
large mallet, with a 1 lb, 15/8 diameter head, is
ideal for sculpting and carving. The
small mallet, with a 0.6 lb, 17/32
Chisels not included. diameter head, allows an even
more delicate touch for ne details.
Each has a comfortable cherry J Cradle the mallet in your palm
handle and is just under 6 long for more control.
overall. Set includes one of each
size. Made in Canada. Convex top
J. 15K05.01 Small Mallet $29.90
K. 15K05.03 Large Mallet $34.90
B 15K05.05 Set of 2 Mallets $59.00
D C
 T-Loc Systainer 1 case

Two PM-V11
plane blades

Three
PM-V11 Detail
butt ush-
chisels cutting
saw

Flat and
half-round
Japanese Low-angle
milled- block plane
tooth les

Veritas Cabinetmakers
French-tted liner
with contrasting

Installation Kit bottom layer.

The hand tools in this set have been selected to complement your power
tools for the nal trimming and tting that are frequently necessary
on-site. The kit comes in a custom black and yellow T-Loc Systainer 1
case with a French-tted liner made of rm closed-cell EVA foam. A
contrasting bottom layer lets you see at a glance if anything is missing. It
also includes a small anti-corrosion emitter that releases a harmless vapor
to help prevent rust from forming on the tools. A useful assortment of
high-quality tools.
The kit includes the following items: The detail ush-cutting saw has a thin, exible blade with no set to its teeth,
Veritas low-angle block plane with two PM-V11 blades allowing you to trim projections ush to a surface without marking the work.
Veritas PM-V11 butt chisels in 1/4, 1/2 and 1 widths Its 26 tpi blade has a Japanese tooth pattern that cuts aggressively on the pull
Veritas detail ush-cutting saw stroke. With no tendency Protruding plug
Flat and half-round Japanese milled-tooth les Back of blade to drift in a cut, it can also
Tooth has Actual size
no set.
With a 12 bed angle, the low-angle swings.
be used for other ne- Flush to surface
block plane excels at end-grain work. It cutting applications.
has a combined blade advance and lateral The Japanese milled-
adjust that is sensitive and accurate, and tooth les cut with
two blade-guide screws that prevent Pivot surprising speed yet leave a remarkably smooth
blade shifting. Its ductile cast iron body surface. Their sharp-edged teeth shear material instead
takes hard knocks without cracking, and Front of blade skews.
of abrading it. Suitable for wood or plastics, they are Material is sheared,
has milled sides and a ground sole. Two also useful for easing the edges of laminates. The not abraded.
lapped 25 PM-V11 steel blades are provided so you dont need to included at le and half-round le are both safe-edged.
sharpen at the job site; you can just switch to the spare blade. The full price of the components if ordered individually is $665.
The included butt chisels are a 1 chisel for quickly removing waste ZV40090 Veritas Cabinetmakers Installation Kit $549.00
material and two narrow chisels, 1/4 and 1/2 wide. The PM-V11 tool steel
blades taper from shoulder to tip for strength and rigidity, and have
parallel sides and true bevel edges. The hard torreed maple handle is
contoured to t the hand nicely, and has a domed end that resists chipping
from glancing mallet blows.

1 butt chisel
See page
212 for our
1 bench chisel shown for comparison.
Veritas
Drilling Kit.

96 Chisels
 Size Comparison
PLANES of Veritas Planes
103/4
31/4

21/4
11/2
Scrub
Plane

9
21/8
Small

21/4
13/4
Bevel-Up
Smooth Plane

93/4
3
Low-Angle

21/2
2
Smooth Plane

10
3

21/4
Bevel-Up

31/8
Smoother

91/2
3
#4

21/2
2
Smooth
Veritas Planes Plane
Over the past half-century, plane makers have focused Frog and handle are 93/4
23/8
more on cutting production costs than on making combined in a single unit
that moves to adjust #4
planes work better. For our planes, we chose to focus mouth opening.

23/8

27/8
Smoothing
on better adjustment and feed mechanisms, features to Plane
prevent blade vibration, and blades offering a choice of 12
bevels and metallurgical properties to suit your prefer- Adjustable Set screws prevent blade 43/8
ences. Weve also introduced customizable planes (see mouth from shifting, maximizing #5W

21/2
lateral adjustment.

2
Bench Plane
page 100). Combined feed and
Materials, Manufacturing and Design lateral adjustment
15
43/4
All Veritas plane bodies are fully stress-relieved
ductile cast iron, which is dimensionally stable and

21/4
Low-Angle

23/4
takes hard knocks without cracking. To allow fast, Jack Plane
accurate adjustment, parts are machined to exacting Mouth can be
closed for ne
standards in our factory, ensuring a precise t. Milled shavings (minimum 43/4
151/8
and surface ground to a high degree of nish, the soles tear-out) or opened
21/4
for heavier cuts. Jack Rabbet
are at and square to the sides. Most of our bench

21/4
Plane
planes have extra-large side wings for stable shooting,
and a large bubinga front knob and rear tote that provide excellent control and 63/8
173/4
comfort. Most also have a Norris-type combined feed and lateral adjustment mecha-
#6
23/8

nism for easy and accurate blade setting. On all bench planes, shoulder planes and

27/8
Fore
block planes (except the apron plane), set screws in the sides prevent the blade from Plane
shifting when it hits a knot. 22
73/4
Choice of A2, O1 or PM-V11 Lapped Tool Steel Blades
21/4

Veritas bench, bevel-up and block planes (standard and low-angle) come Bevel-Up

27/8
Jointer
with lapped blades made of O1, A2 or our PM-V11 tool steel. Choice of
blade type depends on your preferences how you like to work, how much planing
you do and your sharpening methods.
Our O1 blades are oil-quenched and double-tempered to Rc58-60. While O1 Custom Bench Planes
91/2
sharpens more easily than A2 or PM-V11, it also dulls more readily. O1 blades are a 25/8
good choice for rapid honing, but require it more frequently. Our A2 blades are air- #4

21/2
quenched and double-tempered to Rc60-62.
2

Smooth
Lapped working Lapped working Plane
They hold an edge longer than O1 but require surface on regular surface on shoulder
more effort to sharpen. A premium blade mate- and bevel-up plane and bullnose plane 27/8
10
blades. blades.
rial, our PM-V11 tool steel (Rc61-63) has a ne,
#4
consistent grain structure that provides signi-
23/8

Smoothing
3

cantly greater resistance to damage from both Plane

impact and wear than O1 or A2, yet is as easy to
14
sharpen as A2. PM-V11 has metallurgical prop- 41/2
erties particularly well suited for plane blades. It #5
21/2
2

Jack Plane
can take a keen edge and hold it at least twice as long in use as an A2 blade before
needing sharpening; once dulled, the edge can be quickly restored using water stones
15
or other common sharpening methods. Visit www.pm-v11.com for more information 5
on the performance of these steels.
#5
23/8

We lap all of our blades* on the face to a atness tolerance of 0.0005 or better over the Jack Plane
3

working surface, with an average roughness of 0.000005 or better. While the blade
faces are smooth and true, the intersecting bevel should be honed before use. 22
81/4
* except Veritas scrub, scraping, router and ush plane blades, and all Veritas A2
toothed blades. #7
23/8

Jointer
On regular and bevel-up blades, the working surface extends from about 1/8 below
3

Plane
the screw slot to the edge; on shoulder and bullnose plane blades, it is the widest
section of the face from the shoulder to the edge.
Planes 97
 Bevel-Up Bench Planes
Our bevel-up smoother, jointer and low-angle jack planes have 12 beds.
Cut angles can be optimized by altering the bevel, or by switching to
optional blades with 25, 38 or 50 bevels.* We also offer a toothed
A blade for working difcult grain. The Norris-type adjuster makes blade
setting easy and accurate. A stop-screw in the throat adjusts the mouth or
lets you open it fully for blade removal, while preserving your settings.
These planes, combined with the bevel-up blades, cover a full range of
planing tasks smoothing, jointing, and working end grain or difcult
grain. Our low-angle smooth plane and jack rabbet plane have all the
above features, but with a 25 or 15 bevel respectively. Blades are avail-
able in A2, O1 or PM-V11 steel (see page 97 for more information).

A Enclosed toe B
can be Mouth can be
adjusted for closed for ne
ne shavings shavings
(minimum (minimum
tear-out) or tear-out) or
opened for opened for
B heavier cuts. heavier cuts.

A. Veritas Small Bevel-Up Smooth Plane Back of blade B. Veritas Low-Angle Smooth Plane
With a size comparable to a #3 bench plane, swings. A low-angle smooth plane has three key uses.
this low-angle smoother is smaller and With a diagonal stroke, partly across and partly
lighter than a full-size smoother, making it along the grain, it is used to smooth surfaces. The
easier to maneuver and less fatiguing to use generous side wings are ideal for shooting miters.
for extended periods. Further, since the blade Pivot Its 37 cutting angle minimizes ber tearing and
is narrower, cuts are easier to push through. makes it well suited for end-grain work. With a
Like the full-size versions, it is useful for Shooting miters. 12 bed angle, this is a bevel-up plane, like a low-
Front of blade skews.
nal nishing of surfaces, end-grain work angle block plane. It includes a lapped 25 blade,
and for shooting miters. The body has a 12 1/8 thick. Patented. Made in Canada.
bed angle and a movable toe fully enclosed 05P39.01 Small BU Plane, A2 $229.00 05P25.01 LA Smooth Plane, A2 $249.00
by the body casting. The locking front knob 05P39.51 Small BU Plane, O1 $229.00 05P25.51 LA Smooth Plane, O1 $249.00
controls the toe to set the mouth opening. 05P39.71 Small BU Plane, PM-V11 $242.00 05P25.71 LA Smooth Plane, PM-V11 $262.00
Yielding an effective cutting angle of 37 to 05P39.02 Repl. 13/4 A2 Blade, 25 $ 36.00 05P25.02 Repl. 2 A2 Blade, 25 $ 36.00
minimize fiber tearing, the included 25 05P39.52 Repl. 13/4 O1 Blade, 25 $ 36.00 05P25.52 Repl. 2 O1 Blade, 25 $ 36.00
bevel blade is 1/8 thick and lapped. Made in 05P39.72 Repl. 13/4 PM-V11 Blade, 25 $ 49.00 05P25.72 Repl. 2 PM-V11 Blade, 25 $ 49.00
Canada. Patented. Optional Blades Optional Blades
05P39.03 13/4 A2 Blade, 38 $ 36.00 05P25.03 2 A2 Blade, 38 $ 36.00
If you already own our Veritas 05P39.04 13/4 A2 Blade, 50 $ 36.00 05P25.53 2 O1 Blade, 38 $ 36.00
Low-Angle Block Plane, our 05P39.53 13/4 O1 Blade, 38 $ 36.00 05P25.73 2 PM-V11 Blade, 38 $ 49.00
inexpensive hardwood grips 05P39.54 13/4 O1 Blade, 50 $ 36.00 05P25.04 2 A2 Blade, 50 $ 36.00
will convert it into a small 05P39.73 13/4 PM-V11 Blade, 38 $ 49.00 05P25.54 2 O1 Blade, 50 $ 36.00
bevel-up plane ideal for 05P39.74 13/4 PM-V11 Blade, 50 $ 49.00 05P25.74 2 PM-V11 Blade, 50 $ 49.00
small-scale
work or
Sole Sole Blade Sole Sole Blade
working in Product Weight Product Weight
Length Width Width Length Width Width
tight areas.
See page 105 for details. Veritas Small BU Veritas
9 21/4 13/4 2 lb 12 oz 93/4 21/2 2 3 lb 10 oz
Smooth Plane LA Smooth Plane

C. Toothed Blades for Bevel-Up Planes
These toothed blades allow fast material
removal with minimal tear-out, even when
working with difcult grain, particularly knots.
They are also useful for leaving witness marks
to indicate what parts of the work you still need
to nish, or for texturing a surface for veneer.
Coarse (13 tpi), medium (17 tpi) and fine
(25 tpi) blades are available. The coarse-toothed
blade is a good choice for fast material removal, while smooth plane. The 21/4 blade can be used in our
the ne-toothed blade provides the best performance bevel-up jointer, smoother and low-angle jack
in densely figured wood or for leaving a finely planes.
grooved surface for veneering. The medium-toothed 05P39.06 13/4 Coarse A2 Blade $45.00
blade is a good general workhorse, offering a compro- 05P39.08 13/4 Medium A2 Blade $45.00
mise between speed and tear-out prevention. 05P39.07 13/4 Fine A2 Blade $45.00
Designed for our bevel-up planes, the blades come 05P25.06 2 Coarse A2 Blade $45.00
in three widths. The 13/4 blade is for our small bevel- 05P25.08 2 Medium A2 Blade $45.00
up smooth plane and the 2 blade is for our low-angle 05P25.07 2 Fine A2 Blade $45.00
05P34.06 21/4 Coarse A2 Blade $49.00
05P34.08 21/4 Medium A2 Blade $49.00
05P34.07 21/4 Fine A2 Blade $49.00
Shown actual size

Fine 25 tpi Medium 17 tpi Coarse 13 tpi

*For more information on choosing a bevel

angle, search for any of our bevel-up planes
C at www.leevalley.com and click on the
tech link within the price chart.
21/4 blades
13/4 blades 2 blades
 Mouth can be closed
for ne shavings
(minimum tear-out)
or opened for
A,B&C heavier cuts. C

B Mouth can be closed for ne

D shavings (minimum tear-out)
or opened for heavier cuts.
Blade extends the full width D
of the body.

For information on Veritas plane construction and details on A2, O1 and PM-V11 tool steel blades, see page 97.

A. Veritas Bevel-Up Jointer Plane York pitch. This is an ideal starting angle for mini-
The Veritas low-angle jointer is the largest member mizing tear-out on difcult wood. For the most
of our bevel-up bench plane family. It is a hefty difcult grains, even higher cutting angles (for E
plane, ideal for jointing edges and attening large creating Type II chips) can be achieved, either by
panels. The bevel-up blade conguration results in honing the blade with a higher micro-bevel or using
a plane that is versatile and straightforward to use. one of the optional blades. Includes a lapped 38 F
The 12 bed angle, coupled with the 25 blade blade, 3/16 (0.187) thick.
bevel, creates an effective cutting angle of 37. 05P36.01 BU Smoother Plane, A2 $269.00
Simply increasing the blade bevel results in higher 05P36.51 BU Smoother Plane, O1 $269.00 G
cutting angles for improved performance in more 05P36.71 BU Smoother Plane, PM-V11 $282.00
difcult-grained woods. Includes a lapped 3/16 Sole Sole Blade Veritas Bevel-Up Bench Plane Blades
(0.187) thick blade. Made in Canada. Product Weight Lapped replacement and optional blades in
Length Width Width
05P37.01 BU Jointer Plane, A2 $345.00 Veritas Bevel-Up either A2, O1 or PM-V11 tool steel are avail-
10 31/8 21/4 4 lb 14 oz
05P37.51 BU Jointer Plane, O1 $345.00 Smoother Plane able for our bevel-up jack, jointer and smoother
05P37.71 BU Jointer Plane, PM-V11 $358.00 planes. All blades are 21/4 wide. For more infor-
Sole Sole Blade D. Veritas Bevel-Up Jack Rabbet Plane mation on choosing a bevel angle, search for any
Product Weight This plane takes large-scale rabbeting work in of our bevel-up planes on our website and and
Length Width Width
Veritas Bevel-Up
stride. With a full-width mouth and body similar to click on the tech link within the price chart.
22 27/8 21/4 7 lb 8 oz that of a jack plane, it is suitable for very large E. 05P34.02 A2 Blade, 25 $41.50
Jointer Plane
rabbets and elded or bevelled panels anywhere 05P34.52 O1 Blade, 25 $41.50
B. Veritas Low-Angle Jack Plane you need to make a long, wide cut that would 05P34.72 PM-V11 Blade, 25 $54.50
Our low-angle jack plane is ideal for shooting require major effort with a smaller rabbet or F. 05P34.03 A2 Blade, 38 $41.50
miters, working end grain and initial smoothing. shoulder plane. The long sole and substantial mass 05P34.53 O1 Blade, 38 $41.50
We designated it as a 621/2 due to its generous size help ensure accuracy; it will not follow the bumps 05P34.73 PM-V11 Blade, 38 $54.50
and weight, low center of gravity and radically set- and valleys that a shorter plane would, and the 43/4 G. 05P34.04 A2 Blade, 50 $41.50
back mouth. You will appreciate the way this plane toe registers solidly to the workpiece. Set ush to 05P34.54 O1 Blade, 50 $41.50
(with a toe one third the length of the sole) registers both sides of the body, the 3/16 thick bevel-up 05P34.74 PM-V11 Blade, 50 $54.50
to the workpiece. With a specially shaped lever cap blade makes right- or left-handed corner cuts
and machined thumb recesses on each side, it cleanly and accurately. The 15 bed angle, coupled H. Veritas Bevel-Up Jointer Fence
provides both comfort and excellent control when with the 25 blade bevel, yields an effective cutting The Veritas low-angle jointer fence enables you to
shooting. Includes a lapped 25 blade, 3/16 (0.187) angle of 40. Scoring spurs on either side of the shoot consistent and accurate square or bevelled
thick. A well-rounded workhorse. Made in Canada. body scribe the cut ahead of the blade, minimizing edges with your Veritas bevel-up jointer. The 11
05P34.01 LA Jack Plane, A2 $279.00 tear-out on cross-grain work. Adjustable for depth long anodized aluminum fence can be attached to
05P34.51 LA Jack Plane, O1 $279.00 and projection, the spurs can be recessed for either side of the plane with the brass thumbscrews
05P34.71 LA Jack Plane, PM-V11 $292.00 working with the grain or to ensure that the outside provided; a set screw can be adjusted to square the
Sole Sole Blade spur cannot accidentally score the workpiece. fence to the sole. As supplied, the 2 tall guiding
Product Weight Mounted on two steel fence rods with brass collet face can be used to plane edges perfectly square to
Length Width Width
screws, the 7 3/8 long removable fence can be set the face of your workpiece. It can also be used to
Veritas Low-Angle

15 23/4 21/4 5 lb 12 oz up to 51/4 from the shoulder and is through-drilled shoot angles less than 90 when a bevelled wooden
Jack Plane
to accept a wooden fence extension. The rear tote guide is attached to the inside face of the fence.
C. Veritas Bevel-Up Smoother Plane tilts and locks to either side for knuckle clearance. 05P37.05 Bevel-Up Jointer Fence $42.00
A nice complement to our low-angle jack plane, Includes a lapped blade. Patented. Made in Canada.
Plane not included Plane not included.
our state-of-the-art smoothing plane is the tool to 05P53.01 Jack Rabbet Plane, A2 $369.00
use for the final finish on surfaces, especially 05P53.51 Jack Rabbet Plane, O1 $369.00 H H
woods of difficult grain patterns. Dubbed a 05P53.71 Jack Rabbet Plane, PM-V11 $382.00
1641/2H, it combines the generous width and 05P53.02 21/4 Blade, A2 $ 49.00 Offset fence to
guide blade
weight of a dedicated smoother with the versatile 05P53.52 21/4 Blade, O1 $ 49.00 on wood.
inner workings of a low-angle bevel-up plane. The 05P53.72 21/4 Blade, PM-V11 $ 62.00
cofn-shaped body has an exceptionally low center Sole Sole Blade
Product Weight
of gravity for smooth, stable cutting action. The 12 Length Width Width
bed angle, coupled with the 38 blade bevel, yields Veritas Bevel-Up
151/8 21/4 21/4 6 lb
an effective cutting angle of 50, often called a Jack Rabbet Plane
99
 Custom Bench Planes
A new concept in plane design, these bench planes can be custom-
ized to t the work you do and the way you do it. To get planing
right away, you can choose our standard conguration for each
plane (offered below) that best suits the work it
is typically used for, or you can customize the
plane with alternative parts and accessories to
suit your particular needs (refer to the chart
on page 102). You choose the frog angle, the
blade material, and even the size and style of
the knob and tote allowing a level of person-
alization previously limited to handmade A B
planes. Each part of the plane is machined in
our shop for accuracy and t, ensuring that the
plane functions as a unied whole no matter which
parts you choose.
All the plane bodies are fully stress-relieved ductile cast
iron. The soles are machined at and square to the
sides and have extra-large side
wings for stable shooting. The
planes have a Norris-style
combined feed and lateral
adjustment mechanism for
easy and accurate blade
D
setting. Two set screws
register the blade in the C
throat. The movable toe
plate allows quick mouth
adjustments loosening the front knob (or on the #7 plane, a separate
stainless-steel knob) lets you close the mouth to a narrow slit for ne
shavings and minimum tear-out or open it for heavier cuts. A stop
screw in the throat retains mouth settings and prevents accidental
contact with the blade. The cap iron registers on and attaches to a low-
prole blade carrier attached to the blade, which allows you to easily
restore the cap iron to the same position after removal for blade sharp-
ening. Two tapped holes in either side of the plane allow the mounting
of an optional fence, available separately on page 102.
Patented. Made in Canada. Norris-style adjuster
Set screws register the
Smooth Planes blade in the throat.
The #4 smooth plane, at 91/2 long and 21/2
wide, is an ideal size for general smoothing, E
nish work and trimming parts. Its
4 lb 5 oz weight is enough to provide
a smooth cut without being tiring to
use. It uses a 2 wide blade.
Slightly longer and wider than the For users who wish to get started quickly, we offer a
Stop screw
#4, at 103, the #41/2 uses a 23/8 wide standard conguration for each plane. The #5 plane
blade that lets you take a wider cut to smooth a surface with includes a 45 frog, PM-V11 blade, Veritas standard
fewer strokes. Its greater weight (5 lb) also helps maintain a knob and Veritas medium tote. The #51/2 plane includes
smoother cut by increasing the planes inertia. a 45 frog, PM-V11 blade, wide knob and Veritas
For users who wish to get started quickly, we offer a standard medium tote. Refer to the chart on page 102 to customize
conguration for each plane. The #4 plane includes a 45 frog, these planes with alternative options. Movable
PM-V11 blade, Veritas standard knob and Veritas medium C. 06P05.71A #5 Jack Plane, Standard $359.00 toe plate allows quick
mouth adjustments.
tote. The #41/2 plane includes a 45 frog, PM-V11 blade, Veritas D. 06P15.71A #51/2 Jack Plane, Standard $369.00
standard knob and Veritas medium tote. Refer to the chart on
Closed mouth for
page 102 to customize these planes with alternative options. #7 Jointer Plane Open mouth for ne shavings and
A. 06P04.71A #4 Smooth Plane, Standard $319.00 Measuring 22 long and 3 wide and weighing 8 lb 9 oz, heavier cuts. minimum tear-out.
B. 06P14.71A #41/2 Smooth Plane, Standard $349.00 this plane provides the mass and accuracy needed for
jointing. Its size also makes it useful for preliminary level-
Jack Planes ling of surfaces on wide boards. It uses a 23/8 wide blade.
The #5 jack plane is 14 long and 21/2 wide, and uses a 2 wide For users who wish to get started quickly, we offer a Blade Blade
blade. Useful for rough work where attening or stock removal standard configuration that includes a 45 frog,
is the goal, its size also makes it good for smoothing or jointing, PM-V11 blade, wide knob and Veritas medium tote.
depending on the scale of the workpiece. It weighs 51/2 lb. Refer to the chart on page 102 to customize these Blade carrier attached to
The #51/2 is a large jack plane at 15 long and 3 wide. The wider planes with alternative options. blade allows for fast
23/8 blade lets you remove more wood with each pass, making E. 06P07.71A #7 Jointer Plane, Standard removal of the
$419.00 cap iron
rough flattening and dimensioning work more efficient. Its for blade
6 lb 9 oz weight provides more inertia when planing. It can also To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit
sharpening.
serve as a jointer for smaller work; lighter than the #7 jointer plane our website at www.leevalley.com
at right, it is less tiring to use.
100 Planes
 Custom Plane Parts: Standard
Veritas
Forearm is parallel with the planes
sole allowing you to bring more
totes Standard forward force to bear.
Knobs, Totes, Frogs Veritas
tote

Lever cap
6 totes
2 blades:
Cap iron PM-V11 or
O1 steel

Traditional
totes
The more pronounced forward lean
Blade
allows you to apply more downward
carrier
Traditional force to the plane.
Regular
3 knobs tote
Norris-style
adjuster

4 frog angles

5 planes
Standard Tall knob Wide knob
Veritas
knob
Hand Measurement Tote Size
Up to 3 Small
31/8 to 37/8 Medium
Knobs and Totes on Custom Planes 4 and larger Large
All knobs and totes are made using domestic
torreed maple wood treated with a heating Standard Veritas tote has Traditional tote with
process that changes the structure of the wood at a vertical handle a more pronounced
the cellular level, stabilizing it against the swelling to allow a forward lean
comfortable allows you to apply
Standard and shrinkage caused by humidity changes. grip that more downward
Veritas keeps your force and
knob forearm closer makes the plane
Knobs to parallel more comfortable
The wide knob has a relatively at prole, standing with the to use on
planes sole. low surfaces.
two inches tall overall with a 2 diameter. This
provides a large bearing surface for your palm, Totes
which improves comfort if you need to press down The standard Veritas tote is the one currently
on the toe of the plane. It also gives your ngers used on our line of bevel-up planes. It is a rela-
Tall more purchase when lifting the plane at the end of tively vertical handle, designed to allow a
knob
a stroke, helpful for long or heavy planes. comfortable grip that keeps your forearm closer
The standard Veritas knob is the same to parallel with the planes sole. This allows you
found on most of our bench planes. It has a more to bring more forward force to bear because it
spherical shape, standing 2 3/ 8 tall with a encourages you to push with the heel of your
maximum diameter of 1 3/ 4. It provides a hand rather than the web of your thumb.
balance of features between the other two knobs, The traditional tote is based on historical
useful if you alter your grip depending on what plane handles. It has a more pronounced forward
kind of work youre doing. lean and is more curved than the Veritas tote.
The tall knob has the highest prole of the This allows you to apply more downward force
three, standing 25/8 tall, making it a good choice to the plane and makes the plane more comfort-
if you prefer to grip with your whole hand. With able to use on low surfaces.
the smallest maximum diameter of the knobs Both totes are available in three sizes to t the
Wide
knob (15/8), it is also the easiest knob to grip for users width of your hand. To nd your hand size,
with small hands. The high waist of the knob measure the width of your palm along your
also gives more clearance when pushing with the knuckles and see where it ts on the chart on
crook of your thumb. page 106.

Frogs on Custom Planes

We stock three standard frogs (40, 45, 55) for each plane, but you
can order a custom angle between 40 and 65 in 1/2 increments for
a $10 surcharge. Different cutting angles are suitable for different
grain; low angles cut end grain cleanly while higher angles are used
to plane face grain. The higher the blade angle, the harder the plane
is to push, but the less likely it is to cause tear-out in difcult grain.
We recommend three angles based on common work requirements.
A 40 frog provides a low cutting angle that reduces cut resistance
and cleanly severs end-grain bers.
The 45 frog offers a cutting angle that is suitable for most work.
Custom frog angles
between 40 and 65
Also known as common pitch, it is the most frequently used bed
in 1/2 increments angle for bevel-down planes.
The 55 frog provides a higher cutting angle, also known as
550

400
450 middle pitch, for dealing with tear-out in difcult grain and gured
wood; however, it takes a greater effort to push.

101
How To Order Custom Planes
When ordering a Veritas custom plane, refer to the rows tinted blue
for standard frogs. To order a custom frog, refer to the beige rows.
Step 1: Choose your plane (#4, #41/2, #5, #51/2 or #7) and accompa-
nying blade type (O1 or PM-V11)
Step 2: Choose a standard frog angle (40, 45 or 55) or a custom
angle between 40 and 65 in half-degree increments
Step 3: Choose your knob (Veritas standard, tall or wide)
Step 4: Choose your tote (Veritas or traditional in small, medium or large)
Due to the custom nature of these planes, we recommend placing your order on our
website at www.leevalley.com/customplanes, by phone with our Customer Service
Department, or in-store with a custom plane representative. Product numbers in red
denote items not stocked at our stores.

Frog Knob (select one) Veritas Tote (select one) Traditional Tote (select one)
Plane Blade Price
Custom 40o 45o 55o Standard Tall Wide Small Medium Large Small Medium Large
06P04.51 #4 Smooth O1 $309.00
06P21.40 06P21.45 06P21.55 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P04.71 #4 Smooth PM-V11 $319.00
06P04.51C #4 Smooth O1 $319.00
06P21.70 Specify angle 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P04.71C #4 Smooth PM-V11 $329.00
06P14.51 #41/2 Smooth O1 $339.00
06P22.40 06P22.45 06P22.55 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P14.71 #41/2 Smooth PM-V11 $349.00
06P14.51C #41/2 Smooth O1 $349.00
06P22.70 Specify angle 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P14.71C #41/2 Smooth PM-V11 $359.00
06P05.51 #5 Jack O1 $349.00
06P21.40 06P21.45 06P21.55 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P05.71 #5 Jack PM-V11 $359.00
06P05.51C #5 Jack O1 $359.00
06P21.70 Specify angle 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P05.71C #5 Jack PM-V11 $369.00
06P15.51 #51/2 Jack O1 $359.00
06P22.40 06P22.45 06P22.55 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P15.71 #51/2 Jack PM-V11 $369.00
06P15.51C #51/2 Jack O1 $369.00
06P22.70 Specify angle 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P15.71C #51/2 Jack PM-V11 $379.00
06P07.51 #7 Jointer O1 $409.00
06P22.40 06P22.45 06P22.55 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P07.71 #7 Jointer PM-V11 $419.00
06P07.51C #7 Jointer O1 $419.00
06P22.70 Specify angle 06P20.11 06P20.13 06P20.15 06P20.21 06P20.23 06P20.25 06P20.27 06P20.29 06P20.31
06P07.71C #7 Jointer PM-V11 $429.00

Blades Slow Adjuster Regular adjuster

Each plane is supplied with your choice of an O1 or The ne thread on this Norris-style
PM-V11 tool steel blade. All our blades have a lapped face adjuster helps slow blade advance-
and are ground with a bevel that requires only nal honing ment, making it easier to set blade
to 30 before use. The O1 steel blades are hardened to Rc58- projection precisely. An easy retrot
60. While O1 sharpens more easily than PM-V11, it also for any of our custom bench
dulls more readily. Our PM-V11 tool steel (Rc61-63) has a planes, it simply replaces the
ne, consistent grain structure that provides signicantly regular adjuster supplied with
greater resistance to damage from both impact and wear your plane. Made from stain-
than O1 steel, yet the edge can be quickly restored using less steel.
water stones or other common sharpening methods. 06P20.09 Slow Adjuster $19.50
Additional blades can be purchased.
06P04.53 Additional 2 O1 Blade $38.50
Optional Accessories Slow adjuster
06P04.73 Additional 2 PM-V11 Blade $48.50 Choice of
Extra frogs, knobs and totes can be PM-V11 or O1
06P14.55 Additional 23/8 O1 Blade $41.50 ordered individually on our website. steel blade
06P14.75 Additional 23/8 PM-V11 Blade $51.50

Plane Fence Variable Angle Fence for Veritas Planes

This fence allows you to plane accurate and consistent square This plane fence doesnt limit you to right angles it allows
or bevelled edges with all of our custom bench planes. The accurate and consistent planing of any angle from 45 to
same fence that comes with our jack rabbet and skew rabbet 135. Angles are set using a square or angle
planes, it can also be used with gauge, or directly on an angle you
our shooting plane. The 73/8 wish to match. The spring-loaded
long fence comes with 6 fence lever, which locks the fence, can be
rods and is rotated out of the way if necessary.
through-drilled Plane fence
Through-holes in the 11 long
to accept a aluminum fence allow the attach-
wooden exten- ment of a wooden extension, or a
sion, such as a tapered spacer for planing angles
tapered spacer for Plane not less than 45. It mounts with
angled cuts. Flats on the included. stainless-steel thumbscrews to the
rods permit wrench tight- tapped holes in the sides of our
ening. A useful accessory custom bench planes, shooting
for any edge work, plane, bevel-up jointer plane and
including jointing. jack rabbet plane. Made in Canada.
Plane Fence Variable Angle Fence
05P30.20 $69.00 Bevelled extension 05P30.04 $69.50 Plane 45
added to fence not included. to
13
5
 Bench Planes
On our #4, #41/2, #51/4W and #6 bench
planes, the frog extends all the way to the
sole. This unique design provides
complete blade support, reducing C
chatter, and allows quick mouth
adjustment. It can be closed to a
narrow slit for fine shavings D
and minimum tear-out, or
opened for heavier cuts, all
without removing the lever cap
or other parts; just loosen two
screws and set the opening with the
thumb wheel. Norris-type adjuster
for easy and accurate blade
setting. Blades are 1/8 thick. B
A

See page 107

for our plane
screwdriver.

A. Veritas #4 Smooth Plane C. Veritas #51/4W Bench Plane E. Veritas Jointer Fence
Due to its versatility, the #4 smooth plane is the Also called a junior jack, the traditional #51/4 Planing a square edge on a board requires a jointer
most commonly used bench plane. It is the ideal was 12 long, in between a #4 smooth plane at fence, whether you are using an electric jointer or a
size for general smoothing, nish work, trim- 10 and a #5 jack at 14. Our #51/4W differs from hand plane. The Veritas jointer fence allows you to
ming parts and other odd jobs. It has enough the original in many ways mainly, ours has a shoot accurate and consistent
mass to cut smoothly but is light enough to use wider blade and the mouth is 43/8 behind the square or bevelled edges with
without fatigue. Patented. nose, unlike the original at 31/2. For better accu- most iron or steel bench planes*.
05P26.01 #4 Plane, A2 $249.00 racy, an extra-long sole in front of the blade The integral rare-earth magnets
05P26.51 #4 Plane, O1 $249.00 makes it easier to keep the sole ush to the wood make it quick and easy to attach Plane
05P26.71 #4 Plane, PM-V11 $263.00 when starting a cut. Combined, the mouth loca- or remove the 11 long anodized
05P24.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 2 $ 44.50 tion and sensitive feed adjustment let the #51/4W aluminum fence from either side
05P24.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 2 $ 44.50 serve as a jointer for most cabinet work. Patented. of all sizes of bench planes, from Jointer
05P24.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 2 $ 58.50 05P24.01 #51/4W Plane, A2 $279.00 a smooth plane (#4) to a jointer fence

Sole Sole Blade

05P24.51 #51/4W Plane, O1 $279.00 (#8). As supplied, the 2 tall
Product Weight 05P24.71 #51/4W Plane, PM-V11 $293.00 guiding face can be used to
Length Width Width
Veritas #4 05P24.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 2 $ 44.50 plane edges perfectly square to Work-
91/2 21/2 2 4 lb 6 oz piece
Smooth Plane 05P24.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 2 $ 44.50 the face of your workpiece. It
05P24.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 2 $ 58.50 can also be used to shoot angles less than 90
Sole Sole Blade when a bevelled wooden guide is attached to the
B. Veritas #41/2 Smoothing Plane Product Weight
Length Width Width inside face of the fence. Patented.
An excellent plane for the nal smoothing of a
Veritas #51/4W 05P30.01 Veritas Jointer Fence $49.00
surface already worked by other planes or a 12 21/2 2 4 lb 14 oz * except our Veritas bevel-up jointer, smoother and
Bench Plane
thickness planer. It has the mass needed for an custom bench planes. See pages 99 and 102 for fences
effective smoother. Patented. that t the bevel-up jointer and custom planes.
05P23.01 #41/2 Plane, A2 $279.00 D. Veritas #6 Fore Plane
05P23.51 #41/2 Plane, O1 $279.00 One of our largest bench planes, the #6 fore
05P23.71 #41/2 Plane, PM-V11 $293.00 plane is ideal for smoothing and attening large
05P23.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 23/8 $ 46.50 surfaces, such as panels, table tops and work- Plane not included.
05P23.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 23/8 $ 46.50 bench tops. The long sole ensures accuracy, as it
05P23.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 23/8 $ 60.50 will not follow the bumps and valleys that a
Sole Sole Blade
shorter plane would. Patented.
Product Weight 05P28.01 #6 Plane, A2 $309.00
Length Width Width
Veritas #41/2
05P28.51 #6 Plane, O1 $309.00
93/4 27/8 23/8 5 lb 05P28.71 #6 Plane, PM-V11 $323.00
Smoothing Plane
05P23.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 23/8 $ 46.50
C&D 05P23.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 2 3/8 $ 46.50
Extra length of sole in front of cutting
05P23.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 23/8 $ 60.50
edge provides ample registration
for start of cut.
Sole Sole Blade
Product Weight
Length Width Width
Veritas #6
173/4 27/8 23/8 6 lb 12 oz
Fore Plane

For information on Veritas plane construction

and details on A2, O1 and PM-V11 tool steel
blades, see page 97.
E
Planes 103

Block Planes
25 primary
bevel
A Set screw locks
the adjuster to 12 bed
the body. angle

The enclosed toe can be adjusted to a narrow

Locking knob for slit for ne shavings or opened for heavier cuts.
mouth adjustment
Mouth
adjustment
locking set completely enclosed by the body casting.
screw Made from ductile iron, the plane has a die-cast
lever cap and is nished with a durable powder-
coat polymer paint. With a 12 bed angle, the
contoured body is machined and surface ground
Size Comparison of Made for one-handed use, block planes excel to half our normal atness and surface nish
where larger planes are too bulky. Our block specications; the sole and sides are at and
Veritas Block Planes planes have a Norris-type adjuster mechanism square to within 0.00025 over the entire surface.
65/8
21/4
that combines feed and lateral positioning for It comes with a 9/64 (0.14) thick by 13/8 wide
easy, precise blade setting. blade with a 25 primary bevel in A2, O1 or
13/4

DX60
13/8

Block Plane PM-V11 tool steel (see page 97 for details).

A. Veritas DX60 Block Plane The back of the blade is lapped flat within
63/8
15/8
Made to exacting standards with rened stainless- 0.0002 (two-tenths of a thousandth of an inch)
steel hardware, this is one of our nest planes. in the working area of the blade. Made in
15/8

Low-Angle
2

Block Plane The knobs and wheels have elegant elliptical Canada. Patented.
knurled edges for a rm grip. The lever cap 05P70.01 DX60 Plane, A2 $215.00
63/8
15/8
has been extensively redesigned to integrate 05P70.04 DX60 Plane, 01 $215.00
cleanly with the plane body and provide an 05P70.06 DX60 Plane, PM-V11 $229.00
15/8

Standard
2

Block Plane almost continuous hand-contact surface, with 05P70.03 Repl. A2 Blade, 13/8 $ 38.50
tactile cues for nger placement. The adjuster is 05P70.05 Repl. 01 Blade, 13/8 $ 38.50
63/8
13/4
locked to the body, and will not become inadver- 05P70.07 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 13/8 $ 52.50
tently unseated.
11/2

13/4

Skew
Block Plane Mouth adjustment is effected by loosening the Sole Sole Blade
Product Weight
51/2 stainless-steel locking knob. An unobtrusive set Length Width Width
13/4 screw in the throat of the plane allows repeatable
Apron Veritas DX60
mouth positioning while preventing the movable 65/8 13/4 13/8 1 lb 12 oz
13/4
11/4

Plane Block Plane

toe from contacting the blade. The toe is

Veritas Skew Block Plane
This is a truly versatile plane. It excels at trim-
ming rabbets, working end grain, or making nal
jointing cuts on boards, plus you can use it in all
the ways you would a regular block plane. The
blade is skewed at a 15 angle, which makes
cutting easier, either with or across the grain, and
helps pull the fence tight against the work.
Because the blade sits ush with the side of the
body, corner cuts are clean and accurate. Set
screws on either side of the blade prevent the
blade from shifting in use. A scoring spur ahead
of the blade reduces tear-out on cross-grain
work; it is adjustable for depth and projection
Locking knob adjusts mouth opening.
Scoring
spur
Spur
locking Blade set
screw screw
Right-hand skew
block plane
B 05P76.84 Pair of RH & LH Planes
Left-hand skew
block plane
C 23/8 fence rod (included)
and can be recessed when working with the The plane is available in left- and right-hand
grain. Machined and surface ground, the models (neither is for left- or right-handed use
contoured 63/813/4 ductile cast iron body has only, but having both lets you handle any grain
a 12 bed angle and a movable toe fully enclosed direction). It comes with a lapped blade 1/8/0.125
by the body casting. A locking knob sets the toe thick, 11/2 wide, with a 25 bevel, made of A2,
to control the mouth opening, while an unobtru- O1 or PM-V11 tool steel. The optional 31/2
sive set screw in the throat allows repeatable stainless-steel fence rod (11/8 longer than the
mouth positioning and prevents contact between 23/8 rod supplied) lets you add a thicker fence
the blade and toe. extension (e.g., a tapered spacer for angled cuts)
Held by a large brass locking knob, a sliding without restricting cutting width. Patented.
collet allows adjustment of the 31/2 wide, 5/16 Planes with A2 Steel Blade
thick hardwood fence. The fence base is tapped B. 05P76.01 RH Skew Block Plane $239.00
to substitute a user-made fence extension such as C. 05P77.01 LH Skew Block Plane $239.00
a wooden wedge for cutting controlled bevels. 05P76.80 Pair of RH & LH Planes $419.00
05P76.02 RH Repl. Blade, A2 $ 26.00
Adjustable toe can be fully open for To use as a standard block plane, 05P77.02 LH Repl. Blade, A2 $ 26.00
heavy cuts or closed for ne cuts. remove fence and rod,
and retract Planes with O1 Steel Blade
scoring spur. 05P76.51 RH Skew Block Plane $239.00
05P77.51 LH Skew Block Plane $239.00
Norris-style
Adjustable fence 05P76.82 Pair of RH & LH Planes $419.00
with locking collet
adjuster 05P76.52 RH Repl. Blade, O1 $ 26.00
05P77.52 LH Repl. Blade, O1 $ 26.00
Set screw in the
throat retains toe Planes with PM-V11 Steel Blade
Skewed
blade position. 05P76.71 RH Skew Block Plane $249.00
05P77.71 LH Skew Block Plane $249.00
$439.00
05P76.72 RH Repl. Blade PM-V11 $ 36.00
05P77.72 LH Repl. Blade, PM-V11 $ 36.00
D. 05P76.62 Optional Fence Rod, 31/2 $ 7.20
05P76.60 RH Repl. Fence $ 7.20
05P77.60 LH Repl. Fence $ 7.20

D Optional 31/2 fence rod

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

104 Planes
 A D
Standard Block Plane Low-Angle Block Plane
20 bed angle 12 bed angle

Veritas Standard and

Low-Angle Block Planes
These block planes stand apart from the rest. The tall
B
side wings are ideal for shooting, and nger grips in
the sides improve control. Two guide screws prevent C
blade shifting. The adjustable nosepiece does not
extend past the body, so it cannot be driven into the
blade if you drop the plane. Both planes are machined
to exacting standards, with milled sides and soles that
are surface ground to a ne nish.
For general-purpose work, the standard model is 1/8 C. Veritas Apron Plane especially knots. The small, square teeth
taller than its low-angle sibling and has a 20 bed angle This small, low-angle block leave a textured surface that can be smoothed
and a low-prole lever cap that ts the hand well. The plane is ideal for trim with a scraper. A split-leather holster with
low-angle plane is a delight to use. With its 12 bed carpentry. It is half the weight brass ttings is sold separately. It keeps your
angle, it excels at end-grain work (see below right for of a standard block plane, a apron plane close at hand while working and
optional grips for use with the low-angle model). big plus if you carry it in an protects it from damage.
Each includes a chatterfree 25 blade. For working apron all day. It has good Fits into an 05P27.02 Apron Plane, A2 $ 99.00
apron pocket.
difcult wood, lapped 38 and 50 bevel blades are hand feel; unique side 05P27.01 Apron Plane, O1 $ 99.00
available. Our A2 toothed wings allow a comfortable, firm grip and 05P27.71 Apron Plane, PM-V11 $104.00
Back of blade
blade (38 bevel) works the swings.
provide stability for shooting. Patented. 05P27.04 Repl. A2 Blade $ 26.50
most difcult grain, especially It comes with a lapped 25 bevel blade made 05P27.03 Repl. O1 Blade $ 26.50
knots. The small, square of A2, O1 or PM-V11 tool steel. The O1 blade 05P27.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 31.50
teeth leave is 0.098 thick, nearly 25% 05P27.06 Toothed A2 Blade $ 29.00
a textured thicker than standard 0.080 D. 67K73.16 Leather Plane Holster $ 25.50
surface that Pivot
block plane blades. For yet
can be more beef, choose the A2 Product
Sole Sole Blade
Weight
smoothed blade or the PM-V11 blade, Length Width Width
with a scraper or Front of blade skews.
each 1/8 thick. A 38 A2 Veritas Apron
51/2 13/4 11/4 14 oz
nely set plane. Plane
toothed blade is available
A. 05P22.30 Std. Block Plane, A2 $169.00 for working difcult grain,
05P22.61 Std. Block Plane, O1 $169.00
05P22.81 Std. Block Plane, PM-V11 $182.00
Converting Your Veritas Low-Angle
B. 05P22.01 LA Block Plane, A2 $169.00
Block Plane Into a #3 Smoothing Plane Optional grips make it F
05P22.51 LA Block Plane, O1 $169.00 easier to use a low-angle
The bevel-up con guration of our low-angle
05P22.71 LA Block Plane, PM-V11 $182.00 block plane with bevel-up
block plane lets you vary the blade angle to suit blades on difcult grains.
05P22.02 Repl. A2 Blade, 15/8, 25 $ 30.00
the task, from low-angle blades for use on end
05P22.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 15/8, 25 $ 30.00
grain to high-angle blades on gured wood.
05P22.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 15/8, 25 $ 43.00
However, steeper cutting angles require more
Blades for Low-Angle Block Plane
force to push the plane. We offer inexpen-
05P22.07 A2 Blade, 38 $ 30.00
sive hardwood grips to adapt our low-angle
05P22.57 O1 Blade, 38 $ 30.00
block plane into a small bevel-up smoothing
05P22.77 PM-V11 Blade, 38 $ 43.00
plane that can work a wide variety of
05P22.08 A2 Blade, 50 $ 30.00 E
woods, providing the rm hold and greater
05P22.58 O1 Blade, 50 $ 30.00
leverage needed to plane dif cult wood. Used
05P22.78 PM-V11 Blade, 50 $ 43.00 G Knob and tote
with these simple retrots, the plane works
05P22.06 A2 Toothed Blade, 15/8 $ 33.00 sold separately.
similarly to a #3 smoothing plane (see page 98)
for small-scale work, working in tight areas,
Sole Sole Blade Ball Tail and Knob Set for Veritas
Product
Length Width Width
Weight and for use by children or those with small
hands or less strength. Choose small or large Low-Angle Block Plane
Veritas Standard The ball tail is a more traditional style of rear
& Low-Angle 63/8 2 15/8 1 lb 12 oz
totes according to hand size. Combined with a
selection of optional blades, they convert our grip that serves much the same purpose as a
Block Planes
low-angle block plane into a highly versatile tote, but which demands a different grip that
plane that is easy and comfortable to use. some prefer. It is offered in a set with a tall
E. 05P22.17 Small Tote $30.50 front knob.
F. 05P22.15 Large Tote $30.50 Ball Tail and Knob Set
G. 05P22.04 Front Knob $ 8.80 05P22.05 $37.00
H. Veritas Chamfer Guide

This anodized aluminum guide converts a
Veritas low-angle or standard block plane into a
chamfer plane. Just set the chamfer width on the
guide, unscrew the front knob and replace the toe
piece with the guide. Adjustable for chamfers up
H to 1/2 wide, the wings are xed at 90 to hold the
plane at a consistent 45 to the work. Patented.
05P22.10 Veritas Chamfer Guide $26.00 105
 invisible lm that keeps brass
and stainless-steel parts bright
for months. It is also effective
on a wide range of other
metals, including steel,
chrome and copper (not
recommended for silver or
anodized aluminum).
If patches of
corrosion do form,
the rust eraser
scours them away.
The 323/4 rubber-
like block has ne abrasive
embedded throughout and A
works well wet or dry.
For applying oil or wax to your plane, the 100%
A Turkish cotton ripple towel is highly absorbent and
durable. Machine washable. Measures 13 square.
A. Plane Maintenance Kit The selection of hex keys (1/16, 5/64, 3/32 and 5/32)
Featuring some of our favorite tool maintenance supplies, this kit helps you keep your planes covers all hex screws in Veritas planes, in case the keys
and other woodworking tools rust-free. The kit includes 90ml of Moovit penetrating lubri- supplied with your plane have gone missing. A small
cant, 40ml of ProtecTool wax, 3.3oz (75ml) of Autosol polish, a rust eraser, a ripple towel and plastic case is included to store them.
four hex keys that t our various planes. The compact 81/271/421/2 carrying case keeps An excellent kit of tool maintenance supplies, in a
everything in one place. bright yellow case thats easy to nd when you need it.
The penetrating formula of Moovit displaces water to lubricate and prevent corrosion, Some components are also available individually.
providing long-lasting protection on all metal parts. It also frees rusted or seized parts. Blended 50P02.01 Plane Maintenance Kit $42.50
from natural ingredients, it will not stain wood or contaminate nishes. 56Z44.45 Moovit, 90ml $ 7.50
ProtecTool is a microcrystalline paste wax. It forms a thin wear-resistant lm on metal 56Z80.89 ProtecTool, 40ml $15.95
surfaces that allows plane soles (and other tools) to move more easily. It also contains corrosion 54Z15.10 Autosol, 75ml $10.50
inhibitors to keep surfaces free of rust. Silicone-free, it will not interfere with nishes. BR201 Fine Rust Eraser $ 6.50
Autosol metal polish uses a fast-acting chemical reaction to remove oxides, leaving an 50P02.02 1313 Ripple Towel $ 5.95

Rust eraser removes

patches of corrosion.
Moovit frees
rusted or seized parts.
Autosol cleans
and polishes.

ProtecTool helps keep

surfaces free of rust.

Stanley Block Planes D. Razor Blade Block Plane

Block planes are neces-
sary tools in any
C
workshop. Held
with one hand,
they are excellent
for use where a larger
plane is too bulky. Both
models are fully adjustable,
including the nosepiece (for throat
control on difcult woods). For best
results, always keep the blade razor sharp and
set it to make light cuts. Two models are available,
both about 61/4 long. The standard plane has a 15/8
blade set at about 20. The low-angle version has a 13/8 blade set at about
13.5 and is especially good for ne work on end grain.
B. 23P03.01 Stanley Standard Block
23P03.02 Repl. Stanley Blade, 15/8
C. 23P02.10 Stanley Low-Angle Block
23P02.11 Repl. Stanley Blade, 13/8*
* This blade is not compatible with old-style Stanley #601/2 planes.
This is the tool to reach for when you need a plane but are reluctant to use
your nely tuned block plane. Originally developed for model making, it is
ideal for removing glue squeeze-out, trimming plywood, Masonite and
laminate, or unsticking a painted cabinet door. The zinc-alloy body has two
primary blade positions bedded at 27 one at the toe for ush trimming
and another mid-body for surface planing. Blades installed at the toe can
also cut linoleum, cardboard, or leather by holding the body upright and
using the tool as a knife. A third blade position in the heel is for smoothing
concave surfaces in thin material (nding the correct cutting angle requires
a bit of practice). The Rc60 blades are exceptionally durable, even when
used on abrasive materials. Five double-edged blades are included.
Additional blades sold separately. At 5 long by 2 wide, the plane ts
easily into an apron pocket, drawer, or toolbox. Made in Germany.
19P16.00 Razor Blade Plane $27.90
19P16.01 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 5 $ 3.00
$46.50
$10.50
$62.50
$11.50

D
B
Blade installed at toe.

Blade in heel smoothes

concave surfaces.

106
 71/2 and 25 sacks shown.

A
B

Veritas Plane Blade Cases

G
These are the same durable polypro-
pylene blade cases that are now
supplied with all Veritas bevel-up
and bevel-down planes and blades
(including the replacement blades we
make for Stanley and Record planes). E
With a one-piece, hinged clam-shell
design with a locking clasp, they are Plane Sacks
both easy to open and secure when A Made from a silicone-treated knit cotton that resists moisture, these sacks are
closed. The raised bosses inside the ideal for plane storage. Designed much like a tube sock with a drawstring
case register with holes in the blade, B closure, they keep dust and dirt off planes and help deter rust. A tag on the outside
xing the blade in position to ensure its sharp of the sack lets you label the contents. For owners of Veritas planes, we offer
edge is held away from the case walls. black-colored sacks printed with the Veritas logo; for other plane brands we offer
Each case has an integral hang hole, and khaki green sacks bearing the Lee Valley logo. Available in four lengths. The
is designed to nest so you can stack chart below lists the sizes and styles of planes that can be stored in each sack.
multiple cases securely in a drawer or on V denotes Veritas
shelving. For quick blade identication, two Length Fits Planes: Price
LV denotes Lee Valley
adhesive-backed labels are provided for marking
D. 05P61.07 V All block planes, Veritas block, apron, chisel, $10.90
the details, and a VCI (Vapor Corrosion Inhibitor) chip 71/2 bullnose, medium shoulder, side rabbet, edge-
is included to protect the blade from corrosion while in storage. The E. 22P01.07 LV trimming and small router planes $10.90
bevel-up blade case measures 25/851/21/2 thick; the bevel-down All smoothing planes, Veritas smoothing, scrub,
05P61.12 V $11.50
case is 381/2 thick. Made in the U.K. 1+ 3+ 121/2 large shoulder, scraping, router and small plow
A. 05P61.30 Bevel-Up* Blade Case, ea. $2.80 $2.50 22P01.12 LV planes $11.50
B. 05P61.40 Bevel-Down Blade Case, ea. $2.90 $2.60 05P61.16 V $12.50
All #5 planes, Veritas #51/4W, low-angle jack and
* All Veritas block planes (including apron and skew), small, low-angle and 16
22P01.16 LV shooting planes $12.50
bevel-up smooth planes, plus jack and jointer planes.
Veritas #4 & 41/2 smooth, #51/4 bench, and #6 fore, plus Veritas-made blades F. 05P61.25 V All #6, 7 and 8 jointer planes, Veritas #6 fore and $13.50
for Record and Stanley planes (#2, 3, 4, 41/2, 5, 51/4, 51/2, 6, 7 & 8 bench 25
G. 22P01.25 LV bevel-up jointer planes $13.50
planes; #91/2 & 601/2 block planes).

C. Plane Screwdriver H. Veritas Chisel Plane

We designed this screwdriver to make it both safe and easy to remove, We developed this
Adjusting the chisel.
replace or adjust cap irons. It has a turned brass collar surrounding the specialized plane to
tip to capture the head of a cap iron screw up to 21/32 in diameter, and convert a chisel into a
a generous bubinga knob for a comfortable, secure grip. The slot-style rabbet plane. The ductile
tip is durable alloy steel. Not only for Veritas planes, it ts all stan- cast iron body is cong-
dard cap iron screws on current and vintage Record and Stanley planes ured to hold a 1 Parallel
as well as others based on them. Made in Canada. Patented. bevel-edge chisel (not Cutting edge
50K39.01 Plane Screwdriver $17.50 included) at a 45 angle,
the same pitch as bench
planes. It works like a
shoulder plane or rabbet
plane to clean up
machine-cut rabbets and
tenons and works equally
well as a butt mortise
plane for cutting hinge
gains. It will cut 1
H
dadoes and grooves up to
a depth of 3/8. Precisely
C machined, the sole is 1
wide by 51/2 long. Solid
brass clamping screw.
While it excels as a job-
site plane, it is equally
handy in the shop.
Veritas Chisel Plane
05P21.01 $55.00
Planes 107
 Tongue-Cutting Blades
Left-Hand

Plow Plane Shaving

deector
included
Small Plow Plane A
with each
tongue-
Right-Hand cutting B
Plow Plane blade.

1/8 3/16 1/4 4mm 5mm 6mm

Imperial Metric

B. Tongue-Cutting Blades for Veritas Small Plow Plane

With these tongue cutters, you can now
Cutting depth
use our small plow plane for tongue-and- is set by the
groove work. The blades are used in integral
depth stop.
conjunction with our wide-blade conversion
kit (see facing page for full description),
creating an interchangeable blade system
that enables you to cut six different tongue
widths (grooves are cut with our standard
blades) to support stock of varying thick-
Asymmetric sculpted
nesses all using the same plane. Each
fence grip ts the hand A2 cutter has an integral depth stop and a
comfortably and securely. shaving deflector, and is usable with
either the right- or left-hand plow plane.
A. Veritas Small Plow Plane
These narrow tongue sizes are particu-
& Standard Blades larly well suited for the thinner stock used
Closest in size to the classic Record in cabinetry and drawer carcass construc-
#044 plane, the preferred size of the Front view tion. All blades are available individually
old-style plow planes, the Veritas Fence is recessed to allow showing fence
or in sets (see chart). Made in Canada.
Shaving deector
set for rabbeting.
small plow plane is ideal for quickly blade to cut rabbets.
cutting grooves and rabbets, such as Standard Blades Wide Blades
on drawer and box bottoms
and cabinet backs, and
in frame and panel C
construction. Right-hand Locking
plane blades shown.
The 65/8 long collets for
fence adjustment
fence registers solidly to the workpiece and is through-drilled to
accommodate the addition of a wooden fence extension. The asymmetric fence grip has
7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4
been sculpted to comfortably t the natural curvatures of the hand. Double guide rods and 12mm 16mm 18mm
Imperial Metric
a special collet locking system prevent the fence from racking. The large brass knobs make
adjustments fast and easy without need for tools; the fence can be offset from ush to 11/2 C. Wide Blades for Veritas Small Plow Plane
from the 1/4 blade. The adjustable shoe controls the depth of the groove or rabbet To extend our range of cutters for the plow plane, weve added
(maximum 1/2 deep), and has relieved edges to avoid marking your work. A wave washer nine wide blades. The Imperial blades are available in widths
in the locking mechanism steadies the shoe during adjustment. Best used in the direction from 7/16 to 3/4 in 1/16 increments; the metric blades are 12mm,
of the grain, the plane comes with a 1/4 wide lapped A2 tool steel blade. Additional stan- 16mm and 18mm wide. All are A2 tool steel and can be used with
dard blades are available separately in 1/8, 3/16, 5/16 and 3/8 or 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, the left- or right-hand plow plane. A wide-blade conversion kit
8mm and 10mm widths. For blades over 3/8 wide and all tongue blades, a wide-blade (see facing page) is required for use of all wide blades. All blades
conversion kit is required (see facing page). The large wooden rear tote offers a solid, are available individually or in sets (see chart). Made in Canada.
comfortable grip, and the 9 long ductile cast iron body
Standard Blades B. Tongue-Cutting C. Wide Blades
weighs 13/4 lb and is machined with a 45 blade bed. The Imperial Metric Blades Imperial Metric
D. Right-Hand Conversion Kit

plane is available in right- and left-hand versions to match

D. Left-Hand Conversion Kit

10mm 05P51.40, 05P52.40

4mm 05P51.34, 05P52.34
5mm 05P51.35, 05P52.35
6mm 05P51.36, 05P52.36
7mm 05P51.37, 05P52.37
8mm 05P51.38, 05P52.38
3/16 05P51.03, 05P52.03

5/16 05P51.05, 05P52.05

1/8 05P51.02, 05P52.02

1/4 05P51.04, 05P52.04

3/8 05P51.06, 05P52.06

your dominant hand, separately or in combination with blade

sets (see chart). Made in Canada. An excellent (and quieter)
alternative for work often performed with a router. Patented.
12mm 05P51.42
16mm 05P51.46
18mm 05P51.48
11/16 05P51.81
4mm 05P51.65

5mm 05P51.66
6mm 05P51.67
05P51.63

7/16 05P51.77

9/16 05P51.79
05P51.62

05P51.64

1/2 05P51.78

5/8 05P51.80

3/4 05P51.82
05P51.60

05P52.60

Right-hand product
Left-hand product
3/16
1/8

1/4

Unhanded, requires conversion kit to use.

RH Product LH Product Planes Price $43.50 $18.90 $18.90 $26.00 $30.00 $26.00 $30.00 $20.50 $20.50
05P51.01 05P52.01 Small Plow Plane $249.00
05P51.20 05P52.20 Plane with 5 Standard Imperial Blades $299.00
A.
05P51.21 05P52.21 Plane with 6 Standard Metric Blades $329.00
Complete Plane (all Imperial blades +
05P51.25 05P52.25
right- or left-hand conversion kit)
$459.00
Complete Plane (all metric blades + right-
05P51.26 05P52.26
or left-hand conversion kit)
$439.00
RH Product LH Product Blade Sets
05P51.10 05P52.10 Set (4) Standard Imperial Blades $ 68.50
05P51.50 05P52.50 Set (6) Standard Metric Blades $ 96.50
B.
05P51.95 Set (3) Imperial Tongue-Cutting Blades $ 75.00
05P51.96 Set (3) Metric Tongue-Cutting Blades $ 75.00
C.
05P51.90 Set (6) Imperial Wide Blades $104.00
05P51.70 Set (3) Metric Wide Blades $ 55.00
 Left-hand
conversion kit

D
Right-hand
conversion kit G
Scoring spur
Left-Hand
Skew
Rabbet
Right-hand plow plane with wide-blade conversion kit
Plane

Top view Bottom view

Screw behind
front knob adjusts F
Cutter is scoring spur. Right-Hand
clamped Skew
and Rabbet
supported Plane
on both Adjustable
sides. fence with
locking collets

Locking
knob
Veritas Skew Rabbet Plane
Parallel
adjustment
With a blade skewed at a 30 angle to
screw keeps Plane not reduce cut resistance and aid in shaving
skate aligned included. clearance, this plane cuts quickly and
with fence.
quietly, avoiding the set-up, noise and
dust associated with power tools.
D. Veritas Wide-Blade Right-hand plow Corner cuts are clean and accurate. Tear-out on cross-grain work is
plane with wide- reduced with a scoring spur that sits ahead of the blade. The 73/8 long fence
Conversion Kit blade conversion
An excellent way to extend kit and 1/4 wide allows a maximum rabbet width of 11/2 and is through-drilled to accept a wooden
the functionality of the tongue-cutting extension. An adjustable shoe controls the rabbet depth to a maximum 3/4 deep.
blade installed.
Veritas small plow plane, Supplied with a lapped blade 1/8 thick and just over 15/8 wide, with a bevel edge that is
this conversion kit enables about 13/4, in A2, O1 or PM-V11 steel (see page 97 for details). The depth-adjustment
the plane to accommodate mechanism is fast and accurate. Set screws along the side allow repeatable blade positioning.
our tongue-cutting blades as The 93/4 long ductile cast iron body is machined with a 45 blade bed and weighs 31/2 lb.
well as our straight blades The plane is available in left- and right-hand versions. You may need only the version that
over 3/8 wide. Designed to suits your dominant hand, though they are in fact complementary, since having both lets you
clamp and support both accommodate any grain direction. Patented.
sides of the cutter to prevent twisting in use, the kit is A pair of 6 stainless-steel fence rods (21/2 longer than the rods supplied with the plane) are
composed of a 5 long machined ductile iron skate with a available separately. They are desirable when you need to add a thicker auxiliary fence for stable
brass locking knob and a parallel adjustment screw (used to registration against a workpiece, such as with a tapered spacer for angled cuts, but still require use
ensure the skate is aligned with the fence). Easy to install or of the full cutting width of the blade. Flats on the ends of the rods permit wrench tightening.
remove from the guide rods, the kit is available in right- F. 05P45.01 RH Skew Rabbet Plane, A2 $269.00
hand and left-hand versions to match our small plow plane. G. 05P45.02 LH Skew Rabbet Plane, A2 $269.00
Made in Canada. 05P45.10 Pr. of RH & LH Planes, A2 $499.00
05P45.57 RH Skew Rabbet Plane, 01 $269.00
E. Blade Roll for Veritas Small Plow Plane 05P45.58 LH Skew Rabbet Plane, 01 $269.00
To safely store and organize all the blades for our small 05P45.59 Pr. of RH & LH Planes, 01 $499.00
plow plane, this roll features a total of 28 blade pockets, 05P45.77 RH Skew Rabbet Plane, PM-V11 $284.00 F&G
labelled for all Imperial and metric sizes of our standard 05P45.78 LH Skew Rabbet Plane, PM-V11 $284.00
blades, wide blades and tongue-cutting blades, plus two 05P45.79 Pr. of RH & LH Planes, PM-V11 $529.00 Blade lies ush with side of plane
spare pockets for extra blades. It also includes two pockets body for clean, accurate cuts.
05P45.51 Repl. A2 Blade, RH $ 33.00
for the wide-blade conversion kit and miscellaneous small 05P45.52 Repl. A2 Blade, LH $ 33.00
parts (hex keys, depth stop, etc.). Internal aps cover and H
05P45.55 Repl. O1 Blade, RH $ 33.00
protect the ends of the blades, and sturdy ties secure the roll 05P45.56 Repl. O1 Blade, LH $ 33.00
for transport. Made from double-layered polyester for 05P45.71 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, RH $ 48.00
durability, it measures 917 overall. 05P45.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, LH $ 48.00
50K60.20 Blade Roll for Small Plow Plane $13.90 H. 05P45.60 6 Fence Rods, pr. $ 12.50

Plane with Plane with

6 fence regular
rods fence rods

H
Blades not included.
Planes 109

Shoulder Planes
Our shoulder planes have
A B
many unique features.
Through-holes in the body
let you insert a nger for
improved grip and
control. This reduces the
chance that the plane will
accidentally slip out of C D
your hand, as occurs all
too easily with typical The description of the miniature shoulder plane is on page 118.
shoulder planes, which are
C. Veritas Small Shoulder Plane
often considered awkward to handle and control. If
Product
Sole Sole Blade
Weight Designed to seat nicely in the hand, our small
you have ever held a traditional shoulder plane, you Length Width Width shoulder plane is easily controlled using a one-
will appreciate how these planes come to hand. The Veritas Large
81/4 11/4 11/4 3 lb 12 oz handed grip. The lever cap wraps around the rear of
broad lever cap ts nicely in the palm. An adjustable Shoulder Plane
the body, shrouding the blade adjustment mecha-
toe lets you narrow the mouth for very ne shavings Veritas Medium
7 11/16 11/16 2 lb nism so it does not obstruct the grip while acting as
with minimum tear-out. The low bed angle of 15 Shoulder Plane
a comfortable rest for the palm. The 1/2 wide
combined with the 25 blade bevel yields a cutting Veritas Small
61/4 1/2 1/2 1 lb 2 oz ductile cast iron body is accurately machined and
angle of 40 for exceptional performance on end Shoulder Plane
ground so that the sole and sides are at and square.
grain. A Norris-type combined feed and lateral Veritas Bullnose
43/4 1 1 1 lb 5 oz 05P47.01 Sm. Shoulder Plane, A2 $199.00
adjustment mechanism makes blade setting easy and Plane 05P47.51 Sm. Shoulder Plane, O1 $199.00
accurate. Set screws accurately position the blade
/ 05P47.71 Sm. Shoulder Plane, PM-V11 $212.00
and need no readjustment when replacing the blade after sharpening. Blades are lapped, 8 1
05P47.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 35.00
(0.125) thick, and come in A2, O1 or PM-V11 tool steel (see page 97 for details). Patented.
05P47.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 35.00
05P47.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 48.00
A. Veritas Large Shoulder Plane
This specialized rabbet plane is the largest of our shoulder planes, with a size and mass that bring both D. Veritas Bullnose Plane

authority and precision to larger work. It is perfect for trimming breadboard tenons, adjusting shoulders, This tool is two planes in one, serving as either a
or even paring tenon cheeks. To ensure a solid, comfortable grip for all users in all applications, it has a bullnose or a chisel plane. For use as a chisel plane,
lever cap that ts properly in the palm, a bubinga lever cap knob that pivots 180 and a multi-positional just loosen the brass toe-locking knob and remove
front knob that can be mounted on the top or on either side. You can also grip the plane in the recesses the upper body frame to work right up to a blind
cast into the side. For those who want the performance corner. An adjustable set screw in the toe acts as a
of a superior shoulder plane, this is the tool. stop to accurately set the mouth opening. When you
05P43.01 Lg. Shoulder Plane, A2 $259.00 switch congurations, it repositions the toe to the
05P43.51 Lg. Shoulder Plane, O1 $259.00 exact opening previously set, so you will never acci-
05P43.71 Lg. Shoulder Plane, PM-V11 $272.00 dentally jam the nose against the blade.
05P43.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 38.50 Shaped to t comfortably in the hand, the low,
05P43.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 38.50 A broad lever cap meets your palm, and your fore-
05P43.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 51.50 Multi-positional front and rear knobs
nger rests in the toe pocket for extra control. If you
dont already own any shoulder planes, this is an
B. Veritas Medium Shoulder Plane Pivoting lever excellent rst purchase.
A versatile tool, our medium shoulder plane can be used on end grain (e.g., trim- cap knob 05P42.01 Bullnose Plane, A2 $199.00
ming tenon shoulders) or for paring cross grain as is often required on tenon 05P42.51 Bullnose Plane, O1 $199.00
Lever
cheeks. The 11/16 width makes it ideal for rebate and dado work. The unique cap 05P42.71 Bullnose Plane, PM-V11 $212.00
lever cap with a pivoting knob adjusts to t your hand and preferred grip. The 05P42.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 35.00
concave knob rests in the web of your hand, allowing a B
Blade & 05P42.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 35.00
secure grip without the need of a vise-like pressure. adjuster
05P42.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 48.00
05P41.01 Med. Shoulder Plane, A2 $219.00
Body
05P41.51 Med. Shoulder Plane, O1 $219.00 Bullnose Convert to a chisel plane by
plane removing the toe.
05P41.71 Med. Shoulder Plane, PM-V11 $229.00
05P41.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 35.50 Blade-
05P41.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 35.50 3/4 dado setting
Adjustable screws
05P41.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 45.50 clean-up
toe/mouth D

Handle pivots for E. Veritas Side Rabbet Plane

Removable toe and shoe for stopped dado and bullnose appli- right- or left- This plane is used for cleaning up or trimming sidewalls of rabbets, dadoes or grooves
cations. Trapped xing screw and registration pins align toe. hand
use. for a perfect t with its mate. It has a practical dual-blade conguration coupled with
an ingenious pivoting handle that permits right- or left-hand use to accommodate grain
direction. Can be used in slots as narrow as 3/16 and to a depth of 1/2. The toe is remov-
E able for use in stopped dadoes and has a trapped xing screw to prevent loss. The depth
stop helps orient and stabilize the plane during use and is both height adjustable and
reversible. The sculpted handle has a spring-loaded pivot for sure positioning it wont
move accidentally in use. The accurately machined, 41/2 long ductile cast iron plane
body and the two O1 tool steel blades (Rc58-60) are lapped. Optional PM-V11 steel
blades are available (see page 97 for details). Pressure on the blade cap from a wave
washer keeps the blades steady during set-up. Weighs 1 lb. Made in Canada. Patented.
05P44.01 Veritas Side Rabbet Plane $145.00
05P44.02 Repl. O1 Blade, LH $ 14.00
Lapped
Wave washer keeps sole
05P44.03 Repl. O1 Blade, RH $ 14.00
tension on blade Depth stop
05P44.72 Optional PM-V11 Blade, LH $ 19.00
during adjustment. adjusts to a 05P44.73 Optional PM-V11 Blade, RH $ 19.00
110 Planes maximum of 1/2.

 F

Router Planes Depth of cut is

controlled by a
Router planes are invaluable for steel stop collar
work on stopped or through with brass
dadoes and grooves, or for any work locking knob.
E
that requires an area cut to a precise depth.
Our router planes are made to exacting stan-
dards, with ductile cast iron bodies and soles that D A
are ground at (on the regular and medium planes)
Medium router plane
or lapped (on the small plane). A unique spring- shown with a 1/4 blade.
loaded blade-clamping collar holds the blade in
position when the collar is loosened; it provides
tactile feedback, allowing controlled blade adjustment. The collar can
also be set to fully release for quick and easy blade removal. The blade B
may be positioned inboard for standard closed-throat use, or outboard,
with the blade extending past the body, for true bullnose work. In the
closed-throat position, the sole encircles the blade for maximum regis-
tration on the workpiece, even when Router plane with
Inboard blade position allows Maximum registration
approaching from the side or working on the work-piece optional Blade
an edge, and it bridges recesses for
sole to bridge C fence posi- A
recesses for
attached. tioned
stability on narrow stock. Made in stability on
for bull-
narrow
Canada (aside from the blades). stock.
nose
E D B
cong-
Handle hardware kit uration.
A. Veritas Regular Router Plane
In addition to dadoes or grooves, this is the perfect
tool for inlay or intarsia work, or for cleaning out curved pieces. The plane weighs 2 lb. Patented. E. Veritas Small Router Plane
areas for hardware installation, where ne control 05P38.01 Router Plane (with 2 blades) $179.00 The smallest of our router planes, this plane excels
is critical. The blade depth is regulated by a ne B. 05P38.07 Optional Fence $ 24.50 at work requiring small recesses, grooves or
screw feed that travels 1/32 per turn for precise 05P38.20 Router Plane & Fence $189.00 dadoes. Positioned behind the blade,
adjustment up to 1 deep, with the resulting depth C. 05P38.10 Handle Hardware Kit $ 8.90 the blade-clamping knob allows
of cut controlled by a locking depth stop. The blade visibility and chip clearance. The
can be positioned in front of or behind the post, and D. Veritas Medium Router Plane 7 oz plane is 31/4 wide by 21/4 deep
can also be used laterally (left or right) for work on A versatile plane, particularly on narrow material with a 1/4 wide high-carbon steel F
hinge gains. The large wooden knobs are posi- or in conned areas, the medium plane uses the blade. Patented. To limit cutting depth to a preset
tioned to provide both comfort and excellent same blades as our regular router plane, letting you maximum, an optional stainless-steel stop that
control. For customizing a pair of handles, we offer use the complete range of blade sizes we offer*. An clamps onto the blade shaft is available separately.
a hardware kit separately that includes two turned included stainless-steel depth-stop collar locks onto 05P38.50 Veritas Small Router Plane $62.00
brass connectors, two hanger bolts, a hex bolt, and the blade shaft to limit cutting depth to a preset 05P38.51 Repl. Blade $10.40
a mandrel for lathe mounting. The plane includes maximum. The plane can make cuts up to 1 deep F. 05P38.52 Optional Depth Stop $ 7.30
two high-carbon steel cutters: a two-piece 1/2 with the depth stop installed or up to 13/4 deep
straight blade and a two-piece 1/2 spear-point without it. It is 31/2 wide by 3 deep and weighs Blade Roll for Veritas Router and
blade (for nal smoothing). A blade sharpening jig about 13 oz. Sold with or without a 1/4 wide blade. Hinge Mortise Planes
is also included. The optional fence (made of stain- 05P38.60 Med. Router Plane (no blade) $119.00 This blade roll safely stores and organizes all the
less steel and aluminum) can be placed on either 05P38.63 Med. Router Plane w/Blade $129.00 blades for our medium and full-size router planes
side of the plane and will work on both straight and * Not compatible with the inlay cutter head (05P38.45). and hinge mortise plane. It has ten labelled pockets
to hold the standard Imperial and metric blades,
G H&O J K L M N O&H P Q R S T with additional pockets for the 1/2 wide spear-point
Router Plane Blades and straight blades and the 3/4 hinge mortise plane
Our high-carbon steel router blade. It also includes pockets for the fence, blade
plane blades t our Veritas sharpening jig and miscellaneous small parts (hex
regular and medium router keys, depth stop, etc.). Extra spacer pockets and the
planes and our hinge mortise rolls tri-fold design
plane (05P38.70), as well as help keep the blades
Stanley #71 router planes (with separated, and hook-
the height-adjustment nut and-loop fastener
2mm 3mm 4mm 5mm 6mm 1/16 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4
patches secure the roll
inverted). The narrow single-
piece blades are available in ve Imperial Narrow Blades for transport. Two rein-
metric sizes (2mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm and 6mm) M. 05P38.21 1/16 Straight Blade $17.50 forced corner holes let
and ve Imperial sizes (1/16, 3/32, 1/8, 3/16 and N. 05P38.23 3/32 Straight Blade $17.50 you hang it on a wall.
1/4). The 1/2 blades have a two-piece design and O. 05P38.24 1/8 (3mm) Straight Blade $17.50 Made from double-
are available in two styles: straight and spear-point P. 05P38.26 3/16 Straight Blade $17.50 layered polyester for
(for nal smoothing). The 3/4 blade is straight and Q. 05P38.03 1/4 Straight Blade $17.50 durability, it measures
of a two-piece design. The blade sharpening jig is 05P38.42 Set of 5 Imperial Blades $75.00 920 overall.
for use only with the 1/2 and 3/4 wide blades. Sizes Wide Blades Plane Blade Roll
stated are nominal. R. 05P38.04 1/2 Straight* $17.50 50K60.30 $18.50
Metric Narrow Blades S. 05P38.05 1/2 Spear-Point* $17.50
G. 05P38.32 2mm Straight Blade $17.50 T. 05P38.71 3/4 Straight Blade $21.50
H. 05P38.24 3mm (1/8) Straight Blade $17.50 U. 05P38.08 Jig for 1/2 Blades* $ 5.50
J. 05P38.34 4mm Straight Blade $17.50 * included with Veritas
K. 05P38.35 5mm Straight Blade $17.50 Router Plane
Hook-
L. 05P38.36 6mm Straight Blade $17.50 included with Veritas
U and-loop Plane and
05P38.43 Set of 5 Metric Blades $75.00 Hinge Mortise Plane Jig for sharpening fasteners blades not
1/2 blades
included.
 A
C

B
Right-hand shooting plane shown.

Pivoting tote Blade set

Loosening a brass locking Rear tote pivots within Veritas Shooting
Mouth adjustment a 60 arc.
Norris-style screws screw knob allows you to adjust Board Tracks
blade the mouth opening, while These are straight,
adjuster
Toe locking a stop-screw retains mouth durable aluminum
knob
settings and prevents tracks for making
contact between the blade your own shooting
and movable toe. board. They t our Adjust-
You can set the shooting plane and able outer
adjustable rear tote shooting sander, rail
at a comfortable angle for use with the sole and any other
upright or facing down. plane with a
A bevel-up plane, it has a bed skewed 20 to running surface
A
A. Veritas reduce cut resistance and make a shearing cut that between 21/32 and
Shooting Plane leaves a clean nish on end grain. Combined with the 21/4 wide; you
UHMW strips
The mass of this plane, combined with its 12 bed angle and 25 blade bevel, this yields an can adjust the
long base and low center of gravity, makes effective cutting angle of 35. Includes a lapped stainless-steel outer rail for a perfect t. Set screws
it both stable and effective. At 73/4 lb and blade, made of either O1 or PM-V11 tool steel, keep the rail from shifting in use. The inner edge of
just under 16 long, it is a substantial which we nd offer the best performance at low bevel the track is 3/16 tall. Low-friction UHMW strips in
plane; you will appreciate the authority it angles (see page 97 for more information on these the bottom of the track let the plane glide smoothly.
provides when shooting. steels). It uses the same 21/4 wide blades as our other Screws for mounting the track to a shooting board
The body is fully stress-relieved, ductile bevel-up planes (page 99). A Norris-style mechanism are included.
cast iron, with a sole and running surface combines feed and lateral adjustments for easy, The 16 track provides ample travel for most
machined at and square to one another; precise blade setting. Available in right- and left- end-grain shooting. The extra length of the 24 track
the 21/8 wide running surface fits the handed versions. Patented. Made in Canada. is useful for jointing work or making a two-sided
classic Stanley #52 chute board. Three 05P54.51 RH Shooting Plane, O1 $369.00 miter shooting board that lets you handle any
set screws let you compensate for slight 05P55.51 LH Shooting Plane, O1 $369.00 grain orientation.
inaccuracies in a wooden shooting board by 05P54.71 RH Shooting Plane, PM-V11 $382.00 B. 05P54.80 16 Shooting Board Track $44.50
adjusting the blade square to the workpiece. 05P55.71 LH Shooting Plane, PM-V11 $382.00 C. 05P54.82 24 Shooting Board Track $52.00

Veritas Iron Edge-Trimming Planes They have a 12 bed angle and 30 blade skew. The
Edge-trimming planes work end grain or give nal trimming cuts on jointed boards, for smooth edges 1/8 thick, 11/4 wide blades in A2, O1 or PM-V11
exactly 90 to the face. This plane is cast in durable ductile iron for everyday use, and is available in steel (see page 97 for details) work wood up to 1 wide.
right- and left-hand models. You may need Each plane weighs 1 lb 6 oz. Depth is adjusted with a
only one model; the choice is often based on large thumb wheel and an independent traveller, for
which of your hands is dominant, but neither fast, accurate setting with no blade skewing. Set screws
model is exclusively for left- or right-handed in the side keep the blade from shifting when it hits a
users. They are in fact complementary. Having knot. The fence is drilled so you can add blocks or a
Having
both models both lets you handle any grain direction, which wooden wedge to cut controlled bevels, as used in
Independent
lets you handle traveller is handy for working boards with only one true boatbuilding. Sold individually or in pairs (right and
any grain direction.
reference face, such as lengths of molding. left, same type of blade steel).
Planes with A2 steel blade
D. 05P03.01 Right Edge Plane $129.00
E. 05P03.61 Left Edge Plane $129.00
D Right-hand version 05P03.81 Pr. R & L Planes $235.00
05P03.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 22.00
E Planes with O1 steel blade
05P03.51 Right Edge Plane $129.00
05P03.71 Left Edge Plane $129.00
05P03.82 Pr. R & L Planes $235.00
05P03.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 22.00
Planes with PM-V11 steel blade
05P03.55 Right Edge Plane $137.00
E Attach wooden 05P03.75 Left Edge Plane $137.00
wedge for cutting
controlled bevels.
05P03.85 Pr. R & L Planes $249.00
Left-hand version 05P03.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 30.00
112 Planes
 A. Veritas Cabinetmakers Trimming Plane Blade depth adjustment
Commonly called a chisel plane, this 61/2 long by Blade alignment
13/4 wide plane has an exposed full-width blade that set screws A
lets you work up to adjacent surfaces. It excels at
making paring cuts in places where a chisel would be
awkward or impossible to use, making short work of Blade
alignment
cleaning up corners and joints inside carcasses. set screws
Because the blade can be set level with the sole, you
can also trim plugs or small inlays flush without Trim inlay
marring the surrounding wood. Cast from tough
ductile iron, the sole and sides are accurately machined
and surface ground to be at and square, with recesses
cast into the side for grip. The large angled rear knob
seats comfortably in the palm. Four set screws accu-
rately register the blade in the body, and it has a large
thumb wheel for depth adjustment. Comes with a
lapped O1 steel blade hardened to Rc 58-60. The 20
bevel blade coupled with the 15 bed angle yields an
effective cutting angle of 35, severing end-grain
bers cleanly and minimizing tearing. Weighs 1.2 lb.
Made in Canada. Trim up to Reaches into
05P74.01 Trimming Plane $149.00 adjacent tight corners.
surface.
05P74.02 Repl. O1 Blade $ 41.50

B. Veritas Flush Plane

The Veritas ush plane is ideal for ush trimming projections such as glue
lines, laminate edges, plugs, etc. It can also be used for cleaning out inside
corners (e.g., hinge gains, tenons, half-laps). It is as handy on the job site
as it is in the shop. The purposeful shape provides a comfortable, secure
grip and is designed so that the blade can easily be reversed for safe
storage and edge protection. At only 8 oz, it can be carried in a pouch or Reverse
pocket, or loosely stored in a toolbox without fear of damaging the edge. blade for safe storage.
A powerful 1 diameter rare-earth magnet holds the 2 wide blade in
place. A steel pin molded into the tough ABS body takes thrust loads. The
included blade, with a 25 bevel angle, is readily removed for honing in
the usual way. Patented.
05P20.01 Veritas Flush Plane $44.50
05P20.02 Repl. Blade, 2 $22.50 B

C. Veritas Hinge Mortise Plane

Depth
adjuster This tool gives you the precise depth control of a router plane but
Locking with a long, narrow sole for good registration on door edges and
depth other narrow workpieces. By establishing the edges with a chisel,
stop
you can cut a crisply dened mortise without the need
for a template or jig in many cases, more efciently
Blade
clamping
than a power router. The large slot in the body lets
collar you clearly see where youre cutting. Depth setting
is quick and easy, with a ne screw-feed mechanism
and the resulting depth of cut controlled by a C
locking depth stop. A spring-loaded blade-
clamping collar prevents the blade from
shifting when the collar is loosened,
allowing controlled adjustment to a
depth of 1. It can also be set to fully
release for quick blade removal.
Made from ductile cast iron, the plane has a 911/16 long, 113/16 wide
sole, ground at. The large wooden knobs are positioned with Make progressive cuts from each end
until set depth is reached.
comfort and control in mind, with an angled rear knob to make it
easier to push. The included 3/4 wide high-carbon steel cutter
removes material quickly, and is interchangeable
with the blades of the Veritas Router
Plane 05P38.01 (see our website
for optional blades). A blade-
sharpening jig for the two-piece
blade is also included.
Measures 107/8 long overall
and weighs 2 lb 6 oz. Made in
Canada. Patented. Large open
05P38.70 Hinge Mortise Plane $169.00 slot lets you
05P38.71 Repl. 3/4 Straight Blade $ 21.50 see where
you are
cutting. Blade-sharpening jig included.

Planes 113
 E F Asian Wooden Planes
Generally used with a pull stroke, these planes have
mouths set farther back in the body than European
wooden planes, affording a more positive registration
on the wood being planed. With the exception of the
machine-mortised throat, the rosewood planes are all
shaped and nished by hand.
In a heated shop (where humidity can be very low),
D wood contraction can bind the blades some of these
planes. Be prepared to shave a bit of wood from the
throat sides if you will be using them in very dry
G conditions. All stated dimensions and angles are
close, but approximate.

H-L. Taiwanese-Style Planes

These rosewood planes can be pushed or pulled. When
pulled, the bevelled and curved upper front surface
A B C seats comfortably in the heel of your hand. When
pushed, it is an equally comfortable conguration for
applying downward pressure. All four sizes have solid
Wooden Planes D. Primus Jack Plane high-speed steel blades, held by steel wedges. Though
Nothing represents tradition in woodworking With the same blade-adjustment mechanism as the not directly comparable to Western plane designations,
like the wooden plane. Many features, such as reform smooth plane, this jack plane has a bed they cover the range from a block plane to a jack. Each
shape, size, blade and wedge have remained angle of 45 to take heavier cuts. It can surface
unchanged for hundreds of years. They are has the iron bedded at about 45, and a mouth opening
wide, rough boards. Red beech body with a horn- of about 0.5mm (0.020 to 0.025). In testing, we were
light and non-tiring to use. The wedged blades
beam sole and a xed mouth opening. The left-hand easily able to produce shavings less than 0.002 thick.
are adjusted by light hammer taps to set angle
and projection, a process that permits very ne, (LH) version is differentiated by a left-biased horn-
quick adjustment. shaped handle. A good all-purpose plane.
M-O. Japanese Wooden Planes
E. Primus Reform Smooth Plane These resemble traditional Japanese planes with
E.C. Emmerich German Wooden Planes
This is the Cadillac of wooden planes, with a fruit- white oak bodies, but a metal chip breaker with a
These planes are made in Germany by E.C.
wood body and a sole of lignum vitae. This capscrew replaces the traditional wooden wedge. The
Emmerich, the maker of Primus planes,
reform-type plane has a movable shoe in the sole in high-carbon steel blades hold a keen edge to take
traditionally the nest wooden planes avail-
front of the blade, so you can close the mouth for tissue-thin shavings, even in difcult woods. The
able. For those who prefer screw-feed
ne cuts on wood with unreliable grain, avoiding smooth plane, with a 4mm (3/16) thick blade, works
blade adjustment but like a wooden plane
tear-out. The Primus screw-feed blade-adjustment like a block plane. The chamfer plane adjusts to cut
body, the block plane, jack plane and
mechanism has no lost motion, making adjustment 30, 45 or 60 chamfers. The round molding plane
smooth plane incorporate a very smooth
accurate and easy. Bed angle is 50. The left-hand works like a cornering tool with 3/32 and 3/16 cutting
steel mechanism.
(LH) version is differentiated by a left-biased horn- radii. Chamfer and molding plane blades are 3mm
A. Scrub Plane Convex cutter blade shaped handle. (1/8) thick.
Dovetail plane Scoring spur
Used for rough
F. Moving Fillister Plane sloped 10 P. Rabbet Plane
planing of high
G. Dovetail Plane Made from a single piece of rosewood, this plane has
spots prior to
These accurate, efcient a hand-forged high-carbon steel blade. The blade
smooth planing, this plane has a wedged
planes have changed little tapers from 1/8 in thickness at the shoulder to 3/32 at
convex cutter for fast stock removal. The
in centuries. Guided by the bevel, and is bedded at 45 and secured with a
body is European beech with a hornbeam
integral fences, they have wooden wedge. Best suited for use on softwoods (or
sole. Blade is chrome vanadium (Rc60-62).
wedged high-carbon steel Moving with the grain on hardwood), as this type of blade is
B. Gents Plane blades (hardened to llister plane wedged farther from the edge, and is prone to chatter
Traditionally used by gentlemen for Depth stop with depth stop
Rc58) that are quick on heavier cuts or in difcult grain.
occasional work. Made of European red and easy to adjust. The moving llister has a depth
beech with a hornbeam sole with a wedged stop and produces rabbets up to 11/4 wide by 7/8
blade (Rc58). Less tiring to use than a full- deep for frame-and-panel work, furniture carcasses, Lee Valley Plane Hammer
sized plane. breadboard cleats, boatbuilding, etc. Similar to the Adjusting blades in wooden planes is not as complex as
llister but with a sole sloped 10, the sliding dove- many people think. The main problem was that people
C. Adjustable Block Plane tail plane cuts a tail up to 11/4 long with a shoulder used steel hammers, which mushroom blades and
This 62 block plane has a regulator that depth up to 7/8. It has no depth stop, but this lets you destroy bodies over time. The brass end of the head on
is machined to eliminate backlash. The ne-tune the t for a hand-cut socket. Both planes our hammer will not deform steel and the wooden
regulator adjustment knob, over 13/4 wide, have European beech bodies with durable horn- insert end is kind to the body. At 8 oz, the cast head is
fits the palm comfortably. 50 pitch. beam soles, and scoring spurs to reduce tear-out on an ideal weight. 11 ash handle. Patented.
Hornbeam body with a lignum vitae sole. cross-grain work. 50K56.01 Plane Hammer $38.50
Product # Plane Length Blade Price Repl. Blade
A. 24P07.01 Scrub Plane 91/2 33mm/13/8 $105.00 24P54.33 $28.50
B. 24P22.01 Gents Plane 8 39mm/11/2 $ 76.50 24P52.39 $18.50
C. 24P61.01 Adjustable Block Plane 6 39mm/11/2 $109.00 24P56.39 $26.50
D. 24P02.01 Primus Jack Plane* 10 48mm/17/8 $205.00 24P31.48 $39.95
24P02.03 LH Primus Jack Plane 10 48mm/17/8 $205.00 24P31.48 $39.95
E. 24P04.01 Primus Reform Smooth Plane* 9 48mm/17/8 $275.00 24P31.48 $39.95
24P04.02 LH Primus Smooth Plane 9 48mm/17/8 $275.00 24P31.48 $39.95
F. 24P22.10 Moving Fillister Plane* 91/2 33mm/13/8 $219.00
G. 24P22.05 Dovetail Plane* 91/2 33mm/13/8 $195.00
* Representative samples are available at stores for viewing.
On this page product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.

 M
H J K L
O

S
60

V W
S
Hollow Round
(concave sole) (convex sole)

T U

T-W Traditional Asian Hollow

& Round Planes
P Q R Sole Curvatures
6mm
10mm
13mm 19mm
Q-S. Hong Kong-Style Planes 25mm
Beautifully made rosewood planes with solid 3mm
32mm
(1/8) thick high-speed steel blades bedded at about 60,
secured with rosewood wedges. The trim planes are
often used for knocking corners off boards, or for bevel- Length Width Blade Toe
ling long edges. The removable through-handle is Product Description Price Repl. Blade
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
comfortable for one-handed use. Designed for H. 07P10.10 Taiwanese-Style Block 148 5.8 48 1.9 36 1.4 582.3 $ 52.70 07P10.11 $11.40
smoothing varying-grain woods such as cocobolo and
J. 07P10.20 Taiwanese-Style Short Smooth 175 6.9 58 2.3 40 1.6 943.7 $ 58.00 07P10.21 $11.70
blackwood acacia, the xed-mouth high-angle smooth
plane can be pushed or pulled. An excellent choice for K. 07P10.30 Taiwanese-Style Smooth 220 8.7 58 2.3 40 1.6 1254.9 $ 62.60 07P10.21 $11.70
nishing cuts on hardwood for a smooth, glass-like L. 07P10.40 Taiwanese-Style Jack 245 9.6 64 2.5 48 1.9 1455.7 $ 72.00 07P10.41 $15.20
surface. Weighs 1 lb 10 oz. M. 44P02.01 Japanese Chamfer 150 5.9 50 1.97 25 1 361.4 $ 49.90 44P02.02 $13.50
T-W. Traditional Asian Hollow & Round Planes N. 44P03.01 Japanese Round Molding 150 5.9 45 1.77 25 1 903.54 $ 49.90 44P03.02 $18.20
These versatile planes are used for working radiused O. 44P01.01 Japanese Smooth 180 7.1 55 2.17 36 1.38 913.6 $ 46.50 44P01.02 $16.90
proles. The round planes smooth the inside of coves P. 07P14.10 Rabbet Plane 240 9.4 24 0.94 25 1.0 732.9 $ 44.00 07P14.11 $ 6.10
and coopered work or cut utes when run along a fence, Q. 07P12.10 Hong Kong-Style Trim 100 3.9 33 1.3 22 0.87 431.7 $ 31.50 07P12.11 $ 8.50
and the hollow planes smooth convex proles, ease
corners, or radius edges. The rosewood bodies are R. 07P12.20 Hong Kong-Style Trim 120 4.7 40 1.6 30 1.2 52 2 $ 34.60 07P12.21 $ 9.20
contoured for a comfortable grip on either the push or 07P12.50 Pair HK Trim Planes $ 56.80
pull stroke. Suitable for hardwoods or softwoods, they S. 07P12.70 Hong Kong-Style HA Smooth 225 8.9 55 2.2 44 1.7 110 4.3 $ 68.50 07P12.71 $20.60
have tight mouths to minimize tear-out. Hardened to T. 07P16.26 Asian Round, 32mm 160 6.25 45 1.77 32 1.25 69 2.72 $ 38.50 07P16.27 $11.40
Rc60 for durability, and secured by a wedge and cross U. 07P16.28 Asian Hollow, 32mm 160 6.25 45 1.77 32 1.25 73 2.87 $ 38.50 07P16.29 $11.40
pin, the forged high-carbon steel blades are ground to
closely match the sole curvatures; you need only lap the 07P16.30 Pr. 32mm Hollow & Round $ 68.50
faces to nish sharpening them. Sold individually, in 07P16.23 Asian Hollow, 25mm 160 6.25 38 1.5 25 0.98 60 2.36 $ 34.60 07P16.24 $10.50
matched pairs, or as a full set of 12 planes. 07P16.21 Asian Round, 25mm 160 6.25 38 1.5 25 0.98 60 2.36 $ 34.60 07P16.22 $10.50
X. Mini Edge-Rounding Plane 07P16.25 Pr. 25mm Hollow & Round $ 62.60
This small molding plane quickly rounds corners to 07P16.18 Asian Hollow, 19mm 160 6.25 34 1.34 19 0.75 61 2.4 $ 31.50 07P16.19 $ 9.20
a 1/16 radius. It cuts neatly in a single stroke and 07P16.16 Asian Round, 19mm 160 6.25 34 1.34 19 0.75 61 2.4 $ 31.50 07P16.17 $ 9.20
nests comfortably in the hand for positive control on 07P16.20 Pr. 19mm Hollow & Round $ 56.50
a push or pull stroke. It has a 45/8 long sole and an
07P16.13 Asian Hollow, 13mm 160 6.25 26 1.02 13 0.51 61 2.4 $ 28.70 07P16.14 $ 8.00
adjustable 0.08 thick high-speed steel blade (hard-
ened to Rc62-64). Made of Indonesian ebony with a 07P16.11 Asian Round, 13mm 160 6.25 26 1.02 13 0.51 59 2.3 $ 28.70 07P16.12 $ 8.00
brass lever cap, it is a beautiful, well-crafted tool. 07P16.15 Pr. 13mm Hollow & Round $ 51.50
07P15.07 Mini Edge-Rounding Plane $34.60 07P16.08 Asian Hollow, 10mm 160 6.25 23 0.91 10 0.39 59 2.3 $ 27.50 07P16.09 $ 8.00
07P15.08 Repl. Blade $11.40 07P16.06 Asian Round, 10mm 160 6.25 23 0.91 10 0.39 61 2.4 $ 27.50 07P16.07 $ 8.00
Close-up of 1/16 07P16.10 Pr. 10mm Hollow & Round $ 49.80
radius blade
V. 07P16.03 Asian Hollow, 6mm 160 6.25 18 0.71 6 0.24 59 2.3 $ 23.50 07P16.04 $ 7.40
W. 07P16.01 Asian Round, 6mm 160 6.25 18 0.71 6 0.24 61 2.4 $ 23.50 07P16.02 $ 7.40
07P16.05 Pr. 6mm Hollow & Round $ 42.20
07P16.50 Set (12) Hollow & Round $289.00
X. 07P15.07 Mini Edge-Rounding Plane 69 4.62 27 1.06 13 0.51 55 2.17 $ 34.60 07P15.08 $11.40
X Product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
Planes 115
 Cap iron
assembled D. Veritas Tapered
with blade
Plane Blades
Tapered blades hold
their position more
securely in wooden
planes. When held by
a wooden wedge, any
A resistance encoun-
tered by the blade
only serves to wedge
it tighter in the throat,
Underside preventing slippage.
of cap iron These 6 long blades D
C
are 3/16 thick at the
bevel, reducing chatter, and taper to 1/16. Available in three
widths, they are made of O1 high-carbon tool steel hardened to
Rc58-60 and are lapped at on the face. Made in Canada.
B 05P62.35 17/8 Tapered Blade $44.00
05P62.37 21/8 Tapered Blade $45.50
05P62.39 23/8 Tapered Blade $47.00
A. Stanley/Record Cap Irons made by Veritas Cap iron
A cap iron serves to stiffen a plane blade, helping E. Lee Valley Blades for Wooden Planes
to damp vibration and reduce the potential for Blade
For custom work or for retrot-
blade chatter. Made of corrosion-resistant A2 Leading edge of the iron is machined ting an older wooden plane, these
with a relief angle to ensure it always
steel, our 1/8 thick cap irons are sized to t Stanley contacts the face of the blade. hefty 6 long blades are 3/16
and Record planes. The leading edge of the cap thick to reduce chatter, and come
iron is machined with a relief angle to ensure it Blades with Cap Irons with a nely ground 30 bevel.
always contacts the We lap the face of the blades to
Blade Size Cap Iron Only O1 A2 *PM-V11
face of the blade, so a atness tolerance of 0.0005
no gap can form. 05P63.20 05P31.30 05P31.10 05P31.95
15/8 (#2)
$31.50 $64.00 $64.00 $78.00
or better over the entire surface.
The cap irons are Available in either A2 (Rc58-62)
available separately 05P63.22 05P31.31 05P31.11 05P31.96
13/4 (#3, 51/4)
$32.50 $66.00 $66.00 $80.00
or O1 high-carbon tool steel
or paired with our (Rc58-60), in three widths to
A2, O1 or 05P63.24 05P31.33 05P31.13 05P31.97
2 (#4, 5)
$33.50 $67.00 $67.00 $81.00
cover most applications, the
PM-V11 blades. blades are designed to be wedge
23/8 05P63.26 05P31.35 05P31.15 05P31.98
For information on secured and are used without a
(#41/2, 51/2, 6, 7) $37.00 $71.50 $71.50 $85.50
our blades, see chip breaker. Made in Canada.
05P63.28 05P31.37 05P31.17 05P31.99
description below. 25/8 (#8) A2 Steel Blades
$39.50 $75.50 $75.50 $89.50
Made in Canada. 05P62.05 17/8 A2 Blade $42.50
* Visit www.pm-v11.com for more information on PM-V11 steel. 05P62.07 21/8 A2 Blade $43.50 E
05P62.09 23/8 A2 Blade $44.50
Stanley/Record Plane Blades made by Veritas
O1 Steel Blades
We offer top-quality replacement blades for other manufacturers planes (e.g.,
05P62.25 17/8 O1 Blade $42.50
Stanley or Record) in A2, O1 or PM-V11 tool steel. All are lapped on the face side
05P62.27 21/8 O1 Blade $43.50
to a atness tolerance of 0.0005 or better, with an average roughness (Ra) of 5 micro- Blades are 3/16 thick.
05P62.29 23/8 O1 Blade $44.50
inches (0.000005) or better.
Our bench plane blades are 0.100 thick, 25% thicker than the industry standard of Hock Krenov-Style Plane Blades with Chip Breakers
0.080. Increased thickness reduces chatter. All are 7 long, have a 30 bevel and t Shorter than traditional blade assemblies, these are specially
almost all makes of the plane sizes listed. Due to minor manufacturing variations over designed for the low-slung wooden planes popularized by James
the last century, the pawl on the end of the lateral adjust lever on older planes may Krenov. Made of high-carbon (0.95%) steel hardened to Rc62, the
have to be led slightly to blades take a keen edge (nal honing required) and are a hefty
t in the blade slot. Blade B. Bench Plane Blades O1 A2 *PM-V11 3/16 thick to greatly reduce chatter. The 1/8 thick chip breakers
widths and plane model 05P31.20 05P31.00 05P31.90 provide additional mass and stiffness and are shaped to allow
1 /8 (#2)
5
numbers are listed. $39.00 $39.00 $53.00 shavings to pass over them smoothly. The three widths of straight
Block plane blades are 05P31.21 05P31.01 05P31.91 blade let you make a full range of bench planes, and the curved
1 /4 (#3, 5 /4)
3 1
0.125 (1/8) thick with a $40.00 $40.00 $54.00 blade (approx. 41/2 radius) is ideal for making a hollowing or
25 bevel. The grooves in 05P31.23 05P31.03 05P31.92 scrub plane.
2 (#4, 5)
the blades are for the rear $41.00 $41.00 $55.00 F. 19P20.10 11/2 Str. Blade/Chip Breaker $56.00
depth-adjust mechanism. 05P31.25 05P31.05 05P31.93 G. 19P20.11 13/4 Str. Blade/Chip Breaker $60.50
2 /8 (#4 /2, 5 /2, 6, 7)
3 1 1
Check the width to deter- $42.00 $42.00 $56.00 H. 19P20.12 2 Str. Blade/Chip Breaker $64.00
mine the right blade for 05P31.27 05P31.07 05P31.94 J. 19P20.13 11/2 Crvd. Blade/Chip Breaker $62.00
25/8 (#8)
your plane; it is either $44.50 $44.50 $58.50
13/8 (low-angle, 601/2 C. Block Plane Blades O1 A2 PM-V11
style) or 15/8 (standard 05P31.71 05P31.51 05P31.61
91/2 style). The British- 13/8, 5/8 slot (#601/2)
$32.00 $32.00 $45.00 G
made Stanley planes we 3/16 F
05P31.73 05P31.53 05P31.63
carry have a lateral adjust 1 /8, /16 slot (#60 /2)
3 7 1
$32.00 $32.00 $45.00
lever and require a 5/8 slot 05P31.75 05P31.55 05P31.65
(3 grooves). Planes with 1 /8, /8 slot (#9 /2)
5 5 1
$32.00 $32.00 $45.00
no lateral adjust lever (older 05P31.77 05P31.57 05P31.67
American Stanley block 1 /8, /16 slot (#9 /2)
5 7 1
J
$32.00 $32.00 $45.00
planes) require a 7/16 slot H
* Visit www.pm-v11.com for more information on PM-V11 steel.
(8 grooves).

116 Planes
 Example of cut using scrub plane.

Curved blade

A B C

Hock Replacement Plane Blades

These handmade blades are alternatives to the
standard alloy replacement blades available
from traditional manufacturers. Made from
high-carbon steel, they are 3/32 thick to substan-
tially reduce chatter. The regular blades t most
production planes. The 41/4 long block plane
blades have rear depth-adjustment grooves.
Blades with the 7/16 slot t both Record and
older American-made Stanley block planes.
Blades with the 5/8 slot t current British-made
Stanley block planes (the planes we carry). The
spokeshave blades t both Record and Stanley
models. For those woodworkers who prefer
high-carbon steel blades to alloy steel blades.
Final honing required.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
A. 19P20.07 21/817/8 Spokeshave Blade $38.50
B. 19P20.03 13/47 Regular Blade $44.00
19P20.04 27 Regular Blade $46.50 E. Spill Plane
19P20.05 23/87 Regular Blade $49.00
19P20.06 25/87 Regular Blade $53.50
C. 19P20.02 1 /8 Block (U.S.), /16 Slot $43.00
5 7
19P20.09 15/8 Block (U.K.), 5/8 Slot $43.00
D. 19P20.01 13/8 Block (U.S.), 7/16 Slot $39.50
19P20.08 13/8 Block (U.K.), 5/8 Slot $39.50
To keep blades sharp, store planes on their
sides. Alternatively, use a raised wooden strip
on a shelf anything except at on the sole.
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
Veritas Scrub Plane
The tool of choice for major stock removal, a it runs into a knot. Blade is available in high-
scrub is not usually used parallel to the grain, carbon steel (Rc58-60), A2 steel (Rc60-62) or
but at an angle of 30 or more. The blade edge PM-V11 steel (Rc61-63). Measures 103/421/4
is ground with a 3 radius, so it takes an aggres- and weighs 3 lb. The ductile cast iron body is
sive cut. This is the tool to use to get stock into accurately machined and ground so the sole is at.
a condition where you then can use a smooth A rened yet rugged performer.
plane. The curved cutting edge of the 11/2 05P35.01 Scrub Plane, HCS Blade $149.00
wide by 3/16 thick blade gives a distinctive, 05P35.02 Scrub Plane, A2 Blade $159.00
hand-worked texture to the workpiece. This is 05P35.71 Scrub Plane, PM-V11 Blade $169.00
a single-iron tool, meaning there is no cap iron 05P35.04 Repl. HCS Blade $ 33.00
or chip breaker. Set screws along the side 05P35.05 Repl. A2 Blade $ 43.00
prevent the blade from shifting sideways when 05P35.74 Repl. PM-V11 Blade $ 53.00
Before matches became widely available in the 1860s, long, coiled wood shavings known as spills were
used to transfer a ame from one location to another, such as from a replace to a candle, lantern or
stove. Typically made using a special inverted plane, spills burn more slowly and consistently than
paper, and also double as a convenient tinder material. We based the design of our spill plane on
an 1850s Edward Preston spill plane in our collection. You simply push a piece of straight-grained
softwood 5/8 to 3/4 wide over the blade, guiding it along a channel in the sole, to produce a long, tightly
curled shaving. A 1/2 tall, 21/2 wide fence projects from the base to register against the edge of a
bench, table or hearth; a screw-hole in the fence also allows it to be fastened to a block of wood and
clamped in a vise. Made from ductile cast iron with an O1 tool steel blade, the plane measures 8 long
overall and weighs 1 lb 9 oz. For those with replaces or woodstoves, using the spills made by this
plane will help start a re and rekindle old traditions. Made in Canada.
15P15.01 Spill Plane $59.00
15P15.02 Repl. Blade $10.90

Drive pins set

blade projection.

E
Set screws hold
blade in position.

The O1
tool steel
blade is
removable for Straight-
sharpening. grained softwood
is pushed over the
plane to produce a long,
tightly curled shaving.
Planes 117
 F

E
A
C

D
B
Veritas Miniature Tools Each tool is supplied in
These miniature versions of our full-size tools are fully functional. The low- bubinga with a stainless-steel ferrule. Made in a French-tted embossed
angle block plane is just under 21/2 long and 3/4 wide, a useful size for Canada, each tool is supplied in a French-tted leatherette box.
small-scale work or where a larger plane would be difcult to use. The embossed leatherette box.
shoulder plane, for ne trimming or cleaning the bottom of narrow dadoes, A. 05P82.20 Miniature Block Plane $49.50
weighs 1.7 oz and measures 21/2 long by 1/4 wide. The 23/8 long edge 05P82.21 Repl. Blade, Block Plane $ 9.90
plane is useful for ne trimming work on thin stock up to 3/8 thick, such as B. 05P80.01 Miniature Shoulder Plane $46.50
with small-scale boxes or maquettes. The low 37 cutting angle of the block 05P80.02 Repl. Blade, Shoulder Plane $ 6.20
and edge planes is especially effective for end-grain use. The block, C. 05P81.01 Miniature Edge Plane $46.50
shoulder and edge planes are investment-cast stainless steel, have xed 05P81.02 Repl. Blade, Edge Plane $ 7.30
A
mouths and use stainless-steel Norris-style adjusters to let you set the A2 D. 05P82.01 Miniature Router Plane $49.50
blade with precision. The 3 wide router plane is ideal for hardware instal- 05P82.02 Repl. Blade, Router Plane $10.90
lation and for ne inlay or intarsia work. Its blade, set using a ne-screw E. 05P84.01 Miniature Spokeshave $46.50
feed mechanism and secured with a knurled clamping knob, can be posi- 05P84.05 Repl. Blade, Spokeshave $ 7.30
tioned inboard for standard use or outboard for true bullnose work. It has a F. 05P85.01 Set of 3 Mini Chisels $46.50
stainless-steel body with bubinga knobs. The spokeshave weighs less than
an ounce and is only 31/2 long overall. It is useful for making ne shaping Miniature Tool Sets
cuts where a full-sized tool would be awkward to use. Made of investment- Our miniature tools are available in sets. The planes set is made up of the
cast stainless steel, the low-prole body (9/16 tall) has a 45 blade bed, a block, shoulder and edge planes; the tools set combines the router plane,
tight xed mouth opening and bubinga handles. The sole and blade bed are spokeshave and chisels; the complete set includes all our miniature tools.
machined. The chisels, with 1/8, 1/4 and 3/8 blades, weigh about a third of The regular total price of all the tools when purchased individually is $285.
an ounce each and are 31/4 long. They allow a delicate touch that is useful 05P82.30 Set of Mini Planes (Block, Shoulder, Edge) $125.00
for ne paring operations and model making. Their blades are made of 05P82.35 Set of Mini Tools (Router Plane, Spokeshave, Chisels) $125.00
PM-V11 steel, ground at on the face, with a 25 bevel. Their handles are 05P82.60 Complete Miniature Tool Set $239.00

Veritas Wooden Plane Hardware Kit G. Veritas Inset Plane

With this kit (and basic woodworking skills) you can build a bevel-down While this small plane can be used as is, it was designed to be inset into a
wood-bodied smooth plane with a Norris-style mechanism for easy depth and wooden plane body that you make. This lets you adapt the size, shape and
lateral adjustment. The kit includes a blade, a Norris-style adjuster with a steel function of the nished tool to suit your work type and preferred grip.
cup to seat it in, plus a knob, tapped insert and cross pin for the lever cap, all About the size of a nger plane, it can be used to create a small smooth
made of brass. The lapped blade (available in A2, O1 or PM-V11 steel) is plane or edge plane but is particularly useful for making a chamfer plane
1/8 thick and 15/8 wide with a 25 bevel. You provide the wood of your tailored to a specic width or angle. Fitting neatly into a 111/163/4
choice; any blank 821/421/2 or larger can be used. Detailed instructions mortise, the cast stainless-steel body has a linished sole, a 45
are provided. You can customize the size and shape of the completed plane, bed angle and a xed mouth. A brass retention screw
creating a practical tool that you can use for future woodworking projects. An secures the included 30 bevel A2 tool steel blade
excellent project for both beginners and experienced woodworkers. (0.06 thick by 0.46 wide). Notches along the
05P40.41 Plane Kit, A2 Blade $49.50 sides of the body permit mechanical glue
05P40.42 Plane Kit, O1 Blade $49.50 lock. Instructions are included for creating Cutaway view
a basic wooden body as well as chamfer of plane inserted
05P40.43 Plane Kit, PM-V11 Blade $62.50 into wooden body.
guides. Used alone, the inset plane makes
Sample of completed plane
ne, controlled cuts. A simple way to craft Retention screw secures blade.
a unique plane. Made in Canada.
05P91.01 Veritas Inset Plane $44.50
05P91.02 Repl. Blade $10.50
Wood not
F included.
Fixed
mouth

Sole is
linished.
Notches permit glue lock.

G
Wooden body
118 not included.
 Upswept palm rest
seats comfortably A B C
in the hand.

Veritas Detail Rabbet Planes

These slender pocket-size planes allow
ne, controlled cuts in areas you could
ordinarily trim only with a chisel. With Imperial Actual width
very narrow soles, they are also useful for A. 05P75.03 Detail Rabbet Plane, 1/4* $ 72.50
cleaning dadoes or grooves. Comfortable B. 05P75.06 Detail Rabbet Plane, 5/16 (8mm)* $ 72.50
and easily maneuvered, they are relatively C. 05P75.08 Detail Rabbet Plane, 3/8* $ 72.50
tall to provide a good gripping surface and 05P75.30 Set of 3 Imperial Sizes $179.00
have an upswept palm rest for registration Metric
in the hand. The ductile cast iron body has 05P75.01 Detail Rabbet Plane, 6mm* $ 72.50 One-piece
ductile
a xed mouth, a 3 long sole, and is accu- 05P75.06 Detail Rabbet Plane, 8mm (5/16) $ 72.50 cast iron
rately machined and ground. The low 15 05P75.10 Detail Rabbet Plane, 10mm* $ 72.50 body
bed angle combined with the 30 blade 05P75.35 Set of 3 Metric Sizes $179.00
bevel provides a 45 cutting angle. The 05P75.40 Set of 5 Planes* $295.00
lapped blade is made of O1 tool steel. A One-piece
polished brass
brass, one-piece lever cap/palm rest holds 05P75.13 Replacement Blade, 1/4 $ 10.90 lever cap and
the full-width blade in place. Available in 05P75.16 Replacement Blade, 5/16 (8mm) $ 10.90 palm rest

/ /
ve widths, 4, 16 (8mm), 8, 6mm
1 5 3/ 05P75.18 Replacement Blade, 3/8 $ 10.90 Fixed
and 10mm; sold separately or in sets. 05P75.11 Replacement Blade, 6mm $ 10.90 mouth
O1 tool steel
Made in Canada. Patented. 05P75.20 Replacement Blade, 10mm $ 10.90 lapped blade

G Rotate knob
to adjust
height.
Height-adjustable
palm rest

Rotate collar
to lock knob
position.
Veritas Detail Palm Planes
With a height-adjustable palm rest for better in-hand registration,
these miniature planes are easily maneuvered and permit fine,
controlled cuts. The investment-cast steel body has a 45 bed angle
and a xed mouth, and uses a brass retention screw to secure the
included 30 bevel A2 tool steel blade (0.06 thick by 3/8 wide). The D
soles are approximately 11/2 long by 5/8 wide and are available in E
four proles. The concave and convex planes have curved soles with
a side-to-side radius of 1/2. The double-convex (spoon) version has
a 1/2 side-to-side radius and a 4 front-to-back radius. The bubinga F
palm rest is removable for work in tight spaces. Replacement blades Palm rest is removable for precise control.
are available separately (convex and double-convex planes use the
same blade). Available for the at and convex planes only, the
optional toothed blades are recommended when working with dif-
cult grain patterns or knots, leaving a textured surface that can be
smoothed with a nely set plane or a scraper. Made in Canada. G
Patent pending.
D. 05P90.05 Double-Convex Plane $ 69.00
E. 05P90.09 Convex Plane $ 69.00 Double-convex
05P90.06 Repl. Blade, Convex/Double-Convex $ 10.90
Convex
05P90.07 Toothed Blade, Convex/Double-Convex $ 16.40
F. 05P90.13 Concave Plane $ 69.00
Concave
05P90.14 Repl. Blade, Concave $ 10.90
05P90.20 Detail Palm Planes, set of 4 $229.00
G. 05P90.01 Flat Plane $ 69.00
05P90.02 Repl. Blade, Flat $ 10.90
05P90.03 Toothed Blade, Flat $ 14.20 Flat
Planes 119
 A. Little Victor Plane Squirrel-Tail Palm Planes
This little plane is a close copy of Leonard Palm planes are ideal for working on small projects
A Baileys 1877 Little Victor #51 block plane, and in areas where a larger plane would be
which was once advertised as the perfect tool, cumbersome. These compact planes, while similar
useful in house, shop, bank, ofce and especially to the Stanley #100 and #1001/2, have an enlarged
in scroll saw work. A simple and effective tool squirrel-tail handle for better in-hand registration
with an elegant and comfort, and the
design, it is a great Suggested hand position elegant blade-xing
B for controlled cuts.
A & B have miniature-makers or mechanism of the
lapped soles; modelmakers plane. Little Victor. The at
C has a milled sole.
All have blades with For a highly controlled palm plane is perfect
lapped backs. cut on a at surface, for chamfering and
it can be pushed with a trimming, while the
thumb on the lipped curved palm plane
C toe while the palm of has the sole rounded side-to-side (11/2 radius)
the hand is rmly planted on the work, similar to and front-to-back (12 radius), making it ideal
using two hands for a paring cut with a chisel. for working hollows such as on chair seats. The
The investment-cast steel body is accurately investment-cast steel bodies are accurately
machined, has a 45 bed angle and a fixed machined and have a 45 bed angle and a xed
mouth, and uses a cogwheel screw to secure the mouth. The at plane has a lapped sole (to a at-
Blade secured
with cogwheel included 30 bevel O1 tool steel blade (measures ness tolerance of 0.0005 or better); the curved
screw.
A 0.085 thick by 1 wide). Both the sole of the plane has a nely milled sole. The blades are 30
Flat plane and the working surface* of the blade are bevel O1 lapped tool steel (0.085 thick by 1
lapped to a flatness tolerance of 0.0005 or wide), and are secured with a cogwheel screw.
B better. At 31/8 long by 11/4 wide, and weighing Each plane weighs less than 7 oz and is 33/8
Flat just under 5 oz, this is truly a pocket plane. Made long at the sole, 13/8 wide, and 47/8 long
in Canada. overall. Made in Canada.
Sole rounded 15P01.01 Little Victor Plane $45.00 B. 15P10.10 Flat Palm Plane $52.00
C side-to-side 15P01.02 Repl. O1 Blade $11.90 15P01.02 Flat Repl. O1 Blade $11.90
Curved (11/2 radius) and
front-to-back (12 radius).
* The working surface is the 1/2 section of the face C. 15P10.20 Curved Palm Plane $59.00
closest to the cutting edge. 15P10.21 Curved Repl. O1 Blade $16.50

D. Instrument Makers Planes Japanese Shaping Planes

These are very nely made silicon bronze planes
with chrome vanadium blades. The soles are
slightly rounded in both directions. The blades
match this slight curvature. Choose from plane
lengths of 25mm to 47mm (1 to 17/8); blade
widths as stated. Planes come with standard blades,
but toothing blades are available. For information G. Bronze Spokeshaves
on replacement blades, contact our Customer
Service department or visit our website.
55P10.01 25mm Plane, 8mm Blade $64.90
55P10.02 30mm Plane, 10mm Blade $68.50
55P10.03 36mm Plane, 12mm Blade $73.50
55P10.04 47mm Plane, 18mm Blade $84.90
Miniature Planes
Made of brass and Indonesian ebony, these
compact planes are useful for working on small
items such as instruments, models or jewellery
boxes, and are simply a pleasure to look at. Each
has an adjustable 1/2 wide, 1/16 thick high-speed
steel (Rc62-64) blade. The block plane sole is
31/813/16; the chisel plane is 215/161/2. The
chisel plane is especially handy for casework.
E. 07P15.01 Miniature Block Plane $23.50
F. 07P15.05 Miniature Chisel Plane $23.50
07P15.10 Pair of Miniature Planes $42.00
07P15.02 Repl. Blade, Block Plane $ 6.10
07P15.06 Repl. Blade, Chisel Plane $ 6.10
D
These small planes are well suited to a variety of
detailed shaping tasks, from making musical
instruments and models to sculpting and building
furniture, particularly moldings and chair seats.
Of traditional construction, their mouths are set
Flat Spoon Round
well back in the white oak bodies to give ne
control on the pull stroke, and they have self-
These attractive bronze spokeshaves come in wedging laminated steel blades that are honed
three styles: flat bottom, round bottom, and ready for use. Their tight mouths permit tissue-
spoon bottom. The spoon bottom has a convex thin shavings, even in highly figured stock.
blade. Their overall length is 31/2; blades are Setting the blade is done with gentle taps from a
15/16 wide. They are particularly useful for light hammer a process that may seem daunting
detailed work such as patternmaking, cabinet- at rst, but once mastered provides positive ne
making, modelmaking, carving and instrument adjustment (instructions included). The round
making. These are excellent value, but some- plane measures 33/411/8 and has a 3/4 blade.
times the throat nish is not as good as it could The two compass planes are 31/2 long by 7/8
be. Just a few strokes of a le will set everything wide and have 5/8 wide blades.
right. Not Stocked at our Stores.
61P10.10 Set of 3 Spokeshaves $31.50 J. 60K22.01 Mini Round Plane $49.90
61P10.03 Repl. Blade (straight) $ 4.40 K. 60K22.02 Mini Compass Plane $49.90
61P10.05 Repl. Blade (convex) $ 4.40 L. 60K22.03 Mini Convex Compass Plane $52.50
H. Small Palm Plane
A very useful plane for work where even a block J K L
plane would be too large or would get in the way.
The sole is 15/1635/16.
19P05.01 Palm Plane $31.50
19P04.02 Repl. Blade, 1 $ 7.90

J
E

F G
H K L
120
 A E

A
B Concave E
spokeshave

B Wide offset handles provide ample

hand clearance from workpiece.

Flat spokeshave
C
C E
For use on
Round
large surfaces.
spokeshave

Veritas Spokeshaves E. Veritas Large Spokeshave

These beautiful spokeshaves are easy to use and Our large spokeshave has the
are designed for smooth, effective shaping. The tight mouth, simple blade-depth
1/8 thick blade, machined lever cap, and blade bed adjustment, and very precise
achieve chatterfree cutting in virtually all condi- machining of our regular
tions. The ductile cast iron body has bubinga Shims adjust
the mouth opening.
spokeshaves, but in a larger, Shims adjust
handles, and the toe serves as a thumb rest, more robust package for the mouth opening.
allowing the user to choke up on the body to attain exceptional control for ne larger-scale work. At over 18
work. Twin adjustment wheels quickly and accurately control cut depth and across, it affords a comfortable
Wood not
skew, and shims let you adjust the mouth opening as needed. grip without the worry of included.
The concave spokeshave, with a 45 bed angle, a sole radius of 15/16, and a scraping your knuckles against
1 /2 wide blade, is popular with chair and paddle makers. The at and round
1 the workpiece.
spokeshaves have a 21/8 wide blade and are suited to most kinds of wood- The shave comes with a 25/8
working. The round shave has a 13/4 radius. Each weighs about 12 oz. 101/2 wide, 1/8 thick A2 or O1 tool F
long overall. Each comes with an A2 or O1 tool steel blade; optional PM-V11 steel blade, seated at 45 to the
steel blades are available (see page 97 for details). Patented. sole (optional PM-V11 blade available). The integrated thumbwheels

We also offer a kit that allows you to make custom handles for any of these allow quick and repeatable blade-depth and skew adjustment, and
spokeshaves. The kit includes brass washers, hanger bolts, a hex bolt, a mandrel two shims enable mouth-opening adjustment from 0.040 (no shims)
for lathe mounting and assembly (although handles can be carved or shaped with to 0.020 (with shims) to suit your work requirements. The body
other freehand techniques), and instructions. is investment-cast ductile iron tted with African rosewood handles.
A. 05P33.11 Concave Spokeshave, A2 $115.00 Wood not included.
The combination of a thick blade with machined lever cap and blade
05P32.61 Concave Spokeshave, O1 $115.00 bed produces chatterfree cutting in virtually all conditions. Weighs
05P33.12 Repl. A2 Blade, 11/2 $ 29.50 1.3 lb. Patented.
05P32.62 Repl. O1 Blade, 11/2 $ 29.50 D We also offer a kit for making custom handles. It includes two brass
05P33.75 Optional PM-V11 Blade, 11/2 $ 38.50 washers, two hanger bolts, a hex bolt, detailed instructions, and a
B. 05P33.01 Flat Spokeshave, A2 $109.00 mandrel for lathe mounting (though handles can be carved or shaped
05P32.51 Flat Spokeshave, O1 $109.00 with other freehand techniques).
C. 05P33.03 Round Spokeshave, A2 $109.00 05P33.90 Large Spokeshave, A2 Blade $129.00
05P32.53 Round Spokeshave, O1 $109.00 05P33.91 Large Spokeshave, O1 Blade $129.00
05P33.05 Repl. A2 Blade, 21/8 $ 22.50 05P33.92 Repl. A2 Blade $ 25.50
05P32.55 Repl. O1 Blade, 21/8 $ 22.50 Mandrel for 05P33.93 Repl. O1 Blade $ 25.50
05P33.72 Optional PM-V11 Blade, 21/8 $ 31.50 inserting hanger bolt.
05P33.95 Optional PM-V11 Blade $ 34.50
D. 05P33.20 Spokeshave Handle Kit $ 8.30 F. 05P33.97 Lg. Spokeshave Handle Kit $ 10.50
Roll can be wall mounted.
G. Lee Valley Spokeshave Roll
For some people, spokeshaves are like peanuts (or planes) they cant have just one! This unique tool
roll (really a tri-fold case) keeps them all organized, accessible and portable. Made from a heavy
polyester fabric, the exterior of the roll is double-layered and padded. Sewn elastic straps hold six
spokeshaves of lengths up to 12. The roll aps fasten closed with hook-and-loop strips to cover
the shaves, or, with the aps folded behind the roll, for display or use. Nylon quick-release
buckles secure the roll for transport. Additional
wall-mount clips are included for hanging. Two
inside pockets have a cut-resistant lining for holding G
extra blades, and a small pouch holds shims. An
external 710 zippered pocket stores instruction
booklets, notes, designs, or sharpening papers. At
23 long by 13 wide without the aps, it folds up to
a compact 813 case. Excellent value.
50K60.01 Spokeshave Roll $21.50

Regular Spokeshave Sets with Roll

Our regular at, round and concave spokeshaves are available in sets that
include our specially designed woven polyester tool roll. Save $55.50.
05P33.15 A2 Spokeshave Set & Roll $299.00
05P33.16 O1 Spokeshave Set & Roll $299.00
Tools not
included. Planes 101
 Original Preston spokeshave B

A. Cast Round Spokeshave 5/8

B. Veritas Low-Angle Spokeshave
radius sole
Founded in 1825, Edward Preston & Sons, Ltd. This spokeshave has a traditional shape, not of the spokeshaves of the last
produced some of the nest tools of the Victorian century, but of the century before. Until about 1900, most spokeshaves had
age. We have created a close replica of their model low cutting angles and wooden bodies. Although they cut beautifully, they
1374 round-bottomed spokeshave, a tool as elegant as it is effective. Smaller were not easy to adjust and became very expensive as hand processes gave
than typical spokeshaves at 63/4 long overall, it is designed for ne smoothing way to automated manufacturing methods.
and shaping, with a tight mouth opening that helps reduce tear-out and a 5/8 This one employs the same low cutting angle as spokeshaves of old (20
radius sole that allows you to work tight curves. The handles are raised to keep basic bevel with a 25 micro-bevel), but setting the cutting depth has been
your hands clear of the work. As with any round-bottomed spokeshave, it takes simplied substantially. The blade is xed, forming the sole of the spoke-
a bit of practice to master holding the shave on its sweet spot, where the blade shave, while the adjustable toe piece controls the depth of the cut. Used in
and leading and trailing edges of the mouth are in steady contact with the stock. one orientation, the toe piece is suited to convex and at work; ipped
Investment cast in stainless steel, our version reproduces the polished scroll- 180, it allows the tool to be used on concave work.
work and scalloped borders of the original and comes hand polished to a ne Because the blade can be moved either forward or
nish. Tool buffs will note that the blade bed is not machined after casting a backward, the mouth opening is controllable.
feature that is faithful to the original and does not affect performance. A 21st The tool has a cast aluminum body and weighs just Used for
convex or
century improvement has been added where it does count, however the 13/8 over 6 oz. The 1/8 thick A2 steel blade holds an edge concave
wide, 3/32 thick blade is made of our innovative PM-V11 alloy. It has a 30 ve times longer than high-carbon steel. An optional cutting.
bevel and is clamped with a thumbscrew and cap iron. Made in Canada. An PM-V11 steel blade is available.
excellent value, highly recommended. 05P32.01 Low-Angle Spokeshave $79.00
15P17.01 Cast Round Spokeshave $74.50 05P32.02 Repl. A2 Blade $22.50
15P17.02 Repl. PM-V11 blade $21.50 05P32.72 Optional PM-V11 Blade $29.50

C. Veritas Hardware Kits for Wooden E. Traditional English Shaving Horse Plan
C Spokeshaves by Veritas
Depth of cut adjustment is a weakness of tradi- The shaving horse is a natural companion for
tional wooden spokeshaves. The blades have traditional woodworking projects such as chairs,
tangs that wedge into holes in the tool body, and paddles, walking sticks and snowshoes. Based
cut depth is adjusted by tapping the tang ends or on a shaving horse used by chairmaker David
the base of the blade. Refining this process Fleming, this is both a shaving horse and a tradi-
usually requires a screwdriver or other tool, or tional chairmakers low bench used when
removing the blade. With this kit you can build a brace drilling and for seat sculpting. It is also
spokeshave with a simple, effective depth adjust- useful for any other work best performed sitting
ment that requires no blade removal or tools. The down with the work clamped on a bench between
large size (shown) is a good general-purpose tool. your knees. Several options are described for
The small is for general tasks on a slightly smaller building the horse that best ts your needs and
Example of
nished spokeshave. scale, allowing ne control on detail work (e.g., skills. The design does not require any special-
Wood not included. small chamfers). Kits include an A2 steel blade, a ized hardware and can be built by anyone with
Cross Section of Wooden Spokeshave Kit
brass wear strip, two brass lock nuts and adjust- intermediate woodworking skills. Versatile,
ment thumb wheels, a tap, and instructions. The comfortable and efcient to use.
Blade depth
adjustment
large blade is 23/41/8 thick (411/16 overall); 05L19.01 Veritas Shaving Horse Plan $15.95
Tapped
threads
Lock the small blade is 17/83/32 thick (23/41/2 Example of
nut
in wood overall). You provide and shape the wood of your completed
body shaving
choice (minimum blank sizes are 1111/27/8 horse with
Blade Blade seats against Secure blade depth or 1011/83/4 respectively). Patented. removable
depth adjust. with lock nut. legs for easy
05P33.30 Large Spokeshave Kit, 4 $48.50 storage.
05P33.40 Small Spokeshave Kit, 23/4 $44.50
E
D. Lee Valley Spokeshave Blades
These are top-quality replacement blades for
Stanley #51/#52 and Record/Stanley #151 spoke-
shaves. Available in A2 (Rc60-62), O1 (Rc58-60)
or PM-V11 (Rc61-63) tool steel, the blades are
Back of
21/8 wide by 17/8 high, have a 30 bevel and are
blade is lapped on the face to a flatness tolerance of E
lapped. 0.0005 or better over the entire surface. The
Clamping for short, long or irregular-shaped workpieces.
blades are a hefty 3/32 thick to reduce chatter. An
easy way to enhance the performance of your
D spokeshave. Made in Canada.
05P31.59 Spokeshave Blade, A2 $20.90
05P31.79 Spokeshave Blade, O1 $20.90
05P31.69 Spokeshave Blade, PM-V11 $28.90
122
 A. Veritas Scraper Shave
Our scraper shave is a versatile small scraper suitable for small-scale work,
ne detailing, or any application where a normal scraping plane would be D C
too large. The design of the tool allows a controlled scraping action that
effectively smoothes the workpiece. Can be used as a companion tool with
our chair devils for smoothing of non-round chair parts such as crest rails,
arm bows and seat blank edges.
Similar in construction to our chair devils, it has a machined steel body,
comfortable bubinga handles, and a solid brass machined toe and thumb- B
screws. The high-carbon steel blade is
0.040 thick and hardened to Rc48-52, with A
a 45 cutting edge that can be readily
burnished to create a long-lasting hook.
Full instructions included. A
05P33.70 Veritas Scraper Shave $75.00
05P33.71 Replacement Blade $11.50

Veritas Chair Devils

Chair devils are ideal for nal shaping and smoothing of round parts such as
chair spindles and posts. A specially shaped scraper blade rounds the work-
piece, removing any spokeshave marks. We offer three sizes: 1/2 dia. for
spindles, 7/8 dia. for rungs, and 11/4 dia. for legs, posts and paddle shafts.
The machined steel bodies are tted with bubinga handles shaped for
comfort and control. The machined toe and two thumbscrews are solid
brass. Blades are 0.040 thick high-carbon steel, hardened to Rc48-52, with
a nely ground 45 edge. Instructions included. A joy to use, they are an
excellent companion for spokeshave use.
B. 05P33.50 Chair Devil, 1/2 dia. $ 75.00
C. 05P33.51 Chair Devil, 7/8 dia. $ 75.00
E
D. 05P33.52 Chair Devil, 11/4 dia. $ 75.00
05P33.60 Set of 3 Chair Devils $195.00
05P33.55 Repl. Blade, 1/2 dia. $ 11.50
05P33.56 Repl. Blade, 7/8 dia. $ 11.50
1/2
7/8 1
1 /4 05P33.57 Repl. Blade, 11/4 dia. $ 11.50

E. Veritas Pullshave
Used to hollow or recess an area, our pullshave excels at work traditionally
done with inshaves and travishers, such as shaping and smoothing chair
seats. Our unique design recongures a convex spokeshave with a bubinga
handle and front knob, providing both control and comfort for rigorous
work. It features a 1/8 thick lapped blade and an accurately machined blade carved or shaped with other freehand tech- Wood not included.
bed and cap iron for chatterfree cutting. The ductile cast iron body has a 45 niques), and instructions you just need to
blade bed angle and a 31/2 sole radius. Twin adjustment thumb wheels supply the wood.
quickly and accurately control depth of cut. Blades come in A2 or O1 tool 05P50.01 Veritas Pullshave, A2 $159.00
steel; an optional PM-V11 steel blade is available (see page 97 for details). 05P50.51 Veritas Pullshave, O1 $159.00
There is no tool like it on the market. Patented. 05P50.02 Repl. A2 Blade $ 31.00
We also offer a kit that allows you to make a custom rear handle for a 05P50.52 Repl. O1 Blade $ 31.00
Veritas pullshave. The kit includes a brass washer, a hanger bolt, a hex bolt, 05P50.72 Optional PM-V11 Blade $ 36.00 F
a mandrel for lathe mounting and assembly (although the handle can be F. 05P50.60 Pullshave Handle Kit $ 8.20

G. Bronze Drawknife Guides Cutting chamfers.

Clamped onto a drawknife blade, these guides G H
form a pair of depth-limiting fences that prevent the G
blade from diving into the workpiece. Designed for Drawknife
cutting consistent chamfers, they are also used for and guides sold
separately.
quick removal of stock from a square blank in
preparation for turning. The guides have 45 faces
G H
for chamfers, and 30 faces for reducing square stock. The distance you set
Reducing square
between the guides governs the width and depth of cut made. The rounded nose stock for turning.
lets the blade pivot for the best cutting angle. Designed for straight blades
measuring at least 3/16 thick and between 3/4 and 11/4 in depth, the guides have
narrow slits to trap the cutting edge, and brass thumbscrews to clamp the blade.
The back of the blade needs to have a slight forward slant in the clamping area
(the part above 3/16 blade thickness), which can be ground if necessary.
15P20.01 Drawknife Guides, pr. $32.50
H. Austrian Drawknife
G
Narrow slit traps the cutting edge.
30 faces
The drawknife shown with our bronze drawknife
for reducing guides ts our guides with no modication required.
square stock. Made in Austria, it has a curved tang and drop-handle
design. The blade, drop forged and hardened to
Shown 45 faces Rc58-60, is 11/4 wide by 91/4 long. Overall length is
actual size. for cutting 15. An excellent-quality tool.
The guides nose allows the blade to pivot for the Brass thumbscrew chamfers.
best cutting angle while shaving the workpiece. secures blade in place.
64K01.02 Austrian Drawknife $53.50
123
 Pivoting
knob Left-hand F G
conguration

Right-hand
conguration A. Veritas Beading Tool
Hand beading, uting or reeding in hard or soft
woods is easy with our beading tool. Using one of
the standard cutters or one that you custom shape, E
you can put ne detail in furniture quickly and
accurately. Cutters are held against the body with
a clamping bar and are adjustable for height and
fence offset. Nearly 23/4 long, the fence has two
mounting locations to provide up to a 1 blade
offset and is positional to expose one of
A three bearing surfaces: at for straight E. Veritas Wooden
and convex applications, curved Beading Tool
Six blades included
for slightly concave and With this tool, you can do
1/8 1/8
with beading tool. waved edges, and bullnose beading, fluting and 3/16 3/16
for scribing use on more reeding in difcult woods 1/4 1/4

complex proles. Both the with ease and condence. Fluting Beading
fence and clamping bar are reversible The cutter can be adjusted
B C D for left- or right-hand use and to along the center post for
handle any grain direction. Designed work next to the head or
to cut on the push stroke, but usable inches away from it. The 1/8 Blank
with a pull stroke. integral fence is slotted so 3/16
3/32
The body, clamp bar and fence are that a cutter can be partly
precision-machined investment-cast steel. The recessed. The rock maple Reeding Single point
Fence is aligned by Clamp bar can leading and trailing edges of the sole are radiused body has all-brass ttings.
registration bosses be set for left-
and sockets. or right-hand for smooth travel. The generous handles are Cuts on either the push or pull stroke. It can be used
use by moving African rosewood with brass ttings; the adjust- with the grain on any wood as well as across the
it from one side
to the other. able ball knob pivots 90 to allow varying grip. grain on hardwoods. It comes with a 3/32 radius
Supplied with a 3/32 radius single-point cutter single-point cutter and ve blank cutters for custom
and ve blank cutters. The 5/8 wide cutters, made shaping. Cutters are 5/8 wide and made of hard-
from hardened spring steel, are the same used ened spring steel. Since both ends of each cutter can
with our wooden beading tool for compatibility. be used, this gives you a dozen possibilities.
1/8 1/8 1/8
Since both ends of each cutter can be used, this Standard shapes are also available. Patented.
Blank gives you a dozen possibilities. Standard shapes 05P04.01 Veritas Beader & 6 Cutters $69.00
3/16 3/16 3/16
3/32 1/4 1/4 are also available. Made in Canada. Patented. F. 05P04.04 Fluting Cutters, set of 3* $ 9.90
Single point Reeding Beading Fluting 05P04.50 Beading Tool & 6 Cutters $89.00 G. 05P04.03 Beading Cutters, set of 3* $ 9.90
B. 05P04.05 Reeding Cutters, set of 2* $ 7.30 H. 05P04.05 Reeding Cutters, set of 2* $ 7.30
Flat side of Curved side of Scribe lines with
C. 05P04.03 Beading Cutters, set of 3* $ 9.90 05P04.10 Master Set of 8 Cutters* $25.50
fence for fence for slight bullnose for D. 05P04.04 Fluting Cutters, set of 3* $ 9.90 05P04.02 Repl. Single-Point Cutter $ 3.90
straight concave more 05P04.10 Master Set of 8 Cutters* $25.50 05P04.06 Repl. Blank Cutter, ea. $ 1.90
edges. edges. complex
proles. 05P04.02 Repl. Single-Point Cutter, ea. $ 3.90
To order call 1-800-267-8767
05P04.06 Repl. Blank Cutter, ea. $ 1.90

J. Veritas Cornering Tool Set

A cornering tool is actually a small molding
1/16
plane. It cuts a xed-radius curve on an edge.
3/16 Our cornering tools have a different radius cutter
at either end. One tool cuts a 1/16 and a 1/8
1/4
1/8 radius and the other cuts a 3/16 and a 1/4 radius.
They are ground with two xed fences that stop
the tool from cutting past the xed radius. Made
in England from tool steel hardened to Rc48-52,
they hold an excellent edge. Easy to use, they cut
on either the push or pull stroke. They remove
material quickly and easily.
They are accurately ground, ready for final
honing. Included in the set is an extrusion
designed to sharpen the four different cutting radii
plus the 1/2 radius inside curve. A piece of 600x
silicon carbide paper and a wedge (to hold it into
position) complete the sharpening kit. The set
includes both cornering tools and the sharpening
kit. The sharpening kit is also available separately.
J
05K50.30 Cornering Tool Set $36.50
05K50.15 Sharpening Kit only $ 8.50

124
 Optional toothed blade cuts grooves for
better glue adhesion for veneering.
C
A. Veritas Small Scraping Plane
Designed for one-handed use, this small scraping
plane has an articulating palm rest for comfortable,
controlled grip. The 0.040 thick high-carbon steel B
blade occupies the full width of the plane body,
permitting clean, accurate cuts flush against a
perpendicular surface. A set screw lets you bow the D
blade to make ne Articulating palm
depth-of-cut adjust- rest adjusts to
ments and to prevent your hand
position.
blade corners from
leaving ridges in the
work. The blade is
ground at 45, allowing Blade bow adjustment set screw B. Veritas Scraping Plane
you to easily burnish a hook. A xed frog sets the This is the ideal tool for nal smoothing,
blade at 20, the optimum angle for ne scraping. especially when working with highly gured A
Ductile cast iron body. Patented. wood or reversing grain. Tear-out is virtually
05P29.50 Small Scraping Plane $139.00 eliminated with the cutting action of the scraping Diagram exaggerated for clarity.
05P29.51 Repl. Blade $ 10.90 blade. The bubinga front knob and rear handle are
comfortable to use, and the large sole ensures an
Sole Sole Blade
Product
Length Width Width
Weight accurately attened surface. The adjustable frog
sets blade angles from 0 to 25, providing ne
Veritas Small

Scraping Plane
51/4 2 2 11/2 lb control of the cut. A unique integral thumbscrew Traditional Bowed blade
Blade bow straight
bows the blade to prevent ridges in the work thumbscrew
eliminates cut
scraping blade. ridges.
Diagram exaggerated for clarity. surface caused by blade corners. The included
Straight Bowed blade 0.055 thick high-carbon steel blade is suited to ground at 45. The ductile cast iron body has been
scraping eliminates cut this technique; an optional 1/8 (0.125) thick A2 fully stress relieved, machined and surface ground
blade. ridges.
steel blade is available for those who prefer on the sole. Instructions included. Patented.
uncambered blades. A 1/8 (0.125) thick toothed 05P29.01 Veritas Scraping Plane $199.00
A2 steel blade with V-shaped teeth (25 tpi) is also 05P29.02 Repl. Blade, HCS $ 15.20
Lapped sole
A available. To prepare a surface for veneering, it C. 05P29.03 Optional Blade, A2 $ 31.50
Blade lightly grooves the wood to increase surface area D. 05P29.04 Optional Toothed Blade, A2 $ 43.00
extends to
the full width for better glue adhesion. It is also used to precon- Sole Sole Blade
Product Weight
of the plane dition areas of very difficult grain before the Length Width Width
body.
Full-width blade allows regular scraping blade is used. Blades are hard- Veritas Scraping 91/2

33/4 27/8 4 lb
scraping to corners. ened to Rc48-51, and come with the cutting edges Plane

E. Veritas Jointer/Edger G. Veritas Scraper Holder H. Veritas Variable Burnisher

To restore a dull scraper, you should file the This holder lets you use a A cabinet scraper can be made into a highly versa-
scraper to remove any existing hook. This can be cabinet scraper to maximum tile tool with each of its four edges having a
done free hand, but to get a perfectly true edge advantage. The light, strong, Bow adjustment different cutting characteristic. Our variable
(and to avoid having to stone the edge as well as glass-lled nylon body, with burnisher makes it easy to perfectly burnish the
le it), you need the ling marks to be perfectly all-brass ttings, is kind to a desired angles. It has a carbide rod xed in a brass
parallel to the edge. The Veritas jointer/edger sharp hook. You can slip any hub at an angle. A knob on the face of the body lets
holds a le at 90 to the thickness of scraper you set any angle from 0
Locking
scraper face as well as File (6/150mm long) into it, to 15. Rotate the hub to screw
Loosen clamp to
ensuring that it is clamp it in position, and set adjust blade height. the chosen angle and then Carbide rod
perfectly at. This tool Scraper the amount of bow with the lock it into position with Angle-
is also designed to joint screw-actuated center pad. The molded body the brass thumbscrew. setting
knob
saw blades preparatory ts your hands comfortably. You can easily Because the body is Clamped
to sharpening and will scrape toward yourself as well as away, letting slotted, you can burnish a scraper
sharpen scraper plane you work to best advantage with the grain. Set scraper with condence Simply clamp
Saw blade scraper into vise,
blades at 45. Anodized Clearance the scraper at any projection you want; the that the angle is being
for saw set set knob to desired
aluminum with solid conical brass clamping plugs have a at on one maintained. High impact- hook angle, and
brass screws. It is 6 side for solid scraper support at any projection. resistant, injection-molded run burnisher
long. Use with a 6 or 8 mill le (not included). It comes with a milled-edge, 0.032 thick super- body. Includes instructions over scraper.
05M07.01 Veritas Jointer/Edger $22.50 hard scraper. and a milled-edge scraper. Patented.
F. 62W32.22 8 Mill File $ 8.20 05K33.01 Veritas Scraper Holder $44.50 05K37.01 Veritas Variable Burnisher $37.50

Veritas Scraping Set

We are offering our variable burnisher, a set
of four super-hard milled scrapers, our
jointer/edger, an 8 mill le and our scraper F
holder at a discount of 25%. A complete and G
effective scraping set.
05K33.20 Veritas Scraping Set $99.50 H

Half the secret of having sharp tools stay sharp is

in shaping the edges correctly when you sharpen E
them; the other half is in not dulling them through
careless use and improper storage.

125
 A E
A. Veritas Chairmakers Scraper
Although designed for chairmaking, this tool
can also perform other scraping tasks. The
included straight blade is for at surfaces; for
round work we offer three concave blades in
1/2, 7/8 and 11/4 diameters, as well as a 11/2
radius convex blade. The straight blade can
also be ground to other shapes as needed. All
blades are 0.060 thick high-carbon steel. The
machined cast steel body is tted with a large
rear handle and front knob of bubinga.
05P33.80 Chairmakers Scraper $67.00
05P33.81 Repl. Straight Blade $ 9.90
05P33.82 1/2 Concave Blade* $ 9.90
05P33.83 7/8 Concave Blade* $ 9.90
05P33.84 11/4 Concave Blade* $ 9.90
05P33.85 11/2 Convex Blade* $ 9.90
B. 05P33.88 Set of 4 Optional Blades* $34.50
05P33.89 Scraper + Set of 4 Blades $89.50
126 Planes
C. Veritas Cabinet Scraper
Used in place of a belt sander, this versatile cabinet
scraper can clean a dirty workbench top, remove dried
glue and smooth a tricky grain efciently, leaving
behind a surface free of digs or tear-out. Carbide
It has several improvements over the common #80 blade & grip
cabinet scraper. To allow pressure directly in line
with the cutting edge and prevent the blade from
catching when the scraper runs off the end of the
workpiece, the sole is longer and the handles are
placed further back and slightly lower than on other
scrapers. The 23/4 wide blade has both edges ground
at 45 so that two cutting edges may be prepared at
once, halving the number of sharpening sessions.
Made from ductile cast iron. The sole is 33/16
long, 33/8 wide. Overall length is 111/2. Weighs ball-joint scraper. The
about 1 lb, 10 oz. Includes instructions.
05P32.05 Veritas Cabinet Scraper $79.50
05P32.06 Repl. Blade $13.50
Pressure is applied in line
with the cutting edge.
Integral knob is used Handles are
further back
to set blade camber.
and lower for
better registration.
C Longer sole prevents snipe
on end of workpiece.
Replacement Blade for
Stanley #80 Cabinet Scraper
Though out of production for more than 25 years,
the Stanley #80 cabinet scraper remains a tried
and true workhorse in many workshops. Since
nding a replacement blade can prove difcult,
we decided to make one to t most brands of #80
scrapers, including those made by Stanley from D.
1898 to 1984. The 23/4 wide blade is made from
0.055 thick high-carbon steel (Rc48-51), with E.
two nely ground 45 cutting edges that can be F.
burnished to form a durable hook. You can G.
prepare both working edges at once, reducing the H.
frequency of sharpening sessions. A simple,
affordable way to breathe new life into a classic
tool. Made in Canada.
05P31.80 #80 Cabinet Scraper Blade $15.20
G
H
HCS blade
& grip
F
Veritas Ball-Joint
Scrapers
For any major scraping
work, nothing beats a
handle can be set
Completely
adjustable
anywhere in a 70 cone,
allowing a comfortable grip and effective blade
orientation in virtually any circumstance. The
handle unlocks or locks solidly with a quarter
turn. Another advance on its predecessors is the
hand rest on the blade. Substantial pressure can
be applied to speed work.
The scraper is available in a carbide-blade style
or high-carbon steel (HCS) style. The carbide is
preferred for paint scraping and the HCS for
nishing bare wood surfaces where maintenance
of a nely formed edge is more signicant. The
331/16 HCS blade comes with one edge
bevelled. You may wish to bevel one or more
others, but it also works perfectly well treated as
a heavy-duty cabinet scraper with square,
burnished edges. The 2 long carbide blade
requires a specially designed holder and both
edges can be used. Both blade assemblies are
priced separately from the handle and ball joint
so that you can mix and match. Both scrapers are
particularly useful on large surfaces like table
tops or even oors. You might want to round the
corners a bit on both blade styles (depending on
your use) to avoid sharp transition lines between
adjacent passes. Both styles are 81/2 long
overall.
05K21.01 Ball-Joint Scraper, HCS Blade $54.50
05K21.02 Repl. HCS Blade, 33 $10.50
05K21.04 Ball-Joint Scraper, Carb. Blade $67.50
05K21.06 Repl. Carbide Blade, 2 $10.90
05K21.05 Carbide Blade Assembly $27.50
05K21.07 HCS Blade Assembly $14.50
To order call 1-800-267-8767
 A C
A. Super-Thin Milled
Scrapers
Only 0.010 (0.25mm)
thick, these milled
scrapers are for nal
nishing of raw wood or
smoothing an applied nish. At
26 (50mm150mm), they
can be used two-handed or
one-handed. Used square
edged as provided, they
take a ne shaving. To
make them slightly more
aggressive, put a hook on
them (with light pressure),
for a shaving that is a tight
curl rather than a wavy ribbon.
B
They take very thin shavings and
you have to be really ham-handed to
do any harm. To smooth a nish with dust specks
in it, lay one at on the surface and sweep it back
and forth, knocking off the bumps left by the
specks. Complementing our other scrapers nicely,
they are just a bit harder (Rc51-53) to make up for
their thinness.
50K30.04 Super-Thin Scrapers, pr. $13.90
B. Super-Hard Milled Scrapers
Most cabinet scrapers are sheared from spring
steel, hardened to Rc38-42. These are harder
(Rc48-52) and hold an edge longer. The edges
are carefully milled to a square, sharp 90 ready
for use on ne work, saving you the initial effort D. Mini Spoon Scraper
of ling and stoning. For heavy-duty use, you
can burnish a hook onto them.
For fine work, the two thinnest are 26
(50mm150mm). The two thicker ones are
23/86 (60mm150mm) and are for heavier easy to sharpen.
stock removal, the 1mm scraper being suitable
for paint removal. All come with edge guards
and resharpening instructions.
05K30.04 Scraper, 0.4mm (0.016) $ 6.50
05K30.03 Scraper, 0.6mm (0.024) $ 6.50
05K30.02 Scraper, 0.8mm (0.032) $ 6.95
05K30.01 Scraper, 1mm (0.042) $ 6.95
05K30.10 Set of 4 Scrapers $22.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
K. Veritas Carbide Burnisher
We made this burnisher to suit the paring-knife
action used to roll an edge on curved and ne detail
scrapers with a thumb on Actual
the scraper and four ngers size
drawing the burnisher along.
A 1/8 diameter polished
carbide rod projects 3/4 from
the hardwood handle, ideal for one-handed use.
The carbide rod will not nick or groove regardless
of pressure applied.
05K20.30 Carbide Burnisher $12.50
Burnisher/Scraper Set
Two super-hard curved
scrapers (0.6mm thick),
plus our carbide
burnisher, at a saving
of 25%.
Burnisher/Scraper Set
05K20.31 $19.95
E
D
F
Scrapers
not included
with pouch.
F G H J
C. Super-Hard Curved Scraper Sets Pax Concave & Convex Scrapers
These three-scraper sets (Rc48-52) cover a Useful for chairmaking, blending the curves of
range of scraping jobs. The rectangular model moldings, or smoothing reeds and coves, these
has concave/convex ends for bowl or spindle scrapers yield a nished surface with crisp detail.
work. The shmoo-shape handles various Made in Shefeld, England, each pair has a total
concave surfaces, large moldings or small of ten cutting surfaces, including diameters
spindles. The third style has gently cambered ranging from 1/4 to 11/4 by 8ths, plus 11/2.
surfaces for stripping glue lines or controlled Approximately 3 to 31/2 in overall diameter,
localized scraping. The 0.4mm (0.016) set is they are milled from 0.03 thick steel, hardened to
for ne work; the 0.6mm (0.024) set is for Rc45-50. Available in pairs of concave or convex
regular scraping. scrapers, as well as in a set of all four scrapers.
05K20.20 Curved Set of 3, 0.4mm $16.95 F. 33T08.55 Convex Scrapers, pr. $15.80
05K20.10 Curved Set of 3, 0.6mm $16.95 G. 33T08.51 Concave Scrapers, pr. $15.80
33T08.56 Set of Scrapers (4) $28.00
This scraper is effective inside bowls or in H. Miniature Scrapers
uted work anywhere a hollow or rounded These are especially useful for working in tight
groove needs work. By angling it, very narrow corners and scraping glue off joints. Made to the
grooves can be worked. Completely forged and same specifications as our larger super-hard
milled scrapers, they are 0.4mm (0.016) thick
50K01.01 Mini Spoon Scraper $13.95 and hardened to Rc48-52. Just 2 long by
1 wide to provide considerable control. Set of
E. Leather Scraper Pouch
three with sharpening instructions.
Scraper edges should be protected to stay sharp.
50K30.01 Mini Scrapers, pkg. of 3 $6.50
Equally important, their sharp corners can cut
you if carried in a pocket or apron. This split- J. Bahco Scraper
leather pouch keeps them organized and both of Some woodworkers hold that a Bahco (formerly
you protected. The four compartments hold Sandvik) scraper outperforms other Swedish
scrapers up to 3 1 / 8 6 1 / 2 (not included). scrapers. The Bahco scraper is 23/857/8 long and
All-brass ttings. 0.8mm (0.032) thick. Rc48-52. Sleeve included.
67K73.15 Leather Scraper Pouch $25.50 97K50.02 Bahco Scraper $11.95
L. Veritas Tri-Burnisher M. Lee Valley Scraper Case
Designed to perform the functions of round, This double-layered,
triangular and oval burnishers, this burnisher has heavy polyester case
a mirror finish to smoothly form hooks on keeps scrapers protected
cabinet scrapers. The unique shape lets you in individual padded M
apply just the right amount of pressure at each sleeves. Nine pockets,
stage of the burnishing process on scrapers of all arranged in groups of
shapes. The superior surface nish is the key to three, accommodate
avoiding galling and hook tearing. Hardened to many thicknesses and
Rc58-60, this tool is substantially harder than shapes. Each section
scrapers it is used on. The ample length (11 has a hook-and-loop
with the hardwood handle) makes it easier to strip to hold the
gauge and hold burnishing angles. The most contents. A nylon
versatile and effective hand burnisher available. quick-release buckle
05K32.01 Veritas Tri-Burnisher $37.50 secures the case for
transport. Includes a
K wall-mount clip. 73/4
wide by 18 long, it
folds to a compact
Actual
size 73/46 to t in a
toolbox or drawer.
L Scraper Case
50K60.05 $18.50
Scrapers not included.
 CARVING TOOLS
Henry Taylor Carving Tools
Our professional carving tools are made by the rm Henry Taylor Tools Ltd. of C. Henry Taylor Carving Set
Shefeld. All of the sets and individual tools shown on this and the facing page are
hand forged, which results in a ne-grained steel that holds an edge well and will
last a lifetime if given normal care. All tools have brass ferrules and select beech or
pau marm handles. Due to the hand forging, sizes are nominal and shapes may
vary slightly. The individual tools come with a factory grind and require sharpening
and nal honing.
Basic Carving Tool Sets
We are frequently asked to recommend carving sets for beginners. These were
developed in consultation with our many resident carvers. The set of seven relief-
carving tools includes a 3/8 skew chisel, a 1/4 60 parting tool, 3/8 and 5/8 #3
gouges, and 1/2 #5, 3/8 #7 and 1/2 #9 gouges. The set for carving in the round
includes seven tools: a 3/8 skew chisel, a 1/8 60 parting tool, 3/8 and 1 #3 gouges,
a 3/8 #7 shtail gouge, a 1/4 #9 bent gouge and a 1/32 veining tool. Excellent
introductory carving sets. Each includes a nine-pocket canvas tool roll. Tools are
fully honed and ready for use.
A. 58D24.01 Relief Carvers Set of 7 $305.00
B. 58D24.02 Round Carvers Set of 7 $316.00
E out large carvings or signs. Although large, they are well balanced
F secondary bevel for use on hardwood. These tools can remove
G H
J nish ground and honed. At 51/4 long overall, they have comfort-
128 Carving
C
D
Mallet not
included.
Suitable for both relief and round carving, this Henry Taylor set of
well-balanced, hand-forged carving tools with beech handles is
designed for novice carvers. About 8 long, the six-piece set includes
a 1/4 #1 at chisel, a 1/4 #3 shallow gouge, a 5/16 #5 medium gouge,
a 1/4 #6 shtail gouge, a 5/16 #8 steep-cut gouge and a 1/4 straight
parting tool. A 7101 thick basswood project blank is included,
as well as step-by-step instructions outlining a simple relief carving.
The basswood blank is also available separately. The tools are
honed, ready for use, and come in a presentation box.
58D24.55 Carving Set & Blank $175.00
55K53.50 Basswood Blank $ 7.60
D. Sayers Carving Tool Selection
In The Book of Wood Carving, Sayers recommends a basic set of
ve tools for bold relief carving. The tools are: a 3/8 60 parting
tool, a 5/8 #5 gouge, a 3/8 #7 gouge, and 3/8 and 1 #3 gouges. A
3/8 skew chisel has been added. The set comes in an 18-pocket
canvas tool roll and includes a copy of Sayers book.
58D90.01 Sayers Set of 6 $289.00
Sculpting Tools by Henry Taylor
These hand-forged sculpting tools will make short work of roughing
and easy to work with. Four styles are available: a 1 straight gouge
with a deep #11 sweep, a 3/4 60 parting tool, a 11/4 double-bevel
chisel and a 2 shallow-sweep #3 gouge. Factory ground with 15
bevels, the tools are tted with doubled-hooped hardwood handles
and leather shock washers. Usable with or without a mallet, the tools
need only honing for softwood applications, but should have a 25
massive amounts of wood quickly. Hardened to Rc56-60.
E. 58D92.03 1 #11 Straight Gouge $72.80 See page 95
F. 58D92.06 3/4 60 Straight Parting Tool $85.90 for our selection
G. 58D92.02 11/4 Straight Chisel $74.50 of mallets.
H. 58D92.04 2 #3 Shallow Gouge $85.90
J. Henry Taylor Palm Set
Ideal for delicate wood carving, these tools can also be used for
block cutting and linoleum. To give them a razor edge, all tools are
able hardwood handles that allow excellent control. The set of six
includes a 5/16 bent chisel, a 3/8 bent skew, a 3/8 straight chisel, a
1/8 #6 gouge, a 1/8 60 bent parting tool and a 5/16 #5 bent gouge.
58D91.00 Henry Taylor Palm Set of 6 $105.00
 INDIVIDUAL HENRY TAYLOR CARVING TOOLS
STRAIGHT GOUGES BENT GOUGES FISHTAIL GOUGES
Straight gouges are similar to These gouges have the same These differ from
straight blade chisels, but curvature as straight other tools in that
with a curvature to the gouges, but have a long the blade is
blade. They are used bend in the blade. shaped like a
for grooving They are useful shtail
or, when turned for removing large invaluable for
over, for amounts of wood making sharp
carving on concave shapes. corners and edges.
convex #5 BENT #3 LONG POD FISHTAIL
shapes. 58D14.05 1/4 $44.30 58D63.06 3/8 $39.80
58D14.07 1/2 $45.10 58D63.07 1/2 $40.30
58D14.09 3/4 $46.80 58D63.09 3/4 $43.30
58D14.10 1 $49.10 #7 LONG POD FISHTAIL
#3 GOUGE 58D67.06 3/8 $41.90
#7 BENT
58D03.03 1/8 $38.50 58D16.05 1/4 $45.60 58D67.07 1/2 $42.80
58D03.05 1/4 $39.10 58D16.07 1/2 $46.80 58D67.09 3/4 $45.10
58D03.06 3/8 $39.80 58D16.09 3/4 $49.10
58D03.07 1/2 $40.30 58D16.10 1 $57.80 ALLONGEE FISHTAIL
58D03.08 5/8 $40.80 #9 BENT 58D73.01 #3, 11/2 $69.60
58D03.09 3/4 $41.90 58D18.05 1/4 $46.80
58D03.10 1 $44.30 58D73.02 #5, 11/2 $74.50
58D18.07 1/2 $49.10
#5 GOUGE
58D18.09 3/4 $52.80
58D05.05 1/4 $39.80 58D18.10 1 $57.80 58D73.03 #7, 11/2 $85.90
58D05.06 3/8 $40.30 #11 BENT
58D05.07 1/2 $40.80 PARTING TOOLS
58D20.07 1/2 $52.80 These have a V-shaped
58D05.08 5/8 $42.80 58D20.09 3/4 $55.00 blade and are used
58D05.09 3/4 $43.30 58D20.10 1 $67.30 for renishing
58D05.10 1 $45.60
#7 GOUGE corners, cutting
58D07.05 1/4 $41.90 sharp-edged
SPOON GOUGES
58D07.06 3/8 $42.80 grooves and
These have a similar
58D07.07 1/2 $43.50 outlining
curvature to straight
58D07.08 5/8 $45.10 patterns.
gouges with the
58D07.09 3/4 $45.60 same number,
58D07.10 1 $52.80 but the end of
#9 GOUGE 60 STRAIGHT
58D09.03 1/8 $41.90 the tool is 58D39.03 1/8 $45.60
58D09.05 1/4 $43.50 shaped like a 58D39.05 1/4 $46.80
58D09.06 3/8 $45.10 spoon for ne 58D39.06 3/8 $56.60
58D09.07 1/2 $45.60 concave shaping. 60 BENT
#5 SPOON
58D09.09 3/4 $48.00 58D40.03 1/8 $49.10
58D26.05 1/4 $40.30 58D40.05 1/4 $50.70
58D09.10 1 $56.60
#11 GOUGE 58D26.06 3/8 $41.90 58D40.06 3/8 $60.00
58D11.03 1/8 $43.50 58D26.07 1/2 $42.80
58D26.09 3/4 $57.80 45 STRAIGHT
58D11.05 1/4 $45.60 58D41.03 1/8 $45.60
58D11.06 3/8 $46.80 #7 SPOON 58D41.05 1/4 $46.80
58D11.07 1/2 $48.00 58D28.05 1/4 $41.90 58D41.06 3/8 $56.60
58D11.09 3/4 $50.70 58D28.06 3/8 $43.30
58D11.10 1 $62.90 58D28.07 1/2 $45.10
58D28.09 3/4 $60.00 VEINING TOOLS
CHISELS #9 SPOON These are very
Chisels are at with no 58D30.05 1/4 $43.30 narrow, straight
curvature. There are two 58D30.06 3/8 $45.10 gouges for
kinds of chisels: straight 58D30.07 1/2 $45.60 making ne
and skew cut. Straight Straight 58D30.09 3/4 $61.80 detail cuts and
chisels are ground #11 SPOON grooves. Useful
straight across the 58D32.05 1/4 $45.10 for lettering.
end of the blade. 58D32.06 3/8 $45.60 58D48.00 1/32 $50.70
Skew chisels are 58D32.07 1/2 $46.80 58D48.01 1/16 $46.80
ground at an angle 58D32.09 3/4 $62.90 58D48.03 1/8 $43.50
(about 23). 58D48.04 3/16 $45.10
STRAIGHT BACK BENT GOUGES
58D01.03 1/8 $37.40 These have the same MACARONI
58D01.05 1/4 $38.50 general function as TOOL
58D01.07 1/2 $39.80 the spoon gouge, A square-ended
58D01.09 3/4 $40.80 but are for working tool used to
58D01.10 1 $43.30 on convex, rather than prevent splin-
SKEW concave, shapes. tering in incised
58D02.06 3/8 $39.10 #7 BACK BENT cuts or cross-grain
58D02.07 1/2 $39.80 58D37.05 1/4 $41.90 work.
58D02.09 3/4 $40.80 58D37.07 1/2 $45.10
58D37.09 3/4 $60.00 58D49.05 1/4 $70.70

 Individual Hirsch Carving Tools

Chisels
Chisels have no curvature and come in straight
or skew patterns. The straight chisels are
ground square across the end of the blade;
the skew chisel is ground at an angle
(about 18).
61U01.06 6mm Straight Chisel $30.50
61U01.12 12mm Straight Chisel $33.90
A 61U01.20 20mm Straight Chisel $37.90
61U02.10 10mm Skew Chisel $30.50
Straight Gouges
The mainstays of any carvers kit, these have
straight blades that are curved across their
width. Curvature (or sweep) ranges from
B #3 (slight) to #11 (U-shaped). They
perform a multitude of tasks, from setting
in and waste removal, to modelling and grounding.
Can be used with bevel down or up.
61U03.03 3mm #3 Gouge $32.90
61U03.06 6mm #3 Gouge $33.90
Hirsch Carving Tools 61U03.12 12mm #3 Gouge
61U03.20 20mm #3 Gouge
$35.90
$37.50
Produced by one of Germanys oldest tool-making rms, these professional-quality tools
61U03.25 25mm #3 Gouge $39.90
are the style traditionally favored by European carvers. The lacquered handles are
61U05.06 6mm #5 Gouge $33.90
boxwood, which is scarce today but was once the standard because of its exceptional
61U05.12 12mm #5 Gouge $35.90
impact resistance. The octagonal shape gives a secure grip and prevents rolling on the
61U05.20 20mm #5 Gouge $37.50
bench. The fully polished blades are hand forged from high-carbon steel, hardened to
61U07.06 6mm #7 Gouge $35.50
Rc61 for durability, and require only nal stropping. Tools measure 91/2 to 10 overall.
61U07.12 12mm #7 Gouge $36.90
Due to hand forging, sizes are nominal and shapes may vary slightly. Available individu-
61U07.20 20mm #7 Gouge $38.50
ally and in sets, these tools will last a lifetime with normal care.
61U09.06 6mm #9 Gouge $36.90
A. Carving-in-the-Round Set 61U09.12 12mm #9 Gouge $37.90
This set of seven tools contains a 10mm skew chisel, a 6mm 60 parting tool, 25mm #3, 61U09.20 20mm #9 Gouge $42.90
12mm #7, and 3mm #11 straight gouges, a 10mm #3 shtail gouge and a 6mm #9 bent 61U11.03 3mm #11 Gouge $35.90
gouge, along with a nine-pocket canvas tool roll. 61U11.06 6mm #11 Gouge $36.90
61U60.02 Carving-in-the-Round Set $245.00 61U11.12 12mm #11 Gouge $37.90
B. Relief Carving Set 61U11.20 20mm #11 Gouge $42.90
The set of seven tools includes a 10mm skew chisel, a 6mm 60 parting tool, 12mm and
20mm #3 straight gouges, and 12mm #5, 6mm #7 and 12mm #9 straight gouges, all in a
nine-pocket canvas tool roll. Parting Tool
61U60.01 Relief Carving Set $245.00 With a 60 V-shaped section, this tool
Proles shown actual size. is for cutting grooves, nishing
C. Micro Carving Tools 61S00.01 Chisel, 1.5mm $ 42.90 corners and outlining patterns.
These micro tools are superb for 61S00.02 Shallow Gouge, 1mm $ 42.90 61U50.06 6mm 60 Parting Tool $36.90
ne detail work. Hand forged from 61S00.03 Medium Gouge, 1mm $ 42.90
high-carbon steel, the cutters are 61S00.04 Deep Gouge, 1mm $ 42.90
hardened to Rc61 for durability 61S00.05 Deep Gouge, 1.5mm $ 42.90 Bent Gouges
and then polished to a mirror-like 61S00.06 Deep Gouge, 2mm $ 42.90 These gouges have the same lateral
sheen. The octagonal hornbeam 61S00.07 Parting Tool, 1.5mm $ 42.90 curvature as straight gouges, but with a
handles give you comfortable grip 61S00.08 Bent Chisel, 1.5mm $ 42.90 gradual curve along their length. Ideal for
and control. Tools measure about 61S00.09 Bent Deep Gouge, 1mm $ 42.90 working concave shapes where a straight
63/4 long overall. The set is offered 61S00.10 Bent Parting Tool, 1.5mm $ 42.90 blade limits access.
as tools alone, or with a custom- 61S00.15 Set (10) Tools $389.00 61U25.06 6mm #5 Bent Gouge $35.90
made wooden box. Final honing 61S00.20 Boxed Set (10) Tools $410.00 61U25.12 12mm #5 Bent Gouge $37.50
required. Made in Germany. 61S00.21 Wooden Box only $ 25.50 61U29.06 6mm #9 Bent Gouge $38.50
61U29.12 12mm #9 Bent Gouge $41.90

Spoon Gouges
These have the same sweep as straight
gouges of the same number, but with a
spoon-shaped tip for ne concave
shaping or work in conned areas.
61U35.12 12mm #5 Spoon Gouge $37.90
61U37.12 12mm #7 Spoon Gouge $39.50

Fishtail Gouges
As the name suggests, these gouges have a
blade with a ared tip for making sharp
C edges and getting into corners without
damaging adjacent shapes.
61U43.10 10mm #3 Gouge $36.50
Close-up of 61U43.20 20mm #3 Gouge $41.90
micro-tool tips
130 Carving
 D

A. Hirsch Cabinetmakers Carving Set

For adding decorative embellishments to
cabinetry and furniture, this small relief
carvers set is ideal. Supplied as four tools: E
8mm (5/16) #8 gouge, 8mm (5/16) straight
chisel, 6mm (1/4) 75 parting tool and a
standard chip carving knife. Hand forged
Warren Carving Tools Warren Carving Chisels and Gouges
Honed ready for use, these high-carbon steel, forged
Warren tools have been known to carvers for over
from high-carbon steel (HCS), the gouge, 80 years. The regular knife blades are made from tools are about 33/4 long. We recommend you use
chisel and parting tool are each hardened cutlery tool steel to hold a keen edge in both hard them with the walnut palm handle, although they
to Rc61, the chip carving knife to Rc57. and soft woods. The large blades are high-carbon can be used with any Warren three- or four-way
At about 8 long overall, the regular steel. The handles shown have chucks that t the jawed handle.
carvers are tted with steel bolsters and carving gouges as well as the regular and heavy- K. 81D03.01 #1 Straight Chisel $16.30
comfortable octagonal hornbeam handles. duty knives. L. 81D03.03 #3 Straight Gouge $16.30
The 6 long chip carving knife has a white M. 81D03.07 #7 Bent Gouge $16.50
beech handle. Made in Germany. All tools D. Warren Beginners Carving Tool Kit N. 81D03.09 #9 Spoon Gouge $16.30
require nal honing. This set of high-quality tools is ideal for those who O. 81D03.11 #11 Straight Gouge $16.30
61S01.04 Carving Set of 4 $99.00 want to try carving. It contains a medium walnut P. 81D03.75 75 Parting Tool $16.50
handle, seven blades, a #7 bent gouge and a 75 Q. 81D03.76 Bent Parting Tool $20.90
Veritas Carvers Screw parting tool, all ready for use and stored in a plastic R. 81D03.80 Skew Chisel $16.30
Turned from a solid bar of brass, this case. For both whittling and carving, the set will
carvers screw, with its tapered tip and serve as a starter to which other Warren blades can S. Warren Regular Knife Blades
high-prole threads, grips securely and be added. These regular knife blades are 21/4 long and are
guarantees that remounted pieces are held 81D08.01 Beginners Carving Kit $66.50 made from 1/32 tungsten alloy. Fully honed, they
as rmly the third and fourth time as they are available in packages of three per style or in a set
were the first. The hex portion can E. Warren Large Carving Tool Kit of six containing one of each style.
be clamped in a vise while you thread This set contains a medium walnut handle, three 81D01.01 Style #1 (pkg. of 3) $ 5.80
on a blank, or turned with a wrench. heavy-duty knife blades, and six carving tool blades, 81D01.02 Style #2 (pkg. of 3) $ 5.80
The molded tightening knob has a all in a plastic case. The carving tools supplied are a 81D01.03 Style #3 (pkg. of 3) $ 5.80
low-friction brass insert. The 3 long straight 75 parting tool, a #11 straight gouge, #7 and 81D01.04 Style #4 (pkg. of 3) $ 5.80
version is for work surfaces between 1/2 #9 bent gouges, a #1 straight chisel and a skew chisel. 81D01.05 Style #5 (pkg. of 3) $ 5.80
and 13/4 thick; the 5 long screw is for Good value for the novice or advanced carver. 81D01.06 Style #6 (pkg. of 3) $ 5.80
work surfaces between 2 and 33/4 thick. 81D07.01 Warren Large Carving Kit $119.00 81D01.10 Set of 6 (1 of each style) $10.70
Both versions t into a dog hole 1/2 in
diameter or larger. Made in Canada. F. Warren Fishtail Gouge H
B. 05G08.05 3 Carvers Screw $18.90 A 3/4, #4 straight shtail gouge with a short shank, G
C. 05G08.01 5 Carvers Screw $21.90 it is made for one-handed use, not for mallet work. J
At 51/2 long overall with a 1 diameter turned
(unfinished) hardwood handle, it is compact,
comfortable, and easy to control. Useful for volume
B wasting and basic outline work. Made of forged
high-carbon steel, it is honed ready for use.
81D09.01 Warren Fishtail Gouge $22.50
K
C Warren Handles
While all the Warren handles will t their tools, the L
small handle (35/8 long) is usually used with the M
#1
regular knife blades. The medium (4 long) can be
used with all knife blades, chisels and gouges. The #2 N
palm handle (33/8 long) is only for carving chisels #3
and gouges. All handles have four-way jaws and are O
designed for hand work. (Do not use with a mallet.) #4
G. 81D04.01 Small Walnut Handle $22.50 P
H. 81D04.02 Medium Walnut Handle $22.50 #5
Q
J. 81D04.03 Palm Walnut Handle $22.50 S

#6 Carving 131
R
 U. J. Ramelson Carving Tools
Now in its third generation, U. J. Ramelson has been a
family-run business since 1937. All tools are made in the USA.
The blades are high-carbon steel hardened to Rc60-62 for edge
retention, and come factory sharpened and polished, needing
only nal honing before use. The handles are hardwood.
Basic Carving Sets
These sets are recommended for the beginning carver. The B
C
fully polished steel blades come nely ground and require
only nal honing. The steel (hardened to Rockwell hardness A
60-62) holds an edge well. The palm-handled set is best for D
someone with large hands. The long-handled set is better for
smaller hands. Each set includes six tools: 3/8 bent, skew and
straight chisels, a 9/64 straight gouge, a 5/16 bent gouge and
a 9/64 bent parting tool. The palm-
Carving Proles of
handled tools are about 5 long overall; Basic and Detail Sets
the long-handled tools are about 6 long Basic Basic
overall. Excellent starter sets.
A. Set of 6 Basic, Palm Handle handles with chromed ferrules. These tools come nely
57D06.01 $54.95 ground and require only nal honing (Rc60-62).
C. 57D03.10 Set of 6 Detail, Palm Handle $59.50 G
B. Set of 6 Basic, Long Handle
Detail Detail D. 57D04.10 Set of 6 Detail, Long Handle $59.50
57D05.01 $54.95 E. 57D03.04 1/16 Parting Tool $14.95
Detail Carving Sets F. 57D03.05 1/16 #7 Straight Gouge $14.95
These six-tool sets are particularly good G. Large Carving Set
for intricate work because of the chisel Extending the range of our basic carving sets, this
sizes. The palm-handled set ts snugly Proles may vary slightly
from set to set. set, with fully polished blades, includes four gouges
in the palm of the hand, giving good (sizes 5/16 #5, 1/4 #7, 5/16 #7 and 5/16 #8), a 9/16
nger control of the blade. About straight chisel and a 9/16 skew chisel. Only nal
41/2 long overall. The set stropping required (Rc60-62). About 6 long overall.
includes 1/8 bent, skew and 57D13.01 Set of 6 Large Carving Tools $94.00
straight chisels, a 1/16 bent
parting tool, a 1/16 #7 H. Block Cutters
E
straight gouge and a Resembling carving tools, block cutters are tradi-
3/32 #7 straight tionally used for cutting designs into wooden
gouge. The blocks for print making. This set contains a 1/4
palm-handled F skew chisel, 1/8 parting tool, 1/8 veiner and three
parting tool #7 gouges: 1/8, 3/16 and 1/4. The hardened blades
and 1/16 straight gouge are also available separately. require only nal honing. Hardwood handles. This
The long-handled set (same handle as item B, Basic Carving set is ideal for working material such as our tagua H
Set) has the same selection except each tool is 1/32 wider and nuts (see page 141).
about 51/2 long overall. Both sets have lacquered hardwood 57D01.01 Set of 6 Block Cutters $54.95

Japanese Detail Carving Tools K. Japanese Carvers Set

These are great small carving tools. The relatively short An ideal toolbox carving set, this inexpensive ve-piece detail carvers set includes two
blades (about 1) let you get your hands close to the work, sizes of gouges, a V-groove parting tool, and straight and skew chisels. Just 51/4 long, the
while the uniquely shaped handle can be held like a pencil or lightweight carvers have slender composite handles and rubber nger grips for pencil-like
with the ared butt in your palm. All tools (about 51/2 to 6 control. The blades, hardened to Rc60-61, are honed ready for use. The tools have blade
long overall) come razor sharp and ready to use. Rc63-65. protectors and come packaged in a compact plastic storage case. Excellent for use on relief
The set, which comes in a presentation case, includes 3mm carvings or for detailing furniture. Made in Japan.
and 6mm deep gouges, 7.5mm straight and skew chisels, and 58D00.05 Japanese Carvers Set $25.40
a 4.5mm parting tool. A perfect set for adding
decorative detail to cabinetwork. Other sizes
are available. Tip protectors included when
purchased individually. An excellent buy for
any carver, beginner or pro. Made in Japan. J
J. 44D10.05 Detail Carving Set of 5* $46.50
44D10.15 #11 Gouge, 1.5mm $ 9.90
44D10.30 #11 Gouge, 3mm* $ 9.90
44D10.45 #11 Gouge, 4.5mm $ 9.90
44D10.60 #11 Gouge, 6mm* $ 9.90
44D10.75 #11 Gouge, 7.5mm $ 9.90
44D12.75 RH Skew, 7.5mm* $ 9.90
44D12.76 LH Skew, 7.5mm $ 9.90
44D14.15 Str. Chisel, 1.5mm $ 9.90
44D14.30 Str. Chisel, 3mm $ 9.90
44D14.45 Str. Chisel, 4.5mm $ 9.90
44D14.75 Str. Chisel, 7.5mm* $ 9.90
44D16.15 60 Parting, 1.5mm $ 9.90
44D16.30 60 Parting, 3mm $ 9.90
44D16.45 75 Parting, 4.5mm* $ 9.90
44D18.90 Shallow Gouge, 9mm $12.20
132 Carving
K
 A. German Chip Carving Knives
This range of knives was specically developed
for chip carving. Primarily intended for softwood
carving (but usable for hardwood), the variety of
blade styles allows you to make the various cuts
necessary to this decorative carving form. The
A
most popular is the general-purpose #8 knife.
About 6 long overall with white beech handles.
06D04.02 Chip Knife #2 $14.50 #2
06D04.03 Chip Knife #3 $14.50
06D04.04 Chip Knife #4 $19.90 #3 #4 B
#7 #8 C
06D04.07 Chip Knife #7 $14.50
06D04.08 Chip Knife #8 $15.90 D E
06D04.12 Set of 5 Chip Knives $74.50 F G
Moor Chip Carving Knives H
These excellent-quality knives have Rc60 high- J
carbon steel blades and ergonomic composite Handle with magnetic end cap stores up to 6 blades.
handles. They are comfortable to grip and let you
high-carbon blades (four of each style shown)
distance your thumb from the blade, giving you Example of knife with
that are easy to hone for repeated use. The solid customized handle
a good view of the cutting action. The large knife
brass collet on an anodized aluminum body
is the main workhorse, the small is for detail
makes blade change quick and easy. About 6
work and the stab is for decorative accents. All
long. The magnetic end cap is removable to store
are about 61/2 long. Final honing required.
up to six blades in the handle and keeps blades K L M N O
B. 06D05.23 Stab Knife $24.95 from rattling around inside. Although offered as
C. 06D05.21 Large Chip Knife $24.95 a carvers knife for ne detail work, it is equally
D. 06D05.22 Small Chip Knife $24.95 effective as a multi-purpose shop knife.
Traditional Japanese Carving Knives 05K73.01 Knife with Blade Storage $34.50
These are well-made knives. The 41/2 long
Replacement Blades:
contoured oak handles seat nicely in your hand. 05K72.02 Pkg. of 10, Spear $ 6.50
The high-carbon steel blades are supported by a honing, are hardened to Rc58 in the 21/2
05K72.03 Pkg. of 10, Curved $ 6.50
brass bolster and secured by a brass through-pin. cutting portion and annealed in the tang for ease
05K72.04 Pkg. of 10, Classic $ 6.50
Available individually in four styles, or as a set. of screw countersinking. Hand forged from
Blades are hardened to Rc58-62. Made in Japan. Haida Carvers Knife Blades Swedish steel and double tempered for tough-
E. 60D04.01 Curved Knife $ 28.90 Made by a West Coast custom knife maker in the ness (but not meant for digging or prying).
F. 60D04.03 Convex Knife $ 28.90 Haida style, these blades are uniquely suited to All blades come with two rivets and instruc-
G. 60D04.04 Stab Knife $ 28.90 working softwoods where a trailing skew cut tions on mounting a handle using rivets or
H. 60D04.05 Skew Knife $ 28.90 gives a superb nish without ber tearing or whipping cord.
60D04.20 Set (4) Carving Knives $105.00 crushing. For finishing work, there are four K. 06D10.32 Haida Carvers Blade #2 $34.95
J. Veritas Carvers Knife styles of blades made from 1/16 stock, with three L. 06D10.34 Haida Carvers Blade #4 $34.95
This versatile knife has an oval handle for a of them offered as a basic set. The hogging M. 06D10.38 Haida Carvers Blade #8 $34.95
comfortable t and ne grooves for a good grip blade, made from thicker 3/32 stock, has a N. 06D10.41 Haida Carvers Blade #11 $34.95
in your hand. Designed to use standard dispos- shorter blade and is meant for rougher surfaces. 06D10.20 Starter Set of 3 (#2, #4, #8) $93.50
able scalpel blades, it comes with 12 razor-sharp Blades are hollow ground on the back for ease of O. 06D10.45 Hogging Blade $34.50

Beebe Carving Tools 05K04.02 Beebe Knife #2 $ 42.50

Paul Beebe, a Canadian knife maker, makes 05K04.03 Beebe Knife #3 $ 42.50
these tools to our specifications. They are 05K04.04 Beebe Knife #4 $ 42.50 P
ground and honed by hand, ready to use. The 05K04.05 Beebe Knife #5 $ 42.50
51/2 pau ferro hardwood handles are shaped for 05K04.08 Beebe Knife #8 $ 42.50
comfort and good control. 05K04.09 Beebe Knife #9 $ 42.50
To maintain their edges, we recommended 05K04.11 Beebe Knife #11 $ 42.50
honing with our blade-honing compound. The 05K04.12 Beebe Knife #12 $ 42.50
micro scorps are normally honed only on the 05K04.10 Set of 3 (#2, #4, #5) $115.00
exterior, but you can also refine the edge by 05K04.21 Set of 3 (#8, #9, #11) $115.00
honing the interior. Use a length of dowel slightly
Q. Beebe Bent Knife #4
smaller than the hole (or a stiff cotton cord) #5
This knife has a double bevel on the outside of
charged with honing compound. Hone on a
the bend rather than on the inside. This lets it #2 #3
trailing stroke only, away from the cutting edge. #8 #9
function more like a gouge with an easily
controlled cutting action. Designed for feather
P. Beebe Carving Knives
shaping, it is also useful in general roughing. #11
The hand-forged and polished blades on these Q
05U03.01 Beebe Bent Knife $51.50
knives are extremely sharp and hold their edge
well. Though all are suitable for general carving, R. Beebe Micro Scorps
consider the #11 knife for wasting and whittling These micro scorps solve the problem of wood #12
work. With the blade canted about 10 forward, removal in a deep recess. The 1/16 diameter
it is more comfortable and effective in use than a model is capable of very ne detail in narrow,
straight blade. For incised work, undercutting or deep recesses. The 2/16 (1/8) is for ne detail
chip carving, the #12 blade (canted about 30 and is probably the best general-purpose scorp.
forward) tapers to a thin tip and penetrates well. The 5/16 model is for rapid stock removal.
Blade lengths range from 11/8 for the #5 knife to 05U04.01 1/16 Micro Scorp $ 48.50
13/4 for the #2. Available individually or in sets 05U04.02 2/16 Micro Scorp $ 49.50
of the most popular styles. Knives are shown 05U04.03 5/16 Micro Scorp $ 51.50
with the cutting edge facing down. 05U04.10 Set of 3 Micro Scorps $139.00 R
Carving 133
On this page product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
 Flexcut Carving Sets
The blades on these high-quality carving tools are made from high-carbon spring steel
hardened to Rc55-58. Supplied fully honed and ready for use, they take and hold an edge
exceptionally well. The interchangeable blades friction-t into ergonomic quick-change
palm-style handles. Made in USA.
The beginner set includes three blades (1/4 70 parting tool, 9/16 double-bevel skew,
1/4 #11 gouge) and a 2 ash palm handle. A basswood blank is included for carving a 31/4
matchstick holder in the shape of a cowboy boot. Instructions, general carving techniques
and sharpening methods are detailed in a manual and a 38-minute DVD (English only).
The 11-piece set comes with 10 blades (3/8 & 5/8 #3 shtail gouges, 5/16 #6 shtail
A gouge, 1/4 70 parting tool, 1/8 & 1/4 #11 gouges, 1/4 #1 single-bevel chisel, 9/16
#5 shtail gouge, 1.5mm #9 sweep micro-gouge, 1mm 45 parting micro-tool) and a
31/4 ABS palm handle with a textured soft urethane grip. A suede-texture vinyl tool roll
and a 51/231/2 carving blank printed with a leaf design are also included, along with a
manual that gives instructions and general carving and sharpening advice.
The 21-piece set, supplied in a fitted wooden box, consists of 16 blades (5/8 #1
single-bevel chisel, 9/16 double-bevel skew, 1/4 & 7/8 #3 gouges, 1/8 #5 gouge, 1/2 #6
gouge, 1/4 & 11/16 #8 gouges, 3/8 #8 shtail gouge, 9/16 #9 gouge, 1/16 #11 gouge, 3/16
& 1/2 #11 thumbnail gouges, 5/32 45 parting tool, 3/8 70 parting tool, 7/8 back-bent
gouge). The set also includes a 31/4 ABS palm handle, a 41/2 ash palm handle, a cutting
knife (6 overall with an ergonomic ash handle and xed 13/16 blade, hardened to Rc52-
54), a wooden strop (with multiple proles to match the included blades) and honing
compound, and a 90-minute DVD (English only) demonstrating a range of carving and
sharpening techniques. It even comes with a rellable plastic dispenser containing four
adhesive bandages, just in case!
A. 06D05.10 Beginner Carving Set $ 44.90
B To order call 1-800-267-8767
B. 06D05.07 11-Piece Carving Set $114.00
C. 06D05.08 21-Piece Carving Set $229.00

Flexcut Whittlers Pocket Knife

The folding design of this carving knife not only makes it compact to store or slip into
your pocket, but also protects the keenly sharpened high-carbon steel (Rc55) blades.
It has a 2 roughing blade and a 11/2 detail blade to enable everything from rapid waste
removal to ne nishing cuts. Comfortable to hold for long periods, the 4 long
contoured aluminum handle
has inset walnut scales and
brass rivets.
C A well-made,
attractive knife.
Made in USA.
Whittlers Pocket Knife
06D05.20 $59.00

Flexcut Carving Knives permits excellent cut control when shaping.

D
E knives have sturdy straight blades (13/16
F H
G J
These knives have comfortable wooden The large size has a 15/8 blade and the
handles suitable for extended carving mini has a 7/8 thin blade for ne cuts.
periods. Exceptionally sharp and easily Mini-knives are 51/4 overall; all others
controlled, the double-bevelled, high- range from 51/2 to 65/8. Offered as a set
carbon spring-steel blades (Rc52-54) of the four more common knives or as a
come fully honed, ready for use. The 5/8 set of all seven knives.
skew knife is ideal for paring cuts. The D. 06D05.11 Skew Knife* $ 20.90
standard cutting and larger roughing E. 06D05.12 Cutting Knife* $ 22.90
F. 06D05.13 Detail Knife* $ 23.90
and 13/4 long respectively) for quickly G. 06D05.27 Mini-Detail Knife $ 29.90
shaping work. The detail knives have ne H. 06D05.14 Roughing Knife* $ 26.50
points for making precise cuts; the mini J. 06D05.18 Pelican Knife $ 28.90
K
size has a 3/4 blade, while the larger size K. 06D05.19 Mini-Pelican Knife $ 29.90
has a 15/16 blade. The slicing action of 06D05.16 Knives, set of 4* $ 85.00
the curved blades on the pelican knives 06D05.40 Knives, set of 7 $159.00

Flexcut Palm Tools

The palm handles on these carvers let you N. 06D05.45 3/8 #3 Gouge $20.90
guide the blades with your fingertips, O. 06D05.47 1/4 70 Parting Tool $22.90
L making them a good choice for detail P. 06D05.48 5/16 Skew Chisel $20.90
M P work. Just over 3 long, the blades are 06D05.50 Set of 5 Carvers $96.00
N O high-carbon steel (Rc55-58) and come fully
Carving proles
honed and ready for use. The comfortable
handles are ash. The tools measure about #11
70
5 long overall, and are available individu-
ally or as a set of all ve. Made in USA. #6
Skew chisel
L. 06D05.49 1/8 #11 Gouge $20.90 #3
M. 06D05.46 5/16 #6 Gouge $20.90
134 Carving
 Actual size
A. Pocket Jack
Flexcut Pocket Jack & Carvin Jack
These compact pocket carving knives include a selection of well-honed spring-steel 3/16 straight gouge
blades (Rc55) covering everything from rough shaping to ne detail cuts, all contained
3/8
in a comfortable contoured handle. Easy-to-operate lock levers prevent accidental scorp

closing in use. Available in a right-handed version, the black-steel handled Pocket Jack
has a 13/8 detail carving knife, a 3/16 #11 straight gouge, a 3/8 scorp and a 1/4 70 1/4 V-scorp
V-scorp (weighs 2.8 oz/80g). With a steel handle inset with bubinga scales, the B. Carvin Jack
Carvin Jack has the same four blades as the Pocket Jack, and adds a 5/16 straight
3/16 straight gouge
chisel and a 3/4 #7 sweep knife (weighs 3.4 oz/95g). It comes in right- and left-handed
models and includes a leather belt holster, plus a wooden strop (shaped to match the 3/8 scorp B
gouge and scorps) and honing compound. Folded length of each knife is 41/8. Practical,
portable carving tools, well made in USA. Lock levers on both knives 1/4 V-scorp
A. 06D05.70 Pocket Jack (RH) $ 98.00 prevent blades from
B. 06D05.75 Carvin Jack (RH) $159.00 accidentally 5/16 straight chisel
closing in use.
Not Stocked at our Stores: A
3/4 sweep knife
06D05.76 Carvin Jack (LH) $159.00

Forged Drawknives
These well-designed drawknives, made from
hot-forged high-carbon steel (hardened to Rc55),
have blades ground to a 36-37 bevel angle,
then polished to a razor-sharp edge. The hard-
wood handles let your ngers curl over the knob
and blade tang, creating a natural grip for
pulling. The general-purpose small drawknife is
about 13 long overall, with a 6 long cutting
edge. About 18 long, with a 10 cutting edge,
the large version is for large-scale shaping and
stock removal such as peeling logs for log home
construction. Leather blade cover included.
Excellent for working green or dry wood. Made
in France.
C. 64K13.01 Sm. Forged Drawknife, 13 $68.50
D. 64K13.10 Lg. Forged Drawknife, 18 $76.50
See page 293 for an Austrian drawknife and page
123 for bronze drawknife guides.
E. Veritas Carvers Drawknife
An ordinary drawknife is too large for carving.
Our drawknife is designed for ease of use with
maximum control. The teardrop-shaped walnut
handles are cocked at 45 to the blade and nestle
comfortably in your hands. The polished
41/83/4 blade is ground and honed to a
perfect edge; blade guard supplied. Optional
leather case available separately.
17U06.30 4 Carvers Drawknife $67.50
F. 17U06.18 4 Leather Case $15.50
17U06.31 Drawknife & Case $79.00
G. Sculptors Adze
A large hand adze suitable for quickly removing
waste stock. The 13/4 lb head is 91/2 long with
a 3 curved adze face on one side and a 3
axe face on the other. Austrian head. 15 hard-
wood handle.
65U14.01 Sculptors Adze $109.00
C
E
D
F
H. Japanese Carpenters Knife Opinel Knives
A traditional Japanese workshop tool, this These famous peasant knives from France
folding carpenters knife has a sturdy lami- have a single high-carbon steel blade that
nated carbon-steel blade and a formed brass folds into a hardwood handle. They are avail-
handle. The nearly able in three sizes to suit the size of your hand;
Thumb rest
4 long blade is blade lengths are 33/4, 31/4, and 23/4. The
prevents
hardened to Rc60 accidental knives have a particularly comfortable grip
and comes honed closure. and a positive locking ring that prevents acci-
ready for use. An dental closure. Sold individually or as a pair of
integral thumb the two smallest.
rest prevents J. 61K80.01 #6 Opinel Knife, 23/4 $16.50
accidental blade K. 61K80.02 #8 Opinel Knife, 31/4 $17.50
closure and provides a bearing surface for L. 61K80.03 #10 Opinel Knife, 33/4 $23.50
heavy cuts. It has a hole for hook storage or a 61K80.10 Pair of Knives (#6 & #8) $31.00
lanyard (not included). Measures 83/4 when
open; 51/4 closed. A handy utility shop knife. M. Frost Laminated Steel Knife
For the curious, the Japanese characters on the Made in Sweden, this knife has a high-carbon
handle honor the 17th-century swordsman steel core clad with milder steel for shock
Miyamoto Musashi. absorption. The Rc62 core holds a superne
06D07.01 Japanese Carpenters Knife $30.90 edge. With a comfortable birch handle, it is a
pleasure to use. For carving or shop use, or as a
belt knife, it includes a plastic sheath. An excel-
High-carbon steel will darken or stain slightly
with age. lent knife.
02D01.01 Frost Knife, 2 Blade $29.50

Visit us at
G www.leevalley.com
J

K M Carving 135
L
 about 8 seconds, model choice depends
on the amount of use and frequency
of changing tips.
F
Both models feature a solid-
state power supply (10 amp,
45 watts) with variable heat
control (340F to 1400F), a
B vented, xed-tip hand-
G
piece and a 39 cord.
The handpiece is light,
controllable and has excellent
Feathering Tips
C recovery. It has a large tip (#1L),
Particularly useful for dening feathers and barbs,
which is standard for most wood
these wood-burning tips have a tight wire-coil wrap
D burning. For special applica-
A to produce patterns of ne parallel lines much faster
tions, a selection of other
E and more evenly than a single-point tip. In addition
handpieces is offered below.
to feathering, they can be used to apply texturing
Razertip Wood Burning Systems Replacement tips are available from the
effects or hatched shading. Available in sets of four,
These systems are well made and built to last. manufacturer.
with round-end, square-end, skew-end and spear-
The two models are the same quality and have the Three-year warranty on the power supply.
end tips. The ne tips range from 4mm to 6mm
same features except for the number of handpiece The CSA certication is recognized across
wide, and produce approximately 85 lines per inch.
plug-ins. Model SK accepts one handpiece; North America.
Medium tips range from 6mm to 10mm wide and
Model SS-D10 accepts two handpieces, allowing A. 38N20.03 Razertip, Model #SK $159.00
apply approximately 70 lines per inch. Also effec-
quick switching between the two (extra cord B. 38N20.01 Razertip, Model #SS-D10 $189.00 tive on leather. Made in Canada. Compatible with
needed). Since the heating time of the tip is only 38N20.02 Extra Cord, 39 $ 16.50
our 38N30.04 handpiece (sold separately).
Handpieces for Razertip System Not Stocked at our Stores.
We carry an assortment of vented, xed-tip handpieces, including some heavy-duty models. F. 38N30.06 Medium Tips, set of 4 $29.80
Although the xed-tip handpieces are recommended for general use, two interchangeable-tip sets G. 38N30.05 Fine Tips, set of 4 $29.80
are also available for intermittent light-duty use (these tips should be regularly cleaned). The handle
H. Five-Piece Pyrography Tip Set
must be purchased separately. See chart below.
A selection of the most common pyrography
C. FIXED-TIP HANDPIECES As tips are individually shaped, they may vary slightly from illustrations shown. tips, this ve-piece set includes a writing tip, a
Small skew-shaped tip. Same as #F18S handpiece, only with a large tip. shading tip, a small round-end tip, a small spear-
38N21.01 #1S Handpiece $27.50 38N36.02 #F18L Handpiece $27.50 point tip and a transfer/shader tip. Made in
Canada. Compatible with our 38N30.04 hand-
Medium skew-shaped tip. D. HEAVY-DUTY FIXED-TIP HANDPIECES piece (sold separately).
38N21.02 #1M Handpiece $27.50
These heavy-duty xed-tip handpieces are larger than Not Stocked at our Stores.
Replacement large skew-shaped tip the other handpieces and will withstand considerably 38N30.09 Pyrography Tips, set of 5 $18.00
(included with Razertip wood burning systems). more pressure. Since they require a higher heat
38N21.03 #1L Handpiece $27.50 setting, they should only be used with the heavy-duty
cord (although they will work with the regular cord
For detailing inside tight concave areas. supplied with the Razertip unit).
38N22.01 #2S Handpiece $27.50
A medium tip used for layering feathers, quills,
Ultra-ne point for miniature general shading. H
carvings and songbirds. 38N37.01 #5MC Heavy-Duty
38N25.01 #5S Handpiece $27.50 Handpiece $31.50
A large V-shaped bent tip used for shading
Used by turners for embellishing. and pyrography.
38N25.02 #5M Handpiece $27.50 38N37.03 #16L Heavy-Duty
Small chisel tip for working in conned Handpiece $31.50
J. Wood Burning Pen
areas. Also popular for calligraphy. A medium spoon tip that is used for making
dots, shading and pyrography.
A handy pen for decorative burning of wood or
38N26.01 #6S Handpiece $27.50
38N37.04 #30M Heavy-Duty leather. It is light and easy to use. Includes ve
Large rounded skew tip used by Handpiece $31.50 interchangeable tips that can be used for wood
advanced carvers to bump feathers. burning, soldering, and cutting stencils, plastics or
38N27.03 #7L Handpiece $27.50 38N37.02 39 Cord for Heavy-Duty Styrofoam. 30 watts, 1050F, CSA/UL certied.
Handpiece $17.50 17J18.01 Wood Burning Pen $45.00
Writing tip used for signing or shading. E. INTERCHANGEABLE TIPS & HANDLE
38N29.01 #9 Handpiece $27.50

Unique small curved spear tip to

contact wood under wing tips.
38N32.01 #12S Handpiece $27.50
Suitable for miniature work. Handle sold separately.
Quill tip for pressing down small 38N30.01 Set of 5 Interchangeable Tips $17.90
areas on sides of a quill or for
layering feathers on small carvings.
38N35.03 #15L Handpiece $27.50

For multi-purpose use. Can be used
for layering feathers, carving quills,
ne detail, calligraphy, shading, and
making scales. Small tip.
38N36.01 #F18S Handpiece $27.50
136 Carving
Suitable for bird carvings. Handle sold separately.
38N30.02 Set of 8 Interchangeable Tips $26.50
Must be purchased for use J
with interchangeable-tip sets above.
38N30.04 Handle for Interchangeable Tips $31.50
 A. Foredom SR Power Carver Kit
A
Supplying everything you need for power carving, this kit
contains a ex shaft, motor and handpiece, as well as an assort-
ment of burrs, drums, discs and other accessories. It is a good
general-purpose rotary carving set for shaping wood, and for
high-speed polishing, drilling, grinding, sanding and other
medium-duty applications with various materials. The braided
core of the flex shaft can rotate in either direction, and is
enclosed in a tough but pliable neoprene sheath impervious to
grease or oil. The ball-bearing motor is 1/6 hp, 1.7 amp,
maximum 18,000 rpm. A foot pedal, made from rugged plastic
with a non-skid base, lets you control speed without interrupting
work. The heavy-duty collet handpiece (model 44T) has sealed C
ball bearings for quiet, smooth operation, and is tapered
for comfort and grooved for grip. Two-year warranty on elec-
trical components.
A
The kit comes with 3/32, 1/8 and 1/4 collets, a pin and wrench
for changing collets, and a 1 oz tube of ex shaft lubricant. It
also includes a 26-piece assortment of burrs, mandrels, radial
bristle discs, sanding discs, drums and sleeves, plus a multi-tier
lazy Susan burr stand, and an instructional DVD.
The set of seven collets includes 3/32, 3mm, 1/8, 5/32, 3/16,
6mm and 1/4 sizes. Sold separately, the 42 height-adjustable
motor hanger lets you suspend two motors out of the way,
allowing the ex shaft full freedom of movement. Made from
solid 1/2 thick hexagonal steel rod, it includes a handpiece
rest and a mounting clamp that
attaches to any bench up to 21/4
thick. We also offer a mainte-
nance kit (see below).
SR Power Carver Kit
78J02.60 $335.00
B. 7-pc. Collet Set for #44T
78J09.01 $ 58.50
C. Double Motor Hanger B
78J02.71 $ 58.50

D. Foredom #30 Handpiece
This handpiece has an adjustable key-type chuck
for shanks up to 5/32. The sealed ball bearings
need no lubrication. A chuck key is included. The
choice where you intend to use small drills as well
as small or regular burrs. Rubberized non-slip grip
available separately.
78J03.01 #30 Handpiece $81.50
E. 78J03.05 Non-Slip Grip for #30 $ 2.90
F. Foredom #8AD Handpiece
This handpiece has a exible spring center for extra K. 78J09.01 7-pc. Collet Set for #44T $58.50
exibility and control for delicate work. Not recom-
mended for heavy grinding. 3/32 collet included. L. Foredom Power Carver
See #28 handpiece for other collet sizes.
78J05.01 #8AD Handpiece $106.00
G. Foredom #28 Handpiece
This handpiece is best for detail work using small
drills and burrs. Weighing only 3 oz, it is light and
easy to control. The tapered design allows you to
hold it like a pencil, with your ngers very close to
the tip. 51/4 long and 3/4 in diameter. Includes 3/32
and 1/8 collets. The set of four adds 1/16 and 1/32
sizes. (These collets also fit the #8 handpiece
sold above.)
78J05.03 #28 Handpiece $72.50
H. 78J03.04 4-pc. Collet Set for #8/#28 $37.50
J. Foredom #44T Handpiece
A heavy-duty collet handpiece with sealed
ball-bearing construction, it comes with a
pin and wrench for changing collets, as well
as 1/8 and 1/4 collets. The set of seven
collets includes sizes 3/32, 3mm, 1/8, 5/32,
3/16, 6mm and 1/4. A collet chuck has the
tightest grip of any style. This #44T hand-
piece has a tapered front end for a
comfortable grip.
78J04.04 #44T Handpiece $72.50
Maintenance Kit
Foredom recommends cleaning and lubri-
cating the ex shaft every 50 hours of
operation. Kit includes lubricant, replace-
ment ex shaft, two motor brushes and a
maintenance manual. We offer two
different kits: one for the current SR motor
and another for older S-series motors.
L
Please verify your motor type before ordering.
Replacement ex shafts and sheaths common to
both motors are also available separately.
78J02.65 Maintenance Kit, SR model $21.90
78K01.02 Maintenance Kit, S models $22.00
78J50.04 Repl. Flex Shaft only $15.50
78J50.03 Repl. Flex Sheath only $18.50
A small sanding drum used with a Foredom unit
makes a very effective tool for shaping the interior of
gouges or curved adzes. Use a light touch and be
careful of heat build-up.
G
D
H
E
F
J

To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit

our website at www.leevalley.com K
Carving 137
 B Item L shown
C Typhoon Carving Burrs
L Covered with hundreds of extremely
actual size.
D G H J
F sharp tungsten carbide teeth, these
A E K carving burrs remove stock quickly
and stay sharp considerably longer
than HSS burrs. They have a pattern
of regularly spaced teeth aligned in
rows, which makes the burrs less
prone to loading and easier to clean
(we recommend using a brass brush
to quickly remove any build-up, if
Burrs are shown smaller than actual size but in proportion to each other. needed). They can be used
M N O Shank Head Dia. on softwood, hardwood, L
Product # Shape Grit Price plastic and composites. Grits
Dia. Length
P are color-coded for quick
A. 77J50.01 Ball Nose Coarse 1/4 5/1613/4 $24.60
B. 77J50.02 Ball Nose Coarse 1/4 13/1611/4 $33.80 identication; the coarse burrs (red) are
C. 77J50.03 Ball Nose Fine 1/4 13/1611/4 $33.80
for aggressive material removal, while
the ne burrs (blue) leave a smoother
D. 77J50.04 Ball Nose Coarse 1/8 3/167/8 $23.60
nish that looks like it was sanded. We
E. 77J50.05 Ball Nose Fine 1/8 3/167/8 $23.60
offer a wide range of proles; shanks are
F. 77J50.06 Ball Nose Coarse 1/8 5/161/2 $21.30 either 1/4 or 1/8 in diameter. Maximum
G. 77J50.10 Taper Coarse 1/4 5/1611/2 $24.60 25,000 rpm for head diameters less than
U H. 77J50.11 Taper Coarse 1/4 9/161 $24.60 13/16; maximum 10,000 rpm for head
R J. 77J50.12 Taper Coarse 1/8 3/163/4 $23.60 diameters of 13/16 or greater. Made in
Q K. 77J50.13 Taper Fine 1/8 3/163/4 $23.60 USA by Foredom.
S
L. 77J50.14 Taper Coarse 1/4 13/1611/4 $33.80
T M. 77J50.20 Flame Coarse 1/4 5/811/16 $26.30
N. 77J50.21 Flame Coarse 1/4 7/813/8 $33.80 Carbide Burr Set
O. 77J50.22 Flame Coarse 1/8 7/165/8 $21.40 These eight small
P. 77J50.23 Flame Fine 1/8 7/165/8 $21.40 carbide burrs can be
Q. 77J50.30 Ball Fine 1/4 9/16 dia. $24.60
used on any steel,
Coarse 1/4 7/8 dia.
steel alloy or non-
R. 77J50.31 Ball $28.90
W ferrous metal.
Y S. 77J50.32 Ball Coarse 1/8 5/16 dia. $21.40
V Useful for detail
T. 77J50.33 Ball Fine 1/8 5/16 dia. $21.40 work on hardwoods,
X Z U. 77J50.40 Cylinder Coarse 1/4 13/1611/4 $33.80 tagua, bone, etc.
V. 77J50.41 Cylinder Coarse 1/8 5/161/2 $21.40 3/32 shanks.
Burrs shown actual size,
W. 77J50.50 Bud Coarse 1/8 5/163/4 $21.40 13/4 long. but not full length.
X. 77J50.51 Bud Fine 1/8 5/163/4 $21.40
Set of 8 Carbide Burrs
Y. 77J50.60 Dovetail Coarse 1/8 7/161/2 $21.40
78J07.02 $32.50
Z. 77J50.70 Rotary Saw Coarse 1/8 11/163/16 $21.40

AA. Rotary Rasps and Files 21/2 long with 5/8 diameter heads. There are BB. Ruby Carvers Burrs
These second-cut rasps and les are excel- three rasps and three les in the shapes shown. A favorite of decoy carvers, ruby carvers were origi-
lent for use with Foredom power units or Set comes in a wooden block holder. 1/4 nally designed for working acrylics, where they leave a
other ex-shaft equipment. Made of high- shanks. Made in Italy. satin nish. They are effective in a wide range of woods
carbon steel, these bits are approximately 51W04.01 Set of 6 Rotary Rasps/Files $55.50 since the ruby particles retain their sharpness and are
non-plugging in use. Used for undercutting, contouring
and feather detailing, they have a wide application in all
When your burrs start to plug from
types of woodcarving. Shanks are 3/32 in diameter by
a resin build-up, just let them soak
in a small jar of our resin remover about 13/8. Available individually or as a set of 10. To
(see page 242) for an hour or so, order a single burr, add the number shown in the photo
then brush them clean. They come to the prex 77J08. Example: the burr at the far left
out like new. The cleaner can be would be 77J08.15. Made in Switzerland.
reused many times. 77J08.15 to .20 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 13.70
77J08.21 to .27 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 16.50
AA Items AA to CC are shown smaller than actual 77J08.30 to .31 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 19.30
size but in proportion to each other.
77J08.03 Set of 10 Ruby Carvers $149.00
.15 .18 .19 .20 .21 .23 .25 .27 .30 .31
CC. HSS Carvers Burrs
These high-quality burrs, made of high-speed steel
BB hardened to Rc63-65, are well suited for shaping all low
to medium tensile materials (including hardwoods).
The slightly higher cost of high-speed steel burrs will
easily pay for itself in the long run. All have 6mm (1/4)
shanks and can be used with Foredoms #44 or
.01 .02 .03 .05 .06 .08 .09 .10 .12 .13 Dremels #236 handpieces. Available individually or
as a set of 10. To order a single burr, add the number
shown in the photo to the prex 77J05. Example: the
burr at the far left would be 77J05.01. Made in Germany.
77J05.01 to .06 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 19.50
CC 77J05.08 to .13 (specify Burr #) ea. $ 35.00
77J05.21 Set of 10 HSS Burrs $249.00


A that runs cooler and longer without
B The boxed set contains 7 ne (120x)
A. Economy Diamond Burr Set of 30
These are good value in nickel-plated diamond
burrs. They have 1/8 dia. shanks and are between
13/4 and 2 long overall. Maximum 30,000 rpm.
77J04.01 Economy Burr Set of 30 $21.00
B. Industrial Diamond Burr Set of 30
This industrial-grade set of diamond burrs can
be used for general shaping, grinding and sharp-
ening. They are 13/4 long and have shanks just
under 1/8 in diameter. At about 350 grit, they
are ne enough for detailed work, yet wont
easily load up. Our best-quality diamond points.
Operate at a minimum 12,000 rpm and a
maximum 30,000 rpm.
17J20.01 Industrial Burr Set of 30 $58.00
C. Diamond Carving Discs
Ideal for use on carbide, hardened
steel, glass, ceramics, stone,
etc., these durable elec-
troplated 3/4 discs are
well suited for grinding,
shaping, polishing and
slicing (will cut through
nails). The set includes
2 edge-treated discs as
well as 3 single-sided
and 3 double-sided
treatments, and a 3/32
shank mandrel. C material while using rotary sanding or
77J81.01 Set of 8 Discs & Mandrel $19.95
D. Felt Bob Set of 10
This selection of 10 hard-felt bobs is particularly
useful for polishing or detailing metal, hard-
wood, soapstone, etc. They are also well suited
for honing the insides of gouges and readily
accept our blade honing compound (see page
158). Bobs are mounted on 1/8 or 3/32 shanks.
Packaged in a plastic storage case. Maximum
30,000 rpm.
77J81.30 Felt Bob Set of 10 $11.50
D
E. Ceramic Abrasive Stones
Ideal stones for texturing and feath- E
ering. The points are a blend of ceramic
and aluminum oxide materials
clogging. Suitable for all woods,
hard metals, bone, alabaster, glass,
gemstone and plastic, the bits keep
their shape, even when working metal.
Can be touched up on a dressing stone.
and 2 medium grit (80x) stones with
points ranging from 5/64 to 1/4 dia.
and 7/64 to 1/2 long. All shanks are
3/ 32. Overall length is 1 3/ 4 to 2.
Maximum 45,000 rpm.
78J17.01 Set of 9 Stones $26.50
Steel Carving Burrs G
Developed for jewellery making, these
Swiss-made tool-steel rotary burrs are
ideal for beginner carvers. Suitable for
use on wood, acrylics and mild steel,
the durable burrs are congured in two
sets. Intended primarily for quick
stock removal, the 1/8 shank 12-piece
set includes a selection of barrel, bud,
cone and cutter burrs (styles may
vary). The more comprehensive
20-piece set offers a collection of 12
burrs (1/8 shank) suitable for heavy
stock removal as well as an assortment
of eight ne-detail burrs (3/32 shanks).
Each set comes with a plastic storage
case that will hold up to 48 burrs (1/8
and 3/32 shanks). Maximum 12,000
rpm. Excellent value.
F. 77J01.01 Set of 12 Burrs $39.50
F
G. 77J01.02 Set of 20 Burrs $54.50
Flex-Shaft & Dust Extractor with a 6mm (7/32) shank that can be driven by a power
This is no ordinary ex-shaft. It has a drill, drill press, motor with an arbor, or anything with a
built-in dust collection port for vacuum chuck (10,000 rpm maximum; cannot run in reverse).
attachment, letting you capture waste Chuck capacity is 3/8. We offer an optional shroud
extender for working with the rounded tip of ball-end
carving tools, keeping airborne dust to attachments. An excellent accessory.
a minimum. The handle extends to H. 68Z50.85 Flex-Shaft & Dust Extractor $129.00
form an unobtrusive 11/2 diameter J. 68Z50.83 Extender $ 11.50
shroud that surrounds the three-jaw K. 05J21.14 21/2 to 11/4 Adapter, ea. $ 2.90
Jacobs-style chuck. A 54 flexible L. 03J60.85 21/2 Splice, ea. $ 2.20
vacuum hose branches off the rear of
the handle, ending in a two-piece cuff
to link to 11/4 diameter dust-collection J
hose (21/2 to 11/4 adapter and 21/2
splice available separately). The 46
ex-shaft contains three bearings for H
smooth operation and has a steel core
Motor not
included.
J
L
H
K
139
 B C
B. Four-Piece Hook Miniature Chisels & Scalers
& Pick Set These surgical dental instruments are superb
D for detail work. About 6 long with 1/4 dia.
A good set of picks is essen-
A
tial in any workshop. Useful serrated, hexagonal handles, the tools are well
for scraping paint out of a balanced and easy to control. The set of seven
slot-head screw, prying small chisels includes three straight (2, 3 and 4mm),
parts out of a tight space or left- and right-hand 3mm skews, and two
teasing debris from a narrow fantail chisels (4 and 6mm). The chisels
crevice, these picks have ne, require only final honing before use. The
A. Carving and Clean-Up Picks sharp tips made of high-carbon steel hardened to scalers can be used as scrapers and picks. The
Perfect as a general shop tool or for detailing Rc55-60 for durability. If you need a tiny chisel or set of four includes a bullnose and three claw-
carvings, this set has seven different ends, scraper for carving, you can even regrind the tips. shaped trapezoids. Stainless steel hardened
primarily triangular-shaped cross sections. The set of four includes hooked, straight, 90 and to Rc40.
Hardened 440 stainless steel. All are about 7 long offset tips. All are just under 7 long and have 1/4 C. 81D40.01 Miniature Chisels Set of 7 $19.90
and have 1/4 dia. serrated grips for easy control. hex grips for easy control. Made in USA. D. 81D40.02 Miniature Scalers Set of 4 $13.90
86K95.01 Scraping Set of 4 $12.50 86K95.10 Hook & Pick Set, 4-piece $11.90
E. Universal Bird Feet & Legs
Bird Eyes Suitable for songbird carvings, the legs are steel
Handmade eyes are among the best available for bird carvings. These crystal glass eyes have good and the pewter talons can be bent to suit your
scratch resistance. They come wire mounted for easy handling and storage. Eyes with brown, yellow carving (boil in water for a few minutes and bend
and red irises come in popular sizes; a complete range with clear (int) irises is available. All have to shape before they cool). They are usually
black pupils. The clear irises can be back-painted with acrylic paint. Prices shown are per pair. The joined to each other by contact cement, and they
10+ price applies to a purchase of 10 or more pairs of a specic eye. Mixed colors and sizes cannot take paint well. Each size is suitable for a variety
be combined to obtain quantity discount. Made in Germany. of species; examples listed will help you deter-
mine the right size.
SIZE 3mm 4mm 5mm 6mm 7mm 8mm 9mm 10mm 11mm
93K11.01 Pr. #1 (Bluebird, Goldnch, $6.80
CLEAR Small Chickadee)
IRIS 93K11.02 Pr. #2 (Cedar Waxwing, $6.80
Large Chickadee, Sparrow)
93K04.03 93K04.04 93K04.05 93K04.06 93K04.07 93K04.08 93K04.09 93K04.10 93K04.11 93K11.03 Pr. #3 (Cardinal, Small $6.80
1+ $4.60 $4.60 $4.60 $5.40 $5.40 $5.40 $5.40 $5.40 $5.40 Jay, Small Robin)
10+ $4.15 $4.15 $4.15 $4.85 $4.85 $4.85 $4.85 $4.85 $4.85
93K05.05 93K05.06 93K05.07 93K05.08 93K05.09 93K05.10 93K05.11
BROWN
1+ $7.10 $7.10 $7.10 $7.10 $7.60 $7.60 $7.60
IRIS E
10+ $6.40 $6.40 $6.40 $6.40 $6.85 $6.85 $6.85

Quikwood epoxy on page 93K06.08 93K06.09 93K06.10
328 is a shapeable putty ideal YELLOW
IRIS
1+ $7.10 $7.60 $7.60
for mounting glass eyes. The
10+ $6.40 $6.85 $6.85
spatulas shown on the same
page are excellent tools for 93K07.08 93K07.09 93K07.10
applying and detailing the RED
IRIS
1+ $7.10 $7.60 $7.60
putty. #1
10+ $6.40 $6.85 $6.85 #3

F. Soapstone Carving Block

Soapstone is a versatile material for carving. Visit us at www.leevalley.com
Regular carving tools work well with it, as do
gravers and les. This is a soft soapstone that is
even easier to shape than wood. It buffs readily Basswood Blocks and Sheets texture that holds detail very well and permits
to a variegated green nish. The block measures These blocks and veneer sheets are all select- excellent control.
approximately 335 and weighs 41/2 lb. grade with no pith wood included. Basswood The 1457 blocks are suitable for large
This is an excellent medium for beginning (also known as linden and tilleul) is a favored ducks; the 1446 blocks are big enough for
carvers because results are not dependent on tool carving wood that is lightweight with a fine medium and small ducks. The 1234 blocks
sharpness. Of particular interest is the fact that it will yield one large or two small songbirds. The
can be readily cut on a table saw or 634 blocks are suitable for small birds,
bandsaw. A scroll saw or fret saw can be whittling and head blanks for large birds. The
used to cut letters or numbers for G veneer sheets are ideal for feather rendering; the
striking signs. Instructions for use boards can be used in relief or chip carving.
are included. Sizes are nominal.
335 Block G. Basswood Blocks
55K40.01 $24.90 55K50.01 Basswood, 1457 $55.40
H 55K51.01 Basswood, 1446 $43.50
55K52.01 Basswood, 1234 $20.90
F 55K53.01 Basswood, 63 4 $11.70
H. Basswood Veneer Boards and Sheets
55K36.05 Pkg. 5 Boards, 1/4312 $13.90
55K37.05 Pkg. 5 Boards, 1/2412 $23.50
55K34.10 Pkg. 10 Sheets, 1/32312 $16.40
55K35.10 Pkg. 10 Sheets, 1/16312 $17.50
55K35.50 Pkg. 10 Sheets, 1/8312 $18.70
140
 A
D. Freestyle Woodcarver
A. Tagua Nuts (Vegetable Ivory)
Tagua nuts come from the ivory palm. Like
ivory, they are white and very hard, and they
take a polish well. Superb for turning to make
chess pieces, nials, drawer pulls, etc., and for
decorative plugging, they hold carving detail
well. They can be sawn into slices and cut into
intricate shapes on a scroll saw, and they take
stain well. The nuts vary from 11/2 to 2 long with
a fairly at void in the center. Approximately 10
tagua nuts to the pound. Instructions for working
them included.
33K01.60 Tagua Nuts, 1 lb $13.20
33K01.65 Tagua Nuts, 5 lb $39.50
To make tagua nuts easier to hold for carving, glue E. Industrial Wood-Shaping Cutter Kit
them to a piece of wood rst. Cut them loose when
you are nished.
Kutzall Sanding/Carving Discs
For use in angle-head machines (or disc
grinders), these sanding and carving discs are
covered with hundreds of extremely sharp
carbide teeth, which remove stock quickly and
stay sharp through extended use. Though aggres-
sive, the teeth leave a surprisingly smooth
surface and resist loading due to their consistent
height and spacing. They are well suited for
shaping large carvings and chair seats, and in
other applications for which you would normally
use a large gouge.
The sanding disc has a fairly at prole with a
narrow rim, useful for cutting, and a broad face
for shaping convex surfaces. The dish wheel,
shaped like a half donut (or, more formally, a
half torus) is good for everything else, especially
inside curves and concave areas; its versatility
makes it a good choice for beginners. Each is
41/2 in diameter with a 7/8 bore. Maximum
15,000 rpm. Made in USA.
B. 77J62.10 Kutzall Carving Sanding Disc $77.50
C. 77J62.20 Kutzall Carving Dish Wheel $77.50
Grinders not
included.
E F
Wood-Shaping Cutters
Designed to t 4 to 41/2 angle grinders, these tools are used by carvers for roughing large carvings;
renovators and contractors use them for quickly cutting oor openings, notches, grooves, etc., for
tting conduits and wiring.
blade guard made from a tough polycarbonate
Unlike a chain-saw circlet material and a xing key. Made in Australia.
cutter, this woodcarver 99T31.01 Industrial Cutter Kit $199.00
blade has no tendency to 99T31.02 Repl. Set of 3 Cutters $ 73.50
catch and skitter along the 99T32.02 *Washer Kit $ 16.50
wood potentially 99T32.03 *Double Handle Kit $ 16.50
damaging the workpiece * Please check your grinder model before ordering the
and possibly the user. Made from a single piece industrial cutter kit or the Pro-4 Woodcarver. Angle
of steel, the blade has been proled to prevent grinders Black & Decker #2750, Sears Craftsman and
kickback and grabbing. The teeth (hardened to Master Mechanic #MM9620 require the washer
kit; Makita models #N9514B and N9501BZ/BKW
Rc62) are all chip-limited and remove a
require the double handle kit. The DeWalt #400
maximum of just 1mm of material per cut (teeth & #402 grinders are not compatible with either
sharpen with a /4 chain-saw file). Easily
1
Arbortech carver.
controlled, it handles plunge, lateral and free-
style cuts without difculty. The kit includes F. Lancelot Woodcarving Tool
mounting hardware and a polycarbonate blade This woodcarver is particu-
guard assembly. Made in Australia. larly useful for major wood
99T33.20 Pro-4 Woodcarver $82.50 removal in sculpting (busts,
99T33.21 Repl. Pro-4 Blade $59.50 chair seats, etc.). It has a
99T32.02 *Washer Kit $16.50 22-tooth circlet held between
99T32.03 *Double Handle Kit $16.50 two stainless-steel discs. 4
in diameter, it mounts on an
angle grinder with either a 5/8 or a 7/8 arbor.
This is the ultimate tool for shaping in soft and Circlets are resharpenable (using a 5/32 chain-saw
hard woods, and even soft metals. What sets it
le) and replaceable. The versatility and ease of
apart is the industrial grade of tungsten carbide
operation of the tool are remarkable. You have to
teeth that will cut through
use one before you can fully appreciate the speed
wire nails without a hiccup.
and smoothness of cut. Maximum 14,000 rpm.
If you hit something harder,
99T20.01 *Lancelot 5/8 Arbor $59.50
simply rotate the tooth for a
99T20.02 *Lancelot 7/8 Arbor $59.50
fresh cutting edge. The solid
99T20.11 Repl. 22-Tooth Circlet $31.00
steel body has a thick rim
* Before ordering, please check the arbor size of
and chip-limitation design your grinder (5/8 or 7/8) to ensure you receive the
to ensure a smooth but fast cutting action. Arbor correct size.
is 7/8 with a 5/8 bushing. The kit includes a
To order call
1-800-267-8767
B
C
B C 141
 Veritas Mk.II Honing Guide System
SHARPENING The key to consistent and fast honing is repeatability and
this guide delivers it in spades. Whether youre a sharpening
veteran or just starting out, this versatile guide lets you concen-
trate on sharpening without worrying about
controlling blade angle at the same time. This
makes your honing reliable, accurate and consis-
tent. Three options let you choose the honing guide
that best suits your work style and shop needs.
The Mk.II deluxe honing guide set can handle the
greatest range of blades, from ne detail chisels to
smoothing plane blades. It includes an angle
registration jig, two clamping heads and
both roller bases, permitting narrow
or wide blades to be sharpened, as
well as skewed and cambered
blades. If you mostly use planes or
skewed blades, our original Mk.II
standard honing guide is still the
best choice. For woodworkers who
Stone not use more chisels and other narrow
included.
blades, we offer a narrow-blade honing guide.

Clamping Heads
The standard head uses a clamping bar that registers on the face of the blade. It accepts at and tapered blades
between 1/2 and 27/8 wide and up to 15/32 thick, including skew blades. It hones bevel angles from 15 to 54
and back bevels from 10 to 20.
The narrow-blade head clamps blades from the sides with parallel jaws to ensure they stay square to the jig.
The jaws are also canted to keep
CLAMPING HEADS
blades centered and tight to the
reference face of the jig, whether Standard head Narrow-blade head
they have bevelled or square
Standard head edges it will even hold chisels
that are triangular in cross section.
It accepts blades from 1/8 to 11/2
wide, holding bevel-edged chisels
Narrow-blade head
up to 15/32 thick and square-edged
blades up to 11/32 thick. It hones
Holds blades from 1/2 to 27/8 Holds blades from 1/8 to 11/2
bevel angles from 15 to 40 and
back bevels from 10 to 20.

Angle registration jig ANGLE REGISTRATION JIG

Blade carrier

Keeps bevelled
or square blades
centered and tight to
the reference face
of the jig.

Angle registration jig Micro-bevel

attached to guide body adjustment
Angle Registration Jig Registration blade stop
Underside
Offering an impressive range of
angle settings, the integral blade registration system squares the blade and sets the bevel angle in one easy
step. A scale and sighting mark help center blades when using the standard head; the narrow-blade head is
Straight roller
self-centering. Once the blade is clamped, the jig can be slid off the guide.
25 26 27
Cutting edge is
Roller Bases slightly curved.
The interchangeable rollers attach to the clamping
heads with a single thumbscrew. The eccentric
Up Middle Down Micro-bevel Camber
axle mount on each lets you add a micro-bevel to on a nished exaggerated
any angle setting with a simple turn of a knob. Three-position eccentric axle mount blade for clarity.
The straight roller hones straight
ROLLERS
edges. At 2 wide, it provides a
stable base for even the narrowest of
blades. The barrel-shaped camber
roller lets you rock the guide slightly
to hone a slight curve or camber into
Camber roller
a blade edge, eliminating blade Straight roller Camber roller
tracks when planing.
142
 Veritas Mk.II Deluxe
Honing Guide Set
The most versatile set,
the deluxe honing guide
set includes both the
standard and narrow-
blade clamping heads
as well as the angle
registration jig, a
straight roller base and
a camber roller base.
Combined, the two
clamping heads accept
blades ranging from
1/8 to 27/8 wide. The
Veritas Mk.II Standard Honing Guide
completely predictable
Our original Mk.II standard honing guide includes the
results this set offers for a
standard clamping head, straight roller base and angle
wide variety of blades makes it
registration jig. Its the option most useful for wood-
useful in the shop of any wood-
workers who mostly use planes and other wide blades. It
worker who works with hand tools.
accepts blades between 1/2 and 27/8 wide and up to
Mk.II Deluxe Honing Guide Set 15/32 thick, including skew blades. It hones bevel angles
05M09.20 $139.00 from 15 to 54 and back bevels from 10 to 20.
05M09.01 Mk.II Standard Honing Guide $76.50

Veritas Mk.II Narrow-Blade Honing Guide

For those who predominantly sharpen narrow blades, we offer a
narrow-blade honing guide consisting of the narrow-blade clamping
head, the standard roller base and the angle registration jig. It
clamps blades from 1/8 to 11/2 wide using parallel jaws to ensure
blades stay square to the
jig. Whether they have
bevelled or square edges,
blades are kept centered
and tight to the reference face
of the jig by the canted jaws. It Veritas Narrow-Blade
accepts bevel-edged chisels up to Clamping Head
15 / 32 thick and square-edged
The narrow-blade clamping head is available
chisels up to 11/ 32 thick, and as an accessory for those who already own the
hones bevel angles from 15 to Mk.II standard honing guide. Interchangeable
40 and back bevels from 10 to with the standard head in seconds, it keeps
20. Patent pending. blades as narrow as 1/8 securely clamped and
Mk.II Narrow-Blade Honing Guide square to the jig. Patent pending.
05M09.10 $99.00 Narrow-Blade Clamping Head
05M09.09 $56.50

Veritas Camber Roller Assembly Veritas Skew Registration Jig

The camber roller assembly has a for the Mk.II Standard Honing Guide
barrel-shaped roller that The Veritas skew registration jig locks into the Mk.II
allows limited rocking standard honing guide to make quick work of setting
to hone a slight both skew and bevel angles (left- or right-
curve, or hand) of chisel and plane blades. The skew
camber, into angle markings on the jigs machined
the edge of the aluminum base are laser etched for accuracy and
blade, while legibility. The skew angle graduations cover the range
still main- of 10 to 45 in 5 increments, and additional marks (18, 22,
taining an 28) cover the angles of popular skew
accurate and plane blades. The base has four distinct Sliding fence with blade stop has a Skew can now be
sharpened like a
consistent bevel tracks providing four bevel angle settings: relieved corner to protect chisel edges.
normal
angle. Simply 20, 25, 30 and 35. (A micro-bevel can chisel.
replace the standard roller assembly on the be created with the honing guides eccen-
Mk.II honing guide with the camber assembly, tric roller axle mount.) The unique sliding
and hone, rst applying more pressure on one fence with blade stop allows you to match Alignment Attach jig
side of the blade and then on the other. Blade an existing skew angle visually even if pin to honing
guide to
extension is still set using the registration jig, it is non-standard. For use with the stan- set bevel
and the camber roller includes the standard dard head only the narrow-blade heads and skew Honing
angles. guide,
eccentric system to allow micro-bevels to be parallel jaws are not designed for sharp- chisel and
honed. Made in Canada. ening skews. Made in Canada. stone not
included.
05M09.05 Camber Roller Assembly $26.90 05M09.03 Skew Registration Jig $34.90
Sharpening 143
 A. Veritas Sharpening System Micro-bevel
This honing guide and angle jig set quickly and easily produces a very sharp edge on a
nished
on blades. First, use the guide in its normal position to grind the basic bevel angle. blade
Then turn the guide-setting knob to set a micro-bevel at a slightly higher
angle. The small secondary bevel means you remove less steel and
quickly achieve a sharp edge without unclamping or resetting the
Stone and tool in the guide. The guide holds blades up to 23/8 wide and 5/8 thick and, in combination with the angle jig,
blades not
included. lets you set blade projection to the ve most common bevel angles (15, 20, 25, 30 and 35). With the three-
height settings on the roller, another 20 angles can be set.
The 11/4 wide roller on the guide and the positive positioning action of the jig automatically square the
blade as you set the angle. The bed of the guide has a series of parallel lines for visually aligning narrow
chisels or squaring up blades. The roller can be set at three heights, where it automatically locks in position. You
can return to exactly the same angle each time you want to hone a blade. Instructions included.
A For holding very short blades, see our small-blade holder on page 150.
05M02.10 Veritas Sharpening System $52.50

King Water King Water Stones

King water stones were among the rst Japanese stones introduced to the
Stones West. Except for the coarsest 200x stone (which is silicon carbide), they are
B aluminum oxide abrasive in a resin bond. In our testing, they were effective
D F in O1 steel but noticeably slower in tough alloys such as A2. The particles
K
fracture and dull after a short period, performing like progressively ner
J grits, which allows you to move from a medium grit straight to a nishing
stone. They are economically priced, require only a quick soaking before
use, and are a good choice for honing softer tool steels, or when cost is a
C E G H concern. The 200x and 250x grits are used to remove nicks before sharp-
L ening, and for basic tool shaping. The 800x, 1000x and 1200x are
general-purpose stones for most sharpening needs. The 1000x is ideal for
use in the shop or
the kitchen for Product # Description Size Price
sharpening ne B. 60M60.01 200x Green Silicon Carbide 831/821/8 $56.50
cutlery; it gives C. 60M01.01 800x w/Plastic Box 821/213/8 $32.50
Full-Size Water Stones knives a good edge D. 60M40.01 1000x w/Base 721/25/8 $31.50
There are many types of man-made water stones, which vary primarily in the with just enough E. 60M02.01 1200x w/Plastic Box 821/213/8 $33.50
durability of the abrasive particles and the strength of the bond between them. tooth for good F. 60M03.01 4000x Standard w/Base 721/21/2 $34.50
Tough abrasives cut quickly and vegetable slicing G. 60M03.03 4000x Standard no Base 721/23/4 $29.50
Stone Grading
lose aggressiveness slowly. Less The nish you get with a stone is a function of particle and meat carving. 60M03.02 4000x Large w/Base 823/47/8 $63.50
durable abrasives may cut well size, durability of the abrasive and bond strength. This The 4000x will
table shows the approximate particle sizes for partic- H. 60M10.01 8000x Gold w/Base 721/21/2 $68.50
initially, but the rate diminishes ular stones. For reference, the thickness of a human quickly put a mirror J. 60M50.04 1000x/4000x Combo, Std. 821 $42.50
as the particles dull. Stones with hair is about 40 microns. nish on tools and
strong bonds wear slowly, 60M50.05 1000x/4000x Combo, Lg. 81/423/42 $81.50
Table of Stones and their Particle Sizes the 8000x is for
releasing fresh, sharp abrasive K. 60M50.03 250x/1000x Combo 821 $31.50
Particle Particle nal polishing.
at a lower rate than those with Stone Size in Stone Size in
Microns Microns
weak bonds, which release abra- L. Articial Nagura Stone
sive at a higher rate but wear Green Compound 0.5 King 1200x 13 Nagura stones are useful for truing stones or creating a slurry for faster sharp-
more rapidly. Formulating a Sigma 1000x/ ening. Slightly coarser than a natural stone, this articial Nagura abrades
Sigma 13000x 0.9 14
Norton 1000x
stone is a balancing act, since quickly, yet builds a ne slurry. Use only on 4000x and 8000x stones.
Imanishi 8000x 1.2 King 1000x 16
the properties of the abrasive Measures approximately 311.
Sigma 1000x 1.5 Bester 700x 17
particles and the bonds holding 60M91.03 Articial Nagura Stone $12.40
King 8000x 2 King 800x 20
them together combine to affect
King 4000x 2.5 Soft Arkansas 22
cutting speed and wear resis- Norton Water Stones
tance. Selecting a stone depends Imanishi 4000x/
Norton 8000x 3 Fine India 35 Norton water stones have an aluminum oxide abrasive held by a relatively
on what you sharpen most often Hard Black weak bond that releases fresh particles at a fast rate. In our tests, they were
and how much you are willing to Arkansas/ 6 Sigma 240x 60 comparable to King stones when sharpening O1 steel, but in tough alloys
spend. For those trying water Norton 4000x
such as A2 and M2 they cut approximately 40% faster than King. Because
stones for the rst time, or Bester 2000x 6.7 Norton 220x 65
of the steady release of fresh abrasive, they produce a consistent scratch
wanting a more portable stone Sigma 3000x 7 King 200x 74 pattern at each grit, making it important to work through the grits progres-
system, a combination stone is Bester 100x/Hard 11.5 Coarse India 102 sively to obtain a nal polish. Regular lapping is also recommended with
White Arkansas
an economical answer. these stones. The 220x is used to remove nicks, the 1000x to establish a basic
edge, the 4000x to rene the edge, and the 8000x to produce the nal polish.
Except for the 8000x, which requires only a quick spritz, all need to be
Norton Water Stones immersed for about 10 minutes before use. They are ready for use without
having to produce a slurry. At 77/827/81, they easily accommodate wide
blades. Each comes in a rubber-footed plastic storage case that doubles as a
sharpening stand.
M. 08M15.01 220x Water Stone $ 35.00
M P
N O N. 08M15.03 1000x Water Stone $ 58.00
O. 08M15.05 4000x Water Stone $ 77.50
P. 08M15.07 8000x Water Stone $112.50
Q. 08M15.21 220x/1000x Combo Stone $ 49.90
R. 08M15.23 1000x/4000x Combo Stone $ 75.50 Storage
case doubles as a
S. 08M15.25 4000x/8000x Combo Stone $101.50 sharpening stand.
Q R S T T. 08M15.27 1000x/8000x Combo Stone $ 86.00
144
 H

G
F
Stone not A
included.
B
A. Water Stone Holder E. Water Cones
Adjustable for stones from 51/2 to 81/2 long, this holder grips stones securely Water cones are suitable for both in-cannel and out-cannel gouges. Both
and has a stable, non-skid base. The hardware is chrome plated for rust resis- sides are used; one for sharpening and one for deburring. We offer two grits,
tance. Ideal for use with any water stone lacking an integral base. a medium (1000x) cone and a ne (4000x) cone. Made in Japan.
60N01.01 Water Stone Holder $21.00 60M90.52 1000x Water Cone $42.50
60M90.53 4000x Water Cone $48.50
B. Truing Stone for Water Stones
60M90.56 Pair of Water Cones $87.00
Periodic truing re-establishes a at surface on a stone and restores its cutting
ability by removing any glazing. Developed using an aggressive silicon carbide F. Carvers Miniature Water Slips
abrasive held in a durable hard resin bond, this specially designed 933/4 A set of four Japanese 4000x water stones particu-
stone is larger than most water stones for easy registration. Diagonal grooves larly suited to sharpening carving tools. Each is
remove the slurry. Comes with instructions and a plastic storage case. 21/2 long by 1 wide; the actual proles are shown. A good, complete set
08M15.30 Truing Stone $38.50 for maintaining a razor-sharp edge on your detailing tools.
60M93.10 Set of 4 Carvers Mini Slips $31.50
C. No-Rust Water Additive
For those who use water as a lubricant for sharpening or lapping, this concen- G. Carvers European-Style Slips
trated additive prevents the oxygen in water from bonding with iron; the mixture These are Japanese water stones made in the European style. One edge is curved
will not rust edge tools, wet grinders or the steel substrate of diamond stones. It and decreases from 1/2 to 1/8 over its length while the other side is tapered at an
is easy to use and does no harm to the adhesive used in synthetic water stones. It angle of about 30 for working the inside of parting tools. This design allows
comes in a 250ml (8.5 oz) container, enough to make 6l (1.6 gal) of uid (over you to sharpen a wide variety of tools from small to large gouges and all at or
200 uid ounces of prevention!). Made in England. V-shaped tools. The pair of slips (1000x and 4000x) is
56Z80.88 No-Rust Additive, 250ml $33.50 sufcient for most carving needs.
60M90.32 1000x Carvers Slip $19.40
D. The Stone Pond by Veritas
60M90.33 4000x Carvers Slip $22.90
The Stone Pond is a complete system to store, use and maintain water stones
60M90.36 Pair of Carvers Slips $39.50
up to 12 long. Stones can be stored, ready for use, in a stand that also
clamps them and provides a base for lapping. The twin-clamping system H. Traditional Water Slip Stones
holds both coarse and ne stones at the same time and the quick-acting cam Made in Japan to our design and to a specied hardness, these slip stones are
clamps are fully adjustable. There is ample space for three or more bench used for sharpening rmer gouges, carving tools, radiused blades or any
stones. Stones are kept clean and evaporation is minimized. curved cutting edge of simple or compound shape. The 1000x is the fastest
The clamp hardware is stainless steel, anodized aluminum and glass- cutting and is used for establishing a basic edge. The 4000x is the most
reinforced plastic. The tough, rigid ABS case has high-friction pads for non-slip useful combination of cutting speed, hardness and degree of nish obtained.
use. The lapping system is a glass plate, a sheet of PSA-backed plastic laminate It cuts quickly, but still leaves a tool with a near-mirror nish. The 8000x is
and 90x silicon carbide. The safety-glass top is guaranteed to be at enough to for nal touch-up or occasional stropping while carving.
allow you to lap a stone to a atness better than 0.001 per inch of stone length. 60M90.01 1000x Trad. Slip Stone* $16.90
You can put your coarse stone (800x, 1000x or 1200x) in Storing water stones 60M90.02 4000x Trad. Slip Stone* $20.50
the water and leave your wooden-based nishing stone 60M90.03 8000x Trad. Slip Stone $33.50
(4000x or 8000x) clamped on a bar. For stones sitting in the 60M90.00 Pair of Trad. Slip Stones* $34.50
water, ribs on the box bottom keep them clear of any
J. Basic Stone Set
sludge. The clamping and lapping part of the system can be
Separation ribs These two Japanese water stones are the best all-purpose choice for basic
used equally effectively with oil stones.
Twin-clamping system sharpening. Set includes an 800x stone (60M01.01) and a standard 4000x
This is a fast, clean, dependable system for use with all
stone (60M03.01).
of your bench water stones.
05M20.06 The Stone Pond $65.00 Basic Stone Set
05M20.07 Repl. 90x Sil. Carbide (2 oz) $ 5.40 60M03.10 $62.50
05M20.11 Repl. Laminate Sheets (4) $16.50 High-friction pads Pocket Water Stones
Storing wooden-based These small pocket stones are
D stones
C perfect for touching up tools
when you are not near the
shop. At 41, they are ideal J
for carrying on the job in
a pocket or tackle box. The
3/4 thick 1000x is for general-
purpose work and the L
5/8 thick 4000x will put a mirror
nish on knives, gouges and chisels.
K. 60M30.01 1000x Pocket Stone $ 6.80 K
B Stones not L. 60M30.04 4000x Pocket Stone $11.20
included. 60M30.10 Pair of Pocket Stones $16.50
Sharpening 145
 N

F G H J K

A B C D E
O
Sigma Power Select II Ceramic Stones
What distinguishes Sigma stones is their remarkable cutting speed. In our tests, the 1000x stone cut
O1, A2 and M2 steel 10-15% faster than 1000x Bester/Imanishi stones, and two to ve times faster
than 1000x water stones with less durable abrasive or stronger bonds. Sintered under heat and pres-
sure, the resulting stone readily releases new, aggressive particles during use. While these stones N. Aluminum Oxide Oil Stones
wear at a more rapid rate than those with stronger bonds, this is offset by the extremely fast cutting These man-made bench stones are for basic work to
action, resulting in reduced stone wear, since you can achieve comparable material removal in far bring an edge to a condition ready for nal honing
fewer strokes. The 240x is for rapid steel removal, the 1000x produces a primary bevel and the or general carpentry. They do not cut as quickly as
3000x quickly establishes a micro-bevel. The 10000x and 13000x stones provide a ne nish. All water stones of similar grit, but wear more slowly.
require only a few minutes of soaking before use. Made in Japan. Both stones are 90x/600x combinations. The stan-
A. 60K82.00 240x Select II Stone, 205mm78mm 26mm (approx. 831) $ 63.50 dard stone is 821; the extra-large stone is
B. 60K82.01 1000x Select II Stone, 203mm78mm29mm (approx. 8311/8) $ 79.50 111/221/21.
C. 60K82.03 3000x Select II Stone, 203mm74mm31mm (approx. 8215/1611/4) $ 86.50 08M04.01 Standard Combo 90x/600x $33.50
D. 60K82.10 10000x Select II Stone, 210mm76mm26mm (approx. 81/431) $109.00 08M05.01 XLarge Combo 90x/600x $58.00
E. 60K82.13 13000x Select II Stone, 210mm76mm26mm (approx. 81/431) $124.00
O. Honing Oil
Bester/Imanishi Ceramic Water Stones for about 15 minutes before use. The ne 4000x Never use Arkansas or aluminum oxide stones
Excellent for general use, Bester/Imanishi and 8000x resin-bonded Imanishi stones need without a lubricating oil. A good light mineral oil
stones have a moderately strong bond that just a spritz. Best used in progression, the 700x keeps metal particles from glazing the stone.
allows abrasive particles to release quickly stone grinds a primary bevel, the 1000x stone 08M02.03 Honing Oil, 4.5 oz $6.95
enough to maintain a fast cutting rate, yet establishes a basic edge, the 2000x is an interme-
wear well. Both are good choices if you diate stone for use prior to honing with the 4000x Arkansas Oil Stones
regularly sharpen tough steel or if a minimum and the 8000x polishes to a mirror nish. Overall With durable abrasive particles linked with high-
of maintenance is important. In our tests, we dimensions are 205mm75mm25mm (about strength bonds, these traditional Arkansas oil
found that they abrade O1, A2 and M2 steels 8215/161). Made in Japan. stones cut at moderate speed. They also wear
at a speed second only to the Sigma Select II F. 60K80.70 700x Bester Stone $54.50 slowly, requiring only periodic lapping to expose
stones (above), but remain at as long as G. 60K81.01 1000x Bester Stone $59.50 fresh abrasive particles as much as to restore at-
slow-cutting stones with much stronger H. 60K81.02 2000x Bester Stone $79.50 ness. Cut from flawless natural novaculite in
bonds. Bester 700x, 1000x and 2000x stones J. 60K81.04 4000x Imanishi Stone $69.50 Pearcy, Arkansas, the stones are described in
have a vitried bond and should be soaked K. 60K81.08 8000x Imanishi Stone $87.50 grades rather than grits, since the size of the
particles ranges consistently from about 3 to 5.
Ceramic Sharpening Stones The difference between grades is a matter of
Ceramic stones are valued for their durability and the very keen L particle density; the more tightly packed they are,
edge they give in the ner grits. These two stones are ideal for the ner the abrasive action.
carvers who do all their sharpening free hand, and can quickly The grades progress from soft (medium), for
wear grooves in water stones. The dark stone is about 800 initially working the bevel, to hard (ne) as an inter-
grit. It is used for edge shaping. The white stone is about mediate grade, and then to either a hard black or a
8000 grit and is used for nal honing. Both are translucent stone (both extra-ne) for a nal polish.
421/2. The manufacturer states that neither We nd that a soft stone followed by a hard black
requires lubrication and that both clean up quickly stone is an effective combination. Our tests also
with soap and water. It is our belief that they benet revealed little difference between the hard black
from a bit of water during use (preferably with a drop of and translucent stones in wear, speed or nish. For
soap in it) to avoid any grain plugging an ounce of prevention. M all, a light mineral oil works best to keep metal
Both come with vinyl slip covers. Good toolbox stones. particles from glazing the stone.
L. 60M21.01 800x Ceramic Stone $36.90 The 821/2 stones are available in all grades.
M. 60M21.02 8000x Ceramic Stone $36.90 The 831/2 stones, useful when sharpening
wide blades with a honing guide, are available in all
grades but the translucent. Each stone comes in a
tted wooden box.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
P. 70M40.04 Soft (Medium), 821/2 $ 27.50
R Q. 70M40.05 Soft (Medium), 831/2 $ 46.00
P T R. 70M40.14 Hard (Fine), 821/2 $ 32.50
S. 70M40.15 Hard (Fine), 831/2 $ 56.00
T. 70M40.24 Hard Blk (X-Fine), 821/2 $ 84.00
U. 70M40.25 Hard Blk (X-Fine), 831/2 $139.00
V. 70M40.34 Translucent (X-Fine), $ 99.50
Q 821/2

146 Sharpening S U V
 C
D F
E G
B
DMT DiaSharp Stones
Favored for their cutting speed and exceptional
atness, these monocrystalline diamond stones
are useful not only for general sharpening but
also for lapping tools. They are manufactured to
a atness tolerance of 0.001 over the entire
length, and have a continuous abrasive surface
that extends right to the edges of the stone. They
cut faster and leave a more consistent scratch
pattern than diamond stones with a perforated
surface, but need to be ushed more frequently
to minimize loading. Long wearing, the diamond
particles are fused to a 3/8 thick steel substrate,
which is then nickel plated for rust resistance.
The stones are available in two sizes, 38 and
410, both with non-skid rubber feet. The
extra-extra coarse (120x) is for rapid material
removal. The extra coarse (220x) and coarse
(325x) are good for initial lapping of uneven
chisel or plane blade faces and xing nicks. The
ne (600x) is for ner lapping or general sharp-
ening.The extra fine (1200x) is for fine
sharpening of tools, cutlery or carbide. The
extra-extra ne (8000x) produces a mirror nish.
Made in USA.
A. 70M14.20 38 Stone, 120x (120) $105.00
B. 70M14.21 38 Stone, 220x (60) $ 70.50
C. 70M14.23 38 Stone, 600x (25) $ 70.50
D. 70M14.24 38 Stone, 1200x (9) $ 70.50
E. 70M14.25 38 Stone, 8000x (3) $105.00
F. 70M14.32 410 Stone, 325x (45) $119.00
G. 70M14.33 410 Stone, 600x (25) $119.00
H. DMT DiaFlat Lapping Plate
With remarkable atness and durability, plus a
generous 4 wide by 10 long surface, this plate
excels at lapping tools and truing sharpening
stones. The 3/8 thick steel substrate is manufac-
tured to a atness tolerance of 0.0005 (thats
ve ten-thousandths of an inch!) over its entire
working surface, and coated evenly with abra-
sive right to its edges. Fracture-resistant
monocrystalline diamond particles are bonded to
the plate with a unique process for exceptional
durability. The 120x (120 particle size) isnt
just for attening it removes major amounts of
a material rapidly when grinding primary bevels
or repairing blade damage. Nickel plated for rust
resistance, the plate can be ushed with water or
light oil.
70M14.40 DiaFlat Plate, 120x $219.00
H
Monocrystalline Diamond Bench Stones The manufacturer aims for a surface tolerance of
Diamond bench stones cut aggressively because 0.003, but you can be safe in assuming a toler-
of the spacing of the diamond and because of the ance of 0.005.
perforation pattern. The perforations eliminate Available in three sizes. The 6 stones are 2 wide
any tendency to clog, since they create reservoirs by 3/4 high and include a wooden base with non-
to hold swarf, which can then be periodically skid rubber feet. The 8 and 10 double-sided
ushed away. Although they are good for basic stones have a different grit on each side. The 8 is
sharpening, they excel 25/8 wide by 3/8 high. The 10 stone, at 4 wide by
as tools for truing other 3/8 high, is a specialized size for very large stones
tools, particularly or wide plane blades. A non-skid mat is included
bench stones. They do with each double-sided stone. For those who prefer
Steel
an excellent job on Nickel a mounted stone, the plastic stand (will t 6, 8 or
Diamonds Plastic
water stones and vastly 10 stones) can be purchased as an accessory.
simplify the task of J. 70M06.01 6 Diamond, 220x $ 65.50
keeping them at. The extra-coarse (220x) or 70M06.02 6 Diamond, 600x $ 65.50
coarse (325x) diamond stones are the best for 70M06.03 6 Diamond, 1200x $ 65.50
this purpose. The ne stone (600x) can also be K. 70M04.10 8 Diamond, 325x/1200x $116.00
used, but it is best for fast steel lapping or general 70M04.11 8 Diamond, 600x/1200x $116.00
sharpening. The extra-ne stone (1200x) is ideal L. 70M04.19 10 Diamond, 325x/1200x $164.00
for ne sharpening it puts a factory-quality 70M04.20 10 Diamond, 600x/1200x $164.00
nish on carbide and is also excellent for cutlery. M. 70M04.30 Stand for 6, 8, 10 Stones $ 21.50
Diamond sharpening tools are available in two basic types,
monocrystalline and polycrystalline. Monocrystalline particles Monocrystalline
cut aggressively but round over time through wear, eventually
diminishing cutting speed. By contrast, while less durable, poly-
crystalline diamonds fracture to expose new, sharp cutting edges
so that they continue to cut with speed, although with a ner, less Polycrystalline
aggressive scratch pattern. Both types effectively abrade glass
and carbides as well as high-speed and regular tool steels.
M
K
J
L
Sharpening 147

A B
A B
Close-ups of diamond cluster patterns
D (approximately 381/4).
E on a backing board for
Veritas Lapping Plate
Measuring 1241/811/8 high and weighing
about 14 lb, this substantial lapping plate is made
from an iron chosen for its dimensional stability
and material consistency. The bottom and sides
are machined, and the top is ground at to within
0.001 over the entire surface. The unique channel
design, optimized for a figure-eight lapping
pattern, eliminates resistance from hydraulic lock
and captures excess oil, abrasive and slurry. For
ngertip safety, the channels are chamfered to
remove sharp edges. Not intended for heavy
material removal, it is designed to condition or
smooth previously ground surfaces and is used
with light mineral or honing oil and silicon
carbide (SiC) abrasive grit. Useful for improving
the surface quality of plane soles, blades and
148 Sharpening Lapping plate shown without
oil and abrasive for clarity.
C mizing loading and hydraulic lock. The plates
C electro-bonded to a stainless-steel sheet that is
400x can be used for
truing water stones.
Plate is charged with
diamond paste.
Plates mounted
ease of handling and storage.
chisels, it will lap materials up to the same
surface area of the lapping plate, accommo-
dating even a jack-plane sole. Patented.
We offer a range of grits, but we recommend
280x for twisted, wavy or linished objects, 400x
for ground surfaces with a slightly rough
texture, and 600x for surfaces requiring little
material removal.
05M20.20 Veritas Lapping Plate $109.00
Silicon Carbide Grit
05M20.07 90x Lapping Grit, 2 oz
05M01.04 180x Lapping Grit, 2 oz
05M01.05 280x Lapping Grit, 2 oz
05M01.06 400x Lapping Grit, 2 oz
05M01.07 600x Lapping Grit, 2 oz
05M01.01 Set of 5 Lapping Grits
Channels have been
chamfered to eliminate
sharp edges and corners.
Atoma Diamond Plates
In spite of their impressive qualities, these plates
are little-known outside Japan. Instead of being
distributed evenly, the monocrystalline diamonds
are arranged in clusters, which abrade more
aggressively than individual particles. This,
coupled with their high fracture resistance,
yields a surface that cuts quickly, wears slowly
and produces a consistent scratch pattern. Swarf
collects in the channels around the clusters, mini-
can be ushed with water when used on steel, but
we found a light oil preferable. The diamonds are
mounted to a 10mm thick aluminum block, for
an overall atness of 0.04mm. This construc-
tion makes the plates durable, rust resistant and
reliable for lapping. The 140x is for rapid mate-
rial removal; the 400x is suitable for fast lapping,
truing water stones or shaping a primary bevel;
the 1200x can be used for ne lapping or general
sharpening, and leaves a toothed edge on kitchen
knives. All are 75mm wide by 210mm long
A. 60K82.34 1200x (15) Atoma Plate $115.00
B. 60K82.32 400x (45) Atoma Plate $115.00
C. 60K82.30 140x (100) Atoma Plate $124.00
D. Diamond Paste
E
With diamond paste, you can strop to an excep-
tionally keen edge quickly and easily. Simply
make a strop from close-grained hardwood or
MDF, apply a few drops of paste, and use it as
E you would a sharpening stone. Composed of
monocrystalline diamond in a mineral oil base,
the paste embeds in the surface, abrading quickly
but lasting a long time. Begin with the grit that
corresponds to your nest stone and progress to
finer paste: 6-micron following a fine stone,
3-micron after the 6-micron paste or an extra-
ne stone, and the 1-micron to provide a mirror
nish. Made in the USA, the paste comes in
2g (0.07 oz) syringes and is sold individually or
as a set.
70M14.01 1 Paste, 2g (0.07 oz) $18.90
70M14.03 3 Paste, 2g (0.07 oz) $18.90
70M14.06 6 Paste, 2g (0.07 oz) $18.90
70M14.10 Set of all 3 Diamond Pastes $52.50
E. Veritas Steel Honing Plate
Precision-ground to a flatness tolerance of
0.005 over the entire surface, this honing plate
is an excellent substrate for diamond paste (see
above). Made of dimensionally stable low-
$ 5.40 carbon steel, it will retain its atness over a
$ 5.70 lifetime of ordinary use; unlike sharpening
$ 6.20 stones, it will never need truing. The machining
$ 6.50 process creates a regular surface pattern,
$ 7.70 imparting a very slight texture to help capture
$29.50 the diamond grit without compromising overall
atness. In use, the diamond particles readily
embed into the softer steel, combining to form a
durable, fast-cutting abrasive surface. Having a
dedicated plate for each grit size used lets you
work through grits progressively without risk of
cross-contamination. Plates can be glued to a
backing board for ease of handling and storage.
Similar in size to a regular water stone, each
measures 833/8 and weighs just under
21/2 lb. Sold individually. Made in Canada.
1+ 3+
05M40.01 Honing Plate, ea. $27.50 $25.30
 A. Diamond Lapping Film
This lm is one of the most aggressive sharpening mediums weve tested.
Used in the electronics industry for polishing ber-optic components and
computer hard drive heads, this durable, fast-cutting lm is truly remark-
able for sharpening edge tools. The monocrystalline diamond particles have
outstanding fracture resistance, and are precisely graded for size a combi-
nation of properties that yields an abrasive that cuts at an impressive rate,
yet wears slowly and produces a highly regular scratch pattern. This makes
it important to work through the grits in sequence: rst the 15 micron lm
for shaping the primary bevel, then the 3 micron for establishing a micro- A
bevel, and then the 0.5 micron and 0.1 micron sheets for polishing and
rening the edge. The 15 micron diamond lm (approximately 1000x)
abrades O1, A2 and M2 steels about twice as quickly as a similar-grit silicon
carbide lm or water stone; successive diamond grits are comparably fast.
It can take as few as four to six strokes on each grit to reach a nished edge.
The 36 PSA-backed polyester sheets are not only valuable for routine
sharpening in the workshop, but are much more portable than stones, so
you can readily sharpen wherever you happen to be working. Applied to a
at substrate, they can be used with water, but we have found a light oil is 0.1
best for carrying away the swarf. These are excellent additions to any 15 3 0.5
sharpening regimen.
Available individually or as a set of all four grits. Magnied 50x
54K96.08 15 PSA Diamond Film, 36 $ 7.60
54K96.05 3 PSA Diamond Film, 36 $ 7.60
54K96.02 0.5 PSA Diamond Film, 36 $ 7.60
54K96.01 0.1 PSA Diamond Film, 36 $ 7.60 Primary bevel shaped Micro-bevel established Micro-bevel polished Final nish produced
with 15 film. with 3 film. with 0.5 film. by 0.1 film.
54K96.30 PSA Diamond Film, set of all 4 sheets $27.50

B. Lee Valley Wooden Sharpening Slips

About as straightforward as sharpening aids can be, these wooden slips can be
charged with our honing compound or used with PSA-backed lapping lm (see
above) to sharpen concave gouge edges. They are supplied as a set of six proles
(from 1/8 to 3/4 radius in 1/8 increments) to match common gouge curvatures.
Made from hard maple, dried and sealed to ensure dimensional stability, each 6 D
slip can be reshaped to match a custom prole. A tang along the length of the
slip lets you easily secure them within a 5/16 wide by 1/8 deep dado in a backer
board, freeing both hands to hold and guide the tool during honing. Fast, easy
and effective. Made in USA.
50M01.01 Sharpening Slips, set of 6 $16.50

Charged
with honing
compound and
secured to B
Use with PSA-backed lapping lm. a backer board.

C. Large Hand Strops D. Veritas Blade Honing Compound

At about 15 long, this classic 913/4 strop lets you use a long, full strop- See page 158 for details on honing compound.
ping stroke. For best control, rest the square end on a table or bench as you 05M08.01 Honing Compound, 6 oz $14.50
strop the knife using a trailing stroke. It can be used with any edge tool, but
excels with knives. Available single or double sided. The double-sided E. Leather Strop Pack
strop would be used when you want green compound on one side and This pack includes ve 41/211/2 strops and one 45 piece. They can be
another type of compound (or left natural) on the other. It also comes in a glued to blocks for stropping, shaped for use on small tools or, in the case of the
set with a 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound. largest piece, used folded as a slip. All are vegetable-tanned leather about 1/8
70M03.50 Single-Sided Hand Strop $24.50 thick. Best used with Veritas Honing Compound.
70M03.55 Double-Sided Hand Strop $29.50 70M03.58 Leather Strop Pack of 6 $17.50
05D11.01 Double Strop & Compound Set $39.50

E
D
Sharpening 149
 A. 3M Micro-Abrasives for Sharpening
B Developed for industrial use, these abrasives on Mylar lm cut quickly
and produce an excellent nish. Applied to a Plexiglas, wood or steel strip,
these can be used for sharpening everything from plane blades to razors, but
they are at their best with carving tools where they can be used to hone or
strop any shape. The 15 micron (1000x) removes steel quite quickly; the
A 5 micron (2500x) renes the edge to usable keenness; and the 0.5 micron
C (9000x) gives it a mirror nish. Sheets are 81/211; all are available with
plain backing; adhesive (PSA) backing is available with the 15 micron and
5 micron grit sizes only. Abrasives are either silicon carbide (SiC) or chro-
D mium oxide (Cr2O3). One sheet can make several dozen specialized hones.
These are revolutionary sharpening materials.
E Price per sheet 1+ 5+
54K93.01 15 SiC, Plain $3.20 $2.90
54K93.02 15 SiC, PSA $4.20 $3.80
54K94.01 5 SiC, Plain $2.50 $2.25
54K94.02 5 SiC, PSA $4.20 $3.80
54K95.01 0.5 Cr2O3, Plain $2.50 $2.25

Lapping Accessories
Silicon carbide is ideal for attening oil and water stones or lapping plane
bottoms and blades. Just sprinkle the grit on a piece of glass or a steel
lapping plate, add a shot of oil or water (as required), and lap the item at.
This fast and easy process lets you keep all of your stones dead at. 90x is
used for most applications, while the ner grits are used to put a silky nish
on plane bottoms or blades. Available as a 4 oz container of 90x (enough
G grit to lap dozens of stones and plane bottoms) or as a set of ve 2 oz
containers of 90x, 180x, 280x, 400x and 600x and instructions. Using
PSA-backed plastic laminate sheets on glass speeds up the process, but is
not mandatory. For your convenience, we also offer a safety-glass lapping
plate (81/2141/4 thick).
B. 05M24.01 90x Lapping Grit, 4 oz $ 7.70
F
C. 05M01.01 Set of 5 Lapping Grits $29.50
D. 05M20.11 Laminate Sheets (4) $16.50
E. 05M20.12 Glass Lapping Plate $15.50

F. Vise-Type Honing Guide

This vise-type on-stone guide accommodates blade widths from 1/8 to
Stone and 3. It consists of two parts, set on a threaded bolt, that grip the sides of
blade not
included. the blade when the bolt is tightened.
60N01.05 Vise-Type Honing Guide $13.50

G. Veritas Bevel Gauge

Nothing is handier than a bevel gauge for quickly checking the grind angle
of chisels, plane blades, turning tools, etc. A quick check conrms the angle
last used for grinding or honing so that the edge geometry can be main-
tained. Our bevel gauge has seven individual slots that will measure the
most commonly used angles from 15 to 45 in 5 increments. The slots on
the gauge are about 3/4 deep for good registration. The pocket-sized disc is
21/2 in diameter with a center hole for hanging it on a nail. Solid brass.
50K09.01 Veritas Bevel Gauge $8.90
H
H. Veritas Small-Blade Holder
Our small-blade holder was designed to be used with the Veritas sharp-
ening system (on page 144) to hold short blades, such as spokeshave
blades, when sharpening. The blade is secured using two powerful rare-
earth magnets embedded into anodized aluminum and an adjustable stop
block. In effect, it transforms your short blade into something larger (11/2
wide by 4 long) that can be effectively held for sharpening, either by hand
or by mounting in a honing guide.
05P32.03 Small-Blade Holder $21.50

J. Veritas Jointer Blade Sharpener

Designed to restore blades dulled from normal use, this sharpener clamps
blades up to 8 wide (including hand-plane blades) for sharpening on
PSA-backed abrasives. Just stick the abrasive to a at surface (such as plate
J glass), adjust the elevating screw until the bevel is at on the abrasive, and
hone. After basic sharpening, switch to a ne abrasive and hone a micro-
bevel. Two position stops ensure identical honing of successive blades.
Easy and effective. Cast aluminum with brass and steel ttings. Comes
with a half sheet (51/281/2) of 15 micron (1000 grit) 3M micro-abrasive
lm. This PSA-backed lm is also available in 5 micron (see item A).
05M25.01 Jointer Blade Sharpener $72.50

 B
A
L

H J K

F
L

C D Double-sided hone G

EZE-Lap Diamond Hones

Folding Diamond Hones and File With a blend of monocrystalline and polycrystalline diamond particles, these hones offer an
These have all the advantages of a monocrystalline bench excellent combination of cutting speed and durability. The monocrystalline particles cut aggres-
stone in a portable hone. Excellent for steel or carbide, sively but round over time through wear, eventually diminishing cutting speed. By contrast,
they make ideal hones in the shop, kitchen or camp. while less durable, polycrystalline diamonds fracture to expose new, sharp cutting edges so that
The working surface of the key-chain hone is 25/81 they continue to cut with speed, although with a ner, less aggressive scratch pattern.
(5/32 thick), the folding hone is 43/87/8 (3/16 thick), With a protective cover that serves as a handle when open, the portable, convenient
and the le is 41/23/4 (1/16 thick). All will t in the slot folding hones are only 5 long when closed. You can keep them in a toolbox or kitchen
of chip-limitation router bits, but the le is best for saw drawer without damage to the hone or your tools, and theyre compact enough to carry in a
tooth bits or other bits with restricted access teeth. pocket. The double-sided hone has a 250x side for fast material removal and edge repair,
The double-sided hone has 600x on one side and 1200x on and a 600x side for general sharpening. The 1200x is for ne sharpening and leaves a slight
the other. 220x (extra-coarse) or 325x (coarse) is best for tooth on cutlery that makes slicing easier.
stock removal, 600x (ne) is good for knives and shears, The paddle hones have a slim prole to provide access and control in conned areas, making
while 1200x (extra-ne) gives the best edge on router bits. it easier to maintain original relief angles. With abrasive right to the edge of the hone, they are
A. 70M10.01 Key-Chain Hone, 220x $14.90 available in 250x, 600x and 1200x grits for rough, general and ne sharpening, plus a 150x grit
70M10.02 Key-Chain Hone, 325x $14.90 for rapid material removal to repair nicks or other damage.
70M10.03 Key-Chain Hone, 600x $14.90 Folding Hones
70M10.10 Set of 3 Key-Chain Hones $41.50 F. 70M02.18 Double Sided, 250x/600x (60/30) $34.80
B. 70M07.03 Folding Hone, 325x $29.50 F G. 70M02.15 Single Sided, 1200x (15) $21.30
70M07.01 Folding Hone, 600x $29.50 Paddle Hones
70M07.04 Folding Hone, 1200x $29.50 H. 70M02.21 Paddle Hone, 150x (150) $12.20
70M07.06 Set of 3 Folding Hones $83.50 J. 70M02.22 Paddle Hone, 250x (60) $10.40
C. 70M13.01 Double-Sided Folding Hone $48.90 K. 70M02.24 Paddle Hone, 600x (30) $ 7.20
D. 70M09.01 Folding File, 600x $31.90 L. 70M02.25 Paddle Hone, 1200x (15) $ 7.20
70M02.30 Set of all 4 Paddle Hones $32.00
To order call 1-800-267-8767
EZE-Lap Diamond Needle Files
E. Auger Bit File Excellent for sharpening saw tooth bits, shaping scratch stock blades, restoring molding
This le is far more versatile plane irons or anywhere you need to remove metal with precision and control, these les
than its name suggests. have a mixture of polycrystalline and monocrystalline diamond particles for fast cutting and
With a cut face and safe longevity. Available as a set of six les in coarse grit (250x with an average particle size
(uncut) edges at one end and of 60) or ne grit (600x with an average
the reverse at the other, it is particle size of 30). The sets include round, Close-up of les
suitable for more than just sharpening square, three-square (triangular), half-round,
an auger bit spur without scoring the lip at (warding) and knife shapes that taper to a
or screw point, or ling the lip without E point. Each le is 51/2 overall, and each set
nicking the spur. It can also be used to comes in a vinyl storage pouch. Round
sharpen brad-point bits and spade bits, M. 70M02.42 Set of 6 Files, 250x $47.50
improve the t between a plane frog N. 70M02.44 Set of 6 Files, 600x $44.50
and body, or dress corner chisels Square Three- Half- Flat Knife
anywhere you want controlled cutting square round
of one surface without damaging
adjacent ones. The tapered ends can
reach into restricted openings, and
the shanks oval cross section is
comfortable to grip. An essential
part of any sharpening kit, this N
7 single-cut le is made in Italy
by a rm renowned for
producing top-quality les M
since 1910.
Auger Bit File
51W06.20 $18.90
 A
B

D
C

Sharpening Sets B. Carvers Power Sharpening Set

With a 63/4 ne (120x) cool grinding wheel, a 63/4 medium felt
SELECTING A SHARPENING SYSTEM wheel, and a 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound, this set includes all the
Most basic sharpening in the shop can be done with stones of two grits: one for the grinding accessories a carver needs for power sharpening. See page 158 for
initial bevel, and one for a secondary (or micro) bevel. For those of you wondering details. (Gouge not included.)
where to start, we recommend Japanese water stones as the best all-purpose choice: 05D10.01 Carvers Power Set $79.00
800x and 4000x as separate stones, or 1000x and 4000x in a combination stone. For
more rapid material removal (removing nicks, restoring old tools, etc.), use a cool- C. Basic Sharpening Set for Carvers
cutting grinding wheel (such as our 08M18.01) or a coarse sanding belt. This will For most beginner carvers, this set is all that is required for edge maintenance.
give you all you need to get started; you can add more items as you need them. The set includes 1000x and 4000x pocket water stones for shaping and honing
Specialty Sharpening (page 145), a 4000x traditionally shaped slip stone for gouge work (page
Micro-abrasives in both belt and sheet form are inexpensive and incredibly versa- 145), and a 45 leather strop (page 149) and 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing
tile. They can be shaped to t almost any tool. For carbide bits, you will need Compound for nal honing of bevels to a mirror nish (page 158). (Gouge
diamond hones.
not included.)
05D01.04 Carvers Sharpening Set $54.50
A. Deluxe Power Sharpening Set D. Strop and Honing Compound Set
Includes a 63/4 80x cool grinding wheel (page 158), a Veritas Grinding Jig, Primarily for knives and carving tools, our double-sided leather strop (page
plus a Veritas Grinder Tool Rest (page 154). With this combination, you can 149) comes with a 6 oz bar of Veritas Honing Compound (page 158),
easily do accurate grinding with utility bench grinders. (Chisel not included.) which is very fast cutting and leaves a mirror nish. (Knife not included.)
05D12.01 Deluxe Power Sharpening Set $112.00 05D11.01 Strop & Compound Set $39.50

The Complete Guide to Sharpening Book

Sharpening Woodworking Tools DVD
by Leonard Lee
Nothing is more central to the best use of tools than proper sharpening. The Complete Guide to Sharpening is a book that
covers the eld, from equipment and general theory to specic methods for each class of tool. Lee describes not only how
to create a razor-sharp edge, but also how to shape it so it best performs its function and retains its sharpness. The chapters
on each tool type (chisels, planes, carving tools, turning tools, etc.) are profusely illustrated to show technique, theory and
results. Highly readable, it is both educational and enjoyable. Softcover, 81/211, 242 pages, 1995.
The principles developed in the book are demonstrated by Lee in the DVD, Sharpening Woodworking Tools. He
focuses on basic sharpening principles the proper edge shape for the tools purpose, and the range of abrasives used
to reach the necessary keenness. His examples include knives, chisels, cabinet scrapers, turning tools and carving
tools, including the dreaded V-tool. Length: 110 minutes.
E. 73L01.55 Sharpening Book $20.90
F. 50L01.02 Sharpening DVD $22.50
F E
152 Sharpening

A using a cabinet scraper instead of sandpaper to
Wood not
included.
B 09A03.32 Universal Sharpener
A. Lee Valley Ceramic Rod Honing Kit
With this kit you can make a knife sharpening
set-up for yourself or as a gift for someone else.
The kit includes two 3/8 diameter ceramic rods,
8 long, an 8 rigid nylon safety rod and instruc-
tions for building a compact base for use and
storage. The rods are about 280 grit, coarse
enough to remove material but ne enough to
leave an ideal edge for kitchen knives.
50K54.01 Ceramic Rod Honing Kit $11.50
B. Sportsmans Hone
Useful for a wide variety of blades, this round
polycrystalline hone has brass ttings and ne
diamond grit. The hollow handle can be removed
to double as a protective sleeve for storage.
Measures 8 long overall open and 41/2 closed,
and comes with a leather belt case.
70M02.06 Sportsmans Hone $26.50
C. Knife Sharpening Set
This system, with two aluminum oxide hones and
one ceramic hone, sharpens everything from
penknives to butcher knives. Clamp the knife
blade in the frame, select the grit you want (120x,
600x or 1200x) and insert the attached rod in the
slot for an 11, 15, 19, 22, 25 or 30 bevel 70M12.01 Diamond Sharpening Steel $49.50
angle. Both bevels can be honed without
unclamping the knife; just use the equivalent slot H. Honing Guide for Knives
on the opposite arm of the clamp. Set includes
three mounted hones and rods, a clamp, honing
oil, a storage case (with two empty slots for addi-
tional hones), spare clamp screws and instructions.
Triangular-shaped medium-grit hone for use on
serrated knives available separately. The 1200x
ceramic hone that is included with the kit can also
be purchased separately.
70M45.02 Knife Sharpening Set $49.90
D. 70M45.03 Serrated-Knife Hone $13.50
70M45.05 Ceramic Hone, 1200x $18.40
E. Universal Sharpener
Applying a very different concept in sharpening, the sub-
micron carbide blade in this sharpener shaves the
steel rather than abrades it. The action is like
smooth wood you get a smooth finish
without using much force. The tool has
E
been made possible by advances in
carbide quality in recent years. It can be
used to sharpen tools as big as a broad axe or as small as a sh-
hook. Axes, hatchets, hoes, knives of all sorts, scissors, etc., are all
fair game. The slim tip makes it ideal for accessing the blades of
tools such as curved-blade pruners, one of the ultimate sharpening tests for
most people. The simple instructions allow a rst-time user to succeed
quickly. The folding blade, with safety guard built in, locks open or closed.
The stainless-steel body has anodized aluminum scales and a belt clip.
$19.95
09A03.33 Repl. Carbide Kit $ 6.95
F. Knife Sharpening System
For all those who have despaired of sharpening
knives the traditional way, this is an effective,
low-skill alternative. Using the arranged sets of
four coarse wheels and two ne wheels, you only
have to draw a knife through the V intersection of
the ceramic stones to remove nicks in the blade
(on the coarse tan wheels) or to hone it (on G
the ne white wheels). Better a simple F
two-stage system at hand than using a
dull knife because there is no time to
take it to the shop for the full treatment. At
just under 83 and 11/4 thick, it stores
readily. High-impact plastic frame. Not for use
with laminated knives.
70M46.01 Two-Stage Knife Sharpener $27.50
G. Diamond Sharpening Steel H
The manufacturer of our diamond bench
stones makes a diamond steel that is excellent for
sharpening carbon or stainless-steel kitchen knives
(not recommended for laminated-steel knives; use
a water stone instead). The 600x monocrystalline
diamonds are bonded to a 3/8 dia. by 113/4 long J. Knife Sharpener
solid-steel core. The plastic handle features an Sub-micron carbide particles in this sharpener
extra-wide hand guard and a hanging hook. are about one-fortieth the diameter of a human
hair and are the kind used in the most demanding
of metal-machining processes. Extremely hard
and durable, the carbide can be ground to a much
Honing knives by hand is fast and easy with this keener, more durable edge than common
guide. Just clamp it on the knife back, adjust it to carbides. Each of the two blades has four edges
the desired angle and hone. It lets you concen- and can be rotated to a new edge if one is
trate on sharpening without worrying about damaged. To sharpen a knife you draw it through
controlling blade angle at the same time. Because the intersecting blades with light pressure. A
this honing guide is designed to work with very dull knife may initially require several light
bench stones, our 1000x water stone (60M40.01, passes but can be maintained thereafter with a
available separately on page 144) is the perfect single pass. Easy to use, the sharpener comes as
companion for kitchen use. The polyethylene a right-handed version but the blades are easily
guide slides smoothly on table or counter tops. reversed for left-handed use.
70M11.01 Knife Guide $15.90 70M46.50 Knife Sharpener $21.50
One-direction pull sharpens knife.
D J
Sharpening 153
 POWER
SHARPENING
A
A. Veritas Mk.II Power Sharpening System
Our Mk.II sharpening system lets you sharpen
hand tools to a degree not possible any other way,
easily making blades razor-sharp in minutes,
even if you have little sharpening experience.
The system combines modern abrasives with a
stable, at 650 rpm turntable. You can accurately
set the tool rest to sharpen any straight-edged tool
at a bevel angle from 15 to 45 (in 5 incre-
ments). Whats more, it will be exactly repeatable
time after time. Blade projection in the holder is
constant; only the tool rest height changes. The
tool rest post has positive-position detents at 5
intervals. The blade holder and blade-setting jig
ensure blade squareness and accurate projection.
system includes two platters and four discs: 80x
and 150x for the thick platter, 320x and 1200x
for the thin platter. Changing from coarse to ne
discs increases the angle by 1 to form micro-
bevels. We recommend the discs supplied as the
fastest cutting in their grit range; we offer extra
platters and discs if you want to use other grits or
cloth discs with honing compounds. Use spray
adhesive to mount discs of various materials.
Can be used free hand for Driven by a V-belt from the sealed vertical-
carving gouges and V-tools.
mount 1/4 hp motor, the turntable is mounted on a
large double-row ball bearing for rigid location
and smooth operation. Running at a quiet 60dB,
the motor and turntable are mounted to a
precision-machined, cast aluminum chassis to
ensure proper alignment of the drive belt. Belt
tension adjusts easily by hand. Nylon dust cover
B included. The system has integral thermal
overload protection. CSA/UL certied. Limited
warranty of 5 years; 2-year warranty on electrical
We offer extra holders for sharpening more than components. Weighs 23 lb. Sharpening any hand
one tool between grit changes. tool is fast, accurate and repeatable. Patented.
The system also allows better control and 05M31.01 Mk.II Sharpening System $399.00
precision when sharpening tools such as gouges B. 05M30.43 Extra Tool Holder $ 39.90
and V-tools. Simply adjust the rest, extend the 05M30.11 Extra 4mm Platter $ 15.50
tool past it until you reach the desired bevel 05M30.10 Extra 3mm Platter $ 14.50
angle, and use your ngers as a stop. Reduce Replacement/Extra 8 Discs; each 1+ 5+
abrasion rates for many curved-edge tools (or 05M30.15 Zirconia, 80x* $8.60 $7.75
V-tools) by sliding the tool along the rest from 05M30.16 Zirconia, 120x $8.60 $7.75
the outside of the platter to the center. 05M30.20 Al. Oxide, 150x* $4.90 $4.40
The quick-change platters that mount on the 05M30.21 Al. Oxide, 220x $4.90 $4.40
turntable are made from sandwich aluminum 05M30.22 Al. Oxide, 320x* $4.90 $4.40
with an inert core, a stable, dead-at material 05M30.23 Al. Oxide, 500x $4.90 $4.40
that is an ideal base for the 8 dia. adhesive- 05M30.24 Al. Oxide, 1200x* $4.90 $4.40
backed abrasive (available in 80x to 1200x). The * Discs included with sharpening system.

C. Veritas Grinder Tool Rest E. Veritas Skew-Grinding Jig

It is nearly impossible to nd a bench grinder with a tool rest that is solid and square. The Veritas To prevent digs
grinder tool rest mounts in front of 6 or 8 utility bench grinders and many belt sanders/grinders and when using skews
can be readily folded out of the way for freehand grinding. in turning, this jig E
The 4 wide table straddles wheels up to 1 wide. It is grooved for sliding jigs allows you to grind
and center drilled for rotating jigs. The slotted arms allow a wide range of angular a slight radius rather
and height adjustments. Spring-loaded gyratory handles lock it solidly in position and than a straight 20
can be rotated out of the way after locking. You can easily move it from one grinder skew. It ts on just
to another or quickly remove it from the bench. Accurately machined, anodized about any grinder;
aluminum construction. Completely compatible with the Veritas grinding jig and just drill a 1/4 hole
Angle-setting gauge skew-grinding jig. Includes an angle-setting gauge to set the table in the tool rest (if
to the common bevel angles of 20, 25, 30 and 35. required) to hold the Regular Radiused
05M23.01 Veritas Grinder Tool Rest $54.50 base pin. The radius skew skew

C of the grind is determined by the amount the

D. Veritas Grinding Jig skew projects from the jig. After grinding one
This grinding jig works with any power or hand grinder side, ip the skew to the other side of the jig and
that has a tool rest. repeat. The skew is clamped in position, leaving
90 30 30
Put a tool in the jig, 90 both hands free to regulate grinding pressure and
slide it against the travel across the wheel. The pin is steel; other-
alignment pin and wise, the jig is brass and anodized aluminum.
one clamping 05N13.01 Veritas Skew-Grinding Jig $32.50
thumbscrew to
square it, adjust the F. Drill Grinding Guide
Alignment pin
blade projection for This bench-mounted
bevel angle, and tighten in place. Slide the jig back and drill grinding guide is
forth across the tool rest and stone face to sharpen the used with an electric
tool. Nylon washers on the brass clamping bolts prevent bench grinder. Twist
galling; other parts are made from hard anodized drills (1/8 to 3/4 dia.)
aluminum. High-friction pads ensure solid clamping can be sharpened on
D without inadvertent misalignment. The jig ts in the slot the side of the grinding
of our Veritas grinder tool rest (05M23.01); the riding stone. It will grind all
ledges adapt it to other tool rests. angles, providing edge
05M06.01 Veritas Grinding Jig $27.50 relief as it grinds on an F
arc. Complete instruc-
Veritas Basic Grinding Set

tions are included.
Our grinder tool rest and our grinding jig can be
bought at a saving of $6.00 when ordered as a set. Drill Grinding Guide
05D13.02 Basic Grinding Set $76.00 93K70.01 $20.90

 D. Sander/Grinder
This 1 belt sander is E
A an excellent sharpening
center as well as a
handy sander. It D
removes steel quickly
and coolly. It can be
used for freehand
B grinding of a range of tools and is ideal for carving
and lathe tools. It does a superb job on kitchen
knives. The 461/2 tool rest has a groove to
C
accept sliding jigs. An excellent attachment for
Belt
to
sharpening jointer and planer blades up to
Double-Ended Mandrels motor 6 long is available separately. The Motor
These are good-quality mandrels suitable for sander will house a motor (not not
numerous shop applications, including use Grinding wheel included) with a base up to 7 included.
with grinding and bufng wheels for wide by 73/4 long and a 1/2
sharpening and polishing. The shaft is threaded on both ends with 1/2-20 shaft. A minimum 1/8 hp
RH and LH thread. The shaft is 12 long. The basic mandrel is furnished motor (counterclockwise rota-
with two low-friction bronze-bushing pillow blocks, two locking shaft tion) is recommended.
collars, two hex nuts, one 2 V-drive pulley, and four 11/2 diameter One 142 sanding belt
machined anges. The deluxe mandrel substitutes heavy-duty sealed and is included (see below for
lubricated ball-bearing blocks. (Belt and felt wheel not included.) our selection of
A. 68K01.01 Basic Double Mandrel $33.50 42 belts). For sharp-
B. 68K01.02 Deluxe Double Mandrel $56.50 ening, we offer a set of F
Shaft Adapters our specialized belts for
These shaft adapters can be used directly on an unthreaded 1/2 or hand-tool grinding and nal honing
5/8 arbor. Each adapter has a shaft with 1/2-20 RH threads, and comes a 120x blue zirconia belt and a 15 micron (1000x) silicon carbide belt.
with two washers and a retaining nut for holding wheels. 68Z75.01 Sander/Grinder $95.00
C. 68K02.02 1/2 Shaft Adapter $7.40 E. 68Z75.03 Planer Blade Attachment $52.50
68K02.03 5/8 Shaft Adapter $7.40 F. 68Z75.05 Sharpening Belts (2) $ 9.00

J. Aluminum Oxide Sanding Belts L. 3M Trizact Sharpening Belts

Honing & Sharpening Belts Our aluminum oxide belts are all semi-open coat These are not your typical aluminum oxide belts.
G. 3M 15 Micron Silicon Carbide Belts with resin-resin bond and X-weight cloth suit- The grit particles are stacked in multiple layers
These belts have electrostatically oriented particles able for general sanding. Made in Germany. forming uniform rows of tiny
(on a mylar backing) that cut quickly, but leave a 130 Belt Grit 1+ 10+ 30+ Close-up of pyramidal structures that are
grit particles
near mirror nish. The belts become ner in use as 68Z130.08 80x $2.40 $2.05 $1.80 designed to shed grit evenly,
the silicon carbide particles are reduced in size 68Z130.12 120x $2.40 $2.05 $1.80 constantly exposing fresh layers
through fracturing. Very controllable, they are ideal 68Z130.15 150x $2.40 $2.05 $1.80 of sharp particles as wear occurs.
for carving tools, but are equally usable on straight- 68Z130.22 220x $2.40 $2.05 $1.80 Not only does this let the belts
edged tools like chisels. 15 micron is the equivalent 68Z130.32 320x $2.40 $2.05 $1.80 cut quickly and produce a consistent nish, but
of 1000x in Japanese water stones. 1+ 5+ 142 Belt Grit 1+ 10+ 30+ they signicantly outlast standard belts, remaining
54K98.02 15 SiC Belt, 130 $5.20 $4.70 68Z142.08 80x $3.30 $2.80 $2.45 effective longer, since the particles do not become
54K98.01 15 SiC Belt, 142 $6.30 $5.65 68Z142.12 120x $3.30 $2.80 $2.45 rounded in use. Resin-bonded to a heavy X-weight
68Z142.15 150x $3.30 $2.80 $2.45 cloth backing, the abrasive has a low-friction
H. 3M Aluminum Oxide Sharpening Belts 68Z142.22 220x $3.30 $2.80 $2.45 coating to minimize heat build-up. The 1 wide
Ideal for use with hardened tool steels, these belts 68Z142.32 320x $3.30 $2.80 $2.45 belts are available in 30 and 42 sizes in ve grits,
are especially suited to knife sharpening. Their from 240x (80) for aggressive material removal,
bonded coating differs from the slurry coating through successively ner grits for polishing, up to
found on most sheet or belt abrasives. Made with K. Blue Zirconia Sharpening Belts an ultra-ne 2000x (6). Made in USA.
electrostatically oriented particles bonded to the Zirconia belts are a combination of aluminum 130 Belt Grit 1+ 5+
Mylar backing in a heat-set resin, they are oxide and zirconium oxide, extremely hard, long 54K98.50 80/240x $8.60 $7.75
durable and leave a consistent nish. Depending lasting, and very resistant to particle dulling. 54K98.51 45/400x $8.60 $7.75
on the amount of shaping required, optimal Designed to grind hardened steels of all kinds, 54K98.52 30/800x $8.60 $7.75
performance is obtained when several succes- including stainless, the 40x is used for major 54K98.53 16/1400x $8.60 $7.75
sively ner grades are used. The 1200x belt is stock removal (e.g., lawnmower blades), while 54K98.54 6/2000x $8.60 $7.75
suitable for nal honing in most applications. the 80x and 120x are for hand-tool blades. Made
in Germany. 142 Belt Grit 1+ 5+
130 Belt Grit 1+ 5+ 54K98.60 80/240x $9.70 $8.75
130 Belt Grit 1+ 5+
05M30.30 180x $5.20 $4.70 54K98.61 45/400x $9.70 $8.75
05M30.31 320x $5.20 $4.70 68Z230.04 40x $3.90 $3.50
68Z230.08 80x $3.90 $3.50 54K98.62 30/800x $9.70 $8.75
05M30.32 500x $5.20 $4.70 54K98.63 16/1400x $9.70 $8.75
05M30.33 1200x $5.20 $4.70 68Z230.12 120x $3.90 $3.50
54K98.64 6/2000x $9.70 $8.75
142 Belt Grit 1+ 5+
142 Belt Grit 1+ 5+ 68Z242.04 40x $4.60 $4.15 M. Leather Honing Belts
54K98.10 180x $5.90 $5.30 68Z242.08 80x $4.60 $4.15 Use these lap-joint leather belts on your belt
54K98.13 1200x $5.90 $5.30 68Z242.12 120x $4.60 $4.15 sander to hone chisels, plane blades and carving
tools to a mirror nish. Available in 130 and
G H J K L M 142 sizes to t many disc/belt sanders. We
recommend our blade honing compound (see
page 158) for use with these belts.
68Z80.01 Leather Belt, 130 $27.50
68Z80.02 Leather Belt, 142 $31.50
Sharpening 155
 Included with the T-7 system Tormek Grinding Jigs & Accessories
Various jigs and other accessories are available
and can be purchased individually. We also offer
a hand-tool kit and a woodturners kit, each
containing a selection of jigs. The chart on the
Plane blade not facing page contains the price line for each
included. individual item, and details the contents of
each kit (the woodturners kit also includes a
Square edge jig 41-page guide and an 80-minute DVD detailing
turning tool sharpening techniques).
Suitable for knife and drawknife blades from
23/8 long up to approximately 61/4, the regular
knife jig holds
blades securely F
while allowing
smooth, controlled
Angle guide sets and movement across
measures edge angle.
the wheel.
To sharpen skew
knives, carving
knives or other
blades shorter than 23/8, the small knife jig
works as an extension to the regular knife jig.
Made of glass-reinforced nylon and steel, it
mounts in the knife jig jaws and clamps the knife
handle (up to 11/2 thick and 15/8 deep) to hold
the blade at the correct orientation to the wheel.
A The long knife jig
Honing compound,
is used to sharpen G
instruction book and DVD
knife and drawknife
blades 61/4 or
Tormek Water-Cooled Sharpening System longer. With a
The Tormek sharpening system is versatile, accurate and easy to use. Not only does it sharpen chisels 51/4 wide clamping
and plane blades, but a range of compatible jigs is available for everything from turning and carving surface, it provides
tools to axes and scissors. Such precise jig-guided control allows even the novice to consistently produce the support needed
tools with proper edge geometry, makes the process easily repeatable, and helps minimize steel removal to secure thin,
so tools last longer through successive sharpenings. Lapping, grinding and stropping can easily be exible blades.
performed, all on the same machine. Its double-ended arbor carries two wheels that rotate slowly for The scissors jig is H
excellent control a water-cooled 220x aluminum oxide grindstone and a leather wheel that can be designed to simplify
charged with compound for stropping. Water ows constantly over the grindstone, so the tool cannot the difcult task of
overheat and lose its hardness. It also washes away swarf, so there is no airborne metal dust and the sharpening all sizes
stone resists loading to maintain an even cutting action. To set up, just secure the tool in the jig, mount of scissors and
the jig onto the support arm, and use the angle gauge to position the micro-adjustable arm for the shears, as well as
desired bevel angle. The support arm and jig are transferred to the leather wheel after grinding to the blades of
ensure a at, consistent bevel when stropping. Made in Sweden from sturdy, high-quality components. portable electric
hand planers.
Tormek T-7 The short tool jig allows the precise control
The professional-grade T-7 machine sharpens a produce a mirror nish. The T-7 has a 1/8 thick needed for sharpening blades as short as 13/4
range of household and woodworking tools. It is steel housing and includes a 10 dia. by 2 wide and up to 11/4
rated for continuous use, and has sufficient aluminum oxide grinding wheel. A magnet built wide on small,
torque for grinding jointer/planer blades and into the removable water trough gathers metal straight-shanked
high-speed steel tools, which require the user to debris for convenient disposal. turning gouges and
apply greater force to the grindstone. The 200W Additionally, the machine comes with a jig for V-tools, as well as
motor operates at 90 rpm and has a stainless- sharpening chisels and plane blades (regular and on short chisels J
steel arbor to resist rust. tapered blades up to 3 wide and 3/8 thick), a and reciprocating
Grinding on the 220x stone, followed by strop- gauge for measuring and setting bevel angles, a power-carver
ping on the charged leather wheel, creates a 70g tube of 3-micron honing compound blades.
toothed edge suitable for shears, cutlery, axes, or (replacement tubes available) and a diamond- To sharpen any
utility chisels. Where a rened edge is needed, tipped truing tool that dresses a worn grinding axe or hatchet with
the grindstone is trans- wheel to its an edge up to 63/4
D formed with use of the E original prole long, the axe jig
included stone grader to and shape, grinds a bevel K
a ne-texture honing with travel angle, adjustable
wheel comparable to controlled by a between 25 and
1000x. Applied to the precise screw- 40, while
face of the grindstone for feed advance. following the
about 30 seconds, the stone grader lightly glazes A 27-minute DVD and 161-page manual provide existing edge
the surface to reduce its aggressiveness. Simply complete instructions for sharpening an array of curvature. L
treat the wheel with the coarse side of the grader tools, as well as maintenance advice and other The cotton
to restore the original coarse grit. You can switch tips. For those who wish a preview, the DVD is canvas dust cover
between grits as often as needed without appre- also sold separately. protects the
ciable wheel wear. The included 81/2 dia. by Comes with a 7-year warranty that covers machine from
11/8 wide leather wheel strop allows you to commercial use. workshop debris.
156 Sharpening
 For freehand sharpening, the tool rest provides the tool from the jig, and beading tools and roughing gouges up to
a 31/241/4 at, stable positions the machines 2 wide, and chisels and carving gouges from
support for grinding support arm relative to 1 to 2 wide. It also comes with the same
turning and cabinet the grinding wheel. quick-reference labels as the gouge jig.
scrapers, hollowing Used to replicate an
tools, carving scorps, existing edge angle or set
spokeshaves, and a new one, the gouge jig O R
inshaves. Mounted M allows you to sharpen
on the support arm tools with complex blade
of the grinder, it is fully tilt-adjustable and locks shapes, such as ngernail-
rmly in place with the turn of a knob. prole gouges, bent
An optional set of carving gouges and
proled leather V-tools. It comes with
honing wheels is used labels so you can take
to hone and polish the N note of the setting used for
inside faces of carving turning tools and afx the P
or turning gouges and information directly The rotating machine base allows you to turn
V-tools. One wheel has (replacement labels are the machine 180 to quickly switch between
a 60 angle for V-tools, available separately). sharpening (where the wheel turns towards you)
the other a 1/8 radius The multi jig has an and stropping (with the wheel rotating away from
for gouges. adjustable housing that you). Made of rugged ABS, it has non-slip rubber
Used with the gouge jig and multi jig, the accommodates a wide feet and a secure catch to lock the position.
turning tool setter establishes the projection of range of tools with a
square or oval cross- Q
Reshaping a chisel is done fastest when you know
The planer blade section, including square the previous sharpening angle. One easy way to
attachment permits S and skew chisels up to remember is to scribe the angle on the blade.
grinding of planer 11/4 wide, parting and
blades and miter
trimmer blades at Sharpening Kits
least 1/2 wide. Blades B
longer than 101/2
must be re-mounted
and sharpened in
two stages. T
The drill bit C
attachment lets you
apply a keen, four-
facet point at any
angle from 90 to
150 on bits from
7/64 to 7/8 in diam- SHARPENING SYSTEM, KITS A. B. C.
& ACCESSORIES T-7 Hand-Tool Kit Woodturners Kit
eter. Not just for
indicates item included with 68M01.07 68M01.11 68M01.15
resharpening worn sharpening system or kit. $799.00 $259.00 $399.00
bits, it can also be
used to adjust an 68M01.63 Honing Compound $ 11.75
existing clearance 68M01.60 DVD $ 19.90
angle to suit specic D. 68M01.41 Stone Grader $ 34.90
tasks or materials.
E. 68M01.40 Diamond-Tipped Truing Tool $109.00
The bench grinder
hardware includes a U F. 68M01.20 Regular Knife Jig $ 46.90
support arm, bracket, 68M01.19 Small Knife Jig $ 39.50
fasteners and adjust- G. 68M01.21 Long Knife Jig $ 67.00
able base for using V W
H. 68M01.22 Scissors Jig $ 64.50
the gouge jig, multi
jig and tool rest with J. 68M01.23 Short Tool Jig $ 33.50
a 6, 8 or 10 bench K. 68M01.24 Axe Jig $ 22.50
grinder. Can be L. 68M01.44 Dust Cover $ 32.50
mounted on either the
M. 68M01.27 Tool Rest $ 45.90
left- or right-hand
side of the grinder. N. 68M01.43 Leather Honing Wheel Set $ 76.00
Optional Grindstones O. 68M01.42 Turning Tool Setter $ 40.00
The silicon carbide wheel was developed for P. 68M01.25 Gouge Jig $119.00
wear resistance and more aggressive material 68M01.64 Turning Tool Labels, pkg. of 9 $ 5.90
removal in tough alloys such as high-speed steel.
This 220x grindstone can be used for edge Q. 68M01.26 Multi Jig $ 81.50
shaping or modied with the stone grader to hone R. 68M01.48 Rotating Machine Base $ 67.90
at the equivalent of 1000x. S. 68M01.28 Planer Blade Attachment $230.00
Capable of producing a mirror nish, the 4000x T. 68M01.29 Drill Bit Attachment $339.00
Japanese water stone is for final honing. It
produces a razor-sharp edge without the need for U. 68M01.52 Bench Grinder Hardware $ 79.00
stropping. V. 68M01.50 Silicon Carbide Wheel (T-7) $255.00
Above Items are Not Stocked at our Stores. W. 68M01.51 4000x Japanese Water Stone (T-7) $430.00
Product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores. Sharpening 157

A
A. Cool Grinding Wheels
These soft bond, open structure wheels cut
quickly but are far cooler than regular grinding
wheels. There is no reason to ever blue a tool
again. 80x is best for the broad range of chisels
and plane blades. 120x is for finer grinding.
Custom made by Norton for Lee Valley. The 6 is
bushed for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 and 1 shafts, the 8 for
5/8, 3/4 and 1. Note: the 8 wheel should only be
used on grinders that are designed for this size of
wheel and require no modications to the grinder
to t the wheel.
08M18.02 80x Wheel, 63/4 $38.50
08M18.01 80x Wheel, 61 $45.50
08M19.01 80x Wheel, 81 $61.50
08M21.01 120x Wheel, 63/4 $38.50
08M21.02 120x Wheel, 61 $45.50
08M21.03 120x Wheel, 81 $61.50
B. Norton 3X Grinding Wheels
These are designed for tough grinding jobs, such
as reshaping turning tools, grinding hard alloys,
heavy material removal in tool-making and
C. Veritas Felt Wheel for Carving Tools
This felt wheel has the right shape for honing the
inside of gouges and parting tools. As it is extra
hard, it will also hold that shape. It is particularly
handy with tools too small for easy honing with
a slip stone. The side of the wheel can be used
for out-cannel honing or for at blades of all
types. The center hollow is ideal for high-sweep
gouges. 57/8 in diameter, 7/8 thick, 5/8 hole
with 1/2 bushing. Maximum 3600 rpm.
08M42.03 Shaped Felt Wheel $69.50
D. Veritas Blade Honing Compound
This honing compound is a blend of both chro-
mium and aluminum oxide to give the best
combination of cutting speed and ne nish. It
cuts quickly but leaves a mirror finish. The
average size of scratch pattern it leaves behind is
0.5 microns or .00002 inches. Used with a felt
wheel or leather belt for power honing or with a
leather strop or sharpening slip for hand honing.
05M08.01 Honing Compound, 6 oz $14.50
C
D
158 Sharpening
B
restoration, or sharpening small or rounded
tools that could hollow softer wheels. They
have a hard grade-K bond, yet run cooler than
standard wheels because the ceramic alumina
abrasive micro-fractures to expose fresh
cutting edges, reducing friction. The wheels
do not wear quickly, so require truing less
often. Two grits are available: 46x for heavy
stock removal and a general-purpose 80x. The
6 and 8 wheels have 1 arbor holes; the 6
has four bushings (for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 and 7/8
shafts); the 8 has three bushings (for 5/8, 3/4
and 7/8 shafts). Maximum rpm is 5410 for the
6 wheels and 3600 for the 8. Note: the 8
wheel should be used only on grinders that
are designed for 8 wheels, with no modica-
tion to the grinder.
08M22.01 46x 3X Wheel, 63/4 $52.50 hundreds of wheels. It can be used free hand for
08M22.02 46x 3X Wheel, 61 $61.00
08M22.03 46x 3X Wheel, 81 $69.00
08M23.01 80x 3X Wheel, 63/4 $52.50
08M23.02 80x 3X Wheel, 61 $61.00
08M23.03 80x 3X Wheel, 81 $69.00
E. Felt Wheels Always rotate wheel
One of the nest edges you away from
tool being
can get on any tool is with a buffed.
strop or a felt bufng wheel.
A hard felt wheel dressed
with our blade honing
compound creates an edge that is comparable to
most razor blades. A medium felt wheel is still
very rm, but is more suitable for carving tools
where controlled bevel rounding is desirable to
give edge strength. A narrow, medium felt wheel
is best for the inside of carving gouges. All our
felt wheels are bored for 5/8 diameter arbors, but
a 1/2 bushing is provided. Maximum 3600 rpm.
08M40.01 Med. Felt Wheel, 61/2* $22.50
08M40.03 Med. Felt Wheel, 63/4* $32.50
08M40.05 Med. Felt Wheel, 61* $38.50
08M41.03 Hard Felt Wheel, 63/4* $36.50
08M41.05 Hard Felt Wheel, 61* $44.50
* Nominal Imperial sizes are given for easier refer-
ence. Actual diameters are 150mm (57/8) and widths
are 13mm (33/64), 20mm (25/32) and 25mm (63/64).
E
0.25 carat diamond
Bronze G
tip
Shaft
F
F. Diamond Bar Wheel Dresser
Any grinding wheel benets from periodic dressing
to ensure it runs true or to restore its cutting ability
after it has become glazed. With a 1/2 wide by 13/4
long head, this inexpensive but effective dresser
provides a broad registration surface to ensure a at
wheel face. The 36-grit diamond abrasive works
quickly, yet leaves a smooth nish because of its
dense pattern. Measures 45/8 long with a 1/2 diam-
eter knurled aluminum handle.
70M50.03 Diamond Bar Wheel Dresser $11.50
G. Diamond Point Wheel Dresser
Used for truing or shaping grinding wheels, this
dresser has a DeBeers 0.25 carat industrial diamond
set in a bronze tip. The 1/2 diameter shaft is 61/2
long. A very durable dresser that can be used to true
shaping a wheel, but is best used in a grinding jig.
25M01.01 0.25 Carat Wheel Dresser $28.50
H. Oneway Balancing System
Virtually all grinding wheels are press formed and
only approximately balanced, ours included. To
achieve consistent bevels on tools, a vibration-free
wheel is a godsend. Suitable for wheels with 1 or
11/4 arbor holes, this simple jig comes with every-
thing you need to balance two grinding wheels*.
The system includes a dual-bearing balancing
stand and two mounting anges, plus all the hard-
ware needed to correct imbalance. Once balanced,
rebalancing is not required for the life of the wheels.
Available for grinders with 1/2, 5/8 and 3/4 shafts
with minimum spindle lengths of 23/16, 21/4 and
23/8 respectively. The 1/2 size is intended for 3/4
wide wheels only; the larger sizes can accommo-
date 1 wide wheels. Instructions included. Check
spindle size carefully before ordering.
66B04.25 Balancing System, 5/8 shaft $74.50
66B04.24 Balancing System, 1/2 shaft $74.50
Not Stocked at our Stores:
66B04.26 Balancing System, 3/4 shaft $74.50
* An additional washer kit is required for use with
Baldor grinders.
Please contact our H
Customer Service
Department for
more information.
Grinding wheels
not included.
 F G
H
E

A
C
B

A. Galbert Drawsharp Drawknife

Sharpening Guide
With this drawknife sharp-
ening jig, maintaining
consistent edge geometry is
easy. The upper post has
abrasive on one side to
hone the bevel, while the
lower post has abrasive on
the opposite side to work the
underside of the blade to A
remove burrs or create a back-bevel. Set-up is
straightforward: the drawknife serves as a reference
when positioning the posts to contact the blade at the
correct angle. A numbered scale adjacent to each
post helps you return to previous settings useful if
you have more than one drawknife. In use, the jig
simply runs along the spine of the drawknife, with
your hand safely behind the cutting edge. The jig
includes two strips of diamond grit (1200x) for initial
sharpening and ten strips of silicon carbide abrasive
for honing. Made by Benchcrafted, largely of anod-
ized aluminum. To grind a new bevel angle or repair
damaged blades, we offer a kit of fast-cutting
diamond abrasive. The kit includes two sheets each
of 600x and 400x grits and two extra jig post sleeves
so you can quickly switch back to the ner abrasives.
06G02.40 Galbert Drawsharp $98.50
06G02.41 Repl. Fine Honing Strips (10) $ 5.90
B. 06G02.42 Med./Coarse Diamond Kit $41.50
C. Italian Needle Files
These ne-cut needle les are ideal for jobs where
delicacy is required, such as sharpening saw tooth
bits, shaping beading tool blades and touching up
marking gauge points. The set of six in a plastic
wallet includes rectangular, tapered triangle, half-
round, round, triangular and square shapes. Files
are 51/2 long overall.
51W03.01 Needle Files, set of 6 $64.50
H. Japanese Saw Feather-Edge Files
Grobet Swiss Mill Bastard Files
These single-cut at les are particularly useful for
removing nicks or shaping blades on drawknives,
hatchets and axes. They are also the best les for
draw-ling cabinet scrapers. Bastard (coarse) cut.
D. 62W32.21 6 Mill File $ 6.90
E. 62W32.22 8 Mill File $ 8.20
F. 62W32.23 10 Mill File $10.50
G. Grobet Swiss Garden Tools File
A mill le is ideal for sharpening axes, shovels and
hoes. This one is double cut on one side for fast
Double-cut
side
stock removal and single cut on the Single-cut
other for smoothing the nal edge. side
For sharpening axes, use the single-
cut side and follow up with an oil
stone. Garden tools need only a
well-formed edge, not a honed edge. About
111/2 long overall with 7 of cutting surface.
62W32.30 Garden Tools File $13.60
For sharpening the ryoba, azebiki, anahiki and
pruning saws, a 100mm (4) feather-edge le is
required. For dozuki saws, a 75mm (3) le is
best. A safe-cut le is recommended for those
who have not sharpened Japanese saws before.
Depending upon the intensity of use, sharpening
once per year should be adequate. Our 6 le
handle (73W01.04) on page 195 ts these les.
60W03.01 Full-Cut 100mm File $18.20
60W03.02 Safe-Cut 100mm File $18.20
60W03.03 Full-Cut 75mm File $16.90
60W03.04 Safe-Cut 75mm File $16.90

J. Chain-Saw Burrs M. Hand-Crank Chain-Saw Sharpener

Nothing improves the function of a chain saw as much as regular This sharpener is as straightforward to use as a pencil sharpener; just set
tooth sharpening. These electroplated diamond burrs are sized the jig to the bar, position the pawl against a tooth, insert the burr through
specically to t standard tooth congurations. For use in a the guide bushing and crank the handle. To sharpen the next tooth, retract
Dremel tool or a hand drill, they are also useful for smoothing the burr, pull the chain forward and repeat the process; as you advance
sharp edges of glass, ceramics or metal. Burrs are available with from tooth to tooth, the pawl acts as a stop to ensure accurate and
5/32, 3/16 or 7/32 diameter heads, in single size packs of three or repeatable tooth positioning. About 3421/2 wide, the anodized
in a set of three containing one of each size. They are 13/4 long aluminum jig comes with a removable crank handle, a set of guide
overall with 1/8 diameter shanks. bushings to sharpen at a standard 30 rake angle and a soft-shell case.
Maximum 24,000 rpm. An effective alter- 5/32 A set of optional bushings for 25 and 35 is available separately. Burrs
native to the traditional chain-saw le. are sold separately please check your saw
Pawl automatically sets
77J81.11 5/32 Burrs, pkg. of 3 $6.90 3/16 manual for tooth size before ordering. tooth position for consistent
77J81.12 3/16 Burrs, pkg. of 3 $6.90 75U05.01 Jig, Bushings & Case $134.00 sharpening.
77J81.13 7/32 Burrs, pkg. of 3 $6.90 7/32 N. 75U05.05 5/32 Carbide Burr $ 27.50
77J81.10 Set of all 3 Burrs $6.90 J Shown actual size. O. 75U05.06 3/16 Carbide Burr $ 27.50
P. 75U05.07 7/32 Carbide Burr $ 27.50
K. Deluxe Chain-Saw Q. 75U05.10 Bushing Set, 25 & 35$ 15.90
Sharpener K
Not Stocked at our Stores:
This easy-to-use sharpener 75U05.08 13/64 Carbide Burr $ 27.50
takes the guesswork out of
sharpening and keeps your saw
working at peak performance. Crank advances inward
The metal jig clamps to the bar as tooth is sharpened.

and calibrated adjustments set

the filing and tilt angles for
cutters, as well as the height for Bushings
L for right-
depth gauge jointing. A pawl and
mechanism ensures that all teeth are identically led. The jig will accept 6 and 8 left-raked
teeth
round les (not included) up to 1/4 in diameter. Files (top-quality Grobet Swiss) are M
available separately. Check your saw manual for le size before ordering. Burr aligns
75U03.30 Chain-Saw Sharpener $46.40 perfectly with
saw tooth.
L. 62W32.45 5/32 Chain-Saw File $ 2.90 See page 195 for our self- P
62W32.46 3/16 Chain-Saw File $ 2.90 threading le handles.
Sharpening burr sold separately.
62W32.47 7/32 Chain-Saw File $ 2.90 N
Q
O 159
 Rotating collar
sets rake
Protractor angle.
A sets eam
(or bevel)
angle.

Bottom view
of le holder

A. Veritas Saw File Holder

Not only does this guide provide a secondary grip for your saw le, it
also helps you control the angle of the le as you sharpen, using the
eyes natural ability to judge parallel and level. It has a rotating collar
for setting a positive or negative rake angle up to 30, and a 3 wide
protractor to set the eam (or bevel) angle up to 45 left or right. All
you need to do is keep the edge of the protractor parallel and level to
the blade, something easy to do by eye. Because the angle guide
doesnt limit the movement of the le, you learn to control it manually,
gaining the experience needed for freehand sharpening. The protractor
is marked in 5 increments, and the collar has a vernier scale marked
in 1 increments. A rubber O-ring inside the collar provides light
resistance to the vernier scale to make precision setting straightfor-
ward. Measures 25/8 long overall, with an anodized aluminum body,
a stainless-steel protractor, and brass thumbscrews for locking the rake
and eam angles. Made in Canada.
05G46.01 Veritas Saw File Holder $46.50

Saw Set
After sharpening,
your rejuvenated
handsaws should be
reset to ensure the
teeth cut evenly. This
saw set easily tackles B
this tricky job. D
Adjustable for
Western-style tooth C
patterns, the correct
set is obtained D. Veritas Saw File
simply by squeezing Holder and
the handles together. Grobet Saw File Set
The ne-tooth model Our saw le holder is
has a 1/16 wide available in a set that
plunger (much narrower than most) that works well on ne teeth from 12 to 26 tpi. includes seven les plus
The coarse-tooth model has a wider plunger with a greater amount of travel for use a le storage roll at a saving of $11.50. The le set includes sizes
on coarser teeth (from 4 to 12 tpi). Made in Japan. for sharpening Western-style saws from 4 to 16 tpi (see 62W32.20
B. 60K02.01 Saw Set, Fine $28.50 below for full description).
C. 60K02.02 Saw Set, Coarse $28.50 05G46.05 Saw File Holder w/Files & Roll $97.50

Saw-Sharpening File Set & Storage Roll

If you own handsaws, these les are indispensable. A few minutes
spent sharpening a saw can yield signicantly faster, cleaner and
more accurate cuts; the key is to use a good-quality le matched to
M your saws tooth size. Covering all but the nest-toothed Western-
style saws, this selection of files is made by Grobet, a firm
renowned for the quality of its workmanship and materials for 200
years. Files are offered individually (lengths and tooth sizes listed
in the price lines), as well as in a set of seven that contains all the
les you need for saws ranging from 4 to 16 tpi, supplied in a
L thirteen-sleeve nylon roll with extra sleeves for expanding your
K
set. Also available separately, the storage roll keeps the les from
H J rubbing together a cardinal sin for les and rasps. The needle le
G (for teeth 16 tpi or ner) and the mill bastard le (used for jointing)
F are available separately.
E. 62W32.16 4 Double Extra-Slim Taper File (14 to 16 tpi) $ 9.70
E F. 62W32.12 5 Double Extra-Slim Taper File (11 to 13 tpi) $ 8.80
N G. 62W32.08 6 Double Extra-Slim Taper File (9 to 10 tpi) $ 9.30
H. 62W32.07 6 Extra-Slim Taper File (8 to 9 tpi) $ 6.90
J. 62W32.06 6 Slim Taper File (6 to 7 tpi) $ 6.90
K. 62W32.02 7 Slim Taper File (5 to 6 tpi) $ 8.10
L. 62W32.01 7 Regular Taper File (4 to 51/2 tpi) $ 9.90
M. 50K60.15 Saw File Roll $ 9.50
O N. 62W32.20 7-Pc. Saw File Set & Roll (all of the above) $62.50
O. 62W32.22 8 Mill Bastard File $ 8.20
P P. 62W32.17 73/4 Needle File $17.60
160
 TURNING TOOLS

F H J K M N

Easy Wood Tools

Shown actual size.
Easy to master, these unique turning tools Lee Valley Turning Tool Roll
yield remarkably smooth forms that require This portable turning tool roll offers good organiza-
minimal sanding. Unlike regular bowl and tion, accessibility and protection. The heavy polyester
spindle gouges, which require a complex fabric (double layered for durability) has pockets for
sweeping motion to maintain a smooth cut, nine tools up to 22 long. Elasticized handle pockets
these are designed to work by simply advancing B C G&L accommodate handles up to 15/8 in diameter. Internal
or retracting the tip as you move them across aps cover the blades to prevent damage and fold out
the tool rest. The tips are durable carbide for Mini Tools of the way for
excellent edge retention; when they eventually Approximately 151/2 long, the mini tools are access. Nylon
show signs of wear, simply loosen the screw versatile choices; they are scaled for smaller quick-release
mount and rotate the tip to expose a fresh edge. projects, while offering good leverage and buckles secure
Each has a solid maple handle; the mini and reach for all but the largest work. The rougher the roll for
full-size tools have a stepped prole for secure comes with a 7/16 square tip and accepts an transport and
grip when turning larger work. optional 7/16 cutter with edges curved to a 2 additional buckles
Primarily used to remove large amounts of radius. The detailer has a 11/163/8 diamond- are included for
material quickly, the roughing tools are also shaped tip, and the nisher has a 7/16 diameter wall mounting.
capable of nishing cuts on outside curves (an round tip. Each has a stainless-steel shaft and a Measuring 231/4
optional radiused tip is available for cutting copper ferrule. square without the aps,
inside curves). Used like a parting tool or small F. 36B01.01 Mini Rougher, 151/2 $106.00 it folds to 101/2231/4.
gouge, the detailers have double-ended 36B01.24 Repl. Straight Tip, Rougher $ 16.50 A well-made tool roll.
diamond-shaped tips that excel at cutting narrow G. 36B01.25 Opt. 2 Rad. Tip, Rougher $ 16.50
LV Turning Tool Roll
beads and coves, as well as dovetail recesses for H. 36B01.03 Mini Detailer, 153/4 $106.00 50K60.10 $24.90
chuck jaws. The nishers have round tips for 36B01.31 Repl. Tip, Detailer $ 22.50
shaping and smoothing inside vessels or cutting J. 36B01.02 Mini Finisher, 151/2 $106.00
coves on spindles. Excellent tools, made in USA. 36B01.26 Repl. Tip, Finisher $ 20.00
Full-Size Tools
Easy Start Tools
With long, stout handles and wide cutting tips,
At only 121/2 overall, these tools are well suited
these 241/2 tools allow efcient, controlled
for small-scale work. The rougher comes with a
cuts on large turnings. The rougher comes 7/16 square tip for rapid material removal, and
tted with a 9/16 cutter, with edges curved to a
accepts an optional 7/16 cutter with edges
4 radius. Two optional /16 tips are available
9
rounded to a 2 radius for work on curves. The
separately: a cutter with 2 radius edges for
detailer has a 11/16 long diamond-shaped tip
forms under 8 in diameter, and a straight
and the nisher is supplied with a 7/16 diameter
cutter for square shoulder cuts. The detailer
round tip. Each tool has a black-oxide steel shaft
has a 11/163/8 diamond-shaped tip, and the
and a nickel-plated steel ferrule.
nisher has a 5/8 diameter round tip. Each has
K. 36B01.51 Rougher, 121/2 $71.00
a stainless-steel shaft and a copper ferrule.
36B01.24 Repl. Straight Tip, Rougher $16.50
A. 36B01.21 Full-Size Rougher, 241/2 $153.00
L. 36B01.25 Opt. 2 Rad. Tip, Rougher $16.50
36B01.28 Repl. 4 Rad. Tip, Rougher $ 17.50
M. 36B01.53 Detailer, 121/2 $71.00
B. 36B01.29 Opt. 2 Rad. Tip, Rougher $ 17.50
36B01.31 Repl. Tip, Detailer $22.50
C. 36B01.27 Opt. Straight Tip, Rougher $ 17.50
N. 36B01.52 Finisher, 121/2 $71.00
D. 36B01.23 Full-Size Detailer, 241/2 $153.00
36B01.26 Repl. Tip, Finisher $20.00
36B01.31 Repl. Tip, Detailer $ 22.50
E. 36B01.22 Full-Size Finisher, 241/2 $153.00
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
36B01.30 Repl. Tip, Finisher $ 22.50 Can be wall mounted.
Tools not included. 161
 D

A
N
M

J
E F G H

Crown Pro PM Turning Tools

These premium turning tools are made by
B Crown in Shefeld, England, from a proprietary
C PM (powder metallurgy) steel, an advanced
alloy that holds an edge up to three times longer
than M2 high-speed steel. It is remarkably easy
to sharpen despite its exceptional wear resis-
Henry Taylor Turning Tools tance, so you can spend more time at the lathe
Where noted, our turning tools are from the 31/2 to 41/4 blades they are 101/2 to 111/4 long and less at the grinder. These tools have 61/4 to
Diamic line of high-speed steel (HSS) lathe tools overall. The set includes 3/16 and 1/4 gouges, a 7 long blades and 121/2 black lacquered ash
made by Henry Taylor Tools Ltd. of Shefeld, 1/4 round-nose scraper, a 1/4 skew and a 1/8 handles, except for the bowl gouges and
England. These tools are of excellent quality. The wide parting tool. Packed in a plastic wallet. Ellsworth gouge, which have 10 blades and 16
M2 HSS blades have 6% tungsten content. HSS 58B16.01 HSS Miniature Set of 5 $145.00 handles for leverage. Each is hardened to
retains its hardness at high temperatures to give Rc64-68 and carries a lifetime guarantee.
superior edge-holding ability in oily abrasive C. High-Speed Steel Spindle-Turning Set Not Stocked at our Stores.
woods, or woods with difcult grain such as burls, These HSS full-size professional-quality Henry E. 35B03.01 3/4 Spindle Roughing Gouge $126.00
and gives clean, smooth turnings. When you Taylor tools also make a good beginners set. 35B03.02 1/4 Spindle Gouge $ 54.00
regrind a HSS tool, it will also retain its hardness Included are a 1/2 skew, a 1/2 spindle gouge and 35B03.03 3/8 Spindle Gouge $ 63.50
(above Rc60), even if bluing takes place. The a 1/8 wide parting tool, packed in a racked card- F. 35B03.04 1/2 Spindle Gouge $ 72.00
hardwood handles are stained and lacquered. board presentation box. 35B03.05 3/8 Detail Gouge $ 72.00
58B17.01 Spindle-Turning Set of 3 $145.00 G. 35B03.06 1/2 Detail Gouge $ 76.00
A. High-Speed Steel Basic Turning Set 35B03.10 1/4 Bowl Gouge $ 78.00
A basic set of ve Henry Taylor lathe tools ideal D. High-Speed Steel Pro Set 35B03.11 3/8 Bowl Gouge $ 89.00
for the beginner. With 41/2 to 51/2 blades and From Henry Taylor, this set of eight professional- H. 35B03.12 1/2 Bowl Gouge $119.00
overall lengths of 111/2 to 121/2, these tools are quality HSS lathe tools permits a wide range of J. 35B03.13 1/2 Ellsworth Gouge $158.00
easy to control. Useful for a range of turning work on the face plate or between centers. K. 35B03.07 3/16 Parting Tool $ 89.00
projects, this set consists of 4mm, 6mm and Packed in a racked cardboard presentation box, L. 35B03.08 3/4 Skew Chisel $ 78.00
9mm spindle gouges, a 13mm skew chisel and a it includes a 3/4 roughing gouge, a 1/4 long M. 35B03.16 3/4 Square-Nose Scraper $ 78.00
3mm parting tool. A ne set. strong deep-U bowl gouge, 1/4 and 1/2 spindle N. 35B03.18 3/4 Round-Nose Scraper $ 78.00
58B18.01 HSS Basic Set of 5 $149.00 gouges, a diamond-section parting tool, a 3/4
skew, a 3/4 square-end scraper and a 1 round- Instead of cutting large hardwood branches into
B. High-Speed Steel Miniature Turning Set nose scraper. Complements a basic turning set or rewood, split and dry them for woodturning.
A set of ve Henry Taylor lathe tools speci- makes a deluxe beginners set. There is a lot of good turning wood in a 6 diameter
cally designed for turning small pieces. With 58B19.01 HSS Pro Set of 8 $469.00 (or larger) limb.

Economy Turning Tools contains a 1/2 bowl gouge, along with square
Excellent value, these good-quality tools are and round-nose scrapers. The complete set
milled from 6542 HSS (an alloy similar to M2) contains all nine tools in one roll.
and hardened to Rc60-62. They come sharpened O. 58B25.01 3/4 Roughing Gouge $ 47.00
ready for use (though the scrapers benet from P. 58B25.02 1/4 Spindle Gouge $ 26.50
burnishing a hook). About 22 overall, all tools Q. 58B25.03 3/8 Spindle Gouge $ 28.50
W have comfortable 16 ash handles that allow R. 58B25.04 1/2 Spindle Gouge $ 30.50
excellent control and provide signicant leverage S. 58B25.08 3/16 Diamond Parting Tool $ 35.00
V during heavy work. Though they are ideal for the T. 58B25.05 1 Oval Skew Chisel $ 43.50
budget-conscious beginner, experienced turners U. 58B25.09 1/2 Bowl Gouge $ 34.00
U will nd them useful for experimenting with V. 58B25.06 1 Square Scraper $ 43.50
different grinds or creating custom scrapers. W. 58B25.07 1 Round-Nose Scraper $ 43.50
T Tools are available individually or in sets that 58B25.20 Spindle Set of 6 & Roll $198.00
include our specially designed polyester tool roll 58B25.25 Face-Plate Set of 3 & Roll $122.00
(see description on page161). The spindle set of 58B25.30 Set of all 9 + & Roll $289.00
six includes 1/4, 3/8 and 1/2 spindle gouges, a
S 3/4 roughing gouge, a 1 oval skew chisel and
To order call 1-800-267-8767
O P Q R a 3/16 parting tool. The face-plate set of three
162 Turning
 F

A B C D

A. High-Speed Steel Spindle Gouges C. HSS Super-Flute Bowl Gouge Rc61-62. About 271/2 long overall. Stained
Spindle gouges are shorter than bowl gouges, This unique gouge performs the functions of a beech handle. Instructions included. Made in
have a shallower sweep, and have a ngernail whole range of bowl gouges. Traditionally, U.K. by Crown Tools.
grind rather than a square-end grind. They are bowl gouges were forged or 35B01.09 Ellsworth Bowl Gouge $121.00
for minor roughing or slicing, and finishing machined to a consistent round
between centers. These gouges, made by Henry radius of a particular size, with E. High-Speed Steel Roughing Gouges
Taylor, are milled from round bar and have each size for a different purpose. Deep sweep roughing gouges are used to rough
blades 6 to 71/2 long (13 to 17 long overall). The super-flute gouge is made square stock into round before using more special-
Available individually or as a set of three. from 5/8 HSS round bar machined ized tools for detail work. These gouges (from
58B10.01 Spindle Gouge, 1/4 $ 35.00 with an elliptical cross-section Henry Taylor) are forged from a solid HSS bar.
58B10.02 Spindle Gouge, 3/8 $ 47.50 ute instead of a consistent round radius. The The 3/4 gouge is 163/4 long overall with a 7
58B10.03 Spindle Gouge, 1/2 $ 66.50 bottom of the ute is 1/8 wide, increasing to blade. The 11/2 gouge (shown) is 19 long overall
58B10.10 Spindle Gouge Set of 3 $139.00 7/16 at the top. This gives a cutting range of 1/8 with a 71/2 blade. These are not for bowl turning.
to 7/16, depending on how the tool is held 58B14.01 Roughing Gouge, 3/4 $ 93.50
B. HSS Long Strong Deep-U Bowl Gouges against the wood. With a steep bevel grind, the 58B14.02 Roughing Gouge, 11/2 $165.00
Ideal for face-plate work, these extra-long bottom of the ute protrudes slightly to yield a
deep-U gouges with a steep bevel angle cut quickly ne nish. The blade is approximately 81/2 F. Forged HSS Gouges
and cleanly, reducing the need for long with a heavy-duty 15 handle. Made by Forged from solid HSS flat bar and finished
sanding and scraping. The 1/2 size is Henry Taylor. superbly, this is a general-purpose gouge. Forged
for large bowls and roughing work, the 58B12.01 HSS Super-Flute Gouge $109.00 gouges are more costly to produce than those
3/8 is general-purpose and the 1/4 is milled from round bar, but Henry Taylor still
for ne trimming. 211/4 to 25 long D. Ellsworth Signature Bowl Gouge makes them for enthusiasts of traditional quality
overall, with blades about 81/2 long, The Ellsworth gouge is distinguished by its steep and style. Available individually or as a set of
made of solid HSS rod. Made by bevel and side-ground wings a versatile grind three. Blades range from 63/4 to 71/2 long. 16
Henry Taylor. Sizes indicate groove width. useful for a wide range of cuts, particularly to 17 long overall.
58B13.03 HSS Bowl Gouge, 1/2 $ 99.00 shearing. It is used both for interior and exterior 58B11.02 Forged Gouge, 1/2 $ 84.50
58B13.02 HSS Bowl Gouge, 3/8 $ 76.50 bowl surfaces and makes heavy wasting or 58B11.03 Forged Gouge, 3/4 $ 84.50
58B13.01 HSS Bowl Gouge, 1/4 $ 61.50 nishing cuts equally well. The 5/8 diameter, 58B11.04 Forged Gouge, 1 $ 89.50
58B13.10 HSS Bowl Gouge Set of 3 $219.00 10 long blade is high-speed steel hardened to 58B11.10 Forged Gouge Set of 3 $239.00

G. Extra-Narrow HSS Parting Tool long overall) for light work; or 1/8 wide by 3/4 face for shear-scraping bowl exteriors or for
At about 1/16 thick, this is an ideal tool for small deep with a 63/4 blade (161/4 long overall) for cleaning up footings and beads. The tip can also
box work or anywhere that you want minimum general-purpose use. be used to cut grooves. The underside corners of
stock removal such as on a small lathe. Very rigid, J. 58B04.05 HSS Std. Parting Tool, 1/2 $42.50 the tool shaft are eased for smooth movement
the blade is 11/4 deep. 8 long overall. Rosewood K. 58B04.06 HSS Std. Parting Tool, 3/4 $64.50 over tool rests. Made from high-speed steel
handle. Made in U.K. by Crown Tools. (HSS) hardened to Rc62-65. Measures about
35B01.01 HSS Parting Tool $45.00 L. Raffan Spear-Point Tool 161/2 long overall with a 91/2 handle. Made by
H. Firmager Parting/Shaping Tool Ideal for detail work, this spear-point tool has a Henry Taylor.
This tool is suitable for both parting and scraping steep double-bevel tip that lets you use either 58B04.20 Raffan Spear-Point Tool $69.00
activities. The tip is shaped for parting, the
hollow-ground edge section for shear scraping. Spear-point
At 1/16 thick, the rigid high-speed steel (Rc62- tool shown
shear-scraping
64) blade produces a very clean cut. Comes with bowl exterior.
instructions, including how to fashion a uted G
parting edge or round the edges slightly to assist
in turning miniature coves. Measures about 11
long overall. Rosewood handle scales. Made in H
U.K. by Crown Tools.
35B01.02 Firmager Tool $54.50 J
High-Speed Steel Standard Parting Tools
Standard rectangular-section parting tools are K
used for parting off work between centers. Made
Spear-point tool tip
by Henry Taylor, they are available in two sizes: shown cutting a groove.
1/8 wide by 1/2 deep with a 43/4 blade (113/4
L
 Sorby Sizing Tool
This sizing tool, made by Robert
Sorby, is designed to be used with
C a standard 3/8 beading tool for
cutting critical sizes on repetitive
turnings. The diameter is
set on the sizing tool and
then the spindle stock is
cut with backward and
downward pressure
on the beading
tool to keep the
C tip in contact
A B with the wood D
at all times.
A This produces
B Beading
accurate diameters tool not
without the need for included.
calipers. Die-cast body.
A. Combination Skew Chisel & Gouge edge is not only easier to use in a rolling 85B62.01 Sizing Tool $42.50 Tool rest
Called a Skewchigouge by the maker, this motion, but will not mark your tool rest. 61/2
combination skew chisel and gouge turning tool blade; 16 long overall. Made by Henry Taylor. Individual High-Speed Steel Turning Tools
works equally well with hard or soft woods. The 58B07.25 HSS Oval Skew, 3/4 $58.50 These turning tools are made by Henry Taylor
tip is used as a skew chisel, the sides as a shallow 58B07.26 HSS Oval Skew, 1 $69.00 Tools. All are made from steel 1/4 thick or thicker
gouge. A combination of the two cutting proles (5/16 for the heavy-duty skew chisel and 3/8 for
is used to quickly form beads, coves, shoulders, C. HSS Captive Ring Tool the beading tools). About 16 long overall, with
grooves, etc. A great tool for spindle work. The Turning captive rings typically requires two blades ranging from 61/2 to 7 long.
blade is high-speed steel (HSS) hardened to tools a right and left hand, making it a costly 58B07.01 Skew Chisel, 1/2 $ 52.50
Rc62-64. Measures about 151/2 long overall investment. This combination tool has a unique 58B07.02 Skew Chisel, 3/4 $ 61.00
with an 81/2 beech handle. Instructions included. tip (similar to a modied skew chisel) designed D. 58B07.03 Skew Chisel, 1 $ 69.50
Made in U.K. by Crown Tools. to make both the right- and left-hand separating 58B07.04 H.D. Skew Chisel, 11/4 $105.00
35B01.07 Skewchigouge $51.50 cuts after initial shaping with a beading tool. 58B06.01 Round-Nose Scraper, 1/2 $ 49.50
Cuts a 3/8 thick ring. Blade is 1/2 wide by 1/4 58B06.02 Round-Nose Scraper, 3/4 $ 56.50
B. HSS Oval Skews thick and 6 long. Hardwood handle. Overall E. 58B06.03 Round-Nose Scraper, 1 $ 65.00
These HSS skews have one rounded edge for length is 141/2. Made in U.K. by Crown Tools. 58B06.10 R.N. Scraper Set of 3 $159.00
beads or pommels and a at edge for straight 35B02.01 Captive Ring Tool $54.50 F. 58B09.01 Small-Radius Scraper $ 67.50
cuts. The sides are bulged for strength, giving G. 58B09.02 Large-Radius Scraper $ 67.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
the rigidity of a much heavier tool. The rounded H. 58B09.03 Angled-End Scraper $ 67.50
58B09.10 Scraper Set of 3 $189.00
58B05.02 Square-End Scraper, 1/2 $ 49.00
Bedan Tools 58B05.03 Square-End Scraper, 3/4 $ 56.00
This is a traditional spindle-turning tool that cuts convex shapes quickly J. 58B05.04 Square-End Scraper, 1 $ 64.50
and leaves a smooth surface that needs only minimal sanding. The tool is 58B15.01 Beading Tool, 1/4 $ 36.50
well supported through the cut, so it is less prone to catching than a K. 58B15.02 Beading Tool, 3/8 $ 49.50
skew. Though made in England by Henry Taylor, this is the
Heavy-Duty Scrapers
straight-sided French style intended for bevel-up use. Two
These HSS scrapers are extra thick to dampen
sizes available: a 5mm (3/16) wide, 63/4 long blade for
chatter; the 1/2 thick blades can remove material
detail work (91/2 handle) and a general-purpose
quickly or can take tissue-thin cuts to leave a
10mm (3/8) wide, 81/4 long blade with an 111/2
smooth nish. Five styles are available: 1 radi-
handle. While either can be used to cut tenons,
used for shaping bowls, 1/2 and 1 square for
the 10mm is particularly efcient because
box work, and 1/2 and 1 round nose for general
of its wide edge. Both have 3/8 thick
scraping. All are between 19 and 21 long
M2 high-speed steel blades
overall with blades ranging from 61/2 to 7 long.
(Rc62-64), brass ferrules and
Stained beech handles. Excellent scrapers. Made
lacquered beech handles.
in U.K. by Crown Tools.
58B15.11 Bedan, 5mm (3/16) $72.50 L. 35B01.05 Radiused Scraper, 1 $114.00
58B15.12 Bedan, 10mm (3/8) $77.50 35B01.21 Square Scraper, 1/2 $ 72.00
Cuts tenons efciently. Rotate bevel to cut convex shapes.
M. 35B01.22 Square Scraper, 1 $114.00
35B01.25 Round Scraper, 1/2 $ 72.00
N. 35B01.26 Round Scraper, 1 $114.00
O. Multi-Tip Scraper
This versatile heavy-duty scraper offers a full range
of cutter proles on a single handle. Developed to
produce smooth cuts with little chatter, it has three
easily interchanged blades: 11/16 square, 1 dia.
round, and 11/2 long by 1 wide pear. The blades
are all 3/16 thick and made from high-speed steel
(HSS) hardened to Rc62-64. Measures just over
O
15 long overall, with an 81/2 stained beech
handle. Made in U.K. by Crown Tools. See our
website for replacement tips.
35B01.30 Multi-Tip Scraper $115.00
164 G
D E F H J K L M N
 E

Mid-Size Easy Hollowers

Suitable for both roughing and delicate nishing E F G
cuts, these unique hollowers are easy to master, #1 for initial #2 for #3 for
allowing you to focus on the developing shape of hollowing clearing undercut
A B C the piece rather than on the tool. Designed to auto- out sides areas

matically present the cutter at the correct angle to The #1 hollower has a straight shaft with a tapered
Custom handle Grub screws Ferrule the work, the broad, at shafts register solidly on cross section for clearance when wasting material
Tool
the tool rest to resist torsion and improve control. during initial hollowing. The #2 hollower has a
Performing well in green and dry woods without moderate gooseneck curvature for clearing out the
clogging, the 0.35 diameter cutting tips are durable sides of a vessel, while the #3 hollower has a more
Two grub screws lock the tool into the ferrule, which carbide for edge retention; when they eventually pronounced incurve, effective for reaching into
mounts in the handle with epoxy. begin to show signs of wear, simply loosen the sharply undercut areas at the rim. Overall tool
Hosaluk Ferrules screw mount (hex key included) and rotate the tip lengths listed. Excellent tools. Made in USA.
Making your own turning-tool handles lets you to expose a fresh edge. The stainless-steel shafts E. 36B01.41 #1 Straight (221/2) $153.00
customize the grip prole, diameter, length and tool resist damage from green or acidic wood, and the F. 36B01.42 #2 Gentle Curve (207/8) $164.00
projection, add ballast to minimize vibration, or stout copper-ferruled maple handles have a G. 36B01.43 #3 Acute Curve (207/8) $164.00
apply decorative detail. Through-drilled to accept stepped prole for a comfortable, secure grip. 36B01.45 Repl. Blade $ 20.00
3/8, 1/2 or 5/8 dia. round-shanked tools (3/8 size
also accepts 5/ 16 shanks), these machined H. Dovetail Scraper
chromated-steel ferrules simplify tting the tool to Tests have shown that as much as 50% of a collet chucks gripping power is lost if the dovetail angle
the handle, for a secure connection that allows quick is out by as little as 5. This chisel removes any guesswork by cutting an exact 15 dovetail recess.
tool changes without switching handles. To drill the Suitable for inboard turning only. The HSS blade measures 6 long.
stepped hole for installation, you need one bit sized 141/2 long overall. Made in U.K. by Crown Tools.
to match the tool shank diameter and another bit 1/4 35B01.04 Dovetail Scraper $51.50
larger to accommodate the ferrule. Two grub
screws lock the tool into the ferrule, which mounts
in the handle with epoxy. Made in Canada.
Not Stocked at our Stores. H
A. 27K30.40 3/8 Hosaluk Ferrule $21.90
B. 27K30.42 1/2 Hosaluk Ferrule $21.90
C. 27K30.44 5/8 Hosaluk Ferrule $21.90 Veritas Scraper Burnisher for Turners
This tool turns scrapers into cutting tools. Compared to a
D. Beall Woodturning Scraper Set scraper with a grinder burr, a smooth edge-hook makes Burnished
Developed for making small beads and coves a big difference. Grind the scraper, deburr the at face, and hook is
sharp and
quickly and consistently in spindle and box work, roll a hook onto the edge. Hook size depends on how strong.
this scraper set includes three double-ended bead much pressure is used. Two 1 carbide burnishing rods
and cove bits (1/8, 3/16 and 1/4) plus a combina- supplied, one ground at 10 to burnish scrapers with 70 or
tion 1/4 straight and 30 skew bit for general 75 bevels, the other at 5 for 75 to 80 bevels. With the
shaping. The bead and cove bits are particularly burnisher clamped or screwed to a stable base, you
easy to use since you just need to slowly plunge can use your whole body for leverage, so you can
and retract the tool while holding it at a slight even put hooks on HSS scrapers. Easy to use with
downward angle to the work. The result is a crisp full-size or miniature tools; instructions included.
prole with a smooth nish that often needs no Aluminum, steel and carbide, 41/2 by 25/8. Patented.
further sanding. The 111/2 long handle is hard 05K35.01 Veritas Scraper Burnisher $49.50
maple with a brass ferrule. The 21/4 long bits bed 05K35.03 Replacement Carbide Rod, 5 $ 8.90
in a brass insert and are secured with a thumb- 05K35.02 Replacement Carbide Rod, 10 $ 8.90
screw. Made from solid high-speed steel, the bits
can be easily re-sharpened with a diamond le,
using a at le for the top of the bits and a tapered
round le for the inside of the beads.
A great set both for beginning turners and expe-
rienced turners making repeated proles. Made
in USA.
44J23.40 Beall Woodturning Scraper Set $85.00

Double-ended bits included.

Turning 165
 A Internal bowl support External bowl
in use on a lathe. support in
use on
a lathe.

D E
E
Supports and posts G
are shown mounted
for photo display.
Tools sold individually. G

A. 85S08.34 9 Straight Support $48.50

B. 85S08.33 6 Straight Support $43.50
B
C. 85S08.32 4 Straight Support $36.50
D. 85S08.35 9 Internal Bowl Support $51.00
E. 85S08.36 9 External Bowl Support $51.00
F D F. 85S08.40 Box Scraper Platform $21.90
G. Order a threaded post in the appropriate diameter
C
to t your lathe:
Most Popular Sizes:
Modular Tool Rest System form (41/211/43/8 thick) offers a machined 85S08.52 Threaded Post, 5/8 dia. (31/2) $18.50
This modular system lets you choose the tool rest reference surface with the necessary stability for 85S08.53 Threaded Post, 3/4 dia. (41/2) $18.50
best suited to the job. The cross bars are made from scraping the insides of boxes. The threaded 85S08.54 Threaded Post, 1 dia. (43/4) $18.50
hardened steel to keep their smooth surface nish, support posts complete the rigid tool support 85S08.56 Threaded Post, 25mm dia. (43/4) $18.50
so that tools move smoothly over the tool rest. The system; overall lengths are shown in brackets. If Not Stocked at our Stores:
4, 6 and 9 straight lengths are primarily for you have more than one lathe you need extra posts 85S08.51 Threaded Post, 1/2 dia. (31/2) $18.50
spindle work and the 9 S-shaped curves are for only, since the heads are interchangeable with a 85S08.55 Threaded Post, 11/8 dia. (5) $18.50
internal or external bowl turning. The scraper plat- common thread size of M12. Made in England. 85S08.57 Threaded Post, 30mm dia. (51/2) $18.50

H. Sorby Spiralling/Texturing System J. Deep Hollowing Tool

This tool lets you create a variety of Ideal for end-grain hollowing,
patterns, textures, twists and spirals with ease. this tool is used on vases,
Used on goblets, candle holders, boxes, vases and bowls, it creates boxes, egg cups and goblets.
left- or right-hand spirals. With an indexed tool rest (for replica- It cuts in areas that are difcult for a bowl gouge.
tion), the system allows different pitch and twist proles simply The polished high-speed steel cutter (Rc62-64) has
by varying the angle of presentation. Without the tool rest, it adjustable projection and cant for full control of the
serves as a texturing tool for orange peel, striated and ribbed depth of cut. It can be honed with a ne slip stone as
patterns. Includes a removable tool rest, four interchangeable needed. 26 long overall; 14 stained beech handle.
cutters (a texturing cutter and 2, 4 and 6mm spiralling cutters) Made in U.K. by Crown Tools.
and instructions. 181/2 long overall. 35B01.10 Deep Hollowing Tool $158.00
85S08.01 Spiralling/Texturing Tool $229.00 Not Stocked at our Stores:
J 35B01.11 Repl. Cutter only $ 59.50

P&N Professional Turning Tools between 91/4 and 12. The beading tool has a square shank; the parting
The Australian-made Patience & Nicholson (P&N) turning tools are renowned tool and skew chisel have rectangular shanks. The detail gouges and
for their robust construction and edge-holding ability. They are hard-wearing, spindle gouges are shanked to size. The 3/8 bowl gouge has a 3/8
M2 high-speed steel. Sold unhandled, they can be tted to a custom-made handle shank; the 1/2 and 5/8 sizes have 1/2 shanks. The supa gouges and
or to a heavy-duty metal one (such as a Kelton handle), so shaft projection can be roughing gouge have 1/2 shanks. Excellent-quality, heavy-duty tools.
set for best comfort and rigidity, and to reduce chatter. Overall blade lengths are All benet from honing before use.
K. 37B01.51 Parting, 1/81/2 (312mm) $ 40.40
Proles of P&N tools L. 37B01.56 Beading, 3/83/8 (1010mm) $ 39.00
M N 37B01.25 Detail Gouge, 5/16 (8mm) $ 52.40
37B01.26 Detail Gouge, 3/8 (10mm) $ 52.70
M. 37B01.27 Detail Gouge, 1/2 (12mm) $ 56.50
O 37B01.13 Bowl Gouge, 3/8 (10mm) $ 38.40
N. 37B01.14 Bowl Gouge, 1/2 (12mm) $ 46.80
37B01.15 Bowl Gouge, 5/8 (16mm) $ 56.20
Q 37B01.02 Spindle Gouge, 5/16 (8mm) $ 32.00
37B01.03 Spindle Gouge, 3/8 (10mm) $ 35.90
O. 37B01.04 Spindle Gouge, 1/2 (12mm) $ 43.90
37B01.62 Supa Gouge, 5/8 (16mm) $ 86.20
P. 37B01.64 Supa Gouge, 7/8 (22mm) $ 99.00
Q. 37B01.36 Roughing Gge., 11/4 (32mm) $129.00
R. 37B01.44 Skew, 5/1611/8 (830mm) $ 78.30
166 Q R
K L M N O P
 A
B
E

Kelton Tool Handles Proles of Tool Handle Ends

These hefty, vibration-
absorbing steel handles
have a corded plastic wrap
handle accepts 5/16 and KH3 handle accepts 1/2 and KH4 handle accepts 5/8 and
for secure grip. The hollow KH1 3/8 diameter tool shanks. 5/8 diameter tool shanks. 3/4 diameter tool shanks.
core lets you optimize D
tool shaft projection to minimize chatter and tool shanks, the 16 long KH3 accepts 1/2 and
allows you to add ballast, such as lead shot or a 5/8 shanks, and the 153/8 long KH4 accepts
bar of solder, to absorb vibration. The KH4 and 5/8 and 3/4 shanks and includes a 7 extension
KH3 sizes accept an optional 11/4 dia., 5 long for added leverage. Superb handles. Made in
torque-arresting handle for a secure two-handed New Zealand.
grip. Two or more handles link together with a A. 53B01.01 113/4 KH1 Handle $59.90 E. Use these 6 long stepped steel rods to join two
short length of steel rod (available separately) B. 53B01.03 16 KH3 Handle $71.50 or more handles for additional leverage.
for greater leverage. Dual grub screws secure Not Stocked at our Stores: Not Stocked at our Stores:
tool shafts in the handle. The KH1 handle is C. 53B01.04 153/8 + 7 KH4 Handle $98.50 53B01.06 KH3 Link, 1/2 & 5/8 dia. $5.60
113/4 long and accepts 5/16 and 3/8 diameter D. 53B01.09 Torque-Arresting Handle $32.50 53B01.07 KH4 Link, 5/8 & 3/4 dia. $5.60

Blades may be polished or have a black oxide nish.

F. Kelton Undercutters
These robust 9/32 thick
alloy-steel scrapers are
G
used to shape the under-
side of the rim of lipped Box side cut away for clarity.
bowls or semi-enclosed
vessels. Suitable for
quickly hogging material G
as well as taking light
nishing cuts, the blades
have variously incurved and profiled tips F
designed specically for undercutting. All have
radiused edges for smooth maneuvering on
rests. Sold individually or as a set of three, the G. Kelton Box Scraper
blades are 3/4 wide and 8 long overall. All t This specialized scraper takes shear cuts from the inside
5/8 capacity tool handles (sold separately).
F of straight-walled boxes. The at cutting edge is used for
Instructions included. Made in New Zealand. scraping sidewalls, the curved edge for cleaning the box
Not Stocked at our Stores. bottom. The steep reverse bevel reduces catches and
53B01.20A Undercutter, Straight $ 59.50 permits corner work. The 9/32 thick blade measures about
53B01.20B Undercutter, Curved $ 59.50 8 long overall. Fits 5/8 capacity tool handles (sold sepa-
53B01.20C Undercutter, Spoon $ 59.50 B rately). Instructions included. Made in New Zealand.
53B01.20 Set of 3 Undercutters $149.00 53B01.21 Box Scraper $59.50

Kelton Hollowers
These sturdy cutters are used to
remove wood from the inside H Blades may be polished or
of hollow forms. Useful for have a black oxide nish.

both aggressive wasting and

subtle nishing cuts, the alloy
steel cutters do not clog, and
perform well in both green and J
dry woods. Each set contains
three progressively larger
incurved cutters for broad
hollow-form application (cutters sold individually on our
website). The sets are available in three sizes: miniature (10
long with 5/16 dia. shanks), small (131/2 long with 1/2 dia.
shanks) and medium (141/2 long with 5/8 dia. shanks). Handles K
are sold separately. Instructions included. Made in New Zealand.
H. 53B01.51 Mini Hollowers, set of 3 $105.00
J. 53B01.52 Small Hollowers, set of 3 $119.00
K. 53B01.53 Medium Hollowers, set of 3 $139.00
Turning 167
 E
F
Munro hollower with handle
shown in use on a lathe.
Vase side is cut away to
show articulated head cutter.

Steady-Rests for Spindles and Bowls

A Thin bowls and long spindles are prone to speed wobble, causing
difculty in making accurate, chatterfree cuts. These rests counter
A. Munro Articulated Hollower 2 vibration and whip. The spindle steady-rest has three capture wheels
This hollower for medium to large that adjust to support work from about 1/2 to 3 in diameter.
vessels has been updated with new Similarly designed, the bowl steady (suitable for bowls up to 24 in
linkages for inboard and outboard diameter) positions an adjustable dual-wheel head rmly against the
turning, and to include durable HSS cutters. Used alone or with the two 11/2 arm link- exterior of a bowl or platter to control shudder. Both versions have a
ages, the articulating cutter head allows you to form a large range of vessel shapes and sliding base to allow best positioning. The size of base clamp block*
sizes, and to reach difcult areas such as the inside shoulders of semi-enclosed forms. you need (ordered separately) is dictated by the distance between
An adjustable hood over the circular carbide steel cutter sets depth of cut. When dull, your bed ways; please measure before ordering. Made in Canada.
the circular cutter is simply rotated to reveal a fresh edge. An included jig holds the E. 66B14.01 Spindle Steady $135.00
small cutters securely for sharpening. The 5/8 diameter, 163/4 long steel tool shaft F. 66B14.05 Bowl Steady $109.00
allows substantial reach into deep vessels. The hollow aluminum handle with cush- G. Order a clamp block* to match the bed gap of your lathe:
ioned grip is about 191/2 long by 11/2 in diameter. Ballast, such as lead shot, can be
Most Popular Sizes:
added for stability and to absorb vibration. The tool shaft secures with a knob that,
66B14.13 Clamp Block, 11/2 $ 14.90
when aligned with the cutter head, provides a visual reference of the cutter position
66B14.15 Clamp Block, 13/4 $ 14.90 G
within hollow forms. The cutter head and arm linkages are stainless steel. Comes with
three cutters, a sharpening jig, hex keys, a screw- Not Stocked at our Stores:
driver set and instructions. Made in New Zealand. Cutter 66B14.17 Clamp Block, 2 $ 14.90
head 66B14.20 Clamp Block, 21/2 $ 14.90
Not Stocked at our Stores. and
* Special orders can be placed for other clamp
83B01.08 Articulated Hollower 2 $359.00 three
cutters block sizes. Please specify your bed gap.
83B01.09 Repl. Cutter, 12mm $ 33.60

McNaughton Center-Saver System one straight and three incurved cutters. Each * 3/4, 11/8, 11/4 and 30mm diameter post sizes are
If you have much bowl work, you can quickly system has a tool gate, with a 1 post*, which available. Ask our Customer Service dept. for more
pay for a set of center savers with the amount of controls the orientation of the cutters, and serves information. Not stocked at our stores.
wood and time you save. You can also produce to minimize torsional forces while coring; the
sets of matched-grain nesting bowls. What was post accepts the mini, small and medium Kelton Replacement Cutters
previously shavings becomes saleable product. Hollowers for hollow form work. The combined Not Stocked at our Stores.
The McNaughton system comes in three sizes, sets include all the respective cutters (e.g., Mini/ 53B02.13 Standard Curved Blade #4 $62.50
each with a specialized tool gate, a steel handle Standard includes four mini cutters plus four 53B02.12 Standard Curved Blade #3 $62.50
and an assortment of cutters that let you cut standard cutters), a tool gate and handle. 53B02.11 Standard Curved Blade #2 $62.50
everything from shallow bowls to quite deep Instructions included. Made in New Zealand. 53B02.10 Standard Straight Blade #1 $62.50
cones. The large system includes one straight Not Stocked at our Stores. 53B02.08 Mini Curved Blade #4 $59.90
and two incurved cutters for cores ranging from B. 53B02.02 Standard Saver System $409.00 53B02.07 Mini Curved Blade #3 $59.90
10 to 24. The straight cutters are also suitable C. 53B02.01 Mini Saver System $359.00 53B02.06 Mini Curved Blade #2 $59.90
for freehand parting. The standard and mini D. 53B02.03 Large Saver System $409.00 53B02.05 Mini Straight Blade #1 $59.90
systems are suitable for bowl diameters from 4 53B02.25 Combo Mini/Standard $579.00 53B02.17 Large Curved Blade #3 $89.90
to 16 and up to 10 respectively (depending on 53B02.26 Combo Standard/Large $619.00 53B02.16 Large Curved Blade #2 $89.90
the desired shape of the core), and each includes 53B02.27 Combo Mini/Std./Large $839.00 53B02.15 Large Straight Blade #1 $89.90

B C

A tool gate is included with each

center-saver system (standard
system tool gate shown).

Set of matched-grain, nested bowls.

D
 A

1/2 7/8 11/4

A. Sorby Stebcenters
A good choice for spindle work, these lathe drives have a spring-loaded
center point to speed setting up and dismounting the blank, and a series of
sharp teeth that wont split the wood. By tightening the tailstock, you can
vary the degree of holding power, ranging from engagement of just the tip
of the center point to full engagement of the teeth. With lighter tailstock
pressure, the teeth are designed to shear the wood, lose grip and stop the
piece from revolving if a severe dig-in occurs a factor especially of
value to novice turners. Convenient and safe, they are available with a #2 Tools, grinder
and grinding wheels
Morse taper in 1/2, 7/8 and 11/4 diameters. D not included.
85S09.01 #2 MT, 1/2 Stebcenter $84.50
85S09.02 #2 MT, 7/8 Stebcenter $84.50
85S09.03 #2 MT, 11/4 Stebcenter $99.00
D
B. Pentacryl Wood Stabilizer
When you are working with green
wood, cracks and checks can develop D. Wolverine Sharpening
as the piece begins to dry. Made from System
siliconized polymers, the viscous liquid This versatile system
Basic system includes
quickly migrates into the wet wood (up produces consistent 2 bases, platform & long arm.
to 90% faster than wax emulsion prod- proles on a wide range of
ucts) and stabilizes the cellular structure turning tools. The basic jig is composed of two bases, a 35 grinding
of the wood by displacing its natural platform and a 273/4 long adjustable V-arm. Since the platform and the
moisture. Best applied through immer- V-arm can be used in either base, you can have concurrent set-ups or switch
sion, the stabilizer can also be sprayed between ne and coarse wheels. A sturdy cam-lock provides a rm hold, but
or brushed on after each carving or releases easily. Ideal for scrapers and parting tools, the platform adjusts for
turning session ideal for use with different bevel angles and locks with a gyratory handle. The V-arm produces
large carving projects that can take awless straight grinds on bowl and roughing gouges, and accommodates
weeks or months to complete. Once your longest tools. Instructions included.
dry, treated wood can be glued, stained 66B04.40 Basic Wolverine Jig $89.50
and finished. Includes instructions.
E. Wolverine Vari-Grind Accessory
(Not available in California or Oregon.)
B This accessory for the basic Wolverine jig
Pentacryl, 32 oz (940ml) makes quick work of fingernail-profile
56K08.01 $27.50 E
grinds and complex bowl gouge proles.
Simple to set up and maneuver, it guides
C. Lee Valley Turners Smock
the tool through the combined movements
We designed this three-quarter-length that are so difficult to accomplish free
smock primarily for turners. The 65/35 hand. Secure clamping is provided by a
poly-cotton blend sheds chips well but is spindle and a brass adjustment knob with
light and cool. It features a wrap-around clamp pad. Its 3/4 capacity accepts even
neck with hook-and-loop closure, roomy
the largest bowl gouges.
C full-length sleeves with elastic cuffs to
66B04.41 Vari-Grind Accessory $52.90
keep them safely back on your forearms,
waist-cinch side tabs to keep the
smock away from work, and a F. Wolverine Skew Attachment
two-way zip front closure that Installed in the V-arm, this attachment
lets you unzip the bottom for simplies grinding both sides of the skew
comfort when crouched or identically. The tool handle registers in
sitting. Highly practical for all pockets on either side of the arm, auto-
power woodworking operations, matically setting a 30 rake angle. Pivoting
it has reinforced pencil pockets the skew gently from side to side reduces
on each arm and large patch the amount of hollow grind, resulting in
pockets on the back for calipers and a rule. improved control at the lathe. To produce
Available in mens sizes medium, large, the same grind on the opposite face,
simply switch pockets. F
X-large and XX-large (chest sizes indi-
cated). Machine washable. 66B04.42 Skew Attachment $29.90
67K20.04 Med. Smock (38-40) $76.00
67K20.05 Lg. Smock (42-44) $76.00 G. Wolverine Wheel Dressing Jig
67K20.06 XL Smock (46-48) $76.00 Any grinding wheel benets from periodic
67K20.07 XXL Smock (50-52) $76.00 truing. This jig, with its 1/4-carat diamond
and micrometer adjustment, allows
controlled removal of minute amounts of G
material from the wheel, both truing it and
Large back pockets exposing fresh abrasive.
keep tools handy yet 66B04.43 Wheel Dressing Jig $65.90
out of the way.
Waist-cinch side tabs
 E
F

A B

E. Veritas Center Marker Square

A precision aluminum die casting with a
steel scoring blade, this is the best center
marker available. To mark the center of
Drill Chuck with Morse Taper Adapter C. Chuck Cuff any square or round piece up to 6
One of the handiest lathe accessories you Spinning chuck across, set the material in the marker, tap it Cylinder
can have, this drill chuck can be used for jaws are virtually with a mallet, rotate it approximately 1/4
both turning and drilling applications. To invisible and can turn, and tap it again. Two score lines
use in the headstock as a turning chuck, you remove a fair will intersect at the exact center.
rst turn a spigot on the piece and then put chunk of skin Guaranteed to be accurate to 1/12 of a
the spigot in the chuck. For drilling, it can if you arent degree. Comes drilled and countersunk for
be used in either the headstock or the tail- careful. If you C mounting near your lathe. It particularly shines when
stock. The 1/2 three-jaw chuck is available slide this cuff work has to be replaced on the lathe after waste ends
with either a #1 or a #2 Morse taper (MT) over your chuck, have been removed. Because it is so accurate, you can
adapter (drilled and tapped for a 1/4-20 it covers any sharp re-establish the exact center of any cylinder.
restraining rod, not included). Please check projection, as well as 05N15.01 Veritas Center Marker $27.50
your lathe specications for Morse taper making the chuck much
size before ordering. more visible. Fits chuck F. Double-Sided Turning Tape
A. 58B01.15 #1 MT Drill Chuck $38.50 diameters of 3 to 6. Face-plate turning can be greatly simplied with the
B. 58B01.16 #2 MT Drill Chuck $38.50 66B20.01 Chuck Cuff $7.20 use of double-sided tape instead of screws to hold the
turning blank. This industrial-quality tape has a
heavy, high-tack rubber/resin adhesive on both sides
D. Beall I-X (Internal Expanding) Collet Set of a cotton backing. Comes in 1 and 2 wide rolls,
For a sure t, the eight expanding collets in this set t hole diameters commonly used by wood- 23m (75) long and 0.013 thick.
workers. Made of hard-anodized aluminum, each collet ts into a recess drilled into the work, and 25U03.11 1 Double-Sided Tape $13.50
expands to hold it when you tighten the screw in the back of the shaft. The collets also allow stock 25U03.12 2 Double-Sided Tape $24.50
to be removed and remounted with repeatable concentricity a factor important for sanding and
nishing a workpiece. The sizes included are 1/2 to 11/4 in 1/8 increments, and 11/2. Each has a G. Lathe Spindle Taps
1/2 shaft for mounting in a chuck. A cherry block is included for storage. Made in USA.
These hardened steel taps correspond to headstock
44J23.35 Beall I-X Collet Set $129.00 thread sizes to let you make wooden xtures such as glue
and jam chucks, or special face plates. You simply drill a
Shown mounted on a drill chuck.
block of wood (using either a lathe chuck or a drill press),
tap it, and then thread it onto the headstock spindle for
facing off with a scraper or skew chisel. Work holders
made this way run very true because they are turned
directly on the lathe. Hole size is 1/8 less than tap size for
the Imperial taps, and 13/16 for the 33mm tap. An easy
way to make inexpensive custom lathe accessories.
Most Popular Sizes:
44J23.30 18 tpi Spindle Tap $21.50
44J23.31 11/48 tpi Spindle Tap $31.50
Not Stocked at our Stores:
44J23.32 33mm3.50mm Spindle Tap $31.50

Cutaway
G
D view of threaded
face plate

170 Turning
 F
E
G
D

G
A
B
G. Easy Chuck Insert key to unlock each jaw.
Chuck and 1/2 collet in use. A real time saver, this chuck makes fast work of mounting work-
pieces or switching jaws. To secure the work, it operates much
like a keyless drill chuck; turning the housing by hand quickly
tightens the jaws to grip the project, with only the nal tightening
done with the supplied chuck key. Jaw changes are also simpli-
ed, as there are no mounting screws to remove and replace.
Insert the included jaw key with a light push to unlock each jaw;
Collet Chuck you can then remove it by hand and slide in another jaw, which
Typically used for metalworking, a collet chuck is also locks in position with an audible click. Largely made of hardened Jaws slide in and lock in position.
well suited to wood turning. Able to accurately grip steel, the 4 diameter chuck weighs just over 5 lb and threads
small hardwood blanks without marring them, it also directly onto lathes with a 18 tpi spindle (an optional 11/48 tpi
allows stock to be removed and remounted with repeat- spindle adapter is available separately). It comes with a set of
able concentricity a factor important for sanding and 13/8 nickel-plated steel dovetail jaws; optional jaw sets are also
nishing a workpiece. Usable with or without tailstock available separately (capacities listed in the chart). Made in USA.
support, the machined steel chuck mounts on a 18 tpi
spindle and includes two wrenches for securing/ Not Stocked at our Stores.
removing the nut. The precision-ground collets are 36B02.01 Easy Chuck $467.00
available individually (internal diameters listed) or as a 36B02.15 11/48 tpi Spindle Adapter $ 47.00
set of five (one of each). Also useful for holding Easy Chuck Jaw Sets
mandrels, small custom face plates and metal turning Made of nickel-plated, hardened steel, the optional jaw sets for the Easy Chuck have smooth,
blanks. Suitable for mid- to large-size lathes. non-marring external and internal gripping surfaces, with rounded corners to reduce the risk
Not Stocked at our Stores. of injury from contact with the spinning jaws. External and internal sizes listed are optimal;
A. 67B00.01 Chuck only, 18 tpi $ 99.50 recommended for tenons and recesses up to 1/4 larger than the listed sizes.
B. 67B00.05 Collet, 1/4 $ 24.90 H. Standard Dovetail Jaw Sets
C. 67B00.06 Collet, 3/8 $ 24.90 Two sizes are available. The small set (supplied with the chuck, offered separately as a
D. 67B00.07 Collet, 1/2 $ 24.90 replacement) is suitable for work up to 6 in diameter. The larger 23/8 jaws accommodate
E. 67B00.08 Collet, 5/8 $ 24.90 projects up to 12 in diameter.
F. 67B00.09 Collet, 3/4 $ 24.90
67B00.10 Set of 5 Collets $114.00 J-L. Extended-Reach Dovetail Jaw Sets
These have longer jaws to provide an extended reach on larger projects, up to 24 in diam-
See page 66 for Veritas Lathe Chuck/Face-Plate
eter for the largest set. The smallest set accommodates a straight tenon; the others accept
Adapters that let you transfer work between your lathe dovetailed tenons.
and our Veritas carvers vise without removing your M. Stepped Dovetail Jaw Set
lathe chuck or face plate. This jaw set has internal faces that are stepped to accommodate a range of three different tenon
sizes, for large work up to 20 in diameter.
Jaw Sets (all measurements are approximate) Jaw
External Internal Price
Not Stocked at our Stores Length
Standard Dovetail: 13/8 (required only
36B02.16 13/8 2 7/16 $ 71.00
H. as replacements for the included jaws)
36B02.10 Standard Dovetail: 23/8 23/8 3 7/16 $ 82.00
J. 36B02.11 Extended-Reach Dovetail: 1/2 1/2 straight 11/4 11/4 $ 82.00
K. 36B02.12 Extended-Reach Dovetail: 13/8 13/8 2 11/4 $ 82.00
L. 36B02.13 Extended-Reach Dovetail: 31/2 31/2 41/4 1 $106.00
M. 36B02.14 Stepped Dovetail 21/2, 3, 31/2 41/4 1 $106.00

H J K L M
171
 The Evolution is a substantial chuck, suitable for
A B C
lathes with swings of 12 and up. It is 114mm
(41/2) in diameter, weighs just under 6 lb and
accepts any Axminster jaw set. At just 50mm (2)
thick, it has a low prole to reduce leverage on the
headstock bearings when turning large pieces. The
backplate has two rings for indexing, one with 24
divisions around the circumference and another
with 36 divisions on the face.
All chucks are direct threaded and offered without
jaws, giving you the option of selecting the initial set.
With the exception of the spigot jaws, the jaw sets
have multiple gripping surfaces to increase their
Axminster Stainless-Steel Scroll Chucks versatility. Additional jaw slide sets are also available
Minimizing vibration is key to making smooth cuts, particularly with thin or large workpieces. With so you can interchange jaws without having to remove
these chucks, precise machining (total runout tolerance on the body is 0.0015) and careful design the mounting screws. Produced in England, this is a
result in a work-holding system that signicantly reduces chatter. The bodies are made of stainless comprehensive and well-made work-holding system.
steel, which not only resists corrosion from contact with green or acidic woods, but also permits 58B40.05 SK80 Chuck, 3/416 tpi $175.00
machining to nal tolerance without requiring an allowance for additional plating. This manufac- A. 58B40.06 SK80 Chuck, 18 tpi $175.00
turing process provides a closer t with the headstock mandrel, more stable support for the jaws and 58B40.15 SK100 Chuck, 3/416 tpi $189.00
minimal lateral movement of the jaw slides, all of which help reduce vibration. Instead of using B. 58B40.16 SK100 Chuck, 18 tpi $189.00
levers to operate the scroll, the chucks are key driven so you can apply signicant clamping force 58B40.17 SK100 Chuck, 11/48 tpi $189.00
with minimal effort. The scroll mechanism has a smooth action, is hardened for durability, and is 58B40.18 SK100 Chuck, M333.5 $189.00
enclosed to help reduce dust inltration and frequency of maintenance. Radiused corners on the 58B40.50 Jaw Slide Set, SK80 & SK100 $ 54.50
low-friction jaw slides help minimize risk of injury from contact with the spinning jaws. 58B40.30 Evolution Chuck, 3/416 tpi $289.00
The SK80 Clubman is suitable for smaller lathes with swings up to 12. It is 80mm (31/8) C. 58B40.31 Evolution Chuck, 18 tpi $289.00
in diameter, weighs 1.5kg (3.3 lb) and accepts four jaw sets. The SK100 Clubman is for lathes 58B40.32 Evolution Chuck, 11/48 tpi $289.00
with swings of 12 to about 20. It is 100mm (37/8) in diameter, weighs about 1.75kg (3.8 lb) 58B40.33 Evolution Chuck, M333.5 $289.00
and is compatible with any Axminster jaw set. 58B40.39 Jaw Slides $ 62.50

On this page product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
G. Oneway Live Centers
Axminster Jaw Sets These versatile live centers include a rotating cup
Nominal Imperial dimensions are given in parentheses. center, a solid, full-point cone (suitable for candle-
stick turnings) and a large reversible bullnose cone
Type A & B Dovetail Jaw Sets (provides support to turnings on the inside or
With smooth, dovetail-shaped surfaces, these jaws provide a secure, non-marring hold when outside). Accurately machined and hardened for
expanding into a recessed foot for bowls or clamping around tenons in unsupported spigot- strength with two bearings for minimum vibration.
turned work. The type A set can hold the work three different ways: in its external or internal Available in two Morse taper (MT) sizes.
jaws, or in their central bore. The type B jaws hold work with their external faces or in their 66B08.12 #2 MT Live Center $120.00
central bore. Both jaws are for use with the SK100 and Evolution chucks. 66B08.11 #1 MT Live Center $120.00
D. 58B40.51 Type A Jaws, 100mm (315/16) $44.50
E. 58B40.52 Type B Jaws, 62mm (27/16) $44.50 Medium-Duty Live Centers
These excellent-quality live centers have forged
F. Type C Dovetail Jaw Set bodies machined to a tolerance of 0.0008, and
Especially useful for small bowls and unsupported end-grain work such as boxes and goblets, contain thrust and needle bearings to accommodate
these versatile jaws have smooth external dovetail faces for expansion into a recessed foot and radial and axial stresses separately. Available in #1
an internal grip that is lipped for extra hold on spigots. This lip also interlocks with other work- and #2 Morse taper. Superb value.
holding accessories, such as a screw chuck or spur center (see our website). The smooth H. 88B10.01 Med.-Duty #1 MT Live Center $36.90
central bore provides an additional gripping surface for a straight-sided spigot. The 50mm (2) J. 88B10.02 Med.-Duty #2 MT Live Center $41.50
jaws are compatible with all three Axminster chucks, while the 69mm (211/16) jaws are for the
SK100 and Evolution chucks only. K. Live Center Set
58B40.40 Type C Jaws, 50mm (2) $43.50 Made with the same exacting standards as the
58B40.53 Type C Jaws, 69mm (211/16) $44.50 medium-duty centers, this set comes with seven
interchangeable tips: 7/16 and 5/8 cup centers, four
cone centers ranging in size from 5/8 to 1 (with
D E F
varying angles), and one carbide-tipped 5/8 cone.
Comes in a protective plastic case.
88B20.02 #2 MT Live Center Set $139.00
H
J

We carry more jaw sets and a G

variety of other Axminster
products on our website. K
To view our full selection,
search "Axminster"
at
www.leevalley.com

172 Turning
 A-C. Oneway Scroll Chucks
These scroll chucks have a nickel-plated A B C
body, case-hardened base jaws, and a Basic Talon Stronghold
scroll coated with a dry, long-lasting
lubricant. Precisely made, the chuck
body typically has less than 0.001 of
runout; with the jaws mounted,
runout can be expected to be less
than 0.005. Due to their special
construction, the jaws can be
easily tightened on round or
square stock. A stop pin
prevents overextension of the jaws. The
arbor is an adapter that is mounted separately available in
(Oneways Basic and Talon chucks share the same a body-only
adapter); if you wish to use the chuck on a different lathe, version (without
you need only purchase another adapter. The unique taper-lock adapter jaws, woodworm screw or taper-lock adapter) or in
makes the chuck run truer, while guaranteeing safe use of the chuck for a kit that includes a taper-lock adapter, a standard 11/2
right- or left-hand turning. (The 18 tpi adapter is specially threaded for woodworm screw, a #2 standard jaw set, the appropriate levers or chuck
both inboard and outboard mounting.) The Basic Oneway chuck is lever key, and a hex key. The Basic chuck weighs 4 lb, the Talon about 31/2 lb and
operated. The Stronghold and Talon chucks use a 5:1 ratio chuck key for the Stronghold about 8 lb.
tightening, ensuring greater holding power on large pieces. Each chuck is D. Spur Center D
The spur center mounts directly in the chuck and is
On this page product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores. hardened for long life. Fits all Oneway chucks we offer.
66B06.01 Spur Center $35.00
E. Woodworm Screws
Headstock Morse A. Basic Chuck Kit B. Talon Chuck Kit C. Stronghold Kit
With deep threads for powerful grip, these are right-
Thread Size Taper $199.00 $232.00 $289.00
hand screws for inboard turning. They t all Oneway
7/814 tpi #1 66B01.08 66B05.51 66B10.04 chucks we offer.
3/416 tpi #1 66B01.01 66B05.52 66B10.01 66B07.03 Std. 11/2 Woodworm Screw $21.50 E
18 tpi #2 66B01.03 66B05.53 66B10.02 66B07.05 2 Woodworm Screw $26.50
11/48 tpi #2 66B01.10 66B05.54 66B10.05
5/8 plain 66B01.06 66B05.55 66B10.03 Jaw Sets
11/26 tpi #2 n/a n/a 66B10.06 Four styles are available: standard, dovetail, spigot and at. The approximate
11/28 tpi #3 n/a n/a 66B10.07 capacities of jaw sets are listed in the chart at left. Please note that the #2
66B02.11 66B05.49 66B11.02 standard jaw set is included with the Basic, Talon and Stronghold chuck kits.
Chuck Body Only
$129.00 $169.00 $215.00 F. Standard Jaw Sets G. Spigot Jaw Sets
Extra Adapter 66B03.20 66B03.20 66B12.00 These have serrated Available with stan-
(specify) $24.90 $24.90 $24.90 internal and dard (serrated) or
external smooth faces,
F, G, H & J Jaw Sets (all measurements are approximate)
surfaces these are for
Product # Jaw Set Chuck External Internal Price
3/8 2 7/8 21/2
for rm use on small
66B04.01 #1 Standard (Stepping) Basic $40.90
grip. workpieces.
66B04.02 #2 Standard Basic 15/8 3 2 35/8 $41.90 F G
66B04.11 #2 Dovetail Basic 15/8 3 2 35/8 $36.50
66B04.03 #3 Standard Basic 31/4 43/4 37/8 53/8 $49.90 H. Dovetail Jaw Sets J. Flat Jaw Sets
66B04.12 #3 Dovetail Basic 31/8 41/2 37/8 51/2 $43.90 For lighter-duty applica- Ideal for awkward or
66B04.09 Flat Basic n/a n/a $41.90 tion, these have smooth, difcult-to-hold
66B04.05 Spigot Standard Basic 1/4 13/4 11/16 21/2 $40.90 workpieces.
non-marring internal and
66B04.07 Spigot Smooth Basic 1/4 17/8 11/16 21/2 $40.90 Screw
external gripping
66B04.01 #1 Standard (Stepping) Talon 3/8 15/8 1 23/8 $40.90 wooden
surfaces.
66B04.02 #2 Standard Talon 15/8 23/4 2 33/8 $41.90 blocks to
66B04.11 #2 Dovetail Talon 15/8 27/8 2 31/2 $36.50 the face of
66B04.13 #3 Standard Talon 27/8 4 33/8 45/8 $49.90 these jaws
66B04.14 #3 Dovetail Talon 25/8 33/4 33/8 43/4 $43.90 and shape them
66B04.09 Flat Talon n/a n/a $41.90 on the lathe to J
66B04.06 Spigot Standard Talon 3/8 15/8 1 23/8 $40.90 H
develop a custom jaw set.
66B04.07 Spigot Smooth Talon 1/4 13/4 11/16 21/2 $40.90
66B13.01 Spigot #1 Standard Stronghold 3/8 17/8 11/8 25/8 $48.90 K. Jumbo Jaw Sets
66B13.11 Spigot #1 Smooth Stronghold 3/8 2 11/16 25/8 $48.90 Milled from solid aluminum for excellent balance and accuracy. Can be
66B13.02 #2 Standard Stronghold 13/4 31/4 23/8 4 $49.90 used with four or eight grippers and will hold odd-shaped parts through the
66B13.13 #2 Dovetail Stronghold 2 31/2 25/8 41/8 $43.90 use of adjusting slots. Ideal for adding wooden jaws for custom work.
66B13.03 #3 Standard Stronghold 37/8 51/4 43/8 6 $54.90 Capacities stated at left. The jumbo jaws
66B13.14 #3 Dovetail Stronghold 35/8 5 43/8 6 $49.90 have a 12 swing. The mega jumbo
66B13.15 #4 Standard Stronghold 41/4 53/4 47/8 61/2 $58.90 jaws have a 16 swing and are for use
66B13.16 #4 Dovetail Stronghold 41/4 53/8 5 61/2 $54.90 with the Stronghold chuck only.
66B13.12 Flat Stronghold n/a n/a $41.90
Jumbo jaw
will hold
K. Jumbo Jaw Set Chuck External Internal Price large or
Jumbo Basic 27/8 101/2 47/8 113/4 irregularly
66B05.01 $104.00 shaped
Jumbo Talon 27/8 101/4 47/8 111/2 stock.

66B13.05 Jumbo Stronghold 3 11 5 12 $104.00 K

K
66B13.06 Mega Stronghold 3 131/4 5 15 $126.00


d.
not include
Motors
Taig Miniature
Lathe for Wood or Metal
The Taig lathe was originally designed for
precision machining of watch parts. With the
range of accessories, this accurate, versatile lathe
will turn wood, steel, aluminum, brass, tagua,
and composites. You can turn wood and brass
freehand in woodworking mode, or steel to an
accuracy of 0.0005 in metalworking mode.
Stock up to 31/293/4 can be turned between
centers; 41/2 diameter for face-plate turning.
You can make accessories or parts for tools and
household items. Easy to store or transport, it ts
an 8824 case.
174
Taig Miniature Lathe
A Woodworking
set-up
Metalworking
set-up
The accessories on
the following page are
more fully described in the instruction
booklet, which is available separately at no
The basic charge and is also posted on our website. With
lathe has a 15 these accessories you can adapt the wood-
ground and stabilized working version of the lathe for use as a
steel bed on aluminum base (45 ways metalturning lathe, and vice-versa.
are accurate to 0.001 in width), headstock with Two-year warranty. Requires a 1/6 to 1/4 hp
hollow ball-bearing spindle (3/4-16 tpi), two motor (not included).
6-step pulleys (1/2 arbor) 525 to 5200 rpm, A. 03J71.08 Woodworking Taig Lathe $345.00
V-belt, motor bracket, adjustable tailstock for B. 03J71.01 Metalworking Taig Lathe $345.00
offset turning, lever-feed tail-center, centers 21/4 C. 03J71.00 Taig Instruction Booklet FREE
above bed (41/2 swing), and instruction booklet.
T-slots in the headstock, tailstock and cross slide
accept #10 square nuts for auxiliary mountings.
The woodworking set includes the basic lathe,
our 2 face plate, 21/2 tool rest with a base and
post swivel, 7/16 cup center, 3/4 spur center
(3/4-16 tpi) and a needle-bearing live center.
The metalworking set includes the basic lathe,
one toolbit, rotating toolbit post, cross slide
(13/4 travel) with handwheel graduated to
0.001, and carriage with handwheel (9 travel). C
D. U. J. Ramelson Micro Turning Tools
These tools are ideal for use with our Taig lathe
or for small pieces on larger lathes. Made of W1
tool steel, they are 7 to 71/2 long overall and
come ground, ready to use. Available individu-
ally or as a set of eight.
D 57D14.01 1/8 Gouge $ 15.90
57D14.02 3/16 Gouge $ 15.90
57D14.03 9/64 Beading Tool $ 13.50
57D14.04 9/64 Square Nose $ 13.50
57D14.05 9/64 Diamond Point $ 13.50
57D14.06 1/8 Round Nose $ 13.50
57D14.07 1/8 Parting Tool $ 15.90
57D14.08 3/8 Skew $ 15.90
57D14.10 Micro Turning Tool Set of 8 $105.00
 C P Q R S

W
B
E V
F T U
A
X
Taig Accessories for Wood
The 7 tool rest requires two swivel bases. The 1/2
spur center ts into our 3/4 spur center, a 1/4 collet
or any chuck. Items marked * are included in the
Taig basic woodworking lathe.
A. 03J72.01 2 Face Plate* $12.60 BB EE
B. 03J72.02 21/2 Rest w/1 Swivel Base* $46.50
C. 03J72.03 7 Dbl. Rest w/1 Swivel Base $51.50 DD
D. 03J72.04 Extra Swivel Base $32.90 CC GG
E. 03J72.13 1/4 Cup & 1/2 Spur Center $24.90 Y Z
AA
F. 03J72.08 7/16 Cup & 3/4 Spur Center* $32.90
HH
FF
G H
Taig Accessories for Metal W. 03J70.09 Machinists Face Plate $17.50
P. 03J70.34 Carriage and Cross Slide $110.00 Double keyways for #10 square nuts.
Included in the basic metalworking Taig lathe, X. 03J70.10 Right-Angle Jaw Set $ 7.20
K
offered separately for metalworking on a wood- Includes fasteners for use with face plate above.
working Taig lathe. Includes carriage, cross Y. 03J70.15 6-pc. HSS Toolbit Set $38.30
J slide and toolbit post. 1/4 bits LH, RH, 45 chamfer, round nose,
Q. 03J70.24 Top Slide $ 60.40 parting and one boring bar.
Mounts on cross slide to make a compound Z. 03J70.16 Unground Toolbit (1/4) $ 2.60
slide for cutting tapers and angles. Includes AA. 03J70.31 5-pc. HSS End-Mill Set $73.00
toolbit post. Double-end milling cutters of 1/16, 3/32, 1/8,
R. 03J70.25 Milling Slide $ 83.90 5/32 and 3/16 with 3/16 dia. shanks.
Mounts on cross slide for machining at surfaces BB. 03J70.44 Blank Arbor, plain $ 3.50
M O and slots. 15/8 vertical travel. Micrometer wheel. CC. 03J70.43 Blank Arbor with Washer $ 4.90
S. 03J70.41 Milling Vise $ 36.50 For making tool holders. Plain arbor is 2
Fits into the T-slots on the milling slide. 2 wide long. Arbor with 1 dia. capped washer
L N by 21/4 opening. screws directly onto spindle.
T. 03J70.37 Pair of Risers $ 58.70 DD. 03J70.45 Fly Cutter $25.50
Taig Accessories for Wood or Metal Adding a headstock and a tailstock riser will For milling. 3/4-16 tpi mount. 1/4 shank tool
G. 03J70.05 3-Jaw Scroll Chuck $83.90 increase swing by 2. Toolbit post included. bit included, cut range is 11/4 to 21/2.
Self-centering with reversible soft aluminum U. 03J70.23 Steady Rest $ 32.00 EE. 03J70.46 Rear Tool Post $ 6.30
jaws. Capacity 1/8 to 11/8. For round or hex- Used to support material that has a long over- FF. 03J70.47 Front Tool Post $ 5.90
shaped materials. hang. Capacity is 3/32 to 11/2. For holding cutters. Front post is included
H. 03J70.06 Extra Set of Soft Jaws $10.90 V. 03J70.08 4-Jaw Chuck (steel jaws) $ 85.60 with Taig lathe. Rear post for parting off.
11/16 thick. Ideal for making into step jaws to
Independent jaw adjustment for holding round, GG. 03J70.18 HSS Saw (21/20.032) $15.50
increase chuck capacity to 31/2. 3-jaw chuck only. oval or square stock. Hardened steel stepped HH. 03J70.17 1/2 Slitting Saw Arbor $ 6.80
J. 03J70.07 Full Circle Soft Jaws $ 9.90 reversible jaws with range of 1/8 to 31/4. More
11/8 capacity. 11/16 thick. When machined, accurate for precision or eccentric parts, but
provides best support for thin stock. For making takes longer to set up.
dovetail jaws, etc. 3-jaw chuck only.
K. 03J70.40 4-Jaw Scroll Chuck $94.50
Self-centering with reversible soft aluminum General Accessories
jaws. Capacity 1/8 to 13/16. For square work only. JJ. 03J60.43 1/4 hp Motor $132.00
L. 03J70.14 1/4 Jacobs Chuck $48.20 1725 rpm, 115V, 5 amp, 1/2 shaft, open JJ
For use on 3/8-24 tpi tail center for drilling. case motor with cord and plug. Cord
M. 03J70.39 Chuck Arbor $13.90 not mounted (supplied separately).
For 1/4 chuck, attaches to headstock spindle. KK. 03J70.04 Mounting Board $ 9.20
N. 03J70.19 Needle-Bearing Live Center $20.50 Plywood covered, 824, pre-drilled
Spring loaded, ts in tailstock. Used to support for lathe.
delicate material or for turning wood.
O. 03J70.11 9-pc. Collet/Nut Set $39.80 To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit
One blank and collets of 1/8 to 5/16 by 32nds plus our website at www.leevalley.com
closing nut.
KK Turning 175
 Stylus Hardware
Gold
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Gold
Gold
A Peg ts
into
audio
jack.
B C
D E
Premium-Quality Pen Hardware
With this well-made hardware, you can create
attractive, durable pens and pencils. High-quality
platings yield a crisply detailed, uniform surface
and a precise t between parts. The gold nish
includes small amounts of cobalt and palladium
for abrasion resistance. Some are original designs;
others are based on classic pens. All combine ease
of assembly with trouble-free function. Ballpoint
and rollerball pens have black ink; fountain pens
do not include ink. Blanks not included. Shafts or
mandrels (with a #1 or a #2 Morse taper to suit the
headstock of your lathe) are available separately.
In case of mishaps during turning or assembly, we
offer brass replacement tubes (enough for ve
pens per package).
A-C. Stylus Pen Hardware
Used to operate touch-screen electronics, a stylus
permits greater precision than a ngertip (and wont
smudge the screen). These kits include all compo-
nents needed (except the wooden blank) to create
your own stylus with a 1/4 diameter silicone-rubber
tip (replacement tips available). The lanyard stylus
has a 11/4 braided cord used to tether it to your
device with a peg that ts into the audio jack. We
also offer hardware for making two styles of pen,
each with a built-in stylus at the nial. Both operate
with a half-twist. The slim pen is a simple design
that requires a Cross-style refill. Compact and
comfortable to use, the single-barrel Sierra takes a
Parker-style or UNI-Ball rell.
Screw-Cap Pen Hardware
Gold/chrome
Chrome
Gold
H J K L
Screw-Cap Pen Hardware
(siphon pump included) or a cartridge (sold
separately), and has a round grip with an
iridium-tipped nib.
K. Electra Rollerball Pen Hardware
L. Electra Fountain Pen Hardware
Simple to make, since only the barrel is turned.
The cap has a woven pattern, with faceted
accents on the clip and nial, and a Celtic knot-
work design on the end medallion. Gold plated
with chrome accents. Standard Parker-style
rells. The fountain pen has an iridium-tipped
nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately) or
bottled ink (siphon pump included).
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
M. Cambridge Fountain Pen Hardware
N. Cambridge Rollerball Pen Hardware
Features sculptural hand-polished accents set
against a dark background for contrast. The band
and clip have a grape-leaf design; the cap
F G end carries a sunburst motif. Available in
titanium-gold with sterling silver accents, or
sterling with titanium-gold accents. The foun-
tain pen has an iridium-tipped nib and uses a
D. Flat-Top Rollerball Pen Hardware
cartridge (sold separately) or bottled ink (siphon
E. Flat-Top Fountain Pen Hardware
pump included). The rollerball cartridge is
Inspired by classic Parker-style pens of the
ceramic-tipped for durability.
1920s, these have a quick-acting threaded cap
that seals tightly to keep ink fresh. The roller- O. Virage Rollerball Pen Hardware
ball includes a long-lasting ceramic-tipped P. Virage Twist-Ballpoint Pen Hardware
cartridge. The fountain pen has an iridium-
This pen takes its name from the French word
tipped nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately)
for curve a reference to the elegant contours
or bottled ink (siphon pump included).
of its grip, nial and clip. The single-barrel twist-
ballpoint pen is relatively simple to make. The
F. El Grande Rollerball Pen Hardware rollerball uses a durable ceramic-tipped cartridge.
G. El Grande Fountain Pen Hardware
Q-S. Sierra Pen Hardware
Surprisingly light and well balanced for their
The regular Sierra pen (R) has a single straight
size (0.600 cap diameter), these boldly styled
pens are ideal for showing off spectacular barrel that is easy to turn. The tapered black grip
gured woods or marbled acrylic acetate. The and nial contrast with the plated surfaces for a
rollerball cartridge is ceramic tipped for dura- sleek, refined appearance. It operates with a
1/2-turn and takes a Parker-style refill. The
bility. The fountain pen has an iridium-tipped
nib and uses a cartridge (sold separately) or premium two-toned version (Q) is plated with
bottled ink (siphon pump included). highly durable alloys hand buffed to an extremely
ne nish. Available with tip, band and clip
H. Baron Fountain Pen Hardware
plated in titanium-gold or in platinum, each
J. Baron Rollerball Pen Hardware
finish features a contrasting smoky black-
This pen has a simple, elegant look and a slim, titanium alloy on the grip and finial. The
comfortable prole, with gold, chrome, titanium- button-click version (S) has a positive soft-click
gold or sterling silver plating on the clip, nial mechanism that is jam-free. It takes a Parker-
and band ttings. The rollerball has a plated six- style rell.
faceted grip and a durable ceramic-tipped For the beginner, we have pen starter kits on page 180.
cartridge. The fountain pen uses bottled ink
Twist Pen and Button-Click Pen Hardware
Titanium-gold/sterling silver
Sterling silver/titanium-gold
Titanium-gold/black titanium
Platinum/black titanium
Chrome
Titanium-gold
Black titanium
Gold
Platinum
Chrome
Chrome
Gold
Gold
M N O P Q R S
 The following chart outlines what is required for each kit mandrel, bushing, drill size and minimum blank dimensions. All pen kits take standard rells, available at stationery stores or from us.
Sold in packages of ve, the ballpoint and rollerball rells contain black ink, while the fountain pen cartridges have blue ink. Because mishaps can occur during turning or assembly, we offer brass
replacement tubes for each kit. Package contains enough tubes to make ve pens. Blanks not included in kits. For blanks, see page 181; for mandrels, bushings and drill bits, see page 183.

Drill Min. Blank Rells Repl. Tubes

Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Repl. Tip, ea.
Bit Size (pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
A. 88K80.30 Lanyard Stylus Gold $ 5.00 $ 4.25 $ 3.75 $ 3.50 88K80.44 $4.00
A- 88K80.34
88K80.31 Lanyard Stylus Chrome Standard 88K78.70 7mm 1/211/4 $ 5.00 $ 4.25 $ 3.75 $ 3.50 88K80.45 $3.50 n/a
$ .70
88K80.32 Lanyard Stylus Gunmetal $ 5.20 $ 4.40 $ 3.90 $ 3.60 88K80.46 $4.00
B. 88K80.35 Slim Stylus Pen Gold $ 7.50 $ 6.40 $ 5.60 $ 5.25 88K80.44 $4.00 88K78.56
A- 88K78.40
88K80.36 Slim Stylus Pen Chrome Standard 88K78.70 7mm 1/241/4 $ 7.50 $ 6.40 $ 5.60 $ 5.25 88K80.45 $3.50 1+ 5+
$2.30
88K80.37 Slim Stylus Pen Gunmetal $ 7.50 $ 6.40 $ 5.60 $ 5.25 88K80.46 $4.00 $2.50 $2.10
C. 88K80.40 Sierra Stylus Pen Gold $13.50 $11.50 $10.10 $ 9.45 88K80.47 $3.50 88K78.55
A- 88K78.52
88K80.41 Sierra Stylus Pen Chrome Standard 88K78.80 27/64 3/421/4 $13.50 $11.50 $10.10 $ 9.45 88K80.48 $3.30 1+ 5+
$3.30
88K80.42 Sierra Stylus Pen Gunmetal $14.80 $12.60 $11.10 $10.35 88K80.49 $3.50 $4.30 $3.65
Min. Blank Rells Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+
Size (pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
D. 88K77.50 FT Rollerball Pen Gold $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 88K78.58 88K78.44
B - Large 88K78.73 V 3/44 1+ 5+
88K77.51 FT Rollerball Pen Chrome $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 $6.70 $5.70 $2.30
E. 88K77.60 FT Fountain Pen Gold $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 88K78.57* 88K78.44
B - Large 88K78.73 V 3/44 1+ 5+
88K77.61 FT Fountain Pen Chrome $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 $2.40 $2.05 $2.30
F. 88K77.80 EI Grande Rollerball Pen Gold $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 88K78.58 88K78.46
B - Large 88K78.75 33/64 & 31/64 3/433/4 1+ 5+
88K77.81 EI Grande Rollerball Pen Chrome $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 $6.70 $5.70 $4.60
G. 88K77.85 EI Grande Fountain Pen Gold $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 88K78.57* 88K78.46
B - Large 88K78.75 33/64 & 31/64 3/433/4 1+ 5+
88K77.86 EI Grande Fountain Pen Chrome $13.00 $11.05 $9.75 $9.10 $2.40 $2.05 $4.60
Min. Blank Rells Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+
Size (pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
H. 88K76.70 Baron Fountain Pen Gold $15.40 $14.60 $13.90 $13.10
88K76.71 Baron Fountain Pen Chrome $15.40 $14.60 $13.90 $13.10 88K78.57* 88K78.54
A - Standard 88K78.82 15/32 & 25/64 3/441/2 1+ 5+
88K76.72 Baron Fountain Pen Titanium-Gold $28.50 $27.05 $25.70 $24.20 $2.40 $2.05 $7.10
88K76.73 Baron Fountain Pen Sterling Silver $22.40 $21.25 $20.20 $19.00
J. 88K76.60 Baron Rollerball Pen Gold $15.20 $14.40 $13.70 $12.90
88K76.61 Baron Rollerball Pen Chrome $15.20 $14.40 $13.70 $12.90 88K78.58 88K78.54
A - Standard 88K78.82 15/32 & 25/64 3/441/2 1+ 5+
88K76.62 Baron Rollerball Pen Titanium-Gold $24.00 $22.80 $21.60 $20.40 $6.70 $5.70 $7.10
88K76.63 Baron Rollerball Pen Sterling Silver $18.70 $17.75 $16.80 $15.90
88K78.58
K. 88K76.15 Electra Rollerball Pen $19.80 $18.80 $17.80 $16.85 1+ 5+
Gold/ $6.70 $5.70 88K76.18
A - Standard 88K78.83 Z 3/427/8
Chrome 88K78.57* $3.30
L. 88K76.16 Electra Fountain Pen $22.40 $21.25 $20.20 $19.00 1+ 5+
$2.40 $2.05
Cambridge Titanium-Gold/
M. 88K76.35 $36.20 $34.35 $32.60 $30.80 88K78.57*
Fountain Pen Sterling Silver 88K78.46
B - Large 88K78.75 33/64 & 31/64 3/433/4 1+ 5+
Cambridge Sterling Silver/ $2.40 $2.05 $4.60
88K76.36 $36.20 $34.35 $32.60 $30.80
Fountain Pen Titanium-Gold
Cambridge Titanium-Gold/
N. 88K76.30 $32.60 $30.95 $29.30 $27.70 88K78.58
Rollerball Pen Sterling Silver 88K78.46
B - Large 88K78.75 33/64 & 31/64 3/433/4 1+ 5+
Cambridge Sterling Silver/ $6.70 $5.70 $4.60
88K76.31 $32.60 $30.95 $29.30 $27.70
Rollerball Pen Titanium-Gold
Min. Blank Rells Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+
Size (pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
O. 88K80.60 Virage Rollerball Gold $15.10 $12.85 $11.30 $10.55 88K78.58 88K80.64
A - Standard 88K80.63 15/32 & 25/64 5/841/2 1+ 5+
88K80.61 Virage Rollerball Chrome $13.50 $11.50 $10.10 $ 9.45 $6.70 $5.70 $5.10
P. 88K80.50 Virage
Pen
Ballpoint
Titanium-Gold $15.80 $13.45 $11.90 $11.05
88K78.55 88K78.52
88K80.51 Virage
Pen
Ballpoint
Platinum A - Standard 88K80.53 27/64 9/1621/4 $11.00 $ 9.35 $ 8.25 $ 7.70 1+ 5+
$3.30
$4.30 $3.65
88K80.52 Virage
Pen
Ballpoint
Black Titanium $15.80 $13.45 $11.90 $11.05
Min. Blank Rells Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+
Size (pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
Q. 88K76.20 Sierra Two-Toned Pen Titanium-Gold/
Black Titanium $23.30 $22.10 $21.00 $19.80 88K78.55
A - Standard 88K78.80 27/64 3/421/4 1+ 5+ 88K78.52
Platinum/Black $3.30
88K76.21 Sierra Two-Toned Pen $18.50 $17.55 $16.70 $15.75 $4.30 $3.65
Titanium
Min. Blank Rells Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+
Size (pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
R. 88K78.30 Sierra Pen Gold $ 8.90 $ 7.55 $ 6.65 $ 6.20
88K78.31 Sierra Pen Chrome $ 8.90 $ 7.55 $ 6.65 $ 6.20 88K78.55 88K78.52
88K78.32 Sierra Pen Satin Gold A - Standard 88K78.80 27/64 3/421/4 $14.80 $12.60 $11.10 $10.35 1+ 5+
$3.30
88K78.33 Sierra Pen Satin Nickel $14.80 $12.60 $11.10 $10.35 $4.30 $3.65
88K76.24 Sierra Pen Gunmetal $11.80 $10.05 $ 8.85 $ 8.25
S. 88K78.34 Sierra Button-Click Pen Gold $11.80 $10.05 $ 8.85 $ 8.25 88K78.55 88K78.60
88K78.35 Sierra Button-Click Pen Chrome A - Standard 88K78.80 27/64 3/421/4 $11.80 $10.05 $ 8.85 $ 8.25 1+ 5+
$3.50
88K76.25 Sierra Button-Click Pen Gunmetal $12.20 $10.40 $ 9.15 $ 8.50 $4.30 $3.65

* Ink cartridges must be protected from freezing. Available Examples of nishes

by mail order between April and October only. Our stores
carry stock year round. Platinum/black titanium

To order call 1-800-267-8767 Iridium-tipped

nib Gold Satin gold Chrome Satin nickel Sterling silver Gunmetal Titanium-gold/black titanium

 Slim Button-Click Pencil Hardware
Gold
Gold
A B
Twist Pen & Pencil Hardware
Chrome/gold
Gold/chrome
Chrome
L M
A. Slim-Style Deco Pencil Hardware
B. Slim-Style Greek Key Pencil Hardware
With an Art Deco-inspired or a Greek-key
pattern center band and tapered ball-tip clips,
these pencils use 0.7mm leads advanced by a
non-jamming click mechanism.
C. Slim Pencil Hardware
A matching pencil to the slim ballpoint pen (D),
this uses heavy 0.7mm leads propelled by a
sturdy, jam-free click mechanism.
D. Slim Ballpoint Pen Hardware
A simple but versatile design, this easy-to-make
kit is readily customized with nger grips and
contrasting center bands. Operates with a
1/2-twist and requires a Cross-style rell.
E. Slim-Style Deco Pen Hardware
F. Slim-Style Greek Key Pen Hardware
These pens have an Art Deco-inspired or a
Greek-key pattern center band and tapered ball-
tip clips. Half-twist operation. Cross-style rell.
G. Streamline Round-Top Pen Hardware
H. Streamline Flat-Top Pen Hardware
The round-top pen has a domed finial and
elegant ball clip, while the at-top pen has a
pointed clip and sleek double-tapered prole.
Both use Cross-style rells.
178 Turning
Slim Twist Pen Hardware
Gunmetal
Chrome
Gold
Gold
C D
Chrome
Gold
Gold
N O P Q
Styled after an elegant design by Montblanc, this
medium-weight pen operates with a 3/4-turn.
Attractive, nicely balanced and straightforward
to produce, it takes standard Cross-style rells.
K. Extra-Large Twist (Cigar) Pen Hardware
Subtle accent bands, a prominent at clip and a
hexagonal finial give this double-twist pen a
stylish, robust look. Almost twice the diameter of a
standard slim pen, the 9/16 barrel is easier to grip
with large hands or limited strength. Premium two-
toned kits feature tips and nials in a smoky black
titanium nish, with contrasting bands of platinum
or titanium-gold. Rells are standard Parker style.
Twist Pen Hardware
Titanium-gold/black titanium
Platinum/black titanium
Satin nickel
Satin nickel
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
E F G H J K
Sketch Pencils L. Ornate Extra-Large Twist (Cigar)
Pen Hardware
An ornate variation on the standard extra-large
twist pen, with ripple patterns in raised relief on
the band ttings, a wave pattern on the clip and a
sunburst motif on the nial, plated either in gold
with chrome accents, or chrome with gold
accents. Operates with a 1/4-twist and requires a
Parker-style rell.
M-P. Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen & Pencil Hardware
Robust looking but well balanced, 9/16 diame-
ters with large at clips. Center bands have a
Black chrome
oral motif or a pattern of repeating triangles.
The pen rell is standard Parker style; the high-
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
quality German-made pencil mechanism accepts
Gold
Gold
Gold
0.7mm leads.
Q. Flat-Top Double-Twist Pen Hardware
R. Flat-Top Double-Twist Pencil Hardware
S Patterned after a classic design by Parker with
R distinctive black accents and a well-balanced 1/2
diameter barrel. A 1/2-twist in either direction
J. Round-Top European Pen Hardware exposes the tip. The pen uses a standard Parker-
style rell. The pencil has a robust, jam-free
lead-advance mechanism and uses 0.7mm leads.
S. Woodworkers Sketch Pencil Hardware
With these kits, you can turn large-diameter
pencils suitable for marking stock and sketching.
A push-button jaw release lets you quickly set lead
projection. The 5.6mm 4B leads resist breakage
on rough surfaces; the push-button unscrews for
access to an integral sharpener. Hexagonal bands
on the grip, barrel and nial resist rolling. Packages
of six replacement leads sold separately.
For the beginner, we have pen starter kits on page 180.
Complete Guide to Turning Pens & Pencils
by Walter Hall
A straightforward guide, it starts with a section on choosing tools,
equipment, materials (including alternatives to wood such as
acrylic, antler and soapstone), pen kits and adhesives. An over-
view of tool techniques and safety practices precedes in-depth
instructions for making 15 kinds of pens and pencils, suitable for
skill levels from beginner to expert. With photographs of every
step, it shows how to work with laser-cut kits, segmented blanks
and inserted veneer inlay, as well as make pen barrels from
polymer clay or small objects encased in clear resin. A photo
gallery of pens made by expert turners presents a range of ideas to
inspire your next project. Softcover, 811, 175 pages, 2011.
73L05.19 Turning Pens & Pencils $22.50
 The following chart outlines what is required for each kit mandrel, bushing, drill size and minimum blank dimensions. All kits take standard rells, available at stationery stores or from us. Sold
in packages of ve, the pen rells contain black ink. Because mishaps can occur during turning or assembly, we offer replacement tubes for each kit. Package contains enough tubes to make ve
pens or pencils. Blanks not included in kits. For blanks, see page 181; for mandrels, bushings and drill bits, see page 183.
Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit Min. Blank Size 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Rells (for 5 pens)
A. 88K77.92 Deco Pencil Gold 1/241/2
$ 8.60 $ 7.30 $ 6.45 $ 6.00 0.7mm leads
B. 88K77.93 Greek Key Pencil Gold $ 8.60 $ 7.30 $ 6.45 $ 6.00 88K78.59 88K78.41
A - Standard 88K78.70 7mm (pkg. of 12)
C. 88K77.20 Slim Pencil Gold 1/241/4
$ 6.70 $ 5.70 $ 5.00 $ 4.65 1+ 5+ $2.30
88K77.21 Slim Pencil Chrome $ 6.70 $ 5.70 $ 5.00 $ 4.65 $2.40 $2.05
D. 88K77.10 Slim Ballpoint Pen Gold $ 5.70 $ 4.85 $ 4.25 $ 3.95
88K77.11 Slim Ballpoint Pen Chrome $ 5.70 $ 4.85 $ 4.25 $ 3.95 88K78.56
(pkg. of 5) 88K78.40
88K77.14 Slim Ballpoint Pen Satin Gold A - Standard 88K78.70 7mm 1/241/2 $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 4.95 $ 4.60 1+ 5+ $2.30
88K77.15 Slim Ballpoint Pen Satin Nickel $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 4.95 $ 4.60 $2.50 $2.10
88K77.17 Slim Ballpoint Pen Gunmetal $ 5.70 $ 4.85 $ 4.25 $ 3.95
E. 88K77.90 Deco Pen Gold $ 7.00 $ 5.95 $ 5.25 $ 4.90 88K78.56
(pkg. of 5) 88K78.40
A - Standard 88K78.70 7mm 1/241/2
1+ 5+ $2.30
F. 88K77.91 Greek Key Pen Gold $ 7.00 $ 5.95 $ 5.25 $ 4.90 $2.50 $2.10
G. 88K78.03 Streamline RT Pen Gold $ 5.80 $ 4.95 $ 4.35 $ 4.05 88K78.56
(pkg. of 5) 88K78.48
A - Standard 88K78.77 7mm 5/843/4
1+ 5+
88K78.04 Streamline RT Pen Chrome $ 5.80 $ 4.95 $ 4.35 $ 4.05 $2.50 $2.10 $3.30

H. 88K78.00 Streamline FT Pen Gold $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 88K78.56

4.95
4.60 $
(pkg. of 5) 88K78.40
88K78.01 Streamline FT Pen Chrome A - Standard 88K78.76 7mm 5/843/4 $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 4.95
4.60 $
1+ 5+ $2.30
88K78.07 Streamline FT Pen Gunmetal $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 4.95 $
4.60 $2.50 $2.10
J. 88K77.30 RT European Pen Gold $ 7.00 $ 5.95 $ 5.25
4.90 $
88K78.56
88K77.31 RT European Pen Chrome $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 4.95 $
4.60 (pkg. of 5) 88K78.43
A - Standard 88K78.71 7mm 3/443/4
1+ 5+
88K77.32 RT European Pen Satin Gold $ 7.00 $ 5.95 $ 5.25
4.90 $ $3.50
$2.50 $2.10
88K77.33 RT European Pen Satin Nickel $ 6.60 $ 5.60 $ 4.95
4.60 $
K. 88K77.40 XL Twist Pen Gold $ 8.80 $ 7.50 $ 6.60
6.15 $
88K77.41 XL Twist Pen Chrome $ 8.80 $ 7.50 $ 6.60
6.15 $
88K77.42 XL Twist Pen Satin Gold $ 8.10 $ 6.90 $ 6.05
5.65 $
88K78.55
88K77.43 XL Twist Pen Satin Nickel A - Standard 88K78.72 10mm 3/441/2 $ 8.80 $ 7.50 $6.15 (pkg. of 5)
6.60 $ 88K78.42
Titanium-Gold/ 1+ 5+ $3.50
88K80.90 XL Twist Pen $18.90 $16.10 $14.20 $13.20 $4.30 $3.65
Blk. Titanium
XL Twist Pen Platinum/
88K80.91 Blk. Titanium $20.80 $17.70 $15.60 $14.55
Rells Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit Min. Blank Size 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+
(pkg. of 5) (for 5 pens)
L. 88K76.40 Ornate XL Twist Pen Gold/Chrome $16.60 $15.75 $14.90 $14.10 88K78.55 88K78.42
A - Standard 88K78.72 10mm 3/441/2 1+ 5+
88K76.41 Ornate XL Twist Pen Chrome/Gold $16.60 $15.75 $14.90 $14.10 $4.30 $3.65 $3.50
Repl. Tubes
Hardware Finish Mandrel Bushing Drill Bit Min. Blank Size 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Rells (for 5 pens)
Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, 88K78.55
M. 88K78.20 Triangle Gold $ 10.70 $9.10 $ 8.00 $ 7.45
B - Large 88K78.79 O& 5/85 (pkg. of 5) 88K78.51
Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, 11/32 1+ 5+ $4.60
88K78.21 Triangle Chrome $11.80 $10.05 $ 8.85 $ 8.25 $4.30 $3.65
0.7mm leads
N. 88K78.25 Half-Twist Pencil, Triangle Gold $17.90 $15.25 $13.40 $12.50 88K78.59
O& 88K78.51
B - Large 88K78.79 11/32
5/85 (pkg. of 12) $4.60
88K78.26 Half-Twist Pencil, Triangle Chrome $19.00 $16.15 $14.30 $13.30 1+ 5+
$2.40 $2.05
Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, 88K78.55
O. 88K78.22 Floral Gold $11.80 $10.05 $ 8.85 $ 8.25
B - Large 88K78.79 O& 5/85 (pkg. of 5) 88K78.51
Half-Twist Ballpoint Pen, 11/32 1+ 5+ $4.60
88K78.23 Floral Chrome $10.70 $ 9.10 $ 8.00 $ 7.45 $4.30 $3.65
0.7mm leads
P. 88K78.27 Half-Twist Pencil, Floral Gold $19.00 $16.15 $14.30 $13.30 88K78.59
O& 88K78.51
B - Large 88K78.79 11/32
5/85 (pkg. of 12)
1+ 5+ $4.60
88K78.28 Half-Twist Pencil, Floral Chrome $17.90 $15.25 $13.40 $12.50
$2.40 $2.05
Q. 88K78.10 FT Double-Twist Pen Gold $ 8.60 $ 7.30 $ 6.45 $ 6.00 88K78.55
(pkg. of 5) 88K78.49
B - Large 88K78.78 O 5/85
1+ 5+ $3.30
88K78.11 FT Double-Twist Pen Chrome $ 8.60 $ 7.30 $ 6.45 $ 6.00 $4.30 $3.65
0.7mm leads
R. 88K78.14 FT Double-Twist Pencil Gold B - Large 88K78.78 O 5/85 $11.90 $10.10 $ 8.90 $ 8.30 88K78.59 88K78.50
(pkg. of 12)
1+ 5+ $5.10
88K78.15 FT Double-Twist Pencil Chrome B - Large 88K78.78 O 5/85 $11.90 $10.10 $ 8.90 $ 8.30
$2.40 $2.05
S. 88K80.70 Sketch Pencil Gold $15.80 $13.45 $11.90 $11.05 5.6mm leads
88K80.71 Sketch Pencil Chrome $14.60 $12.45 $11.00 $10.20 88K80.75 88K80.74
A - Standard 88K80.73 29/64 3/441/2
(pkg. of 6) $4.60
88K80.72 Sketch Pencil Black Chrome $15.10 $12.85 $11.30 $10.55 $3.50

Examples of nishes
Lee Valley sells pen-turning blanks in a range of
materials, but you are not restricted to using these. Platinum/black titanium
Try scraps from your local wood vendor or branches
from your own back yard; the wood need only be 6
long and 1/2 to 3/4 in diameter.
Gold Satin gold Chrome Satin nickel Sterling silver Gunmetal Black chrome Titanium-gold/black titanium

Turning 179
 Starter Sets:
Premium-Quality Starter Sets 88K77.19 Slim Pen Set $ 23.80
Each of these starter sets consists of two hardware kits in a gold nish plus the
required bushings and drill bit(s). Mandrel or shaft not included; consult the 88K77.29 Slim Pencil Set $ 25.60
charts on pages 177 and 179 to select the required mandrel size. 88K77.39 RT European Pen Set $ 28.60
88K77.49 XL Twist Pen Set $ 35.50
88K77.59 FT Rollerball Pen Set $ 42.50
88K77.69 FT Fountain Pen Set $ 42.50
88K77.84 El Grande Rollerball Set $ 68.50
88K77.89 El Grande Fountain Pen Set $ 68.50
88K77.95 Deco Pen Set $ 26.20
88K77.97 Deco Pencil Set $ 29.00
88K77.96 Greek Key Pen Set $ 26.20
88K77.98 Greek Key Pencil Set $ 29.00
88K78.08 Streamline FT Pen Set $ 25.30
88K78.09 Streamline RT Pen Set $ 26.00
88K78.39 Sierra Pen Set $ 35.70
Example of pen starter set 88K78.18 FT Dbl.-Twist Pen Set $ 30.40
88K78.19 FT Dbl.-Twist Pencil Set $ 36.40
88K78.37 Half-Twist Pen/Pencil Set, Floral $ 53.50
Shellawax Finishes 88K78.38 Half-Twist Pen/Pencil Set, Triangle $ 51.50
Developed primarily for woodturning, Shellawax 88K76.26 Two-Tone Sierra Set $ 61.60
nishes combine high-melt-temperature waxes 88K76.34 Cambridge Rollerball Pen Set $104.00
with a modied shellac base for good resistance to 88K76.39 Cambridge Fountain Pen Set $110.00
wear, water, alcohol and heat. They apply easily 88K76.45 Ornate XL Twist Pen Set $ 49.60
and are non-toxic when dry. See page 335 for 88K76.69 Baron Rollerball Pen Set $ 64.60
more information. 88K76.79 Baron Fountain Pen Set $ 65.00
88K78.36 Button-Click Sierra Pen Set $ 41.00
88K76.19 Electra Rollerball Set $ 57.80
88K80.29 Lanyard Stylus Set $ 22.60
88K80.38 Slim Stylus Pen Set $ 27.00
88K80.43 Sierra Stylus Pen Set $ 44.00
88K80.66 Virage Rollerball Pen Set $ 66.30
88K80.56 Virage Ballpoint Pen Set $ 47.00
88K80.76 Sketch Pencil Set $ 51.80

To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit

our website at www.leevalley.com

Laser-Cut Inlay Kits for Pens

Kit for Baron-style pen
(hardware sold separately)
Kit for Sierra-style pen
(hardware sold separately)
Despite the intricacy of the designs, completing these pen-inlay kits is not as
complicated as you might think, and the results can be stunning. Laser cut to
ensure a close t, all pieces are natural and dyed woods. First, you assemble
the parts and carefully glue them in place on the pen tube. Then, using a
delicate touch, you turn the barrel, and sand and nish the pen as you
normally would.
The kits are available in ten designs that are suitable for use with the Sierra
or the Baron pen hardware that is sold separately (see page 177). Made in
USA.

Not Stocked at our Stores.

88K82.19 Flame, Baron $31.00
88K82.18 Flame, Sierra $23.50
88K82.11 Cdn. Flag, Baron $35.00
88K82.10 Cdn. Flag, Sierra $23.50
88K82.15 Jigsaw, Baron $58.50
88K82.14 Jigsaw, Sierra $52.50
88K82.17 Grand Piano, Baron $25.50
88K82.16 Grand Piano, Sierra $23.50
88K82.13 Stars & Stripes, Baron $25.50
88K82.12 Betsy Ross, Sierra $25.50
88K82.20 Moonscape, Sierra $35.00
88K82.21 Angler, Sierra $23.50
88K82.22 Balloon, Sierra $25.50
Baron style

Sierra style

88K82.23 Teddy Bear, Sierra $35.00

Betsy
Ross Moonscape Balloon Angler Teddy bear
Flame Cdn. ag Jigsaw Grand
piano Stars & Stripes
 Pen Blanks Amboyna burl
A

Birdseye maple
B

Bocote
C

Chechen
D
Figured & Exotic Wood Blanks Zebrawood (Microberlinia brazzavillensis)
African ebony
Blanks measure 3/4 square by 6 long Takes its name from its striking striped appearance.
and are available in a variety of woods. Lustrous, but open-grained with a medium to E
Amboyna Burl (Pterocarpus indicus) coarse texture.
Olivewood
A highly variegated wood from the Ziricote (Cordia dodecandra) Dark brown to
burl of a tree related to padauk, yellow- reddish-brown with distinctive irregular darker F
brown to light orange-brown in color brown or black streaks, this hard, medium-textured
with darker reddish-brown markings. wood turns and nishes well. 1+ 10+ Padauk

A very dense, moderately hard wood A. 88K75.20 Amboyna Burl, ea. $10.50 $8.90 G
with heavily gured grain that is chal- B. 88K75.21 Birdseye Maple, ea. $ 3.20 $2.70
lenging to turn. Due to natural C. 88K75.22 Bocote, ea. $ 3.20 $2.70 Pink ivory
variations in burled wood, some blanks D. 88K75.23 Chechen, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20 H
may have small bark inclusions or E. 88K75.25 African Ebony, ea. $ 3.40 $2.90
other minor defects. F. 88K75.27 Olivewood, ea. $ 4.10 $3.50 Purpleheart
Birdseye Maple (Acer saccharum) G. 88K75.28 Padauk, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20 J
A highly sought after, gured form of H. 88K75.29 Pink Ivory, ea. $ 4.60 $3.90
sugar maple speckled with distinctive J. 88K75.30 Purpleheart, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20 Tulipwood
eye-like markings, pale golden-yellow in K. 88K75.31 Tulipwood, ea. $ 5.70 $4.85 K
color with patches of reddish-brown L. 88K75.32 Zebrawood, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20
heartwood. Despite its swirling gure, M. 88K75.33 Ziricote, ea. $ 4.10 $3.50 Zebrawood
this dense, hard wood turns beautifully. L
Bocote (Cordia gerascanthus) With Stabilized Maple Burl Blanks
a waxy texture, it works easily and takes Natural & Dyed Ziricote
a high polish. Best glued with epoxy or Similar to a dense exotic hardwood to drill and turn, M
polyurethane. Its heartwood is tobacco- to these resin-impregnated blanks combine the beauty
reddish-brown with a variegated appear- and bold guring of maple burl with the stability Natural
ance, while the sapwood is grayish-yellow. and consistent texture of plastic. Obtain a semi- N
Chechen (Metopium brownei) Fine gloss nish by sanding with ne paper (400x) and
textured and variegated in color from bufng with a polishing compound. Apply a shel-
Teal dyed
brown to reddish-brown, with a golden lac-based friction polish for additional depth and
O
luster. richer color. A special dyeing process ensures
African Ebony (Diospyrus crassi- consistent color throughout. Due to natural varia-
Black dyed
flora) Black-brown to jet-black in tions in burled wood, some blanks may have small
color, this wood is extremely dense and bark inclusions or other minor defects. All are P
hard. It has a very smooth texture and nominally 3/43/45. 1+ 10+
polishes to a glossy luster, but is hard on N. 88K79.10 Natural Blank, ea. $9.30 $7.90 Green dyed

tool edges. O. 88K79.11 Teal Dyed Blank, ea. $9.30 $7.90 Q

Olivewood (Olea europaea) Tan to P. 88K79.12 Black Dyed Blank ea. $9.30 $7.90
golden in color with distinctive dark brown Q. 88K79.13 Green Dyed Blank, ea. $9.30 $7.90 Red dyed
grain patterns, this fragrant medium-hard R. 88K79.14 Red Dyed Blank, ea. $9.30 $7.90 R
wood turns and carves well, and polishes
to a smooth, high nish. Acrylic Acetate Blanks Bronze & black
Padauk (Pterocarpus soyauxii) Richly colored, shimmering and translucent, these S
Open-grained, but takes a good nish blanks let you reproduce the iridescent effect seen in
and is vivid red to purple-brown with classic pens. Specially formulated for easy drilling and Blue & black
white sapwood. turning, they polish to a mirror nish right on the lathe. T
Pink Ivory (Rhamnus zeyheri) At 3/4 sq. by 5 long, they are suitable for the largest
Typically an extraordinary deep pink hue, of pens. 1+ 10+ Deep green
the color ranges from brownish peach to S. 88K78.90 Bronze & Black, ea. $4.80 $4.10 U
deep red. A very hard, ne-textured wood T. 88K78.91 Blue & Black, ea. $4.80 $4.10
that nishes to a high polish. U. 88K78.92 Deep Green, ea. $4.80 $4.10 Yellow & black
Purpleheart (Peltogyne spp.) Deep V. 88K78.93 Yellow & Black, ea. $4.80 $4.10 V
purple to dark brown with lighter W. 88K78.94 Orange, ea. $4.80 $4.10
sapwood. With a medium to high luster, X. 88K78.95 Rust & Black, ea. $4.80 $4.10 Orange
it turns, glues and nishes well, but is Blanks in photo have been polished to highlight grain and color. W
hard on tool edges.
Tulipwood (Dalbergia frutescens) The brass tubes can show through the acrylic acetate on
Color ranges from light sandy yellow to some small-diameter pens. To overcome this, simply Rust & black
color the tubes with a black marker or apply a quick coat X
pinkish in color, with dark brown to reddish of spray paint.
grain. It turns, glues and polishes well.
Turning 181
 Parts for Pens, Pencils and Perfume Applicators
An alternative to our premium pen and pencil hardware, these components can be used with any
A close-grained hardwood (or similar material such as Corian) to make pens, pencils and perfume
applicators at a fraction of their retail prices. You cut a square blank to length, drill it and insert
the brass tubular components, then turn the square to size on a mandrel using soft-iron bushings
B as size guides. Exterior components have a 24-karat gold nish. Blanks not included in kits.
A. Ballpoint Twist Pen Hardware E. Extra-Large Twist Pen Hardware
Hardware for a standard full-turn At 1/2 diameter, this 1/4-turn twist pen is almost twice
C twist pen. Rells are Cross style. the diameter of standard pens. A stylish pen that is ideal
for people with large hands (or very important thoughts),
B. Pencil Hardware or for people with limited hand strength, because it is so
D
This kit features a metal lead holder, easy to grip. Straightforward to turn and assemble.
connector and push-button lead Accent rings are high-density plastic. Metal parts are
E advance. Uses standard 0.5mm leads. gold plated. Takes standard Parker-style rells.
F F. Pen Rell
C. European-Style Pen Hardware
G This Cross-style rell will t three of our pen kits. If
A classic-style pen (medium weight) using the rells for the stick pen, simply remove the
that is easy to make. This 3/4-turn twist plastic end cap. Blue ink.
pen takes standard Cross-style rells.
G. Perfume Applicator Hardware
D. Stick Pen Hardware Perfume is stored by a wick inserted in the brass
H The simplest pen to turn. Insert the sleeve. Felt applicator tip.
brass sleeve into the blank, screw the H. Perfume Atomizer Hardware
piece onto a mandrel and turn. Rells Kit includes a glass vial atomizer, gold-plated caps
are Cross style. and ttings, and a plastic rell syringe.

The following chart details what is required for each kit mandrel, bushings, drill size and minimum blank dimensions. The ttings are solid brass. All kits have 24-karat gold
plating on the exterior brass components. All pen and pencil kits take standard rells that are available at stationery stores or from us (all pens and pen rells have blue ink). Blanks
are not included in the kits. For blanks, see page 181; for mandrels, bushings and drill bits, see page 183.
Hardware Mandrel Bushing Drill Blank Rell # 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+
A. 88K70.02 Twist Pen A - Standard 88K71.08 7mm 1/25 88K70.09 $ 5.60 $4.75 $4.20 $3.90
B. 88K70.20 Pencil A - Standard 88K71.08 7mm 5/86 0.5mm leads $ 9.10 $7.75 $6.80 $6.35
C. 88K70.45 European-Style A - Standard 88K78.71 7mm 3/45 88K70.09 $ 9.20 $7.80 $6.90 $6.40
D. 88K73.02 Stick Pen Threaded not reqd 1/4 1/26 88K70.09 $ 3.70 $3.15 $2.75 $2.55
E. 88K70.30 Extra-Large Twist A - Standard 88K71.23 10mm 3/45 88K70.32 $12.40 $10.55 $9.30 $8.65
88K70.32 Pen Rell, XL Twist (1) $ 1.20 $1.00 $ .90 $ .80
F. 88K70.09 Pen Rells (5) $ 4.80 $4.10 $3.60 $3.35
G. 88K70.08 Perfume Applicator A - Standard 88K71.07 5/16 (8mm) 1/25 n/a $ 7.00 $5.95 $5.25 $4.90
H. 88K70.40 Perfume Atomizer A - Standard 88K71.26 15mm (19/32) 7/831/2 n/a $12.40 $10.55 $9.30 $8.65

J. Pen Roll
Provides a compact and
attractive way to transport
Pens not included. and display 18 pens and
J pencils. Made of heavy
black velour with a fold-
K down flap to secure the
contents. Accommodates
even the largest pens (such as
the El Grande). Bound edges
with a sturdy ribbon tie.
88K74.16 Pen Roll $10.70

K. Pen Case
An efcient solution for storing
a multitude of pens and pencils,
this 32-pen case accommodates
even the largest pens (extra-
large twist and El Grande).
Flocked grooves with elasti-
cized bands hold the contents
securely. With a black leather-
ette exterior and plated brass
hardware, the case is 71/214.
L M N O 88K74.18 32-Pen Case $49.50
Pen Boxes
The black leatherette case will hold one of our large pens (such as the El case has an integral clip that will hold all our pen styles except the extra-
Grande) or two slim pens/pencils. The black plastic felt-lined case will hold large twist and El Grande pens. All are 61/2 long. 1+ 10+ 25+
two narrow turnings or any pen except the El Grande. The attractive, L. 88K74.15 Leatherette $ 6.00 $5.10 $4.50
hinged-lid maple/bubinga wood case is about 21/4 wide. It has a deep M. 88K74.02 Plastic/Felt $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
groove to hold a large pen (except the El Grande), plus a slot for business N. 88K74.05 Maple/Bubinga $10.60 $9.00 $7.95
cards and a small hole to hold a narrow pen upright. The hinged black plastic O. 88K74.07 Plastic $ 1.30 $1.10 $ .95
182 Turning
 Bushing Sets
These soft-iron bushings are specically sized to
match the brass sleeves in our pen/pencil/project
kits in this section.
Premium Bushing Sets (sets of 3) J
F
A. 88K78.70 Slim Pen/Pencil Set $3.50
A
88K78.71 European Pen Set $6.20
88K78.72 X-Lg. Twist (Cigar) Pen Set $3.50 D
88K78.73 FT Rollerball/Fountain Pen Set $7.10
88K78.75 El Grande Set $5.70
88K78.76 Streamline FT Pen Set $3.30 C E G
B H K
88K78.77 Streamline RT Pen Set $5.70
88K78.78 FT Dbl.-Twist Pen/Pencil Set $5.70 these brad-point drills are ideal for use with Mandrels
Headstock
88K78.79 Half-Twist Pen/Pencil Set $6.20 our pen kits. Made from high-speed steel, Available with a #1 or #2
88K78.80 Sierra Pen Set $5.70 they are long lasting and provide superior Morse taper, or for lathes Thread Size Morse Taper
88K78.82 Baron Pen Set $7.40 chip clearance. All are jobber length; drills that do not have a Morse 7/814 tpi #1
Standard Bushing Sets (sets of 3) from 25/64 to 31/64 and letter V have 3/8 taper headstock (e.g., Taig 3/416 tpi #1
B. 88K71.08 Pen/Pencil Set $5.20 shanks; 33/64 and 35/64 drills have 1/2 shanks. lathes). Either shaft can be 18 tpi #2
88K71.23 Extra-Large Pen Set $7.40 Others are shanked to size. held in a self-centering
11/48 tpi #2
88K71.07 Perfume Applicator Set $9.70 07J16.07 7mm HSS Brad-Point $11.60 chuck. Please use the charts 5
/8 plain not required
88K71.26 Perfume Atomizer Set $8.80 07J16.08 8mm HSS Brad-Point $14.10 on pages 177, 179 and 182
88K71.20 Magnier Set $5.10 07J16.10 10mm HSS Brad-Point $18.40 to determine the mandrel required for a particular
07J03.14 Letter O HSS Brad-Point $10.90 pen/pencil kit. The threaded mandrel is for use only
C. HSS Drills 07J03.22 Letter V HSS Brad-Point $14.10 with the stick pen kit on page 182 (bushings are not
Specially made for our pen/pencil kits as an 07J02.22 11/32 HSS Brad-Point $11.70 required for this kit). For all other project kits, use the
inexpensive alternative to extra-long HSS brad- 07J02.25 25/64 HSS Brad-Point $14.60 mandrel indicated in the copy for each kit.
point drills. The tip has a steep angle for easy 07J02.27 27/64 HSS Brad-Point $16.20 G. 88K71.17 Std. A Mandrel, #1 MT $16.90
entry. 6 long overall, 4 of ute. 7/16 shank for 07J02.30 15/32 HSS Brad-Point $19.40 88K71.18 Std. A Mandrel, #2 MT $17.90
the 15mm drill; the rest are shanked to size. 07J02.31 31/64 HSS Brad-Point $20.00 88K71.00 Std. Shaft, Nut & Washer $ 8.60
88J10.18 9/32 HSS Drill $ 9.50 07J02.33 33/64 HSS Brad-Point $24.50 H. 88K78.64 Lg.-Dia. B Mandrel, #1 MT $17.80
88J10.20 5/16 HSS Drill $10.70 07J02.35 35/64 HSS Brad-Point $27.80 88K78.65 Lg.-Dia. B Mandrel, #2 MT $20.00
88J10.23 23/64 HSS Drill $10.90 07J16.25 12.5mm Brad-Point $26.50 88K78.63 Lg.-Dia. Shaft & Brass Nut $ 9.60
88J10.24 3/8 HSS Drill $11.50 07J03.26 Letter Z Brad-Point $19.60 J. 88K73.03 Threaded Mandrel $ 8.40
88J10.27 27/64 HSS Drill $12.70
88J11.07 7mm HSS Drill $ 9.80 Pen Mills K. Universal Pen Mandrel
88J11.10 10mm HSS Drill $11.90 Held in a drill or lathe chuck, these high-speed The primary advantage of this universal pen mandrel
88J11.15 15mm HSS Drill $16.90 steel mills are used to square and trim a wood is its adjustability. Because the Morse taper has been
blank after the brass sleeve has been glued into through-drilled, the projection of the shaft is easily
D. HSS Brad-Point Drills for Pen Kits the pen body. They also remove glue squeeze- adjusted to suit the project at hand without need to
With sharply dened lips to score the perimeter out from inside the brass sleeve. The pilot infill with spacers. The knurled brass nut on the
for clean entry and smooth sidewalls in hard- shafts are interchangeable in the 3/4 cutter threaded end of the mandrel tightens simply under
woods, stabilized wood and acrylic acetate, head. The pilot shaft sizes are nominal and nger pressure, eliminating the need for the cumber-
correspond to the drills used with our pen kits. some wrench used with standard pen mandrels.
Excellent quality. Entirely compatible with kits that require a standard-
E. 88K77.01 3/4 Cutter Head $26.50 diameter A mandrel, this is a convenient and fast
F. 88K77.02 7mm Pilot Shaft $18.20 method of securing blanks for turning. Instructions
See page 200 for a HSS parabolic-ute drill
88K77.03 Letter O Pilot Shaft $18.90 included. Made in U.K.
bit (with a five-point tip) that cuts cleanly
through dense hardwoods. 88K77.04 Letter V Pilot Shaft $25.50 88K69.01 Universal Mandrel, #1 MT $42.50
88K77.05 10mm Pilot Shaft $27.00 88K69.02 Universal Mandrel, #2 MT $42.50

L. Pen Press
A pen press enables quick assembly with
minimal effort. It prevents the misalignment
common to other methods by applying pressure
directly along the center axis of the components.
Its length is adjustable for use with any kit,
eliminating guesswork when assembling multi-
ples of the same kit by allowing you to preset the
distance the transmission will be inserted into
the barrel. The 12 handle supplies plenty of
leverage. The sturdy aluminum and steel
hardware is mounted to a rubber-footed
hardwood base.
88K77.00 Pen Press $59.90
M. Self-Centering Pen Drilling Vise
This vise lets you use a single set-up for
drilling pen blanks, not only for multiples of
the same kit but for squares, rounds and kits of
different sizes. The secret is in the synchro-
nized jaw movement; whether you are opening
or closing the vise, the jaws move the same
distance from center in either action. Once
centered on the drill press, all sizes of squares
and rounds will be centered for drilling. V-shaped
channels hold both round and square blanks securely.
The location of the guide rods lets you remove mate-
rial sideways, rather than vertically, overcoming a
common problem with other designs. Made from
anodized aluminum and steel, the spindle has brass
bushings for smooth operation. Opens to 25/8,
making it useful for projects larger than pens.
70G11.05 Pen Drilling Vise $52.50

Synchronized movement keeps

jaws equidistant from center
when opening or closing.

L
Pen parts not included. V-channels hold
183
round or square stock.
 Wood not included with
items on this page.

D G
B

A E F

A. Stainless-Steel Inserts B. Decorative Oil Lamp Insert D. Candle Cup Holder

You can use these inserts as liners for small Combined with a custom-turned or carved base, this hand- Made of lightweight steel with an antique
turned vases or as holders in a wooden base. blown glass insert makes an attractive oil lamp. About 4 tall brass finish. The slightly tapered and
About 3 tall and just shy of 1 in diameter, overall, it projects about 3/4 from the base and is stabilized by uted 11/4 tall cup holds most 3/4 to 7/8
with a rolled lip, they t in a 1 drilled hole the raised lip on the reservoir. Used with kerosene (not candles, and the 2 bobeche catches drip-
with minimal play (slight sanding may be included), it comes with a long-life glass-ber wick and a small ping wax. The included mounting screw
required at the top of the hole due to manu- plastic funnel for lling. Fits into an 11/16 dia. hole at least 31/2 requires a 1/8 pilot hole.
facturing variances). Package of four. deep. An economical high-carbon steel 11/16 utility brad-point Candle Cup Holder, ea. 1+ 6+
88K92.70 SS Inserts, pkg. of 4 $16.90 bit is sold separately. 1+ 5+ 25+ 50K50.01 $3.50 $3.00
88K92.75 Lamp Insert, ea. $6.50 $5.50 $4.85
Visit us at www.leevalley.com Brass Candle Cup Insert
C. 68J04.01 Brad Point, ea. $5.20 E.
Fits snugly into a nominal 7/8 hole in
Pocket Flashlight Kits softwood (slightly larger in hardwood).
With these easy-to-assemble kits, you can make a compact ashlight with The rolled lip sits well on a drilled hole or
a turned wooden barrel of your own design. 35/8 long with a 150-lumen in the candle cup shown (see page 310).
LED, the ashlight is powerful for its size. It has an impact-resistant 1+ 6+
polycarbonate lens and a recessed on/off button to avoid accidental 41K19.01 Brass Insert, ea. $1.80 $1.55
activation. An included spring clip lets you hang the ashlight on a F. Ball-Bearing Yo-Yo Kit
H keychain or lanyard. Gold or chrome nish. Runs for up to two Yo-yos with ball-bearing axles can
hours continuously on one AAA battery (not included). perform advanced tricks. This kit
Requires a standard A or universal mandrel, a 33/64 drill bit supplies the hardware and two strings;
and a minimum 3/43/413/4 blank. Bushings and mandrel you supply and turn the wood blanks
sold separately. In case of mishaps during turning or (min. 21/2 square by 3/4 thick). A
assembly, we offer brass replacement tubes for each kit threaded mandrel for holding the hubs is
(package contains enough tubes to make ve ashlights). available separately.
1+ 10+ 25+ 50+
H. 88K80.80 Flashlight, Gold $28.10 $23.90 $21.10 $19.65 Yo-Yo Kit 1+ 5+ 15+
J 88K81.61 $18.20 $16.40 $15.50
J. 88K80.81 Flashlight, Chrome $25.00 $21.30 $18.80 $17.50
88K80.83 Bushings (2) $ 5.70 Mandrel
88K80.84 Repl. Tubes (5) $ 3.30 G. 88K81.62 $ 5.60

K. Potpourri Covers M. Gold-Plated Round Box Hinge

These pewter-nish castings are ideal for
potpourri dishes. Just over 3 in diameter,
they have three small stubs on the bottom
to center them on the bowl top if the lid is
K not inset. 1+ 6+
88K83.04 Tulips, ea. $5.80 $4.95
88K83.05 Hummingbird, ea. $5.80 $4.95
88K83.06 Buttery, ea. $5.80 $4.95
L. Paperweight Desk Magnier Kit
A custom-turned (or carved) top completes
this combination paperweight and magni-
er. The base is gold-plated brass and steel,
L and houses a 25/16 dia. 2-power glass lens.
88K81.59 Paperweight Kit $16.70
M O
N 88K71.18 Std. Mandrel, #2 MT $17.90
184 Turning
Ideal for small boxes, this hinge has a 52mm
(21/16) inside diameter and 57mm (21/4) outside
diameter. After tting the shoulders snugly, use
an adhesive suitable for metal-to-wood gluing.
1+ 6+
88K84.02 Round Hinge, ea. $5.40 $4.60
N. Gold-Plated Box Rings
To simplify small box work, turn a shoulder to
size on each piece and glue these brass rings in
position, aligning the grain before the glue sets.
The outside diameter is 42mm (15/8) with an
inside diameter of approx. 13/8. 1+ 6+
88K74.10 42mm Ring Set, ea. $10.20 $8.65
O. Magnifying Glass Kit
You only need to turn a handle for this gold-plated
split ring that encases a 21/2 dia. 3X lens. Blank
(not included) should be at least 5 long by 1
square. Threaded insert (for attaching the handle),
brass handle sleeve and gold-plated end plug
included. We recommend our standard or universal
mandrel and magnier bushings (see page 183 for
details). Requires a 7mm drill. 1+ 5+
88K70.31 21/2 Magnier Kit $19.00 $17.10
88K71.17 Std. Mandrel, #1 MT $16.90
88K71.20 Bushing Set $ 5.10
 A. Nut Cracker Mechanism
F
This powerful mechanism,
which works like an old-
fashioned letter press,
cracks shells with
controlled pressure
so it does not crush
the contents. Made
of polished cast
brass, it comes with a
mounting bolt. You simply
turn the cross handle and
bowl to make a nished gift. 1+ 6+
A B
93K20.01 Nut Cracker, ea. $37.50 $33.80
Ceramic Pepper Mill Mechanisms
B. Salt & Pepper Shaker Kit With non-corroding ceramic burrs, these mecha-
To install these shaker inserts in a custom-made base, nisms have a grind-adjustment knob located at the D
simply drill a 15/16 hole at least 2 deep. Made of tough bottom for greater body design freedom. The 3
plastic, they have chrome-plated brass caps with one long shaftless mechanism can be mounted along the
hole for salt and four holes for pepper. Supplied as a mill body at different positions to vary the propor-
set of two with instructions. 1+ 5+ 15+ tions. It installs in a blind hole, allowing you to make
88K81.58 S&P Shaker Kit $13.20 $11.90 $11.25 C
a short mill or an upside down mill that keeps your E
tablecloth clean by discharging pepper from its
C. Pepper Mill Mechanisms top when ipped over. Requires 11/16, 19/16 and
Made by Americas oldest pepper mill manufacturer, 13/4 forstner bits. The 101/2 long shaft-driven F. Claro Walnut Pepper Mill Blanks
these tempered stainless-steel mechanisms with mechanism makes a standard top-loading mill. The Prized for its contrasting hues and gured
aluminum shafts have all the components needed to stopper afxes to the shaft with a plastic insert and is appearance, claro walnut has exceptional
produce a top-load, adjustable-grind pepper mill. 8, removable for relling. Makes a 12 mill. The 81/2 working qualities. These rough-sawn
12 and 18 nominal lengths, with instructions, and a aluminum shaft can be cut to produce a mill as little blanks are 21/2 wide by 21/2 thick (nomi-
salt top and plug for a matching shaker. as 5 tall. Requires 15/16, 11/16, 19/16 and 13/4 nally) with wax-dipped ends. Length
1+ 5+ 15+ forstner bits. Instructions included. indicated in price line.
93K03.20 8 Mechanism $17.50 $15.80 $14.90 1+ 5+ 15+ 41B14.10 10 Blank for 8 Mill $17.90
93K03.21 12 Mechanism $20.90 $18.80 $17.80 D. 93K03.15 Mech. w/Shaft $19.80 $17.80 $16.85 41B14.14 14 Blank for 12 Mill $24.50
93K03.22 18 Mechanism $26.90 $24.20 $22.90 E. 93K03.17 Shaftless Mech. $16.90 $15.20 $14.40 41B14.20 20 Blank for 18 Mill $35.90

Key-Ring Kits
These three easy kits are complete, except for the turned blank. Each has a swivel-mount key
ring on one end and either a safety whistle, a detachable ring (for separating house keys from G
car keys) or a brass cap on the other end. Bodies are brass and key rings are gold-plated steel.
L
Blanks (not included; see page 181) must be at least 1/2 square by 21/2 long (13/8 long for
the whistle kit as the brass tube is shorter). Requires a standard A or universal mandrel and
a 7mm drill bit (see page 183), and bushings. 1+ 10+ 25+ K
G. 88K73.23 Detachable, ea. $11.00 $9.35 $8.25
H. 88K73.20 Whistle, ea. $ 8.30 $7.05 $6.20
J. 88K73.22 Swivel, ea. $ 4.10 $3.50 $3.05 H
88K71.08 Bushing Set $ 5.20 M
Stainless-Steel Bottle Stopper Components
These stoppers t most bottles with 3/4 inside diameter necks. The plain cork stopper
has an integral machine screw for mounting a decoration. It is available on its own or J
paired with a turned collar (3/4 tall by 11/2 top diameter) with knurled edges for grip;
just epoxy a turning, carving or polished stone into the top recess (13/32 inside diam-
eter). The cone-shaped stopper (21/8 tall by 3/4 top diameter) has a durable butyl rubber
Wood not included with items on this page.
O-ring for a snug seal. All threads are 1/4-20. 1+ 10+ 25+
K. 50K71.03 Cork & Screw only, ea. $ 2.30 $ 1.95
L. 50K71.01 Collar & Cork, ea. $13.50 $11.50 $10.10
M. 50K71.02 Cone & O-Ring, ea. $12.50 $10.65 $ 9.35
Razor Handle, Brush & Stand Kits
The razor kit has chrome-plated end ttings (uses Gillette Mach3 rells). Blank must
be at least 3/425/8. Made of genuine badger hair, the shaving brush comes as a pre-
formed bunch mounted on a base that is easily glued into a 20mm blind hole. Requires
a 20mm drill bit and a minimum 11/413/4 blank. The 71/4 tall stand has a chrome-
plated nial, a 31/4 dia. base and two forked arms for hanging a brush and razor (up to P
1 and 7/16 dia. respectively). Requires a minimum 3/431/8 blank. The razor and
stand kits require a standard A or universal mandrel and a 7mm drill bit (see page 183).
We offer replacement tubes in case of mishaps. 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+
N. 88K80.10 Razor Kit $13.70 $13.00 $12.30 $11.65
88K80.15 Repl. Tubes (5) $ 2.30
88K80.19 Bushings (2) $ 5.10
O
O. 88K80.20 Shaving Brush $11.90 $11.30 $10.70 $10.10
P. 88K80.22 Stand $16.50 $15.65 $14.85 $14.00
88K80.25 Repl. Tubes (5) $ 2.30
88K80.24 Bushings (2) $ 4.60 N
Turning 185
SANDING & G. 3M Wet/Dry Sandpaper
This closed-coat, silicon carbide, waterproof
paper can be used for hand or machine sanding
SHAPING C
for undercoats through to rubbing out. The abra-
sive particles are bonded with a waterproof
D E adhesive that permits the use of water, oil and
other lubricants. When adhered to a at substrate,
such as tempered glass or a surface plate, this
paper is also suitable for lapping and sharpening.
You can even make strops for knives or carving
tools by attaching them to a wooden paddle or
use them around a dowel to polish the in-cannel
of gouges. Sheets are 911; grit and paper
PSA-backed sandpaper
weight for each are listed. Approximate particle
Angled knob to
size in microns given in parentheses.
apply equal force Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+
to sole and face. A 54K79.02 320A (36) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
54K80.02 400A (30) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
54K81.02 600A (15) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
54K81.04 1000A (9) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
54K81.05 1200A (6.5) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
54K81.06 1500A (3) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
Veritas Shooting Sanders black anodized nish. Available in 8 and 16 54K81.07 2000A (1) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
With a 21/8 wide running surface machined at a lengths; the 16 sander makes sanding long 54K81.08 2500A (0.5) $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
right angle to its face, each of these blocks lets you edges more efcient, since it maintains contact
accurately sand stock square and to size. Jointing with the work over a larger area. Each sander H. 3M Garnet Sandpaper
stock by sanding comes with six 11/4 wide strips of PSA-backed A mainstay of woodworking shops, open-coat
A instead of planing sandpaper two each of 120x, 180x and 220x garnet paper is favored for sanding raw wood by
reduces the risk of aluminum oxide grit with a zinc stearate coating. hand or light machine. It has hard, sharp edges
B splintering and chip- The strips are 9 long for the 8 sander and 17 that fracture in use to present fresh cutting edges,
ping on thin stock, long for the 16 sander. Additional sheets of the yet is long lasting. Sheets are 911; grit and
difcult grain, or premium-quality B/C-weight paper are avail- paper weight for each are listed.
Adjustable
even lacquered or able in packages of 12. Simple tools, and Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+
knob position. 54K70.02 Garnet 80D $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
painted moldings. surprisingly useful in any shop.
The wooden knob is angled to help you apply A. 05Z15.01 8 Shooting Sander $34.50 54K71.02 Garnet 100C $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
equal force to the sole and face, and can be posi- B. 05Z15.10 16 Shooting Sander $52.50 54K72.02 Garnet 120C $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
tioned at any point along the length of the sander, Replacement Sandpaper Sheets 54K73.02 Garnet 150A $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
locking in place with a simple twist of the knob. C. 05Z15.05 9 120x Sheets (12) $ 6.95 54K74.02 Garnet 180A $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
Compatible with any shop-made shooting board D. 05Z15.07 9 180x Sheets (12) $ 6.95 54K75.02 Garnet 220A $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
sized for our shooting plane, each sander has a 1/4 E. 05Z15.09 9 220x Sheets (12) $ 6.95 J. PSA Sandpaper Rolls
wide lip along the bottom of the face that keeps 05Z15.15 17 120x Sheets (12) $ 9.20 These pressure-sensitive-adhesive (PSA) rolls
the sander from widening the shooting board 05Z15.17 17 180x Sheets (12) $ 9.20 are suitable for applying to the proles of the
track. The body is extruded aluminum with a 05Z15.19 17 220x Sheets (12) $ 9.20 Porter-Cable in-line prole sander or other 21/2
wide prole shapes, such as our contour sanding
F. 3M No-Load Sandpaper Price per sheet 1+ 10+ 50+ grips. Premium-quality aluminum oxide grit
Formulated to resist loading, this premium sand- 54K82.01 No-Load 80x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 with a zinc stearate coating, B/C-weight paper.
paper is particularly useful for sanding base 54K82.02 No-Load 100x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 21/2 wide by 30 roll.
coats and painted surfaces. The no-load stearate 54K82.03 No-Load 120x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 68Z72.01 30 PSA Roll, 80x $19.20
coating prevents clogging and extends the life of 54K82.04 No-Load 150x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 68Z72.03 30 PSA Roll, 120x $18.20
the sandpaper. The pliable 911 sheets allow 54K82.05 No-Load 180x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 68Z72.04 30 PSA Roll, 150x $18.20
contour sanding without fear of losing abrasive 54K82.06 No-Load 220x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 68Z72.05 30 PSA Roll, 180x $18.20
or destroying detail. An excellent sandpaper for 54K82.07 No-Load 320x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 68Z72.06 30 PSA Roll, 220x $18.20
both hand and machine sanding. A-weight, 54K82.08 No-Load 400x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20
open-coat, aluminum oxide grit. 54K82.09 No-Load 600x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 K. Premium-Quality Sandpaper Rolls
54K82.10 No-Load 800x $1.60 $1.35 $1.20 These 41/2 wide sandpaper rolls are ideal for use
with most hand sanders. All have a B-weight
paper backing and are a semi-open-coat
aluminum oxide. Available in 120x, 180x and
K 240x in lengths of 30. A good buy in premium-
quality sandpaper. 1+ 3+
J 68Z120.10 30 Roll, 120x $22.70 $20.40
68Z180.10 30 Roll, 180x $22.70 $20.40
68Z240.10 30 Roll, 240x $22.70 $20.40
H
L. Veritas Sanding Block
The hardwood body of this sanding block ts
G naturally in the palm of your hand. The felt-
L covered steel sole is at but forgiving. Best of
all, the four spring tips in the base automatically
tension the sandpaper as you tighten the brass
F thumbscrew down. With a 34 base, it ef-
ciently uses exactly 1/6 of a sheet of sandpaper.
Weighs 14 oz. Designed and made in Canada.
05Z14.01 Veritas Sanding Block $33.50

 A D
C
C. Abrasive Cords and Tapes
These tough cords and tapes are especially useful for woodturners. The cloth
core is impregnated with aluminum oxide abrasive; you can readily sand
spindle details and deep grooves. They are handy in stripping operations, can
replace rigid saw blades in fret saws and les in many nishing operations
(especially slots and keyways), and are able to reach many areas that are other-
Garnet Garnet sandpaper 3X sandpaper
sandpaper wise inaccessible. Can be used on plastic or wood, and to deburr and polish
40 strokes metal. Useful in cabinetmaking, jewellery making, electronics, and working
miniatures. 50 spools.
3X
sandpaper
47Z01.51 #51 Cord (0.055), 120x $16.80
The latex-coated backing is reinforced by 47Z01.53 #53 Cord (0.040), 180x $16.80
40 strokes polyester bers, making it exceptionally
exible and tear-resistant. 47Z01.54 #54 Cord (0.030), 200x $16.80
47Z01.56 #56 Tape (3/32), 180x $16.80
A. Norton 3X Sandpaper 47Z01.58 #58 Tape (3/16), 150x $19.30
Fast cutting and durable, this premium sandpaper features several improve-
ments over conventional products. It has a friable aluminum oxide abrasive D. Abrasive Rolls for Turners
that easily fractures to expose fresh cutting edges. The open-coat structure This cloth-backed abrasive is perfect for turners. The aluminum oxide grit is
and stearate coating prevent clogging during extended use. Flexible and tear- held to the cloth (J-weight) with a exible adhesive; you can fold it back on
resistant, the backing is reinforced with polyester bers, and a special itself and no adhesive particles are lost. This lets you avoid the deep
adhesive prevents it from shedding abrasive when folded, making it espe- scratches caused from folding paper-backed abrasive or cloth-backed silicon
cially useful for sanding details or turnings. Made in Canada, it excels at carbide. It comes in rolls 2 wide by 33 (10m) long in three grits. The
smoothing nishes between coats, in addition to surface preparation, and is sample pack contains one 24 strip of each grit.
usable on a wide range of materials (wood, metal, berglass and painted 68Z10.00 Sample Pack $ 1.00
surfaces). Sheets are 911. 68Z10.12 233 Roll, 120x $24.50
Price per sheet Price per box of 20 68Z10.24 233 Roll, 240x $24.50
54K85.01 60x, ea. $1.80 54K85.41 60x, box of 20 $21.50 68Z10.40 233 Roll, 400x $24.50
54K85.02 80x, ea. $1.70 54K85.42 80x, box of 20 $20.50
54K85.03 100x, ea. $1.50 54K85.43 100x, box of 20 $18.50 Contour Sanding Grips
54K85.04 120x, ea. $1.50 54K85.44 120x, box of 20 $18.50 Made of exible rubber, these grips are great for sanding round, grooved
54K85.05 150x, ea. $1.50 54K85.45 150x, box of 20 $18.50 or curved surfaces. Just wrap sandpaper around the prole. The convex set
54K85.06 180x, ea. $1.20 54K85.46 180x, box of 20 $15.50 of six includes ve grips (1/4 to 1) with a thin hand-sanding pad. The
54K85.07 220x, ea. $1.20 54K85.47 220x, box of 20 $15.50 angled set includes four grips (30, 45, 60 and 90). The concave set of
54K85.08 320x, ea. $1.20 54K85.48 320x, box of 20 $15.50 ve includes four grips (1/4 to 5/8) and a thick hand-sanding pad.
54K85.09 400x, ea. $1.20 54K85.49 400x, box of 20 $15.50 E. 68Z82.01 Convex Set of 6 pcs. $ 7.50
F. 68Z82.03 Angled Set of 4 pcs. $ 6.20
G. 68Z82.02 Concave Set of 5 pcs. $ 7.50
B. Preppin Weapon Sanding Block
Originally developed for auto-body work, this is an 68Z82.10 Set of 15 (all of the above) $18.50
outstanding sanding block for woodworking. It has E F
cam-action clamps that instantly hold or release paper Holds G
multiple sheets.
with a simple ip of a lever. The block is molded of
tough ABS and has stainless-steel hardware, making
it not only highly durable but useful for wet sanding H. Stick Sanders
as well as dry. The top and sides are shaped to t the Useful in a wide range of sanding applications in cabinetmaking, carving
hand for a secure, comfortable grip during extended Stainless-steel clamps and and metalworking, these spring-loaded belt holders are tapered at one end
lever provide secure clamping.
use, and the bottom has a neoprene pad to both grip for restricted areas and have long, at areas for more rapid stock removal.
the sandpaper and provide a cushion against minor surface irregularities. With a The cloth-backed belts can be rotated or replaced by depressing the spring
73/423/4 base, it is designed for use with 1/4 sheets of sandpaper, but can hold tip. The 1/4 wide model is 61/2 long and the 1/2 model is 8 long. Each
several sheets at once; as one sheet becomes worn, you can simply tear it away seven-piece kit comes with a holder and six belts (two 120x, three 240x,
and continue working. Weighs 13 oz. A sturdy, professional-grade tool, made in and one 320x). Replacement packages of ve belts include two 120x, two
USA. Assorted colors. 240x, and one 320x.
68Z81.10 Preppin Weapon $24.50 56K94.01 7-pc. Stick Sander Kit, 1/4 $ 9.80
56K94.03 Pkg. of 5 Asst. Belts, 1/4 $ 6.20
56K94.05 7-pc. Stick Sander Kit, 1/2 $13.90
56K94.07 Pkg. of 5 Asst. Belts, 1/2 $ 8.70

B
H
G
E
Ergonomic F
design ts nicely in
your hand to reduce fatigue.
 A

A
C
B
containing 120x, 180x and 220x. Made in USA.
A. Rectangular Sponges:
54K89.12 60x Sponge, ea. $ 2.95
Norton 5X Sanding Sponges Three shapes are available. The 41/223/41 54K89.14 60x Sponges, pkg. of 6 $13.50
These exible sanding sponges not only cut rectangular sponges have square corners and 54K89.16 120x Sponge, ea. $ 2.95
quickly but also last a remarkably long time. are available in 60x, 120x, 180x and 220x. 54K89.18 120x Sponges, pkg. of 6 $13.50
The open-coat P-grade aluminum oxide Offered individually, in packages of six of the 54K89.20 180x Sponge, ea. $ 2.95
abrasive is treated with a stearate coating to same grit, or in a set containing one of each grit. 54K89.22 180x Sponges, pkg. of 6 $13.50
resist loading and is durably bonded to a block The 41/233/81 bevelled sponges have one 54K89.24 220x Sponge, ea. $ 2.95
of tough, resilient foam that allows the abra- 45 angled face for working into tight contours 54K89.26 220x Sponges, pkg. of 6 $13.50
sive surface to conform to contours without and one corner with a 1/4 radius for acute 54K89.30 Set of 4 (1 of ea. grit) $10.50
splitting or creasing. The foam blocks are concave surfaces. Sold individually in 80x and B. Bevelled Sponges: 1+ 6+
comfortable to grip, even in prolonged use, and 120x or in a set with one of each. The long, 54K89.32 80x Sponge, ea. $4.50 $3.80
are suitable for use on wood, metal, painted narrow shape of the 911 sanding sticks 54K89.36 120x Sponge, ea. $4.50 $3.80
surfaces and other materials. Easily cleaned by lets you reach into areas where access is dif- 54K89.40 Set of 2 (1 of ea. grit) $7.50
rinsing with water, the sponges are usable wet cult or sand in narrow spots with a long, steady C. Sanding Sticks:
or dry. stroke; available in a set of three sponges 54K89.50 Set of 3 (120x, 180x, 220x) $11.50

Norton 5X Contour Sanding Pads We also offer a combination pack of 10 pads

These exible sanding pads not only cut quickly (two each of all ve grits). Made in USA.
but also last a remarkably long time. Treated 54K89.02 P36x Pads, pkg. of 2 $ 3.90
with a stearate coating to resist loading, the 54K89.03 P60x Pads, pkg. of 2 $ 3.90
open-coat P-grade aluminum oxide abrasive has 54K89.04 P100x Pads, pkg. of 2 $ 3.90
a backing made of high-density foam. Tougher 54K89.05 P180x Pads, pkg. of 2 $ 3.90
and more resilient than paper, it allows the pad to 54K89.06 P220x Pads, pkg. of 2 $ 3.90
conform to pronounced contours without split- D. 54K89.07 Set of 10 Pads (2 of each grit) $16.90
ting or creasing. The 3/16 thick backing also acts 220x
as a heat insulator, increasing comfort during
extended use or when sanding turned forms on a 100x
lathe. Easily cleaned by rinsing with water, they
are usable wet or dry. Sold in packages of two,
D 36x
the 41/251/2 pads are available in ve grits.

E. Micro-Mesh Pen-Sanding Pads aluminum oxide abrasive. 1+ 5+

These 22 two-sided pads apply a 54K90.10 1500x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
mirror finish to epoxy-stabilized 54K90.11 1800x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
wood, acrylic acetate, Corian and 54K90.12 2400x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
other synthetics. The foam core 54K90.13 3200x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
conforms to round surfaces and 54K90.14 3600x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
cushions any irregularities in the 54K90.15 4000x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
abrasive to prevent scratches. Use 54K90.16 6000x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
E wet or dry. 1500x to 6000x have silicon 54K90.17 8000x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
carbide abrasive; 8000x and 12000x have 54K90.18 12000x Pad, ea. $ 2.00 $1.80
54K90.20 Set of 9 Pads $15.90

F. Micro-Mesh Discs
These 5 dia. sanding discs excel at smoothing and
polishing nish coats to a scratch-free, high-gloss
shine. A soft layer cushions irregularities in the
produce an even scratch pattern. Use progressively ner grits up to 3200x for level- Cross Section of Disc
ling between coats, and grits from 4000x to 12000x to buff the nal coat. Used wet Loop
backing
or dry on at surfaces, they are effective on lm nishes (varnish, lacquer, shellac,
etc.), not penetrating oils or stains. The loop backing attaches to orbital sander plates Cushion

abrasive surface, so it cuts at a consistent height to with a hook facing. Grits from 1500x to 6000x have silicon carbide abrasive; 8000x Abrasive
and 12000x have aluminum oxide abrasive. The 1500x is equivalent to 400x wet/dry Exaggerated for clarity.
sandpaper but leaves a ner surface; the 12000x has abrasive particles of less than
1 micron. 1+ 5+
F 54K90.30 1500x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
54K90.31 1800x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
54K90.32 2400x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
54K90.33 3200x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
54K90.34 4000x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
54K90.35 6000x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60 F
54K90.36 8000x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
54K90.37 12000x Disc, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
188 54K90.40 Set of 8 Discs $20.50
 Interface Retrot platen A B
pad
F
A
Mesh lets dust pass through
so vacuum can draw it
directly through the disc. Sanding disc C

Retrot platen Debris ows through and

around the disc.
D E G
Platen
protector
1+ 5+
for contoured surfaces (can also be used with a B. 55K90.05 5 Platen Protector $ 8.90 $ 8.00
platen protector). For greater collection efciency, C. 55K90.10 53/8 Interface Pad $12.50 $11.25
Sanding disc
we offer a 30-hole retrot platen compatible with D. 55K90.01 5 Retrot Platen $36.50
Abranet Sanding Discs 5 Black & Decker, DeWalt and Porter-Cable
These discs, with aluminum oxide bonded to a models. This versatile system also shines in ne- E. 6 Diameter 1+ 10+ 50+
tough polyamide mesh, allow sanding dust to be grit, between-coat nish sanding, where stray grit 55K92.08 80x Disc, ea. $2.00 $1.70 $1.50
drawn through the entire disc mesh, not just particles can otherwise be a problem. 55K92.12 120x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
through the numerous holes. This maximizes dust A. 5 Diameter 1+ 10+ 50+ 55K92.18 180x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
recovery as it resists loading, increasing abrasive 55K91.08 80x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35 55K92.22 220x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
efciency and reducing disc wear. Usable on any 55K91.12 120x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 55K92.32 320x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
5 or 6 orbital sander with integral dust collection, 55K91.18 180x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 55K92.40 400x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
they are best used with a platen protector, which 55K91.22 220x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 55K92.60 600x Disc, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
prevents damage to the platens hook facing and 55K91.32 320x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 1+ 5+
further improves airow to the collection holes. An 55K91.40 400x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 F. 55K90.06 6 Platen Protector $ 9.90 $ 8.90
optional 3/8 thick foam interface pad is available 55K91.60 600x Disc, ea. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 G. 55K90.12 63/8 Interface Pad $12.50 $11.25

H. Hook & Loop Sanding Discs

These circular discs are aluminum oxide grit K
with a no-load, zinc stearate coating for longer
wear. B/C-weight paper with resin-resin bond. H
All have a loop backing to attach to orbital
sander plates that have a hook facing. Discs are
available in diameters of 4.5, 5 or 6 for the
most common sanders, and come in two styles:
plain or perforated (for dustless sanders). Please
check your sander for size and number of holes J
before ordering. All discs sold individually.
Made in Germany.
H. 5 Plain; each 1+ 10+ 30+
68Z91.08 80x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
68Z91.12 120x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
68Z91.15 150x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 J. Conversion Disc L
68Z91.18 180x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 To convert a sander with a metal plate to one that
68Z91.22 220x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
will accept the hook-and-loop discs, a 6 diam-
6 Plain; each 1+ 10+ 30+
eter, PSA-backed conversion disc with a hook
68Z92.08 80x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80
68Z92.12 120x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 facing is available. Trim to size or add vacuum
68Z92.15 150x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 holes as needed.
68Z92.18 180x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 68Z90.01 6 Conversion Hook Disc $15.70
68Z92.22 220x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80
4.5 8-Perf.; each 1+ 10+ 30+ K. Large PSA
68Z93.08 80x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 Sanding Discs L. Norton 3X Sanding Discs
68Z93.12 120x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 Aluminum oxide, resin-cloth, PSA-backed discs These remarkably durable high-performance
68Z93.15 150x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 suitable for the large disc sanders. Available in sanding discs use a friable aluminum oxide
68Z93.18 180x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
three diameters: 8, 10, and 12. abrasive that is quick cutting but long lasting.
68Z93.22 220x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75
5 5-Perf.; each 1+ 10+ 30+ K. 8 PSA Disc; each 1+ 5+ Their adhesive prevents the particles from
68Z94.08 80x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z97.06 60x $ 5.00 $4.50 dislodging, while polyester ber reinforces the
68Z94.12 120x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z97.08 80x $ 4.80 $4.30 paper backing and a stearate coating resists
68Z94.15 150x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z97.12 120x $ 4.80 $4.30 clogging. With loop backing and a universal
68Z94.18 180x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z97.15 150x $ 4.80 $4.30 hole pattern, they are compatible with ve- and
68Z94.22 220x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z97.18 180x $ 4.80 $4.30 eight-hole 5 random-orbit sanders that have a
5 8-Perf.; each 1+ 10+ 30+ 10 PSA Disc; each 1+ 5+ hook facing. Made in Canada, they excel on a
68Z95.08 80x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z98.06 60x $ 7.00 $6.30 range of materials from bare wood to berglass
68Z95.12 120x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z98.08 80x $ 6.60 $5.95
or painted surfaces.
68Z95.15 150x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z98.12 120x $ 6.60 $5.95
68Z95.18 180x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z98.15 150x $ 6.60 $5.95 1+ 10+ 30+
68Z95.22 220x $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 68Z98.18 180x $ 6.60 $5.95 55K85.30 3X Disc, 80x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
6 8-Perf.; each 1+ 10+ 30+ 12 PSA Disc; each 1+ 5+ 55K85.31 3X Disc, 100x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
68Z96.08 80x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 68Z99.06 60x $10.80 $9.70 55K85.32 3X Disc, 120x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
68Z96.12 120x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 68Z99.08 80x $ 9.80 $8.85 55K85.33 3X Disc, 150x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
68Z96.15 150x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 68Z99.12 120x $ 9.80 $8.85 55K85.34 3X Disc, 180x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
68Z96.18 180x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 68Z99.15 150x $ 9.80 $8.85 55K85.35 3X Disc, 220x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
68Z96.22 220x $1.10 $ .90 $ .80 68Z99.18 180x $ 9.80 $8.85 55K85.36 3X Disc, 320x $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
PSA means pressure-sensitive adhesive. 189
 B. 130 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+
68Z130.08 80x $ 2.40 $2.05 $1.80
68Z130.12 120x $ 2.40 $2.05 $1.80
68Z130.15 150x $ 2.40 $2.05 $1.80
68Z130.22 220x $ 2.40 $2.05 $1.80
68Z130.32 320x $ 2.40 $2.05 $1.80
142 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+
68Z142.08 80x $ 3.30 $2.80 $2.45
68Z142.12 120x $ 3.30 $2.80 $2.45
B 68Z142.15 150x $ 3.30 $2.80 $2.45
68Z142.22 220x $ 3.30 $2.80 $2.45
68Z142.32 320x $ 3.30 $2.80 $2.45
321 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+
68Z321.05 50x $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
68Z321.08 80x $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
68Z321.10 100x $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
68Z321.12 120x $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
68Z321.15 150x $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
A 68Z321.22 220x $ 3.40 $2.90 $2.55
324 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+
A. Norton 3X Sanding Belts 68Z324.05 50x $ 3.60 $3.05 $2.70
These high-performance sanding belts are quick A. 321 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+ 68Z324.08 80x $ 3.60 $3.05 $2.70
cutting yet remarkably long lasting. They have a 54K86.05 50x $4.40 $3.75 $3.30 68Z324.10 100x $ 3.60 $3.05 $2.70
specially developed friable zirconia alumina abra- 54K86.08 80x $4.40 $3.75 $3.30 68Z324.12 120x $ 3.60 $3.05 $2.70
sive that fractures during use to expose fresh, sharp 54K86.12 120x $4.40 $3.75 $3.30 68Z324.15 150x $ 3.60 $3.05 $2.70
cutting edges. An open-coat structure and stearate 54K86.15 150x $4.40 $3.75 $3.30 68Z324.22 220x $ 3.60 $3.05 $2.70
coating significantly reduce clogging, even on 54K86.18 180x $4.40 $3.75 $3.30 424 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+
resinous woods or painted surfaces. To minimize 54K86.22 220x $4.40 $3.75 $3.30 68Z424.05 50x $ 4.40 $3.75 $3.30
shedding, the abrasive particles are resin bonded to 324 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+ 68Z424.08 80x $ 4.40 $3.75 $3.30
the heavy-duty Y-weight cloth backing. The tape- 54K87.05 50x $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 68Z424.10 100x $ 4.40 $3.75 $3.30
reinforced bi-directional splice joint allows you to 54K87.08 80x $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 68Z424.12 120x $ 4.40 $3.75 $3.30
extend their life by reversing the running direction. 54K87.12 120x $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 68Z424.15 150x $ 4.40 $3.75 $3.30
54K87.15 150x $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 68Z424.22 220x $ 4.40 $3.75 $3.30
Prices shown are per belt (belt sizes and grits cannot
54K87.18 180x $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 436 Belt; each 1+ 5+ 20+
be mixed to obtain a discount). Suitable for a range
of materials, including plastic, berglass and metal. 54K87.22 220x $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 68Z436.05 50x $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40
424 Belt; each 1+ 10+ 30+ 68Z436.08 80x $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40
Made in USA.
54K88.05 50x $7.40 $6.30 $5.55 68Z436.10 100x $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40
B. Premium-Quality Sanding Belts 54K88.08 80x $7.40 $6.30 $5.55 68Z436.12 120x $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40
These premium belts are made by a company 54K88.12 120x $7.40 $6.30 $5.55 68Z436.15 150x $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40
founded in Germany over 100 years ago. All are 54K88.15 150x $7.40 $6.30 $5.55 68Z436.22 220x $ 5.90 $5.00 $4.40
a semi-open-coat aluminum oxide with an 54K88.18 180x $7.40 $6.30 $5.55 648 Belt; each 1+ 5+ 20+
X-weight cloth backing and a resin-resin bond, 54K88.22 220x $7.40 $6.30 $5.55 68Z648.05 50x $11.80 $10.05 $8.85
and have an angle-cut butt joint backed by a 68Z648.08 80x $11.80 $10.05 $8.85
tough Dacron reinforced tape. The 648 belts 68Z648.10 100x $11.80 $10.05 $8.85
have interlocking angle nger joints. 68Z648.12 120x $11.80 $10.05 $8.85
Visit us at www.leevalley.com 68Z648.15 150x $11.80 $10.05 $8.85
Prices shown are per belt (belt sizes and grits
68Z648.22 220x $11.80 $10.05 $8.85
cannot be mixed to obtain a discount).

C. Sanding Belts for Scroll Saws
These belts t most scroll saws that use 5 blades. On
some saws, you might have to remove the throat insert or
drill it larger, adjust the blade clamp or simply clip the belt
tips to convert them to a pinless style. Available in 1/4 and
1/2 widths. The assorted pack of 1/4 belts has two 120x
belts and one each of 180x and 220x; the 1/2 assorted
pack has one each of 80x, 120x, 180x and 220x. Individual
grits come in packs of four (1/4 belts not available in 80x).
Unless overtensioned, they can do hours of work before
requiring replacement. Made in USA.
47Z03.09 Pkg. (4) Assorted Belts, 1/4 $9.90
47Z03.19 Pkg. (4) Assorted Belts, 1/2 $9.90
47Z03.10 *Pkg. (4) Belts, 1/4 $9.90
47Z03.20 *Pkg. (4) Belts, 1/2 $9.90 D. 68Z25.31 Sanding Pad, 2
* Specify grit X(220x), V(180x), F(120x); for 1/2 belts,
C(80x) is also available.
Not compatible with RBI, Reliant or Moto-Shop saws.
Tim Skilton Premium Sanding Pads of the paper. The paper is exible C weight and
Made from neoprene to resist heat build-up, has a loop backing. The size indicated is the
these flexible pads are sharply tapered to diameter of the sanding pad the discs will t.
allow maximum ex for accessing difcult Excellent quality. Made in Canada.
areas such as the inside of lipped bowls. The F. 68Z63.21 *2 Wave Discs, pkg. of 10 $4.60
durable hook-face pads are secured with a G. 68Z63.31 *3 Wave Discs, pkg. of 10 $6.10
high-temperature adhesive backing and * Specify grit when ordering Y(800x), U(600x),
accept standard loop-backed sanding discs. S(400x), T(320x), X(220x), V(180x), F(120x), M(80x).
The hexagonal shank avoids slipping in the
drill chuck. The 2 size is for acutely curved
work, the 3 for larger and atter surfaces.
Replacement hook-face pads are available
separately (installation instructions included). F
Made in Australia.
$27.50
2 sanding pad
68Z25.36 Repl. Hook Pad, 2 $ 4.70 in use with
E. 68Z25.32 Sanding Pad, 3 $33.50 2 wave
68Z25.37 Repl. Hook Pad, 3 $ 7.80 disc.

New Wave Sanding Discs

These oversize discs have wave-like edges
C that curl over the sides of a sanding pad. D
This helps prevent the edge of the disc from
digging into the wood surface, particularly
when working a tight radius. The stearate
coating on the aluminum oxide grit discs E
helps prevent clogging and extends the life G
190
 B
A F
A. Flap Wheels
With open burls or spalted wood, sometimes the
only way to nish a bowl interior is by power
sanding. This soft-head ap wheel (also called a
nishing mop) has cloth-backed 60x abrasive aps C. 61K51.16 Rell, Scored, 80x
separated by aluminum oxide rubbing pads. The
combination works quickly but smoothly. This
wheel can also be used on metal and plastic. The
unit is best used in a ex shaft, but can be used in an D. Sanding Stars
electric hand drill. Available in two sizes: 2 in
diameter by 1 high (max. 12,000 rpm) and 31/8 in
diameter by 2 high (max. 7600 rpm). Both have
1/4 shanks.
68Z25.01 Flap Wheel, 21 $24.20
68Z26.01 Flap Wheel, 31/82 $43.90
B. Scored Flap Sanding Wheel
This sander is ideal for use in an electric drill for
curved surfaces and detail work. The brush-backed
abrasive strips are 1 wide by 11 long and wrap
inside the wheel body. It weighs only 9.5 oz, has a
H. Template
Sander
For use in a drill H shapes, they do a better job on compound curves
press, this bearing-
guided sanding
drum is used to
duplicate curved
pieces such as
matching furniture
parts, signs, or other production work. It abrades
the wood rather than cutting it, so there is no
tear-out, even in figured woods or reversing
grain. The phenolic disc follows the template,
guiding the drum to shape your workpiece to the
prole. Not intended to remove large amounts of
material, it works best on roughed-out forms cut
to about 1/8 oversize. It has a 3/8 machined steel
shank, a bronze bearing, and a 50-grit sanding
sleeve mounted on a 1 dia. by 2 tall hard-
rubber drum. Maximum 2500 rpm. Replacement
sleeves sold separately.
68Z05.01 Template Sander $22.90
68Z02.04C Repl. Sleeves (5) $ 4.90
G E
C
4 dia. plastic body and a 1/4 shaft, and includes Kirjes Pneumatic Ball-Nose Sanding Drum
one 80x scored strip. Operating speeds are 1700 to Pneumatic drums are effective for sanding compound
2400 rpm. curves because they conform to shapes better than
61K51.25 Lightweight Sander $54.90 rigid drums. Made in Sweden, this ball-nose drum is
$13.90 ideal for smaller projects such as turnings, carvings
61K51.02 Rell, Scored, 120x $16.50 or intarsia. With its unique rounded tip, the 13/4
61K51.05 Repl. Brushes (8) $21.90 diameter by 11/2 long drum enables you to sand
concave surfaces such as the inside of a spoon, the
bottom of a bowl or a sculpted chair seat. Shank is
Developed for use on contoured or profiled 1/4. Inate to low pressure (8 psi) using a special
wood and metal parts, this specialized sander has hand pump (sold separately; works only with Kirjes
16 layers of aluminum oxide abrasive cloth that drums). Best used in an electric hand drill or with a
sandwich back to back and crisscross to form a ex-shaft (maximum of 6000 rpm). Durable cloth-
wheel pattern. The configuration allows the backed sleeves are available separately in a choice of
wheel to be used on at or curved work, permit- grits (220x, 120x or 80x).
ting the abrasive layers to work deep into E 68Z50.63 Ball-Nose Drum (no sleeves) $51.50
patterns without destroying detail. The 1/4 dia. F. 68Z50.64 *Ball-Nose Sleeves, pkg. of 2 $11.80
shaft is suitable for use in a drill press, hand drill, G. 68Z50.60 Hand Pump $10.50
lathe, etc. Available in 150x and 240x. * Specify grit X(220x), F(120x), M(80x).
61K51.42 150x Sanding Star $20.70
See page 139 for a ex shaft & dust extractor that is
61K51.44 240x Sanding Star $20.70 compatible with Kirjes sanding drums.
Pneumatic Sanding Drums sold in sets that include the drum and three sleeves (one
Because pneumatic sanding drums conform to of each grit). Replacement cloth-backed sleeves are
sold individually. (A crepe block can be used to extend
than regular hard-rubber drums, which will atten sleeve life.)
high points. You can vary their hardness to suit the The lambs wool sleeve is for use with the carvers
job a soft drum is best for convex surfaces, and a drum to let you quickly buff surfaces to a lustrous nish.
harder drum is good for inside curves and at The high-quality Australian lambs wool reaches into
surfaces. Easily inated (to 15 psi or less) with a recesses, making it effective for bufng carvings or
bicycle pump. spindle turnings, and provides just enough friction to
The medium drum (5/16 shank) measures 21/2 in reduce polish viscosity and build a shine without
diameter by 31/2 long. The large drum (3/8 shank) producing excessive heat. Can be cleaned with mild
is 31/4 in diameter by 51/4 long. The carvers detergent and water.
drum (5/16 shank) is 11/2 in diameter by 4 long. J. 68Z50.01 Med. Drum (no sleeves) $39.50
All can be used in a drill press, on a chucked motor 68Z50.02 *Med. Sleeve, ea. $ 4.00
arbor, or on a lathe with a headstock chuck. The 68Z50.10 Med. Drum & 3 Sleeves $45.90
medium drum can also be used in an electric hand
drill. The carvers drum is best used in an electric K. 68Z50.03 Lg. Drum (no sleeves) $67.50
hand drill or with a ex shaft. 68Z50.04 *Lg. Sleeve, ea. $ 7.60
The drums and sleeves are available separately or 68Z50.20 Lg. Drum & 3 Sleeves $82.00
L. 68Z50.15 Carvers Drum (no sleeves) $45.50
Inate 68Z50.08 *Carvers Sleeve, ea. $ 6.40
drum to
desired 68Z50.30 Carvers Drum & 3 Sleeves $58.00
rmness. M. 68Z50.71 Lambs Wool Buff $21.50
J, K & L * Specify grit X(220x), F(120x), M(80x).
191
J K

Standard Deluxe
drum drum
B
A
Sanding Drum Kits
Our most popular sanding drum kit, the standard C. Large Sanding Drum
15-piece kit comes with ve sizes of expanding,
solid rubber drums, and one ne (120x) and one
coarse (50x) sleeve for each drum. They can be
used with ex shafts, drill presses, or any chucked
tool that can take a 1/4 shaft. All sleeves are cloth
backed with top-quality aluminum oxide grit.
Quickly change sleeves by backing off a
compression nut on the end of the drum, slipping
off the old sleeve, slipping on the new one, and
tightening the nut. No adhesives required. Drum
sizes listed are diameter by length. The deluxe kit
is identical except that it has quick-lock sanding
drums that let you change sleeves even more
quickly by hand tightening the knurled shank
(rather than using a wrench as with the standard
kit). It is ideal for production work where frequent
changes of sleeves are necessary.
Replacement sleeves for both are sold in
D. Extra-Long Sanding Drum Kit
packages of ve of a single grit. The package
of 10 assorted sleeves includes an 80x and a
240x sleeve in each of the ve sizes.
A. 68Z01.01 Standard Kit, 15 pcs. $19.50
B. 68Z01.20 Deluxe Kit, 15 pcs. $32.50
68Z01.07 Pkg. of 10 Asst. Sleeves $ 7.90
68Z01.02 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 1/21/2 $ 3.10
68Z01.03 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 3/41 $ 3.40
68Z01.04 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 11 $ 3.50
68Z01.05 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 11/211/2 $ 5.20
68Z01.06 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 21 2 $ 5.50 1/
* Specify grit F(120x), M(80x), C(50x).
* Please specify grit when you order replace-
ment sleeves for our sanding drum kits. Add the
appropriate letter after the catalog number of the
item you are ordering. For example, 68Z01.02M
would be Pkg. of 5, 80x Replacement Sleeves,
1/21/2. If no grit is specied on your order, we
will ship 80x sleeves.
H for removing packed shavings from a drill bit.
C
F
E
G
Veritas Drum-Sander
Support System
When sanding on a drill
press, side loading can Lateral pressure when
cause quill wear and run-out sanding causes extra-long
drums to cant outwards.
D on the bearings. Extra-long Wood surface will have
a sloping edge.
drums tend to deect with
pressure, producing a
sloping edge on the work-
piece. Our drum-sander
support system solves both
This is a large version of the expanding rubber problems. The bearing Bearing support under drum
drums in our standard drum kit and is made to support (with a live center) minimizes lateral movement
and avoids quill damage.
the same industrial quality. The 33 drum engages the matching center
comes with one 80x sleeve. Additional sleeves in the bottom of our specially drilled shafts. Just
are available either in a package of three lock your table or quill so there is sufcient pressure
assorted sleeves (50x, 120x, 240x), or in pack- on the bearing support to prevent sliding.
ages of three sleeves of a single grit. The drum To use the bearing support, a modied shaft is
comes with a dual-purpose shank. It can be available to retrot 11/2 or 2 long sanding drums
mounted on a 1/2 shaft or the accompanying (sizes in our 68Z01.01 and 68Z02.01 sanding kits).
plug allows you to use it in a drill press or A screw-in tting is also available to adapt our large
machine chuck. 33 sanding drum (product #68Z21.01).
68Z21.01 Large Drum $31.50 E. 68Z02.20 Drum-Sander Bearing Support $21.90
68Z21.06 Pkg. of 3 (50x, 120x, 240x) $ 6.40 F. 68Z02.23 Adapter for 33 Drum $ 4.10
68Z21.02 3 Coarse Sleeves (50x) $ 6.40 G. 68Z02.21 Shaft for 11/2 or 2 Drums $ 3.40
68Z21.03 3 Medium Sleeves (80x) $ 6.40
H. Sleeveless Sanding Drums
68Z21.04 3 Fine Sleeves (120x) $ 6.40
Regular sandpaper sheets or rolls can be cut to size
68Z21.05 3 X-Fine Sleeves (240x) $ 6.40
to t these drums. Although paper-backed garnet is
recommended, cloth-backed paper or other types
This 12-piece kit has all of the same features as can also be used. The drum has an aluminum and
our standard 15-piece kit, except the drums are foam body with a sponge padding, a slot that will
all 2 long. This extra length is useful for wide hold the ends of the paper, and a locking tube to
pieces or for deeper penetration in awkward secure the paper. For use with drills, drill presses,
spots. The four drum diameters are 1/2, 3/4, 1, motor arbors, etc. The smallest drum is ideal for
and 11/2. One 50x and one 120x sleeve are carvers, as it can be used with ex shafts or rotary
included for each drum. Replacement sleeves tools. The arbor size has been selected for safest use
are sold in packages of ve, each package drums with a 1/4 or 3/8 shaft are for use in drills,
containing one size of a single grit. The drill presses, etc.; drums with a 1/2 shaft are for use
package of eight assorted sleeves includes an in drill presses or 1/2 motor arbors. Recommended
80x and a 240x sleeve in each of the four speed is 1750 rpm with a maximum of 3600 rpm.
drum sizes. Sample of sandpaper included.
68Z02.01 XL Sanding Kit, 12 pcs. $20.90 Dia. Length Shaft
68Z02.07 Pkg. of 8 Asst. Sleeves $ 7.20 27K10.01 3/4 21/4 1/4 $16.90
68Z02.02 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 1/22 $ 4.10 27K10.03 1 3 1/4 $23.50
68Z02.03 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 3/42 $ 4.50 27K11.03 2 3 3/8 $24.50
68Z02.04 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 12 $ 4.90 27K11.05 3 3 3/8 $27.50
68Z02.06 *Pkg. 5 Repl. Sl. 11/22 $ 5.20 27K12.07 3 41/2 1/2 $33.50
* Specify grit F(120x), M(80x), C(50x). 27K12.09 3 6 1/2 $38.00
J. Crepe Blocks
Particularly useful on sanding belts, drums and discs,
a crepe block can triple the life of your sandpaper.
When your sandpaper is loaded, hold the block
against the sleeve, belt or disc to strip out accumulated
dust and ber. The large, 1 lb block (13/413/48)
will last for years in normal use. The small block is
about 13/813/86 long. It is convenient for cleaning
small surfaces, such as miniature sanding drums, and
J 54K01.01 Large Crepe Block $11.90
54K01.02 Small Crepe Block $ 8.90
 A. Hand-Cut Rifers
These hand-cut rifflers have a random tooth
A
Rasps, Rifflers
pattern that results in a higher degree of control
in use. At about 71/2 long overall, they are
.01 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 & Files
smooth cut (about 2) on both ends. Available
individually or as a set of six. Excellent value.
Made in Czech Republic.
A
62W28.01 to .07 Rifer (specify), ea. $ 25.50
62W28.20 Set (6) HC Rifers $135.00
B. Detail Rifers .01
Perfect for detail carving or shaping, these are #1
.03
comfortable to use and control. They are about #2 .04
6 long and are nely machined with a #2 cut
(69 tpi) on both ends. Available individually or #3 .05
as a set of four. Made in the Czech Republic.
62W28.31 #1 Detail Rifer $14.90 .06
#4
62W28.32 #2 Detail Rifer $14.90
62W28.33 #3 Detail Rifer $14.90 .07
62W28.34 #4 Detail Rifer $14.90 B
62W28.35 Detail Rifers, set of 4 $52.50

Files, Rasps and Rifers E. Special Italian Shaping Rasps

Files, rasps and rifers allow you to shape and These shaping rasps are all hand cut #2 with
smooth wood in ways that would be very difcult integral handles. At 81/2 overall, they are best
with normal edge-cutting tools. In general, they let suited to large carvings or sculptures, or for use
you exercise much greater control. The differences F
in shaping cabinet components. Available indi-
among them depend on the way the cutting teeth
are formed (rasps have individually raised teeth, vidually or as a set of ve.
les have straight chiselled edges) and on their 51W06.01 Rectangular Rasp $15.80
shape (rifers are double ended, and either le or 51W06.02 Tapered Triangular Rasp $17.00
rasp cut). Files cut more slowly than rasps but give 51W06.03 Tapered Square Rasp $14.70
a ner nish. The variety of cross sections avail- 51W06.04 Tapered Round Rasp $13.60
able in all three allows for great versatility in 51W06.05 Tapered Half-Round Rasp $18.10
carving, sculpting, and ornate cabinetry. 51W06.10 Shaping Rasps, set of 5 $74.50

F. Italian Needle Rasps

To order call 1-800-267-8767
or visit us at www.leevalley.com
Japanese Milled-Tooth Plane-Makers Floats
Produced by the same maker as our Japanese
milled-tooth files on page 196, these floats
greatly simplify attening and smoothing the
complex wedge mortises of bench and molding
planes. The side oat works the sides of the
mortise and has curved, milled teeth on one
face with a diagonal groove pattern to help
minimize clogging. The edge oat is for the
abutment and bed of molding planes, and also
serves as a saw for opening bench plane mouths.
Woodworkers often need small rasps like these
for cleaning and reaming old dowel holes,
dressing tenons, shaping keyholes, etc. This set
of six smooth-cut needle rasps includes rectan- E
gular, tapered triangle, half-round, round,
triangular, and square shapes. 51/2 long overall. .01 .02 .03 .04 .05
51W02.01 Needle Rasps, set of 6 $56.50
Japanese Finger Files
Easily controlled, these thin les are safe-edged to avoid damaging
adjacent surfaces. Made of coated stainless steel, they have a medium-
ne abrasive texture that removes material quickly yet leaves a smooth
nish. The tooth pattern cuts evenly in any direction and resists loading
in hard or soft woods. Files are 95mm (33/4) long overall. Available

It has slightly curved milled teeth on one edge G individually or in a set of all ve shapes. Made in Japan.
only; the other three surfaces are safe. About 8 G. 62W28.51 Finger File, Convex Straight $ 7.50
long overall, their blades are 5/8 wide at the H. 62W28.53 Finger File, Convex Tapered $ 7.50
handle, just 1/8 at the tip, and have a 4 cut J. 62W28.54 Finger File, V-Groove $ 7.50
length. Both have sharp chemically etched K. 62W28.52 Finger File, Flat Tapered $ 7.50
teeth for a smooth cut, and textured cushion- L. 62W28.50 Finger File, Flat Straight $ 7.50
grip handles. Made in Japan. 62W28.60 Finger Files, set of all 5 $32.50
Not Stocked at our Stores. G H J K L
C. 62W30.96 Side Float, Xne $65.50
H
D. 62W30.98 Edge Float, Xne $59.90

C
D

193
 Auriou Rasps & Rifers
These premium-quality shaping tools have been hand made in France by
a small family-owned company since 1856. They are more expensive
than others, but the care taken in shaping and polishing the blank before
the teeth are raised and hardened ensures a superior result. Skilled hand
cutting (or stitching) produces densely patterned, randomly spaced
teeth of a regular height, resulting in a tool that cuts efciently yet leaves
no scratch pattern. The blades are stitched to the very edge, allowing you
to work to an adjacent surface, and their tapered tips permit a tight
stroke to concentrate the cut over a small area. They are graded
A according to the grain of their teeth; grain 6 is coarse and for major
stock removal, while grain 15 is extra ne, ideal for delicate work. All
B round, cabinetmakers, and modellers rasps have comfortable walnut
handles. Excellent tools, produced with care and attention to detail.

C Round Rasps
Cabinetmakers and carvers will appreciate the ability of these rasps to
work into tight radiuses, while turners will nd them helpful for shaping
spirals. A shorter, ner rasp affords precise control, while a longer, more
D aggressive one enables fast stock removal.
E F G A. 62W30.01 150mm (6) Rasp, grain 13 $ 94.00
B. 62W30.03 250mm (10) Rasp, grain 9 $110.00
Cabinetmakers & Modellers Rasps
While both can be characterized as half-round rasps, the cabinetmakers
rasps are for general shaping (cabriole legs, chair backs, etc.), while the
more slender prole and ner grain of the modellers rasps lend them to
H detail work such as touching up carvings and scrollwork. The at side of
the blade is slightly cambered to allow rasping a at surface without
digging in. Their right- or left-hand (LH) biased teeth allow you to make
J natural angled strokes without compromising cutting efciency.
K Cabinetmakers Rasps
C. 62W30.20 300mm (12) Rasp, grain 6 $139.00
L 62W30.21 LH 300mm (12) Rasp, grain 6 $139.00
N
D. 62W30.18 250mm (10) Rasp, grain 9 $139.00
M
62W30.19 LH 250mm (10) Rasp, grain 9 $139.00
O E. 62W30.16 230mm (9) Rasp, grain 10 $129.00
62W30.17 LH 230mm (9) Rasp, grain 10 $129.00
P Modellers Rasps
F. 62W30.12 175mm (7) Rasp, grain 13 $119.00
Q 62W30.13 LH 175mm (7) Rasp, grain 13 $119.00
G. 62W30.10 150mm (6) Rasp, grain 15 $129.00
62W30.11 LH 150mm (6) Rasp, grain 15 $129.00
R. Liogier Rasps H. Chairmakers Rasp
Founded in the 1920s, Liogier is a fourth-generation family rm that blends Ideal for shaping the crest rail or seat of a chair or working any large
traditional handcrafting skills with modern manufacturing materials to produce concave surface. 10 overall with coarse grain-7 teeth for rapid stock
rasps of exceptional quality and durability. The teeth are carefully hand removal. Each end is half-round in section and stitched only on the
stitched at a regular height but randomly distributed over the blade surface, convex side.
resulting in a tool that cuts efciently while leaving no scratch pattern. The 62W30.40 Chairmakers Rasp $95.00
blades are stitched right to the edge, allowing you to work to an adjacent
Needle Rasps
surface, and their tapered tips permit shaping in conned areas. After stitching,
Approximately 71/4 long with a 23/4 blade, these are well suited for
the blades are treated with an extremely hard coating, so the teeth retain their
making models or musical instruments and shaping keyholes or pierced
sharpness through long use. We offer these premium-quality rasps in a set of
carvings anywhere a larger tool would be awkward or too aggressive.
three, in either right-handed or left-handed patterns. The set includes an 8
Available individually or as a set of four, all are very ne grain 14.
half-round cabinetmakers rasp that is 13 long overall with a medium tooth
J. 62W30.31 Round Needle Rasp $ 56.00
pattern (grain 11) for general stock removal, a 6 modellers rasp that is 91/2
K. 62W30.32 Half-Round Needle Rasp $ 56.00
overall with a ne tooth pattern (grain 14) for detail work, and an 8 round rasp
L. 62W30.33 Knife-Shaped Needle Rasp $ 56.00
that is 121/2 overall with a medium-ne tooth pattern (grain 12) for working
M. 62W30.30 Flat Needle Rasp $ 56.00
into tight radiuses. Each has a stained hardwood handle. Made in France.
62W30.34 Needle Rasps, set of 4 $209.00
62W31.90 Set of 3 Right-Hand Rasps $389.00
62W31.92 Set of 3 Left-Hand Rasps $389.00 Carvers Rifers
Primarily used by carvers, these double-ended nishing tools are for
removing small amounts of material in a localized area. About 8 long
overall, they have moderately ne grain-12 teeth. Available individually

or as a set of four.
Left hand Right hand
N. 62W30.42 Flat V/Rectangular Rifer $ 79.00
O. 62W30.41 Knife/Spoon Shaped Rifer $ 79.00
R P. 62W30.43 Rattail/Brush Shaped Rifer $ 79.00
Q. 62W30.44 Half-Round/Triangular Rifer $ 79.00
62W30.50 Rifers, set of 4 $299.00
On this page product numbers in red denote items not stocked at
Right hand
our stores.

194 Sanding & Shaping


A. Veritas Auxiliary File/Rasp Handle
This auxiliary handle (usually used at the tip of the
tool) can grip at any point along a le or rasp to
increase control and reduce the fatigue that comes
from the two-digit death grip normally used. It
will handle les and rasps (at, round or trian-
gular) up to 1/2 thick and 13/16 wide. Patented.
05W01.01 File/Rasp Handle $22.50
Chairmakers Notebook
by Peter Galbert
In this much-anticipated text, Galbert presents a
comprehensive illustrated account of the
process he has distilled over decades spent
mastering the craft of chairmaking. Analyzing
every step from initial design to nal nish, he
blends traditional approaches with his own
insights, involving simple techniques, jigs and
tools he has developed to address common
pitfalls. Although the methods described pertain
primarily to Windsor chair construction, they
can be readily applied to other chair styles. Not
just of interest to chairmakers, however, the
book demysties the subject of working with
green wood, from harvesting and preparing logs
to specialized joinery. The clear and engaging
text is richly supplemented by over 500 illustra-
tions drawn by the author, depicting the
intricacies of every step to make the often
daunting material easily approachable. An
exhaustive guide to a subject under-represented
in woodworking literature, by one of its most
widely respected practitioners. Hardcover,
81/211, 403 pages, 2015.
20L03.30 Chairmakers Notebook $53.50
B
D E F G H J
B. Self-Threading File Handles Wood and Cabinet Rasps
These hardwood handles have a heavy steel These rasps are specically for woodworking.
ferrule holding a tapered-diameter hardened nut The smooth-cut rasps have ner and denser teeth
that threads onto a tapered le tang to solidly for a smoother nish. The faster-cutting second-
hold it. Handles can be easily removed for use on cut rasp comes with a handle.
other les. File sizes listed below. 1+ 5+ G. 62W03.01 8 Cabinet Rasp (smooth) $21.50
73W01.02 Handle, 4 File, ea. $5.60 $5.05 62W03.02 10 Cabinet Rasp (smooth) $25.50
73W01.03 Handle, 5 File, ea. $5.60 $5.05 H. 62W20.08 8 Cabinet Rasp (second) $19.80
73W01.04 Handle, 6 File, ea. $5.60 $5.05
73W01.05 Handle, 8 File, ea. $5.60 $5.05 J. File Cleaner
73W01.06 Handle, 10/12, ea. $5.60 $5.05 As les clog through use, they can be difcult to
clean. This le cleaner does an excellent job. The
Wood and Cabinet Files wire bristles are used for all general-purpose
Although they cut more slowly than toothed les and the brush is used for very ne les or for
rasps, these les give a smoother nish. cleaning rasps. Hardwood frame. 10 long.
C. 62W06.01 8 Cabinet (second) $13.50 61K02.01 File Cleaner $12.50
62W06.02 10 Cabinet (second) $18.50
D. 62W05.01 10 Wood (bastard) $17.50 Grobet 10 Half-Round Rasps
Grobet of Switzerland has been making tools of
Hand-Cut Rasps exceptional quality for over 200 years. To
These well-made rasps have hand-cut teeth in a produce these half-round rasps, a forged steel
random pattern for minimal chatter. The round blank is carefully milled to a smooth finish
rasps are useful in a variety of cabinetmaking before the machine-cut teeth are raised, resulting
tasks, particularly in work with acute curves. in sharp, well-dened points. The medium-cut
The half-round rasps are a staple shaping tool. #5 removes material rapidly for initial shaping;
Each comes with a comfortable ribbed plastic the ne #6 cuts less aggressively but yields a
handle. Made in Czech Republic. smoother nish. Each rasp measures 121/2 long
62W26.06 HC Round Rasp, 6 $25.50 overall. Supplied unhandled; a self-threading
62W26.08 HC Round Rasp, 8 $32.50 USA-made hardwood handle with a steel ferrule
E. 62W26.10 HC Round Rasp, 10 $34.50 is offered separately.
62W25.06 HC Half-Round Rasp, 6 $28.50 K. 62W32.55 10 Half-Round Rasp, #5 $77.50
62W25.08 HC Half-Round Rasp, 8 $34.50 L. 62W32.56 10 Half-Round Rasp, #6 $89.50
F. 62W25.10 HC Half-Round Rasp, 10 $41.50 M. 73W01.06 Handle for 10 Rasps $ 5.60
K L
Close-up of tooth patterns
K
Files and handle sold
L M separately.
195
 Japanese Milled-Tooth Files Medium Fine Xne

These les cut with surprising speed, yet leave

a remarkably smooth surface. This is because
the teeth which are milled, then chemically
etched to a sharp edge dont abrade material;
they shear it, leaving shavings instead of dust.
The diagonal groove pattern enables the teeth
to act as a series of chip breakers by decreasing
the width of each tooth, reducing clogging.
Suitable for wood or plastics, their aggressive
action allows short detail strokes without sacri-
cing speed. Safe-edged to avoid damaging
adjacent surfaces, they are available in double-
sided at and single-sided half-round patterns.
The cushion-gripped detail les permit a short
stroke for work in conned spaces. Useful for G H J K
A concave surfaces, the bent detail le is approx- B
imately 71/2 long and has a 31/2 cut length.
The full-size 8 and 10 les have tanged ends
Two-sided and are for general shaping. Regardless of their C
rasp has
10 tpi for overall dimensions, les with an identical grade
coarse of cut have the same number of teeth per D
cutting
and
inch. Made in Japan, these are wonderful
24 tpi shaping tools.
for ner E
cutting. 8 Detail Files, 4 cut length
B. 62W30.67 3/8 Bent Detail File, Fine $37.50
C. 62W30.60 3/8 Flat File, Xne $29.50
A. Japanese Saw Rasp D. 62W30.65 3/8 Half-Rd. File, Xne $29.50 F
This tool is made from ten individual saw blades E. 62W30.70 5/8 Flat File, Med. $22.90
joined together in a diamond pattern, forming a F. 62W30.75 5/8 Half-Rd. File, Med. $22.90
11/4 wide by 10 long rasp. The reversible blade
is cut 10 tpi on one side for coarse cutting and 8 Files, 5/8 wide, 51/2 cut length
24 tpi on the other for ne work. The open struc- G. 62W30.78 8 Flat File, Fine $30.90
ture of the blade permits dust clearance and H. 62W30.79 8 Flat File, Xne $32.90
L M N O P Q
resists clogging, and the slender tip can be used J. 62W30.83 8 Half-Rd. File, Fine $30.90
in corners. The wooden rear handle (offset for K. 62W30.84 8 Half-Rd. File, Xne $32.90
knuckle clearance) and front knob allow a 10 Files, 3/4 wide, 7 cut length
comfortable two-handed grip for excellent L. 62W30.80 10 Flat File, Med. $28.50
control. Although it can aggressively remove M. 62W30.81 10 Flat File, Fine $36.50 B-Q
material, the rasp leaves a surprisingly smooth N. 62W30.82 10 Flat File, Xne $39.90
surface. Overall length 15. Made in Japan. O. 62W30.85 10 Half-Rd. File, Med. $28.50
60W02.01 Japanese Saw Rasp $36.90 P. 62W30.86 10 Half-Rd. File, Fine $36.50 Material is sheared, not abraded.
60W02.02 Repl. Blade $22.90 Q. 62W30.87 10 Half-Rd. File, Xne $39.90

R. Nicholson Flexible Smoothing File

R Congured for convex surfaces. Ideal for smoothing areas of tricky grain without
damaging adjacent surfaces, this specialized le is
adjustable for camber (up to 3/16) to let you
concentrate the cut over a small area. The curved
File is adjustable for concave or convex applications. milled teeth cut quickly with a shearing action that
reduces tear-out, minimizing the need for further
scraping or sanding. The holder has a comfortable
two-handed grip for good control. Includes a
holder and flexible 12 double-sided file.
Replacement exible les available separately.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
62W14.15 Flexible Smoothing File $109.00
R 62W14.11 Repl. 12 Flexible File $ 49.50
Handle sold
separately on
page 195. Nicholson Milled-Tooth Files
These les cut wood quickly but leave a smooth
surface requiring only light sanding or scraping.
S Though the curved milled teeth are aggressive,
they take a shearing cut that minimizes tear-out.
These les excel at general shaping, especially
T across the grain or on end grain. The at le is also
safe-edged, making it useful for dressing tenons
without damaging the shoulder or as a substitute
for a planemakers oat. A screw-on hardwood
handle is available separately (73W01.05, on
S T page 195).
Actual size
Safe-
Actual size S. 62W14.02 8 Flat File $36.50
edged
T. 62W14.01 8 Half-Round File $42.50
196
 Decorative edge work
DRILLING
Forstner bit Saw tooth bit
Pocket
holes
Product # Description Size Sets Price
06J71.04 Forstner 1/4 $ 9.00
06J71.05 Forstner 5/16 $ 9.00
06J71.06 Forstner 3/8 $ 9.70
06J71.07 Forstner 7/16 $ 10.10
06J71.08 Forstner 1/2 $ 10.40
Counterbored screws
06J71.09 Forstner 9/16 $ 11.00
06J71.10 Forstner 5/8 $ 11.70
06J71.11 Forstner 11/16 $ 12.20
06J71.12 Forstner 3/4 $ 12.50
06J71.13 Forstner 13/16 $ 13.50
06J71.14 Forstner 7/8 $ 13.80 Flat-bottomed holes
06J71.15 Forstner 15/16 $ 14.20
06J71.16 Forstner 1 $ 14.50

06J71.17 Saw Tooth 11/16 $ 15.10

06J71.18 Saw Tooth 11/8 $ 15.70 Mortises
06J71.19 Saw Tooth 13/16 $ 16.40
06J71.20 Saw Tooth 11/4 $ 16.80
06J71.21 Saw Tooth 15/16 $ 17.10 HSS Forstner/Saw Tooth Bits Lee Valley Design Features
FORSTNER
06J71.22 Saw Tooth 13/8 $ 17.60 Made exactly to our specications, these bits took over TOOTH PROFILE
SAW TOOTH END VIEWS
06J71.23 Saw Tooth 17/16 $ 18.60 a year to develop and rene. The great advantage of Rim is 0.005 to Lee Valley Traditional
06J71.24 Saw Tooth 11/2 $ 19.10 0.010 proud of the eam-cut grind makes
high-speed steel (HSS) bits is that heat build-up will chipping bevel to teeth make a a tearing cut.
06J71.25 Saw Tooth 19/16 $ 19.40
06J71.26 Saw Tooth 15/8 $ 19.80
not soften them, as will happen with carbon steel. Bits ensure clean entry shearing cut.
and a smooth cut. Center
06J71.27 Saw Tooth 111/16 $ 20.30 larger than 1 in diameter are saw tooth pattern and
brad
06J71.28 Saw Tooth 13/4 $ 20.60 have 1/2 hex shanks. Bits up to 1 in diameter are
06J71.29 Saw Tooth 113/16 $ 21.90 forstner pattern and have 3/8 round shanks.
06J71.30 Saw Tooth 17/8 $ 22.70 The rim on the forstners is proud of the chippers by Center brad
06J71.31 Saw Tooth 115/16 $ 23.40 only 0.005 to 0.010, reducing rim heat. The saw
06J71.32 Saw Tooth 2 $ 24.10 tooth styles are true saw tooths, not forstner bits with Forstner-pattern bits are used wherever edge-
06J71.33 Saw Tooth 21/16 $ 25.50 holding ability is needed, such as in the overlapping
rim notches. The teeth have a skewed shear-cut design holes of a mortise. The razor rim allows the bit to
06J71.34 Saw Tooth 21/8 $ 27.60
to prevent ber pull and to give clean holes. Both hold perfectly, even if the brad point is over a void.
06J71.35 Saw Tooth 23/16 $ 29.60
06J71.36 Saw Tooth 21/4 $ 32.60
styles have slightly sloped chipping bevels so that bits Since the rim is several thousandths of an inch
06J71.37 Saw Tooth 25/16 $ 34.30 ride a shallow cone of wood to keep them boring higher than the chippers, the bit enters cleanly and
06J71.38 Saw Tooth 23/8 $ 36.50 straight. Center brads can then be shorter, increasing the double chip channels clear well. The bit gives a
06J71.39 Saw Tooth 27/16 $ 38.00 bit versatility in thin material. As a last touch, bits have cleanly cut, at-bottomed hole ideal for plugging.
06J71.40 Saw Tooth 21/2 $ 40.40 been finished with extra-fine grinding wheels to A primary use for this bit in the woodworking
06J71.41 Saw Tooth 29/16 $ 41.40 reduce friction. industry is to drill out knots for later plugging.
06J71.42 Saw Tooth 25/8 $ 43.20 Overall length is 31/2 for bits up to 1, 5 for bits Saw tooth bits (usually over 1 in diameter) are
06J71.43 Saw Tooth 211/16 $ 44.70 primarily for use in a drill press. They are most useful
from 11/16 to 2, and 61/2 for bits over 2. These are for boring smooth, clean holes in all wood varieties
06J71.44 Saw Tooth 23/4 $ 46.60
the best value we have in forstner bits. Available indi- at any angle. The double chip channels are less
06J71.45 Saw Tooth 213/16 $ 47.60
06J71.46 Saw Tooth 27/8 $ 49.30
vidually or in various sets. subject to rim heat than forstners and are easier to
06J71.47 Saw Tooth 215/16 $ 50.00 Set of 7 Forstner Bits in 8ths sharpen. Although their edge-holding ability in
06J71.48 Saw Tooth 3 $ 52.60 overlapped holes is slightly less than forstners, the
Our most popular set of bits. It includes sizes 1/4, 3/8, difference is negligible in drill-press use.
06J71.50 Saw Tooth 31/8 $ 53.20 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1. Also available with a
06J71.52 Saw Tooth 31/4 $ 55.10
06J71.54 Saw Tooth 33/8 $ 58.60
wooden box for storage.
06J81.07 Set of 7 HSS Forstners $ 63.50
A. Center-Finding Pin
06J71.56 Saw Tooth 31/2 $ 62.40
06J80.07 Box of 7 HSS Forstners $ 73.50
There are many times when you want to mark
06J71.58 Saw Tooth 35/8 $ 66.60
33/4
a center point before you start to drill or rout,
06J71.60 Saw Tooth $ 69.90 Set of 6 Forstners in 16ths
06J71.62 Saw Tooth 37/8 $ 72.80 particularly when using larger, harder-to-center
This set of six includes sizes /16, /16, /16, /16,
5 7 9 11
06J71.64 Saw Tooth 4 $ 75.40 13/16 and 15/16.
bits. Chuck this alignment pin into your drill
Sets press or router, mark the center point and you
06J80.06 Set of 6 HSS Forstners $ 55.90
06J81.07 Forstner Set of 7 $ 63.50 are all set. Case hardened and zinc plated, the
06J80.07 Forstner Box of 7 $ 73.50 Set of 13 Forstners in 16ths double-pointed pin is 1/4 in diameter on one
06J80.06 Forstner Set of 6 $ 55.90 A set of 13 sizes from 1/4 to 1 by 16ths. Wooden box end and 1/2 on the other. 3 long.
06J80.13 Forstner Box of 13 $118.00 included. 50J50.01 Center-Finding Pin $6.80
06J80.16 Saw Tooth Box of 16 $375.00 06J80.13 Box of 13 HSS Forstners $118.00
Saw Tooth Set of 16 Saw Tooths in 8ths
06J80.29 & Forstner Box of 29 + $469.00
Metric Sizes Shank Dia. This boxed set includes 16 sizes from 11/8 to 3 by 8ths.
06J72.10 Forstner 10mm 3/8 $ 10.60 06J80.16 Box of 16 HSS Saw Tooths $375.00
06J72.12 Forstner 12mm 3/8 $ 11.00 Set of 29 Bits
06J72.13 Forstner 13mm 3/8 $ 11.10 This boxed set of 29 bits includes our set of 13 forstners
06J72.14 Forstner 14mm 3/8 $ 11.20 (1/4 to 1 by 16ths) and our set of 16 saw tooths (11/8
06J72.15 Forstner 15mm 3/8 $ 11.40
3/8
to 3 by 8ths).
06J72.16 Forstner 16mm $ 12.00
3/8
06J80.29 Box of 29 HSS Bits + $469.00
06J72.20 Forstner 20mm $ 13.90
06J72.25 Forstner 25mm 3/8 $ 14.40 A
06J72.26 Forstner 26mm 3/8 $ 15.30
1/2 Throughout this section, symbols (, , , ,, , *)
06J72.30 Saw Tooth 30mm $ 17.00
1/2
are used to indicate which items are components of sets.
06J72.35 Saw Tooth 35mm $ 18.40

 A. Maxi-Cut Forstner Bits

Designed to cut quickly with minimal friction and heat build-up, these innovative
M2 high-speed steel bits have two scoring spurs to limit contact with the wood,
and the sides are slightly relieved so only the leading edge touches the wall of the
A hole. Chip-breaking grooves machined in the cutting bevels eliminate clogging
by splintering waste into small chips that are readily ejected. Available indi-
vidually and in a boxed set of ve sizes from 1/2 to 1 in 1/8 increments. We
offer three specialized sizes for making peppermills: the 11/16 is the standard for
the central bore; the 15/16 and 40mm bits are for our ceramic mechanisms. We
B also carry three lengths of bit extender. All forstners and bit extenders have lobed
C shanks to interlock and prevent slippage in the chuck; a simple insert-and-twist
action holds securely yet allows quick Cutting bevel with chip-breaking grooves
changes. The lobed shanks also interlock
D with the three sizes of Morse taper adapters Scoring spur
we offer, allowing you to mount any of Relieved sides
the bits and extenders directly in a lathe.
Patented. Made in Germany.
33J04.08 1/2 Forstner* $ 32.00 33J04.32 2 Forstner $59.30
33J04.10 5/8 Forstner $ 33.10 B. 33J05.40 40mm Forstner $54.50
33J04.12 3/4 Forstner $ 36.20 33J04.43 90mm Extender $30.70
33J04.14 7/8 Forstner $ 37.30 C. 33J04.45 150mm Extender $35.70
33J04.16 1 Forstner $ 39.10 33J04.47 270mm Extender $38.80
33J04.40 Boxed Set of 5 (above) $145.00 D. 33J04.51 #1 MT Adapter $45.00
33J04.15 15/16 Forstner $ 38.50 33J04.52 #2 MT Adapter $46.50
33J04.17 11/16 Forstner $ 41.50 33J04.53 #3 MT Adapter $56.50
33J04.20 11/4 Forstner $ 45.20 * Cannot be used with the bit extenders.
33J04.24 11/2 Forstner $ 52.10 Product numbers in red denote
33J04.28 13/4 Forstner $ 57.70 items not stocked at our stores.

E. Carbide-Tipped Dowel, Plug & Tenon Cutters

For straight plugging operations, nothing works better
in the 1/4 to 1/2 sizes than our carbon steel Snug Plug
cutters (page 208), but for larger plugs or for cutting
tenons, these are the best you can get. Not only are they
made to very tight tolerances and will therefore cut
accurate tenons and plugs, but we spent nearly two Carbide tip

years in a design and test process to get the cleanest possible nish and the
Single-Flute Auger Bits least heat build-up while cutting. With carbide tips on the cutting spurs and
These high-carbon steel bits are accurately rakers, they excel in hardwoods or heavy use. The convenience of being able
ground and have excellent chip-carrying to cut tenons and plugs up to 3 in diameter makes these bits indispensable.
capacity. Meant to be used at low speeds, they Plugs 1 long or shorter automatically side eject. Total available depth of cut
have a well-formed lead screw, a single scoring spur and hexagonal shanks is 2. Cutters up to 1 in diameter have 1/2 round shanks, and above 1, 1/2
(bits 3/4 and larger require a 1/2 chuck). Intended for use on softwoods hex. For use only in a drill press. The set of six comes in a box. Patented.
or green hardwoods; use with dry hardwood will eventually burn the
scoring spur. Sizes under 3/8 must be used with care as the generous ute Dowel/Plug Dowel/Plug Size
Size Sets Price Sets Price
Cutters Cutters
size makes the small bits inherently weaker. Good bits at a very good
06J30.06 3/8 $21.30 06J30.30 17/8 $ 46.70
price, they will serve you well if treated reasonably. Available in 1/16
06J30.08 1/2 $22.50 06J30.32 2 $ 47.80
increments from 1/4 to 11/2. Length given is overall bit length. Sets
06J30.10 5/8 $24.20 06J30.34 21/8 $ 50.20
include a wooden box.
06J30.12 3/4 $26.60 06J30.36 21/4 $ 52.00
9 Long 18 Long 06J30.14 7/8 $29.00 06J30.38 23/8 $ 53.70
Description Product # Dia. Price Product # Dia. Price 06J30.16 1 $30.70 06J30.40 21/2 $ 54.90
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.04 1/4 $ 9.70 06J42.04 1/4 $ 12.50 06J30.18 11/8 $34.30 06J30.42 25/8 $ 56.10
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.05 5/16 $ 10.50 06J42.05 5/16 $ 14.10 06J30.20 11/4 $36.00 06J30.44 23/4 $ 57.90
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.06 3/8 $ 10.90 06J42.06 3/8 $ 15.10 06J30.22 13/8 $37.80 06J30.46 27/8 $ 60.20
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.07 7/16 $ 11.50 06J42.07 7/16 $ 15.90 06J30.24 11/2 $39.60 06J30.48 3 $ 62.00
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.08 1/2 $ 12.50 06J42.08 1/2 $ 19.20 06J30.26 15/8 $42.50 06J31.04 Set of 4 $ 86.00
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.09 9/16 $ 13.70 06J42.09 9/16 $ 21.70 06J30.28 13/4 $43.70 06J32.06 Box of 6 $132.00
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.10 5/8 $ 14.60 06J42.10 5/8 $ 24.80
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.11 11/16 $ 16.00 06J42.11 11/16 $ 27.90
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.12 3/4 $ 17.50 06J42.12 3/4 $ 31.20
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.13 13/16 $ 19.30 06J42.13 13/16 $ 34.50
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.14 7/8 $ 20.80 06J42.14 7/8 $ 37.50
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.15 15/16 $ 23.50 06J42.15 15/16 $ 41.50 E
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.16 1 $ 26.10 06J42.16 1 $ 44.20
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.17 11/16 $ 29.40 06J42.17 11/16 $ 47.10
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.18 11/8 $ 33.50 06J42.18 11/8 $ 50.20
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.19 13/16 $ 38.50 06J42.19 13/16 $ 55.80 See page
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.20 11/4 $ 43.90 06J42.20 11/4 $ 61.50 208 for
our
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.21 15/16 $ 47.10 06J42.21 15/16 $ 67.90
Veritas
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.22 13/8 $ 50.20 06J42.22 13/8 $ 73.80
Tapered
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.23 17/16 $ 55.80 06J42.23 17/16 $ 77.50 Snug-
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.24 11/2 $ 61.60 06J42.24 11/2 $ 82.40 Plug
HCS Auger Bit 06J40.01 Set of 7 $105.00 06J42.01 Set of 7 $174.00 Cutters.
198 Drilling E
 C. HSS Lipped Brad-Point Drills
Our bits score perimeter before Normal lip tears These are the best HSS brad-point drills B
chipping edge begins wood removal. on entry.
we have ever offered for sale. Starting
Regular length
with a top-of-the-line American-made
twist drill, we reshape and sharpen the A
tips on a state-of-the-art Swiss CNC
Jobber length grinder. Made from high-speed steel,
the bits are not subject to burning, and
stay sharp about 10 times as long as
Boxed HSS Lipped Brad-Point Drill Sets carbon-steel bits. The polished flutes
Our top-of-the-line HSS lipped brad-point drills give superior chip clearance, and the
are available in steel index boxes. Both sets are sharply dened lips have a slight nega-
in 64th increments; the set of 12 covers all clear- tive rake angle on the lip tips to score the
ance and tap holes for screw sizes #2 to #16. hole perimeter for clean entry and
A. 07J01.12 Set of 12 (5/64 to 1/4) $ 59.00 smooth sidewalls. Equally important,
B. 07J01.28 Set of 28 (5/64 to 1/2) $229.00 the diameters of these bits conform to
Individual Imperial Sizes of exacting standards of accuracy.
HSS Lipped Brad Points Bits from 5/64 to 3/8 and all metric
bits are shanked to size. Bits from 25/64
07J02.05 5/64 $ 4.40 07J02.24 3/8 $13.50
to 1/2 have 3/8 dia. shanks and bits from C
07J02.06 3/32 $ 4.50 07J02.25 25/64 $14.60
33/64 to 1 have 1/2 dia. shanks. All are jobber length bits, with overall lengths varying from 2 with 1 of
07J02.07 7/64 $ 4.50 07J02.26 13/32 $15.60
07J02.08 1/8 $ 4.60 07J02.27 27/64 $16.20 uting for the 5/64 bit to 6 with 33/4 of uting for the 1/2 bit. All bits over 1/2 are 6 with 3 of uting.
07J02.09 9/64 $ 4.90 07J02.28 7/16 $18.10 The most popular set of seven sizes (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2) comes in a vinyl pouch.
07J02.10 5/32 $ 5.00 07J02.29 29/64 $18.50 07J01.03 Set of 3 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) $ 39.50
07J02.11 11/64 $ 5.10 07J02.30 15/32 $19.40 07J01.07 Set of 7 (1/8 to 1/2) $ 72.50
07J02.12 3/16 $ 5.60 07J02.31 31/64 $20.00 07J01.04 Set of 4 (5/8 to 1) $169.00
07J02.13 13/64 $ 5.90 07J02.32 1/2 $23.10
07J02.14 7/32 $ 6.20 07J02.33 33/64 $24.50 Throughout this section, symbols (, , , , , , *)
07J02.15 15/64 $ 6.40 07J02.35 35/64 $27.80 are used to indicate which items are components
07J02.16 1/4 $ 7.30 07J02.36 9/16 $28.90 of sets.
07J02.17 17/64 $ 8.70 07J02.40 5/8 $32.20
07J02.18 9/32 $ 9.10 07J02.44 11/16 $34.60
07J02.19 19/64 $ 9.60 07J02.48 3/4 $39.00 Brad-Point Drills
07J02.20 5/16 $10.10 07J02.52 13/16 $42.40 Brad-point drills are basic to good woodworking. Although they look like twist drills at rst Utility
07J02.21 21/64 $10.80 07J02.56 7/8 $46.70 glance, there are several design differences. The most signicant difference is the brad point.
07J02.22 11/32 $11.70 07J02.60 15/16 $52.70 This point prevents the bit from skating, as well as allowing accurate bit positioning. The better
07J02.23 23/64 $12.90 07J02.64 1 $61.50 brad points have two lips or outlining spurs on the perimeter that score the circumference of the
hole before the chipping bevels begin stock removal. This results in very clean holes with negli-
Metric Sizes of HSS Lipped Brad Points gible ber pull and no tearing of the wood as the bit enters. Utility brad-point drills have angled Radius
07J16.03 3mm* $ 6.00 07J16.75 7.5mm $12.20 chipping bevels with no perimeter spurs. Although they will also drill clean holes, a slight hesi-
07J16.04 4mm* $ 7.20 07J16.08 8mm* $14.10 tation on entry is desirable for the cleanest hole. This allows the tips of the chipping bevels to
07J16.05 5mm* $ 8.40 07J16.09 9mm* $17.10 fully score the circumference of the hole rst, preventing any woolliness on the surface. All of
07J16.06 6mm* $ 9.60 07J16.10 10mm* $18.40 our brad-point drills are relieved back of the cutting edges to reduce friction. With their clean Lipped
07J16.07 7mm* $11.60 07J16.20 20mm $41.20 entry and nearly at-bottomed hole, they are the rst bits that any woodworker should buy.
07J16.30 Set of 8 Metric HSS* $79.00

Carbide-Tipped Lipped Brad-Point Drills 33J62.02 1/8 $18.80 33J62.06 3/8 $ 29.50
These carbide-tipped brad-point drills have 33J62.03 3/16 $20.80 33J62.07 7/16 $ 32.80
outlining spurs for clean entry. HSS drills stay 33J62.04 1/4 $22.90 33J62.08 1/2 $ 33.90
sharp up to 10 times longer than carbon steel 33J62.05 5/16 $26.00
models; carbide outlasts HSS by another 33J62.20 Set of 3 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) $ 74.50
10:1. These are the drills of choice for produc- 33J62.30 Set of 7 (1/8 to 1/2 in 16ths) $155.00
tion work where you need a bit that can take
continuous use. As with router bits, a carbide tip These 5mm and 7mm bits t our selection of
in a bit quickly repays your initial investment. shelf supports (shown on page 203).
Guaranteed to be within 0.001 of the stated 33J62.50 Carbide Brad Point, 5mm $22.20
diameter. Shanked to size up to 3/8; larger bits 33J62.70 Carbide Brad Point, 7mm $24.40
have 3/8 shanks. 33J62.80 Carbide Brad Point, 8mm $25.80

Utility Brad-Point Drills sizes. Bits have shank sizes of 1/4 for 1/4 to 1/2
These are high-carbon steel bits with utility brad bits, 3/8 for 5/8 to 1, 10mm for 10mm to
points. They do not enter as cleanly, clear chips 20mm, and shanked to size for 1/8, 3/16 and all
as well or stay sharp as long as our HSS bits. other metric bits. Length increases from 21/2 on
These are suitable for the hobbyist, or where the smallest bit to 8 on the largest.
occasional use does not justify the higher cost of Metric Sizes
a HSS bit. Available in Imperial and metric
33J01.03 3mm $2.90 33J01.11 11mm $ 6.20
Imperial Sizes 33J01.04 4mm $2.90 33J01.12 12mm $ 6.80
33J02.02 1/8 $2.80 33J02.08 1/2 $ 6.40 33J01.05 5mm $3.10 33J01.13 13mm $ 7.90
33J02.03 3/16 $2.90 33J02.10 5/8 $11.60 33J01.06 6mm $3.20 33J01.14 14mm $ 9.10
33J02.04 1/4 $3.00 33J02.12 3/4 $20.20 33J01.07 7mm $3.40 33J01.15 15mm $10.30
33J02.05 5/16 $3.40 33J02.14 7/8 $24.90 33J01.08 8mm $3.80 33J01.16 16mm $11.40
33J02.06 3/8 $4.30 33J02.16 1 $28.60 33J01.09 9mm $4.90 33J01.18 18mm $14.40
33J02.07 7/16 $5.30 33J01.10 10mm $5.50 33J01.20 20mm $18.10
33J02.32 Set of 7 (1/8 to 1/2) $25.50 33J01.41 Set of 8 (3mm to 10mm) $25.95
33J02.30 Set of 4 (5/8 to 1) $72.50 33J01.45 Set of 8 (11mm to 20mm) $72.50
33J02.34 Set of 11 (1/8 to 1) $97.50 33J01.51 Set of 16 (3mm to 20mm) $89.95 Drilling 199
 A
D. HSS Parabolic-Flute Drill Bits
Specifically designed for pen-making, these
extra-long high-speed
steel bits have a patented Central
point
ve-point tip that cuts
quickly and cleanly Inside
point
through the end grain
of dense hardwoods, Outside
point
epoxy-stabilized woods,
C brittle synthetics (such as acrylic acetate), or
other challenging materials. The central point
prevents skating when starting the cut. Four
other points score the cut to eliminate breakout
when exiting the blank. These tips also divide each
cutting edge into two distinct bevels, creating
narrow shavings that the parabolic flutes
can clear quickly. All bits are 6 long and
shanked to size. Made in Germany.
33J03.01 Parabolic Pen Bit, 7mm $11.80
33J03.02 Parabolic Pen Bit, Letter O $15.60
B D 33J03.03 Parabolic Pen Bit, 11/32 $18.50
33J03.04 Parabolic Pen Bit, 10mm $18.60
33J03.05 Parabolic Pen Bit, Letter V $19.60
Triumph HSS Twist Drill Sets 61J04.06 HSS Drill Bit, 3/32 $ 1.70 $ 1.55 33J03.06 Parabolic Pen Bit, 27/64 $26.50
Really good twist drills are hard to nd. These are 61J04.07 HSS Drill Bit, 7/64 $ 1.70 $ 1.55 33J03.07 Parabolic Pen Bit, 31/64 $31.50
made of high-speed steel (will stay sharp much 61J04.08 HSS Drill Bit, 1/8 $ 2.00 $ 1.80 33J03.08 Parabolic Pen Bit, 33/64 $32.00
longer) and are extra-long, full jobber sized. 61J04.09 HSS Drill Bit, 9/64 $ 2.00 $ 1.80
Used in a drill press or an electric hand drill, they 61J04.10 HSS Drill Bit, 5/32 $ 2.00 $ 1.80
are superb for use in all hardwoods and metals, 61J04.11 HSS Drill Bit, 11/64 $ 2.40 $ 2.15
except hardened steel. Each set comes racked in 61J04.12 HSS Drill Bit, 3/16 $ 2.40 $ 2.15
a metal case. The 13-piece set is 1/16 to 1/4 by 61J04.13 HSS Drill Bit, 13/64 $ 2.70 $ 2.45
64ths. The 15-piece set is 1/16 to 1/2 by 32nds. 61J04.14 HSS Drill Bit, 7/32 $ 2.80 $ 2.50
The 29-piece set is 1/16 to 1/2 by 64ths. Number 61J04.15 HSS Drill Bit, 15/64 $ 3.00 $ 2.70
sets are also available. Bits up to 3/8 are shanked 61J04.16 HSS Drill Bit, 1/4 $ 3.40 $ 3.05
to size; larger bits have 3/8 shanks. 61J04.17 HSS Drill Bit, 17/64 $ 4.10 $ 3.65
61J01.01 13-Piece Set $ 24.90 61J04.18 HSS Drill Bit, 9/32 $ 4.50 $ 4.05
61J02.02 15-Piece Set $ 69.90 61J04.19 HSS Drill Bit, 19/64 $ 5.00 $ 4.50 K
A. 61J03.01 29-Piece Set $124.00 61J04.20 HSS Drill Bit, 5/16 $ 5.20 $ 4.70 J
B. 61J03.08 20-Pc. Number Set, #61- #80 $ 34.50 61J04.21 HSS Drill Bit, 21/64 $ 5.90 $ 5.30
C. 61J03.07 60-Pc. Number Set, #1- #60 $ 87.50 61J04.22 HSS Drill Bit, 11/32 $ 6.30 $ 5.65
61J04.23 HSS Drill Bit, 23/64 $ 6.80 $ 6.10 L
Replacement Triumph HSS Drills 61J04.24 HSS Drill Bit, 3/8 $ 7.10 $ 6.40
These top-quality high-speed steel bits (full jobber 61J04.25 HSS Drill Bit, 25/64 $ 7.70 $ 6.95
size) can be used in all woods and metals, except 61J04.26 HSS Drill Bit, 13/32 $ 7.80 $ 7.00
J. Plastic Drill Stops
hardened steel. Shanked to size. 1+ 5+ 61J04.27 HSS Drill Bit, 27/64 $ 8.60 $ 7.75
This pair of stops ts all drill bits from 1/16 to
61J04.01 HSS Drill Bit, 1/64 $2.80 $2.50 61J04.28 HSS Drill Bit, 7/16 $ 8.80 $ 7.90 1/2. The smaller one takes bits from 1/16 to 1/4,
61J04.02 HSS Drill Bit, 1/32 $2.40 $2.15 61J04.29 HSS Drill Bit, 29/64 $ 9.90 $ 8.90
and the larger takes 1/4 to 1/2 bits. Designed
61J04.03 HSS Drill Bit, 3/64 $2.00 $1.80 61J04.30 HSS Drill Bit, 15/32 $10.30 $ 9.25
with double-ended collets inside threaded
61J04.04 HSS Drill Bit, 1/16 $1.70 $1.55 61J04.31 HSS Drill Bit, 31/64 $11.20 $10.10
sleeves, they lock in position with a quick twist.
61J04.05 HSS Drill Bit, 5/64 $1.70 $1.55 61J04.32 HSS Drill Bit, 1/2 $11.70 $10.50
86K65.01 Pair of Drill Stops $8.80
Dog Hole Bushings and Bits K. Split Depth Collars for Drills
These 3/4 and 20mm hardened steel bushings help you Split collars have several advantages over the
make an accurate dog-hole drilling guide using any 11/2 standard grub screw type. They dont tilt, there
thick board. Knurling on the bushing provides a mechanical is no grub screw damage to the bit web and,
lock when installed in an appropriately-sized hole (1 for the most important, they lock on solidly to prevent
3/4 bushing, 25mm for the 20mm bushing), and a projecting slipping. Available as a set of seven in Imperial
rim ensures that it rests perpendicular to the jigs surface. drill sizes (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16 and
If you dont already have a bit in the required size, we offer 1/2) or metric (3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm,
1 and 25mm high-speed steel forstner bits that are 31/2 8mm, 10mm and 12mm). Hex key included.
Shop-made guide long overall. 03J94.01 Set of 7 Collars, Imperial $11.50
for drilling holes For drilling the dog holes, we offer 3/4 and 20mm drill bits 03J94.05 Set of 7 Collars, Metric $11.50
that are 6 long overall with 35/8 of uting, enough to go
L. Metric Depth Collars
through the jig and a 2 thick bench top. The lipped brad-
point style scores the perimeter of the hole for clean entry Adjustable collars make drilling fast, easy and
and smooth sidewalls. Made from high-speed steel, they are accurate. Slip the collar onto the drill bit and
E G long lasting and not subject to burning. tighten the locking set screw to allow you to
E. 15J79.03 3/4 Bushing $ 9.50 drill holes to exact depth without guesswork.
06J71.16 1 Installation Bit $14.50 This metric set of seven steel collars is for 3,
F 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12mm diameter bits. Can be
F. 07J02.48 3/4 Dog Hole Bit $39.00
G. 15J79.05 20mm Bushing $ 9.50 used on brad-point or twist drills. Grub
H 06J72.25 25mm Installation Bit $14.40 screws can be set on the web or on the shank.
H. 07J16.20 20mm Dog Hole Bit $41.20 25J01.01 Set of 7 Metric Collars $10.95

A quality chisel-and-bit sets from Japan are
A. Veritas Optical Center Punch
Using a center punch helps keep a
twist drill from skating on metal,
especially when using small ex- Align
crosshairs.
ible bits, as it creates a dimple that
holds the bit point true. Used on
wood, the center punch creates a
small crater that readily centers a
brad-point drill. Our optical center
punch simplies the procedure and
substantially increases accuracy.
To use, place the gold-plated brass
base and 8x magnifying optical Insert punch
post over the marked spot, adjust it and tap with F. Economy Chisels & Bits for Mortisers
hammer.
until the crosshairs on the post are
exactly on the mark, then replace with the A2
hardened steel punch and tap the punch with a
hammer. The optical post can also be used as an
inspection monocular.
05N59.01 Optical Center Punch $45.00
B. Adjustable Drill Bit
This expansion bit is designed for easy, accurate
adjustment. The two movable tool-steel cutters are
graduated in 16ths. One cutter is used to drill holes
from 5/8 to 11/8; the other cutter adjusts from 1 corners need the higher bevel angle for strength.
to 13/4. Also useful when you need to drill a hole
of an uncommon or in-between size. The long
screw point provides ample pulling power to draw
the cutter smoothly into the wood. 65/8 overall;
nominal 3/8 triangle shank. Made in Japan.
72J03.20 Adj. Drill Bit & Cutters $44.90 G. 77J81.20 Cone Sharpeners, pr.
D. Premium Hollow Mortise Chisels & Bits
Made from special carbon steel, these excellent-
attractively priced. The chisel bodies, accurately E
ground and hardened to Rc47-51, have polished
outside faces and smoothly machined inner
bevels. Designed for efcient chip ejection, the
drill bits have well-ground cutting tips and spurs,
and are extra long (between 83/4 and 11 overall)
D
for compatibility with a variety of mortisers.
Although the lower sections of the drills are capacity before ordering.
Rc50-54, the shanks are soft enough to be easily 04J11.04 1/4 Chisel & Bit $ 51.90
docked if required (instructions included). 04J11.05 5/16 (8mm) Chisel & Bit $ 51.90
For easy maintenance, we offer a pair of 04J11.06 3/8 Chisel & Bit $ 54.00
diamond sharpeners, one for the basic grind and 04J11.07 7/16 Chisel & Bit $ 58.30
the other to put a micro-bevel on the chisel 04J11.08 1/2 Chisel & Bit $ 60.40
corners. This set is specially designed to match the 04J11.09 9/16 Chisel & Bit $ 62.50
size range and geometry of this series of chisels. 04J11.10 5/8 Chisel & Bit $ 68.80
Shank diameters of the drill bits range from 04J11.12 3/4 Chisel & Bit $ 83.40
11/64 (4.4mm) for the 1/4 bit to 1/2 (12.7mm) 04J11.14 7/8 Chisel & Bit $ 91.90
for the 1 bit. Chisels from 1/4 to 5/8 have 5/8 04J11.16 1 Chisel & Bit $105.00
shanks, while those 3/4 and larger have 3/4 04J11.20 Set of 4 Chisels & Bits $198.00
shanks. Please double-check your mortisers E. 77J81.22 Large Cone Sharpeners, pr. $ 32.50
& Drill-Press Mortising Attachments
These hollow mortise chisel and HSS bit combina-
tions are offered as replacement sets for mortisers and F
drill-press mortising attachments. Though inexpen-
sive, they are well made and hardened to Rc48-52.
Shank sizes are 3/16 to 3/8 in diameter on the bits and
5/8 in diameter on the chisels. Please double-check
your mortisers capacity before ordering.
For easy chisel sharpening, a pair of diamond hones
is recommended, one for the basic grind and the
other to put a micro-bevel on chisel corners. The
04J10.16 1/4 Chisel & Bit $18.50
04J10.17 5/16 Chisel & Bit $18.50
04J10.18 3/8 Chisel & Bit $18.50
04J10.19 1/2 Chisel & Bit $18.50
04J10.15 Set of 4 Chisels & Bits $63.00 G
$13.50

Square-Hole Punches Slide

These tools simplify O Drill undersize punch
Tap
B hole. Place the over bit,
punch
making a square hole up bit back in align, then
with
mallet to
to 3/8 deep in softwood or the hole. remove bit. square
hardwood, typically used to the hole.
accommodate square plugs
in decorative applications such as in Greene & Greene
style furniture. Just drill a hole slightly undersize (3/64
smaller than the size of the punch) and position the punch
over the hole; with a few hammer taps, it cuts the hole
square, with smooth walls and 90 corners. Punch tips are
1/2 punch shown.
machined and ground from hardened O1 tool steel
B (Rc48-52) and combined with shanks of softer steel for Decorative square
shock absorption. Shanks have a black-oxide nish to resist plug covers pinned
mortise and tenon.
rust, and are grooved for grip. The 3/16, 1/4 and 5/16
sizes measure 23/4 long overall; the 3/8, 7/16
C. The Original Saw Drill and 1/2 sizes are 31/16 long. Available individually L M N
This is the saw drill that everyone else has or as a set of all six. Made in Canada. J K
H
copied. Designed to drill through a work- For easy sharpening, we offer a pair of diamond
piece and then cut sideways (or generally hones, one for the basic grind and the other for
enlarge a hole), this high-speed steel bit is the micro-bevel.
titanium nitride coated for durability and H. 50K59.03 Square-Hole Punch, 3/16 $ 34.50
has well-sharpened teeth. 1/4 dia., 1/4 J. 50K59.04 Square-Hole Punch, 1/4 $ 34.50
shank, 33/4 long. K. 50K59.05 Square-Hole Punch, 5/16 $ 34.50
72J20.01 The Original Saw Drill $9.95 L. 50K59.06 Square-Hole Punch, 3/8 $ 34.50
M. 50K59.07 Square-Hole Punch, 7/16 $ 34.50
N. 50K59.08 Square-Hole Punch, 1/2 $ 34.50
C 50K59.20 Set of 6 Punches $175.00
O. 77J81.24 Cone Sharpeners, pr. $ 13.50

 G
Cabinetmaking System
With the Veritas 32 system, anyone
J F with moderate skills and an electric
drill, a table saw, clamps and basic
C hand tools can build cupboards,
H wardrobes, entertainment centers,
bookcases or built-ins.
The system uses consistent 32mm
hole spacing, measured from the sides
E and ends of panels. Metric and Imperial Basic system shown.
B
gauge head graduations make settings easy. Materials and cuts
A can be measured in either system, but we recommend metric
C D for design and construction to avoid rounding errors.
Deluxe system shown. Instructions cover how to make three types of symmetrical
panels (balanced, half-balanced and standard panels), which
may be ipped end for end or back to front without changing
Drill as required Assemble the hole pattern, so left and right panels are interchangeable,
for screw holes, the case. The
shelf supports or dowels make
as are top and bottom panels.
dowels. The jig is it easy to To use, place the jig on a side panel and set the rail(s) 37mm
designed so that maintain from the edge and clamp in place. The bush carrier straddles
all holes are squareness
accessible at in assembly. the rail, with the selected bushing in the hole in the rail where
all times. the rst hole is to be drilled. Drill vertical holes for screws,
Veritas 32 Veritas 32 Dowelling Shelf- inserts, shelf supports and hinges. Use the dowelling jig bases
Individual Components
Deluxe Basic Jig Drilling Jig to drill horizontal holes in the top and bottom panels, into
component is included * component is compatible 05J06.02 05J06.01 05J08.01 05J03.03 which dowels are inserted for easy, square assembly.
A. 05J06.05 25 Rail with two brass xing screws $58.50 (3) (1) The basic system includes one rail with xing screws, two
B. 05J06.06 Tapered Register Pin, ea. $ 7.50 (2) (2) rods (for work up to 12 wide), two clamp heads and two tails,
C. 05J06.07 Pair Connector Rods & one Plate $31.50 * a bush carrier with 5, 8 and 10mm bushings, a 3/32 soft
D. 05J06.14 Pair Dowelling Jig Bases $52.50 * * bushing, a hex key and register pin. See chart at left for
05J06.13 208mm (8) Rail for dowelling (not shown) $17.50 * * optional components.
05J03.15 Pair Long Rods for work up to 24 wide $16.50 * * The deluxe system includes the above items, plus two rails,
E. 05J03.30 Pair Extra-Long Rods for work up to 36 wide $18.90 * * * two long rods (for work up to 24 wide), a gauge head, dowel-
F. 05J06.10 Gauge head with Imperial and metric scales $41.50 * * * ling jig bases, connector rods and plate, an extra register pin
for setting rails and a wooden storage box (ts all parts except the rails and
G. 05J06.11 Fitted Wooden Box (wont hold rods) $42.50 * long rods).
H. 05J06.12 Bush Carrier and hex key $12.50 Instructions included; the booklet
J. Individual Hardened Bushings (specify) $ 4.80 (4) (4) (3) (11) is also available separately at no charge.
05J03.08 5mm 05J03.12 7mm 05J03.21 9mm 05J03.17 1/4 (5, 8, (5, 8, (1/4, (all 12 05J06.01 Basic System $129.00
05J03.09 6mm 05J03.13 7.5mm 05J03.20 10mm 05J03.19 3/8 10mm, 10mm, 8mm, less 05J06.02 Deluxe System $349.00
05J03.11 6.75mm 05J03.18 8mm (5/16) 05J03.10 7/32 05J03.22 3/32 Soft 3/32) 3/32) 3/8) 10mm) 05J06.00 Instruction Booklet FREE
(The soft bushing can be drilled to any custom size.) * * * *

Drill bit and locating pin store on

K. Veritas Hinge-Boring Jig M. Kreg Shelf Pin Jig underside of jig.
Our hand-held boring jig drills 35mm holes for cup hinges with ease and speed. This compact jig makes adding shelf
The cast aluminum alloy frame has a depth-adjustable carbide-tipped bit with support holes to new or existing furniture
outlining spurs for clean holes in wood, veneers or melamine. The microm- easy. It has six hardened steel bushings set
eter fence screws let you dial any backset up to 12mm, and an integral rule 32mm apart, and a dual position fence for
sets the cut depth up to 16mm; both dimensions cover all 35mm cup hinges drilling with a 1 or 2 offset from an edge. Brackets let you
available. Included spacers let you drill for ap hinges (with breakout up to You can also remove the fence and clamp the jig connect multiple jigs.

10mm). The 1/4 hex drive lets you use a quick-change chuck or a hex-head
socket with an electric drill. The stop rod is usable left or right handed. The base
plate is countersunk for drilling screw holes for most cup hinges, and has two
countersinks spaced 32mm apart for drilling holes for the mounting plates.
05J07.01 Veritas Hinge-Boring Jig $195.00
05J07.02 Repl. 35mm Carbide Bit $ 57.50
L. Professional
Carbide Hardware Bit
Designed for production
shops, this heavy-duty
35mm bit (10mm shank),
K
with diamond-honed
chippers and outlining
spurs, cleanly bores chip-
free, flat-bottom holes
for European hardware in
wood or laminate-coated
material.
Pro. Hardware Bit, 35mm
15J47.21 $35.50
Hole for 35mm ap
hinge can be drilled. L
202
in position for custom offsets or drilling next to a M
cabinet back. Each jig includes a 1/4 or a 5mm*
brad-point drill bit with an adjustable depth stop
collar, a locating pin (to ensure consistent hole
spacing when extending an existing row of pin
holes) and a bracket to let you connect multiple
jigs for production work. The locating pin and up
to two bits can be stored neatly in slots on the under-
side of the jig. The bits are also available separately.
Measures 4 wide by 71/2 long, made from high-
impact ABS plastic. An easy, precise and economical
way to add new shelf positions to furniture.
To let you hang a single shelf right away, each jig
includes four paddle supports with pin diameters
matching the jigs drill bit. More 1/4 and 5mm shelf
supports are available on the facing page.
25K60.74 1/4 Shelf Pin Jig Kit $43.50
25K60.75 5mm Shelf Pin Jig Kit $43.50
25K60.76 1/4 Brad-Point Bit $ 9.95
25K60.77 5mm Brad-Point Bit $ 9.95
* The 5mm bit is stepped with a 1/4 upper section to t the
1/4 bushings of the jig.
 A. Veritas Shelf-Drilling Jig
When installing shelf supports, set the jigs rails at the desired inset from
the edge, clamp them in position and then drill. The jig guarantees that the
holes will be exactly opposite each other and equally spaced. The twin-
register pins t snugly into any hole from 3/16 to 3/8 (5mm to 10mm).
The 24 rails have 20 holes at 1 intervals. The bush carrier registers A
perfectly and moves easily along the rails. The 13/16 long hardened
bushings ensure holes are drilled at exactly 90; they accept bit sizes of
5, 6, 6.75, 7, 7.5, 8 (5/16) and 9mm, 7/32, 1/4 and 3/8. An unhardened
bushing for a custom drill size is included.
The jig comes with clamp rods for use with material up to 12 wide.
Long rods and extra-long rods are available for work up to 24 and
36 wide respectively. B
All aluminum parts are anodized black, except for the red bush carrier.
The steel rods are ferro-blacked. Register pins and xing and clamping knobs
are turned brass with knurled heads. Our 7mm C. Multi-Tip
D E
sleeve-setting punch is included. Sleeve-Setting Punch
05J03.03 Shelf-Drilling Jig $175.00 Our multi-tip sleeve-setting
05J03.15 Pr. Long Rods $ 16.50 punch is designed to t the F G
05J03.30 Pr. Extra-Long Rods $ 18.90 common sizes of shelf support
sleeves 1/4, 7mm, 5mm and C J
B. Veritas Sleeve-Setting Punch those with an M5.8 thread. H
This punch sets the sleeves for our steel supports Simply match one of the steel
L
(94Z03.16 & 94Z04.16) without deforming tips to the size of sleeve and press t it into the pre-drilled hole for a snug K
them, and is included with our shelf-drilling jig. t. The large bulb-shaped wood handle ts comfortably into the palm.
00K61.02 7mm Punch $9.90 00K61.10 Sleeve-Setting Punch $18.50
M
Solid Brass Threaded Sleeves & Supports 5mm Steel Sleeves & Supports
Turned from solid brass, these give a very Available in brass plate, nickel plate or dark oxide nishes. Forged O
professional nish. Also available bronze plated, supports have a 5mm root diameter. Paddle length is 12mm. Sleeves N
ideal for use with darker woods. The cylindrical have a 5.5mm outer diameter (7/32), and are 7.5mm long. Sleeves t
shelf support projects 3/8 and is 7mm in diam- into a 13/64 hole in softwood, 7/32 in hardwood. Supports sold in Q
eter. The sleeve is pressed into a drilled hole packages of 20; sleeves sold in packages of 100. P
(17/64 or 6.75mm in softwood, 7mm in hard- 1+ 5+ 10+ S
wood) and the post is threaded into the insert. No P. 00S10.60 Brass Plate Sleeves (100) $4.80 $4.10 $3.60 R
ange or seam shows. Also useful for jigs and Q. 00S10.50 Brass Plate Supports (20) $2.90 $2.45 $2.15
xtures where you need a stop (e.g., a nger joint R. 00S10.61 Nickel Plate Sleeves (100) $4.80 $4.10 $3.60 U
jig) but want to be able to remove it. S. 00S10.51 Nickel Plate Supports (20) $2.90 $2.45 $2.15 T
Round Brass 1+ 5+ 10+ T. 00S10.62 Dark Oxide Sleeves (100) $4.80 $4.10 $3.60
D. 63Z02.14 Sleeves (20) $4.70 $4.00 $3.50 U. 00S10.52 Dark Oxide Supports (20) $2.90 $2.45 $2.15
V
E. 63Z02.16 Supports (20) $6.30 $5.35 $4.70
Round Bronze-Plated 1+ 5+ 10+ Economy Shelf Supports
F. 63Z05.13 Sleeves (20) $4.70 $4.00 $3.50 Steel pins with a chromated nish or white plastic supports, sized to
W
G. 63Z05.14 Supports (20) $6.30 $5.35 $4.70 t in a 5mm hole. 1+ 5+ 10+
V. 00S10.01 Steel (50) $4.80 $4.10 $3.60
W. 00S10.02 White (50) $4.80 $4.10 $3.60
Steel Sleeves & Supports
Available in brass- or nickel-plated steel, these forged Z
supports have matching sleeves. Both sleeves have a HSS brad-point See page 199 for brad-point bits Carbide brad-point
X
7.5mm outer diameter and can be set with our 7mm that are ideal for drilling holes
sleeve-setting punch or our multi-tip punch. Sleeves for bookcase ttings.
t into a 7mm hole in softwood, 7.5mm in hardwood.
Z
Brass-Plated 1+ 5+ 10+ Lee Valley Shelf Supports
H. 94Z03.16 Sleeves (100) $6.40 $5.45 $4.80 Accurately turned and machined from solid bar stock, our shelf Y
J. 94Z03.12 Supports (50) $4.90 $4.15 $3.65 supports are available in two styles: traditional, with an hourglass-
like form, and contemporary, with a tapered paddle shape. Made in
Nickel-Plated 1+ 5+ 10+ CC
our own shop, they are available in brass or stainless steel with a
K. 94Z04.16 Sleeves (100) $6.40 $5.45 $4.80
tumbled matte nish or in steel with a black nish. The supports AA
L. 94Z04.12 Supports (50) $4.90 $4.15 $3.65
measure about 7/8 long and project 1/2. In most hardwoods, the
supports can be inserted directly into a 1/4 diameter hole, or installed
M. 5mm Paddle Supports in the matching sleeve that ts a 3/8 hole. In softwoods, to prevent CC
Brass-plated steel paddle supports for use without the end grain from crushing under load, sleeves should be used with BB
sleeves in 5mm holes. 1+ 5+ 10+ the supports. Made in Canada.
00S10.10 5mm Paddle (20) $3.50 $3.00 $2.60 1+ 5+
X. 05H20.01 Brass Traditional Supports (4) $ 9.80 $ 8.85
FF
Y. 05H20.02 Brass Contemporary Supports (4) $ 9.80 $ 8.85
Brass Paddle Sleeves & Supports Z. 05H20.05 Brass Shelf Sleeves (12) $12.50 $11.25 DD
The support projects 1/2, and seats well in the AA. 05H20.21 Stainless Traditional Supports (4) $10.80 $ 9.70
5/16 outer diameter sleeve. Sleeves t 7.5mm BB. 05H20.22 Stainless Contemporary Supports (4) $10.80 $ 9.70
holes in softwood, 5/16 in hardwood. Drill 1/4 CC. 05H20.25 Stainless Shelf Sleeves (12) $13.70 $12.30 FF
holes if using supports only. 1+ 5+ 10+ DD. 05H20.41 Black Steel Traditional Supports (4) $11.20 $10.10
N. 63Z06.06 Sleeves (20) $ 6.70 $ 5.70 $5.00 EE. 05H20.42 Black Steel Contemporary Supports (4) $11.20 $10.10 EE
O. 63Z06.04 Supports (20) $11.90 $10.10 $8.90 FF. 05H20.45 Black Steel Shelf Sleeves (12) $15.80 $14.20

Drilling 203

B
A C
JessEm Dowelling Jig
This is an outstanding jig for dowel joinery. Its
versatility extends well beyond basic edge-to-edge
connections into more complex work such as
carcass corners, shelves and table or chair aprons. It
is quick to position and straightforward to use,
yielding accurate, repeatable results without an
elaborate set-up. The jig simply uses the end or
edge of the stock as a reference line, or uses a
marked center line for positioning. Joint alignment
is nearly foolproof because the same reference
faces are used on both workpieces. An adjustable
fence positions the drilling block relative to the face
of the work, so you can easily join stock of
different thicknesses, add a reveal, or drill a row
of holes centered up to 31/2 from any face. The
fence has a direct-reading scale with positive
stops in 1/8 increments for accurate adjustment.
By registering the included indexing pin in the
last hole drilled, you can quickly chain drill an
extended series of holes for table tops or panels.
In situations where you cant use the fence (e.g., a
shelf joint) or when the dowels are widely spaced,
the drilling blocks central slot lets you register the A. 86N42.80 Basic JessEm Dowelling Jig $129.00
jig on dowels inserted in one workpiece to position B. 86N42.82 1/4 Expansion Kit
it for drilling the corresponding holes in its mate.
CNC-machined from aluminum and hard-
D. Veritas Dowel Former
This dowel former allows you to make dowels of
any length as you need them. You simply drive
an oversize piece of wood through the sharp-edged
hole of the solid A2 tool steel insert to shear
excess material from the dowels. The 3 diameter
mounting plate (which can be used over a 3/4 or
20mm dog hole) has two screw holes for perma-
nent mounting; the interchangeable inserts snap
into it securely.
Boxed sets of a plate and the four most commonly
used Imperial or metric inserts are available. The
Imperial set includes 1/4, 5/16, 3/8 and 1/2 inserts,
and the metric set includes 6mm, 8mm, 10mm and
12mm sizes. Individual inserts can be purchased
Cross section
view shown
for clarity.
D and one plate.
204
anodized, the basic jig consists of an indexing plate,
a fence and a detachable drilling block with ve 3/8
hardened steel guide bushings. It comes with a 3/8
HSS drill bit, a depth collar and an indexing pin.
Expansion kits are available; each includes a
drilling block with 1/4 or 1/2 bushings plus the
matching drill bit, depth collar and indexing pin.
We also offer a master kit that comes with the basic
jig and both expansion kits. Made in Canada.
$ 45.00
C. 86N42.84 1/2 Expansion Kit $ 45.00
86N42.86 Master Kit $199.00
separately; the mounting plate, also sold separately,
is compatible with all metric and Imperial sizes.
Sets
05J63.20 Imperial Inserts (4) & Plate $44.90
05J64.20 Metric Inserts (4) & Plate $44.90
Imperial Inserts
05J63.02 1/8 Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.03 3/16 Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.04 1/4 Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.05 5/16 Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.06 3/8 Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.08 1/2 Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.01 Mounting Plate only $13.20
Metric Inserts
05J64.03 3mm Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J64.04 4mm Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J64.06 6mm Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J64.08 8mm Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J64.10 10mm Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J64.12 12mm Dowel Former Insert $10.90
05J63.01 Mounting Plate only $13.20
Set of four inserts
D
E
F
Birch dowels
Miller Dowel System
1
An alternative to biscuit, standard
dowel or metal fasteners, this solid
wood fastening system creates a
strong and decorative joint. It consists
of a stepped hardwood dowel and 2
matching HSS (high-speed steel)
drill bit. Insertion is easy and glue
stripping is minimal since there is
no scouring effect until the dowel is 3
three-quarters in. Excess is trimmed
and sanded ush. The dowels are
available in walnut, oak and birch. The
system is available in three congura- 4
tions: mini for boards up to 3/4 thick,
small for boards up to 1 thick, and
large for boards up to 13/4 thick.
Starter kits include the appropriate size of
stepped drill and 100 (mini kit) or 50 (small
and large kits) matching birch dowels.
41K32.00 Mini Kit (Model X) $28.70
E. 41K32.01 Small Kit (Model 1X) $33.90
F. 41K32.02 Large Kit (Model 2X) $40.90
Walnut Dowels
41K32.14 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $31.20
41K32.24 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $18.30
41K32.34 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $22.90
Oak Dowels
41K32.13 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $20.50
41K32.23 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $12.30
41K32.33 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $15.90
Birch Dowels
41K32.11 Mini (15/8), pkg. of 100 $17.50
41K32.21 Small (25/8), pkg. of 40 $10.50
41K32.31 Large (33/8), pkg. of 40 $12.90
G. Dowel & Tenon Centers
Machined with internal and external marking
points, these steel dowel/tenon centers are used
for accurately aligning stock for proper dowel
or tenon placement. Available in three sizes,
1/4, 3/8 and 1/2. Individual sizes are sold in
packages of ve; the set of nine contains
three of each size. Inside diameters are noted
within parentheses. Excellent quality.
66J45.01 1/4 (3/16) Centers, pkg. of 5 $4.70
66J45.02 3/8 (5/16) Centers, pkg. of 5 $4.20
66J45.03 1/2 (3/8) Centers, pkg. of 5 $5.20
66J45.05 Set of 9 Centers $6.50
Example showing
tenon application.
G

Veritas Dowel Maker
Our dowel maker cuts perfectly sized dowel. It
uses two wear-resistant A2 steel blades, one
roughing and one nishing. Rip square stock 1/8
oversize, set both blades for the desired size and
drive the wood through the dowel maker using
the included square socket drive set in an electric
drill. Micrometer adjustments in both blade-
xing mechanisms allow for ne dimensional
control and adjustment for different ber spring-
back with various woods.
The anodized cast aluminum body is drilled to
make 1 dia. dowel and has steel guide bushings to
make 1 and 15/16
dowel. It can be
held in a vise,
bolted to a bench
or anchored E
through a 3/4
dog hole using
the optional
dog assembly.
The basic dowel maker comes with the body
and blades, a 11/8 square socket drive with drive
adapter, 1 and 15/16 guide bushings, a wrench and
hex keys. Optional anodized aluminum inserts
include two steel guide bushings, the nominal
size and the 1/16 undersize, and a square socket
drive to accommodate both sizes. The 1/4 insert
sleeve has only the nominal size bushing.
The master set includes 13 sizes of inserts and
bushings from 1/4 to 1 in 1/16 increments, all in
G. The Plugger by Veritas
With a 16 taper, the same as a standard crank-
type pencil sharpener, this reaming bit lets you
easily restore stripped screw holes. Used in a
hand drill, it reams the hole, which you then plug
with a dowel (or scrap of wood) sharpened in
your pencil sharpener. The plug matches the
hole perfectly every time. It works equally well
preparing holes for decorative plugging. By
adjusting the depth control on a drill press, you
can ream to whatever size you want, letting you
easily make holes for plugs of any size up to 3/8
in diameter. Plugs are almost costless since they
can be made quickly in a pencil sharpener from
shop scraps. For restoring screw holes, instead
of drilling a pilot hole in the center of a dowel,
use one of the included 10 pre-drilled dowels
(leadless pencils). 10mm (3/8) shank.
05J14.01 The Plugger $22.50
05J14.02 Repl. pkg. of 10 Dowels $ 4.50
Ream old Sharpen Insert glued Cut dowel
screw hole. dowel. dowel. ush.
See page 41
for Veritas
Flush-Cutting
Saws.
G
A
a tted case (also sold separately) that holds
everything except the main body. Make
precise dowel from your own lumber, even in
woods usually not available in dowel form.
Patented.
A. 05J45.01 Basic Dowel Maker (1) $229.00
B. 05J45.20 Master Dowel Maker Set $399.00
C. 05J45.03 1/4 Dowel Insert $ 44.50
D. 05J45.05 5/16 & 3/8 Dowel Insert $ 47.80
05J45.07 7/16 & 1/2 Dowel Insert $ 47.80 B
05J45.09 9/16 & 5/8 Dowel Insert $ 47.80
05J45.11 11/16 & 3/4 Dowel Insert $ 47.80
05J45.13 13/16 & 7/8 Dowel Insert $ 47.80
05J45.17 Case only $ 18.50
05J45.18 Repl. Front Blade $ 20.90
05J45.19 Repl. Rear Blade $ 20.90
E. 05G20.02 Dog-Hole Assembly $ 14.90
F. Veritas Dowel Inserts for Arrow Makers
An excellent way to make accurate arrow
shafts using your own lumber, our 5/16, 11/32
and 23/64 dowel inserts are designed to match
the traditional shaft diameters for wooden
arrows. For use with our Veritas Dowel
C F
Maker, each anodized aluminum insert comes
with the nominal-size steel guide bushing and D
a square socket drive. Available individually
or as a set of three.
05J45.21 5/16 Dowel Insert $ 43.50
05J45.22 11/32 Dowel Insert $ 43.50
05J45.23 23/64 Dowel Insert $ 43.50
05J45.25 Set of 3 Dowel Inserts $109.00
H. Veritas Dowelling Jig J. Versatile Drill Guide
This jig does centered dowelling and also Probably the best drill
dowels boards of different thicknesses to one guide on the market for the
reference face the assembly is perfectly at on money, this guide can be
one side and all thickness variations are on the used to center drill spheres,
other side. This saves a lot of planing and cylinders and dimension
scraping time. Using a dial, each micrometer stock. It comes with four
clamp head can be set from 1/4 (6mm) to 1/2 bushings (3/16, 1/4, 5/16
(13mm) from the center line for work from 1/2 and 3/8) and a center J
to 1 thick. The setting is positive and accurate punch. An optional pair of
to a few thousandths of an inch. The movable 7/16 and 1/2 bushings is
clamp heads grip work as small as 1/213/8. available. Particularly useful for
With boards of constant thickness, set the jig for toy makers since it works so well Corners
centered dowelling; for uneven thicknesses, set on dowels and wooden balls.
the heads for a constant set back from the refer- 50J40.01 Versatile Drill Guide $26.50 Spheres
ence face. To quickly chain drill dowel holes for 50J40.02 Pr. Bushings (7/16 & 1/2) $ 9.50
table tops or panels, use the tapered pin to
register off the last hole drilled. The movable K. Self-Centering Dowelling Jig
bush carrier comes with three hardened steel This dowelling jig automatically centers itself on
bushings: 1/4, 8mm (5/16) and 3/8. Other sizes any board from 3/8 to 23/8 wide. It comes with two
are listed on page 202. Turnings are solid brass; sets of removable bushings for hole sizes 1/4, 5/16
machined parts are anodized aluminum. and 3/8, allowing you to drill two holes of the same
05J08.01 Veritas Dowelling Jig $115.00 size at one setting. An extra bushing set of these
Reference face Min. 1/4 (6mm) three sizes (one of each) is available. Hole sizes
7/16 and 1/2 do not require bushings.
25K64.01 Self-Centering Dowelling Jig $76.50
With dowel hole center line a constant distance from reference 25K64.02 Set (3) Repl. Bushings $11.50
face, material thickness variation shows up on one side only.
H
K
205
 Built-in level
makes in-line
cutting accurate.

Cut
branch.

A
A. Veritas Power Tenon Cutters
For anyone building rustic furniture, our
aluminum-body tenon cutters will cut smooth,
perfect tenons with radiused shoulders. Cutters
are designed to run vibration-free while being
driven by an electric drill, yet still yield the same
accuracy when used with a hand brace. The
anodized body has been balanced to eliminate
vibration and an integral level vial makes in-line
cutting more accurate.
To increase safety, the back end of the blade is
contoured to avoid anything extending beyond the
revolving aluminum body. The body has a built-in
honing guide for easy sharpening of blades on a
drill-press mounted sanding drum (see facing
page). The blade is adjustable to cut the exact size
of tenon required in both dry and green wood.
Available in eight cutting diameters. Sizes 5/8 to
1 cut 23/4 long tenons and are typically used for
most rustic furniture. Sizes 11/4 to 2 will cut 41/4
long tenons and are used for larger structural
connections, such as bed frame to post, or fence rail
Drill
hole.
Set of 3 Tenon Cutters & DVD
B We offer a set of the three most popular sizes of
tenon cutter, along with Paul Ruhlmanns DVD,
Cut Making Rustic Furniture (also available sepa-
tenon. rately). Paul demonstrates how to make a rustic
chair with mortise and tenon joinery, from the
initial harvest of saplings to weaving the seat.
Assemble
pieces. Tenon cutter sizes included are 3/4, 1 and 11/2
diameters. Hex shanks. For use in an electric drill,
the 3/4 and 1 cutters require a 3/8 or larger chuck
to post. All sizes have hex shanks; sizes 5/8 to 1 and the 11/2 cutter requires a 1/2 or larger chuck.
are for use in an electric drill with a 3/8 (or larger) 05J41.25 Tenon Cutters (3) & DVD $309.00
chuck. Sizes 11/4 to 2, which require more 73L10.24 DVD Making Rustic Furn. $ 9.50
torque to drive, are for use in larger electric drills
with a 1/2 (or larger) chuck. (Not for use in a B. Veritas Mini Tenon Cutters
drill press.) Patented. We developed our smaller-diameter mini tenon
05J41.01 Power Tenon Cutter, 5/8 $102.00 cutters for use with small stock. The 9/16 tenon
05J41.02 Power Tenon Cutter, 3/4* $105.00 is the size used historically for chair rungs. The
05J41.09 Power Tenon Cutter, 7/8 $107.00 other five sizes (1/4 to 1/2) are useful for
05J41.03 Power Tenon Cutter, 1* $111.00 building support structures for plants such as
05J41.07 Power Tenon Cutter, 11/4* $119.00 trellis or lattice work without using nails. These
05J41.05 Power Tenon Cutter, 11/2* $122.00 cutters have straight blades that cut a 60 shoulder
05J41.08 Power Tenon Cutter, 13/4* $127.00 tenon up to 11/2 long. 3/8 shank. Patented. (For
05J41.06 Power Tenon Cutter, 2* $129.00 use in an electric drill, not a drill press.)
05J41.10 Set of 3 Cutters (5/8, 3/4, 1) $294.00 05J42.01 Mini Tenon Cutter, 1/4 $ 48.50
05J41.21 Set of 6 Cutters* $642.00 05J42.05 Mini Tenon Cutter, 5/16 $ 50.50
05J41.11 Repl. Blade $ 24.50 05J42.02 Mini Tenon Cutter, 3/8 $ 51.50
05J42.06 Mini Tenon Cutter, 7/16 $ 52.50
Depending on the end results desired when building
05J42.03 Mini Tenon Cutter, 1/2 $ 53.50
rustic furniture, remember that wood cut in winter
will retain its bark much better than wood cut in 05J42.04 Mini Tenon Cutter, 9/16 $ 55.50
spring or summer. 05J42.11 Set of 5 Cutters (1/4 to 1/2) $229.00
05J42.10 Repl. Blade $ 12.90

C. Veritas Tapered Tenon Joinery System

To make simple, fast work of mortise-and-tenon joinery, this system uses the large comes with 11/4, 11/2, 13/4 and 2 bushings.
power tenon cutters and matching countersinks to produce strong ush- Made in Canada. Patented.
tting joints in round or dimensioned stock. The cutters produce a symmetrical 05J46.02 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 5/8 $105.00
tenon with a 60 tapered shoulder that ts neatly in a countersunk socket. 05J46.04 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 3/4 $107.00
The main blade shapes the tenon and shoulder, while a nishing blade 05J46.06 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 7/8 $109.00
smoothes the tenon to a consistent diameter and cuts a slight relief at the 05J46.08 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 1 $112.00
base of the shoulder to ensure it seats ush. The nishing blades cutting depth 05J46.10 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 11/4 $118.00
Close-tting joints
is adjustable, so you can ne-tune the tenon diameter for close t. Cutting 05J46.12 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 11/2 $127.00 on dimensioned
capacity for all sizes is 11/2 greater than the tenon diameter. Sizes 5/8 to 1 cut 05J46.14 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 13/4 $129.00 and rustic stock
2 long tenons (not including the tapered shoulder) and are for use in drills with 05J46.16 Tapered Tenon Cutter, 2 $132.00
a 3/8 or larger chuck. Sizes 11/4 to 2 cut 3 tenons and are for use in drills 05J46.30 Repl. Main Tenon Blade, 5/8 to 1 $ 24.50
with a 1/2 or larger chuck. All have hex shanks and anodized bodies, and 05J46.32 Repl. Main Tenon Blade, 11/4 to 2 $ 24.50
can be used in an electric drill or hand brace (not for use in a drill press). 05J46.34 Repl. Finishing Blade $ 24.50
To shape the tenon socket to match the tenon shoulder, we offer two sizes of Countersinks
countersinks, each with interchangeable bushings sized to match our tenon D. 05J46.50 Small C-Sink w/ 5/8 to 1 Bushings $112.00
cutters. The small countersink comes with 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1 bushings; E. 05J46.53 Large C-Sink w/ 11/4 to 2 Bushings $129.00

Drill
counter-
Drill sink.
Cut hole.
tenon.

C
Assemble
pieces.

Comparison of cut made by our tapered

and regular tenon cutters
Tapered Tenon Cutter
The dual-blade design cuts a smooth 60
tapered shoulder for a counter-sunk t.
E
D Regular Tenon Cutter
1 bushing shown on The single-blade design cuts a radiused
2 bushing shown on
206 Drilling small countersink.
large countersink.
shoulder for a traditional rustic-looking t.

A D
B E
A. Silicon Carbide Sleeves
These silicon carbide sleeves are specically for
sharpening our power tenon cutter blades.
Available in either 80x or 120x as packages of
three. Although they t a standard 11/211/2
sanding drum, we have a single drum listed sepa-
rately in case you do not have this size in your shop.
50J62.02 80x SiC Sleeves, pkg. of 3 $5.50
50J62.03 120x SiC Sleeves, pkg. of 3 $5.50
B. 50J62.01 Sanding Drum, 11/211/2 $5.50
C. Veritas Dowel and Tenon Cutters
Using these cutters like a
hand-held pencil sharp-
ener, you can put accurate
tenons on the tips of turn-
ings or on rustic furniture
components. Used with a
power feed, they can also
make accurate dowelling. Cutters can be used
by hand.
Commercial dowelling (usually
nondescript wood that has been milled, not turned)
is seldom perfectly round or accurately sized.
Using a hand drill, you need only cut square stock
slightly oversize (1/16 over is ample) and use a
square socket to power the stock through the
cutter. The carbon-steel blade in the plated zinc-
alloy body is adjustable. Works equally well in
soft, green or hard woods. The curved blade is
relatively easy to sharpen. Available in 3/8, 7/16
and 1/2 nish diameters. Patented.
G. Lee Valley Greenwood Bits
Stanley Powerbore bits have not been available
for some years now. After many customer
requests, we have made a long-brad bit to ll the
void. These bits have several advantages: an
outlining spur ensures clean entry, the large
throat avoids choking in green wood and the
long brad minimizes wander while letting you
drill into wood at an oblique angle. The long
brad is also helpful in preventing blast-out,
which is usually unavoidable with shaped wood
unless you use a long-brad bit. With this type of
bit you bore from one side until the brad exits,
then complete the hole from the other side using
the brad hole as a centering point. All bits are
6 1/ 2 long and have 1/ 4 hex quick-change
shanks. Suitable for use in a three-jaw brace.
These bits excel in green woods and softwoods,
but are unsuitable for dry hardwood. They are
the traditional choice of chairmakers and
workers in green wood generally. Patented.
07J31.06 Greenwood Bit, 3/8 $13.50
07J31.08 Greenwood Bit, 1/2 $14.10
07J31.10 Greenwood Bit, 5/8 $15.00
07J31.12 Greenwood Bit, 3/4 $18.10
07J31.14 Greenwood Bit, 7/8 $19.40
07J31.16 Greenwood Bit, 1 $21.40
07J31.40 Set of 6 Greenwood Bits $89.00
C
The four-sided square sockets are available
individually or as a set that includes both sizes
and a socket adapter. Dowel capacity listed. All
have a 3/8 square-drive end. The socket adapter
has a 1/4 hex shank. tenon diameter it will
05J60.01 Dowel Cutter, 3/8 $ 43.50
05J60.03 Dowel Cutter, 7/16 $ 43.50
05J60.05 Dowel Cutter, 1/2 $ 43.50
05J60.17 Set of 3 Dowel Cutters $115.00
05J60.20 Repl. Curved Blade $ 13.20
05J61.20 Optional Straight Blade* $ 13.20
D. 05J60.31 1/2 Socket (3/8& 7/16 dowel) $ 4.50 typical chairmaking. Some longer tenons may
05J60.33 5/8 Socket (1/2 dowel) $ 4.90
E. 05J60.30 Socket Adapter $ 3.20
05J60.39 Sockets & Adapter Set $ 11.50
* The straight blade on the tapered tenon cutters
(item F) can be used on the dowel & tenon cutters
(item C) to cut tapered tenons.
F. Veritas Tapered Tenon Cutters
Although the body design is similar to our
Veritas dowel and tenon cutters (above), the cut
is quite different. Our tapered cutters have a
straight-edge blade that tapers the end of the
tenon at 12.8 to match our taper reamers,
whereas the curved blade on the dowel cutters
cuts cylindrical tenons with a radiused shoulder.
Use the cutter like a hand-held pencil sharpener
to put tapered tenons on the tips of turnings,
dowels or rustic furniture components to t into
H. Short Auger Bits
These are inexpensive 4 long high-carbon steel
bits ideal for green wood or dry softwood. They
can be used for drilling tenon sockets in rustic
furniture work or used in construction for
drilling between joists and in other tight spots.
Each bit comes in a plastic case, so will not get
dulled rattling around in the bottom of a toolbox.
On top of all this, they work well. The single-
ute style handles chips well and is a much
stiffer bit than the double-ute style. The brad
G
F
tapered holes (e.g., legs and spindles on a Windsor
chair). Can be used with soft, green or hard woods.
The size given for each 1
cutter is the minimum
cut the maximum is 1/2
greater, over a total tenon 1/ /2
length of 21/2. A starter 2 21
kit of the 3/8, 1/2 and 5/8 Minimum and maximum
sizes will cover most tenon dimensions
tenoning requirements for stated for 1/2 cutter.
require cutting the major diameter with a larger
cutter, and then nishing with a smaller cutter;
with all ve sizes you can cut any diameter tenon
up to 11/8 in diameter and as long as 2 in a
single operation. Made in Canada. Patented.
05J61.04 3/8 Tenon Cutter (7/8 max.) $ 43.50
05J61.05 7/16 Tenon Cutter (15/16max.)$ 43.50
05J61.06 1/2 Tenon Cutter (1 max.) $ 43.50
05J61.07 9/16 Tenon Cutter (11/16max.) $ 43.50
05J61.09 5/8 Tenon Cutter (11/8 max.) $ 43.50
05J61.10 Set of 3 Cutters (3/8, 1/2, 5/8) $115.00
05J61.20 Repl. Blade, Straight $ 13.20
05J60.20 Optional Curved Blade $ 13.20
The curved blade on the dowel & tenon cutters (item
C) can be used on the 3/8, 7/16 and 1/2 tapered tenon
cutters (item F). Curved blade not recommended for
the larger sizes as overheating may occur.
point makes it easier to control depth compared
with a screw point. Available in 3/8 to 1 diameters
in 1/8 increments. 2 of ute, 4 long overall,
5/16 hex shank. Set includes a wooden box.
06J39.06 3/8 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 6.40
06J39.08 1/2 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 6.90
06J39.10 5/8 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 7.70
06J39.12 3/4 dia. HCS Auger Bit $ 8.40
06J39.14 7/8 dia. HCS Auger Bit $10.20
06J39.16 1 dia. HCS Auger Bit $11.90
06J39.01 Boxed Set of 6 Auger Bits $49.95
H
207
 A. Drill Bit/Countersink/Counterbore Units
A These combination units are specically designed for wood-
workers. The high-speed tapered drill bits are precisely
ground on a CNC grinder and match the shapes of wood
Countersink
screws so that screw threads grip for the entire length of
#5 #14 the screw. Our countersink/counterbore units (unlike most
others) are hardened; they are also sharpened after hardening.
Used in combination with a stop collar, they let you set the
unit for a wide range of screw lengths for everything from
Counterbore
ush countersinking to a full 1/2 of counterbore.
The drills are multi-purpose and will serve the needs of most woodworkers
for both hard and soft woods. 23/4 to 4 long overall. For softwood, you
should always use a drill one size smaller than the screw calls for.
Components can be purchased individually, or in complete units for a
specic screw size the unit includes a countersink/counterbore, drill, stop
collar and hex key. Boxed sets are also available (items C, D and E).
A. Drill Bit/Countersink/Counterbore Units
1 2 3
Screw HSS Taper Drill Bit Countersink/Counterbore Stop Collar Complete Unit
Size Drill Product # Price Bore Product # Price Product # Price Product # Price
Drill/Countersink System
#5 1/8 07J05.02 $5.80 3/8 07J05.01 $10.50 07J04.03 $3.30 07J05.10 $19.60 This drill/driver combination unit is a real time
#6 9/64 07J06.02 $6.00 3/8 07J06.01 $10.50 07J04.03 $3.30 07J06.10 $19.80 saver. It features a depth-adjustable, HSS twist
#7 5/32 07J07.02 $6.00 3/8 07J07.01 $10.50 07J04.03 $3.30 07J07.10 $19.80 bit and a four-ute 3/8 countersink (case hard-
#8 11/64 07J08.02 $6.40 3/8 07J08.01 $10.50 07J04.03 $3.30 07J08.10 $20.20 ened to Rc50). Made to tight tolerances, the
#9 3/16 07J09.02 $6.60 3/8 07J09.01 $10.50 07J04.03 $3.30 07J09.10 $20.40 drill/countersink cuts quickly and cleanly, has
#10 13/64 07J10.02 $7.30 1/2 07J10.01 $11.30 07J04.04 $3.70 07J10.10 $22.30 virtually no vibration and produces little residual
#12 7/32 07J12.02 $7.70 1/2 07J12.01 $11.30 07J04.04 $3.70 07J12.10 $22.70
heat build-up. The aluminum bit driver (accepts
any 1/4 hex shank bits) chucks solidly over the
#14 1/4 07J14.02 $8.50 1/2 07J14.01 $11.30 07J04.04 $3.70 07J14.10 $23.50
drill/countersink for screw driving applications
B. Veritas Tapered Snug-Plug Cutters the excess. The plug ts perfectly, with a nearly and releases instantly for drilling applications.
It is always difcult to t plugs perfectly; any invisible line between it and the workpiece. Supplied with four 1 drivers #2 Phillips, #2
slight runout in your drill-press quill can make These cutters are carefully reamed after hard- square recess, 3/16 and 1/4 slot and a hex key.
the holes oversize and the plugs undersize, ening to ensure perfect concentricity. 3/8 shanks. Eliminates the need for designated-use drills and
leading to ill-tting plugs. Snug-Plug cutters are Patented. Resharpening instructions included. time-consuming drill/hex bit changeovers. The #6
designed to cut slightly tapered plugs; the rst 05J05.01 Snug-Plug, 1/4* $20.20 size has a 3/32 drill bit, the #8 a 7/64 bit, and the
1/8 of the plug is the stated size (1/4, 5/16, etc.) 05J05.05 Snug-Plug, 5/16 $20.50 #10 a 1/8 bit.
and then ares out at a 3 included angle. Unlike 05J05.02 Snug-Plug, 3/8* $20.50 50J03.36 #6 (3/32) Drill/Csink/Driver $19.50
regular plug cutters, they shave the plug sides as 05J05.06 Snug-Plug, 7/16 $21.20 50J03.38 #8 (7/64) Drill/Csink/Driver $19.50
they cut, producing smooth plugs. Just tap a plug 05J05.04 Snug-Plug, 1/2* $21.60 50J03.40 #10 (1/8) Drill/Csink/Driver $19.50
into a hole until you meet resistance, then cut off 05J05.10 Set of 3 Imperial Cutters* $54.00
05J05.11 Set of 5 Imperial Cutters $86.50
Regular Plug Tapered Plug
Sides are smooth
05J05.31 Snug-Plug, 6mm $19.60 Drill Bit/Countersink/Counterbore Boxed Sets
Sides are rough
because of ber since they are 05J05.33 Snug-Plug, 8mm $20.20 The set of ve (for screw sizes #5, 6, 7, 8 and 10)
tearing. shaved to size 05J05.35 Snug-Plug, 10mm $20.50 contains five countersink/counterbores, five
while being cut.
05J05.50 Set of 3 Metric Cutters $53.00 standard-length taper-point bits, two stop collars
(3/8 and 1/2) and two hex keys. The set of all
C. Lee Valley Drilling Kit eight adds the drills and counterbores for screw
In good-quality work the proper drilling acces- sizes #9, 12 and 14. Both sets include a foam-
sories can make a tremendous difference. This lined plastic storage box with space for additional
kit, in a tough, foam-lined plastic storage case, is items. Excellent value.
a precision woodworking outt. It contains ve D. 07J15.50 Boxed Set of 5 $ 84.50
B of our top-quality, standard-length tapered bits E. 07J15.80 Boxed Set of 8 $135.00
with matching countersinks (for screw sizes #6,
8, 10, 12, 14), 3/8 and 1/2 stop collars, two hex F. Extra-Long Taper-Point Drill Bits
Regular
keys and our patented Veritas 3/8 and 1/2 Craftsmen who regularly use #8 screws longer than
Tapered
plug plug Snug-Plug cutters to complete the kit. The box 2, or #9 or #10 screws longer than 21/2, should
also has space for additional drivers or bits. This buy extra-long drill bits so that they dont have to
is a most useful ensemble for any woodworker. remove the countersink/counterbore unit from the
07J01.01 Lee Valley Drilling Kit $135.00 drill for extra-depth drilling. These HSS drill bits
all about 6 long will handle just about any long
screw you will be using. They can be used with
our drill bit/countersink/counterbore assemblies.
07J08.20 Taper-Point, 11/64 (#8) $17.70
07J09.20 Taper-Point, 3/16 (#9) $18.70
07J10.20 Taper-Point, 13/64 (#10) $19.70
07J15.23 Set of 3 XL Taper-Point Bits $49.50
Normal

D
C E

Extra-long taper-point
F
 G
D

A. HSS 82 Drill/Countersinks
These HSS drill/countersinks drill the ANSI- D. Hex-Shank Centering Bits G. Vix-Bit Self-Centering Bits
specied clearance hole and an 82 countersink in Commonly used for pre-drilling holes for hard- These bits simplify the task of pre-drilling holes for
hardwood, plastic, brass or other non-ferrous ware using screws (particularly hinges), these hinges or other screw-mounted hardware by
metals. The center pilot is sized for the correct self-centering drill bits are easy to adjust. The set ensuring that the hole is accurately centered every
shaft clearance. Ideal for fast countersinking in screw in the barrel body is used to adjust the drill time. The precision-made hardened carbon-steel
wood, and dressing or resizing holes in hardware. bit projection. Travel of the spring-loaded portion guide barrel has a bevelled end that automatically
Each size will also countersink for one size lower of the barrel varies by size and determines the aligns the internal HSS drill bit to the center of the
(e.g., #4 will do both #3 and #4 screws). Shanked maximum pre-drill depth. Nickel-plated steel mounting hole in the hardware. You
to size from 0.3125 to 0.500. Sold individually, construction. Includes a HSS drill bit. The 1/4 and can control drill depth by adjusting
or as a set of the three smaller sizes. A super buy. 5mm sizes are for drilling shelf supports. All have a set screw in the side of the barrel
66J40.04 82 Countersink, #4* $10.90 1/4 hex quick-change shanks. Barrel travel and (5/64 hex key not included). Avail-
66J40.06 82 Countersink, #6* $12.00 appropriate screw sizes listed. able in three sizes, sold individually
66J40.08 82 Countersink, #8* $14.40 Drill Size Travel Screw Size or in a set of all three. Each bit has
66J40.10 82 Countersink, #10 $15.00 04J04.05 5/64 3/8 #3, #4 $ 8.30 a hex shank that ts any 1/4 drill
66J40.30 Set (3) Drill/Countersinks* $32.40 04J04.07 7/64 3/8 #5, #6 $ 8.40 chuck. Replacement bits are avai
B. 82 Hand Countersink 04J04.09 9/64 1/2 #8 to #10 $ 8.50 able separately. Maximum drilling Barrel automati-
When you need to coun- 04J04.20 Set of 3 (#3 to #10) $ 23.00 depth and appropriate screw sizes cally centers
04J04.11 /64 11 1/2 #12 $ 9.60 listed. Made in USA. drill bit.
tersink a few screws, it is
often easier to use a hand 04J04.13 13/64 1/2 #14 to #16 $ 9.90 Drill Max. Screw
tool than a power tool. 04J04.16 1/4 1/2 Shelf $10.50 Size Drill Depth Sizes
This eight-uted hand 04J05.05 5mm 1/2 Shelf $10.00 66J08.24 5/64 7/16 #3, #4 $15.50
countersink with an 82
Replacement Drill Bits 66J08.25 7/64 1/2 #5, #6 $ 13.90
04J06.05 5/64 $2.30 66J08.29 9/64 3/4 #8, #9, #10 $14.50
included angle makes
04J06.07 7/64 $2.30 66J08.31 Set of all 3 above $39.50
quick work of counter-
04J06.09 9/64 $2.30 66J08.14 5/64 Repl. Bit $ 3.10
sinking or easing hole
04J06.11 11/64 $2.30 66J08.15 7/64 Repl. Bit $ 3.20
edges and it is perfectly
04J06.13 13/64 $2.50 66J08.19 9/64 Repl. Bit $ 3.30
suited to deburring holes
B 04J06.16 1/4 $2.50
in brass and mild steel.
04J06.06 5mm $2.50 Carbide Countersink Drills with
The large number of
utes means the handle Low-Friction Depth Stop
need only be rotated 45 E. Hex-Shank Countersinks These countersinks are well made to withstand
These two- ute, countersink/counterbore, 1/4 heavy use. Each has a high-speed steel drill
when countersinking. Ideal for installing shelf-
support sleeves, whose rounded shoulders must be hex-shank bits have standard twist drills. A set bit with slow spiral uting for quick, clean cuts
accommodated for ush seating. With an octag- screw holds the drill at any projection. Counterbore and a carbide-tipped countersink for exceptional
onal hardwood handle and 5/8 diameter head, it size is 3/8, except for the #10, which is 1/2. Sold wear resistance. The depth stop has a free-
is 5 /2 long overall. A simple yet useful tool.
1 individually, or as a set of ve. Hex key included. spinning, low-friction collar to prevent surface
50K62.01 82 Hand Countersink $22.50 Screw and drill sizes listed. marring and large side openings for chip clear-
50J04.04 #4 Countersink, 5/64 $ 9.95 ance. You can adjust the depth of the pilot hole
C. Hex-Shank Drill Adapters 50J04.05 #5 Countersink, 3/32 $ 9.95 and the countersink/counterbore independently.
With these adapters you can preserve your invest- 50J04.06 #6 Countersink, 7/64 $ 9.95 The 1/4 hex shank is grooved for use with quick-
ment in expensive drills and countersinks, and have 50J04.08 #8 Countersink, 1/8 $ 9.95 change chucks. Two sizes are available, designed
the convenience of quick-change hex shanks. 50J04.10 #10 Countersink, 9/64 $ 9.95 for use with #8 and #10 screws. The #8 unit has
You simply insert a regular twist drill and lock it 50J04.20 Set of 5 Countersinks $36.00 a 1/8 drill bit and 3/8 diameter countersink,
in with the grub screw (hex key included). The while the #10 has a 9/64 bit and 1/2 countersink.
sizes below will accept the drills most commonly F. Adjustable Carbide Countersink H. 66J40.35 #8 Countersink Drill Unit $28.50
used for screw sizes #5 to #9. (Drill not included.) This countersink will t any bit from 7/64 to J. 66J40.37 #10 Countersink Drill Unit $29.50
50J03.21 Drill Adapter, 1/8 (#5) $ 3.40 9/32, which covers all drill sizes normally used 66J40.36 Repl. 1/8 Bit for #8 Unit $ 5.20
50J03.22 Drill Adapter, 9/64 (#6) $ 3.40 for screws #3 to #16. The countersink body 66J40.38 Repl. 9/64 Bit for #10 Unit $ 6.40
50J03.23 Drill Adapter, 5/32 (#7) $ 3.40 adjusts with two socket-head bolts (hex key
50J03.24 Drill Adapter, 11/64 (#8) $ 3.40 provided). Carbide cutter inserts ensure long life.
J
50J03.25 Drill Adapter, 3/16 (#9) $ 3.40 (Bit not included.)
50J03.20 Set of 5 Drill Adapters $15.90 15J70.01 Carbide Countersink $26.50 H

C E

Drill bit not 209

included.
 A Built-in storage
compartments.

A. Kreg K5 Pocket-Hole Joinery System

The latest version of Kregs pocket-hole joinery
system, the K5 incorporates an improved quick- D. Kreg K4 Pocket-Hole Jig
release clamping xture and a redesigned indexing B The K4 jig is a complete
pin that speeds switching from one stock thickness pocket-hole jig. For benchtop
to another. Made from glass-reinforced nylon with work, the drill-guide block
a hardened steel drilling insert, the jig lets you installs in a base, or is
center two holes 9/16, 7/8 or 17/16 apart, depending removable for use as a simple
on material width. The clamp has a toothed ratch- portable jig. The hardened-
eting mechanism that steel insert places holes 9/16,
provides 13/8 of 7/8 or 17/16 apart, depending Shown with dust
coarse adjustment, on stock width. A pin registers shroud and vacuum
adapter installed.
allowing you to in a series of holes, adjusting
quickly snug the jaw B. Mini Kreg Pocket-Hole Kit for material from /2 to 1 /2 thick in 1/8 increments,
1 1
up to the work by For drilling single pocket holes anywhere in 1/2 and the base has a fast-acting toggle clamp and
hand. A convenient or thicker material, this portable jig kit comes depth-collar setting guides. A snap-in dust-collection
front-mounted handle with the mini jig, a 3/8 Kreg HSS step drill bit shroud prevents drill utes from packing with debris
Micro-adjust moves the non-marring and a depth collar. Made from rigid, glass-rein- and overheating (11/4 dia. outlet requires a separate
stop Ratcheting jaw up to 3/4 for nal forced nylon with a hardened steel bushing. Mini adapter to link to standard 21/2 hose). The body is
mechanism
tightening or instant jig and drill bit also sold separately. made largely from rigid glass-lled nylon. Includes a
release. Removable 11/2 thick stock-support 25K60.15 Mini Kreg Kit $27.50 3/8 step-drill bit and depth collar, a hex key, a 6 #2
wings help stabilize long workpieces, and have 25K60.14 Mini Kreg Jig only $12.50 square-recess driver, a spacer for portable use, a
built-in storage compartments for drill and 25K60.13 3/8 Step Drill only $21.50 starter pack of screws and plugs, instructions, and an
driver bits or other accessories. The spring- instructional DVD. Made in USA.
loaded indexing pin lets you position the drilling C. Kreg R3 Pocket-Hole Kit 25K60.19 Kreg K4 Pocket-Hole Jig $125.00
Support wings
This economical kit contains the essentials for 03J61.12 Vacuum Adapter $ 2.70
Indexing
stabilize long Depth- pin pocket-hole joinery, all organized in a convenient 25K60.13 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill $ 21.50
workpieces. collar carrying case. It is quick and easy to set up the
setting guide has graduated stops for accurate positioning E. Kreg Heavy-Duty Jig #KJHD
gauge
and the drill stop collar is set To simplify joinery on larger-scale constructions,
using a depth gauge built into this pocket-hole jig is designed for use on two-by
the case. Stock capacity is lumber or any stock 11/2 or thicker. Ruggedly made
between 1/2 and 11/2 thick. from glass-reinforced nylon with hardened steel
The double-hole drill guide is inserts, the jig guides a 1/2 diameter stepped drill bit,
molded from glass-reinforced centering two pocket holes spaced 17/16 apart. The
block to accommodate material from 1/2 to 11/2 nylon and has hardened steel guide block is easily clamped to the work using either
thick in 1/8 increments. An included snap-in bushings spaced 3/4 apart on of Kregs face-frame clamps (see page 65); it is also
shroud connects to any 11/4 vacuum hose for easy center. Includes the drill guide, a clamp pad, a 3/8 compatible with the benchtop base or the portable
debris clearance, with a Kreg step drill bit and depth collar, a hex key, a 6 base supplied with the Kreg K3 and K4 jigs. The jig
pivoting outlet that lets you #2 square-recess driver, and a starter pack of comes with a 71/2 long HSS stepped drill bit, a depth
orient the hose to avoid screws and maple plugs. collar, a 6 square-recess driver bit, and a starter pack
obstruction. Also included are 25K60.17 Kreg R3 Pocket-Hole Kit $56.50 of ten 21/2 exterior-grade washer-head screws, suit-
a micro-adjust workpiece posi- able for use with natural and ACQ-treated lumber
Vacuum tioning stop, a 3/8 step drill (larger quantities of screws available separately).
shroud
bit and depth collar, a depth- 25K61.55 Kreg HD Jig #KJHD $74.00
collar setting gauge, a 6 #2 25K61.56 #1421/2 Screws (30) $ 6.90
square-recess driver, an 25K61.57 #1421/2 Screws (125) $24.95
assortment of screws and
instructions. Additional 61/4
long one-piece HSS step drill bits (3/16 diameter
by 5/8 long pilot and 3/8 diameter counterbore) E
and a 21/2 hose adapter are available separately.
See page 65 for optional face-frame clamps and
page 64 for auto-adjust clamps. Made in USA. C
25K59.20 Kreg K5 System $175.00
03J61.12 21/2 Vacuum Adapter $ 2.70
25K60.13 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill $ 21.50
210 Drilling
 A. Kreg Foreman Pocket-Hole Machine
This professional-grade pocket-hole machine combines a clamping table, a power drill and a fence into a convenient joinery work
station. An excellent choice for anyone who is involved with production work or has much custom pocket-hole work to
perform, it is easy to set up and reliable in use, speeding build time while improving joint accuracy and repeatability.
Plunging the overhead arm automatically starts the drill, clamps the work and advances the drill bit into
the stock at the optimum angle, depth and position, all in one synchronized operation. Adjusting the
position of the extruded aluminum fence lets you accommodate workpieces of various thick-
nesses, with markings cast into the table surface for easy reference. Two spring-loaded
position stops let you accurately locate the work against the fence. The hold-down
clamp has an adjustable foot that pivots to accommodate irregular surfaces.
The 14233/4 machine table is cast aluminum; the sturdy base is molded
plastic. A hinged panel in the table surface lets you access the quick-
change drill chuck for bit changes and an interior storage space for
accessories. The machine also has a 11/4 diameter vacuum port
for connection to a dust-collection system. The system comes
with a 3/8 step drill bit for workpieces between 1/2 and 11/2
thick, a 6 #2 square-recess driver bit, a depth-setting guide block
and instructions. Additional bits, including the Kreg Micro-Pocket (for
stock 1/2 to 3/4 thick) and a heavy-duty bit (for stock over 11/2 thick) are
available separately. At less than 20 lb, the unit is easy to transport to a job site, and
mounting holes at the corners of the base allow it to be bolted down for permanent workshop installation.
CUL/UL certied. An outstanding pocket-hole joinery system for professionals and hobbyists alike.
25K59.30 *Pocket-Hole Machine $499.00
25K60.04 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill Bit $ 22.50 B
B. 25K59.32 Heavy-Duty Bit & Bushing $ 38.50 C
C. 25K59.34 Micro-Pocket Bit & Bushing $ 35.50 A
Product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by
ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
11/4 diameter vacuum port for
connection to a dust-
collection system Depth stop
adjustment
Storage tray for
accessories Access to drill
chuck and motor

D. Kreg Micro-Pocket Drill Guide

A retrot drill-guide block for the K4 jig (facing
page), the micro-pocket guide lets you take advan- E
Visit www.leevalley.com
tage of the simplicity and speed of pocket-hole
for our full selection of Kreg pocket-hole screws and plugs.
joinery when using thin stock. Specically designed
for 1/2 to 3/4 material (but also effective in thicker E. Kreg Pocket-Hole Screw Kit
work), it functions identically to the standard This 675-piece kit contains ve commonly used sizes of self-
drilling block, but uses a 19/64 step drill instead of tapping pocket-hole screws, conveniently organized in a
3/8. This not only lets you counterbore screws as portable divider box. The kit includes 150 each of #6 1 pan-
small as #63/4, it also allows you to space the head fine thread, #7 1 pan-head coarse thread, #7 11/4
screws closer Micro-pocket Standard washer-head fine thread, and #8 11/4 washer-head coarse
together as drill guide drill guide thread. For exterior applications, 75 #8 21/2 washer-head coarse thread Blue-Kote screws are also
needed for 15/16 19/16 included. Fine threads are best suited to hardwoods, and coarse threads for softwood, particleboard,
3/8
small-scale 19/64
plywood, etc. All have a square-recess drive. The tough plastic case has a secure latch. Screw rells are avail-
work or repair able separately (search for pocket-hole screws at www.leevalley.com).
jobs in tight spots. Set includes the steel and glass- 25K60.59 Screw Kit, 675 pcs. $37.50
lled nylon drilling block, a 19/64 HSS step drill bit
with a 1/4 hex shank, a depth collar and hex key, F. Kreg Quick-Change Drilling/Driving Kit
plus a selection of ne thread self-tapping screws This kit lets you quickly switch between drilling and driving screws, a
(3/4, 1 and 11/4 #6 pan head). Additional step drill frequent occurrence in pocket-hole work. The specially designed 1/4
bit and pocket screws are available separately. hex quick-release chuck has a deep well to stabilize long bits and mini-
Made in USA. mize runout. Kit includes the chuck, a 3/8 HSS Kreg step drill bit with
25K60.55 Micro-Pocket Drill Guide $62.50 a 1/4 hex shank, a depth collar and hex key, plus a 6 #2 square recess
25K60.56 19/64 Micro Drill Bit, 1/4 hex $21.50 driver. Drill bit also sold separately. Since the chuck solidly grips plain
and grooved shanks, you can use it with any 1/4 hex attachment.
25K60.03 Kreg Quick-Change Kit $37.50
25K60.04 Repl. 3/8 Step Drill, 1/4 hex $22.50
D F
HSS Step Drill Bits for Pocket-Hole Jigs
Micro-pocket drill The one-piece HSS bit is 51/2 long, with a 1/8 dia. by 5/8 long pilot
guide installed in and 3/8 dia. by 82 countersink. The two-piece bit has a 3/16 dia. HSS
the K4 jig (available
separately). pilot bit, 6 long, that is adjustable to project up to 21/2. Step drills
J
should be used at low speed with the bit just turning as it enters the
pocket-hole guide. G
G. 25K61.20 1-Pc. Step Drill, 1/8 Pilot $26.50
H. 25K61.40 2-Pc. Step Drill, 3/16 Pilot $56.00
25K61.41 Repl. Drill Bit, 3/16 Pilot $22.30 H
211
 Phillips/square-recess driver to t through the guide bushings when driving
deck screws, and depth-stop collars for the drill and driver. Supplied with
DVD instructions plus 100 ceramic-coated
screws to get you started. For use with deck
A A
boards from 3/4 to 11/4 thick and the Kreg
screws described below. Made in USA.
25K60.80 Kreg Deck Jig Kit $99.00 A
25K60.81 Repl. Deck Drill Bit, 6 $21.50
25K60.82 Repl. Deck Driver, 6 $ 6.95

Kreg Exterior Screws

We offer #82 screws
made of either ceramic-
coated steel or 304 stain-
A. Kreg Deck Jig less steel for the Kreg
This jig lets you counterbore screws into the edges of decking to produce a deck jig or general exte- C
surface free of exposed fasteners. Made of glass-lled nylon with hardened rior use. Both are for nat- B
steel bushings, the jig has a central guide hole for driving in line with a joist; ural and ACQ-treated
the two other guides allow driving at compound angles where access is dif- lumber, as well as synthetic materials, but in especially harsh conditions, the
cult, such as next to a wall. Simply drill a counterbored hole at each joist using stainless-steel screws offer superior long-term corrosion resistance. They
the jig to guide the included 6 hardened-steel stepped drill bit at the correct have nishing heads with a combination #1 Phillips/#1 square drive.
angle; the jig then guides the screw as you drive it, ensuring alignment with 1+ 6+
the counterbored hole. The jig also comes with decking spacers (three 5/16 B. 25K60.85 Coated Screws (100) $ 9.90 $ 8.90
deck-board spacers and three 1/4 spacers), a special 6 long thin-diameter C. 25K60.87 SS Screws (100) $22.50 $20.30

Veritas Drilling Kit sinking to a full 1/2 of counterbore.

This in an excellent kit for on-site installation work. It contains a useful assort- Our patented Snug-Plug Cutters
ment of drill bits, countersinks, stop collars and plug cutters in a variety of sizes. make smooth-sided, slightly tapered
It is supplied in a custom black and yellow T-Loc mini Systainer case with plugs. The rst 1/8 of the plug is the
two French-tted trays made of rm closed-cell EVA foam. Each tray has a stated size, and the rest ares out at a
contrasting inner layer to let you see at a glance if anything is missing. 3 included angle to ensure a perfect
The kit includes: t. Sizes included will plug the coun-
5 Imperial HSS brad-point bits: 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16 & 3/8 terbores made by the tapered bit sets.
5 metric HSS brad-point bits: 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm & 10mm Two 31/417/327/16 hinged
5 tapered HSS bits and 5 matching countersinks for screw sizes #6, #8, #10, nylon boxes provide storage space French-tted trays
#12 and #14 for small items such as fasteners or stack inside.
2 stop collars: 3/8 for #6 & #8 bits and 1/2 for #10, #12 & #14 bits driver bits.
2 Veritas Tapered Snug-Plug Cutters: 3/8and 1/2 Drills, countersinks, cutters and
2 hinged nylon storage boxes (for your own stuff!) boxes are made in USA, Canada and
The brad-point drills have polished utes for superior chip clearance and France; Systainer case made in
sharply dened lips to score the hole perimeter for clean entry and smooth side- Germany.
walls. Made from high-speed steel, they are not subject to burning and stay The full price of the components if
sharp longer than carbon-steel bits. A selection of common metric sizes is ordered individually is $283. An
included for use on 32mm system cabinetry and with metric fasteners. excellent value in a useful kit.
The tapered HSS bits match the shapes of wood screws so that screw threads Veritas Drilling Kit
grip for their entire length. Used in combination with the hardened countersink/ ZV20090 $219.00
counterbore cutters and the stop collars, they let you set the bit for ush counter-

Drill not included

2 hinged
nylon storage
boxes

2 Veritas Tapered
Snug-Plug Cutters

5 countersinks

T-Loc mini 2 stop

Systainer case collars

212 Drilling 5 tapered HSS bits

5 metric HSS brad-point bits 5 Imperial HSS brad-point bits
 D
Standard Taper Reamers
These simple, affordable one-piece taper reamers C
are ideal for many woodworking tasks. Rustic
Curved edge bores a furniture makers use the small size (3/16 to 3/4) to B
round-bottom hole. back-taper holes for through-
tenon wedging (see diagram)
and for general tenon tapering.
The large reamer (3/16 to Useful for back-
13/16) is an easy way for tapering holes for
through-tenon wedging.
A novice Windsor chairmakers
to taper leg sockets. The bits are 33/8 and 51/2
overall with a 5/16 hex shank. The 12.8 body
angle matches tenons made with the Veritas
Tapered Tenon Cutters on page 207. Designed for
use in an electric drill, they may also be used in a
traditional brace with an adapter (item #05J41.15,
see below).
B. 05J62.05 Small Standard Reamer $21.50
A. Lee Valley Spoon Bits C. 05J62.01 Large Standard Reamer $29.90
Spoon bits are greatly favored by chairmakers
for boring a hole with a round bottom. This D. Veritas Pro Taper Reamer
allows maximum possible blind hole depth in a Used in a hand brace, our pro reamer offers excel-
L
chair leg to receive a stretcher with no chance lent control and good cutting capability. It is
M
of a brad point or spur breaking through. useful for tapering through holes for wedged
Impressively, this kind of bit can, in a single tenons, such as in chair construction. We have
operation, bore an accurately sized and posi- two designs of reamers, the one-piece reamer
tioned hole at an acute angle, lower than possible (above) and this design that has a cast steel alloy L. HCS 82 Single-Flute Countersinks
with any other kind of bit. Just over 51/2 long body, a separate spring-steel blade and a pair of These are exceptionally smooth, high-carbon
overall with a 3 blade. For use only in a two-jaw blade-adjusting set screws. When reaming steel countersinks. Used after pre-drilling for a
hand brace (such as 50J05.02 below), they are an existing hole (7/16 to 13/16 dia.), you can screw, they cut cleanly and are chatter free. The
heat-treated forged steel, and the edges have adjust the depth for soft or hard woods, and the cone tip assures accurate centering and the
been hand nished to be ready to use. angle for tenon/socket t. The 12.8 body angle cutter design ejects chips rapidly. They can
50K65.06 3/8 Spoon Bit $23.90 matches tenons from our Veritas Tapered Tenon also be used for counterboring as necessary.
50K65.07 7/16 Spoon Bit $23.90 Cutters for chair-leg socket joints. 55/8 long Available in two sizes: 3/8 dia. (1/4 shank) and
50K65.08 1/2 Spoon Bit $23.90 overall, with a tapered square shank for use in a 1/2 dia. (5/16 shank). 82 countersink.
50K65.09 9/16 Spoon Bit $23.90 two-jaw hand brace (such as 50J05.02 below). 06J50.03 3/8 Countersink $16.30
50K65.10 5/8 Spoon Bit $23.90 Weighs about 8 oz. Blade is easy to sharpen. 06J50.08 1/2 Countersink $17.90
50K65.20 Set of 5 Bits $99.00 05J61.01 Veritas Pro Taper Reamer $52.50 06J50.20 Pair of Countersinks $31.30

Two- and Three-Jaw Chuck Braces Brace Drivers for Screws and Sockets
Though not inexpensive (there just arent as many For driving large screws it is hard to beat a hand
good brace manufacturers around as there used to brace. Our hex driver has a 1/4 hex socket with a
be), these are good-quality braces and are excep- rare-earth magnet in it to rmly hold any standard
tional for both round- and hex-shank bits. 1/4 bit Phillips, square-drive, POZIDRIV, etc.
Manufactured in France, these 10 sweep braces We have a second brace driver for use with sockets.
are sturdy and well nished, and operate smoothly It is the fastest way to drive lag bolts or wheel studs
with a ballbearing head. Our two-jaw chuck model and can be used with any 3/8 square-drive
is designed for use with bits that have square-taper socket. Both brace drivers are nickel-plated steel
tangs with short shanks (such as spoon bits, and about 4 long. (Bit and socket not included.) N. Orbiter Drill Attachment
reamers, socket adapters, etc.), but also works with G. 50J61.05 Brace Driver, 1/4 hex $13.60
regular auger bits and round shanks from 3/16 to H. 50J61.06 Brace Driver, 3/8 socket $13.60
11/32. The standard three-jaw chuck model accepts
round shanks from 7/64 to 19/32 in diameter and J. Brace Adapter for Power Tenon Cutters
all standard hex-shank bits. It also has the usual A tapered square-shank adapter is available to let
square-taper socket for conventional auger bits. you use the 5/8 to 1 power tenon cutters with a
Both braces have composite heads and grips. hand brace, e.g., while cutting in the bush.
E. 50J05.02 Two-Jaw Brace $86.50 05J41.15 Brace Adapter, 5/16 hex $11.70
F. 50J05.01 Three-Jaw Brace $94.50
K. Traditional Hand Drill
An excellent general-purpose hand
drill with double-pinion gears and a
3/8 three-jaw chuck. The painted
beech handles are a traditional butt
handle style.
Tenon cutter Traditional Hand Drill
not included. 28K04.05 $59.50
K
F G J
E
H
Drill bit not included.
M. 82 Countersink
The best designed countersink we sell. It is chat-
terless and will countersink all screws from #0
to the largest. It is ideal for chamfering hole
edges (e.g., for bench dogs) up to 11/4 dia. as
well. An excellent tool that works equally well
free hand or in a drill press. 3/8 dia. shank.
44J21.01 82 Countersink $31.50
This attachment lets you drill holes or drive
fasteners where access is limited. One hemisphere
of the split body has a 3/8 keyless chuck, the other
a 3/8 hex shank. These independently rotate a
full 360, allowing you to adjust the position of
the chuck and drill relative to each other and to the
handle for best access and most comfortable
handle location. The handle rotates to lock the
setting. Molded from a tough polymer, it contains
permanently lubricated hardened-steel gears for
durability. Not for use with auger-style bits,
hole saws or bits larger than 3/4.
46J82.10 Orbiter Drill Attachment $41.50
Drill and bit
not included.
N
213

A on "Oops" arbor.
A. Hole Saws Bi-Metal (HSS-Tipped)
With high-speed steel cutting edges bonded to a
steel cup, these hole saws have the added advan-
tage of variable pitch teeth. The alternate set and
repeating pattern of the teeth (varying from 15
of rake with large gullets to 0 of rake with shallow
gullets) as well as the variable pitch (4 to 6 tpi)
provide a smooth cut in a wide variety of materials.
The variable hook angles and spacing eliminate C. Oops Arbor
chatter and increase cutting efciency.
Two sizes of mandrel are available; each has a
quick-change locking mechanism and an adjust-
able pilot bit. The standard mandrel (3/8 shank)
can be used only on hole saws up to 21/4. The
heavy-duty mandrel (7/16 shank) can be used on
all of the sizes listed below.
99J02.20 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 11/4 $ 10.00
99J02.24 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 11/2 $ 10.50
99J02.28 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 13/4 $ 12.50
99J02.32 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 2 $ 12.70
99J02.34 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 21/8 $ 15.90
99J02.36 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 21/4 $ 16.20
99J03.01 Std. Mandrel (up to 21/4) $ 19.40
99J03.10 7-piece Set (7 above) $ 84.00 D. Jewellers Drill
99J02.40 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 21/2 $ 16.90
99J02.48 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 3 $ 17.50
99J02.56 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 31/2 $ 17.90
99J02.64 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 4 $ 26.50
99J02.68 Bi-Metal Hole Saw, 41/4 $ 37.60
99J03.02 HD Mandrel (11/4 to 41/4) $ 20.00
99J03.20 6-piece Set (6 above) $122.00
B. Adjustable Wheel and Circle Cutter
This adjustable cutter makes clean cuts even in
softwoods. To be used in a drill press at low speed
(maximum is 500 rpm), the cutter head is adjust-
able for wheel diameters from 1 to 6. The 1/4
pilot drill bit prevents accidents on cut-through.
The high-speed steel cutter is double ended: one
end to give a clean wheel, and the other to give a
clean hole. Designed specically for use with
wood, but can also be used on aluminum, copper
and plastic. It cuts much more cleanly than the
multi-purpose circle cutters available to date.
Ideal for toy makers.
99K09.01 Wheel and Circle Cutter $39.50
99K09.02 Repl. Wheel Cutter Bit $ 8.80
Wheel
cutting
Hole
cutting
B D
214
Hole saw not included.
Hole saws assembled
C F. Quick-Release Hole Saw Arbor
Designed for saws with a 5/8 mounting hole, this
hole-saw mount has a quick-release button that lets
you slide the mount up Push button and pull
the shaft to expose the to release plug.
plug for easy removal.
C The spring-loaded locking
pins are retractable for
quick blade changes. For
use in a 1/2 chuck, the
7/16 hex-shank comes with a 1/4 high-speed steel
Particularly valuable for retrotting door locks, pilot bit. Made in Holland.
installing piping in an old house or simply 99J03.30 Quick-Release Arbor $39.50
correcting mistakes, this clever attachment
replaces the mandrels pilot bit and couples two G. Diamond Hole Saws
sizes of hole saw (with a minimum 3/16 diam- Ideal for cutting holes in glass, ceramic tile or
eter difference). The smaller hole saw acts as metal. Also useful for cutting nger holes in glass
the pilot by following the existing hole, while doors and pipe holes in tile. The diamond substrate
the larger saw cuts the new hole. Compatible runs up the side of the cutters, allowing them to be
with the hole saws and mandrels listed at left, it used for deburring holes after drilling. Sizes given
has a 1/ 4 diameter shank, and its stepped are outside diameter by cut depth by shank size.
mandrel is threaded to accept saws with 1/2 and 29J01.01 Hole Saw, 1/41/81/8 $ 9.80
5/8 diameter mounting holes. 29J01.03 Hole Saw, 3/81/81/8 $11.20
30N03.90 Oops Arbor $14.50 29J01.04 Hole Saw, 1/27/161/4 $12.40
29J01.06 Hole Saw, 3/47/161/4 $24.70
29J01.08 Hole Saw, 19/161/4 $34.50
Just over 4 long, this nicely machined jewel-
lers drill comes with two sizes of collet jaws that
will hold bits from #80 to #56 (0.0135 to
0.0465) and #51 to #36 (0.0670 to 0.106).
Bits are not included. For precise work. Made
from steel and chrome-plated brass. G
33J61.01 Jewellers Drill $26.50
E. Pin Vise/Modelmakers Drill Holder
This drill holder, made of lightweight anodized
aluminum that has been knurled for grip, H. Diamond-Tipped Hole Saws for Slate
measures just 33/4 long and allows considerable With many slate projects you may need to drill
fingertip control. The hollow barrel holds a holes to accommodate a cord, screws or bolts.
selection of 12 Swiss-made HSS drills ranging These saws are specically designed for drilling
from #75 to #52 (0.021 to 0.064). Ideal for slate and should be used on nothing else. They give
drilling rigging holes, pre-drilling micro hinges, best results when used in a drill press. All drilling in
etc. The bits are suitable for wood, plastic and slate is best done with water ushing to remove
soft metal. swarf and extend saw life by preventing over-
81D40.27 Pin Vise w/12 HSS Drills $20.90 heating that can cause diamond particles to fall off.
The saws come with a description of a simple
set-up (a sample is shown in the photo) that keeps
water off the drill press and oor.
09A05.91 1/4 Hole Saw $5.20
09A05.92 3/8 Hole Saw $6.20
E
H
See page 315 for our selection of slate
and slate-engraving accessories.
 Bolt or
screw
G
A G

Drilling Extracting
Desired screw
depth is
A. Micro Extractors adjustable.
These are top-quality
extractors for stripped
or broken screws or
bolts. The double- G. Auto-Stop Screw Depth Setter
ended (drill/extractor) This depth setter is more advanced than it looks. It has an internal mecha-
units are made from nism that automatically disengages the bit from the power tools drive
M2 high-speed steel when the stop collar meets the work surface. This not only prevents over-
hardened to Rc64. driving the screw but also protects the bit and the screw head from
Offered individually or as becoming stripped. The screw depth setting is adjustable for up to 3/16 of
a set of four that comes in a plastic storage case. countersink and the free-spinning collar has a rubber O-ring edge to
66J20.02 Extractor #5 & #6 (M3) $10.50 prevent marring of the work surface.
66J20.04 Extractor #8 (M4) $11.50 The depth setter has a 1/4 hex shank drive, grooved for use with a quick-
66J20.06 Extractor #10 & #12 (M5) $11.50 Note: A quick tap with a change chuck. While the 1/4 hex socket accepts any 1 hex-shank bit, the
66J20.08 Extractor 1/4 (M6) $15.50 center punch gives the drill tool comes with a #2 Phillips bit, three T-20 Torx bits and a T-25 Torx bit.
66J20.10 Extractors, set of 4 $36.90 an accurate starting place. 25K60.96 Auto-Stop Screw Depth Setter $22.50

H. Socket Adapters for Hand Drills

Chuck Extender & Accessories and do a good job on paint and surface rust. There are times when you wish you had an air gun
This 14 chuck extender with 3/8 capacity keyed The three wheels in the set have 1, 2 and 3 for nut running. These are the next best thing.
chuck makes it possible to do many more things diameters (24mm, 50mm and 75mm). All have The three socket adapters have hex shanks and
with a hand drill. You can drill (or drive screws) in integral arbors. let you use any of your sockets (1/4, 3/8 or 1/2
areas that would normally be unreachable, or use Either chucked directly or used with our chuck sockets) with a hand drill. Suitable for both
a number of accessories that would be unman- extender, the tapered bufng wheel is used to rechargeable and corded drills. You need only use
ageable if chucked directly in a drill. The sliding buff all sorts of nishes. For wood, a hard carnauba them on one job to make them worth it at this price.
nylon handle lets you apply greater lateral force wax can be applied to the wheel for transfer to the 99W69.01 Socket Adapters, set of 3 $8.20
on attachments with all the stress being absorbed wood, or an existing nish can be buffed directly.
by the extender chuck, not the drill chuck. You will The all-cotton wheel is very rm and can be
undoubtedly nd more uses than we mention here. used with light or heavy pressure. It tapers from
Three styles of wire wheels with 1/4 diameter 21/2 (65mm) diameter at the arbor end to 15/8
shafts are available. The most aggressive, the (40mm) at the tip. 1/4 diameter arbor.
knotted-wire wheels are used in manufacturing B. 09A01.59 Chuck Extender $22.50
for burr and ash removal. They are effective in C. 09A01.74 Knotted-Wire Wheels (2) $ 7.95
stripping rust (or paint) down to bare metal, D. 09A01.70 Wire Wheels (5) & Arbors (3) $ 6.95
E. 09A01.72 Cup Wheels (3) $ 7.50 H
preparatory to repainting equipment. Sold in sets Sockets not included.
of two. The brass-plated wire wheels get into F. 09A01.80 Tapered Bufng Wheel $ 8.50
restricted areas none of the others can reach. The
Bushings and Insert
ve wheels in the set range from 1 in diameter Extender shown If youve ever drilled holes in a scrap piece of
and 1/8 wide to 3 in diameter and 1/2 wide. The on a drill.
wood to make your own drilling guide, you need
three arbors t all the wheels. Made from brass-
these inserts. Just drill a 5/8 hole, drive in an
plated wire, the cup wheels let you effectively
insert and thread in the appropriate-sized bushing.
work both at and curved surfaces
The steel insert is ribbed on the side to hold
securely in place and is just shy of 1/2 in height.
The hardened bushings are 3/4 high with a
knurled top for easy insertion and removal. Insert
and bushings can be reused again and again.
Superb for making jigs for repetitive drilling
B operations such as installing hinges, handles,
slides and knobs. Bushings and insert sold sepa-
E rately. Insert ts Imperial and metric bushings.
1+ 10+ 25+
J. 25K62.02 1/8 Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
Lets you drill in
limited-access areas. 25K62.03 3/16 Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
F 25K62.04 1/4 Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
C 25K62.05 5/16 Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
D
B 25K62.06 3/8 Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
25K62.12 5mm Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
25K62.14 7mm Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
25K62.15 8mm Bushing, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45
K. 25K62.20 Insert, ea. $3.30 $2.80 $2.45

Sliding aluminum handle

allows greater lateral force on For bufng
attachments. curved surfaces.

C F
B J
K
B
 SCREWDRIVING
C

A B

A. Premium-Quality
Heavy-Duty Screwdrivers
If you close your hand (just as you would when hardened chrome vanadium
gripping a screwdriver), you will notice that a A&B
blades and magnetic tips. C. 15-in-1 Screwdriver
rounded triangle is the best t. These screwdrivers The two largest sizes of slot This is a well-designed industrial-
have such handles. Not only do they feel good in and Phillips drivers have hex
Triangular
quality screwdriver. It is notable for
handle
your hand, but they also allow you to apply great bolsters for applying extra torque using offers its patented retractable cartridge that
torque without using a death grip. The handles a wrench. Approximate shaft lengths are
superior
conveniently houses an assortment of
grip.
Full
selection
have tted steel end caps and the through tang is stated below. Well made and affordable. 14 popular bits a selection that
of tips tted to a chromed striking cap. The blades are 24K03.00 #03 Phillips $ 3.20 includes Phillips #0, 1, 2 and 3,
shown. well hardened and magnetized. Made in Japan. 24K03.01 #14 Phillips $ 4.70 square recess #0, 1, 2 and 3, slot #4
44K11.01 5.5mm (7/32) Slot $ 13.70 24K03.02 #26 Phillips $ 6.10 and 6, and Torx #10, 15, 20 and 25.
44K11.02 6.0mm (15/64) Slot $ 16.00 24K03.03 #36 Phillips $ 8.30 Double-ended bits, Rc58, about 2
44K11.03 8.0mm (5/16) Slot $ 21.70 24K03.10 Set (4) Phillips Screwdrivers $18.90 long, 1/4 hex shanks. The durable
44K11.10 Set (3) Slot Screwdrivers $ 45.00 high-impact plastic housing is
24K02.02 1/83 Slot, Cabinet Tip $ 3.20
44K10.01 #1 Square Recess $ 13.70 24K02.03 3/168 Slot, Cabinet Tip $ 4.70 embossed for grip. An excellent tool.
44K10.02 #2 Square Recess $ 16.00 24K02.04 1/46 Slot, Keystone Tip $ 6.10 About 9 long overall.
44K10.03 #3 Square Recess $ 21.70 24K02.06 3/88 Slot, Keystone Tip $ 8.30 88K18.01 15-in-1 Screwdriver $25.50
44K10.10 Set (3) Square Recess $ 45.00 24K02.10 Set (4) Slot Screwdrivers $19.90 D. Autoloader Screwdriver
44K12.01 #1 Phillips $ 13.70 24K04.00 #05 Square. Recess $ 6.90 This patented screwdriver houses an
44K12.02 #2 Phillips $ 16.00 24K04.01 #15 Square. Recess $ 6.90 ingenious pump-action mechanism that
44K12.03 #3 Phillips $ 21.70 24K04.02 #25 Square Recess $ 6.90 automatically installs the selected bit.
44K12.10 Set (3) Phillips Screwdrivers $ 45.00 24K04.03 #35 Square Recess $ 6.90 The clear bit chamber holds six bits:
44K12.15 Set of all 9 Screwdrivers $125.00 24K04.10 Set (4) Square Recess $22.90 Phillips #1 and #2, slotted 3/16 and 1/4,
B. Lifetime Screwdrivers 24K05.20 Set (12) Screwdrivers $54.50 and square-recess #1 and #2. The Rc58
These screwdrivers come with a lifetime guarantee industrial-quality bits are 1 long with
when used for driving screws (not chipping or prying!). 1/4 shanks and can be replaced when
All have comfortable, non-slip, vulcanized-rubber trian- worn. Durable, hexagonal composite
gular handles. The square-recess drivers have hardened handle. Excellent quality.
insert tips, while the other styles have machined and B Full selection of tips shown. 88K18.50 Autoloader $23.50

Grace Gunsmith-Style Screwdrivers Sold individually or in sets. Outstanding drivers H. Woodworkers Parallel-Tip Screwdrivers
Since 1941, Grace USA has specialized in screw- for ne work. There are many advantages to this set that securely
drivers for the exacting work of gunsmithing. 88K21.02 #2 Slot $ 7.00 ts #4 to #10 slot wood screws. The screwdrivers
They have now developed a line specically for 88K21.04 #4 Slot $ 8.30 are made of stainless steel and come with a carbide
woodworking, matching the tips to t standard 88K21.06 #6 Slot $ 8.30 burnisher that allows you to burnish the tips of the
wood screws. In contrast with the tapered tips of 88K21.08 #8 Slot $ 9.90 blades to create small hooks on the edges, the same
common drivers, the tips of the slot drivers are 88K21.10 #10 Slot $10.50 as you would with cabinet scrapers. When you are
ground to a consistent thickness, creating parallel E. 88K21.19 Set (5) Slot Screwdrivers $38.50 using brass screws, the small hooks bed in the brass
faces for better registration in the screw recess. 88K21.20 #0 Square Recess $ 6.60 as you apply torque, preventing the screwdriver
The accurate t reduces risk of slippage, helping 88K21.21 #1 Square Recess $ 7.80 from sliding horizontally or vertically in the screw
prevent damage to the screw or surrounding 88K21.22 #2 Square Recess $ 8.90 slot. The oval handles do not require a death grip to
surfaces. We also offer square-recess and Phillips F. 88K21.29 Set (3) Square Recess $20.50 prevent slippage in your hand. The screwdriver
drivers. All drivers have stained, unlacquered 88K21.30 #0 Phillips $ 6.60 shaft, being the same size as the tip, allows you to
hardwood handles; the classic design has four ats counterbore screw holes that you later intend to
88K21.31 #1 Phillips $ 7.80
and rounded corners to t comfortably in the hand 88K21.32 #2 Phillips $ 8.90 plug, avoiding all marring of the surface as can
and prevent rolling on the bench. Steel shafts are 88K21.33 #3 Phillips $13.00 happen when using a spade-tip screwdriver.
hardened to Rc60-64 and secured with a steel G. 88K21.39 Set (4) Phillips $31.50 09A02.80 Set of 4 Screwdrivers & Burnisher $47.50
ferrule. Overall lengths range from 51/2 to 101/2. Shaft is the same size as the tip, preventing
Burnisher creates
damage to counterbored holes.
a small hook
on the tip
of the
H blade

F G Slot driver tips are

E ground to a consis-
tent thickness.

216

A
Remove and reverse tip for storage in handle.
A. Starrett Jewellers
Screwdriver Set
For delicate work, these ne
screwdrivers have nickel-plated
steel handles and hexagonal
swivelling end caps. Accurately
made from tempered steel, the
nickel-plated tips can be reversed
for storage in the handle. The set
of six slot drivers includes 0.025
(0.6mm), 0.040 (1mm), 0.055
(1.4mm), 0.070 (1.8mm),
0.080 (2mm) and 0.10
(2.5mm). Set comes in a plastic
storage wallet. Made in USA.
30N27.80 Screwdrivers, set of 6 $96.50
B. Jewellers
Screwdrivers
Good jewellers screw- Actual size of Phillips #1
drivers are hard to nd (especially when a lens
falls out of your glasses). These are accurately
ground, with tough, hard tips (Rc56-58). The set
of six includes #1, #0 and #00 Phillips and 3/64,
5/64 and 3/32 slot. The non-slip rubber composite
handles have swivelling end caps. Set comes in a F. Pocket Screwdriver
plastic storage case.
44K06.55 Jewellers Screwdriver Set $22.50
C. Micro-Tip
Screwdriver Set
Used primarily in the Actual size of Phillips #0
electronics industry, this handy 20-piece micro
screwdriver set is ideal for miniature work. The
set includes 2 Phillips, 4 slot, 3 standard hex, 3
ball-head hex, 5 Torx-style and 2 star pattern bits
plus a swivel-tip driver handle. Bits are hardened
to Rc57 approximately and have ball-detent grips.
Comes in a tted storage case. Excellent quality.
G. Pocketwrench II
44K06.50 Micro-Tip Screwdriver Set $24.90
B 1/2) in diameter, in a vertical or horizontal posi-
C for handles up to 4cm (11/2) in diameter (they
D. Quick-Wedge Slot Screwdrivers
The unique split-blade design of these screwdrivers allows one-handed installation of slot screws. They
are particularly useful for stainless-steel and brass screws (which a magnetized screwdriver will
not hold). Simply place the screw on the blade and push the shaft sleeve forward. This
action causes the two halves of the blade tip to overlap, wedging the blade to the screw.
Sliding the sleeve back again releases the screw. The 1/8 tip driver holds #2 to #6
slot screws; the 3/16 is for #5 to #10 and the 1/4 for #8 to #14. Available
individually or as a set of all three. Overall screwdriver length is noted
in the price lines. Made in USA.
88K20.01 1/8 Tip Driver, 5 $ 7.90
88K20.02 3/16 Tip Driver, 71/2 $ 9.90
88K20.03 1/4 Tip Driver, 93/4 $11.90
88K20.05 Set of 3 Drivers $27.50 lee
ve
aft
s
Sh
Pushing the shaft sleeve
forward overlaps the
two halves of the blade
tip to create a wedging
action. D
E. Grace Saw Screwdriver
Designed to t most slotted saw screws, this driver
has a 0.350 wide tip ground to a consistent,
parallel 0.032 thickness for good registration. This
not only avoids damage to the slot from a poorly
tting tip, but also reduces the chance of slipping
and marring the saw handle. The screwdriver
handle is made from stained, unlacquered hard-
wood in a classic style with four ats and rounded
corners to t comfortably in the hand and prevent
rolling on the bench. The steel shaft is hardened to
Rc60-64 and secured with a steel ferrule. Made in E
USA, the screwdriver is 63/4 long overall. Useful
whether you are removing a handle to restore a
saw or tightening the screws to compensate for
humidity changes.
88K21.40 Saw Screwdriver $16.60
This 1 dia. at steel bagel is really a versatile
pocket screwdriver. What makes it so effective
is the range of edge thickness (from 0.030 to
0.090) created by a ramp formed on one side.
It replaces dimes, quarters and table knives.
Sold by the dozen.
50K36.01 Dozen Pocket Screwdrivers $13.50 Actual size
Nut and bit
not included.
G F
This pocket wrench excels
at preventing a nut from spinning as you tighten
a bolt, and tightening or removing nuts from 3/16
to 11/16 or 5mm to 17mm. One end is tapered for
use as a pry or a screwdriver. The 1/4 hex hole
allows you to slip the wrench over a standard hex
bit (not included), creating a lever for applying
extra torque. Made from 420 stainless steel hard-
ened to Rc52, 1/8 thick, 4 long and 1 wide.
25K17.01 Pocketwrench II $18.50
H. Screwdriver Holders
These versatile holders grip all types of screw-
drivers with shanks from 2mm to 12mm (3/32 to H
tion. An interlocking base makes spacing easy
can be mounted separately if extra space is
needed). Sold in a package of one dozen, four
each of red, blue and yellow. Mounting screws
for 3/4 material included. Six-nger grippers
19J15.50 Screwdriver Holders (12) $9.20 hold shanks securely.
Screwdriving 217
Wera Kraftform Plus Screwdrivers
These are excellent screwdrivers made to rigorous
standards using high-quality materials and advanced
manufacturing processes. Their innovative features
resist cam-out, improve torque transfer and permit a
comfortable, efcient grip. The slot, Phillips* and
Pozidriv drivers have ne grooves laser-etched into
the tips to impart a rough micro-texture along the
Square-Recess Drivers
groove edges, increasing friction against the screw 24K06.33 #3 Sq.-Recess $12.70
24K06.30 #0 Sq.-Recess $ 6.90
recess, and signicantly improve durability. We offer Set (4) Sq.-Recess Drivers
24K06.31 #1 Sq.-Recess $ 9.20
sizes covering #2 to #12 screws. The Torx and hex 24K06.39 $37.00
24K06.32 #2 Sq.-Recess $12.20
drivers have unique tip geometries for more positive
registration. With the Wera hex design, force is distrib-
uted over a wider surface than with conventional tips that
contact the recess at their corners only. The Torx tips have
tapered anks and elliptical grooves that wedge in the recess,
holding the fastener rmly, so you dont need a free hand to Laser-etched
steady or retrieve the screw. The handles are molded from a tip
strong polymer core fused with bands of a high-friction material Pozidriv Driver
to resist slippage. Hexagonal bolsters prevent rolling. Drivers are 24K06.42 #2 Pozidriv $13.60
available individually, in single-pattern sets, or in a six-piece
assortment. Designed in Germany and made in the Czech
Republic, these are exceptionally well-engineered, profes-
sional-quality tools. Limited lifetime manufacturers
warranty against defects in materials or workmanship. Force is distributed
over a wide
* The tip of the #0 Phillips is not laser etched, due to its small size. surface.

See pages 221, 342 and 343 for our selection of Wera ratchet
sets and wrenches.
Hex Drivers
24K06.70 2mm Hex $4.60
24K06.75 8mm Hex $11.00
24K06.71 3mm Hex $5.40
24K06.76 10mm Hex $13.70
24K06.72 4mm Hex $5.80
24K06.73 5mm Hex $6.50 Set (7) Hex Drivers
Laser-etched 24K06.74 6mm Hex $8.30 24K06.79 $51.50
tip

Slot Drivers
Grooves wedge
24K06.03 3.5mm (9/64) Slot (#2 screws) $ 5.40 in recess
24K06.04 4.0mm (5/32) Slot (#3/#4 screws) $ 6.50
24K06.05 5.5mm (7/32) Slot (#5/#6 screws) $ 9.80
24K06.06 6.5mm (1/4) Slot (#8/#10 screws) $12.90
24K06.10 10.0mm (3/8) Slot (#12 screws) $25.70 Torx Drivers 24K06.64 T25 Torx $ 9.30
24K06.19 Set (5) Slot Drivers $54.00 24K06.60 T8 Torx $8.20 24K06.65 T27 Torx $10.50
24K06.61 T10 Torx $8.60 24K06.66 T30 Torx $10.90
24K06.62 T15 Torx $8.80 Set (7) Torx Drivers
24K06.63 T20 Torx $8.80 24K06.69 $58.50

Laser-etched Wera Magnetizer/De-Magnetizer

tip
Phillips Drivers
24K06.20 #0 Phillips
24K06.21 #1 Phillips
24K06.22 #2 Phillips
With this simple accessory, you can easily magnetize a
screwdriver tip (or other small tools, such as nail sets,
hex keys or pliers) by swiping it within the 8mm wide
channel on one face, then just as easily de-magnetize it
$ 6.90 24K06.23 #3 Phillips $17.90 with a few quick swipes along one of the arms. About
$ 9.20 Set (4) Phillips Drivers 22 and 3/4 thick, it ts easily into a pocket or toolbox.
$12.50 24K06.29 $41.80 24K07.03 Magnetizer/De-Magnetizer $10.80

Wera Kraftform Plus Screwdriver Set

These are the same premium-quality Kraftform
Plus drivers described above.
Consisting of six of the
most frequently used
drivers, this set
includes 4.0mm and
6.5mm slot, #1 and
#2 square-recess, and
#1 and #2 Phillips Storage
rack
drivers, supplied with a included.
wall-mounted storage rack.
24K06.50 Set (6) Screwdrivers $39.50
218 Screwdriving
 A

B
C
B

Kraftform Plus 100 Series

Hex
bolster
Striking
Wera Kraftform Plus cap
Chisel Drivers
For dealing with seized
fasteners that will loosen only
with brute strength, these heavy-duty screwdrivers
can withstand forces that would damage typical
drivers. With the exception of the smallest slot
driver (3.5mm), each has a robust hex bolster so
you can use a wrench to apply additional torque,
and a sturdy steel striking cap to receive hammer
blows when driving the tip into a damaged or
debris-lled screw recess. The steel shank extends
right through the handle, improving durability and
ensuring efficient force transfer. A special
tempering process gives the shank a hard-wearing
tip combined with a more ductile shaft to resist
breakage. The ruggedly constructed handle is
formed to t the hand, with areas of high-friction
material for a positive grip and a hexagonal bolster C. 24K06.87 VDE Drivers (6)
to prevent rolling. Lengths range from 61/2 to 9 D. 24K06.89 Plus/Minus VDE Drivers (2) $26.30
overall. Available in a set of six slot and Phillips
drivers (3.5mm, 4.5mm, 5.5mm and 7mm slot, and
Phillips #1 and #2) or a set of six Torx drivers (T15, Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik)
T20, T25, T27, T30 and T40); each set is supplied
with a wall-mount storage rack.
A. 24K06.83 Slot/Phillips Chisel Drivers (6) $58.60
B. 24K06.85 Torx Chisel Drivers (6) $58.60
VDE Electronics Screwdrivers
Shielded to insulate against elec- F
trical shock, these screwdrivers
are made and tested to
European VDE* require-
ments. The shanks are C
sheathed with a durable
layer of electrical insulation
and are individually tested
under a load of 10,000 volts to
guarantee reliable protection
from electrical loads up to
1000 volts. They have the F
same ergonomic handle D
shape as our other Wera
Combination
Kraftform Plus screwdrivers, slot/Phillips tip
with hex bolsters to prevent Wera Kraftform Precision
rolling. The slot and Phillips tips Screwdriver Sets
have ne laser-etched grooves that increase friction Outstanding for ne work,
against the screw recess and signicantly harden the accurately ground tips
the steel for improved durability. The set of six on these precision drivers
includes 3.5mm and 5.5mm are specially hardened and
slot drivers, #1 and #2 coated for high resistance to
D wear and corrosion. On the Torx
drivers, special tip geometry allows
them to wedge in the recess, holding
securely so you dont need a free
hand to steady or retrieve the
screw. All handles have
Phillips drivers and #1 and #2 square-recess swivelling end caps and are
drivers, supplied with a wall-mount storage rack. proportioned to t the hand,
The set of two includes #1 and #2 plus/minus affording excellent control.
drivers, designed to work with combination slot/ Areas of high-friction material on the handle
Phillips screws. provide a positive grip, and hexagonal bolsters
$50.50 prevent rolling. Two sets are available, each
containing a selection of frequently-needed sizes,
supplied with a freestanding storage rack. The
slot/Phillips set contains 2.5mm, 3mm, 3.5mm
* The widely respected VDE (Verband der
and 4mm slot, plus #0 and #1 Phillips sizes; the
or Association for Electrical, Electronic and Torx set contains T6, T7, T8, T9, T10 and T15
Information Technologies is an independent organiza- drivers. Overall lengths range from 61/4 to 7.
tion that oversees Germanys safety standards, E. 24K06.80 Slot/Phillips Drivers (6) $37.60
regulations, and certication for electrical products. F. 24K06.82 Torx Drivers (6) $35.90

Wera Screw Grabbers

Slipped onto the shank of a manual screwdriver, each of these clever screw holders has a pair of exible spring ngers that
grab the shoulders of the screw. The ngers automatically spread out of the way as the screw head seats, so you can have
one hand on the driver and the other on your work. The rubber-like elastomer collar is lined with soft anges that hug the
shaft, accommodating a range of driver sizes. Available as a pair; the small ts 4.5mm to 6.0mm diameter shanks, and the
large from 6.5mm to 8.0mm. They are simple but highly effective. Made in Europe.
24K07.01 Screw Grabbers, pr. $11.40
219
 Torsion zone B
Wera BiTorsion and Impaktor
Screwdriver Bits & Holder
These bits and grooved 1/4 hex shanks
holder have a and are offered individu-
specially con- ally or as a set of six.
structed shank Also available is a set
that takes up that includes the
A excess torque to holder plus an assort-
Spinning sleeve on holder. increase their ment of 25mm long
durability bits (5.5mm & 6.5mm
and help reduce the chances of screw breakage. slot, plus two each of #1 Torsion C
zone Push sleeve
Rather than a hexagonal cross section for the & #2 Phillips) with a ne D forward to
full length, the shank has a reduced-diameter diamond-grit tip coating to Torsion zone
remove bit.
round portion that has a lower hardness than the increase friction in the screw
rest of the bitis, making it slightly elastic. This recess. This set comes in a
Not Stocked at our Stores.
permits a controlled amount of twist, similar to compact foldout case.
A. 24K09.00 BiTorsion Bit Holder $21.50
a torsion spring in a vehicles The Impaktor bits
suspension. Though barely withstand the high B. BiTorsion Bits 1+ 5+
perceptible to the user, this torque and percussive 24K09.21 #1 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20
absorbs energy from the drive tip action of impact 24K09.22 #2 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20
to cushion damaging loads. drivers. To maximize 24K09.23 #3 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 2.60 $2.20
The BiTorsion holder and bits durability, various 24K09.31 #1 Sq.-Recess Bit, ea. $ 2.90 $2.45
function together. The torsion alloys and hardness 24K09.32 #2 Sq.-Recess Bit, ea. $ 2.90 $2.45
spring of the holder absorbs specications are 24K09.33 #3 Sq.-Recess Bit, ea. $ 2.90 $2.45
lower amounts of torque until its used, depending on 24K09.49 Set of 6 Bits (above) $14.40
limit is reached, at which point the drive pattern or 24K09.42 #2 POZIDRIV Bit, ea. $ 1.50 $1.25
the bits torsion zone comes into size. A layer of ne C. 24K09.50 Diamond Bits (6) & Holder $39.50
play, absorbing the peak load as diamond particles D. Impaktor 50mm Bits, ea. 1+ 5+
C
the screw seats. increases friction 24K08.22 #2 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 7.50 $6.40
The 80mm long holder has a Diamond particles increase friction
in the screw recess 24K08.23 #3 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 7.50 $6.40
free-spinning sleeve you can grasp for to help prevent 24K08.32 #2 Sq.-Recess Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30
steadying a screw, and a grooved shank to t cam-out. Bits are 24K08.33 #3 Sq.-Recess Bit, ea. $ 8.70 $7.40
quick-change as well as regular chucks. Bits 50mm long and 24K08.42 #2 POZIDRIV Bit, ea. $ 7.50 $6.40
lock into the holder with a light push; slide the have grooved 1/4 24K08.43 #3 POZIDRIV Bit, ea. $ 7.50 $6.40
locking sleeve forward and the bit pops up, hex shanks for use 24K08.54 T25 Torx Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30
where it is held by a magnet, ready for in the quick-release 24K08.56 T30 Torx Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30
removal. Though developed for the BiTorsion chuck of most impact 24K08.57 T40 Torx Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30
bits, it cushions low to moderate amounts of drivers. Offered 24K08.64 4.0mm Hex Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30
torque with any plain- or grooved-shank 1/4 individually. 24K08.65 5.0mm Hex Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30
hex bit. The 50mm BiTorsion bits have 24K08.66 6.0mm Hex Bit, ea. $ 8.60 $7.30

Wera Torx Hold Function & Hex-Plus Driver Bits Push sleeve forward
G
to remove bit.
These Torx and hex bits have unique tip geometries that allow
more positive registration in the screw recess. The Torx tips
have tapered anks and elliptical grooves that wedge in the
recess, holding the fastener rmly, so you dont need a free hand
to steady or retrieve the screw. With the Wera hex design, force
is distributed over a wider surface than with conventional tips
that contact the recess at their corners only. This improves
torque transfer and minimizes risk of slippage. All bits measure
50mm (2) long and have 1/4 hex shanks, grooved to t quick- H K J
change as well as regular chucks. Sold individually and in sets Push sleeve forward to remove bit.
of the same bit type. Wera Rapidaptor Bit Holders
Torx Hold Function Bits 1+ 5+ These are well-designed bit holders. The regular holders accept any Rare-earth
24K08.71 T10 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.60 $3.90 plain- or grooved-shank 1/4 hex bit and have a free-spinning sleeve you magnet
24K08.72 T15 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.60 $3.90 can grasp to give stability when starting a screw. Designed to work with holdsferrous
24K08.73 T20 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.60 $3.90 1 insert bits, the Ringmagnet holders have a sleeve that slides to the tip screws.
24K08.74 T25 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.60 $3.90 of the bit, where a strong rare-earth magnet holds ferrous screws #10 or
24K08.76 T30 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.60 $3.90 larger, making these holders especially convenient when working over- J & K
E. 24K08.79 Set of 5 Bits $20.90 head or in hard-to-reach spots. The sleeve retracts as the screw is driven
Hex-Plus Bits 1+ 5+ and releases when it seats. The Ringmagnet holders also accept longer
24K08.94 4mm Bit, ea. $ 4.30 $3.65 grooved-shank bits; however, the sleeve has only enough travel for the
24K08.95 5mm Bit, ea. $ 4.30 $3.65 magnet to engage a screw when using a 1 bit. With either style of
24K08.96 6mm Bit, ea. $ 4.30 $3.65 holder, bits lock in place with a light push; slide the locking sleeve
F. 24K08.99 Set of 3 Bits $11.60 forward and the bit pops up, where it is held, ready for removal. Each
style comes in two lengths one for general use, and a Spinning sleeve on holder.
longer version to extend your reach and for driving into a
corner or nearly parallel to a surface. All have grooved 1/4
hex shanks for use in regular or quick-change chucks.
G. 24K09.62 50mm Regular Holder $17.80
H. 24K09.64 100mm Regular Holder $19.90
E F J. 24K09.72 57mm Ringmagnet Holder $22.70
K. 24K09.76 152mm Ringmagnet Holder $39.60
220 Screwdriving
 A

Wera Kraftform Kompakt 26

& 50 Screwdrivers
A retractable, removable bit holder makes these multi-bit drivers especially
versatile. With the 4 long holder retracted into the handle, each can serve as a
compact driver for use in conned spaces; depress the collar lock and the holder D
springs out to form a full-length screwdriver. Depressing the collar again fully
releases the holder from the handle so you can chuck it into a drill. Bits lock in Push
D. Wera Compact Ratchet Set sleeve forward
place with a light push; slide the locking sleeve forward and the to remove bit.
Only 31/2 long, this bit ratchet
bit pops up, where it is held by a magnet, ready for removal. The
allows you to drive or remove fasteners anywhere your hand can go.
comfortable handle has areas of high-friction material for a
The robust drop-forged steel ratchet handle is nickel plated for corro-
positive grip and a hexagonal bolster to prevent rolling. Made in
sion resistance. It has a ne, reversible 60-tooth mechanism with
Europe, these are exceptionally well-engineered, professional-
minimal lost motion, so you can work where clearance is limited to
quality tools.
as little as 6 of swing. Whats more, its space-efcient case contains
The Kompakt 26 driver holds six bits (5.5mm and 6.5mm slot,
28 bits* plus a 1/4 socket adapter and a 1/4 hex bit holder. The bit
#1 and #2 Phillips, #1 and #2 square-drive) within a spring-
holder works with plain- or grooved-shank bits that
loaded barrel that pops open with the push of a button. Comes
lock in place with a light push; slide the locking
with a nylon belt pouch.
sleeve forward and the bit pops up, where it is held
All the components of the Kompakt 50 driver set (bits and
by a magnet, ready for removal. The foldout case
handle) t into in a case small enough to slip into an apron
with a belt clip has rounded corners so you can
pocket. When you release the catch, the lid springs open and the
comfortably slip it into a pocket. A compact,
bit rack pivots up automatically for easy access to the 12 preci-
portable and versatile set.
sion-ground 1/4 hex bits. Set includes 4.5mm and 5.5mm slot,
24K07.11 30-Piece 1/4 Bit Ratchet Set $86.00
#1 and #2 Phillips, #1 and #2 square-drive, and
T10, T15, T20, T25, T30 and T40 *Bits include a 5.5mm slot; two #1, three #2 and one #3 Phillips; 3/32, 1/8,
5/32, 3/16 and 1/4 hex; T10, T15, T20, T25, T30 and T40 Torx; T10, T15,
bits (effective with
T20, T25 and T30 Torx security; one #1, three #2 and one #3 square-recess.
regular and tamper-
proof Torx fasteners).
A. Kraftform 26 Driver
24K07.71 $44.40
B. Kraftform 50 Set

24K07.73 $62.50 B

Remove holder E. Wera Stainless-Steel Driver Bits & Bit Holder

from handle
and chuck B Driving stainless-steel screws with an ordinary bit risks undermining
into a drill. Push sleeve forward their corrosion resistance, as it can transfer carbon-steel particles that
to remove bit. start the spread of rust. These bits are specially treated stainless steel,
hardened to give the tips durability comparable to carbon steel but with
B a softer ductile neck that resists breakage when subjected to high
Retractable shaft
torque. All are 25mm (1) long with accurately ground slot, Phillips,
square-recess or Torx drives. The Torx bits have a unique tip geometry
C. Wera Kraftform Kompakt Ratcheting Screwdriver that allows the bit to wedge in the recess of a fastener for a rm hold,
Featuring a robust, smooth-operating mechanism and onboard storage for six bits, making it easier to install or remove the fastener. We also offer a
this is a convenient, well-designed driver. Its precisely machined 44-tooth ratchet stainless-steel holder for use with any stainless-steel bit that
functions with an 8 return stroke, allowing fast, efcient operation with minimal has a 1/4 hex shank. Bits lock in the holder with a light
lost motion. The ratcheting function switches between right, left and locked using a push; slide the locking sleeve forward and the bit
die-cast zinc directional ring that is easy to operate with pops up, where it is held by a magnet, ready for
the hand holding the driver. The comfortable removal. The 2 long Rapidaptor holder
contoured handle has areas of high- has a grooved shank to t quick-change as
Push to
open bit- friction material for a positive grip well as regular chucks. Offered individu-
storage and a hexagonal shape to prevent ally or as a set of eleven bits plus the holder.
barrel.
rolling. Housed within the handle, the 1+ 5+
spring-loaded bit-storage barrel pops open 24K08.81 5.5mm Slot Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
with the push of a button, revealing the included 5.5mm and 6.5mm slot, #1 and #2 24K08.82 6.5mm Slot Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
Phillips, and #1 and #2 square-drive bits. Bits cling to the magnetic holder rmly, yet 24K08.83 #1 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 3.70 $3.15
can be easily removed with the ngertips, allowing fast changes. 24K08.84 #2 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 4.30 $3.65 E
Driver measures 83/4 long. 24K08.85 #3 Phillips Bit, ea. $ 4.30 $3.65
24K07.75 Ratcheting Driver $59.20 24K08.86 #2 Sq.-Recess Bit, ea. $ 5.50 $4.65
24K08.88 T10 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
Ratcheting function 24K08.89 T15 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
switches between right, 24K08.90 T20 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
left and locked.
24K08.91 T25 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
C 24K08.92 T30 Torx Bit, ea. $ 4.90 $4.15
24K08.80 Holder, 1/4 Hex $19.20
24K08.93 Set (11) Bits & Holder $61.00
221
 A
B

Ratcheting
Screwdrivers
These interchangeable- E
tip screwdrivers have unique
internal bit clips that could have
been designed for a science-ction lm.
Just press a button, and the clip slides slowly
out of the handle as if actuated by a hydraulic cylinder, taking about Three-way clutch E. Premium Ratcheting Driver Set
ve seconds to deploy fully. Mesmerizing action aside, they are With its unique handle, smooth mechanism, and
well-conceived and useful tools, each with a 20-tooth ratchet mecha- broad selection of bits, this is an excellent screw-
nism that operates right, left or locked. The micro-tip version comes driver set. The ergonomic glass-filled nylon
with eleven small interchangeable bits (#00, #0 and #1 Phillips; handle has a pivoting grip that can be used in line
2mm, 2.5mm and 3mm slot; and T-6 to T-10 Torx) ideal for working with the shaft in restricted space, or angled to
with the small screws commonly found on assembled consumer A&B provide a comfortable pistol grip. Its sturdy
products. 61/4 long overall. The standard version is supplied with 12 Press button to deploy clip.
roller ratchet mechanism has no lost motion, and
bits (#1, #2 and #3 Phillips; #1, #2 and #3 square recess; 3mm, 5mm a three-position clutch that operates left, right,
and 6mm slot; and T-15, T-20 and T-25 Torx). 7 long overall. and locked. Comes in a tted metal case with 24
Available individually or as a pair. As intriguing as they are practical. durable S2 steel bits: two sets of #0 to #3
A. 17K01.95 Micro-Tip Screwdriver $16.50 Phillips, #1 to #3 POZIDRIV, #0 to #3 square
B. 17K01.97 Standard Screwdriver $16.50 drive, T20, T25, and T30 Torx, and a range of
17K01.99 Pair of Screwdrivers $28.90 A&B slot tips, including 3.0mm, 4.5mm, 5.5mm,
6.0mm, 6.5mm, and 8.0mm. Also includes a 1/4
C. Ratcheting Screwdriver
socket adapter. Made in Germany.
Unlike many ratcheting screwdrivers that are of mediocre quality, this is a good one. Built for hard use,
28K07.10 Ratcheting Driver Set $79.50
it combines a heavy-duty ratcheting mechanism with durable S2 steel bits. Its three-way clutch oper-
ates right, left or locked. The eight double-ended bits include 3/16 to 5/16 slot, #1 to #3 Phillips, #0 to F. Reversible Ratchet Screwdriver
#3 square drive, 5/32 and 1/8 hex, and T-10 to T-25 Torx. Bits store inside the handle. The handles Small enough to be used in
shape, large diameter (11/2) and textured rubber surface provide a secure, comfortable grip. A versatile restricted areas, this comfortable
and sturdy driver. screwdriver allows substantial
High torque
Ratcheting Screwdriver torque. Comes complete with 10 in restricted
24K05.30 $23.50 power bits (2 slot, 4 Phillips and 4 areas
square recess), all hardened to
Three-way clutch approximately Rc60. Can also be used with 1/4
C sockets by popping off the knurled cap. An
excellent tool at a great price.
88K11.10 Reversible Ratchet Set $9.90

D. Rolgear Bit Driver

Switch for right or
Like geared ratcheting bit drivers, this driver operates right, left or locked, but what sets it apart is the F left screw control
innovative cam mechanism that functions smoothly, silently and with no lost motion. The mechanism
is also comparatively compact, housed within a slim, lightweight handle that
ts nicely in the palm. The handle has a rounded-triangle shape and areas of D
high-friction material for good grip, and flats to prevent rolling.
The steel shank is chrome plated for rust resistance, and the magnetic bit
holder accepts standard 1/4 hex-shank bits and extensions (not included). Magnetic bit holder accepts
Highly recommended. Made in Canada. standard 1/4 hex-shank
bits and extensions.
88K18.52 Rolgear Bit Driver $12.95 G. Screw Grab G
This product prevents screw-
drivers from torquing out of screw
heads. It is particularly useful for
screws with damaged heads. The
D crystals in the carrier uid lodge
between the screwdriver and the
screw, creating tremendous fric-
tion. Only one drop needed.
Non-staining. Cleans up
easily. It works! 0.5 oz.
94K07.01 Screw Grab $7.80

222 Screwdriving
 Chapman Ratchet & Screwdriver Sets
Made in Connecticut by the Chapman Mfg.
Company since 1936, these miniature ratchet and
bit sets have long been valued for machinery and
tool repair anywhere a precise tip is needed. The
stainless-steel compact ratchet handle ts nicely in
the palm and is particularly useful in conned
spots or wherever you need an offset to reach.
Despite its diminutive size, it is ruggedly
constructed and reliable in use; to reverse its ratch-
eting action, simply turn the handle over. The
black-anodized hardened tool steel bits have 1/4
hex shanks with a collar and a ball detent to lock
securely in the ratchet. On all but the Torx bits, the
top of each bit is knurled for grip, letting you spin
the bit in the ratchet handle when starting a screw
by hand. The bits also t directly in the included
driver handle and 31/2 long bit extender. Two bit
assortments are available.
The cabinetmakers set* contains a selection
of 24 bits useful for furniture makers and
restorers. In addition to common sizes of Phillips,
square recess, Torx and metric hex bits, it has 12
slot bits to t a wide range of cabinet fasteners
plus an adapter for 1/4 sockets. All the slot bits
have straight sides so they wont damage the A. 88K20.11 Cabinetmakers Set
sidewalls of a counterbore.
A B
A&B
Bits t into the bit extender,
driver handle or ratchet handle.
The master set contains everything in the cabi-
netmakers set plus additional sizes of Phillips,
Imperial hex, metric hex and Torx bits, Bristol bits
for electronics and avionics, and a Reed & Prince
(or Frearson) bit for nautical fasteners. A plastic
disc that clips onto the bits for better ngertip
leverage is also included. Modular bit racks and a
numbered chart keep the bits organized.
Well-designed and versatile sets.
$ 54.50
B. 88K20.10 Master Set $119.00
* Cabinetmakers set includes 12 slot bits from 1/8 to
3/8 wide with a variety of blade thicknesses, Phillips 1
and 2, square recess 1, 2 and 3, Torx sizes T-10, T-15
and T-25, a 1/4 square drive socket adapter, and
metric hex 4mm, 5mm and 6mm.
Master set includes 53 bits: 12 slot bits from 1/8 to
3/8 wide with a variety of blade thicknesses, Phillips 1,
2, 3 and 4, square recess 1, 2 and 3, Imperial hex from
3/64 to 5/32 (in 64ths) plus 3/16, 7/32, 1/4 and 5/16,
metric hex 1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm,
6mm and 8mm, Torx T-6, T-8, T-10, T-15, T-20, T-25
and T-30, Bristol 0.06, 0.072, 0.096, 0.111 and
0.145, Reed & Prince/Frearson (one size ts all) and
a 1/4 square-drive socket adapter.

With one depression of the handle, the Archimedes spiral rotates the bit twice.
Spiral Ratcheting Screwdrivers & Bits D
These German-made Yankee-style drivers
are useful in a variety of situations. The bit
rotates twice with 3-way clutch
C Integral ratchet
each depression of Collar locks spiral down.

the handle, reducing

effort. The integral
ratchet lets you give a nal snug during instal- D
lation or apply controlled force to begin backing out a
stubborn screw. The slim prole lets you work close to an E. Hex Adapter for Yankee Screwdrivers
adjacent surface. The long shaft provides extended reach, and This adapter lets you take advantage of the ratcheting action, added reach and controlled
a collar at the top of the barrel locks the spiral down for use as torque of a Yankee-style spiral screwdriver by adapting it to any 1/4 hex bit. It accepts bits
a regular driver or for compact storage. The 111/2 driver is that have plain or grooved shanks and has an integral rare-earth magnet to securely hold
supplied with three 5.5mm shank bits: a #2 Phillips, a #2 ferrous screws. Available in three sizes. A simple and inexpensive way to expand the
square recessed and an 11/64 slotted. The 171/2 driver comes capabilities of an already versatile tool. Collar slides back to release bit.
with three 7mm shank bits: a #2 Phillips, a #2 square recess Adapter Size Yankee #s
and a 1/4 slotted. Both are made of chrome-plated steel and 24K05.55 5.5mm (7/32) 133, 135, 233 $8.80
have wooden handles. 24K05.70 7mm (9/32) 30, 130 $8.80
C. 28K05.21 111/2 (292mm) Spiral Driver $52.00 24K05.80 8mm (5/16) 31, 131 $8.80 Bits not
D. 28K05.22 171/2 (445mm) Spiral Driver $66.00 included.
E

F. Veritas Chisel Point Brad Awl

This is no ordinary brad awl. The diamond-shaped cross section and
chisel tip make it perfect for use in softwoods. The best hole is formed
with the chisel tip at 90 to the grain. When the tool is moved back and
forth while pushing it down, it quickly motors its way through soft-
woods, creating an oval hole perfect for best screw grip at the same
The chisel
time as preventing material from splitting. Rosewood handle with an tip creates F
oval prole. At 6 long it ts nicely in the palm of the hand. This is a an oval hole
completely new design of brad awl. Patented. for best
screw grip.
05N60.01 Chisel Point Brad Awl $22.50
G
G. Square-Blade Awl for Hardwoods
This hand awl is ideal for quickly pre-drilling for screws or even for general mark-
out work. Rosewood handle, forged and ground steel blade. 5 long overall. Made
in U.K. by Crown Tools.
35N13.01 Square-Blade Awl $25.50 H
H. Set of Auger Gimlets
Auger gimlets have a tapered screw tip and an auger body. The seven sizes range from
5/64 to just over 3/16 to pre-drill screw sizes #2 to #9.
33J20.01 Set of 7 Auger Gimlets $16.50
Screwdriving 223
 Diamond-Coated Tips
A B H J Enlarged for clarity.
#0
Slot Phillips POZIDRIV

G K
J K L

#1 #2 #3 C D E F
#1 #2 #3 #4 #1 #2 #3
A. Robertson Drive Bits C-E. Screwdriver Bits Phillips tips shown actual size. Sq. recess tips shown actual size.

These genuine Robertson screw drive bits are High-quality, 1/4 hex-shanked
Bit Type C. 1 Long D. 115/16 Long E. 31/2 Long F. 6 Long
manufactured with accurate tool-steel square- screwdriver tips. The shanks on
1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
recess drive tips for precise fit, and durable the longer sizes are grooved for Prices are per bit. $1.10 $ .85 $1.80 $1.55 $3.30 $2.80 $2.90 $2.45
powder-coat carbon-steel shanks. The shock- use with quick-change chucks. Phillips #1 19J01.01 19J01.21 19J01.31 19J22.01
resistant steel tip insert seats rmly in the drive and Tips are machined from chrome Phillips #2 19J01.02 19J01.22 19J01.32 19J22.02
will not cam out. Each bit is identied by a powder- vanadium molybdenum tool Phillips #3 19J01.03 19J01.23 19J01.33 19J22.03
coated color particular to the Robertson drive size steel and hardened to Rc59-62. Phillips #4 19J22.04
a standard reference. All have 1/4 hex shanks. These will last much longer than Sq.-Recess #1 19J03.01 19J03.21 19J03.31* 19J21.01
normal bits. Quantity discounts Sq.-Recess #2 19J03.02 19J03.22 19J03.32* 19J21.02
Robert- Bit Bit Screw 19J03.03 19J03.23 19J21.03
son # Color Length Size 1+ 5+ apply when ve or more of the Sq.-Recess #3 19J03.33*
same size and style are purchased. * actual length is 215/16.
19J40.01 #0 Yellow 1 #2, 4 $1.20 $1.00
19J40.11 #1 Green 1 #5, 6, 7 $1.20 $1.00 F. Extra-Long Bits Diamond-Tipped Screwdriver Bits
19J40.12 #1 Green 2 #5, 6, 7 $1.30 $1.10 These 6 long bits let you reach into corners, These bits pay for themselves the rst time
19J40.14 #1 Green 4 #5, 6, 7 $1.60 $1.35
through framing, past skirting boards, and into they prevent your bit tip from skidding across
other areas you cannot reach with short bits. The a nished surface. The tips have a coating of
19J40.21 #2 Red 1 #8, 9, 10 $1.20 $1.00
extra length gives better visual alignment, and fine diamond grit that increases friction
19J40.22 #2 Red 2 #8, 9, 10 $1.30 $1.10
the bit seats better for less cam-out. Durable at between the driver and screw head to signi-
19J40.24 #2 Red 4 #8, 9, 10 $1.60 $1.35 Rc60. To make your own screwdrivers, epoxy cantly reduce cam-out. Each bit is milled
19J40.26 #2 Red 6 #8, 9, 10 $2.10 $1.80 the bits into handles. All have a 1/4 hex shank. from chrome molybdenum vanadium tool
19J40.31 #3 Black 1 #12, 14 $1.20 $1.00 steel, hardened to Rc57-59, and nickel plated
19J40.32 #3 Black 2 #12, 14 $1.30 $1.10 G. Economy Magnetic Bit Holder to resist corrosion. Made in Germany, they are
19J40.34 #3 Black 4 #12, 14 If you are continually robbing a screwdriver set
$1.60 $1.35 1 long with standard 1/4 hex shanks. The set
19J40.36 #3 Black 6 #12, 14 of its magnetic bit holder, you can now stock up
$2.10 $1.80 of seven includes one of each bit. For long
on magnetic bit holders at a great price. The 1/4 screws or the slot bits, we recommend using a
Robertson Drive Bit Set

hex shank is grooved for use with quick-change retracting screw holder (at left, sold separately).
The 12-piece set includes bits for screw sizes #2
chucks. Overall length is 3. 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
to #14: six of the most popular #2 (red) bits in 1,
25J11.01 3 Magnetic Bit Holder $4.30 $3.65 J. 19J30.01 4.0mm (5/32) Slot Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
2 and 3 lengths; one #0 (yellow) 1 long bit;
19J30.02 5.5mm (7/32) Slot Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
three #1 (green) bits in 1, 2 and 3 lengths; and
H. Retracting Screw Holder/Driver 19J30.03 6.5mm (1/4) Slot Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
two #3 (black) bits in 2 and 3 lengths. Retracting
A great tool for driving long screws screw K. 19J30.04 #1 Phillips Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
19J20.03 Robertson 12-pc. Bit Set $9.95
up to #10. The sleeve holds the screw holder/ 19J30.05 #2 Phillips Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
B. One Dozen #2 Square-Recess Bits in line with the bit and retracts as the driver 19J30.06 #3 Phillips Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
The most commonly used bit for most wood- screw is driven. Free oating, the L. 19J30.08 #2 POZIDRIV Bit $ 4.80 $4.10
workers is a #2 square recess. We ordered these sleeve can be held to provide more 19J30.00 Set of 7 Bits $28.00
bits in a 3 length, substantially longer than those control. The magnetic chuck has a
usually offered. Although inexpensive, these are 1/4 hex shank and accepts 1/4 hex- To order call 1-800-267-8767
good bits. They are well machined and hardened shank bits (not included). The holder or visit us at www.leevalley.com
to Rc60. Available only by the dozen. extends from 43/4 to 71/2 long. M. Torx Bits
19J20.02 One Dozen #2 Sq.-Recess Bits $12.50 25J10.01 Screw Holder/Driver $5.80 Hardened tool-steel Torx-drive bits, color
Driver Bits for Stainless-Steel Screws are made from 420 stainless steel hardened to coded for quick size identification. Sold
When using stainless-steel fasteners, it is impor- Rc50-55. Each is approximately 1 long with a in pairs.
tant to use a stainless-steel driver bit. A regular 1/4 hex shank. A 25/16 magnetic stainless-steel bit 93Z01.12 T-102, Yellow, pr. $5.90
carbon-steel bit may transfer steel particles that holder, grooved for use with quick-change chucks, 93Z01.22 T-152, Red, pr. $5.90
can corrode and stain the workpiece. These bits is available separately or with a set of all 12 bits. 93Z01.32 T-252, Green, pr. $5.90
Style Size 1+ 5+ 93Z01.42 T-302, Black, pr. $5.90
N. 19J31.15 Torx T-15 $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.20 Torx T-20 $ 1.20 $1.00
N 19J31.25 Torx T-25 $ 1.20 $1.00 M
O. 19J31.64 Slot 4mm $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.65 Slot 5mm $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.66 Slot 6mm $ 1.20 $1.00
O P. 19J31.51 Sq.-Recess #1 $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.52 Sq.-Recess #2 $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.53 Sq.-Recess #3 $ 1.20 $1.00
P Q. 19J31.41 Phillips #1 $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.42 Phillips #2 $ 1.20 $1.00
19J31.43 Phillips #3 $ 1.20 $1.00
R. 19J31.70 SS Bit Holder, 25/16 $ 4.60 $3.90
Q R 19J31.75 Holder & 12 Bits Set $16.95
224

A without risk of damaging
A. 90 Angle Driver
Converts any rechargeable drill into an offset,
quick-change screwdriver, letting you use a
power drill in places that cant be reached with a
straight driver. Also fits 1/4 hex-insert hand
drivers. It has permanently lubricated hardened
steel gears and three sealed bearings for smooth
operation. Bits are held by a 1/4 rare-earth
magnet. Includes #1 Phillips, #2 square drive
and 1/4 slot bits. 6 overall; weighs 81/2 oz. Only
for use with cordless drills (400 rpm maximum)
and hand drivers.
46J82.12 90 Angle Driver $25.80
B Pull back collar
Socket not
C included.
Tilting Bit Holder and Socket Driver
Capable of tilting up to 15, these excellent-
quality drivers are ideal for installing cabinets or
balusters, working between joists or anywhere
access is difcult. The bit holder is 4 long,
accepts standard 1/4 drivers and has a rotating G. 17K02.10 Magnetic Bit Holder $ 7.60 $6.50
outer sleeve for steadying the bit. The chromed-
steel 3/8 socket driver has integral ball detents to
hold the socket securely. Both have 1/4 hex
shanks that are grooved for use with quick-
change chucks. Made in Japan.
B. 28K02.70 Tilting Bit Holder $32.50
C. 28K02.80 Tilting Socket Driver, 3/8 $11.50
D. Flex-Drive for Screwdriving
With a standard 1/4 hex shank and 1/4 hex socket, J. Drywall Bit
this 73/4 long ex shaft can be bent 90 to get at
awkward spots with precision. The outer sleeve
does not rotate, but more important, the shaft can be
used in reverse or forward drive. For greater length,
two or more can be joined together. Accepts all 1/4
hex-driver single-end bits. Recommended for use
only in cordless drills.
28K10.01 Screwdriver Flex-Drive $11.90
D 44J06.01 Tap/Drill Set #2-56
E. Bit Extenders
A bit extender can be a real E
problem solver. Not only
can you reach into spaces
where you cant t a drill, Drill and accessories
not included.
it also lets you drill and
drive close to a corner, or
nearly parallel to a surface,
the work with the spinning
chuck. The quick-change
chuck is sprung so the bit locks in
place when inserted. To release it, slide
the collar forward and the bit pops up, but
remains lightly held by a rare-earth magnet. A oating sleeve
When released, the bit is held
on the shaft lets you hold the extender in use. Available individually, in place by a rare-earth magnet until removed.
or as a set of three. Not for use with impact tools. An excellent buy.
17K02.99 Set of 3 Bit Extenders* $34.50 E
17K02.15 Bit Extender, 150mm (6)* $ 9.90
17K02.30 Bit Extender, 300mm (12)* $12.50 A oating sleeve on
the shaft allows the
17K02.45 Bit Extender, 450mm (18)* $15.90 extender to be held
Available Only at our Stores. while in use.
17K02.60 Bit Extender, 600mm (24) $18.90
F. Universal Adapter & Bit Set
This set is built around an excellent bit holder. G
Not only does it work with plain- or grooved- to release bit.
shank bits, but it has the easiest operating
action weve found in a bit holder. Push the bit
into the holder to lock it in place; pulling the Bit included.
collar back makes the bit spring up, where it is
held by an integral rare-earth magnet, ready to
be removed. The belt-clip case has three indi- F
vidually sprung racks that provide secure
storage, and give easy access to the holder and
the 14 included precision-ground slot, Phillips,
square recess, Torx and POZIDRIV bits. Bits
are all made from S2 steel. (Bit holder also
available separately with a 1 #2 Phillips bit.)
17K02.05 Universal Adapter & Bit Set $14.90 K. Taps/Drills for Machine Screws for Wood
1+ 3+ Brass screws add class to any project. In hardwood,
machine screws used in drilled and tapped holes
resist pullout much better than wood screws, and in
H. Veritas Screw Lifter
some applications, such as installing small hinges,
Screw removal is easy with this clever spring-steel
they also prevent wood splitting.
tool. Slip the slim tip under the screw and press the
In these sets the tap drill size is at the thread root
arched body to provide removal tension, or atten
diameter and the clearance drill is just a touch larger
the arch and engage the screw in the keyhole
than the thread crown. To bind two pieces together,
cut-out, leaving both hands free to use a screw-
drill the top one with the clearance drill to avoid
driver. Weighs less than 1 oz.
bridging. When you tap, you get 100% of the
05K52.01 Veritas Screw Lifter
$11.50
thread holding. The system works well and
provides holding power that far exceeds regular
This bit drills and countersinks drywall screws. brass wood screws.
A press-t aluminum collar forces the #2 Phillips The individual number sets include a tap, a tap
bit to release once the screw is just below the drill and a clearance drill to
drywall surface. One bit should do an entire match. The tap
room before it starts to wear. Nickel plated, handle is available
hardened to Rc62. 1+ 10+ separately. The
99W87.01 Drywall Bit, set of 3 $6.80 $5.40 master set includes
the ve sizes from K
#2 to #10, plus the
1/4-20 (invaluable in
jig and fixture work
around the shop), as well as
a tap handle. Made in Japan.
$ 7.80
44J06.02 Tap/Drill Set #4-40 $ 7.80
44J06.03 Tap/Drill Set #6-32 $ 7.80
44J06.04 Tap/Drill Set #8-32 $ 7.80
44J06.05 Tap/Drill Set #10-24 $ 7.80
44J06.06 Tap/Drill Set 1/4-20 $ 7.80
44J06.10 Tap Handle (ts all sets) $ 7.80
H J 44J06.20 Master Set (all of above) $43.50
Screwdriving 225
 Pa
st
O
ffe
r
Our Website Sign up Today
Visit www.leevalley.com to browse our wide range of woodworking, Newsletters: Our monthly woodworking and gardening
gardening, hardware and gift products. You can: newsletters contain useful information, advice and photos
Look for our most recent items by clicking on Whats New on a variety of topics. Browse past issues and sign up to
View our latest catalogs. Browse the pages, search, click to receive new editions every month.
zoom or click on the item number to add the product to your cart. Sales and Special Buys: Learn about our sales, special
Find printable instructions for many products buys and events by signing up for our e-mail notications
Watch instructional videos and choosing the notices you wish to receive.

View our Catalogs About Us

Lee Valley is a family-owned business that has been serving woodworkers
and gardeners for over 35 years, through both mail order and our retail stores
in Canada. Many of our products are of our own design, including those made
by Veritas Tools Inc., our manufacturing arm. When you call during business
hours, you will be served by staff who are not on commission and whose goal
is to answer your questions and give the best advice possible. You can rely on
us for quality, value, and personal attention, and have 3 months* to decide
whether or not our products meet your expectations.
*30 days for Festool products and SawStop table saws

Privacy Policy
At Lee Valley Tools Ltd., we understand the importance of protecting
the privacy of our customers personal information. We are committed to
complying with the current privacy legislation and guidelines. Be assured
that we never sell, rent or share our customer list and you will not receive
mail or e-mail from others as a result of being on our mailing lists. If you
have any questions regarding the handling of your personal information,
please view our Privacy & Security Statement on our website, or contact
Online On Your Tablet or Phone Customer Service.

Visit www.leevalley.com Download our catalogs to the Send a Catalog to a Friend

Lee Valley Library app for iPad, If you have a friend you think would enjoy seeing any of our catalogs, send us
iPod, iPhone and Android devices their name and address and we will send them a free catalog of your choice.
Your friend will not receive unwanted mail from others as a result of your
request. (See our order form for more details).
In Print Lee Valley Gift Card
Ask for a copy A gift card from Lee Valley is always
when you visit welcome. It is available in any amount
of $10 or more and can include a
one of our stores personal message. We can send
or when you place the card by mail or as an electronic
version by e-mail. Either version may
an order online, by be purchased and redeemed by
mail, or by phone phone, fax or mail order, online
or at any Lee Valley store.
at 1-800-267-8767

INDEX
Abrasives, polishing.............. 139, 334
sanding ...............155, 186-192, 334
sharpening ..........148-151, 155, 207
Adhesives & Accessories..........84-86
Adzes .................................... 135, 293
Angle: attachments................ 213, 225
blocks .......................................... 31
grinder accessories .................... 141
Aprons/coveralls
........................... 169, 327, 373, 376
Assorted Tools ......................338-378
Awls .................. 6, 223, 306, 350, 365
Axes ...................................... 287, 288
Bags......................... 42, 336, 384, 386
Balls, steel/wood ................... 311, 319
Banding ......................... 303, 305, 309
Bandsaw accessories ............. 252, 253
Bar gauge & heads, Veritas ..... 20, 21
Base plates, router ................. 258, 259
Beading tools, Veritas ................. 124
Belt sander .................................... 155
Belts, link/pulley ........................... 251
sanding ...................... 155, 187, 190
sharpening ................................. 155
tool .................................... 372, 373
Bench: accessories/plans......64-83, 122
anchor/blade, Veritas ................. 68
dogs ........................... 68, 69, 71, 72
stud, Veritas ............................... 67
Bench Pucks ................................ 355
Bevel Setter, Veritas ........................ 9
Bevels, sliding ....................... 9, 10, 39
Binders, Lee Valley ...................... 378
Bins ....................................... 383, 393
Bird carving accessories ............... 140
Biscuits, joiner/mini ...................... 309
Bits ..................................See drill bits
Blades, bandsaw............................ 252
circular saw/accessories .... 240, 241
coping/fret/scroll saw ............ 51, 52
knife .......................... 131, 133, 364
plane ...98, 99, 102, 108, 111, 116, 117
razor .......................................... 324
spokeshave ................................ 122
Bolts, door ............................. 424, 425
hanger........................................ 237
knob/handle ............................... 408
knock-down....... 412, 414, 415, 417
T-bolts ....................................... 234
Books .........................See our website
Bottle stoppers .............................. 185
Bottles, glue/nishing ..................... 85
spice .......................................... 318
Boxes..................................... 182, 311
Box hardware ............... 184, 322, 404,
............420, 423, 431-441, 456, 457
Braces, hand .................................. 213
Brackets, shelf/storage
....................................379-382, 445
Branding irons............................... 369
Brushes, bench .............................. 359
nishing/paint ....................324-326
shaving ...................................... 185
Brusso hardware.................... 439, 440
Bufng accessories
................... 158, 191, 215, 337, 458
Bumper pads ......................... 318, 355
Burnishers ..................... 125, 127, 165
Burrs...................... 138, 139, 159, 354
Cabinetmaking System, Veritas 32
................................................... 202
Calculators .............................. 14, 320
Calendars....................................... 378
Calipers ................................25-28, 39
Camber Roller Assembly, Veritas .. 143
Candle holders ...................... 184, 310
Cane ttings .................................. 321
Caning supplies ............................. 316
Carpenters Gauge, Veritas ..... 24, 39
Carvers Bench, Veritas ................ 74
Carvers Knife, Veritas................ 133
Carvers screws, Veritas ........ 66, 131
Carvers Vise, Veritas ................... 66
Carving Tools & Supplies
..........................66, 74, 95, 128-141
Cases, storage...14, 107, 385, 387-393
Casket hardware ............................ 438
Casters ....................................425-428
Catches ...........................419-423, 440
Cats paws ..................................... 348
Cell phone case/mount .................. 368
Center markers ............................16, 170
Centering: bits ............................... 209
pins/punches.......197, 201, 349-351
rules/tapes ................. 12, 15, 16, 18
Chains, box/chest .................. 436, 437
watch ......................................... 313
Chain-saw accessories
........................... 159, 292, 293, 295
Chair components/plans...308, 316, 317
Chair Devils, Veritas ................... 123
Chair Doctor glue ......................... 85
Chalk line ........................................ 38
Checker/chess/crokinole pieces
........................................... 310, 319
Chest/trunk hardware .............431-438
Chisels & Gouges .....................87-96
caning ........................................ 316
carving........................128-132, 134
inlay........................................... 306
miniature ... 118, 130, 140, 162, 174
slate ........................................... 315
turning ................162-164, 166, 174
Chisels, hollow mortising ............. 201
Chucks, drilling ..................... 170, 215
lathe ............................170-173, 175
Circle: cutters ........................ 214, 299
jigs ............................................. 262
Clamping & Accessories
................................53-83, 235, 239
Clasps ............................................ 420
Cleaners................. 242, 327, 361, 368
Clipboards ............................. 320, 378
Clock parts .............................312-314
Cloths, cheese/tack/wiping ... 328, 334
Coffee cartridge rails..................... 318
Compasses............................... 24, 306
Connectors, knock-down ..321, 413-418
Cord/thread ................................... 365
Cords, electric ............................... 254
Cork liner ...................................... 322
Cornering tools................ 91, 115, 124
Corrosion inhibitors
........................... 145, 360, 361, 384
Countersinks/counterbores
........................... 208, 209, 212, 213
Coveralls ............................... 169, 327
Crepe blocks.................................. 192
Cribbage board template/pegs....... 319
Crown molding/coping xtures .... 250
Curves, exible/French ................... 23
Cyclone Lids, Veritas.................. 280
Dado blades/shims ........................ 241
Decking tools ........................ 212, 347
Dehumidiers................................ 384
Dial gauges/indicators..................... 31
Diamond: burrs/discs .................... 139
sharpeners ..147-149, 151, 153, 157
Dollies/mobile base....... 251, 370, 392
Door: bolts ............................ 424, 425
hinge/strike templates ............... 262
slides ................................. 452, 453
stop ............................................ 371
Dovetail: bits ................................. 271
chisels.......................................... 89
guides .......................................... 41
jigs ............................. 264, 266, 268
markers........................................ 22
saws ..................................41-44, 47
Dowel/plug/tenon cutters
................................... 198, 207, 208
Dowel: centers .............................. 204
makers, Veritas ....... 204, 205, 207
pins ............................................ 309
rods............................................ 311
system, Miller ........................... 204
Dowelling jigs ....................... 204, 205
Drawbore pins ................................. 60
Drawer slides .........................446-455
Drawing bows/curves...................... 23
Drawknives/pushknives ... 123, 135, 293
Drill bits, assorted ......... 201, 208, 210
auger.................................. 198, 207
brad-point .......... 199, 200, 207, 212
countersinks/bores ..208, 209, 212, 213
Forstner/saw tooth..... 197, 198, 202
Greenwood ............................ 207
hinge.................................. 202, 209
mortising ................................... 201
pen-making ....................... 183, 200
spoon ......................................... 213
twist ........................................... 200
Drilling ..................................197-215
Drill-press: fence ... 243, 244, 248, 249
table ........................................... 248
vise .............................................. 59
Drills, hand............................ 213, 214
Drywall accessories... 225, 367, 382, 407
Duct tape ....................................... 362
Dust barrier door ........................... 352
Dust Collection .....139, 264, 280-286
Dust masks .................................... 296
Dustpans................................ 358, 359
Ear plugs/protectors ...................... 295
Edge banding/trimming ........ 305, 309
Electrical cords/accessories .. 254, 358
Engraving tools ..................... 315, 369
Epoxies.................................... 86, 328
Escutcheon pins .................... 407, 456
Extenders, bit/chuck.............. 215, 225
Eye protection ....................... 294, 296
Eyes, carving ................................. 140
Face shield .................................... 296
Fasteners ................................404-418
Featherboards ........................ 244, 245
Feet, box........................ 436, 439, 441
furniture............................. 429, 430
Felt, adhesive-backed ............ 318, 322
bobs .......................................... 139
wheels .............................. 152, 158
Fences, plane ......................... 102, 103
power tool
... 243, 244, 248, 249, 252, 255, 267
square ............................................ 8
Ferrules ................................... 95, 165
Festool .................................466-467
accessories..............................70-73
File: cleaner................................... 195
handles ...................................... 195
Files, sanding/shaping
............. 96, 138, 193, 195, 196, 309
sharpening ................. 151, 159, 160
Finials.................................... 310, 459
Finish preserve .............................. 336
Finishing................................324-337
Flashlights & kits ...........184, 355-357
Flat-Bob, Veritas ..................... 38, 39
Flex shaft/drive ............. 137, 139, 225
Flocking kit ................................... 322
Flush-cut saws..................... 41, 45, 96
Forceps .......................................... 365
Foredom power carver ................ 137
Fractal antenna .............................. 371
Framing
picture ........50, 58, 60, 61, 299-302
timber ...........................91, 287-293
Fridge magnets .............................. 233
Froe ............................................... 289
Gate hardware ............................... 323
Gauges, bar ............................... 20, 21
bevel .......................................... 150
feeler ..................................... 29, 31
marking ............... 4, 5, 9, 21, 24, 39
measuring ...... 10, 11, 20, 21, 24, 35
miter ...................... 10, 11, 248, 249
screw/bolt .................................. 345
square ............................................ 9
tapered ......................................... 32
tool setting.................... 6-12, 29-33
tracing/prole ............................. 23
Geometrigraph/polygraph ............... 21
Gift Card ...................................... 226
Gimlets .......................................... 223
Glass: cutter .................................. 301
etching ....................................... 366
Glasses, magnier ................. 294, 358
safety ......................................... 294
Glides ............................ 429, 430, 454
Gloves ................................... 297, 298
Glues & accessories ...................84-86
I
Gouges, carving .............128-132, 134
rmer ........................................... 90
log notch.................................... 293
N
turning ................162-164, 166, 174
Graph paper ..................................... 38
Grinder tool rest, Veritas..... 152, 154
Grinding accessories
.... 137-139, 141, 152, 154-158, 169
Guides, bandsaw ........................... 253
chamfer, Veritas ...................... 105
drawknife .......................... 123, 159
drill .....................................202-205
handsaw................................. 41, 48
power tool
............... 3, 243, 246, 248, 256, 261
D
sharpening
....142-144, 150, 153, 154, 159, 160
Hammers, carpenters ............346-348
picture framing .......................... 300
plane .......................................... 114
upholstery.................................. 316
veneer ........................................ 307
E
Hand care .............. 297, 298, 365, 368
Hand trucks ........................... 370, 392
Handles & pulls, box..................... 439
X
cabinet ............................... 439, 459
carrying ............. 290, 291, 367, 370
case/chest ...................404, 434-436
casket......................................... 438
chisel/gouge/knife ..................... 131
le/rasp...................................... 195
jig & xture ............................... 235
Kelton........................................ 167
saw ...................................... 51, 367
spray can ................................... 360
window...................................... 422
Hangers, bin .................................. 380
cabinet/shelf .............. 381, 411, 413
picture ............................... 301, 302
plate ........................................... 318
Hardware ..............................404-465
Boxes & Chests ..................434-440
Casters, Feet & Glides .......425-430
Catches & Latches .............419-425
Fasteners ............................405-418
Hinges ................................456-465
Lee Valley Hardware .........440-441
Locks ..................................431-433
Slides ..................................446-455
Specialty Mechanisms .............. 442
Table Hardware ..................442-445
Tansu Hardware ........................ 404
Hasps ............................. 420, 424, 457
Hatchets................. 287, 288, 347, 348
Index 227
 Hearing protectors ......................... 295
Heaters .......................................... 371
Height gauges.................................. 31
Hinge jigs/template ............... 202, 262
Hinges, cabinet.......439, 440, 456-465
case/chest ......... 404, 435, 436, 438,
........................... 456, 460, 461, 464
casket......................................... 438
icebox/bar.................................. 423
piano.................................. 456, 464
screen ........................................ 461
small box ... 184, 439, 440, 456, 457
table ........................... 443, 444, 465
Hole saws ...................................... 214
Hollowing tools......................165-168
Honing: accessories .......139, 142-159
compound.................. 152, 157, 158
I
guides .........142-144, 150, 153, 159
Hooks ............................ 301, 302, 382
Hoses & accessories .........62, 283-286
Hourglass ...................................... 319
Inclinometers............................. 10, 32
Incra gauges/jigs/rules
..............................11, 238, 248-250
Indicators, dial & digital ................. 31
N
Inlay tools.............. 259, 260, 306, 307
Jackets ........................................... 375
Jig & Fixture Parts ..17, 59, 234-239
Jigs, cabinetmaking ....................... 202
circle.......................................... 262
crown molding/coping .............. 250
dowelling/drilling
.................... 202-205, 210-212, 447
D
hinge-boring .............................. 202
joinery ................................264-268
lettering ..................................... 260
miter ...........................248-250, 261
mortising ................................... 262
sharpening .. 142-144, 150-160, 169
table saw.............................247-251
Jointer/edger.................................. 125
E
Kelton turning tools ...................... 167
Key rings ............................... 151, 185
Knee pads ...................................... 377
Knife sharpeners ........... 145, 153, 157
Knives, assorted .... 322, 328, 363, 364
blades ........................ 131, 133, 364
carving........................131, 133-135
inlay........................................... 307
X
marking ......................................... 6
pocket ........ 134, 135, 347, 365, 368
Knobs, box .................... 404, 439, 441
cabinet ............................... 419, 439
jig/xture ........................... 235, 236
magnetic hanger ........ 231, 233, 380
plane .......................................... 105
wooden ...................................... 310
Knock-down hardware
....................235, 236, 321, 412-418
Kreg: clamps ........................... 64, 65
featherboards ............................. 245
fences ................................ 243, 252
gauges/jigs..210-212, 249, 250, 263
router table/insert plate ..... 257, 258
saw guide .................................. 246
set-up bars ................................... 30
T-slot tracks .............................. 238
Lacquer ......................................... 329
Laminate supplies/tools ........ 305, 309
Lamp insert ................................... 184
Lamps.....................................355-357
bushings ...................................... 70
Lapping plates/accessories
......................................31, 147-150
Latches, cabinet..... 419, 421, 423, 424
case............................ 387, 390, 420
casket......................................... 438
gate ............................................ 323
locking/secret .................... 420, 421
shutter/window.................. 422, 425
small box ................................... 420
228 Index
table ........................................... 444
Lathes & accessories ........66, 166-175
Leather punches .................... 339, 350
LED Lighting........................394-403
Lee Valley hardware ............. 440, 441
Legs, bench/table ............................ 75
cabinet ....................................... 430
Leigh jigs ...............................264-267
Lettering punches/template ... 260, 352
Letters & numerals........................ 314
Levellers................................ 429, 430
Levels ............................ 10, 33, 34, 39
Lid: closure ................................... 423
hinges ....... 435, 436, 438, 440, 461
locks ...................................431-433
stays, supports ........... 437, 438, 440
Lights & accessories
............................ 355-357, 394-403
Liners, drawer/shelf .............. 318, 384
Live centers ........................... 172, 175
Locks ..............420, 424, 431-433, 436
Log jacks/splitters ..................289-292
Log scribe...................................... 293
Log Splitting & Building .....287-293
Lubricants ............. 106, 242, 360, 361
Magazine holders/binders ............ 378
Magnetic Dust Chute, Veritas .... 283
Magnets .................230-233, 239, 380
Magniers & kits
............. 33, 184, 294, 295, 357, 358
Mallets ............................ 95, 289, 347
Mandrels .............. 155, 183, 184, 337
Markers & pencils ................35-37, 39
wood touch-up .......................... 329
Marking & Measuring...............4-39
Marking gauges....... 4, 5, 9, 21, 24, 39
Mat cutters .................................... 299
Mats............................................... 359
Metal: benders....................... 341, 354
detector...................................... 242
Micro-abrasives..................... 149, 150
Micrometers .................................... 28
Miter: boxes .............................. 48, 50
clamps/vise...................... 58, 60, 61
gauges/guides ..10, 11, 22, 248, 249
hook....................................... 22, 39
jigs ..............................248-250, 261
plane .......................................... 468
shears......................................... 354
trimmer........................................ 50
Moisture meters ............................. 35
Motor, lathe ................................... 175
Moving carts, straps ...... 251, 370, 392
Nail: cutters/pullers ....... 339, 348, 352
driver/sets .......................... 349, 351
holder, wrist .............................. 368
Nails .............................................. 407
Nozzle caps/stoppers ..................... 363
Nut cracker mechanism................. 185
Nuts, drywall ................................. 382
insert.......................... 237, 412, 441
jig & xture ........................234-237
tension rod................................. 413
Oils, nishing ....................... 333, 334
honing ...................................... 146
Pads, bumper ......................... 318, 355
graph paper.................................. 38
sanding ...................... 188, 190, 334
stain ................................... 328, 337
Paint: brushes .........................324-326
magnetic .................................... 321
milk ................................... 330, 332
removers, scrapers..... 324, 325, 327
supplies .....................324-328, 366
Panels, aluminum/steel ................. 320
Pantograph ............................. 21, 260
Pants .............................................. 374
Pegs, caning ................................. 316
cribbage ..................................... 319
Shaker ....................................... 310
Pen & pencil turning ......176-183, 188
accessories......................... 182, 321
drill bits ............................. 183, 200
Pencil sharpeners ........................... 37
Pencils & accessories
......................... 36, 37, 39, 231, 368
Pepper mill blanks/mechanisms.... 185
Picks, carving ................................ 140
Picture Framing
....................50, 58, 60, 61, 299-302
Pin Router Arm, Veritas ............. 263
Pinch dogs ...................................... 63
Planes & Scrapers
........................96, 97-127, 307, 468
Planing Stop, Veritas .................... 70
Planner ......................................... 378
Plans, Adirondack chair ................ 308
clock .......................................... 313
tool chest ................................... 307
workbench ......... 75, 79, 80, 83, 122
Pliers
......58, 316, 338, 339, 347, 352-354
Plug cutters, Snug-Plug... 41, 208, 212
Plug/dowel cutters... 41, 198, 208, 212
Plugger, Veritas........................... 205
Plugs...................................... 310, 410
Plumb bobs................................ 38, 39
Plywood, birch .............................. 305
Pocket-door slides ......................... 452
Pocket-hole joinery ............... 210, 211
Polishing ........106, 334-336, 361, 458
Polycarbonate sheets ..................... 239
Poly-Gauge, Veritas ...................... 32
Potpourri covers ............................ 184
Pouches, tool... 105, 107, 127, 372, 373
Power Tool Accessories ...3, 240-254
Prole gauges .................................. 23
Project Supplies....184, 185, 303-323
Projector scope .............................. 320
Protractors ..................................10-12
Pullshave, Veritas ....................... 123
Punches ..........201, 203, 339, 349-352
Push blocks/sticks ..................245-247
Pyrography .................................... 136
Quick-connect hardware
....................235, 236, 321, 412-418
Racks, storage ....... 217, 261, 318, 379
Rare-earth magnets ................231-233
Rasps & rifers ..............138, 193-196
Ratchet sets ............221, 223, 341-343
Razor blades .................................. 324
Reamers................................. 205, 213
Renovators bars ........................... 348
Respirators .................................... 296
Rivets ............................................ 318
Roller balls .................................... 251
Rotary cutter.................................. 307
Router Accessories
....................243, 250, 259-268, 307
Router base plates ................. 258, 259
Router Bits ................... 268, 269-279
Router Table Systems ..........255-258
Rules, center-nding ....................... 15
drawing scale .............................. 15
folding ......................................... 17
magnier ..................................... 33
Phi ............................................... 17
steel .................................11-17, 39
stops ...................................... 16, 39
tapes ................................17-20, 39
wooden ........................................ 16
Rush, ber ..................................... 316
Rust inhibitors/removers
................... 106, 145, 360, 361, 384
Safety Equipment
.... 244-247, 294-298, 339, 368, 373
Salt & pepper shakers ................... 185
Sander/grinder ............................... 155
Sanding & Shaping ..............186-196
Sanding: blocks ..................... 186, 187
drums......................... 191, 192, 207
Sandpaper/abrasives ...............186-192
Saw blades, band........................... 252
circular .............................. 240, 241
coping/fret/scroll ................... 51, 52
Saw sharpening ..................... 159, 160
Sawhorse brackets ......................... 367
Saws .....40-52, 96, 175, 305, 307, 403
Scissors ................................. 363, 366
Scorps, micro ................................ 133
Scraper Shave, Veritas ................ 123
Scrapers, ball-joint ........................ 126
cabinet ................................125-127
chairmakers ...................... 123, 126
inlay........................................... 306
paint .................................. 324, 364
turning ............... 162, 164, 165, 167
Screw extractors .... 215, 222, 225, 354
Screw gauges ................................ 345
Screwdriver bits .... 220, 221, 224, 406
Screwdriving... 107, 216-225, 408, 447
Screws, assorted .....212, 404-410, 441
Blum.......................................... 447
knock-down....................... 237, 417
machine ....................... 68, 237, 408
picture hanging.......................... 302
pocket hole .........................210-211
router ......................................... 259
Scribers ........................... 6, 22, 23, 36
Sculpting tools .............................. 128
Sealant, tool................................... 360
Set-up bars/blocks ........................... 30
Sewing machine lift ...................... 317
Shaker pegs ................................... 310
Shakes, cedar................................. 305
Sharpening
............142-160, 169, 207, 288, 292
DVD/book ................................. 152
sets..................................... 143, 152
steel ........................................... 153
systems, Veritas .............. 144, 154
Shaving Horse Plan, Veritas ....... 122
Shaving kits................................... 185
Shelf: brackets........................379-381
supports/jigs ...... 202, 203, 439, 440
Shelf/drawer liners ................ 318, 384
Shellac ................................... 329, 335
Shims............................. 241, 363, 367
Shooting Board Tracks, Veritas .. 112
Shooting Sanders, Veritas ........... 186
Shop vacuum ttings..............280-286
Shorts ............................................ 374
Shrink tubing................................. 364
Slate & accessories ............... 214, 315
Slides ..............................442, 446-455
Sliding bevels ........................ 9, 10, 39
Sliding Squares, Veritas .................. 7
Smock ........................................... 169
Snug-Plug Cutters, Veritas
..................................... 41, 208, 212
Soapstone ...................................... 140
Socket drivers................................ 225
Sockets & accessories ... 215, 340, 344
Solvents ................................. 325, 327
Specialty mechanisms ................... 317
Spindle taps ................................... 170
Spindles ......................................... 310
Splitters, MicroJig ..................... 246
Spokeshaves ...................118, 120-122
Sprayer & accessories ........... 327, 360
Spring clamps.................................. 58
Square Fence, Veritas ..................... 8
Squares .......................6-10, 12, 22, 39
Stains ..................................... 330, 331
Stamps, lettering ........................... 352
Steady-rests ........................... 168, 175
Steam bending................................. 65
Steel wool...................................... 334
Stone Pond, Veritas................... 145
Stones, ceramic ..................... 146, 288
diamond/oil/water .. 144-147, 152, 157
Stools/components ................ 317, 377

Storage ..................318, 358, 379-393
Straightedges, Veritas ................... 29
String inlay tools ................... 306, 307
Strops .................................... 149, 152
Stud detector ................................... 34
Suction-cup lifter .......................... 367
Surface plate.................................... 31
Surface Vise, Veritas .................... 67
Sweepers, magnetic....................... 230
Switches ........ 251, 256, 281, 282, 400
Table hardware.........75, 442-445, 465
Table hockey hardware kit ............ 319
Table saw accessories ............240-251
Tacks ..................................... 322, 407
Tagua nuts (vegetable ivory) ........ 141
Taig lathe & accessories ....... 174, 175
Tambours ...................................... 317
Tanos Systainer storage systems
............................................387-393
Tansu hardware ............................. 404
Tape, adhesive....... 170, 299, 307, 362
duct............................................ 362
nger guard ............................... 297
low/high friction........ 237, 297, 362
Tape measures ......................17-20, 39
accessories....................... 19, 20, 39
center-nding .............................. 18
steel jig ........................................ 17
Tenon cutters/joinery system
........................... 198, 206, 207, 321
Tenons, oating............................. 309
Tethers, tool safety ................ 339, 368
Thread restorers ............................ 345
Threading kit, wood ...................... 263
Throat inserts, table saw ............... 242
Tie-downs ............................. 231, 386
Ties................................................ 386
T-nuts/T-bolts ....................... 234, 237
Toggle clamps ........................... 71, 73
Tool: bags & boxes
..................... 42, 107, 384, 386, 391
belts & pouches
................... 105, 127, 347, 372, 373
guides ............ 3, 243, 246, 248, 261
holders, magnetic .............. 231, 383
rests ........... 152, 154, 157, 166, 169
rolls
..... 90, 109, 111, 121, 127, 160, 161
Toolbox hardware & plans
........................... 307, 321, 384, 435
Torches.................................. 329, 369
Tormek sharpening system .. 156, 157
Tracing material ............................ 320
Trays ......................358, 384, 387-389
Trolleys ................................. 370, 392
Trowels ......................................... 366
Tubing ..............................63, 283-286
Tung oil ......................................... 333
Turning Tools ...............161-185, 350
Turntable, nishing ....................... 328
Tweezers ....................................... 365
Twin-Screw Vise, Veritas ............. 76
UHMW polyethylene .................... 239
Upholstery tools ............................ 316
Vacuum clamps/press ..................... 63
Varnish ...................................331-333
Vase inserts ................................... 184
Veneering ........ 43, 140, 304, 305, 307
Vests...................................... 372, 373
Vises, assorted........................... 59, 60
bench ....................67, 76, 79, 81-83
Carvers, Veritas ....................... 66
lathe ........................................... 175
pen ............................................. 183
pin ............................... 66, 214, 353
saw ...................................... 44, 292
V-nail tools.................................... 300
Wagon hardware ........................... 323
Washers ......... 232, 236, 407, 411, 417
Watchmakers cases ...................... 385
Water stones & holder
............................144-146, 152, 157
Wax, nishing ............... 329, 334, 335
Weather instrument inserts ........... 312
I
Wera tools ..............218-221, 342, 343
Wheels, bufng ..................... 158, 215
polyurethane.............................. 239
sharpening ................. 152, 157, 158
steel ........................................... 323
toy ............................................. 311
wire ................................... 215, 361
Winding sticks ................................ 30
Wire bender/clamping tool ... 340, 341
Wire stripper ................................. 364
Wood: carving blocks ................... 140
N
exotic ................................. 181, 308
plywood..................................... 305
project parts....................... 310, 311
turning ....................... 181, 185, 308
veneers ...................... 140, 304, 305
Wood bending ................................. 65
Wood bufng ................ 191, 215, 337
D
Wood burning ............................... 136
Wood llers/repair ........ 328, 329, 336
Wood movement guide ................... 35
Wood stabilizer ............................. 169
Woodrat joinery machine............ 268
Workbenches, plans
...................... 74-76, 79-81, 83, 122
E
Wrenches............... 217, 340, 342, 345
extenders ................... 241, 341, 344
Xylophone kits .............................. 319

Templates, router
................... 260, 262, 264, 266, 270
Trunk/case hardware ......404, 434-438
T-slot tracks .... 64, 234, 238, 243, 244
Web/band clamp ............................. 62
Wedges.......... 287, 289, 316, 359, 430
Yo-yo kits.............................. 184, 310
Zipper, adhesive-backed ............... 352
X
The Lee Valley Library App
Lets you view our woodworking, gardening, hardware and gift catalogs
online or ofine, anywhere, anytime.
You can:
download catalogs to your iPad, iPod, use bookmarks to jump to specic
iPhone or Android device using an pages and personalize your bookmarks
Internet connection, then browse with notes
through them ofine anytime search by keyword or use the index,
navigate between catalogs on your book- and browse using the table of contents
shelf and sort or delete them with ease browse a single page at a time or rotate
receive instant notications about your mobile device for double-page viewing
our newest catalogs easily e-mail pages

Apple, the Apple logo and iPad are trademarks k off

iPad Android
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. iPod iPhone
 A
Active Pull handle
to release.

C. Quick-Release Magnet

MAGNETS Although useful for transferring

nails, steel screws, nuts, etc., from
one place to another, this quick-
C

A. Toolbox Magnet release magnet excels at cleaning up

With a pull-off force resistance of
100+ pounds under ideal conditions,
this magnet is a versatile tool. In addition
to dealing with scrap steel in a shop, the
magnet can clean up a lathe bed or a drill
press table, and pick up grinding swarf. Slide-on plates neutralize the
magnetic eld when not in use.
It can also be used as a portable hook
on a work site, or when working on machinery, by keeping air hoses and
electrical cords organized and out of the way. It comes with two slide-on
plates that neutralize the magnetic eld when not in use, avoiding the
possible magnetization of other tools it comes in contact with. Dimensions
are 31/251 and it weighs 0.95 lb.
09A03.17 Toolbox Magnet
Extends from 5 to 25.
B advertised for retrieving boat motors
B. Telescoping Pocket Magnet
For retrieving all those things
that fall just out of sight or out
of reach on a carpet, under an appliance,
through a grill, etc., this telescoping
magnet is ideal. Although rated to dead
lift about 3.5 lb, this will depend on the
shape or surface area available; it will
easily pick up objects up to 2 lb. Only 5
closed, it extends to 25.
B 99K30.21 150 lb Magnet
Telescoping Pocket Magnet
99W63.20
spills. You can recover screws acci-
dentally spilled into sawdust, or
quickly clean up metal shavings or
iron lings. To release a load, the
squeeze handle retracts the magnet
inside the aluminum body. About 9
high with a 31/2 dia. base, it will lift
up to 5 lb. Magnet lifts
up to 150 lb.
Quick-Release Magnet
03K30.01 $16.40
D. 150 lb Magnet
$12.50 Actually, it weighs less than 2 lb, but
it will lift a load of 150 lb. Usually
from lakes, it has dozens of more
mundane uses such as cleaning up
nails around a construction project,
sweeping a shop oor of lings and
steel shavings, or just to swish over a
carpet to find a dropped pin that
would otherwise remain hidden until
someone happened by in bare feet. D
521 overall, it has a built-in eye
hook for attaching a rope or chain
(not included). A heavy-duty tool.
$29.50
$9.90
To order call 1-800-267-8767

Magnetic Sweep E. Industrial Magnetic Sweep

This tool picks up anything from tiny tacks and needles The 18 wide body of this magnetic sweep can pick
to large bolts, holding as much as 2 lb per sweep. up about two pounds of material, whether it is metal
.
45

Commonly used in shops to clear steel chips and shavings in a machine shop or fasteners on a
to

shavings, it is equally useful for collecting hard- construction site. When the quick-release
30

ware from driveways or lawns after construction handle on the aluminum housing is pulled
from

work, or in living space to nd dropped up, the magnet bar withdraws to ensure
sts
dju

needles or a tiny screw from eyeglasses. quick clearing of a load.

ea

The low prole lets you sweep under The handle of the sweep adjusts
ndl

furniture and shelves. It will even collect

Ha

between 30 and 45 and is secured

magnetic coins buried as deep as 2 with a buttery thumbscrew. The E
.
47

in sand. The handle can be set at wheel axles are adjustable, making
to

any length from 21 to 47 and it possible to change the body

21
m

the adjustable neck increases height from 1 clearance for

fro
ts

maneuverability. use on oors or concrete, to

jus
ad

Magnetic Sweep 2 clearance for collecting

le
nd

09A03.22 $25.50 material on uneven soil

Ha

or grass. Pull up to release.

Industrial Sweep
09A03.23 $56.50

230 Magnets
 A. Magnetic Studs Fits 1/4
pegboard
With these simple studs, you can add a magnetic tool holder holes.
just about anywhere you can drill a 1/4 hole. With a 5/8 diam-
eter head, the black-oxide nished steel body has an embedded A
1/2 rare-earth magnet at one end and a wide-thread screw base
Aggressive A
at the other. The studs can be screwed into standard 1/4 hole threads hold in
pegboard, or into pre-drilled pilot holes in wood or drywall; wood or drywall.
their aggressive threads provide excellent pull-out resistance. The sides of the stud
heads are knurled for grip, letting you screw them in by hand. The studs project 3/8
when mounted, providing tools enough stand-off to make them easy to grasp with
ngertips. A soft high-friction pad on the magnetic face makes them non-marring in
use. While the magnet is strong enough to hold items up to 1 lb, the pull-out resis-
tance of the stud is considerably higher; any tool on the magnet will release before B
the stud can be pulled from the wall. Sold in packages of four. Made in Canada. B
50K04.01 Magnetic Studs, pkg. of 4 $14.50

B. Magnetic Cord Holder

Cords are great tie-downs, but they require something to attach them to. This
chrome-plated holder has a low-prole 1 dia. rare-earth magnet with a 1/4
cross-drilled hole to accept hooks, as well as a 1 split ring for thick cord or
hooks. The holding strength depends on the angle of pull and the thickness of C
steel it is attached to. It takes a 30 lb direct pull off 1/8 steel plate or a 10 lb pull
at 45 off typical 0.045 truck-box steel. The 11/8 dia. base has a non-marring C
high-friction pad.
50K15.01 Magnetic Cord Holder, ea. $13.75
50K15.02 Magnetic Cord Holders, pr. $24.50

C. Standoff Magnetic Tool Holder

This magnet keeps a chuck key or wrench right where it is needed. Its zinc-
plated 5/8 tall steel body gives enough clearance to grip the tool easily for
removal. A 3/8 rare-earth magnet in one end holds the tool (up to 1 lb) rmly, D
but the stronger 1/2 magnet at the other end keeps the tool holder stuck to the
machine body, not to the tool.
50K18.01 Magnetic Tool Holder, ea. $5.50

D. Magnet-Based Pen & Pencil Holders D

Although these coil-spring holders with rare-earth magnet bases are wonderful
fridge magnets for holding a pen or pencil plus a grocery list, they are equally
useful in the shop for similar purposes, and to hold small LED ashlights,
Sharpies, screwdrivers, chuck keys, etc. Sold in sets of three in a snap-lid
style tin press the center to open, press the edge to close. E
88K78.97 Magnet-Based Holders (3) $11.50
E. Magnetic Pencil Holder
E
Tired of holding your pencil in your mouth while you work? This holder has a
1/103/8 rare-earth magnet held in a thin-walled cup to provide attraction on
both faces. Worn on the outside of your shirt, the cup clings to a galvanized disc
on the inside of the shirt. Using one of the six included clips, you can easily
remove or reattach the pencil without glancing away from your work. Additional
clips sold separately. 1+ 4+
05N52.01 Magnetic Holder/6 Clips $3.20 $2.95
05N52.02 Dozen Pencil Clips $3.40
F. Lee Valley Belt-Clip Magnet
Clipped onto your belt, this 1 rare-earth magnet lets you keep small hand tools or F
a handful of nails or screws at the ready. It will even hold a whole box of screws.
1+ 3+ F
50K19.01 Belt-Clip Magnet, ea. $7.50 $6.75
Hemispherical and Spherical Magnets
We had these magnets made primarily to see, rst of all, if it was possible and,
second, to see if we could nd uses for them. As with our other rare-earth magnets,
we have quickly found uses for them and expect to nd more. The 1/2 dia. hemi-
spherical magnet (which makes a superb swivel anchor for a mobile) can be used Hemispherical magnet in our G
in adjustable arms, specialized hinges, etc. The 15mm (5/8) dia. or 1/2 dia. steel cup (see page 232).

spherical magnet will hold a chain of ball bearings together to provide a near-
frictionless rotating suspension mechanism. One can also be rolled along the crack G
in a hardwood oor, where it will stop and quiver like a Labrador on point when-
ever it rolls over a nail, so that you can map the nails and then cut into the oor
without fear of tool damage. The gee-whiz factor is very high for both magnets. Hemispherical
1+ 5+ Example of hemispherical
G. 99K38.51 1/2 dia. Hemispherical Magnet, ea. $2.40 $1.92 magnet used as a swivel
H. 99K38.61 15mm (5/8) dia. Spherical Magnet, ea. $6.50 $5.20 H anchor for a mobile.
J
J. 99K38.62 1/2 dia. Spherical Magnet, ea. $3.90 $3.12
Magnets 231
Spherical
 A
Shown actual size.
B
C
D

A. RARE-EARTH MAGNETS D. MATCHING HIGH-

B. MATCHING STEEL CUPS C. MATCHING STEEL WASHERS
Read chart horizontally for compatible hardware. FRICTION DISCS
Outside Thick- Price per Magnet Outside Screw Price per Cup Outside Screw Price per Washer Outside Price
Item # Item # Item # Item #
Dia. ness 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Dia. Size 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Dia. Size 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Dia. Pkg/10

99K31.01 1/4 1/10 $ .42 $ .33 $ .31 $ .29 99K32.51 3/8 n/a $ .60 $ .48 $ .45 $ .42 99K32.61 3/8 #4 $ .60 $ .48 $ .45 $ .42 99K34.50 3/8 $5.20
99K32.03 3/8 1/10 $ .70 $ .56 $ .52 $ .49 99K32.52 1/2 #4 $ .65 $ .52 $ .48 $ .45 99K32.62 1/2 #4 $ .65 $ .52 $ .48 $ .45 99K34.51 1/2 $5.40
99K31.03 1/2 1/8 $1.24 $ .99 $ .93 $ .86 99K32.53 5/8 #4 $ .85 $ .68 $ .63 $ .59 99K32.63 5/8 #4 $ .80 $ .64 $ .60 $ .56 99K34.52 5/8 $5.80
Price per package of 5 1+ 3+
99K32.54 7/8 #10 $1.70 $1.36 $1.27 $1.19 99K32.64 7/8 #10 $1.40 $1.12 $1.05 $ .98 99K34.53 7/8 $6.20
99K32.11 3/4 1/8 $ 9.90 $ 7.90
99K32.13 1 1/8 $14.90 $11.90 99K32.55 11/8 #10 $2.10 $1.68 $1.57 $1.47 99K32.65 11/8 #10 $1.70 $1.36 $1.27 $1.19 99K34.54 11/8 $6.40

Rare-Earth Magnets and Mounting Hardware WARNING Strength of Our Size of Magnetic
There are countless uses for rare-earth magnets, from holding Keep all magnets out Rare-Earth Magnets Magnet Strength
keys or wrenches on machines to making fridge magnets. Nickel of reach of children. The maximum direct- 1/41/10 2.5 lb
plated, they are incredibly strong (see box at right) due to the elec- Swallowing magnets can be dangerous pull strengths you can 3/81/10 5 lb
tron array in the neodymium, the rare earth they are made from. for a child of any age, especially those expect of our rare-earth 1/21/8 9 lb
They can be mounted with almost any glue (epoxy is ideal). under the age of 3. Seek immediate magnets when sand-
3/41/8 22 lb
To increase a magnets attraction by a factor of 4, the zinc-plated medical attention if a magnet is swal- wiched between two
lowed or inhaled. Not to be used on toys. pieces of steel are listed here. 11/8 30 lb
steel magnet cups are counterbored to t the magnets. The cup for
the 1/4 magnet has a ridged outer surface to press-t into a 3/81/4 Magnet
deep hole. Larger cups can be screwed directly or ush mounted in Using Steel Cups and Washers
The main reason to use a magnet cup is to increase a magnets attraction (usually by a factor
a counterbored hole. The 1/2 and 5/8 cups are 1/4 thick; the 7/8
of 4). No glue is needed; inserted into a screw-mounted cup, there is little chance a magnet
and 11/8 cups are 9/32 thick. will pop out. If you plan to remove the magnet or cup in future, rst le a slot in the cup wall
Countersunk for screw fastening, the steel washers make ideal to allow you to pry out the magnet. Insert cup and fasten into place with a screw,
Cup
contact points for magnetic fastening systems. The three smaller Made to strict standards of flatness and then place magnet into the cup.
sizes are 3/32 thick; the two larger sizes are 5/32 thick. accuracy, our steel washers are ideal contact
Ideal for buffering cupped magnets and washers, the 1/64 thick points for magnets in fastening systems.
high-friction discs are made of a soft, non-marring acrylic mate- Install them with machine screws for best pull-
rial with a high-tack adhesive backing. Package of 10. out strength. Cup Magnet High-friction disc Washer

Rare-Earth Rod Magnets

50-Piece Magnet Sampler The rod magnets are more powerful cousins of the 1/4 circular magnets. H
Assembled as a sampler of 26 rod magnets By combining them with the 1/4 I.D. ring magnets, you can create inter-
and 24 circular magnets to offer you a esting mechanisms of all kinds. The 1/81/8 rod magnets are
variety of sizes. Sampler includes: sold only in packs of 10. G
15 of 1/8 dia. 1/8 thick rod magnet Length Dia. 1+ 10+
F
8 of 1/4 dia. 1/4 thick rod magnet E. 99K38.00 1/8 1/8 10 $3.10 $2.48
2 of 1/4 dia. 1/2 thick rod magnet F. 99K36.01 1/4 1/4 ea. $ .98 $ .78 E
1 of 1/4 dia. 1 thick rod magnet G. 99K36.02 1/2 1/4 ea. $2.20 $1.76
8 of 1/4 dia. 1/10 thick circular magnet H. 99K36.03 1 1/4 ea. $3.80 $3.04
Shown actual size.
8 of 3/8 dia. 1/10 thick circular magnet
Rare-Earth Ring Magnets
8 of 1/2 dia. 1/8 thick circular magnet
Ring magnets stack wonderfully on a rod or a taut cord if you place them
The sampler is priced at about 40% off the L
with similar poles facing. You can design an awe-inspiring K
price of the individual magnets.
horizontal top by putting two ring magnets on a rod and
50-Piece Magnet Sampler hiding four magnets in the horizontal base. J
99K33.50 $23.50 O.D. I.D. Thickness 1+ 10+
J. 99K37.01 1/4 1/16 1/8 $ .56
$ .44 Shown actual size.
ea. N
K. 99K37.02 3/8 1/8 1/8 $ .64
ea. $ .80
O P Q R S L. 99K37.03 1/2 1/4 1/8 $1.28
ea. $1.60
M. 99K37.04 3/4 3/8 1/8 $2.32
ea. $2.90
N. 99K37.05 1 1/2 1/8 $3.75 M
ea. $4.70
Rare-Earth Magnet, Cup & Washer Sets
We offer ve sizes of matching sets (magnets, cups and washers) at a 25% discount
off the individual prices. An excellent way to make closures in cabinet doors or box
lids. The three smaller sets include four magnets each, 1/4, 3/8 or 1/2 in diameter,
and four matching cups and washers. The two larger sizes come in sets of two
magnets, 3/4 or 1 in diameter, with two matching cups and washers.
O. 99K33.10 1/4 Magnet Set, 12 pcs. $ 4.70
P. 99K33.15 3/8 Magnet Set, 12 pcs. $ 5.80
Q. 99K33.20 1/2 Magnet Set, 12 pcs. $ 8.60 Recommended screw sizes are
indicated in the price line.
R. 99K33.25 4 Magnet Set, 6 pcs.
3/ $ 7.60
S. 99K33.30 1 Magnet Set, 6 pcs. $10.10
232 Magnets
 F

A. Cupped Magnet Sets

This design of rare-earth cupped magnet is strong, easy to install and comes Super Magnets for the Fridge
as a three-piece set of integral magnet with cup, countersunk washer (for No longer do you have to deal with
use as a door strike) and high-friction lm cover. The magnet can be used weak-kneed fridge magnets. This
as a door catch with a strike or as a magnetic base alone with high-friction chrome-plated steel magnet, which has a
lm cover but without the strike. The countersunk screw hole in the center powerful 1/2 rare-earth magnet in the base, is
of the magnet makes it particularly easy to install or remove. The cups are strong enough to hold more than a dozen pages to a fridge. Also excellent for
about 0.005 smaller than their nominal diameters so they t snugly in a holding engineering or architectural drawings on chalkless blackboards and
counterbored hole. For many shop uses, they can be attached directly to enamelled steel panels. The base is covered with a soft high-friction pad to
walls, beams or equipment without any counterbore. The magnet strengths prevent marring. 5/8 dia. base by 3/4 high. Sold individually, or in sets of
in the chart below are rated as the average pounds of force required in a three in a tin with a snap-lid style lid press the center to open, press the edge
straight pull to disengage them from 3/8 thick steel or their companion to close. 1+ 3+
washers. Recommended sizes of at-head wood screws (not included) are F. 50K02.02 Magnet, ea. $ 5.75 $5.15
listed in the chart. G. 50K02.04 Magnets (3) & Tin $16.50

A. Cupped Magnet Sets 3/8 Plate Washer

Cup Price per Set Screw
Product # Magnet Dia. Force Force
Dia. 1+ 10+ Size
99K39.04 5/8 12mm (1/2) $2.90 $2.30 #4-#6 12 lb 9 lb
99K39.05 3/4 14mm (9/16) $3.70 $2.95 #6 161/2 lb 15 lb Hanger knob
shown holding
99K39.07 1 18mm (11/16) $4.40 $3.50 #8 35 lb 32 lb H a wreath.
Shown actual size.
99K39.09 11/4 24mm (15/16) $5.90 $4.70 #10 69 lb 56 lb
H. Hanger Knob for Steel Doors
Panel Magnet Cup How do you hang a decorative wreath on a
Used to mount a 3/8 steel door? It is not advisable to start drilling
rare-earth magnet Actual size holes. This steel knob, which is nickel plated
B E
perpendicular to and then gold plated, has a 3/4 rare-earth
a surface, this magnet in its base covered with a layer of
magnet cup makes high-friction tape. Not only is it non-marring,
an excellent catch for C D but it will readily support up to 3 lb. When
a cabinet door or a not in use for wreath hanging, it can also be
concealed mount for removable panels. A magnet installed in the integral used for holding notices to the door, or as the
steel cup will exert at least 2 lb of pulling force. The nylon body is 5/8 wide worlds strongest fridge magnet. 7/8 dia.
by 11/16 long and projects 9/16, with a screw slot that allows 1/16 of hori- base by 3/4 high. 1+ 3+
zontal adjustment (#6 screw not included). Magnet sold separately. 50K02.01 Hanger Knob, ea. $9.95 $8.95
We offer a steel washer to use as a contact point. Measuring 1/2 in diameter
and 3/32 thick, it is J. Magnetic Spring Clip
Magnet cup
countersunk for Magnet High-friction disc Not only will this strong magnetic clip stay exactly where it is placed, but it
screw fastening (#4 will also hold up to 100 sheets of paper in its spring coil. When you pull on
screw not included). the knob, the steel spring stretches to accept anything from a single sheet to
A 1/2 self-adhesive a clutch of paper between the coils. Releasing the knob closes the spring,
high-friction disc securely gripping the paper. Beyond its obvious use on a fridge, the clip will
(sold in packages of Washer Door or attach to any ferrous surface, making it excellent for holding project plans
ten) can be used as a Cabinet panel and drawings on chalkless blackboards and enamelled steel panels. Glossy
cushion to dampen paper is best held under the magnet. The knob and base are turned stainless
door closure. 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+ steel. The 7/8 diameter base J
B. 99K32.72 Panel Magnet Cup, ea. $2.90 $2.30 $2.15 $2.00 houses a powerful 5/8 rare-
C. 99K32.03 3/8 Rare-Earth Magnet, ea. $ .70 $ .56 $ .52 $ .49 earth magnet and has a soft
D. 99K32.62 1/2 Steel Washer, ea. $ .65 $ .52 $ .48 $ .45 high-friction pad to make it
E. 99K34.51 1/2 High-Friction Discs (10) $5.40 non-marring in use. Overall
height is 3/4. Made in Canada.
Magnetic Spring Clip, ea.
Panel attachment
50K03.01 $9.50
Shown actual size.
Cabinet door catch

B&C
B&C

D&E
Magnets 233
 A G H H
F

F A
A
G
G

J
B C D E
1/4-20 T-Slot Tracks 1+ 3+ track is the way to go. This anodized aluminum

JIG & FIXTURE A. 12K79.22 1/4 T-Slot, 2

12K79.24 1/4 T-Slot, 3
$ 9.90 $ 8.40
$13.50 $11.50
extrusion has the same inner prole as our 1/4
T-slot extrusion, but the outer prole incorpo-
12K79.28 *1/4 T-Slot, 4 $16.50 $14.00 rates a pair of wings designed to lock the
PARTS B.
1/4-20 T-Slot Hardware
05J21.15 1/4-20 T-Slot Nuts (10) $ 3.60
extrusion in place. Installation simply requires
undercutting a 3/83/4 dado using the undercut
Comparison of 1/4 and 5/16 T-slot tracks C. 12K79.70 1/4-201 T-Bolts (10) $ 3.70 slotting bit. The resulting T-slot securely holds
12K79.71 1/4-2011/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.50 the extrusion in place, without the need for
Shown D. 12K79.72 1/4-202 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.80 screws or glue. Available in 2, 3 or 4 lengths.
actual Patent pending. 1+ 3+
size. 12K79.73 1/4-2021/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 5.60
12K79.74 1/4-203 T-Bolts (10) $ 6.20 12K79.42 2 Double T-Slot, ea. $10.10 $ 8.60
12K79.75 1/4-2031/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 6.80 12K79.44 3 Double T-Slot, ea. $14.10 $12.00
E. 12K79.80 Hex Bolt Washers (10) $ 3.50 12K79.48 *4 Double T-Slot, ea. $17.10 $14.50
1/4 5/16
5/16-18 T-Slot Tracks 1+ 3+
Veritas Miter Slot Extrusion
T-slot track T-slot track
12K79.32 5/16 T-Slot, 2 $12.60 $10.75 The 3/4 wide slot extrusion is used primarily as a
Veritas T-Slot Tracks 12K79.34 5/16 T-Slot, 3 $17.50 $14.90 miter fence slot; it can be built into any surface by
Our aluminum extrusions are among the most 12K79.38 *5/16 T-Slot, 4 $21.20 $18.00 dadoing a 1/21 groove to accept it. It is sized to
useful components for making jigs and xtures. 5/16-18 T-Slot Hardware allow a sliding fit with our 3/83/4 UHMW
The smaller extrusion is sized to t 1/4-20 hard- 12K79.60 5/16-18 T-Slot Nuts (10) $ 4.80 strips, as well as our 1/4 T-slot extrusion. The
ware; the larger size ts 5/16-18 hardware. Both 12K79.62 5/16-181 T-Bolts (10) $ 4.80 inside walls have a slight chamfer at the top to
can be used with T-slot nuts or T-bolts. Optional 12K79.63 5/16-1811/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 5.60 guide pieces into the channel. The extrusion has a
hex bolt shoulder washers allow either extru- 12K79.64 5/16-182 T-Bolts (10) $ 6.00 central V-groove for ease of drilling. Anodized
sion to be used with commonly available hex 12K79.65 5/16-1821/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 6.80 for wear resistance and to prevent oxidation, they
bolts. The 1/4 T-slot will t a standard 3/4 miter 12K79.67 5/16-183 T-Bolts (10) $ 7.30 are available in 2, 3 or 4 lengths. 1+ 3+
slot, our miter slot extrusion, or a 3/83/4 12K79.68 5/16-1831/2 T-Bolts (10) $ 7.90 G. 12K79.06 23/4 Slot Extr., ea. $ 9.90 $ 8.40
dado. The 5/16 T-slot ts into a 7/167/8 dado. 12K79.66 Hex Bolt Washers (10) $ 3.50 12K79.07 33/4 Slot Extr., ea. $13.50 $11.50
Both extrusions have a central V-groove for 12K79.05 *43/4 Slot Extr., ea. $16.50 $14.00
ease of drilling. The outside surfaces are uted * In addition to our regular shipping charges, H. 46J90.15 3/8 UHMW, 3/424 $ 7.80 $ 6.65
to provide a strong mechanical lock when a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. 46J90.16 *3/8 UHMW, 3/448$13.50 $11.50
glued. Anodized for wear resistance and to
prevent oxidation, they are available in 2, 3 or F. Veritas Double T-Slot Tracks J. Undercut Slotting Bit
4 lengths. Both the T-slot nuts and the T-bolts Our regular T-slot extrusions are perfect for For use with double T-slot tracks.
are offered in packages of 10. T-bolts are avail- most jig-making applications. They can be A B C BB
able in 1, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3 and 31/2 lengths. installed using either glue or screws, but when 16J60.80 1/8 1/16 1/4H $24.20
Patent pending. neither option is appropriate, our double T-slot 18J60.80 1/8 1/16 8mm P $24.20

5/16
1/4 T-Slot 1/4 Double 3/43/8
T-Slot
Compatibility Chart Track
Track
T-Slot Track UHMW
Ball-bearing size
is noted in the 12K79.22 12K79.32 12K79.42
Compatible Not compatible 46J90.15
12K79.24 12K79.34 12K79.44
price line as BB. 12K79.28 12K79.38 12K79.48
46J90.16
See page 274 for a
J complete selection
1/4-20 T-Slot Nuts 05J21.15 n/a
C of ball bearings. 12K79.70 12K79.73
1/4-20 T-Bolts 12K79.71 12K79.74 n/a
12K79.72 12K79.75
5/16-18 T-Slot Nuts 12K79.60 n/a
12K79.62 12K79.65
5/16-18 T-Bolts 12K79.63 12K79.67 n/a
A 12K79.64 12K79.68
3/4 Slot 12K79.05 12K79.07
12K79.06
Extrusion

234 B
 F G H J

K M Z

E
A L
S
O
B Q X
W
R P

Y
Saw guard
removed for N
clarity. U
V
T
Lee Valley Brass Thumbscrews
Both elegant and functional, these 1/4 & 5/16 dia. Jig & Fixture Parts
thumbscrews are milled from solid When making jigs and fixtures, it is always Comparison of
brass and tumbled to a matte nish. Made in our own machine shop to a chore to nd hardware of the correct size. This 5/16-18 threads and
precise tolerances, they accept set screws, machine screws, hanger bolts or well-coordinated line offers a solution. We have 1/4-20 threads

threaded rod with standard 8-32 or 1/4-20 threads (you supply). A bit of parts with 1/4-20 threads for general use or with 5/16-18 thread
adhesive on the threads will let you anchor the thumbscrew to a fastener more robust 5 / 16 -18 threads for increased
shaft. The 8-32 thumbscrew is about 3/43/4 wide, with 1/4 of threaded strength and durability. The components can be
depth. The 1/4-20 thumbscrew is about 11 wide, with 3/8 of threaded intermixed so long as they share a common Shown actual size.
depth. Made in Canada. 1+ 5+ thread size; the knobs and handles can be
A. 05H10.01 8-32 Thumbscrew, ea. $7.60 $6.50 combined with the nuts, inserts or machine bolts.
B. 05H10.05 1/4-20 Thumbscrew, ea. $9.20 $7.80 /4-20 thread 1
Knobs & Handles
Made from durable plastics, the taper handle and the ball, clamping, sure-grip,
Cam Clamp Mechanism 11/2 four-arm, wing and bar knobs are available in both male and female
These cam clamps make quick C congurations; all have a 1 stud unless otherwise indicated (see chart). The 2
work of clamping and releasing four-arm and pentagon knobs are female only. The wing nuts are made from
jigs and xtures; 400 lb of force malleable iron for extended service.
can be exerted using only a
thumb and forenger to operate 1/4-20 Thread 5/16-18 Thread
the handle. Two sizes are avail- Knobs, Handles and Price Price
able. The 1/ 4-20 cam clamp D Thumbscrews Item # Item #
1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
with a 3 long cast aluminum
handle is suitable for most E. 1 dia. Ball Head Knob (F), ea. 00M55.01 $2.40 $2.05 00M77.01 $2.70 $2.30
clamping applications. The F. 11/4 dia. Ball Head Knob (M), ea. 00M55.05 $3.60 $3.05 00M75.05 $4.00 $3.40
steel cross-dowel nut can be
used with any 1/4-20 fastener G. 37/8 Taper Handle (F), ea. 00M53.01 $5.20 $4.40 00M73.01 $6.80 $5.80
(e.g., a bolt or a threaded rod H. 37/8 Taper Handle (M), ea. 00M53.02 $8.00 $6.80 00M73.02 $9.90 $8.40
and nut). For heavier applica-
J. 1 Clamping Knob (F), ea. 00M56.20 $2.40 $2.05 00M76.20 $2.70 $2.30
tions, our 5/16-18 cam clamp
with a 33/8 long steel handle Open, the Closed, the cam K. 1 Clamping Knob (M), ea. 00M56.21 $2.70 $2.30 00M76.21 $4.00 $3.40
has a steel cross-dowel nut clamp action holds parts
remains in place. L. 13/4 Clamping Knob (F), ea. 00M56.10 $2.90 $2.45 00M76.10 $3.70 $3.15
that can be used with any slack for parts
5/16-18 screw or bolt. Our 1/4-20 adjustment. M. 13/4 Clamping Knob (M), ea. 00M56.11 $2.90 $2.45 00M76.11 $3.70 $3.15
and 5/16-18 T-bolts are ideal N. 11/2 Sure-Grip (F), ea. 00M55.20 $2.60 $2.20 00M75.20 $2.90 $2.45
(see facing page). Each clamp
O. 11/2 Sure-Grip (M), ea. 00M55.21 $2.60 $2.20 00M75.21 $2.90 $2.45
includes two washers of
different thickness so you can choose lever orientation without affecting P. 11/2 Four-Arm Knob (F), ea. 00M55.30 $3.90 $3.30 00M75.30 $4.50 $3.80
clamping force. 1+ 5+ Q. 11/2 Four-Arm Knob (M), ea. 00M55.31 $2.60 $2.20 00M75.31 $3.00 $2.55
C. 05J51.01 1/4-20 Cam Clamp, ea. $5.80 $4.95
D. 05J51.05 5/16-18 Cam Clamp, ea. $6.60 $5.60 R. 11/8 Wing Knob (F), ea. 00M51.01 $2.30 $1.95
S. 11/8 Wing Knob (M), ea. 00M51.02 $2.30 $1.95
11/2 Wing Knob (F), ea. 00M71.01 $3.00 $2.55
11/2 Wing Knob (M), ea. 00M71.02 $3.00 $2.55
T. 2 Wing Knob (F), ea. 00M52.01 $3.20 $2.70 00M72.01 $3.80 $3.25
U. 2 Wing Knob (M), ea. 00M52.02 $3.20 $2.70 00M72.02 $3.80 $3.25
D V. 2 Bar Knob (F), ea. 00M55.10 $3.10 $2.60 00M75.10 $3.50 $3.00
W. 2 Bar Knob (M), ea. 00M55.11 $3.10 $2.60 00M75.11 $3.50 $3.00
X. 2 Four-Arm Knob (F), ea. 00M55.40 $3.10 $2.60 00M75.40 $3.70 $3.15
Y. 21/4 Pentagon Knob (F), ea. 00M50.01 $2.20 $1.85 00M70.01 $2.60 $2.20
Z. Wing Nut, ea. 00M54.01 $3.00 $2.55 00M74.01 $3.30 $2.80
Stud length: = 1/2 = 3/4 = 11/2

235
 C Dowel cap M N
N

A D

Socket head of capscrew

press-ts into knob.

Veritas Knock-Down
Fasteners
E Developed for knock-down
Capscrews, Knobs & Washers construction, these bolts and
For a custom thumbscrew, press-t (vise assisted) the socket head of the cross-dowels are useful
capscrew into one of the three available knobs: rose, knurled or T-knob. anywhere you need a strong
Use the appropriate 1/4 nylon washers as spacers or when you have to butt joint, or where the material
apply pressure right at the capscrew head. In some instances, you will want is not strong enough to support
to combine a T-nut or threaded insert in your mechanism. All of these parts a threaded insert. The brass
can be combined with the nuts, threaded inserts or machine screws on the cross-dowel has a threaded
facing page. hole through the middle to
1/4-20 Thread 5/16-18 Thread
accept the accompanying zinc-
Capscrews, Knobs and plated steel bolt. The
Price Price Cap is held
Washers Item # Item # combination of brass and steel in place
1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
prevents lockup, permitting by a set
A. 11/2 Rose Knob, ea. 00M40.01 $1.40 $1.20 00M60.01 $1.60 $1.35 screw.
easy disassembly. No complex
B. Knurled Knobs (4)* 00M40.02 $2.00 $1.70 00M60.02 $2.30 $1.95 joinery is required for rigid
C. 11/4 T-Knobs (4) 00M40.03 $2.10 $1.80 00M60.03 $2.40 $2.05 construction, and the bolt can
D. Nylon Washers (10) 00M40.23 $2.20 $1.85 00M60.23 $2.40 $2.05 be snugged if anything loosens
E. 3/4 Capscrews (10) 00M40.11 $2.90 $2.45 00M60.11 $3.20 $2.70 due to humidity changes. The
1 Capscrews (10) 00M40.12 $3.40 $2.90 00M60.12 $3.90 $3.30 cross-dowel has a slot at one
11/2 Capscrews (10) 00M40.13 $4.00 $3.40 00M60.13 $4.80 $4.10 end so you can use a screw-
2 Capscrews (10) 00M40.14 $4.80 $4.10 00M60.14 $5.00 $4.25 driver to align it with the bolt. A threaded hole on the other end of the cross-dowel
21/2 Capscrews (10) 00M40.15 $5.60 $4.75 00M60.15 $6.50 $5.50 allows mounting of a dowel cap. Each fastener includes a cross-dowel, washer and
* 1/4-20 knurled knob is 3/4 in diameter; 5/16-18 is 1.
bolt. The largest size is available only as a package of four.
1/4-20
Available in brass, or steel with zinc or black plating, the dowel caps are used to
snap-lock knobs
conceal the hole made for the cross-dowel. Sized relative to the cross-dowel, each
G H cap has a boss on the underside for registration in the hole drilled for the cross-
F dowel; a set screw (two are supplied in 1/4 and 5/16 lengths) mounts into 8-32
threaded holes in the cross-dowel and the underside of the cap, fastening the cap
in place. The diameter of each cap is about 1/8 larger than the stated diameter of
the cross-dowel.
See the chart for cross-dowel and bolt sizing, as well as the recommended stock
thickness. Made in Canada.
Nuts
and J 5/16-18 snap-lock knobs
M. Knock-Down Brass Cross-Dowel Zinc-Plated Bolt N. Matching Dowel Caps
bolts not
K
Fasteners Nominal Nominal
included. Bolt Product # Finish Price, ea.
Dimen- Stock Thread Length
Product # Price sions* Thickness 1+ 4+
05G07.06 each $ 3.70 05G06.01 Zinc $2.90 $2.60
1/21/2 3/4 1/4-20 3 05G06.02 Brass $2.90 $2.60
05G07.03 pkg. 4 $13.20 05G06.03 Black $3.20 $2.90
05G07.07 each $ 4.40 05G06.11 Zinc $3.00 $2.70
Hardware 5/85/8 1 5/16-18 4 05G06.12 Brass $3.00 $2.70
drops in and 05G07.04 pkg. 4 $15.70 05G06.13 Black $3.40 $3.05
snaps into L 05G06.21 Zinc $3.10 $2.80
hex hole. 05G07.08 each $ 5.50
3/43/4 11/4 3/8-16 5 05G06.22 Brass $3.10 $2.80
Snap-Lock Knobs 05G07.05 pkg. 4 $19.70 05G06.23 Black $3.50 $3.15
These knobs instantly convert any standard 1/4 or 5/16 hex-head nut or 05G06.31 Zinc $3.40 $3.05
bolt into a clamp knob. They are particularly handy when you need a knob 05G07.02 pkg. 4 $33.50 11 11/2 1/2-13 6 05G06.32 Brass $3.40 $3.05
with a specic stud length to suit an application. Polypropylene with a 05G06.33 Black $3.70 $3.30
textured surface for sure grip, the knobs have a hex-shaped recess with *The actual cross-dowel diameters are 0.020 undersize from stated. This provides clearance in a
grooved walls to hold a nut or bolt head snugly. Available in three styles. hole drilled to the nominal size noted.
Nuts and bolts not included. Sizes listed are diameter by height.
Snap-Lock Knobs You can hide the bolt head with
Thread 1/4-20 5/16-18
Thread a dowel cap by placing a rare- Magnet

Description Price Price earth magnet between the bolt

Item # Item #
1+ 10+ 1+ 10+
13/811/8 Star Knob, ea. F. 00M50.10 $1.40 $1.20 J. 00M70.10 $1.60 $1.35
13/41 Star Knob, ea. G. 00M50.20 $1.50 $1.25 K. 00M70.20 $1.70 $1.45
211/8 3-Point Knob, ea. H. 00M50.30 $1.60 $1.35 L. 00M70.30 $1.80 $1.55
236 Jigs & Fixtures
and the cap set screw (though
Dowel cap
the brass cap is non-magnetic,
its steel screw will hold the cap
in place). Set screw
 B O P Q R
Hanger Bolts A
These steel hanger bolts have a wood screw on one end
and metric, 1/4-20 or 5/16-18 machine threads on the
other. Depending on the material, the metric bolts K
require a pre-drill between 3mm (1/8) and 3.5mm
(9/64), the 1/4-20 bolts from 7/32 to 15/64, and the 5/16-18 H
bolts from 9/32 to 19/64. Overall lengths are stated in
each price line (for the metric sizes, nominal Imperial D F Cutaway view
C J showing 6-prong
conversions are given). All are sold in bags of 10. E nut set into wood.
G
Metric (M4) Thread
Metric Hanger Bolts Price
Item # L
1+ 10+
T-Nuts & Propell Nuts
A. 25mm (1) Bolts (10) 00N61.25 $ .80 $ .65 Veritas Bench Anchor Generally, 3-prong nuts are used for plywood, 4-prong for hard or soft wood
30mm (13/16) Bolts (10) 00N61.30 $1.00 $ .85 Our bench anchor is and 6-prong for softer materials and composites. Propell nuts excel in appli-
35mm (13/8) Bolts (10) 00N61.35 $1.00 $ .85 ideal for securing cations where there is a danger of splitting, due to material hardness or
40mm (19/16) Bolts (10) 00N61.40 $1.00 $ .85 jigs and xtures. thickness. They are also good for end-grain applications, such as leveller
See page 68 for
45mm (13/4) Bolts (10) 00N61.45 $1.10 $ .90 feet. In 1/4-20, the T-nuts have 3/4 dia. anges with a 5/16 barrel height and
more information.
50mm (2) Bolts (10) 00N61.50 $1.20 $1.00 a 7/32 prong height, while the Propell nuts have a 3/4 ange and a 9/16
barrel height; a 5/16 pre-drill is recommended for both. In 5/16-18, the T-nuts
1/4-20 Thread 5/16-18 Thread
have 7/8 dia. anges, a 3/8 barrel height and a 9/32 prong height; the Propell
Imperial Hanger Bolts Price Price nuts have 7/8 dia. anges with a 5/8 barrel height; both require a 3/8 pilot
Item # Item #
1+ 10+ 1+ 10+ hole. In 3/8-16, the T-nuts and Propell nuts have 1 dia. anges, a 7/16 barrel
B. 1 Bolts (10) 01Z02.01 $1.00 $ .85 height, a 5/16 prong height and a recommended 29/64 pre-drill. Sold in bags
11/2 Bolts (10) 01Z02.15 $1.10 $ .90 00N44.15 $2.10 $1.80 of 10 or 100.
2 Bolts (10) 01Z02.20 $1.20 $1.00 00N44.20 $2.40 $2.05 T-Nuts and 1/4-20 Thread 5/16-18 Thread 3/8-16 Thread
21/2 Bolts (10) 01Z02.25 $1.30 $1.10 00N44.25 $2.80 $2.40 Propell Nuts Item # Price Item # Price Item # Price
C. 11/2 Insert Bolts (10) 00M93.01 $5.60 $4.75 O. 3-Prong T-Nuts (10) 00N22.03 $ 1.40 00N52.03 $ 2.70 00N22.23 $ 2.80
3-Prong T-Nuts (100) 00N22.13 $ 6.00 00N52.13 $14.30 00N22.33 $13.50
Brass Nuts, Screws & Inserts
P. 4-Prong T-Nuts (10) 00N22.04 $ 1.40 00N52.04 $ 2.70 00N22.24 $ 2.80
These are ideal when you want brass hardware, but still want knock-down
convenience. Slot-head machine screws come with either a round (RH) or 4-Prong T-Nuts (100) 00N22.14 $ 6.00 00N52.14 $14.30 00N22.34 $13.50
at (FH) head; see chart for lengths and package quantities. The knurled Q. 6-Prong T-Nuts (10) 00N22.06 $ 1.50 00N22.26 $ 2.90
screws have 3/4 long threads. With knife-edge external threads for a secure 6-Prong T-Nuts (100) 00N22.16 $ 6.50 00N22.36 $14.20
hold, the 1/4-20 insert nuts require a 3/8 pre-drill, while the 5/16-18 insert R. Propell Nuts (10) 00N23.01 $ 2.60 00N32.01 $ 4.20 00N23.02 $ 3.40
nuts are sized to t a 1/2 hole. The speed nuts move along a threaded rod Propell Nuts (100) 00N23.11 $14.20 00N32.11 $29.50 00N23.12 $21.30
without turning; their threads do not engage until they meet the end, then
they can be tightened. Threaded rod is 24 long.
S. Super-High-Friction Tape
1/4-20Thread 5/16-18Thread
Brass Nuts, Screws Used in the printing industry to cover
Price Price rollers on large presses, this tape is a rayon
and Inserts Item # Item #
1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ fabric with a silicone rubber coating and is
D. Knurled Screw, ea. 00M91.01 $ 3.40 $2.90 00M95.01 $ 3.50 $3.00 PSA backed. It has superior non-slip prop-
E. Insert Nuts (10) 00M90.01 $ 8.90 $7.55 00M94.01 $10.90 $9.30 erties and is highly resistant to glues.
F. 1 RH Screws (10) 44Z08.03 $ 4.20 $3.55 44Z08.13 $ 7.80 $6.65 Especially useful if applied to a router plate
G. 1 FH Screws (10) 44Z08.04 $ 4.20 $3.55 44Z08.14 $ 7.80 $6.65 to ensure the router is rmly clamped to a
table and doesnt move during operation.
H. 2 RH Screws (10) 44Z09.03 $ 6.10 $5.20 44Z09.13 $ 7.80 $6.65
Can also be used on magnetic shop acces-
J. 2 FH Screws (10) 44Z09.04 $ 6.10 $5.20 44Z09.14 $ 7.80 $6.65 sories (dust chutes, fences, shop lamp, etc.)
K. Speed Nuts (4) 05F01.03 $11.40 to keep them from slipping and to prevent
Speed Nut, ea. 12K79.82 $ 3.90 surface marring. Sold as a 112 strip. S
L. 24 Rod, ea. 05F01.04 $ 2.50 $2.10 12K79.81 $ 3.20 $2.70 Made in Germany.
High-Friction Tape 1+ 6+
Insert Nut Driver 99K34.01 $6.50 $5.50
Available in 1/4-20 and 5/16-18 versions, this 1/4 hex-shank driver lets you
conveniently use a power drill when installing the insert nuts we offer. A
ball detent in the slotted head holds the insert nut for easy handling. The T. Slippery (Low-Friction) Tape
shoulder of the 1/4-20 driver acts as a stop, contacting the work when the nut This UHMW (ultra-high molecular
is sunk just below the surface. weight) tape is used wherever you need to
M. 50J03.51 1/4-20 Insert Nut Driver $12.50 reduce friction between two surfaces, e.g., Saw guard removed for clarity.
N. 50J03.52 5/16-18 Insert Nut Driver $ 6.90 on cabinet drawers, machine fences and
shop jigs such as cut-off boxes. This trans-
parent, PSA-backed, 5 mil tape is
incredibly tough. A small piece on the
cross rail under a drawer will give you a
silky-smooth action. Excellent on jointer
N fences or under miter guides. 18 (216)
M
long by 1 wide. T
25U04.01 Slippery Tape, 118 $15.95

Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Jigs & Fixtures 237

 Adjustable
expansion disc

Bars t nominal 3/4 miter slots.

A
Slider bars used for
crosscut jig.

Incra Miter-Slot Slider Bars

The same bars Incra uses in its miter gauges are screws) and the attachment of knobs or handles that
now available separately for use as miter-slot have threaded studs. For greater stability and safety D
runners in jig construction. The 173/4 and 253/8 in T-track miter slots, there are T-slot nuts at either
bars are sized to t nominal 3/4 slots. Positioned on end (removable for use in a plain slot). Made of
top of the bars for easy access, expansion discs chrome-plated steel, these bars are less susceptible E
provide low-friction travel and remove lateral play to humidity or temperature changes than wooden
so jigs stay square to the cutter. Tapped holes runners. Made in USA. D. Kreg
spaced along the bar allow trouble-free mounting A. 86N70.40 Incra Miter Slider, 173/4 $27.90 Combo-Trak
of jigs (with the included 1/4-20 or 10-24 machine B. 86N70.45 Incra Miter Slider, 253/8 $39.50 A simple, convenient way to greatly expand the
utility of a shop-built router table, this dual-slot
C. Incra Build-It Jig & Fixture System rail adds a standard 3/8 3/4 miter slot as well as
Think of this as a Meccano set for making jigs. Ideal for those short on time or condence in jig construc- a T-slot (accommodates the head of a 1/4-20 hex
tion, it contains a selection of modular parts in one convenient kit, so you can build shop aids with ease bolt), providing a way to mount miter gauges,
and speed. Its modularity lets you readily assemble the components, make design changes or produce jigs featherboards, stop blocks or other accessories.
with interchangeable parts that mount on a common base. The kit contains two 5/8 thick MDF panels Supplied in a 48 length, the 15/8 wide anodized
(151/273/4 and 151/2113/4) pre-drilled for mounting miter-slot runners. Comes with a pair of panel aluminum extrusion installs in a 1/2 deep groove
connectors, an 18 long 3/83/4 aluminum miter-slot runner, an 18 long 3/4 T-track and an 18 long and is secured by #8 flat-head screws (not
T-track with an integral scale graduated in 32nds of an inch (both T-tracks accept the hexagonal head of included).
standard 1/4-20 bolts). Also includes a hold-down clamp, two 90 brackets, eight wing knobs and eight 86N40.36 *48 Combo-Trak $46.50
bolts, as well as plans and instructions for making ve jigs: a router table coping sled, a disc sander table, * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a
a squaring jig for a table saw, an angled crosscut jig, and a tenoning jig. The supplied parts are an excellent length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
foundation for making an array of workshop xtures; however, most require additional material for
making fences, stops, etc. To expand the kit, individual components are also available separately. Made E. Kreg Top Trak

in USA. This anodized aluminum extrusion makes it

86N70.70 Jig & Fixture Kit $135.00 straightforward to add a direct-reading capability to
Coping sled
the fence of a shop-built crosscut sled, drill-press
Not Stocked at our Stores: table or miter saw station. It combines a recess for a
86N70.51 Pr. 90 Brackets $ 10.90 1/2 wide self-adhesive measuring tape with a
86N70.52 Hold-Down Clamp $ 11.90 T-slot that accepts the head of a 1/4-20 hex bolt for
86N70.53 18 T-Slot Panel Connector $ 18.90 securing a stop block, and is shaped for easy
86N70.55 1/4-20 Knobs & 1/4-2011/2 Bolts (8) $ 11.50 surface mounting to 3/4 stock. You simply use a
86N70.56 Build-It Panel, Small $ 16.50 1/8 bit (not included) to through-drill the tab/wing
86N70.57 Build-It Panel, Large $ 19.90 and attach to the fence with the supplied #63/4
Mitering jig
86N70.58 18 Miter Slot Runner $ 18.90 round-head screws. Sold in 24 lengths.
86N70.62 18 T-Track w/Scale $ 11.50 86N40.37 24 Top Trak $27.50
86N70.64 36 T-Track w/Scale $ 16.90
86N70.66 18 T-Track, Incra $ 9.50 See page 18 for adhesive measuring tapes that
can be mounted to your workbench.
86N70.68 36 T-Track, Incra $ 14.50

238
 Install using material 3/4 thick.

Bandsaw use

B C
F Router use

Rotate knob to activate or deactivate magnet.

A
Mag-Jig ON OFF
Magnetic Clamps
These ingenious
UHMW Polyethylene clamps each contain
UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight) polyethylene is a dense, tough, rigid two powerful rare-earth
plastic that is impervious to moisture and has a very low coefcient of friction. magnets. With the knob turned to the on position, the magnets
Jig bases made from it slide easily on machine tables. It is also suitable for align and cling to any ferrous surface. In the off position, the
making fences, jigsaw sub-tables, etc. The 3/83/4 strips are sized to t in table magnets counteract each other to release the clamp for removal or
slots. The width is cut to close tolerances so that it ts well in a 3/4 slot and repositioning. The instant on/off toggle makes them ideal for
completely avoids the annoying galling that you get with many slot runners. It custom jigs and xtures. They are available with either 20mm or
machines much like wood. It can be drilled, tapped, routed or cut with a saw 30mm magnets that exert 95 lb and 155 lb of force respectively.
blade. It even makes good bearings for low rpm use. 1+ 3+ They have aluminum bodies with rubber-coated knobs for grip. The
A. 46J90.15 3/8 UHMW, 3/424 $ 7.80 $ 6.65 20mm size mounts in a 13/16 hole, while the 30mm jig requires a
46J90.16 *3/8 UHMW, 3/448 $13.50 $11.50 15/8 hole. Both install in material 3/4 thick. An excellent alternative
B. 46J90.10 1/4 UHMW, 424 $13.90 $11.80 to traditional clamping methods.
46J90.11 3/8 UHMW, 424 $19.50 $16.55 E. 03J75.95 20mm Mag-Jig Clamp, ea. $30.50
46J90.12 1/2 UHMW, 424 $29.50 $25.10 F. 03J75.96 30mm Mag-Jig Clamp, ea. $42.90
46J90.14 3/4 UHMW, 424 $31.50 $26.80 G. 150 lb force Switchable Magnet
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. The low prole (0.740/19mm) of this
Drill press
switchable magnet makes it ideal for application
C. Polycarbonate Sheets
workshop jigs. With its 25/8 long integral
These rigid polycarbonate sheets are perfect for making custom transparent base
attachment ange, it can even be a jig in
plates, safety shields, templates, jigs, inserts and other accessories for your workshop.
itself. For example, you can use it as a
Much like wood, the durable nominal 1212 plates can be drilled, tapped, routed
bandsaw fence when ripping an inch or
or cut with a saw blade. Two thicknesses available. Very high shock resistance.
two off a board. Two magnets on a drill
46J86.12 1/4 Polycarbonate Sheet $18.50
press will let you do repetitive drilling.
46J86.13 3/8 Polycarbonate Sheet $27.50
If a jig is going to be subjected to any signicant rotational force, it
D. Polyurethane Wheels is better to use two switchable magnets so that rotational forces can be
Originally manufactured as parts for kick scooters, these tough, smooth-rolling converted to shear forces; a good example is a featherboard for a table
wheels are suitable for a range of applications, from carts and trolleys to work saw, where rotational forces are experienced when a board is just
guides and in-line feed mechanisms. Measuring 37/815/16 thick with a 5/16 starting to enter the ngers and when exiting the ngers. Although the
inside diameter, they are compatible with standard 5/16-18 hardware*. The carbon- magnet has pull-off resistance up to 165 lb of force in ideal condi-
steel bearings conform to ABEC-5 industrial specications, ensuring reliable tions, you can expect a minimum of 150 lb when attached to iron or
operation. Resistant to grease, oil, adhesives and kerosene-based solvents, the non- steel 1/4 or thicker. Magnet body is 13/415/163/4.
marring tires are made of solid polyurethane, a durable elastomer that yields 09A02.95 Switchable Magnet, 150 lb force $27.50
slightly to pressure, providing shock absorption and wear resistance.
12K79.85 37/8 Wheel, ea. $3.80 Bandsaw
application
* We offer a broad selection of robust 5/16-18 components on pages 235 to 237.
Saw guard
removed for
clarity.
D
Table saw
application
Dust collection
application

Machine screws and dowel

nuts included for mounting
on man-made materials.

Flip lever
down to
activate
magnet.
239
 POWER TOOL ACCESSORIES
B C D E
A F
A. Blade Stiffeners
Saw blades with small arbor
washers are prone to utter in use. One of the best-
kept secrets in woodworking is that arbor washers
(or stiffening plates) should be at least 1/3 the diam-
eter of the blade used. They can be more than E. Melamine Saw Blade
1/3 the diameter if depth of cut is not reduced
unacceptably.
A blade is subject to substantial stress in use, and
anything that increases stability will improve the
cut, especially with thin-kerf blades. The 31/2
diameter size is for 8, 9 and 10 saw blades; the
5 is for 10 and 12 blades. Sold by the pair, each
side is 1/4 thick and hollow ground to a 3/8 wide
rim for good seating. 5/8 arbor.
16T01.01 Pr. of 31/2 Stiffeners $21.50
16T01.02 Pr. of 5 Stiffeners $29.50
Industrial-Quality Saw Blades
These blades are exceptionally high quality at
reasonable prices. Made of chrome-alloy tool
steel, hardened to Rc44, and machined to exceed
the European standard for atness. The carbide
teeth (C3 or C4 grade) are nish ground with
diamond wheels to provide a smooth face and
sharp edges. The maximum rpm is 9000 for the
8 blades and 7600 for 10 blades. Blade kerf is
0.126 for all but the 1050 combination blade,
which is 0.134. All blades have 5/8 arbors.
B. Safety Rip Blade
A chip-limitation blade
that restricts the amount of
bite each tooth can take.
This construction makes it Flat top (FT)
a safer blade to use and prevents overtaxing of
the motor. The at top (FT) tooth pattern leaves
a at-bottomed kerf. 18 hook.
15T90.24 Safety Rip, 1024 tooth $74.00
C. Extra-Fine
Cut-Off Blades
For those who need a smooth
nish on crosscut work. The
large number of teeth, 10 Alternate top bevel
(ATB)
hook angle and alternate top
bevel (ATB) reduce ber tearing.
15T40.08 Cut-Off, 864 tooth $96.00
15T40.10 Cut-Off, 1080 tooth $96.00
D. Combination Blades
These blades are excellent
in both ripping and crosscut
work. The combination 4&R
tooth pattern (in sets of four
Combination
cutters and a raker, followed (4&R)
by a deep gullet) gives
a smooth nish and good chip clearance. 10
G H
J K
hook. The blade to buy if you are getting
only one.
15T50.08 Combination, 840 tooth $74.00
15T50.10 Combination, 1050 tooth $82.00
With extra-hard carbide
teeth and a triple-chip grind
(alternating bevelled chip-
pers and at top rakers), this Triple-chip grind
blade is designed for long (TCG)
life in abrasive materials like melamine and
particleboard. Sharpened with 600x diamond for
a smooth cut.
15T92.01 Melamine, 1080 tooth $124.00
Forrest Saw Blades
Forrest saw blades are consistently ranked
among the top-performing blades in the industry.
Hardened to Rc40-42, the steel plates are laser
cut, hand trued and then tensioned to produce a
runout accuracy better than 0.001. The long-
life C-4 carbide teeth are finely ground and
produce clean, nish-quality cuts with little side
scoring or tear-out. All blades have 5/8 arbors
(except the 1280-tooth Chopmaster, which
has a 1 arbor) and have a maximum rpm of
7000 (though the maker recommends running
the blades at between 3000 and 5000 rpm for
best results). A stiffener, though not required, is
recommended on thin-kerf (less than 1/8) blades
for best performance. Made in USA.
F. Woodworker I
Designed for splinter-free trim and crosscut work
on a radial arm saw or table saw, Woodworker I
blades are suitable for stock up to 2 thick. The
teeth are set with 30 ATB (alternate top bevel)
and a 5 face hook. 1060-tooth conguration
with a thin, 3/32 kerf.
15T41.35 1060 tooth $155.00
G. Woodworker II F &G
Intended for general-
purpose use, the teeth
on the Woodworker II
combination blades are
set with 15 ATB and Alternate top
20 face hook angles. bevel (ATB)
Ideal for both rip and cross cutting, the 1030-
tooth blade is for materials over 2 thick; the
1040-tooth blade for materials up to 2.
Suitable for use in table or portable saws.
Available in 3/32 or 1/8 kerf versions.
15T41.26 1030 tooth 3/32 Kerf $129.00
15T41.31 1030 tooth 1/8 Kerf $129.00
15T41.25 1040 tooth 3/32 Kerf $145.00
15T41.30 1040 tooth 1/8 Kerf $145.00
H. Chopmaster
Developed for smooth, clean
crosscuts on standard or sliding
miter saws, these have teeth set
with 30 ATBR (arranged in
clusters of four alternate top Combination
(ATBR)
bevel teeth plus a raker) and a
5 negative face hook. The 8 /2 and 10 blades
1
have 5/8 arbors; the 12 has a 1 arbor. Blade
kerf is indicated in the price lines.
15T41.51 1080 tooth 7/64 Kerf $165.00
15T41.52 1280 tooth 1/8 Kerf $175.00
Not Stocked at our Stores:
15T41.50 81/260 tooth 3/32 Kerf $145.00
J. Stiffeners
A stiffener, though not required, is recommended
on thin-kerf blades. The 4 dia. version is for 8
blades; the 5 stiffener is for 10 blades.
15T41.45 5 Blade Stiffener $34.50
Not Stocked at our Stores:
15T41.46 4 Blade Stiffener $31.50
K. Duraline HI-A/T
For crosscutting veneered
plywood, particle board,
laminates, composites and
solid woods, the teeth on the
Duraline HI-A/T blades are Alternate top bevel
set with steep 40 ATB and a (ATB)
5 face hook for exceptionally clean cuts through
both top and bottom surfaces. The 10 blades are
available in 3/32 or 1/8 kerf versions.
15T41.55 1080 tooth 3/32 Kerf $189.00
15T41.56 1080 tooth 1/8 Kerf $189.00
Blade-Changing Tool
This accessory prevents mishaps that cause bent
blades, chipped teeth, scratched blade coatings
and cut ngers. Usable
with 71/4, 8 and 10
blades, the plastic
guard simply slips
over a partially raised
blade on a table saw until
fully seated. Cross-blocks (or stops)
within the guard secure the blade while the
arbor nut is being removed or tightened (note:
over-tightening the arbor nut will cause the
blade to slip this is a safety feature). An excel-
lent method for quickly and safely changing
saw blades.
46J83.45 Blade-Changing Tool $17.20
 B

Clamping bar & adjustment screw

A. Forrest Finger-Joint Set Set screw
Unlike a dado set (which has bevelled teeth that
leave indented corners), these specially designed B. Wrench Extender for Routers and Saws
blades have a at-top grind to produce square- A wrench extender not only lets you apply greater torque
cornered finger joints. A matched pair of when loosening a tight nut, but it keeps your hands clear of
824-tooth blades with a 5/8 bore, they can be set the teeth on a saw blade when installing or removing one.
to cut either 1/4 or 3/8 sockets by switching their With a router, where you often have wrenches that are too
positions on the arbor. The large number of teeth short to let you apply enough torque (particularly if you are
and 10 hook 1/4 Setting
using collets in the chuck), they are a necessity. If the router
angle combine to Teeth offsets is mounted to a router table, extenders will also let you work
give a smooth cut. are in. Teeth without exposing your knuckles to the router clamps, useful
nestled in
Also useful for gullets of whether you need the extra torque or not. The compact size
cutting rabbets blade. (923/8) makes access easy, and the length still allows
and grooves you double or triple the amount of torque you could apply
along the grain. without it. All-steel construction, zinc plated with a
Excellent quality, synthetic rubber handgrip. Fits wrenches up to 1/4 thick
they have nely 3/8 Setting
and 11/4 wide.
Teeth offsets
nished C4 are out. 09A05.01 Wrench Extender $9.95
carbide teeth, and
laser-cut hand- Wrench is secured by adjusting clamping
bar and locking with set screw.
tensioned plates
for less than
0.001 of runout. A B
Made in USA.
15T41.70 Forrest Finger-Joint Set $149.00

C. Veritas Dado Shims an 8 set and 2 for a 6 set.

Stacking a dado to t a groove perfectly requires D. 15W02.02A Melamine Dado, 846 $274.00
shims, often made of tape, paper, brass sheet or E. 15W01.04A Chip-Limit. Dado, 824 $245.00
other materials that require removing and Not Stocked at our Stores:
replacing blades and chippers. These shims 15W01.03A Chip-Limit. Dado, 618 $199.00
make all this unnecessary. They are sized accu-
rately and slotted so you can use tweezers to slip F. Forrest Dado-King
them onto an arbor between blades, without Supplied with six 4-tooth
having to remove the dado set to restack it. They chippers, two 24-tooth outer
are color coded by thickness, so no measuring is blades and six magnetic C
needed. The set of 14 includes four each of shims, this stacking dado
Point reaches ahead to
0.020, 0.010 and 0.002 sizes, as well as two cuts at-bottom grooves pre-sever edge bers in
0.005 shims. Made from accurately thicknessed from 1/4 through 29/32 wide. crosscut while at tooth
cleans out waste.
plastic, they withstand oil, grease and high The teeth are set with a 5
torques, and will not swell or distort. Arbor size negative hook to eliminate splintering or tear-out
is 5/8. Excellent value. Patented. on even difcult materials such as melamine,
05J13.01 Dado Shims, set of 14 $14.50 laminates and plywood. Suitable for rip, cross
and miter cuts.
Carbide-Tipped Dado Sets 15T41.40 Dado-King, 824 tooth $359.00
These top-of-the-line carbide dado sets have two
side-cutting blades with a combination tooth
pattern of five cutting teeth (high points are
bevelled to the outside for a clean cut) followed
by a straight raker tooth. The four inner chipper
blades combine with the side cutters to cut
dadoes from 1/4 to 13/16 wide.
The 846-tooth set is for melamine-surfaced
wood or for any use where chipping is a problem.
The chip-limitation tooth construction prevents E F
kickback and overtaxing of the motor, and has D
smaller chip removal. All sets have a 5/8 arbor
and include dado shims and a storage case.
To determine the maximum cutting height of
each set, simply install a 10 blade in your saw,
measure its maximum height, and subtract 1 for

 C. Tru-Cut Zero-Clearance
Throat Plates
These professional-quality
Saw guard zero-clearance throat plates
removed for help prevent splintering and Saw guard
clarity. removed for
cut-off kickback. Machined
from rigid 7/16 thick
clarity. C
A
aluminum, they have end- Bottom view of insert plate
slots that let you leave the
guard/splitter in place.
Interchangeable phenolic
Levelling
inserts are used to make a screws
zero-clearance plate for any C
blade type (standard or
thin-kerf crosscut, combina-
tion, etc.) set at any height, Interchangeable insert
or to use with dado sets up Ball detents
to 13/16. Starter recesses in
the inserts help cut the blade opening. Levelling screws set the plate and insert
ush with the table; ball detents secure the plate in position. Each comes with
A. Zero-Clearance Throat Inserts a phenolic insert; extra inserts sold separately. Delta models t Contractor,
Throat inserts reduce chipping and splintering, prevent cut-off kickback, Unisaw, tilting arbor saw and other saws with a 33/4133/8 opening, and
and support stock on both sides of the blade when ripping or crosscutting. A have right- or left-bevelled slots for the splitter. The Craftsman/Ridgid plate
second plate does the same for dado cuts. These zero-clearance, 1/2 thick ts only 10 belt-drive saws with a 33/414 opening. The left-tilt General
plates are made from rigid, low-friction melamine-coated phenolic lami- 650 plate is 31/21313/16 and fits models without a riving knife. At
nate. They have four built-in levelling screws, an end pin to keep the rear of 39/16121/2, the Jet 10 right-tilt Xacta plate ts General International
the plate from lifting, and adjustment screws to cut vibration and hold the contractors saws. The Powermatic 66 plate is 315/16147/16. Well-made
plate in position. Sold as a solid piece with a starter recess for cutting the slot accessories that improve the safety and quality of table-saw cuts.
opening with a table saw for an exact t. Instructions included. They imme- Most Popular Plates:
diately improve the quality and safety of table-saw cuts. Delta model ts 46J85.10 Plate for Delta Unisaw R-Tilt $99.50
Delta Unisaw or Contractor, or other table saws with a 33/4133/8 opening, 46J85.11 Plate for Delta Unisaw L-Tilt $99.50
including the left-tilt Delta Unisaw. Craftsman/Ridgid insert ts Craftsman 46J85.12 Plate for Craftsman/Ridgid $99.50
and older Ridgid saws with a 33/414 opening. Jet/Powermatic 64A 46J85.20 Repl. Inserts, pkg. of 2 $23.50
model also fits General International table saws with a 39/16121/2 Not Stocked at our Stores:
opening. Ridgid insert ts the newer TS3560 and 46J85.13 Plate for General 650 $99.50
TS3660 models with a 1/2 deep by 33/414 End pin 46J85.14 Plate for Jet 10 R-Tilt Xacta $99.50
opening. All have a nger through-hole for easy 46J85.15 Plate for Powermatic 66 $99.50
removal. Colors vary. Register point

46J85.01 Delta (33/4133/8) $30.90 Levelling screws

46J85.03 General #350/#650 $30.90 Resin Remover
(31/2133/4) Side adj. screw
Our new formula of concentrated cleaner dissolves
46J85.04 Craftsman/Ridgid (33/414) $30.90 Starter recess burnt-on resin deposits, as well as caked grease and
46J85.05 Jet/Pmatic 64A (39/16121/2) $30.90 Levelling screws dirt, on high-speed cutting edges such as table-saw
46J85.06 Ridgid 3650/3660 $30.90 blades, router bits, etc. Dilute with water (for burnt-on
(1/233/414) Register point
resin use three parts water to one part cleaner), let it sit
Not Stocked at our Stores: for a minute or two, wipe it off and rinse with water.
46J85.02 Powermatic #66 (4141/2) $30.90 End adj. screw The result is an efcient cutting blade almost as clean
as the day you bought it.
B. ProtecTool Wax 56Z43.11 Resin Remover, 17 oz (500ml) $13.90
A light coating of this microcrystalline paste wax on metal surfaces signi-
cantly reduces friction, allowing workpieces to glide easily along machine
tables and fences. It also contains corrosion inhibitors to keep surfaces free D. Metal Detector
of rust. Applied sparingly and buffed with a soft, dry cloth, it forms a thin, This highly sensitive tool can detect nails, screws, staples and other metal
hard, wear-resistant lm that lasts a long time. Silicone-free, it will not objects (steel, magnesium, zinc, copper, aluminum, etc.) up to 1 deep
interfere with nishes. Can also be used on clamp bars and hand planes. (depth depends on the objects size) in wood, plaster, plastics, etc. Ideal for
Made in U.K. working with salvaged lumber, it scans a swath about 3 wide, allowing
56Z80.89 ProtecTool, 40ml (1.4 oz) $15.95 material to be checked thoroughly and quickly. A high-pitched tone/LED
56Z80.90 ProtecTool, 100ml (3.4 oz) $23.50 combination alarm signals detection. Excellent for detecting screws or nails

that could cause costly damage to hand and power tools. Operates on a 9V
battery (not included).
86K78.30 Metal Detector $28.50

B
242
 Veritas Power Tool Guide
Our 100 collapsible power tool guide is easy to
transport and store. It can be used for ripping up to
100 or broken down to crosscut up to 52. Able to
handle the largest common sheets of particleboard,
MDF or other composites, its two 1 capacity
clamps can be set anywhere along its length. For D
thicker material, 2 clamps are sold separately.
The complete guide allows full panel-cutting ex- Circular saw
ibility; the 52 guide (with clamps) is ideal for half with traveller
panels or crosscuts. A 48 extension is available
separately should you want to upgrade later.
A 12 long traveller (which hooks within the
Router with
guide rails) and position stops are sold separately. traveller
The traveller holds a 1/4 or thicker shop-made D
base plate to which you attach any power tool. A
With the traveller in place and the position stops C
locked, your tool effortlessly follows the intended E B
line, and stops at the right point with greater safety.
A. 05J50.01 *100 Power Tool Guide $139.00
B. 05J50.03 *52 Tool Guide $ 85.00 A
05J50.04 *48 Tool Guide Extension $ 72.50
C. 05J50.09 2 Capacity Clamps, pr. $ 39.50
D. 05J50.02 12 Traveller $ 15.95
E. 05J50.10 Saw Guide Position Stop, ea. $ 11.90
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length
surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Miter saw not included.

F. Kreg Precision Track
& Stop System
With this kit, suitable for F
miter saws, radial arm saws
F or drill presses, you can
easily construct a fence
that eliminates the need
to measure and mark your
stock. The specially
designed aluminum T-track
surface mounts on 3/4
material and is channelled
to accept a self adhesive
measuring tape. Magnifying cursors on the stops allow rapid positioning and
are adjustable for calibration. The xed stop has dual cursors for use on the
right- or left-hand side of the machine, while the ip-up stop lifts out of the
way when squaring an end or using both stops in the same set-up. System J
includes 8 of T-track (four 2 pieces for customizing fence length), one xed H
stop, one ip-up stop, and two 12-long self-adhesive Imperial tapes (one L-R
reading, the other R-L).
86N40.20 Kreg Track & Stop System $159.00 Plate inter-
locks and
slides in
Low-Prole Tool Guides & Accessories
J guide
This guide is used to improve accuracy with portable circular saws and channel.
routers, for assembly clamping or as a drill-press/bandsaw fence. All three
lengths are 9/16 thick extruded anodized aluminum with tensioning rods K
and 1/2 high, 111/16 wide, glass-lled nylon jaws. Lay the guide on the
work, place the quick-release tailpiece and ip the two-position cam to
lock it.
The ABS saw and router plates hook into a channel for safe, accurate
parallel cuts. The saw plate ts most 71/4 circular saws (some require
mounting holes); the router plates hole pattern ts many models (Porter- Wide jaws are
Cable, DeWalt, Makita, Ryobi, etc.). An optional stop block limits plate L pre-drilled for a
travel on non-through cuts. The wide jaws are pre-drilled for a wooden Reversible wooden fence.
stop block
fence to locate blades or bits relative to the guide.
17F03.51 24 Clamp/Guide $44.50 G K Wide jaws
G. 17F03.52 *36 Clamp/Guide $50.90
L
17F03.53 *50 Clamp/Guide $56.50
H. 17F03.60 Saw Plate $41.50
J. 17F03.61 Router Plate $41.50
K. 17F03.63 Stop Block $23.50
L. 17F03.42 Wide Jaws $25.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies
per order.
243
 E H
J
G
J

D H
C
Starter Kit Starter Kit F

B C E Thin-stock
30mm Mag-Jig
20mm F G ripping guide
Mag-Jig
H

J
A

Universal Hold-down
base D Magswitch attachment Resaw guide Dual-roller guide
& adapters Reversible Starter Kit
featherboard
18 aluminum
Magswitch Work-Holding System Magswitch Starter Kit fence
& T-tracks
With this modular system, you can create guides, hold-downs and safety The starter kit includes a base, two
accessories that mount independent of the miter slot. Central to the 30mm Mag-Jig clamps (each exerts J
system is an 81/24 universal base that requires two switchable 155 lb of direct-pull holding force)
Mag-Jig clamps with rare-earth magnets (see page 239 for description). and an 81/2 featherboard, reversible
Base and components are molded from tough ABS. for use on either side of a tablesaw
The following interchangeable components connect easily to the base blade. Save $36.80 from the price of
with supplied hardware. The hold-down attachment combines with the the individual components.
featherboard for use as a hold-down with 11/2 of lateral adjustment to 03J76.00 Starter Kit $92.00
secure work up to 21/2 thick, or as a tandem featherboard (includes four
risers) for thick stock. The 81/2 long, 4 high resaw guide has four roller
bearings to control work on a bandsaw. Its cambered surface helps All components, including Mag-Jig clamps, are available individually;
compensate for blade drift. The dual-roller guide is 81/2 long by 4 when purchased separately, the base includes adapters for two 20mm Mag-Jig
high and has eight roller bearings to guide long or tall stock for panel clamps (95 lb holding force). A versatile, reliable system.
raising. The thin-stock ripping guide helps prevent buckling when A. 03J76.01 Universal Base with 20mm Adapters $23.50
cutting thin stock parallel to the grain. One face is stepped to t 1/8, 1/4 B. 03J75.95 20mm Mag-Jig Clamp, ea. $30.50
and 3/8 material; the sloped face holds work up to 3/4 thick. An adjust- C. 03J75.96 30mm Mag-Jig Clamp, ea. $42.90
able roller bearing acts as a positive stop to the left of the blade for D. 03J76.02 Reversible Featherboard $19.50
ripping multiples of the same thickness. Made from anodized aluminum, E. 03J75.91 Hold-Down Attachment w/4 Risers $22.40
the 18 long, 4 high, 1 thick fence has nine T-tracks (four 1/4-20 tracks F. 03J76.03 Resaw Guide $29.00
on one face and one on the top, and four 5/16-18 tracks on the opposite G. 03J76.04 Dual-Roller Guide $31.80
face). Six 5/16 through holes and four 3/16 through holes let you mount H. 03J76.05 Thin-Stock Ripping Guide $26.00
shop-made xtures. J. 03J76.18 18 Aluminum Fence & T-Tracks $37.50

Optional hold-down
attachment comes with Magswitch Magnetic Featherboards
four risers to make a Riser blocks Magswitch featherboards use two patented magnetic clamps to mount onto
tandem featherboard.
M for vertical
any ferrous equipment table. This allows you to use them on machines without
applications
a miter slot, or with stock wider than a slot-mounted featherboard would allow.
Switched on, the powerful rare-earth magnets align, instantly attaching to the
machine top. Switched off, the magnets counteract each other for easy removal
or repositioning. A combined featherboard and hold-down, the 7 universal
M featherboard has opposing rows of exible ngers that allow use on either
L side of a tablesaw blade. Its magnetic clamps (with a combined breakaway
L strength of about 190 lb) can also be mounted vertically to any ferrous fence to
serve as a hold-down. About 8 square, the single-sided featherboard is for
use only to the left of the saw blade. The combined breakaway strength of its
Saw guard
removed
two clamps is 210 lb. An optional hold-down attachment (compatible with
Saw guard
removed
for clarity. M the single-sided featherboard only) secures work up to 21/2 thick. It has up to
for clarity. 11/2 of lateral adjustment, and comes with four risers that let you make a
K Featherboard tandem featherboard for use with thicker stock or materials fed along their end
positioned for L or edge (e.g., with vertical panel raising or rabbeting). All are molded from
ripping with
blade at 90. durable ABS. Color may be black or yellow, depending on supply.
K. 03J75.93 Universal Featherboard $56.00
L. 03J75.90 Single-Sided Featherboard $74.00
Rotate knob M. 03J75.91 Hold-Down Attachment w/4 Risers $22.40
to activate or 03J75.92 Featherboard w/Hold-Down $91.50
244 Power Tools deactivate
magnet.

Table saw use.
Saw guard
removed for
clarity.
A blade, and the other adjusts tension against the
A. Grip-Tite Magnetic Featherboard
A featherboard and hold-down in one, the Grip-
Tite has a powerful magnetic base for secure
positioning anywhere on a machine surface. The
durable Lexan ns hold stock down and against
the fence, allowing one Grip-Tite to be used in
place of two conventional featherboards. An
integral cam-release permits quick removal or
repositioning. Usable left or right of the saw
blade, it accommodates stock up to about 11/2
thick. Made in USA.
03J75.70 Grip-Tite Featherboard $49.50
Safety Set
There is no excuse for not using push sticks and
push blocks at these prices. These are well
designed, inexpensive and easy to use. All have
comfortable handles and are compact to give
you good material control, yet keep your
ngers clear of blades. The push blocks have
high-friction bases and are 36.
B. 03J75.02 Push Stick, ea. $ 6.90
C. 03J75.01 Pr. Push Blocks $13.50
03J75.10 Safety Set (1 Stick+2 Blocks) $18.50
D. Featherboard
This adjustable hardwood, steel and aluminum
featherboard locks into a standard 3/4 table saw
slot (for non-standard table saws, replace the
aluminum clamp bar with a hardwood one of the
right width). It is equally useful in any router
table that you can rout a 3/4 slot into. It has 43/4
of lateral adjustment.
03K04.02 Featherboard $14.50
B H. 86N40.62 Kreg Featherboard, Double
D comes with a 6 depth-gauge rule to aid in
Saw guard
removed for
clarity.
C J
F
E
Versatile Featherboards
These featherboards are quick to position and
secure. One T-knob xes position relative to the
E
work. The 3/4 thick main frame has 51/2 of
F
lateral travel and is suitable for use left or right of
the blade.
The single featherboard comes with 5/8 and
3/4 table bars to t most table slots, as well as featherboards to be stacked for tandem use with
bolts to t 1/4 wide T-slot track fence systems. thicker stock or materials fed along their end or
The dual featherboard system includes a pair of edge (such as with vertical panel raising or
independent featherboards (each with 5/8 and rabbeting). Instructions included.
3/4 table bars and bolts for 1/4 T-slot track), plus E. 46J83.40 Single Featherboard $18.30
a 11/2 thick spacer with hardware that allows the F. 46J83.42 Dual Featherboard System $35.50
H
G
G
Kreg Featherboards
Simple to set up and adjust, these featherboards are reversible for
installation on either side of the cutter and can be oriented for use as a
H hold-down. They have 51/4 of lateral adjustment relative to the cutter
and lock in position using two 11/2 wing knobs. The single feather-
board includes 3/4 table bars for use with most miter slots, plus bolts
to t a 1/4 T-track. The double featherboard system comes with two
stand-alone featherboards (each with 3/4 table bars and 1/4 T-bolts),
as well as spacers and hardware to stack them for thick workpieces or
those that must be supported on edge. Made in USA of rugged plastic
H composite, each featherboard measures about 61/2 long, 71/4 wide
and 5/8 thick.
G. 86N40.60 Kreg Featherboard, Single $24.50
$46.50
J. Kreg Push Stick for storing a standard pencil. The stick is about
The integrated magnet in this push stick lets 83/8 long and just 5/16 thick so it can be used
you attach it to a machine base or stand, for narrow ripping and on thin stock. It stands
ensuring it is always close at hand. It also about 61/2 tall, keeping ngers well away from
the blade. Made in USA.
setting blade heights, and has a hollow handle 86N40.66 Push Stick $22.50
Setting
Integrated magnet for storage blade J
height.
 Table
Pro splitter, regular Pro splitter, thin kerf
saw

Offset
A B Splitters and kerf keeper
with zero-clearance inserts
Exaggerated splitters
for clarity. Fence
Saw guard removed
for clarity. Sheet
material
A Sheet
Material
Workpiece Saw
blade Solid
Splitters Kerf Splitters Kerf wood
Installation jig Installation jig keepers
keepers

MicroJig Pro Steel Splitter

Table This heavy-duty system is suitable for both solid wood and sheet material. Mounted
saw in a zero-clearance insert (not included), it reduces the risk of kickback by preventing
If kerf keeper moves out
Exaggerated work from closing on or rotating into the blade. The polycarbonate splitters have a
for clarity. Keeper
of position (exaggerated
wedges
Fence stainless-steel core and are used in tandem for sheetstock or with a kerf keeper in
here for clarity), saw must
kerf open. solid wood. Four different faces on the reversible splitters present different degrees
be turned off for safety.
of lateral offset from the blade centerline. For sheet goods, the splitters are offset in
Splitter opposite directions one acts as a miniature featherboard to keep work registered
Saw guard removed
for clarity. against the fence, the other ensures the offcut clears the blade. In solid wood, use a
Solid Workpiece Saw single splitter to hold stock to the fence, plus a keeper that Splitter with
Wood blade stainless-steel
A wedges the kerf open if released tension causes it to close. core
Available in regular kerf (0.118 to 0.145) and thin-kerf
(0.090 to 0.118) versions, the kits include four steel-cored
Transparent
splitters, four kerf keepers, an installation jig, a drill bit and polycarbonate
detailed instructions. Made in USA.
C A. 03J80.25 MicroJig Pro Splitter, Regular $47.50 Kerf
B. 03J80.26 MicroJig Pro Splitter, Thin Kerf $47.50 keeper

C. Dual-Tread Push Stick

For one-handed workpiece leverage and control, this 13 push stick has high-friction
polymer treads that grip well and reduce kickback and lift. Includes two 101/2 long
interchangeable chevron-patterned treads: the at tread is for most standard table-
saw and jointer uses; the V-groove tread, ideal for router and shaper tables, straddles
the corner of a workpiece to push it tight against the fence. A spring-loaded retract-
able push pin gives extra support for large stock. Molded polyethylene plastic body.
Table-saw
application Replacement treads and pins are available.
D E 03J75.50 Dual-Tread Push Stick $32.50
Saw guard
removed F D. 03J75.51 Repl. Flat Tread $ 8.50
for clarity. E. 03J75.52 Repl. V-Groove Tread $ 8.50
F. 03J75.53 Push Pins, pkg. of 5 $ 8.50

G. Kreg Square-Cut
Align
This tool guide lets you accurately align your circular saw or jigsaw with a marked cut
with Make cut line when cross-cutting a board. Easy to use, it has an adjustable length guide
with saw.
pencil arm that you set to match the saws base-to-blade offset,
mark.
providing a convenient blade reference when posi-
tioning the saw guide. The guide arm also
sets the low-prole fence at 90 to the edge of G
the workpiece, for accurate cross-cutting on
stock up to 12 wide. The guide arm is
adjustable from 13/32 to 53/16 long. The fence
has high-friction feet to help grip the workpiece.
Overall size is about 14 8. Made in USA.
86N40.65 Square-Cut Tool Guide $14.95

H. ChopShot Saw Guide
ChopShot is a guide for circular saws that lets you make accurate
90 crosscuts with dazzling speed. You just screw it squarely to a
sacricial wood fence (photo #1), 18 to 20 long with at least one
straight edge. The fence gets docked to the correct length with the
rst cut (photo #2). From then on you never have to account for the
saw base/blade offset. Just mark wood to length, put the tip of the
fence at that mark, and the ChopShot guide will automatically be at
Saw and wood not included.
the correct offset to match your saw base (photo #3). The design
ensures good reference to the board edge while lying
stable on the workpiece. Made of clear-anodized
aluminum, it measures 148and has an accu-
rately milled edge that is 3/16 thick. It is compatible
with all saws, left or right cut; it even works with saws
that have stamped base plates with rolled edges. Intuitive to
use, it is like having a chop saw at your work site. Screws and H
complete instructions included.
09A01.01 ChopShot Saw Guide $17.50

1 2 3

246
 A
Main stock Small
Router use
use offset use

GRR-Ripper system with C

1/8 leg, handle accessory
kit and deector/connector
installed.
A

B D
accept shop-built fences and spacers for custom
applications. For long stock, using two grippers is
recommended. An included 2-hour instructional DVD
B shows how to use it with table saws, routers, jointers and bandsaws. A good
C
D solution to a major shop problem.
An accessory kit (available separately) lets you alter the angle of the handle
A. GRR-Ripper System for comfort and to make it easier to press stock tightly against the fence. The
Both a blade guard and a push block for ripping, this jig has the great merit kit also includes hardware and a template to make a trailing hook that helps
of carrying both the main stock and the offcut past the blade. Anyone who prevent tear-out at the end of a cut by fully supporting the stock from behind.
has repeatedly ripped narrow slices off stock knows the potential for kick- The deector/connector, an additional accessory to be used in combination
back, burning or stock-thinning that can occur (sometimes all three at with the handle accessory kit, is a clear polycarbonate shield that deects
once!). The body has two xed side legs (1/4 and 1/2 wide) and an adjust- chips and dust. It can also be used to join two GRR-Ripper push blocks to
able 11/8 wide center leg, all designed to straddle the blade in various provide better support of long or wide stock.
To order call
congurations. An alternative leg for making cuts as thin as 1/8 is available 03J80.10 GRR-Ripper System $92.00
1-800-871-8158
separately. The legs all have high-friction pads for good stock control, and B. 03J80.12 1/8 Leg $18.90 or visit our website at
the system includes two levelling guides and a stabilizing plate to keep the C. 03J80.13 Handle Accessory Kit $17.70 www.leevalley.com
body from tipping on narrow work. The system is specically designed to D. 03J80.14 Deector/Connector $15.30
E. GRR-Rip Block To order call 1-800-871-8158
With retractable hooks at both ends and a high-friction pad on the bottom, this push block provides
E
excellent grip no matter where you place it on the stock. The hinged hooks automatically retract when
pressed onto the middle of a board; they can also be locked in the retracted position. To hold stock verti-
cally against a fence, such as when resawing with a bandsaw, you can ip the block onto its 13/8
shoulder. The handle is angled for comfort.
As an optional accessory, a clear poly-
carbonate deector is available. Useful
for pin routing, it helps protect you from
chips and dust without blocking your
view. Four thumbscrews are included for
mounting it on the GRR-Rip Block or to
join two GRR-Rip Blocks when working F
with long stock.
03J80.30 GRR-Rip Block $35.40 Vertical use
Horizontal use on table saw
F. 03J80.14 Deector $15.30 on router table

G. MicroDial Tapering Jig Cutting tapered legs with the

Tapering stock can be tricky a challenge that is multiplied when ripping a series of workpieces GRR-Ripper system attached
(sold separately).
to a matching angle, such as when making tapered furniture legs. Designed for use with the
GRR-Ripper system (above), this jig is easy to set and helps ensure accurate, repeatable results
when making angled rip cuts on a table saw. The body of the jig registers against the saw fence,
and the hinged arm swings out to the desired taper angle and locks in position to guide your stock.
You can set any angle up to 10, either by using one of the built-in scales or
freehand. The degree scale has stops in 1/8 increments, and the rise/run scale
has stops in increments of 1/16 of rise per foot of run. The jig is also helpful
when milling rough stock on a table saw; set to its jointing conguration,
with the arm at 0, it provides a straight reference to register against
the saw fence and serves as a large push block on top of the board
as you cut a clean edge. Made of sturdy 1/4 thick high-impact
polystyrene, the 81/225 jig has two positions for mounting
the GRR-Ripper system, greatly improving safety (for
long stock, using two guide blocks is recommended). Cutting tapers in
large material.
An instructional booklet and DVD are included.
Made in USA. Blade guard
46J61.02 MicroDial Tapering Jig $164.00 and riving knife
G removed for
Degree scale Rise/run scale clarity.

 27
to 481/ A, B & C
2
Adjustable
expansion
disc
181/4
to 31 T-track
to mount
sub-fence D
Integral scale

Blade guard
removed for clarity.
C

B D. JessEm Clear-Cut Table Saw Stock Guides

A By keeping work registered against both the fence and
the surface of the machine table, these stock guides
Incra Miter Gauges improve safety and accuracy on a table saw or shaper.
Known for their accuracy, ease of use and sturdy construction, Incra miter To restrict lift, the fence-mounted guides are spring
B gauges are excellent upgrades for any table saw. The protractor head has a tensioned to keep them set snug against the top of the
patented indexing system for quick, positive adjustment. Adjustable expan- stock. The rollers also have a 5 feed bias that helps
sion discs in the 3/83/4 table bars provide low-friction travel and remove draw the work inward, keeping it fully registered
lateral play within the miter slot. All models include a hex driver or key for against the fence. The wear-resistant urethane tires
A vernier scale adjustments; the Miter 1000SE and 3000SE also come with sub-fence provide good traction on the work, and one-way bear-
provides precise
adjustment to 1/10. mounting hardware. Made in USA from plated heavy-gauge steel and ings ensure the correct feed direction to help prevent
aluminum, they simplify making precise and repeatable cross-grain cuts. kickbacks. The guides pivot for height adjustment,
Indexes in The angular accuracy for all models is 1/50 of a degree. with a maximum stock capacity of 13/16 above the
0.5 incre-
ments A. Incra V120 Miter Gauge
mounting surface, and extend up to 23/4 from the face
over 180
Equally useful on a bandsaw, disc sander, router table or table saw, this is an of the mounting bracket. Infeed and outfeed rollers
range.
economical but accurate miter gauge. The protractor head rotates 60 left or can be spaced up to 223/4 apart. The paired guides are
right, and has stops at 1 intervals and at 221/2. Slotted screw holes allow set in an included 30 long aluminum T-track extru-
you to attach a shop-made fence for stock support or work with a stop-block. sion that mounts permanently to the top of most fence
86N60.12 Incra V120 Miter Gauge $94.00 models that use a square steel tube or extrusion with
1/4 T-slots. For owners of the Incra fence, an acces-
C
B. Incra Miter 1000SE Gauge sory mounting kit is available separately. Largely
This is a great improvement over the small, imprecise gauges that come with made from anodized aluminum and stainless steel, the
many table saws. The protractor head indexes every 5, with additional stops guides have excellent t and nish. Mounting screws,
at 221/2 and 671/2. A vernier scale provides precise adjustment to 6 a drill bit for pilot holes, a T-25 Torx driver and a 1/8
B&C minutes (1/10) in a 180 range. The 181/4 extruded aluminum fence extends hex key are included. An effective way to greatly
Micro- to 31 and has a direct-reading integral scale and a T-track to mount a sub- improve stock control. Made in Canada.
adjustable
stop fence. A micro-adjust stop allows repeatable cuts. Its dual ip arms, used 86N42.90 JessEm Table Saw Guides $269.00
together or independently for different set-ups, interlock with the fence to Not Stocked at our Stores:
prevent lifting by a mitered workpiece. Reversible for use on either side of 86N42.92 Mounting Kit for Incra Fence $ 32.50
the blade, this is an accurate, versatile accessory.
B&C 86N60.01 Incra Miter 1000SE Gauge $175.00
C. Incra Miter 3000SE Gauge
Made to the same quality as the 1000SE, this is Incras largest-capacity 5 angle
gauge, with a longer 27 fence (extends to 481/2). While the 1000SE has
stops every 5, this gauge indexes in 0.5 increments over a 180 range. Like
Dual ip the 1000SE, it accepts a user-made sub-fence, and has a direct-reading scale
arms that are
used together or and a dual-arm micro-adjust ip stop. Usable right or left of the saw blade,
independently for this gauge is ideal for large table saws or those with a table extension.
different set-ups.
86N60.03 Incra Miter 3000SE Gauge $309.00

Telescoping E. Drill-Press Table & Fence

extension
Using this auxiliary table and fence greatly expands the capabili-
ties of your drill press, improving accuracy, speeding production
work and increasing safety. Mounted to the machine table with
the included hardware, the 12233/41 laminate-covered
MDF table provides a smooth, stable work surface, with T-slot
Dust tracks for securing the fence and work clamps. The 21/23 table
port
opening has an insert that supports through drilling and removes
E for use with a sanding drum, letting the bottom of the drum lie
below the table surface for full workpiece contact. The 26 long
Insert removes for use
T-slot tracks aluminum split fence opens to reveal a 21/2 dust port for chip with sanding drum.
with clamp
clearance, and has a movable work stop for repeat positioning. At
23/4 high, it is tall enough to support work being drilled on edge. A Back of
dust port
telescoping extension lets you set the work stop up to 331/2 from center and
can be installed for use left or right of the chuck. Comes with one table insert
and a 11/2 capacity hold-down, plus wing knobs and insert nuts for mounting.
Additional hold-downs and table inserts sold separately. An excellent accessory.
86N80.01 *Table, Fence & Hold-Down $129.00
86N80.03 Hold-Down Clamp $ 8.50
86N80.05 Repl. Inserts, pkg. of 3 $ 2.40
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas not Track adjustments
248 Power Tools served by ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
 A. Kreg Precision Miter Gauge System Table saw not
Upgrading the miter gauge is an effective way to improve the performance of many table included. Saw guard
removed for clarity.
saws. This gauge is sturdy, precise and easy to set. Constructed from machined aluminum,
it is suitable for square crosscuts and acute or obtuse angles up to 50. An indexing pin
locates commonly used settings, while an easy-to-use vernier scale
enables ne-tuning to 1/10 of a degree. The 23/4 high by 25 long fence
has an integral scale that combines with a swing stop to provide a reli-
able direct-reading capability and ensure accurate and repeatable cuts.
The 3/83/424 table bar contains ve adjusters to take up play within A
the miter slot. Reversible for use right or left of the saw blade, this is a
Vernier scale allows angle adjustments
versatile accessory. Comes with right-to-left self-adhesive tapes in both to be made quickly and accurately.
Imperial and metric so you can customize the gauge accordingly. The swing stop features
86N40.12 Kreg Miter Gauge $179.00 a precision lens cursor.

B. Accu-Miter
An Accu-Miter helps make square or angled cuts to the right length without marking stock. For acute and obtuse C
angles up to 50, it has positive stops at 15, 221/2, 30, 45 and 90. The graduated fence (an 18 long, 23/4 high
ribbed box extrusion) adjusts to give exact measurements from the blade. This, with a micro-adjust ip stop, lets you
repeat crosscuts accurately without measuring and marking. The stop supports stock solidly to prevent creeping. A Micro-adjust

graduated sliding fence extension has its own stop, so you can crosscut boards to length up to 34. Comes with a
ready-mount, pre-drilled and tapped 3/83/420 table bar that ts most popular table saws (measure your saws slot
before ordering). A heavy-duty hold-down clamp (shown mounted), for safer, more reliable cuts, is sold separately. Saw guard
03J60.55 Accu-Miter $289.00 removed
C. 03J60.52 Optional Clamp $ 79.70 Visit us at www.leevalley.com B for clarity.

Incra Positioning Systems Incra LS Positioner Lever engages lead

Unlike other jigs and fences, Incra systems move The LS model differs from the Original in that it is screw to lock position.

the work relative to the cutter by means of a direct- made from anodized aluminum, has greater range of
reading fence that locks in exact 1/32 increments. travel, is micro-adjustable, and has a more complex
Suitable for drill presses, bandsaws, etc., they locking mechanism. A toothed rack within the clamping Adjustable scales

excel on a router table for making dovetails, box mechanism engages a 5/8 dia., 32 tpi stainless-steel lead screw
G
joints and decorative inlaid joints. To set up, for precise fence placement (within 0.002 over the full range),
simply index the cursor to an Imperial scale or to and a wheel micro-adjusts in 0.001 increments during set-up. The
set positions on a joint template for repeatable locking mechanism has an easy-reading cursor and a quick-release
accuracy and an incredibly close fit between with three settings: locked, unlocked, and an intermediate
parts. Versatile, precise and easy to use. setting for micro-adjustment. A micro-adjustable stop
allows precise positioning along the fence, and a tele-
Original Incra Jig scoping extension allows stopped cuts in extra-wide or
Economical but accurate, the Original Incra jig is long stock. The body has an Imperial scale, a sliding Right-angle
xture
molded from glass-lled polymer and uses two scale that can be set to any reference point, an Micro-adjustable stop
pairs of 1/32 interlocking Clamping
auto-centering scale to speed set-up and two Telescoping extension stop
Micro-adjustment
meshed-tooth racks to set knob template channels. We offer two models,
cutting distance (to within E with 17 or 25 of travel, that include a posi-
0.002 over an 8 range); tioner, fence, right-angle xture and fence stop.
a two-wing clamping Reference guide and 51-piece template set (for plain or H
knob then locks the posi- inlaid nger and dovetail joints), and an 82-minute
tion. System includes a instructional DVD included. Positioner sold sepa-
201/2 long by 3 tall Interlocking rately or with the Wonder Fence below.
laminate-faced MDF meshed-tooth racks
Not Stocked at our Stores.
fence, a stop block, and an aluminum right-angle
xture. The body has an Imperial scale, and two 17 LS Positioner
/
joint-making template channels ( 8 box joint and
3 86N70.17 $349.00
1/2 dovetail templates included). Fits standard 3/4 17 LS Positioner & Wonder Fence
slots. Includes a manual plus 1-hour instructional 86N70.18 $485.00
DVD. Sold separately, the master reference guide 25 LS Positioner
and template library illustrate 51 joints, including G. 86N70.25 $369.00 F
inlaid dovetails and nger joints. We also offer the
25 LS Positioner & Wonder Fence
Incra jig alone, for those wishing to build the fence
H. 86N70.26 $509.00
and accessories.
D. 86N70.05 Original Incra Jig System
$135.00 J. Incra Wonder Fence
E. 86N70.00 Original Incra Jig $ 71.50 To expand the capabilities of the
F. 86N70.10 Ref. Guide & Template Library $ 30.50 LS Positioner to include molding, panel
raising, edge jointing, and sliding dove-
Right-angle xture tails, this split fence is precision Offset adjustment J
D machined from heavy-gauge aluminum. for infeed and
outfeed fences.
Infeed and outfeed fences, each 14
long, can be independently offset in 0.002 steps over a
1/8 range; the gap adjusts to 41/2 to accommodate large-
Fence
diameter bits. A removable extension provides support Adjustable support
8 above the table to simplify vertical milling. A built- for vertical
in dust-collection port accepts 21/2 hoses. For use milling.

only with an LS Positioner.

Not Stocked at our Stores.
Stop block 86N70.15 Wonder Fence $199.00
 Clamp not
included.
Table saw use Blade guard Router table use
removed for
clarity.

Clamp not
included. A A
Micrometer adjustment
for ultra-ne control Indexing
pins move
in phase
with each other
A and relative to
the cutter.

A. Incra I-Box Finger Joint Jig

One of the challenges of using a typical nger joint jig (commercial or shop-made) is
properly setting the distance between the cutter and indexing pins. The accuracy of this
relationship is critical, since it is what determines the t of the joint. If spaced too widely,
the joint will be over-tight; too close and youll have gaps. Thats what sets this jig apart.
Designed both as a work carrier and as a precision template, it has a special pin plate
micrometer to make registration with the blade and pin width adjustment quick, simple
and accurate. One knob zeroes the template against the blade, and the other adjusts the
width of the pin plates to t a notch you cut in a test piece with your blade. To ensure
accurate positioning, the dual-pitch lead screw of the micrometer moves the two indexing
pins in phase with each other and relative to the cutter. No measuring or trial-and-error
tting is required. Suitable for stock from 1/8 to 11/4 thick and pin widths from 1/8 to 3/4,
the jig is largely aluminum, with front and rear MDF blade guards (the front guard doubles
as a stock support) and a cantilevered polycarbonate shield to deect debris from the
operator. A U-shaped cutout on the front guard lets you see the indexing pins as you adjust
the stock for the next cut. The leading split-ledge provides stock support on both sides of
B the cut, and is adjustable for cut width and pin placement. The MDF sub-fence reduces
tear-out, and is reversible and replaceable. For use on table saws or router tables with a
standard 3/83/4 miter groove, it can be used on left- or right-tilting saws. An excellent
jig for making symmetric, keyed or splined box joints, it can also be used to make dentil
molding for furniture accents. Comes with an instructional DVD. Made in USA.
86N60.20 Incra I-Box Finger Joint Jig $189.00
B. Kreg Crown Molding Mitering Fixture
B Since crown molding is inclined (or sprung) when installed, it is best held on the miter
saw at the same angle to avoid complex compound
cuts. This xture adjusts to any spring angle from
30 to 60 and holds the molding securely for
improved safety and accuracy. Diagrams on the
jig body indicate the correct miter direction and
molding orientation, helping prevent mis-cuts.
Hanger
hooks on
Made in USA from ABS plastic, it accepts
Holds
a screw molding crown up to 31/2 wide on 10 saws, or up to 51/2 wide on 12 saws. Works with all
C or nail. at correct miter saws 10 or larger. Comes with a protractor for measuring the spring angle and
angle.
to reduce trial and error when setting the miter angle.
25K60.95 Crown Molding Fixture $37.50
C. Crown Molding Hanger
This hanger greatly simplies the process of installing crown molding. It supports the
molding, leaving your hands free to mark its length, position the miter and nail it in. Simply
Front view Side view
cut the crown to length and place it on the hanger, which hooks on a screw or nail driven
Jigsaw and clamp not included. near the top of the wall and can be used with any width of molding. Once tightened, it holds
the molding securely for tacking in position, and slips out easily before permanent
fastening. Made from ABS, the bracket is angled for 45 crown but will also accept 38 or
52 molding. Two hangers support up to 12 of crown. 1+ 3+
03K18.05 Crown Molding Hanger, ea. $11.90 $10.70
D. Crown Molding Coping Fixtures
Crown molding is notoriously difcult to cut and join. This pair of xtures lets you use a
Jigsaw used to
jigsaw to cope right- and left-hand joints for inside corners with
cope prole. ease, speed and accuracy. The angled surface makes cutting to
the prole easy, while setting the correct back cut for less hand
D Cope partially cut. tting. Molded glass-lled polypropylene, they accept molding
up to 51/2 wide. Set for 52/38 sprung molding, they also
Shown partially
cope 45 crown using a shim (template included).
cut for reference. 03J75.80 Crown Molding Coping Fixtures $44.50
E. Baseboard Coping Fixture
Coping inside corners of moldings yields a tight joint that does not develop a gap with
E
wood movement. This xture allows you to use a hand-held jigsaw, increasing speed
Completed Close-tting
and accuracy. Its angled work surface simplies cutting to the prole and automati-
prole cut coped joint cally produces the correct back cut to reduce hand tting. Suitable for baseboard up to
6 wide (for wider molding, simply reclamp the xture). Made of glass-lled resin,
with slip-resistant non-marring pads. Made in USA.
250
E 03J75.82 Baseboard Coping Fixture $18.50
 A
Saw guard
removed for clarity.

Set panel Table acts as Lifter Protective bumper

on lifter. a fulcrum as releases.
you lift.

E A staggered
conguration is best for handling
Alternative both wide and narrow stock.
1 2 3 mounting

A. Table-Saw Panel Lifter
Manipulating sheet stock onto a table saw is
safest when you have a second pair of hands
available. In their absence, this panel lifter
provides an assist. Essentially a sturdy lever that
clamps to the table edge or fence rail, it has a
J-shaped hook at the end that captures the panel,
keeping it stable and preventing it from tipping
or twisting as you lift. As you tip the panel onto
the table, the table edge acts as a fulcrum,
employing leverage to reduce effort, prevent
Expands to a maximum
of 3636 or 2052.
strain and improve control. Tension on the lift- E. Roller Balls Rollers
ers guide-arm is adjustable to ensure a controlled Called transfer
swing once the panel is released. An adhesive- Workpiece
balls in manu-
backed UHMW bumper adheres to the table facturing, these Saw table
edge to prevent marring of the workpiece. Made 1 dia. polished
in the USA from 1/8 thick epoxy-coated steel, steel balls ride on a bed of 1/8 ball bearings in a
the lifter measures 28 and works with sheet steel housing and make ideal roller stands for
stock up to 11/4 thick. To improve safety and material. Unlike cylindrical rollers, they do not
control on the table saw, this reliable workshop have to be aligned with any part of the machine;
helper is well worth the investment. they have no bias and allow far better control of
03K18.15 Table-Saw Panel Lifter $56.50 the work. A staggered conguration is best for
handling wide or narrow stock. Load rating is 77 lb
per ball. Fixing screws included. 1+ 6+
99K52.20 Roller Ball, ea. $5.20 $4.40

F. Heavy-Duty
Roller & Bracket Set
B Steel rollers are used in building
conveyors, infeed and outfeed tables, and other
accessories for power saws, planers, thick-
nessers, etc. This one, 23/8 in diameter by 153/4
B. HTC2000 Mobile Machine Base long, mounted on an 1/8 thick, 163/4 long steel
A boon for smaller workshops, the bracket, lets you design a system to suit your
HTC2000 base lets you keep equipment and space. The 1/2 dia. shaft has ball
otherwise stationary equipment bearings at each end. 200 lb load capacity.
out of the way until needed, 03K20.01 HD Roller & Bracket $29.50
freeing space for large projects
or other tools. This heavy- G. Link Belt for Power Tools
duty base can carry up to 500 lb (226kg). Assembled much like a Widely used in industry, these 1/2 wide belts are
Meccano set, it adjusts from 12 to 52 in 1 increments, forming a not harmed by oil or heat. They transmit more
maximum 3636 square or 2052 rectangle. Made from 0.08 power and stretch far less than solid woven
thick steel with a powder-coat nish, it weighs 151/2 lb. It has two 3 V-belts. But they help most by absorbing vibra-
swivelling casters and two 3 xed wheels. Leveller feet stabilize the tion in the belt linkage, signicantly quieting a
base when wheels are raised. To move the base, easy-to-operate glass- Pressing down table saw or lathe. In tests, they were up to 15
lled nylon cam locks on the swivelling casters lower the wheels. on lever engages
times more durable than woven belts. The indi-
the wheels.
03J25.05 Mobile Machine Base $86.50 vidual belt sections accommodate any pulley
misalignment without twisting, and the interlock
C. Foot Switches Air Actuated construction makes accurate sizing easy.
Easy to use, safe, and economical these are momentary model (press to run, release to stop). Replaces the standard belt on a table saw, lathe,
excellent switches. The only wiring involved is Both allow hands-free operation of equipment. jointer, drill press, etc. Instructions included.
at the controller (the black box). You plug that Normally foot operated, the bulb can be mounted Sold by the foot. 1+ 4+
into the wall outlet and plug the machine cord anywhere, e.g., for knee or hip actuation. 03J85.01 Link Belt, per foot $12.90 $11.65
into the controller. The rest is tubing (10) and a Optional safety shroud available separately.
bulb. Pressing the bulb increases pressure in the 15 amp, 120V AC. UL/CSA certied.
tube and actuates the controller switch. Available 03J93.01 On/Off Foot Switch $38.90
in a standard on/off style (press and release to 03J93.02 Momentary Foot Switch $38.90
turn on, press and release to turn off) or in a D. 03J93.03 Optional Safety Shroud $17.70

 Viking Bandsaw Blades

A These blades have a ve-tooth pattern with minimal
set (every fth tooth is a straight raker), a 61/2 rake
angle, and a hook angle that results in incredibly fast
cutting, with fast chip removal. The thin-kerf blade
produces a smooth finish requiring little sanding.
D
Made in Sweden, they will last three to four times E
longer than stamped or ground blades due to the F
G H
milling, hardening and quality of the steel. They cut
absolutely straight; the body is milled and the teeth are perfectly set, resulting in a straight, smooth
cut, regardless of wood thickness. The rounded back assists in making tight radius cuts.
The 3/1610 tpi blade is best for scroll cutting it will cut just as tight a radius as a regular 1/8
blade, but is stronger. The 1/46 tpi general-purpose blade is suitable for pattern cutting, cutting
B 24s, etc. The 3/83 tpi blade is fast cutting but rough, useful for cutting thick carving or turning
blanks. The 1/23 tpi blade will resaw thin straight strips, with no cupping or bowing of the blade, or
Optional micro- dimensional change. It will resaw material up to 12 thick and can also be used for turning blanks.
adjust threads into Magnifying
hole in mounting cursor is We believe you will be quite excited by the performance of these blades.
bracket and rides precise and
easy to read. Viking Bandsaw Blades H. Resaw J. Cool Blocks
on guide rail. Bandsaw Model
D. E. F. G. Blades Check the size of your blade guides before ordering.
Blade 3/1610 tpi 1/46 tpi 3/83 tpi 1/23 tpi 5/83 tpi
length Set of 4 Size of Block Shape
61K89.09 (4) 3/43/16 dia.
C C Delta 8, 10 561/8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A $18.30 round blocks
Delta 10 02J01.72 02J02.72 02J03.72 02J04.72 03J52.05* 61K89.09 (4) 3/43/16 dia.
72
* 5/8 Resaw is 713/4 $19.50 $18.50 $19.00 $21.00 $54.00 $18.30 round blocks
61K89.07
Delta 16 82 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (4) 5/165/163/4
$18.30
02J01.93 02J02.93 02J03.93 02J04.93 03J53.05 61K89.01 (3) 1/21/23/4
Delta 14 931/2
$23.00 $22.00 $22.00 $24.50 $68.00 $18.30 (1) 1/23/81
Delta 14
105
02J01.15 02J02.15 02J03.15 02J04.15 03J57.06 61K89.01 (3) 1/21/23/4
with riser $25.50 $24.00 $24.50 $26.00 $74.00 $18.30 (1) 1/23/81
Curved face of the optional resaw guide lets you steer the work- 02J01.80 02J02.80 02J03.80 02J04.80 61K89.02
Sears 12 80 N/A (4) 3/83/83/4
piece while resawing for greater accuracy. $21.00 $19.50 $21.00 $22.00 $18.30
Sears (older 02J01.80 02J02.80 02J03.80 02J04.80
style saws)
80 N/A N/A
$21.00 $19.50 $21.00 $22.00
Kreg Precision Sears 12 02J01.80 02J02.80 02J03.80 02J04.80
80 N/A N/A
Bandsaw Fence Tilt Head $21.00 $19.50 $21.00 $22.00
An easy retrot to many 02J01.72 02J02.72 02J03.72 02J04.72 03J55.05 N/A
Shopsmith 11 72 $19.50 $18.50 $19.00 $21.00 $54.00

14 bandsaws*, this 02J01.74 02J02.74 02J03.74 02J04.74 03J56.05
precision fence system Inca 101/2 731/2
$19.50 $18.50 $19.00 $21.00 $56.00 N/A

will dramatically expand Inca 710 1041/4

02J01.05 02J02.05 02J03.05 02J04.05 03J57.05 Not
your saws capabilities. $25.50 $24.00 $24.50 $26.00 $74.00 Required
w/ 931/2 02J01.93 02J02.93 02J03.93 02J04.93 03J53.05 61K89.06
It is easily aligned to Jet, Grizzly, etc.
blades $23.00 $22.00 $22.00 $24.50 $68.00 $18.30
(4) 1/21/23/4
compensate for blade General 15 1/2 02J01.10 02J02.10 02J03.10 02J04.10 03J11.05 61K89.06
98 (4) 1/21/23/4
drift, has a scale and 5/8 Resaw is 100 $24.00 $23.00 $24.00 $25.50 $71.00 $18.30
magnifying cursor for Product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
quick and exact posi- H. Resaw Bandsaw Blades
tioning, and locks with These special resaw blades have a narrow kerf to reduce waste, and carbide-impregnated teeth that
a simple but effective help them retain their sharpness even when resawing hardwoods. The blades are 5/83 tpi.
clamping knob. Made
largely from rigid J. Cool Blocks
aluminum extrusion, Cool Blocks replace standard metal bandsaw guides. Phenolic resin embedded with graphite to
it has nylon bushings reduce friction, they stay cooler than metal blocks, reducing metal fatigue and extending blade life.
for smooth operation. They can be set closer to the blade for better accuracy and control of cuts. They also lubricate the
The micro-adjust threads Fence is laterally blade without staining the wood, so your bandsaw runs more smoothly and quietly. Available for the
into the fence to provide adjustable to compensate
for blade drift. models listed, but may t other models. Check guide size before ordering.
controlled lateral adjust-
ment (3/32 per turn), while the 41/2 tall resaw K. Bandsaw Tuning Stone
guide has a cambered surface that allows K
Rounding off the back edge of a bandsaw blade not
instant corrections to blade tracking. Comes only makes it last longer, with less friction and metal
with right-to-left self-adhesive tapes in both fatigue, but also lets you make tighter turns without
Imperial and metric so you can customize the having the trailing edge leave score marks in your K
fence accordingly. Micro-adjust and resaw work. This dry stone, mounted on a wooden
guide sold separately. handle, allows you to tune your blades easily and
A. 86N40.07 Kreg Bandsaw Fence $139.00 safely. Overall length is 7, with a 31/21/4 stone.
B. 86N40.01 Micro-Adjust $ 19.90 61K90.01 Bandsaw Tuning Stone $18.30
C. 86N40.02 41/2 Resaw Guide $ 23.50
* Including Delta, Jet, General, Ridgid and Grizzly. L. Bandsaw Blade Splicing Kit J
Other models or bandsaws larger than 14 may Using this kit, you can repair bandsaw blades with a
require mounting holes to be drilled. splice at least as strong as the original weld. It
Rounding the back of narrow bandsaw blades with consists of enough silver solder and ux to repair 30
a file or diamond stone while the machine is breaks. The Sure-Splice blade jig will accommodate
running prevents them from digging into the thrust blades from 1/16 to 11/2 wide. Instructions included.
bearing and also makes them cut more smoothly Additional solder/ux available separately.
on tight curves. 03J59.01 Sure-Splice Kit $41.50
03J59.02 Rell Kit, 150 Splices $28.50 L
252 Power Tools
 Carter Bandsaw Accessories
Designed to enhance saw performance, Carter bandsaw accessories are well known for ease of
installation and quality of construction. The guide sets, tires and tensioning spring require no modi-
cation to the saw, while the blade quick-release and tire brush involve only drilling small holes for
mounting hardware. High-quality materials are used throughout
hardened steel, anodized aluminum and heavy-duty
sealed bearings. All improve blade performance, E
whether through more effective guidance, proper
tensioning or superior tracking.

A. Urethane Bandsaw Tires

Worn or dirty tires are often the reason E. Blade Quick-Release
behind poor blade tracking. These Leaving a
retrofit urethane tires resist damage bandsaw blade
from debris and remain pliable after under permanent
extended use to provide a smooth tension is a good
contact surface for the blade. Installa- way to ensure its early E
tion is straightforward, requiring no demise. Releasing tension
trimming (sized to 7/8 wide), special between work sessions prevents
adhesives or difcult maneuvering to premature blade fatigue; it also reduces
stretch the tire over the wheel rim. wear to a saws wheel bearings, tires and
Available for the two most common tensioning spring. Retrotted to most 14 band-
wheel sizes, they are sold individually. saws* in about an hour, this mechanism uses a
86N50.12 12 Bandsaw Tire, ea. $27.50 simple rack and pinion to lower and raise the
86N50.14 14 Bandsaw Tire, ea. $29.50 upper wheel, releasing or tensioning the blade with the ip of
a lever. It also has an intermediate, partially engaged position
to make alignment easier during blade changes. Robust
B B all-steel construction with a large, easily gripped phenolic
knob. Includes all hardware and complete instructions.
86N50.00 Bandsaw Quick-Release $189.00
* Including Delta, Jet, General, Sears, Ridgid, and Grizzly.
F. Cobra Coil
Tensioning Spring
B. Bandsaw Tire Brush
A robust spring enables you
A simple but effective retrot to any 14 to properly tension a wide
bandsaw, this polyester-bristle brush blade to minimize wandering
runs against the lower tire to remove dust during resawing. This spring,
and debris. This extends tire life and made from specially treated
improves blade tracking. Supplied with a chrome-vanadium steel, has
11/8 wide aluminum mounting bracket. greater fatigue resistance and
Installation requires drilling a single hole tensioning capacity than stan- F
for the mounting screw (included). dard springs (up to 15,000 psi
86N50.02 Bandsaw Tire Brush $8.20 versus 8000 to 10,000 psi). Installs in most saws in a few
C minutes. At 7/16 inside diameter (just under 3/4 O.D.) by
29/16 long, it is compatible with many 14 bandsaws
C D
(Delta, Jet, General, etc.).
86N50.01 Cobra Coil $23.90
G. Bandsaw Guide Sets
To produce an accurate cut, blade guides need to prevent
lateral motion, twisting, and deection. These upper and
Narrow Blade Stabilizers lower guide sets provide support at three points (on both
These stabilizers let you saw sharp curves without sides of the blade and directly behind it) above and below
binding. Used in place of the upper guide and the table. Made from steel and aluminum with fully
without the lower guide engaged, they capture the sealed industrial-grade bearings, they are
blade, allowing it to pivot while preventing lateral usable with blades from 1/8 to 1 wide. Side
or backwards shift. Designed for blades 1/4 wide bearings have two advantages over rub
or less, they install easily in the upper guide Table removed blocks: they are more durable, eliminating
assembly and have anodized aluminum bodies G
for clarity. the need for frequent guide adjustments, and
with hardened steel wheels and heavy-duty bear- they signicantly reduce friction, prolonging
ings. The standard stabilizer is compatible with blade life. Installation is straightforward
most makes of 14 bandsaw (Delta, Jet, Ridgid, (instructions and hardware included) and
Sears, Grizzly, etc.), while the other is for use with readjustments after blade changes are quick
the Carter blade guides at right. Invaluable for any and easy. An excellent upgrade.
intricately curved work. Guides for Delta 14 (round shaft)
G 86N50.30 $209.00
Not Stocked at our Stores.
C. 86N50.03 Std. Stabilizer $96.00 86N50.31 Guides for Jet 14 $209.00
D. 86N50.04 Carter Stabilizer $96.00
Power Tools 253

B
B. Three-Way Y-Adapter
This simple adapter splits the power from a single
outlet. Usable at the end of an extension cord or
directly in a wall socket, it is rated to 15 amps (125
volts and 1875 watts) and has a heavy-duty
12-gauge cord. About 24 long overall, it has a
Industrial Cable Reels
With 30 of 14 (14/3) or 40 of 12 (12/3) gauge
cord, these spring-loaded reels have three
grounded outlets with an integral circuit breaker.
The 14-gauge model, rated for 1625W, 13 amps
and 125V, has a durable metal casing and is suit-
able for most heavy-draw tools. The 12-gauge
model, rated at 1875W, 15 amps and 125V, has
a tough plastic casing and is for extensive use
with more demanding tools and machinery.
Cords retract with just a quick tug. A positional
cord-stop keeps the end within reach when
mounted overhead. Brackets included for
mounting reels within 20 of an outlet (remov-
able for portable use). CUL/UL certied. Colors
may vary.
C. 03K51.03 30 Cable Reel (14/3 13A) $ 98.50
D. 03K51.05 40 Cable Reel (12/3 15A) $165.00
C D
254
A. Sockitbox
This heavy-duty waterproof box keeps electrical cords and their power bars
protected from the elements. Made of strong plastic, it has silicone weather seals in
A the lid and ports. Easy-locking clamps ensure the
box stays tightly sealed, and an Ingress
Protection rating of 55 guarantees that
A water will not make its way in unless
the box is submerged. With ve ports,
it is ideal for extension cords, trans-
formers, timers and four-way power
strips. The box can also be used to hold
other accessories when not in use.
Locking
clamps
Measures 153/4 long by 51/2 high by
13 wide.
Silicone PK420 Sockitbox $29.90
seals
Cord Lock
A solution to the irritating problem of
accidental electrical cord disconnections,
UV-stable, abrasion-resistant sheathing that this snap-on cord lock keeps cords
remains exible in cold weather. UL/CUL certi- connected whether you are working in the
ed and suitable for use indoors or out. A great shop, on the job site or cutting the lawn. It
method for connecting a cordless tool transformer is not a waterproofing device, but an
and powering corded tools simultaneously. adjustable-gate sleeve that keeps cords
03K51.30 3-Way Y-Adapter $19.90 fully connected. It not only saves time, but
also prevents long-term damage to connec-
tion prongs, preventing stress to the plugs.
Accepts plugs up to 11/2 in diameter. The
unit is 71/4 long. Adjustable internal gates
for plugs of different lengths. 1+ 4+
03K10.01 Cord Lock, ea. $5.80 $5.20
Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupter (GFCI)
Bracket This industrial-grade portable GFCI prevents
included accidents by automatically interrupting a
for wall
circuit if it detects a dangerous current
mounting.
change. The 2, 12-gauge cord has three
D receptacles. For indoor and outdoor use, it
plugs directly into a wall receptacle (not an
extension cord). Rated at 15 amps (1875
watts). It has a test function, a reset toggle and
a power indicator light. Manual reset is
required after a GFCI trip or power outage to
prevent unintentional equipment start-up. UL
certied. Instructions included. Can be used
with all portable tools. Color may vary.
03K51.10 Portable GFCI Cord $64.50
Indicator light
 JessEm Router Lifts & Tables
Thoughtfully designed and built with high-quality
materials, this is a sturdy and versatile router table
ROUTER TABLES
system. Produced in Canada, the CNC-machined A. Mast-R-Lift Excel II Premium inches to 1/32, and metric to 0.1mm. It performs
lifts offer fast, precise control over the height of the Router Table differential measuring without recalibration and
bit. Smooth and responsive in operation, they have A combined lift and table top, this is JessEms can be zeroed at any point. Accurate to
a drive spindle that rotates within a pair of special premium router table. The lift mechanism uses the 0.002/0.05mm. An easy retrofit, the sensor
anti-backlash nuts to minimize play in the threads. same router mounting brackets, substantial spindle simply mounts to the router carriage, and the
For easy router carriage travel, the guide rods are and rigid guide rods as the Mast-R-Lift II, but instead readout attaches to the table with machined
mounted into deep sockets that have large-diam- of operating with a removable crank, is directly aluminum mounting brackets. All installation
eter bases, creating a rigid structure that resists driven by an easily accessed handwheel mounted at hardware supplied. Operates on two AAA
racking. The lifts position the router collet above the right side of the table. The lift mechanism has a batteries (not included).
the table surface when fully raised, giving easy total of six bearings for long life and easy operation 86N42.45 Mast-R-Lift Excel II + Fence $829.00
access for quick bit changes. The aperture has a even with industrial-sized routers. A cam-operated Mast-R-Lift Excel II + Fence & Stand
37/8 major and 35/8 minor diameter to accept lever lock is conveniently located adjacent to the 86N42.47 $989.00
large-diameter bits and JessEms insert rings. All handwheel, and captures the axle to hold the
bearings are double sealed to resist dust inltration carriage height setting. To supplement the Digital Readout for Mast-R-Lift Excel II
for long life, and the aluminum parts are anodized fence-mounted dust-collection port, a B. 86N42.49 $119.00
Digital readout
for corrosion and wear resistance. Each lift chute with a 4 vacuum port is is available
separately.
includes hex keys for adjustment/router installa- located beneath the table so that B
tion, an insert ring with a 2 opening (additional the rotation of the router bit
sizes available separately), an insert wrench and a helps carry chips into it. An
pivot pin. outstanding heavy-duty lift, it
The table tops are solid phenolic resin to provide is offered in sets that include a
a low-friction surface and dimensional stability, fence, with or without a stand.
and are a generous size at 3/424317/8 overall. For those who want the
Made in Canada, they have an inset extruded- benefit of a direct-reading
aluminum combination miter groove/T-track that display, we offer an optional
accepts jigs with 3/4 runners and 1/4 hardware for digital readout for the
mounting xtures. Mast-R-Lift Excel II. With Cam-
operated
The 36 long by 35/8 high extruded anodized easy-to-read 5/16 high num- lever lock
aluminum fence is straight, rigid and easy to posi- erals, it displays in decimal holds
position
tion. It has two laminate sub-fences, a top-mounted inches to 0.001, fractional for long-term
Handwheel
for smooth
metric/Imperial scale, an adjustable bit guard and routing.
raising and
a 21/4 vacuum port. The fence mounts to a bracket The fence glides lowering
back and forth of lift.
at each end of the table that has an Imperial/metric on guide rails
scale for direct reading relative to the cutter. Tall and locks rmly
clamping knobs give ready access for making with a twist of
the lock-down
adjustments. Split for effective dust collection, the knobs. A
laminate sub-fences can also be offset with shim
rods for jointing or to eliminate sniping when
machining full-thickness proles. The fence comes
The 36 tall heavy-gauge powder-coated steel with a 4 adjust-
stand has cross-braces for extra tabletop support able bit guard.

and levelling feet for uneven surfaces.

Mast-R-Lift II
This is a solidly built lift that, with the exception of
O-rings and some hardware, is constructed entirely of The
steel and CNC-machined aluminum. The 3/4 diameter vacuum
port accepts
spindle and guide rods produce an exceptionally rigid, a 21/4 diameter
durable mounting. The spindle rotates within two bear- hose tting.
ings that allow even the heaviest router to be raised or B Metric to
lowered smoothly and easily. Special brackets permit 0.1mm
the carriage to accept the motor of virtually any xed-
base router. Actuated by the same removable crank Decimal
inches to
and micro-bezel arrangement as the Rout-R-Lift II, 0.001and
this lift has a spindle-locking mechanism that is cam fractional
inches to 1/32
operated to engage with only a 1/4 turn and contains
A
three bearings for smooth action. Hard anodized for an
abrasion-resistant nish, the 3/891/4113/4 insert plate has perimeter Bottom view
grub screws for levelling. Offered alone or in sets that contain a table top of lift in stand
and fence, with or without a stand.
Mast-R-Lift II
86N42.30 $329.00 Fence Stop
Used to limit workpiece travel,
Mast-R-Lift II + this L-shaped stop mounts in the
Table Top & Fence T-track on the top of the fence
86N42.35 $709.00 extrusion. Made of aluminum
Mast-R-Lift II + Table Top, with a durable anodized nish.
Fence & Stand 86N42.60 Fence Stop $36.50
86N42.37 $875.00
C

 Rout-R-Lift II
The Rout-R-Lift II shares the same basic design as the Mast-R-Lift II, but
uses more economical materials and a lighter construction. The
3/891/4113/4 phenolic insert plate has perimeter grub screws for level-
ling. CNC machined from solid aluminum, the router carriage travels on
5/8 guide posts and is operated by a 3/8 diameter spindle that rotates
within a double-sealed bearing. Height adjustment is provided above the
table by a removable crank; each full rotation of the inset micro-bezel
moves the router bit 1/16 for precise control, and the scale allows you to
ne-tune adjustments to a resolution of 0.001 by interpolating between
graduations. A spindle lock prevents the height setting from changing due
to vibration and operates with the same crank. There are ve versions;
please consult the price lines to select the correct lift for your router. The
lift is available by itself or in sets that include a table top and fence, with or
without a stand.

Rout-R-Lift II
Porter Cable 690/890,
Compatible DeWalt, Bosch 2HP, Hitachi Milwaukee Ridgid
Makita 2HP
Routers Craftsman M12VC 2HP 29302
1754/17540/28190
86N42.00 86N42.01 86N42.02 86N42.03 86N42.04
Lift Only
$169.00 $169.00 $169.00 $169.00 $169.00
When using 1/4 shank router bits over Lift + Table Top & 86N42.10 86N42.11 86N42.12 86N42.13 86N42.14
3/4 in diameter, you must tighten the bits Fence $559.00 $559.00 $559.00 $559.00 $559.00
carefully, and make successive passes. Lift + Table Top, 86N42.20 86N42.21 86N42.22 86N42.23 86N42.24
The leverage exerted on the shank may Fence & Stand $719.00 $719.00 $719.00 $719.00 $719.00
Crank handle raises and Lock accessible from top
cause them to slip. lowers lift. surface with crank handle. Product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.

A B D. JessEm Router Table Switch

An easy retrot, this convenient front-mounted
switch lets you turn your router on or off without
having to fumble under the table. Simply plug the
router into one of the two grounded outlets; the
A. Insert Rings router switch can be left in the on position, but the
To vary the size of the bit aperture, these glass-lled polycarbonate ush insert rings securely lock tool will only draw power when the table switch is
into the 37/8 opening with an easy 1/8 turn. We offer two sets, each with four inserts: one set has also turned on. Additionally, you can plug a work-
center holes of 1/4, 1/2, and 21/2, plus a 13/16 through bore/13/8 counterbore insert for use with shop vacuum into the second outlet so it runs in
guide bushings; the second set contains blanks for making zero-clearance inserts. Each set ts any unison with the router. The switch has a low-prole
JessEm lift. design that helps avoid accidental activation if
86N42.55 Insert Rings, set of 4 $36.50 someone brushes against it. Mounted on a sturdy
Not Stocked at our Stores: steel plate, it comes with a lockout key that prevents
B. 86N42.57 Blank Insert Rings, set of 4 $36.50 unauthorized use when removed, and an 8
14-gauge power cord for connection to a grounded
C. JessEm Clear-Cut Router Table Stock Guides wall outlet. Installation on JessEm tables needs no
By keeping work registered against both the fence and the router table surface, these stock guides improve wiring or modication; other tables may require
safety and accuracy. The fence-mounted rollers are set snug against the top of the stock to restrict lift, with two drilled mounting holes. Rated to 15 amps, 120
23/4 of height adjustment to accommodate different stock thicknesses*. Their 5 feed bias automatically volts and cETLus listed.
draws the work inward, keeping it fully registered against the fence. The wear-resistant urethane tires provide 86N42.70 Router Table Switch $49.50
good traction on the work, and one-way bearings ensure the correct feed direction, helping prevent kick-
backs. Mounts easily on any fence with a 1/4 T-track. For shop-made fences without a T-track, we offer a
kit that includes mounting plates and fasteners. Largely made from anodized aluminum and stainless steel,
the guides greatly improve stock control on a router table. Made in Canada.
86N42.75 Stock Guides, pr. $99.50
Not Stocked at our Stores.
86N42.76 Mounting Kit, ea. $16.50 C

* Maximum stock thickness is the approximate distance from

the table top to 3/4 below the bottom of your fences T-slot;
minimum thickness is 23/4 less.

C
 Adjustable
bit guard

A. Kreg Bench-Top Router Table Back view of table

Rugged and precise, this is a highly Fence-locking knob
portable yet sturdy table, built from Split fence
premium materials in the USA. It locking knob
stands 155/8 high on its sturdy
steel base, and has a 1 thick,
157/8237/8 MDF top with a
low-friction dimpled laminate Vacuum port
surface for smooth workpiece
travel. Rigid aluminum extru-
sions are used for the fences as
well as the miter slot, which A
Router not included. is sized for jigs with 3/ 4
runners. Unlike so-called
universal plates, with their
multiple dust-trapping mounting holes, the 91/4113/43/8 phenolic
insert plate is not pre-drilled; it includes a straightforward drilling template
A to custom-mount virtually any router model. It comes with a removable pivot
post and has an aperture with a 313/16 major and 35/8 minor diameter to accept
large-diameter bits and Kregs reducing rings. Four levellers simplify setting the
insert ush with the top. Two laminate sub-fences, a top-mounted metric/Imperial
scale, an adjustable bit guard and a 21/4 vacuum port are also included. The sub-fences
split for optimal chip escape. For jointing or to eliminate sniping on full-thickness proles,
the table comes with shim rods that can be inserted behind the sub-fences to offset them.
Measuring 35/8 high by 24 long, the split fence has 1/4 T-tracks on the top and face, and is
secured by two ip-up cam clamps for rapid positioning relative to the bit. Ideal for smaller
workshops or jobsite use.
86N40.30 *Kreg Bench-Top Table $289.00
* A surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by ground
Underside support struts prevent parcel service, contact Customer service for shipping rates.
top from sagging.

B. Kreg Router Lift

Levellers set insert
ush with table top.
Router Joinery DVD
with Gary Rogowski
Rogowski, a woodworker of 20 years, clearly
shows quick and accurate joinery methods
using one of the most versatile and adaptable
power tools in the shop. He covers rabbets,
dadoes, grooves and sliding dovetails in
carcass work, as well as dovetails using Keller
and Universal jigs. He also demonstrates
several approaches to mortise and tenon
joinery in frame-and-panel construction,
including the use of shop-made jigs for angled
mortises and loose tenons in chair making.
The DVD format allows quick and easy refer-
ence to each of the illustrated methods.
Length: 75 minutes.
73L10.16 Router Joinery DVD $17.90
This lift for xed-base routers offers quick, convenient, and precise control
over bit positioning. Rather than having a crank or knob beneath the table, it
has a ne-adjustment thumb wheel set into the table surface so it is readily acces-
sible from above, yet work can pass over it without catching. Each full rotation
Fence splits
and offsets. moves the bit 1/16 for ne control, and the scale graduated in 0.002 increments
allows reliable direct-reading. For coarse adjustment or when changing the bit,
a spring-loaded carriage release lets you quickly raise or lower the B
router. Includes a threaded pivot pin for freehand routing, plus
three twist-lock throat inserts (one with a 1 through-
drilled hole, one with a 25/8 through-drilled hole,
and one with a 13/16 through bore/13/8 counterbore
for compatibility with standard guide bushings). The
lift is made in the USA using high-quality components
Spring-
throughout, including the insert plate, which is made from loaded
machined, anodized aircraft-grade aluminum. Available in carriage
release
three versions; please consult the price lines below to select the quickly
correct lift for your router. Fits Kreg tables, or any table that raises or
lowers
accepts an 113/491/43/8 thick insert plate. router.
86N40.55 Lift for Porter Cable 7518 $459.00
86N40.56 Lift for 31/2 dia. Routers* $459.00
86N40.57 Lift for Milwaukee 5625 $459.00
* Suitable for Porter-Cable 690/890, Bosch 1617/1618, Craftsman
17542/17540/28190, and DeWalt 618 xed-base routers.
B
Adjustments
in 0.002
increments
can be made
with the
thumb wheel.

A. Kreg Precision Insert Plate

This precision insert plate is the same as the one that comes with the new Kreg bench-top Kreg Insert Rings
router table*. It can also be used to create a user-made router table. Made of phenolic resin, the To vary the size of the bit aperture in the Kreg
91/4113/43/8 plate has a 35/8 through bore and a 37/8 counterbore to accept large-diam- router table insert plate, these ush insert rings
eter bits and insert rings. It comes with three inserts with openings of 1 and 25/8, plus a 13/16 securely lock into the 35/8 opening with a quick
through bore/13/8 counterbore insert for compatibility with standard guide bushings. A twist- twist. Five inserts are included, with center holes of
3/4, 13/8, 15/8 and 21/2, plus a blank insert for
lock system allows fast and easy insert changes; just drop the ring into the opening and give it
a short turn with the included pin wrench to lock it ush with the plate surface. The plate is not making a zero-clearance insert. A convenient
pre-drilled; a target pattern on the underside guides drilling so you can custom mount virtually storage rack with spaces for all sizes of Kreg insert
any router model. A tapped hole takes a removable pivot pin (included) for safe freehand work. rings is included.
For user-made tables, a set of four levellers is available to let you quickly and precisely set 86N40.34 Insert Rings, set of 5 $31.50
the plate ush with the tabletop surface and eliminate the need to rout a supporting ledge in
the opening.
86N40.31 Kreg Precision Insert Plate $74.50 More router bits are damaged in handling than in use.
Carbide inserts chip when they hit other carbide. Router bits
B. 86N40.33 Insert Plate Levellers $24.50 should be stored on a board drilled to t the shanks and with
ample separation between bits.
* Kreg bench-top tables purchased before May 2013 use an older style of insert.

Veritas Base Plate/Table Insert

Most router table inserts are large so that the
router can clear the sides of the insert hole as
the whole thing is lowered into the table. Our
insert is much smaller because it can be
inserted from below the table, a process so
revolutionary we have a patent on it. It is only
9 in diameter and 1/4 thick.
With this system your router can be used free
hand or in a table with no change of base. The
base is perfectly centered on the bit and, there-
fore, on any guide bushing, making all of your
routing more accurate. A router can be C. 05J25.01
installed or removed from the router table in
seconds, with no need to insert or remove a
D. 04J28.10
single screw.
Unlike others, our phenolic base plate is not
pre-drilled it doesnt have Swiss cheese
patterns that can trap chips or catch your work.
With the included hardware (positioning
template, trammel bar, alignment pin, 82 countersink bit, and centering disc), you drill the base
plate to match your router base. This is easy; but if you make an error, we will give you another
base plate free of charge. Instructions for making a matching table top are also
included. In minutes you can rout
both the hole and the support ledge.
The 11/2 dia. center hole is counter- D
bored to accept our template guides.
The table insert reduces the size of the
aperture to 3/4 when not using a template
guide (includes a ring nut). Patented.
C
Veritas Base Plate
$49.50
3/4
Table Insert,
$ 6.30
To order call
1-800-267-8767

E. JessEm Mite-R-Slide
E To provide stable support and smooth travel during cross-grain routing, this
carriage glides along a sturdy 3/4 tube mounted between brackets secured to
Heavy-duty locking handle the fence extrusion. Detents every 5 and at 22.5 reliably index the
secures the gauge in protractor head within a 90 range, and a vernier scale permits ne adjust-
pre-set detent locations Gauge rotates 45
every 5. left or right.
ment to 1/10. Made from thick-walled extrusion to resist vibration, the fence
has a phenolic sub-fence and a T-slot that accepts the head of a 1/2 bolt for
mounting shop-made jigs. The subfence can be interchanged with 3/4 MDF
or ply to act as a backer for reduced tearout. A generous 11/2 in diameter, the
knurled locking handle provides a secure grip. When not in use, the carriage
simply ips over the tube and behind the router table fence. Made in Canada
from polished steel and machined aluminum, this is a robust, precise and
easy-to-set accessory.
86N42.50 JessEm Mite-R-Slide $289.00
 ROUTER ACCESSORIES
D Base plate and template guides sold separately.
B
C R
A S Q

O P

J K

E F G H
13/4 Router Plate Inserts
These inserts are for use with the Veritas base
plate/table insert (or our 13/4 counterbore insert
used in our router table) or with any base plate
with a 11/2 through bore and a 13/4 counter-
bore. They reduce the size of the through bore
and support stock next to the bit, minimizing
kickback and splintering. Made from solid brass,
the inserts attach with the threaded ring nut.
Only one ring nut is necessary, regardless of the
number of inserts you purchase. Available indi-
vidually or as a set of seven inserts and one brass
ring nut. The sizes given refer to inside diameter
the diameter of the largest bit the insert can
accommodate.
A. 04J26.01 Common Ring Nut $ 3.50
B. 04J27.01 13/4 Insert, 1/4 I.D. $ 4.50
C. 04J27.02 13/4 Insert, 3/8 I.D. $ 4.50
D. 04J27.03 13/4 Insert, 1/2 I.D. $ 4.50
E. 04J27.04 13/4 Insert, 5/8 I.D. $ 4.50
F. 04J27.05 13/4 Insert, 3/4 I.D. $ 4.50
G. 04J27.06 13/4 Insert, 7/8 I.D. $ 4.50
H. 04J27.07 13/4 Insert, 1 I.D. $ 4.50
04J27.15 Set of 8 (all of the above) $31.50
J. 13/16 Adapter Base Plate
Most aftermarket template guides t base plates
with a 13/16 through bore and a 13/8 counter-
bore. If your router doesnt meet this standard,
it can be hard to nd suitably sized template
guides for pattern work. This retrot base plate
M L N
ts 13/16 dia. guides and is drilled to t common guides and a ring nut. Outside and inside diameters
router models*. Sturdy 3/8 acrylic, just over listed. Height listed is the minimum template thick-
6 1/ 2 in diameter. Mounting hardware and ness. Guide 04J26.05 ts most dovetail jigs and
instructions included. (Router and template accepts a 1/2 dovetail bit. Letter templates use
guides are not included.) guides 46J91.10, 04J26.06 and 04J26.08.
46J91.05 Adapter Base Plate $28.50 * All Porter-Cable and Black & Decker base plates as
* Fits Porter-Cable 7529, 8529, 8902/8931, 894PK, well as some from DeWalt, Elu, Hitachi, Makita and Skil.
895PK, 690 Series, Ryobi RE180PL & R175, Makita 13/16 T. Guides O.D. I.D. Height
3612C, 3621 & RP110, DeWalt 615, 621, 625, 616, K. 46J91.11 Common Ring Nut $ 3.50
618 & 6182, Black & Decker RP200, SS1000RP, L. 46J91.12 T. Guide 5/16 1/4 5/32 $ 5.80
Bosch 1450, 1613, 1615, 1617/1618, RA1166, Skil
M. 46J91.13 T. Guide 3/8 9/32 5/16 $ 5.80
1823, 1825, 1835, 1840, 1845-02, Freud FT2000,
Rigid R2930 (Plunge), Hitachi M8V, TR12, M12V & N. 46J91.14 T. Guide 7/16 11/32 5/32 $ 5.80
KM12VC, Fein FT-1800, Elu 177, and Sears O. 46J91.15 T. Guide 1/2 13/32 5/16 $ 5.80
315.175.040/.050/.060/.070, 315.275.000, P. 46J91.16 T. Guide 5/8 17/32 9/16 $ 5.80
315.275.100/110, 1617-12, 17543, 17517 Digital, Q. 46J91.17 T. Guide 3/4 21/32 9/16 $ 5.80
17540, 28084 Professional, and 315.268.350 routers. R. 46J91.18 T. Guide 51/64 5/8 9/16 $ 5.80
S. 46J91.19 T. Guide 1 25/32 3/8 $ 5.80
13/16 & 13/4 Brass Template Guides 46J91.20 Set of 9 (all of the above) $41.50
Used to follow the outline of a pattern, these 46J91.10 T. Guide 7/16 11/32 1/2 $ 5.80
template guides are offered in two sizes. 13/16 sizes
t 13/16 through-bore base plates with a 13/8 coun- 13/4 T. Guides O.D. I.D. Height
terbore*. 13/4 sizes t the Veritas base plate/table 04J26.01 Common Ring Nut $ 3.50
insert, our router table with our 13/4 counterbore 04J26.03 T. Guide 3/8 1/4 1/4 $ 5.80
insert, or any 11/2 through-bore base plate with a 04J26.05 T. Guide 7/16 5/16 1/4 $ 5.80
13/4 counterbore. The router bit protrudes through 04J26.07 T. Guide 5/8 1/2 1/4 $ 5.80
the hole in the center of the guide with the side of 04J26.09 T. Guide 3/4 5/8 1/4 $ 5.80
the guide bearing against the edge of the template. 04J26.11 T. Guide 1 7/8 1/4 $ 5.80
Made from solid brass, these guides are attached 04J26.13 T. Guide 11/2 13/8 1/4 $ 5.80
using the threaded brass ring nut (only one ring nut 04J26.20 Set of 7 (all of the above) $34.50
needed per size for any number of guides). Sold 04J26.06 T. Guide 7/16 5/16 1/2 $ 5.80
singly or in sets of eight 13/16 guides or six 13/4 04J26.08 T. Guide 5/8 1/2 1/2 $ 5.80

T. Screws for Router Base Plates U. Inlay Sets

This pack comes with four of each of the six common thread screws used These can be used on your router to cut any inlay material so that it ts perfectly into
for securing base plates (8-32, 10-24, 10-32, M4, M5 and M6), with each the matching recess. Using a pattern and a 1/4 straight bit (neither included), the
size individually bagged and labelled.All screws are 3/4 long and can be recess is cut with the inlay bushing in place. The bushing is then removed to cut the
shortened if necessary. prole of the inlay again with the pattern. Each contains a 7/16 template guide, a
05J29.05 Base Plate Screws, pkg. of 24 $5.90 ring nut, and a 7/16 inlay bushing with a hex key. All guides are solid brass. The
13/4 set is for use with the Veritas base plate/table insert or 13/4 counterbore insert
(#05J20.15, see our website); the 13/16 size is for a standard router base plate* with
a 13/16 through bore and
a 13/8 counterbore.
13/4 Inlay Set
04J28.05 $14.75
13/16 Inlay Set
04J28.07 $14.75
Inlay Bushing & Key
04J28.01 $ 6.80
T * All Porter-Cable and Black
& Decker base plates as well
as some from DeWalt, Elu,
Hitachi, Makita and Skil.

U
 Router not
included.
A
A made jigs and xtures. With hundreds of color
A. Router Pantograph Sturdily constructed from tubular steel and
With this device and a router, you can accurately ABS plastic, it includes 1/4 and 3/8 core box
transfer letters, designs or line drawings from bits, a 1/4 45 V-groove bit (all with 1/4 shanks),
paper to wood. Simply follow the outline of the a brass-tipped 5/8 O.D. ABS guide bushing, a
original with the integral stylus; the pantograph centering pin and complete instructions.
arms transmit this movement to a router base, 46J83.65 Router Pantograph $79.50
guiding the bit to reproduce a scaled image * Pre-drilled for Black & Decker RP200 & RP400; B. Design/Inlay Kit
reduced by 50%. Useful for making signs or Bosch 1200, 1300, 1600 series, GOF series & PR
adding decorative details and lettering to furni- series; Craftsman 17 series, 31517 series, 3202 series workpiece, this router template kit uses a system
ture or toys, it comes with letter and numeral sets & 315 series; DeWalt 614-616, 618, 620, 621, 625 &
for two fonts (Old English and Modern) but you 629; Festool 900, OF1000 & OF1010; Freud FT1700
& FT2000E; Hitachi KM12 7 M12; Makita 3606,
can use the outline of any printed image. The 1110C & RP0910; Milwaukee 5615, 5616 & 5619;
stylus has a maximum travel of 3216 through Porter-Cable 690, 693, 890 series, 1001, 7529, 8529
x and y axes. The router (plunge model recom- & 9690; Ridgid 2900 series, R22002 & R2930; Ryobi
mended) mounts to a 7 diameter baseplate that R163, R180 & RE600; Skil 1801, 1815, 1823, 1825,
is pre-drilled for most popular makes* and 1827, 1830, 1840 & 1845; and Triton TRA001 &
quickly detaches from the pantograph for easier TRC001. For models not listed, you can drill the base ability. The kit includes a 7 universal router
bit changes or using the router free hand. plate to match your router base.
Router Letter Template Set
With this template set, signs from
4 to 12 high and up to 36 long
are easily made. It includes two
sets each of 11/2 high and 21/2
high characters. Each set contains
10 numerals, 29 letters (including
duplicates of A, E and I), plus
common punctuation. Also
included are two large and two
small sets of numerals for verti-
cally numbering mailbox posts,
address signs, etc. The template
frame holds up to 14 large or 24 small characters. The small
Router not and large character sets use the included brass-tipped 7/16
included.
O.D. and 5/8 O.D. bushings respectively. Also contains a 7
universal TurnLock router base plate*, as well as 1/4 and
3/8 dia. (1/4 shank) core-box bits. Extra character sets are
available separately.
46J83.11 Router Letter Template Set $75.00
Jig rails rest at 46J83.02 Extra Letter Set, 11/2 $11.50
on workpiece.
46J83.03 Extra Letter Set, 21/2 $11.50
* Pre-drilled for Black & Decker RP200 & RP400; Bosch 1200, 1300, 1600 series, GOF series & PR series;
Craftsman 17 series, 31517 series, 3202 series & 315 series; DeWalt 614-616, 618, 620, 621, 625 & 629; Festool
900, OF1000 & OF1010; Freud FT1700 & FT2000E; Hitachi KM12 7 M12; Makita 3606, 1110C & RP0910;
Milwaukee 5615, 5616 & 5619; Porter-Cable 690, 693, 890 series, 1001, 7529, 8529 & 9690; Ridgid 2900
series, R22002, R2930; Ryobi R163, R180, RE600; Skil 1801, 1815, 1823, 1825, 1827, 1830, 1840 & 1845; and
Triton TRA001 & TRC001. For models not listed, you can drill the base plate to match your router base.
Woodworking with the Router
by Bill Hylton
This revised workshop classic includes informa-
tion on router types, assorted bits, maintenance
and principles of use. The author also covers
router table design, fences, templates and custom-
photographs and drawings, a wealth of tips and
techniques are clearly and fully explained. Well
organized, with a full index, this is both a full
course in router use and a ne reference book.
Softcover, 81/211, 376 pages, 2006.
49L50.35 Woodworking with the Router $24.50
To order call 1-800-267-8767
or visit us on our website at
www.leevalley.com
For adding decorative embellishments to a
of patterned gears to create myriad designs with
radial symmetry. The modular base comes with
four templates patterned with 20 shapes. By
layering different shapes and altering the interval
rotation of the template, you have near-endless
design possibilities. The templates and base are
indexed to guide positioning and allow repeat-
base plate*, special 11.1mm, 17mm and 24mm
guide bushings, plus 1/8 downcut spiral and 1/4
V-groove router bits. An included pencil guide
lets you trace out a test design before routing.
Perfect for producing small cut-outs, inlays, or
artistic lacework, the patterns can also be linked
for larger decorations. Instructions and several
pattern guides are included for reference. Used
with a plunge router.
46J83.50 Design/Inlay Kit $56.50
* Pre-drilled for Black & Decker RP400, Craftsman
26835, 27500, 17502 & 17574, DeWalt DW616 &
DW610, Freud FT2000E, Makita 3606, Milwaukee
5615-29 & 5605-21, Porter-Cable 6902 & 7529, Ryobi
RL180PL & R161 and Skil 1823. For models not listed,
you can drill the base plate to match your router base.
Router not
included.
B
 M-Power CRB7 Offset Router Base
This is no ordinary router base. With its micro-adjustable guide-rod mechanism, it is
a versatile system that offers excellent control over a range of router operations. You A
can position the bit directly using layout marks on the stock, allowing fast, accurate
set-up without the usual trial and error. Such precise control also lets you use an
undersized bit to creep up on a nal t incrementally, especially useful when
mortising or cutting a dado for plywood or other nominally sized sheetstock. The
offset base has a large 111/461/2 footprint to provide stability when edge-routing,
Router not
even when working around corners, and its wide included.
surface offers good registration against a straight-
edge. An included pin lets you pivot the router Large footprint provides stability when edge-
around a 6mm hole to cut circles from 11/2 to 171/2 routing, even around corners.
in diameter; larger circles (up to about 48 in diam-
eter) are produced using the supplied compass hub
and trammel rods. The base comes with a pair of
guide pins for centered or offset mortising in stock
up to 5 wide, as well as a support leg that helps Cuts circles from 11/2
to 48 in diameter.
maintain stability when routing tall or narrow stock.
Adding a shop-made guide strip to the underside of the base permits indexed cutting
of dadoes or utes in series, spaced up to approximately 81/2 apart. Well made from
premium materials, the unit has a rugged Perspex base plate for smooth travel, with
aluminum and steel components. Plunge routers make full use of the bases capabili- C
A B
ties, although some operations can be performed with xed-base models. It comes
with 7mm (9/32) and 8mm (5/16) guide rods to accommodate many router models.*
An edge guide attachment is available separately to serve as a fence when refer-
encing cuts from the edge of the workpiece. The 101/2 acrylic guide has threaded
brass inserts for mounting to any of three positions on the base plate, as well as
for adding a sacricial fence for cuts close to the edge of the stock.
Also sold separately, the ush-trimming attachment makes quick, safe work of
levelling edge banding. The 5/16 thick Perspex plate mounts to the underside of
the base, providing clearance for the bit and allowing the base to act as an
outrigger for stability. A bearing runs along the edge of the work to guide the bit.
This allows the router to sit at on the work, rather than balancing on a narrow Micro-adjustable mechanism Adjustable anti-tilt support leg Step and repeat dadoing

edge as when using a conventional ush-trimming bit. The attachment can also
be used for trimming screw plugs or joinery wedges.
The base and both attachments are made in U.K.
A. 46J92.30 Router Base $129.00
B. 46J92.32 Edge Guide Attachment $ 23.50
C. 46J92.34 Flush-Trimming Attachment $ 34.50
* Including Porter Cable 690/890 series, Milwaukee 5615/16, DeWalt 616, 618, 621,
Bosch 1617/18/19, MRC/MRP/MRF, Makita 1100 & 3600 series, Hitachi M12VC, Ryobi
R163K and Festool 1010 routers. 10mm (25/64) and 12mm (15/32) guide rods are also
available; contact our Customer Service Department for details. Mortise cutting Edge guide attachment Flush-trimming attachment

D. Small Parts Miter Jig Router Bit Racks Bit Holders

Though sold as a miter jig, this tool really excels These racks have 10 plastic bit holders, and can be These are the same holders included with each of
at holding small parts for router-table use. The screwed to a vertical or horizontal surface. Locking our Lee Valley router bits. Excellent for router
center jaw can be rapidly repositioned using a tabs between holders serve as stops, limiting move- bits, forstners, saw tooth bits or any bit with a
quick-release knob, with clamping force applied ment and preventing bits of different diameters 1/4, 1/2 or 8mm round shank, they can be

by turning the end clamp knob. Clamping capacity from striking each other. Racks are sized for 1/4 or mounted horizontally, vertically or anywhere in
is 10, and the plastic jaw faces ensure no cutter 1/2 shank diameters, with an overall rack length of between. Molded from an advanced polymer,
damage results from accidental contact. Two 13 and 141/2 respectively. Mounting screws not they have exible internal arms that hug the bit
sturdy handles ensure your hands are well away included. 1+ 5+ for a secure friction t. Sold in packs of six.
from the action. The integral miter fence can be E. 03K09.25 Rack for 1/4 shanks $9.90 $8.40 Requires at-head xing screws (not included);
positioned from 0 to 45 from the axis of the F. 03K09.50 Rack for 1/2 shanks $9.90 $8.40 sizes noted below (). Patent pending. Bring
holder, but is only coarsely graduated. Great for order to the chaos in your shop. 1+ 5+
avoiding impromptu manicures. Excellent value. Brass Bit Holders K. 16J03.61 1/4 Holders, pkg. 6 $3.70 $3.30
04K01.01 Small Parts Miter Jig $25.50 These brass cup inserts hold 1/4, 8mm or 1/2 round L. 16J03.65 8mm Holders, pkg. 6 $3.90 $3.50
shank bits. They mount in a 5/8 diameter hole, and M. 16J03.62 1/2 Holders, pkg. 6 $4.90 $4.40
have grooved shanks to provide a good mechanical Router bits
glue lock for permanent installation. The center not included.
bore is just over 5/8 deep. Storing bits in these
holders, rather than in holes drilled in a block of Mount holders
K, L & M with
wood, provides a barrier against wood moisture a screw.
migration, protecting shanks from corrosion.
1+ 5+
E
G. 16J03.41 1/4 Bit Holder, ea. $3.10 $2.80
H. 16J03.45 8mm Bit Holder, ea. $3.10 $2.80
D J. 16J03.43 1/2 Bit Holder, ea. $3.30 $2.95
F

To order call 1-800-871-8158 G J

L M
H
K
Spacer
bars
A A
Sighting marks
to align template
on door jamb
1/4
B 11/821/4 latch bolt
1/2
1/2
Routing a door.
Disassembles
for storage.
A. Original Carey Template
Hinge Mortising System
This is a fast, accurate hinge mortising
system. The set of ABS templates and
aluminum rails handles two- or three-
hinge set-ups, adjusts for hinges
from 21/2 to 41/2, and cuts corner
radii of 1/4 or 5/8. It includes two
end-template assemblies, one center-
template assembly, and two coupling
bars with fasteners. Designed for stan-
dard 68 doors, it can be adjusted for
taller or shorter doors. The templates
include spacer bars for different hinge
widths and sighting marks for 13/8 and
13/4 thick doors. Just set size and
spacing, and fasten it to the jamb and
then to the door for routing. It can also
be used to copy hinge spacing from an
existing jamb to rout onto a new door.
Can be used with any 1/2 straight cutter
with a 5/8 guide bushing (we offer a 1/2
mortising bit with 1/4 shank and 5/8
bearing). Patented.
15J75.01 Mortising System $76.50
B. 15J75.02 1/2 Mortising Bit $22.70
262 Router Accessories
Gauge for 13/8
door
Gauge
for 13/4
door
C
121/4 latch bolt
or dead bolt plate
Snap gate in for
11/823/4 dead bolt,
remove gate for 23/4
strike plate.
21/4 strike plate
or dead bolt plate
C. Original Carey Strike &
Latch Plate Template
A simple and indispensable tool for door instal-
lation, this ABS template is used to accurately
align and rout recesses for common strike, latch
and dead bolt plates. Convenient sighting marks
center the template on 13/8 and 13/4 doors, but
it can be used on doors of any thickness. For use
with any 1/2 straight cutter with a 5/8 guide
bushing. Patented.
15J76.01 Strike & Latch Plate Template $20.95
When sharpening router bits, always work on the
interior at of the carbide (leading into the shank),
never on the prole since you might change the
shape. Even sharpening the interior ats will reduce
the diameter of the bit marginally each time. It
becomes signicant only after repeated sharpening.
D F
D. Universal Circle Jig
This jig cuts circles from 6 to 40 in diameter
for custom routing applications. Nearly 24
long, the 1/4 thick polyethylene jig is pre-drilled
with mounting holes for 26 plunge router F. Veritas Router Circle-Cutting Center
models*. For quick reference and set-up, the
surface is machined with an intersecting center
and radius benchmark calibrated for a
7 disc and a 71/2 opening with a 1/4 straight bit. plywood to the base of your router, and drill a
Instructions and pivot pin included. Made exclu-
sively for Lee Valley. (Router not included.)
46J91.01 Universal Circle Jig $33.50
* This circle jig fits: Black & Decker RP 200 &
SS100RP, Porter-Cable 895PK, 7529, 7539 & 690
Series, Dewalt 616, 618, 621 & 625, Sears 1617-12,
Ryobi RE180PL, Makita 3612 & 3621, Bosch 1613,
1615 & 1617, Freud FT2000E, Skil 1825 & 1823,
Hitachi M8V, TR12, M12V & KM12VC, Fein FT-1800
and Elu 177 routers.
E
E. Precision Circle Jig
With a radial pattern of 105 precision pivot holes,
this innovative jig is ideal for accurately routing
cut-outs, radii and mortises. Originally designed
for audio-speaker production, it is capable of
cutting diameters from 1 to 71/2 in 1/16 incre-
ments and is calibrated for use with a 1/4 straight
bit. Designed to t 25 different plunge router
models*, the jig (constructed from 1/4 acrylic
with silk-screened markings) comes complete
with mounting hardware, instructions and pivot
pin. An excellent product. (Router not included.)
46J91.03 Precision Circle Jig $33.50
* This circle jig fits: Black & Decker RP 200 &
SS1000RP, Porter-Cable 894K, 895PK, 7529, 8529,
8902/8931 & 690 Series, Dewalt 615, 616, 618, 621,
625 & 6182, Sears 1617-12, 17543, 17517 Digital,
17540, 28084 Professional, 315.268.350, Ryobi R175
& RE180PL, Makita RP1101, 3612C & 3621, Bosch
1450, 1613, 1615, 1617, 1618 & RA1166, Freud
FT2000, Rigid R2930 (Plunge), Skil 1825, 1823, 1835,
1840 & 1845-02, Hitachi M8V, TR12, M12V &
KM12VC, Fein FT-1800 and Elu 177 routers.
Circle-cutting center
xed to workpiece
with double-faced tape
(or hot-melt glue).
Rotate counterclockwise to control feed.
To cut and make an edge prole on a circular
workpiece, this center serves as a blemish-free
pivot point. Attach one end of a strip of thin
5/16 hole near the opposite end to rout the
desired radius. Fix our circle-cutting center in
the middle of your workpiece with double-faced
tape (or hot-melt glue). Drop the free end of the
plywood beam onto the 9/16 high pivot post,
tightening the brass thumbscrew to keep the strip
in place. You can now rout your circle, then
remove the center without a trace.
05J36.01 Router Circle-Cutting Center $7.50
 D. Veritas Pin Router Arm D
For template routing, inlay work, signmaking and
copying, nothing beats an over-arm pin router. Pin
routing is quicker, easier and safer than typical
template guide routing. While commercial pin Pin Router Arm

routing machines are large and expensive, our

C
A use since the rotating bit does not contact it.
B The inverted design of the arm makes it
Bealls Wood Tapping & Threading Kits
Cutting threads in wood with a router prevents the
cross-grain breakage that can occur with a thread
box. Easy to set up, Router bit
this is an effective
thread-cutting system
for dowels or custom
parts. The inserts are Insert
Dowel
machined from
Delrin for accuracy and longer wear. The maple
base, with a steel router plate, can be clamped in a
vise or mounted. The taps have a removable pilot
so they can be used as bottoming taps as well.
The master set includes the base, three sizes of
inserts and matching taps for 1/28tpi, 3/46tpi
and 16tpi threads, and a solid carbide 3-ute
60 bit (1/4 shank). These three sizes are also
available in single-sized kits that contain the same F. Dremel MultiPro
components but with only one size of insert and
tap. They include plans for a tap handle and a
handle for turning a dowel. Beall has developed
two larger threading sizes in 11/4 and 11/2 dia. to
make bench vises, book presses, clamps, or candle
stands. These two kits include the base, insert
and tap, and a plan to make an adjustable stool.
A. 44J23.10 Master Set of 3 (1/2, 3/4, 1) $169.00
Not Stocked at our Stores:
B. 44J20.03 Carbide Bit, 1/4 Shank $ 29.90
44J23.01 1/2 Threader Kit & Bit $ 89.00
44J23.03 3/4 Threader Kit & Bit $ 95.00
44J23.04 1 Threader Kit & Bit $ 99.00
C. 44J23.05 11/4 Threader Kit* $ 83.50
44J23.06 11/2 Threader Kit* $ 89.00
* The carbide bit is not included in these larger-sized
kits. Please order bit separately if required.
Veritas pin router arm makes this type of routing
affordable for anyone.
Pin routing uses stationary pins to guide a Router and table not included.
template that is mounted to the workpiece.
The template stays accurate with repeated
safer to use. With the bit held below and
the workpiece acting as a safety shield,
ngers are kept out of danger. The guide pin
is always in view, so a template is easier
to follow.
The integral clamps simplify mounting and an alignment pin
ensures concentricity between the bit and the guide pins. The arm
is a single, stiff, 71/2 lb aluminum casting and provides full 12
throat clearance. It can be mounted on a shop-made router table
with machine screws. Patented.
The spring-loaded guide pin mechanism is height adjust- E
able. Three aluminum guide pins are included (3/8, 1/2 and
3/4 diameters). A signmaking guide pin is available sepa-
rately. One end is 1/4 in diameter for inlay work; the other end is
pointed for letter tracing.
05J37.01 Veritas Pin Router Arm $179.00
E. 05J37.10 Signmaking Guide Pin $ 6.90
Plunge Router Attachment Dremel MultiPro
This excellent upgrade converts the Dremel not included.
MultiPro tool into a mini plunge router that will
shape edges, chamfer, and rout grooves, rabbets,
and dadoes with 1/8 shank bits. It includes
circle- and edge-cutting guides and has storage
for up to ve bits (not included).
17J15.05 Plunge Router Attachment $44.50
When you are threading wood with a hand
threadbox, the wood will thread more easily and F
the threads will have better denition if you rst
dip the dowel in linseed oil.
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

G. Kreg Beaded Face-Frame System

As you swing the lever arm, the fence Accurately
While a beaded face-frame is a nice aesthetic feature in cabinetry, it is not easy moves forward to allow you to make aligned joints.
to make and usually requires several tools and a fair amount of set-up time to notch cuts in the rails or stiles.
complete. Thats why Kreg developed this system. It not only reduces set-up G
time dramatically, since all cuts are made on a router table, but it eliminates
mitered joins so corners and beadwork are clean and accurately aligned. Beading bit cuts
Installed on a router table, the system is composed of a heavy-duty decorative bead. Notching bit
cuts notches
aluminum fence with a zero-clearance ball-bearing sliding base, a fence in stiles.
Router table not included.
clamp, a fence stop, beading and notching bits, as well as a dowel pin and
a spacer bar to aid with set-up. The sliding fence and clamp are used to
hold the stiles and rails in place as they are moved across the notching bit,
cutting notches in the stiles to accept the rails and chamfering the ends of
the rails to mate perfectly with the stiles. The fence stop and integrated
scale on the fence allow precise, repeatable work positioning. To cut the
beads, simply swap the sliding fence with your regular router fence, and
run the work against the beading bit. With all cuts now done, the frame can
be assembled and secured using pocket-hole joinery.
Fast, simple and secure, this is an excellent method for accurately G
producing face-frames. Requires a router table with a T-slot located
between 6 and 61/2 from bit center. Comes with instructions and an
instructional DVD. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
86N40.80 Beaded Face-Frame System $475.00

 Leigh Super Jig with

attached VRS
24 model shown.

Half-blind joints Finger joints Sliding dovetail joints

Leigh VRS Vacuum & Router Support

Essentially an aluminum channel with a sliding
vacuum pick-up, this attachment works with any
router to effectively capture dust and support the
Leigh Super Jigs everything required to get started using a 1/2 router: area of the base plate that overhangs the nger
These 12, 18, and 24 capacity dovetail jigs 1/28 and 1/214 dovetail cutters and a 5/161
assembly. The router rests on the channel and is
from Leigh are versatile, easy to adjust and quick straight cutter (all 8mm shanks), a 1/2 to 8mm collet positioned between two wire control arms that
to use. Like the D4R Pro jig, they produce reducer, an eccentric guide bushing*, a fully illus- guide the dust chute below, keeping the chute
through, half-blind and sliding dovetail joints. In trated manual, and an instructional DVD. Each jig is aligned with the cutter as it traverses the jig. Fits
contrast with the D4R Pro, the design of the side also offered below as a package with the vacuum vacuum hoses from 1 to 21/2. Easily attached
stops also allows you to make nger joints (with and router support shown at right. without modication to the jig using the included
5/16 and 5/8 ngers) and saves 17N12.12 12 Leigh Super Jig $309.00 hardware, this is an effective solution to a notori-
time when routing half-blind 17N12.18 18 Leigh Super Jig $449.00 ously tricky dust-collection situation.
joints because the pin and tail 17N12.24 24 Leigh Super Jig $549.00 17N12.40 VRS for 12 Leigh Super Jig $109.00
boards are machined concur- * Fits base plates with a 13/16 through bore and 17N12.41 VRS for 18 Leigh Super Jig $119.00
rently. The eccentric guide a 13/8 counterbore. 17N12.42 VRS for 24 Leigh Super Jig $119.00
bushing simplies tting Leigh Super Jigs 17N12.43 VRS for Leigh D4R Pro* $135.00
A simple adjustment
these joints by quickly and of the eccentric guide with VRS Vacuum & Router Support * Also compatible with the D4, D3, D1258R & D1258
precisely changing the rela- bushing gives perfect- 17N12.30 12 Leigh Super Jig & VRS $395.00 24 dovetail jigs.
tionship between the cutter tting nger joints. Chips and sawdust
17N12.32 18 Leigh Super Jig & VRS $529.00 are drawn into the
and nger assembly. Made largely from extruded 17N12.34 24 Leigh Super Jig & VRS $629.00 vacuum chute and
aluminum, these jigs have sturdy cam locks and non- down through the
marring clamping surfaces. They cut 8 through Template/Attachments vacuum hose. The
for Leigh Super Jigs VRS can be used
dovetails in stock from 1/8 to 13/16 thick, as well as with a shop vac or
half-blind and sliding dovetails in material up to 1 The 18 and 24 Super jigs produce two sizes of large built-in system.
thick. Spacing of pins and tails is completely vari- nger joints. With the optional attachment, you can
able; however, pin width depends on the diameter of produce six more sizes of square through-joints and
the cutter. Built-in scales allow rapid and precise two sizes of square half-blind joints. Each attachment
adjustment for material thickness and ne-tuning of includes two elliptical template guides.
through-dovetail t. The nger assembly ips to Not Stocked at our Stores.
change from through to half-blind mode, automati- 17N12.50 18 Super Finger-Joint Attach. $219.00
cally orienting the scale correctly. Includes 17N12.51 24 Super Finger-Joint Attach. $229.00
Specication Super 12 Super 18 Super 24 D4R Pro
Max. Workpiece Width 12 18 24 24
Min./Max. Stock Thickness, 1/8 to 13/16 1/8 to 11/4
Through Dovetails
Each jig comes with dovetail
Min./Max. Stock Thickness, 1/2
cutters, straight cutter, collet
to 1 1/2 to 11/2 reducer, eccentric guide
Half-Blind Dovetails
bushing and fully
Sliding Dovetail Board Thickness Up to 1 Up to 11/2 illustrated manual.
Clamping Surface Non-slip tape Machine textured
Spacing of Pins & Tails Variable Variable
Pin size directly related to diameter of router bit;
Sizing of Pins & Tails Variable
cannot be wider due to one-piece nger design.
1/2 x 8 dovetail bit
1/2 x 8 dovetail bit
1/2 x 14 dovetail bit
1/2 x 14 dovetail bit
5/16 x 1 straight bit
Router Bits & Accessories 5/16 x 1 straight bit
1/2 to 8mm collet adapter
Included 1/2 to 8mm collet adapter
Isoloc Templates for Super Jigs
7/16 O.D. standard
Eccentric guide bushing
Bridge piece material
guide bushing For distinct, curvy shapes, Isoloc joint templates
Bridge piece material are available. Each template includes Leighs
5/16& 5/8
5/16 & 5/8 ngers boxed five-piece guide bushing set and an
Finger Joints (optional attachment for other With attachment instruction manual. See page 266 for examples
ngers
sizes available)
of shapes.
Key/mirror Key/mirror
Clover/ Not Stocked at our Stores.
Isoloc Joints No Clover/ Clover/bear ears
bear ears
bear ears Ellipse/wave 17N12.52 18 Jig Clover & Bear Ears $219.00
17N12.53 24 Jig Key & Mirror $229.00
Mortise & Tenon Joints No With attachment 17N12.54 24 Jig Clover & Bear Ears $229.00
264 Router Accessories
 A

Router not
included.
A

A
A C
C

Router sub-base will attach to virtually any plunge router. Clamp plate can be angled up to 30. Clamp plate has a machined non-slip Universal router sub-base will attach to
surface and can be angled up to 30. virtually any plunge router.
Leigh Super & Pro Frame Mortise & Tenon Jigs (both clamp styles have a 3 capacity). For the Super, a vacuum attachment (sold
These jigs produce precisely tting single, twin, triple and even quadruple separately) bolts to the back of the jig (mounting hardware and adapters for 1 to
matching joint halves in standard, angled, and compound angled congu- 21/2 vacuum hoses included); the Pro has a built-in dust-collection port.
rations. Both use snap-in joint guides to dene the width and length of the * Both jigs include mounting screws for Porter-Cable models 693, 890, 7529 & 8529.
mortise and tenon by controlling the movement of the sub-base over the Additionally, the Super FMT Jig comes with screws for Festool models OF1400, OF2200 &
tabletop, while integral guide pins provide positive adjustment for joint OFT2926VV. The Pro FMT Jig includes screws for the Porter-Cable models listed above,
t. They are quick to set up and easy to use with most makes of 1/2 plunge the Makita models #RP1100, RP1101, RP0910, and Triton models TRC001 & MF001.
routers with two through fence rod holes at least 5/16 (8mm) in diameter. A. 17N11.10 Super FMT Jig $609.00
Just pass two clamping rods through the fence guide holes or exchange the B. 17N11.12 Vacuum Attachment $ 59.00
sub-base for the routers baseplate*. The pedestal table comes assembled Not Stocked at our Stores: B
and adjusts to suit workpiece dimensions and joint positioning. Includes C. 17N11.01 Pro FMT Jig $1199.00
ve guides (for 1/2 to 11/2 long joints in 1/4 increments), a 5/16 up-cut
Accessories for Super and Pro FMT Jigs
spiral bit (1/2 shank), mounting hardware and tools, and instructions.
D. 17N11.50 1/4 Joint Guides, set of 8 $ 89.00
Additional guide sets for 1/4, 3/8, and 1/2 joints are available individu-
E. 17N11.70 3/8 Joint Guides, set of 4 $ 49.00
ally or in a set of 16. Use different combinations of cutters and guides
F. 17N11.80 1/2 Joint Guides, set of 4 $ 49.00
to produce miniature work, such as for dollhouse furniture.
17N11.90 Joint Guides, set of 16 $175.00
The jigs have the same capabilities but employ different materials and
Solid HSS 5/16 up-cut spiral cutter (1/2 shank). Additional
clamping systems. The Super is CNC-punched and formed steel plate cutters available for various tenon sizes (see page 271).
with a durable powder coating, while the Pro model is made largely from
machined aluminum with an anodized nish. To hold work securely,
the Pro uses quick-release cam clamps instead of the Supers F-clamps F
Up-cut spiral bit Sub-base Track
Up-cut spiral bit

D E
Joint Track
Joint
guide guide Sub-base

ROUTING TENONS ROUTING MORTISES

 A. Leigh R9 Plus Joinery Jig
With this jig and a 1/2 router, you can make
through dovetail and box joints of virtually any
Mounting plate registers jig width quickly, accurately and repeatably. Fastened
template, allowing you to
increase the width of the joint. to a shop-built beam, it guides the router to cut
dovetails with 3/8, 7/16 or 1/2 pins in stock from
A 1/4 to 13/16 thick, and box joints with 3/16, 3/8 or
3/4 ngers in material between 1/4 and 7/8 thick.
The CNC-machined aluminum guide template is
designed to interlock with a series of mounting plates A
positioned along a beam. The template lets you
machine a joint 9 wide; to produce a wider joint, you simply move the template to the next mounting
position. The three included plates provide two mounting positions for producing joints up to 18 wide.
For longer work, additional pairs of plates are available separately (each pair allows two additional
mounting positions, effectively increasing the width capacity by 18). The supplied eccentric guide
bushing lets you ne-tune the position of the cutter relative to the template to ensure snug-tting joints.
Router table use: The jig can be used in two modes freehand, where the jig and workpiece remain stationary as the
jig and stock inverted router traverses the template, or on a router table where the jig and stock are inverted and moved past
and moved past the bit.
the bit. Included are two 31/2 capacity workpiece clamps, a 1/28 dovetail cutter (8mm shank), a 1/2
straight cutter (1/2 shank), a 1/2 to 8mm collet reducer, an eccentric guide bushing* and pin wrench
for making adjustments, mounting hardware and an illustrated manual. Made in Canada.
Freehand use:
jig and workpiece 17N12.90 R9 Plus Joinery Jig $199.00
remain stationary. 17N12.91 R9 Mounting Plates, pr. $ 14.00
* Fits base plates with a 13/16 through-bore and a 13/8 counterbore.

B. Leigh D4R Pro Dovetail Jig and 11/4 thick, as well as half-blind and sliding dovetails in mate-
A dovetail joint is strong and attractive. Its strength comes from rial up to 11/2 thick; maximum joint width is 24. It cuts through
both the mechanical design and the large glue surfaces avail- and half-blind dovetails with fully variable sizing and spacing of
able. The attractiveness of the joint depends upon the skill of tails, pins and half-pins. A spacer rod sets the ngers equidistant for
construction and the design and spacing of tails and pins. The machining 3/8 or 3/4 joints and 9/32 or 1/2 deep half-blind joints in Through dovetail joints
Leigh D4R Pro allows a wide choice of spacing and a single pass. With the optional attachment (below), the jig will also
adjusts for snug-tting joints. cut nger joints. The eccentric guide bushing (supplied) simplies
It creates 8 through dovetails in stock between 1/8 tting joints by letting you quickly and precisely change the
distance between the cutter and nger assembly. Constructed
from extruded aluminum, the redesigned jig body now has Half-blind dovetail joints
xed integral stops to ensure joint alignment, and non-marring textured clamping
surfaces. Quick-acting cams secure the work for precise machining. Built-in scales
provide rapid and accurate ne adjustment for stock thickness and through-dovetail
t. The nger assembly is removable and ips to change from through to half-blind
mode; this reversing action automatically positions the scale correctly.
Comes with everything needed to get under way: 1/28 and 1/214 dovetail cutters and
a 5/161 straight cutter (all 8mm shanks), a 1/2 to 8mm collet reducer, an eccentric guide
bushing*, a 160-page manual, and a 44-minute DVD. Router with a 1/2 collet required.
B 17N02.25 Leigh D4R Pro Jig $679.00
17N12.35 Leigh D4R Pro Jig & VRS $749.00
* Fits baseplates with a 13/16 counterbore and a 13/8 through bore.
C. D4R Pro Mortise & Tenon Attachment
For use with the D4R Pro dovetail jig, the multiple mortise and tenon attach-
Mortise and
ment will cut blind or through mortises, and ush or raised tenons from tenon joints
5/165/8 to 11/221/2. A 1/2 HSS spiral bit is included. To use this tool, a 1/2
collet plunge router and a 5/8 O.D. template guide are required.
C 17N02.91 D4R Pro M&T Attachment $295.00
D. Finger-Joint Attachments
The D4R Pro nger-joint template can produce square half-blind joints in three
basic sizes, plus eleven sizes of box joints, in stock from 1/8 to 11/4 thick. The
three supplied eccentric guide bushings (one for each template nger size) simplify
D tting joints by letting you quickly and precisely change the distance between the
cutter and nger assembly. Also ts any older 24 D-series dovetail jig.
17N02.97 D4R Pro Finger-Joint Attachment $229.00
Finger joints
E. Isoloc Templates for D4R Pro Jigs
For distinct, curvy shapes, Isoloc joint templates are available. Each template includes
Leighs ve-piece guide bushing set and an instruction manual. The set of three
templates includes all three template styles, the ve-piece guide bushing set and the
manual. The D4R Pro templates also t any older 24 D-series dovetail jig.
Not Stocked at our Stores. Three models of Isoloc templates
17N02.35 Key & Mirror $239.00
Key Mirror
E 17N02.36 Clover & Bear Ears $239.00
17N02.37 Ellipse & Wave $239.00
17N02.38 Set of 3 Templates $589.00

Clover Bear ears Ellipse Wave

 A. Leigh RTJ 400 Router Table Joinery Jig
Developed for use with a router table, this joinery jig lets you accurately cut dovetails and box
joints in stock up to 151/2 wide. It produces through dovetails with pins spaced on
11/2 centers and box joints with 3/32, 3/16, 3/8 or 3/4 ngers in stock
from 1/8 to 1 thick. Half-blind dovetails can be cut in
material from 1/2 to 1 thick. With an optional guide
bushing* (sold separately) and a 0.313 straight cutter
(16J07.40), you can also cut through dovetails with a
3/4 pin spacing.
Made largely of anodized aluminum, the jig has a A
two-piece design that uses an extruded beam to hold
the stock perpendicular to a CNC-machined template.
Adjustable side stops allow repeatable positioning, and
have an offset for registering a rabbeted drawer front. Fast-
acting cam clamps reliably hold the work against a non-marring
textured clamping surface. An eccentric guide bushing lets you accurately
change the distance between the cutter and
template, eliminating the need to ne tune jig
position for joint t. When cutting 3/4 box joints
or through tails spaced 11/2 on center, you can
use the included filler blocks to occupy the
template recesses not being used. Interchangeable
instruction cards provide an overview of the
set-up required for each joint, and slip into
a channel in the top of the beam for quick reference. Box joints Box joints
Compatible with 1/2 routers, it comes with everything needed to get started: 8 and 14 1/2
dovetail cutters plus 1/21/4 and 3/81 straight cutters (all with 1/2 shanks), an eccentric guide
bushing*, a router bit height gauge, ten ller blocks, ve instruction cards, a 76-page manual and
a 75-minute DVD. Made in Canada.
17N12.95 Leigh Router Table Jig $379.00
17N12.97 Guide Bushing $ 16.50
* Optional and included bushings each t table openings with a 13/16 through bore and a 13/8 counterbore.
11/2 spacing 3/4 spacing

B. Ready2Rout Digital Router Fence System

Developed by a rm that manufactures industrial CNC routing equipment, this fence system brings the
accuracy and repeatability of computer control to your router table. Instead of having to measure and
then adjust your router fence manually, you simply use an LCD touch screen to enter the offset you
need relative to the bit. The digital controller moves the fence precisely to within 0.001 of your setting.
It also comes pre-programmed to automate the multiple fence movements required when routing Fence ne adjustment Fence speed
dadoes, box joints and half-blind dovetails*. Just enter the width of your stock and follow the prompts;
the controller works out the arithmetic for you. For example, it will automatically calculate the number
and spacing of pins and tails to make a dovetail joint; you need only manually set the height of the
router bit. The system is remarkably user-friendly and does not require an external computer or any
user programming.
The system is supplied with an aluminum fence (32 long, 3 high, 3/4 wide) with three T-tracks on
its face to allow mounting of jigs and accessories using T-slot nuts (not included). An included touch Applications
Fence-to-bit calibration
plate and magnetic sensor are used to calibrate the fence position relative to the router bit being used.
Maximum fence travel is 93/4. The main housing is made of high-density polyethylene and has a 21/4
vacuum port for connection to a dust-collection hose. Two 101/23 steel plates are used to mount the
fence to your table (fasteners or clamps not included). When mounted, the unit occupies a minimum of
41/2 of your router tables width and requires a
minimum table length of about 18. An excellent Application ready to run
system no jigs, math or fence-wrangling needed.
Made in USA.
17N15.05 Digital Router Fence System $729.00
* Other programs can be purchased from the manufac-
turers website and downloaded to a home computer for B
transfer via the built-in USB port.

Hose not included.

Vacuum port

Router table not

included. 267
 A. Economy Dovetail Jig
A dovetail joint isnt just elegant; it is also inherently strong, as the
interlinked faces provide a rm mechanical lock and the large
contact area provides ample gluing surface. While dovetails arent
A especially complex to cut by hand, using a jig and a router not only
speeds the task considerably, but it also yields predictable, repeatable
results. Suitable for stock up to 111/4 wide, this economical jig
has xed templates to let you create snug-tting 8 through dove-
tails in stock between 1/2 and 3/4 thick, or 14 half-blind dovetails
with a 7/16 overlay in 5/8 to 13/16 material. Quick-acting cams secure
the work for precise machining. Fine tuning through-dovetail t is
easily accomplished by shifting the position of the pin template;
to adjust half-blind joints, you simply change the cutting depth of
the router bit. Spacing of pins and tails is xed at 1/2.
Largely made from heavy-gauge powder-coated steel with
machined aluminum templates, the jig comes with everything
needed to get started: two templates for through and half-blind
dovetails, 1/28 and 1/214 dovetail cutters and a 5/16 1
straight cutter (all 8mm shanks), a 1/2 to 8mm collet reducer, a
7/16 guide bushing* and an instruction manual. A fast, straight-
forward and affordable way to incorporate dovetail joinery into
your projects.
86N80.10 Economy Dovetail Jig Set $169.00
* Fits base plates with a 13/8 counterbore and a 13/16 through bore.

Plunge router provides

B. WoodRat Joinery Machine vertical movement.
The WoodRat turns any plunge router into a controlled three-axis Tenoning
milling machine. A versatile joinery tool, it excels at nger, lapped Dovetailing
and housed joints. It machines standard or angled mortise and
tenon joints, and cuts half-blind, through and sliding dovetails.
It also mills molding proles and makes rail and stile joints.
Rather than using xed templates, the cutter follows a layout F
you create for each joint. Simply put, you draw the joint and the 29 of lateral travel Router and plunge
WoodRat duplicates it, so you dont have to design joinery to B
bar not included.
suit your tooling, offering an easy solution to almost any joinery
problem. This space-efcient wall-mounted workstation is
straightforward to install. Clear step-by-step instructions show
how to drill a router plate to t. The 36 jig body and guide rails
are machined aluminum, and the cam locks and fences are glass- 10 crosscut capacity
lled nylon. Capacity between the clamps is 29, and the router
plate slides over the jig base to produce a 10 long crosscut. An
accurate cable-driven mechanism allows lateral positioning of the F. WoodRat Plunge Bar
workpiece, as well as safe climb cutting for splinter-free routing C Though developed for the WoodRat to leave one
across the grain. It includes a 50-minute instructional DVD hand free to operate the cable-driven feed mecha-
(available separately for those who wish a preview) and a nism, the plunge bar is a useful accessory for any
112-page manual, which includes diagrams for shop-made plunge router. Essentially a lever operated by
accessories. Made in England. squeezing two arms together, it enables you to ne-
17N13.01 WoodRat Joinery Machine $795.00 tune the depth of cut and provides precise control
C. 17N13.20 WoodRat DVD $ 6.95 while you lower the bit into the work. Its smooth
action also makes it a helpful aid for those with gripping difculties. Fastened in place
WoodRat Router Bits D of (or just above) the existing handles, it easily retrots to a wide range of machines;
These specially sharpened high- please consult the list below. Upward plunge
speed steel cutters use a high rake Plunge Bar A: DeWalt 625/624, Elu 177
angle for clean cross-grain cutting. 17N13.10 Plunge Bar A $55.90
The dovetail cutters also have slender
necks to reproduce the elegant propor- Plunge Bar B: Fits many 1/4 and 8mm routers
tions of a hand-cut joint. A good selection including: DeWalt 613/615, Elu 96/e, Hitachi M 8V,
for producing a variety of joints in a wide Makita 3620
17N13.11 Plunge Bar B $55.90 F
range of sizes, the set of seven bits contains
6mm (1/4), 8mm (5/16) and 12mm (1/2) Plunge Bar C: Fits many 1/2 routers including: Festo
1:7 dovetail bits, and an 8mm42mm 2000E, Freud FT2000E, Hitachi M 12V/M12 SA,
(5/1615/8) straight cutter (all with Makita 3612 (old style), Makita RP0910/RP1110C,
8mm shanks); a 15mm (9/16)1:6 Ryobi 600/601/R 505/RE 120, Bosch 1615/1619EVS Router not included.
dovetail bit; and 10mm50mm (3/82) E 17N13.12 Plunge Bar C $55.90
and 1/250mm (2) straight cutters (both
with 1/2 shanks). Also included are extra- Plunge Bar D: DeWalt 621/620, Elu 97e,
long 1/2 to 8mm and 1/2 to 1/4 adapters for Bosch 1613/1614EVS Downward
support within the collet. The drawer front 17N13.13 Plunge Bar D $55.90 plunge

set is specically designed for cutting half-blind dovetails with Plunge Bar E: Porter-Cable 8529/7529/97529
traditional narrow pins, and contains two pairs of 4.7mm (3/16) F
17N13.14 Plunge Bar E $55.90
and 6.5mm (1/4) bits (8mm shanks), both with 1:9 slopes.
D. 17N13.30 Set of 7 WoodRat Bits $279.00 Plunge Bar F: Fein RT-1800, DeWalt 6182, Bosch
E. 17N13.35 Drawer Front Bit Set $ 95.50 1617 and the Makita 3612 with the switch on the handle
17N13.15 Plunge Bar F $55.90
 ROUTER BITS

C
B

A. Small Molding Bit Set B. Detail Router Bit Set Proles of Detail Router Bit Set
Proles of Small Molding
Wonderful for adding ne detail to smaller proj- Bit Set
Standard edge-treatment bits will produce a Shown actual size.
ects such as box lids, these bits all have 1/4 prole that is often overpowering on small cabi- B
shanks. The set consists of nine molding bits and A Shown actual size. nets and boxes. These bits are about half the size
three small straight bits. Many of the molding of normal edge-treatment bits. All have a 3/8
bits can produce more than one prole, if you cutting length and 1/4 shanks. The diameters
use only a portion of the bit. For example, stag- are 1/2 for the small classic, 7/8 for the ogee
gering the height of bit #8 allows you to produce llet and 3/4 for the rest. Available as a set of six Classic ogee Double curve
1mm, 1.5mm and 2mm edge beads. Also useful in a wooden block (save 25%) or individually.
for producing moldings for dollhouses. Cutting 16J79.20 Detail Bit Set of 6 $100.00
#1 #2
lengths range from 1/4 to 5/8. The nine molding Straight Molding Molding
16J79.01 Classic Ogee $ 22.90
bits range from 1/2 to 7/8 diameter. Available as 16J79.02 Double Curve $ 22.90
a set of 12 in a wooden box (save 30%) or indi- 16J79.03 Ogee Fillet $ 22.90
vidually. 16J79.04 Classic Roman Ogee $ 22.90 Ogee llet Classic Roman ogee
16J03.75 Small Molding Bit Set of 12 $165.00 16J79.05 Roman Ogee $ 22.90
16J92.01 1.6mm Straight $ 13.60 16J79.06 Small Classic $ 21.10
16J92.02 2mm Straight $ 13.60
#3 #4 #5 For safety reasons, bits marked with this
16J92.03 3.2mm Straight $ 14.70 Molding Molding Molding symbol should be used only in a router table
16J92.04 #1 Small Molding $ 21.90 equipped with a fence and not used free hand.
16J92.05 #2 Small Molding $ 21.90 Roman ogee Small classic

16J92.06 #3 Small Molding $ 26.60 C. Boxed Set of 12 Router Bits

16J92.07 #4 Small Molding $ 20.20 A great value, this starter set contains the most often-used bits, in the most
16J92.08 #5 Small Molding $ 21.90 common sizes. Excellent overall nish with nely ground carbide. The set
16J92.09 #6 Small Molding $ 26.60 contains a 1/2 14 dovetail bit, a 1/2 core box bit, three straight bits (1/4, 1/2and
16J92.10 #7 Small Molding $ 20.20 #6 Molding #7 Molding 3/4), a 3/4 90 grooving bit, a 1/2 ush trim bit, a 5/8 cove bit, a 17/16 diameter
16J92.11 #8 Small Molding $ 24.30 45 chamfering bit, a 13/8 Roman ogee bit, a 1/2 radius (11/2 in diameter)
16J92.12 Small Triple Bead $ 24.30 corner rounding bit and a 11/4 rabbeting bit, all in a sturdy wooden box. You
We offer our full line of carbide-tipped router bits save approximately 40% over buying the bits individually. Available with 1/4
on this and the next 10 pages. Sets shown here or 1/2 shanks.
include a variety of proles and offer a saving over 16J02.01 Box of 12 Bits, 1/4 Shanks $165.00
the prices of the individual bits. 16J01.01 Box of 12 Bits, 1/2 Shanks $165.00
#8 Molding Triple bead

Birds-Mouth Joinery Bits

Historically used in the construction of masts and booms for wooden boats, the
birds-mouth joint is straightforward to make, stronger than a traditional miter
and, with nesting joints, easier to glue up without shifting. D
With these three cutters, it is a simple matter to make 6, 8, 12 or 16 sided
hollow columns, as well as straight or tapered multi-sided planters, bowls, etc., E F
all of which can be left multi-faceted or planed/sanded round. Generally, more
Birds mouth 6 or 12 sides Birds mouth 8 sides Birds mouth 16 sides
sections are required for larger-diameter assemblies to keep the wall thickness
to a minimum and reduce the amount of material Fence
to be removed when rounding.
Designed to produce ush joints with material
up to 7/8 thick. Thicker material can be used but Sub-fence
will require some dressing after glue-up. Holder
included with each bit.
Sides A B C Workpiece
D. 16J40.56 6 or 12 15/8 7/8 1/2 $45.20
E. 16J40.58 8 11/2 7/8 1/2 $45.20
F. 16J40.66 16 11/2 7/8 1/2 $45.20 Bit
D E F
Router Bits 269
 C C

D F
A. Plywood Edging Bits G
A Using plywood for a table top, cabinet side or E
bookcase shelf has many advantages, including
ease of use, economy and stability. These
B B
paired edging router bits make it easy to apply
solid wood edging to hide the core veneer
layers. The bits cut matching convex/concave H
A A proles on the solid wood and the plywood that
center perfectly, allowing for foolproof gluing
and a strong glue bond. They can be used with J
size-on-size edging or wider anti-sag shelf lips K
and cabinet sides. The piloted bits come with
shims to accommodate variations in nominal Proles made in one pass. Proles made in two or more passes.
3/4 material.
A B C BB

Prole or Cut here for 16J94.01 11/4 0.690-0.790 1/2 G $159.00

cut here for edging only.
decorative edging.
C
D
E F
B. Adjustable Bullnose Edging Bit B
G
B B
This bit makes quick work of adding a bullnose R R B
to 3/4 plywood with a solid wood edging. Like R C C C

a template bit, it has no offset between the A A A A

cutter and bearing. This eliminates trial and H J K

B error while positioning a straightedge to guide R1
B R B R B
the cut simply clamp it along the glue line. R2

Shims allow use with various thicknesses of A A A

nominal 3/4 ply and the design of the cutting Stanley #55 Molding Router Bits
R B wings permits you to machine a full radiused The Stanley #55 Universal Combination Plane was made
edge anywhere within its range of adjustment. between 1897 and 1962. Many of the unique moldings it
Because of the bits large diameter, it is best to produced still exist but are not easily reproduced, making
A
Bearing Straightedge guide clamped
use an offset router base to improve stability. repair and restoration difcult. With these bits, you can
to plywood Instructions included. produce many of the same moldings. Based on 23 of the
at veneer A B C Rad. blade proles, they can be used alone for simple mold-
edge 16J94.03 15/8 0.690-0.790 1/2 3/8 $69.50 ings or combined for complex proles. All have 1/2 dia.
shanks and a 3/4 minor cutting diameter. For some, this
Shims Bullnose Plywood To order call 1-800-267-8767 allows use of a 1/2 I.D. by 3/4 O.D. shank bearing (not
between cutters
included*) when cut depth control is desired.
C. Variable Round-Over Router Bit * See 16J95.09 on page 274 for more details.
This round-over bit is specically designed D. Reverse Ogee A B C Rad. BB
for handle-making. Faster and more precise 16J55.81 13/8 1/2 5/16 1/4 J $36.90
than using a bandsaw and hand tools, the 16J55.82 111/16 3/4 15/32 7/16 J $48.90
bearing-guided bit follows a templates 16J55.83 113/16 1 17/32 31/64 J $53.00
contours exactly, and its overlapping cutting E. Quarter Hollow A B Rad. BB
utes ensure a rounded prole with no ats or 16J55.71 117/32 1/2 13/32 J $38.50
ridges. The resulting form requires minimal 16J55.72 2 23/32 5/8 J $53.00
hand shaping prior to sanding. The bearing is
sized to the bits minor diameter, so templates F. Roman Ogee A B C Rad. BB

can be made actual size. Suitable for handle 16J55.84 11/2 5/8 3/8 3/8 J $42.70
stock from about 25/32 (0.79) to 1 thick, it is 16J55.85 113/16 7/8 17/32 9/16 J $51.00
Proled edge cut height adjustable in 0.05mm (0.002) incre- G. Grecian Ogee A B C
with router bit. 16J55.86 15/32 1/2 13/64 $32.40
C ments by adding shims* onto the shaft
Flat edge cut 16J55.87 17/16 3/4 11/32 $38.50
with bandsaw. between the cutting utes. The steel body has
a non-stick coating for easy resin removal. 16J55.88 11/2 1 3/8 $48.40
A Cutters are made of carbide to ensure long- H. Round with Bead A B Rad. 1 Rad. 2
C lasting edges. 1/2 shank. Not intended for 16J55.91 11/2 21/32 3/32 3/8 $42.70
Height is adjustable freehand use. Patented. 16J55.92 17/8 7/8 7/64 9/16 $53.00
from about 25/32 to
A B C Rad. BB
1 in 0.05mm J. Reeding A B Rad.
B (0.002) increments 16J40.10 17/8 0.79-11/2 15/32 M $82.60
B min. max. by adding or * Included shims: ve 1mm (0.039), two 0.5mm 16J55.93 7/8 7/16 1/16 $29.90
Rad. removing shims.
(0.02), four 0.1mm (0.004) and two 0.05mm 16J55.94 15/16 9/16 3/32 $30.50
(0.002). 16J55.95 1 11/16 1/8 $32.50
K. Beading A B Rad.
Handle Templates 16J55.61 7/8 1/4 1/16 $26.50
We have created 16J55.62 15/16 5/16 3/32 $28.20
templates that let 16J55.63 1 3/8 1/8 $30.00
C you reproduce the 16J55.64 11/16 7/16 5/32 $31.90
handles on Veritas 16J55.65 11/8 1/2 3/16 $33.00
bench planes and
Because the bearing is sized to the bits minor 16J55.66 13/16 9/16 7/32 $34.70
diameter, templates bevel-up planes, the Veritas dovetail saw,
can be made and Stanley planes #2 through #8. They 16J55.67 11/4 5/8 1/4 $39.00
actual size.
include step-by-step instructions and tips 16J55.68 13/8 3/4 5/16 $45.20
Template
on handling grain orientation, roughing out
Overlapping the shape, etc. PDF templates are avail- Bits marked with this symbol accept shank bearing 16J95.09.
cutting
utes ensure able to download from our website at For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol should be
a consistently www.leevalley.com. Search for "handle used only in a router table equipped with a fence and not used
Workpiece
radiused prole. template" in the Item Search. free hand.
270 Router Bits
 C
Box-Slotting Bits J K
C These bits cut grooves to hold box or drawer bottoms
without unsightly gaps at the corners. Simply set the
bit for groove inset, clamp the frame together and run
the bit along the four inside faces. This ensures all
A four slots are aligned. We offer bits for 1/8 and 1/4
thick bottoms, each with two bearings for depth
control. Deep-slot bits cut 1/4 or 5/16 deep slots;
B
B shallow-slot bits cut slots 1/8 or 3/16 deep.
Shallow-Slot Bits
A B C BB A
A. 16J83.02 1/8 1/8 or 3/16 1/4 K&L $36.30
B. 16J83.04 1/4 1/8 or 3/16 1/4 K&L $36.30 Onsrud Spiral Router Bits
Deep-Slot Bits These router bits have several unique features. The
A A B C BB double-ute up-cut spiral design ensures rapid, clean
C. 16J83.12 1/8 1/4
or 5/16 1/4 K&L $36.30 waste removal, particularly in plunge routing where the
B specially designed end mill lets you plunge without fear
D. 16J83.14 1/4 1/4 or 5/16 1/4 K&L $36.30
of plugging and heat generation. They are excellent for
E. Imperial Dovetail Bits Double Flute
C A B C Deg. grooving, slitting, blind routing and end milling.
16J16.01 1/4 5/16 1/4 71/2 $19.80 Available in high-speed steel or in solid carbide. The
16J16.02 5/16 3/8 1/4 9 $14.30 HSS bits range in length from 25/8 to 31/2 according to
D size, while the carbide bits range from 2 to 31/2. The
16J16.04 3/8 3/8 1/4 9 $14.30
16J16.07 1/2 1/2 1/4 14 $14.30 carbide bits are suitable for all woods and non-abrasive
16J16.08 5/8 7/8 1/4 7 $16.30 plastics; the HSS bits can also be used in aluminum.
16J16.09 5/8 5/8 1/4 14 $16.30 The 3/8 and 5/16 shank diameter sizes require bushing
16J16.11 3/4 7/8 1/4 7 $19.80 adapters (see page 274). Diameter, length of cut and
1/4 dia.
cutter has 16J16.12 3/4 3/4 1/4 14 $19.80 shank sizes are indicated in the price lines. The HSS
a reinforced 16J17.51 3/8 3/8 1/2 9 $14.30 bits are also available in sets or discounted when ve or
neck for
16J17.52 1/2 1/2 1/2 14 $14.30 more of one size are ordered.
strength
and stability. 16J17.53 17/32 1/2 1/2 14 $14.60 J. HSS Onsruds A B C 1+ 5+
C
16J17.54 5/8 7/8 1/2 7 $16.30 86J01.01 HSS 1/8* 3/8 1/4 $12.40 $11.20
E 16J17.55 5/8 5/8 1/2 14 $16.30 86J01.03 HSS 3/16* 5/8 1/4 $12.40 $11.20
16J17.56 3/4 7/8 1/2 7 $19.80 86J01.07 HSS 1/4* 1 1/4 $12.40 $11.20
16J17.57 3/4 3/4 1/2 14 $19.80 86J01.08 HSS 5/16 1 5/16 $17.50 $15.80

16J17.59 7/8 7/8 1/2 14 $25.80 86J01.31 HSS 3/8* 1 3/8 $18.50 $16.70
B 16J17.60 1 7/8 1/2 14 $30.80 86J01.32 HSS 7/16 13/4 1/2 $44.50 $40.10
Metric Dovetail Bits Double Flute 86J01.39 HSS 1/2* 11/2 1/2 $28.00 $25.20
A
A B C Deg. 86J01.42 HSS 3/4 11/4 1/2 $55.00 $49.50
18J16.02 5/16 3/8 8mm 9 $14.30 86J01.50 Set of 3 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) $54.00
18J16.04 3/8 3/8 8mm 9 $14.30 86J01.70 Set of 5* (1/8 to 1/2) $73.00
C 18J16.07 1/2 1/2 8mm 14 $14.30
18J16.08 5/8 7/8 8mm 7 $16.30 K. Solid Carbide Onsruds A B C
F 18J16.09 5/8 5/8 8mm 14 $16.30 86J02.02 Carb. 1/8 1/2 1/4 $ 26.50
18J16.11 3/4 7/8 8mm 7 $19.80 86J02.03 Carb. 3/16 3/4 1/4 $ 27.00
18J16.12 3/4 3/4 8mm 14 $19.80 86J02.04 Carb. 1/4 1 1/4 $ 31.50
18J17.60 1 7/8 8mm 14 $30.80 86J02.09 Carb. 5/16 11/8 5/16 $ 53.00
F. Dovetail Bits for Leigh Jigs Double Flute 86J02.06 Carb. 3/8 11/4 3/8 $ 58.00
B A B C Deg. Leighs #
86J02.07 Carb. 7/16 13/4 1/2 $132.00
16J16.03 .375 .532 1/4 8 70 $14.30 86J02.08 Carb. 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 $ 79.50
A 16J16.05 .500 .815 1/4 8 80 $14.30
16J16.06 .500 .532 /4 1 14 120 $14.30 L. Carbide Up-Cut Spiral Bit
18J16.83 .375 .532 8mm 8 70-8 $14.30 This 1/4 solid carbide up-cut spiral bit ensures rapid,
C 18J16.85* .500 .815 8mm 8 80-8 $14.30 clean waste removal, particularly in plunge routing.
18J16.86* .500 .532 8mm 14 120-8 $14.30 Overall length is 21/2, with 1 of ute. Excellent for
16J16.10 .688 1.050 1/2 8 90 $20.40 slitting, blind routing or milling. 1/4 shank.
G 06J61.04 Carbide Up-Cut Spiral, 1/4 $34.90
16J17.58 .800 1.300 1/2 8 100 $24.90
18J17.58 .800 1.300 8mm 8 100 $24.90
M. Small Straight Bits
* Size included with Leigh jigs.
These small straight bits are used for detail work. All
G. Straight Bits for Leigh Jigs Double Flute bits except the 1/16 size are double uted with carbide
B A B C Leighs #
inserts. All shanks are 1/4. Overall
16J07.40 .313 1.030 1/4 140 $15.00 A B Length
A 16J07.50 .438 1.250 1/2 150 $15.00 15J06.14 1/16 1/4 2 $25.90
16J07.60 .500 1.250 1/2 160 $15.00 15J06.15 3/32 1/4 2 $25.90
18J07.80* .313 1.030 8mm 140-8 $15.00 15J06.00 1/8 7/16 2 $21.20
* Included with Leigh jigs.
15J06.11 3/16 7/16 2 $22.40
H H. Dovetail Set for Leigh Dovetail Jig 1/4
L
For owners of the Leigh D4R dovetail jig, this set M
of carbide-tipped router bits includes all the sizes
of 8 and 14 dovetail bits youll need, and the
necessary straight bits. The set comes in a solid-
wood case with insert sleeves. Set includes 5/16,
7/16 and 1/2 straight bits; 3/8, 1/2, 11/16 and B
0.800 8 dovetail bits; and a 1/2 14 dovetail bit. 1 A
Shanks are a mix of 1/4 and 1/2 diameters.
16J03.20 8-Pc. Set for Leigh Jig $105.00 1/4
Router Bits 271

 Straight Cutters Imperial Straight Cutters Imperial

Shank A 1/2 8mm Shank
Carbide-Tipped C B C
16J04.54 1/4 3/4 1/2 $13.30 A B C
Router Bits 16J04.55 5/16 1 1/2 $13.30 18J04.04* 1/4 1 8mm $13.30
Router bits often become very hot in use. 18J04.05 5/16 1 8mm $13.30
Tungsten carbide maintains its hardness at high
16J04.56 3/8 1 1/2 $13.30
16J04.57 7/16 1 1/2 $13.30 18J04.06 3/8 1 8mm $13.30
temperatures and holds an edge far longer than
16J04.58 1/2 11/4 1/2 $13.30 18J04.07 7/16 1 8mm $13.30
high-carbon or high-speed steels. Cheap bits
are ground on the equivalent of key-cutting 16J04.59 9/16 1 1/2 $16.30 18J04.08 1/2 1 8mm $13.30
machines, evident in the rough bevel, uneven B 16J04.60 5/8 11/4 1/2 $20.20 18J04.09 9/16 1 8mm $13.80
cut, and bit chatter; our professional/industrial 16J04.61 11/16 11/4 1/2 $20.20 18J04.10 5/8 1 8mm $16.70
grade bits have tungsten-carbide inserts A 16J04.62 3/4 11/4 1/2 $22.40 18J04.11 11/16 3/4 8mm $17.40
ground on CNC (Computer Numeric Control) 16J04.63 13/16 11/4 1/2 $22.40 18J04.12 3/4 3/4 8mm $19.80
machines using 600x diamond wheels. Most Straight Cutters Imperial 16J04.64 7/8 11/4 1/2 $25.40 18J04.13 13/16 3/4 8mm $19.80
are chip-limitation style for safety. The 1/4 Shank A B C 18J04.14 7/8 3/4 8mm $20.00
bodies have a non-stick green coating for
16J04.65 15/16 11/4 1/2 $25.40
16J04.04* 1/4 1 1/4 $13.30
16J04.66 1 11/4 1/2 $27.00 18J04.15 15/16 3/4 8mm $22.40
easy resin removal. Each bit includes an
16J04.05 5/16 1 1/4 $13.30
16J04.70 11/4 11/4 1/2 $33.80 18J04.16 1 3/4 8mm $24.00
advanced polymer friction-t holder that can
be mounted horizontally or upright (see page
16J04.06 3/8 1 1/4 $13.30
16J04.74 11/2 11/4 1/2 $39.10 * The 1/4 bit (#18J04.04) is single ute.
261 for extra holders). 16J04.07 7/16 1 1/4 $13.30

Unlike inexpensive bits from China, our 16J04.08 1/2 1 1/4 $13.30 Straight Cutters Metric Straight Cutters Metric
bits are made in Taiwan by a reputable manu- 16J04.09 9/16 1 1/4 $13.80 1/4 Shank A B C 8mm Shank
A B C
facturer with strict quality control. To optimize 16J04.10 5/8 1 1/4 $16.70 16J05.06 6mm 3/4 1/4 $13.30
wear resistance and edge strength, the carbide 16J04.11 11/16 3/4 1/4 $17.40 16J05.08 8mm 3/4 1/4 $13.30 18J05.06 6mm 3/4 8mm $13.30
ranges from ISO grade K10 to K20, depending 16J04.12 3/4 3/4 1/4 $19.80 16J05.11 11mm 3/4 1/4 $13.30 18J05.08 8mm 3/4 8mm $13.30
on the prole of the bit (straight bits are close 16J04.13 13/16 3/4 1/4 $19.80 16J05.12 12mm 3/4 1/4 $13.30 18J05.11 11mm 3/4 8mm $13.30
to K10; others are K20).
16J04.14 7/8 3/4 1/4 $20.00 16J05.14 14mm 3/4 1/4 $14.30 18J05.14 14mm 3/4 8mm $14.30
Unless stated otherwise, bits are double ute 18J05.16 16mm 3/4 8mm $16.30
for a smooth cut, with dimensions in inches.
16J04.15 15/16 3/4 1/4 $22.40 16J05.16 16mm 3/4 1/4 $16.30
16J04.16 1 3/4 1/4 $24.00 16J05.17 17mm 3/4 1/4 $17.90 18J05.17 17mm 3/4 8mm $17.90
Ball-bearing pilot guides are used on all appro-
* Single ute. 16J05.18 18mm 3/4 1/4 $20.00 18J05.18 18mm 3/4 8mm $20.00
priate bits to prevent burning of work and to
control width of cut in freehand use. We offer See previous page for smaller sizes. 16J05.19 19mm 3/4 1/4 $21.10 18J05.19 19mm 3/4 8mm $21.10
extra bearings in various diameters to give
C
alternative proles to some bits. Bearing sizes C C
(BB) refer to those listed on page 274.

B B
B
R A
A
A
Groove Bits 90 Angle
Plunge Ball Bits Straight Plunge Bits A B C
A B C Rad. A B C 16J13.08 1/2 1/2 1/4 $21.20
B 16J19.06 3/8 5/16 1/4 3/16 $23.30 16J06.06 3/8 1 1/4 $22.10 16J13.62 3/4 5/8 1/2 $26.80
16J19.08 1/2 7/16 1/4 1/4 $26.80 16J06.08 1/2 1 1/4 $25.60 C

A 16J19.10 5/8 9/16 1/4 5/16 $30.00 16J06.12 3/4 1 1/4 $31.70
16J19.12 3/4 11/16 1/4 3/8 $34.50 16J06.56 3/8 11/4 1/2 $25.60
Plywood Bits 16J19.56 3/8 5/16 1/2 3/16 $23.30 16J06.58 1/2 11/2 1/2 $30.00
While plywood sheets are commonly 16J19.58 1/2 7/16 1/2 1/4 $26.80 16J06.62 3/4 11/2 1/2 $36.30
sold in thickness multiples of 1/8, 16J19.62 3/4 11/16 1/2 3/8 $34.50 16J06.66 1 11/2 1/2 $44.20 B
many are actually undersized by 1/64. 16J19.66 1 7/8 1/2 1/2 $41.70 18J06.06 3/8 1 8mm $22.10 A
These undersized double-flute bits 18J06.08 1/2 1 8mm $25.60 Bottom Cleaning Bits
C
compensate for the difference. 18J06.12 3/4 1 8mm $31.70 A B C
Plywood A B C
C 16J25.12 3/4 19/32 1/4 $30.40
16J04.80 1/4 15/64 3/4 1/2 $13.30
16J25.62 3/4 19/32 1/2 $30.40
16J04.81 1/2 31/64 3/4 1/2 $13.30
16J25.66 1 19/32 1/2 $37.80
16J04.82 5/8 19/32 3/4 1/2 $18.30 B C
16J04.83 3/4 23/32 3/4 1/2 $22.50
18J04.80 1/4 15/64 3/4 8mm $13.30 A

18J04.81 1/2 31/64 3/4 8mm $13.30 Hinge Mortising Bits B

18J04.82 5/8 19/32 3/4 8mm $18.30 A B C
18J04.83 3/4 23/32 3/4 8mm $22.50 16J08.08 1/2 $14.60
1/2 1/4 R B
A
C 16J08.12 3/4 $21.80
3/4 1/4 R
Core Box Bits A
18J08.08 1/2 1/2 8mm $14.60
18J08.12 3/4 3/4 8mm $21.80 16J15.00* 1/8
A B C Rad. Plunge Beading Bits
5/16 1/4 1/16 $13.80 A B C Rad.

C 16J15.01* 3/16 5/16 1/4 3/32 $13.80 16J20.06 3/8 5/16 1/4 1/8 $21.60
B 16J15.02 1/4 5/16 1/4 1/8 $17.40 16J20.08 1/2 7/16 1/4 3/16 $26.80
16J15.03 3/8 1/2 1/4 3/16 $19.20 C
A 16J15.04 1/2 5/8 1/4 1/4 $22.80
Stubby Straight Bit 16J15.05 5/8 5/8 1/4 5/16 $26.60
Most 1/4 diameter bits have long B 16J15.06 3/4 3/4 1/4 3/8 $30.30
utes, and are inherently weak. These R 16J15.53 3/8 3/4 1/2 3/16 $22.40
A
single-ute bits cut a 1/4 wide slot only 16J15.54 1/2 1 1/2 1/4 $28.20 B
3/8 deep, and are more robust than
Dish Carving Bits 16J15.55 5/8 1 1/2 5/16 $32.10 A
longer bits. A B C A B C Rad. 16J15.56 3/4 11/4 1/2 3/8 $34.10 Groove Bit 60 Angle
16J04.03 1/4 3/8 1/4 $10.80 16J26.16 1 1/2 1/4 1/4 $41.20 16J15.58 1 11/4 1/2 1/2 $43.80 A B C
18J04.03 1/4 3/8 8mm $10.80 16J26.70 11/4 1/2 1/2 1/4 $45.30 * Single ute. 16J14.01 1/2 5/8 1/4 $25.40
272 Router Bits
 C C
C

B B
B
R

A A A
B
CO O
A Classic Panel Bits Chamfer Bits
A B C Rad. BB A B C BB Deg.
Plunge Traditional Bits Finger Grip Bits 16J34.01 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 C $41.10 16J12.02 1/2 3/8 1/4 C 15 $24.90
A B C A B C
16J34.02 11/4 9/16 1/4 3/16 C $45.30 16J12.03 1/2 3/8 1/4 C 25 $24.90
16J23.08 1/2 3/8 1/4 $30.00 16J71.01 3/4 11/16 1/4 $39.00 16J34.51 1 1/2 1/2 1/8 C $41.10
16J23.12 3/4 7/16 1/4 $32.10 16J72.74 11/2 7/8 1/2 $63.80 16J34.52 11/4 9/16 1/2 3/16 C $45.30
C

C
C C

R
B
R
B
B R
R A
A A B

Plunge Ogee Bits Beading Bits

Coving Molding A B C Rad. BB
A B C Rad.
Fluting A 16J39.02 7/8 3/8 1/4 1/8 D $45.40
16J21.56 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/8 $24.20
16J21.58 1/2 3/8 1/2 1/8 $28.80 16J39.03 1 1/2 1/4 3/16 D $48.00
No-Drip Edge Bit 16J39.04 11/8 5/8 1/4 1/4 D $54.00
Reed and Bead Router Bit The no-drip edge on post-formed
Essentially a larger version of our countertops is hard to beat for
C
plunge classic bit, this reed and bead containing accidents and preventing
cutter combines elements of several spills from running down the cabinet.
bits. This enables it to be used for a With this router bit you can give
wide variety of applications, including wood trim a no-drip edge that is C Alternative
B rounding corners, coving, moldings just as effective, joins the counter prole
R
A
and fluting. An excellent bit for smoothly, and is easy to maintain.
adding decorative embellishments to A B C Rad. BB
larger projects. 16J18.51 1 11/8 1/2 1/4 J $44.30
Plunge Classic Bits A B C Rad.
A B C Rad. B
$30.50 16J42.50 1 /8 $53.00
3 3/4 1/2 1/4
16J22.06 1/2 3/8 1/4 3/32 C R
16J22.08 3/4 1/2 1/4 5/32 $34.70 A
16J22.56 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/32 $30.50 C
16J22.58 3/4 1/2 1/2 5/32 $34.70
Corner Round Over Bits*
A B C Rad. BB
16J27.01 5/8 3/8 1/4 1/16 C $ 23.70
C
B 16J27.02 3/4 3/8 1/4 1/8 C $ 25.00
B 16J27.03 7/8 3/8 1/4 3/16 C $ 27.50
16J27.04 1 7/16 1/4 1/4 C $ 29.40
A 16J28.04 1 5/8 1/4 1/4 C $ 29.40
A
16J27.05 11/8 1/2 1/4 5/16 C $ 35.90
B
D Chair Rail Bits 16J27.06 11/4 5/8 1/4 3/8 C $ 36.20
R
A
45 Chamfer Bits A B C BB 16J27.08 11/2 3/4 1/4 1/2 C $ 37.40
A B C BB 16J37.54 11/8 1 1/2 D $48.00 16J27.54 1 7/16 1/2 1/4 C $ 31.70
16J30.08 13/16 1/2 1/4 C $31.70 16J37.58 13/8 15/8 1/2 D $64.00 16J27.55 11/8 1/2 1/2 5/16 C $ 36.00
Plunge Round Bits 16J30.58 13/16 1/2 1/2 C $31.70
16J27.56 11/4 5/8 1/2 3/8 C $ 36.20
A B C D Rad. 16J30.62 15/8 3/4 1/2 C $36.00 C
16J24.04 1/4 3/8 1/4 5/8 1/4 $30.50 16J27.58 11/2 3/4 1/2 1/2 C $ 37.40
16J30.70 21/4 11/4 1/2 C $53.60
16J24.06 1/4 1/2 1/4 3/4 3/8 $36.30 16J27.62 2 1 1/2 3/4 C $ 60.20
18J30.08 13/16 1/2 8mm C $31.70
16J24.54 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 1/4 $30.50 16J27.66 21/2 11/4 1/2 1 C $ 81.00
18J30.62 15/8 3/4 8mm C $36.00
16J24.56 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/8 $36.30 16J27.70 3 11/2 1/2 11/4 C $102.00
18J30.70 21/4 11/4 8mm C $53.60
B
18J27.01 5/8 3/8 8mm 1/16 C $ 23.70
R 18J27.02 3/4 3/8 8mm 1/8 C $ 25.00
C C 18J27.03 7/8 3/8 8mm 3/16 C $ 27.50
A
18J27.04 1 7/16 8mm 1/4 C $ 29.40
Edge Beading Bits 18J27.05 11/8 1/2 8mm 5/16 C $ 35.90
A B C Rad. BB 18J27.06 11/4 5/8 8mm 3/8 C $ 36.20
16J43.01 13/16 1/2 1/4 3/32 C $31.90 18J27.08 11/2 3/4 8mm 1/2 C $ 37.40
16J43.02 7/8 9/16 1/4 1/8 C $36.60 18J27.62 2 1 8mm 3/4 C $ 60.20
B B 16J43.51 13/16 1/2 1/2 3/32 C $31.90 * For the alternative prole (beading bit),
R
16J43.52 7/8 9/16 1/2 1/8 C $36.60 use the optional bearing B.
A
A

For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol should be used only in a router
Drawer Pull Bit Windowsill Bit table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.
A B C A B C Rad. BB
16J72.72 13/8 7/8 1/2 $55.00 16J38.68 2 1 1/2 1/4 C $73.00
Router Bits 273
 C C C
C

B B B
R
R R B
A A A
CO O
Classic Cove Bits Classic Roman Ogee Bits Internal Bull-Nose Bits A
A B C Rad. BB A B C Rad. BB
Half Radius*
16J36.17 11/16 1/2 1/4 3/16 B $46.90 16J35.16 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 B $39.70 A B C Rad.
16J36.21 15/16 5/8 1/4 5/16 B $48.00 16J35.20 11/4 5/8 1/4 3/16 B $46.90 16J50.06 3/4 3/8 1/4 13/64 $27.20
16J36.67 11/16 1/2 1/2 3/16 B $46.90 16J35.66 1 1/2 1/2 1/8 B $39.70 16J50.08 3/4 1/2 1/4 5/16 $31.20
16J36.71 15/16 5/8 1/2 5/16 B $48.00 16J35.70 11/4 5/8 1/2 3/16 B $46.90 16J50.10 13/16 5/8 1/4 25/64 $34.30
16J50.12 7/8 3/4 1/4 15/32 $41.20
C C
16J50.58 3/4 1/2 1/2 5/16 $31.20 ThumbnailA Bits B C BB
16J50.60 13/16 5/8 1/2 25/64 $34.30 16J61.01 13/16 3/8 1/4 B $44.10
16J50.62 7/8 3/4 1/2 15/32 $41.20 16J61.51 21/2 3/4 1/2 C $77.20
16J50.66 7/8 1 1/2 49/64 $54.00
16J50.70 1 11/4 1/2 29/32 $61.30
B Ball bearings are included with all of
R B * These bits use bearing size C.
R our router bits that require them.
Should you ever need to replace the
A
ball bearings, the sizes are listed in
A C
our price lines under the heading
Cove Bits BB. Some router bits accept more
A B C Rad. BB
Triple Bead Bits than one size of ball bearing to create
16J29.02 5/8 3/8 1/4 1/8 B $25.90
A B C Rad. BB alternative proles, as indicated in
16J29.04 7/8 3/8 1/4 1/4 B $29.90
16J45.02 7/8 11/16 1/4 1/8 D $52.00 the descriptions. See below for a
16J29.06 11/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 B $36.00 16J45.52 7/8 11/16 1/2 1/8 D $52.00 complete selection of ball bearings in
16J29.08 13/8 5/8 1/4 1/2 B $38.80 B A
R metric and Imperial sizes for replace-
16J29.52 5/8 3/8 1/2 1/8 B $25.90 C
ments or alternative proles.
16J29.54 7/8 3/8 1/2 1/4 B $29.90
16J29.56 11/8 1/2 1/2 3/8 B $36.00 When sharpening router bits, always
16J29.58 13/8 5/8 1/2 1/2 B $38.80 External Bull-Nose Bits work on the interior flat of the
16J29.62 17/8 7/8 1/2 3/4 B $57.50 Half Radius carbide (leading into the shank),
A B C Rad.
B never on the prole since you might
C
16J49.04 9/16 1/4 1/4 9/64 $25.20 change the shape. Even sharpening
R
16J49.06 11/16 3/8 1/4 13/64 $26.60 the interior flats will reduce the
A 16J49.08 13/16 1/2 1/4 5/16 $31.20 diameter of the bit marginally each
16J49.10 15/16 5/8 1/4 25/64 $34.30 time. It becomes significant only
16J49.12 11/16 3/4 1/4 15/32 $39.70 after repeated sharpening.
Roman Ogee Bits
A B C Rad. BB 16J49.58 13/16 1/2 1/2 5/16 $31.20 Test the sharpness of a router bit by
B
16J33.01 11/16 15/32 1/4 5/32 B $34.20 16J49.60 11/16 5/8 1/2 25/64 $34.30 sliding the edge along your thumb-
nail. It should slide along smoothly
16J33.02 13/8 21/32 1/4 1/4 B $39.70 16J49.62 11/16 3/4 1/2 15/32 $39.70
A and if the bit is rotated it should take
16J33.51 11/16 15/32 1/2 5/32 B $34.20 16J49.66 11/4 1 1/2 49/64 $45.40 a small shaving from the thumbnail.
16J33.52 13/8 21/32 1/2 1/4 B $39.70 16J49.70 19/16 11/4 1/2 29/32 $59.70
French Table Bits
A B C BB
16J38.01 11/2 5/8 1/4 C $58.00 For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol should be used only in a router Visit us at www.leevalley.com
table equipped with a fence and not used free hand.
16J38.51 11/2 5/8 1/2 C $58.00

A. Bearings BB A B C B. Bushing Adapters

16J95.01 A 1/4 1/8 3/32 $ 6.70 These machined, split bushing adapters allow
C 16J95.03 B 3/8 3/16 1/8 $ 5.90 you to use smaller-shanked router bits in your
16J95.05 C 1/2 3/16 3/16 $ 5.90 router. Dimensions stated are the outside diam-
B 16J95.06 H 1/2 1/4 3/16 $ 5.90 eter to inside diameter.
16J95.07 D 5/8 1/4 3/16 $ 6.70 16J97.01 1/4 to 1/8 Adapter $5.80
A 16J95.08 J 3/4 1/4 5/16 $ 6.70 16J97.04 1/2 to 1/4 Adapter $5.80
16J95.09 E 3/4 1/2 3/16 $10.10 16J97.06 1/2 to 3/8 Adapter $5.80
16J95.10 F 11/8 1/2 5/16 $ 6.70 16J97.16 1/2 to 6mm (15/64) Adapter $5.80
BB = Ball Bearings
A = Outside Diameter
16J95.11 G 22mm 8mm 7mm $ 5.70 16J97.18 1/2 to 8mm (5/16) Adapter $5.80
B = Inside Diameter
A 16J95.12 K 7mm 3mm 3mm $ 6.70
C = Thickness 16J95.13 L 10mm 3mm 4mm $ 6.70 C. Lock Rings
16J95.14 M 24mm 8mm 8mm $ 5.70 If your router bits have machined shanks, you
16J95.15 N 12mm 4mm 4mm $ 5.90 can slip on a suitable bearing to allow freehand
16J95.16 P 12mm 8mm 3.5mm $ 5.90 use, or to create an alternative prole. These lock
16J95.17 Q 16mm 8mm 5mm $ 6.70 rings stop the bearing from wandering up the
B shaft in use. Each has a single set screw and is
16J95.18 R 19mm 8mm 6mm $ 6.70
sold with the appropriate hex key.
16J96.04 Ring, 1/4 Inside Diameter $2.70
16J96.08 Ring, 1/2 Inside Diameter $2.70
Resin build-up on your router bits keeps them
C from clearing properly. A touch of oven cleaner
gets rid of the resin.
274 Router Bits
 Multi-Prole Bits Proles made in one pass.

Although these bits can cut a wide variety of C

moldings, their primary advantage is the ability to
solve little problems with just one bit. By adjusting
the height of the bit to use a portion of the prole,
Proles made in two passes.
you can add a multiplicity of details to a standard
molding, as shown in our diagrams. For addi-
tional clearance, the end bearing is removable.
For use with routers of 2 hp or more and only with B
a router table.
A B C BB
16J56.01 11/4 1 1/4 B $60.20
16J56.51 21/4 17/8 1/2 C $84.00
A

C C
C C

R
R B B
B B

A
A A A

Molding #1 Bits Molding #4 Bits Crown Molding #1 Bit Crown Molding #3 Bit
A B C Rad. BB A B C Rad. BB A B C A B C
16J54.01 11/16 1 1/4 1/8 B $42.80 16J54.04 3/4 1 1/4 5/64 B $42.80 16J57.51 11/4 21/4 1/2 $74.90 16J57.53 11/4 21/4 1/2 $74.90
16J54.51 15/16 13/8 1/2 5/32 C $63.70 16J54.54 1 111/16 1/2 1/8 C $63.80
C C
C

R
B
B B
R
B

A
A A

Molding #5 Bits Crown Molding #2 Bit Crown Molding #4 Bit

A A B C Rad. BB A B C A B C
16J54.05 7/8 1 1/4 5/64 B $47.50 16J57.52 11/4 21/4 1/2 $74.90 16J57.54 11/4 21/4 1/2 $74.80
16J54.55 13/8 15/8 1/2 1/8 B $73.00
C
Lettering Bits
Molding #2 Bits Specically designed for freehand
A B C Rad. BB lettering, these plunge bits will cut a
16J54.02 3/4 1 1/4 5/64 B $42.80 60 groove with either a radiused or
16J54.52 11/16 15/8 1/2 1/8 C $63.80 R B at bottom. Maximum groove width
is 1/2 with either a 3/16 at or a 1/16
radius. Both have 1/4 dia. shanks. 60 A
A
A. 16J52.01 Cove Bit $30.20
French Provincial Classic #1 Bit B. 16J53.03 Flat Bit $30.20
A B C Rad. BB
16J55.51 1 7/8 1/2 5/32 C $47.90 C. Signmaking Bit
The solid carbide head of this bit
C
C has been specically designed for
engraving signs. The three-flute
design allows the bit to park 60 B
without enlarging the groove. Cut
widths from 0.5mm to 13mm are
R
B
achievable through adjusting the
R
B height of the 60 head. The cutting
action is very clean. Can be used in
high-speed ex-shaft machines.
A
A
Signmaking Bit, 1/4 shank
Molding #3 Bits 16J49.01 $53.00
A B C Rad. BB French Provincial Classic #2 Bit Signmaking Bit, 8mm shank
16J54.03 11/16 1 1/4 1/8 B $42.80 A B C Rad. BB
60 C
18J49.01 $53.00
16J54.53 1 13/8 1/2 5/32 C $63.80 16J55.52 13/4 11/8 1/2 1/8 C $71.00
Router Bits 275
 C C
Reversible Frame Bits
These reversible assemblies all have a shaft
A D and two cutters that will cut either a rail or a
matching stile, depending upon their congu-
ration. Used in combination with a raised
B B panel bit, they can produce a complete molded
and panelled door.
A A. Reversible Panel Frame Bits
A A B C BB
16J67.02 15/8 7/8 1/4 G $77.20
16J67.52 15/8 7/8 1/2 G $77.20
C C
B. Reversible Classic Frame Bits
A B C BB
B E 16J67.03 15/8 7/8 1/4 G $77.20
16J67.53 15/8 7/8 1/2 G $77.20
C. Reversible Ogee Frame Bits
B B A B C BB
16J67.01 15/8 7/8 1/4 G $77.20
A
16J67.51 15/8 7/8 1/2 G $77.20
A

Small Reversible Panel-Frame Bits

C C These cutter assemblies consist of a shaft and
two cutters, which can be reversed to cut rails
or matching stiles. Designed for use with
C F
material as thin as 5/8. Complete with pilot
bearings for following templates, they cut a
3/16 wide slot, 3/8 deep. The 3/16 slot width
B B is also ideal for 3mm thick glass.
A B C
D. 16J67.92 Panel 15/8 13/16 1/2 $77.20
A E. 16J67.93 Classic 15/8 13/16 1/2 $77.20
A
F. 16J67.91 Ogee 15/8 13/16 1/2 $77.20

C C C C

G K

B B B B

A A A A

C C C C

H L

B B B B

A A A A

C C C C

J M

B B
B B

A A
A A

Rail and Stile Sets Small Rail and Stile Sets

These two-piece rail and stile sets make set-up fast and easy. For use on These two-piece rail and stile sets have been designed for use with material
material 3/4 to 1 thick, they cut a panel slot 1/4 wide by 3/8 deep using a as thin as 5/8 (as opposed to the usual 7/8 or 1). They cut a panel slot 3/16
fence. The pilot bearings allow use on curved work with a template. wide by 3/8 deep. Complete with pilot bearings for curved work.
A B C BB A B C BB
G. 16J68.51 Ogee R&S Set 13/8 1 1/2 D $112.00 K. 16J68.91 Small Ogee R&S Set 13/8 7/8 1/2 D $104.00
H. 16J68.52 Bead R&S Set 13/8 1 1/2 D $112.00 L. 16J68.92 Small Bead R&S Set 13/8 7/8 1/2 D $104.00
J. 16J68.53 Classic R&S Set 13/8 1 1/2 D $112.00 M. 16J68.93 Small Classic R&S Set 13/8 7/8 1/2 D $104.00
276 Router Bits
 C
C
C

A E J

B B
B

A A
A

A. Low-Angle Bevel Bits

These low-angle bevel bits are 15 Large
bearing
useful for chamfering or soft- C 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16

ening edges. Each bit comes Large

bearing J. Small Rabbeting Sets
with three bearings (5/8, 1/2, F Each set includes a 1 diameter by 1/2 high
3/8); using either of the two 1/32 to 3/32 Small &
medium
carbide rabbeting cutter with four interchange-
smaller bearings produces an bearing able bearings to allow the cutting of four different
alternative prole with a small rabbet depths (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16). Hex key and
land at the foot of the bevel. Both have 1/2 shanks. B
bearing washer included.
A B C
A B C
16J66.61 11/2 3/8 1/2 $60.20 16J32.21 1 1/2 1/4 $44.80
A
16J66.62 21/4 1/2 1/2 $73.00 16J32.71 1 1/2 1/2 $44.80
18J32.21 1 1/2 8mm $44.80
C
C
B
C

G
B
K
B
R
A B
A

A
C
C

C
H
5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

B B K. Large Rabbeting Sets

Sets include one 13/8 diameter by 1/2 high
A
A carbide rabbeting cutter with four interchange-
B. Ogee Raised Panel Bits* able bearings and washers to enable the cutting
A B C Rad. BB of four different rabbet depths (5/16, 3/8, 7/16,
Vertical Panel Raising Bits
16J64.58 2 1/2 1/2 3/8 C $59.00 1/2), all with one cutter. Hex key included.
These vertical panel raising bits are much safer A B C
16J64.60 23/4 5/8 1/2 5/8 C $75.70
to use than regular panel raising bits since the 16J32.20 13/8 1/2 1/4 $47.90
C. Cove Raised Panel Bits* cutting edge runs parallel to the axis of the 16J32.70 13/8 1/2 1/2 $47.90
A B C BB shank, substantially reducing the diameter, the 18J32.70 13/8 1/2 8mm $47.90
16J65.51 2 13/32 1/2 C $57.00 load on your router and the shock to carbide
16J65.52 21/2 1/2 1/2 C $71.50 inserts. The chip-limitation design further For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol
* These raised panel bits must be used in routers of reduces the danger of kickback. should be used only in a router table equipped with
at least 2 hp and may require modication to the a fence and not used free hand.
base plate. E. Vertical Straight PR Bit A B C
16J63.52 1 117/32 1/2 $65.50
C
F. Vertical Bead PR Bit
D 16J63.53 1 11/2 1/2 $65.50
C
G. Vertical Cove PR Bit
16J63.54 1 11/2 1/2 $65.50 L
B
H. Vertical Ogee PR Bit
A
16J63.51 1 117/32 1/2 $65.50
B

D. Panel Raising Bit for Shaker-Style Doors

The ball-bearing sizes are A
The Shakers often made raised panels with a noted in our price lines as
simple, slightly bevelled rabbet, and then assem- BB. See page 274 for a
bled the door with the raised portion of the panel complete selection of ball L. Large Rabbeting Bits
facing the cabinet interior. The resulting door bearings for alternative These single-bearing carbide bits cut rabbet
panel was both easy to build and easy to keep proles or replacements. depths of about 3/8. The double-flute cutter
clean. It has a 1/2 shank and makes a 1/2 rabbet heads measure 11/4 in diameter by 1/2 high.
up to 1/2 deep with a at 22 bevel. A B C BB
A B C BB To order call 1-800-267-8767 16J32.08 11/4 1/2 1/4 C $32.10
16J66.51 115/16 1/2 1/2 C $43.80 16J32.58 11/4 1/2 1/2 C $32.10
Router Bits 277
 C
C

B C
A
B
Small Drawer Lock Bits
A Ideal for making small drawers using material D
E B

Template Bits from 1/4 to 1/2 thick, these bits are unique because T-slot nuts
A available
A B C BB both halves of the joint can be made in a single on page 234.
16J10.08 1/2 1 1/4 H $27.70 set-up, without changing bit or fence settings.
16J10.10 5/8 1 1/4 D $27.70 Since the prole causes the joint to be drawn tight, T-Slot Router Bits
16J10.12 3/4 1 1/4 J $30.80 drawers are easy to assemble and clamp for gluing. These bits cut a slot to t our 1/4-20 T-slot nuts.
16J10.62 3/4 11/4 1/2 E $36.50 Overall head diameter of 1. Slots are useful for making adjustable jigs and
A B C
16J10.68 11/8 11/2 1/2 F $44.80 xtures. A B C D E
18J10.08 1/2 1 8mm P $27.70 16J76.72 1 1/2 1/2 $31.80 16J60.71 9/16 3/8 1/2 1/8 5/16 $26.00
18J10.10 5/8 1 8mm Q $27.70 18J76.72 1 1/2 8mm $31.80 16J60.72 9/16 3/8 1/4 1/8 5/16 $26.00
18J10.12 3/4 1 8mm R $30.80 18J60.73 9/16 3/8 8mm 1/8 5/16 $26.00
18J10.68 11/8 11/2 8mm F $44.80
C
C
C

D
B

B A

B A
Keyhole Router Bits
If you have ever owned one of these specialized
A Drawer Lock Bits bits, you know that it saves a lot of money and
A B C
16J76.62 11/16 3/4 1/2 $57.50 frustration. Its one purpose is to cut keyhole slots
Laminate Flush Trimming Bits
A B C BB 18J76.62 11/16 3/4 8mm $57.50 in picture frames. For a heavy frame, use two slots
16J09.04 1/4 3/4 1/4 A $18.30 and two hanging screws. The process is quick and
16J09.06 3/8 1 1/4 B $18.30 reliable, and saves endless wire and hooks. These
16J09.08 1/2 1 1/4 C $18.70 C bits are single ute for easier plunging.
A B C D
16J09.58 1/2 1 1/2 C $18.70
16J70.01 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 $15.40
16J09.59 1/2 11/2 1/2 C $23.00
16J70.02 1/2 3/16 1/4 1/2 $18.10
16J09.60 1/2 2 1/2 C $30.80
18J70.01 3/8 1/8 8mm 3/8 $15.40
18J09.04 1/4 3/4 8mm A $18.30 B 18J70.02 1/2 3/16 8mm 1/2 $18.10
18J09.06 3/8 1 8mm B $18.30
A
18J09.08 1/2 1 8mm C $18.70
18J09.59 1/2 11/2 8mm C $23.00
18J09.60 1/2 2 8mm C $30.80 45 Lock Miter Bits
A B C
16J75.08 11/2 1/2 1/4 $59.70
Workpiece 16J75.62 13/4 3/4 1/2 $84.20
Template C 18J75.08 11/2 1/2 8mm $59.70
18J75.62 13/4 3/4 8mm $84.20
Template
For safety reasons, bits marked with this symbol
Workpiece
should be used only in a router table equipped with a
fence and not used free hand.
Panel Pilot Bits
Flip template and These single-ute bits have carbide-tipped ends
B
workpiece over,
adjust bit height to C for plunging through material. Used to rout open-
use alternate bearing B ings in the middle of panels, such as for sinks. Cut
to continue cutting
with the grain. A A C
length is 3/4 for the 1/4 size, and 1 for the 1/2.
16J11.01 *1/4 Panel Pilot, 1/4 Shank $14.70
Double-Bearing Flush Trimming/ 16J11.51 *1/2 Panel Pilot, 1/2 Shank $20.40
Template Bits B * Single ute.
Ideal for template work, these combination
A B
trim and template bits minimize tear-out C

caused by cutting against the grain. The A

double-bearing system lets you flip the

template and workpiece to alternate which Screw-Slot Bits
bearing is engaged to allow an entire prole to Any large panel or table top should be secured in a D E
B
be cut with the grain. For ush cutting, either way that allows it to expand or contract without
bearing can be used. Includes two bearings, a splitting. These screw-slot bits let you create screw A
shaft collar and a hex key. An excellent slots so that panels can be held in place but are able
system for template work. to slide back and forth without splitting the wood Slot-Wall Router Bit
A B C B1 B2 or breaking the screw securing them. All are sized Long used in stores and ofces to create exible
16J09.90 1/2 5/8 C1/4 H $29.70 for #8 screws, countersunk or counterbored. storage and display space, slot wall is equally
16J04.90 3/4 11/4 1/2 E E $50.80 A B C useful at home or in the shop. This cutter routs
18J09.90 1/2 5/8 8mm N P $29.70 A. 16J11.60 Countersink 7/16 13/16 1/2 $42.00 T-slots that are compatible with standard slot-
18J11.60 Countersink 7/16 13/16 8mm $42.00 wall hardware such as shelf brackets and hooks.
B1: Bearing 1 Size (nearest capscrew) B. 16J11.70 Counterbore 1/2 15/16 1/2 $42.00 A B C D E
B2: Bearing 2 Size (on shaft) 18J11.70 Counterbore 1/2 15/16 8mm $42.00 16J60.61 11/16 7/8 1/2 5/16 3/8 $26.00
278 Router Bits
 C 1/2

B A

17/8
B
13/4
A
3-Wing Slotting Cutters
Reversible French Door & Window Sash Bit V-Joint Tongue and Groove Bit Interchangeable cutters are available separately
A B C BB Suitable for material from 7/16 to 15/16 thick. or complete with shaft assembly. All cutter
16J69.51 13/8 13/4 1/2 G $78.80 This three-wing cutter will cut the groove and, dimensions (excluding height) are identical.
by substituting the included bushing for the A. 3-Wing Slotting Cutters
C
center cutter, the tongue. The bit cuts a groove 16J81.03 1/8 Cutter Only $26.50
3/16 wide by 3/16 deep, or a tongue 3/16 thick 16J81.04 5/32 Cutter Only $26.50
and up to 5/16 long. 16J81.05 3/16 Cutter Only $26.50
16J77.01 V-Joint T&G, 1/2 Shank $89.00 16J81.06 1/4 Cutter Only $26.50
R A B B. Shafts for Slotting Cutters BB
16J80.01 1/4 Shank G $14.80
16J80.51 1/2 Shank G $14.80
External Bull-Nose Bits Full Radius
A B C Rad. 18J80.01 8mm Shank G $14.80
16J48.03 3/16 1/2 1/4 3/32 $27.20
16J48.04 1/4 5/8 1/4 1/8 $28.00 C
C
16J48.06 3/8 11/16 1/4 3/16 $32.90
C
16J48.54 1/4 5/8 1/2 1/8 $28.00
16J48.56 3/8 11/16 1/2 3/16 $32.90
16J48.58 1/2 7/8 1/2 1/4 $39.00 R B
A B
16J48.62 3/4 13/32 1/2 3/8 $50.00 Flute 16J42.01 R
B
16J48.66 1 111/32 1/2 1/2 $63.30 A
A
Bead 16J42.03
C
Large-Diameter Flute and Bead Bits
These carbide-tipped router bits are often called Complete Assemblies
canoe bits, as they are used to make ute and A B C
bead edges on 1/4 thick wood strips to form curved 16J82.03 17/8 1/8 1/4 $36.50
B
R
surfaces. A B C Rad. 16J82.04 17/8 5/32 1/4 $36.50
A 16J42.01 11/2 1/4 1/4 1/8 $35.30 16J82.05 17/8 3/16 1/4 $36.50
Flute Bits A B C Rad. BB 16J42.03 11/2 15/32 1/4 1/8 $36.20 16J82.06 17/8 1/4 1/4 $36.50
16J41.02 7/8 1/4 1/4 1/8 D $47.80 16J42.10 Flute & Bead Pair $63.80 16J82.53 17/8 1/8 1/2 $36.50
16J41.03 1 3/8 1/4 3/16 D $50.90 16J82.54 17/8 5/32 1/2 $36.50
For safety reasons, bits marked with this 16J82.55 17/8 3/16 1/2 $36.50
C symbol should be used only in a router table 16J82.56 17/8 1/4 1/2 $36.50
equipped with a fence and not used free hand. 18J82.03 17/8 1/8 8mm $36.50
18J82.04 17/8 5/32 8mm $36.50
18J82.05 17/8 3/16 8mm $36.50
18J82.06 17/8 1/4 8mm $36.50
R B
C 1/2

Bead and Cove Bits

By adjusting the cutting height, either a bead or a
B
cove can be cut with the same bit. Can also be used
for proles. A B C Rad. BB
16J28.51 1 5/8 1/2 1/8 C $39.30 A
16J28.52 11/4 1 1/2 3/16 C $45.40
C
19/16
Four-in-One Grooving Bits
C These bits have four sizes of slotting cutters for
grooving, dadoing, and tongue and groove
joinery. Individual double-tipped cutters will Finger-Joint Router Bit
B produce 1/8, 5/32, 3/16 and 1/4 grooves and, A nger joint is one of the strongest joints in
when combined, will cut grooves from 1/4 to woodworking, as it effectively triples the surface
23/32 wide. In the tongue and groove congura- area of the glue joint. This bit has ve tapered
B
A
tion, the bit is suitable for wood between 9/16 slotting cutters and an abutting-edge cutter.
and 7/8 thick. When used with the ball-bearing These are stacked as necessary to nger joint
A
guide, the depth of cut is 1/2; otherwise, when material from 7/16 thick, where you would use
V-Joint Tongue and Groove Pair used with a fence, the bit will cut up to 5/8 deep. the abutting edge and a single slotting cutter, up
A B C BB Complete with spacers, shims and instructions. to material 13/8 thick, where you would use all
16J78.01 Groove 13/8 13/16 1/2 D $ 70.00 A B C BB six cutters. Instructions included. 1/2 shank.
16J78.02 Tongue 2 13/16 1/2 D $ 80.70 16J60.51 17/8 23/32 1/2 G $84.00 Depth of cut is 1/4. Cutters are carbide tipped.
16J78.10 Tongue & Groove Pair $132.00 18J60.51 17/8 23/32 8mm G $84.00 16J75.01 Finger-Joint Bit $108.00
Router Bits 279
 DUST COLLECTION

Inner pail is
Smaller particles and
removable for
airow continue to
easy disposal
the vacuum.
of debris.

Large particles
enter the
cyclone and A
separate from
the airstream.

Afxed
to vacuum.
Debris enters
the cyclone.
Used freestanding.

A. Dust Deputy Deluxe

Using this cyclone separator is an easy way to both increase the capacity of
your shop vacuum and extend the life of its dust lters. It works through
cyclonic separation; as debris enters the vortex, centrifugal force concen-
trates the particles at the periphery. Because the cyclone is conical, the debris
spirals downwards, losing velocity and separating from the airstream. As
much as 99% of shavings and dust are diverted into the container, ensuring
very little reaches the vacuum itself, so lters load more slowly and suction
loss is minimized. For use with any shop vacuum that has a 21/4 I.D. hose
inlet, the Dust Deputy collects dust inside a pair of nesting 5-gallon plastic
pails; the outer one serves as a housing while debris accumulates in the inner pail,
which is removable for easy disposal. The kit can be used freestanding or afxed
to the vacuum and includes a translucent plastic cyclone separator with tapered
ports, a lid, a 61 ex hose, an elbow tting for vacuum connection, plus hardware
(including casters) and installation instructions. A highly efcient and effective
accessory for dust-collection systems. Made in USA.
03J02.20 *Dust Deputy Deluxe $125.00
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For
areas not served by ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Airow continues Veritas Cyclone Lids

on to vacuum.
Large material enters
cyclone and settles
C
Our large cyclone lids were designed to t on any round container with a top diameter between 19 and
231/2. The registration ledges on the inside of the lid t on standard trashcans from 19 to 201/2 in
diameter. The 231/2 dia. outer ledge ts on a 55 gallon drum. Available in either black ABS or clear
PET, large lids come drilled for use with either 21/2 or 4 dia. hose.
The smaller cyclone lid will t trashcans with a top diameter between 161/2 and 191/2. At just
over 191/2 in diameter, it is more compact and
has less overhang than our large lid. Available 100% of dust 90% to 99% of dust Small amount
only in clear PET for use with 21/2 dia. hose. removed from = and debris collected + directed to
Lids are not recommended for machines with workspace. by cyclone. vacuum.

on bottom. built-in chip impellers and should be used only

with sturdy-walled containers (thin-walled
B containers may collapse under static suction
conditions, such as when the leading hose end
Work area Cyclone Vacuum
clogs or is blocked). Hoses and attachments not
included. Patented. Veritas Cyclone Lids How They Work
B. 05J30.01 Large Black Lid, 21/2 Hose $49.50 A cyclone lid will let you sidetrack up to 99% of
05J30.02 Large Black Lid, 4 Hose $49.50 jointer/planer shavings and lesser amounts of ne
C. 05J30.11 Large Clear Lid, 21/2 Hose $69.00 dust (such as from sanding) to a trashcan. Its an
Hoses sold in-line system with minimum deection of airow.
separately.
05J30.12 Large Clear Lid, 4 Hose $69.00
D. 05J30.21 Small Clear Lid, 21/2 Hose $49.50 Inlet air is swirled around the outside of the
collector container while outlet air is drawn from
D Lids t a range of container sizes.
the top center, leaving all but the nest dust inside.
B&C D You can collect a dozen or more trashcans of shav-
ings before emptying the vacuum cleaner. If your
shop vacuum draws 6 amps or more, you can use a
cyclone lid with our dust collection network to
power a complete collection system. A lower-
powered vacuum can be used with the cyclone on
Containers
not included.
a single machine, such as a planer. The system can
be used for wet vacuuming as well as dry.
161/2 I.D. to
19 I.D. to 191/2 O.D. Though hoses can be connected directly to the
231/2 O.D. lids, we recommend using a 21/2 or 4 splice
280 Large clear & large black lids Small clear lid (03J60.85 on page 285 or 03J61.05 on page 284).
 A. iVAC Automatic Blast Gate Kit A
For use with the iVAC Pro dust collection control
system (see page 282), this kit lets you
synchronize blast gate operation with
that of the dust collector and power
tools in the network. This automation
ensures you cant forget to open a gate
before working or inadvertently leave it
open afterward, reducing suction else-
where in the system. Whenever a linked
tool is turned on, the iVAC Pro transmitter
sends a radio signal that not only triggers
the dust collector, but also simultaneously
Remote control
opens the blast gate associated with that tool. operation
When you turn the tool off, the gate remains
open for a short duration to allow debris to
clear, closing automatically after the dust
collector powers down. The system can
be set to ensure that at least one gate is
open whenever the vacuum is running to
prevent overheating the motor. A gate can also be
operated using the included iVac Pro remote
control, or manually using a toggle switch. Kit
gate Switc
includes two self-cleaning blast gates (compatible
Toggle switch Blast h
with 4 hose), two 115V AC adapters, an iVac Pro operation.
remote control and a manual toggle switch; addi-
tional gates with adapters are available separately Remote Control
(up to eight blast gates can operate on one iVAC
Pro network). Adds another level of convenience
and efciency to an already excellent system.
03J62.30 Blast Gate Starter Kit $239.00
03J62.32 Blast Gate, ea. $119.00

Bl
as
tg
ate
Mode switch

B. Automatic Vacuum Switch

This convenient, efcient device runs a shop vacuum only when its needed in unison with a power
tool. Simply plug it into a regular 115-volt outlet and plug the tool and vacuum into their individual
Dust Control Made Simple receptacles. When the circuitry senses the tool drawing power, it automatically turns the vacuum on.
Book & DVD Set The vacuum continues to operate for six seconds after the tool shuts off to ensure the hose is cleared.
by Sandor Nagyszalanczy The vacuum can also run independently at the ick of a switch. The unit has a 17/8 thick by 45/8
Controlling dust and other airborne particles square ABS housing with keyhole hangers for temporary wall mounting and two 115-volt, 15-amp
is an important aspect of workshop safety. input cords (one 6 long, the other 18 long). One cord is used when tool and vacuum draw less than 15
Choosing and setting up a suitable system amps; use both cords in separate circuits for greater capacity (30 amps maximum). Each cord has a
need not be a complex problem. In this built-in circuit breaker. ETL listed for use in Canada and the USA.
comprehensive guide to dust collection, 03J62.10 Automatic Vacuum Switch $59.50
Nagyszalanczy explains the health hazards 15 to 30
amp Power tool
posed by sawdust (including some that set-up
might surprise you) and outlines strategies Shop
for controlling it. He discusses shop ventila- vacuum
tion and filtration masks, explains the
advantages and disadvantages of various
dust collection machines, and includes a
step-by-step installation guide. The DVD
provides examples and demonstrations for One cord is used when tool
every stage of the process, and the book and vacuum draw less than
15 amps. Two cords are
follows along with easy-to-understand used when tool and Unit
diagrams and supplementary information. vacuum draw more comes
than 15 amps.
Together, they demystify dust collection and with two Saw guard removed
110-volt, for clarity.
help you nd the best solutions for your 15-amp
workshop. Softcover, 911, 124 pages, B input cords
(one 6
2010. DVD length: 40 minutes. long, the
Dust Control Made Simple other 18
long).
73L04.95 $22.50
Under 15 amp set-up
Dust Control 281

 iVac Dust Collection Control System

This system creates an electronic link between your workshop dust collector and
specic power tools, automatically triggering the vacuum to run only while the tools
are in use. The system consists of a compact 31/223/81 transmitter that clamps A
unobtrusively onto the power tools electrical cord, plus a switchbox that connects to B
your dust collector. As soon as the tool begins drawing power, the transmitters
internal sensor detects the current; the transmitter then sends a radio signal to the
switch box up to 40 away, activating the vacuum. When the tool stops running, the
transmitter sends a shut-off signal to the vacuum after a programmable delay of 0, 5,
15 or 45 seconds to ensure the collection system is cleared. Used with up to eight
separate transmitters, the switch box circuitry records the status of each tool so that the
nal tool to shut off triggers the vacuum to stop handy in shops where more than one
person is working. Each switch
box and transmitter has its own
binary control switch, so Switc
h
you can set individual transmit- D
ters to work with a specific
l
Too
switch box only. This allows To
ol
multiple switch boxes to be
used in close proximity (up to
four maximum) without inter-
ference, for shops with multiple
dust collection systems.
The transmitter weighs only To
ol
5 oz and has a 3m (118) power
cord that connects to a 110V
receptacle. For use with power
tools that have unshielded cords and are rated to 115V (15A) or 240V (20A). C
Switches have a 45/8 square by 17/8 thick ABS housing and are available in 115V
(15A) and 240V (20A) versions. TUV-certied for use in Canada and the USA.
An efcient system for running your dust collection network in unison with your
power tools.
To operate your dust collector independently of the synchronized network, we also
offer a remote control that can activate the switch box from as far away as 40. Comes
with two 2032 batteries and a belt clip.
A. 03J62.25 Transmitter $69.50
B. 03J62.15 115V Switch Box $79.50 A 12-hour on/off timer is a simple and inexpensive way to run a dust lter
C. 03J62.35 Remote Control $34.50 system for a few hours after you are nished in the shop. Be sure to check the
Not Stocked at our Stores: amperage rating on the timer.
D. 03J62.20 240V Switch Box $79.50

Switch box
activates
vacuum.

When the power

tool is turned off,
the switch box
turns off the
vacuum.

Maximum
distance Transmitter
B between sends signal
transmitter to switch box
and switch when power
is 40. is turned on.

A
A

Transmitter
clamps to
the tools
power cord.

 D
Demo Air Net C
Fans not included. Originally developed for industry as a way to protect workers from
airborne particles, this system offers an effective, portable means to
capture dust during woodworking or renovation. The concept is
deceptively simple: a bag made from a special synthetic fabric ts
over a regular household fan and cinches in place with a drawstring
closure. As air is drawn into the back of the fan and expelled through E
the front, the ne-weave material lters out 97% of particles as small 1
2 /2 dia. by 80 long hose Hose end attaches
as 5 microns. The air ltration rate depends on the size and speed of attaches into blast gate. into a machine.
Elevate fan for
improved airow. the fan (the greater the air-ow, the faster the rate of ltration). Easy
to clean just empty and machine-wash for reuse. As with all dust-
C. Veritas Magnetic Dust Chute
collection equipment, this is not a substitute for proper use of dust
A Designed for use with any shop vacuum
masks or respirators. The medium Air Net ts round fans up to 18 in
system, the 3 square head on the chute
diameter; the large ts round fans up to 24 in diameter or square fans
clamps rmly to any metal surface. The four
up to 20. Comes with a small drawstring bag of the same material, for
rare-earth magnets hold it with 40 lb of force.
compact storage. Made in USA.
It is equally usable on drill tables and lathes,
Air Net, Medium or other power tools with steel surfaces. The
Particle sizes of common materials listed. To put these micron
A. 03J02.11 $67.50 sizes in perspective, a human hair is about 40 microns thick. 21/2 opening is compatible with standard
Air Net, Large shop vacuums; a 21/2 to 11/4 reducer is
B. 03J02.12 $92.50 Micron Micron included for adapting to central vacuum
Particle Particle
Size Size systems and smaller portables. Patented. For
B connection to 4 dia. systems, an 80 long by
Bacteria 0.3 to 10 Drywall dust 0.6 to 130
21/2 dia. black EVA hose (with an integral
Cement dust 0.3 to 90 Flour 1.0 to 70 swivel coupling) and a 21/2 to 4 adapter are
Air is drawn into the back of the fan Wood ash 0.4 to 520 Coal dust 1.0 to 100 available. Hose also sold separately.
and expelled through the front of Dust Chute and Reducer
the Air Net, trapping airborne parti- Household dust 0.6 to 10+ Pollen 10.0 to 100
cles as small as 5 microns. 05J21.10 $39.50
Talc 0.6 to 60 Human hair 40+
D. 05J21.11 80 Hose and 4 Adapter $25.50
E. 05J21.13 21/2 EVA Hose, 80 $22.50

shop vacuum or 4 to 21/2 reducer (item L). A Q O M N

versatile and practical solution for difcult dust
F collection situations.
F. 03J67.21 23 Loc-Line Hose $34.50
G. 03J67.22 31/26 Rectangular Nozzle $ 7.20 P
H H. 03J67.23 Tapered Oval Nozzle $ 7.20
J. 03J67.24 21/2 Hose Adapter $ 5.90
G K. 03J67.25 Vacuum Adapter $ 5.90
1+ 4+
L L. 05J21.12 4-21/2 Adapter, ea. $ 4.95 $4.20 R
J

To order call 1-800-267-8767

or visit us at www.leevalley.com N
K
M
Loc-Line
Dust Collection F Expandable Vacuum Hose & Nozzles
System G The rigid pleats of this wire-core polypropylene hose M
If youve ever had allow it to hold its shape without clamps or rigging.
to improvise dust Both the 21/2 and 4 hose form simple or compound P
collection at a bends (minimum inside radius of approx. 21/2) and
drill press or while expand or compress to snake around obstructions. It
template routing, Rectangular nozzle and Loc-Line can be positioned so that an intake is exactly where
hose with vacuum adapter (item K)
youll appreciate connected to shop vacuum. you need it on a workstation, even where access is
this modular sys- difcult. At full extension it is 39 (1m) long and it
tem. The hose is collapses to only 10. Can be cut to length.
a series of rigid The 21/4 O.D. hose adapter threads into the 21/2
plastic cuffs that H hose to connect to a shop vacuum port, nozzle, or any
interlock and 21/2 O.D. accessory (e.g., a blast gate or a 21/2
swivel, making F reducer to link to a central system). Two nozzles
an articulating press fit onto the hose adapter: one tapered for
hose (min. inside Tapered oval nozzle and Loc-Line concentrated airow; one with a 31/26 rectangular
bending radius of hose connected to 4 dust collection opening to cover a wider area. A simple and versatile
network with adapters K and L.
4) that you can cus- solution for situations that challenge regular ex
tomize to length and that holds any position hose. 1+ 4+ O
rigidly. Sold in 18 sections that connect to form M. 03J60.62 21/239 (1m) Hose, ea. $12.50 $10.65
a tube 23 long. There are two snap-in nozzles: N. 03J60.44 439 (1m) Hose, ea. $14.90 $12.70
oval for concentrated airow and rectangular to O. 03J60.67 21/4 Hose Adapter $ 3.10 $ 2.60 M
cover a wider area. The 21/2 hose adapter P. 03J60.69 Tapered Nozzle, 21/2 $ 4.00 $ 3.40 Q
connects to standard vacuum hoses (21/4 O.D. Q. 03J60.68 Rect. Nozzle, 21/2 $ 4.00 $ 3.40
cuff); the vacuum adapter attaches directly to a R. 05J21.12 4 to 21/2 Reducer $ 4.95 $ 4.20
01
 Y J M A
H

Dust Collection Parts & System AA

Hoses
The benet of clear dust collection tubing is that an obstruction can be spotted
instantly. We offer it in PVC and polyurethane, both reinforced with helical spring-
steel wire* for strength and exibility. Both have smooth, low-friction inner surfaces
for better material ow and reduced turbulence. The PVC hose, a good choice for home
workshops, has good abrasion and chemical resistance, and stays exible in temperatures
down to 20F (-7C). The more durable polyurethane hose, developed for industrial applications,
C has superior puncture, abrasion and chemical resistance, stays exible to -65F (-54C), and has a
30% heavier wire skeleton. Both come in nominal 10 lengths (25 lengths available at stores only),
with internal diameters stated in price lines.
A. 03J65.02 21/2 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $ 31.50 J
B. 03J65.04 4 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $ 38.50
03J65.05 5 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $ 55.00
X 03J65.06 6 PVC Hose, Clear, 10 $ 69.50 Obstructions
in hose are
03J65.52 21/2 PU Hose, Clear, 10 $ 53.00 easily found.
C. 03J65.54 4 PU Hose, Clear, 10 $ 71.00
Available Only at our Stores:
03J65.10 21/2 PVC Hose, Clear, 25 $ 66.00
03J65.20 4 PVC Hose, Clear, 25 $ 83.00 Polyurethane hose is L
puncture resistant.
03J65.60 21/2 PU Hose, Clear, 25 $125.00 N
M
03J65.70 4 PU Hose, Clear, 25 $165.00 L
* For use with the bridge hose clamps below, note that the PVC hoses have
left-hand reinforcing wire, while the polyurethane hoses have right-hand wire.
G
Bridge Hose Clamps 4 Fittings
What sets these hose clamps These rigid ABS plastic ttings are used to
apart is the integral bridge connect machinery to tubing systems or
that steps over the tubings directly to a dust collector. 1+ 4+
helical reinforcement. The G. 03J61.05 4 Splice, ea. $5.90 $5.00
clamp band registers only in Used for repairs or joining sections of tubing.
the web, fastening securely
to provide a true seal. This H. 03J61.03 4 Elbow, ea. $8.00 $6.80
eliminates sudden hose D E J. 03J61.02 4 Y-Connector, ea. $9.10 $7.75
detachment and reduces Left-hand clamps Right-hand clamps t K. 03J60.93 4-21/2 Y-Conn., ea. $9.10 $7.75
B t our PVC hoses. our polyurethane hoses. Y-connectors and elbows are used for bends
pressure loss from leakage.
Simple but effective. The clamps are offered in two orientations to and line drops to individual machines.
accommodate hose with a left-hand or right-hand spiral. Hose must L. 03J61.01 4 Blast Gate, ea. $5.90 $5.00
have a minimum of 1/2 between coils. Closes off suction to machines not in use.
D. Left-Hand: Hex Slotted Screw 1+ 4+ M. 05J21.12 4-21/2 Adapter, ea. $4.95 $4.20
03J67.02 21/2 Hose Clamp, ea. 7mm $ 7.90 $ 6.95 Connects to 21/2 dia. systems.
03J67.04 4 Hose Clamp, ea. 5/16 $10.50 $ 9.25
N. 03J61.06 4-3 Adapter, ea. $3.20 $2.70
03J67.05 5 Hose Clamp, ea. 5/16 $10.70 $ 9.40
For machines with 3 outlets.
03J67.06 6 Hose Clamp, ea. 5/16 $11.50 $10.10
E. Right-Hand: Hex Slotted Screw 1+ 4+ O. 03J60.95 4 Fitting, ea. $4.60 $3.90
03J66.02 21/2 Hose Clamp, ea. 7mm $ 7.90 $ 6.95 This tting allows you to quickly switch tools
03J66.04 4 Hose Clamp, ea. 5/16 $10.50 $ 9.25 without disconnecting and reconnecting hose
03J66.05 5 Hose Clamp, ea. 5/16 $10.70 $ 9.40 clamps when using a single dust-collection
03J66.06 6 Hose Clamp, ea. 5/16 $11.50 $10.10 hose. The tapered ABS connector press-ts
for a quick, secure link to any tools 4 diam-
eter dust outlet.
F. Key Hose Clamps P. 03J60.96 4 Connector, ea. $5.90 $5.00
F An integral key lets you tighten or remove the clamp Allows two 4 ABS ttings to connect directly
quickly without using a wrench or a screwdriver. without a length of hose and clamps.
The 21/2 clamp ts any hose up to 23/4 in diameter;
the 4 clamp ts those up to 43/4. 1+ 4+ Q. Floor Sweep
04J04.25 21/2 Hose Clamp, ea. $2.60 $2.20 Mounted to a workshop floor,
04J04.40 4 Hose Clamp, ea. $2.90 $2.45 this low-prole ABS hood provides
an easy way to clean up shavings or
sawdust. Rather than hauling the vacuum Q
Grounding Kit hose to the mess, you just sweep the mess into
Dust collection ttings must be grounded to dissipate the hood, and the central vacuum takes it from
static electrical charges. Instructions on how to use there. Less fuss than stooping to use a dustpan. It
copper wire and electrical connectors (available at hard- measures 2461/233/4 tall,
ware stores) to ground your system are included with all with a 4 diameter port and a Hose
not
ttings and tubing. For convenience, we offer a grounding 211/22 opening. included.
kit (50 of 14-gauge copper wire, connectors and screws). Floor Sweep, ea. 1+ 4+
03J62.01 Grounding Kit $22.50 03J60.98 $9.10 $7.75

 W V JJ KK
GG

Cable Ties Permanent U-Bracket W

Visit www.leevalley.com This ABS hanger mounts to
to view our full line rafters or walls with two
of cable ties. screws to permanently and X
securely mount rigid piping or
exible dust-collection hose. 1+ 4+ FF
O W. 03J60.70 21/2 U-Bracket $1.80 $1.55
X. 03J60.71 4 U-Bracket $1.80 $1.55
M
Y. J-Hanger
K Especially handy if you have to move lengths of
hose or recongure parts of your dust-collection Y
network periodically, these 4 ABS hangers keep
P hoses out of the way yet accessible, so you can rearrange them EE
without undoing clamps or brackets. 1+ 4+
03J60.72 4 J-Hanger, ea. $4.00 $3.40
Self-Cleaning Blast Gates
An excellent retrot to any dust collection system, these self-cleaning blast
gates have a modied slider that automatically clears chips from the gate track,
preventing debris from inhibiting gate closure, which is a common cause of
poor suction. The 2 and 4 sizes are compatible with our 21/2 and 4 exible
hose (though the 2 requires an overwrap of
tape to improve hose t); the 5 and 6 gates are
R S T U for systems made of metal ducting. Steel and
cast aluminum, these are an economical means
21/2 Fittings of improving your systems efficiency and
These ABS plastic ttings connect to a shop vacuum system. minimizing maintenance. 1+ 4+
The 21/2 size is the nominal outside diameter of most shop Z. 03J61.22 2 Blast Gate $13.50 $11.90 BB
vacuum hoses and ttings. The inside diameter of the ttings AA. 03J61.24 4 Blast Gate $17.50 $15.40 AA
(about 21/4) is tapered for a press-t connection. BB. 03J61.25 5 Blast Gate $21.90 $19.30 Z
CC. 03J61.26 6 Blast Gate $24.50 $21.60
R. 21/2 Dust Port, ea. Typical Self-
Open Closed
Connects to most home shop-vacuum Dust port Open
Gate Cleaning
mounted on Gate
systems. 21/4 inside diameter. The a router table. Closed
35/84 backing plate is pre-drilled
for mounting. 1+ 4+ R
CC
03J61.10 $2.80 $2.40
Modied slider auto-
Debris caught in gate matically clears chips
S. 21/2-11/4 Adapter, ea. track inhibits closure. from the gate track. HH
For connection to a central vacuum S DD. Dust Collection Network
system and smaller portables (the This 21/2 dia. pipe network is excellent value. The kit contains enough parts to develop
21/4 tapered outside diameter press- a collection system that will support connection of up to ve machines or areas with
ts into 21/2 ttings). 1+ 4+
one central dust collector. It comes with eight pipe sections (24 in total, 21/2 O.D.,
05J21.14 $2.90 $2.45 23/8 I.D.), sixteen pipe couplings, four Y-connectors, ve blast gates, two 90 elbows,
T. 11/4 Vac. Adapter, ea. three 45 elbows, ten mounting brackets, one 21/2 to 4 adapter, and mounting hard-
Accepts the male tting on most 21/2 ware. The clear polypropylene components assemble with a snug friction t. Blockages
shop vacuum hoses; used to connect T can be quickly spotted and easily cleared at any point in the system. Can be used with
dust collection systems to the 11/4 dia. a shop vacuum (minimum 100 cfm rating and a 21/2 dia. hose inlet) or a central
dust pick-up ports found on many vacuum system. All parts are available separately.
power tools. Female and male ends are 03J60.80 *Dust Collection Network $125.00
tapered for snug tting. 1+ 4+
1+ 4+ EE. 03J60.81 21/2 Blast Gate, ea. $ 4.30 $3.65
03J61.12 $2.70 $2.30 FF. 03J60.82 21/2 Y-Connector, ea. $ 5.90 $5.00
GG. 03J60.83 21/2 90 Elbow, ea. $ 5.90 $5.00
U. 21/2 Adapter, ea. HH. 03J60.84 21/2 45 Elbow, ea. $ 5.90 $5.00
This stepped adapter lets you connect JJ. 03J60.86 21/236 Clear Pipe, ea. $10.90 $9.30
any tool with a 1, 11/4, 11/2 or 2 KK. 03J60.87 21/2 Pipe Coupling, ea. $ 2.50 $2.10
vacuum port to a single 21/2 hose, so 03J60.70 21/2 U-Bracket, ea. $1.80 $1.55
you can switch tools without changing 05J21.12 21/2 to 4 Adapter, ea. $ 4.95 $4.20
xtures. Each step is tapered for a snug U
* A shipping surcharge of $12 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas not
t. The 61/2 long soft PVC adapter is served by ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
easy to trim if you need the larger
diameters only. 1+ 4+ DD
03J60.99 $5.90 $5.00 V
V. 21/2 Splice, ea.
Used for repairs or joining sections
of hose. 1+ 4+
03J60.85 $2.20 $1.85
06
 Wet/Dry Vacuum Accessory Kits
These industrial-quality accessories can take
serious abuse. Sold in 12 and 24 lengths, the
crush-proof, high-density polyethylene hose has a
rubber swivel cuff on one end to connect nozzle
A attachments and a plastic adapter (21/4 O.D.) on
the other to fit the 21/4 inlet on most wet/dry
vacuums. Kits include a 16 long crevice tool and a
Cross Section of Polyethylene Hose
Reinforced exterior prevents crushing of hose.

Interior design
F allows debris to
B ow through hose
unimpeded.
D
E
41/2 wide claw tool. For wet/dry vacuums with
21/2 or 25/8 I.D. inlets, order the appropriate
adapter separately (check the diameter of your inlet
G C before ordering). For 4 systems, order the 21/4 to
4 adapter. Use the 21/4 hose cuff adapter to
A. Wet/Dry Vacuum Floor Tool Set replace the rubber swivel cuff for coupling the hose between 21/4 inlets. A
With two 191/4 long straight extension wands, a 93/4 wide swivel oor brush great upgrade to the weakest part of most wet/dry vacuums.
and a 21/4 diameter bristle brush, this durable oor tool kit helps keep your shop Wet/Dry Vacuum Accessories
oor and machines clear of shavings and other debris. The kit also includes an B. 12F01.01 12 Accessory Kit $51.50
angled, ve-port intake nozzle for liquid pick-up. Both extension wands and the C. 12F01.02 24 Accessory Kit $86.50 To order
liquid nozzle friction t the swivel cuff (117/32 I.D., 13/4 O.D.) on our crush- D. 12F01.05 21/4-21/2 Adapter $ 6.95 call 1-800-267-8767
proof wet/dry vacuum hose (see accessory kits at right). These are excellent E. 12F01.06 21/4-25/8 Adapter $11.90 or visit us at
alternatives to the brittle attachments supplied with most wet/dry vacuums. F. 05J21.12 21/4 I.D.-4 Adapter $ 4.95 www.leevalley.com
12F01.08 Floor Tool Set $30.90 G. 12F01.07 21/4 O.D. Hose Cuff $ 8.50

HEPA Filters K. Vacuum Filter Cleaning Wand

Made to industrial Regular cleaning of shop vacuum and dust-
standards, these collector lters improves vacuum efciency
premium lters are and extends lter life. This handheld spray Before After
specically for shop wand does an impressive job of it. Attached
or indoor use. If you Outlet-cleaning pin to a regular garden hose, it emits ne, concentrated jets of water,
have noticed dust gently but effectively removing caked dust and debris from clogged
blowing out of the top of your shop vacuum, the K lters without damaging the lter material. The slender 7 aluminum
lter is not trapping the ne dust particles. These shaft reaches into canister-style lters to dislodge packed material
wet/dry lters upgrade your shop vacuums perfor- from within; the wand can then be used on the outside of the lter,
mance by providing superior ltration for ne dust. focusing the narrow line of jets into individual pleats to strip away
Made to HEPA (High Efciency Particle Arrestor) the loosened debris, which simply rinses away. A simple thumb-
standards, the polymer lter removes 99.97% of operated ball-valve switch controls flow pressure, and the
drywall, cement and wood dust particles as minute chrome-plated handle has a cushioned coating to provide good grip
as 0.3 microns. Reusable, they rinse clean and insulate your hand against cold water. 13 overall, it ts standard
with water. 3/4 threaded hose ttings.
H. 03J24.19 Shop-Vac/Genie Filter $35.50 03J24.30 Filter Cleaning Wand $31.50 K
J. 03J24.17 Ridgid/Craftsman Filter $46.50
The Shop-Vac/Genie model ts vacuums that use
Shop-Vac 903 series lters; replaces Genie series
PB, PH, PSH, 2000, 3000, & 4000 lters, and Black &
Decker utility vacuum lters UV800B & UV1000B. L. Vaccuex
The Ridgid/Craftsman version ts newer vacuums With this nozzle attachment, you can easily vacuum dust and debris from spots that cant be accessed
that use the Qwik Lock fastening system and replaces
Ridgid lters VF4000, VF5000, & VF6000, and the
with an ordinary rigid nozzle. The set comes with four sections of vinyl tubing* ranging from 1/4 to
5/8 inside diameter that can be linked to form a exible, tapered nozzle; it also includes a 2 length of
Craftsman 9-17816, 9-17907, & 9-17912 lters.

3/8 dia. high-density polyethylene tubing that can be bent into a curve but is more rigid for longer reach
and greater control. Combined, the tubing sections form a single hose just under 84 long, but each
J section can be cut to length if desired. Two adapters are supplied to t most vacuums: the small adapter
ts both 11/4 and 17/8 outside diameter vacuum port
cuffs; the large accepts 11/2 and 21/4 outside diameter. A
H simple, effective means for cleaning in tight nooks and
crannies. Made in USA. L
12F01.15 Vaccuex Set $19.50
* 24 of 5/8 tubing, plus 12 each of 1/2, 3/8 and 1/4 tubing.

Tubing can be linked to form

286 a exible, tapered nozzle.
 LOG SPLITTING & BUILDING
dle
Han

C F G
A B E
D

ce
Fa
Axe weight, face and handle sizes are described in the chart.
Grnsfors Axes from Sweden
Hand made by professional smiths in a small
factory in Sweden, Grnsfors axes are a pleasure
to use. They have grace, heft and
balance that reect good design
and craftsmanship. All are beau-
tifully hand forged and come
complete with oiled hickory
handles and grain leather sheaths.
They are fully honed, ready for use,
and come marked with the smiths
initials (Anders Magnusson, L M N O
H J K
Anders Strmstedt, Daniel Grntz,
Kjell-ke Sjlund, Lennart Petterson, handle, can be managed with one hand. The
Product Overall
Mattias Blixt-Pettersson, Mattias Mattson, large axe has a 3 face, a 31/2 lb head and a Grnsfors Face Handle Price
# Weight
Mikael Sundberg, Paul James Alford, Rune 27 handle.
Andersson, Tobias Thelin and Ulrik Nilsson). The splitting maul is designed for split- A. 48U05.05 Mini Hatchet 2 /2 10 /2 1 lb $154.00
1 1

These are special-purpose axes. If you
want a utility axe, please buy one from your
local hardware or chain store. These are not
for chopping roots.
With a 21/2 face and a 101/2 handle, the
mini hatchet weighs just 13 oz overall.
A terrific camp axe, it is well suited to
chopping and splitting kindling.
The hatchet has a 3 face, a 1 lb head and
a 13 handle. The shape is classic with
ting sizeable chunks of wood. The head, at B. 48U03.07 Hatchet 3 131/2 13/4 lb $132.00
C. 48U04.03 Small Carpenters Axe 31/2 171/2 21/4 lb $154.00
5 /2 lb, is heavier compared with the splitting
1
D. 48U04.02 Swedish Carving Axe 41/2 141/4 21/2 lb $199.00
axes, and has a 21/2 face. The large poll is for
E. 48U05.03 Small Forest Axe 31/4 191/2 21/4 lb $142.00
use on a splitting wedge. The handle is 31.
F. 48U04.01 Forest Axe 31/2 251/4 3 lb $154.00
The forged steel splitting wedge has a
G. 48U05.01 Hunters Axe 31/4 183/4 21/4 lb $179.00
slight spiral to lever the wood apart. It has a
13/4 face and weighs 4 lb. H. 48U05.10 Small Splitting Axe 23/4 231/2 31/2 lb $179.00
The broad axe is the Swedish double- J. 48U05.15 Large Splitting Axe 3 271/4 51/2 lb $199.00
K. 48U05.20 Splitting Maul 21/2 311/4 71/4 lb $214.00
bevel style with a 7 face, a 3 lb head and a
L. 48U05.25 Splitting Wedge 13/4 4 lb $ 89.90
19 /2 handle. It is easier to use than a
1

rounded lugs, sharply nipped shoulders and
a slim blade section.
The small carpenters axe has an 18
handle and is well suited for work in dry
wood. Offering incredible balance and
control, it has a 31/2 face and a 11/2 lb head.
The carving axe, with its design based on
traditional Swedish carving techniques, is
good for roughing large carvings and archi-
tectural work. It has a 41/2 single-bevel
face, a 14 long handle and a 2 lb head.
The small forest axe is practical for split-
ting small sticks for the fire or cutting
small-diameter limbwood for starter fuel in
a replace. It has a 31/4 face, a 11/2 lb head
and a 19 handle.
The traditional forest axe is perfect for
limbing felled trees. Designed mainly for
green wood, it has a thin 31/2 face, a 25
handle and a 2 lb head.
The hunters axe, with a gently rounded
and polished ay poll, is specially made
for skinning game. Also suitable for
chopping wood, it has a 31/4 face, a 11/2 lb
head and a 19 handle.
The splitting axes are forged with
concave, wedge-shaped heads designed for
splitting. They have steel collars to reduce
damage from overstrikes. The small axe, comes with an oiled hickory handle,
with a 2 lb head, a 21/2 face and a 231/2 a grain leather sheath and a 36-page booklet.
single-bevel axe for ne work, but basically
requires a different technique.
The mortise axe has a 21/4 chisel-like bit
for removing waste from mortises in rail
fence construction or log building. It weighs
about 21/2 lb with a 191/2 long handle.
The throwing axe is made to competition
standards for weight, balance and size.
Supplied with throwing instructions and
complete rules, it has 6 faces and a 29 Q. Grnsfors Small Carving Axe
handle. It weighs 3 lb, including the handle.
Each Grnsfors axe is supplied with an
informative booklet outlining proper usage,
cutting techniques and care instructions.
Also available separately.
P edge for control when shaping.
Each Grnsfors axe
M. 48U03.06 Broad Axe 7 191/2 41/4 lb $329.00
N. 48U05.04 Mortise Axe 21/4 191/2 23/4 lb $189.00
O. 48U04.04 Throwing Axe 6 29 43/4 lb $259.00
P. 48L01.01 Grnsfors Axe Booklet $ 1.00
Product number in red denotes item not stocked at our stores.
Replacement handles are available for all Grnsfors axes. Call
Customer Service at 1-800-267-8761 for prices and shipping rates.
This hand axe has a 3 face, a 1 lb head, and a 10 handle.
With rounded lugs, sharply nipped shoulders and a slim
blade section, the head matches the classic shape of the
regular Grnsfors hatchet, but the shorter, thicker handle
permits a choked-up grip directly behind the cutting
Not Stocked at our Stores.
48U05.50 Small Carving Axe $132.00
Q
Log Splitting & Building 287
 A

A. Grnsfors Axe Stone
A fast-cutting, 21/4 diameter sharpening stone
with a friction-t rubber clamshell case for
secure grip. Made of durable
ceramic abrasive, it has
a coarse 180x side
that removes nicks
and leaves a toothed
edge suitable for
most large garden
implements, and a ne
600x side for honing or maintaining an existing
edge. The stone is best used with water as a
lubricant, but can also be used dry. Unaffected
by freezing temperatures (even when wet). Its
compact size makes it an ideal carry-along to
the woodlot or campsite.
48U05.35 Grnsfors Axe Stone $54.50 D. 65U09.03 Iltis Double-Bit Axe, 35 $149.00
B. Oxhead Throwing Axe
Axe throwing is a mainstay of lumberjack
competitions. Made to competition standards
for weight, balance and size, this throwing axe
has 6 faces, each with its own leather sheath,
and a 29 /2 hickory handle. It weighs 3 lb
1
14 oz. Made in Germany.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
65U09.06 Throwing Axe $205.00
D
Iltis Oxhead Axes
The Iltis splitting axe is built specically for
splitting. The wedge-shaped head has sturdy
cheeks, is nearly 2 thick at the eye, and weighs
about 6 lb. Ash handle.
The double-bit Iltis is used in competitions or
by those who prefer the balance and feel of a
double-bit axe. 10 long, 21/4 lb head. Each face
is 51/4 wide. Hickory handle.
Overall lengths are stated in the price lines.
Made in Germany.
C. 65U10.01 Oxhead Splitting Axe, 31 $ 99.00 F. Estwing Sportsmans Hatchet
F a lifetime.
E Bearded design
allows for controlled
grip behind the
cutting edge.
E. Belt Axe
Functional and attractive, the bearded design of
this axe lets you grip the handle directly behind the
cutting edge to make shavings for a re or rough
out a carving. The head is cast from 440C stainless
steel, with a 41/2 blade ground and polished to a
beautiful edge. The laminated birch handle is
curved for easy gripping and good balance. Comes
in a grain leather sheath. Weighs less than 2 lb.
45K16.55 Belt Axe $185.00
A true classic, this hatchet is forged from a single
piece of steel. The 31/4 face is ideal for splitting
kindling or cutting saplings, and the back of the
head is a at hammer face, suitable for driving tent
stakes. 13 overall and about 1 lb 10 oz, the
hatchet is beautifully balanced and light enough to
carry comfortably. The recurved handle has a
nely nished leather grip. Comes in a stitched
and riveted grain-leather belt sheath. Built to last
69K10.10 Estwing Hatchet $46.50

G. Broad Hatchet
Made in the traditional form, this broad hatchet is
a tool for rough shaping of material and can
double as a camp axe in a pinch. Its 1.6 lb head is
F cast in stainless steel and then forged to increase
strength and edge retention. The 41/2 face is
bevelled on only one side to promote accurate
B straight cuts, and the maple handle is box shaped
to allow a centered grip for accuracy, stability and
control. Available in right-handed and left-handed
configurations, each with a sewn and riveted
leather sheath.
09A05.07 Right-Handed Hatchet $69.00
09A05.08 Left-Handed Hatchet $69.00

G
G
Rough shaping
of material

Right Left

288 Log Splitting & Building

 A

A. Bucking and Felling Wedges

The primary use of wedges is for safety.
When making a back cut on a tree,
a wedge should be put in the cut as soon as there is enough space behind
the saw. It can stop a tree from sitting back. The second use is to prevent
pinching when bucking. Again the wedge is driven in as soon as there is
space behind the saw. Wedges can be driven in with a mallet, a hammer or
the back of an axe. All three sizes are spiked on one face. Spikes are
shallow-angled ramps that prevent load pressure from squeezing wedges
out. These tough polypropylene wedges have become standard because a
chainsaw is not damaged if it accidentally touches one. 1+ 5+
09A05.13 51/2 (14cm) Wedge, ea. $4.80 $4.10
09A05.14 8 (20.5cm) Wedge, ea. $6.90 $5.85
09A05.15 10 (25.5cm) Wedge, ea. $9.20 $7.80

B. Spiral Splitting Wedge

This is a super splitting wedge.
Its narrow tip allows you to
start the wedge in a block using
minimal effort (with less chance Repositioning the wood on higher notches helps maintain leverage Safety ring holds arm closed.
as the blade advances through the cut.
of hitting your hand). Once
started, the aggressive spiral E. Softwood Kindling Splitter
B Hand made in Sweden from a Norwegian design, this wall-mounted tool
action works as a lever, prying
the block of wood apart and makes light work of preparing softwood kindling. Simply raise the arm and
preventing seizure. Almost register stock up to about 14 in length against one of the notches in the
makes wood splitting fun. At stepped cast-iron mounting bracket. Press the steel blade into the end of the
81/2 long, it weighs 43/4 lb. wood, taking advantage of the leverage provided by the 221/2 arm.
Periodically repositioning the wood on progressively higher notches helps
Spiral Splitting Wedge maintain effective leverage as the blade advances through the cut, typically
33U23.01 $49.50 requiring just a few strokes. The sturdy hinge restricts side-to-side blade
movement, making the process safer and more controllable than using an axe.
In very cold weather, warm an axe before use or you will risk breaking a piece The splitter mounts with four included lag screws; mounting holes are spaced
out of the face. on 25/8 centers. When the splitter is not in use, an included safety ring can be
slipped over the end of the arm to hold it in the closed position.
C. Shingle and Riving Froe
65U15.10 Softwood Kindling Splitter $199.00
A froe is used for the controlled splitting (riving) of green wood. Typical
uses are shingle making, splitting saplings for fences, and splitting blanks
for furniture making. In earlier days, they were even used to make siding.
The mechanical advantage of a 20 long ash handle, along with a blade
designed for controlled splitting, lets a user do quite accurate work after a D
bit of practice. The blade is 12 long, 21/2 deep and 5/16 thick. The drop-
forged construction offers increased strength and durability compared to
welded froes. Comes with basic instructions for use, including how to C
make a riving brake.
09A09.05 Shingle and Riving Froe $56.50 End view
of froe
D. Froe Mallet
Mallets used for froes go by many names, such as beetles, mauls and
clubs. Froe users often make their own mallets from green hardwood,
partly because it is inexpensive and partly because a good commercial
froe mallet has not been available before. Fortunately, we have been able
to get Sam Bat, the famous Ottawa rm that makes bats for over 130
baseball pros, to make mallets for us from pro-grade overweight blanks,
too heavy to meet the weight limitations of professional bats. The kiln-
dried hard maple is ideal for froe mallets since a steel hammer cannot be
used; it would destroy the blade of the froe. The mallet will not last forever
but it will last much longer than any mallet made from green wood of any
North American species. 16 long with a head diameter of 25/8, they
weigh about 2 lb each.
09A09.10 Froe Mallet $32.50
289
 B

B. Firewood Gripper
Moving rewood becomes an easy one-handed
operation when you use this instant handle. Its
sharp hooks bed in the
ends of a log, and as
you lift with the ex-
ible rubber hose they
bite deeper, ensuring
a secure grip. With a 2
1
little practice, you can
hook the log and lift it
in one uid movement. The 221/2 long gripper
A. Firewood Splitter can handle logs between 15 and 18 long, a
Requiring less strength typical size for rewood. With zinc-plated steel
and dexterity than an hooks, brass ferrules and a 1 thick heavy-duty
axe, this splitter is rubber hose, this is a durable, well-made tool.
particularly effective 65U15.15 Firewood Gripper, ea. $24.50
for splitting kindling
A
from small pieces, as C. Hookeroon
your hands are kept Combining the sharp, curved tip of a pickaroon
clear. Just place the with the extended reach of a cant hook, this is a
wood under the wedge superb timber-handling tool. It excels at maneu-
and lift the 3.3kg vering rewood, tree limbs or rough lumber such
(71/4 lb) weight to the as fence posts, making it easier to skid them
top of the shaft and without stooping. Made of strong, lightweight
propel it downward. tubular aluminum with a hardened stainless- Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com
The head has two steel tip, it measures 32 long but weighs only
wedge tips, one for 13/4 lb, for good reach without being cumber- E. Timber Carrier
larger blocks and some. The 21/2 point beds securely with only a If youve ever struggled to haul unwieldy fence
another with an acute light swing, and the thick, textured handle posts, tree limbs or rails, you will immediately
bevel to split kindling. Green straight-grained provides a solid grip. Made in USA. appreciate the advantage of this timber carrier.
blocks 8 or less in diameter can be split with a 48U02.70 Hookeroon $64.50 Made from steel with a comfortable polypro-
few blows; larger blocks require more. Made pylene handle, it has sharp hook ends to secure
largely from plated and epoxy-coated steel, the D. Pickaroon wood up to 7 in diameter and an offset handle to
tool permanently installs in a length of log by Traditionally used in the pulpwood business for allow a natural gripping position (and to keep
drilling a single hole. Drill bit and assembly unloading, a pickaroon is easy on your back hands and clothing from being soiled!). An
wrench included. Maximum length of block that when maneuvering rewood blocks for splitting excellent tool for safely managing timbers.
can be split is about 21. Designed in Sweden. (with minimal bending), dragging tree limbs, Made in Austria.
65U15.01 *Firewood Splitter $139.00 etc. The sharp tip on the forged steel head beds 65U01.10 Timber Carrier $39.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to well in wood with only a light swing. 18 handle;
our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by weighs under 2 lb. Made in Austria.
ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for 65U06.20 Pickaroon $49.50
shipping rates. 65U06.21 Repl. Handle $ 8.50

290
 A. Woodchuck TimberJack
The best tool to reduce down-
time when cutting rewood or A
sawmill logs is a good log jack.
This jack can handle logs up to TimberJack for cutting.
20 in diameter and raises them 6, making it easy to cut from
Log jack for cutting
the underside as well as the top to avoid pinching the blade.
Equally important, the 6 clearance makes it possible to cut
without ever having the blade touch the ground, which means B
less saw sharpening. The jack is made from 6061 aircraft-grade
aluminum, except for the steel hook and fasteners. The 49 long
handle is made from aluminum tubing. A lift bracket on the hook
lets you use your foot to quickly release the hook from the log for B
repositioning the tool. All components have a lifetime guarantee. Made in USA.
48U02.50 *TimberJack $119.00 B
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. B
B. Woodchuck Peavey/Cant Hook/Log Jack Positioning log ends Rolling logs
The brilliant design of this tool allows you to switch from a peavey to a cant hook and to a log jack in one minute
and switch back just as fast. The peavey point is retractable so its there when you need it and gone when you dont.
The jack attachment slips over the peavey point and attaches with the clevis pin provided. The versatility of the
tool is invaluable in the woods and no tools are required for the swap. The jack raises the log 6, allowing you
to cut from the top of the log or the bottom, while avoiding pinching the blade or dulling your chain on dirt or
rocks. With a jack capacity for logs up to 20 in diameter and a peavey/cant hook capacity
of 28, it covers the range you normally need. Both the jack and the peavey handle are
made of 6061 aircraft aluminum and, best of all, all components are guaranteed for life.
Overall length is 53 and it weighs 10 lb with the jack attachment on. Made in USA.
48U02.55 *Peavey/Cant Hook/Log Jack $139.00
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. C
C. Woodchuck Quad Log Jack
To reduce time, effort and risk of mishaps, this sturdy tool elevates a log, allowing you to
cut from the top or bottom to avoid pinching the bar or chain or dulling the teeth through
contact with the ground. But what sets it apart from other log jacks is the versatile design,
expanding its utility by offering alternative ways to secure a piece of timber for cutting. In Rolling logs Mounted to a trailer hitch
its basic application, it functions rst as a cant hook, making easier work of rolling logs
from 6 to 20 in diameter into position. Then, using the 45 handle for leverage, you can
simply pivot the log over so it rests on the two support legs, which keep the log raised
51/2. You can also mount the jack onto a vehicles trailer hitch (requires a receiver hitch
C
post, sold separately) or to a stout tree, then lift the log into the self-adjusting jaws; logs
from 2 to 8 in diameter and up to 20 long are held securely, cantilevered at a comfort- C
able height so you can quickly make a series of crosscuts without having to stoop or
Mounted to a tree Lifting a log
reposition the log. Finally, it also functions as a post-lifter, allowing you to apply consider-
able leverage when prying a post from the ground. Weighing 12 lb, it is ruggedly made C
from aircraft aluminum and stainless steel with a hard-wearing powder-coat nish to resist
rust and damage. A real back saver. Made in USA, it comes with a lifetime guarantee.
48U02.60 *Woodchuck Quad $155.00
48U02.65 Optional Hitch Post $ 17.50 C
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

F. Log Peavey
A peavey, with its steel point, is used wherever logs have to be rolled any
D distance. It works much like a ratchet wrench in this function. For
building, a peavey is used to pry logs over a wall and to position them for
scribing. This peavey has a 12 duck-bill hook and a 4 hardwood handle.
48U08.01 *Log Peavey $149.00
48U08.02 *Repl. Handle, 4 $ 62.50

D. Log Dog
Log dogs hold logs in position for scribing, notching E
or similar work. This heavy-duty dog is hand forged G. Cant Hook F
from 3/4 square stock with a long, gradual pyramidal A cant hook is indispensable for
taper on the tips for good penetration and wedging. It general log handling and dovetail
is 24 long and weighs about 5 lb. log construction when repeated
17U05.03 Log Dog, ea. $29.50 notch ttings are necessary.
It has a 4 hardwood handle,
E. Timber Carrier a steel clasp, a toe ring and
This 4 timber carrier is a professional tool for the a 12 duck-bill hook.
serious log builder. Carbon steel hooks, forged from 48U02.01 *Cant Hook $129.00 G
3/83/4 stock, are attached to a heavy-duty malleable 48U02.03 *Repl. Handle, 4 $ 47.50
iron clasp, allowing a full swivel action. The hardwood * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
handle is a generous 21/2 in diameter at the clasp.
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com
48U01.01 *Timber Carrier $199.00
 A B

Granberg Chain-Saw Mills for heavy-duty use, the larger Alaskan MK-III mills cut Beam Machine
These mills allow you to produce chain-sawn boards from 1/2 to 12 thick. They are usable with any A simple but effective chain-saw mill that
lumber and squared timbers without modifying chain saw with bar sizes up to 24, 30, 36 and 48. The is practical for squaring beams or for
your saw. For best performance, a ripping chain width of board milled is limited only by the length of the cutting ats on logs for quick construction,
is recommended. saw bar used. The main frames are made from 11/8 this can also be used for cutting boards. The
Affordable for square machined extruded aluminum; the chain-saw 12 section of channel iron used for the
smaller-scale support posts and clamps are made from 1 tubular steel main body is formed to fit a standard
work, the small stock, welded and plated. Graduated posts and T-handles dressed 24 (35/8). The channel has teeth
mill ts saws 20 make adjustments quick and easy. (The use of a mill on in it to hold it in position so that a rocking
or under and cuts any saw with a bar less than 16 is not recommended.) motion can be used while cutting. It clamps
boards from 1/2 A. 75U01.00 20 Chain-Saw Mill $189.00 to the chain-saw bar with two bolts. The
to 13 thick and B. 75U01.01 24 Chain-Saw Mill $275.00 inside of the U-clamp has a serrated plate
up to 17 wide. A 75U01.02 30 Chain-Saw Mill $285.00 for positive grip. An integral level helps
Made from plated 75U01.04 36 Chain-Saw Mill $299.00 assure accurate cuts. Instructions included.
steel and 75U01.03 *48 Chain-Saw Mill $319.00 17U03.01 Beam Machine $52.50
aluminum, it is lightweight yet rugged. * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
Maximum cutting width is about 3 less than shipping charges. For areas not served by ground parcel
the nominal length of the saw bar. Suitable service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

C. Chain-Saw Filing Vise

Designed for eld use, the vise can be strapped securely
to any log up to 25 in diameter. It can also be strapped to
a truck tailgate or a shop workbench. An 8 (2.5m) ratchet
strap is included. The steel angle-iron base grips well and
the 53/4 long vise with two clamps will support any
C chain saw for stable ling. Patent pending.
09A05.20 Chain-Saw Filing Vise $19.95
E
C D. Chain-Saw Multi-Tool
The TopSaw multi-tool incorporates all the tools you
need for servicing your chain saw* when you are in the
eld. It includes 10mm, 13mm, 16mm, 19mm and 21mm
sockets (the rst four double for 3/8, 1/2, 5/8 and 3/4
sizes), 5/16 and 1/8 wide slot screwdrivers, T25 and T27
Torx wrenches, a 4mm hex wrench, a slim bar groove
cleaner and a built-in saw-le handle. The 41/2 long tool
can be carried in a pocket or in the included nylon sheath
(with belt loop).
77U06.01 Chain-Saw Multi-Tool $24.50
* All Craftsman, Efco/Oleo Olympik, Makita, Redmax, Cub
Cadet, Hitachi, McCulloch (except models made before 1990),
D Shindaiwa, Dolmar, Husqvarna, Poulan, Poulan Pro, Solo,
Echo, Jonsered, Stihl (except models 051, 075, 076 and 090
made before 1990) and Tanaka chain saws.

E. Log Holder
Designed in Sweden, this stand elevates logs to a comfortable height for cross-
cutting. You can saw through a log without having to rotate it to prevent striking
the ground or binding in the kerf. Simply t one end of the log into the holder;
the cantilever design and swinging jaw hold the log securely while allowing E
Folds to t into the nylon sheath.
rapid repositioning. The jaws teeth rmly grip even crooked logs. Stable and
Built-in saw-le handle. ruggedly constructed, its 371/2 high epoxy-coated heavy-gauge steel frame
folds by loosening two spring-loaded bolts. 4715 footprint. Rated to 550 lb.
Maximum log diameter is 9.
File not
included.
D 65U15.05 *Log Holder $139.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas
not served by ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

 Drawknife comes with
J blade guard.

K
Tip guard L
slides on.

A
Blade is upswept
and curved for
Magnet
efcient shaping of convex surfaces.
Integral rare earth magnet
holds tip guard in place. A. Log Builders Slick G. Hand Adze The Portuguese Enx J. Log Notch Gouge
Commonly used in both Useful to sculptors, carpenters, boatbuilders, For saddle notches, a sturdy gouge with a medium
log building and timber millwrights and others who shape wood, this sweep is handy. It can be used for initial notch
framing, this classic versatile one-handed tool is easy to outlining to prevent chain-saw chipping, for nal
Tip guard on slick
style of slick has a 33/8 use. Made only in Portugal tting and also for tting log grooves. This 11/2
wide blade and is about where they are called bent gouge with a #7 sweep (curvature shown on
30 long with handle attached. The blade is enxs ("en-shaw"). page 129) comes razor sharp and should be
ready to use as received; it has a natural nish The blade, about maintained that way we suggest using a 4000x
except for the fully machined sides and face. The 4 wide and over water slip stone or a hard Arkansas slip stone.
14 long white ash handle has a 21/2 diameter 5 long, comes G Double-hooped handle. 121/2 long overall.
black walnut knob at the tip for comfortable t bevel ground but 58D16.11 Log Notch Gouge $92.00
against a shoulder. The blade and handle are needs honing. The
separated for ease of shipping. handle (eucalyptus or K. Austrian Drawknife
The slick comes complete with a custom- orangewood, depending on supply) can benet With a curved tang and drop handle design, this
designed metal tip guard. The tip guard (with from sanding before use. Includes use and sharp- Austrian tool is hand forged and hardened to
integral rare earth magnet) is available sepa- ening tips by Simon Watts, the boatbuilder who Rc58-60. It has excellent steel. The blade is 11/4
rately for those who own slicks without guards. popularized their use in North America. wide by 91/4 long. Overall length is 15.
09A01.30 Slick with Tip Guard $149.00 59U20.01 Enx (Hand Adze) $49.50 64K01.02 Austrian Drawknife $53.50
09A01.32 Tip Guard only $ 9.95
H. Pocket Chain Saw L. Grnsfors Drawknife
B. Hand Scoop Adze Although compact, lightweight and portable, this This is a substantial drawknife for peeling logs
Cleaning out the log rugged tool can efficiently cut through a 3 or rounding large stock. It has an upswept,
groove in chinkless diameter tree branch in 60 seconds using a curved 13 long blade for efcient shaping of
log building can be simple seesaw technique. Its size and exibility convex surfaces. The large handles set in line
hard without a make it particularly adaptable for sawing at odd with the blade provide a comfortable grip for
sharply curved adze. angles or in tight, awkward spaces, such as root good control whether for waste removal or
This Austrian hand removal in trenches, clearing brush from fences smoothing. Measures 251/2 overall.
adze is shaped to a and trimming in corners. The 92 bi-directional Not Stocked at our Stores.
21/2 diameter B 1/2 high teeth are hardened high-strength steel
48U05.65 Swedish Drawknife $269.00
semicircle. with a rust-resistant coating. The chain saw is 38
Head weighs long with a 201/2 long blade and ergonomic
2 lb, handle is handles, and coils to fit into an included
18 long. Works 33/413/441/2 carrying case. The tool and case
best using two hands. together weigh 71/2 oz. Instructions included.
09A03.80 Pocket Chain Saw $17.50 H
Hand Scoop Adze C
59U05.01 $169.00
C. Iltis Oxhead Curved Adze
This adze has a double-curved head a 23/4
diameter curvature on a head gently curved fore H
to aft. The 21/2 lb head is available separately for
those who like to make their own handles. Made
in Germany.
65U04.10 Curved Adze, Handled $125.00
65U04.01 Curved Adze, Head only $109.00

D. Veritas Transfer/Log Scribe

This scribe can be used with two pencils for double scribing, or with the hardened
steel pin on one leg for smooth scribing. Fully adjustable from 0 to 12, it is
calibrated so that any opening can be used once the bi-directional bubbles are set
for given pencil and pin projections. The double-level vials can be adjusted and
locked in any position on both axes, an uncommon feature in log scribes. The
curved pin tip has a rounded end for smooth scribing; the straight tip is sharp-
pointed for compass work. Includes a foam-lined hard-shell plastic case. It comes
with a purple pencil that marks well with light pressure and leaves a distinct, D
long-lasting mark on a moist surface. Extra pencils are available in purple or red.
05U05.01 Transfer/Log Scribe $139.00
E. 83U01.16 Purple Pencils (10) $ 11.50 E

F. 83U01.20 Red Pencils (10) $ 11.50 F


B
A
SAFETY C
A. Chemical Splash
Goggles
Designed as much for comfort
as for protection, these
professional-series goggles
have a large, clear and
replaceable polycarbonate
lens that has an anti-fog,
anti-scratch and anti-static coating. With its large
ange, the durable yet soft elastomer seal conforms
to the face comfortably and securely. The wide
elasticized fabric headband is easy to adjust. There
is indirect ventilation for minimum fogging and
maximum protection from splashes, ying particles
and dust. They t over most prescription glasses E. Safety Glasses
and meet ANSI Z87+ and CSA Z94.3 standards.
22R72.45 Chemical Splash Goggles $22.90
B. Dust Goggles
Developed for protection in high-dust environ-
ments, or for use outdoors in dusty or windy
conditions. They feature a wrap-around anti-fog,
anti-static and scratch-resistant polycarbonate
lens, a hypoallergenic foam seal and an adjustable
elastic headband. Comfortable goggles.
22R72.25 Dust Goggles $21.50
C. Professional Safety Glasses
Of all the safety glasses we have tried, these are by
far the most comfortable. They have a padded brow,
exible ngers on the nosepiece that conform for t,
pivoting arms to modify the lens angle, and length-
adjustable soft-cushioned temples. Peripheral
vision is unimpeded by the low-prole frame. The
wrap-around lens ts closely to prevent debris inl-
tration and has a scratch-resistant anti-static and
anti-fog coating. Made in USA, they meet ANSI
Z87 and CSA Z94.3 standards. 1+ 6+ F. 22R72.01 Safety Overglasses, Clear
22R72.40 Pro. Safety Glasses, ea. $16.50 $14.90 G. 22R72.02 Safety Overglasses, Tinted $18.90
294 Safety
F
D
E G
D. Tinted Safety Glasses H. Childs Safety Goggles
Some people avoid safety It is important to teach good safety habits to young
glasses because they dont woodworkers. These soft, exible goggles with
look cool. These do. The an acetate lens
wrap-around polycar- are designed to
bonate lens is stylish as comfortably t the
well as having anti-fog smaller faces of
and scratch-resistant 5- to 12-year-olds,
features. You get style, while protecting H
safety and UV protection them from
in mod glasses with adjustable arms for sawdust and chips.
different head sizes. 1+ 6+ 1+ 6+
22R72.16 Tinted Glasses, ea. $19.90 $17.90 22R30.01 Childs Goggles, ea. $5.70 $5.15
J. Bifocal Safety Glasses
These tough polycarbonate high-impact safety These tough safety glasses offer wrap-around eye
glasses are light, comfortable and stylish. The protection while providing the magnication and
wrap-around style doesnt interrupt peripheral focal length change you need for close work. The
vision. The arms are adjustable in length for polycarbonate lens is bifocal with integral magni-
best temple t. Black frame with a clear lens fiers in the lower portion of the lens and no
that has a durable anti-fog, anti-scratch and magnication in the upper portion. This allows you
anti-static coating. 1+ 6+ to focus on near or far objects without removing
22R18.01 Safety Glasses, ea. $12.50 $11.25 your safety glasses. The arm length and lens pitch
are adjustable to comfortably t most head sizes. A
Safety convenient alternative to wearing safety glasses
Overglasses Adjustable arms
over regular reading glasses.
These safety glasses 22R73.10 Magnifying Bifocals, +1.0 $21.50
are designed to t 22R73.15 Magnifying Bifocals, +1.5 $21.50
over prescription Pivoting 22R73.20 Magnifying Bifocals, +2.0 $21.50
lens 22R73.25 Magnifying Bifocals, +2.5 $21.50
glasses. The arm
length and lens pitch Fits over
22R73.30 Magnifying Bifocals, +3.0 $21.50
are adjustable to t prescription glasses
most head sizes. The
polycarbonate lens
has a coating that is anti-fog, anti-static and scratch J
resistant. One model has a clear lens for indoor use
and the other has a tinted lens for outdoor use.
$17.50
German Safety Goggles
While everyone whos seen these goggles
wants them just for their cool retro look, they
have excellent safety features as well. The
The best way to buy simple magniers (drug-
clear lenses are shatterproof laminated glass, store glasses) is to try different diopters
and the cup-style aluminum eyepieces provide (powers) to see what suits you and your intended
all-around protection from ying debris, with use of them. For someone with perfect vision, a
shielded side vents to prevent fogging. +1.00 diopter lens will show an object clearly at
The rims are padded with foam- one metre, or about 40, +2.00 diopters around
lled synthetic leather for comfort, 20 (half a metre), and +3.00 diopters at
and the nose bridge and elastic strap just over a foot (a third of a metre).
can be adjusted for the best t. These numbers may differ if you are +2.5
Made in Germany, the goggles nearsighted or farsighted. With
advancing age, you will prob-
carry a European DIN EN166 ably find that something
safety rating that makes them like +1.50 to +2.00 diop- +2.0
excellent for the home workshop. ters are needed for +1.5
Not certied for industrial use. lathe work, and as
22R73.50 German Safety Goggles $18.90 much as +2.50 for
detailed carving. +1.0
 Stick-on lenses
shown applied to
safety glasses
(not included).
Carrying case included.
A. Stick-On Magnifying Lenses
These removable lenses let you quickly convert
safety goggles or sunglasses into magnifying C. ZEM Hearing
glasses for close work, eliminating the expense of
customized lenses. Easy to apply and adjust, the
soft lenses adhere using water, and can be peeled
off and reused. Position them high for overhead
work, central for eye-level work or low for lower
work. Available in four strengths, they are about
11/4 wide by 3/4 high. 1+ 3+
22R73.41 +1.50 Lenses, pr. $14.90 $13.40
22R73.43 +2.00 Lenses, pr. $14.90 $13.40
22R73.44 +2.50 Lenses, pr. $14.90 $13.40
22R73.45 +3.00 Lenses, pr. $14.90 $13.40
Stick-on lenses can
be applied to specic
area of safety glasses.
D. 22R08.05 Repl. Cuffs, 2 pairs
B. Safety Chaps
Providing excellent protection from a running
chain saw, these are lighter and easier to wear
than chain-saw pants. The 30 long by 14 wide
protective pads have nine layers of RS2096
Tek-knit cloth (yarn bers that jam up a chain
and sprocket). The heavy-duty Cordura shell
resists water, gasoline, grease and oil. The 39
long chaps have an adjustable, quick-release belt
and two quick-release buckles on each leg,
leaving room for boots and clothing underneath,
and a 79 pocket on the front. Classied by
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) as meeting the
American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM) standard #F-1414-99 in the USA and
BNQ/CAN 1923-450-M91 standard followed
by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC).
67K30.06 Safety Chaps $109.00 E. Foam Ear Plugs
B ear plugs are molded from a soft,
C
Protectors
These comfort-
able, lightweight C Folds for easy
(1.7 oz) hearing storage.
protectors atten-
uate harmful noise
while allowing
speech to be clearly
heard, so you can D G. Electronic Hearing Protectors
converse in a work-
shop or on a job site without compromising
hearing protection. Their patented design redi-
rects and dissipates high-decibel sound.
Noise-reduction rating is 26dB. Adjustable for
size, they fold for easy storage.
22R08.01 ZEM Hearing Protectors $28.50
$ 3.50
E F
These have a noise-reduction rating of 33dB, the
highest of any single-use ear plugs. Made of a
soft polyurethane foam material, they have a
contoured shape that conforms to the ear canal
for a close t. They are exceptionally comfort-
able; simply roll them to size and insert. Sealed
in pairs and sold in packages of 10 pairs.
Economical and effective. 1+
22R72.55 Foam Ear Plugs, 10 pr. $5.50 $4.65
F. AirSoft Corded Ear Plugs
These exceptionally comfortable
rubbery, sound-attenuating mate-
rial that has a noise-reduction
rating of 27dB, the highest of any
reusable plug available. The slim,
tapered design makes them easy
to insert. The cord keeps the plugs
within easy reach around your neck (so you dont
misplace them) or can be used to hang them up
when not in use. Easily cleaned with mild soap
and water. 1+ 5+
22R72.50 Corded Ear Plugs, 1 pr. $6.50 $5.50
Microphone
G
FM receiver
Microphone 3.5mm
volume stereo input
adjustment jack
Radio volume
adjustment
H
w/FM Radio & Input Jack
These triple-duty hearing protectors have a built-
in FM radio receiver, a stereo input jack
(complete with 3 cable) for use with CD and
MP3 players, and electronic sound reduction
that lets you balance the level of external sound
you want to hear, while blocking all sound over
82db. Separate control knobs let you use the
features independently or balance them for use
simultaneously. Passive noise-reduction rating
is 25db. The unit weighs 151/2 oz and requires
two AA batteries (not included). Replacement
pad set includes two ear cushions and two
damping pads. Good value in a combined audio
headset and hearing protector.
22R12.80 Electronic Hearing Protectors $64.50
H. 22R12.76 Repl. Pads, set of 2 $ 5.90
Repeated exposure to the noise associated with
power tools in the workshop may cause irrevers-
ible hearing damage. Noise-reduction-rated
hearing protection is recommended.
J. Hearing Protectors
These are industrial-standard hearing protectors,
suitable for general workshop noise levels.
Lightweight (145g/5 oz), they have softly
padded earpieces and a headband that ts easily
with face protectors. Noise-reduction rating of
25dB. The replacement pad kit contains two ear
cushions and two damping pads. For regularly
used protectors, pads should be replaced every
6 months. 1+ 6+
22R10.01 Hearing Protectors $27.50 $24.80
5+ K. 22R12.02 Repl. Pad Kit $15.50 $14.00
J
K
Safety 295
 A
B D C. Replacement Parts for Cartridge Respirators
F These are compatible only with respirators A and
B at left. Pre-lters have an N95 NIOSH rating
and should be changed frequently to extend the
life of the chemical cartridges.
22R20.19 Pre-Filters, pkg. of 2 $ 4.90
22R20.20 Filter Clips, pkg. of 2 $ 6.50
22R20.18 Chem. Cartridges, pkg. of 2 $18.50

C that distributes tension for a comfortable, secure
A. Cartridge Respirator
Equipped with the same organic-vapor cartridges
and pre-lters as our deluxe cartridge respirator
(item B), this respirator provides protection
against organic vapors, dusts, and vapors
of paints/lacquers/enamels when used with
adequate ventilation. The elastomer face piece ts
securely and seals well. The comfortable three-
point headband system is completely adjustable.
Available in three sizes (regular ts 90% of users),
this is an economical and effective respirator suit-
able for home use or in small shops. For
replacement pre-lters and cartridges, see item C.
22R20.01 Small Cartridge Respirator $47.50
22R20.02 Regular Cartridge Respirator $47.50
22R20.03 Large Cartridge Respirator $47.50
Shield
locking
knob
Padded
headband it has a cushioned headband with a washable
Rear-knob
double-ratcheting
system
Polycarbonate scratch-resistant anti-static and anti-fog coating.
shield
D. Comfort-Fit Respirator
E G
B. Deluxe Cartridge Respirator
This respirator is suitable for home use or in
small woodworking shops (not for industrial
use). Equipped with two organic-vapor cartridges
and two pre-lters, it provides protection against
organic vapors, dusts, and vapors of paints/
lacquers/enamels. (It doesnt protect against
paint strippers containing methylene chloride,
which should be used only outdoors.) It features
a silicone face piece that is less likely to irritate
skin, is easy to clean and ts comfortably. The
straps are designed with cradle suspension for
secure positioning and have adjustable clips.
Available in three sizes (the regular size ts 90% F. Low-Prole Dust Respirator
of users). See item C for replacement parts.
22R20.10 Small Deluxe Respirator $69.50
22R20.11 Regular Deluxe Respirator $69.50
22R20.12 Large Deluxe Respirator $69.50
Professional Face Shield
This face shield is exceptionally comfortable
and adjusts for t and shield angle. Its contoured
frame wraps around your face to protect your
chin and forehead. Suitable for prolonged use,
brow pad. The headband adjusts and secures
easily using a rear-knob double-ratcheting G. 22R20.27 Repl. Filters, pkg. of 2
system. The tough polycarbonate shield has a
About 91/2 wide by 13 tall and weighs 12 oz.
Meets ANSI Z87 and CSA Z94.3 standards.
22R72.60 Professional Face Shield $64.90
22R72.61 Repl. Shield, ea. $28.50
This respirator has a three-point harness system
t, even in prolonged use. The soft, double-
ange elastomer seal conforms snugly to the
face without gaps or pinching. The exhalation
valve allows easy breathing and points down to
prevent goggles or glasses from fogging. The
mask also holds the lter away from the face, so
it doesnt restrict breathing or become uncom-
fortably warm and moist. With a NIOSH rating
of N95, the lter removes harmful dusts common
in woodworking shops. Comes with one lter;
replacements available separately.
22R20.31 Small Respirator $21.50
22R20.32 Medium Respirator $21.50
22R20.33 Large Respirator $21.50
E. 22R20.34 Repl. Filters, pkg. of 5 $ 9.10
Suitable for protection against hazardous dusts,
this low-prole respirator ts easily under full-
face safety hoods and shields (such as our
22R72.60 face shield). A strong polycarbonate
grill covering the front of the lter separates the
safety shield from the lter material, so breathing
is not restricted. It has an exhalation valve for
easy breathing, two adjustable elastic headbands
and a soft elastomer seal for a comfortable t.
NIOSH rating of N99. Comes with one lter;
replacements available separately.
22R20.25 Dust Respirator & Filter $22.50
$11.50
Respirators with organic-vapor cartridges
should be stored in heavy plastic bags when not
in use to prevent continued absorption of impu-
rities in the air. This will extend the life of
cartridges considerably.

Outer Inner layer prevents Cushioned, J H. Anti-Fog Dust Masks

layer collapsing from heat pinch-free These masks provide excellent protection against dust and mists. With a molded outer shell
and humidity. nosepiece
for comfort and durability, they last up to ve times longer than conventional disposable
J Flexible masks. They are lightweight (under an ounce) and non-crushable, and offer a close facial seal
Soft lining is
comfortable pleating without the need for a metal noseband strip. For those who wear glasses, the exhalation valve
Filter against the face. prevents fogging of lenses. NIOSH N95 rating. Available in regular and small sizes, they
come in a plastic storage locker that holds four unused masks in the lower compartment and
one used mask in the upper compartment. This arrangement protects unused masks from dust
and allows storage of a partially used mask without affecting the fresh stock.
H 22R36.03 Regular Masks, Locker of 5 $24.50
22R36.04 Small Masks, Locker of 5 $24.50
J. Airwave Disposable Dust Masks
The pleated design of this dust mask provides far greater surface area than an ordinary dispos-
able mask, which not only improves its ltration capacity but also helps ensure good airow.
Better airow means less resistance to breathing, allowing warm, moist breath to escape easily
so your face stays cooler and dryer, and most important your safety glasses wont fog up. The
exible pleating also allows the mask to expand and contract with your face as it moves, while
J an outer layer of stiffer material helps the mask hold its overall shape so it wont collapse on your
face as you inhale. This lightweight mask conforms well to facial contours, providing full nose-
to-chin coverage, with a cushioned nosepiece for a comfortable t, even over hours of use.
NIOSH N95 rating. Available in boxes of 10 in either small or medium/large size.
22R36.06 Small Mask, pkg. of 10 $24.50
22R36.07 Medium/Large Masks, pkg. of 10 $24.50
 C

A Flexx-Rap Tape
Less restrictive than gloves or adhesive guard tape, this exible, breath-
able wrap protects ngers without leaving sticky residue, or impairing
A. High-Friction Guard Tape dexterity and sense of touch. The latex-impregnated elastic fabric has a
Used in many industrial applications, this tape increases grip and protects slightly wrinkled, rubbery texture that clings when wrapped over itself,
against cuts or abrasion. It is made from cotton gauze coated with a latex staying snug with very little tension, while also aiding grip. It helps
compound. Widely used medically as well, this is a tape that sticks to itself, not improve safety and is especially useful for doing work that is rough on
to other things. It holds its shape well once formed. This makes it ideal for ngers but demands freedom of movement. Supplied in a 1 wide, 5-yard
carvers nger guards; they can be slipped off when not in use. It also makes an roll (stretched length). Made in USA. 1+ 6+
ideal wrap to increase tool handle friction. It has dozens of uses around the shop, B. 22R69.93 Pink Flexx-Rap $3.90 $3.50
garden and house. C. 22R69.92 Green Flexx-Rap $3.90 $3.50
22R70.01 Guard Tape, 3/490 $5.40 D. 22R69.91 Blue Flexx-Rap $3.90 $3.50

E. Carvers Chain Mail Glove

Made from thousands of welded stainless-steel rings, this glove is exible and
readily molds to the hand, making it ideal for wood carvers who hold their work by
hand. When used with a regular grip, it is non-marring to all but the softest woods.
Designed to t loosely for maximum dexterity, it has an adjustable wristband and
can be cleaned in the dishwasher. Though it provides outstanding protection against
mishaps with hand tools, it should never be used with any power tool. Sold indi-
vidually, the glove is reversible for use on either hand. UL/USDA approved.
Most Popular Sizes:
67K84.03 Medium Glove (size 8-81/2) $99.50
67K84.04 Large Glove (size 9-91/2) $99.50 E
Not Stocked at our Stores:
67K84.02 Small Glove (size 7-71/2) $99.50 Sold individually, the glove is
67K84.05 XL Glove (size 10-101/2) $99.50 reversible for use on either hand.
67K84.06 XXL Glove (size 11-111/2) $99.50
F. Anti-Vibration Gloves G. Cut-Resistant Gloves
Vibrating sanders, power nailers and similar equipment can cause Raynauds Made of 100% DuPont Kevlar ber (known for its use in bulletproof
Syndrome (better known as white nger), Carpal Tunnel Syndrome and other vests), these knitted gloves help protect the hand and wrist against cuts.
physical disorders. These gloves insulate the palm, deadening the vibration that Many times as slash resistant as cotton of the same weight, the light-
causes stress to the hand and wrist. The thick palm insert is exible and cased in weight material permits good dexterity and wont shrink or stiffen when
soft goatskin leather. Lycra on the back of the hand provides a snug and washed. To enhance grip, the gloves have a pattern of vinyl dots on the
comfortable t. There are other top-of-the-line anti-vibration gloves available, palm and ngers and a solid coating of nitrile on the ngertips. A good
but they are about four times the price. These moderately priced gloves are suit- choice when handling sharp-edged materials or anywhere solid grip is
able for home shop use. essential to safety. Made in Canada.
67K86.23 Pr. A-V Gloves, Sm. $15.80 67K80.11 Small Gloves (size 6), pr. $16.50

67K86.24 Pr. A-V Gloves, Med. $15.80 67K80.13 Medium Gloves (size 7-8), pr. $16.50
67K86.25 Pr. A-V Gloves, Lg. $15.80 67K80.15 Large Gloves (size 9-10), pr. $16.50
67K86.26 Pr. A-V Gloves, XL $15.80 67K80.16 X-Large Gloves (size 11), pr. $16.50

Safety 297
 A B C D E

A. Cotton Glove Liners C. Thin Nitrile Gloves

Wearing vinyl or rubber These gloves are only 4 mil thick, yet provide
gloves can not only be hot three times the puncture resistance of similar latex
and sticky but, for some and vinyl gloves, as well as increased dexterity E. Thick Nitrile Gloves
people, they can cause and exibility over thicker nitrile gloves. Made of At 15 mil thick, these nitrile gloves resist cuts,
allergic reactions. Cotton A 100% synthetic nitrile, they contain no protein snags and abrasion. They provide an excellent
glove liners solve both allergens. Nitrile provides the same protection as barrier to alcohols, ammonia, bleach, gaso-
problems they keep your To keep hands dry or
avoid a possible allergic
latex and vinyl gloves, except they are not recom- line, kerosene, mineral spirits, naphtha, paint
hands dry and protected. reaction, wear thin cotton mended for use with aniline dyes or ketones. They thinners, Stoddard solvent and turpentine.
Knitted from 100% liners under gloves. provide the best protection for use with polyure- They provide satisfactory resistance to toluene
cotton, they stretch to t most hand sizes. Sold thanes. Dispenser box of 100 gloves. and xylene. 1+ 6+
in packs of six gloves (three pairs) in mens or 86K43.00 Thin Nitrile Gloves, Sm. $24.50 86K41.00 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, Sm. $5.10 $4.60
womens sizes. 86K43.01 Thin Nitrile Gloves, Med. $24.50 86K41.01 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, Med. $5.10 $4.60
67K91.01 Womens Glove Liners, 3 pr. $3.60 86K43.02 Thin Nitrile Gloves, Large $24.50 86K41.02 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, Lg. $5.10 $4.60
67K91.02 Mens Glove Liners, 3 pr. $3.60 86K43.03 Thin Nitrile Gloves, XLarge $24.50 86K41.03 Pr. Nitrile Gloves, XL $5.10 $4.60

B. Latex Gloves D. Powder-Free Vinyl Gloves F. Neoprene Gloves

These are 5 mil thick, tight-fitting molded
gloves lightly powdered with cornstarch.
Latex provides the best protection against
acetones, alcohols (isobutyl, isopropyl,
methyl) and aniline dyes (dry or liquid) and
good protection against acids (dilute solu-
tions), ethylene glycol and ketones. Not
recommended for solvent or oil-based prod-
ucts. 100% natural latex is cooler than vinyl.
Using a cotton glove underneath or a barrier
cream helps prevent skin reactions. Sold in a
dispenser box of 100 gloves.
86K42.00 Latex Gloves, Sm. $15.50
86K42.01 Latex Gloves, Med. $15.50
86K42.02 Latex Gloves, Large $15.50
86K42.03 Latex Gloves, XLarge $15.50
These gloves are made by bonding a low-friction
inner layer (for easy on and off) with a higher-
friction outer layer for good grip. At just 3.5 mil
thick, they t tightly yet remain exible and non-
restrictive. A good choice for short-term use
with most nishes and glues, including those
containing alcohols (denatured, isopropyl and
methyl), linseed oil, mineral spirits, naphtha,
pure tung oil, esters, ethylene glycol and 90%
phenols. Not recommended for use with paint
strippers or nishes with strong solvents. Sold in
a dispenser box of 100. Excellent value.
86K44.01 Powder-Free Vinyl, Sm. $14.50
86K44.02 Powder-Free Vinyl, Med. $14.50
86K44.03 Powder-Free Vinyl, Large $14.50
86K44.04 Powder-Free Vinyl, XLarge $14.50
Similar in chemical resistance range to polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) gloves, these are preferred for
acetone, ethylene glycol, caustics, oils and
greases. Suitable for short-term use with
paint strippers containing methylene chloride
(polyvinyl alcohol gloves recommended for
shop use). 1+ 6+
67K82.06 Pr. Neoprene, Sm. $9.50 $8.55
67K82.05 Pr. Neoprene, Med. $9.50 $8.55
67K82.04 Pr. Neoprene, Large $9.50 $8.55
67K82.03 Pr. Neoprene, XLarge $9.50 $8.55
To order call 1-800-267-8767
or visit us on the web at
www.leevalley.com

G. Heavy-Duty Latex Gloves

At 29 mils thick, these industrial gloves are nearly six times thicker
than our regular disposable latex gloves, making them considerably
more resistant to punctures and abrasion. The palm and ngers are
textured for grip and the long cuff helps protect the wrist and forearm.
G The 100% cotton ocked lining helps keep hands dry and comfortable.
Latex offers good protection when working with acetones, alcohols
(isobutyl, isopropyl, methyl) and aniline dyes (dry or liquid) and can
also be used with acids (dilute solutions), ethylene glycol and ketones.
Not recommended for solvent or oil-based products. For those with
latex allergies, using a cotton liner glove underneath or a barrier cream
will help prevent skin reactions.
67K82.11 Pr. Latex Gloves, Medium $4.80
67K82.12 Pr. Latex Gloves, Large $4.80
67K82.13 Pr. Latex Gloves, X-Large $4.80
298 Safety
 Logan Mat-Cutting Systems
These three systems make it easy to get professional results.
The reasonably priced Team System consists of a 24
PICTURE FRAMING
aluminum guide rail (Imperial/metric graduations) with a C
raised edge that the bevel cutter hooks onto to guide the mat
cutter. The cutting head has a retractable blade for accurate
45 cuts, a start and stop mark to control overcuts, and
adjustable blade depth. Includes a mat knife for straight cuts.
The Compact Mat Cutter consists of a 32 aluminum
guide rail and a mat guide mounted on a 1/2 thick vinyl-
covered particleboard base with a groove for accurate
cutting. With the same bevel-cutting head and mat knife as the
Team System, it has a capacity for bevel cuts and straight cuts.
To set mat borders from 3/4 to 5 wide, the mat guide runs
along channels parallel to the Imperial/metric scale (gradu- B
ated to 43/8). Clamps prevent the guide from shifting.
Designed for small shops, the Simplex Mat Cutter is a full-
featured system for making repetitive cuts to a capacity of 40.
The cutting board is 3/4 thick vinyl-covered berboard with a
A
27 squaring arm. The hinged aluminum dual guide rail is
grooved for solid grip. Two mat-cutting heads are included.
The bevel-cutting head (larger and heavier than the model that
comes with the other systems) is adjustable for blade depth, D
and has a pivoting blade for retraction and an anti-crawl
button to prevent the blade from creeping. The included
straight-cutting head has three blade settings for matboard,
foamboard and storage. Also included are an eight-ply cutter E
with blades, a cutter for acrylic plastic, a paper trimmer, a
glass-cutting attachment (including cutting oil) and a copy of
The Complete Guide to Home Picture Framing. assorted colors, one sheet of decorative rub-on
For use on all three systems, the optional straight mat cutter transfers and a 64-page instruction booklet
has a spring-loaded handle to keep the blade away from the mat (also available separately).
until you are ready to cut. It has three blade settings for matboard, A. 86K30.01 Team System $ 63.50
foamboard and storage. The glass-cutting attachment hooks B. 86K31.01 Compact Mat Cutter $165.00
onto the guide rail in place of the mat-cutting head. It ensures C. 86K32.01 Simplex Mat Cutter $475.00
straight cuts and accurate sizing of glass inserts. D. 86K32.02 Optional Straight Mat Cutter $ 36.00 F
All three systems include ve #270 blades (also available at 86K32.03 Repl. #270 Blades (10) $ 6.00
art supply stores). E. 86K32.05 Glass-Cutting Attachment $ 36.00
The Mat-Cutting Kit includes the Team System, ve addi- F. 86K30.10 Mat-Cutting Kit $ 83.50
tional blades (for a total of ten), ten 810 matboards in 86K30.11 Basic Mat-Cutting Booklet $ 13.90

G. GrooveMaster V-Groove Tool H. MatMate Oval/Circle Mat Cutter

More than mere decoration, V-grooves serve to
draw the viewers eye into a picture. The
GrooveMaster uses opposing blades to cut a 60
groove approximately 3/64 wide in the mat,
exposing its contrasting core. Guided by any of
the Logan mat cutters, it is easy to set up and
operate. Also included are a marking template to
facilitate corner layout, two pairs of replacement
blades and complete instructions. With practice,
it can be used free hand to cut drawn or stencilled
decorative designs. Additional replacement
blades are available separately.
86K87.20 GrooveMaster $69.50
86K87.21 Repl. Blades (5 prs.) $10.40
G 86K87.01 Framing Brad Setter
This mat cutter will cut bevelled ovals with
major axes from 41/2 to 24. The maximum axis
difference is 3 at any size. It will also cut H
bevelled circles from 41/2 to 21 in diameter in
material up to 3/16 thick. Constructed of high-
impact plastic with a steel graduated measuring
bar and a brass knob, it features a tracking guide
wheel to ensure smooth cuts. Includes five
Dexter #3 blades (extra blades sold separately).
Not Stocked at our Stores.
86K07.01 Oval/Circle Mat Cutter $119.00
86K06.03 Dexter #3 Blades (10) $ 13.90
K. Picture-Framing Brad Setter
J. Linen Cloth Tape Used to set brads and glaziers points for securing
This is an acid-free, archival-quality linen cloth glass or backings, this tool speeds up the job and
tape developed for mat hinging, mounting, eliminates the risk of damage by hammering. Lay
framing, book repair and reinforcement. The the brad or point in position on the backing and
non-wrinkling tape has a high thread count for squeeze the handles, drawing the jaws together to
exceptional long-term exibility and strength. drive the brad. Jaw depth is 15/8 and adjusts to a
The pressure-sensitive adhesive will not yellow maximum opening of 33/4 (minimum 1/2). Jaw
with age and can be removed with mineral travel is 1/2. A magnetic insert in the tip of the
spirits. 11/4 wide by 400 long. xed jaw helps hold the brad in place, and a
99K34.10 Linen Cloth Tape $19.50 rubber pad on the movable jaw prevents marring
of the frame. Not for use on hardwood.
$14.50
J

K

Frame corner clamped
for fastening.
Magnetic tip holds V-nail.
A woods
4-Way Speed
Veritas
Clamp described on Magnetic tip holds
page 61. V-nail for installation. brad at correct angle.
B. Picture Framers Point Gun
Functioning exactly like a heavy-duty stapler, this
framers gun drives exible points into picture
frames to hold the glass/artwork/backing sand-
wich securely in position. Points are driven
parallel to the backing, but leaving a /64 space,
1 pictures. The non-
just enough to hold the sandwich securely without
causing damage. Force-adjustable for driving
points into either hardwood or softwood. The
exible points are ideal for photo frames because
they allow you to easily change the picture. They
are also suitable for permanent installation. Points
(T4 size) sold separately in packages of 600.
86K87.05 Point Gun $63.50
86K87.06 Flexible Points (600) $ 8.50
Actual size
B C
300
A. V-Nail & Brad Driver
Ideal for beginners or those making the occa-
sional frame, this installs V-nails for corner
joining as well as brads to secure the work in
the frame. Its spring-loaded magnetic tip
securely holds the V-nails, while a recess in
the collar is inclined at the ideal angle for
driving brads parallel to the backing. The
7mm (1/4) steel V-nails, suitable for soft-
and most hardwoods, are bevelled and
lubricated for easy installation. Comes with D. Picture-Framing
about 100 V-nails to get you started; addi-
tional V-nails sold separately (approx. 300).
86K87.10 V-Nail & Brad Driver
86K87.11 Repl. V-Nails
Inclined recess holds Brad inserted
behind backing. enough for permanent installation.
C. Picture Framing/
Glaziers Hammer
This hammer is ideal
for securing the
backings of framed
marring, hardened
stainless-steel head Rotating triangular face
has a rotating trian-
gular face opposing a standard cylindrical face. E. PushMate Tool
As you rest the head on the work, one of the
triangular faces attens against it. This makes it
easy to drive brads or glazing points, as you can
hold the handle at any angle, as long as both
faces touch the surface. The round face is for
pinning corners, flattening points or general
work. Weighs 4 oz; 103/8 long overall.
05K99.23 Picture Framing Hammer
V-Nail Press
Unlike other V-nail tools, a V-nail press employs
leverage for mechanical advantage to drive V-nails
into frame corners easily and efciently. Ideal for
production work, this one is suitable for softwoods
and most hardwoods. Sturdily constructed from
steel with an 81/210 reinforced baseboard, it has
a quick height adjustment for different molding
thicknesses, a magnetic driver to hold the V-nails
securely and a non-marring anti-slip pad to help
secure work. Its fast-acting corner clamp accepts
moldings up to 21/2 wide and ensures accurate
assembly. V-nails can be installed up to 13/4 from
the outside corner of the miter. Includes a spacer
and levellers for stabilizing irregular and long
moldings, plus an assortment of 200 V-nails to get
you started. Additional V-nails sold separately.
86K33.01 V-Nail Press $175.00
86K33.03 7mm (1/4) V-Nails (200) $ 11.90
86K33.05 10mm (3/8) V-Nails (200) $ 11.90
D
Slotted turret
Point Driver
This tool greatly simplies
$45.50 framing fastener installation.
$21.50 A slotted turret captures the
point, holding it parallel to the
work and preventing over-
driving. Although exible
points and multi-points will handle almost any
framing job, the driver also accepts framing
points and 18-gauge brads. Commonly used in
photo frames for easy picture
change, exible points are rigid
Actual size
Multi-points are used to fasten
decorative llets or secure work
mounted on stretchers, such as oil
paintings or embroidery (with a #6 pan-head or
round-head screw). Sturdily made from rigid
nylon, the driver has a jaw depth of 15/8, with a
maximum opening of 31/4.
86K33.10 Point Driver $52.00
86K33.11 Flexible Points (400) $12.90
86K33.13 Multi-Points (400) $12.90
A simple yet effective tool for driving glaziers
or triangle points into wooden picture or window
frames. Steel with a rubber coating. Includes
approx. 40 glaziers points. Additional points
available separately.
86K08.01 PushMate Tool $12.50
86K08.02 #7 Glaziers Points (50) $ 3.40
$29.50
 European Picture Hooks A B C D E F Two methods of
mounting stainless-
These brass-plated steel hooks are strong and steel hangers
well nished. The 1 long hardened steel picture (U to Z).
pins have brass heads. Easy to use and reusable,
the sharp pins can be pushed into drywall
without tools and leave clean holes, easily lled
with a dab of compound. The hooks range from
5/8 to 13/4 long and hold up to 75 lb (recom- V W
mended capacity is given in brackets). The #3 G H J U
hook uses two pins; the #4 hook uses three. Pins M
and hooks are sold separately in packages of 10.
Picture Pins 1+ 10+
A. 00F11.20 Picture Pins, pkg. of 10 $2.10 $1.80 L
Picture Hooks 1+ 10+
B. 00F11.00 #0 (15 lb), pkg. of 10 $2.70 $2.30 K
C. 00F11.01 #1 (25 lb), pkg. of 10 $3.50 $3.00
N Z
D. 00F11.02 #2 (35 lb), pkg. of 10 $4.30 $3.65 Y
E. 00F11.03 #3 (55 lb), pkg. of 10 $6.60 $5.60
O X
F. 00F11.04 #4 (75 lb), pkg. of 10 $9.90 $8.40
P R S
Rigid Hangers
These rigid steel hangers work well on mirrors
or pictures. The small hangers, 15/8 high and Q T
3/ 8 wide, are zinc plated. The large brass-
plated hangers are 11/2 high and 11/2 wide.
Both use #6 round-head screws (not included).
Packages of 10. 1+ 10+ Brass Hangers and Eye
G. 00S06.10 Sm. Hangers (10) $2.80 $2.40 Sizes given are width by length. The bar hangers
CC
H. 00S06.20 Lg. Hangers (10) $5.20 $4.40 use #1 screws; the 14mm hangers use #16 pins or AA
#0 screws. Screws/pins not included. Hangers are
Hangers brass-plated steel; eye is solid burnished brass.
DD
These brass-plated steel hangers come in two R. 00H07.05 Bar Hangers, 5/1613/4 (100) $8.30
sizes each of short and long versions. All mount S. 00D78.02 Hangers, 14mm19mm (50) $6.80 BB
with two brads or round-head screws (not 1+ 10+ 25+ EE
Clips shown in prole.
included). Short sizes sold in packages of 20, T. 01W48.01 Eye, 9/325/8 $ .50 $ .45 $ .40

long in packages of 10. Width by length listed. Plastic Retaining Clips

Short 1+ 10+
Stainless-Steel Frame Hangers Used to hold panes of glass
J. 00F13.10 13mm15mm (20) $3.20 $2.70
For use with nails, screws or hooks, these hangers or thin panels in place, these
K. 00F13.12 20mm31mm (20) $3.40 $2.90
are available with triangular or rectangular open- polyethylene retaining clips
Long 1+ 10+
ings. They are rated for a load capacity of 22 lb attach to a frame using one
L. 00F13.20 16mm43mm (10) $2.40 $2.05
each, and are made of polished stainless steel. #5 screw per clip. Available
M. 00F13.22 16mm66mm (10) $3.20 $2.70
Size given is overall width. Priced per hanger. in ve sizes, from ush clips
Screws included. Made in Japan. to 5/16 inset clips, in 1/16
Triangular 1+ 10+ increments. All clips are
Sawtooth Hangers
U. 00S34.30 20mm Hanger $2.20 $1.85 brown and sold in packages
Brass-plated steel sawtooth hangers, sold in pack-
V. 00S34.31 25mm Hanger $2.50 $2.10 of 10. Screws not included. 1+ 10+
ages of 20. Width by height measurements listed.
W. 00S34.32 32mm Hanger $3.20 $2.70 AA. 00S07.00 Flush Clips (10) $2.10 $1.80
The 7mm high hangers mount with #16 pins or #1
Rectangular 1+ 10+ BB. 00S07.02 1/8 Clips (10) $3.20 $2.70
screws; 13mm hangers use #14 pins or #1 screws.
X. 00S34.40 17mm Hanger $1.80 $1.55 CC. 00S07.03 3/16 Clips (10) $3.20 $2.70
Screws/pins not included. 1+ 10+
Y. 00S34.41 22mm Hanger $2.50 $2.10 DD. 00S07.04 1/4 Clips (10) $3.20 $2.70
N. 00F12.36 42mm7mm (20) $3.50 $3.00
Z. 00S34.42 30mm Hanger $2.90 $2.45 EE. 00S07.05 5/16 Clips (10) $3.20 $2.70
O. 00F12.27 33mm7mm (20) $3.50 $3.00
P. 00F12.50 61mm7mm (20) $3.50 $3.00 Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the
To order call 1-800-267-8767
Q. 00F12.55 58mm13mm (20) $3.50 $3.00 price line.

FF. Photo Frame Turns

Straight-Edge Used in picture frames to secure matting or
Glass Cutter glass, these solid brass turns are 1 long and 3/8
This tool has an extra-wide wide. Each mounts with a #1 at-head screw.
head for positive reference Sold in packages of eight, screws not included.
when doing straight cutting, 1+ 10+
a must for cutting glass for 00F11.50 Frame Turns (8) $4.20 $3.55
Close-up of head
panels and picture frames.
The head has two positions: locked for xed cuts
and swivel for gentle curves. Medium-sized
carbide cutting wheels have a 134 bevel. An oil Screwdriver not
reservoir located behind the head keeps the included.
wheels lubricated and free of glass chips for a
smoother score line. An O-ring seals the reser-
voir and a valve controls oil ow. Its grip design FF
allows for even pressure when cutting and it will
not roll when laid aside. Finally, a brass tapping
ball is xed to the tip of the cutter.
86K01.01 Straight-Edge Cutter $41.50

301
 Hook proles
Hanger Markers
Low- With these reusable hanger markers, its easy to
prole
B position items and mark the correct wall fastener
position at the same time. Simply insert the
Regular F G
markers through the hangers, temporarily secure
A them with tape, position the picture as desired
against the wall, and press; the markers pierce the Keyhole markers D-ring/sawtooth markers
Cross section of wall Heavy- wall neatly to mark the exact fastener locations.
shows hook secured gauge 1 1
in drywall without
Available in packages of ten in two styles, one for
contacting stud. keyhole hangers and the other for D-ring and
B sawtooth hangers. F G
Monkey Hook F. 00F17.50 Keyhole Markers (10) $2.40
This deceptively simple hanger 2 2
G. 00F17.55 D-Ring/Sawtooth Markers (10) $2.40
installs easily in drywall without 3
tools. Just pierce the wall with the Bear Claw Screws
sharp point and slide it in. Weight These self-tapping screws have an integral washer
on the hook exes the spring tail, that holds snugly against the wall, preventing loos-
C
providing tension to keep the ening due to the levering action that causes
hook firmly in place. Made of standard screws to fail. Holds up to 100 lb when Sold in
high-carbon spring steel, it is installed in wood (or through drywall into a wood packages of 20.
reusable and leaves a small, tidy hole that is easily stud), or up to 30 lb when installed only in drywall.
concealed with a dab of compound. Projecting only The 1 size with a yellow zinc nish has a shorter
1/4, the low-prole hook (10 lb capacity) is for ush- H J H
neck and smaller-diameter head to t keyhole and
mounting objects with keyhole or sawtooth hangers. sawtooth hangers; the 11/4 screw with a black-
The regular hook holds up to 20 lb on 1/2 drywall, while oxide nish is suitable for wire or ring hangers.
the heavy-gauge hook supports up to 40 lb. The low- H. 00F17.35 1 Screws, pkg. of 20 $7.70
prole and regular hooks are sold in packages of four, J. 00F17.30 11/4 Screws, pkg. of 20 $7.70
the heavy-gauge hook in packages of two. 1+ 10+
A. 00F14.49 Low-Prole Hooks (4) $4.95 $4.20 K. Wall Dog Screws
B. 00F14.50 Regular Hooks (4) $4.95 $4.20 With an aggressive self-tapping thread, these steel
C. 00F14.51 Heavy-Gauge Hooks (2) $4.95 $4.20 screws mount in drywall without anchors or pilot
holes. Their wide thread provides tremendous
holding power, so you can hang items wherever you K
choose, not just where there are wall studs. They can
also be used in wood, brick or other masonry with a K
D. Wall Dog Wire Hangers 3/16 pilot hole. 11/4 long with standard Phillips-
This aluminum hanger drive pan heads, they support up to 60 lb.
provides a wide, stabilizing 00F17.40 11/4 Screws, pkg. of 10 $5.20
D
contact area to keep wire-
hung frames from tilting. Picture Hook Springs Screw not
Available in two sizes: 11/2 These conical springs keep pictures from tilting included.
wide with a 60 lb capacity, whenever someone slams a door or stomps down
and 3 wide with a 100 lb the stairs. Just place one under the head of a #6, #8
capacity. Adhesive-backed or #10 screw (not included) and tighten the screw
11/2 Wall Dog
hanger shown. bumpers, to be secured to the until there is just enough space for the hanger wire.
bottom corners of the frame, The coil pinches the wire with enough tension to Spring holds
are included to provide non-marring, high-friction prevent it from sliding. 1+ 10+ picture straight.
contact points for additional stability. 50K14.01 Picture Springs (10) $4.20 $3.55
00F17.01 11/2 Wall Dog, 60 lb $4.20
00F17.02 3 Wall Dog, 100 lb $5.40 Push & Hang Hangers Push with thumb to
With just thumb pressure, the prongs on the backs of install on drywall.
E. Hangman Picture & Mirror Hangers these simple hangers pierce drywall for quick, secure
This system of two interlocking aluminum brackets installation. The standard size with four prongs is suit-
makes it easy to hang artwork, mirrors and other dcor able for holding objects up to 60 lb, and projects 3/16.
securely and level. The wall bracket contains a remov- The small hanger has two prongs, projects 5/32 and L
able bubble vial, so you can easily set it level before holds up to 10 lb. Easy to remove, they leave only
screwing it into place. Screwed to the back of the small slits in the drywall. Made in USA. 1+ 5+
frame, the upper bracket slips securely over the wall L. 00F16.60 Standard Hangers (10) $5.20 $4.70
bracket and allows M L
5 bracket shown.
M. 00F16.50 Small Hangers (10) $4.50 $4.05
horizontal adjust-
ment. Mounting Heavy-Duty Hangers
holes are on 4 Suitable for heavy-duty applications, these hangers
centers; bracket are adjustable. The horseshoe sawtooth version is
lengths and weight for levelling asymmetrical or lopsided objects. The
capacities stated in offset design of the rectangular hanger clears
price lines. Mounting screw heads, and the sawtooth hook allows level- N
E hardware included. ling adjustments. Manufactured from heavy-gauge O
00F17.20 5 Bracket, 60 lb $ 8.90 zinc-plated carbon steel. Sizes listed are width by
00F17.22 12 Bracket, 100 lb $11.50 height. Recommended screw sizes are indicated
00F17.24 18 Bracket, 200 lb $17.90 . Made in USA. 1+ 5+
Level wall bracket Screw upper bracket N. 00F16.20 25/83 Horseshoe $5.40 $4.60
with bubble vial. to frame. O. 00F16.22 51/443/4 Horseshoe $7.80 $6.65
P. 00F16.10 31/433/4 Rect. $5.40 $4.60 P
Q. 00F16.12 41/441/2 Rect. $6.80 $5.80 Q
 Wooden Banding
The addition of banding can really make your work stand out. Not just for
decoration, it can serve to accentuate the design, directing the eye toward
PROJECT SUPPLIES
construction details that might otherwise escape notice. Ours is produced in Spain by a
second-generation family-run rm that specializes in banding made from European and
exotic woods. Composed entirely of face grain or laminated veneers (depending on the
pattern) with crisply dened detail, it is available in a variety of patterns, from simple to
intricate, to suit a range of furniture styles. We supply it coiled in 1m (just under 40) lengths
with a nominal thickness of 1mm; approximate widths are stated in the chart. As with V
anything made of wood, the colors and grain patterns may vary from those shown, and
actual dimensions may vary slightly. To bring out the woods chatoyance (its natural depth
and shimmer), we recommend using a scraper, rather than sanding, to level the surface and
smooth it to a nal nish.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
Product # Name Width Wood Species Price
A. 09A10.36 Stocks 5mm Poplar, dyed obeche $ 6.50
B. 09A10.33 Morse Code 4mm Poplar, dyed obeche $ 6.50
C. 09A10.03 Row of Sergeants 15mm Poplar, dyed obeche $ 8.20
D. 09A10.42 Accordion Fence 10mm Poplar, dyed obeche $10.50
E. 09A10.12 Diamond Chain 6mm Boxwood, sipo $ 7.40
F. 09A10.30 Dice and Bars 8mm Wenge, dyed & undyed obeche $10.50 V. Super-Hard Milled Scrapers
G. 09A10.27 Crosswalk 7mm Dyed & undyed obeche $ 8.20 Most cabinet scrapers are sheared from spring steel, hard-
H. 09A10.15 Diamond Fence 6mm Walnut, poplar, dyed obeche $ 8.20 ened to Rc38-42. These are harder (Rc48-52) and hold an
J. 09A10.18 Double Diamond 10mm Sipo, dyed obeche $ 8.60 edge longer. The edges are carefully milled to a square,
K. 09A10.21 Spanish Road 12mm Poplar, dyed obeche $11.80 sharp 90 ready for use on ne work, saving you the initial
L. 09A10.09 Diamond Studs 8mm Sapele, poplar, dyed obeche $ 8.20 effort of ling and stoning. For heavy-duty use, you can
M. 09A10.24 Kite Tail 12mm Walnut, dyed & undyed obeche $ 8.60 burnish a hook onto them. For ne work, the two thinnest
N. 09A10.45 Greek Key 20mm Sipo, dyed & undyed obeche $13.10 are 26 (50mm150mm). The two thicker ones are
O. 09A10.06 Diamond Shield 10mm Poplar, sapele, yellowheart, dyed obeche $10.50 2 3/ 86 (60mm150mm) and are for heavier stock
P. 09A10.00 Chevron 6mm Poplar, dyed obeche $ 7.40 removal, the 1mm scraper being suitable for paint removal.
Q. 09A10.48 Ancient Sun 17mm Poplar, sapele, purpleheart $13.10 All come with edge guards and resharpening instructions.
R. 09A10.39 Rolling Waves 6mm Poplar, dyed obeche $ 6.50
05K30.04 Scraper, 0.4mm (0.016) $ 6.50
05K30.03 Scraper, 0.6mm (0.024) $ 6.50
S. 09A10.51 Helios 12mm Walnut, boxwood, dyed obeche $10.50
05K30.02 Scraper, 0.8mm (0.032) $ 6.95
T. 09A10.54 Slantbox 10mm Olivewood, dyed obeche $ 8.60
05K30.01 Scraper, 1mm (0.042) $ 6.95
U. 09A10.57 Bishops Line 10mm Walnut, yellowheart, dyed obeche $11.80 05K30.10 Set of 4 Scrapers $22.50

D
E

F
G

K L M N O P Q R S T U
 A

B C D E

Sequence-Matched Sequence-Matched Veneer Packages, 3 sq.ft.

Veneer Packages Anegre

55K64.00 $13.90
Afr. Mahogany Crotch
55K64.06 $32.90
White Oak, Qtr. Cut
55K64.12 $10.50
Walnut Burl
55K64.18 $38.90
Suitable for marquetry, furniture accents or
projects such as jewellery boxes and clocks,
these top-grade veneer sheets are sequence Ash Burl Birds-Eye Maple Purpleheart Zebrawood
matched for consistent color and grain. High 55K64.01 $21.90 55K64.07 $22.90 55K64.13 $14.90 55K64.19 $17.50
yield, they are generally free of cracks and
knots, though burls may have small voids or Bubinga Maple Burl Redwood Burl Dyed Black
bark inclusions. The 0.025 thick sheets have 55K64.02 $13.90 55K64.08 $38.90 55K64.14 $38.90 55K64.20 $25.90
been trimmed to provide straight edges.
Sheets in the 3 sq.ft. packs are 41/2 to 61/2 Ebony Curly Maple Santos Rosewood Dyed Red
wide by 12 long; those in the 8 sq.ft. packs 55K64.03 $36.50 55K64.09 $13.90 55K64.15 $22.90 55K64.22 $25.90
are 8 to 12 wide by 18 to 24 long. Dyed
veneers are made from various hardwoods. Lacewood Quilted Maple Sapele Dyed White
Convenient and economical, they make 55K64.04 $14.50 55K64.10 $30.90 55K64.16 $11.50 55K64.24 $25.90
working with veneer more accessible.
Assortment Packages African Mahogany Myrtle Burl Walnut
A. 55K64.27 Domestic & Exotic Assort. $38.90 55K64.05 $10.50 55K64.11 $25.90 55K64.17 $10.50
Contains over 20 sq.ft. of veneer in domestic
and exotic woods. Sheets range from 51/2 to Sequence-Matched Veneer Packages, 8 sq.ft. Dont be afraid to try veneering; it is really very
7 1 / 2 wide and are 12 long. Ideal for
easy. Only on large surfaces do you need special-
marquetry and small repairs. Afr. Mahogany Crotch Birds-Eye Maple ized techniques.
B. 55K64.21 Dyed Green Assortment $29.50 55K64.51 $82.50 55K64.52 $68.90
Contains 3 sq.ft. of veneer, 41/2 to 61/2 wide F. Box of Veneer
by 12 long, in different shades of green. Quilted Maple Maple Burl Over 50 square feet of 20 different species
55K64.54 $68.90 55K64.53 $97.50 packed in a large pizza box. There is enough here
C. 55K64.23 Dyed Basic Colors Assort. $29.50 for dozens of projects or all the furniture veneer
Contains 3 sq.ft. of veneer, including at least Redwood Burl Walnut Burl repairs you are likely to face in a lifetime. The
one sheet each of black, blue, green, red, white 55K64.56 $97.50 55K64.57 $97.50 box is not lled with scraps; it has good usable-
and yellow, 41/2 to 61/2 wide by 12 long. sized pieces. Tremendous value.
55K66.01 Box of Veneer $59.50
D. 55K64.25 Dyed Colors Assortment $29.50 E. 55K64.26 Domestic Assortment $13.90
Contains 3 sq.ft. of veneer, including one sheet Contains 3 sq.ft. of veneer, including one
each in varying shades of orange, purple, teal, 61/212 sheet each of cherry, mahogany, maple, F
burgundy, etc., 41/2 to 61/2 wide by 12 long. white oak, red oak and walnut.

Sample package Sample package

of maple burl, of redwood burl,
3 sq.ft. 8 sq.ft.
 Wood Veneer Sheets & Edge Banding
These wood veneers are exible and easy to D
apply. They are 1/100 thick, and are tenderized
(so they wont crack), sanded and paper backed.
Ideal for covering plywood, MDF, particle-
board or nishing curves. Sold individually in
sheets 24 wide and 96 long.
A The matching solid-wood edge banding is pre-
glued with a hot-melt adhesive and can be
ironed on and trimmed. Supplied in rolls 3/4
wide and 25 long. C

A. Cedar Shakes Species C. Veneer Sheets D. Edge Banding

Suitable for mounting on roofs of birdhouses, Mahogany 41A01.24 $62.50 41A01.01 $7.50
fashion dollhouses (1:10 scale), mailboxes, etc.
Each shake is about 21/4 long, and from 3/4 to Cherry 41A02.24 $65.50 41A02.01 $7.50
13/16 wide. A package will cover approx. 230 to Red Oak 41A03.24 $49.50 41A03.01 $7.50
450 sq.in. (depending on overlap). A waterproof
glue can be used to fasten them, but nailing is the White Oak 41A04.24 $62.50 41A04.01 $8.50
best method. Sold as a package of about 200 shakes. Maple 41A05.24 $49.50 41A05.01 $7.50
88K55.01 Cedar Shakes, pkg. of 200 $11.50
Walnut 41A06.24 $65.50 41A06.01 $7.50
B. Laminate Roller
For laminating veneers to a substrate, you need a E. Veneer Business Cards
hard rubber roller to squeeze out glue and air These 31/22, single-ply maple cards can be
bubbles for a consistent bond. This roller is ideally imprinted with a rubber stamp for gift or presen- E
shaped to apply maximum force with a natural one- tation tags or an address card. A unique and
handed grip. Contoured maple body, steel end caps, inexpensive alternative to printed business
Delrin rub collars and a 3/4 diameter roller (31/4 cards that adds the nal touch to a handcrafted
long) with a steel core closely mated to the steel project. Quantities are limited as this product is
shaft. A top-quality roller. Made in USA. made from recycled factory offcuts. (Printed
99K55.01 Laminate Roller $38.50 sample shown not included.)
99W89.05 Veneer Cards, pkg. of 50 $4.20

To order call 1-800-267-8767

F. 50 tpi Veneer Saw

To our knowledge, this is the rst time anyone
has offered a 50 tpi saw with bevel-sharpened
teeth. Made in the traditional convex blade
pattern, it needs only a light touch to make it cut 4 actual size

effectively. The comfortable tilted redwood

handle allows a clear line of sight to the cut line.
It is 81/4 long overall, and has a 3 blade with
B teeth that are only 0.020 wide at the base. F
09A02.85 Veneer Saw, 50 tpi $33.50

Tagua Nuts (Vegetable Ivory)
Tagua nuts come from the ivory palm. Like ivory,
they are white and very hard, and they take a polish
well. Superb for turning to make chess pieces,
nials, drawer pulls, etc., and for decorative plug-
ging, they hold carving detail well. They can be
sawn into slices and cut into intricate shapes on a
scroll saw, and they take stain well. The nuts vary
from 11/2 to 2 long with a fairly at void in the
center. Approximately 10 tagua nuts to the pound.
Instructions for working them included.
33K01.60 Tagua Nuts, 1 lb $13.20
33K01.65 Tagua Nuts, 5 lb $39.50
Finnish-Birch Plywoods
This resin-bond plywood is water resistant for
interior or exterior use. Unlike ordinary
plywoods, it has no voids, is sanded on both
sides and is made up of thin layers that make it
very strong. The two thinner 3-ply plywoods
are ideal for forming (lamp shades, model or toy
parts, etc.). The 0.8mm (1/32) will form to a
11/2 diameter. The 1.5mm (1/16) will form to a
3 diameter. The thicker 3mm (1/8) by 6 ply is
particularly strong and can be used for case
construction, toolbox drawer bottoms, etc.
All of these plywoods are exterior-grade
Finnish birch of the same type (but uncertied)
used in aircraft. Sizes given are nominal.
1+ 3+
G. 03A10.02 0.8mm3 ply, 25 sq. $27.50 $23.40
H. 03A10.04 1.5mm3 ply, 25 sq. $29.50 $25.10
J. 03A10.06 3mm6 ply, 25 sq. $45.50 $38.70

G
G H
Finnish-birch H
plywoods are
made up of thin J
layers that make J
them very strong.
305
 D Veritas
Template Groove Cutter,
Inlay Chisel and Pin Awl
E With slender handles for pencil-
like control, these tools are useful
for freehand inlay work and
F following templates. They are F
also good complements to our
inlay groove and slicing tool E
Push
since the groove and chisel D to score
Pull
to cut
tools can be used to clean up, deepen or terminate
grooves without widening them. The template groove
C cutter is available in 0.025, 0.032 and 0.040 widths
A and has a V-notched hook blade that scores the edges of
B
grooves for quickly cutting clean channels. The chisel,
available in the same widths, has a 30 bevel, and is D
String Inlay Tools used for squaring the ends of a groove or for widening
String inlay is created by cutting a narrow groove into a surface and inserting a thin a groove section. The awl has a ne tip for marking
strip of contrasting material called string. It is used to embellish and enhance centers for compass work, and for nudging uncoop-
simple, clean lines by drawing the eye along the edge of a surface. Though the string erative strings into position. The ABS/nylon handles
may appear delicate, it is durable when glued into a groove because it is supported are ribbed for sure grip. All measure about 6 long.
by the material around it. Besides wood veneer, you can use metal wire, thin plastic E
Blades are made of spring steel hardened to Rc48-51.
or even dyed epoxy to ll the groove. The process is surprisingly simple, and with the Available individually or in sets. Made in Canada.
right tools it is an easy skill to master. D. 05K12.11 Groove Cutter, 0.025 $22.90
Veritas String Inlay Tool System 05K12.12 Groove Cutter, 0.032 $22.90
A Slices ne strings.
Used much like a marking gauge, this inlay tool lets you 05K12.13 Groove Cutter, 0.040 $22.90
accurately cut narrow grooves in a workpiece as well as E. 05K12.21 Inlay Chisel, 0.025 $21.50
neatly slice ne strings from a sheet of veneer. Its inter- 05K12.22 Inlay Chisel, 0.032 $21.50
changeable blade system lets you quickly swap blades to 05K12.23 Inlay Chisel, 0.040 $21.50 F
suit the activity. The hook-shaped blade is designed to cut F. 05K12.01 Pin Awl $14.50
grooves. Used in a sweeping push-pull motion, it has 05K12.31 Groove Cutter/Chisel Set, 0.025 $39.50
A outlining spurs on one side of the blade to score the groove 05K12.32 Groove Cutter/Chisel Set, 0.032 $39.50
edges, and a cutting edge on the other to remove material. 05K12.33 Groove Cutter/Chisel Set, 0.040 $39.50
The result is a very clean, dened groove with no tear-out. G. Veritas String Inlay Scraper
To slice strings of consistent width, the bevel-edged, spear- The critical dimension for string inlay material is thickness. If too thick
point blade is used for cutting in either direction. The blades it wont t into the groove; too thin, and it will leave an unsightly gap.
Score Score can be offset up to 31/4 from the brass fence (or up to 91/4 This tool scrapes veneer or any narrow, thin stock up to 21/2 wide to
with the optional 10 guide rods). Posts projecting from the the exact thickness required. Instead of a sole that travels on top of the
A fence let you pivot the blade into the work when starting a material, it has two skates to elevate the blade from the work surface.
cut, and also serve as limiters to control cut depth (you can This allows the inlay material to pass underneath the tool, and the skates
remove the posts to attach a custom radiused wooden to act as a depth stop for the blade. The blade height is adjusted relative
sub-fence when working with a curved-edge workpiece). to the work surface and is set to match the width of the inlay groove
By replacing the cutter head with the optional pencil (just use the thickness of your grooving blade as a shim when setting the
Cut Cut holder (pencil included), you can draw a design on your blade height; no need to ddle with micrometers or rulers). The inlay is
work exactly as it will be cut. In addition to providing a line then scraped until the skates make full contact with the work surface.
to follow with the cutter, it serves as a dry run to preview how the design will look on your The 23/4 wide blade has two edges ground at 45 so that the blade can
workpiece. The optional compass center, used in lieu of the fence, lets the cutter head or be ipped over, reducing the frequency of sharpening sessions. Two
pencil holder make circles and arcs with radii from 3/4 to 33/4 (up to 93/4 with the 10 brass clamps, tightened with thumbscrews, hold the blade. The skates
rods). While not strictly required, using a pin awl (available separately) to dene the center are 3 apart to allow the tool to be skewed to accommodate changing
mark for the compass head makes it easy to position the compass on the workpiece. grain direction and prevent chatter marks. To speed up bulk production
The basic inlay tool system includes the cutter head, a brass-faced fence and two of string, the stock can be clamped to a strip of MDF or other at mate-
blades: a 0.032 groove blade and a slicing blade. An additional cutter head (without rial and two included pins screwed into the bottom of the scraper to act
blades) can be purchased, letting you keep a second blade ready to quickly switch as guides, keeping the scraper skates on the strip. An accurate and
from grooving to slicing or from one groove size to another. The compass center and reliable way to achieve exact thickness. Made of aluminum with brass
pencil holder are available separately or in combination with the basic system. hardware and wood handles, it is 101/43 overall. Made in Canada.
Optional 0.025 and 0.040 groove blades, as well as 10 long steel guide rods, are 05P32.10 Inlay String Scraper $66.90
available separately. All blades are spring steel (hardened to Rc45-50) and double 05P32.06 Repl. Scraper Blade $13.50
ended; when one edge dulls they can be ipped to expose a second sharp blade.
Compass center
An excellent tool system for layout, cutting and G
with pencil holder tting of string inlay. Made in Canada.
A. 05K11.01 Inlay Tool, Basic System $114.00
B. 05K11.02 Compass Center Only $ 19.90
05K11.05 Cutter Head Only $ 19.90
C. 05K11.03 Pencil Holder Only $ 28.50
05K11.20 Inlay Tool w/Compass Center $125.00
Pin awl 05K11.22 Inlay Tool w/Compass Center $149.00
& Pencil Holder
05K11.04 Pair of 10 Rods $ 14.20
Compass center
with groove cutter
05K11.11 Groove Blade, 0.025 $ 20.90
05K11.12 Repl. Groove Blade, 0.032* $ 20.90
Guide pin
05K11.13 Groove Blade, 0.040 $ 20.90
05K11.10 Repl. Slicing Blade* $ 11.20 Skate
05K12.01 Pin Awl $ 14.50
* Supplied with inlay tool.
Pin awl
 J
A. Inlay Cutter Head for Veritas Regular Router Plane Regular router plane sold
This simple attachment for our Veritas regular router plane lets separately on page 111.

you score a shallow groove to accept inlaid puring, banding or

stringing, taking advantage of the planes fence and depth-
adjustment mechanism to precisely control groove position and
depth. The cutter head holds a pair of included single-bevel
slicing blades that score crisply dened groove outlines across,
with or diagonal to the grain. By using a chisel or switching to a
standard router plane blade matching or smaller than the
width of the desired groove, you can quickly hog out the Example of
waste between the scored lines. An included set of shims J. Veritas Hanging complete hanging cabinet
and spacers* lets you set blade spacing to dene groove Tool Cabinet Plan
widths from 1/16 to 15/32 (1.5mm to 12mm). To score a Plan and instructions for two hang-
groove parallel to a straight edge, a fence (05P38.07, ing cabinets, one 243612
available on page 111) is used to guide the cutter blades deep and the other 324816
at a consistent offset from the work edge. For following deep. The cabinets are straight-
curved edges, a non-marring brass stylus forward to build out of plywood
(included with the inlay cutter head) can A
and hardwood. Plan is adjustable
be threaded onto the fence rod in place Brass stylus can be threaded onto
for number and depth of drawers.
the fence rod for curved pieces.
of the straight fence. Individual replace- Instructions include tips on tting
ment blades available. Made in Canada. out the interior for bits, chisels,
05P38.45 Inlay Cutter Head $59.50 squares, etc.
Closed cabinet
05K11.10 Repl. Blade, ea. $11.20 05L18.01 Hanging Cabinet Plan $15.95
* Set includes ve each of four sizes of plastic shims (0.002, 0.005, Brass stylus
0.01, 0.02) and one each of 0.04, 0.08 and 0.12 steel spacers.
Veritas Tool Chest and
Rolling Cabinet Plans
B. Veneer Hammer A traditional tool chest
With three working surfaces and an insulated plan using frame-and-panel
handle, this French veneer hammer retains construction. The top tool
heat well for glue work. The 33/8 polished well is 41/2 deep. The
brass face has a semi-circular edge that elimi- B eight drawers have
H
nates abrasion, snagging and staining problems tongue-and-rabbet joinery Closed tool chest
on wood reactive to iron (such as oak) when running over traditional
smoothing out trapped air and excess glue. The hardwood slides. Spring pins (available separately)
C F lock the front cover in position and the lid in turn can
opposed face is belled for work on small
pieces and for driving veneer nails. The third be locked. Overall size is 25101/2153/4 high.
work surface (the 1 handle tip) is wedge- The rolling cabinet with its optional workbench top
shaped for work in difcult-to-reach areas; it is G makes an ideal base for the tool chest. A sliding tool/
not intended for veneer removal. Measures drawing tray leaves the top clear for working. Overall
about 101/2 long. A leather sheath protects the D E size is 181/2261/234 high (with casters).
brass face while in storage. K. 05L16.01 Tool Chest Plan $15.95
33K40.05 Veneer Hammer $78.50 L. 05E11.01 Locking Spring Pins, pr. $11.40
M. 05L17.01 Rolling Cabinet Plan $15.95
G. Japanese Double Inlay Knife
C. Puring Cutter
Two knives are used for violin puring and This double knife adjusts from K Example of
one for guitar puring. The cutting width is 2mm to 12mm (3/32 to 1/2). completed
adjustable from 1/16 to 1/4. Hand crafted of With blades ground at on the tool chest

cherry wood and brass, it is about 5 long
overall. Designed by Irving Sloane.
55P20.01 Puring Cutter $68.50
D. Pax Curved Inlay Saw
This ne inlay saw has a thin curved blade
and a brass back for rigidity. The 3 blade
has 20 tpi (teeth per inch) and cuts a kerf of
just 0.011. Measures about 71/2 long overall
with a rosewood handle and brass ferrule.
Made in Shefeld.
33T08.20 Curved Inlay Saw $32.50
E. Heavy-Duty Rotary Cutter
This is an excellent cutter for veneer or other
thin wood, as well as leather, paper, vinyl,
lm, fabric, etc. The incredibly sharp tool- H. Veneer Tape
steel blade has a built-in blade guard. A
blade-tensioning nut lets you increase wheel
drag for thick or hard materials. Usable left
or right handed, the sturdy aluminum handle
is lightweight and comfortable to use.
Measures about 6 long overall. Blade is
13/4 in diameter.
27K07.71 Aluminum Rotary Cutter $19.90
F. 27K07.72 Repl. Wheel, ea. $ 6.30 27K07.65 Veneer Tape, 650
outside and bevelled on the
inside, it is perfect for cutting a
precise groove for inlay strips of
brass or wood. The central bolt
Parallel at
and thumbscrew are used to all settings.
force the blades into a parallel
configuration for all narrower
cuts. Made from laminated steel,
the blades hold a very keen edge.
Lid
Remove the spreader bolt and
the clamping bolt for easy sharp- Cut a clean-
edged groove
ening. Also useful for laying out to clean out Rail
mortises and tenons up to 1/2 with a chisel or
wide. Length overall is 53/4. router plane.
60N07.01 Japanese Inlay Knife $76.50 Front
Used for laying up veneers before bonding, L
this tear-resistant German tape has an acid- M
free gum adhesive. Suitable for all veneer
thicknesses, the tape is translucent, making it
easy to view seams for matching. It is thin
enough to remove easily through sanding or
scraping. At 3/4 wide, this tape is 0.002 thick
and comes in a 650 roll. 34 gram paper.
$8.90
Example of

completed rolling cabinet

 Folding We Have Over 100
chair

A
Project Plans
Chair folded C
Whether you want to build a backyard shed or
give a gift with special meaning, theres nothing
B quite like making it yourself, and starting with a
sound plan helps ensure your
project will be a success.
For more information on the many
project plans we offer, visit our
Hardware for folding chair
stores or search for "plans" at
A. Adirondack Plus Folding Chair Plan
Though graceful and comfortable, Adirondack Chair &
www.leevalley.com 11L02.25
footstool
chairs are bulky and difcult to store. To alle-
viate this problem, we offer a plan for a chair that
folds to only 12 deep, so it can be hung on a C. Adirondack Plus
wall or stacked with others. The full-scale plan Chair & Footstool Plan
includes a cutting list and detailed construction This full-scale plan shows you how to build
notes. Straightforward to build, it uses standard a graceful Adirondack chair and footstool.
01L50.04 11L04.02
lumber sizes. The stainless-steel hardware pack By cutting the legs and adding rockers and
consists of six custom-made bolts with matching extra bracing, you can also build a rocking
locking nuts and at washers. chair. Includes a cutting list and detailed
05L05.40 Folding Chair Plan $16.50 construction notes. Straightforward to
B. 05K05.41 Bolts for Folding Chair* $19.95 build and designed for strength and
* For pivoting elements only. Wood screws are still rigidity, it uses standard lumber sizes.
01L50.18 01L50.03
needed for remainder. 05L05.01 Chair/Rocker Plan $17.50

Project Wood, Turning Squares & Bowl Blanks

Project Wood Turning Squares & Bowl Blanks
Its often difcult to nd smaller pieces of exotic woods, especially in thinner stock. Our turning squares and bowl blanks are nominally sized (1/8), with
Useful for small objects such as jewellery boxes, or as accents in larger pieces, some variation in color and grain. The 33 turning squares and the
all of our 3 wide by 24 long project wood has sanded faces and saw-cut edges. 26 bowl blanks are air-dried and fully waxed to minimize checking.
The other stock is kiln-dried with wax-coated ends.
Available Only at our Stores.
Bubinga (Guibourtia tessmannii)
324 PROJECT WOOD Resembling rosewood, it is pale pink to dark red or purple-brown, with
SPECIES
1/8 thick 1/4 thick 3/8 thick 3/4 thick lighter sapwood and interlocked grain. Hard, dense, difcult to work
and tough on tool edges, but shapes well and polishes to a ne luster.
Bubinga 41B72.01 $12.70 41B72.02 $12.70 41B72.03 $15.10 41B72.04 $16.60
A good choice for tool handles.
Padauk 41B76.01 $12.70 41B76.02 $14.00 41B76.03 $14.00 41B76.04 $18.30 Padauk (Pterocarpus soyauxii)
Purpleheart 41B77.01 $11.00 41B77.02 $12.70 41B77.03 $12.70 41B77.04 $15.90 Its vivid red to purple heartwood develops into a warm brown when
exposed to sunlight. The sapwood is creamy white. Open grained, but
Yellowheart 41B79.01 $10.30 41B79.02 $11.00 41B79.03 $11.00 41B79.04 $15.90
takes a good nish.
Zebrawood 41B81.01 $16.60 41B81.02 $16.60 41B81.03 $17.90 41B81.04 $23.60 Purpleheart (Peltogyne spp.)
Deep purple to dark brown, lighter sapwood. Medium to high luster;
Available Only at our Stores. turns well, glues well and nishes well. Hard on tool edges. Its distinc-
TURNING SQUARES BOWL BLANKS tive color makes a dramatic accent in inlay work.
SPECIES Yellowheart (Euxylophora paraenis)
11/211/218 2212 3312 266
Bright yellow with yellow-white sapwood. High luster, medium texture,
Bubinga 41B72.11 $10.30 41B72.12 $12.90 41B72.13 $34.50 41B72.21 $16.60 and easy to work. Turns beautifully. Good dimensional stability.
Padauk 41B76.11 $10.80 41B76.12 $13.30 41B76.13 $24.50 41B76.21 $18.30 Zebrawood (Microberlinia brazzavillensis)
Takes its name from its striking striped appearance. Lustrous, but open-
Purpleheart 41B77.11 $10.80 41B77.12 $13.30 41B77.13 $24.50 41B77.21 $17.90
grained with a medium to coarse texture.
Yellowheart 41B79.11 $ 6.80 41B79.12 $ 8.00 41B79.21 $13.30
Zebrawood 41B81.11 $18.30 41B81.12 $20.80 41B81.21 $29.90
Bowl blanks
Project wood

Padauk
41B76.21
Yellowheart
41B79.12
Purpleheart
41B77.12

Bubinga
41B72.12

Zebrawood
41B81.21
Turning Purpleheart Bubinga
squares 41B77.03 41B72.03
Zebrawood
41B81.03
Yellowheart
41B79.03 Padauk
41B76.03

 A

J
B
F
E

G H

D
C

A. Edge Trimmer F. Veritas Mini Biscuits J. Expansible Dowel Pins

For a fast, faultless job trimming edging on PVC Biscuit joinery is popular because it aligns glue- These dowel pins have compressed spirals that
or melamine-edged cupboard doors, this hand ups so well, but a biscuit joiner is expensive unless swell back to their original size on contact with
trimmer is ideal. Each side has a double-shearing you have the volume of work to justify it. Our water-based glue. The spirals also spread glue
cutter for a ush 90 edge and two chamfering mini biscuits will t into slots made by a standard more evenly than straight grooves, resulting in a
cutters to ease corners to a 20 bevel. Six blades 1/8 high by 17/8 dia. slotting cutter, a table- better bond and a tighter fit. Made of hard
in all. The chamfering cutters are adjustable mounted router and a router fence that pivots. Canadian maple or birch (depending on supply)
Set-up is simple add a piece of high-friction tape that can be compressed just enough for this prin-
Untrimmed Trimmed 90 Trimmed 20 to the inside face of your router fence, and set a ciple to work (unlike softer Asian hardwoods
stop to limit the depth of cut as the fence is pivoted used for other dowel pins). The unique manufac-
to expose the bit. To cut a slot, align the marked turing process ensures they are within a few
location on the work so that it is in line with the thousandths of an inch of being both perfectly
cutter, then pivot the fence to the preset limit. round and the exact diameter stated. Chamfered
from a fully withdrawn position to 1/8 of bevel. Biscuits are made from 1/8 thick high-strength ends allow easy entry. Using these, you can have
Trims both edges at the same time. Blades can berboard. Their slim prole makes them suitable dowelled joints as strong as, or stronger than,
be resharpened. for narrow pieces. Two sizes are available: 11/8 mortise and tenon joints. Packaged in sealed
99K40.01 Edge Trimmer $24.50 long by 5/8 wide, and 15/16 long by 7/8 wide. vinyl bags to maintain moisture content and
99K40.02 Set of 6 Repl. Blades $11.50 05J31.01 11/8 Mini Biscuits (100) $12.90 dimensional stability. We recommend using our
05J31.02 11/8 Mini Biscuits (500) $57.50 2002 GF cabinetmakers glue with these pins
B. Laminate End Trimmer 05J32.01 15/16 Mini Biscuits (100) $15.30 (see page 84). Priced per package of 100.
Used to trim the ends of veneer or melamine edge 05J32.02 15/16 Mini Biscuits (500) $68.50 1+ 5+
banding ush with panel ends. Just set it on the G. 16J82.03 1/8 Cutter with 1/4 Shank $36.50 DL Pkg. Pkg.
panel edge and press the lever. Blades can be 16J82.53 1/8 Cutter with 1/2 Shank $36.50 41K60.01 Dowel Pins 1/41 $ 5.40 $4.85
removed for honing. A simple and effective tool. 41K60.02 Dowel Pins 1/411/2 $ 6.20 $5.60
(Not suitable for hard materials such as Formica.) H. Metric Dowel Pins 41K63.01 Dowel Pins 5/161 $ 5.80 $5.20
99K40.05 Laminate End Trimmer $49.50 Hardwood uted dowels in metric sizes. Made in 41K63.02 Dowel Pins 5/1611/2 $ 6.80 $6.10
Europe. Priced per package of 100. 1+ 5+ 41K61.01 Dowel Pins 3/81 $ 5.90 $5.30
C. Melamine Edge Banding DL Pkg. Pkg. 41K61.02 Dowel Pins 3/811/2 $ 7.00 $6.30
This melamine edge banding is pre-glued and 00S25.01 Pins 6mm30mm $4.50 $4.05 41K61.03 Dowel Pins 3/82 $ 8.10 $7.30
ready to iron in place. Each roll is 3/4 wide and 00S25.02 Pins 6mm35mm $4.70 $4.25 41K62.02 Dowel Pins 1/211/2 $ 8.80 $7.90
50 long. Just apply and trim to size. 00S26.01 Pins 8mm30mm $4.90 $4.40 41K62.03 Dowel Pins 1/22 $10.90 $9.80
41A10.01 White Melamine $7.90

D. Milled-Tooth Cabinet File K. Onsrud Spiral Router Bits L. Lee Valley Floating Tenons
Designed for use on plastics, If you require a corresponding router bit for our The innovation of the oating tenon has vastly
non-ferrous metals and oating tenons, we offer these spiral upcut bits simplified mortise and tenon joinery. It is a
composites, this le has milled for your convenience. The double-ute spiral simple matter to rout the mortises, cut the tenon
teeth with chip-breaking Close-up of milled- design cuts cleanly and ensures rapid waste stock to length and glue everything together. The
tooth le pattern
grooves. It is ideally suited removal. The 3/8 and 5/16 shank diameter sizes tenon has radiused edges to match the routed
for use with melamine or other laminates. require bushing adapters (see page 274). mortise, eliminating chisel work, and is uted to
Although both faces are cut, only one edge is cut; Available in both HSS (high-speed steel) and prevent hydraulic lock. All sizes are 12 long
the safe edge lets you use the le ush to an carbide; the HSS bits are discounted when ve and made of hard maple or birch (depending
upright without marking it. The le is 8 long. or more of one size are ordered. upon supply). 1+ 10+
97W01.01 Milled-Tooth File $16.50 Helix angle chip ejector 50K42.01 1/4112 Tenon $3.40 $2.90
50K42.03 5/1611/212 Tenon $4.20 $3.55
E. Joiner Biscuits Shank Cutting 50K42.05 3/8212 Tenon $5.00 $4.25
diameter diameter
These are good-quality hardwood biscuits from
Europe. Available in standard sizes #0, #10 and Cutting length
#20 (equivalent sizes stated in brackets are Cut Cut Shank
nominal). All 5/32 thick. Dia. Length Dia. 1+ 5+
99K41.02 #0 (13/49/16), pkg. of 200 $13.90 86J01.07 HSS 1/4 1 1/4 $12.40 $11.20
99K41.01 #0 (13/49/16), pkg. of 1000 $42.50 86J01.08 HSS 5/16 1 5/16 $17.50 $15.80 L
99K42.02 #10 (21/83/4), pkg. of 200 $13.90 86J01.31 HSS 3/8 1 3/8 $18.50 $16.70
99K42.01 #10 (21/83/4), pkg. of 1000 $42.50 86J02.04 Carb. 1/4 1 1/4 $31.50
99K43.02 #20 (21/47/8), pkg. of 200 $13.90 86J02.09 Carb. 5/16 11/8 5/16 $53.00
99K43.01 #20 (21/47/8), pkg. of 1000 $42.50 86J02.06 Carb. 3/8 11/4 3/8 $58.00 K
309
 A J K L M S

O
B
E N T
C F
G P Q
U
D
R
H Shown actual size.

CANDLE CUPS
WOOD PROJECT PARTS The 21/2 cup is deep enough to also allow use as a toothpick holder.
Specialty wood turnings are needed to complete many projects. These Dia. Height 1+ 6+
are nicely made from good-quality unnished hardwood (maple or birch, V. 41K15.02 Candle Cup, ea. 13/8 15/8 $ .52 $ .44
depending on supply) or specic woods as listed. The base size is the base W. 41K03.20 Candle Cup, ea. 15/8 21/2 $1.10 $ .90
or tenon diameter. Discounts apply to purchases of a single size and do not EGG AND EGG CUP
apply to mixed sizes or types. All sizes stated are inches. Suitable for projects or decorations, or as toys. One end of the egg is at
(to stand it up) and requires sanding if an oval shape is desired.
SHAKER PEGS Dia. Height 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
Top-quality hardwood Shaker pegs suitable for a range of applications. The X. 41K27.20 Egg Cup 21/4 $1.48 $1.25 $1.11 $ .96
31/2 size is also available in oak or cherry. Y. 41K27.25 Hens Egg 13/4 21/2 $1.14 $ .96 $ .85 $ .74
Height Width Base 1+ 10+ 100+
Z. NAPKIN RING
A. 41K25.10 Coat Peg 51/8 11/4 3/4 $1.24 $1.05 $ .93
B. 41K25.01 Shaker Peg 31/2 7/8 1/2 $ .42 $ .35 $ .31 Hardwood napkin ring suitable for painting or wood burning. Inside
C. 41K25.03 Oak Peg 31/2 7/8 1/2 $ .74 $ .62 $ .55 diameter is 11/8. Dia. Height 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
D. 41K25.04 Cherry Peg 31/2 7/8 1/2 $2.60 $2.21 $1.95 41K03.30 Napkin Ring 13/4 11/4 $ .64 $ .54 $ .48 $ .41
E. 41K25.07 Shaker Peg 13/4 1/2 1/4 $ .22 $ .18 $ .16 AA. WOODEN YO-YO KIT
F. 41K25.08 Shaker Peg 29/16 3/4 3/8 $ .38 $ .32 $ .28 This kit contains all the parts necessary to assemble one of the most popular
G. 41K25.02 Mug Peg 33/8 3/4 1/2 $ .44 $ .37 $ .33 toys ever. A great project for children, as it press ts together, and they
H. 41K15.62 Tie Peg 25/16 3/8 3/16 $ .26 $ .22 $ .19 can paint the sides with their own designs. 21/4 diameter. 1+ 10+
FINIALS Height Width Base 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ 41K04.75 Yo-Yo Kit $2.90 $2.45
J. 41K11.51 Acorn 11/2 3/4 3/8 $ .28 $ .23 $ .21 $ .18 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
K. 41K11.31 Emperor 23/4 13/16 1/2 $1.60 $1.36 $1.20 $1.04 Dia. Height 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
L. 41K11.41 Colonial 27/8 15/16 3/8 $ .54 $ .45 $ .40 $ .35 BB. 41K01.35 Drum 11/8 15/8 $ .40 $ .34 $ .30 $ .26
LARGE FINIALS Height Width Base 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ CC. 41K01.33 Barrel 11/8 15/8 $ .40 $ .34 $ .30 $ .26
M. 41K27.60 Decorative 31/2 111/16 3/8 $1.34 $1.13 $1.00 $ .87 DD. PERSON Base Height 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
N. 41K27.62 Victorian 315/16 27/16 1/2 $3.80 $3.25 $2.85 41K01.22 Person 7/8 23/8 $ .44 $ .37 $ .33 $ .28
O. 41K27.61 Curtain Rod 47/16 17/8 $2.20 $1.87 $1.65 $1.43 EE. BOWLING PIN
KNOBS Small bowling pins that can be used for skittles or similar games.
With 3/16 dia. hole. Dia. Height Base 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ Dia. Height 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
P. 41K27.10 Ball Knob 11/2 15/16 $ .48 $ .40 $ .36 $ .31 41K03.01 Bowling Pin 15/16 3 $ .64 $ .54 $ .48 $ .41
Q. 41K20.03 Knob 17/16 7/8 15/16 $ .42 $ .35 $ .31 $ .27
FF. WOODEN CHECKER
R. 41K20.02 Knob 1 3/4 13/16 $ .26 $ .22 $ .19 $ .16
Checker is 11/4 in dia. and 5/16 high. 1+ 10+ 50+ 100+
BUTTONS/PLUGS Height Base 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ 41K01.56 Checker, ea. $ .46 $ .39 $ .34 $ .29
S. 41K01.30 Button 1/4 1/4 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06
41K01.31 Button 5/16 3/8 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 SPINDLES
41K01.32 Button 3/8 1/2 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 Hardwood spindles (nish sanded) for use on a variety of projects from
T. 41K10.21 Maple Plug 1/4 3/8 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 gallery rails to cradle spindles.
41K10.22 Oak Plug 1/4 3/8 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 Height Width Base 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
.06 GG. 41K10.81 Spindle 2 5/8 3/8 $ .42 $ .35 $ .31 $ .27
U. 41K10.31 Maple Plug 5/16 1/2 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $
.07 HH. 41K43.01 Spindle 6 9/16 5/16 $1.44 $1.22 $1.08 $ .93
41K10.32 Oak Plug 5/16 1/2 $ .12 $ .10 $ .09 $
JJ. 41K43.02 Spindle 81/2 5/8 3/8 $1.90 $1.61 $1.42 $1.23
KK. 41K43.03 Spindle 11 3/4 1/2 $3.50 $2.97 $2.62 $2.27

V W X Y Z AA

BB CC DD EE KK

FF JJ

GG HH

310 Project Supplies

 H J K L
F
N
D E M Q
A B
C P
G O
WHEELS AND VEHICLE PARTS
These are nicely made from good-quality hardwood (maple or birch). PINS Base Dia. Shaft Length Top Dia. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
The base size is the base or tenon diameter. All sizes stated are inches. F. 41K01.21 Pin 3/8 13/4 5/8 $ .72 $ .61 $ .54 $ .46
A. MODERN TOY/VEHICLE WHEELS
41K01.03 Pin 1/4 1/2 1/2 $ .28 $ .23 $ .21 $ .18
Axles required (can use pins or dowel rods). 41K01.04 Pin 1/4 11/4 1/2 $ .56 $ .47 $ .42 $ .36
G. 41K01.10 Pin 5/16 19/16 1/2 $ .56 $ .47 $ .42 $ .36
Dia. Thick. Hole 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
41K01.64 Wheel 1 1/2 1/4 $ .28 $ .23 $ .21 $ .18 41K01.01 Pin 7/32 1/2 3/8 $ .28 $ .23 $ .21 $ .18
41K01.66 Wheel 11/2 1/2 1/4 $ .40 $ .34 $ .30 $ .26 41K01.02 Pin 7/32 11/16 3/8 $ .34 $ .28 $ .25 $ .22
41K01.67 Wheel 2 3/4 3/8 $ .62 $ .52 $ .46 $ .40 SMOKESTACKS Base Height Top Dia. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
41K01.68 Wheel 21/4 3/4 3/8 $ .80 $ .68 $ .60 $ .52 H. 41K01.05 Stack 1/4 15/16 5/8 $ .30 $ .25 $ .22 $ .19
41K01.69 Wheel 21/2 3/4 3/8 $ .92 $ .78 $ .69 $ .59 J. 41K01.20 Stack 1/4 11/2 5/8 $ .32 $ .27 $ .24 $ .20
ROUND WHEELS K. 41K01.23 Stack 3/8 15/8 1 $ .50 $ .42 $ .37 $ .32
B. Thin Dia. Thick. Hole 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ L. 41K01.24 Stack 1/2 2 1/4 11/4 $1.26 $1.07 $ .94 $ .81
41K01.26 Wheel 1 5/16 1/4 $ .18 $ .15 $ .13 $ .11 CAR PARTS
41K01.42 Wheel 11/4 3/8 1/4 $ .46 $ .39 $ .34 $ .29 The rounded cap ts onto a standard 1/4 dowel to secure wheels, cranks,
41K01.43 Wheel 2 1/2 3/8 $1.00 $ .85 $ .75 $ .65 etc., in place. Dia. Height 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
41K01.29 Wheel 21/4 5/8 3/8 $1.48 $1.25 $1.11 $ .96 M. 41K02.02 1/4 Cap 1/2 1/4 $ .16 $ .13 $ .12 $ .10
41K01.16 Wheel 21/2 3/4 3/8 $2.00 $1.70 $1.50 $1.30 N. 41K01.55 Sm. Headlight 1/2 1 $ .26 $ .22 $ .19 $ .16
10+ 100+ 500+ O. 41K01.54 Lg. Headlight $ .32 $ .27 $ .24 $ .20
3/4 5/8
C. Thick Dia. Thick. Hole 1+
41K01.11 Wheel 1 1/2 1/4 $ .26 $ .22 $ .19 $ .16 BALLS Diameter 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
41K01.12 Wheel 11/4 1/2 1/4 $ .46 $ .39 $ .34 $ .29 P. 41K26.01 Ball 1/2 $ .12 $ .10 $ .09 $ .07
41K01.13 Wheel 11/2 1/2 1/4 $ .54 $ .45 $ .40 $ .35 41K26.02 Ball 3/4 $ .20 $ .17 $ .15 $ .13
41K01.14 Wheel 2 3/4 3/8 $ .62 $ .52 $ .46 $ .40 41K26.03 Ball 1 $ .26 $ .22 $ .19 $ .16
41K01.15 Wheel 21/4 3/4 3/8 $ .84 $ .71 $ .63 $ .54 41K26.06 Ball 11/4 $ .42 $ .35 $ .31 $ .27
D. FLAT WHEELS Dia. Thick. Hole 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ 41K26.04 Ball 11/2 $ .58 $ .49 $ .43 $ .37
41K01.37 Wheel 1 3/8 1/4 $ .44 $ .37 $ .33 $ .28 41K26.05 Ball 2 $1.24 $1.05 $ .93 $ .80
41K01.38 Wheel 11/4 7/16 1/4 $ .52 $ .44 $ .39 $ .33 Q. 41K01.08 Drilled 1 (5/16 hole) $ .60 $ .51 $ .45 $ .39
41K01.39 Wheel 11/2 1/2 1/4 $ .66 $ .56 $ .49 $ .42 Small Boxes R
41K01.40 Wheel 2 5/8 3/8 $1.14 $ .96 $ .85 $ .74 These boxes can be tole painted for small
41K01.41 Wheel 21/4 11/16 3/8 $1.54 $1.30 $1.15 $1.00 gifts. The powder box is 21/4 in diameter by
41K01.17 Wheel 23/8 3/4 3/8 $1.72 $1.46 $1.29 $1.11 15/8 high; the pill box is 19/16 in diameter
E. SPOKED TOY WHEELS by 1 high. Lids may not t tightly; using
With tted axles. Dia. Thick. 1+ 10+ 100+ wax, ocking or a lm of dried glue around
41K41.01 Wheel 2 3/8 $2.60 $2.20 $1.95 the inside lip will ensure a snug t. S
41K41.02 Wheel 21/4 3/8 $3.40 $2.90 $2.55 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
41K41.03 Wheel 21/2 7/16 $4.00 $3.40 $3.00 R. 41K27.72 Powder Box $2.20 $1.87 $1.65 $1.43
41K41.04 Wheel 3 9/16 $6.40 $5.45 $4.80 S. 41K27.71 Pill Box $1.40 $1.19 $1.05 $ .91
Wooden Christmas Ball W. Micro Dowel Rods D L 1+ 10+
These unfinished balls will make These ll a real shop need. When you are making 41K30.06 Hardwood 3/4 1 $ 1.90 $ 1.50
unique Christmas ornaments! Turned or repairing anything made of material less than 41K30.07 Hardwood 1 1 $ 2.90 $ 2.30
from solid hardwood, they can be 1/2 thick, you will nd 1/4 dowel too big. Dowel Y. 41K68.01 Cherry 1/2 3 $ 7.70 $ 6.15
painted, used for dcoupage or detailed rods at 1/12 and 1/8 in diameter are not only ideal 41K68.03 Cherry 3/4 3 $12.40 $ 9.90
with a wood burning pen. To attach a for reinforcing small frame corners, but can be 41K68.05 Cherry 1 3 $15.80 $12.60
string for hanging, use a small eye hook used as nail plugs, spindles for miniatures, Z. 41K69.01 Oak 1/2 3 $ 4.80 $ 3.80
or a pierced 3/8 dia. wooden button (holes must be mixing sticks, etc. Birch. 6 long. 1+ 6+ 41K69.03 Oak 3/4 3 $ 8.20 $ 6.55
drilled). Approximately 15/8 in diameter. 41K95.01 1/12 Dowel Rods (100) $4.20 $3.55 41K69.05 Oak 1 3 $ 9.40 $ 7.50
T. Christmas Ball, ea. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ 41K95.02 1/8 Dowel Rods (50) $4.40 $3.75 AA. 41K65.01 Maple 1/2 3 $ 3.00 $ 2.40
41K28.01 $1.64 $1.39 $1.23 $1.06 41K66.01 Maple 3/4 3 $ 5.90 $ 4.70
Dowel Rods 41K67.01 Maple 1 3 $ 8.40 $ 6.70
U. Button Plug, ea. Our 3 dowel rod is made from hard maple, oak or
41K01.31 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 cherry. The 1 dowel is maple or birch (depending
on supply). At 8% moisture content, dowels up to
/
V. Eye Hook, 32 8
9 5/ 3/4 in diameter are accurate to 1/64 and 1 X Y
01W48.01 $ .50 $ .45 $ .40 $ .35 dowels are accurate to 1/32. This is ideal dowel Z
Example of decorated ball rod for threading or for general cabinetry
T purposes. If you have humid storage conditions, AA
U store your dowel rod in a sealed plastic bag to
maintain the size. D L 1+ 10+
X. 41K30.01 Hardwood 1/4 1 $ .70 $ .55
41K30.02 Hardwood 5/16 1 $ .80 $ .65 W
V 41K30.03 Hardwood 3/8 1 $ .90 $ .70
41K30.04 Hardwood 1/2 1 $ 1.00 $ .80
41K30.05 Hardwood 5/8 1 $ 1.50 $ 1.20
A D O P Q R S

t - Automne 2015

T U V W X Y Z
Barometer

B E

Weather Small Clock Inserts

Instruments Available in two sizes, these excellent-quality
These weather inserts have a plated metal alloy case, a quartz
instrument watch movement, a at glass lens, a removable
inserts are stainless-steel backplate, and a rubber gasket
Hygrometer 72mm (just for easy mounting. Battery included. To mount a
under 27/8) in favorite photo beside these clocks or on its own, a
C F diameter and standard bezel case in each size is available empty.
mount in 21/2 2 Clock Inserts
Wood not
holes. The included. The 50mm (2) dia. case mounts into a 46mm
included soft (113/16) dia. hole, 6mm (1/4) deep. 1+ 6+
ring holds the instruments snugly in place. The O. 44K02.50 White Roman, Gold $19.90 $17.90
barometers are graduated in kilopascals as well P. 44K02.51 White Arabic, Gold $19.90 $17.90
as inches of mercury. The thermometers Q. 44K02.52 Ivory Arabic, Gold $19.90 $17.90
measure in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. R. 44K02.53 Fancy Arabic, Gold $19.90 $17.90
Thermometer Humidity, fortunately, is the same in both S. 44K02.54 Photo Frame, Gold $ 7.60 $ 6.85
systems. Available in either a modern-looking 06J71.29 Saw Tooth Bit, 113/16 $21.90
polished anodized aluminum bezel with easy-
G J 17/16 Clock Inserts
to-read high-contrast face, or with a traditional
These are excellent inserts for desk clocks,
polished brass bezel and satin brass dial. These
plaques, etc. The 37mm (17/16) case mounts in a
are ideal to mount for personal use or as a gift.
35mm (13/8) hole, 6mm (1/4) deep. Time is set
Aluminum Bezel: 1+ 6+
by a stem and crown mechanism. 1+ 6+
A. 46K70.01 Barometer, ea. $22.80 $20.50
T. 44K01.50 White Arabic, Gold $16.20 $14.60
B. 46K70.02 Hygrometer, ea. $13.40 $12.10
U. 44K01.51 White Roman, Gold $16.20 $14.60
C. 46K70.03 Thermometer, ea. $11.90 $10.70
V. 44K01.52 White Arabic, Silver $16.20 $14.60
46K70.10 Set of all 3 $42.50
Roman W. 44K01.53 White Roman, Silver $16.20 $14.60
Brass Bezel: 1+ 6+
X. 44K01.54 Ivory Arabic, Gold $16.20 $14.60
H D. 46K70.21 Barometer, ea. $23.40 $21.10
K Y. 44K01.56 Fancy Arabic, Gold $16.20 $14.60
E. 46K70.22 Hygrometer, ea. $14.00 $12.60
Z. 44K01.57 Photo Frame, Gold $ 6.20 $ 5.60
F. 46K70.23 Thermometer, ea. $12.30 $11.10
06J72.35 Saw Tooth Bit, 35mm $18.40
46K70.30 Set of all 3 $43.80
Skeleton Quartz Clock Component
06J71.40 Saw Tooth Bit, 21/2 $40.40
With an exposed metal gear assembly driven by
Large Clock Inserts an accurate quartz movement, this skeleton clock
These clock movements are the same size and comes fully assembled and
Arabic style as our weather instruments. Though they requires only a custom base for
are meant to complement each other in matched completion. With an integrated
sets, they make attractive clocks on their own. second-hand dial display, it is
Available with Roman or Arabic numerals. available with a gold-tone
L M 72mm (just under 27/8) in diameter, they round or oval Roman chapter
mount in 23/4 holes and come with mounting ring. The clock stands 57/8
rings. The quartz movement uses one AAA tall, mounts into 1/4 diameter
Back of clock shown.
battery (not included). holes at 2 3/ 4 centers and
Aluminum Bezel: 1+ 6+ secures using two #4 screws (not included).
G. 46K70.04 Roman Clock, ea. $16.90 $15.20 Requires one AA battery (not included). Dial
H. 46K70.05 Arabic Clock, ea. $16.90 $15.20 and support legs are plated plastic.
Brass Bezel: 1+ 6+ AA. 46K01.56 Round Clock Kit $39.50
J. 46K70.24 Roman Clock, ea. $17.30 $15.60 BB. 46K01.57 Oval Clock Kit $39.50
White Arabic Fancy Arabic
K. 46K70.25 Arabic Clock, ea. $17.30 $15.60
06J71.44 Saw Tooth Bit, 23/4 $46.60 AA BB

N Ivory Roman 23/4 Bezel Clock Inserts

These good-quality clock inserts offer excep-
tional value. Featuring a bezel tted over a lens
(each made of sturdy plastic), the inserts are
23/4 and mount in a 60mm (23/8) hole, 18mm
( 11/ 16) deep. Each operates on one AAA
battery (not included). 1+ 6+
To order call 1-800-267-8767 L. 46K50.40 White Arabic, Gold $14.40 $13.00
or visit us on the web at M. 46K50.42 Fancy Arabic, Gold $14.40 $13.00
www.leevalley.com N. 46K50.41 Ivory Roman, Gold $14.40 $13.00
06J71.38 Saw Tooth Bit, 23/8 $36.50 Wooden bases not included.
312 Project Supplies

A
B
A. Mechanical Chime Quartz Movement
With mechanically driven hammers, this
quartz movement plays the bim bam chime
on two tuned chime rods.
They sound on the hour,
the number of chimes
indicating the time of
day, as well as chiming
once on the half hour, or
they can be switched off
if preferred. The move- Mechanically C. 46K01.33 Pendulum Chime
ment, with an integrated driven hammers
pendulum drive, operates strike tuned chime rods. D. Pendulum Movements
with or without a pendulum (16 pendulum
included). The shaft is 7/16 long and supports
minute and hour hands only. Dimensions
(excluding shaft) are 57/8 wide by 71/4 tall
by 2 deep. One D battery is required (not
included). Instructions included.
46K01.55 Chime Quartz Movement $92.50
E. Watch Chain for 17/16 Inserts
Designed for use with our 17/16 inserts, this
plated-steel watch chain with coupler is ideal
for creating a custom pocket watch (not
included). The threaded coupler easily
mounts onto a wooden case and the 12 chain
clips securely to a belt or pocket. 1+ 6+
44K05.02 Watch Chain, ea. $8.50 $7.65
F. Calendar Clock Kit and Plan
This kit has all the parts needed (except wood
and glass) to build a 31-day calendar clock,
including the movement, minute, hour and day
hands, one white and one ivory-colored poly-
propylene dial (use either), clock case hardware
(hinges, catch and retaining clips), a 16
pendulum and a decorative regulator decal.
Movement operation instructions included.
Two AA batteries required (not included).
Large-scale plan includes a bill of materials
and full instructions. For beginner or expert. G. 93K50.01 1/4 Kit, Arabic
46K34.03 Calendar Clock Kit $58.50 H. 93K50.02 1/4 Kit, Roman
01L50.39 Calendar Clock Plan $25.50
46K34.04 Clock Kit & Plan $76.50
F this bit has teeth with
F
Completed calendar clock
with white dial
J K
D
C
J. Continuous Sweep Movements
Most of todays quartz clocks, which are regulated
Chime Movements
by a man-made crystal, oscillate at approximately
These quartz movements, with speakers, play
32 kHz when electrically charged. This oscillation
either 4/4 Westminster or 4/4 Whittington chimes.
is electronically stepped down to pulse at 1-second
The standard chime is 23/831/413/8 thick. The
intervals, creating a tick-tick sound. For those
pendulum chime is 41/231/413/8 thick; the
who nd the ticking sound a nuisance, these
pendulum (19 installed) can be cut to size. Both
continuous sweep quartz movements pulse 16
feature chime selection, volume control and an
times per second, making the second hand move
automatic night silence setting. Shaft length is
5/16. One C-size battery is required (not included).
in a manner that is seemingly uninterrupted and
virtually silent. These compact, battery-operated
B. 46K01.32 Standard Chime $52.50
movements are available in 1/8, 1/4 and 3/8
$56.50
shaft lengths. All shaft diameters are 5/16.
Movements are 27/3227/325/8. One AA
battery required (not included). 1+ 6+ 25+
These quartz pendulum movements (no chime or
46K01.50 1/8 Cont. Sweep $8.90 $8.00 $7.10
strike) are available with a 1/4 or 5/8 long shaft (see
46K01.51 1/4 Cont. Sweep $8.90 $8.00 $7.10
box below right). Size is 21/431/47/8. Pendulum
46K01.52 3/8 Cont. Sweep $8.90 $8.00 $7.10
is 181/2 long installed and can be shortened. One
AA battery is required (not included). 1+ 6+
46K01.08 1/4 Pendulum $23.50 $21.20
46K01.09 5/8 Pendulum $23.50 $21.20
J K
E
K. Mini Quartz Movements
Compact, battery-operated quartz movements
with a choice of ve shaft lengths 1/8, 1/4, 3/8,
1/2 or 3/4. All shaft diameters are 5/16. The
dimensions are about 213/64 square by 5/8 thick.
They require one AA battery (not included).
Full-Face Clock Kits Excellent movements made in USA.
These clock kits include an 81/4 brass-plated, 1+ 6+ 25+
full-face dial, a set of three hands, a quartz move- 46K01.21 1/8 Quartz, ea. $7.20 $6.45 $5.75
ment and an AA battery. The 21/421/45/8 46K01.22 1/4 Quartz, ea. $7.20 $6.45 $5.75
movement has a 1/4 long shaft that xes directly 46K01.23 3/8 Quartz, ea. $7.20 $6.45 $5.75
to the face. A shock washer, a brass washer and a 46K01.24 1/2 Quartz, ea. $7.20 $6.45 $5.75
retaining nut are also included. Available with 46K01.25 3/4 Quartz, ea. $7.20 $6.45 $5.75
either Arabic or Roman numerals. Dial and hand
combinations are also available without the Movements
movement. Excellent value. The quartz movements we Shaft length based on
thickness of material
1+ 6+ offer are battery operated
$10.90 $9.80 and include the hardware
$10.90 $9.80 and instructions to mount
46K05.20 Dial/Hands only, Arabic $ 4.90 $4.40 the movement. The shaft
length we indicate is the
46K05.21 Dial/Hands only, Roman $ 4.90 $4.40
threaded portion of the shaft that will x onto the
dial plate or piece of wood. Choose the shaft size
based on the thickness of material used. There is an
G additional 5/16 for mounting the hands.
L. 3 Saw Tooth Bit for Clocks
A large-diameter drill bit is often required for
making clean, flat-bottomed holes for mini
quartz movements. Made to our specications,
a skewed shear-cut
H design to prevent
ber pull and to give
clean holes. 3 in L
diameter, 61/2 long
overall, with a hex shank.
06J71.48 HSS Saw Tooth Bit, 3 $52.60
Project Supplies 313

 Im Retired Dial and Hand Combinations

dial includes These dial and hand sets include one hour, one
three sets
of hands. minute and one second hand. The dials are
aluminum backed. The Im Retired dial comes
E with three sets of hands: shing rod pair, knife
and fork, hammer and screwdriver. (Movements
not included). 1+ 6+
A. 46K07.08 6 Sq. Gold, Arabic $13.50 $12.15
B. 46K05.33 77/8 dia. Im Retired $12.50 $11.25
A B
Bezels Patterned Dials
These are brass-colored bezels with domed
glass. Each white dial has an etched gold pattern
C D with Arabic numerals. Mounting brads are
included, along with a set of three hands.
(Movements not included.) 1+ 6+
G C. 46K07.06 41/2 Pattern Bezel $41.50 $37.40
F
D. 46K07.07 71/2 Pattern Bezel $48.50 $43.70

Adhesive-Backed Numerals & Dots

Adhesive-backed numerals are available in
Roman and Arabic styles. We also offer sets of
dots for modern designs. Styles can be used in
combination (e.g., numerals marking the quar-
Bezel with To order call 1-800-267-8767 ters only, with dots in between). Made in USA.
domed glass
1+ 6+
E. 46K56.02 5/8 Arabic, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
H 46K56.01 1 Arabic, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
J 46K56.04 1/2 Arabic, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
Q F. 46K57.02 5/8 Roman, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
K 46K57.01 1 Roman, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
L G. 46K58.02 3/16 dia. Dots, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
46K58.01 5/8 dia. Dots, set of 12 $2.90 $2.60
M
Clock Hands
N A pair of hands includes an hour and a minute
hand. They are available in black or gold as indi-
O cated. The size stated is the length from the center
hole to the tip of the minute hand. The set of
P R novelty hands includes three pairs shing rods
(33/4), hammer and screwdriver (31/16) and
S knife and fork (31/8). 23/4 second hands are sold
T separately (can cut tips to shorten). 1+ 6+
H. 46K03.05 13/4 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
J. 46K03.14 17/8 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
44K03.17 21/2 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
Numeral Clock Kits 46K09.02 21/2 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
Mini quartz movement with 46K03.01 31/2 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 or 3/4 shaft length, K. 46K03.27 17/8 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
5/8 Roman or Arabic numerals L. 46K03.03 25/8 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
(adhesive backed), and hands 46K03.04 25/8 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
suitable for plaque clocks. One AA M. 46K03.10 23/4 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
battery required (not included). 46K03.11 23/4 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.50 1/4 Kit, Roman $11.40 N. 46K03.12 31/4 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.51 3/8 Kit, Roman $11.40 46K03.13 31/4 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.52 1/2 Kit, Roman $11.40 O. 46K03.07 31/8 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.53 3/4 Kit, Roman $11.40 46K03.06 31/8 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.60 1/4 Kit, Arabic $11.40 46K03.08 37/8 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.61 3/8 Kit, Arabic $11.40 46K03.09 37/8 Gold, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.62 1/2 Kit, Arabic $11.40 P. 46K03.26 41/8 Black, pair $1.70 $1.55
46K31.63 3/4 Kit, Arabic $11.40 Q. 46K03.38 Novelty, 3 pairs $2.00 $1.80
R. 46K03.28 Second Black, ea. $1.70 $1.55
S. 46K03.29 Second Gold, ea. $1.70 $1.55
T. 46K03.30 Second Red, ea. $1.70 $1.55
U Height Add A to Z or 0 to 9 Price (each)
1/2 41K05__ $1.50 U. Wooden Letters and Numerals
You cannot go wrong putting someones initials
1 41K07__ $1.70
(or name!) on something. These are precise,
15/8 41K08__ $2.20 laser-cut letters and numerals from clear black
walnut stock. Available in three heights, from
1/2 to 15/8. Please specify the required numeral
or upper case letter by adding that numeral or
letter to the end of the product number shown in
our chart, e.g., 1/2 letter A is 41K05A.

 H
G

D Vermont Slate
Slate is not affected by either water or frost, so is tips: chisel, rectangular, triangular and two
superior to marble in outdoor use. It can be used sizes of round tips. The 6mm (1/4) round tool
E for name and house number signs as well as has a V-groove that is used reversed to engrave
commemorative plaques and memorial tablets. parallel lines for borders; the 4mm (5/32) size is
Slate is also often used in crafts. In recent years it used to lay out lines accurately for subsequent
has been used to make household items ranging deepening with the larger tools. A detailed
from coasters to hors doeuvres platters. instruction sheet explains the purpose of each
F
The slate is sheared in 612 and 51/28 tool as well as sharpening methods, what to use
(standard shingle sizes), and 44. The larger for line guides and other suggestions.
For hole saws that cut slate, see page 214. sizes are completely smooth on one face only. The
other face has chipping at the edges, creating a
more rustic appearance. The 44 slates have
High-Friction been wet-cut with a diamond saw, and have
Cushion Pads smooth edges. Though completely smooth on one
These 1/8 thick face, they may have some chipping next to one Chisel Rectangular Triangular 6mm round 4mm
adhesive-backed edge on the other. All slates are split by hand and V-groove round
Close-up of tips
rubber pads are are about 1/4 to 3/8 thick.
ideal for Self-adhesive A. 09A05.70 Gray Slate, 44 $4.40
mounting on pad applied to B. 09A05.71 Sea Green Slate, 44 $4.40 The set comes in two sizes. The adults tools
anything from
bottom of slate.
C. 09A05.61 Gray Slate, 51/28 $4.80 are 51/4 long. The childrens tools are 1
bookends to D. 09A05.62 Sea Green Slate, 5 28
1/ $4.80 shorter and have a reduced handle diameter.
jewellery Both sizes are designed to be held seated in the
Available Only at our Stores: back of the palm with the pinky, ring and
boxes, E. 09A05.67 Gray Slate, 612 $5.80
as well as slate middle ngers on one side of the handle, your
F. 09A05.75 Sea Green Slate, 612 $5.80 thumb opposite, and your index nger on the
coasters, trivets and cheese platters.
88K59.03 3/8 dia. Pads, pkg. of 25 $2.40 Tool Sets for Slate Engraving shaft of the tool.
88K59.04 1/2 dia. Pads, pkg. of 25 $2.70 The set comes with a steel pencil with a conical G. 09A05.88 Childrens Tool Set $14.50
point and ve wood-handled tools with various H. 09A05.89 Adults Tool Set $15.50

J. Micro-Engraver for Slate K. Slate Engraving Starter Kit

Much lighter and easier to control than ex-shaft
powered or plug-in engravers, this battery-
powered engraver is ideal for ne work. It can be
used effectively on steel, ceramic or glass and is
the best we have found for engraving slate. The
3/64 (1.3mm) diamond ball tip is easy to control,
primarily because it has virtually no vibration. The
rotary cutting action will not chip or shatter mate-
rials as a reciprocating engraver can. The engraver
works best if held at the same angle as you would
a pencil, 30 to 40. The two included AAA
batteries will last for hours of cutting time,
depending on the pressure applied. 6 long overall.
09A06.15 Micro-Engraver for Slate $16.95
For anyone who wants to learn slate engraving, this kit
has the necessary basic equipment. Ideal for making
personalized coasters, it includes two wet-cut 44 slate
pieces, a hardened steel pencil for engraving a name and
message, and a set of eight drawing stencils. One face of
a slate can be used for practice and the other for the
nished product. The stencils make it easy to add decora-
tion if desired. The slate, stencils and steel pencil are also
available separately.
09A05.80 Slate Engraving Starter Kit $12.95
09A05.70 Gray Slate, 44 $ 4.40 K
09A05.95 Drawing Stencils, set of 8 $ 9.95
09A05.90 Steel Pencil $ 2.20

44 slate

Ceramic

Steel Glass Slate Project Supplies 315

 G. Caning Chisel
A B Removes reed spline and
machine cane from the
F frame groove during seat
replacement. 1/8 wide.
H
The dogleg shape gives
the correct angle for cleaning right to the bottom of
the groove, while keeping your knuckles clear of
the work. Handle is molded from tough butyrate.
36K02.35 1/8 Caning Chisel $20.90
H. Caning Pegs
Tapered hardwood pegs used to secure strand
E cane while weaving, preventing it from shifting
G and allowing you to maintain the correct tension.
D
J K L Reusable. Bags of 10. 1+ 5+
C 36K03.41 Caning Pegs (10) $6.90 $5.85

Chair Caning Reed Spline Strand Cane Kits

Rattan cane (the outer bark of the rattan palm) is Used to secure pre- For use on frames with perim-
L
available in two forms: pre-woven panels that woven cane, reed eter holes, strand cane is hand
are wedged into grooves in the frame, and rattan spline has a tapered E D C woven into the desired pattern. K
strand that requires hand weaving through holes cross section that wedges snugly into grooves in Three sizes: 2.0mm (ne/ne),
in the frame. Ideal for restoring a family heir- the seat frame. Spline should be 1/32 narrower 2.5mm (ne) and 3.0mm J
loom or ea-market nd, or for incorporating than the groove; therefore, #7 spline ts a 3/16 (medium). Select the width
into new furniture. groove, #8 is for a 7/32 groove and #9 goes into based on the hole spacing. Generally, the 2.0mm
a 1/4 groove. If replacing an old seat, measure cane is for holes centered 1/2 apart, the 2.5mm
Pre-Woven Cane (Machine Cane) the groove at various points to ensure it is a width is for a 5/8 spacing and the 3.0mm size is
Suitable for frames with perimeter grooves, it consistent width. Spline can be dressed with a for holes on 3/4 centers. Even so, small-diameter
comes in two patterns. The octagonal mesh block plane to produce a perfect t. Sold in 10 holes require a narrower width, since the cane
webbing, made from 4mm cane in a 1/2 weave, lengths (not continuous). 1+ 5+
passes through each hole several times. If the
comes in 18 and 24 widths. The radio weave C. 36K03.17 #7 (5/32) Spline, 10 $7.20 $6.10 spacing at different locations on the frame is
(open pattern in 3mm cane) is an over/under D. 36K03.18 #8 (3/16) Spline, 10 $7.50 $6.40 uneven, use the average distance between centers
design in a 24 width only. Installation requires E. 36K03.19 #9 (7/32) Spline, 10 $7.80 $6.65 over approximately 6. Each kit contains enough
the correct size of spline, some wooden wedges material to re-cane one chair: a 270 coil of strand
and a knife, hammer and narrow chisel. Sold by F. Caning Wedges cane (not a continuous length), plus 8 of 4mm
the linear foot (specify length when ordering). Hardwood wedges used to drive the cane panel binding cane to cover the holes and create a
1+ 10+ into the frame grooves and temporarily hold it in nished border for the weave. 1+ 5+
A. 36K03.00 18 Oct. Mesh, 1 $10.90 $ 8.70 position while the reed spline is installed. J. 36K03.20 2.0mm Caning Kit $14.50 $12.35
36K03.01 24 Oct. Mesh, 1 $13.90 $11.10 Reusable. Packages of 10. 1+ 5+ K. 36K03.25 2.5mm Caning Kit $17.90 $15.25
B. 36K03.05 24 Radio Weave, 1 $13.90 $11.10 36K03.40 Caning Wedges (10) $6.90 $5.85 L. 36K03.30 3.0mm Caning Kit $21.50 $18.25

M. Tack Claw N. Staple Lifter Q. Upholsterers Pliers

Removes even the most stubborn The thin blade tip easily gets For stretching fabric prior to
tacks. Forged from 3/8 rod stock under the spine of the staple tacking it down, these pliers
with a deep, strong notch and without damaging the surrounding have 31/2 wide serrated jaws
chisel tip, well hardened for wear wood and lifts evenly, minimizing that grip tightly and evenly
resistance. Cranked shaft supplies breakage. The cranked neck provides signicant to eliminate the uneven
plenty of leverage and keeps knuckles clear of leverage. At 1/4 wide, it removes the narrowest stretching and fabric pattern distortion that come
the work. Butyrate handle. Measures 61/2 long. of staples up to 1/2 long in a single motion. with hand stretching. Made from cast iron with
36K02.30 Tack Claw $26.90 Blade is hardened for durability. Tough butyrate plastic-coated grips. 9 long overall.
handle. 81/2 overall. 36K02.20 Upholsterers Pliers $49.50
36K02.25 Staple Lifter $27.90
R. Fiber Rush
O. Upholsterers Hammer Made from a tough paper, ber rush is a good
Traditionally used with a webbing imitation of traditional natural rush. Comes in a
M stretcher, this hammer holds a tack continuous twisted strand. Brown 3/16 rush in a
on the 3/8 magnetic tip for 2 lb coil, enough to do an average chair seat.
starting, and the 1/2 non-magnetic 1+ 5+
N end drives it home. Both tips have durable 1/4 36K03.35 3/16 Fiber Rush, 2 lb $20.90 $17.80
thick steel faces. Nicely balanced, the hammer is
105/8 overall with a 7 oz bronze head and a
wedged hickory handle.
36K02.10 7 oz Upholsterers Hammer $44.90
P
P. Gooseneck Webbing Stretcher
For evenly stretching webbing to
the correct tension, this tool
allows you to apply leverage
O easily, using its head as a fulcrum.
Six steel pins securely hold the
webbing and a rubber bumper
Q prevents slippage and marring. R
10 long overall. Hardwood head and handle.
36K02.15 Webbing Stretcher $39.50
316 Project Supplies
 A. Rocker Mechanism
Suitable for restoring an old rocker or for constructing a new one,
A this swivel rocker mechanism is a top-of-the-line model with 3/8
ball bearings. Weighing 7 lb, it is 81/493/8 overall and 3 thick. It
has mounting holes on both top and bottom. Completed stool shown. G
12K58.01 Swivel Rocker Mechanism $44.50 Wood not included.

Bar Stool Swivels

These heavy-duty bar stool swivels are made
from 2mm steel plate with 3/8 ball bearings. One
B model has a built-in 3 pitch to provide a
comfortable seat angle, and the other is at for
Swivels can
swing 360.
general-purpose use. 63/4 square. 1+ 10+
B. 12K02.01 3 Pitch Swivel, ea. $16.50 $14.90
C C. 12K02.02 Std. 63/4 Swivel, ea. $18.50 $16.70

Sewing Machine Lift

This well-designed lift has a load capacity
of 40 lb and uses a two-stage lifting
mechanism (it stops halfway up so you
can ensure your hands are clear). Bottom and
intermediate stop positions are adjustable over a
4 range, while the top stop position can be
adjusted over 3/4. (Top position can be set ush
with, or just above, the tabletop.) The mecha- Back view
showing gas
nism latches securely in all three positions. The cylinder and
G. Lee Valley Piano Stool Mechanism
support arm assembly glides smoothly along cable.
the back mount track, using eight roller bear- From 1879 to 1932 the Otterville Manufacturing
ings, with the lift force provided by a gas Company designed and built many consumer
Press up
cylinder and cable. Total travel is about to open. items, from mechanical carpet sweepers to
131/2, height is 191/2, width is 13 and Victorian folding screens. One of its better prod-
depth is 11. Superb design. Made in Germany. ucts was a height-adjustable piano stool; today it
02K01.01 *Sewing Machine Lift $189.00 Press is much sought after by antique collectors. We
down have remodelled that mechanism to make our
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to to close.
our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by piano stool mechanism. It includes a 3 long
ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for machined steel nut (for insertion in
Upright position Closed position the stool base) plus a 41/2 diameter
shipping rates.
seat ange xed to a 1
D. Tambour Door Kit diameter by
With this tambour door and track kit, you 8 long
can make an appliance garage to neatly threaded G
store items such as toasters, steel shaft.
food processors and juicers. The #6 and #12 xing screws needed are not
Included in the kit is a cloth- included, since their length will be design
D dependent. A unique feature of our redesign is
backed tambour door (with a hand
pull) in natural red oak and a spring-tensioned threading only the bottom third of the nut. This
track system you need to make only the wood face frame and avoids toppling of the seat if the shaft is spun
side panels. To build a corner unit, the 15 wide door is suitable. To build a square out of the threaded portion. The system still
unit, either the 15 or the 24 wide door can be used. Door and mounting dowel provides 6 of height adjustment.
can be trimmed to t narrower openings. The track is 171/2 high, tambour door is 01K71.01 Piano Stool Mechanism $79.50
18 high mounted. Using a recommended 2 top rail, maximum cabinet opening
is 163/8 high and 149/16 wide for the 15 kit or 239/16 wide for the 24 kit. H. Swinging (Glider) Chair Brackets
Completed garage is secured between countertop and bottom of upper cabinet. These 83/4 glider chair brackets have xed ball
12K91.01 Red Oak Door Kit, 15 $74.50 bearings at each end, sized for mounting with
Corner unit 1/4 bolts. Brackets have a 2 offset and are
12K91.02 Red Oak Door Kit, 24 $98.00
plated with zinc chromate. Sold in sets of four,
Wooden Tambours bolts not included.
Tambours are used on roll-top desks or stereo units, or
anywhere a disappearing door is needed. These Swedish- Chair Brackets (4) 1+ 10+
made tambours are attractive and well made. The ush-t 00T04.20 $13.90 $11.80 H
style is cut to make the 8mm (5/16) slat joints invisible
when at. It is cherry veneer, 48 wide by 375/8 long. The
traditional grooved-t model, with 12mm (15/32) wide
routed slats, has a tapered groove penetrating almost to the
heavy duck-cloth backing (but is designed so that the
backing never shows). It is red oak veneer, 43 wide by
353/8 long. Both will bend around a 1/2 radius corner. E
Solid wood veneer over laminated wood, they are very
stable. 1/4 thick. They can be cut on a table saw if required.
Not Stocked at our Stores. F
E. 03A12.01 Cherry, Flush Fit $149.00
F. 03A13.01 Red Oak, Grooved Fit $159.00

 Plate Hangers
Formed brass wire with a
brass-plated steel spring,
these hangers provide a
B three-point tensioned
grip that allows collector
plates to be displayed.
B. Brass Rivets Hanger tips can be bent
Rivets are handy in the shop for xing wood to to accommodate different
metal or two pieces of metal to each other, as plate edges. Suitable for
joints in toys, or to rehandle a knife that you plates from 7 to 111/2
might otherwise have thrown out. The three in diameter; sizes
sizes we offer will fasten total thicknesses of 3/8
given for each hanger are appropriate
A to 1/2, 1/2 to 5/8 and 5/8 to 1, but can also be ranges. Overall hanger lengths are about 8,
shortened. Rivet size stated in millimetres is 91/2 and 11. Priced per hanger. 1+ 5+
head diameter by length of longest piece. Sold as
00F12.01 7 to 81/2 Hanger, ea. $4.70 $4.00
A. Spice Bottles 50 sets of rivets.
00F12.02 81/2 to 10 Hanger, ea. $5.10 $4.35
Making a spice rack is a pleasant project, but 6mm8mm Rivets (3/8 to 1/2) 1+ 6+ 00F12.03 10 to 111/2 Hanger, ea. $5.50 $4.65
nding decent spice bottles is often the most dif- 33K62.01 $ 9.50 $ 8.55
cult part. These are good glass bottles, 41/8 high
by 17/8 in diameter, that hold about 41/2 oz and 6mm10mm Rivets (1/2 to 5/8)
Example of
have double ip-top lids, one side for shaking, the 33K62.03 $ 9.90 $ 8.90 completed project.
other for spooning. 1+ 12+ 24+ 8.5mm16mm Rivets ( /8 to 1)
5
12K82.10 Bottle & Cap, ea. $2.20 $1.80 $1.55 33K62.05 $14.90 $13.40

Decorative Liner Papers

Made in Florence, Italy, these are high-quality 700mm500mm (271/2195/8) and come in
liner papers for shelves, drawers, trunks or other packages of 10.
furniture pieces. Printed with traditional designs, Full Sheets, pkg. of 5 1+ 10+
they are made from heavy-gauge fine-grain C. 01A49.50 Blue Acanthus $18.50 $15.75
cellulose paper with a matte nish. Best applied D. 01A49.51 Gold Fleur-de-Lis $39.50 $33.60 Q
with a solvent-free water-based wallpaper paste, E. 01A49.53 Brown Acanthus $18.50 $15.75
they are not recommended for areas exposed to F. 01A49.54 Blue Fleur-de-Lis $18.50 $15.75 Q. Stainless-Steel Inserts
moisture. Full sheets are available in ve distinc- G. 01A49.52 Cartography $27.50 $23.40 You can use these inserts as liners for
tive patterns in packages of five, measuring Half Sheets, pkg. of 10 1+ 10+ small turned vases or as holders in a
700mm1000mm (271/2391/4). Half-size H. 01A49.70 Brown $18.50 $15.75 wooden base. About 3 tall and just shy of 1 in
sheets in two Arts & Crafts patterns measure J. 01A49.71 Beige/Green $18.50 $15.75 diameter, with a rolled lip, they t in a 1 drilled
hole with minimal play (slight sanding may be
C D E F G H J required at the top of the hole due to manufac-
turing variances). Package of four.
88K92.70 SS Inserts, pkg. of 4 $16.90

R. Coffee Cartridge Rails

Used in pairs, these rails offer a simple
way to neatly store the cartridges for
Wool-Blend Furniture Pads
single-serving coffee brewers such as
You wont be disappointed with these furniture pads. They not only stay exactly where you place them,
those made by Keurig, Nespresso
but are highly resistant to wear and compression. The pads are made from a dense wool-blend felt,
and Tassimo. Channels in the rails
forming a resilient cushion to dampen squeaks and protect against scuffs and scratches. The peel-and-
capture the cartridge rim and hold it
stick backing isnt just a thin surface layer of double-faced tape, its a generously applied glue that
securely until ready for use. You
penetrates the pad bers. The high-tack adhesive creates a tenacious bond with virtually any clean, dry
can easily insert or remove
surface you wont discover these stuck to a slipper (or the cat) at a later date.
cartridges anywhere on the rail; R
Round pads are available in three diameters. We also offer a 136 strip for rocking chairs or
just lift the cartridge up to free
rocking horses, and a pair of 41/253/4 rectangular pads that you can cut to a custom t with scissors
it from the bottom rail.
or a hobby knife. Made in Canada, these top-quality pads are a signicant upgrade over any others
PSA-backed for easy PSA
weve used. Highly recommended.
K. 93K86.11 3/4 dia. Round Pads, pkg. of 20 $3.95 P. Adhesive-Backed Felt Dots mounting, the rails can be installed backing

L. 93K86.12 1 dia. Round Pads, pkg. of 16 $4.50 These pressure-sensitive self-adhesive dots can on any smooth surface, oriented
M. 93K86.13 11/2 dia. Round Pads, pkg. of 8 $4.95 be mounted on coasters or trivets to protect horizontally or vertically. Mounting templates
N. 93K86.16 136 Strip, ea. $9.95 surfaces. They are 3/8 in diameter by 1/16 thick. included. Sold as a pair of 12 long rails; made
O. 93K86.17 41/253/4 Rect. Pads, pkg. of 2 $9.95 93K87.01 Pkg. of 60 Dots, 3/8 dia. $2.20 from extruded PVC, they can easily be cut shorter
if desired. Additional rails can be used to extend the
length of the channels, or for creating
rows. Made in Canada.
K
O Coffee Cartridge Rails, pr. 1+ 5+
P 05H32.01 $10.90 $9.80
Cartridges can
A rubber bumper (not included)
L N can be used to prevent cartridges
be inserted or removed
anywhere on the rail.
from sliding free.
Rails will hold various
styles of cartridges.

M
Cartridges not
included.
 A. Chromed Steel Balls Cribbage Board Template and Pegs
There are near Our template cuts the time it takes to make a crib-
endless uses for bage board appreciably. The 1433/4 layout is E
ball bearings in designed to make a board for use by two, three or
toys. Their high four players; you add border trim to this. F
mass-to-size ratio A The metal cribbage pegs are nickel plated,
makes them ideal black oxide steel or solid brass. Tip tapers from G
game balls for table 0.100 to 0.180 and ts into a 1/8 dia. hole. The
hockey, Shoot-the-Moon style games, etc. Where hardwood peg can be stained or painted. H
they really shine is for use with magnets or in E. 41K05.10 Board Template $2.00
marble towers. These are industrial-quality, hard- Pegs, ea. 1+ 10+ 50+ 100+ J
ened steel bearings with excellent chrome plating. F. 41K01.57 Hardwood $ .37 $ .31 $ .27 $ .24
At 9/16 in diameter, they are not suitable for use in G. 41K05.03 Nickel Plate $1.80 $1.53 $1.35 $1.17 Wood not
toys for children under age 3 because of the H. 41K05.02 Black Steel $1.70 $1.44 $1.27 $1.10 included.
choking hazard, but are ideal otherwise. Sold in J. 41K05.01 Brass $1.90 $1.61 $1.42 $1.23
packages of 10 or 50. Example of assembled and painted
46J87.02 Chromed Steel Balls (10) $ 4.10 K. Lee Valley Table Hockey game. (Wood and paint not
included in kit.)
46J87.03 Chromed Steel Balls (50) $14.50 Hardware Kit
Patterned after the top-of-the-line club model of
B. Hourglass the famous Monro hockey games, this
This hand-blown hourglass is made in Europe 60+ year-old design is still the best
and lled with 60 minutes (2 minutes) of ne design of table hockey games.
natural sand. It is 3 in The kit includes complete
diameter by 8 long. layout instructions
(Wood not included.) (with a full-scale
Hourglass, ea. 1+ 5+ template), all the
33K05.03 $48.50 $43.70 wooden players,
player bearings,
nets, balls, ball
chutes, cups, launchers,
B connecting rods and K
mounting hardware. You only
have to supply the wood for the frame
and the 1/8 plywood for the playing
surface. Making the game is a
pleasant project and the result can
still take children away from
computer games and adults
from television sets. An excel-
lent fast-action family game.
Suitable for ages 4 and older.
Table Hockey Hardware Kit
50K40.01 $56.50

C Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com

C. Wooden Crokinole/Checker Pieces

A 24-piece hardwood set. Discs are about 11/8
in diameter by 3/8 thick. Lacquer nish. Xylophone Kits 1+ 10+
KC566 Crokinole/Checker Pieces $4.80 With one of these kits and a few tools, you L. 88K97.13 13-Note Xylophone Kit $17.50
can make a musical instrument from the M. 88K97.25 25-Note Xylophone Kit $28.50
D. Wooden Chess Pieces wood of your choice. The 13-note kit lets you N. 41K30.02 5/1612 Dowel Rod $ .80 $ .65
A Staunton-pattern 32-piece hardwood chess set build a xylophone that plays a single-octave O. 41K01.08 1 Ball w/5/16 Hole $ .60 $ .51
with velvet-textured padded bases. Pawns stand chromatic scale (includes

13/8 tall; kings are just over 3. Varnish nish. sharps and ats); the M
KC568 Chess Pieces, set of 32 $6.20 25-note kit is for a xylo-
phone that plays a
two-octave chromatic
scale. Each pre-drilled,
O
zinc-plated steel bar is
stamped to indicate the note.
Kits contain all required hard- N
ware, including screws and
foam spacers to elevate the
bars so they resonate
when struck. You supply
D the material for the body.
L
Instructions included.
There are several options for
making a mallet; the hardwood
dowel and through-drilled ball
Examples
listed below will make a simple one. of completed kits.
Wood not included. Project Supplies 319
 B

A C

C
Teeth
perforate
paper to
mark
pattern.

A. Projector Scope B. Graphite Tracing Paper C. Set of Three Pounce Wheels

This magnifying projector is ideal for enlarging
letters, drawings, prints, etc. The amount of magni-
cation is determined by the distance the projector
is placed from the surface it is focused on. Ideal for
children or hobbyists, the projector will magnify an
image (max. 31/2 sq.) up to ve times the original
size (approx. 18 sq. at 5), the limit for a good, crisp
image. Uses a 75W incandescent bulb or an 18W
CFL bulb (not included). UL/CUL certied. (Note:
Image clarity is reduced in proportion to magni-
cation. At higher magnication, more detail is lost.)
27K07.75 Projector Scope $36.50
This high-quality graphite tracing paper has
several advantages over regular carbon paper
when you are transferring patterns for fretwork,
lettering or carving. Specically made for wood-
workers, it leaves a dark, clean line on paper or
wood that wont smudge. With no wax or grease,
the line is easily painted over and will not bleed
through. The paper comes in a 12144 contin-
uous roll and can be reused several times.
41K75.01 Graphite Tracing Paper $10.90
To order call 1-800-267-8767
Pounce wheels quickly and accurately transfer
patterns onto working stock. With the plan posi-
tioned on your wood, trace the lines with the
wheel; the teeth perforate the paper and mark the
pattern on the wood. The perforated line can be
made more visible by dabbing it with a pounce
bag (chalk powder in a cloth pouch). The pattern
is then reusable later with only the pounce bag.
The set includes a 1/4 wheel with 21 tpi for ne
work, a second 1/4 wheel with 15 tpi and a 7/16
wheel with 15 tpi.
88N03.01 Pounce Wheels, set of 3 $21.50

Steel Panels for Magnetic Bulletin Boards Patterned Aluminum Panels
These steel panels can be incorporated into proj- These patterned aluminum sheets can be used to
ects to create a bulletin board that uses magnets make decorative openwork panels such as those
instead of tacks or tape, so you can post notes, used in pie safes, potato bins and other ventilated
display photos or mount plans. The plain, semi- storage units. They are available in three designs,
matte panel can be painted or used as is (e.g., which have been die cut with crisp, well-dened
with dry-erase markers). The 2412 black- edges. At 0.020 thick, the 2412 panels are
board panel has an enamelled nish that can be easy to work with; they can be cut with ordinary
written on with chalk. Made of 28-gauge scissors and bent by hand, but are rigid enough to
(0.0187 thick) galvanized steel to resist rust and hold their shape well. The durable, lightweight
tarnish, both styles are easy to work with; they material wont corrode or tarnish over time. A
can be cut with tin snips or formed with pliers. A versatile, practical way to add visual interest to
great way to display childrens artwork some- projects. Made in USA.
where other than the fridge door! Made in USA. Available Only at our Stores.
Available Only at our Stores. F. 88K96.11 2412 Panel, Elliptical $15.90
D. 88K96.10 2412 Panel, Plain $11.90 G. 88K96.12 2412 Panel, Cloverleaf $15.90
E. 88K96.14 2412 Panel, Blackboard $24.90 H. 88K96.13 2412 Panel, Mosaic $15.90
Sample of magnetic bulletin
board project
J. Clipboard Clip and Calculator
A custom-made clipboard is easy to make, and a
satisfying way to use up short boards that are too
good to throw away. This gold-colored plated-steel
spring clip comes with a calculator and two adhe-
sive strips for mounting it (or a plaque, photo, etc.)
in the 21/833/8 (54mm86mm) recessed panel.
The strong spring, a paper stop behind the clip
edge, a pen/pencil holder with 1/4 to 3/4 capacity,
and color-matching machine screws and cap nuts
for mounting are all features not found with other
board clips. Designed by Lee Valley. 1+ 4+
88K78.17 Clip & Calculator $9.00 $8.10
Mount to board.
J

J Flexible
holder
accepts
up to 3/4
diameter
pen or
pencil.

Spray Adhesive
D This versatile 3M adhesive can be
used for temporary or permanent
bonds. It is ideal for holding patterns
on wood for cut-out work. A very
E
G light coat holds well but will release
cleanly. The pattern can be reused
F without recoating. This feature is
also excellent for sanding papers
and discs. A heavier coat will give a
permanent bond to paper, glass,
cardboard, cloth, wood, plastic
H lms, metal and foam rubber. Heat
F and water resistant. 16.75 oz (467g)
G H spray can. Low-mist formula gives
Elliptical approx. 220 sq.ft. of coverage.
Mosaic
Cloverleaf Spray Adhesive, 16.75 oz
320 54Z06.01 $18.50
 Eagle Cane Head t the large cane tip to the shaft, you can shape the
This solid brass eagle head comes with an inter- shaft end freehand to match the tapered tip socket
nally threaded 1 diameter collar for screwing or, to apply a close-t taper, you can use our 5/8 A
directly onto a cane shaft. For those who want to Veritas tapered tenon cutter (see below). All three
make segmented canes, 1 and 3/4 joining plates sizes include heavy-duty rubber tips (with xing
are available separately. All ttings are cast brass, screws) for everyday use; the two larger sizes also
turned, threaded and polished. 1+ 6+ come with a stainless-steel tip that can be inter-
A. 93K30.03 Eagle Cane Head, ea. $14.50 $13.10 changed with the rubber tip for additional grip
B
B. 93K31.01 1 Join, ea. $ 5.70 $ 5.15 when stream wading or mountaineering. Made in
93K31.02 3/4 Join, ea. $ 5.50 $ 4.95 Canada. Sizes listed are length by diameter.
Stainless Steel 1+ 6+ C
Veritas Couplers E. 05K99.31 3/45/8 Tip, ea. $11.90 $10.70
These chromated zinc couplers make solid, F. 05K99.32 11/43/4 Tip, ea. $17.90 $16.10
invisible threaded joins for canes, staffs, pool G. 05K99.35 13/41 Tip, ea. $22.50 $20.30
cues or knock-down applications. The coupler Brass 1+ 6+
D
consists of two nuts (7/16 in diameter by 1 long) H. 05E06.01 3/45/8 Tip, ea. $ 9.60 $ 8.65
with a 1/4-20 joining screw. The camera-mount J. 05E06.02 11/43/4 Tip, ea. $15.90 $14.30 E H
is a variation of this coupler (with a 1 nut and a K. 05E07.01 13/41 Tip, ea. $22.50 $20.30
1/2 nut) specically for joining a knob to the end
05E06.07 Repl. Rubber Tip, 5/8 $ .90
of a staff so the staff can be used as a camera 05E06.08 Repl. Rubber Tip, 3/4 and 1 $ .90
monopod by simply removing the knob and J
mounting the camera on the exposed 1/4-20 stud.
1 diameter tip shown.
(Both video cameras and 35mm cameras take a
1/4-20 mount.) 1+ 6+ The 3/4 & 1 diameter F
C. 05E06.04 Zinc Coupler $4.90 $4.40 tip sizes include
interchangeable tips.
D. 05E06.06 Zinc Camera-Mount $4.90 $4.40
Wood not included.

Veritas Cane & Staff Tips L. Veritas Tapered Tenon Cutter

Available in stainless steel or brass, these top-
quality cane and staff tips are made in our own
machine shop. The 3/4 long size ts shafts with a
5/8 or larger end diameter; the 11/4 long size ts
shafts with a minimum 3/4 end diameter. The two
smaller sizes are scored internally to provide a
mechanical lock for gluing and have internally
chamfered lips for a snug t. Measuring 13/4 long,
the largest tip ts shafts with a 1 or larger end
diameter and mounts with an included screw. To
Our 5/8 tapered tenon cutter will quickly taper a
shaft end for close t with the tapered socket of
our 13/41 Veritas cane & staff tip. Used much G
like a hand-held pencil sharpener, it is suitable
for use on soft, green or hard wood from 5/8 to
11/8 in diameter. It is a good alternative to free-
hand shaping of a shaft end, especially if you
plan to make several canes or hiking staffs. K L
Made in Canada. Patent pending.
05J61.09 5/8 Tapered Tenon Cutter $43.50

M. Magnetic Paint N. Toolbox Ends Rubber feet prevent Wood not

This paint, which has tiny iron particles mixed
into it, is simply brushed onto non-magnetic
materials, such as wood, to create a surface
that magnets will stick to. Dark gray, this
latex-based primer can be top-coated with any
regular latex or enamel paint. Works best with
rare-earth magnets, but any at magnet will
do. Available in 1-pint size to cover 1 square
metre (10.8 square feet) with two coats. Some
may prefer to apply three coats, as the more
layers of paint, the greater the concentration of
iron particles and the greater the attraction.
Due to the amount of iron sediment in this
paint, thorough stirring is required. Apply
with a foam brush or roller. Leaves a slightly
rough surface. Great for home projects or chil-
drens rooms.
53Z20.10 Magnetic Paint $19.50
To view our selection of rare-earth magnets, see
pages 231-233.
Its an easy matter to create a portable toolbox with surface marring. included.
these steel toolbox ends and standard 18 (3/4
thick) material. Includes instructions and all the
hardware needed for construction; you supply only
the wood. Finished, the toolbox provides a storage N
space 61/2 deep by 71/4 wide, the length being as
long as you deem practical. The formed panels are
20 ga. steel for strength and have a durable red
powder-coat nish. Rubber feet on the bottoms of
the panels elevate the toolbox and prevent surface
marring. An easy method for making a durable
toolbox with relatively minor effort. 1+ 5+
50K64.01 Toolbox Ends, pr. $16.50 $14.00
Brass Pen Holder
Turned from solid brass, polished and lacquered,
this pen holder is 3 long overall with a 9/16
base. The base has a ball swivel tension adjust-
ment and a mounting bolt. A straight black pen is
offered separately. 1+ 6+
O. 93K22.01 Pen Holder only, ea. $6.90 $6.20
P. 93K22.02 Pen only, ea. $1.80 $1.60

Top-coated with regular paint.

M
Primed
with
magnetic
paint.

P
O
321
 A
C
Adhesive-Backed Felt
Made of a strong 10 oz wool/rayon blend, this
adhesive-backed felt is suitable for soft bases on
lamps, boxes, gameboards, etc., or for lining boxes G. Flocking Kit
or drawers. Pieces are 1724. Available individ-
ually in green, dark brown or red, or as an assorted
package of three (one of each color). 1+ 6+
A. 76K04.01 Green Felt, ea. $19.50 $17.60
B. 76K04.03 Brown Felt, ea. $19.50 $17.60
C. 76K04.05 Red Felt, ea. $19.50 $17.60
76K04.10 Pkg. of 3 Assorted $49.50
D. Cork Liner
As well as being an excellent material for
making cushioned bases for projects or lining an
area of a project table, natural cork makes a good
shelf, drawer and toolbox liner. Supplied as a
1248 long roll, the cork is 1/16 thick and is
easily cut to size. Use spray adhesive, contact
cement or rubber cement for xing.
76K05.25 Cork Liner, 1248 $11.50
Precision Hobby Knife & Blades
Hobby knives of this style are commonplace, but
this is a good one. Its ne-tipped blade has a
double-bevelled edge, so you can register it
accurately against a ruler in either a right- or left-
handed orientation. Blade changes are quick and
easy, using the knurled collet screw positioned at
the end of the handle, away from the sharp blade.
The anodized aluminum handle has a cushioned
coating for a comfortable, controlled grip that
resists slipping in the hand, while the hex-shaped
collar helps keep it from rolling on a work
surface. Supplied with a well-honed #11 carbon-
steel blade and a plastic blade cap. Replacement
blades available in packs of ve. Made in USA.
E. 86K03.40 Hobby Knife $6.70
F. 86K03.41 #11 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 5 $1.50
Rotate to release
or secure blade.
E
F H
Kit includes gun, ocking material in
G one color and matching adhesive.
15 sq.ft. of surface. The gun, ocking bers and
This kit will enable even the fumble-ngered to adhesive are all available separately. Kit and
put a soft, high-quality lining in a case or jewel- adhesive shipped only by ground methods;
lery box in a few minutes. It can also be used for bers can be shipped by any means.
putting non-marring bases on lamps or bookends, 98K10.03 Green Flocking Kit $34.50
or anywhere you would otherwise be cutting and 98K10.05 Brown Flocking Kit $34.50
pasting felt, baize or other lining material. 98K10.06 Blue Flocking Kit $34.50
Suede-Tex is made from rayon lament cut to a 98K10.07 Red Flocking Kit $34.50
uniform length of 1/32 that is sprayed onto an 98K10.08 Black Flocking Kit $34.50
adhesive-covered surface, using a specially 98K10.02 Flocking Gun only $ 7.90
designed spray gun. The resulting flocking is
lustrous and durable; after 10 to 15 hours of Color 3 oz Flocking 8 oz Adhesive
drying time, the bers cannot be rubbed off. If you Green 98K08.20 $16.50 98K06.20 $16.50
put the piece being worked on inside a cardboard Brown 98K08.15 $16.50 98K06.15 $16.50
box, all leftover bers can be trapped for reuse.
Blue 98K08.16 $16.50 98K06.16 $16.50
The kit includes a cardboard ocking gun, 3 oz
of ocking material in one of ve colors and 8 oz Red 98K08.19 $16.50 98K06.19 $16.50
of matching adhesive; it will cover more than Black 98K08.33 $16.50 98K06.33 $16.50
Shaker Oval Box Kits Copper Tacks for Shaker Oval Boxes
These oval boxes typify Shaker design, graceful Specially designed for clinching the ngers on
and functional with clean lines. The kits contain Shaker oval boxes, these copper tacks have a
all the necessary materials: specially prepared thin section to minimize splitting. #11/2 tacks
cherry side band material, quarter-cut stock for sold in 5/8 oz packages; other sizes sold in 1 oz
the box tops and bottoms, plus wooden pegs and packages. Tack lengths, recommended box sizes
copper fasteners. Full-sized patterns allow easy and approximate quantities are listed.
construction of templates and bending forms, Box
Tacks Length Size Qty.
and thorough instructions provide clear guid-
ance for shaping and bevelling the swallowtail K. 55K68.04 #1 /2 1/32 #1-#3 375 $6.70
1 7
fingers and bending the sides. Steaming or L. 55K68.07 #21 /4 #4-#6 375 $6.70
boiling of the wood is required for bending. The M. 55K68.08 #2 /2 /16 #7-#12 200 $6.70
5
swing handle carrier kit makes one #4 handled
carrier (approx. 69);
the oval box kit produces
a nesting set of three
boxes in sizes #1 to #3
(approx. 23/443/4 to Shown actual size.
45/871/4).
H. 55K68.02 Swing Handle Carrier Kit $32.50 K L M
J. 55K68.01 Shaker Oval Box Kit $41.50
Samples of completed boxes
J
 A. Wagon Hardware
Our stacking corners are ideal for making remov-
able side frames for a at-bed wagon or utility
trailer, or for making wooden stacking boxes
(e.g., grow boxes, compost bins). Each assembled
frame folds at for storage when not in use.
Heavy-gauge galvanized steel. 8 high. Set of four A
corners includes screws and instructions. For use
with 1 (3/4 dressed) thick lumber. 1+ 5+
XK605 Stacking Corners (4) $17.90 $16.10
Example of hardware used
B. Kant-Slam Gate Closer on a at-bed trailer.
A primary aw with most spring-loaded closers is
that they tend to slam gates/doors closed with
more force than is necessary potentially
damaging jambs, hardware and anyone unfortu-
nate enough to be caught within their path. This
one is different. It is based on an arrangement of
spring-loaded levers connected to a vertical oil-
lled piston regulator. Opening the gate (or door) A
forces the levers open, puts the springs under
tension and sets the piston. Releasing the door
A Example of hardware used to
relaxes the tension on the springs and forces the make wooden stacking boxes.
door closed. The closing speed is controlled by
the piston cup, which is forced through the
cylinder of oil. Rotating the cylinder controls the
closing speed of the gate. Suitable for doors or
gates weighing up to 150 lb, it is not affected by G
inclement weather and is usable both indoors and E
outdoors. The instructions are straightforward,
giving details for installation on metal- and wood-
framed gates. Mounting hardware included.
12K54.40 Kant-Slam Gate Closer $71.50 F

C
Stub axles
(sold in
pairs) t all
wheels.

Wheelbarrow axle
ts smallest wheel.

Traditional Steel Wheels

Designed for a wide range of uses on orna-
mental projects such as carts, wagons and
buckboards, these steel wheels are patterned C.
after a 150-year-old design. The 10 wheel has D.
six 1/4 spokes, the 15 wheel has eight and the E.
B
24 wheel has sixteen. All use the same 1/2 dia. F.
stub axles (purchased separately). A wheel- G.
barrow axle is available separately for use with
the smallest wheel. Supplied unpainted.
03K67.01 Stub Axles, pr. $19.50
03K66.01 Wheelbarrow Axle, ea. $19.50
03K65.10 103/4 6-Spoke Wheel, ea. $29.90
03K65.15 1511/4 8-Spoke Wheel, ea. $39.50
03K65.24 2411/4 16-Spoke Wheel, ea. $56.50

H. Self-Aligning Gate Latch

Most gates wont close properly if the gate sags a bit or a post is
bumped out of alignment. This latch solves that problem by incor-
porating a simple, patented mechanism that moves up or down
as needed to perfectly align the two parts of the latch. It even has
a built-in return spring to ensure that the latch clicks shut it wont
stick in the open position. In all, a simple solution to a common H
Wooden gate problem. Comes with mounting hardware and instructions.
Decorative FG135 Self-Aligning Gate Latch $17.50
metal gate

Project Supplies 323

Misaligned Adjusts vertically Aligned
 FINISHING C
P

G
F E
B
H
K
P
O

J the handle for maximum utility. A plastic clip-on

L
Carbide-Tipped Scrapers
The carbide blade in these scrapers stays sharp G. 97K52.12 Pear Blade
about 50 times longer than steel. Slightly convex
to avoid corner digs, the blade is reversible,
doubling its life. Excellent for scraping paint and
cleaning glue lines, and for heavy scraping jobs
in the shop. The heavy-duty model has a 21/2
blade and a knob; the regular scraper has a 2
blade. Particularly clean-cutting tools.
A. 97K52.03 HD Scraper, 21/2 Blade $35.50
B. 97K52.05 Repl. Blade, 21/2 $14.20
C. 97K51.01 Scraper, 2 Blade $26.50
D. 97K51.02 Repl. Blade, 2 $14.20 H. 64K10.01 Flat Scraper
Pocket Scraper
Ideal for intricate, hard-to-clean areas on L. 64K10.04 Repl. 90 Blades, pkg. of 2 $19.50
window casings, doors, moldings, etc., this
carbide-blade scraper comes with a triangular
blade, its three edges slightly convex to prevent
corner digging. Teardrop and pear-shaped
blades are also available. All can be rotated on
M. Set of 30 Natural-Bristle Brushes
This popular 30-brush set includes 10 each
of the 1/2, 1 and 2 sizes of the brushes
described below.
56Z99.30 Set of 30 Brushes $19.95
N. Disposable Natural-Bristle Brushes
These pure Chinese-bristle brushes can be
cleaned
l d andd reused,
d but
b t some people
l arent
t very
good about cleaning brushes. At these prices, a
sheath for the scraper is included. 71/2 overall.
E. 97K52.10 Pocket Scraper $28.50
F. 97K52.11 Teardrop Blade $12.50
$12.50
97K52.14 Repl. Triangular Blade $11.90
Double-Edged Plastic Razor Blades
Carbide Scrapers These blades are ideal for removing paint spat-
These scrapers have carbide blades that stay ters from hardwood flooring, cleaning a
sharp many times longer than steel and are glass-top stove, or simply peeling away a stub-
reversible for a second life. The at scraper has a born sticker. Molded from tough plastic, they
2 wide blade and is excellent for scraping at resist common solvents and t most standard
surfaces. The corner scraper has a 9/16 square blade holders. The orange general-purpose
blade for 90 corners. Both have ugly yet blades are slightly flexible and conform to
comfortable handles. Incredibly good value. gently contoured shapes; the yellow blades are
$16.50 more rigid and intended for at surfaces or
J. 64K10.03 Repl. Flat Blades, pkg. of 2 $19.50 more difcult jobs. Will not rust in storage.
K. 64K10.02 Corner Scraper $17.50 Available in packages of 5 or 25 double-edged
blades with a holder (holder colors may vary).
O. 86K03.15 Orange Blades (5) & Holder $4.90
See page 126 86K03.16 Orange Blades (25) & Holder $9.95
for Veritas P. 86K03.18 Yellow Blades (5) & Holder $4.90
Ball-Joint Scrapers. 86K03.19 Yellow Blades (25) & Holder $9.95
Cleaning a paint brush with solvent only is not
good enough. No matter how careful you are, there
will always be some residue. After using solvent,
wash the brush in hot, soapy water and rinse it to
brush full of hardened paint, tar or Skoot is
remove such residue. Your brushes will always
easier to take. Wooden handles. 7 to 8 overall.
be soft and exible if you follow this advice.
Sold in packs of 10.
56Z99.20 10 Bristle Brushes, 1/2 $ 5.70
Q. Razor Blades
56Z99.21 10 Bristle Brushes, 1 $ 6.90
Great for removing paint, labels and stickers
56Z99.23 10 Bristle Brushes, 11/2 $ 8.20
from glass or ceramic, and for precise trimming
56Z99.22 10 Bristle Brushes, 2 $10.20
or cutting applications. These #12 heavy-duty
56Z99 24 10 Bristle
56Z99.24 B h 21/2
B i tl Brushes, $$11
11.90
90
single-edge blades are sharpened with a
56Z99.25 10 Bristle Brushes, 3 $12.90
compound double-hone and backed with a
thick steel spine for rigidity. Carton of 100.
N 86K03.10 #12 HD Razor Blades (100) $9.95

Q
 A

One application
on a metal surface.

D
in.
30 m
in.
15 m
.
5 min

A. Greensolv Paint Remover C. Foam Brushes

Originally developed for military and aerospace For applying stains and some finishes, many
use, this stripper has no caustic chemicals (such as people prefer using foam brushes as they apply the
commonly used methylene chloride, phenol, material well and can be thrown away after use.
formic acid, hydrogen peroxide or ammonia), yet These wooden-handled brushes are made to simu-
remains highly effective on varnishes and paints late the flexibility of bristles; a plastic insert
(epoxy, alkyd, oil, urethane, ethanol and latex bonded to the foam stiffens the brush so that it
based). It penetrates and breaks the bond between B closely mimics the resistance of bristles to bend-
the coating and the substrate usually within 30 ing. (Cannot be used with shellac and lacquer.) 6
minutes, depending on materials and temperature. to 61/2 long overall. Available in three widths in
With this adhesion broken, the coating lifts off the packages of 10, or in a mixed package of ve of
substrate, allowing clean removal with little each size. (Widths stated are nominal.)
scraping effort (use steel wool or an abrasive pad to 80K63.01 1 Foam Brush, pkg. of 10 $ 6.20
help remove residue from detailed areas). Surfaces 80K63.02 2 Foam Brush, pkg. of 10 $ 8.20
with more than four coats of paint may require a 80K63.03 3 Foam Brush, pkg. of 10 $10.30
second application. The remover has a honey-like 80K63.11 Mixed Package of 15 $11.50
consistency that clings well to at and vertical B. Spatulas
surfaces, evaporates slowly (surfaces stay moist This set of wax-modellers spatulas is great for D. Acid Swabs
for up to 3 days), and will not stain or corrode mounting glass eyes, minor lling and gluing Acid swabs are extremely useful for any
metal, aluminum, concrete, PVC, wood, glass, jobs, and can also be sharpened to make small number of small jobs where you need a brush to
brick or berglass. It has a pungent odor and is best exible knives. Made from hardened 440 stain- apply a bit of paint, stain, stripper, etc. Sold in
used in well-ventilated areas. Wear neoprene or less steel, they hold an edge well. With a total of packages of 12. Bristle section is about 3/8
nitrile gloves for skin protection, as well as splash seven different ends, they all have serrated grips. wide and 3/4 long.
goggles. Clean-up can be done with water. About 7 long. 1+ 10+
56Z29.20 Greensolv, 946ml $26.50 86K95.04 Spatulas, set of 4 $11.50 83K04.01 Acid Swabs, pkg. of 12 $5.95 $5.05
Microbrush Applicators
These disposable applicators let you apply tiny amounts of oil, paint,
glue, stain, etc., very accurately and controllably. Their articulating
necks make them equally good for cleaning hard-to-reach areas. The
ball-head styles (about 3/64, 5/64 and 7/64 diameter) have lint-free,
non-absorbent bers. The 1/16 diameter brush head has 1/4 long
bristles. Applicators are about 4 long and are available in packs of
10 or as a set of 40 (one pack of each style).
E. 83K09.21 10 Superne Ball Applicators $ 3.20 E
F. 83K09.23 10 Regular Ball Applicators $ 3.20
G. 83K09.24 10 Brush Head Applicators $ 3.20 F
H. 83K09.22 10 Fine Ball Applicators $ 3.20 G
83K09.25 Set (40) Applicators $11.50
H
Cleaning Brushes
Enlarged view
These brushes are ideal
for cleaning in awkward
locations. All have 73/4 long
handles; the bristle heads are 5/1613/8.
The stainless-steel wire brush is for surface E
nishing metals or ttings. The brass wire brush removes surface dirt
or nishes without scratching the underlying metal. The nylon bristle brush is the
F
best choice for a gentle but rm abrasive action. Available individually or as a set
of three (one of each brush). 1+ 5+
G
83K09.01 Stainless-Steel Brush $3.80 $3.40 To order call
1-800-267-8767
83K09.02 Brass Brush $3.80 $3.40 or visit us on the web
83K09.03 Nylon Brush $3.80 $3.40 at www.leevalley.com H
83K09.11 Set of 3 Brushes $9.95
325
 M

N O

L
P
B F
E Tapered Round Brushes
C D The tips of these brushes are hand formed to a point, set in epoxy, then double
crimped to the wooden handle using a solid copper ferrule. The bristles on the
Gramercy Finish Brushes three largest brushes are also whipped with cord at the base of the ferrule to
Hand made from premium materials, these are among the nest brushes prevent splaying. Unparalleled for painting or nishing moldings, casements
weve used for lm nishes. While ordinary brushes often have a ller to or other irregular surfaces the pointed tip lets you reach into a corner without
create a gap within the bristles, these have a densely packed bundle of leaving a large dollop of paint. When cutting a line, rolling the brush slightly
exceptionally ne bristles without any ller. As a result, they hold a ensures a steady ow and further prevents errant bristles from marring adjacent
surprising amount of nish and allow a long, smooth stroke with minimal surfaces. They come in a mixed-bristle style (Orel and white China bristle)
brush marks, saving time when rubbing out. The bristles are rmly anchored for water-based (WB) materials, and in a pure white China bristle style for all
in epoxy, which wont deteriorate in solvents, and the stainless-steel other materials. The bristle is fully agged in both styles. Made in France.
ferrules wont rust. Made in a traditional beaver-tail shape, the unnished L. 33K69.11 Rd. WB Brush, 11mm (7/16) $10.40
hardwood handle is well balanced and comfortable. 33K69.15 Rd. WB Brush, 15mm (9/16) $11.80
Suitable for solvent-based nishes (shellac, thinned oil varnish and lacquer), 33K69.21 Rd. WB Brush, 21mm (13/16) $15.70 L
the European ox-hair brushes have bristles that are hand formed without trim- 33K69.25 Rd. WB Brush, 25mm (1) $18.50
ming, so the naturally tapered ends of the hair remain intact. Surface tension 33K69.32 Rd. WB Brush, 32mm (11/4) $23.90
causes liquid to travel toward the thin tip, ensuring superb ow. The synthetic M. 33K70.11 Rd. Brush, 11mm (7/16) $10.10
badger-hair brushes are for water-based nishes and have bristles as ne as the 33K70.15 Rd. Brush, 15mm (9/16) $11.10
best natural hair; however, unlike natural materials, these do not lose their shape 33K70.21 Rd. Brush, 21mm (13/16) $15.90
or rmness when wet. Highly recommended. 33K70.25 Rd. Brush, 25mm (1) $17.50
A. 33T09.11 1 Ox-Hair Brush $29.50 Prole of 33K70.32 Rd. Brush, 32mm (11/4) $24.50
B. 33T09.12 2 Ox-Hair Brush $56.50 ox-hair brush
C. 33T09.13 3 Ox-Hair Brush $79.50 N. Badger Double Brushes
D. 33T09.14 1 Badger-Hair Brush $29.50 Pro le of
badger-hair
A mixture of badger, skunk and hog bristles with a
E. 33T09.15 2 Badger-Hair Brush $44.50 brush double thickness of laments set in hard rubber and
F. 33T09.16 3 Badger-Hair Brush $64.50 formed to a chisel edge, these are primarily owing
brushes for applying varnish, shellac or lacquer. N
Chinese Fan Brushes They have capped bright tin ferrules with lacquered
Chinese bristle brushes are famous for the quality of their pig bristle. Used wood handles and are available in three sizes.
for furniture nishes, these brushes have ne bristles with a fan tip that adds Bristle Ferrule
an element of ow control that a square tip cannot replicate. The paddle- Width Length Thickness
style handle is actually more comfortable in this use than the Western style 80K61.01 1 15/8 1/2 $33.50
of handle. Well made with hardwood handles, nickel-plated brass ferrules 80K61.02 2 17/8 9/16 $41.50
and all natural bristles. 80K61.03 3 21/8 11/16 $62.50
G. 09A02.51 1 Fan Brush, ea. $2.60 To order call O. Double-Tapered Finish Brushes
H. 09A02.52 11/2 Fan Brush, ea. $2.90 1-800-267-8767 or visit Hand formed to a double-tapered edge for even material ow, this pure hog
J. 09A02.53 2 Fan Brush, ea. $3.40 our website at
www.leevalley.com
bristle brush leaves a smooth, streak-free nish with oil-based paints, enamels,
K. 09A02.54 21/4 Fan Brush, ea. $3.70
varnishes, stains, lacquers or shellacs. The thick bristle bundle has no llers and
09A02.60 Fan Brushes, set of 4 $9.95
is fully agged for excellent material absorbency and ow-out. The comfort-
able handle is wood with a brass-plated ferrule. Not for use with water-based
nishes. Available in three sizes (nominal measurements indicated). A good-
quality owing brush, made in France.
Bristle Ferrule
Width Length Thickness
G
33K60.21 1 111/16 7/16 $ 8.90
33K60.22 2 23/8 5/8 $19.50 Prole of double-
tapered brush
H 33K60.23 31/8 25/8 13/16 $27.50
P. Japanese Varnish Brush
This beautifully soft, ne brush is made from tapered-
end acrylic and polypropylene bers combined with
goats hair. It works well with water-based nishes,
varnish, lacquer and paint, leaving no hairs behind and
J no brush marks. There is no metal ferrule to cause
chemical reactions and the 6 long cypress handle
is comfortably shaped and canted at just the right
K angle. Bristles are 2 (50mm) wide. Made in Japan. P
Fan tip improves 56Z99.85 Japanese Varnish Brush $14.90
control of paint ow.

A. Breathable Polyester Coveralls
For messy jobs such as plastering, painting,
sanding or working with insulation, these
machine-washable coveralls are made from
tough woven polyester that is breathable and
lightweight. They have three pockets, a zippered
front, a drawstring hood, and elasticized sleeve
and pant cuffs to keep out debris. All seams are
double-stitched for durability, and debris will
not cling to the static-free fabric. Offered in a
range of sizes (chest sizes listed).
56Z99.91 Med. Coveralls (38-40) $28.50
56Z99.92 Lg. Coveralls (42-44) $28.50
56Z99.93 XLg. Coveralls (46-48) $28.50
56Z99.94 XXLg. Coveralls (50-52) $28.50
See pages 297 and 298 in the Safety section
for our selection of protective gloves.
Soy-Based Solvents
Derived from soybeans, these solvents are remark-
ably effective at removing paint and nishes,
without the main drawbacks of conventional
solvents. Not only are they low-odor, they also
clean up with water and can be disposed of
easily. They work on oil- and water-based coatings
as well as acrylics, latex, enamel and urethanes.
B. Paint & Finish Stripper
Formulated to a gel consistency, this strong solvent
clings well to vertical surfaces or the underside of
objects, and remains wet for extended periods. You
can apply it to stubborn, layered coatings, or those
in detailed recesses, and leave it in contact long
enough to penetrate the surface and break the bond
between the coating and substrate. This allows the
coating to be removed with minimal scraping
effort. It can even break down two-part epoxies if
left in contact for over 24 hours. Wear neoprene
gloves for skin protection, as well as splash
goggles. Not for use on PVC, plastics or rubber.
Each 1 quart (32 oz/946ml) container provides
coverage for approximately 31 sq.ft. Made in USA.
Stripper, 32 oz (946ml) 1+ 4+
56Z29.30 $27.50 $24.80
C. Brush & Spray Gun Cleaner
This solvent is a thin uid that penetrates paint
brush bristles and spray gun mechanisms to
dissolve trapped residue. Fluid can be ltered
and reused until effectiveness is lost. Wear
neoprene gloves for skin protection, as well as
splash goggles. Not for use on PVC, plastics or
rubber. Available in a 32 oz (946ml) container.
Made in USA.
56Z29.32 Cleaner, 32 oz (946ml) $27.50
C
E
Although not shown,
a respirator or dust
mask should be worn
when using a sprayer.
A
E. Critter Air-Powered Spray Gun
This is a simple and effective tool. Connected to
an air compressor, it will spray stain, adhesive,
lacquer or paint. The spray area can be adjusted
from 1/4 to 4 in diameter by turning the brass
nozzle up into the airstream. Clean-up is fast and
easy as the liquid is drawn directly from the
reservoir and does not ow through the gun. Best
of all, it uses any size of standard Mason jar as
the reservoir for easy storage of paints or nishes
without having to clean a paint cup or buy
expensive extras. A 16 oz glass jar and instruc-
Breathable, light- tions are included. For use with compressors
weight material with with a minimum 3/4 hp, 10 to 90 psi, and 2 to
elasticized sleeve
and pant cuffs to 3 cfm. The repair kit contains the most frequently
keep out debris. requested replacement parts (nozzle, spring,
lock nut, tube and jar gasket).
03K03.01 Air-Powered Spray Gun $54.50
03K03.02 Repair Kit $19.50
03K03.03 Jar Gasket, pkg. of 5 $ 7.90
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
F. Paint Brush Wash Can
This stainless-steel brush washer holds 500ml
D. Magnetic Paintbrush Holder (1 pint) of solvent and can be used for brushes up
This device clips to the rim of any size of can. to 3 wide. The removable grate (3 in diameter
Integral magnets securely hold the brush ferrule, so and 23/8 deep) helps loosen paint, which then
paint ows from the bristles back into the can. One falls through its holes, leaving cleaner solvent
magnet keeps the brush above the liquid in a full above. The gasket in the lid creates an airtight
can; the other grips the brush vertically for when seal so there is no solvent odor or evaporation
the liquid level is lower. Molded from durable when the lid is clamped.
ABS, it even has a metal tab for opening cans. 09A02.65 Paint Brush Wash Can $19.50
Makes brush clean-up much easier. 1+ 3+ Ideal for artists brushes Lid creates airtight seal.
67K74.02 Paintbrush Holder, ea. $4.95 $4.45
D Paint
can
opener
Magnets
F
D
 A Sold in package of 10. See page 363
for a set of 12
palette knives.

Pyramids can D. Palette Knives for Woodworkers

be fastened to
a work surface.
B a blessing for woodworkers. The mirror-nish
Sold in
package of 4.
Painters Pyramid & Grabbers
These two styles of work supports are included with the
Versa-Spin nishing turntable (below) and can also be
used alone. The 2 high Painters Pyramid supports elevate a
project to give access to multiple surfaces. To avoid marring
the nish, they minimize contact with the work, and are
rounded to prevent denting. They can be fastened to a work
surface or linked together. Each has a load rating of 200 lb.
Sold in packages of 10, they nest together for storage. The
triangular Grabbers present a broad, non-slip textured
surface. They can also be installed in the pyramid bases to
prevent them from sliding on smooth surfaces. Sold in pack-
ages of four. Molded from a solvent-resistant polymer, the
pyramids and grabbers are quick to set up and will not react
with nishes or wood. Color may vary. 1+ 3+
A. 88K58.70 Painters Pyramid (10) $7.95 $7.15
B. 88K58.74 Grabbers (4) $5.70 $5.15
Though made for artists, these palette knives are
Pyramids can be linked together. blades taper from about 0.008 (twice the thick-
ness of a human hair) at the tip to about 1/16 at the
tang, perfect for cutting glue into ne cracks.
More exible than a good drywall knife, they can
A be used to spread glue or remove it from your
work, to apply and trim ller in restricted areas,
or to paint in tight spaces where a brush would be
too messy. Usable in either hand, the forged
stainless-steel blades are bedded in hardwood
handles with brass ferrules, a rustproof combina-
tion. Blades range from 1/2 to 11/2 wide.
Pyramids minimize contact with workpiece. 35K09.01 Palette Knives, set of 4 $12.95
E. Terry Stain Pads
With an absorbent foam core and a knitted terry
cloth wrap, these stain applicators let you quickly
ood and pad areas for smooth coverage. About
441 thick, they move easily across uneven
surfaces. The high-density terry cloth has been
treated for better absorbency and to remove chem-
ical residues. Reusable (with the same color stain) if
kept wrapped in plastic. Excellent for working stain
C into intricate carvings and bowls. 1+ 5+
88K58.55 Stain Pads, pkg. of 12 $19.50 $17.60

Grabbers prevent
C at objects from sliding. E
C. Versa-Spin Finishing Turntable
This convenient accessory not only elevates a project during
painting or nishing, but the rotating base lets you turn the
project to work on all sides without changing your position.
Eight Painters Pyramid supports and eight Grabbers
(described above) are included. These two styles of work
supports interlock with a pattern of raised pegs on the
turntable, allowing you to quickly change the arrangement
of contact points to suit the workpiece. The turntable is
molded from a solvent-resistant, non-stick polymer that F. Absorbent Cotton Wipes
will not react with nishes or wood. It measures 16 in Cotton wipes are handy for rubbing out nishes, mopping up spilled paint and oils, removing
diameter and supports up to 100 lb. glue squeeze-out, cleaning machinery and hands, etc. Made from large pieces of top-grade,
88K58.76 Finishing Turntable Set $42.50 100% cotton white undergarment material, treated both to increase absorbency and to remove
chemical residues and other contaminants. Sold as a 5 lb bundle (about 43 pieces), the wipes
C are an average of 1520. Vastly superior to typical blended cotton/polyester wipes.
88K58.50 Cotton Wipes, 5 lb $22.50
G. Quikwood Epoxy Putty
This two-part wood epoxy putty is ideal for lling
unsightly nail, screw and knot holes in wood,
repairing damaged areas (scratches, gouges, dry rot,
etc.), and is also an excellent shapeable putty for
carvers. Prepared by kneading a portion of the roll
until uniform in color, it can be worked for approxi-
mately 20 minutes and cures in 45 minutes. It can
G then be carved, sanded, drilled, tapped and nished
as desired. Excellent for detailing bird/animal eye
settings. Supplied as a 7 long, 55g (2 oz) roll.
54Z31.01 Quikwood Epoxy Putty $11.90
328 Turntable comes with 8 pyramids and 8 grabbers.
 A
B

E F
D G

Brooklyn Tool & Craft De-Waxed Shellac Flakes Super-blonde Super-blonde

Rened in Germany, this is the highest grade of shellac available you on maple on cherry
can simply mix it and apply, without the need for ltering to remove
impurities. It is completely wax-free, so it builds to a hard, water-
resistant surface, and can be used as a sealer under other lm nishes. To
Blonde Blonde
maximize shelf life, the akes are packaged in the USA in resealable on maple on cherry
airtight bags with a desiccant and an oxygen absorber. Supplied in 1/2 lb
Orange Shellac (227g) packages in tints from super-blonde (virtually colorless) to garnet
Orange shellac is the most widely used grade for (a reddish-brown hue often preferred for darker woods). Mixed at a 2 lb
Amber Amber
new work and restoration. It is an excellent sealer cut, each package yields just under 1 litre of nish. Forgiving to work on maple on cherry
for use on any wood with pitch in it (e.g., pine) to with, shellac dries quickly, doesnt require sanding between coats and
prevent bleed-through after painting. It comes in can be applied a variety of ways (brushed, padded or sprayed).
ake form for easy dissolving, and is available in D. 56Z40.10 Super-Blonde Shellac Flakes, 1/2 lb $49.50 Garnet Garnet
a 1/4 lb (113g) sample-size package and a 1 lb E. 56Z40.11 Blonde Shellac Flakes, 1/2 lb $42.50 on maple on cherry
(454g) package. Shellac should be dissolved in F. 56Z40.12 Amber Shellac Flakes, 1/2 lb $38.50
denatured alcohol (ethanol mixed with an addi- G. 56Z40.13 Garnet Shellac Flakes, 1/2 lb $38.50
tive such as methanol, acetone or isobutyl to
make it unt for drinking). 1+ 5+ H. Touch-Up Markers There is no need to feel guilty about using wax ller
A. 56Z40.02 Orange Shellac, 1/4 lb $12.90 These felt-tip markers are charged with wood- sticks or touch-up crayons and markers to repair
B. 56Z40.01 Orange Shellac, 1 lb $39.50 $35.60 scratches and nicks. This is what professionals do
tone dyes for fast and easy repairs to furniture,
all the time. The repairs are almost invisible and
panelling, leather, plastic and vinyl. They are ideal they give the piece character.
To order call 1-800-267-8767 for simple touch-ups of scratches and nicks that do
or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com not warrant major renishing. 16.5ml (0.56 oz). K. Lacquer Sticks
Available individually or in a set of all six. Used to repair dents, gouges or scratches, these
C. Wood Restoration Kit 80K43.09 Fruitwood $ 9.20 sticks are melted onto a hot burn-in knife and then
Rotten or punky wood presents a difcult resto- 80K43.07 Mahogany $ 9.20 applied. Made from high-quality shellac and resins,
ration problem when the piece to be repaired 80K43.11 Light Brown Walnut $ 9.20 the lacquer adheres well and will accept almost any
cannot be easily removed (window sills, stair 80K43.10 Extra Dark Walnut $ 9.20 nish, including color modication. The 7 sticks
treads, posts). This two-part system consists of a 80K43.06 Cherry $ 9.20 are brittle; should they arrive broken, heat the ends
liquid epoxy, which is used to consolidate the 80K43.12 Golden Oak $ 9.20 to stick the pieces back together. The burn-in
repair area, and a putty epoxy, which lls the 80K43.20 Set of 6 Touch-Up Markers $49.00 knife has a stainless-steel curved blade that has
voids and can be shaped to replace missing the proper shape and rigidity for lacquer repairs.
J. Wax Filler Sticks
sections. The liquid is uid enough to soak into 80K70.20 Set of 12 Sticks (1 of ea.) $68.50
Made from beeswax, resins and powdered colors,
rotten wood, making it solid again. The putty can 80K70.## Lacquer Sticks, specify color $ 6.60
these beaumontage sticks are used to repair
be sanded, planed, painted and stained. The kit #15 Golden Oak #07 White
scratches, cracks, gouges and dents in furniture.
contains 12 oz of each epoxy, applicator bottle, #01 Mahogany #08 Black
Soften a small piece with your ngers, press it in,
putty knife and instructions. 12 oz, two-part #03 Light Walnut #09 Maple
trim with a knife, then rub. A color slightly darker
replacement sets can also be ordered. #04 Dark Walnut #10 Dark Amber
than the wood being lled is recommended.
56K07.01 Wood Restoration Kit, 24 oz $58.50 #05 Oak/Fruitwood #11 Amber
Available individually or as a set of all 14. Sticks
56K07.02 Repl. Putty Epoxy, 12 oz $31.50 #06 Cherry #12 Clear
are 47/811/85/8 and about 2 oz.
56K07.03 Repl. Liquid Epoxy, 12 oz $31.50 L. 80K02.02 Burn-In Knife $10.90
53Z01.41 Set of 14 Wax Sticks $139.00
53Z01.## Wax Stick, specify color $ 11.50 M. Alcohol Torch
#00 White #09 Medium Walnut This small alcohol torch is used to heat the
#02 Light Oak #10 Dark Oak burn-in knife for melting lacquer sticks prior to
#03 Walnut #12 Ebony application. It has a glass base with solid brass
#05 Dark Cherry #15 Light Pine ttings. Includes a wick cover to prevent alcohol
#06 Light Cherry #16 Pine evaporation when not in use.
#07 Dark Mahogany #19 Cedar 93K34.01 Alcohol Torch $6.80
#08 Medium Oak #21 Light Walnut 93K34.02 Repl. Wick, ea. $1.10

Colors in photo may appear

J K M
darker than actual colors.

H
#00 #02 #03

#05 #06 #07 #08 #09 #01

#15 #03
#04 #05
#06
C L
#10 #12 #15 #16 #19 #21

#07 #08 #09 #10 #11 #12

 Aniline Water Stains
Light French Walnut Dark Red for mixing
A
(on Walnut) (on Mahogany)
56Z01.01 56Z03.06

Brown Walnut Fumed Light Oak

(on Walnut) (on Oak)
56Z01.03 56Z04.01

Dark Walnut Dark Golden Oak

(on Walnut) (on Oak)
56Z01.04 56Z04.02

Light Yellow Maple Light Golden Oak

(on Maple) (on Oak)
56Z02.01 56Z04.03

Honeytone Amber Ebony Black

(on Maple) (on Oak)
56Z02.02 56Z04.08

C
Russet Amber Red Cherry
(on Maple) (on Cherry) B D E F G H
56Z02.03 56Z05.01 one ounce packages (makes about one quart, H. Squeeze Bottles
depending on dilution) with instructions, or as a These plastic (nylon) bottles are convenient
Lt. Sheraton Mahogany Natural Antique Cherry master set of 20 colors. containers for storing aniline dye or other solu-
(on Mahogany)
56Z03.01 (on Cherry) 56Z0#.## 1 oz Aniline, specify color $ 11.90 tions. Bottles come with applicator top (dyes
56Z03.01 56Z05.02
56Z08.20 Set of 20 Anilines $209.00 should be poured into a wide-mouthed container
for application). 500ml or 1l capacity. 1+ 6+
Dark Red Mahogany Golden Antique Pine Intense Aniline Mixing Colors 62K02.01 500ml (17 oz) Bottle, ea. $3.40 $3.05
(on Mahogany) (on Pine)
56Z03.02 56Z06.01
These are highly concentrated, water-soluble 62K02.02 1l (34 oz) Bottle, ea. $3.70 $3.30
aniline dye powders used for mixing stains on 62K02.04 Repl. Top, ea. $1.20 $1.10
their own, or to tone other water-based stain
Georgian Brown Gray Antique Pine
Mahogany (on Mahogany) (on Pine)
mixtures. Compatible with our complete range PLEASE NOTE:
56Z03.03 56Z06.02 of aniline stains, intense colors are used in The following symbols have been placed, where appropriate,
moderation; for toning purposes the concentra- next to the name of each nishing product. They are intended
to provide a quick reference to the method of use for each.
Brown Mahogany Rosewood
tion will vary according to the desired effect.
The concentration required for a bright stain Product can be applied by brush.
(on Mahogany) (on Butternut)
56Z03.04 56Z07.01 varies from one color to the other. Instructions Product can be wiped on, or product can be padded on.
are included. Powders come in one ounce pack- Product is an aerosol, or product can be sprayed.
A. Aniline Water Stains ages, or as a set of all six colors. Shipping restrictions apply. Product can be shipped
These water-soluble stains are made from aniline B. 56Z08.06 Forest Green Aniline $13.90 only by ground methods.
dyes. Unlike pigmented stains, these do not C. 56Z08.02 Ruby Aniline $13.90 Measurement We state the actual volume as shown on
mask the natural grain and texture of the wood. D. 56Z08.03 Bright Blue Aniline $13.90 the product label. For easy reference, the metric or Imperial
Inexpensive and easy to blend, they penetrate E. 56Z08.01 Brilliant Crimson Aniline $13.90 equivalent is also given. For some uid measurements, we
well and can be used under any type of nish. F. 56Z08.04 Peacock Blue Aniline $13.90 may have shortened the proper oz designation to just
Can be applied by dipping, sponging, brushing G. 56Z08.05 Lemon Yellow Aniline $13.90 oz due to lack of copy space.
or spraying. These are concentrated. Supplied in 56Z08.10 Set of 6 Anilines (1 of ea.) $74.50

J. Milk Paint
Milk paint is perfect for nishing country crafts,
Shaker boxes, signs and cupboards, for stencilling
J walls and restoring antique furniture, and for use
on reproduction colonial or Shaker furniture.
Made with casein (a type of milk protein), clay,
lime and earth pigments or vegetable dyes, these
milk paints yield deep, rich colors. The tough, non-
fading paint penetrates and bonds to the wood
bers for a durable nish that can be removed only
by sanding. Supplied as a dry powder, it is mixed
with water and applied with a brush, roller or spray
gun. The second coat can be applied in an hour or
so. For a top coat, apply a nishing oil, paste wax
or water-based acrylic nish. Snow white is used
as a reducer. Instructions supplied. Not recom-
mended for exterior use. The 170g (6 oz) package
will mix about 17 oz of paint. Coverage is approx-
imately 30 to 40 sq.ft. for three solid coats.
53Z50.## Milk Paint, specify color $17.50
Barn Red Slate Sea Green Pumpkin Buttermilk Lexington Green Mustard Pitch Black
53Z50.01 53Z50.02 53Z50.03 53Z50.04 53Z50.05 53Z50.06 53Z50.07 53Z50.08

Soldier Blue Bayberry Green Federal Blue Oyster White Salem Red Tavern Green Snow White Marigold Yellow
53Z50.09 53Z50.10 53Z50.11 53Z50.12 53Z50.13 53Z50.14 53Z50.15 53Z50.16

330 Finishing
 A C
B

General Finishes
Founded in 1928, General produces nishes that are widely appreciated for
their ease of application, durability and appearance. In recent years, they have
complemented their line of oil-based nishes with innovative water-based B. Gel Stain
products. Yielding results comparable to solvent-based nishes, they are low in With a thick consistency, this Golden Pine Georgian Cherry
56Z16.90 56Z16.91
VOCs (volatile organic compounds) so they pose less risk to health. They clean stain has a slow absorption rate
up with soap and water, and make for easier disposal. With the exception of to extend its working time,
the turners nish, all the General products we offer are available in one quart allowing greater control over
(32 oz/946ml) containers. Made in USA. how heavily it penetrates the
wood. This makes it easier to
A. Water-Based Stains regulate color intensity or avoid Java American Oak
These dye stains produce an intense, transparent and lightfast hue that penetrates blotchy, uneven results on 56Z16.92 56Z16.93
wood deeply. They are used to produce an even color base, and to tint water- hard-to-stain woods such as
based varnishes to make toners. A small amount of acrylic resin minimizes grain pine, cherry and oak. Containing
raising and prevents top coats from picking up color. With a creamy consistency, a blend of pigment, oils and
the pigment stains are easy to spread with a brush, rag or soft pad or may be sprayed. urethane, it can be applied with
Their slow-drying formula allows the time needed to control saturation and a cloth, brush or pad, drying in Candlelight Nutmeg
achieve uniform blotch-free coverage, even on difcult-to-stain woods such as 6 to 8 hours under ideal condi- 56Z16.94 56Z16.95
pine, birch, cherry, plywood and veneers. Both stains dry in 2 to 4 hours; apply tions. Its high resin content
additional coats if a very dark tint is desired. Colors within each range can be mixed. makes it suitable as a nal satin
Can be top-coated with water- or oil-based varnish, shellac or nitrocellulose nish, for protection against
lacquer. Coverage is approximately 150 sq.ft./qt. water, alcohol and abrasion.
Available Only at our Stores. Can be top-coated with oil-
Antique Walnut Brown Mahogany
based polyurethane or Gel 56Z16.96 56Z16.97
Topcoat (below) for increased
Pigment Stains Dye Stains durability or sheen. Coverage
(Water Based) Early American (Water Based) Merlot
$20.90 56Z16.54
$21.50 56Z16.74 is about 200 sq.ft./qt.
Available Only at our Stores.
Antique Cherry Espresso Vintage Cherry Cinnamon Gel Stain $31.50
56Z16.50 56Z16.55 56Z16.70 56Z16.75
C. Gel Topcoat
Black Golden Oak Empire Red Amber A tough urethane nish with good levelling properties, this is an excellent
56Z16.51 56Z16.56 56Z16.71 56Z16.76 choice when you want a simple nish that is easy to apply with a brush, rag
or paint pad. Impervious to alcohol and water, it has excellent abrasion
Black Cherry Pecan Ebony Dark Brown resistance and can be used over fully cured water-based or oil-based stain.
56Z16.52 56Z16.57 56Z16.72 56Z16.77 Dries to a satin nish in 6 to 8 hours; two to three coats are recommended.
Cleans up easily with mineral spirits. Coverage is about 200 sq.ft./qt.
Brown Mahogany Walnut Medium Brown Light Brown Available Only at our Stores.
56Z16.53 56Z16.58 56Z16.73 56Z16.78 56Z17.30 Gel Topcoat, 1 qt. $31.50

D. Enduro-Var Water-Based Varnish

This water-based varnish is comparable to oil-based varnish for its high resis- D
tance to abrasion, water and solvents. As it cures, the molecules become cross
linked in a lattice-like pattern that is much more durable than the single-strand
bonds formed by conventional water-based nishes. This makes it suitable for
high-wear interior applications such as oors, tabletops or architectural mill-
work. It contains an amber-colored urethane resin, which imparts a warm
appearance that darkens over time, similar to oil-based varnish. Can be
brushed or sprayed. Dries in about 30 minutes; additional coats can be applied
in 2 to 4 hours. Coverage is approximately 112 sq.ft./qt. Available in gloss,
semi-gloss and satin sheen.
Available Only at our Stores.
56Z16.24 Gloss, 1 qt. $41.50
56Z16.25 Semi-Gloss, 1 qt. $41.50
56Z16.26 Satin, 1 qt. $41.50
Finishing 331
 A Snow White
56Z17.10
Antique White
56Z17.11
Buttermilk
Yellow
56Z17.13
Somerset Gold
56Z17.14
Basil
56Z17.15
Brick Red
56Z17.17
A. Milk Paint
While not actually derived from milk proteins, this paint has hues akin to
those of traditional milk paints. It dries to a satin nish, and has a more
homogeneous, opaque quality that would ordinarily require several coats as Tuscan Red
56Z17.18
well as considerable rubbing-out to achieve. Formulated to a thick, creamy
consistency, the ready-to-use acrylic-based paint requires no mixing, is easy
to apply with a brush, pad or spray gun, and cleans up with soap and water.
Can be applied over most water-based or oil-based stains, and top-coated Coastal Blue
with General High Performance polyurethane (below), pre-catalyzed 56Z17.20
lacquer or conversion varnish. Suitable for interior and exterior applica-
tions, it is UV-resistant and dries in 2 to 4 hours under ideal conditions.
Coverage is approximately 100 sq.ft./qt. Lamp Black
Available Only at our Stores. 56Z17.21
Milk Paint $33.50
Water-Based Varnishes and sag resistance. For exterior use, Exterior 450
With a thick, owing consistency that levels polyurethane yields a tough, water-resistant
well and is readily brushed, these varnishes dry nish that is exible enough to endure wood
in about 2 hours to a tough, durable coat. The movement from changes in temperature and
High Performance polyurethane is a general- humidity. It contains a mildewcide to inhibit
purpose varnish for interior woodwork and mold and mildew growth. Unlike oil-based
furniture, with high resin content for durability nishes, these varnishes deepen the tone without
D 56Z16.04 Gloss, 1 qt.
C 56Z16.05 Semi-Gloss, 1 qt.
E 56Z16.06 Satin, 1 qt.
332 Finishing
B
B. Arm-R-Seal
Formulated with a thin, watery consistency for
easy application with a cloth, pad or foam brush,
this oil- and urethane-based wiping varnish
penetrates recessed areas and goes on evenly to
minimize drips, runs and bubbles. It dries in 6 to
8 hours under ideal conditions, forming a tough
coating with good water and abrasion resistance.
Also suitable for spraying; may be applied over
fully cured water-based or oil-based stains.
Available in satin, semi-gloss and gloss.
Coverage is about 100 sq.ft./qt.
Available Only at our Stores.
56Z17.34 Gloss, 1 qt. $27.50
56Z17.35 Semi-Gloss, 1 qt. $27.50
56Z17.36 Satin, 1 qt. $27.50
imparting an amber hue. They contain UV
absorbers to prevent the cured lm from breaking
down in sunlight and to protect underlying stains
from fading. Coverage is about 150 sq.ft./quart;
minimum of three coats recommended. Can also
be sprayed by diluting by about 10%. Suitable
for use over fully cured oil stain. Available in
gloss, semi-gloss and satin sheen.
Available Only at our Stores.
C. High Performance Varnish
$31.50
$31.50
$31.50
D. Exterior Varnish
56Z16.14 Gloss, 1 qt. $31.50
56Z16.15 Semi-Gloss, 1 qt. $31.50
56Z16.16 Satin, 1 qt. $31.50
E. Water-Based Sanding Sealer
Sanding sealer is a quick-drying base coat used
to prepare a surface for subsequent applications
of varnish. It helps level open-grained woods,
and because it is softer than varnish and contains
an additive to reduce sandpaper loading, it can
be sanded smooth in much less time. Especially
helpful when varnishing large surfaces. Coverage
is about 150 sq.ft./qt.
Available Only at our Stores.
56Z16.00 Sanding Sealer, 1 qt. $27.50
See page 296 in the Safety section for a selection
of dust masks and respirators.
 A B C
D

A. 100% Pure Tung Oil suitable for heavy-use items. An excellent choice part sealer to two parts high luster. Container type
Also known as China wood oil, this non-toxic, when you want a simple nishing method that may vary depending on supply. 1+ 4+
hard-drying oil forms an elastic lm resistant to also gives you beauty and durability. Container 56Z46.00 P. Tung Sealer, 250ml $17.50
abrasion and moisture. It penetrates well and type may vary depending on supply. 1+ 4+ 56Z46.01 P. Tung Sealer, 500ml $27.90
builds a transparent but matte nish on wood, 56Z45.00 Poly. Tung Oil, 250ml $19.90 56Z46.02 P. Tung Sealer, 1l $46.50 $42.75
emphasizing the grain and color. A good general- 56Z45.01 Poly. Tung Oil, 500ml $33.50
purpose nish approved for food-contact items. 56Z45.02 Poly. Tung Oil, 1l $54.00 $49.60 D. Walnut Oil
Contains no thinners or driers. 1+ 4+ Traditionally used in France for furniture polishing,
56Z10.00 Tung Oil, 250ml $13.90 C. Polymerized Tung Oil Sealer walnut oil is ideal for use on salad bowls, wooden
56Z10.01 Tung Oil, 500ml $21.50 Applied liberally as a rst coat, this sealer will spoons, etc., both as an original nish and for peri-
56Z10.02 Tung Oil, 1l $34.50 $31.70 penetrate deeply to close wood pores and odic touch-ups. It does not build a nish as quickly
provide a clear base that highlights grain and as tung oil, but it has a fresh sweet smell and will not
B. Polymerized Tung Oil color. You can ne-tune your nish in subse- give any aftertaste to food. The dry nish resists
This pure tung oil has been given extra heat treat- quent coats by mixing the sealer with a water and alcohol. This is 100% pure walnut oil.
ment to encourage polymerization and faster high-luster polymerized tung oil. A ratio of two 05Z13.23 Walnut Oil, 250ml/8 oz $12.90
initial drying. Because the treatment increases parts sealer to one part high luster will give a 05Z13.24 Walnut Oil, 500ml/17 oz $19.90
the body of the oil, this product contains 50% low-luster nish. For medium luster, mix one 05Z13.25 Walnut Oil, 1l/34 oz $29.90
mineral spirits to dilute it to a workable consis-
tency. It provides a high-luster finish and is You can tell when shellac is getting too old because it takes longer to dry and eventually will not dry at all.

Tried & True Traditional Finishes The Varnish Oil contains natural-resin varnish
Made from polymerized linseed oil with natural additives, these nishes adhere to FDA standards and (modified pine sap). Its high resin content
qualify as non-toxic and safe for food-contact surfaces in their wet and dry states. All are high-yield produces a durable water-resistant finish that
nishes, providing coverage of at least 75 sq.ft. per 16 oz/473ml. Two to three coats are recom- buffs to a warm semi-gloss sheen. Brush or wipe
mended. Buff surfaces occasionally to maintain sheen. We offer three easy-to-use formulas. on in moderation, leave to penetrate for
60 minutes, then wipe and buff dry.
The Danish Oil contains no additives. Ideal for The general-purpose Original Wood Finish E. 56Z27.01 Danish Oil, 16 oz/473ml $15.95
kitchenware and furniture, it penetrates deeply formula contains pure beeswax. It produces a 56Z27.02 Danish Oil, 32 oz/946ml $22.90
into wood surfaces and builds to a durable, warm antique sheen that is luminous without F. 56Z27.05 Original Finish, 16 oz/473ml $24.50
water-resistant satin sheen. The oil is applied appearing glossy. Ideal for all interior woodwork, 56Z27.06 Original Finish, 32 oz/946ml $36.50
sparingly to the surface, allowed to penetrate for including doors, windows, trim, cabinets and furni- G. 56Z27.10 Varnish Oil, 16 oz/473ml $24.50
5 minutes, then wiped and buffed dry. ture, it is applied in a thin coat, allowed to penetrate 56Z27.11 Varnish Oil, 32 oz/946ml $36.50
for 60 minutes, then wiped and buffed dry.

E F G

Finishing 333
 C

B F

A. Tru-Oil can be used on nished woods, metals, ceramics, F. Beeswax Salad Bowl Finish
Originally used as a gunstock nish, this linseed-
based drying oil has gained popularity for use on
tool handles, musical instruments and other
items that are subject to frequent handling, due
to its excellent resistance to wear and moisture.
Applied with a cloth, it penetrates the wood to
deepen its color and accentuate grain, drying to a D. Blue Label Paste Wax
tough, lustrous and elastic film that will not
crack or discolor with age. Made in USA.
56Z29.03 Tru-Oil, 3 oz (90ml) $12.50
B. Beeswax Polish
Made from beeswax with a small amount of micro-
crystalline and carnauba wax, this light cream
polish is ideal for fine furniture or antiques.
Buffs to a soft sheen. Has a mild beeswax scent.
53Z32.05 Beeswax Polish, 1.75 oz $ 9.50 E. Orange Wax
53Z32.06 Beeswax Polish, 7 oz $21.90
C. Conservators Wax bowls and wooden serving utensils. Made from a
A highly rened blend of microcrystalline waxes
(petrochemical based) used by museums, art
galleries and conservators to protect against
airborne pollutants and finger marks, and to
provide moisture resistance. A clear, light wax that
G. Pumice Stone
A ne abrasive powder for hand rubbing hard
nish coatings, it is used with water or parafn
oil (kerosene) as a lubricant. Use medium (2F)
pumice for rubbing the undercoats and ne (4F)
pumice for rubbing down the top coat.
80K04.01 2F Pumice, 1 lb $10.50
80K04.02 4F Pumice, 1 lb $10.50
H. Rottenstone
Where pumice is applied to cut and level the J.
nish coats, rottenstone can be used after pumice K.
on the nal nish coat to polish the surface. Use L.
water or kerosene as a lubricant. M.
80K04.05 Rottenstone, 1 lb $10.50
marble, leather, gilding, photographs and paper, it This easy-to-use nish is safe for salad bowls,
also removes grime and wax build-up. Apply a cutting boards, cheese boards, etc. It is a blend of
small amount with a soft cloth and polish to a soft two food-safe materials, beeswax and mineral
sheen. 125ml (4.4 oz) in a metal container. oil. After a thin coat is applied, the item can be
53Z31.01 Conservators Wax $13.90 used immediately or left overnight and buffed to
a low sheen. If you are making bowls or boards
for resale, the small size could be included with
A blended carnauba paste wax for protection of your product as a convenient touch-up wax.
all wooden surfaces, including oors, over any 53Z32.01 Beeswax S.B. Finish, 1.75 oz $ 9.50
nish; it is waterproof and long lasting. Can be 53Z32.02 Beeswax S.B. Finish, 8 oz $21.90
applied by hand with a cloth or brush, or by
machine. Must be buffed to high luster. One
pound. Clear color. (Also contains petroleum
distillates and turpentine.)
80K49.06 Paste Wax, 1 lb $24.50
Woodturners
Wax Stick
This hard paste wax is ideally suited for protecting A carnauba-based
wooden cutting boards, butchers blocks, salad wax stick especially
for woodturning.
blend of all-natural beeswax, carnauba wax and Apply by holding it to the workpiece as it
citrus oils, it dries to a hard, clear, food-safe nish. turns at medium speed. The wax adheres by
An effective wax with a pleasant orange scent. friction but will not scratch. Buff after each
Made in England. 150g (5 oz) in a metal can. application to produce an excellent nish with
53Z30.10 Orange Wax, 150g $19.50 no darkening. 41/23/41.
53Z02.01 Wax Stick $11.50
3M Rubbing Pads
These rubbing pads are made of non-woven poly-
ester ber; a coating of grit, held to the bers by N. Cheesecloth
resin, is distributed throughout the pads, making This lint-free, absorbent, closely woven seamless
them a long-lasting, versatile and economical cloth is ideal for making pad applicators for ne
type of abrasive. Grits range from medium to nishes. Available in packages of 4 yards each.
superne (contains no abrasive). The pads are 56Z31.01 Cheesecloth, 4 yards $6.50
69, except for the superne pad, which is sold
by the foot (1 thick by 4 wide). The sample set O. Tack Cloth
contains one of each type of pad. 1+ 6+ For removal of dust and lint prior to nishing, a
54K03.03 Med. Alum. Oxide, ea. $ 5.10 $4.60 tack cloth is necessary. Our resin-impregnated
54K04.03 Fine Alum. Oxide, ea. $ 2.10 $1.90 tack cloths are made of half a square yard of
54K05.03 Fine Sil. Carbide, ea. $ 2.10 $1.90 cheesecloth, which can be folded and refolded
54K07.01 Superne, per foot $ 6.20 $5.60 for repeated use. 1+ 6+
54K10.03 Sample Set of 4 $13.50 56Z20.01 Tack Cloth, ea. $1.80 $1.40

G P. Steel Wool
N P
H Particularly valuable for woodworking, this type of steel wool is
completely free from oil, so it will not mark wood, react to any
type of nish or leave a lm on any surface. It is made in very long
strands from top-grade steel and is highly resistant to crumbling;
you can use it for work on the lathe without it pulling apart in your
hands. It leaves less residue and is longer lasting than ordinary
steel wool. Comes in continuous 250g (8.8 oz) packages that can
be cut to length. The extra-ne grade is equivalent to #000/0000,
the ne to #00 and the medium to #1. 1+ 4+
53Z08.05 Extra-Fine, 250g $12.95 $11.65
53Z08.03 Fine, 250g $12.95 $11.65
J 53Z08.01 Medium, 250g $12.95 $11.65
K For rubbing out a nish, we also offer ne-grit sandpaper on page 186.
334 L O
M
 Shellawax Finishes
A versatile family of nishes developed primarily for the turning market, these combine high-melt-temperature waxes with
a modied shellac base for good resistance to wear, water, alcohol and heat. All apply easily and are non-toxic when dry.
Containing tripoli abrasive, EEE-Ultra Shine is a sealant and polishing compound. Turners will nd it useful as a base for
a friction polish or as a stand-alone nish for synthetic materials (epoxy-stabilized wood, acrylic acetate, etc.). It is also well
suited as a surface polish for lm nishes (shellac, varnish, lacquer). Shellawax Cream has a buttery consistency that easily
works into crevices and moldings. Suitable for a range of applications, C
from larger turnings to carvings or furniture, it hand buffs to a
semi-gloss sheen. Heat from high-friction polishing of items
B
on a lathe produces a brilliant shine. Can be used alone or A
over EEE-Ultra Shine. Developed specically for nishing
objects on a lathe, Shellawax Liquid gives a high-gloss
nish. Quick drying, it is best for projects up to 5 in diam-
eter (pens, candlesticks, lidded containers, etc.). Can be
used alone or over EEE-Ultra Shine.
A. 56Z41.04 EEE-Ultra Shine Polish, 250ml (8.45 oz) $32.50
B. 56Z41.05 Shellawax Cream, 250ml (8.45 oz) $41.50
C. 56Z41.01 Shellawax Liquid, 250ml (8.45 oz) $38.50

D. Bluing Metal Finish

Used by blacksmiths and
gunsmiths for centuries,
this nish can be applied to
any ferrous metals other D
E. General Water-Based
than stainless steel to impart Turners Finish
a distinctive blue-steel Low in harmful VOCs (volatile organic com-
patina. Unlike paints or pounds), this water-based formula yields a nish
dyes, this treatment reacts that is as lustrous and wear-resistant as solvent-
chemically with the surface based nishes, but without the unpleasant odor.
of the metal to alter its color. Specically developed for use on wood turnings,
Each 3 oz (90ml) bottle it has a thin, owing consistency that allows you
treats approximately 3 sq.ft., to leave the work on the lathe, rotating it at low
based on a typical applica- speed as you apply the nish a real advantage for
tion of three coats (multiple those who turn pens or other small, hard-to-handle E
applications yield a deeper pieces. The extremely fast-drying emulsion lets
hue). Made in USA. you build up multiple coats quickly. Ready to use
56Z29.11 Bluing Metal Finish, 3 oz $12.95 right out of the bottle, it can be applied by brushing,
Untreated Treated with bluing nish wiping or spraying. It contains urethane resin,
which imparts a light amber hue, similar to oil-
based finish. Cleans up easily with soap and
water. Available in half-pint (8 fl oz/236ml)
bottles. Made in USA.
Available Only at our Stores.
Blanket Chests 56Z16.80 Turners Finish, 8 oz/236ml $15.50
by Scott Gibson and Peter Turner
If not a showpiece of ne work and artistry, a blanket chest Lee Valley End Sealer
would simply be an oversized box with a lid. In this book, for Logs
blanket chests are high art intended to inspire woodworkers
End checking quickly degrades logs
to create their own master works. The book presents 30 G
exceptional chests each complete with dimensioned and results in a much reduced yield
drawings, photographs and specic construction details of top-quality lumber. This sealer,
and describes chest-building techniques including joinery, applied as soon as possible after logs
cutting mortises and tenons, frame-and-panel assembly, are cut, virtually eliminates end check-
and making dovetail joints and mitered corners. Examples ing, and can increase your yield of
vary in skill level from beginner to advanced. Softcover, usable lumber by 20% on an 8 log. F
911, 172 pages, 2011. It is a wax emulsion that can be
73L05.17 Blanket Chests $22.50 brushed or sprayed. It remains on the
end grain after the log is cut into
lumber, promoting even drying. One
litre will coat about 25 square feet. It
can also be used to seal burls and
turning squares to stabilize them
until turned. Cleans up with soap
and hot water.
F. 56K03.21 End Sealer, 1l $16.50
G. 56K03.24 End Sealer, 3.78l $42.50
With end sealer Without end sealer

Finishing 335
 A. Defthane Polyurethane
A durable nish with ultraviolet resistors devel-
oped for interior and exterior applications.
A Suitable for hard-use areas (floors, furniture,
marine), it ows well and produces a nish that is
resistant to alcohol, solvents and abrasion. The
finish has a uniform sheen, and sands easily
between coats. Up to three coats required in heavy
trafc areas. Not to be applied over any solvent-
based nishes or products containing stearates or
silicones. Available in gloss, semi-gloss and satin.
Produces an amber cast over light-colored
surfaces. Available in quarts (32 oz/946ml).
Coverage is about 150 sq.ft. per quart.
56Z26.21 Gloss Defthane, Quart $25.50
56Z26.22 Semi-Gloss Defthane, Quart $25.50
56Z26.23 Satin Defthane, Quart $25.50
B. Shellac/Lacquer Thinner
A blend of ethanol and isobutyl alcohol for thin-
B ning French Polish, shellac-based sanding sealers
and other shellac products. (Not for use with nitro-
cellulose lacquers.) It is also ideal for dissolving
C all types of shellac akes. 32 oz/946ml.
80K33.02 Shellac/Lacquer Thinner $16.50
C. French Polish
Our formulation is a modern version of the ne
nishing technique known as French polish. It
includes all three of the principal elements
(alcohol, shellac and oil) plus a couple of other
modiers. The result is an all-in-one polish that
is much easier to apply and that takes half the
time and effort, while producing a nish that is
well accepted as an alternative to the traditional E. Finish Preserve
polish. Our French Polish is a one-part nish and
no other treatment is necessary. If you wish, you
can cover it with ne paste wax. It can be used
over lacquer, varnish or polyurethane that has
completely cured, as well as leather, shellac or
an old nish that has been cleaned. You may thin
the first coat to 50% with Shellac/Lacquer
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit us Thinner if desired for application on new wood.
on the web at www.leevalley.com 16 oz/473ml.
80K40.01 French Polish $29.50
D. Finish Storage Bag
This is the best container weve found to maximize the shelf life of most common liquid nishes. The
bag is designed to let you squeeze out any air left above the liquid, inhibiting evaporation or oxidation.
Made of 7.5-mil thick three-ply plastic with strong electro-welded seams, the 1.05 quart/1.01 litre reus-
able bag has a gusseted bottom that lets it stand upright and stable during lling and storage. The sides
are transparent for easy inspection of contents, with a large label area for identifying the nish. The bag
comes with a screw cap and vinyl tubing to simplify lling with a funnel (not included). An effective
way to preserve the quality of oil-, water- and alcohol-based nishes (not for use with nishes
containing methyl ethyl ketone, lacquer thinner or acetone) and prevent waste. 1+ 4+
62K04.10 Finish Storage Bag, ea. $4.95 $4.20
Squeeze out air before
sealing.
336
Elmers Wood Filler
This ne-grain wood ller can be used directly to
repair gouges and cracks or diluted for pore
filling. It has good sanding qualities, can be
drilled or cut, and can have stain mixed with it or
applied later. It can also be varnished, painted or
shellacked. A water-based formula for low odor
and easy clean-up, it is usable indoors and out.
All sizes are available at our stores, but by mail
order it is available only in a 118ml/4 oz trial
size tub. Made in Canada.
80K85.21 Wood Filler, 118ml (4 oz) $3.75
Available Only at our Stores:
80K85.23 Wood Filler, 473ml (16 oz) $7.95
80K85.24 Wood Filler, 946ml (32 oz) $9.95
This product has become known in the wood-
working industry as being effective for pre-
serving unused portions of nishing materials.
A quick burst of Finish Preserve (argon gas) into
the storage container followed by the immediate
capping of the container is all that is necessary to
effectively prevent possible oxidation of the
unused portion of your nish. It replaces the
oxygen at the surface with a blanket of gas that
seals the liquid from oxidation. Providing the
container remains sealed, the surface gas blanket
will not dissipate. Useful for oil-based nishing
products, including stains, oils, paints, resins,
pastes and other liquids that react with oxygen.
One can will seal about 37 gallon-sized containers
or 75 quart-sized containers. Note: full can
feels empty, but will provide approximately 75
two-second bursts of non-toxic, non-ammable
gas. 0.41 oz/11.7g.
53Z21.01 Finish Preserve $14.90
 Beall Wood-Bufng Systems A
These systems provide a fast, effective method of nishing wood. After sanding,
apply a penetrating oil nish (tung oil sealer is ideal), let dry, and buff with the tripoli Tr
ip
ol
bar on the all-linen buff to remove sanding scratches. Follow this with the white i
diamond bar on the linen/annel buff to rene and polish the nish, then complete
Di
the process with carnauba wax and the all-annel buff. The resulting nish is close am
on
to a multi-coat lacquer in appearance, yet is achieved in minutes. Scratches are d
removed, but crisp detail is not softened. Made in USA.
C
The regular system includes three individual (8 to 9) buffs with arbors, one ar
na
tripoli, one diamond and one carnauba bar, and a quick-change adapter that ts a 1/2 ub
a
or 5/8 motor (maximum 1725 rpm). A 5/8 dia. mandrel for use on a lathe is available
separately. Drilled and tapped for a 1/4-20 restraining rod (not included).
The lathe mount system, used with any lathe with a #2 Morse taper and a 9 swing, C
includes the 17 mandrel, mounting hardware, three bufng wheels with matching
compounds and wax, and instructions. The mandrel has a #2 Morse taper on one end
and a cup center on the other. Buffs are spaced about 4 apart.
The bowl buff sets are for nishing the inside of bowls and other concave forms. Each B
set includes three buffs of the same diameter, each marked with a color-coded ring to
identify the nishing compound used with that buff, helping prevent cross-contamination
of compounds (sold separately). The 2 diameter buffs are all linen/cotton; for the 3 and
4 diameter sizes, sets include one each of linen, linen/cotton and cotton/annel buffs.
Adapters are sold separately. The 33/4 long aluminum quick-change adapter (included
with the Beall wood-bufng system) is used to attach the buffs to 1/2 or 5/8 motor
shafts. For lathe mounting, a #2 Morse taper is needed, used in combination with the
quick-change adapter. The bufng mandrel extender adds 3 to the quick-change
adapter, for additional headstock/motor clearance when working with deep vessels.
A. 44Z20.01 Reg. Wood-Bufng System $ 89.50
B. 44Z22.10 Lathe Mount Bufng System $110.00

Di
Tr i p
C. 50J51.01 #2 MT Mandrel, 5/8 $ 11.90

am

C
on
o
D. 44Z21.22 3-pc. Bowl Buff Set, 2 $ 42.00

ar
li

na
E. 44Z21.23 3-pc. Bowl Buff Set, 3 $ 42.00

ub
F. 44Z21.24 3-pc. Bowl Buff Set, 4 $ 50.00

a
G. 44Z21.31 3 Bufng Mandrel Extension $ 19.90
H. 44Z21.30 1/2-5/8 Quick-Change Adapter $ 21.50
44Z20.06 Tripoli Bar, 12 oz $ 6.90 E
44Z20.07 Diamond Bar, 14 oz $ 7.90 F

Di
Tr

am
44Z20.08 Carnauba Bar, 3 oz $ 8.90

i po

on
li

d
Not Stocked at our Stores:
44Z20.03 Repl. Tripoli Buff $ 22.50
44Z20.04 Repl. Diamond Buff $ 19.90

Ca
44Z20.05 Repl. Carnauba Buff $ 19.90

rn
44Z22.13 Repl. Tripoli Wheel $ 21.50

au
ba
44Z22.14 Repl. Diamond Wheel $ 18.90
44Z22.15 Repl. Carnauba Wheel $ 18.90
D
Skilton Lambs Wool Buffs G H C
These durable wool buffs are a quick and convenient way to apply a lustrous nish
to any turning. The wool provides just enough friction to promote penetration by
reducing polish viscosity and to build a shine without producing excessive heat. The
loop-backed buffs attach to the hook facing of 2 and 3 Skilton sanding pads (sold
separately; see page 190), which can be chucked in a drill. Together, they can be
spun against the work as it runs in the lathe or, for freehand bufng, they can be held
in a Jacobs chuck in the lathe headstock or drill press. The oversize buffs extend past
the edge of the tapered Skilton pads, providing enough reach to polish in undercuts J
or other recessed areas. Used with wax or Danish oil, they can be cleaned with deter-
gent and water for reuse.
J. 68Z25.40 2 Lambs Wool Buff, ea. $20.90 K
K. 68Z25.45 3 Lambs Wool Buff, ea. $25.50

Surbuf Pads
Intended for polishing automotive nishes, these pads also excel at applying stains
and waxes to wood. Made of thousands of bers bonded to a foam core, they attach
to any random-orbit sander with a hook-and-loop disc. Only a small amount of nish
is required, since the bers spread it evenly and efciently while burnishing the
surface. Used with paste wax or oil, they yield a deep luster. While these pads work
well with most oil-based stains, they are ideal for use with wiping stain. Use with
aniline dyes is not recommended because they penetrate so quickly. Slightly over-
sized to allow application in corners or recessed areas, the 61/2 pad is for use with 6
sanders and the 51/2 is for those 5 or smaller. Sold in packages of two with instruc- L
tions, they are easily cleaned with mineral spirits.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
L. 80K63.20 51/2 Surbuf Pads, pkg. of 2 $17.50
M. 80K63.22 61/2 Surbuf Pads, pkg. of 2 $20.50 M

 ASSORTED TOOLS
NWS Tools
The German rm NWS (Nthen Werkzeuge
Solingen) makes tools that are widely
recognized in Europe for
exceptional quality and
performance, but are
little known on this
side of the Atlantic.
Their products are Jaw release
made to rigorous
standards using premium A
materials and advanced
manufacturing processes, but
it is the innovative engineering that truly sets
them apart. Each tool is a careful renement of
a conventional design, integrating new features
to make it more effective and efcient to use. The
pliers, cutters and wrenches are made
of hardened tool steels with further induction
hardening of cutting edges. Metal surfaces are
treated with a durable PTFE coating to resist
wear and corrosion. Most models have broad,
B C D E
contoured handles with grips composed of
three different materials, creating a balance
of cushioning for comfort, texture for grip
and rigidity for support. This, combined with hand out of the line of sight a real advantage in Straight & Offset Needle-Nose Pliers
a remarkably smooth hinge assembly, lets you many situations, such as when reaching into a Useful for detail work, these pliers have long,
use the tool for longer periods and apply greater recess to extract wires or cables. slender jaws divided into ve zones, each suited to
hand force with less strain or discomfort. Both styles have inside jaw surfaces that are a different range of tasks. Starting at the tips, the
Outstanding professional-grade tools. divided into six zones, each suited to a different toothed jaw section provides good grip, followed
range of tasks. Starting at the jaw tips, the rst by smooth jaw surfaces useful for bending
A. Slip-Joint Pliers 1/16 section has smooth material with reduced risk of
Six-zone jaw surface Five-zone jaw surface
This tools slip-joint mechanism engages with 11 surfaces that meet ush, marring. A small gap in the
stops over a 2 range, letting you adjust the jaw followed by a ne-toothed middle of the jaws (sometimes
opening for a close t with the fastener. With just section, both providing a called a burner hole) has
a rm push on one handle, the jaws quickly slide rm grip on various toothed sidewalls for a rm bite
closed; if additional ne tuning is needed, the materials. The tapered on round materials. Next to the
push-button jaw release fully disengages the stops gap in the middle of the hinge, the robust side-cutter has
jaws (sometimes called induction-hardened, double-
a burner hole) serves as bevelled edges capable of
Lower jaw slides into position.
a wrench; teeth on either cutting wire or small nails and
side are set with opposing bias for a solid grip on screws. The jaw recess opposite
round materials up to 7/8 in diameter. Next to the side-cutter has a pattern of
the hinge, the robust 11/16 long side-cutter has points and ats to engage nuts
induction-hardened, double-bevelled edges or bolts from 3/8 to 3/4. The
capable of cutting cable, nails, screws or hardened pliers are available in 63/4 or
Jaw stops wire up to 2.5mm (approx. 3/32). The jaw recess 8 lengths, with straight jaws
opposite the side-cutters also has a pattern of or with offset tips that provide
to permit careful positioning. The hardened, points and ats to engage nuts or bolts from 1/2 leverage for prying or clearance
asymmetrically notched jaws capture three sides to 7/8. A small slot near the jaw tips serves as a when working ush to a surface. The small pliers
and two corners of a fastener for a secure hold nail holder, used to steady a nail to drive it in a have 2 long jaws tapering to 1/8 at the tip, with a
with less risk of rounding the corners. Teeth are hard-to-reach spot. 23/4 maximum opening. The large pliers have
set with an opposing bias for solid grip, and the The offset pliers are about 83/4 long overall 27/8 jaws that taper to 3/16 and open to 31/4.
small slot near the jaw tips serves as a nail or wire with a jaw capacity of 7/8, a built-in handle- D. 24K21.20 8 Straight Pliers $29.50
holder. Jaws are machined at on the sides, so you return spring for easy one-handed operation, and E. 24K21.21 63/4 Straight Pliers $23.90
can set the pliers ush to an adjacent surface to a simple locking tab to keep the jaws closed F. 24K21.22 8 Offset Pliers $33.50
grip fasteners that project only slightly, and at less in storage. The conventional straight version is G. 24K21.23 63/4 Offset Pliers $26.90
than 5/16 thick, the slim jaws can access objects in 8 long with a jaw capacity of 13/16. 63/4 8
tight spaces where bulkier designs cannot reach. B. 24K21.11 Offset Combination Pliers $39.90 straight straight
24K21.30 Slip-Joint Pliers $39.50 C. 24K21.10 Straight Combination Pliers $28.50
Offset tips on
Straight & Offset Combination Pliers Pistol grip F & G provide
leverage for
Though primarily designed for working with prying.
wire and cable, these sturdy pliers have a much B
wider variety of uses. They are available in a
conventional straight design or with the head
offset at 60 to the handles. The offset shape
permits a comfortable pistol grip that sets the
wrist in a natural position while keeping your
338 Assorted
 L

F G H J

Regular & High-Leverage Side-Cutters K. High-Leverage End-Cutters

The performance of these side-cutters is impres- These cutters perform remarkably well. The key
sive. With induction-hardened jaws, precisely is the dual-hinge design, which uses the mechan- K
ground double-bevelled cutting edges and ical advantage of a compound lever to amplify
comfortable molded applied force. The 11/8 L. NWS Lanyard
handles, they make wide jaws have This 18 lanyard helps keep a tool safely teth-
Cuts ush
light work of cutting with surface.
induction-hardened ered if dropped while working on a roof, scaffold
tough materials. double-bevelled edges or ladder. A built-in swivel minimizes coils and
In our tests, the that can cut nearly ush tangles, and a simple handle clip permits fast
cutting edges showed (within 1/16 of a attachment or detachment as needed. It is
no signicant wear surface) and their offset Compound compatible with any NWS tool with the distinc-
even after hundreds of conguration ensures lever tive three-color handle style shown.
cuts through hardened the handles wont get 24K21.52 Lanyard, ea. $10.50
steel. The 1 long jaws Compound in the way when trim-
can make precise cuts lever ming items that project
nearly ush (within past the hinge. Suitable Offset jaws
1/16) to a surface, and for nails and steel rod
their bevelled prole up to 4mm (approx. 5/32) in diameter and hard-
can be used to apply J ened wire up to 3.5mm (approx. 9/64). 8 long;
Lanyard clips
leverage when maximum opening of 1/4. onto handle.
prying nails. 24K21.42 High-Leverage End-Cutters $46.50
The single-hinge regular version is 93/4 overall;
the long handles permit good leverage to cut M. Revolving Leather Punch
fasteners up to 3mm (approx. 1/8) in diameter Operating with a compound hinge for increased leverage, this punch requires
and hardened wire up to 2mm (approx. 5/64). surprisingly little effort to cut a well-dened round hole in thick leather or other
The 81/4 long high-leverage model has a dual tough materials. The six hardened steel cutters (Rc43-47) range from 2mm to
hinge that uses the mechanical advantage of 4.5mm in 0.5mm increments. Waste material is deposited inside the conical
a compound lever to amplify applied force. It cutters for easy disposal. A small window in the side of the revolving head
cuts fasteners up to 4.5mm (approx. 3/16) and clearly displays the cutter size. 10 long overall, with plated steel handles
hardened wire or chain links up to 3.5mm covered with polymer sleeves for a comfortable grip. Maximum
(approx. 9/64). clearance between the cutters and the anvil is 12mm (about 1/2).
H. 24K21.41 Side-Cutters, Regular $39.90 Not recommended for use on sheet metal.
J. 24K21.40 Side-Cutters, High-Leverage $41.50 24K21.50 Leather Punch $49.50
M

NWS Tool Sets

We have combined several of the most popular NWS tools in three different sets to offer excellent
utility and value. An economical assortment for general household use, the basic set includes the
slip-joint pliers, straight combination pliers and the 8 straight needle-nose pliers. The toolbox set
expands on that selection by adding the 8 offset needle-nose pliers. The nine-piece contractor set
includes all four tools previously listed, plus the offset combination pliers, both 63/4 needle-nose
pliers, the high-leverage side cutters and the high-leverage end-cutters. The savings listed indicate Cutter size window
the discount compared to buying the individual components at our regular prices.
Saving Set Price
24K21.60 Basic Set (A, C & D) 19% $ 79.00
24K21.61 Toolbox Set (A, C, D & F) 20% $104.00
24K21.62 Contractor Set (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J & K) 22% $239.00

Jaws adjust
to t fastener.
E

Ratchet handle not included.

Bionic Grip Wrenches

These innovative wrenches automatically
adjust to the correct fastener size. Just place the
wrench head over the nut or bolt and squeeze the
handles to close the jaws for a snug fit. No more
searching for that odd-sized socket. Each wrench has four
toothed jaws that rmly grip hex heads by the ats. Because
the jaws are toothed for grip, they can even turn
damaged nuts and pipe or tubing. The small
wrench has a capacity of 1/4 to 9/16 (7mm to
14mm) and the large has a capacity of 1/2 to
3/4 (13mm to 20mm) together, the equivalent
of nine SAE wrenches or 14 metric wrenches.
Made in USA. Socket grips rmly
enough to be used
A. 24K20.06 Small Wrench $28.50 one-handed.
B. 24K20.08 Large Wrench $31.50 Floating ngers lock on as socket turns.
24K20.02 Set of 2 Wrenches $54.50
E. Grip-Tite Sockets
While these look like regular sockets from the outside, each inside corner
C. Wire Bender
of the hexagonal well has a oating steel gripping nger that acts as a
Anyone who has tried to shape wire with pliers will appreciate the usefulness
wedge, locking against the ats on the nut or bolt head as the socket
of this jig. With the jig held in a vise (or mounted), you can bend mild steel
rotates. The more force you apply to your ratchet handle, the more tena-
wire up to 3/16 or 5mm in diameter to any shape. Perfect for making custom
ciously the ngers grip. They excel at removing hex nuts and bolts that
tool holders or pegboard hooks from coat-hanger wire. Made in Japan.
have rounded corners, and also grip the fastener rmly so that you can
92W67.01 Wire Bender $11.50
unscrew or install it one-handed. Made of nickel-plated chrome-vanadium
steel for durability and rust resistance, the 3/8 drive sockets come with a
lifetime guarantee.
A full set of seven sockets (3/8, 7/16/11mm, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8/16mm, 11/16
and 3/4/19mm) comes in a molded storage case. Made in USA.
25K17.17 Sockets, boxed set of 7 $31.50

C
F
D. Magnetic Inserts for Sockets
A magnetic socket is a great frustration saver when you are working with
a nut or bolt in an awkward spot, since it allows you to start or extract a
fastener without fear of dropping it. These simple inserts seat unobtrusively
in the bottoms of ordinary 6- or 12-point sockets, adding a strong rare-earth
magnet that holds ferrous fasteners securely. The exible plastic tabs
surrounding the magnet conform to the socket walls for a snug t. Set F. Socket Adapters for Imperial Box-End Wrenches
includes ten metric sizes from 10mm to 19mm, and nine Imperial sizes from These adapters transform box-end wrenches into Push button to
release socket.
3/8 to 7/8. A simple, useful retrot. handles for 1/4, 3/8 and 1/2 drive sockets and 1/4 hex
25K17.19 Magnetic Inserts (19) $11.50 screwdriver bits. The set
Insert shown includes three socket adapters
in socket
(not included).
and a non-magnetic 1/4 hex Adapter
screwdriver adapter that accepts into
bits with plain or grooved wrench
shanks. A push-button feature Adapter
Adapter
on the socket adapters provides into
into
wrench
both solid socket grip and easy wrench
socket removal, particularly
when you have oily hands. 3/8,
1/2 and 3/4 wrenches required. Socket Hex bit
D into into
Set (4) Imperial Adapters adapter adapter
17K01.50 $17.50
340 Assorted
 Accommodates box-end
wrenches up to 1.
Rare-earth magnets hold wrench rmly in place. Wrench not
included.
Mechanics Wrench Extender
The traditional extender for box-end wrenches
is an iron pipe. Although a pipe works, it is
awkward and requires two-handed operation.
This steel extender can be used one-handed for
either tightening or loosening a nut or stud. It
has two powerful rare-earth magnets to hold a
wrench rmly in position. For box-ends up to 1/2, it triples the
leverage. For a 1 box-end it doubles the leverage. Usable on all box-
ends with shafts up to 7/16 (11mm) thick. Used magnet-face up for
tightening and magnet-face down for loosening, it holds the wrench
rmly in either position. The handle has multiple ridges for better
grip. Patent pending.
09A05.05 Mechanics Wrench Extender $26.50
When nothing else seems to work on a frozen nut, heat it with a propane torch.
The expansion caused will often let you loosen it.
A. Veritas Metal Bender
There are times when you need to bend a metal part, and simply using a
vise and some brute force just wont do the job. This metal bender allows
anyone to form a metal part with control.
The product has two parts: the male die and the V-block. Both are made
of high-strength malleable cast iron, capable of bending up to 1/8 mild
steel. Each piece (about 3 long by 11/8 wide) clamps itself against a vise
jaw using embedded 1/2 rare-earth magnets. The main purpose of the
metal bender is to make bends up to 90 for such things as angle brackets
and sheet-metal parts. Using the V-block on its own, one can securely
hold rounds such as rods, tubes and dowels. Combining the V-block with
a C-clamp makes easy work of repairing a chair leg. The male die on its
own can hold complex curved or concave parts between the jaws.
A versatile and inexpensive tool for any shop. Male die V-block
50K08.01 Veritas Metal Bender $24.95
Stock
A wire up to 0.062 in diameter; instructions included.
Close vise to bend
metal pieces up to 90.
B
Push-button lock allows
easy socket removal.
B. Compact 28-pc. Ratchet Set
This reversible ratchet set is a real nd. Its great benet lies with its compact
size and versatile socket and bit selection. At just 41/4 long, the handle is low
prole, easily gripped and ts wherever your hand will comfortably go. For
light work, you can control the handle using ngertips only; for heavier work
requiring greater torque, the handle nestles comfortably in your palm for
enhanced grip. An excellent homeowners kit, it contains enough 1/4 drive
sockets and screwdriver bits to tackle most jobs (tightening loose fasteners,
knock-down furniture assembly, mounting light xtures/ceiling fans, adjusting
small motors, etc.). Supplied in a tted storage box that is just 51/2313/8
thick, it is portable and ts neatly in a drawer or toolbox. The 72-tooth ratchet
mechanism operates with as little as 5 of swing, minimizing lost motion. The
ratchet head (with push-button socket removal), 2 extension, 1/4 hex adapter
and nine sockets are durable, rust-resistant nickel-plated chrome-vanadium
steel. Includes 16 slot, Phillips, square drive,
POZIDRIV, hex and Torx bits. The Imperial set
comes with 3/16, 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 7/16,
15/32 and 1/2 sockets, while those in the metric set
range from 5mm to 13mm. An exceptional price for
a set of this quality.
17K01.90 Ratchet Set, Imperial $18.50
17K01.91 Ratchet Set, Metric $18.50
Clamptite Tool
With this tool you can make permanent hose clamps of any size, strengthen
cracked wooden tool handles, repair cut garden hoses, whip running loops in
rope, or use it in countless other household repairs and workshop applications.
Once you know how straightforward it is to use, youll realize how often you
could have used it in the past. Thread the aluminum and chrome-plated steel
tool with wire, make a few wraps around it and the
item(s) to be clamped, then turn a wing nut that
applies leverage to tighten the wire. Works with
We offer 1/4 lb coils (approx. 50) of 0.041 304
stainless-steel wire, ideal for permanent repairs yet
hard to nd in stores. Tool and wire are sold indi-
vidually and as a set. Use Clamptite
C. 97K10.80 Clamptite Tool $34.50 to repair hoses
D. 97K10.85 1/4 lb Wire Coil $17.50 or handles.
97K10.86 Clamptite Tool & Wire Set $48.50

 B-K. Wera Ratchet Sets Pivoting head

The pivoting head on this
ratchet lets you select the
best handle angle, whether
set in-line for quickly spin-
ning a fastener tight, offset
at 15 for greater clearance,
or at 90 for standard opera-
tion. Precision machined for
minimal play, the ne 72-tooth gear mechanism
allows a stroke with a return angle as low as 5.
The large textured thumbwheel lets you change
the drive direction using the hand holding the
ratchet; depressing a button on the top of the
thumbwheel releases the ball-detent on the drive
for quick socket or attachment changes. Free-
spinning sleeves on the ratchet shaft and drive
extensions let you steady the tool without
impeding shaft rotation. The ergonomically
Wera Tools shaped handle has areas of high-friction material
for a secure hold.
Wera tools are made to rigorous standards, using high-quality materials and advanced manufac- In addition to manual use, the sockets are also
turing processes. But what truly distinguishes the line is a tradition of innovation; each tool suitable for non-impact power driving and have
represents a re-thinking of the conventional design. In some cases, a subtle adaptation signicantly knurled rims for good grip. All metal parts
improves utility. An example is the ne laser-etched grooves in the screwdriver tips to help mini- are chrome-vanadium steel with a wear- and
mize cam-out. Other redesigns are more pronounced, such as a pivoting ratchet head that lets you corrosion-resistant brushed chrome-plated nish.
select the best position for comfort and access, or an open-end wrench that doesnt slip over The Kraftform Kompakt set contains a 1/4
partially seated fasteners and works better in conned spaces. Every detail has been carefully handle, a small assortment of sockets, a plain
considered, from contoured ergonomic handles and ratchet switches operated by the hand holding extension, a 1/4 hex screwdriver bit holder and
the tool, to the precise machining of mechanisms for minimal backlash. All hand tools carry a sixteen 50mm long 1/4 hex bits. The Zyklop
limited lifetime manufacturers warranty* against defects in materials or workmanship. Designed sets are available with either a 1/4 or 3/8 drive
in Wuppertal, Germany, where the company was founded in 1936, and made in the Czech and with Imperial or metric socket sizes. The 1/4
Republic, these are exceptionally well-engineered, professional-quality tools. ratchet handle is 150mm (about 6) long; the 3/8
* Does not apply to power driver bits and bit holders. is 193mm (about 71/2) long. The basic sets
contain a ratchet handle, a selection of sockets,
A. Wera Joker Ratcheting Wrenches two plain extensions, a universal joint and a
At a glance, these may look like ordinary combination wrenches, but once in hand their advantages T-handle. The premium sets upgrade to exten-
are impossible to overlook. With conventional wrenches, the open jaws have only two ats to sions with a locking male end for holding
contact the fastener; this often means starting your stroke in a position that offers little range of attachments securely, and add a wobble exten-
motion. With Wera Joker wrenches, the open jaw has an array of recesses arranged in 30 incre- sion, a 1/4 hex screwdriver bit holder and an
ments, offering a greater number of potential positions from which to engage the fastener. This assortment of 25mm long 1/4 hex bits. Each
permits the wrenches to operate within a smaller range of motion so you can use them in conned basic or premium set comes in a sturdy steel case
spaces without having to tediously ip the tool at every stroke. with a tted foam liner and a layout diagram
A hardened steel plate inset into one side of the open jaw has toothed edges that bite into the inside the lid; the Kraftform Kompakt set comes
facets of rusted or rounded fasteners to help minimize slippage. The plate overlays the jaw recesses in a portable nylon belt pouch. A full listing of
to act as a stop, allowing you to reliably hold a nut for threading a bolt into it, as well as eliminating the components in each set is shown in the chart.
the frustration of having the jaws slip over a partially seated fastener.
Easily change Button releases the ball-detent on the
The wrenches also have ratcheting box ends with a precisely machined 80-tooth mechanism drive direction drive for quick attachment changes.
to operate with less than 5 of swing. Forged from chrome-
molybdenum steel, they are nely nished and nickel-chrome plated
for durability and rust resistance. The Imperial set includes 7/16, 1/2,
9/16 and 3/4 sizes; the metric set contains 10mm, 13mm, 17mm and
19mm wrenches. Each set comes in a nylon storage roll.
24K10.20 Imperial Wrenches, set of 4 $119.00
24K10.10 Metric Wrenches, set of 4 $119.00

Thumb lever releases the ball-detent

A on the drive for quick attachment
changes.

Free-spinning sleeves Ergonomically

on the ratchet shaft shaped handle
and drive extensions.

Wera screwdrivers are

offered on pages 218 to 221
in the Screwdriving section.
342
 Wera Ratchet Sets

24K07.15
26-Piece Kraftform
B C D
24K07.27 24K07.20
Kompakt Metric Ratchet Set 15-Piece Imperial Ratchet Set, 1/4 18-Piece Metric Ratchet Set, 1/4

E F G
24K07.57 24K07.50 24K07.29
17-Piece Imperial Ratchet Set, 3/8 23-Piece Metric Ratchet Set, 3/8 41-Piece Imperial Ratchet Set, 1/4

H J K

24K07.22 24K07.59 24K07.52

42-Piece Metric Ratchet Set, 1/4 38-Piece Imperial Ratchet Set, 3/8 43-Piece Metric Ratchet Set, 3/8

Kraftform Kompakt Set Price Sockets Extension Accessory Screwdriver Bits

26-Piece Kraftform 1/4hex 50mm: 5.5mm slot; #1, #2 & #3 Phillips;
5.5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 10mm, 12mm & 1/4 hex screw-
B. 24K07.15 Kompakt Metric $129.00 150mm #1 & #2 Pozidriv; T10, T15, T20, T25, T27 & T30 Torx;
13mm driver bit holder
Ratchet Set 3mm, 4mm, 5mm & 6mm hex
Basic Zyklop Ratchet Sets Price Sockets Extensions Accessories Screwdriver Bits
15-Piece Imperial 3/16, 7/32, 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 7/16,
C. 24K07.27 $215.00 1/4 universal joint;
Ratchet Set, 1/4 1/2 & 9/16
75mm & 1/4115mm
18-Piece Metric 4mm, 4.5mm, 5mm, 5.5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 150mm
D. 24K07.20 $225.00 T-handle
Ratchet Set, 1/4 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm & 14mm
17-Piece Imperial 1/4, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, n/a
E. 24K07.57 $260.00
Ratchet Set, 3/8 11/16, 3/4, 13/16 & 7/8 3/8 universal joint;
125mm & 3/8165mm
6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 200mm
23-Piece Metric T-handle
F. 24K07.50 $315.00 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm,
Ratchet Set, 3/8
19mm, 20mm, 21mm, 22mm, 23mm & 24mm
Premium Zyklop Ratchet Sets Price Sockets Extensions Accessories Screwdriver Bits
1/4 hex25mm: 4.5mm, 5.5mm & 8mm slot; #1, #2 & #3 Phillips;
41-Piece Imperial 3/16, 7/32, 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 7/16, 1/4 universal joint;
G. 24K07.29 $260.00 55mm #1, #2 & #3 Pozidriv; T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T30 & T40
Ratchet Set, 1/4 1/2 & 9/16
wobble; 1/4115mm
Torx security; 5/64, 3/32, 1/8, 9/64, 5/32, 3/16 & 7/32 hex
locking T-handle; 1/4 hex
1/4 hex25mm: 4.5mm, 5.5mm & 8mm slot; #1, #2 & #3 Phillips;
42-Piece Metric 4mm, 4.5mm, 5mm, 5.5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 75mm & screwdriver bit
H. 24K07.22 $285.00 150mm holder #1, #2 & #3 Pozidriv; T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T30 & T40
Ratchet Set, 1/4 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm & 14mm
Torx security; 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm & 8mm hex
1/4 hex25mm: 5.5mm slot; #1 & #2 Phillips; #1 & #2 Pozidriv;
38-Piece Imperial 1/4, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 3/8 universal joint;
J. 24K07.59 $320.00 77mm T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30 & T40 Torx security;
Ratchet Set, 3/8 11/16, 3/4, 13/16 & 7/8
wobble; 3/8165mm 5/64, 3/32, 1/8, 9/64, 5/32, 3/16 & 7/32 hex
locking T-handle; 1/4 hex
6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 1/4 hex25mm: 5.5mm slot; #1 & #2 Phillips; #1 & #2 Pozidriv;
43-Piece Metric 125mm & screwdriver bit
K. 24K07.52 $355.00 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 200mm holder T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30 & T40 Torx security;
Ratchet Set, 3/8
19mm, 20mm, 21mm, 22mm, 23mm & 24mm 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm & 10mm hex
Product number in red denotes item not stocked at our stores. Assorted 343
 L-handle
Wobble Magnet
extension extension
A D lets you drive rare-earth
1/2 extension set 1/2 special set sockets at up magnet holds
to 15 off-axis. nuts and bolts.

Special Sets
These special extensions and handles are a
superb complement to the basic socket sets
Locking
you already own; each solves unique but head extension
common problems. A wobble extension lets ball detent locks sockets
you drive sockets at up to 15 off-axis. The onto the extension.
magnet extension has an integral post with
Sliding T-handle
an embedded rare-earth magnet to hold nuts adjusts handle
and bolts where your hands wont reach. The length to
locking head extension uses a ball detent to suit task.
B E lock sockets onto the extension, ensuring
3/8 extension set 3/8 special set you dont leave a socket behind in a tight
space. The L-handle lets you use your sockets
as you would a hex key, and the sliding
T-handle excels for use in tight spaces where
changing effective handle length allows you to work around obstructions
without repositioning. Each set is supplied in a vinyl storage roll.
D. 17K01.81 5-pc. 1/2 Special Set $21.00
E. 17K01.71 5-pc. 3/8 Special Set $15.50
F. 17K01.61 5-pc. 1/4 Special Set $10.50
G. 3-Piece Universal Joint Set
There are times when you just have to drive nuts or bolts at signicantly
off-axis. This set includes three universal joints (1/4, 3/8, 1/2) supplied in
a vinyl storage roll.
C F
1/4 1/4
17K01.94 3-pc. Universal Joint Set $9.95
extension set special set

H. 5-Piece Adapter Set

An adapter lets you use one size of socket with a drive of a different size. This
well-priced set handles the most practical range of combinations: 1/2 female
to 3/8 male, 1/2 female to 1/4 male, 3/8 female to 1/4 male, 3/8 female to 1/2
male and 1/4 female to 3/8 male. The set is supplied in a vinyl storage roll.
17K01.93 5-pc. Adapter Set $7.90
Sets by Size
If you nd that you regularly use one size of driver most of the time, these
sets by size are great value. Size sets include the package of regular exten-
sions, as well as the set of special extensions and handles.
17K01.85 1/2 Set of 9 (A&D) $32.00
Socket Wrench Extension Sets 17K01.75 3/8 Set of 10 (B&E) $25.00
Dont be fooled by the very reasonable prices of these
17K01.65 1/4 Set of 10 (C&F) $17.80
sets all are excellent-quality components made by an
experienced full-line Taiwanese manufacturer. The
forgings are well finished with crisp knurling and Set of All (Items A-H)
robust chrome plating. Most of the components are not If youre a regular socket set user, youve likely already recognized what a
found in standard sockets sets and would command a great value these sets are. Having read this far means youre probably
healthy premium if purchased individually. Each set is packed in a decent- trying to decide which components you really cant do without. This sets
quality vinyl roll with piped edges, clear labelling, and a ap and tie to keep for you! It contains both extension and handle sets for 1/4, 3/8 and 1/2
everything together. If you use socket sets, youll immediately know there are times drives, the set of three universal joints and the ve-piece adapter set. An
when you could have used most if not all of these components. easy decision for the socket set fan, at a saving of $15.
17K01.55 Set of All (37 pcs.) $85.00
Extension Sets
Extensions really do extend the usability of a socket set.
Not only does an extension give your ratchet or handle 38-Piece Homeowners Kit
more clearance from whatever is being worked on, it also Small enough to live in a drawer, this kit will handle just about every
promotes a two-handed grip while driving, something household task you can throw at it. The 28-piece reversible ratchet set has
that increases control while allowing you to go faster. enough 1/4 drive sockets
The 1/2 set has 4, 6, 8 and 10 extensions. The 3/8 set and screwdriver bits to
has 3, 4, 6, 8 and 10 extensions. The 1/4 set includes tackle most jobs. The
3, 4, 6, 8 and 10 extensions. Each set is supplied in ratchet head, 2 extension,
1/4 hex adapter and nine
a vinyl storage roll.
A. 17K01.80 4-pc. 1/2 Extension Set $14.50 sockets are durable and
B. 17K01.70 5-pc. 3/8 Extension Set $12.00 rust resistant. Includes
C. 17K01.60 5-pc. 1/4 Extension Set $ 8.90 16 slot, Phillips, square-
drive, POZIDRIV, hex
G and Torx bits. Comes
with 3 / 16 , 1 / 4 , 9 / 32 ,
5 / 16 , 11 / 32 , 3 / 8 , 7 / 16 ,
H 15/32 and 1/2 sockets. A
51/2313/8 storage box is included. The kit also includes the 1/4
extension set and the 1/4 special set described on this page. Save $8.90.
17K01.56 38-pc. Homeowners Kit $29.50
 1

3
Check the size
of external
and internal
threads, Three-position hinge
including C
blind holes. Fine-toothed jaws

Imperial and Metric Thread I.D. Sets for Large Fasteners
These nut and bolt identier sets allow you to check the size of both external and
internal threads, including blind holes. The Imperial set includes UNC (coarse)
and UNF (ne) from 1/4 to 1/2 in diameter. The metric set is for 6mm to 12mm,
including common metric coarse, metric ne and metric extra-ne threads.
Both sets come in steel cases with tted interiors, clearly identifying nut and
bolt combinations. In addition, each thread type has a unique plating color for
easy sorting if there is any accidental intermingling. The cases have spring hinges
augmented with a magnetic closure so spilling is unlikely.
A. 09A01.92 Large Thread I.D., Imperial $17.50
B. 09A01.93 Large Thread I.D., Metric $17.50
09A01.91 Metric & Imperial Sets, pr. $28.50
C. Pocket Wrench
This is an impressive wrench. Though just 51/2 long and compact enough to slip
into a pocket, it works with nuts and bolts in a broad range of common sizes. You
dont need to know the exact Imperial or metric size; the jaws accommodate any
head from 5/16 to 3/4 (8mm to 19mm). The three-position hinge
permits quick coarse sizing; the jaws then automatically self-adjust to
the exact t as you grasp the handles. The ne-toothed jaws are
inclined at a slight angle (approx. 7) to create a natural wedging
action that grips rmly with just a light squeeze it wont slip and
round off fastener corners as an ordinary adjustable wrench can.
Relaxing your grip on the return stroke lets the jaws open as they
travel past the fastener corners, eliminating the need to remove and
reposition the wrench every partial rotation. While it is no substitute
for owning a full set of wrenches or sockets, it is an outstanding tool
for eld repairs, and can be hung in a garden shed or other convenient
location to spare you a trip to the workshop. Made of stainless steel
thats heat treated for wear resistance and lightly textured for grip.
09A01.96 Pocket Wrench $12.50
To order call 1-800-267-8767
or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com

D. Universal Thread Restorer G. Machine Screw Gauge

Now you need only one tool to repair any damaged This steel gauge identifies screw diameter,
bolt. The patented design allows the hardened steel length and thread, tap drill size, and through-
cutters to adjust to any size, pitch or direction of D hole drill clearance size. Each reference hole is
thread Imperial or metric from 5/32 to 1/2 (4mm to precisely tapped for direct screw threading to
13mm). Attached behind the damaged area, the tool is ensure proper identification. The Imperial
rotated along the length of the threads from the inside version gauges common fastener sizes from #1
out, cleaning unwanted deposits (dirt, rust, paint) at through 5/16, and threads per inch from 72 to
the same time as it reshapes any damaged portions. 18; the metric version measures diameter from
Great for repairing xed bolts on bikes or machinery. M2 to M7 and pitch from 0.25 to 1.00. Useful
Not Stocked at our Stores. for quickly identifying threaded fasteners,
27K08.06 Universal Thread Restorer $39.50 wood screws and tapping screws. Includes
instructions and a decimal equivalent chart.
Internal Thread Restorers Made in USA.
Turn knob (A) 1
These two tools greatly simplify internal to retract 99K08.11 Imperial Screw Gauge $19.90
thread repairs in mild steel, cast iron, etc. blade (B) into 99K08.12 Metric Screw Gauge $21.50
housing (C).
A
The hardened HSS cutters automatically Insert thread
conform to the original thread pattern, so restorer into
threaded hole B
you dont need to know the exact size to be repaired. C
and pitch. They chase all standard (60) F G
threads, including metric sizes, in E Turn knob (A)
to extend 2
either direction, reshaping damaged blade (B) into
areas and removing dirt, rust or thread groove
paint. Only 31/2 long, they t easily into a toolbox. The small size adjusts below damaged
section and
from #12 to 5/16 (5mm to 8mm) to reach up to 3/8 deep; the large ts 5/16 to tighten by hand.
7/16 (8mm to 11mm) and has a 5/8 reach. Each tool includes a plastic sleeve
to prevent the tip from deforming aluminum or other soft metals. Patented. Rotate cross-rod
counterclockwise to repair
Not Stocked at our Stores. damaged thread section.
E. 27K07.91 Internal Thread Restorer, Small $47.50 3
F. 27K07.92 Internal Thread Restorer, Large $52.50
27K07.99 Pair of Thread Restorers $95.00
27K07.95 Repl. Sleeves, Small (5) $ 8.50
27K07.96 Repl. Sleeves, Large (5) $ 8.50
345
 M
H K
F
J L

D. The Lee Valley Hammer

A 05E12.01 5 oz Lee Valley Hammer
A. Condo Hammer
For indoor jobs you need a compact hammer but
one that still has authority. The 61/2 overall length
of this 12 oz hammer
is ideal for almost
every use. It allows
ne control with an
ergonomic, shock-
absorbing handle.
23K04.01 Condo Hammer $8.50
B. Pocket Hammer
At last, a hammer whose 7 hardwood handle is
short enough to slip into a pocket, but long enough
for light, general-purpose work around the house.
The outside corners of the claws are rounded to
avoid catching on clothing. The teardrop handle
shape offers a secure grip, and the 6 oz head G. Stanley Warrington Hammer
makes for an effective, well-balanced hammer.
50K37.01 Pocket Hammer $15.90
C. Tack Hammer
A marvellous hammer for modelmaking or
driving small escutcheon pins or tacks. The head
weighs 3/4 oz (20g) and has a 3/8 round face and
a 3/321/2 cross peen. Both faces are at, not
belled at all. 9 handle. Made in Italy.
99K50.01 Tack Hammer $24.90
To tighten the wood handle of a traditional
hammer, either drive the wedge further in or, if the
wedge is loose or bottoms out, make a new one
thats a bit longer with a slightly more obtuse angle
and drive it into place.
346 Assorted
The 5 oz head is ground in the classic octagonal
shape and the hickory handle is scaled to match
the smaller head. 10 in overall length. Great for
ne work and ideal to keep in a kitchen drawer.
$19.50
E. Forged Oval Cabinetmakers Hammer
Smaller than a typical carpenters hammer, this
specialized hammer has a forged and polished
steel head with one at face and one belled face
that lets you drive nails ush without marring
surrounding wood. Head weight is about 8 oz.
The hardwood handle is about 101/2 long.
44K30.10 8 oz Oval Hammer $14.90
F. 8 oz Claw Hammer
At 8 ounces, this is an ideal nishing hammer for
the shop. The smaller face and lower mass make
it ideal for trim, brads and nishing nails. Though
its particularly well suited for children who cant
quite manage a full-size hammer, its no toy. The
forged head is well nished, and the handle is
hickory. A very useful tool at an excellent price.
25K20.01 8 oz Claw Hammer $13.90
Warrington hammers are made specically for
cabinetmaking. The cross peen is used to start
brads or finishing nails without the risk of
damage to ngers. The round head, with the
slightly belled face, lets you drive nails ush
without marring surrounding wood. This
hammer is best for work on brads and small nails
traditionally used in cabinetmaking. Overall
length is 121/2.
23K01.01 31/2 oz Warrington Hammer $14.95
H. Nailing Hammer
With this hammer you can start and drive nails L. 69K12.02
with one hand. The grooved head has two nail-
head slots for nails up to 23/4 and 4 long. A M. 69K12.07
rare-earth magnet in the 20 oz head securely holds 69K12.05
H
Increased leverage due to short claws.
nails. The short, cats-paw style claws increase
leverage in nail pulling. 13 berglass handle with
a rubber grip. An excellent framing hammer.
44K14.10 Nailing Hammer $44.50
Estwing Hammers
Estwing hammers are renowned for their strength
and durability. The head, neck and handle tang
are forged from a single piece of steel. The most
popular handles are the classic leather style and
the nylon-vinyl type for exterior use.
Of the two head styles, the regular claw
hammers are the choice of most trim carpenters
and joiners. The ripping hammers have nearly
straight claws and are used in construction where
the claws are often driven behind bracing or
cladding that has to be removed. Framing
hammers are extra-large ripping hammers made
for house framing and deck building. The milled
face on the 28 oz size reduces glancing blows
when driving large spikes.
Handle lengths increase with weight from 11 for
the 12 oz hammer to 16 for the 24 and 28 oz sizes.
J. 69K10.01 12 oz Claw, leather $38.50
69K10.02 16 oz Claw, leather $38.50
Not Stocked at our Stores:
K. 69K11.01 12 oz Claw, nylon $34.50
69K11.02 16 oz Claw, nylon $34.50
16 oz Ripping, nylon $34.50
69K12.03 20 oz Ripping, nylon $37.50
24 oz Framing, nylon $47.50
28 oz Framing, nylon $49.50
 A. Lee Valley Plane Hammer
Adjusting blades in wooden planes is not as complex as
many people think. To x the blade in the body, tap the
wedge in. To increase depth
of cut, tap the blade on the
end. To reduce depth of cut,
tap sharply on the heel of the
body, followed by a tap on
the wedge to tighten it. To
adjust skew, tap the blade on
the side. The problem with
using a steel hammer is that
steel mushrooms blades and
destroys bodies over time.
The brass end of the head on our hammer will not
deform steel and the wooden insert end is kind to the
body. At 8 oz, the cast head is an ideal weight. 11
ash handle. Patented.
50K56.01 Plane Hammer $38.50
A B
B. Dead-Blow Mallet
Dead-blow mallets are indispensable in the shop for
both machine repair and closing or opening wood-
work joints. The soft face will not mar metal parts
and the lead-shot-lled head wont bounce in use, so
less force is needed. Made of urethane, this mallet has
a 2 dia. head, is 12 long and weighs 2 lb. A useful
product at an excellent price.
69K50.01 Dead-Blow Mallet $25.90
B
C
The faces are raked slightly to prevent glancing blows.
C. Veritas Cabinetmakers Mallet
With the best features of both wood and metal, this
mallet is a direct substitute for a carpenters mallet.
The 18 oz cast brass head has the mass and small
size typical of a metal hammer. The 11/2 diameter
hardwood inserts allow you to strike chisels without
mushrooming the handles, and are raked slightly to
prevent glancing blows. You can also choke up on the
handle for work requiring greater nesse such as ne
carving. You can keep one face smooth for general
work, reserving the other for rougher tasks such as
driving out bolts, pins, etc. 11 hardwood handle.
05E15.01 Cabinetmakers Mallet $44.50
D. Multi-Tool
There are many multi-tools
on the market, but most are
of poor quality and have
D
elements that are seldom Edge guard
needed. This one is made
of stainless steel and is
very well made. The 13/4
hatchet head is razor sharp
and comes with an edge
guard. The knife blade, tapered saw blade and sh-scaling
blade are all 21/2 long and equally sharp. The slot wrench/
bottle opener and the Phillips and slot screwdrivers are standard
for a tool of this type, but the pliers supersede the slot wrench in
utility since it can grip nuts of any size from 1/4 to 3/4. As well
as the hatchet and hammer heads, it has a built-in wire cutter. At
7 long and 15 oz (400g) in weight, it can be conveniently carried in the belt-looped nylon scabbard
that it comes in. It is useful for anglers (note the hook remover on the saw-blade tip), campers,
outdoor enthusiasts, many trades and people who just like a tool kit in a holster.
09A03.78 Multi-Tool $14.95
E. The Bowjak
This simple, effective tool will be appreci-
ated by anyone who has struggled to install
bowed wooden decking, siding or ooring.
C Install the Bowjak adjacent to a
bowed board by driving its spur into
the joist, stud or plywood suboor.
Pulling the lever handle forces the E
board into position. A sliding lock-
collar holds the position, freeing both
hands for fastening. Sturdily made
from heavy-gauge steel, it folds to
313 for easy storage. Collar locks arm to clamp
board in position.
79K05.10 Bowjak $46.50
F. BoWrench Deck Tool
Easily positioned over a 2 joist or stud, this
heavy-duty tool provides the leverage needed
to correctly position warped lumber. The 24
handle, offset to prevent skinned knuckles,
can be used in either a pull or push fashion
and is designed to hold in position while
under full tension for quick board fastening. F
Made of heavy-gauge steel; minor assembly
required. Excellent for decking or laying out
tongue-and-groove plywood.
03K11.05 BoWrench Deck Tool $72.50
Clip-On Tool Holders
The hammer holder has a 17/821/2 heavy
plated steel loop that accepts any size of claw
hammer. The T-Bone tool holder has a
10 1/ 2 long hook-and-loop strap with a H
T-shaped head that slides into a slot on the
waist clip to keep a cordless drill, pneumatic
nailer or stapler close at hand. Extra straps G
sold separately. Maximum load rating is
10 lb. Each clip is molded from ABS and has
an extended rear leg for support and a 13/4
square vinyl pad. 1+ 3+
G. 67K74.05 Hammer Holder $11.50
H. 67K74.06 Tool Holder w/Strap $ 8.50
67K74.08 Extra Tool Strap, ea. $ 3.40 $2.90
G H
347
 Nail
A. Box Tool puller
Originally designed for opening and closing crates, this
is a crudely made tool, yet ideal for rough work. We use Hammer
these in our receiving and shipping department where tools
are used for prying, chopping, nail pulling and hammering,
whether or not they were designed for it. Luckily, this one is
designed for all of those activities. At 131/2 long, it weighs
A just under 2 lb. It has a through steel handle with hardwood D
scales (complete with spots of wood ller). A tough, ugly tool
that is perfect for the person whose usual solution to a problem
is to use a larger hammer. Also ideal for the person who tends G
to leave tools out in the rain. This one cant get much uglier. E
88K39.01 Box Tool $15.50

B. Forged Nail Puller H

A F
This well-designed forged nail
puller is light, compact and easy to
use. Just over 8 long, it ts in a Pry
bar
toolbox or a tool pouch. Held and
struck like a chisel, it has narrow
4mm (5/32) jaws, which minimize
wood damage. Leverage is provided
Cats Paws
by your hammer, which can attach to B
B A versatile bar for pulling and driving nails, this tool
the puller at two points. Sprung jaws
has a straight end to start removing the nail and a
stay open until leverage is applied.
cats paw to nish the job. The at back of the paw
69K02.01 Nail Puller $26.50
can be driven under a reluctant nail with a hammer,
or it can be used as a hammer itself. The 6 cats paw
C. Grnsfors Renovators Bars
is a standard toolbox size, while the 101/2 model is
We call these renovators bars instead of wrecking bars because they
used more for opening or closing wooden crates, or
are particularly handy in renovation work and do not wreck the
for general dismantling work. The 14 model is for
material being worked on. The claw teeth and pry tips are well sharp-
heavier work. Well made, all are forged steel. They
ened to get into narrow cracks. The head design lets you work in
range in weight from 4 oz to 25 oz. Made in Japan.
corners (e.g., to lift the plate of a wall), which you cant do with a
D. 60K15.01 Cats Paw, 6 $18.90
normal wrecking bar, and it allows you to use maximum leverage
E. 60K15.02 Cats Paw, 101/2 $27.90
without stooping or back strain. They are
F. 60K15.03 Cats Paw, 14 $33.50
invaluable for hanging doors. The broad
bearing surfaces on both ends minimize Restorers Cats Paws
marking of material. The bars have an These versatile bars have a cats paw on one end for
excellent strength-to-weight ratio. Made in pulling and driving nails, and a thin pry tip at the other
Sweden. Available in four sizes. The for jobs such as removing molding, separating miter
smallest is useful for everyone; the largest joints in frames and easing off paint-seized hardware.
is for serious dismantling jobs. The 8 long cats paw with a 13/8 wide pry tip is easy
C 01K04.01 Renovators Bar, 191/2 $ 88.00 to carry or store. The 12 one with a 11/2 wide pry tip
C 01K04.02 Renovators Bar, 25 $106.00 is for more serious work. Made in Japan.

To order call 1-800-267-8767 01K04.03 Renovators Bar, 28 $122.00 G. 60K21.06 Restorers Cats Paw, 8 $19.50
01K04.04 Renovators Bar, 35 $149.00 H. 60K21.08 Restorers Cats Paw, 12 $27.50

J. Extractor Nail Pliers

J J
The 8 long handles and specially curved heel on these pliers
provide signicant leverage with minimal marring. The parallel
jaws grip along their whole length, with serrations that extend to
the tip to allow removal of nails broken to within 3/16 of the
surface. Forged from chrome-molybdenum steel hardened to
Rc53-56, the pliers are 11 overall. Non-slip cushioned handles.
64K02.05 Extractor Nail Pliers $39.50

K. Nail Puller/Cutter
This special design has a smooth, rounded head and 13/16 wide
K offset jaws that function like a claw hammer when pulling. The
extra-long handles provide great leverage. Hardened steel cutting
edges allow you to cut all kinds of nails and even mild steel rod up
to 3/32 thick. A attened surface also allows you to pound nails.
Overall length is 10. Weighs 11/4 lb. Made in Austria.
64K02.01 Nail Puller/Cutter $53.50

L. Channellock End Cutters

K Good end cutters serve many purposes in a
shop. You can trim screws to length for thin
L stock, cut wire or nails nearly ush (within
1/32 of a surface), and even pull small nails

L and brads. (Not for hardened steel.)

64K11.01 8 End Cutters $32.50
348 Assorted

Tension adjustment B
A C
B
C
Spring-Loaded Punches
To drill holes accurately, you must start with a
punch mark to center the bit. These center punches
are spring loaded; pressing down on the knurled
brass barrel recoils the double springs and drives
the hardened punch tip into your work, providing
a deep, clear registration mark. The standard
punch has a 7/8 long tip. The long-nose version
has an extra-long tip for marking through thick
objects, such as shelf standards or cleats (max.
11/8 thickness). The self-centering model has a
chamfered nosepiece to automatically center in
a countersink for proper screw placement, and has
a 5/8 long tip. All have steel tips hardened to Rc45
and are force-adjustable. Sold individually or as a
set of three. Overall length ranges from 5 to 6.
A. 04K05.05 Standard Center Punch $ 9.50
B. 04K05.07 Long-Nose Center Punch $10.90
C. 04K05.06 Self-Centering Punch $ 9.90
04K05.10 Set of 3 Punches $26.50
Starrett Automatic Center Punches
These punches have caps for adjusting the force
of the blow applied by the punch. All working
parts are made from hardened tool steel, and
each punch has points that are removable for
sharpening or replacement. The 4 punch is 3/8
in diameter; the 5 punch is 1/2 in diameter.
Each has a knurled steel body and cap. The
hinge-locating punch has a sprung bevelled
sleeve that centers the punch point before it is
struck. It is 9/16 in diameter, with a knurled
aluminum body and cap. Made in USA.
D. 30N28.20 4 Automatic Center Punch $46.50
E. 30N28.21 5 Automatic Center Punch $51.00
F. 30N28.25 Auto. Hinge-Locating Punch $49.50
E
F M
Tension adjustment
D
F N. 30N32.70 Standard Punches, 8-Pc. Set
J
H
Concave tips
G
G. Starrett Nail Sets shoulder), these punches are steel with hardened
With concave tips to help center them on tips and tempered shanks for durability. The
nishing nails, these nail sets have hardened tips square shanks are knurled for grip and wont roll
and tempered shanks for durability. The heads when placed on a work surface. Sizes stated in
provide a large striking surface and are square to price lines are tip diameter by length. Sold indi-
keep them from rolling when placed on a work vidually or as a full set of seven in a plastic
surface. 4 long, with knurled grips. Available storage case. A set of ve round shank punches
individually or as a set of ve in a vinyl pouch. is also available. Packaged in a plastic pouch, it
Sizes are nominal tip diameters. Made in USA. includes 1/16, 5/64, 3/32, 1/8 and 5/32 tip sizes.
The 1/16 punch is 3 long; all others are 4 long.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
Made in USA.
30N27.01 Nail Set, 1/32 (0.8mm) $15.00
30N27.02 Nail Set, 1/16 (1.5mm) $15.00 Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N27.03 Nail Set, 3/32 (2.5mm) $15.50 30N27.21 Sq. Shank Punch, 1/163 $12.50
30N27.04 Nail Set, 1/8 (3mm) $15.50 30N27.22 Sq. Shank Punch, 5/6431/2 $12.50
30N27.05 Nail Set, /32 (4mm)
5 $15.50 30N27.23 Sq. Shank Punch, 3/3233/4 $12.50
30N27.10 Set of 5 Nail Sets $77.50 30N27.24 Sq. Shank Punch, 1/84 $12.50
30N27.25 Sq. Shank Punch, 5/3241/4 $12.50
Starrett Center Punches 30N27.26 Sq. Shank Punch, 3/1641/2 $12.50
Punching a center mark improves accuracy 30N27.27 Sq. Shank Punch, 1/45 $12.50
when drilling. Accurately made with tip diame- H. 30N27.30 Sq. Shank Set of 7 $98.50
ters from 1/16 to 1/4 (measured at the tip J. 30N27.50 Round Shank Set of 5 $49.50
Starrett Pin Punch Sets
Using the correct type of punch to remove pins efciently
transfers the force of the hammer blow and reduces the
likelihood of damaging the pin or shaft. We offer Starrett
punch sets in hardened steel and non-marring brass.
Knurled for grip, the punches have domed ends to
minimize deformation. Nominal diameters given;
actual sizes are a few thousandths less. Sets come
in a woven nylon storage pouch. Made in USA.
Steel Pin Punch Sets K
The set of ve long-nosed punches includes 1/8 to
3/8 diameters in 1/16 increments. They are 8 long
overall with 31/2 tips and 5/8 shanks. The standard
set of eight punches contains sizes ranging from
1/16 to 7/32 by 32nds plus 1/4 and 5/16 sizes. They
are 4 long with 1 tips and 1/2 diameter shanks.
Not Stocked at our Stores. L
K. 30N32.80 Long-Nose Punches, 5-Pc. Set $61.00
L. 30N32.60 Standard Punches, 8-Pc. Set $66.00 N
Brass Pin Punch Sets
The set of four long-nose punches includes 3/16,
1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 diameters. They are 8 long overall
with 31/2 brass tips set within 5/8 hardened steel
shanks. The standard set of eight punches contains
sizes ranging from 1/16 to 7/32 by 32nds plus 1/4
and 5/16 sizes. Turned from solid rod stock, they are
4 long with 1 tips and 1/2 diameter shanks.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
M. 30N32.90 Long-Nose Punches, 4-Pc. Set $51.00
$69.50
 D
A
B

B. Transfer Punch Set

If you have ever ddled around trying to lay out D. Punch Set
the drilling hole pattern for a bench-mounted For making leather washers for chisel handles or
A. Spiral Punch Set vise (or anything else), you know why you need punching inside and outside washer dimensions
Handy for leather, paper and transfer punches. Instead of trying to mark the from leather, fabric, vinyl, etc., this set of punches
veneer, this unique punch hole with a pencil (and getting it allows you to make both cuts in one operation.
uses a spring-loaded almost right), you just put one of They have a locking mechanism to ensure accu-
Archimedes-style mecha- these hardened punches in the racy. Fifteen punches from 3mm to 30mm come
nism to rotate the sharpened hole and tap it to transfer the complete with a handle and a center punch in a
cutter as the handle is pushed Cutter exact hole center to the material Close-up 61/29 plastic case. Made in France.
of punch tip
down. It cuts cleanly and with rotates as to be drilled. Use them for hard- 33Y01.01 Set of 15 Punches $179.00
the handle
less effort and less material is pushed ware mounting, for jig making or as size gauges
distortion than hammer down. for small holes that defeat standard calipers.
punches. Made largely Made of Rc46 ferro-blacked steel, the set of 28
from brass with a beech handle, the punch comes punches ranges from 3/32 to 17/32 and comes in
with six interchangeable cutters with diameters an indexed stand.
from 1.5mm to 4mm (1/16 to 5/32). First popu- 24K05.40 Transfer Punch Set $21.50
larized in the scrapbook market, it is also a
versatile shop tool. Made in Japan. Traditionally used to transfer hole locations, a scratch
33Y01.05 Spiral Punch Set $43.50 awl is usually smaller than the hole being marked,
making it difcult to mark dead center. Transfer
punches effectively address this problem since they
are available in a wide range of common sizes.

C. Pin Punches/Tool Blanks

C E
Use these as pin punches, or grind them to make
small chisels, gouges or scrapers for your lathe.
They have hard tips to prevent deformation, and E. Hinge Center Punch
tempered shanks to withstand hammer blows. Used for marking screw centers for hinge holes,
Made of chrome vanadium steel. Slightly under- the chamfered end seats solidly in the hinge.
size, diameters are 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8. Finger pressure or a tap on the plunger marks the
5 to 6 long. Made in France. screw-hole center.
Sample of custom-ground turning chisel 33Y02.01 Pin Punches, set of 5 $22.95 23K05.01 Hinge Center Punch $8.95

F. Czeck Edge Birdcage Awl Veritas Japanese-Style Awls

While awls like this are named for their use in birdcage making,
their ability to mark drill centers and quickly bore holes makes them
useful in any shop. This is a particularly well-made example. It has
a robust 3/16 thick square shaft with a nely ground pyramidal tip.
The sharp tip lets you precisely locate holes and the crisply dened
edges rapidly ream holes, even in hardwood, making it ideal for
pre-drilling for screws or square-cut nails. The handle is made from
turned and polished East Indian rosewood, with a rounded end to
allow comfortable application of force and a machined bronze
ferrule at the shaft/handle connection. The shaft, just under 3 long,
is made of A2 steel hardened to Rc 59-60. The tools overall length
is 73/4. Made in USA, it is as useful as it is attractive.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
16N01.07 Birdcage Awl $66.50
These awls have accurately turned conical tips, strong bolsters and comfortable
handles. The tip is A2 steel hardened to Rc 60-62 for toughness, and can be replaced
if damaged. The bolster, made from stainless steel, transitions smoothly into the taper
of the handle to provide a larger hand contact area. The hard maple handles have been
torreed, a heating process that changes the structure of the wood at the cellular level,
to stabilize the handles against swelling and
shrinkage caused by humidity changes.
The small 43/8 awl can be cupped in your
palm with your fingers close to the tip,
allowing more control for delicate work. The
large 53/4 awl ts comfortably in your hand.
Sure to become the rst awls you reach for
when laying out projects. A replacement tip
H that ts either awl is available.
G. 05K60.10 Japanese Awl, Small $22.50
H. 05K60.12 Japanese Awl, Large $27.50
05K60.14 Repl. Tip, ea. $ 7.20

F Ideal for pre-drilling

Pyramidal tip

350 Assorted
 A
C E
B D
Center punch Tip of nail A C
drives brads starter ts
and marks over
hole centers nishing
for hinges. nails.

B
H

H. Lee Valley Center Punches

A B C D E These center punches are the
Spring Center Punches & Nail Sets deeper dimple to prevent drill bits from skating.
With ordinary nail sets and center punches, Especially useful where you dont have room to
you have to focus on holding the tool and swing a hammer, the combination nail starter/set has
striking it squarely. Not with these. Each a 1/8 diameter recessed tip that ts over a nishing
consists of two pieces of turned hardened nail to drive it shy of the surface, and a cupped tip
steel joined by a tightly coiled spring. Just to set it. The double-ended nail sets have concave
position one tip on the work, draw back the tips to register the tool on the head of a nishing
other, then release. The brad set has a 1/16 nail. Ribbed for grip, all are hardened to Rc59 and
diameter center pin for driving 3/32 brads measure 41/4 to 51/4 overall. Sold individually.
below the wood surface or for marking hole A. 24K01.01 Brad Set $14.50
centers for hinges. The prick/center punch B. 24K01.05 Prick/Center Punch $14.50
has two conical tips with different included C. 24K01.04 1/16 Nail Starter & 1/16 Nail Set $14.50
angles the 75 end makes a shallow mark D. 24K01.02 1/32 & 1/16 Nail Set $14.50
during layout, and the 45 tip makes a E. 24K01.03 3/32 & 1/8 Nail Set $14.50
Japanese Nail Set
The unique design of this tool allows you to use it as a general-
purpose 6 nail set or as a 11/4 nail set in tight spots. Either way,
the long shank gives you excellent control. But its versatility
doesnt stop there. It can also serve as a punch, a drift pin, a tack
hammer or even a small anvil for straightening nails. It is one of
the classic multi-purpose tools of the world. Forged steel.
44K13.01 Japanese Nail Set, ea. $10.95
denition of tough: hard but not
brittle. Made of impact-resistant
tool steel hardened to Rc52-56,
the punches wont crack or
deform under repeated hammer
blows and will retain their accu-
rately turned points. Sold as a
set of four in a plastic storage
pouch. Tip diameters (measured at the tip
shoulder) are 1/16, 3/32, 1/8 and 3/16. Each is 4
long overall and has knurled sections at the top
and bottom of the body that act as cues for nger
placement and improve grip. Made in Canada.
50N05.10 Center Punches, set of 4 $23.90
J. Lee Valley Nail Sets
Made of impact-resistant S-7 tool steel, heat-
treated to Rc52-56, these nail sets will take
countless hammer blows without deforming,
chipping or cracking: they are hard but not
brittle. The tip is concave to center it on a
nishing nail and chamfered to prevent damage
to the surrounding wood. Nominal tip diameters
are 1/32, 1/16 and 3/32, sold as a set of three in a
plastic storage pouch. All are 4 long overall and
have knurled sections at the top and bottom of
the body that act as cues for nger placement and
improve grip. Made in Canada.
50N06.05 Nail Sets, set of 3 $21.90

F. Nail Driver
This tool can be used as a brad push
or as a nail driver for nishing nails
up to 13/4 long. One of the best tools
to use for driving nails into cove
molding or quarter round. It has
plated steel construction, a magne-
F tized push head and a wooden handle
G with a steel striking button.
86K50.01 Nail Driver $10.40

G. Cushion-Grip Nail Sets

These are excellent nail sets. The
grips are color coded for quick iden-
tification and ribbed to increase
shock absorption. The 5 long milled
steel body increases reach for setting J
nails in awkward spots. The tips are
hardened to Rc54+ and are cupped
and chamfered for better holding.
Set includes 1/32, 2/32 and 3/32 tip
diameters. Made by Stanley.
23K17.01 Set of 3 Nail Sets $14.95
Assorted 351
 C Letter & Number Stamp Sets
D
Perfect for permanently marking metal or wood, these stamps are
made from hardened steel bars (1/4 square for the smaller sets and
5/16 square for the larger set). All are 23/8 long. Available in three
impression heights. The smaller sizes work well
in dark-colored hardwood, the larger size in 5mm
softwood. Sets come in vinyl cases and include
an ampersand, 26 letters and 9 numbers. 3mm
A. 92W68.03 2mm (5/64) Stamp Set $26.50 2mm
B. 92W68.20 3mm (1/8) Stamp Set $27.50
Metal Wood
B C. 92W68.25 5mm (13/64) Stamp Set $36.50

D. Letter & Number Automatic Punch Set

This letter and number punch set has an advantage over regular
A punches it has a spring-loaded brass handle, so you dont need a
mallet. After inserting the hardened steel 1/4 hex shank into the
handle, simply adjust the amount of tension/impact needed to mark
wood or annealed steel, position and press down to mark. As hard
and soft woods mark differently, we recommend testing the tension
Peel-and-Stick Zipper before nally marking the project. Set includes a handle, 26 letters,
This adhesive-backed 9 numbers, ampersand, decimal and a plastic storage case. The
zipper bonds to any impressions are 4mm high by 3.5mm wide. Easy to use.
clean plastic sheeting 93N01.01 Letter & Number Punch Set $26.50
to create a simple,
resealable access
doorway. It lets you
control air movement
for temperature mainte-
nance, and keeps dust
from migrating
throughout the house.
The 84 long, heavy-duty #5 zipper is E
sewn to a 950-denier high-density poly-
ethylene backing that has a permanent
high-tack acrylic adhesive. Equally
useful for cold frames, shrink-wrapped
boats, plastic tent structures and ice E. Mini Pliers
shacks. Sold individually. At 41/2 long overall, these mini pliers are a good size for hobby and
Zipper, ea. 1+ 4+ craft work. They have hardened stainless-steel jaws, teeth for grip,
97K20.05 $11.90 $10.70 a spring-return action and comfortable rubber cushion handles.
86K97.14 Mini Pliers $5.90

G. Magnetic Dust-Barrier Door

For quick access to a work area that
has been sealed off to control dust,
temperature or airow, this hands-free Hold nuts

doorway can be temporarily mounted

just about anywhere you can apply tape.
Magnetic closures in the hems keep the
two panels together, but give way with
a light push. To open it, simply walk Pull brads
through it; the magnets automatically
reattach once you pass through, closing
the panels behind you. The clear plastic F
window lets in light, and helps avoid
mishaps since you can see if someone
is on the other side. Made of durable
nylon, the door is reusable, covers an F. Sidewinder Pliers
area 791/2 tall by 381/2 wide, and A replica of a tool rst made in the 1870s, the strange design has
mounts easily with painters tape or many positive features. The handle is offset 1 from the ush-
other removable adhesive tapes. Made seating jaws, allowing it to function well in cramped areas and on
in USA. at surfaces. The snake-shaped part of the handle permits very
97K20.06 Dust-Barrier Door $34.50 ne control of the jaws. With your thumb in the concave part of
the snake, you can open and close the jaws with your thumb for
precision in all uses. The tip can be used to remove unwanted
blobs of solder or pull brads, small nails or upholstery tacks,
because you have ne control of the gripping pressure on the jaws.
The internal jaw notches can be used to hold, tighten or loosen
nuts and bolts up to 3/8 in diameter. The butt of the main body is
G strengthened to allow light tapping with a hammer to seat the jaws
Magnetic closures in the
with minimal damage to the wood. Designed for right-handed
hems keep the two panels together. users, it can be used left-handed but at reduced utility.
09A03.76 Sidewinder Pliers $18.50
G
 A. Duck-Bill Pliers Use both through-holes to Holds small parts without marring them.
hold dual wires rmly and
Pliers of this style have long been valued by jewellers, evenly for twisting. PVC-dipped handles
modelmakers and electronics buffs, as they excel at holding
or forming small parts without marring them. The broad
contact surfaces of the toothless jaws wont easily scratch
surfaces, and the slightly ared, duck-bill prole of the tips
lets you get in tight to an adjacent surface to grasp
projecting items, even when approaching from an angle.
The tips also have a 2mm (0.08) diameter through-hole to Ergonomic shape
aid when pulling or twisting wire. Made of high-carbon A
chrome-vanadium steel plated with a hard-wearing satin-
nickel nish, the pliers measure 61/8 overall with 2 long Smooth inner jaws
jaws; maximum opening of 13/4. The handles are PVC
dipped for sure grip.
09A02.97 Duck-Bill Pliers $13.50
Maximum jaw opening is 13/4.

B. Starrett Pin Vises

2mm (0.08) through-holes
With hardened four-jaw chucks, these pin vises provide a
secure hold on small-diameter parts, les and wire (there
is a hole through the handle for feeding wire). They can
also be used to hold drill bits for precision applications
where a geared or power drill is too cumbersome. The
chuck and handle are knurled for grip. Available as a set
of four in a vinyl sleeve to cover diameters up to 3/16
(4.8mm). Nickel-plated steel, they range from about 3 to
4 in length. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
30N27.60 Pin Vises, set of 4 $99.50

B
To order call 1-800-267-8767 Drill bit and wire
not included.

C. Anglers Pliers, Tether & Sheath

These are very well-made pliers. Though called anglers pliers, theyre not just for shing use, but
also excel at any wire work. The needle-nose jaws are stainless steel with mating teeth for rm
grip on even ne-gauge wire, and have three notches for bending heavier-gauge wire C
or for crimping wire sleeves. The wedge-shaped nib on one of the jaws is
designed to pry open split rings and is also useful for hooking behind
wires when extracting them from hard-to-reach spots. The anvil-
style wire cutter is made of tungsten carbide for durability. The
jaws and wire cutter are replaceable (a kit including spare
jaws, cutters and mounting screws is offered separately).
The aluminum handles have a spring-return action for easy
one-handed operation, and a cushioning coating on nger-
contact areas for good grip. An auto-retracting Kevlar G
tether built into the tough nylon belt sheath prevents loss if
you accidentally drop the pliers, and can be detached for
untethered use. Pliers are 73/8 long. Useful in any tool kit
(or tackle box). Highly recommended.

25K17.03 Anglers Pliers, Tether & Sheath $64.50

D. 25K17.04 Jaw & Wire Cutter Replacement Kit $35.00
D
Soft-Jaw Pliers
Using adjustable (or crescent) wrenches on brass or
chrome-plated fittings usually results in scratching,
scraping and stripping. These versatile pliers have replace- E
able nylon jaws (bolted on) that will not mar your
brightwork, and are particularly good for knurled bolts and
knobs. One unique feature of these pliers is the spring-
loaded handle for one-handed opening and closing.
Another is the fast adjustment afforded by the unique
spring-ratchet mechanism. The regular pliers have an open
capacity of 46mm (113/16) and replaceable square nylon
jaws. The large pliers have an open capacity of 65mm
(29/16) and both round and square nylon jaws. Excellent
quality. Made in Japan.
E. 44K06.01 Regular Soft-Jaw Pliers $30.20
44K06.02 Repl. Square Jaws, Reg. $ 4.10 F
F. 44K06.10 Large Soft-Jaw Pliers $41.60
44K06.11 Repl. Round Jaws, Lg. $ 8.90
44K06.12 Repl. Square Jaws, Lg. $ 8.90
Assorted 353
 B

A. Screw Pliers
Made from high-strength alloy steel, these pliers have a channelled and cross-serrated
jaw that effectively extracts screws with stripped or damaged heads. Ideal for holding
round pins, lag screws, etc. The rounded nose allows them to grip screw heads that are
nearly ush. About 6 long overall, with rubber-coated handles. Made in Japan.
A 25K17.02 Screw Pliers $31.30

B. Sheet Metal Bending Pliers

Anyone who has attempted bending or straightening sheet metal in a shop vise will
appreciate this tool. The 31/811/4 cast iron jaws grip well and are invaluable in
forming a variety of basic shapes as well as hemming them. For example, it is possible
to form a box from a cut-out pattern of the bottom and four sides, or put a number of
bends in 1 wide strip steel to form a rectangle or a polygon.
09A03.60 Sheet Metal Bending Pliers $22.50
C. Miter Shears
If youve ever V-jaw
holds
installed small square
moldings, such stock.
C as quarter round,
youll immediately recognize the utility of these
miter shears. The basic shear has a jaw with right
and left 45 fences, and incised markings for
60, 75, 90, 105 and 120. The optional four-
jaw set adds a at jaw, a combination 5/8 and 3/4
pipe jaw, a 1 pipe jaw (for plastic pipe) and a
V-jaw. Handy for odd trimming jobs, snipping
dowel and rods and all those other tasks too hard
D for scissors, yet too small for a saw. Works
effectively with softwoods up to 3/4 in size.
Replacement blade available.
25K09.01 Miter Shears $24.95
D. 25K09.20 Optional Four-Jaw Set $ 9.95
25K09.21 Repl. Blade $ 7.50
Dura-GRIT Shaping Burrs
E F G These aggressive burrs are effective for quickly cutting and shaping materials
such as wood, berglass, laminates, plastic and leather. The durable copper-
brazed tungsten carbide grit will not loosen or shear under load. The 11/4 dia.
shaping wheel is domed for sanding curved and at surfaces. The cutting
H wheels are available in two diameters; the 1 size has a maximum depth of 3/8,
while the 11/2 size cuts up to 5/8. The 1 wheel has grit on both faces for
removing projections, and cutting channels or bevels. The tapered, conical and
round-end burrs are for general carving and shaping; the tapered burr can also
be used to bore into materials. The 1/2 dia. by 1/2 tall hollow drum has grit on
L
E the lip, allowing it to be used as a hole saw. Usable at speeds up to 35,000 rpm,
each has a 1/8 shank and measures 11/4 to 15/8 in length. Available individu-
ally, as well as in two sets of four selected for general household use and for
K carving (symbols in price lines indicate components of sets). Made in Canada.
H E. 77J81.76 #5 Cutting Wheel, (11/2 dia.), 60x $22.50
K
F. 77J81.51 #1 Shaping Wheel, (11/4 dia.), 60x $22.50

G. 77J81.56 #9 Cutting Wheel, (1 dia.), 80x $22.50

H. 77J81.61 #2 Tapered-Point Burr, 80x $13.90

J. 77J81.66 #4 Conical-Tip Burr, 80x $18.50

K. 77J81.71 #6 Round-End Burr, 80x $18.50

L. 77J81.81 #2 Hollow Drum, 80x $19.50

77J81.91 Homeowners Set of 4 Burrs $69.50
J 77J81.96 Carvers Set of 4 Burrs $64.50

F To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com

G L

354 Assorted
 Self-adhesive
backing
D

A
E
C
Bench Pucks
For more than a year we resisted the B
impulse to join the herd of rms offering shop
work standoffs, as they can be made so easily at home. Instead,
we decided to offer the high-friction sheet material for you to apply to
whatever you like, in whatever size and shape is most convenient. Made in USA, E
our 1236 and 2436 sheets can be cut to size with scissors and are F
backed with a high-shear, pressure-sensitive adhesive to let you quickly secure High-Friction Grip Discs
them to just about any surface. We did, however, succumb to the impulse to These small grip discs have a high-shear,
exercise a bit of lateral thinking on our position on work standoffs. pressure-sensitive adhesive backing to let you quickly
A hockey puck may seem like a strange object to use as a work standoff, but add a non-slip cushioned pad to just about any surface. Available in
we found it to be just about the right size for the application. At 3 in diameter 1 and 2 diameters, the non-marring discs are 1/8 thick sponge rubber, the
by 1 thick and weighing 6 oz, it is both wide and heavy enough to make a same material we use on our high-friction sheets and the discs for our
stable platform. To make it non-skidding, we had grip discs punched from Bench Pucks (at left). Available in packages of 25. Made in USA.
the sheet material; just apply a disc to each face and your hockey puck is E. 88K59.07 1 Grip Discs, pkg. of 25 $4.60
transformed into a Bench Puck that can then be used to elevate your work for F. 88K59.08 2 Grip Discs, pkg. of 25 $7.20
better access. You dont need new pucks to make these just reuse any old
pucks you may have, even the chipped ones that the kids wont play with G. High-Friction Cushion Pads
anymore. Our pucks are the same top-quality Slovakian-made pucks that are These 1/8 thick adhesive-backed rubber pads are
widely used in North American amateur-league play. ideal for mounting on anything from bookends to
We sell the 23/4 diameter by 1/8 thick grip discs in jewellery boxes, as well as slate coasters, trivets
packages of eight, and new pucks individually for and cheese platters. G
standoff-makers and hockey players alike; the prices are 88K59.03 3/8 dia. Pads, pkg. of 25 $2.40
excellent for both! 1+ 10+ 88K59.04 1/2 dia. Pads, pkg. of 25 $2.70
A. 88K59.01 Grip Discs, pkg. of 8 $ 4.10
B. 88K59.02 Hockey Puck, ea. $ 1.20 $ 1.00
1+ 5+ Customize jigs
C. 88K59.05 1236 H.F. Sheet, ea. $16.50 $14.90 using high-friction
sheet material.
D. 88K59.06 2436 H.F. Sheet, ea. $26.50 $23.90 5

H. Magnetic LED Tool Light H

If youve ever had to clench a ashlight in your teeth K
while working in a dark space, youll immediately
recognize why this low-prole tool light is so
useful. Its two rare-earth magnets let you Underside of lamp
head shown.
attach it to a screwdriver, socket extension
K. Magnifying Bench Lamp
or wrench, to shine a bright beam of light
With a distortion-free optical-grade glass lens
right where you need it. Not just for hand
and quiet electronic ballast to eliminate bulb icker,
tools, the light can also be attached to any
this magnifying lamp is excellent value. Ideal for
ferrous surface such as a drill press or
detailed work, the 5 3-diopter lens focuses at a
table saw. Weighing only 20 grams
comfortable distance (3 to 9) and is encircled by a
(just over 1/2 oz), the 13/4 long light is
22-watt fluorescent bulb that generates a cool, shadow-free
unobtrusive to carry or store. Uses four
light. Its spring balance mechanisms are fully enclosed and
button-cell batteries (included).
the arms extend up to 47. The lamp head is adjustable for
Magnetic LED Tool Light Rod magnets secure viewing angle. It has an integral ip-up lens dust cover, and
09A04.90 $7.50 light to tool.
comes with a 21/2 capacity table-mounting clamp. UL/CUL
certied. A surprisingly good-quality lamp.
To let you use the lamp in a dog hole, stainless-steel bush-
J. Light Bulb Cage
ings with a 3/4 or 20mm outside diameter are available
Nearly everyone has acci-
separately. Both are 11/8 long with an inside diameter of 1/2.
dentally broken an exposed
17J30.20 *Magnifying Bench Lamp $59.00
light bulb at some point.
L. 05G48.01 Lamp Bushing, 3/4 $ 7.90
This protective cage helps
M. 05G48.03 Lamp Bushing, 20mm $ 7.90
prevent these mishaps. * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
Easy to install, it ts over J
shipping charges. For areas not served by ground parcel service,
common utility light contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
xtures with a ange up to 43/4 in diameter to
protect incandescent (100W maximum) or
compact uorescent bulbs up to 5 long. The
51/2 dia. by 53/4 tall ABS housing is impact
resistant, even in frigid temperatures. Well worth the investment if it spares L M
you the trouble of extracting just one broken bulb stub. 1+ 3+
88K39.10 Light Bulb Cage, ea. $12.50 $11.25
Assorted 355
 D
B
Utility lamp
A mounted on a
bandsaw using
magnetic base.
C
A. Magnetic-Mount LED Work Light
Adjustable from a wide-angle
This is an excellent shop work light. It has an 18 exible oodlight to a narrow-focus
steel gooseneck that can be positioned as needed, while a spotlight.
strong 30mm diameter rare-earth magnet in the base
D. Utility Lamp
holds it securely to machine tops or other metal surfaces.
This high-quality lamp is well suited for extensive workshop use.
The light remains in position even if the neck is extended
The head rotates up to 570, and a conical aluminum reector
far to one side. There is also a rare-earth magnet in the
helps focus light where you need it most. An aluminum heat sink
included quick-release side-mounting clip, which holds
surrounding the bulb base helps to dissipate heat from the socket
the base parallel to the mounting surface and can also be
and switch and keep the shade cool. The sturdy 18 vinyl-
readily detached and repositioned. The powerful Cree
covered ex arm holds its position once set. A quick-connect
LED has a telescoping housing that allows the beam to be
base coupler lets you use the lamp with multiple mounts within
focused from a wide angle to a narrow spot. The light
the shop. Three mounts are included: a strong magnetic base, a
housing and base are anodized aluminum; the side-mount
B right-angle wall-mount bracket base, and a anged stud base for
clip is made of sturdy plastic. Three AA batteries (not
machine mount. For bench mounting, a C-clamp mount (2
included) provide up to 5 hours of continuous operation. Optional mounting plate provides a
reliable attachment point for either opening) is available separately. For detail work, the large
Perversely, the features that make this light so good also magnetic mount. 2-power glass magnier accessory is ideal. With no edge distor-
mean it cannot stand on its own it needs to be magneti-
tion, it provides best focus at distances of up to 10. Lamp
cally attached to some surface. Thats why weve made
accepts bulbs up to 100W (not included). UL/CUL certied.
an optional 2 diameter, 1/8 thick nickel-plated steel
17J30.40 Utility Lamp $79.50
mounting plate that can be screwed or glued to any Optional post can be E. 17J30.42 Shade-Mount Magnier $34.50
surface to provide a reliable attachment point. For bench joined to the mounting
plate with an included F. 17J30.43 C-Clamp Base $22.50
use, we also offer an optional 1 long stainless-steel post
bolt and dropped into
(available in 3/4 and 20mm diameters) that can be joined a dog hole. Lamp also mounts with a
to the steel mounting plate with an included bolt and right-angle wall bracket or a
anged stud base.
dropped into a dog hole.
This is a light you will nd indispensable for shop or
site work. Highly recommended. B F
15J77.01 LED Work Light $38.50 E
B. 15J77.02 Mounting Plate, ea. $ 4.50 C Optional
C. 15J77.04 3/4 Dog-Hole Post & Bolt, ea. $ 3.40 Optional shade- C-clamp
mount magnier base
15J77.05 20mm Dog-Hole Post & Bolt, ea. $ 3.40

On/off button LED Flashlights

Anyone who has owned a light with a single LED can appreciate how bright these lights might be.
Compact and long lasting, the 9-LED light is 11/8 in diameter and 4 long. The 21-LED light,
21/3 times as bright with a heavier body construction, is more like a small spotlight than a ashlight.
The distance it can span is impressive. It is 13/8 in diameter and 31/2 long. Each light comes
H with three AAA alkaline batteries installed, enough to power the 9-LED version
for 20 to 30 hours, or the 21-LED light for 16 to 20 hours in continuous use.
G. 67K74.45 9-LED Flashlight $5.50
H. 67K74.47 21-LED Flashlight $9.95
H
J. Trouble Light/Flashlight Holder
This holder will grip anything from the smallest LED light to a 21/2 diameter
ashlight, or a corded trouble light, providing a hands-free way to focus light
directly on a problem area. The strong 1 rare-earth magnet in the
holder base (covered with a high-friction pad) lets you secure a light to
G J a fender for a tire change, inside the hood for motor work, on the car
roof as a warning light, etc. Adjustable to any angle, the
holder folds to t a 1241/2 storage space.
67K74.40 Flashlight Holder $9.50

G Gripper for smaller lights

Gripper for Flashlight not

larger lights included.

J
J Folds to t a 1241/2
storage space.
1 magnet covered with
high-friction pad
 A

B
C second light-level control lets you adjust brightness to meet your minimum
A. Flex-Neck Desk Magnier
This 4 magnifier has a 4-diopter (2-power)
optical acrylic lens mounted to a exible goose-
neck. Ideal for carvers, hobbyists, crafters, etc., it
has a large molded-plastic base for stability. The
base has a footprint of 76. The neck is 12 long.
17J31.01 Flex-Neck Desk Magnier $39.50
B. Magnier Light
With a lens diameter of 90mm (31/2) and a
magnication power of 2.5, this glass magnier
contains its own light to illuminate your work.
Originally designed for reading maps, it elimi-
nates the need to twist and tilt your material to
catch enough light for close examination. It
requires four AA batteries (not included).
99K10.21 Magnier Light $9.95
C. 15-Power Lighted Loupe Actual view
This 15-power loupe with an
integral lamp is handy for
everything from tool edge
inspection to sliver removal.
The eyepiece has two 21mm
(13/16) diameter optical glass
lenses, ground to minimize distortion and coated H. 99K20.20 Visor Light
to reduce reflection. Plastic housing with a
toggle switch. Three AAA batteries included.
99K10.41 15-Power Lighted Loupe $32.50
D. Set of 3 Eye Loupes
Whether youre inspecting a chisel edge or iden-
tifying wood, magnication helps greatly. These
eye loupes not only leave your hands free, but
make you look very professional! The set of
E
E. LED Infrared Detection Light Activations Battery
This advanced six-LED motion detector can life
per day (months)
detect people up to 16 away anywhere in its 90
0 22
viewing range. It shuts off automatically after
10 10
20, 60 or 90 seconds (you set the period you
20 6
want). Similarly, you set the light level at which
30 4-5
it turns on, avoiding daytime activation. A
40 3-4
needs. Useful in closets, cupboards, nurseries, etc., it is ideal for lighting stairways, since it requires no
visible light to detect movement. Attaches with an included double-faced adhesive pad or two screws.
Each comes with four AAA batteries whose life depends on the light settings you use. The adjoining
chart indicates how long the batteries should last at maximum brightness with the automatic shut-off
set at 20 seconds. The base measures about 33/8 in diameter. For indoor use only.
09A06.01 LED Infrared Detection Light $10.95
Binocular Magnier & Visor Light
This binocular magnier lets you position ne,
close-up work at a comfortable distance. The
ratchet-adjustable headband has foam padding, and
the tilt-up lens frame easily ts over glasses. The
ground and polished optical lens has a focal length
of 14 and a magnication power of 1.75. For more
detailed work, an optional lens with a focal length
of 6 and magnication of 2.75 is available.
Designed to t the brim of a binocular magni- F
er, the micro-light features a high-powered,
6000 candlepower xenon bulb that produces a Binocular
magnier
brilliant, yet focused beam of light. The light can shown with
be positioned up or down as required. Runs up to visor light.
6 hours on two AA batteries (not included).
The binocular magnier and visor light are avail- H
able separately or as a set.
F. 99K20.10 Binocular Magnier $34.50
G. 99K20.11 Optional Lens $15.50
$32.50
99K20.21 Repl. Bulb $10.50 G
99K20.30 Magnier & Light Set $62.00
Flex-Neck Magnetic Spotlight
Magnet in the
This spotlight lets you nd something you have tip picks up
dropped and can also pick it up, since the three- dropped tools. Base
contains
LED tip is encased in a 3/4 diameter ring magnet magnet for
that is strong enough to lift a 1 box-end wrench. hands-free
A 1/2 magnet on the other end allows hands-free use.

three includes 2X, 5X and 10X lenses a range use. The 65/8 long anodized aluminum body
of magnification that covers all shop needs. encloses a telescoping shaft that extends to 22,
Optical plastic lenses. the last 21/2 being exible. Powered by four
99W83.01 Set of 3 Loupes $8.95 LR44 button cells; two sleeves of four are
included. In continuous use, four cells will last
from 45 to 75 minutes.
D 09A06.07 Flex Magnetic Spotlight $14.50

Shaft
extend
s to 22
.

Assorted 357
 B

D. Quick-Winder Cord Storage Pail E. Sorting Trays

A (14/3 AWG or larger) organized and tangle-free.
Pocket Magniers
These thin acrylic lenses are ideal for reading
ne print on menus, maps, instruction sheets or
dimensions on plans. At just 31/421/8, the 2X
credit card magnier tucks into a shirt pocket or
workshop apron. The 3X bookmark magnier is
73/821/2 and is ideal for phone books, cata-
logs, etc. Available in packs of six so you can
leave them in various locations. Each comes
with a protective sleeve.
A. 88K70.56 Credit Card Magniers (6) $7.50
B. 88K70.55 Bookmark Magniers (6) $7.50
C. Pocket Glasses
These compact lenses
are useful any time
your glasses are else-
where and you need to
remove a splinter, read
a map or menu, thread a
needle, etc. Made from
a shatterproof polymer,
they are just over 3 long and less than 1/8 thick,
easy to slip into a pocket or purse. The sprung
bridge gently grips your nose. Available in three
strengths, they come with a protective vinyl
sleeve. Inexpensive enough to have them strategi-
cally located in several places. 1+ 5+
88K70.60 1.5 Pocket Glasses $6.95 $6.25
88K70.61 2.0 Pocket Glasses $6.95 $6.25
88K70.62 2.5 Pocket Glasses $6.95 $6.25
This portable cord winder keeps power cords If you keep tins or jars full of assorted fasteners,
you just know that the item you need is invariably
Capable of holding up to 350 of cord in the at the bottom of the container. This 91/4 square
storage bucket, depending on the cord diameter plastic tray provides a convenient surface to spread
(about 75 of 5/8 diameter cord, 100 of 1/2, 150 out the contents, with 11/4 high walls to keep
of 3/8, or 350 of 1/4), it has a folding hand-crank everything contained. When youve found what
mechanism that quickly spools cord through the youre looking for, a 21/2 wide spout molded into
side of the bucket without knotting, twisting or one corner of the tray lets you neatly funnel the rest
tangling. You back into the storage vessel. The opposite corner
simply pull on the has a hanging hole for convenient wall storage. A
cord to unwind simple, effective and much-needed solution. Sold
only the length as a set of three. Made in USA.
needed. The 23/4 93K84.12 Sorting Trays, set of 3 $10.90
wide by 7 tall
port in the side of F. No-Stoop Dustpan
the bucket allows This type of dustpan is ideal for shop use. You
most plug sizes to never need to bend over to sweep up the clutter,
pass through, so and nothing shoots over the back of the pan.
you can spool two After you sweep up the debris, the pan ips up to
or more cords ensure the contents dont tip out. Plastic pan is
connected in 103/4111/2. 31 long aluminum handle. Made
series. Easily by Rubbermaid.
toted using the Available only at our Stores.
bail handle. Also 88K37.01 No-Stoop Dustpan $28.50
suitable for holding
lengths of cable, hose or rope. Durable plastic
construction, made in USA. A great time-saver.
Available Only at our Stores.
BN110 Quick-Winder Pail $59.00
Crank handle
D folds in for
storage.

Cord not
included.
358 Assorted F
 A
A. Aluminum Dustpan
This isnt as much a dustpan as a large-scale
shovel! Great for shop or garden use, it has a 16
mouth and is 10 deep. Solidly constructed of
18-gauge aluminum with a 9 tubular handle, it
is designed to lie at for hands-off use. Very
sturdy, yet weighs only 22 oz.
03K17.01 Extra-Large Dustpan $19.95
B. Classic Bench Brush
This deluxe bench brush will clear a thoroughly
dusty and littered bench (or table saw) in a few
strokes. The horsehair bristles (21/2 long) bell
out to make a 28 face. The natural resiliency
of the horsehair lets you sweep board trimmings,
shavings and ne dust equally effectively. Just
over 13 long overall. A classic brush.
83K10.01 Classic Bench Brush $13.50
C. Foam-Cell Anti-Fatigue Bench Mat
This mat is made of cellular vinyl foam to
cushion your feet and legs for long hours of
standing. Both durable and exible, it resists
stains, abrasions, oil and grease. Easy to brush
free of sawdust and chips or to wash with soap
and water when necessary. It lies at without
curling at the edges to trip the unwary.
27603/8 thick. material wont absorb liquids and resists
88R03.01 *Bench Mat, 2760 $43.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by
ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
G. Winbag Air Wedge
This tool was designed as an adjustable shim for
window and door installation, but its ability to
expand from at (1/16 thick) to 23/4 and support
up to 100kg (220 lb) gives it utility beyond its
intended purpose. It can be used as an inatable
crowbar to pry objects apart or lift furniture or
appliances high enough to insert a solid shim.
Pumping the rubber bulb takes little effort, so
one person (and one or two bags) can lift heavy
objects, and by adding or releasing air as needed
spacing can be adjusted precisely. Constructed
of heavy-duty fiber-reinforced rubber with
triple-welded seams, the bag measures
61/457/8. Made in Denmark. 1+ 4+
68Z50.65 Air Wedge, ea. $29.50 $26.60
D
Anti-Fatigue F
WellnessMats
These are the same 3/4
cushioning mats used in
commercial settings for
workers who stand for
long periods. Made from Closed-cell
polyurethane foam
a resilient 3/4 thick
closed-cell polyurethane foam designed to
suspend and distribute body weight, they help
minimize pressure points on your feet and a soft, insulating seat cushion at outdoor events.
reduce strain on joints and muscles. Their thick- Available in gray only.
ness ensures that you wont bottom out when The 2436 and 2472 stationary mats
standing on them, as can happen with thinner are suitable for kitchens, workshops or anywhere
mat materials. The foam has enough mass and you are on your feet for an extended time. The
traction to provide stable footing, and immedi- smaller mat provides one person enough room to
ately returns to its original form after being work and maneuver within a localized area,
compressed. The mats lie at with no tendency while the longer mat is suitable in areas where
to curl at the corners, and have gently beveled you have to move about, such as alongside a
edges to provide a smooth transition to the oor. workbench or kitchen counter, or in locations
Resistant to punctures and abrasion, the non-slip used by more than one person at a time. Both
sizes are available in brown; the 2436 mat is
staining. Made in USA. also available in a granite color.
The portable 1822 mat has a molded D. HB168 1822 Portable Mat, Gray $ 85.00
handle so its easy to carry to the garage, garden E. HB163 2436 Stationary Mat, Granite $149.00
or jobsite. A convenient size to serve as a HB162 2436 Stationary Mat, Brown $145.00
standing mat or kneeler, it can also double as F. HB165 2472 Stationary Mat, Brown $279.00
Window or door installation
G
Lifts heavy furniture
or appliances to level.

A
B Apply with a cloth or brush. Also suitable for use
E. Boeshield T-9 Protectant & Lubricant
This penetrating formula not only displaces
water, but also dries to a waxy (not oily) lm that
protects metals from corrosion for months. An
excellent lubricant, it will not attract wood dust
or chips as an oil-based lubricant can. An ideal
treatment for tools stored in damp conditions.
The 29.5ml (1 oz) bottle can be kept in a tool box G. GlideCote
or shop to maintain handplane adjusters, chuck
mechanisms, etc., while the 340g (12 oz) aerosol
is for larger surfaces and areas that are difcult to
reach (e.g., the blade height and pitch mecha-
nisms on a table saw). Shipped by ground only.
56Z80.50 Boeshield T-9, 29.5ml bottle $ 5.60
56Z80.30 Boeshield T-9, 340g aerosol $23.50
F. Moovit Penetrating Lubricant
Moovit has a penetrating formula that lubricates
and displaces water to provide long-lasting protec-
F One can covers about 25 sq.ft. of surface.
E dispenses oil exactly where you
360
A. McQueens Mutton Tallow C. Spray Can Trigger Handle C
Used as a non-staining lubricant for woodworking This convenient pistol-grip
tools, tallow was once considered a staple item in handle ts all standard spray
the tool kits of many traditional craftsmen. Though cans, allowing a comfortable
highly effective, it is not as widely used today, hand and wrist position
which is why woodworkers who use it often have similar to that used with
trouble nding it. Produced since 1895, this pure a spray gun. The full-size
mutton tallow works wonderfully. Applying spring-loaded trigger lever
tallow to a saw blade helps prevent binding in the not only reduces nger
cut, and a light coating on a plane sole helps the fatigue, but also helps keep
tool glide smoothly, as just two examples of many hands clean since you
possible uses. Any residue left on the wood does never have to touch the
not inhibit stain penetration or glue adhesion. It has spray nozzle. Made of
a smooth, butter-like consistency for easy applica- polypropylene, it is endlessly
tion, and a long shelf life without refrigeration. A reusable. Made in USA.
little goes a long way. 1 oz tin. Made in USA. Spray Can Trigger Handle
53Z30.05 Mutton Tallow, 1 oz $3.60 27K06.90 $5.50
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
D. Spray-Extension Tubes
This set of replacement spray-
B. Slipit extension tubes will t the
Odorless and non-staining, this long-lasting nozzles of most cans. The
lubricating gel is great for wood-on-wood 17-piece set includes nine red
contact surfaces, such as wooden vise plastic tubes used primarily by
screws, drawers and double-hung windows. The spray lube manufacturers,
petroleum-based formula is non-toxic, contains three clear plastic
D
no silicones to interfere with nishing and wont tubes used for
dry out over long periods. As well, coated graphite and
surfaces dont easily attract dust so they remain silicone lubri-
clean longer. A little truly goes a long way. cants and ve
pull-tab elastics to
on metal. One-pint (473ml) tin. Made in USA. secure the tubes to the can.
53Z30.08 Slipit, 1 pint/473ml $13.50 27K07.30 Tubes Set, 17 pcs. $4.50
tion for jointer fences, drill-press columns and H. BladeCote Lubricant
plane-blade adjusters anywhere there is metal-to- BladeCote helps maintain a keen edge on cutting
metal contact. It also frees rusted or seized parts and tools, inhibits resin build-up and protects against
does not stain wood or contaminate nishes. corrosion and moisture. Applied directly to blades
56Z44.45 Moovit, 90ml (3 oz) $ 7.50 and bits, it reduces friction, lowers cutting tempera-
56Z44.50 Moovit, 284ml (9.6 oz) $11.50 ture, provides ner cuts and extends tooth life. It
reduces friction on drill bits enough to extend the
charge of a cordless drills battery pack. The uo-
Table & Tool Surface Sealant ropolymer formula (similar to Teon) forms a
GlideCote is both a sealant and a lubricant. micro-thin coating on the metal surface that dries in
Formulated for use on the metal table tops of a few seconds; sawdust and wood shavings dont
jointers, planers, table saws, etc., it can also be adhere to it and it wont stain wood. About 120 saw
used on hand tools. It adheres well to metal, blades (71/4) can be treated with one 10.75 oz can.
protecting against moisture and corrosion, and 56Z44.09 BladeCote, 10.75 oz $16.95
providing for much smoother feeding of mate-
rial. It is easy to apply, lasts longer than paste J. Bearing Lubricant
wax and will not stain wood. The 10.75 oz This is an excellent uoropolymer-based lubri-
aerosol can will cover about 135 sq.ft. of surface. cant for bearing mechanisms and slides. It is
56Z44.10 GlideCote, 10.75 oz $16.95 very effective on router bit bearings as it protects
against seizing and seals against moisture. It
G H works as a high-load grease, will withstand high
J temperatures, and will not collect grit or sawdust.
56Z44.08 Bearing Lubricant, 5.5 oz $15.90
K. Precision Oiler Pen
This small oiler pen accurately
want it. Pressing the plunger
extends a tapered plug in the tip,
allowing the oil to ow one drop
at a time. The reservoir has a
gasket seal to prevent leakage
while the cap seats on an
O-ring. Turned aluminum
body. About 53/4 long. K
Precision Oiler Pen
25K70.02 $9.10

A. ProtecTool Wax
A light coating of this microcrystalline paste
wax on metal surfaces signicantly reduces fric-
tion, allowing workpieces to glide easily along
machine tables and fences. It also contains
corrosion inhibitors to keep surfaces free of rust.
Applied sparingly and buffed with a soft, dry
cloth, it forms a thin, hard, wear-resistant lm
that lasts a long time. Silicone-free, it will not
interfere with finishes. Can also be used on
clamp bars and hand planes. Made in U.K.
56Z80.89 ProtecTool, 40ml (1.4 oz) $15.95 E. Evapo-Rust
56Z80.90 ProtecTool, 100ml (3.4 oz) $23.50
B
C 56Z80.65 Rust-Block, 16 oz
Rust Remover Concentrate & Gel
These water-based rust removers help restore
tools, auto parts or other corroded items made of F. 6 Extra Fine Wire Wheel
steel or iron. Non-toxic and non-corrosive, they
work through selective chelation to bond with
oxidized iron and hold it in solution without
harming the metal. For immersing rusted items,
the liquid concentrate is diluted with water to
produce up to 5 litres of solution and is reusable
until effectiveness is lost. For items too large to without removing patina. The combination of
dip into a solution, the gel coats surfaces and
remains wet for extended periods. Coverage is
typically between 5 and 10 sq.ft. Made in England.
B. 56Z80.83 Concentrate, 250ml (8.5 oz) $34.50
C. 56Z80.85 Gel, 250ml (8.5 oz) $34.50
D. Cobra Copper/Brass Cleaner
This non-abrasive, water-based paste dissolves
the metallic oxides that tarnish brass, bronze and
copper. It acts quickly with virtually no rubbing,
and dries to a white powder. Cleans up with water.
54Z15.01 Cobra Cleaner, 11 oz $15.50
D
E
G. Evapo-Rust Rust-Block
A non-toxic and non-corrosive rust remover,
water-based Evapo-Rust works through selec-
tive chelation, bonding with the oxidized iron in
rust and holding it in solution without harming
the metal object. Rusted items are immersed in
the solution for between 30 minutes and 24 hours,
depending on the severity of the rust. Fluid can
be reused until effectiveness is lost. Will not
damage plastics, rubber and most paints. Ideal
for restoring tools, repairing auto parts, etc.
Made in USA. A signicant improvement over
abrasion, electrolysis and caustic chemicals.
56Z80.61 Evapo-Rust, 32 oz (946ml) $12.95
Brass, bronze and copper items may have a protec-
tive lacquer nish, which you must remove with a
paint or varnish remover before cleaning or
polishing the metal. The piece can then be
re-lacquered.
Wire wheels are useful for removing rust and
crust from a variety of items, but most wire
wheels leave a distinct scratch pattern and often
remove more material than intended. The brass-
plated wire used in these wheels is only 0.005 in
diameter and it removes surface rust on tools
13/8 trim length of the wire and its fineness
delivers more of a polishing action than an
abrading action, opening up many uses that
coarser wire wheels would never be used for. For
example, it does an excellent job of removing
stains from carbon-steel knives without leaving
visible scratches. Another feature is that you can
use more than one on a motor shaft if you want a
wider wheel. 6 in diameter and 3/4 wide, they are
rated for 3450 rpm. An included bushing lets you
use them on either 1/2 or 5/8 diameter shafts.
09A01.76 6 Extra Fine Wire Wheel $6.95
G
This water-based surface treatment helps prevent
metal items from oxidizing in storage. Spray,
wipe or dip the item to apply the uid, then allow
the water to evaporate. The protective film
left behind inhibits corrosion for up to six
months, depending on temperature and humidity.
The skin-safe and biodegradable formula wont
damage plastics or most paints, and can be rinsed
off with water. Not intended for items that are
exposed to the elements. Besides steel and iron,
it also works on non-ferrous metals such as
copper and brass. Supplied as a 16 oz (473ml)
spray bottle.
$11.50
H. Autosol Metal Polish
Developed in 1929 for
the German auto
industry, this metal
polish is effective on
a wide range of mate-
rials, including steel,
stainless steel, brass,
chrome and copper (not recommended for silver
or anodized aluminum). Applied with a soft
cloth and wiped away, it uses a fast-acting
chemical reaction to remove rust and tarnish,
leaving an invisible lm that inhibits oxidation
for months. 75ml tube. A little goes a long way.
54Z15.10 Autosol Polish, 75ml $10.50
H
G
361

A B
A. Flat Twine
This clear plastic lm both stretches and adheres
to itself (it is similar to the plastic used in pallet
wrapping). The great advantage is that, unlike
tape, there is no adhesive to be left behind, or to
lift paint or nishes. It is particularly useful for
providing clamping pressure on fragile or
awkwardly shaped objects successive layers
increase the clamping pressure. Comes complete
with a dispenser handle and roll of 2650 C. Heavy-Duty Duct Tape
(7800) lm. Incredibly useful.
23K20.02 Flat Twine, 2650 $13.50
23K20.03 Rell, 2650 $ 8.50
B. Gaffers Tape
Although this is not a duct tape, it is used like duct
tape by electricians in the lm industry thus the
name. It is preferred by gaffers for taping wires or
carpets since it leaves no adhesive residue and has
a non-reective, matte nish, yet it is a strong tape.
This waterproof cloth tape is 180 (55m) long,
17/8 wide and 10.5 mil thick, and has a tensile
strength of 45 lb per inch. Although it tests as
strong as heavy-duty duct tape, this is on a straight
pull. Where things taped together are twisted apart,
heavy-duty duct tape will better resist tearing.
25U06.01 Gaffers Tape, 180 $32.50
Reusable Bundling Tape
Not only is this tape strong, it is also reusable
since it has no adhesive backing. Slightly
stretchy, it sticks only to itself, and when
wrapped and overlapped it holds rmly and
seals completely until you unwrap it. In addi-
tion to bundling cords or wires or wrapping a
tool handle, it excels as a quick non-marring
clamping material to hold odd shapes while
gluing. Since you can write on it, its a great
way to identify antiques or other items that you
dont want marred with adhesive.
Made of high-tensile strength polyvinyl chlo-
ride (PVC), the tape is unaffected by heat or cold
and is UV resistant. Each 1 wide roll is 50 long.
23K30.23 Bundling Tape, 150 $12.95
362
E
C F
180 roll of
regular duct tape 180 roll of heavy-duty tape
You may have noticed that the duct tape you buy
today is thinner, weaker and less sticky than duct
tape you could buy years ago. Ours is different
it is durable, wont easily delaminate and has a
strong gum adhesive that leaves virtually no
residue when removed. We are showing a roll of
regular duct tape beside ours for comparison both
rolls are 180 (55m) long, but our tape is 13 mil
thick (vs. 7 to 8.5 mil for regular duct tape), and has
considerably greater tensile strength at 45 lb per
inch versus 19 for regular. You dont need this tape
for wrapping little parcels, but if you are patching
a holed canoe or making an equipment repair
where durability, tensile strength and water
resistance are important, this is the tape you
need. 17/8 wide, available in a 90 or 180 roll.
25U06.30 Duct Tape, 90 $11.50
25U06.60 Duct Tape, 180 $19.50
D. 3M Binding Tape
Used by guitar makers for holding the edge-
banding strips that surround the top and back of an
instrument while the glue sets, this tape is conve-
nient for a much wider range of tasks. It is similar
to conventional masking tape, but has slightly
greater strength and stretchiness, and a natural
rubber adhesive with better holding power. These
properties make it a practical alternative when
gluing small, delicate projects, or shapes that are
tricky to clamp. You can pull a joint tight, applying
considerable tension before tacking the tape down;
it holds the tension well, staying stuck tenaciously
until you are ready to remove it. The tape peels off
neatly without lifting nishes or leaving sticky
residue behind. Comes in a 19mm55m
(3/4180) roll. Great stuff, made in Canada.
25U03.30 Binding Tape, 55m (180)
D
Applying edging to plywood.
Clamping
a miter.
G H J
High-Friction Silicone Tape
Made for industrial use, this silicone tape fuses
to itself without an adhesive backing. When
wrapped in layers, it cross-links molecularly to
form a nonconductive, watertight and pressure-
resistant one-piece insulator. It cant dry out or
delaminate over time, even when exposed to the
elements. Its suitable for wrapping electrical
connections and temporary repair of radiators,
garden hoses and plumbing, and also makes a
comfortable, exible high-friction wrap for tool
handles or hobbyists ngers. Each roll is 10 long
and 1 wide. Available in six colors. 1+ 3+
E. 23K30.11 Blue Tape, 110 $8.95 $8.05
F. 23K30.12 Green Tape, 110 $8.95 $8.05
G. 23K30.13 Yellow Tape, 110 $8.95 $8.05
H. 23K30.14 Red Tape, 110 $8.95 $8.05
J. 23K30.15 Black Tape, 110 $8.95 $8.05
K. 23K30.16 Clear Tape, 110 $8.95 $8.05
L. Transfer Tape
This double-sided adhesive lm works marvel-
lously anywhere you need a thin, even layer of
instant glue. Simply position the adhesive on one
surface, peel off the release liner and press the items
together. Apart from shop applications like sticking
sandpaper onto forms, temporarily assembling
parts for layout, or applying micro-abrasive lm to
a sharpening d, it can be used to adhere labels,
cloth, furniture glides, etc. Removes easily if only
slight pressure is used when adhering, but holds
tenaciously if you press items together rmly. Only
2 mil (0.002) thick, it will not telegraph through
thin material. Each roll is 12mm (1/2) wide by 30m
(97.5) long. Made in England.
25U03.20 Transfer Tape, 30m $8.50
L
$8.50 Applying micro-abrasive lm
Re-adhering furniture glides. for sharpening.
 D

Fine
screw-like
threads

A
D. Twist-n-Seal Stopper
This clever reusable plug forms a lasting airtight seal on plastic nozzles or tubes from
3/32 to 7/16 internal diameter. Made of a tough plastic composite, it inserts simply by
pushing and turning. The ne screw-like threads deform the softer nozzle or tube mate-
rial, so it grips securely but removes easily by unscrewing. Dried glue or caulking does
not adhere to the non-stick plastic. Far better than using a screw or tape (or even the cap
supplied with most adhesives!). Package of ve. 1+ 3+
A. Traditional Chinese Scissors
25K80.95 Twist-n-Seal, pkg. of 5 $4.95 $4.20
This style of scissors has been made for over 300 years in E. Nozzle Caps
China. Hand forged, they have a hard steel layer (for the sharp- These small, natural latex rubber socks are excellent for sealing partly used tubes of
ened edge) laminated to a softer iron backing that supports the caulking, replacing lost caps of glue bottles or line chalk containers, etc. Made from thick
more brittle hardened layer. They come razor sharp. Their rubber, they seal well on nozzle diameters from about 1/4 to 3/4. Since only a part of the
blade strength and sharpness make them useful in the shop, the nozzle has to fall within this diameter
garden or the kitchen, or for crafts. Overall lengths are 51/2 to range, it covers just about everything from
81/2. An excellent buy in traditional tools. toothpaste-type tubes up to quart glue-
45K10.10 Chinese Scissors, set of 4 $18.50 bottle tips. These are a much better solution
than putting a nail or screw in a nozzle tip.
Brass Shim Stock Also handy for capping the air inlet on air
Brass is a malleable metal that is easily drawn, blanked, tools. Package of 20.
stamped and sheared. It is an ideal shim material for adjusting 25K80.80 Nozzle Caps, pkg. of 20 $5.95
jigs, xtures and machinery, for spacing arbors, and for correct-
ing plane bodies and jointer bed alignments. Because of its F. Palette Knives in Case
ductility, it is also an excellent modelmakers accessory that Although designed for painters (and a very
readily accepts complex manipulation. The material is avail- close second to the quality of traditional
able in six thicknesses 0.001, 0.0015, 0.002, 0.003, Italian palette knives), these are very useful
0.005 and 0.010 and sold in 6100 rolls. We also offer a in all sorts of workshop applications, from
E
sampler package containing one 26 strip of each thickness. applying or cleaning up glue to repairing
Made from half-hard brass, which resists compression yet can damage, helping to remove old nishes and
still be formed. lling imperfections. The varying degrees
B. 27K07.50 Brass Sampler, 6 sheets $ 9.95 of size, shape and exibility cover a wide
C. 27K07.51 6100 Roll 0.001 $17.50 range of shop activities. Complete with a
27K07.52 6100 Roll 0.0015 $18.90 cloth-covered reinforced case for storage
27K07.53 6100 Roll 0.002 $18.50 and handy display in use. Knives have
27K07.54 6100 Roll 0.003 $18.90 polished stainless-steel blades with brass
27K07.55 6100 Roll 0.005 $21.90 ferrules and varnished wood handles.
27K07.56 6100 Roll 0.010 $31.50 35K09.10 Set of 12 Palette Knives $34.50

See page 328 for a

B set of 4 palette knives.
 I.D.* Length Quantity Color
A Red, Black,
2mm (5/64) 30mm (13/16) 25
White, Green
4mm (5/32) 60mm (23/8) 10 Blue
4.5mm (3/16) 60mm (23/8) 10 Black
5mm (13/64) 60mm (23/8) 8 Red E
6mm (15/64) 60mm (23/8) 6 White
8mm (5/16) 90mm (39/16) 11 White
9mm (23/64) 90mm (39/16) 11 Blue
10mm (25/64) 1m (393/8) 1 Black
12mm (15/32) 90mm (39/16) 7 Green
A. 171-Piece Shrink-Tubing Kit
Excellent value, this 171-piece assortment of 18mm (45/64) 90mm (39/16) 7 Yellow Three steps to stripping a wire.
polyolefin tubing includes a range of tube * Internal diameter before shrinking 1. Gripper jaw 2. Cutting jaw engages 3. Sheathing is
diameters and lengths in various colors (see the chart above), holds wire. and cuts sheathing. pulled free.
Heat tubing with a
making it easy to select the right size for the job. At about torch or heat gun.
110C/230F, the tubing shrinks by up to half its diameter with no
change in length, molding around surface irregularities or items of
different diameters. The tubing is simple to use; just slide it over
the connection you want to bind and heat it with a torch or heat gun
for a few seconds. This creates a seamless jacket that offers good
electrical insulation and is strong, exible and resistant to water, E. Self-Adjusting Wire Stripper
abrasion and solvents. While commonly used for sheathing wire Nothing is easier for stripping wire insulation
connections, shrink tubing has numerous uses around the shop, from color-coding bits and cables to than these cutters. Squeezing the handles grips
replacing whipping on cord ends (like a shoelace tip). A great assortment to have at hand. the wire under one jaw while the other jaw
25K01.50 Shrink-Tubing Kit, 171 pcs. $11.50 cleanly cuts and pulls the insulation free. Unlike
other strippers, the risk of breakage is eliminated
Flex Scrapers because the wire is clamped securely. The tool
With thin, exible blades that easily conform to self-adjusts between 24 and 10 American Wire
both at and contoured surfaces, these light-duty Gauge and has an adjustable stop to leave up to
3/4 of exposed wire. The handles have a series of
scrapers are superb for removing materials such
as stickers, sap and paint splatter from glass, crimping notches for insulated, non-insulated
ceramic or wood. A series of grooves along the and ignition terminals. Limited quantity.
plastic handle allow the blade to be arched for 99W02.05 Self-Adj. Wire Stripper $22.50
convex or concave scraping. Stropping the
stainless-steel blade against a at piece of sand- F. Slice Desk Utility Cutter
D About the size of a foun-
paper will quickly renew the double-bevelled
edge. The regular scraper has a at handle and a tain pen, this cutter is
31/8 wide blade suitable for scraping large areas easily stored in a desk
quickly. With a 1 /2 wide blade and slim
1 drawer, so its close at
handle, the detail scraper allows precise, D. Scalloped Utility Blades hand when needed.
controlled scraping, and is supplied with a Signicantly more durable than smooth-edge The blade automati-
protective edge guard. Available individually or blades, these scalloped blades provide the tooth cally retracts when you
as a set (one of each size). Made in Japan. needed to cut tough, brous materials such as release the 5 handle,
B. 25K21.60 Regular Flex Scraper $ 9.95 rope, carpet, cardboard, drywall or even roong ensuring you wont acci-
C. 25K21.61 Detail Flex Scraper $ 9.95 shingles. Even once the tip begins to dull, the dentally encounter
25K21.65 Flex Scrapers, set of 2 $17.50 undulating edge still cuts because the valleys the sharp tip while F
provide multiple sharp surfaces. Hardened to rummaging
Rc64, the 0.02 thick high-carbon steel blades around in
C
measure 2 /8 /4 to t standard utility knives.
3 3 a drawer. Blade retracts when
Sold in packages of 10 or 25; the 25 pack comes Made of a you release the handle.

in a dispenser. highly durable

B 86K03.30 Scalloped Blades, pkg. of 10 $ 7.50 ceramic material, the
86K03.35 Scalloped Blades, pkg. of 25 $13.95 blade is considerably more
resistant to dulling than typical steel
utility blades; when it eventually shows
signs of wear, the double-ended blade can be
easily reversed. A well-designed tool.
B C 27K06.82 Desk Utility Cutter $14.95
27K06.83 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 2 $11.50

Ceramic blade Double-ended blade

To order call 1-800-267-8767

or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com

364
 A

E
J

A. Sliver Gripper Tweezers E. The Losable Knife

Every workshop should have these 3/8 wide,
stainless-steel, ne-point tweezers.
86K94.01 Sliver Gripper Tweezers, ea. $9.50
B. Magnier Tweezers
To remove those bits
that you cant see but
know are in there.
Hinged joint lets you
adjust magnication
as necessary. Very
handy in the shop or anywhere else. Made of
stainless steel with a glass lens, the tweezers
are 31/2 long.
86K98.05 Magnier Tweezers $9.95
C. Corneal Tweezers
Stainless-steel tweezers tipped with notched
teeth that intersect for an extraordinary grip.
Ideal for plucking errant debris from fine
nishes or removing exposed slivers. Flex-
steel arms. 4 long.
81D40.21 Corneal Tweezers $10.95
D. Cross-Clamp Tweezers
Cross-clamp tweezers are excel-
lent as clamps for modelmakers
and hobbyists, and perfect for
holding small fasteners until they
can be started. Available as a set
of two standard and offset. Both have serrated
jaws for grip and both will hold fasteners up to F. EA129 50-yd. Cord, 45 lb test
7/8 in diameter. 61/2 long stainless-steel twee- G. EA131 50-yd. Cord, 96 lb test
zers with imitation wood handles.
86K94.10 Cross-Clamp Tweezers (2) $7.50
C
For all of you folks who frequently lose your
pocket knife, this is the ideal replacement, because
the loss of one of these is about the same cost as
dropping your paper cup of coffee in the morning.
This stainless-steel knife has all of the features of
its more expensive cousins. The scissors work
well, the ngernail le and cleaner can actually
le, and the knife blade cuts (but can benet from
a bit of honing if you want it razor sharp). The
knife is 21/4 long by 3/4 wide and weighs 28g
(1 oz). Available only in packages of ve.
09A03.07 The Losable Knife, pkg. of 5 $13.95
G #8 straight needle, one #8 curved needle and 14
H yards of coarse, tan-colored waxed polyester
F conveniently in the wooden handle. Coarse or ne
Utility Cord
Braided nylon is soft and durable with no tendency
to curl or kink. We offer three thicknesses of
strong, braided nylon cord. Each is a light sand
color and comes in a 50-yard spool.
$ 5.20
$ 6.80
H. EA133 50-yd. Cord, 190 lb test $ 9.80
EA135 Set of 3 Utility Cords, 1 of ea. $19.75
J. Micro-Tip Tweezers
Accurately led to a ne point, these stainless-
steel tweezers let you delicately excavate even the
most elusive sliver. They are also useful as a
nishing tool for plucking errant brush hairs or
debris from work without disturbing the
surrounding nish. Comfortably shaped, the broad
nger-contact areas have a thin rubberized coating
for excellent grip. Well-made tweezers. 31/2 long.
86K94.08 Micro-Tip Tweezers $22.95
Speedy Stitcher Sewing Kit
This utility awl sews lock stitches in heavy mate-
rials such as leather and canvas. It comes with one
thread on a bobbin. The needles and bobbin store
thread rells are available in 30- and 180-yard
skeins. A #4 ne straight needle is also available.
Made in USA, it is a simple yet effective tool for
site repairs on tarps, tents, sails, carpenters
aprons, shoes, etc. Full instructions included.
K. 97K10.50 Sewing Kit $16.50
L. 97K10.62 30-Yd. Skein (Fine) $ 4.10
97K10.52 30-Yd. Skein (Coarse) $ 4.50
97K10.63 180-Yd. Skein (Fine) $ 9.20
M. 97K10.53 180-Yd. Skein (Coarse) $12.50
N. 97K10.60 #4 Straight Fine Needle $ 4.10
97K10.65 Repl. Bobbin $ 3.60
Not Stocked at our Stores:
97K10.55 Repl. #8 Straight Needle $ 4.10
97K10.56 Repl. #8 Curved Needle $ 4.10

Shown
3 actual
size. D

L
Offset Forceps
Tipped with notched teeth that intersect for an extraor-
dinary grip, these stainless-steel offset hemostats are M
ideal for handling or holding small components or
retrieving items from near-inaccessible places. They Intersecting teeth Offset jaws N
are particularly convenient for gripping small nails or
brads for starting; your ngers stay out of harms way
and you can clearly see your work. Supplied as a set
of two, about 5 and 8 long overall. Each has a three-

position locking mechanism to let you grip items over

a range of thicknesses. Versatile tools for detail work.
You might even want a second pair for the
tackle box. K
Disassembled to
86K93.90 Offset Forceps, set of 2 $14.95 show bobbin.

Assorted 365
 Paint
D can
D. Magnetic
opener
Paintbrush Holder
This device clips to the rim
of any size of can. Integral
magnets securely hold the
brush ferrule, so paint
A ows from the bristles back
into the can. One magnet Magnet
keeps the brush above the Magnet
liquid in a full can; the other grips the brush vertically
for when the liquid level is lower. Molded from
durable ABS, it even has a metal tab for opening cans.
Makes brush clean-up much easier. 1+ 3+
Handy Paint Pail 67K74.02 Paintbrush Holder, ea. $4.95 $4.45
This convenient pail has an adjustable elastomer Clip corner & cut
away packaging.
strap that helps secure it to your hand, reducing E. Clamshell Scissors
gripping fatigue when painting or nishing. Plastic clamshell packaging is thick and tough,
You can also attach it making it easy to wound yourself when trying to
B to a belt to keep both open it with a knife. These scissors will safely deal E
hands free. A magnet with the toughest of packages. Just cut off a corner
built into the rim to get access to a single layer of plastic and then cut
temporarily holds any along one side. The serrated stainless-steel blades
brush with a steel are also great for cutting wire, thin sheet metal,
ferrule, allowing paint leather or fabric. 7 long overall.
to drip back into the AB522 Clamshell Scissors $7.50
pail for easy brush
clean-up. A molded
lip lets you wipe F
A excess paint from the
brush. Replaceable
liners are available
separately for quick clean-up and to let you
switch colors by simply exchanging liners.
Made in USA, it is safe for most paints, stains
and solvents, and holds over 1.5l (about 3 pints).
Available Only at our Stores.
A. 88K58.80 Handy Pail $11.95
B. 88K58.81 Liners, pkg. of 6 $ 5.95
G
C. Paint Brush Wash Can
This stainless-steel brush washer holds 500ml
(1 pint) of solvent and can be used for brushes
F. Etching Cream
up to 3 wide. The Lid creates airtight seal. For use on clear glass or mirrors (not on Plexiglas, plastic or some Pyrex),
removable grate
this acid cream will remove a thin layer of glass and frost the surface under-
(3 in diameter and
neath. Use in a well-ventilated area with plastic gloves and goggles. Shipped
23/8 deep) helps loosen
only by ground methods.
paint, which then falls
27K01.01 Etching Cream, 3 oz $ 9.90
through its holes,
27K01.02 Etching Cream, 10 oz $23.50
leaving cleaner solvent
above. The gasket in G. Vinyl Masking (Resist)
the lid creates an airtight You can trace designs of your choice directly onto this
seal so there is no self-adhesive vinyl, cut them out and etch. The masking
solvent odor or evapora- can be used with our various stencil books or designs of
tion when the lid is clamped. your own creation. Roll is 18108.
09A02.65 Paint Brush Wash Can $19.50 27K03.01 Clear Vinyl Masking $6.90
Ideal for artists H. Trowel Set
brushes
This versatile set of hand trowels is perfect for weekend
projects. The variety of shapes and sizes can handle H
brick, block and stone work, spreading and shaping
C mortar, and working in concrete. Each is well balanced,
having a carbon-steel blade, stainless-steel ferrule,
steel welded shank and robust hardwood handle
that is well offset to prevent knuckle damage.
The set includes four trowels, each with its
own function. The 5 re-point trowel is
for rming and sealing mortar joints.
The 5 pointed bricklaying trowel is
primarily for applying mortar to bricks, blocks and stone.
The 11 pointed bricklaying trowel is for applying mortar concrete wall. This set should serve for any
or for holding mortar that you are applying with the brick or concrete work that is likely to
smaller bricklaying trowel. The 11 plastering trowel is confront the homeowner.
for smoothing concrete walkways and pads or parging a 09A08.90 Trowel Set $18.50

Lift up
60
As you lift up on the D
handle, the jaws
clamp the material D. Reciprocating Saw Blade
to secure the load.
Presses in & Screwdriver Handle
This handle is handy to have in any toolbox. What makes it so useful is that
A. Gorilla Gripper Panel Carrier it accepts standard reciprocating saw blades, so you can use them manually
Unlike conventional panel carriers, this one grips from the top, making it to make cuts in conned spaces. It can also be used as a screwdriver with the
easy to position and encouraging proper lifting technique. Suitable for included 4 long 1/4 hex extension. The handle comes in a nylon belt holster
drywall, plywood, MDF, melamine, etc., it has a soft-cushioned handle that with two 6 blades (10 tpi for cutting wood and 24 tpi for metal) and seven
acts as a lever, using the weight of the panel to create clamping force. With S2 driver bits (1/4 and 3/16 slot, #1 and #2 Phillips, #1 and #2 square drive,
non-marring textured gripping pads, the jaws pivot to remain parallel, self- and #2 POSIDRIV) plus a 1/4 socket adapter. Made from durable ABS,
adjusting to material between 3/8 and 11/8 thick. Made in USA from aircraft the handle is hinged and locks for in-line use, or at a 60 angle to form a
aluminum, it has a load rating of 200 lb. An excellent solution for anyone comfortable pistol grip.
faced with moving sheet stock. 88K11.20 Reciprocating Saw Blade Handle $18.50
03K18.10 Gorilla Gripper $58.50
Fits into
B. Dual Vacuum Cup Lifter hard-to-reach
This lifter is useful in the shop D places.
Hinged handle
for moving laminated sheets, B for extra
transferring tools, and lifting leverage.
sheet metal, glass, ceramic and
marble slabs, as well as ling
cabinets and some furniture.
Made from lightweight cast aluminum, the versatile 13 long lifter features
two 41/2 diameter cups and can hold material weighing up to 88 lb (40kg)
in both horizontal- and vertical-mount applications. Weighs just under 2 lb.
88K17.02 Dual-Cup Lifter $36.90

C. Panel Tote
If your arms will span only 47, To order call 1-800-267-8767
youll really appreciate this panel
tote. The 14 long U-channel
provides support and helps E. Polypropylene Shims
balance material up to 1 Accurately made in a range of thicknesses, these shims can be used individu-
thick. The offset handle ally or stacked in combinations for a precise t, saving time and eliminating
keeps your guesswork when spacing, plumbing or levelling. Assortment includes 1/32,
C knuckles 1/16, 1/8 and 1/4 thick shims (10 of each in ve break-apart pairs), all color-
clear. Great for coded and stamped to identify the size. Each 13/4 square shim is scored so
lifting and carrying you can split it by hand into smaller sections. A countersunk hole in each
C
wallboard and plywood without section allows it to be screwed in place for permanent applications.
twisting your back. 27K07.45 Shims, pkg. of 40 $9.50
03K18.01 Panel Tote $13.50

Sawhorse Brackets
One of the best features of these sawhorse brackets is the ability to
use 12 wide lumber to make the sawhorse top, giving three times
the surface area of a 24 top. The brackets are designed to hold a
24, a 26 or a board up to 212, and are attached to the top using
the included bolt. Made from high-impact polystyrene, they wont E
rust and will support up to 300 lb per sawhorse. One pair makes one
sawhorse. (Lumber not included.) 1+ 4+
03K06.08 Pr. Sawhorse Brackets $18.50 $16.70

24 Each shim can be

A countersunk hole in each section split into smaller
allows it to be screwed in place for sections if needed.
permanent applications.

26

Levelling cabinet door

with stacked shims.
212
Floor tile layout

Assorted 367

Attaches to sun visor in vehicle.
A. Adhesive-Based Pen & Pencil Holders
One of our most popular products is our
pen/pencil holder with a rare-earth magnet base
(page 231), but you dont always have a ferro-
magnetic surface where you need such a
holder. The fully tested adhesive on the base of
this holder will attach securely to just about any
smooth, clean surface, including metal, wood
or a computer monitor. They come in packs of
three in a snap-lid tin.
09A01.25 Adhesive-Based Holders (3) $9.95
B. All-Natural Hand Cleaner
Certied by Canadas Environmental Choice
Program as well as Green Seal as safe for both
the user and the environment, this hand cleaner
contains no toxic solvents, phosphates, etc. It
uses an innovative organic surfactant chem-
istry that removes oils, grease and grime.
Effective on even hard-to-clean substances
such as pine tar and wood stains, yet gentle on
skin. Conditioners leave hands feeling mois-
turized. Provides about 125 washes (6.5 oz
bottle) or 300 washes (1 lb bottle).
25K90.31 Hand Cleaner, 6.5 oz $12.95
25K90.32 Hand Cleaner, 1 lb $23.50
C. OKeeffes Working Hands Cream
Excellent for dry or cracked skin, this cream
is water based and oil free, absorbs quickly
and wont leave your skin greasy. It contains
glycerin and stearic acid, which draw mois-
ture into the layers of the skin, and parafn,
which helps retain it. It also contains allan-
toin, which helps exfoliate skin cells, allowing
better penetration of the moisturizing ingredi-
ents. 3.4 oz/96g. Made in USA.
AB704 Working Hands Cream $9.95
Badger Balm
Popular for dry, cracked, chapped or rough
skin, this balm is available scented or unscented.
Made from all-natural ingredients (extra virgin
olive oil and beeswax); the scented formula
adds aloe vera, castor oil, wintergreen and oil of
sweet birch. 2 oz tin. Made in USA.
D. AB720 Badger Balm, Scented $9.95
E. AB721 Badger Balm, Unscented $9.95
B even the heaviest portable tools.
C 68K42.50 Tool Safety Tether, ea. $10.95 $9.30 L. 81D32.02 Belt Knife Kit
E
D
S-Biner can attach Flexible ties can form
to the belt clip. a stand for hands-
free viewing.
Belt clip attaches
to back of case.
H
A
J
Connect Case & Mobile Mount for iPhone
Made from impact-resistant polycarbonate, the
molded case has one hinged end that makes it
easy to insert or remove your iPhone 5, yet snaps
in place to stay securely attached. Two slots in
the case back let you mount an included belt clip.
The case has openings for all the phones ports
and buttons and is thin enough that your phone
Drill not included. will slip into most device docks without having
to remove it (if not, removing it takes about 2
seconds). The case comes with an optional adhe-
sive clear plastic screen protector, a belt clip and
an S-Biner that can attach to the belt clip.
F Available separately,
the Mobile Mount is
equipped with ex-
ible rubber-coated
steel Gear Tie ex-
ible ties that you can
use to wire-tie your
phone to a post or bar,
Wire-tie your
F. Magnetic Wrist Nail Holder make a hook to hang phone to a
Now you wont have to work with a mouthful of it, or form a stand for post or bar.
nails, or try to dig spikes out of your pocket while hands-free viewing.
maintaining your balance on a ladder. Incorporating H. 68K06.81 Connect Case for iPhone 5 $31.50
four rare-earth magnets, this 131/2 long by 33/8 wide J. 68K06.82 Mobile Mount $18.50
nylon wristband holds about 1 lb of fasteners or drill
and driver bits. Its hook-and-loop backing adjusts to On our website we carry cases and mounts
t a wide range of wrist sizes, and can even be worn for various models of smartphones. Search
over a jacket or sweatshirt. A very handy tool. for "mobile phone" at
25K15.20 Magnetic Wrist Nail Holder $18.95 www.leevalley.com
G. Tool Safety Tether D.H. Russell Belt Knife
Tool tethers are essential when working on a roof, Particularly suited to camping and shing, this
scaffold or high ladder. This tether attaches to your graceful belt knife features a stainless blade
tools and your belt to limit the distance a tool will (Rc56-58) with a through tang, anti-slip milling
fall when accidentally dropped. It is suitable for for thumb grip and a tough leather case. Made by
any tool that has a closed handle or integral hang- Grohmann in Pictou, Nova Scotia, it is available
hole. The coiled cable is nylon-coated stainless either as a project kit or in nished form. The kit
steel and all hardware is nickel plated. Overall comes complete with blade, wood scales, rivets
length is 6 with the cable fully extended (2 when (brass or aluminum, depending on supply), sand-
relaxed). With a breaking strength of approxi- paper and a leather case. Instructions included.
mately 50kg (110 lb), it is sturdy enough to restrain Measures 81/4 long overall.
1+ 3+ K. 81D32.01 Finished Belt Knife $87.50
$67.50
Drill not
included.
 The Sailors Pocket
Book of Knots
by R.S. Lee
Its nice to know a
hundred knots, but
those who do usually
nd that just a dozen
or so meet their needs.
Heres a practical
collection of the
essential knots for
simple boat work, with a few others thrown
in just because they are beautiful and useful.
Illustrated with clear and simple diagrams, it
has easy-to-follow text. It includes a drop-
down chart to match needs to specic knots
as well as a guide to ber characteristics to
help you select the right rope for the job. This
slim volume can be carried in a pocket until
the sailor-in-training knows them all by
heart. Saddle-stitched, laminated softcover,
41/461/2, 43 pages, 2006. We offer a set of
two 60 lengths of rope and a 2 dia. ring for
practising, available separately or with the
book (see copy below for description of rope
and ring set).
49L86.05 Pocket Book of Knots $ 8.95
45K02.03 Rope & Ring Set $ 8.95
49L86.07 Book w/Rope & Ring Set $14.95
To order call 1-800-267-8767
All The Knots You Need
by R.S. Lee
The strength of
this book lies not
only in the clear
illustrations of
over 70 knots,
but in the
practical
information
that accom-
panies them.
It tells you which ropes to use for different
purposes, plus their strengths for various
materials and sizes, and which bers have
maximum durability in all types of weather.
It tells you just how much different types of
knots reduce the overall strength of a rope,
and describes knots that can be used to isolate
a weakened part of a rope without cutting and
retying it. It excels not in showing you 15
different ways to do something, but in
showing you the best way to do it. Some of
the categories of knots described are the
bowline, hoisting hitches, fishing knots,
stopper knots, tie-down knots and knots for
throwing. This is the most practical book on
the subject currently available. Softcover,
69, 108 pages, 1999.
The book is also available with two lengths
of soft rope and a 2 diameter ring so that you
can start practising immediately. Each
braided rope is 3/8 in diameter and 60 long.
One is navy blue and one is white; the
contrast highlights knot structure. Rope and
ring set also sold separately.
49L86.02 All The Knots You Need $15.95
45K02.03 Rope & Ring Set $ 8.95
45K02.10 Book w/Rope & Ring Set $22.00
G
H
J
D
F E
B
A
HANDCRAFTED BY as the
rst line, another with FABRIQU PAR as
the rst line, and a custom model with two lines
of your choice (up to 20 characters per line).
C
Branding Irons Letters are upper case, 3/16 high.
For use on wood or leather, our non-electric and About 11 long, all irons have a steel shaft, a
electric branding irons have solid brass heads. wooden handle and come with a tool rest.
Heated with a propane torch, the non-electric Electric irons have a 4 cord. An optional
irons reach up to 900F (482C) in 2 to 3 minutes. storage case that ts any model is available.
They are available with HAND CRAFTED BY Non-Electric Branding Irons
or FABRIQU PAR as the rst line, followed by A. 05N40.01 *HAND CRAFTED BY Str. $ 82.00
one line of your choice with up to 20 characters B. 05N40.11 *FABRIQU PAR Straight $ 82.00
(including spaces and punctuation). The rst line C. 05N40.02 *Custom 2-Line Straight $ 82.00
can be set in a straight line or an arc. With wording D. 05N40.03 *HAND CRAFTED BY Arc $ 94.00
of your choice, the custom models have two straight E. 05N40.12 * FABRIQU PAR Arc $ 94.00
lines, or three lines with the rst line in an arc; the F. 05N40.04 *Custom 3-Line Arc $105.00
rst and last lines hold up to 20 characters and the Electric Branding Irons
middle line holds up to 10 characters (without G. 05N40.05 *HANDCRAFTED BY Iron $125.00
H. 05N40.10 *FABRIQU PAR Iron $125.00
symbols shown). Letters are upper case, 1/8 high.
The electric irons reach over 720F (382C) J. 05N40.06 *Custom 2-Line Iron $135.00
after about 15 minutes. We offer one model with 05N40.07 Optional Storage Case $ 17.50
* How to Order Branding Irons:
Due to the customized nature of this product, orders should be made separately from orders for any of our other
products. There is a at $9.95 shipping and handling fee for these irons, and delivery will take about 5 to 8
weeks. Please address or phone in orders to the attention of our mail order department, or order in person at one
of our stores (no fee if picked up at the store). We are unable to accept C.O.D. orders.
K. Dremel Electric Engraving Tool
With an adjustable stroke depth and a Plastic letter/number template included.
carbide point, this engraver writes well on
glass, metal, leather, plastic, wood and
ceramic. Lightweight and compact, it is
easily maneuvered and has a soft rubber
grip for comfort. Ideal for permanently
identifying tools, adding decorative embel-
lishments to a workpiece or signing projects
intended for sale. K
17J13.10 Dremel Engraver $29.95
L. Pocket Torch
Small enough to t in your pocket, this
torch is great for one-handed use or use in
tight places. It has a safety piezoelectric
ignition button, and is refillable using
standard butane fuel. Burns at 2372F M
(1300C). Shipped empty.
98K50.10 Pocket Torch $19.95
M. Hand-Held Micro Torch
This hand-held micro torch has a piezo- L
electric ignition system, and is rellable
using standard butane fuel. The adjustable
ame burns at 2372F (1300C), and will
last for over 1 hour per ll. Easy push-start
operation with a safety lock and variable air
intake. Shipped empty.
98K50.20 Hand-Held Micro Torch $39.50
Assorted 369
 T-hook attached Securely fasten
to container container to B
hand truck.

B E
A F

Hand truck and T-hook sold separately (container not included).

A. Folding Hand Truck

Whenever you have to move large, heavy objects, a hand truck
is invaluable however, the usual problem is where to store it
when you are done with it. Thats why this folding hand truck
is such a good idea. When not in use, it folds to a compact
1931 panel only 21/4 thick, so its easy to hang on a wall or
store in a closet or car trunk. Well balanced and maneuverable,
it supports up to 330 lb (150kg) and has a 1319 bed to carry
large, bulky objects. It has a sturdy steel frame, an aluminum and
plastic handle that is offset for hand clearance when moving tall
objects, and an 80 elastic cord to help secure loads. Stands about 43
tall when unfolded. 63/4 dia. puncture-proof tires. Weighs 111/2 lb.
We offer an optional mounting T-hook that lets you anchor objects
directly to the frame of the hand truck. The hook can be permanently
afxed (fasteners not included) to a custom-built case that you make, or
attached directly to an item such as a tool box that you frequently transport.
The hook docks in either of two T-slots molded into the upper and lower
cross-members of the frame, and slides out easily with an upward pull.
XD512 *Folding Hand Truck $139.00
B. XD513 T-Hook $ 2.20
Folds for compact * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping
storage. charges. For areas not served by ground parcel service, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.
C. Pair of Portable Dollies
Ideal for moving workshop equipment, furniture or appliances, these portable
dollies are supplied as a set of two sections that can be used individually or
interlocked. With additional sets, you can congure linear, rectangular or square
rolling pallets to suit the application.
Made from durable polypropylene, each C These woven polypropylene carriers are a big
101/4 square section supports up to 80 lb
(36kg). Each has four 11/2 swivelling
casters that roll well on uneven oors or
carpet. UV stable, they can even be used
outdoors as plant dollies. 1+ 3+
88K17.60 Portable Dollies, pr. $18.90 $16.10 Use individually or interlock units for larger
platforms. Two pairs shown.
D. Portable Moving Cart
Moving awkward or heavy goods is always a task best left for others, but
when it must be you, a moving cart is welcome. This is a good one. Sturdy but
lightweight, it provides a large 1726 platform for loads up to 330 lb. It has
four 33/4 diameter hard rubber tires; the back wheels swivel for easy maneu-
vering. The soft-grip handle is 34 tall but folds for compact storage. Made
largely from aluminum, it weighs only 16 lb and measures 211710 thick
folded. A handy means for quickly relocating heavy materials.
88K17.50 *Portable Moving Cart $159.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas not served by ground parcel service,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
E
F
Strap-A-Handle
Strap-A-Handle cinches around hard-to-carry
loads, bundling them together with a 2 wide
woven nylon belt and adding a sturdy EVA foam
handle. The 48 strap is best for narrow items
such as lumber, pipe or rolled carpet. Two
people can even use two handles in tandem to
move long objects. Rated to 75 lb, it has a robust
metal H-ring that adjusts the strap length. The
96 strap is for broad, bulky loads weighing up
to 40 lb, such as boxes, bags of soil or pet food,
or bulk grocery packages. Its strong nylon
buckle has a double-sided slide release to adjust
the length on either side of the buckle, so you can
position the handle as needed.
E. 88F02.48 48 Strap-A-Handle $11.50
F. 88F02.96 96 Strap-A-Handle $13.50
Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com
G. Forearm Forklift
help when moving awkward or heavy furniture
and top-heavy machinery such as bandsaws.
Slung criss-crossed under an object, they provide
a safe cradle and enable proper lifting technique
to reduce back strain. The forearm collars are
padded for comfort and leave hands free for
steadying objects as they are moved. About 9 4
overall with a maximum load capacity of 700 lb.
88F02.03 Forearm Forklift, pr. $24.50
G

D
D

370 Assorted
 A

A
B

The 151/24 low-prole model heats an

Infrared Quartz Heaters Seasonal Item
These top-of-the-line radiant heaters are widely
used in commercial settings such as restaurant
patios and sports stadiums because of their
remarkable heat-transfer efciency. The HeLeN
short-wave infrared element emits waves of
radiant heat (like the sun) to directly warm people
and objects in its eld of coverage, rather than the
ambient air. Because the element reaches its peak
output within seconds, you can feel it start to
warm you almost the instant you turn it on.
10
10
approximate 810 area. It weighs just over housing (IP24 rating) with a durable powder-
5 lb and is supported by a one-arm adjustable coated nish. The polished aluminum parabolic
mount that pivots vertically as well as horizon- reector will not warp, crack or tarnish in use.
tally to let you aim the heat where needed. The Each model has a 16 grounded cord and produces
151/283/4 standard model heats an approxi- 5118 BTU/hour, operating at 120 volts, 1500 watts.
mate 1010 area; because the reflector is Silent, odorless and efcient, they operate with a
larger, it has a bonded gold coating to help cost of about 15 an hour based on 10 per kWh.
reduce glare. It weighs about 71/2 lb and has a The replaceable element is rated for 5000 hours.
two-arm tilt-adjustable mount. CSA/UL certied. Made in U.K. Limited stock.
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, each heater A. 27K08.51 Low-Prole Infrared Heater $369.00
has a robust, water-resistant steel and aluminum B. 27K08.50 Standard Infrared Heater $399.00
all width
151/2 over
A
151/2 over
all width

10
Low-Prole Infrared Heater 8 Standard Infrared Heater

B
One-arm adjustable mount pivots
vertically and horizontally. Two-arm tilt-adjustable mount
Approximate coverage with heater mounted at 6 7

C. Fractal Antenna Kit D. Veritas Travellers Doorstop

This kit lets you put together a space- C In response to a request for an improved
efcient modular antenna to capture door wedge, we developed this model
free HDTV television signals over the for travellers visiting areas where hotel
air. Similar in concept to the fractal security and key control are often inad-
antennas used in modern cell phones, equate. It is a solid wedge of aluminum
the zigzag pattern of the branches with a hardened steel adjustment and
maximizes the surface area for picking up transmissions; this design gives anti-slip screw. To use it, you just slide
you the largest antenna within a given space. The basic kit includes two the wedge under the door and elevate it
sections of aluminum antenna and round-head screws for mounting to a with the screw until the door is solidly
board, along with a coaxial connector you supply coaxial cable and the wedged. Anyone attempting entry causes the door to wedge tighter in
mounting board. Expanding the array with additional sections, available in the frame while the pointed screw keeps the wedge from shifting.
pairs, improves reception further.* Made in Canada. The screw can be used with concrete suboors as well as the traditional
88K97.30 Fractal Antenna Kit $13.95 carpet-covered suboors. It does not damage carpeting unless there is an
88K97.32 Additional Antenna Sections, pr. $ 6.95 attempted forced entry; it then penetrates the suboor as the pressure on
* Like any antenna, reception may be affected by factors such as the surrounding the wedge increases. But then, which would you prefer, a dent in the
landscape, distance from the transmitter and signal strength. suboor or an unwanted visitor? The lever handle gives you substantial
mechanical advantage, making it easy to turn the screw. It takes less than
a minute to install or remove. For hotel rooms
with a imsy lock or chain safety
restraint, the travellers doorstop
substantially increases
C peace of mind. It weighs
only 7 oz and comes in a
compact (117)
carrying case. D
Veritas Travellers Doorstop
05K99.20 $31.50

Assorted 371
Occidental Leather Tool Pouches, Vests
& Suspension Systems
Founded over 30 years ago by a professional carpenter, Occidental Leather is well known for
meticulous design and rugged construction using high-quality materials. The leather bags are
made from premium top-grain hides treated with a blend of oils and waxes to help withstand
daily use in the elements. Seams are sewn with heavy nylon thread, and all critical connections
have two rows of stitching for additional reinforcement. The rivets are washer-backed for
stress distribution. Tool pockets and holders are carefully positioned so items are readily
accessible by the hand that will use them. Nylon products and components are
made from tough industrial-grade woven material for strength and abrasion resis-
tance, and metal parts are nickel plated to resist rust. Made in USA, all are backed
by a 2-year warranty. For more information, visit www.leevalley.com

Tools not included.

Mouldings in Practice
by Matthew Sheldon Bickford
This is an excellent book. Not only does it demystify the process of cutting complex
moldings using a minimalist set of tools, it teaches a precise and straightforward
approach to creating virtually any molding prole you can draw. The rst half of
the book covers how to tune basic proling planes, how to use and control each
effectively, and how they work together. With clear illustrations and engaging
copy, Bickford builds the readers understanding of how to approach production of
hand-cut moldings. The second half of the book (ve appendices) focuses on the
practical application of the methods developed in the rst half, offering detailed
illustrations and step-by-step instructions for reproducing the complex moldings
found on eight different historical pieces. Even if you never end up touching a
wooden molding plane, youll nd this to be an enjoyable and enlightening read.
Smyth-sewn hardcover, 69, 264 pages, 2012.
20L03.20 Mouldings in Practice $44.00
 D

B C E

Tools not included.

E Youths Apron
Made of good-
McGuire-Nicholas Carpenters Pouches & Apron quality, soft
Good leather tool pouches are increasingly hard to nd. top-grain leather,
These are made from heavy full-grain leather treated this apron has
with a blend of oils and waxes to resist water and keep three pouches,
them supple. They have seams double-stitched with two leather
nylon thread for durability and washer-backed rivets hammer loops
where reinforcement is needed. About 121/2 long and two small
overall, each pouch has a 97 main bag and a 661/2 F. McGuire-Nicholas Standard Carpenters Apron pencil
upper pocket (approximate width by height). The plain Made using the same quality of materials and pockets. The
pouch also has two 65 outer pockets. The hammer construction as the pouches at left, this is an excel- nylon belt
loop pouch adds a 65 outer pocket and another 65 lent basic full apron. It has two 871/2 main pockets will t waists
pocket above the main pocket. It has a knife sheath, dual and two 51/24 nail pouches (approximate width from 23 to
slots to hold pencils or nail sets, and a leather hammer by height), plus a tape holder. Each side of the apron 30 and has a
loop on each side. Suitable for use on the right or left side has a metal hammer ring, a knife sheath, and two quick-release
of a belt, the pouches can be worn on the hip or back for slots for pencils or nail sets. The 2 heavy leather buckle. A well-
working on a ladder or when crouching. A separate belt has a roller buckle strengthened by rivets and made product.
hammer holder is also available. The two-part belt ts waists between 30 and 44. Made in Mexico. 68K35.02 Youths Apron $19.50
consists of a 2 wide leather belt with a woven polyester 67K75.20 Standard Apron $72.50
pad that cushions pressure points and is shaped to evenly
distribute weight. It has a rivet-reinforced dual-prong

closure and adjusts to t waists from 32 to 48. We offer

these components separately or together as a complete
professional apron. Made in Mexico.
A. 67K75.26 Padded Belt $ 34.50
B. 67K75.10 Plain Pouch $ 45.60
C. 67K75.12 Hammer Loop Pouch $ 48.50
D. 67K75.25 Hammer Holder $ 8.50 F
E. 67K75.22 Pro Apron (all above) $125.00

G. Tool-Belt Braces
By distributing weight over a large area, braces allow a loaded carpen-
ters belt to be carried with relative ease. Backed with a strong,
non-stretch nylon webbing and leather back patch, these braces feature G
woven nylon shoulder pads lled with a thick, moisture-wicking
absorbent material that helps alleviate uncomfortable pressure points.
Size adjustable in both the front and back, the straps are tipped with
large wrap-around hook-and-loop closures that accommodate belts up
to 3 wide. One size ts most. (Pouches not included.)
68K36.05 Tool-Belt Braces $34.50
H. High-Visibility Vests
These vests are for recreational use such as walking, running or playing
H outdoors after dark. They are not to be used in activities that require
safety vests. Two 2 wide reective bands completely surround the
vest so the user can be seen from front, back and sides. All sizes
provide complete freedom of arm movement. The small and medium
vests have a roomy t; the two larger sizes have more of a snug t. Be
sure to consult the chart when ordering. 100% polyester and machine
washable in warm water.
Vest Arm Hole Full
Chest Price
Size Length Length
09A09.24 Small 42 12 25 $6.50
09A09.25 Medium 44 121/2 251/2 $6.50
09A09.26 Large 451/2 13 261/2 $6.50
Hook-and-loop fastener
09A09.27 XLarge 47 13 27 $6.50
 Herock Workwear
Herock of Belgium has developed one of the most impressive workwear lines weve seen. Made from tough,
D wear-resistant materials with strong stitching, this well-tailored and comfortable clothing allows excellent
freedom of movement without being loose or bulky. Heavy-duty zippers, robust buttons and high-quality
hook-and-loop closures are used throughout. Backed by a two-year manufacturers warranty.

A. Work Pants
Outstanding work pants, these are made from a rugged poly/cotton blend with an advanced coating that helps
repel dirt, sawdust and liquids. The 260g/m2 (approximately 7.7 oz) fabric makes them comfortable for warmer
weather and for work indoors in any season. Double-stitched construction is used throughout, with triple
stitching along high-stress points such as the
Back A inseam, and bar-tack stitching at pocket
corners to provide reinforcement where its
needed most. Fifteen pockets, including
Cordura-lined front pouch pockets that can
be tucked in when not needed, help keep
tools, fasteners and other supplies organized
Cordura- and accessible. There are also several rings,
faced knee
pad
straps and hammer loops for hanging longer
pockets
Pouch tucked into pocket
tools. An elasticized adjuster lets you reduce
the waist by 1/2 or 1, and the 31 inseam
can be extended by 2 by simply unpicking a
Multiple row of stitches just above the hem. Mens
pockets, sizes from 30 to 46. The knee pad pockets
loops and
Triple-stitched straps accommodate the knee pads sold separately
inseams A below, and are faced with Cordura for
A
excellent abrasion resistance.
A. Work Pants $99.00 We also carry heavyweight
A Waist* Black Gray work pants that are suited to
Extendable
30 68K49.21B 68K49.21G cooler weather. Search for
hem "Herock" at
32 68K49.22B 68K49.22G www.leevalley.com
34 68K49.23B 68K49.23G
Knee pad pocket
36 68K49.24B 68K49.24G
38 68K49.25B 68K49.25G
40 68K49.26B 68K49.26G
42 68K49.27B 68K49.27G
A
44 68K49.28B 68K49.28G C
46 68K49.29B 68K49.29G

Back Side B. Shorts C. Knee Pads

B B These shorts are made of a comfortable medium-weight Made of closed-cell foam, each
(260g/m2, about 7.7 oz) poly/cotton blend treated with 81/461/23/4 thick pad weighs
an advanced coating that helps repel dirt, sawdust and just over an ounce. The articulated
liquids. Double or triple stitching along high-stress design easily conforms to the
points such as the inseam and bar-tack stitching at exed knee yet attens out again
pocket corners provide reinforcement where its needed when you stand. Far less obtrusive
most. Sixteen pockets in a range of shapes and sizes let and restrictive than conventional
you tote a surprising amount of gear while keeping strapped knee pads, they make
items organized and accessible. Front pouch pockets kneeling more comfortable and
can be tucked in when not needed. Various straps and ensure dry knees on damp ground.
Adjustable waistband
loops let you hang frequently used tools or those too 68K49.80 Knee Pads, pr. $16.50
bulky for a pocket. A layer of Cordura is added to the
B pouch pocket liners and to the seat pocket trim for dura- D. Fabric Belt
bility. The shorts have a 10 inseam. Woven from a rugged poly/cotton
blend, this 5213/4 belt stands up
B. Shorts $79.00
to plenty of wear yet is softer than
Waist* Black Gray most leather work belts so it wont
30 68K49.01B 68K49.01G dig into your waist when you
Reinforced 32 68K49.02B 68K49.02G bend. The metal buckle cinches at
pockets any length.
34 68K49.03B 68K49.03G
68K49.90 Fabric Belt $13.90
36 68K49.04B 68K49.04G
38 68K49.05B 68K49.05G
40 68K49.06B 68K49.06G
42 68K49.07B 68K49.07G
44 68K49.08B 68K49.08G
46 68K49.09B 68K49.09G
*Note: measure your waist and round up D
to the next size (e.g., order a size 42 for a
401/2 waist).
374
 A. Water-Resistant/Breathable Fleece Jacket
Worn as outerwear in fall and spring or as an insulating layer in winter months, this jacket lets you work in comfort
when the weather turns cold. It has three-ply construction with a synthetic membrane enclosed between layers of
non-pilling heavyweight (330g/m2, about 9.7 oz) polyester eece. The membrane not only provides wind resis-
tance, but also makes the jacket water resistant (rated to 5000mm) and breathable (2000g mvp). The shoulders,
main zipper hems and other areas prone to wear have an extra layer of tough poly/cotton blend canvas to resist Multiple
abrasion. An elastic drawstring in the waistband and adjustable hook-and-loop closures on the cuffs help to keep exterior
pockets
out dirt and debris and keep the jacket snug so it doesnt interfere with your work. Five outer pockets and two
inner pockets provide plenty of room for storage. A rugged yet cozy garment. Mens sizes from S to XXXL.
At this time, the eece jackets are available by mail order and at our Ottawa, Vaughan, Burlington,
Edmonton and Vancouver stores only. They may be ordered for pick-up at any of our other stores.

A. Fleece Jacket $99.00 A

Size Black Gray Chest Body Length Sleeve Length

lder
S 68K50.11B 68K50.11G 104cm (41) 68cm (263/4) 64cm (251/4)

shou
M 68K50.12B 68K50.12G 112cm (441/8) 69.5cm (273/8) 65cm (255/8) Chest

to
Cuff
L 68K50.13B 68K50.13G 120cm (471/4) 71cm (28) 67cm (263/8) Center
back
XL 68K50.14B 68K50.14G 128cm (503/8) 72.5cm (281/2) 69.5cm (273/8)
XXL 68K50.15B 68K50.15G 138cm (533/8) 74cm (291/8) 71cm (28)
XXXL 68K50.16B 68K50.16G 144cm (563/4) 75.5cm (293/4) 73cm (283/4)

Extra layers of Hook-and-loop

poly/cotton closure on cuff
blend
canvas
Waistband ring for tools

Large
interior Arm
pockets pocket

Drawstring waistband

B. Convertible Work Jacket

Excellent protection in harsh weather conditions, this jacket consists of a shell with an insulating eece vest liner
that can be zipped out and worn independently. The shell is made of a rugged heavyweight poly/cotton blend canvas
(320g/m2, about 9.4 oz) that is wind resistant, repels water (rated to 8000mm) and is breathable (3000g mvp). Sealed
seams provide additional protection against water penetration, and Cordura patches on the shoulders and forearms
give extra abrasion resistance in areas most subject to wear and tear. An elastic drawstring in the waistband and Multiple
adjustable hook-and-loop closures on the cuffs help keep the shell snug. It has seven roomy outer pockets and two B exterior
pockets
inner pockets, plus a waistband ring for tethering keys or tools. The inner vest adds another four pockets and is
made of polyester eece with an internal synthetic membrane to form a lightweight garment that is warm,
wind resistant and breathable (2000g mvp). Mens sizes from S to XXXL.
At this time, the convertible jackets are available by mail order and at our Ottawa, Vaughan, Burlington,
Edmonton and Vancouver stores only. They may be ordered for pick-up at any of our other stores.

B. Convertible Jacket $149.00

Size Black Gray Chest Body Length Sleeve Length
lder

S 68K50.41B 68K50.41G 104cm (41) 72.5cm (281/2) 64cm (251/4)

shou

M 68K50.42B 68K50.42G 112cm (441/8) 74cm (291/8) 65cm (255/8) Chest

to
Cuff

L 68K50.43B 68K50.43G 120cm (471/4) 75.5cm (293/4) 67cm (263/8)

Center
XL 68K50.44B 68K50.44G 128cm (503/8) 77cm (303/8) 69.5cm (273/8) back
XXL 68K50.45B 68K50.45G 138cm (533/8) 78.5cm (307/8) 71cm (28)
XXXL 68K50.46B 68K50.46G 144cm (563/4) 80cm (311/2) 73cm (283/4)
Liner worn inde- Patches on shoulders
pendently Arm
and forearms give pocket
extra abrasion
resistance.

Waistband
Hook-and-loop ring
closure on cuff

Drawstring
waistband

Multiple interior and exterior pockets

375
 A. Veritas Canvas Apron
Four-compartment
chest pocket With cross-back straps to place the weight of the
Cross-back
straps apron on your shoulders instead of your
neck, this apron is 100% cotton canvas, a
lightweight and durable material. At
Two side- about 34 long and 28 wide, the bib
opening
pockets
provides ample front and side
coverage. The shoulder straps are
easy to adjust with low-prole,
unobtrusive clips, and the adjustable
waistband has a quick-release
buckle. A pocket on the chest
has compartments for pencils,
pads, small rules, etc. Below it
there are two 88 pockets
with a top ap that keeps
sawdust and wood chips out,
plus two larger 148 side-
Quick-release opening pockets to hold small
waist buckle
tools or just provide a comfort-
able resting place for hands.
Low-prole
shoulder The wide openings on these
A strap clip pockets permit easy access, and the
rounded inside corners wont trap small
objects. The waist loops situated on either side of
Two waist loops Two front the pockets will hold a hammer, a tape measure
pockets with ap or any tool with a belt clip. Made in Canada.
Tools not included.
67K10.10 Veritas Apron $46.50

Lee Valley Canvas Aprons D. Leather Apron

Designed with cross-back shoulder straps to prevent neck strain, our aprons are made from tan-colored This is an excellent apron, especially for carving;
100% cotton canvas, a washable material that is lightweight yet strong. Both have generously cut bibs even a slip of a sharp blade should not cut
for ample front and side coverage, plus adjustable shoulder and waist straps with easy-to-operate through it. A leather apron not only provides
quick-release clips. Compartments in the top pocket hold pencils, rules or small tools. The two bottom good body protection, but is also long wearing
pockets can hold a variety of tools or just be a comfortable resting spot for hands. They have side ports and not subject to snagging and tearing as cloth
for easy access and to help keep out dust and chips, and their rounded aprons are. Made from durable fawn-cuff split
inside corners dont trap small objects. Our small apron measures about leather, it has fully adjustable nylon waist and
26 long by 21 wide, with 951/2 neck straps with twist-lock buckles. Stress points
lower pockets, while the large measures are reinforced with rivets. It ts most waist sizes.
about 34 long by 28 wide, with 148 67K34.01 Leather Apron $39.50
B lower pockets. Made in Canada.
B. 67K10.06 LV Apron, Large $42.50
C. 67K10.08 LV Apron, Small $35.50
C

Shoulder
strap clip

Waist strap
buckle D

376
 Use single
broad foot for
easy pivoting
and reducing
body strain in
crouched A
position.

Telescoping
legs

A
A
B
A

A. Walkstool Comfort
Carry Single-
These are not your average folding stools. bag foot
Made in Sweden, these stools have been included. position
designed for long-term regular use. A favorite B
of photographers, electricians and installers,
they are valued for their portability and versa-
tility. What makes this stool unique is the A. Walkstool 45K03.45 45K03.55 45K03.65
telescoping legs that allow for two seating posi- Stool Height 18 22 26
tions. With the legs extended, the stool has a
Seat Width 14 15 16
regular three-legged stance. With the legs B. Walkstool Steady
retracted, the base has a single broad foot that Stool Weight 26 oz 28 oz 30 oz This optional accessory is useful where there is
allows pivoting while crouched, reducing pres- Weight risk of having the rubber feet sink into the
440 lb 495 lb 550 lb
sure on ones back and knees. The stool has a Capacity ground, such as with sand or soft soil. Adjustable

Height

nylon mesh seat that breathes, aluminum legs < 5 11 to t any of the stool sizes, it connects quickly to
User

and broad rubber-tipped feet. Supplied in a > 5 11 the bottoms of the legs, distributing the weight
carry bag, each model is capable of supporting Supports over a wider surface to help stabilize the stool
more than 400 lb. Refer to the chart for model and prevent the feet from digging in.
Crouched Position
specif ications. Highly recommended. Price $99.00 $109.00 $119.00 45K03.40 Walkstool Steady $26.50

C. Safetek Soft Knee Pads Premium Knee Pads liner covers a foam core with an inset gel disc
The soft-shell construction of these knee pads These pads have a triple-layer interior that that decreases the load on the center of the knee.
makes them remarkably comfortable, even for conforms to the shape of your knee to distribute The tough, thermoplastic rubber shell resists
bad knees. Nine layers of material (including weight over the knee and upper shin, eliminating punctures, and adjustable straps minimize
dense EVA foam and soft memory foam) shape painful pressure points. Supports on the shell shifting in use or binding behind the knee. The
the pad to the contours of the knee to distribute stabilize against rocking and bear weight other- small 91/2 long pads have an upper elastic strap
weight evenly and eliminate pressure points. wise supported by the knee alone. The elastomer that secures with hook-and-loop closures, and a
The wide straps secure above and below the lower nylon belt strap that secures with a snap
knee with hook-and-loop fastener strips to D buckle. The large pads are 14 long for addi-
provide a comfort- tional shin protection. The upper strap is spandex
able t and stay in with hook-and-loop closures, and the lower
place even when elastic strap adjusts vertically for best t.
crouching or D. 67K74.34 Small Knee Pads $48.50
walking. The E. 67K74.35 Large Knee Pads $72.50
straps and outer
shell of the pad are F. Accordion Knee Pads
made of neoprene Kneeling on a hard surface can aggravate an
and Lycra, otherwise t knee. This professional-quality knee
granting excellent pad cradles the knee and upper shin to prevent
exibility to the uncomfortable pressure points. Designed to main-
straps and reinforcing E tain a tight seal against the upper knee, the exible
the padding. The knee accordion-like ribs keep errant bits of dirt, pebbles,
pad is fronted with a plaster, wood slivers, etc., from becoming trapped
durable Cordura layer under the knee. The soft-shell pads are backed with
that resists tearing and a thick closed-cell foam liner and have adjustable
allows you to slide rubber straps. Lightweight and comfortable in use.
across tile, laminate or 68K40.25 Accordion Knee Pads, pr. $29.50
hardwood oors without
leaving scuffs or marks. F
Machine washable.
Knee Pads
67K74.37 $69.50 Adjustable hook-
and-loop upper
fastener.
E
Lower strap
also adjusts
vertically for
best t.

C
377

Closed Harvard Logbook Planner and logbook open
Planner
Lee Valley Portable Ofce
We have combined a top-
quality, 192-page logbook and
the popular Harvard Planner
(the 2016 Elite edition) into a
compact and highly functional
portable ofce. The 97
hardcover logbook is made Portable ofce
from acid-free paper lined with is compact and
a ghosted grid to aid sketching. easy to carry.
The rugged cloth-backed vinyl outer folio has
stiff panels that let it function as a lap desk, and
two rare-earth magnets are hidden in the spine to
secure your favorite pen or pencil.
The folio system provides a simple, time-
tested way to record and recall thoughts,
decisions and data, ideal for todays complex
lives. The complete system measures a very
compact 81011/2. For those who already separate section for
have a planner, the folio and logbook can also be
purchased as a set. The folio will house a planner
up to 9 high and 61/2 wide. The 2016 Harvard
Planner is also available separately.
A. 49L88.01 Portable Ofce $44.50
49L88.05 Folio & Logbook $29.50
B. 49L88.02 Repl. Logbook $11.50 E. Portfolio Clipboard
49L88.03 Repl. Harvard Planner (2016) $19.95
Lee Valley 16-Month Calendars
Our eye-catching woodworking and gardening
calendars cover September 2015 to December
2016. The 1117 open size provides lots of room
to jot down daily commitments, birthdays, etc.
As always, we donate every penny of proceeds
from these calendars to charity. So when you
buy one of our calendars, you not only get a
beautiful, practical product, but you also do a
good deed.
C. 49L07.98 2016 Woodworking Calendar $6.00
D. 49L07.97 2016 Gardening Calendar $6.00
C Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com
D
A
B
Aluminum Clipboard & Case
This portable ofce has lots of storage for
notebooks, forms, documents, pens, etc.,
in the 11/2 deep case. The 61/4 clip holds
sheets or pads while the aluminum case
protects the contents from the weather and
spilled coffee.
Holds forms up to
81/212 with a
pens and pencils.
9131/2 overall.
Clipboard & Case
88K85.01 $42.50
With a hinged cover to protect papers, this slim
yet rugged aluminum clipboard is as unobtrusive E
to carry as a le folder. Keeps pad secure inside
The strong spring- with single
loaded clip holds pages sheet
outside.
securely, and because
it is operated by lifting
a thumb notch instead
of pressing a lever, an accidental squeeze wont
spill your papers. The rounded edges make it
comfortable to hold and use, and, at 9123/4 and
3/8 thick, it can hold about 80 letter-size pages,
with room for a pencil or two. Made in USA.
88K85.05 Portfolio Clipboard $28.50
G. Catalog/Magazine Binders
Our cloth-covered binders are perfect for keeping
your catalogs (particularly the Lee Valley ones!)
F. Magazine Holders organized. Each comes with 12 spring wires that
This simple product provides a solution for rmly hold catalogs or magazines without modi-
storing, protecting and organizing magazines, cation. The wires are easy to insert and remove.
catalogs, brochures, instruction manuals, etc. Each binder holds 21/4 of 81/211 publica-
Designed for use with standard three-ring tions. Excellent value. Available in three colors.
binders, these exible plastic magazine holders 1+ 5+
are easy to use and each will hold material up to 49L07.50 Binder, Forest Green $9.95 $8.95
1/2 thick securely in place. (Binder not included.) 49L07.61 Binder, Burgundy $9.95 $8.95
99K05.01 Magazine Holders, pkg. of 12 $7.50 49L07.62 Binder, Denim Blue $9.95 $8.95
F G
 STORAGE C

Galvanized Heavy-Duty Shelving System A

B
Most readily available shelving systems are not
adequate for shop use. This one is. The standards
are all double slotted, and can be joined together
using an optional connector. The supported
brackets are load rated at 300 lb per bracket,
while the double brackets will hold up to 150 lb
per bracket. The fast-mount bracket lets you B
hang the standards from the wall top plate or
from a joist to support 600 lb. The optional hang
track will support 1000 lb (200 lb per installed D
screw) and lets you space the uprights variably
(not necessarily on stud centers). An excellent
and affordable heavy-duty system. Galvanized
steel nish. 1+ 6+
A. 17K30.40 *40 Hang Track $ 8.30 $ 7.45
B. 17K30.06 *6 Standard $18.50 $16.70
G G
17K30.04 *4 Standard $11.90 $10.70 E
17K30.02 2 Standard $ 6.20 $ 5.60
C. 17K32.22 20 Supp. Bracket $ 9.90 $ 8.90 Fast-mount bracket
allows standards to
D. 17K32.14 13 Supp. Bracket $ 7.30 $ 6.55 hang from the wall
E. 17K32.11 10 Supp. Bracket $ 6.20 $ 5.60 top plate or a joist.
F. 17K31.11 10 Dbl. Bracket $ 5.60 $ 5.05 H
17K31.14 14 Dbl. Bracket $ 6.20 $ 5.60
G. 17K33.01 Fast-Mount Bracket $ 3.90 $ 3.50
H. 17K34.01 Connector $ 3.00 $ 2.70 F
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length

surcharge of $10 applies per order.

Heavy-Duty Powder-Coat Steel Shelving System Q. Portamate

This sturdy shelf-support system is made of heavy-gauge steel with a durable powder- 5-Shelf Wood Rack
coat nish. The wall standards are available in three lengths. All are double slotted for A multi-purpose Q
strength and rigidity, and can be screwed directly into studs or hung from a stud- storage-rack system
mounted track that allows variable spacing of the standards. All screws seat neatly in ideal for orga-
countersunk holes, and the double-walled shelf supports have a smoothly rounded nizing lumber
prole on all exposed surfaces. The hang track and wall standards are made from 0.075 (or offcuts,
thick steel; shelf supports are 0.06 steel, available in ve sizes. Load capacities, where with the
applicable, are listed in brackets (capacity of hang track is dependent on the installation addition of
of all screws in studs or concrete). A strong and versatile system. 1+ 6+ shelving),
J. 17K43.02 Wall Standard, 24 $ 5.10 $ 4.60 ABS or copper
17K43.04 *Wall Standard, 48 $ 9.50 $ 8.55 pipe. The system
17K43.06 *Wall Standard, 78 $16.80 $15.15 includes two 331/2
K. 17K43.40 *Hang Track, 40 (1000 lb) $12.80 $11.55 long wall uprights
L. 17K43.07 Shelf Support, 7 (240 lb) $ 3.60 $ 3.25 and ten 111/2
M. 17K43.09 Shelf Support, 9 (185 lb) $ 3.90 $ 3.50 support brackets,
Wall
standards N. 17K43.11 Shelf Support, 11 (170 lb) $ 4.50 $ 4.05 capable of
attached O. 17K43.14 Shelf Support, 14 (115 lb) $ 5.60 $ 5.05 supporting up
to studs
P. 17K43.19 Shelf Support, 19 (180 lb) $ 8.50 $ 7.65 to 550 lb (55 lb per bracket). Durable powder-coated steel tube
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. construction; wall-mount spacers and screws included.
84K41.06 Wood Rack, 5-Shelf $58.50

K
J
L M
N

Please note that the components in this shelving system and in our galvanized
steel shelving system (17K30.02+) are not interchangeable. Storage 379
 Hilti Bolt Fastening

A
Drill hole. Insert bolt, place wall strap. As bolt is tightened, it spreads
to grip the sides of the hole.
B

F
Brackets sold
C individually.
Wood not
included.

D
F. Heavy-Duty Shelf Brackets
These are super shelf brackets. Two brackets
Lumber Storage System will support up to 1000 lb. They have a durable
Lumber storage is always a problem in a shop. This shelving system is white epoxy powder-coat nish. Sold individu-
uniquely designed to make maximum use of space and has the tremendous ally. Length of bracket stated below, with length
advantage of being a front-loading system. The brackets, made from #7 of vertical arm in parentheses. 1+ 6+
gauge steel (3/16 thick), are nearly impossible to bend. The 18 bracket 17K35.07 67/8 Bracket (5) $ 7.30 $ 6.55
will support a 300 lb load at the tip. That means that it will hold a 600 lb 17K35.12 101/2 Bracket (71/2) $10.90 $ 9.80
load evenly distributed along its length. Four brackets would hold 2400 lb 17K35.16 141/2 Bracket (10) $13.50 $12.15
of lumber over one ton. The shorter brackets will support even more 17K35.20 191/4 Bracket (121/2) $16.90 $15.20
because they are of the same gauge steel and the moment arm is shorter. In
short, the practical limitations of the system are the strength of the wall that Cut to custom
it is attached to and the method of attachment. The wall straps, in lengths lengths as
needed.
of 24 and 55, have 3/16 thick anges and
corner sections over 1/4 thick. The 24 strap
has an offset tail that lets you fasten it with the
top bolt of the 55 strap. The shelf adjustment
holes are 11/2 apart. Both the brackets and the
wall straps are hot-dipped galvanized steel.
A storage system can be designed in a variety
of ways, but a practical method for a small shop G
is to use 10 or 14 brackets for lower storage
with 14 or 18 brackets at the top to store short
pieces. For good lumber storage, you should not
space the wall straps more than 3 apart; 2 is G. Magnetic Tack Strip
ideal. A system for lumber up to 12 would This mounting system uses magnetic tacks to
therefore include a minimum of ve wall straps, hold paper, photos and other thin materials
and as many brackets as you need. without damaging them. The lightweight, ex-
For attachment directly to poured concrete ible steel mounting strip is 48 long by 3/4 wide,
walls, we recommend Hilti bolts. They install backed with a durable peel-and-stick PSA foam
readily and have great strength. For stud walls, for permanent attachment to a wall or other
/
suitably sized lag bolts (e.g., 83 2) are
3 1 / clean, dry surface at any angle. The strip can be
used. Installation instructions are included for used full length or cut shorter, and comes with
stud and concrete walls. six magnetic tacks, each with a 1/4 rare-earth
Example using the A. 17K20.02 24 Wall Strap, ea. $17.40 magnet in the 7/16 diameter plastic base. Each
lumber storage system. 17K20.01 *55 Wall Strap, ea. $34.50 tack can hold several sheets of paper. Additional
B. 17K20.07 18 Shelf Bracket, ea. $20.90 magnetic tacks are available separately in a
C. 17K20.06 14 Shelf Bracket, ea. $14.50 package of six. We found this system particu-
D. 17K20.05 10 Shelf Bracket, ea. $10.80 larly convenient to hold project plans open
To order call 1-800-267-8767 E. 17K20.09 Hilti Bolt, 22 4, ea.
1/ 3/ $ 2.40 above a workbench.
or visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a 50K25.14 Tack Strip & 6 Magnetic Tacks $18.50
length surcharge of $10 applies per order. 50K25.08 Extra Magnetic Tacks (6) $11.95

H. Bin Brackets for Finished Walls

Made of a strong ABS/polycar-
bonate compound, each of these
H
21/4101/2 brackets holds up to
50 lb and mounts easily to a nished stud
wall. Two holes in the middle allow the bracket to
be mounted on a stud for rm support; holes at each
end permit screwing into plywood, panelling or
drywall (anchors included). Compatible with most bins that have a rigid formed lip of at
least 1/2 high with a 5/16 projection but may t off-center because of the reinforcing web
molded into the underside of the lip. Sold in pairs with installation hardware (four screws
and two drywall anchors per bracket). 1+ 3+
99K86.20 Finished-Wall Brackets, pr. $10.90 $9.80
380 Storage
 D Shelves and products not included.
L N M
Long
Bike handle
B hook hook

G
Strap bracket
Q Loop
hook

D
A

O Single P Double
hook hook

Matrix Storage System

Combining sturdy shelf supports and various
multi-purpose hangers, this is a versatile wall-
mount storage system. Because all the shelf brackets and hangers are movable, you can D
B
customize your storage area, not just once, but whenever the urge to reorganize strikes.
The 48 or 78 standards mount directly to a wall or, using the standard links (sold B
separately), can be variably spaced (not necessarily on stud centers) from the hang rails. F E C
The 48 and 78 standards mount with six and nine screws, respectively. Package of six Use standard
2 screws and six plastic concrete anchors is available separately. Double-walled for link to attach
A standard to
strength, the shelf brackets interlock with the standards and are available in four lengths. hang rail.
The 48 hang rail is used to suspend standards or to hang the hooks and strap bracket. It
can be mounted in two ways, either directly to a wall, or combined with hang rail adapters G Hooks and
for mounting to the front of a standard. Hang rail requires a minimum of four strap bracket
lock onto
mounting screws; package of eight 11/4 screws is available separately. hang rail
The hooks and strap bracket mount to the hang rail and lock securely in position with a
plastic latch; they can also be independently bolted to a stud. Formed from 0.35 diameter solid H
steel rod, each hook is sheathed in an anti-slip non-marring rubber
compound. For unobtrusive vertical storage, the bike hook is designed
to hang a bicycle from its front wheel (for use with spoked wheels with rims up to
13/4 wide). The pivoting long-handle hook projects 3 and holds items with long J
handles up to 11/4 in diameter. The strap C M
bracket has a 30 adjustable woven polyester belt
Use hang rail
to cinch around bulky items. The versatile single hook projects 8 to hold adapter to
items with a loop or hang hole. The 9 double hook is great for hanging string trimmers, chain K mount hang
rail to standard.
saws, or other large tools. Projecting about 81/2, the loop hook supports coiled hoses, extension
cords, and tires. Load capacity of each component
(where applicable) is listed in the price lines (for the
pair of standard links, the capacity stated is for both
links used together). 1+ 6+
A. 17K42.48 *48 Standard $11.00 $10.10
17K42.78 *78 Standard $20.90 $19.20
B. 17K42.41 Standard Link, pr. (900 lb) $ 8.30 $ 7.60
C. 17K42.42 Hang Rail Adapter (100 lb) $ 9.70 $ 8.90
D. 17K42.40 *48 Hang Rail (1800 lb) $17.00 $15.60
E. 17K42.25 Wall-Std. Screws, pkg. of 6 $ 9.10 $ 8.35
F. 17K42.09 Hang Rail Screws, pkg. of 8 $ 3.40 $ 3.10
G. 17K42.10 101/2 Bracket (150 lb) $ 5.60 $ 5.15
H. 17K42.14 141/2 Bracket (200 lb) $ 6.40 $ 5.85
J. 17K42.18 181/2 Bracket (200 lb) $ 8.90 $ 8.15 Shelf Hangers
K. 17K42.24 24 Bracket (200 lb) $11.60 $10.65 An easy shelving system. The zinc-nished
L. 17K42.05 Bike Hook (50 lb) $ 9.70 $ 8.90 steel hangers (12 high and 12 deep) can be
M. 17K42.03 Long-Handle Hook (50 lb) $10.90 $10.00 hung from joists using standard eye bolts.
N. 17K42.06 Strap Bracket (50 lb) $10.90 $10.00 Lower hangers hook onto each other. They are
O. 17K42.01 Single Hook (25 lb) $ 9.70 $ 8.90 easy to put up and move, and keep stored items
P. 17K42.02 Double Hook (50 lb) $10.90 $10.00 high and dry in a basement or a garage. Made
Q. 17K42.04 Loop Hook (50 lb) $11.20 $10.30 from 1/4 steel rod. Priced per pair. 1+ 3+
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length 94K05.01 Shelf Hangers, pr. $11.20 $10.10
surcharge of $10 applies per order.
Storage 381
 For 1/2 drywall thickness For 5/8 drywall thickness

A B C D E

G
1/2 dia. head 5/8 dia. head

See page 200 for twist bits for drilling the pilot hole
and page 199 for brad-point bits for drilling the head
recess. Consult the chart below for required bit sizes.

Veritas Drywall Nuts

These specialized insert nuts are designed for use G
with drywall-covered studs. Installed, they not only
create a stable mounting location for heavy objects,
Item being Drywall Stud
but also act as a support to keep attachments from
attached crushing the drywall. Made from stainless steel, the
to wall nut is tapped for a machine bolt (see chart for thread
Nut sits sizes) so you can reliably remove and reinstall objects
proud of
as often as needed. You install the nuts by boring a F
surface so
drywall recess for the cylindrical head in the drywall, followed
carries by a pilot hole in the stud for the 1 long lug screw.
no load. Wall-Mount Storage Straps & Brackets
Drywall nut They can be driven into place with a screwdriver or
insert nut driver (available separately on page 237). This is an excellent solution for vertical
Bolt
The 5/8 diameter drywall nut has a cylindrical storage. Each 30 strap threads through a
head with a thickness of either 1/2 or 5/8 to suit the zinc-plated steel bracket (available sepa-
most common thicknesses of drywall. A drywall rately) that is attached to the wall with a single
nut with a smaller 1/2 screw. The polyester strap is made from
Drywall Nuts Drywall Head Recess Pilot Hole Internal durable 1 wide webbing with a strong quick-
1+ 5+ Load Capacity* diameter head is also
$5.40 $4.60 Thickness Diameter Diameter Thread available so that the head release plastic buckle. The strap can be
can be hidden even if it is cinched like a belt around multiple loose
450 lb shear
A. 05H12.01 1/2 1/2 1/4 1/4-20
placed close to the edge of items, bundling them together and holding
350 lb tension
450 lb shear the object being fastened them snug against the wall. Maximum 9 in
B. 05H12.03 1/2 5/8 1/4 1/4-20
diameter; for large items, two or more straps
350 lb tension to the wall. Made in
700 lb shear Canada. Patent pending. can be linked. Ideal for storing lumber, mold-
C. 05H12.05 1/2 5/8 5/16 5/16-18
350 lb tension ings, PVC piping or anything else that refuses
450 lb shear Pre-drill hole in drywall to lean against a wall without falling over. It
D. 05H13.03 5/8 5/8 1/4 1/4-20
350 lb tension to match diameter can also be used to keep coiled hoses, ropes or
700 lb shear of drywall nut.
E. 05H13.05 5/8 5/8 5/16 5/16-18 extension cords neatly bundled and off the
350 lb tension
oor. Each bracket mounts with a #8 screw
* The shear load capacity refers to a weight hanging close to the wall, such as a large (not included). Quantities discounted, as we
painting or other heavy, at object. Tension load capacity refers to the amount of force
required to pull a drywall nut out of a wall, whether from a direct pull or leverage from a
know youll want several! 1+ 6+
shelf or other projecting object. F. 99K86.50 Bracket, ea. $1.20 $1.10
G. 99K86.51 30 Buckle Strap, ea. $3.20 $2.90

Talon Hooks
For use in 1/4 pegboard, each of these nylon hooks engages at least two holes: one (or more) P. Assortment of 28 Small Hooks
with a regular pegboard tab, and another with a unique spreading anchor. Can be released with Eight 15/8 straight bar hooks, eight 11/4 projection
a Phillips screwdriver. Seven hooks are available three sizes of bar hooks, a curved hook, a curved hooks, four 13/8 straight bar hooks, and eight 1/2
short elbow hook, a dual screwdriver holder, and a pliers holder. Sold in packages of four or elbow hooks.
six of the same hook, and in assortments of 28 small hooks, 24 large hooks, or 48 large and 93K01.28 Small Hooks (28) $26.70
small hooks (items P, Q and R). Package quantities given in the price lines. Q. Assortment of 24 Large Hooks
1+ 5+ Eight 31/2 straight bar hooks, eight dual screwdriver
Assortment of 28 Small Hooks
H. 93K01.04 13/8 Str. Bar Hooks (6) $7.30 $6.70 Eight 15/8 Four 13/8 holders, and eight pliers holders.
J. 93K01.01 15/8 Str. Bar Hooks (6) $7.30 $6.70 straight bar straight
93K01.24 Large Hooks (24) $24.80
K. 93K01.02 31/2 Str. Bar Hooks (4) $5.00 $4.60 hooks bar hooks

L. 93K01.03 11/4 Curved Hooks (6) $7.30 $6.70 R. Assortment of 48 Hooks

P Six 31/2 straight bar hooks, nine 15/8 straight bar hooks,
M. 93K01.07 1/2 Elbow Hooks (6) $7.30 $6.70 Eight 11/4 Eight 1/2
N. 93K01.05 Dual Screwdriver Holders (4) $5.00 $4.60 projection elbow six dual screwdriver holders, three 13/8 straight bar
curved hooks hooks
O. 93K01.06 Pliers Holders (4) $5.00 $4.60 hooks, nine 11/4 projection curved hooks, six pliers
holders, and nine 1/2 elbow hooks.
93K01.48 Assorted Hooks (48) $46.40
O
Assortment of 24 Large Hooks Assortment of 48 Hooks Three 13/8 Six pliers holders
straight
M N Eight 31/2 straight Six 31/2 straight bar hooks
bar hooks
L bar hooks Eight dual Six dual
screwdriver screwdriver
K holders holders
Nine 1/2 elbow hooks
Nine 11/4
J Eight pliers holders Nine 15/8
projection
O straight
curved hooks
H Q bar hooks

R
 A
Cherry Magnetic Tool Holder Includes a stick
This is a well made and attractive of food-safe
wax/oil blend
magnetic tool holder. It has a series nish.
of powerful rare-earth magnets B
concealed under a grain-matched
veneer to hold knives and other
small ferro-magnetic utensils or Tools not
tools at the ready. The wood surface included.
C
is easy to clean and protects blade or
tool surfaces from dulling or marring. Measuring 2 tall by
3/4 thick, it is available in a 12 or 18 length. Countersunk
brass washers stabilize the mounting holes and provide a
D
clean, nished look when combined with the included brass
screws. For use in the kitchen or workshop. Made in USA.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
A. 12K18.90 12 Tool Holder $49.50 E
B. 12K18.95 18 Tool Holder $67.50

F
Light-Duty Magnetic Tool Bars
These tool bars (1 /4 wide) can be used for holding tools in
3
the shop, or knives and other metal utensils in the kitchen. Heavy-Duty Magnetic Tool Bars
Made from solid wood with two inlaid magnetic strips, they These strong tool bars are made from a series of ferrite magnet inserts sandwiched between
are safe and easy to clean. Mounted on a wall, either bar will two 3/16 thick by 1 steel bars and enclosed with yellow plastic strips. Maximum weight
comfortably hold a 1 wide, 3 lb object. Maximum capacity capacity or pull strength is 20 lb for a at 1 wide object, and they will handle 3 to 5 lb
will depend on the amount of surface area that makes round-handled tools easily. The 13 length mounts on 81/4 centers and weighs 2 lb. The 24
contact with the magnet. Supplied with mounting screws. length mounts on 16 centers and weighs 3 lb 14 oz. Suitable for use in the shop or garage.
C. 93K75.12 Magnetic Bar, 12 $13.50 E. 99K45.01 Magnetic Tool Bar, 13 $19.50
D. 93K75.24 Magnetic Bar, 24 $22.90 F. 99K45.03 Magnetic Tool Bar, 24 $29.90

Industrial-Grade Stackable Storage Bins

Designed for industrial use, these storage bins can take
more punishment and hold more weight than any others
weve tested. All are durable polypropylene plastic with
a thick-walled construction and molded buttresses for
added strength and rigidity. You can stack and link
same-size bins using the included connectors, which
also act as spacers to provide clearance between stacked
bins so contents are more easily viewed and accessed.
Each bin has a slot in the front for labelling. Bins
68K42.63 and 68K42.66 include a removable center
divider to help organize the contents. On the largest bin,
two removable rear wheels let you slide it easily when
you lift the front, even when the bin is heavily loaded. A
sensible, durable and versatile storage bin system.
Internal measurements are listed in the chart.
Load Links
Storage Price Height Width Depth
Capacity side-by-side
Bin with:
1+ 5+ mm in. mm in. mm in. kg lb
G. 68K42.60 $ 1.95 $ 1.75 73 27/8 88 37/16 118 45/8 15kg 33
H. 68K42.61 $ 2.50 $ 2.25 73 27/8 88 37/16 168 65/8 15kg 33
J. 68K42.62 $ 5.95 $ 5.35 125 415/16 110 45/16 245 95/8 20kg 44 68K42.63
K. 68K42.63 $ 8.90 $ 8.00 125 415/16 250 913/16 245 95/8 30kg 66 68K42.62
L. 68K42.64 $ 9.60 $ 8.65 175 67/8 170 611/16 245 95/8 30kg 66
M. 68K42.65 $ 9.95 $ 8.95 175 67/8 170 611/16 342 137/16 30kg 66 68K42.66 Stack and link same-size bins.
N. 68K42.66 $16.95 $15.30 170 611/16 382 151/16 325 1213/16 30kg 66 68K42.65

M N
L

Small bin connectors Large bin connectors

Connector used Removable rear

to stack bins wheels on largest
bin

G
H K
J
 When gel is saturated,
built-in indicator
changes color.
Reactivate
gel by
drying it. D
Removable plug for easy
installation in a cabinet.
B
A D. GoldenRod Dehumidier
Although the name implies that it removes mois-
Silica Gel Dehumidiers ture from the air, this device is essentially a
These dehumidiers absorb moisture from the air, compact, energy-efcient convection heater that
preventing rust and mildew. A built-in indicator gently warms the air, keeping the temperature
changes color when the silica gel becomes satu- above the dew point to prevent condensation and
rated; reactivate it by drying in an oven. Only inhibit formation of rust, mold and mildew. Long
421/2, the 40g (1.4 oz) aluminum tin will popular among firearms collectors and boat
protect up to 3 cu.ft. of space, ideal for a drawer, owners, it can be mounted inside a small enclosed
toolbox or tackle box. The 4 dia. by 6 high, 750g space such as a cabinet or closet to provide contin-
(26.5 oz) steel canister will dehumidify as much uous maintenance-free protection for items
as 57 cu.ft. and is intended for large cabinets. susceptible to moisture damage. Each low-prole
Reusable indenitely. cylindrical heater has a 3/4 diameter brass-
A. 56Z61.01 40g Silica Gel Dehumidier $10.50 plated steel housing, a 70 power cord, and a pair
B. 56Z61.03 750g Silica Gel Dehumidier $56.50
Corrosion-Inhibiting Storage Bags
Excellent storage bags for the garage, workshop
or toolbox. Made from puncture-resistant 4-mil
polyethylene, they are impregnated with a harm- G
less chemical that deposits a microscopic layer
of crystals on ferrous and non-ferrous metals,
protecting them from corrosion. They have
re-sealable zip-closures and remain effective for
up to 2 years. The 68 bags hold driver bits,
pruners, wrenches, etc.; the 1012 size stores
larger tools (e.g., bench planes up to a #4); the
C 1218 bags can contain planes up to a #5 jack
or a set of gardening hand tools. Available by
C. Anti-Corrosion Liner size or in a sample pack that contains two each of
Used in an enclosed space such as a drawer, the 68 and 1012 bags, along with one
cabinet shelf, toolbox or tackle box, this liner is a 1218 bag. 1+ 5+
convenient and economical means of guarding E. 56Z61.10 68 Bags (10) $5.40 $4.60
metals against rust and corrosion damage. The F. 56Z61.11 1012 Bags (10) $9.30 $7.90
rubber/PVC mesh gives off a harmless corrosion- G. 56Z61.12 1218 Bags (5) $8.90 $7.55
inhibiting vapor that forms an invisible barrier 56Z61.15 Sample Pack (5) Bags $5.60
on ferrous and non-ferrous metals, providing up
to ve years of continuous protection. Available Toolbox Trays
in two sizes, the non-slip liner keeps items in Creating a tool cabinet is quick, easy and inex-
place and can be easily cut to size with scissors. pensive with these steel drawer trays. Just run a
Mold and mildew resistant, and washable. series of 1/4 deep saw kerfs (11/4 apart) across
56Z61.30 Liner, 1272 $11.40 the interior of the side pieces, assemble the
56Z61.33 Liner, 22 /2118
1 $22.40 carcass, and slide the trays in. All drawers are
103/8 wide and 12 long and are painted with
red powder coat for durability. Patented.
The natural cork liner, 1/16 thick and easily cut
to size, makes an ideal liner for these drawers.
Afx using spray adhesive, contact cement or
H rubber cement. 1+ 5+ 10+
H. 05K98.10 1 Tray, ea. $13.50 $12.15 $11.50
J. 05K98.20 2 Tray, ea. $15.50 $14.00 $13.20
J 1+ 3+ 6+ M. 56Z61.25 1010 Foam, ea.
K. 05K98.30 3 Tray, ea. $18.50 $16.70 $15.75 N. 56Z61.20 Sm. Emitter (5 cu.ft.), ea.
L. 76K05.25 Cork, 1248 $11.50 O. 56Z61.22 Lg. Emitter (11 cu.ft.), ea.
K
L
384 Storage Completed cabinet (carcass
not included) with toolbox trays
of clip-on legs with small slots for screw-mount
installation. For best results, use the largest size
that ts the space, mounting it near the bottom to
ensure optimal air circulation. The 12 (12W)
model is effective on spaces up to 100 cu.ft.,
the 18 (18W) model is suitable for spaces up to
200 cu.ft., and the 24 (25W) model protects up to
300 cu.ft. Each operates with a maximum surface
temperature of 150F/65C. UL/CUL certied.
A simple, economical means of preventing
humidity damage in storage. Made in USA.
56Z62.12 GoldenRod, 12 $46.50
56Z62.18 GoldenRod, 18 $51.00
56Z62.24 GoldenRod, 24 $52.50
F
E
Anti-Corrosion Emitters
Placed in any enclosed space, these emitters
provide corrosion protection for up to 2 years, even
on odd-shaped parts or difcult-to-reach areas.
They give off a harmless corrosion-inhibiting
vapor that forms an invisible crystal barrier on
ferrous and non-ferrous metals. The 1010 foam
sheet can be cut to t into a
drawer, toolbox, tackle box,
N
etc., and protects a total of
8 cubic feet (1 sq.in. of foam
for 138 cu.in. of volume). The
21/4 diameter emitters have a
self-adhesive backing for use Adhesive backing
in cabinets or large cases. The
small emitter (3/4 deep) is N
suitable for areas up to 5 cu.ft.,
and the large (11/4 deep) for a
maximum of 11 cu.ft.
$ 7.30
$ 8.95
$13.50
Trays slide
into 1/4 deep
saw kerfs.
N O
M

A
Contents
not included.
B S
A. Innite Divider System
This storage system lets you customize each of its
six compartments to the size you need. Six adjust-
able dividers allow adjustment in 1/16 increments
along the grooved walls. Made from durable poly-
propylene, the system is perfect for holding
hardware, pen parts, sewing accessories, gems, etc.
1163/413/4 high. Additional dividers are
available in packages of eight. 1+ 10+ 25+
27K07.10 Divider System $9.50 $8.55 $7.60
B. 27K07.11 Dividers (8) $4.40
C. Stacking Storage Container System
An ideal system for small parts storage. Made from
22-gauge polished stainless steel, it includes four
stacking containers, each 41/2 in diameter by
21/2 deep. Perfect for organizing screws by type
or size or for separating pen and toy parts. The
handle folds up against the sides of the barrel and
secures with a friction-t latch. 125/8 tall.
45K17.66 Stacking Container System $17.90
C Aluminum Case
D E F G H J K
L
M
N
O T
Boxed Sets of Watchmakers Cases
Useful for organizing seeds, beads, bugs, buttons,
or anything else small, these glass-topped
aluminum containers come in ve diameters:
33mm (11/4), 41mm (15/8), 48mm (17/8),
53mm (21/8) and 70mm (23/4). The four larger
sizes come in sets of 12 in a pasteboard box. The
33mm and 53mm sizes come in various sets in a
hinged aluminum case. The set of forty 33mm
containers and the set of fteen 53mm containers
include a 61/2103/4 case, and the set of twenty
33mm containers comes in a 51/261/2 case.
The small set of ten 33mm containers comes in a
23/461/2 case that ts in toolboxes, tackle boxes T. 45K17.63 Sm. Canister, ea. $4.60 $4.15 $3.65
or sewing kits. As indicated (*), the set of 56 U. 45K17.65 Lg. Canister, ea. $4.90 $4.40 $3.90
includes twenty 33mm containers in an aluminum
case, plus twelve 41mm, twelve 48mm, and
twelve 53mm sizes, all in pasteboard boxes.
1+ 10+
L. 27K22.01 33mm (10) $ 5.60 $ 5.05 $ 4.45
M. 27K50.33 33mm (20)* $ 8.90 $ 8.00 $ 7.10
N. 27K22.02 33mm (40) $16.20 $14.60 $13.00
O. 27K22.03 53mm (15) $16.20 $14.60 $13.00
Pasteboard Box 1+ 10+
P. 27K50.41 41mm (12)* $ 7.60 $ 6.85 $ 6.05
Q. 27K50.48 48mm (12)* $ 8.10 $ 7.30 $ 6.45
R. 27K50.53 53mm (12)* $ 8.90 $ 8.00 $ 7.10
S. 27K50.75 70mm (12) $15.90 $14.30 $12.70
Set of 56 Cases
27K50.01 Set of 56* $26.50
Visit us on the web at www.leevalley.com
Shop Storage Tubes
Made from a cellulose propionate, these tough
containers have hundreds of uses. The 3/8 and
1/2 sizes (6 long) are good for storing slender
items such as fret-saw blades, or small tacks
and brads. The larger sizes (4 long) can hold
a variety of items from screws and brads to
hardware and bits. All have metal screw-on
lids. Sold in packs of 10 for diameters under 1
and packs of ve for 1 plus, or as a set of 55
tubes one package of each size. 1+ 10+
D. 27K60.03 3/86, pkg. of 10 $ 6.40 $5.75
E. 27K60.04 1/26, pkg. of 10 $ 6.20 $5.60
F. 27K60.05 5/84, pkg. of 10 $ 6.00 $5.40
G. 27K60.06 3/44, pkg. of 10 $ 7.40 $6.65
H. 27K60.08 14, pkg. of 5 $ 4.60 $4.15
J. 27K60.10 11/44, pkg. of 5 $ 6.20 $5.60
K. 27K60.11 13/84, pkg. of 5 $ 6.40 $5.75
27K60.55 Set of 55 Tubes $35.80
P U
Q
R
Stainless-Steel Canisters
These canisters are superb for storing screws,
nails or other small items where an unbreakable
container with a see-through top is desirable. The
lid has a clear acrylic insert for quick identica-
tion of contents (quite useful if storing the canisters
in a drawer) and friction ts for a tight seal. Made
from durable 22-gauge polished stainless steel,
the large canister is about 33/8 tall by 21/4 in
diameter and holds 200ml (about 6.8 oz); the
small is about 2 tall by 21/4 in diameter and
holds 97ml (about 3.3 oz).The large mouths
allow easy access to contents. 1+ 10+ 25+
Screw-Together Stacking Jars
These jars arent as hokey as they look. They are
20+ ideal for small hardware parts, crafts supplies, or
even seeds objects that can be too small to grasp
with your ngers, and best dispensed by shaking
them out into the palm of your hand. The trans-
parent polystyrene jars are threaded on both ends,
20+ so each jar added to the stack becomes the lid for
the jar below, with a single lid capping the top jar.
The small transparent green jars are 40mm (just
over 11/2) in diameter, have an internal height of
about 5/8, and are sold in stacks of 6 jars plus a
lid. The medium transparent blue jars are 50mm
(2) in diameter, have an internal height of about
7/8, and are sold in stacks of 5 jars plus a lid. The
large colorless jars are 70mm (23/4) in diameter,
have an internal height of about 7/8, and are sold
in stacks of 4 jars plus a lid. 1+ 5+
V. 99W02.40 Stack of 6 Jars, 40mm $2.70 $2.30
W. 99W02.50 Stack of 5 Jars, 50mm $2.70 $2.30
X. 99W02.70 Stack of 4 Jars, 70mm $2.70 $2.30
W
V X
 Jaws grip tighter as cord
tension increases.

D
11/2 wide toothed gripping surface

B
A
C
A

L
Gear Tie Flexible Ties L. EasyKlip
These ties offer a near-irresistible combination of utility and convenience. Made from tough
Essentially oversize high-strength twist ties, they are made from a exible glass-ber-reinforced
steel wire with a thick rubberized sheathing. They hold their form once nylon, this versatile clip
shaped, making them easy to coil over cords or wires or secure around a exerts a rm, no-slip hold on
bundle by twisting the ends together. They can even be formed for use tarps or other sheet materials,
as a light-duty hook or hanger. The tough, high-friction sheathing grips even those without a hem. One
onto itself as well as the materials being held, providing a strong, secure section of the two-piece jaw has a 3/8
hold. Made in USA, they are usable indoors or out. The ties are available in diameter hole for a cord or bungee; as tension on
packages of individual sizes, or in a tube that contains three 3 ties, three 6 the cord increases, the jaw is pulled more tightly
ties, two 12 ties, two 18 ties and two 24 ties, for a total of twelve ties ($13 against the opposing jaw, wedging the material
saving). The reusable 121/22 diameter storage tube can be hung on a wall. in place. The 11/2 wide toothed gripping surface
E
A. 03K76.10 3 Ties, pkg. of 4 (Green)* $ 5.30 helps distribute the load, minimizing the risk of
B. 03K76.15 6 Ties, pkg. of 2 (Blue)* $ 5.30 tearing. Pressing a lever releases the jaws, allowing
C. 03K76.20 18 Ties, pkg. of 2 (Yellow)* $ 7.20 easy removal. 3 long with a load capacity of
D. 03K76.30 24 Ties, pkg. of 2 (Black)* $ 7.90 over 200 lb. An excellent design with many uses.
E. 45K50.12 Tube of Flexible Ties (12) $24.50 Made in Canada. 1+ 5+ 10+
* While we stock only these colors via mail order, other colors are available in 00K09.05 EasyKlip, ea. $2.95 $2.50 $2.20
our stores.

Mountable Gear Tie Flexible Ties

F G Adhesive-backed foam pads on these ties let you conveniently mount
them wherever you want. The 3M adhesive sticks to any smooth,
Adhesive sticks clean surface, supporting up to 1 lb of weight, and will peel away without
to any smooth, leaving sticky residue if you choose to remove it. The integral 3 Gear
clean surface.
Tie, made from exible steel wire with a thick rubberized sheathing,
can be formed into a hook or wrapped around wires or small objects.
The tie holds its form once shaped, and the tough, high-friction
sheathing grips onto itself as well as the
G Gator Cleat
materials being held, providing a strong,
Rope Tensioner
secure hold. Sold as a pair of ties in
If your knot-tying ability is limited to granny
black or white. Made in USA.
knots and shoelace bows, you will appreciate this
F. 03K76.71 White Ties, pr. $5.95
heavy-duty rope and cord tensioner. Forged from
G. 03K76.70 Black Ties, pr. $5.95
aircraft-grade aluminum and then anodized, it has
a load rating of 160 lb (72.5kg). It can be used for
H. Electricians Toolbox anchoring ropes, joining ropes, or creating a
H Organized vertically, this woven polyester bag allows fast tool selection for the tensioned loop in a single rope. Ideal for anchoring
task at hand. It has 9 interior and 17 exterior slots, pouches, snaps or catches for tarps and tents or in securing loads, it accepts cord
holding assorted hand and cordless power tools as well as tape measures, elec- or rope from 1/8 to 3/8 in diameter, including the
trical tapes and keys. A 751/2 multi-compartment plastic storage tray is located ubiquitous twisted polypropylene variety. Comes
beneath the reinforced suboor. Includes a with an instruction sheet, and has a diagram
shoulder strap. About 81/281/216 tall. etched onto the body showing how to make one
J of the most widely useful hitches. 1+ 4+
Electricians Toolbox
68K36.02 $46.50 09A01.05 Gator Cleat, ea. $6.50 $5.85

J. 48-Pocket Tool Carrier

This has become the modern tool chest for the craftsman on the move.
Everything has a place and its all in sight. The 34 outside pockets and the 14
pockets just inside the lip hold an incredible number of tools, and you still have
the bucket center for levels, hammers, hand drills, etc. It may not be pretty, but
it is effective and portable. Made of polyester with well-reinforced pocket
corners. Use with a standard 31/2 to 5-gallon bucket.
68K40.11 48-Pocket Tool Carrier $18.95

K. Parachute Bag
This durable bag has 6 large internal pouches that will hold a total of about 36 lb
of nuts, screws, bolts and nails. Another 6 outer and 10 inner pockets hold small
tools. Constructed of heavy woven polyester, it has a drawstring closure and a
heavy-duty handle. Bags can be stacked 3 or 4 deep inside a 5-gallon pail.
About 63/4 high and 11 in dia. when open.
67K31.11 Parachute Bag $17.50
K Bucket and tools not included.

 Tanos Systainer Storage Systems
B T-Loc Systainer Cases
The standard in Europe for organizing and transporting
tools, accessories and hardware, the Systainer is an ef-
cient and versatile storage solution. The name is a blend
of system and container, aptly describing how the
components work together as a comprehensive and
adaptable modular system. The system has interchange-
able storage cases, some with a hinged lid and a plain
interior, others with drawers all with a common foot-
print so they can be stacked and latched together. In
addition, various trays organize smaller items, and foam
inserts customize protection for specific items. This
provides space-efcient storage that can be recongured
for changing needs.
Recessed latches, handles and hinges make outer
surfaces projection-free for safe handling. For easy
transport, you can connect the containers you need and
carry them as a unit by a single handle. The optional
dolly and folding trolleys (see page 392) let you roll the
tools and supplies needed, all in one trip. A great method
for organizing, storing and safely transporting gear.
Made of strong ABS plastic. All items are made in
Germany except the rack Systainer, drawer Systainer
cases and toolboxes, which are produced by the Tanos
factory in the Czech Republic.
Color T-Loc Systainer Latches
An easy retrofit, these latches let you
color-code a T-Loc Systainer case so that
you can tell at a glance what it contains. G L
Available in five colors. The regular
latches t any regular or midi Systainer
case, and the smaller latches fit mini
Systainer cases.
Regular/Midi Latches H N
G. 68K46.21 Red Latch, ea. $10.80
H. 68K46.22 Orange Latch, ea. $10.80
J. 68K46.23 Yellow Latch, ea. $10.80
K. 68K46.24 Green Latch, ea. $10.80
L. 68K46.25 Black Latch, ea. $10.80 J pivots for easy bit
Mini Latches
M. 68K46.31 Red Mini Latch, ea. $ 8.50
N. 68K46.32 Orange Mini Latch, ea. $ 8.50
O. 68K46.33 Yellow Mini Latch, ea. $ 8.50
P. 68K46.34 Green Mini Latch, ea. $ 8.50 K Q
Q. 68K46.35 Black Mini Latch, ea. $ 8.50
D E
The heart of the system, these F
linking cases use a single front-
mounted latch either to fasten the lid
or to connect to another regular or midi
T-Loc Systainer above (you cannot stack a classic or drawer Systainer on top of a T-Loc).
Available in ve heights, all sharing a common 396mm296mm exterior base dimension.
The T-Loc Systainer 2 is also available in a version with a storage compartment in the lid,
useful for holding small parts or accessories. The compartment has three sections subdivided by
eight removable dividers, with a transparent cover to keep the contents visible and secure.
The cases are available in the standard light gray and blue or in a distinctive Veritas black
and yellow color scheme, which not only looks sharp but can tell you at a glance whose tools they
contain! To identify the contents of the cases, optional vinyl
label holders and paper labels are available.
A. 68K45.01 Gray/Blue Systainer 1 (105mm) $72.00
B. 68K45.02 Gray/Blue Systainer 2 (158mm) $77.00
68K45.03 Gray/Blue Systainer 3 (210mm) $85.00
C. 68K45.04 Gray/Blue Systainer 4 (315mm) $88.00
68K45.05 Gray/Blue Systainer 5 (420mm) $94.00
D. 68K45.06 Gray/Blue Systainer 2 w/Lid Storage $85.00
68K46.01 Black/Yellow Systainer 1 (105mm) $72.00
68K46.02 Black/Yellow Systainer 2 (158 mm) $77.00
68K46.03 Black/Yellow Systainer 3 (210 mm) $85.00
68K46.04 Black/Yellow Systainer 4 (315mm) $88.00
E. 68K46.05 Black/Yellow Systainer 5 (420mm) $94.00
F. 68K45.10 Paper Labels and Vinyl Holders (20) $13.10
Product numbers in red denote items not stocked at our stores.
R. Bit Storage Tray for Systainer Case
with Lid Storage
This bit tray snaps into a section of the lid
compartment on the Systainer 2 case
with lid storage (68K45.06). It has
M four removable racks, each with
six sockets for 1/4 hex-shank
bits. As congured, it will hold R
twenty-four 1 long
bits; bits up to 53/8 long
can be accommodated
O by removing racks from
the tray. Each rack
P removal. The lid storage
compartment can hold
up to three trays.
Bit Storage Tray, ea.
68K45.11 $16.50
Storage 387
 C T-Loc Systainer Polystyrene Trays
Molded from tough polystyrene, these trays are recessed to
64mm hold a variety of tools and hardware, with dividers to keep
contents separate. Trays of the same design should not be
stacked directly on top of each other because they will nest and
the upper tray will sit unevenly. Except for the tool tray, each of
these ts a T-Loc Systainer 1; certain combinations of trays
D
stack within Systainer 2 or 3. None is compatible with Systainer
A
4 or 5, due to their construction. For use with Systainer 1 or 2,
80mm the optional polypropylene internal lid helps prevent contents
from mixing if the case tips. Use the chart to select a combina-
Two 325mm105mm tion of trays compatible with the internal height of each case.
B compartments.
A. 68K45.45 Internal Lid $ 6.30
Each compartment
can be sub-divided B. 68K45.50 Universal Tray $ 6.30
into ten units. C. 68K45.54 Tool Tray $ 9.10
Includes six dividers.
73mm E D. 68K45.55 2-Compartment Tray $10.80
68K45.56 Extra Dividers for 2-Compartment Tray (5) $ 5.10
E. 68K45.57 3-Compartment Tray $13.10
68K45.58 Extra Dividers for 3-Compartment Tray (5) $ 4.60
Eight 57mm57mm compartments
Two 90mm90mm compartments 80mm
Case Internal Height
One 90mm45mm compartment
One 122mm235mm compartment Three 325mm64mm compartments.
Case 1 70mm
Each compartment can be sub-divided Case 2 122mm
into ten units. Includes nine dividers. Case 3 175mm

T-Loc Drill & Angle Grinder Trays T-Loc Foam Inserts

Offered for T-Loc Systainer cases 2 and 3, these polystyrene The specialty foam inserts t all T-Loc H
trays have compartments shaped for specic tools. The angle container sizes (except the maxi and midi).
grinder tray ts most brands and has a recess for accessories To create a custom-padded interior, a layer
up to 41/2 in diameter; the drill tray ts 3/8 and 1/2 drills of the base foam is used to pad the bottom
with a maximum overall length of 345mm (approx. 135/8). and the perforated foam is placed on top. If
Each tray neatly stores the tools power cord. We recom- additional padding is required in the
mend using either the lid foam (68K45.40) or the three-sided bottom of a case, use a base foam pad plus
lid insert (68K45.75, available on our website). layers of ller foam. J
F. 68K45.61 Drill Tray $9.10 Divided into more than three hundred
G. 68K45.60 Angle Grinder Tray $9.10 16mm squares, the perforated foam lets
you remove squares to form the approxi-
mate shape of the contents to give a snug
fit that protects the item from being
F jostled. Additional layers of perforated
foam support tall or unbalanced items.
PSA-backed for mounting, the egg-crate
lid foam keeps contents secure if the
K
Contents not included. Systainer is tipped. The egg-crate lid
foam projects 30mm into the Systainer;
G base foam is 20mm thick; perforated and
ller foam are each 25mm.
H. 68K45.40 30mm Lid Foam $6.30
J. 68K45.42 25mm Perforated Foam $6.30
K. 68K45.41 20mm Base Foam $6.30
L. 68K45.43 25mm Filler Foam $6.30 L

Includes 13 removable
storage boxes.

To order call 1-800-267-8767

M or visit us on the web at
www.leevalley.com

M. T-Loc Systainer 1 Case & Storage Boxes

Packed in a T-Loc Systainer 1 case, these removable boxes are ideal for organizing hard-
ware or small parts. The set comes with ve sizes, each with a depth of 70mm: two
49mm49mm, seven 50mm109mm, two 98mm98mm, one 149mm98mm and one
49mm246mm. Boxes t inside the case in various congurations, so you can arrange
contents as needed. When all are in place, the snug-tting boxes resist tipping; the ush-
tting polystyrene internal lid helps prevent the box contents from mixing during transport.
68K45.80 T-Loc Systainer 1 & Storage Boxes $96.00
388 Storage
 Three 228mm44mm
Contents not compartments
Egg-crate
included. lid foam
B
8-compartment tray G
High-density E Six 74mm68mm
lid foam compartments
C

One 89mm89mm
compartment
D
Perforated foam One 242mm48mm
A compartment
Use trays to organize small parts, F H Six 44mm44mm
hardware and tools. Lid foam helps compartments
keep contents in place.
Five 42mm140mm
compartments
A. T-Loc Mini Systainer Case
Similar in design to the full-size T-Loc Systainer
case, the mini also uses a single front-mounted the mini Systainer case. Two styles of PSA-backed High-density
latch to secure the lid and connect to another case lid foam are available: an egg-crate style that couples lid foam

above. With a smaller footprint, it can t neatly with the perforated foam, or a thinner high-density Use perforated
inside the larger Systainer cases (four minis t in foam that closes the top of a tray to keep its contents foam for a

a classic or T-Loc Systainer 3 and two minis t from mixing. The 36mm thick perforated foam custom t.

in a classic Systainer 1). Overall dimensions are has nearly three hundred removable 12mm squares
75mm264mm170mm (inside of the mini to let you create a custom-padded interior, and the
measures 50mm255mm155mm). Available in molded polystyrene trays have xed 44mm high Latch
the standard light gray and blue or a distinctive compartments of various dimensions (see above). connects
cases.
Veritas black and yellow color scheme. Inserts Each mini Systainer case requires one lid foam and
and trays are described below. accepts either one perforated foam or one tray.
68K45.00 Gray/Blue Mini Systainer $27.90 B. 68K45.20 Egg-Crate Lid Foam $6.30 75mm
68K46.00 Black/Yellow Mini Systainer $27.90
C. 68K45.21 High-Density Lid Foam $6.30
D. 68K45.22 Perforated Foam $8.50
Accessories for E. 68K45.30 3-Compartment Tray $8.00
T-Loc Mini Systainer Case F. 68K45.31 5-Compartment Tray $8.00 264mm 170mm
As in the full-size Systainer cases, compatible G. 68K45.32 6-Compartment Tray $8.00 Three T-Loc mini Systainer cases shown (sold individually).
inserts and trays provide safe, organized storage in H. 68K45.33 8-Compartment Tray $8.00

T-Loc Midi Systainer Cases

To hold tools that wont t in regular Systainer J
cases, these additions to the system have a slightly
greater capacity. With a 496mm296mm footprint,
they are 100mm longer than a regular Systainer
case, but have the same width so they can still
connect in a stack with any regular T-Loc Systainer
cases. The rotating front latch can fasten the lid or
link it to a regular or midi T-Loc Systainer case
stacked above. The midi 2 is the same height as
a Systainer 2 case at 158mm, and the midi 3 is Latch secures lid.
210mm tall, equivalent to a Systainer 3 case.
The cases are available in the standard light
gray and blue or in a distinctive Veritas black
and yellow color scheme, which not only looks
sharp but can tell you at a glance whose tools Latch connects
they contain! two cases.
Foam inserts are available to create a custom-
padded interior and prevent jostling. The
PSA-backed egg-crate lid foam keeps contents K
secure if the case is tipped. A layer of the base foam
pads the bottom and the perforated foam is placed
on top. The perforated foam is divided into more
than four hundred 16mm removable squares to let L M
you match the approximate shape of an object for N
a snug t to keep it from shifting. Additional layers
of perforated foam support tall or unbalanced
items. The lid foam projects 30mm into the case;
perforated and base foam are each 30mm thick.
J. 68K45.12 Gray/Blue Midi 2 $85.00
68K45.08 Gray/Blue Midi 3 $88.00
68K46.06 Black/Yellow Midi 2 $85.00
K. 68K46.07 Black/Yellow Midi 3 $88.00
L. 68K45.65 Lid Foam, Midi $10.80 Contents
M. 68K45.66 Base Foam, Midi $11.40 not included.

N. 68K45.67 Perforated Foam, Midi $14.20

Storage 389
 B C D D

As noted, some components are compatible with

the discontinued classic line of Systainer cases,
which has been replaced by the T-Loc version.

Maxi Systainer Case 16mm removable squares to let you match the approximate shape of an
At 596mm396mm210mm, the maxi Systainer is the largest Systainer case object for a snug t to keep it from shifting. Additional layers of perforated
available. Like the classic Systainer, it has four ush-seating latches for foam support tall or unbalanced items. The egg-crate lid foam keeps
securing the lid and connecting to other Systainer cases stacked on top. contents secure if the case is tipped; for mounting, the smooth side has two
You can link two maxi cases together or attach up to two of any classic, PSA-backed foam blocks that straddle the center rib of the lid. The lid
T-Loc, drawer or rack Systainer face-to-face on the lid. Flip-up tabs in the foam projects 30mm into the case; perforated and base foam are each
center of the maxis lid capture the front hooks of the other cases to hold 30mm thick.
them securely. A. 68K45.90 Maxi Systainer Case $119.00
Inserts are available to create a custom-padded interior and prevent B. 68K45.92 Lid Foam, Maxi $ 14.20
jostling. A layer of the base foam pads the bottom and the perforated foam is C. 68K45.93 Base Foam, Maxi $ 13.10
placed on top. The perforated foam is divided into more than ve hundred D. 68K45.94 Perforated Foam, Maxi $ 30.50

Systainer Locking Latches G. Rack Systainer

Simple retrots that improve security, these key-operated latches are straight-
forward to install. The classic latches can be used at the front of the case to lock
the lid closed, or on the sides to lock two Systainer cases together. Sold as a pair
with two keys; each pair is keyed alike. The T-Loc latch locks in three posi-
tions: down to hold the lid closed, up to lock another T-Loc Systainer case to
the lid, or sideways to do both. Sold individually, it includes two keys. While
not invincible, these latches are more than sufcient to discourage casual
borrowing of tools and prevent unwanted separation of Systainer cases.
E. 68K43.09 Classic Locking Latches, pr. $27.90
F. 68K45.09 T-Loc Locking Latch, ea. $28.50
For keeping miscellaneous small objects organized, this Systainer houses four
removable cases, each secured with a spring catch. The cases are divided inter-
nally with modular boxes of various sizes (two cases have 15 boxes; the other
two have 17 boxes) that can be rearranged easily. Each case has a latching lid
and a handle to let you carry it separately, convenient when you dont need the
entire contents of the Systainer for a job. With the same external dimensions
as a Systainer 3 case, it can connect above
or below any classic or drawer Systainer
case and under (but not above) any T-Loc
Systainer case. Made in Czech Republic.
Not Stocked at our Stores.
68K45.07 Rack Systainer $249.00

F
E

390 Storage
 2 small drawers 6 small drawers
A 1 medium drawer B 6 medium drawers C 3 medium drawers D 12 small drawers
1 large drawer

Drawer Systainer Cases 9-drawer and 4-drawer

cases stacked together
These Systainer cases house various drawers for storing small tools or accessories. Using the integral top-
mounted latches, they can connect above or below another drawer, rack or classic Systainer case, or beneath
any T-Loc Systainer case (except the midi). Drawers secure with an unobtrusive catch that automatically
engages as the drawer is closed yet releases with a gentle squeeze. Small and medium drawers accept seven 9-drawer
dividers; the large takes four lengthwise dividers. Two case
Drawer Dividers
dividers are included with each drawer; additional dividers
sold separately. The drawers can be removed fully and Large
rearranged, and since the small drawer is the same height
but half the width of the medium, you can customize the
layout of those drawers. Height for each case is listed in the 4-drawer
price lines. Made in Czech Republic. case

A. 68K44.04 4-Drawer Systainer (210mm) $164.00

B. 68K44.06 6-Drawer Systainer (210mm) $169.00
C. 68K44.09 9-Drawer Systainer (210mm) $176.00 Small
D. 68K44.12 12-Drawer Systainer (210mm) $176.00 Medium
Drawers shown
with dividers.
68K44.05 5-Drawer Systainer (315mm) $235.00
68K44.20 Sm. Drawer Dividers, pkg. of 10 $ 22.20 Small Drawers are 40mm89mm288mm
See page 392 for regular and heavy-duty
68K44.21 Med. Drawer Dividers, pkg. of 5 $ 17.10 Medium Drawers are 40mm177mm288mm
Systainer folding trolleys.
68K44.22 Lg. Drawer Dividers, pkg. of 2 $ 10.30 Large Drawers are 92mm355mm288mm

Handle of one Systainer Toolbox

toolbox nests in
the base of another. With an open-shouldered design modelled after
traditional tradesmans tool carriers, this tote lets
you carry the tools and supplies you need, keeping
everything in sight and accessible. Compatible
with the modular Systainer system, it has integral
top-mounted latches and standard exterior base
dimensions of 396mm296mm (151/2111/2),
so it can be stacked and latched to the top of a full-
size classic or T-Loc Systainer case for secure
transport. You can also link two or more of the
Toolbox 1 toolboxes, with the handle of the lower one
stacked on toolbox 2.
nesting within a recess in the base of the upper. A
shallow wall inside the case divides the interior
for easy separation of contents. Toolbox 1 is
140mm (53/8) deep, and toolbox 2 is 245mm
(95/8) deep. Made in Czech Republic.
E. 68K43.06 Systainer Toolbox 1 $51.50
F. 68K43.07 Systainer Toolbox 2 $66.50

Stacked on classic
F
Systainer case (not included).
E
Stacked with T-Loc Systainer case
(not included).

Contents not included.

Storage 391

A and easy access. The top compartments fold out, and the bottom
Stacked on T-Loc Systainer case
(sold separately).
A. Systainer Storage Box
The two-tiered design of this case offers space-efcient storage
is divided into two compartments by a shallow wall. Each
compartment is about 362mm115mm (141/441/2) and
66mm (25/8) deep. A latch at either end simultaneously secures
the top compartments and their translucent lids.
To organize small items, ve modular bins are included (two
small, two medium and one large), enough to ll one compart-
ment. Not only can you arrange the bins however you want, you
can also lift out a bin and tip its contents into your palm. The bins
Contents not included. can be used anywhere in the case when the box is closed,
raised grid lines in the bottom of each compartment keep the
bins from shifting, and the tops of the bins are tightly covered to
keep their contents from spilling or mingling. Additional bins
are available separately. All bins are 70mm tall; see price lines
for length and width.
Compatible with the modular Systainer system, the case has
standard exterior base dimensions of 396mm296mm
(151/2111/2), so it can be stacked and latched to the top of any
Small bin (2) Medium bin (2) Large bin (1) full-size classic or T-Loc Systainer case for secure transport.
You can also link it above or below a Systainer toolbox or
another storage box, with the handle of the lower one nesting
within a recess in the base of the upper. About 245mm (95/8)
tall overall. Made in Czech Republic of strong ABS plastic
and polycarbonate.
68K45.15 Systainer Storage Box $119.00
Additional Bins:
68K45.17 Small, 59mm59mm (25/162 5/16), ea. $ 2.50
68K45.18 Medium, 119mm59mm (411/1625/16), ea. $ 3.90
Stacked under Systainer toolbox Stacked on second Systainer 68K45.19 Large, 179mm119mm (7411/16), ea. $ 8.20
(sold separately). storage box.

Systainer Folding Trolleys

These trolleys make transporting multiple Systainer cases easy. They are sturdily
constructed and have large-diameter wheels that can travel up steps or through
gravel without difculty. Made largely of ABS, the regular trolley carries up to 50kg
and has a chromed steel wire bed that holds classic, T-Loc, drawer and rack
Systainer cases. A front lip and side wings capture the container. The handle locks
at two heights, 99cm and 107cm. When not in use, the trolley folds to a compact Two of the casters
have locking brakes. Flush-mounted clips
54cm60cm panel only 12cm thick. The heavy-duty trolley has a capacity of 150kg
and is built of aluminum, steel and ABS. Its bed is sized to carry the Maxi Systainer Sys-Cart Dolly
(though it also handles smaller cases with ease) and has textured ABS pads to help Molded from durable ABS plastic, this dolly is mounted
keep cargo from sliding. Handle height is 111.5cm. For more compact storage, the on four swivelling casters, two of which have brakes that
handle and bed fold to make a 468mm710mm250mm package. lock, simultaneously preventing them from both rolling and
For securing tall or unbalanced loads to the heavy-duty trolley, a 50mm wide, swivelling. With ush-mounted sliding clips, the dolly connects
length-adjustable strap with a quick-release buckle is available separately. Measures to the Systainer toolbox, as well as classic, T-Loc and drawer
1.5m long at full extension. Systainer cases, and also accepts Maxi Systainer cases. Recesses
B. 68K44.35 *Systainer Trolley $229.00 * A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in in the dolly bed register with raised bosses on the underside of
addition to our regular shipping charges. the Maxi to prevent shifting. It has 100mm non-marring tires
Not Stocked at our Stores: For areas not served by ground parcel made of a hard-wearing polymer. Load rating of 100kg.
C. 68K45.85 *HD Systainer Trolley $329.00 service, contact Customer Service for 68K44.31 Sys-Cart Dolly $102.00
D. 68K45.86 Strap for HD Trolley $ 31.50 shipping rates.

B C

392 Storage
 D
Tanos SYS-AZ Systainer
Storage Drawer
This drawer is a convenient
way to integrate Systainer
cases into a custom tool
cabinet or cart. The side-mount
slides have double ball-bearing
races for smooth operation and A
are full-extension so you can B
open the Systainer case lid without having C E
to remove the case. The 395mm300mm45mm deep Raised grid pattern Example of
drawer recess accepts classic, T-Loc, drawer and rack Systainer holds boxes in place. cabinet with
drawers
cases. A spring-loaded latch holds the drawer in the closed position for installed
transport. Weight capacity is 20kg (approximately 44 lb). Optional vinyl label
holders and paper labels are available to identify the contents of the cases.
To keep drawer contents from sliding, you can add a perforated high-friction mat.
Supplied as a 395mm300mm sheet, it ts the drawer recess snugly and can be trimmed
to t smaller containers. C
A retrot lock is available to make the drawer latch more secure. While not
impenetrable, it helps keep your tools from being casually borrowed. Sold indi-
vidually, it includes two keys. 1+ 5+
For organizing small items, a tray with 19 modular boxes is available. Boxes t the tray in A. 68K46.50 Storage Drawer, ea. $52.50 $49.00
various congurations so you can arrange them as needed. Contents are easily accessible by B. 68K46.52 Paper Labels & Vinyl Holders (20) $ 7.50
picking up any box and tipping its contents into your hand. Includes four sizes of boxes: eight C. 68K46.51 Retrot Lock $15.50
49mm49mm, four 98mm49mm, ve 98mm98mm and two 147mm98mm. The tray D. 68K46.54 High-Friction Mat $ 8.20
has a raised grid pattern to hold boxes in place even if a few are missing. E. 68K46.53 Tray & 19 Modular Boxes $39.50

H
F H
G G

Modular Inserts included 51mm51mm 105mm51mm 105mm105mm 159mm105mm

with Allit Cases (22) (41/82) (41/841/8) (61/441/8)
Economy 43mm 8 4 2
Sm. Professional (111/16) deep 10 5 1 1
Drill not 62mm
included. Lg. Professional 7 3 6
(2 /16) deep

Allit Modular Storage Cases (see chart for details). In addition, both professional cases have three clear
These are among the best modular insert storage cases weve found. 102mm22mm (47/8) boxes with latching lids and a long 292mm72mm
Their removable internal bins can be arranged in various congura- (111/2213/16) bin with removable dividers. Highly
tions, and you can simply lift a bin out and tip the contents into your recommended. Made in Germany.
palm. Grid patterns on the bottom and lid of the case interlock with F. 27K80.01 Economy Case, ea. $19.90
the bins so they wont shift during transport. The transparent top ts G. 27K80.05 Small Professional Case, ea. $56.50
snugly to help prevent contents from mixing. The lid has recesses H. 27K80.07 Large Professional Case, ea. $58.50
that accept the feet of a case of the same type (economy or profes-
sional) to make stacked cases more stable. Allit Insert Bins
The economy case, made of sturdy polypropylene, has a lid that These are the same bins used in the Allit modular J
latches securely with two clips and a carrying handle. Measuring storage cases we offer. They can also be used inde-
365mm long by 292mm wide and 55mm tall (143/8111/223/16), pendently for organizing a cluttered drawer. A
it includes 14 modular bins of various sizes (see chart for details) combination of both applications lets you quickly
plus a 346mm46mm (135/8113/16) bin for the front of the case. swap out the contents of the case and take only what J
All bins are 43mm (111/16) deep. you need for a job.
The heavy-duty professional cases have double-walled polystyrene The 43mm (111/16) deep bins t the economy and
bodies. Their polycarbonate lids open from the middle and secure with small professional cases; the 62mm (27/16) deep bins
two pop-up sliding latches that are spring-loaded to resist accidental K
t only the large professional case. Interior dimensions
opening. The steel-reinforced carrying given. Made in Germany.
handle collapses into the case front. Two J. Insert Bins, 43mm (111/16) Deep, ea. 1+ 10+
sizes are available: a 58mm (21/4) tall 27K80.11 51mm51mm (22) $ .80 $ .70 62mm (27/16)
small case and a 76mm (3) tall large case. 27K80.12 105mm51mm (41/82) $1.00 $ .90 deep
43mm (111/16)
3 boxes
They share common 437mm335mm 27K80.13 105mm105mm (41/841/8) $1.60 $1.45 deep
included (173/16133/16) outside dimensions. 27K80.14 159mm105mm (61/441/8) $2.10 $1.90
with small 3 boxes included Seventeen modular bins are included for
pro case with large pro case
K. Insert Bins, 62mm (27/16) Deep, ea. 1+ 10+
the small case and nine for the large case 27K80.21 51mm51mm (22) $ .90 $ .80
Tip contents 27K80.22 105mm51mm (41/82) $1.20 $1.10
Pro cases secure
with sliding latches.
into your 27K80.23 105mm105mm (41/841/8) $1.80 $1.60
palm.
27K80.24 159mm105mm (61/441/8) $2.60 $2.35 J K
Storage 393
Indoor and Outdoor LED Lighting
This line of LEDs will change the way you think about
lighting. Easy to install in a variety of locations (indoors,
outdoors or in areas subject to moisture such as bath-
rooms and saunas), they are available in four types to
allow a broad range of design possibilities. Create
custom hues (including white) with color-controlled tape
lighting, or choose from warm or natural white in tape,
mini-recessed and downlight formats. The versatility lets
you design with light just about anywhere.
More energy efcient than conventional lighting, this LED
line operates on 12 volts (after the power supply), making it
safer to handle and compatible with the DC power systems
used in most RVs and boats. Modular and expandable, it
permits a range of illumination from bright task lighting to
subtle accents using the various controllers, dimmers,
diffusers and other accessories offered separately. All
components are CSA, cETLus or cUL listed. The LEDs are
rated to last, maintenance free, for 50,000 hours (equiva-
lent to ve hours per day for 27 years).
Choose from:
Color-controlled LED tape lights in indoor and
outdoor versions
White LED tape lights in indoor and outdoor versions
White mini-recessed lights for indoor/outdoor use
White downlights for indoor use

Planning Your Installation is Easy

Step 1: Select the Lighting Step 2: Select the Lighting Controller Step 3: Select a Power Supply

394 LED Lighting

 Project Examples Connections Legend Wire-ready connector Tight corner joint Splice Wire lead to wire

4 2
3

Only the 90W power supply (00U41.85) is certied for use in

damp environments. The 6W to 60W power supplies are rated
for indoor installation only, but can be used to power outdoor
lighting; simply install the power supply indoors and run
outdoor-rated wiring from it to the lights. To make a
connection that
bends around a
Color-Controlled LED Tape Lighting corner, attach a
wire-ready
Coffered Ceiling Effect within a Gazebo connector to each
Cost of components: $277.00 end of a short Layout conguration: Power
piece of wire. straight run supply
Using 30 LEDs/m color-controlled tape in a straight run:
2 00U45.13 8 (2.5m), 30 LEDs/m Kit
1 00U42.11 30-Color Wireless Controller
1 00U41.83 30W Power Supply White Indoor LED Tape Lighting Three 5 Wide Shelves
1 00U41.64 20 ga. Solid-Core Four-Conductor Wire, 26.2 (8m) Cost of components: $109.00
1 00U41.50 Wire-Ready Connector (7 needed; 3 in each kit) Using 30 LEDs/m Warm White Tape in a straight run:
2 00U41.01 8 (2.5m), 30 LEDs/m Kit
1 00U41.82 15W Power Supply
1 00U41.37 22 ga. Stranded In-Wall Wire

Wiring and power supply can be

hidden behind cove molding.

1-Watt Mini Recessed LED Light Deck Stairs with Three Risers
Cost of components: $216.50 Indoor 3-Watt LED Downlight Shelving Unit
Using 1W Mini Recessed LED Lights: Cost of components: $160.00
6 00U43.51 Natural White Mini Light only Using 3W Downlights, spaced 12 apart:
6 00U43.55 11/2 Round Trim Ring w/White Finish 3 00U44.02 3W Light, Natural White
1 00U42.01 Dimmer, Manual 1 00U42.03 Dimmer w/Wireless Touchpad
1 00U41.81 6W Power Supply 1 00U41.82 15W Power Supply
1 00U44.62 18 ga. Solid-Core Two-Conductor Wire Depending on your installation, some additional electrical wire may be necessary.
2 00U44.75 Silicone-Filled Wire Nuts, pkg. of 6 Stranded two-conductor 18 gauge in-wall wire (00U41.38) is suitable.
LED Lighting 395
 Step 1: Select the Lighting
Indoor Color-Controlled LED Tape Lights
Each color-controlled tape light contains red, green and blue (RGB) LEDs (at 30 LEDs/
metre and 60 LEDs/metre). By adjusting the level of each base color (much like mixing
paint) you can set the lighting to any color from a near-endless spectrum (including
variations of white). It can be purchased in by-the-foot lengths as well as in a convenient
factory-assembled kit. Each kit supplies 8 (2.5m) of tape light, pre-soldered with a 48
wire lead for connection to a power supply, a splice connector for in-line tape-to-tape
connections, a wire-lead connector to extend two sections around corners, plus two wire
support clips and installation instructions. To join multiple kits, cut the pre-soldered 48
wire lead from any tape being linked to the rst and use the included splice connector to
create a continuous run of lighting. Each tape light is backed with a high-tack peel-and-
stick adhesive, and can be cut to length (every 4 for the 30 LEDs/m and 2 for 60
LEDs/m). This lighting requires a color controller (sold separately on page 400) for
blending the red, green and blue LEDs into a selected color, and a 12V power supply
with enough wattage to suit the installation (see the chart on page 401).
Kits: 1+ 3+
00U41.51 8 (2.5m), 30 LEDs/m Kit $62.50 $56.30
00U41.54 8 (2.5m), 60 LEDs/m Kit $89.50 $80.60
By the Foot: 1+ 10+ 25+
00U41.52 1 (30cm), 30 LEDs/m, ea. $ 8.50 $ 7.65 $ 6.80
00U41.55 1 (30cm), 60 LEDs/m, ea. $12.40 $11.20 $ 9.90

Each indoor color-

All LED Tape Lights Are Easy to Install
controlled LED tape lights
kit contains 8 of tape light
with a 48 wire lead, one
splice connector, one wire-
lead connector, two wire
support clips and instructions.

Cut to Size Cut to length with Connect with Ease Use Peel and Stick The 3M adhesive
scissors. connectors to join tape lights backing lets you stick the tape to
and wires. virtually any clean, smooth surface.

Each outdoor/wet location Outdoor/Wet Location Color-Controlled LED Tape Lights

color-controlled LED tape Each color-controlled tape light contains red, green and blue (RGB) LEDs (at 30 LEDs/
lights kit contains 8 tape
light, one splice metre) factory-sealed within clear, weather-resistant tubing. By adjusting the level of
connector, three each base color (much like mixing paint) you can set the lighting to any color from a
wire-ready
connectors, near-endless spectrum (including variations of white). It can be purchased in 32 (10m)
four lengths rolls or in by-the-foot lengths, as well as in a convenient factory-assembled kit. The kit
of shrink
tubing and
supplies an 8 (2.5m) roll of tape light, one splice connector for adding lengths of tape
instructions. light, three wire-ready connectors (one to connect the lighting to circuit wire, and the
other two, when joined by wire, to let you extend two sections of lighting around a
corner), four lengths of weather-resistant shrink tubing for sealing joints and cut ends,
and installation instructions. To allow a custom t, each tape light can be cut to length
with scissors at the nearest cut line, marked every 4 along its length, and is backed with
a high-tack peel-and-stick adhesive that makes mounting easy. This lighting requires a
color controller (sold separately on page 400) for blending the red, green and blue LEDs
into a selected color, the appropriate electrical wire and a 12V power supply with enough
wattage to suit the installation (see the chart on page 401).
Kit: 1+ 3+
00U45.13 8 (2.5m), 30 LEDs/m Kit $82.00 $ 73.80
By the Foot: 1+ 10+ 25+
00U45.15 1 (30cm), 30 LEDs/m, ea. $10.90 $ 9.80 $ 8.70
32 Roll 1+
00U45.14 32 (10m), 30 LEDs/m, ea. $274.00

30 Color-Controlled LEDs per metre (9 LEDs per foot) LEDs shown actual size.

60 Color-Controlled LEDs per metre (18 LEDs per foot)

396
 Step 1: Select the Lighting

Indoor White LED Tape Lights Outdoor/Wet Location White LED Tape Lights
Available in warm white or natural white*, this lighting comes in three LED This lighting is available in warm white or natural white*, and in two LED
densities (30, 60 or 120 LEDs/metre). It can be purchased in 32 (10m) rolls densities (30 or 60 LEDs/metre) factory-sealed within clear, weather-
or in by-the-foot lengths, as well as in convenient factory-assembled kits. resistant tubing. It can be purchased in 32 (10m) rolls or in by-the-foot
Each kit supplies 8 (2.5m) of tape light, pre-soldered with a 48 wire lead lengths, as well as in convenient factory-assembled kits. The kit supplies an
for connection to a power supply, a splice connector for in-line tape-to-tape 8 (2.5m) roll of tape light, one splice connector for linking two tape
connections, a wire-lead connector to extend two sections around corners, segments, three wire-ready connectors (one to connect the lighting to circuit
plus two wire support clips and wire, and the other two, when joined by wire, to let you extend two sections
installation instructions. To join of lighting around a corner), four lengths of weather-resistant shrink tubing
multiple kits, cut the pre-soldered for sealing joints and cut ends, and installation instructions.
48 wire lead from any tape being The lighting can be cut to length with scissors at the nearest cut line,
linked to the rst and use the marked every few inches along its length, and is backed with a high-tack
included splice connector to create peel-and-stick adhesive. Requires a 12V power supply with enough wattage
a continuous run of lighting. Warm white Natural white to suit the installation (see chart on page 401) and the appropriate electrical
The lighting is backed with a high- wire. A selection of optional dimmers is available separately on page 400.
tack peel-and-stick adhesive, and can be cut to length every few inches
along its length. Requires a 12V power supply with enough wattage to suit Outdoor Warm White LED Tape Lights 1+ 3+ 10+ 25+
the application (see chart on page 401). While not required, a dimmer is 00U45.01 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 51.50 $46.30
available separately on page 400. 30 LEDs/m 00U45.03 By the Foot (30cm) $ 7.20 $6.45 $5.75
* For the LED tape lights, warm white refers to a color temperature of 3000 Kelvin 00U45.02 32 (10m) Roll $172.00
and natural white is 4000 Kelvin. 00U45.04 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 71.50 $64.40
60 LEDs/m 00U45.06 By the Foot (30cm) $ 9.90 $8.90 $7.90
Indoor Warm White LED Tape Lights 1+ 3+ 10+ 25+ 00U45.05 32 (10m) Roll $244.00
00U41.01 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 34.50 $31.10
Outdoor Natural White LED Tape Lights 1+ 3+ 10+ 25+
30 LEDs/m 00U41.02 By the Foot (30cm) $ 4.60 $ 4.15 $3.65
00U45.07 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 51.50 $46.30
00U41.03 32 (10m) Roll $109.00
30 LEDs/m 00U45.09 By the Foot (30cm) $ 7.20 $6.45 $5.75
00U41.04 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 49.90 $44.90
00U45.08 32 (10m) Roll $172.00
60 LEDs/m 00U41.05 By the Foot (30cm) $ 6.90 $ 6.20 $5.50
00U45.10 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 71.50 $64.40
00U41.06 32 (10m) Roll $169.00
60 LEDs/m 00U45.12 By the Foot (30cm) $ 9.90 $8.90 $7.90
00U41.07 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 87.50 $78.80
00U45.11 32 (10m) Roll $244.00
120 LEDs/m 00U41.08 By the Foot (30cm) $ 11.90 $10.70 $9.50
00U41.09 32 (10m) Roll $279.00 LEDs shown actual size.

Indoor Natural White LED Tape Lights 1+ 3+ 10+ 25+

00U41.21 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 34.50 $31.10
30 LEDs/m 00U41.22 By the Foot (30cm) $ 4.60 $ 4.15 $3.65 30 white LEDs per metre (9 LEDs per foot)
00U41.23 32 (10m) Roll $109.00
00U41.24 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 49.90 $44.90
60 LEDs/m 00U41.25 By the Foot (30cm) $ 6.90 $ 6.20 $5.50
60 white LEDs per metre (18 LEDs per foot)
00U41.26 32 (10m) Roll $169.00
00U41.27 8 (2.5m) Kit $ 87.50 $78.80
120 LEDs/m 00U41.28 By the Foot (30cm) $ 11.90 $10.70 $9.50
00U41.29 32 (10m) Roll $279.00 120 white LEDs per metre (36 LEDs per foot)

Each outdoor/wet location

white LED tape lights kit
contains 8 tape light,
one splice connector,
three wire-ready
connectors, four
Each indoor white LED lengths of shrink
tape lights kit contains 8 of tubing and
tape light with a 48 wire instructions.
lead, one splice connector,
one wire lead connector, two
wire support clips and
instructions.

397
Step 1: Select the Lighting
Indoor/Outdoor 1-Watt Mini Recessed LED Light
This light can be used anywhere you can drill a through-hole. Available in warm white or
natural white*, each comes with two interchangeable white diffuser lters that can be
applied to soften the light, as well as six color lters that can be used individually or
combined to create a blended color. Each mini-recessed light produces a 45 beam angle
and yields about 80 lumens at maximum bright-
ness (no lter). It comes pre-wired with an 8
wire lead; lights can be installed individually or
linked in series (connectors and wire available
separately). The light ts into a 13/8 hole when
used in rigid materials (wood, plastic, berglass)
or into a 11/4 hole in drywall, and is secured by Warm white Natural white
integral spring clips. Installation instructions
included. cETLus listed. An optional ring nut (not shown) is available for installations in
thin materials, such as wall panel board, berglass and sheet metals. Each light requires a
trim ring (three styles sold separately) that threads onto the light housing. The 11/2 round
trim rings come with a removable polycarbonate shield that can be used to direct illumi-
nation for path and wall lighting. Trim rings are made of polycarbonate or aluminum.
Requires a 12V power supply with enough wattage to suit the application (see chart
on page 401). While not required, a dimmer is available separately on page 400.
* For the mini recessed LED light, warm white refers to a color temperature of 2900 Kelvin and
natural white to 4100 Kelvin.
A. Warm or Natural White 1+ 4+
00U43.50 Warm White Mini Recessed LED Light only $19.50 $17.95
00U43.51 Natural White Mini Recessed LED Light only $19.50 $17.95
00U43.54 Optional Ring Nut, ea. $ 2.50 $ 2.30
Trim Rings
Round with Shield 1+ 4+
B. 00U43.55 11/2 White Finish (Polycarbonate) $ 4.50 $ 4.15
1 dia.
C. 00U43.56 11/2 Black Finish (Polycarbonate) $ 4.50 $ 4.15
D. 00U43.57 11/2 Brushed Steel Finish (Aluminum) $ 9.40 $ 8.65
Round Die-Cast Aluminum 1+ 4+
E. 00U43.60 23/4 White Finish $19.50 $17.95
F. 00U43.61 23/4 Black Finish $19.50 $17.95
Mini LED light Diffuser lter/ G. 00U43.62 23/4 Brushed Steel Finish $19.50 $17.95
colored lter
45 beam Square Powder-Coated Polycarbonate 1+ 4+
H. 00U43.65 19/16 White Finish $ 3.40 $ 3.10
J. 00U43.66 19/16 Black Finish $ 3.40 $ 3.10
Choice of three trim ring styles
K. 00U43.67 19/16 Textured Silver Finish $ 3.40 $ 3.10

Each indoor/outdoor 1-watt mini recessed

LED light comes with two white diffuser B C D
lters, six colored lters
and instructions.

E F G
A

H J K

Need a Drill Bit?

The indoor/outdoor mini recessed LED light ts into a 13/8 hole when used in rigid
materials (wood, plastic, berglass) and into a 11/4 hole when used in drywall. These
high-speed steel (HSS) saw-tooth bits have a skewed shear-cut design to prevent ber
pull and to give clean holes. 5 long overall, each bit has a 1/2 hex shank.
06J71.20 11/4 Saw Tooth Bit $16.80
06J71.22 13/8 Saw Tooth Bit $17.60
398
 Step 1: Select the Lighting
Indoor 3-Watt LED Downlight
This low-prole light can be recess or surface mounted, making it a
versatile under-mount lighting option. The LEDs emit very little heat,
ensuring they wont overheat an enclosed space as halogen lights will.
When recessed, the 23/4 dia. light has a slim 1/16 prole; integral
spring clips hold the light in a 21/2 diameter hole. When surface
mounted (using the included trim ring and mounting screws), the light
projects 13/16.
The lights are available in
warm white or natural white,*
which produce 240 and 270
lumens respectively (an approx-
imate equivalent of a 25-watt
incandescent bulb) at maximum Warm white Natural white

brightness. Integral diffusers

soften the lighting and reduce glare on adjacent surfaces. Each light has
a 36 plug-and-play cable harness that allows you to quickly connect
additional lights in series. If a greater distance between lights is
needed, the cables can be spliced using 18-gauge wire (available sepa-
rately). The housing and trim ring are aluminum. Installation
instructions included. cULus listed.
Requires a 12V power supply with enough wattage to suit the installation
(see chart on page 401) and the appropriate electrical wire. A selection of
optional dimmers is available separately on page 400. 1+ 4+
00U44.01 3W Light, Warm White $29.90 $27.50
00U44.02 3W Light, Natural White $29.90 $27.50
* For the LED downlight, warm white refers to a color temperature of 2700
Kelvin and natural white to 4000 Kelvin.

21/2 dia.

23/4 dia.

Recess mount Surface mount

Each indoor 3-watt LED downlight comes with a cable harness, a power supply
connector, a trim ring, mounting screws and instructions.

Need a Drill Bit?

The indoor LED downlight ts into a
2 1/ 2 diameter hole. Designed for
smooth cutting in a wide variety of
materials, this 21/2 hole saw with
mandrel has high-speed steel cutting
edges bonded to a steel cup. The 7/16
shank mandrel has a quick-change
locking mechanism and an adjustable
pilot bit.
99J03.25 21/2 Bit & Mandrel $36.00
LED Lighting 399
Step 2: Select the Lighting Controller

Color Tape Lights Require a Controller

The custom color controller/light mixer All color-controlled LED tape lighting requires a color controller
allows for a near-endless range of static
colors and brightness levels. to blend the red, green and blue LEDs into a custom color
(including variations of white). Two models are available. The
Custom color
custom color controller/light mixer lets you create a near-
controller/light mixer endless range of static colors. Using the three dials (one each for
the red, green and blue LEDs) simultaneously alters the overall
color and brightness of the light produced. Alternatively, the
30-color wireless controller lets you choose from 30 pre-
programmed colors, while providing an independent dimmer for
brightness control and an on/off switch. A remote touchpad is
included for operation from up to 100 away. Also included are
six pre-programmed settings, with speed control, that produce
optional dynamic color-changing effects. The touchpad, which
operates using an included type 27A (12V) battery, can be
surface mounted or installed in a switch box (where allowed by
building code). To independently control lighting in separate
areas, use a touchpad and controller for each area. Alternatively,
to simultaneously control lighting in multiple areas*, use a
single touchpad with as many controllers as you need.
30-color wireless
controller with 00U41.96 Custom Color Controller/Light Mixer $22.50
remote touchpad 00U42.11 30-Color Wireless Controller $52.50
* When operating multiple color controllers using a wireless touchpad,
only static colors can be controlled or synchronized. Dynamic color-
changing effects will not operate in synchronicity.

Dimmer Switches for White LED Lights

This optional dial-operated dimmer may be used with
any of our white LED lighting. (To dim color-
controlled LED tape lighting, see 00U42.11 above.)
Wired between the power supply and the lighting, it
adjusts light intensity from 0 to 100%. The dimmer is
also available with a wireless touchpad for operation
Dimmer with
from up to 100 away. Either unit can be surface
Manual dimmer
wireless mounted using the included screws or installed in a
touchpad switch box recessed into a wall (where allowed by
building code). The touchpad has increment, decre-
ment and on/off buttons, and uses an included type
27A (12V) battery. To independently dim lighting in
separate areas using separate touchpads, pair a dimmer
and touchpad for each area. Alternatively, you can
program a single touchpad to simultaneously dim
lighting in multiple areas. For this option, order a
dimmer with a touchpad and as many additional
manual dimmers as you need.
00U42.01 Dimmer, Manual $29.50
00U42.03 Dimmer w/Wireless Touchpad $42.50

Wireless On/Off Remote Switch

Wireless on/off
While not required to operate LED lighting, this
remote switch wireless switch lets you remotely turn your LED
lighting on or off*. Supplied as a receiver and a
remote switch transmitter. You simply plug the
receiver into a regular 120V outlet and plug a 12V
power supply into its receptacle. The remote
switch lets you turn the power on or off from up to
50 away. The switch can be mounted to a wall to operate like a traditional
designer-style light switch, or converted to a small hand-held unit. While the
receiver and switch come pre-paired to operate together, one switch can be
paired with multiple receivers for simultaneous multi-zone lighting control.
Switches in different locations can also control the same receiver (e.g., switches
at the top and bottom of a staircase). The switch operates using two included 3V
CR2016 lithium batteries. Maximum load of receiver is 600W. Indoor use only.
00U41.90 Wireless On/Off Switch $26.50
* If you are ordering either our 30-color wireless controller or wireless touchpad
dimmer, note that each of these devices includes an on/off switch function.

400 LED Lighting

 Step 3: Select a Power Supply
Power Supplies
Select a power supply based on the total wattage required for your lighting arrangement, choosing 6 watt
one with an output equal to or greater than your calculated need. For tape lighting, the power 1 /4
2
requirement is determined by the wiring conguration, the LED density (# LEDs/m) of your chosen
lighting and the length of the lighting (see chart). The lengths shown in the chart are totals for the
tape lighting only (at full brightness) in straight-run, center-feed and loop-back wiring congura- 15 watt

tions. Do not include the length of wire when referring to the chart. Exceeding the lengths in the
chart will cause LEDs farthest from the power supply to appear dimmer due to voltage drop;
replacing your power supply with one of higher wattage output will not remedy this, but a change
in wiring conguration can. An array conguration (not shown), where several unequal lengths of 30 watt
tape are powered from one end, is well suited to large lighting installations as it makes the best use
of the capacity of the larger power supplies. Visit our website for details.
For the mini recessed light and downlight, the power requirement is based on the number of lights
used and their full-brightness draw. For example, a 15-watt power supply will effectively run up to 60 watt
15 of the 1-watt mini lights or four of the 3-watt downlights (four lights at 3.24 watts each at full
brightness = 12.96 watts). For installations combining tape lighting and the other types of lights, the
power supply should be chosen based on the sum of the power requirements.
All power supplies are pre-wired on the AC side with a plug for use in a standard 110V AC outlet and
with wire leads on the DC side for connection to LED lighting components. The 6W to 60W power
supplies are rated for indoor installation only, but can be used to power outdoor lighting; simply install
the power supply indoors and run outdoor-rated wiring from it to the lights. The 90W power supply,
with an IP67-rated enclosure, is certied for use in damp environments. If your installation requires the
90W power supply to be outdoors, we recommend that you consult your local electrical building code
for guidance on connecting it to household electrical power. It is advisable to install any outdoor power
supply and electrical connection in a location where they are shielded from exposure to the elements.

Maximum Tape Light Lengths (at full brightness)

90 watt
Power Supply Required Wiring Configuration*

Tape Lights LEDs/m 6W 15W 30W 60W 90W

00U41.81 00U41.82 00U41.83 00U41.84 00U41.85 Center-Feed or Loop-Back
$18.50 $27.50 $39.50 $58.50 $119.00

Color- 30 15 (4.6m) 32.8 (10m) 65.6 (20m)

POWER
Controlled 60 14 (4.25m) 26 (8m) SUPPLY

30 18 (5.5m) 46 (14m) 96 (29.2m) 96 (29.2m) POWER

SUPPLY
White 60 9 (2.75m) 20 (6m) 46 (14m) 46 (14m)
120 8.2 (2.5m) 22 (6.7m) 32.8 (10m)

Color- 30 6.6 (2m) 16.4 (5m) 32.8 (10m) 32.8 (10m)

Straight Run
Controlled 60 7 (2.1m) 16.4 (5m) 16.4 (5m)
POWER
30 7 (2.1m) 24 (7.3m) 46 (14m) 46 (14m) 46 (14m) SUPPLY
White 60 3.3 (1m) 10 (3m) 23 (7m) 23 (7m) 23 (7m)
120 1.6 (0.5m) 5 (1.5m) 11 (3.3m) 16.4 (5m) 16.4 (5m)
*Longer lengths of tape lights can be powered using an array-based wiring conguration. See our website for details.

Dimmer Dimmable transformer

Dimmable Transformer for White LED Lighting
Green wire, This 60-watt, 12-volt DC output transformer is used with a hardwired dimmer*
ground
Output to control the brightness of white LED lighting, and is an alternative to the
12V DC
power supplies listed above. Suitable for existing homes or new construction,
indoor and outdoor, the transformer is designed to be wired directly to your
Input Red wire, positive
homes 120V power supply and placed between a compatible dimmer switch
120V AC
White wire, neutral Black wire, negative and the LED lighting. The dimmer is then used to control the brightness of the
Green wire, ground
lighting. For safety, it has an automatic shut-off/reset in case of lighting over-
load or other fault. Casing is steel. cETLus listed, it comes with a wiring guide
and a 1-year warranty. Not for use with color-controlled lighting.
Dimmable 00U41.86 AC Dimmable Transformer $109.00
transformer * Transformer is compatible with the dimmer below and other electronic low-voltage
(ELV) and universal CFL/LED bulb (CL) dimmers.

Skylark Dimmer for Dimmable Transformer for White LED Lighting

This economical dimmer is compatible with our dimmable transformer
(00U41.86). Specically engineered to work with LED (and CFL) lighting, it
has an on/off rocker switch and a slider switch to control brightness and
installs in a standard switch box (not supplied). cULus listed, it comes with
wiring instructions. A white wall plate, if you need one, is available separately.
Skylark dimmer 00U41.79 Skylark CL Dimmer $38.50
00U41.80 White Wall Plate $ 1.50

LED Lighting 401

 Splice
connector
Wire
support
clip
Solid-core
four-conductor wire
Solid-core two-conductor wire
Stranded two-conductor wire
Shrink tubes
Crimped
butt connectors
Silicone-lled
wire nuts
Connectors and Wire
Splice Connector, ea.
Wire-Lead Connector, ea.
Wire Support Clip, ea.
Screw Terminal Block, ea.
22 ga. Stranded Flat Ribbon
Wire, 26.2 (8m), ea.
22 ga. Stranded In-Wall Wire,
26.2 (8m), ea.
18 ga. Stranded In-Wall Wire,
26.2 (8m), ea.
14 ga. Stranded Outdoor-
Rated Wire, 26.2 (8m), ea.
Crimped Butt Connector, ea.
*In color-controlled lighting, two-conductor wire can be used only to connect the power supply to the color controller. All other wiring connections in color-controlled lighting require four-conductor wire.
Corner Joint for Outdoor Lighting
To make a connection that bends
around a corner, attach a wire-ready
connector to each end of a short
piece of wire.
402 LED Lighting
Wire-ready
connector
Need More Connectors and Wire?
Your lighting layout may call for more connectors than are included in the kits.
Screw Splice connector: used to join two lengths of tape lighting.
terminal
block Wire-lead connector: indoor use only. For running tape light around a corner, or to connect adjacent strips.
You can cut the wire in half, producing two wire leads with connectors that can be joined with a length of
wire, useful when extending power wires or connecting tape light in another area.
Wire-ready connector: used to make secure connections between electrical wire and outdoor LED tape lighting
without soldering. One end of the connector has a snap-closure that locks rmly onto the end of the tape lighting;
solid-core wire simply press-ts into the other end. These connectors require the use of the appropriate solid-core
(non-stranded) electrical wire below. If youd rather use different wire, we suggest you solder it to the tape lighting.
Wire support clip: a simple wire holder with an adhesive backing. Not compatible with outdoor four-
conductor wire.
Screw terminal block: for secure connection of wiring, these four-pin blocks accept wires from 14 to 22 gauge.
A block can be cut in half to create two 2-pin blocks. Block can be surface mounted using a brad or small screw.
Solid-core wire: supplied in 26.2 (8m) rolls. The 20 gauge four-conductor wire is for use with the wire-ready
Wire-lead connectors listed above for outdoor color-controlled LED tape lighting. The 18 gauge two-conductor wire is
connector specically selected for use with the wire-ready connectors listed above for outdoor white LED tape lighting.
It is also well suited for connecting the power supply and color controller of color-controlled lighting and
with the mini recessed lights. Both wire formats are rated for outdoor/indoor application and direct burial.
Stranded wire: supplied in 26.2 (8m) rolls. Available in two- and four-conductor formats. The 22 gauge is
for short wire runs (under 10); at-ribbon is not rated for in-wall use. The 18 gauge induces less voltage drop
over longer wire runs. For example, if your 60 LEDs/m tape lighting is 12 long, the maximum wire length
from the lighting to the power supply is 10 using 22 gauge or 20 using 18 gauge. The 14 gauge format is
outdoor rated, suitable for direct burial, and was selected to minimize voltage drop over runs longer than 20.
Although its stranded format is incompatible with the wire-ready connectors available for outdoor tape
lighting, it can still be used for long outdoor runs. For white outdoor tape lighting, just connect a short length
of 18 gauge solid-core wire between it and the lighting; for color-controlled installations, it can bridge long
distances between the power supply and the color controller.
Shrink tube: used to seal splice and wire-to-tape lighting connections or tape ends that have been cut, it
provides electrical insulation and water resistance. When heated to about 110C/230F with a heat gun or torch,
it shrinks by up to half its diameter and coats its content with a sealant, forming a snug jacket around wiring
connections. Note that different diameters are required for color-controlled and white LED tape lighting.
Crimped butt connector: used to create an outdoor-rated, solder-free connection between two pieces of 18
or 20 gauge wire. Without need of a heat gun, a sealant within the connector coats the wire leads as they enter
it; simply crimp the connector to secure the joint.
Silicone-lled wire nuts: used to seal wire connections. Suitable for direct burial.
INDOOR LED LIGHTING OUTDOOR/WET LOCATION LED LIGHTING
Color-Controlled White 1W Mini or Connectors and Wire Color-Controlled White 1W Mini
Tape Lighting Tape Lighting 3W Downlight Tape Lighting Tape Lighting Recessed Light
00U41.44 $ 1.30 00U41.42 $ 1.30 Splice Connector, ea. 00U41.44 $ 1.30 00U41.42 $ 1.30
00U41.43 $ 2.60 00U41.41 $ 1.90 Wire-Ready Connector, ea. 00U41.50 $ 1.30 00U41.49 $ 1.20
00U41.33 $ .35 00U41.33 $ .35 Wire Support Clip, ea. 00U41.33 $ .35 00U41.33 $ .35
00U41.63 $ 2.40 00U41.63 $ 2.40 00U41.63 $ 2.40 20 ga. Solid-Core, Outdoor- 00U41.64 $19.20
00U41.66 $17.80 Rated Wire, 26.2 (8m), ea. (4 conductor)
(4 conductor) 00U44.62* $15.90 00U44.62 $15.90 00U44.62 $15.90
18 ga. Solid-Core, Outdoor-
00U41.67 $19.20 00U41.37 $12.50 00U41.37 $12.50 Rated Wire, 26.2 (8m), ea. (2 conductor) (2 conductor) (2 conductor)
(4 conductor) (2 conductor) (2 conductor)
14 ga. Stranded Outdoor- 00U44.61* $25.80 00U44.61 $25.80 00U44.61 $25.80
00U41.68 $27.50 00U41.38 $15.20 00U41.38 $15.20
(4 conductor) (2 conductor) (2 conductor) Rated Wire, 26.2 (8m), ea. (2 conductor) (2 conductor) (2 conductor)
00U44.61* $25.80 00U44.61 $25.80 00U44.61 $25.80 Shrink Tube (pkg. of 5) 00U41.46 $ 2.50 00U41.45 $ 2.00
(2 conductor) (2 conductor) (2 conductor) Crimped Butt Connector, ea. 00U44.77 $ 1.30 00U44.77 $ 1.30 00U44.77 $ 1.30
00U44.77 $ 1.30 00U44.77 $ 1.30 00U44.77 $ 1.30 Silicone-Filled Wire Nuts (6) 00U44.75 $ 8.20 00U44.75 $ 8.20 00U44.75 $ 8.20
Sealing a Tape
Light Connection
with Shrink Tube
1. Slip shrink tube 2. Connect wires 3. Heat to shrink tube
over one piece and slide shrink to form a snug
of wire. tube over jacket around
connector. connection.
 Want a More Rened Installation? All LED lights shown
are warm white.

Channels and Diffusers for LED Tape Lighting

Its easy to create a custom light xture with these components and our LED tape lighting. The
aluminum channels are available in three proles and can be tted with a polymer cover to conceal the
LEDs and diffuse the light output. They are particularly useful where installed lighting will be visible,
such as on the underside of a shelf or in a display cabinet, or to soften lighting to eliminate reective
hotspots on a nearby surface. The channels and diffusers can be cut to length using a ne-tooth handsaw
and run in sequence to create a longer xture. To enclose the channels, end caps are available in pairs Surface-mount channel with frosted diffuser

(one cap has a hole for wires). Metal mounting clips are also available separately.
Selecting a channel:
To select an appropriate channel style, consider the installation. The surface-mount channel is an easy
retrot to an existing construction and can be afxed to a surface using metal clips (available separately)
or double-sided tape. This channel can also be friction tted into an 11/16 wide dado.
The ush-mount channel is a good option for new construction where a low-prole, ush-mounted
light is desirable. The channel friction ts in an 11/16 wide dado; the edges of the dado are concealed
with the anges on the channel. The channel can also be surface mounted using double-sided tape or
metal clips (available separately).
The corner-mount channel, designed to present lighting at a 45 angle, is useful for projecting light
against an adjacent surface. These channels are intended to be surface mounted only, using double-sided
tape or metal clips (available separately).
Selecting a diffuser: Flush-mount channel with opal diffuser
The diffusers are available with opal (milky) or frosted (translucent) surface nishes. The opal diffuser
provides more uniform light diffusion and good LED concealment. The frosted diffuser allows good
light transmission, but the LED lights are somewhat visible. LED tape lights not included.
Note that each channel component is specic to the channel type; components cannot be interchanged.
For example, diffusers and end caps for ush-mount channels cannot be tted to surface-mount channels.

Surface Mount
Length A. Channel only B. Opal Diffuser C. Frosted Diffuser D. End Caps, pr. E. Mounting Clips, pr.
00U42.31 00U42.32 00U42.33 00U42.45 00U42.46
36 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
$11.20 $9.55 $3.50 $3.00 $3.50 $3.00 $1.90 $1.60 $1.90 $1.60
00U42.36 00U42.37 00U42.38 00U42.45 00U42.46
72 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
$19.90 $16.90 $6.90 $5.85 $6.90 $5.85 $1.90 $1.60 $1.90 $1.60
Corner-mount channel with opal diffuser
Flush Mount
Length F. Channel only G. Opal Diffuser H. Frosted Diffuser J. End Caps, pr. E. Mounting Clips, pr.
00U42.51 00U42.52 00U42.53 00U42.65 00U42.46
36 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
$11.20 $9.55 $3.50 $3.00 $3.50 $3.00 $1.90 $1.60 $1.90 $1.60
00U42.56 00U42.57 00U42.58 00U42.65 00U42.46
72 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
$19.90 $16.90 $6.90 $5.85 $6.90 $5.85 $1.90 $1.60 $1.90 $1.60
Corner Mount
Length K. Channel only L. Opal Diffuser M. Frosted Diffuser N. End Caps, pr. O. Mounting Clips, pr.
00U42.71 00U42.72 00U42.73 00U42.85 00U42.86
36 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
$11.20 $9.55 $3.50 $3.00 $3.50 $ 3.00 $1.90 $ 1.60 $1.90 $1.60
00U42.76 00U42.77 00U42.78 00U42.85 00U42.86
72 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ LED tape lights mounted directly to surface
$19.90 $16.90 $6.90 $5.85 $6.90 $5.85 $1.90 $1.60 $1.90 $1.60
Product numbers in green denote items available only at our stores.

A B C F G H K L M

D E J N O

Need a Saw?
This is an excellent saw for cleanly cutting through
aluminum and plastic. The blade is 61/2 long by
11/8 deep and has 24 tpi (cuts a 0.014 kerf).
The handle is lacquered maple. Made in USA.
60F03.12 Razor Saw $13.90
403
 P BB
A AA FF
T
EE JJ GG
Z
B Q HH
D
S
E
KK
C F
LL NN PP
J R
H U
G
OO
QQ
Y CC MM
K M VV
L WW
X RR
V
O W TT
N DD
SS
UU XX
Large Braces Die-Cast Handles
TANSU HARDWARE Formed from 1.5mm thick steel and painted black, this
strap hardware is 35mm wide. Embossed texture gives
Painted black and bolt mounted. The post handles have
trapped posts and stop handles. The small plate handle
a forged look. Fastened with brads (sold separately). has a stop handle; the larger swings free. Sizes given are
Tansu (the Japanese word Dimensions given are leaf lengths. 1+ 10+ overall width by height, with center-to-center measure-
for trunk) describes a P. 00D56.23 10276mm Bent Braces (4) $7.70 $6.55 ment in brackets. Mounting hardware included.
variety of trunks, chests, Q. 00D56.21 100mm Straight Braces (4) $4.80 $4.10 1+ 10+
boxes and storage R. 00D56.80 12mm Black Brads (25) $1.10 $ .90 NN. 00D55.42 6327mm (47mm) Post $2.10 $1.80
cabinetry popular in OO. 00D55.43 7332mm (57mm) Post $2.70 $2.30
Japan from about 1650 Strap Hardware PP. 00D55.45 8132mm (57mm) Plate $4.50 $3.80
to 1920. Tansu can run Painted black accent hardware formed from 1.5mm QQ. 00D55.46 8438mm (69mm) Plate $4.80 $4.10
the gamut from simple thick steel, 17mm (just shy of /16) wide. Embossed
11
unadorned cabinetry to texture gives a forged look. Fastened with brads (sold Split-Pin Handles Split-pin handle
ornate chests using 100 or separately). Dimensions given are leaf lengths. Die-cast handles with mounted through
more pieces of hardware. 1+ 10+ steel escutcheons and wood carcass
When used in combination, S. 00D56.11 7070mm L-Braces (4) $5.30 $4.50 split pins. Mounted
our collections of Tansu T. 00D56.10 100mm Str. Braces (4) $3.10 $2.60 through an undersized Pin ends are bent
to hold in place.
hardware are suitable U. 00D56.14 120120mm X-Brace (1) $2.30 $1.95 punched or drilled hole,
for a number of small or V. 00D56.12 12070mm T-Braces (2) $3.10 $2.60 the pins trap the handle. Pin ends are bent to hold the
large projects. W. 00D56.35 4949mm Corner Plates (4) $3.80 $3.25 hardware in place. All pieces are nished black. Sizes
X. 00D56.13 10076mm Bent Braces (4) $5.20 $4.40 given are overall width by height, with maximum recom-
Y. 00D56.80 12mm Black Brads (25) $1.10 $ .90 mended material thickness in brackets. 1+ 10+
Plain Strap Hardware RR. 00D55.41 5824mm Handle (5/8) $1.80 $1.55
Strap Hinges
Made from 0.5mm thick steel and painted black. The SS. 00D55.40 4426mm Handle (3/8) $1.80 $1.55
Black-painted steel hinges (1mm thick) that open from
small T-braces mount using screws; the rest mount Brass Box Hardware
90 to 360. Mount using screws (sold separately).
using escutcheon pins. Dimensions given are leaf The handles are sheared from 2mm thick brass sheet,
Sizes given are width (across the knuckle) by height,
lengths, with strap width shown in brackets. Fasteners and have turned brass posts. The small handle posts are
with the longest leaf length in brackets.
sold separately. 1+ 10+ 1+ 10+ mounted by gluing them in a 1/8 dia. hole, 1/4 deep,
A. 00D55.05 33mm (10mm) 2-Side $2.50 $2.10 Z. 00D55.21 2158mm (37mm), pr. $2.80 $2.40 while the large handle posts are a bolt-on design. The
Corners, pkg. of 4 AA. 00D55.22 30110mm (70mm), pr. $3.80 $3.25 turned and polished brass knob is 14mm in diameter by
B. 00D55.06 33mm (10mm) 3-Side $3.30 $2.80 BB. 00D55.23 38134mm, pr. $4.50 $3.80 14mm high, is bolt mounted (bolt included) and comes
Corners, pkg. of 4 with a 12mm65mm escutcheon (pins not included)
C. 00D55.04 34mm (11mm) Corner $5.80 $4.95 Steel Handles made from 0.3mm brass sheet. The decorative plates
Straps, pkg. of 12 These all-steel handles are well suited for larger and mount with either pins (included) or small round-head
D. 00D55.03 2720mm (8mm) $4.00 $3.40 heavier pieces. The plate handle has a 6mm square- screws. Handle sizes given are mounted width by
T-Braces, pkg. of 12 stock handle and a 2mm thick plate, mounts with four height; plate sizes are diameter, with brass sheet thick-
E. 00D55.01 3232mm (8mm) $4.00 $3.40 #4 screws (not included) and has a matte black nish. ness in brackets. 1+ 10+
L-Braces, pkg. of 12 The post handle has a tapered round-stock handle, TT. 00D55.30 5619mm Small Handle $1.80 $1.55
turned posts and formed escutcheons, is painted black, UU. 00D55.31 6924mm Large Handle $2.70 $2.30
F. 00D55.02 5632mm (8mm) $5.50 $4.65
and comes with mounting bolts. 1+ 10+
VV. 00D55.33 53mm (0.6mm) Dec. Plate $2.50 $2.10
T-Braces, pkg. of 12
CC. 00D55.60 7660mm Plate Handle $7.80 $6.65 WW.00D55.34 69mm (0.6mm) Dec. Plate $2.70 $2.30
DD. 00D55.50 10054mm Post Handle $8.30 $7.05 XX. 00D55.32 14mm Small Plate Knob $2.50 $2.10
Fancy Strap Hardware
All are made from 0.5mm thick steel and are mounted Handles and Pull YY. Small Steel Fasteners
with escutcheon pins, except for the HD corner, which All die-cast black. Chrysanthemum handles mount All-steel fasteners with black (or nearly black) nish.
is made from 0.75mm thick steel and is mounted with with included screws; the rest of the handles and the Sold in packages of 25. 1+ 10+
flat-head screws. The harvest medallion has a ring pull mount with included bolts. The 75mm dia. 00D55.73 6mm #1 FH Screws (25) $1.10 $ .90
formed height of about 4mm. All pieces are painted round decorative plate mounts with brads (sold sepa- 00D55.72 7.5mm #1 FH Screws (25) $1.10 $ .90
black. Dimensions given are leaf lengths. Appropriate rately). Sizes given are overall width by height of the 00D55.82 7.5mm #1 RH Screws (25) $1.10 $ .90
fasteners are sold separately. 1+ 10+ handle and backplate. 1+ 10+ 00D55.81 7.5mm RH Brads (25) $1.10 $ .90
G. 00D55.13 32mm 2-Side Corners (12) $6.80 $5.80 EE. 00D55.44 8031mm Chrys. Handle $3.80 $3.25 00D55.71 9mm #1 FH Screws (25) $1.10 $ .90
H. 00D55.14 32mm 3-Side Corners (12) $7.10 $6.05 FF. 00D56.40 9035mm Plate Handle $1.90 $1.60
J. 00D55.16 48mm Corner Straps (4) $4.20 $3.55 GG. 00D56.41 7942mm Plate Handle $2.40 $2.05
K. 00D55.15 42mm HD 3-Sd. Corners (4) $5.10 $4.35 HH. 00D56.50 36mm48mm Ring Pull $1.50 $1.25 .73 .72 .82 .81 .71
L. 00D55.11 32mm Corner Plates (12) $4.00 $3.40 JJ. 00D56.44 10850mm Chrys. Handle $3.40 $2.90 Shown actual size. YY
M. 00D55.10 28mm Corner Plates (12) $5.50 $4.65 KK. 00D56.42 12052mm Plate Handle $4.60 $3.90 Numbers on the fasteners above denote the last two digits of
N. 00D55.12 41mm Corner Plates (12) $7.30 $6.20 LL. 00D56.60 75mm Rd. Chrys. Dec. Plate $2.40 $2.05 the product code in the price lines. Use the full seven-digit
O. 00D55.20 45mm dia. Harvest Medallion $1.10 $ .90 MM. 00D56.80 12mm Black Brads (25) $1.10 $ .90 code when ordering.
404 Hardware Tansu
 FASTENERS
GRK Fasteners
For over 20 years, GRK has produced contractor-
grade fasteners for professional use, incorporating
innovative design features to make screws that are
faster and easier to drive, hold better in wood, plastic and composite materials,
and reduce the risk of splitting. GRK screws all have Torx heads (and are
supplied with a matching Torx bit) to reduce the potential for cam-out and slip-
page in the drive. The hardened steel screws have a rust-resistant Climatek
coating that wont react with treated lumber; the 305 stainless-steel versions
have a Pheinox coating for additional long-term corrosion resistance in
marine environments, below-ground use or other harsh conditions.
HARDWARE
RSS Screws (Rugged Structural Screws)
Made of hardened steel for high torque and shear strength, these are
GRKs toughest screws, highly recommended for load-bearing applica-
tions. Self-tapping tips eliminate the need for pre-drilling; sawtooth-like
ridges on threads near the tip reduce friction and driving effort. Secondary
threads on the three largest sizes enlarge the upper portion of the hole
slightly so the Torx-drive screw seats snugly with less torque. The broad,
washer-style head spreads the bearing surface over a large contact area,
improving hold. A small bevelled shoulder under the head helps the
screw seat squarely in hinges and other hardware.

R4 Multi-Purpose Screws D E
These Torx-drive screws have a pattern of cutting ridges on
A B the underside of the head to automatically countersink the D. RSS Screws, Climatek
screw. Self-tapping tips eliminate the need for pre-drilling; Size Quantity Included Torx Bit
all except the 1 screws have sawtooth-like ridges on the 93Z03.12 1/411/2 50 T-25 $13.80
threads near the tip to reduce friction and driving effort. 93Z03.16 1/42 50 T-25 $16.60
Secondary threads enlarge the upper portion of the hole 93Z03.20 1/421/2 50 T-25 $17.90
slightly so the screw seats snugly with less torque. 93Z03.25 5/1631/8 100 T-30 $55.20
A. R4 Screws, Climatek Included 93Z03.28 5/1631/2 100 T-30 $59.30
Size Quantity Torx Bit 93Z03.32 5/164 100 T-30 $59.60
93Z08.06 #81 100 T-15 $ 6.00
93Z08.10 #811/4 100 T-15 $ 6.20 E. RSS Screws, Stainless Steel/PHEINOX
Size Quantity Included Torx Bit
93Z08.12 #811/2 100 T-15 $ 8.00
93Z03.82 5/164 100 T-30 $109.00
93Z08.16 #82 100 T-15 $ 9.70
93Z08.20 #82 /2 1 100 T-15 $12.00
93Z09.10 #911/4 100 T-25 $ 7.70 Fin/Trim Screws
93Z09.12 #91 /2 1 100 T-25 $ 8.90 These thin-gauge Torx-drive screws have narrow heads so they seat
93Z09.14 #913/4 100 T-25 $10.30 unobtrusively and minimize the risk of wood splitting key attributes of
93Z09.16 #92 100 T-25 $11.20 any fastener used for trim installation or carpentry. Self-tapping tips
93Z09.20 #921/2 100 T-25 $12.50 eliminate the need for pre-drilling; sawtooth-like ridges on threads near
93Z09.22 #92 /4 3 100 T-25 $14.20 the tip reduce friction and driving effort.
93Z09.25 #931/8 100 T-25 $17.20 F
93Z09.76 #92 690 (pail) T-25 $61.90
93Z09.80 #921/2 575 (pail) T-25 $61.90
G
93Z09.85 #931/8 425 (pail) T-25 $61.90
93Z10.20 #1021/2 100 T-25 $15.10 F. Fin/Trim Screws, Climatek
Cutting
ridges 93Z10.22 #1023/4 100 T-25 $17.60 Size Quantity Included Torx Bit
93Z10.25 #1031/8 100 T-25 $20.90 93Z04.10 #811/4 100 T-10 $ 7.70
93Z10.28 #103 /2 1 50 T-25 $13.00 93Z04.12 #811/2 100 T-10 $ 8.40
93Z10.32 #104 50 T-25 $14.50 93Z04.16 #82 100 T-10 $10.60
93Z10.38 #104 /4 3 50 T-25 $16.50 93Z04.20 #821/2 100 T-10 $12.20
Self-tapping 93Z12.45 #12/#1455/8 50 T-25 $31.30 93Z04.22 #823/4 100 T-10 $13.50
tip 93Z12.51 #12/#146 /8 3 50 T-25 $37.40 93Z04.25 #83 1/8 100 T-10 $14.40
93Z12.57 #12/#1471/4 50 T-25 $58.30 93Z04.80 #821/2 605 (pail) T-10 $61.90
B. R4 Screws, Stainless Steel/Pheinox 93Z04.32 #94 50 T-15 $21.80
Included 93Z04.40 #95 50 T-15 $23.20
Sawtooth-like Size Quantity Torx Bit
G. Fin/Trim Screws, Stainless Steel/Pheinox
ridges 93Z08.60 #811/4 100 $12.70
T-15 Size Quantity Included Torx Bit
93Z08.62 #811/2 100 $15.80
T-15 93Z04.62 #811/2 100 T-10 $17.90
93Z08.64 #813/4 100 $16.40
T-25 93Z04.66 #82 100 T-10 $22.40
93Z09.62 #911/2 100 $18.10
T-25 93Z04.70 #821/2 100 T-10 $23.60
93Z09.64 #913/4 100 $20.20
T-25 93Z04.72 #823/4 100 T-10 $29.90
Secondary 93Z09.66 #92 100 $23.10
T-25 93Z04.75 #831/8 100 T-10 $32.80
threads
93Z10.70 #1021/2 100 $31.90
T-25
93Z10.75 #1031/8 100 $42.90
T-25
93Z10.82 #104 50 $26.20 H. Cabinet Screws
T-25 H
93Z12.75 #12/#1431/8 100 $69.80
T-25 Specically designed
for cabinetmaking and installation, these thin-gauge Torx-drive screws
C. Pan-Head Screws C reduce splitting. The broad, washer-style heads spread the bearing
Sturdy pan-head Torx-drive surface over a large contact area, improving hold and minimizing wood
screws with excellent holding strength. Self-tapping tips eliminate the need for compression. Self-tapping tips eliminate need for pre-drilling; sawtooth-
pre-drilling; on 11/4 and larger sizes, threads near the tip have sawtooth-like like ridges on threads near the tip reduce friction and driving effort. Also
ridges to reduce friction and driving effort. suitable for installing siding.
Pan-Head Screws, Climatek Included Cabinet Screws, Climatek
Size Quantity Torx Bit Size Quantity Included Torx Bit
93Z02.08 #81 100 T-15 $5.60 93Z02.60 #811/4 100 T-15 $ 7.20
93Z02.10 #811/4 100 T-15 $5.90 93Z02.64 #813/4 100 T-15 $ 9.50
93Z02.11 #813/8 100 T-15 $6.00 93Z02.66 #82 100 T-15 $11.90
93Z02.12 #811/2 100 T-15 $7.50 93Z02.70 #821/2 100 T-15 $13.30
Hardware Fasteners 405
 Wood to Wood to
wood masonry
Top Star Shim Screws
These screws let you level and plumb without the
Top view of
need for shims when installing door jambs,
shim screw window frames, cabinets and panels. An 11/16
collar section surrounds the head and rotates
A Can be used freely on the main shank. A two-piece crown bit
for masonry (sold separately) engages the collar and the screw
applications.
simultaneously, turning both until the collar seats
ush. By removing the outer crown portion of the
bit, you can then turn the main Torx-drive screw
shank alone, to adjust for plumb or level. Steel
with zinc plating for corrosion resistance. (Screws
Drill pilot hole Drive screw head Remove crown
are intended for wood, not vinyl.)
C B through jamb. level with work and adjust A. 93Z10.91 21/2 Shim Screws, pkg. of 6 $15.30
surface using the plumb using B. 93Z10.92 31/8 Shim Screws, pkg. of 6 $16.10
crown and Torx bit. Torx head.
C. 93Z10.99 Top Star Crown Bit, ea. $14.50
Torx Bits
Hardened tool-steel Torx-drive bits, color coded for
quick size identication. Sold in pairs.
D. 93Z01.11 T-101, Yellow, pr. $ 2.90
93Z01.12 T-102, Yellow, pr. $ 5.90
93Z01.13 T-103, Yellow, pr. $ 6.90
93Z01.16 T-106, Yellow, pr. $13.90
E. 93Z01.21 T-151, Red, pr. $ 2.90
G 93Z01.22 T-152, Red, pr. $ 5.90
93Z01.23 T-153, Red, pr. $ 6.90
93Z01.26 T-156, Red, pr. $13.90
D E F
F. 93Z01.31 T-251, Green, pr. $ 2.90
93Z01.32 T-252, Green, pr. $ 5.90
93Z01.33 T-253, Green, pr. $ 6.90
93Z01.36 T-256, Green, pr. $13.90
G. 93Z01.41 T-301, Black, pr. $ 2.90
93Z01.42 T-302, Black, pr. $ 5.90

Pan Head Flat Head K. Lo-Root Flat Head

The Original Robertson Wood Screws Self-Drilling

Robertson is famous for the patent of the socket- Screws
head screw, widely known today as the square J These are a
recess. The Robertson system perfectly mates the self-drilling
taper drive bit tip to the square recess punched in Recex Recex version of the
Drive Drive
the screw. The result is a very precise fit: no Lo-Root screws
cam-out, no slippage in the drive. The drive style (see left).
manufactured today is known as Recex a combi- J. Lo-Root They have
nation of Phillips and Robertson drives, allowing Screws a notched Recex
K
convenient use of either drive type. Often consid- Suitable for use in plywood, particleboard, Type 17 self- Drive
ered the woodworkers screw of choice, Robertson medium-density berboard and softwood, these drilling tip and nibs under
screws are commonly used by furniture manufac- screws are also appropriate for some hardwoods, the head to eliminate the
turers, cabinetmakers and tradespeople. such as oak, maple and cherry. They are heat need for pre-drilling and
treated for hardness and lubricated, and the angle countersinking. Hardened
H. Candril and depth of the thread provide excellent holding and lubricated, they are ideal for softwood and
Flat Head
Self-Drilling Screws capability. Recex drive, available in pan or at some hardwoods, such as oak, elm and maple.
For use in hardwoods, head. Packages of 100. 1+ 5+ Available in flat head only, Recex drive.
these are original 01Z33.05 #85/8 Pan (100) $3.40 $3.00 Packages of 100. 1+ 5+
Robertson screws with H 01Z33.06 #83/4 Pan (100) $3.90 $3.45 01Z34.08 #81 Flat (100) $4.20 $3.70
a single roll thread and 01Z33.08 #81 Pan (100) $4.30 $3.80 01Z34.10 #811/4 Flat (100) $4.60 $4.05
self-drilling point. Heat 01Z33.10 #811/4 Pan (100) $4.60 $4.05 01Z34.12 #811/2 Flat (100) $5.20 $4.60
treated and dry lubri- 01Z32.05 #65/8 Flat (100) $2.10 $1.85 01Z34.14 #813/4 Flat (100) $5.60 $4.95
cated, the screws are 01Z32.09 #811/8 Flat (100) $4.40 $3.85 01Z34.16 #82 Flat (100) $6.10 $5.35
available in at head Recex 01Z32.12 #811/2 Flat (100) $4.60 $4.05 01Z34.20 #821/2 Flat (100) $6.30 $5.55
with a combination Drive
Recex Robertson/ Types of Robertson Wood Screws Features and Benets
Phillips drive.
Measurements are Wood Use Head Style Size Range
overall length. Packages Candril
of 100. 1+ 5+ H. Hardwood any Flat only Flat #81 to 2
Self-Drilling, Type W
01Z30.08 #81 Flat (100) $4.60 $4.05
Pan #85/8 to 11/4
01Z30.10 #811/4 Flat (100) $5.50 $4.85 Lo-Root
Softwood plywood, particleboard, MDF
J. Some hardwood oak, maple, cherry
Pan & Flat Flat #65/8,
#811/8 to 11/2
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit Lo-Root
our website at www.leevalley.com K. Softwood and some hardwood oak, elm, maple Flat only #81 to 21/2
Self-Drilling

406 Hardware Fasteners

 A C E
A. #304 Stainless-Steel Finishing Nails
These are ideal for natural wood trim or any other
B D
exterior use. 1 lb boxes. 1+ 5+
67Z05.01 1 415 Gauge
1/ $18.90 $17.00
C. Silicon-Bronze Ring Nails approximate number of roves per 1/2 lb box and
67Z05.02 11/214 Gauge $18.90 $17.00
The choice of boatbuilders everywhere, these are diameters are listed.
67Z05.04 213 Gauge $18.90 $17.00
excellent general-purpose exterior nails. They Nails
67Z05.05 21/212 Gauge $18.90 $17.00
blend well with any wood and are completely D. 91Z30.10 1 lb 312 Gauge $46.50
B. #304 Stainless-Steel non-staining. The rings are biased for easy entry 91Z30.09 1 lb 21/212 Gauge $46.50
Wood Foundation Nails but difcult withdrawal. 1 lb boxes. 91Z30.08 1 lb 212 Gauge $46.50
Foundations made of treated wood, either chro- 1+ 5+ 91Z30.05 1 lb 11/213 Gauge $46.50
mated or ammoniacal copper arsenate (CCA or 67Z06.01 3/414 Gauge $29.40 $26.50 91Z30.03 1 lb 114 Gauge $46.50
ACA), just eat fasteners. The only sure way to 67Z06.02 114 Gauge $26.50 $23.90 91Z30.02 1 lb 3/414 Gauge $46.50
avoid problems is to use stainless-steel nails. Even 67Z06.04 11/414 Gauge $26.50 $23.90 Roves
hot-dipped galvanized (next best) react under wet 67Z06.05 11/212 Gauge $26.90 $24.20 E. 91Z30.12 1/2 lb (240) 7/16 12 Gauge $34.50
conditions or if the coating is chipped or cracked, as 67Z06.07 212 Gauge $26.50 $23.90 91Z30.13 1/2 lb (340) 3/8 13 Gauge $34.50
often happens from hammer blows. Also excellent 67Z06.08 21/210 Gauge $26.50 $23.90 91Z30.14 1/2 lb (490) 5/16 14 Gauge $34.50
for decking. 1 lb boxes. 1+ 5+ 67Z06.09 310 Gauge $26.90 $24.20
67Z04.02 21/210 Gauge $18.20 $16.40 NAILS PER LB (approx.)
67Z04.04 31/28 Gauge $18.20 $16.40 Copper Rose-Head Boat Nails & Roves Length Finishing Foundation S.B. Ring Copper
Used by boatbuilders, these 100% copper nails 3/4 660 600
are also suitable for building outdoor projects 1 560 460
such as gazebos, trellises and planters. Square 11/4 650 420
shank with a decorative rose head. Length and 11/2 430 200 222
shank thickness (gauge) are listed. 1 lb boxes. 2 245 160 155
The copper roves are used when riveting and 21/2 145 94 83 130
sometimes when clenching nails as well. Order 3 70 108
the same gauge size as the boat nails. The 31/2 44

Washers for Plaster Repair Square-Cut Nails shape and slim rectangular head. Preferred for afxing
These are incredibly handy for plaster repair. Still made the same way as they were in cabinet backs and other applications requiring greater pull-
You can draw a sagging ceiling or wall plaster 1819, these traditional square-cut iron out strength, the clout standard nails have an elongated
into place and fully support nails are produced by Tremont, the diamond-shaped shaft
it. Using a drywall screw, oldest nail manufacturer in the United and a large head for a
draw the plaster tight to the States. Besides being historically accu- rm hold. Approximate
lath backing; the washer rate for reproduction work and period nail count per box is
attens as it is squeezed by restoration, they are superior to conven- listed. The wrought- Square
the screw. Perforations give tional wire nails in two ways. First, they head nails have a black nails allow
tooth to a covering plaster coat. Instructions are near constant thickness but taper in oxide nish; the others nailing near end
of board without splitting.
included. Zinc-plated washers are 1 in diam- width. When the parallel sides of the are unnished steel.
eter and require #615/8 drywall screws (not nail are aligned with the grain, the Wrought-Head Nails 1+ 5+
included). Sold in packs of 100. 1+ 5+ square tip shears bers, which are then H. 91Z40.02 1 lb (207), 1 $16.80 $15.15
67Z20.02 ZP Washers (100) $17.50 $15.80 bent downwards and compressed as the 91Z40.03 1 lb (132), 11/2 $15.50 $14.00
nail is driven. The bers then act like a 91Z40.04 1 lb (68), 2 $15.40 $13.90
F featherboard on a table saw, preventing Rose-Head Nails 1+ 5+
the nail from withdrawing. Second, J. 91Z40.10 1 lb (97), 2 $12.10 $10.90
G because the square tip shears the bers, Brads 1+ 5+
there is no wedging action across the K. 91Z40.20 1/2 lb (215) Rd. Head, 1 $12.50 $11.25
F. Brass Canoe Tacks
grain; this lets you nail near the end of a L. 91Z40.25 1/4 lb (292) Headless, 1 $12.90 $11.65
Widely used in canoe construction, the extra- board with no splitting. 91Z40.32 1/4 lb (180) Headless, 11/4 $12.20 $11.00
slim, long taper permits these tacks to be driven The decorative wrought-head and 91Z40.34 1/4 lb (144) Headless, 11/2 $12.00 $10.85
into thin strips of wood with less danger of split- common rose-head nails are ideal for M. Fine Finish Standard Nails 1+ 5+
ting, and then to be clinched on the inside of the rough-sawn siding, face-nailed oors, 91Z40.42 1/2 lb (200), 11/4 $ 5.70 $ 5.15
strip. #12 at head. About 1400 tacks per pound batten doors and framing. While both 91Z40.44 1/2 lb (161), 11/2 $ 5.70 $ 5.15
for the 5/8 size and 1200 for the 3/4. brads are popular for cabinetmaking, the 91Z40.48 1 lb (237), 2 $11.00 $ 9.90
91Z25.05 5/8 Canoe Tacks, 4 oz $16.50 slender headless brad excels at furniture N. Clout Standard Nails 1+ 5+
91Z25.01 5/8 Canoe Tacks, 1 lb $52.00 repair and picture frames. Traditionally 91Z40.50 1/2 lb (173), 1 $ 7.20 $ 6.45
91Z26.05 3/4 Canoe Tacks, 4 oz $15.50 used for carcass construction, the ne 91Z40.54 1 lb (213), 11/2 $12.20 $11.00
91Z26.01 3/4 Canoe Tacks, 1 lb $49.00 finish standard nails have a tapered 91Z40.58 1 lb (163), 2 $12.00 $10.85
G. Solid Brass Escutcheon Pins
Sold in 2 oz packages, the number of pins ranges
from about 75 for 114 gauge (the largest and
longest pin) to more than 500 for 1/418 gauge L M N
(the smallest pin). (See page 456 for brass-
plated escutcheon pins.)
Pin
14 Gauge 16 Gauge 18 Gauge
Length
1/4 00P18.01 $7.70
3/8 00P16.02 $5.90 00P18.02 $6.40
1/2 00P14.03 $5.60 00P16.03 $5.60 00P18.03 $6.20
5/8 00P14.04 $5.20 00P16.04 $5.60 00P18.04 $6.00
H
3/4 00P14.05 $5.20 00P16.05 $5.60 00P18.05 $6.00
1 00P14.06 $5.20 00P16.06 $5.60

J K M
L N
 T. Taps/Drills for Machine Screws for Wood
A Brass screws add class to any project, but putting
Strong neck
B Rippled threads
thread at one end and a Torx drive head at the them into hardwood can be a trial. If you drill the
for wider path other, and take a standard T-30 Torx bit. Used hole too large, you get poor grip. If you drill at
with the same spacer sleeves as spikes, they exactly the root diameter, you risk torquing the
A. Spax Eavestrough Screws give best trough support when used with cup head off. Using machine screws in drilled and
The spikes usually used to washers. These four lengths cover most tapped holes is the answer as they resist pullout
install eavestroughing often common trough sizes. 1+ 10+ in hardwood much better than
split the backing trim board 93Z72.01 #144 Screws (10) $3.20 $2.70 wood screws. In
and tend to loosen with repeated freeze/thaw 93Z72.02 #1443/4 Screws (10) $3.90 $3.30 some applica-
cycles. These extra-long screws not only have 93Z72.03 #1461/4 Screws (10) $6.90 $5.85 tions, such as
rippled self-tapping threads, but are also double 93Z72.04 #147 Screws (10) $6.90 $5.85 installing T
zinc plated for durability. All have 21/2 of B. 94Z02.04 #12 Cup Washers (100) $8.30 small hinges,
they also
prevent wood
splitting. In our tests,
we observed that wood
E F G screws, generally, are poor
Shown actual size.
Euro Screws in thread engagement depths of 1/2 or less;
Designed for use with 5mm system holes, these machine screws are at least twice as strong in 1/4
POZIDRIV screws have 8mm heads and are and 1/2 holes.
sold in packages of 100. Size given is overall We have designed sets where the tap drill size is
screw length. 1+ 10+ at the thread root diameter and the clearance drill is
E. 01Z90.01 10mm Screws (100) $3.50 $3.00 just a touch larger than the thread crown. If you
F. 01Z90.02 11.5mm Screws (100) $3.80 $3.25 need to bind two pieces together, you drill the top
C G. 01Z90.03 13mm Screws (100) $3.80 $3.25 one with the clearance drill to avoid bridging.
When you tap, you get 100% of the thread holding.
8-32 & M4 Knob/Handle Bolts The system works well and gives you holding
When mounting bolts are supplied with most power that far exceeds regular brass wood screws.
cabinet hardware, theyre usually at least 1 The individual number sets listed include a tap, a
long. Available in various lengths, these tap drill and a clearance drill to match. The tap
C. Pocket Screwdriver inexpensive bolts are zinc-plated steel, with low- handle is available separately. The master set
This 1 dia. at steel bagel is really a versatile profile heads that accept both Phillips and includes the ve sizes from #2 to #10, plus the
pocket screwdriver. What makes it so effective slot-head screwdrivers. The wide head mini- 1/4-20 (invaluable in jig and xture work around
is the range of edge thickness (from 0.030 to mizes crushing on softer woods. Available in the shop), as well as a tap handle. Made in Japan.
0.090) created by a ramp formed on one side. It 8-32 (Imperial) and 44J06.01 Tap/Drill Set #2-56 $ 7.80
replaces dimes, quarters and table knives. Sold M4 (metric) sizes. 44J06.02 Tap/Drill Set #4-40 $ 7.80
by the dozen, they make excellent gifts. Using pliers, the steel 44J06.03 Tap/Drill Set #6-32 $ 7.80
50K36.01 Dozen Pocket Screwdrivers $13.50 breakaway bolt can be 44J06.04 Tap/Drill Set #8-32 $ 7.80
broken to length in S 44J06.05 Tap/Drill Set #10-24 $ 7.80
D. Machine Screw Gauge increments of 5mm to 44J06.06 Tap/Drill Set 1/4-20 $ 7.80
This steel gauge identifies screw diameter, a minimum of 13mm. 44J06.10 Tap Handle (ts all sets) $ 7.80
length and thread, tap drill size, and through- 8-32 Bolts, pkg. of 10 1+ 10+ 44J06.20 Master Set (all of above) $43.50
hole drill clearance size. Each reference hole is H. 01Z01.04 1/2 Bolts $ .60 $ .50
precisely tapped for direct screw threading to J. 01Z01.06 3/4 Bolts $ .60 $ .50 To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit
ensure proper identification. The Imperial K. 01Z01.08 1 Bolts $ .70 $ .60 our website at www.leevalley.com
version gauges common fastener sizes from #1 L. 01Z01.10 11/4 Bolts $ .70 $ .60
through 5/16, and threads per inch from 72 to 18; M. 01Z01.12 11/2 Bolts $ .80 $ .65
the metric version measures diameter from M2 M4 Bolts, pkg. of 10 1+ 10+ U. Brass Machine Screws Slot Head
to M7 and pitch from 0.25 to 1.00. Useful for N. 00N33.15 15mm Bolts $ .70 $ .60 Machine screws are especially
quickly identifying threaded fasteners, wood O. 00N33.20 20mm Bolts $ .80 $ .65 useful with small hinges
screws and tapping screws. Includes instructions P. 00N33.25 25mm Bolts $ .80 $ .65 (#2 and #4 screws). The
and a decimal equivalent chart. Made in USA. Q. 00N33.30 30mm Bolts $1.00 $ .85 other sizes are equally
99K08.11 Imperial Screw Gauge $19.90 R. 00N33.35 35mm Bolts $1.00 $ .85 useful in hardware installa- U
99K08.12 Metric Screw Gauge $21.50 S. 00N33.50 50mm Breakaway Bolts $1.40 $1.20 tion, construction joints,
or building knock-down
pieces. Screws can be
clipped to the length needed. Available in round
head or at head (2-565/8 size only in round
head). Sold in packages of 25.
44Z01.01 2-565/8 RH Screws (25) $ 2.40
R Q P O N 44Z02.## 4-401 Screws (25) $ 2.70
44Z03.## 6-3211/4 Screws (25) $ 3.50
44Z04.## 8-321 Screws (25) $ 4.30
44Z05.## 8-322 Screws (25) $ 6.80
44Z06.## 10-241 Screws (25) $ 6.80
44Z07.## 10-242 Screws (25) $ 9.60
44Z08.## 1/4-201 Screws (25) $ 8.50
S 44Z09.## 1/4-202 Screws (25) $12.40
Please indicate screw head type by adding either
D .01 for round-head screws or .02 for at-head screws
to the product number above, e.g., 44Z02.01 for
round-head 4-401 screws.
H J K L M
 E
A B C D
Brass Slot Screws Finished Steel Screws
These are all cut brass screws with well-dened threads and strong necks, unlike One of the most difcult tasks we face is getting manufacturers to
rolled brass screws, which tend to have rougher threads and are invariably package the appropriate wood screws with cabinet hardware. Weve
weaker. These traditional slot screws are available in packages of 10 or 100 with added the following range of pre-nished steel screws to offer an
at, round or oval heads. To order packages of 10, add an X to the number, e.g., alternative. Priced per 100 screws, they are affordable enough that one
91Z00.01X. can keep a stock of a few different nishes on hand at all times.
BRASS D. Flat-Head Screws: Flat-head Phillips screws (#4, #6, #8) in various
SCREWS A. FLAT B. ROUND C. OVAL lengths. Available with antique brass, antique copper, nickel plate,
PRICE PRICE PRICE and at black nishes. Sold in bags of 100.
SIZE/
ITEM # Pkg. 10 Pkg. ITEM # Pkg. 10 Pkg. ITEM # Pkg. 10 Pkg.
LENGTH E. Pan-Head Screws: Pan-head Phillips screws (#4, #6, #8) in various
Add X 100 Add X 100 Add X 100 lengths. Available with antique brass, antique copper, nickel plate,
#0 1/4 91Z00.01 $1.10 $ 4.50 91Y00.01 $1.10 $ 4.70 and at black nishes. Sold in bags of 100.
1/4 91Z01.01 $1.10 $ 4.70 91Y01.01 $1.10 $ 5.10
#1 3/8 91Z01.02 $1.10 $ 4.80 91Y01.02 $1.10 $ 5.10 D. FLAT HEAD E. PAN HEAD
1/2 91Z01.03 $1.10 $ 4.80 91Y01.03 $1.10 $ 5.40
1/4 91Z02.01 $1.10 $ 4.80 91Y02.01 $1.10 $ 4.70
FINISHED STEEL
3/8 91Z02.02 $1.10 $ 4.80 91Y02.02 $1.10 $ 5.40
#2 SCREWS
1/2 91Z02.03 $1.10 $ 4.80 91Y02.03 $1.10 $ 5.40
5/8 91Z02.04 $1.10 $ 5.30
3/8 91Z03.02 $1.10 $ 4.80 91Y03.02 $1.10 $ 5.10
1/2 91Z03.03 $1.10 $ 5.00 91Y03.03 $1.10 $ 5.40
#3 PRICE PRICE
5/8 91Z03.04 $1.10 $ 5.40 SIZE/ (pkg. 100) (pkg. 100)
FINISH ITEM # ITEM #
3/4 91Z03.05 $1.20 $ 5.60 LENGTH
1+ 10+ 1+ 10+
1/4 91Z04.01 $1.10 $ 5.00 91Y04.01 $1.20 $ 5.60 1/2 Antique Brass 01Z10.41 $2.20 $1.85 01Z20.41 $2.60 $2.20
3/8 91Z04.02 $1.10 $ 5.00 91Y04.02 $1.20 $ 5.60 1/2 Antique Copper 01Z10.42 $2.10 $1.80 01Z20.42 $2.50 $2.10
1/2 91Z04.03 $1.10 $ 5.00 91Y04.03 $1.20 $ 5.60 91X04.03 $1.20 $ 5.60 1/2 Nickel Plate 01Z10.43 $2.10 $1.80 01Z20.43 $2.50 $2.10
#4
5/8 91Z04.04 $1.20 $ 5.60 91Y04.04 $1.20 $ 6.40 91X04.04 $1.20 $ 6.40 1/2 Flat Black 01Z10.44 $1.90 $1.60 01Z20.44 $2.10 $1.80
3/4 91Z04.05 $1.20 $ 6.00 91Y04.05 $1.30 $ 6.80 91X04.05 $1.30 $ 6.80 #4
5/8 Antique Brass 01Z10.51 $2.50 $2.10 01Z20.51 $2.70 $2.30
1 91Z04.07 $1.30 $ 7.00 91Y04.07 $1.40 $ 7.80 91X04.07 $1.40 $ 7.80 5/8 Antique Copper 01Z10.52 $2.40 $2.05 01Z20.52 $2.60 $2.20
1/2 91Z05.03 $1.20 $ 5.50 91Y05.03 $1.20 $ 6.40 91X05.03 $1.20 $ 6.40 5/8 Nickel Plate 01Z10.53 $2.40 $2.05 01Z20.53 $2.60 $2.20
5/8 91Z05.04 $1.20 $ 6.20 91Y05.04 $1.30 $ 7.10 91X05.04 $1.30 $ 7.10 5/8 Flat Black 01Z10.54 $2.00 $1.70 01Z20.54 $2.40 $2.05
#5
3/4 91Z05.05 $1.30 $ 6.80 91Y05.05 $1.50 $ 9.20 91X05.05 $1.50 $ 9.20 1/2 Antique Brass 01Z11.41 $2.60 $2.20 01Z21.41 $3.20 $2.70
1 91Z05.07 $1.50 $ 9.10 91Y05.07 $1.60 $ 9.40 91X05.07 $1.60 $ 9.40 1/2 Antique Copper 01Z11.42 $2.50 $2.10 01Z21.42 $3.10 $2.60
3/8 91Z06.02 $1.20 $ 6.30 91Y06.02 $1.30 $ 6.80 1/2 Nickel Plate 01Z11.43 $2.50 $2.10 01Z21.43 $3.10 $2.60
1/2 91Z06.03 $1.20 $ 6.30 91Y06.03 $1.30 $ 7.10 91X06.03 $1.30 $ 7.10 1/2 Flat Black 01Z11.44 $2.40 $2.05 01Z21.44 $2.70 $2.30
5/8 91Z06.04 $1.30 $ 6.90 91Y06.04 $1.40 $ 8.40 91X06.04 $1.40 $ 8.40 5/8 Antique Brass 01Z11.51 $2.80 $2.40 01Z21.51 $3.40 $2.90
#6 3/4 91Z06.05 $1.40 $ 7.90 91Y06.05 $1.40 $ 8.40 91X06.05 $1.40 $ 8.40 5/8 Antique Copper 01Z11.52 $2.70 $2.30 01Z21.52 $3.20 $2.70
1 91Z06.07 $1.80 $ 9.50 91Y06.07 $1.90 $10.50 91X06.07 $1.90 $10.50 #6
5/8 Nickel Plate 01Z11.53 $2.70 $2.30 01Z21.53 $3.20 $2.70
11/4 91Z06.08 $2.10 $11.30 91Y06.08 $2.10 $12.00 91X06.08 $2.10 $12.00 5/8 Flat Black 01Z11.54 $2.50 $2.10 01Z21.54 $2.80 $2.40
11/2 91Z06.09 $2.30 $13.80 91Y06.09 $2.30 $13.70 91X06.09 $2.30 $13.70
Antique Brass 01Z11.61 $3.10 $2.60 01Z21.61
3/4 $3.80 $3.25
1/2 91Z08.03 $1.50 $ 9.20 91Y08.03 $1.50 $ 9.20 3/4 Antique Copper 01Z11.62 $3.00 $2.55 01Z21.62 $3.50 $3.00
5/8 91Z08.04 $1.60 $ 9.30 91Y08.04 $1.60 $ 9.40 91X08.04 $1.60 $ 9.40 3/4 Nickel Plate 01Z11.63 $3.00 $2.55 01Z21.63 $3.50 $3.00
3/4 91Z08.05 $1.90 $10.10 91Y08.05 $1.90 $ 9.90 91X08.05 $1.90 $ 9.90 3/4 Flat Black 01Z11.64 $2.60 $2.20 01Z21.64 $3.10 $2.60
1 91Z08.07 $2.20 $12.70 91Y08.07 $2.30 $13.70 91X08.07 $2.30 $13.70
Antique Brass 01Z12.51 $3.40 $2.90 01Z22.51
#8 5/8 $4.00 $3.40
11/4 91Z08.08 $2.40 $14.10 91Y08.08 $2.70 $16.20 91X08.08 $2.70 $16.20 5/8 Antique Copper 01Z12.52 $3.10 $2.60 01Z22.52 $3.30 $2.80
11/2 91Z08.09 $2.70 $16.00 91Y08.09 $2.80 $17.50 91X08.09 $2.80 $17.50 5/8 Nickel Plate 01Z12.53 $3.10 $2.60 01Z22.53 $3.30 $2.80
13/4 91Z08.10 $2.80 $17.50 5/8 Flat Black 01Z12.54 $2.80 $2.40 01Z22.54 $3.20 $2.70
2 91Z08.11 $3.40 $20.30 91Y08.11 $3.50 $21.50 3/4 Antique Brass 01Z12.61 $3.40 $2.90 01Z22.61 $4.10 $3.50
3/4 91Z10.05 $2.30 $13.80 91Y10.05 $2.60 $15.40 91X10.05 $2.60 $15.40 3/4 Antique Copper 01Z12.62 $3.30 $2.80 01Z22.62 $3.90 $3.30
1 91Z10.07 $2.70 $15.70 91Y10.07 $2.80 $17.50 91X10.07 $2.80 $17.50 #8
3/4 Nickel Plate 01Z12.63 $3.30 $2.80 01Z22.63 $3.90 $3.30
11/4 91Z10.08 $2.90 $18.20 91Y10.08 $3.20 $19.90 91X10.08 $3.20 $19.90
#10 3/4 Flat Black 01Z12.64 $2.80 $2.40 01Z22.64 $3.20 $2.70
11/2 91Z10.09 $3.50 $21.00 91Y10.09 $3.70 $22.60 91X10.09 $3.70 $22.60
1 Antique Brass 01Z12.81 $3.90 $3.30 01Z22.81 $4.40 $3.75
13/4 91Z10.10 $3.80 $23.50
1 Antique Copper 01Z12.82 $3.40 $2.90 01Z22.82 $4.00 $3.40
2 91Z10.11 $4.20 $26.10 91Y10.11 $4.00 $24.70
1 Nickel Plate 01Z12.83 $3.40 $2.90 01Z22.83 $4.00 $3.40
1 91Z12.07 $2.90 $18.70
1 Flat Black 01Z12.84 $3.10 $2.60 01Z22.84 $3.40 $2.90
11/2 91Z12.09 $4.00 $24.70
#12
13/4 91Z12.10 $4.40 $27.10
2 91Z12.11 $4.80 $30.20
Visit us at www.leevalley.com

Hardware Fasteners 409

 A B C
G H
J
K
L
M
N
O P
D E F
Lee Valley Decorative Hole Plugs G. PVC Screw Covers of each species, and then stick the caps to the
A tidy way to conceal and protect fasteners, For covering installed screws, screw holes, stain container for an easy reference. Available
these domed plugs press-fit into 3/8 or 1/2 system connectors or damaged system holes, in two diameters and packaged in sheets.
diameter these white PVC self-adhesive caps are fast and Quantity per sheet is given in the price lines. A
counterbores easy to use. Available in three diameters and set of four sheets (one sheet of each species) is
(minimum packaged in sheets. Quantity per sheet is shown also available in each size. 1+ 5+
1/8 deep). in brackets in the price lines. 1+ 5+ H. 00S54.16 Maple 3/8 (120) $ 4.20 $3.80
They are 00S53.06 3/8 White Covers (120) $2.30 $2.05 J. 00S54.26 Red Oak 3/8 (120) $ 4.20 $3.80
turned from 00S53.09 9/16 White Covers (52) $2.30 $2.05 K. 00S54.36 Cherry 3/8 (120) $ 4.20 $3.80
brass or 00S53.11 11/16 White Covers (36) $2.30 $2.05 L. 00S54.46 Pine 3/8 (120) $ 4.20 $3.80
stainless 00S54.60 Set 3/8 (4 above) $14.20
steel with a tumbled matte nish, or from steel Unnished Wood Screw Covers M. 00S54.19 Maple 9/16 (52) $ 3.60 $3.25
with a black nish. Sold in packages of four. For covering installed screws, screw holes, N. 00S54.29 Red Oak 9/16 (52) $ 3.60 $3.25
A. 05H30.01 3/8 Brass, pkg. of 4 $ 6.80 system connectors or damaged system holes, O. 00S54.39 Cherry 9/16 (52) $ 3.60 $3.25
B. 05H30.02 3/8 Stainless Steel, pkg. of 4 $ 7.10 these unnished, real wood self-adhesive caps P. 00S54.49 Pine 9/16 (52) $ 3.60 $3.25
C. 05H30.03 3/8 Black Steel, pkg. of 4 $12.40 can be stained to match your project. While they 00S54.90 Set 9/16 (4 above) $12.00
D. 05H30.11 1/2 Brass, pkg. of 4 $ 7.90 dont replace plugging on ne furniture, they are
E. 05H30.12 1/2 Stainless Steel, pkg. of 4 $ 8.30 a fast and easy x. Also useful for testing/orga- Visit us at www.leevalley.com
F. 05H30.13 1/2 Black Steel, pkg. of 4 $13.30 nizing stain samples just apply a stain to a cap

Q. Screw Covers head mates with the tapped hole in W. Tapped Screws
Brass caps with a polished or chrome nish. The each screw. Can be used as design Slot-head plated steel screws for use with screw
cap snaps onto a nylon washer, which accepts accents, or as security fasteners. caps. In two lengths only, 25mm (1) and 40mm
screws from #8 to #14. Cap is 11/16 in diameter, Particularly good for applications (19/16). These are #8 screws tapped to accept
3/16 high. Sold in packages of 10. 1+ 5+ where repeated assembly/disas- our screw caps. Packages of 24.
00S52.01 Screw Covers, PB (10) $13.50 $12.15 sembly is required, as they hide 00K44.03 #825mm Screws (24) $ 7.70
00S52.05 Screw Covers, CP (10) $13.50 $12.15 the screws, which may become 00K44.05 #840mm Screws (24) $10.80
scarred with use. Note that the
Brass Cover-Head Screws smallest cap of each style uses the X. Screw Caps
These premium cover caps are all turned from screws marked #1; the others use These caps have a threaded stud (1/4
solid brass stock, available in flat or dome the screws marked #2, #3. Sold in long) that is used with our tapped
heads, with polished chrome or polished brass packages of four. Made in England. 1+ 5+ screws, resulting in a clean, well-
nishes. A threaded stud on the underside of the R. 00K45.10 1/2 PC Flat Cap #1 $ 5.10 $4.60 nished appearance and easy
00K45.11 9/16 PC Flat Cap #2 $ 6.10 $5.50 disassembly and reassembly. Antique
00K45.12 3/4 PC Flat Cap #3 $ 9.90 $8.90 bronze, nickel-plated brass or polished
S. 00K45.20 1/2 PB Flat Cap #1 $ 5.80 $5.20 brass nish. In 12mm (1/2) or 15mm
00K45.21 9/16 PB Flat Cap #2 $ 7.10 $6.40 (5/8) diameter. Packages of 24.
Q 00K45.22 3/4 PB Flat Cap #3 $10.90 $9.80 00K42.01 12mm Caps, ABZ (24) $ 7.70
T. 00K45.40 3/8 PC Dome Cap #1 $ 3.30 $2.95 00K42.02 15mm Caps, ABZ (24) $12.00
00K45.41 1/2 PC Dome Cap #2 $ 3.60 $3.25 00K43.01 12mm Caps, NP (24) $ 7.70
00K45.42 5/8 PC Dome Cap #3 $ 6.40 $5.75 00K43.02 15mm Caps, NP (24) $12.00
R U. 00K45.50 3/8 PB Dome Cap #1 $ 4.20 $3.80 00K41.01 12mm Caps, PB (24) $ 7.70
00K45.51 1/2 PB Dome Cap #2 $ 4.30 $3.85 00K41.02 15mm Caps, PB (24) $12.00
00K45.52 5/8 PB Dome Cap #3 $ 7.10 $6.40
V. Screws 1+ 5+
S 00K45.95 Pkg. (4) 5/8 #1 $ 2.20 $2.00
V 00K45.96 Pkg. (4) 3/4 #1 $ 2.20 $2.00
00K45.97 Pkg. (4) 1 #1 $ 2.20 $2.00
T 00K45.98 Pkg. (4) 11/4 #1 $ 2.40 $2.15
00K45.99 Pkg. (4) 11/2 #1 $ 2.60 $2.35
00K45.85 Pkg. (4) 5/8 #2, #3 $ 2.20 $2.00
U 00K45.86 Pkg. (4) 3/4 #2, #3 $ 2.20 $2.00 X
00K45.88 Pkg. (4) 1 #2, #3 $ 2.20 $2.00
00K45.90 Pkg. (4) 11/4 #2, #3 $ 2.40 $2.15 W
00K45.92 Pkg. (4) 11/2 #2, #3 $ 2.60 $2.35
410 Hardware Fasteners
 A. Adjustable Cabinet Hangers 1 Vertical adjustment 2 Depth adjustment 3 Anti turn-over locking
Easy to install, these wall-mount steel cabinet
hangers allow a range of vertical and tilt adjustment
(up to 1/2) without having to remove the cabinet
from the wall. Two hangers mounted on the back of
the cabinet seat securely in channels in the included
wall-mounting plates. Two small slots (approxi-
mately 1/221/16) cut into the rear cabinet panel
permit access to the positioning mechanisms,
which are adjusted independently using a A
#2 Phillips or POZIDRIV bit (not included).
Included low-profile plastic caps press-fit into
place, concealing the access slots. The hangers can Cabinet
also be locked to prevent the cabinet from being hanger
accidentally dislodged from the wall. Supplied in
sets of two hangers (37/817/8 overall), two
mounting plates and two concealer caps. Each Wall- Concealer cap
mounting ts over slot.
hanger supports up to 75kg/165 lb. 1+ 5+ plate
01S19.45 Cabinet Hangers, pr. $7.10 $6.05
Cut slots into rear cabinet
panel for adjustment.

B. Cabinet Hangers Hanger adjusts: J. Brass Finishing/Cup Washers

Used to provide Finishing (or cup) washers substantially
three-axis Up-down increase the holding power of a screw (at
adjustment Side B or oval head) while giving it a nished look.
of wall-hung to Useful for holding fabric or thin material, or
side
cabinets (1/2 In-out
for distributing screw load. Also suitable as
side to side, 1/4 low-prole box feet. Solid brass, sold in J
up-down, and 1 hundreds. For odd-numbered screw sizes,
in-out). Much use the next largest size.
like drawer-front 94Z02.01 #6 Cup Washers (100) $5.30
adjusters, an 94Z02.02 #8 Cup Washers (100) $5.60
eccentric cam 94Z02.03 #10 Cup Washers (100) $6.80
handles the 94Z02.04 #12 Cup Washers (100) $8.30
adjustments parallel to the wall while a slotted bracket controls the in-out.
Attaches to the wall using a 1/4 fastener (lag bolt or screw, not included), Lee Valley Countersunk Washers
and to the cabinet with the included bolt. Can be left installed, or removed Designed for use with standard at-head screws with 82 countersink heads,
for reuse after permanent shimming and positioning. Useful even if you do these machined washers prevent the normal tendency of screw heads to split
have three hands. Steel bracket is 113/16 wide by 13/4 high; plastic cam is stock. The washer/screw combination applies force the same way a pan-head
11/8 dia. Sold in pairs. 1+ 5+ screw does, but is counterbored to a ush position. The nished work is
01L06.01 Cabinet Hangers, pr. $18.70 $15.90 normally sanded before varnishing, creating a smooth, nished look, with the
screw head and exposed washer rim being at the same level. These washers
Z-Clips C have a key role to play in renovations or external trim repair since they allow
These low-prole fasteners are ideal for hanging you to pull warped trim into place with long screws and then nish over it.
panels, partitions, frames or cabinets. Extruded Available in three screw sizes, in brass or stainless steel. The required
from aluminum, the 1/4 thick clips are 2 wide counterbore sizes are 5/16 for the #6, 3/8 for the #8 and 7/16 for the #10
and have a 3/8 overlap; a pair measures 23/8 washers. We recommend using a
high when overlapped. The 3/16 thick clips are forstner bit or brad-point drill
1 1/ 2 wide and have a 5/ 8 overlap; a pair for the counterbore hole. Can be
measures 31/8 high when overlapped. Sold in used functionally with wood
packages of four clips enough for two joints screws without an 82 counter-
or in 36 continuous lengths for custom sizes. sink head, but the heads may not
1+ 10+ D seat ush with the washers. Patented. #10 washers shown twice
C. 00S18.20 1/4 Z-Clips (4) $ 3.60 $ 3.05 K. Brass actual size for clarity.
00S18.15 3/16 Z-Clips (4) $ 3.30 $ 2.80 01K70.01 #6 Washers, pkg. of 10 $6.50
D. 00S18.60 1/4 Clip Material, 36 $13.90 $11.80 E 01K70.02 #8 Washers, pkg. of 10 $7.30
E. 00S18.55 16 Clip Material, 36 $13.90 $11.80
3/ 01K70.03 #10 Washers, pkg. of 10 $7.80
L. Stainless Steel
Buttons & Plugs 01K70.51 #6 Washers, pkg. of 10 $8.70
Tapered screw head
To cover countersunk screws or for decorative effects. Buttons are maple or 01K70.52 #8 Washers, pkg. of 10 $9.20 forces wood apart and
oak, depending on supply. Height Base Dia. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ 01K70.53 #10 Washers, pkg. of 10 $9.60 can cause splitting.
F. 41K01.30 Button 1/4 1/4 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06
41K01.31 Button 5/16 3/8 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06
41K01.32 Button 3/8 1/2 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06
G. 41K10.21 Maple Plug 1/4 3/8 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06
41K10.22 Oak Plug 1/4 3/8 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 L Flat-bottom washer
applies force straight
H. 41K10.31 Maple Plug 5/16 1/2 $ .10 $ .08 $ .07 $ .06 down to prevent splitting.
41K10.32 Oak Plug 5/16 1/2 $ .12 $ .10 $ .09 $ .07
F G H

K
Shown actual size. Hardware Fasteners 411
 1/4-20 Quick-Connect
B
Hardware D
H

This hardware represents an economical,

fast and strong method of furniture
construction. Joints made with this
system can be repeatedly assembled E F G
and disassembled. The bolts, cross
dowels and bolt caps are all steel; the A C
bolts and caps are bronze nished. The insert nuts and cap nuts are die cast
5.4
from a zinc alloy; the cap nuts are bronze nished. All parts are fully F. Regular-Head Bolts
13
compatible as they share /4-20 threads. These also make good jig and
1 With ample head size for
xture parts. As with any fastener, the pre-drill size will vary depending on most joints, these are most L1
2
the material thickness and density. See charts below for additional informa- applicable for corner joints
in narrow stock or anywhere 2 L
tion. All pricing is per piece, with additional discounts for increasing
quantities of the same product. else where head proportion in relation to stock width is critical. 4mm hex
key required. 13mm dia. head.
L1
A. Plain Insert Nuts L L1 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
With no shoulder, these nuts can 00N16.30 30mm, ea. 20 $ .32 $ .25 $ .22 $ .19
be bottomed out in a hole, or set d2 d3 00N16.40 40mm, ea. 30 $ .38 $ .30 $ .26 $ .22
below a surface. The tapered 00N16.50 50mm, ea. 30 $ .40 $ .32 $ .28 $ .24
interrupted thread design ensures 00N16.70 70mm, ea. 40 $ .44 $ .35 $ .30 $ .26
L
positive locking and good
5.4
pull-out resistance. Can also be used for curved work, or when you want to set G. Large-Head Bolts
the nut deep to accommodate over-long bolts. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ Particularly useful for softer 17
2
00N11.13 13mm Plain Nut $ .28 $ .22 $ .19 $ .16 woods, such as pine, these L1
00N11.20 20mm Plain Nut $ .36 $ .28 $ .25 $ .21 bolts have a larger head for 2
L
L1 distributing the compressive force. Often used with a cross dowel. 17mm
B. Flanged Insert Nuts dia. heads. L L1 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
With the same features as 00N15.40 40mm, ea. 30 $ .40 $ .32 $ .28 $ .24
d3 d2
the plain insert nuts, these d1 00N15.50 50mm, ea. 30 $ .42 $ .33 $ .29 $ .25
have a thin ange and are 00N15.70 70mm, ea. 40 $ .46 $ .36 $ .32 $ .27
used for a ush t the L 00N15.90 90mm, ea. 40 $ .62 $ .49 $ .43 $ .37
ange prevents oversinking. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
00N10.13 13mm Flanged Nut $ .28 $ .22 $ .19 $ .16 H. Shoulder Bolts 8.9

00N10.20 20mm Flanged Nut $ .36 $ .28 $ .25 $ .21 The large-diameter shoulder 17
00N10.25 25mm Flanged Nut $ .42 $ .33 $ .29 $ .25 section of these bolts has a L1
larger load-bearing surface L2
C. Cross Dowels for applications where shear 2 L
Meant for use where you need a strong L3 stresses are involved. They provide excellent rigidity, with minimal wood
joint, or where the material used is not L distortion. 17mm dia. heads.
strong enough to support a threaded L L1 L2 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
insert. Larger cross dowels provide more 00N14.30 30mm, ea. 19 10 $ .62 $ .49 $ .43 $ .37
d3
bearing surface for a stronger joint, and 00N14.40 40mm, ea. 29 10 $ .70 $ .56 $ .49 $ .42
reduced risk of material failure. They can also be used for thinner material, 00N14.50 50mm, ea. 31 18 $ .80 $ .64 $ .56 $ .48
where a screw-in nut wouldnt be appropriate. Threaded holes are located 00N14.70 70mm, ea. 35 18 $ .90 $ .72 $ .63 $ .54
approximately 6mm from the non-slotted end of the two smaller sizes and
10mm from the end of the larger size. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+ J. Hex Keys L L1 L3 d1 d2 d3
00N18.12 12mm Cross Dowel $ .42 $ .33 $ .29 $ .25 Used primarily with fastening bolts. Plain Insert Nuts 13 3 12 7.5
20 3.7 11.7 7.7
00N18.16 16mm Cross Dowel $ .48 $ .38 $ .33 $ .28 00M30.21 4mm Hex Key, ea. $ .60 13 3.4 12.5 11.7 7.8
00N18.30 30mm Cross Dowel $ .60 $ .48 $ .42 $ .36 00M30.22 5mm Hex Key, ea. $ .60 Flanged Insert 20 3.4 12.5 12 7.5
Nuts 25 4 12.5 11.9 8
L1
00M30.23 6mm Hex Key, ea. $ .90
D. Capped Insert Nut 12 6 10
Cross Dowel 16 6 10
Used for through joints where 30 10 10
the nut may be exposed, this nut d1 d3 d2 Capped Insert Nut 15.5 13 17 10.8 8.4
has a closed end and is knocked J
Bolt Caps 12 8 17 9
into the pre-drilled hole. The L 17 13 17 9
teeth hold the nut in place and 2 All sizes are in millimetres.
prevent it from turning as the bolt is tightened. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
00N12.01 Capped Insert Nut $ .58 $ .46 $ .40 $ .34 Material Hex Pre-Drill
Plain Nuts Zinc 6mm 11/32-23/64 8.7-9.1mm
E. Bolt Caps L1
Flanged Nuts Zinc 6mm 11/32-23/64 8.7-9.1mm
In a bronze nish to match the
bolts, these caps have all the d1 d3 25mm Flanged Nut Zinc 6mm 11/32-3/8 8.7-9.5mm
same strength and load-bearing Capped Nut Zinc N/A 21/64-11/32 8.3-8.7mm
features of our shoulder bolts. L Bolt Caps Steel 5mm 0.354 9.0mm
2
They can be used with any of the Regular-Head Bolts Steel 4mm N/A N/A
bolt styles, and are useful for making through connections, in much the
Large-Head Bolts Steel 4mm N/A N/A
same manner as one would use Chicago bolts. 1+ 10+ 100+ 500+
00N20.12 12mm Bolt Cap $ .60 $ .48 $ .42 $ .36 Shoulder Bolts Steel 5mm 0.354 9.0mm
00N20.17 17mm Bolt Cap $ .72 $ .57 $ .50 $ .43 Cross Dowels Steel N/A 0.394 10mm
412 Hardware Fasteners
 A. Corner
Joiners
These joiners
are useful
where rapid
assembly and
disassembly
are necessary. C E
Joining
Good for parti- A B
tions, shelving, and false fronts G
in casework. The plated corners
are 3/43/411/2. Sold as eight
pieces (enough to make four
joints). Screws not included.
Corner Joiners (8) 1+ 5+
00S14.01 $7.00 $5.95 Stacking F
D
Flush-Mount Clips
These versatile interlocking hangers are only 1/8
thick. Used for hanging panels, cabinets, mirrors
and displays, they can also be used in applications H
where dismounting is necessary. The large size is
17/8 wide by 11/2 high, and the small measures
19/16 wide by 5/8 high. Package of 10 clips, J
enough for ve joints. Requires at-head screws
(not included). 1+ 5+
B. 00M85.02 Large Clips (10) $5.80 $4.95 E. Blind Hangers Taper Connectors
C. 00M85.01 Small Clips (10) $6.30 $5.35 These 3 long blind hangers (9/16 wide) have These taper steel
angled slots that trap at-head screws. For use connectors can be used
D. Shelf and Valance Hangers where you dont want the hangers exposed. Each for either ush mounting
Though primarily used for mounting shelves mounts with three #6 screws (not included). Zinc or joining. Only 1/4
and curtain valances, these steel hangers plated, and sold in packages of 10. 1+ 10+ thick and 5/8 wide, they
can handle a number of light-duty functions. 00S10.75 3 Hangers (10) $4.30 $3.65 can be surface mounted
Each hanger consists of a tapered bracket or mortised. Particularly
(9/16 wide by 1 high) and a saddle (13/4 F. Cabinet Hanger good for blind-mounting
wide by 7/16 high). Sold in sets of four. Screws This simple Italian-made hanger makes it easy to wooden shelf brackets,
not included. 1+ 5+ hang shelves or cabinets. It is used primarily these are strong connec-
00S88.01 V. Hangers (4) $11.90 $10.10 where it wont be seen, such as for mounting a tors. Three lengths available. Sold in pairs.
corner cupboard. Zinc-plated steel, it measures Screws not included. 1+ 10+
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in 80mm15mm. Requires two #6 at-head screws G. 00S13.02 2 Connectors, pr. $3.50 $3.00
the price line. (not included). 1+ 10+ H. 00S13.04 4 Connectors, pr. $4.20 $3.55
00S04.02 Cabinet Hanger, ea. $ .50 $ .40 J. 00S13.06 6 Connectors, pr. $5.10 $4.35

K. Lee Valley Tension Rod Nuts

Tension rod construction is a strong and versatile method for building rigid
trestles and knock-down furniture. Its main drawback is the limited choice of
attractive hardware for exposed rod ends. The most common solution, acorn
nuts with washers, suits few furniture styles. Our tension rod ttings address
this problem. Sized to t either 3/8-16 UNC or 1/2-13 UNC standard threaded
rod, these aluminum nuts are designed to look good when left exposed.
Each nut has four tightening holes spaced around the outer edge to
accept a 1/4 dia. lever for tightening (a 4 long steel lever is avail-
able separately). The large nut diameter distributes the compressive
force to minimize material crushing, while affording a suitable
moment arm to apply as much tension as one is likely to want. K
Satin-black anodized nish with a slightly domed prole. Priced
per nut. (Nut diameter stated in price line is nominal.) Patented.
1+ 4+
05G07.10 11/4 Nut for 3/8-16 Rod, ea. $6.40 $5.45
05G07.12 11/2 Nut for 1/2-13 Rod, ea. $7.90 $6.70 Carcass
L. 05G07.14 4 Steel Lever $1.60 construction
L

Trestle Bench/chair Cabinet base

construction construction construction

413
 Zipbolt Connectors F. Zipbolt Miter Connector
Easy to install or adjust, these knock-down connectors simplify the process of Used to secure mitered
joining worktops, panels or handrails. Instead of having to use a wrench at an butt joints, this hinged
awkward angle to tighten or loosen the joint, you simply adjust the geared connector draws
mechanism using a hex bit (2 long steel bits with 1/4 hex shanks sold sepa- together two pieces
F
rately). Sturdy all-steel construction, for use in wood or composites. of stock that join to
form any angle up
A. Zipbolt Railing Connector A
to 180. At each end
Useful for perpendicular joints such of the bolt, an anchor seats in a
as when attaching a handrail to a post or railing, 25mm (1) dia. by 12.5mm (1/2)
this sturdy connector draws the parts together rmly. deep recess, centered 60mm
One end of the bolt is 8mm (5/16) with an anchor that (23/8) from the heel of the join.
seats in a 25mm (1) dia. by 12.5mm (1/2) deep recess Miter Connector, ea. 1+ 5+
in the handrail, centered 50mm to 60mm (2 to 23/8) 00S12.30 $4.00 $3.40
from the joint. At the other end, a 12mm (15/32) diam-
eter, 31mm (11/4) long anged insert nut screws into 4mm Hex Bit
the post or horizontal rail. 1+ 5+ 19J41.04 $1.30 $1.10
00S12.40 Railing Connector, ea. $2.80 $2.40
19J41.04 4mm Hex Bit $1.30 $1.10 G. Zipbolt Half-Miter Connector
To create a strong, snug joint
Zipbolt Countertop Connectors between a mitered end and an
The 81mm connector has anchors that seat in 35mm (13/8) dia. by 20mm (13/16) adjacent face, this hinged connector
deep recesses, centered 33mm to 44mm (15/16 to 13/4) on either side of the join, can be set at any angle up to 180.
G
and uses a 5mm hex bit for adjustment. The 100mm connector has anchors that t At one end of the bolt, an anchor seats
25mm (1) dia. by 12.5mm (1/2) deep recesses, centered in a 25mm (1) dia. by 12.5mm (1/2)
42mm to 49mm (15/8 to 115/16) from the join, and uses a deep recess, centered 60mm (23/8)
4mm hex bit for adjustment. 1+ 5+ from the heel of the miter. At the
B. 00S12.10 81mm35mm Connector, ea. $2.20 $1.85 D other end, a 10mm (13/32) diameter,
C. 19J41.05 5mm Hex Bit $1.40 $1.20 21mm (13/16) long anged insert
D. 00S12.20 100mm25mm Connector, ea. $2.50 $2.10 nut is mounted in the wood (or wood
E. 19J41.04 4mm Hex Bit $1.30 $1.10 composite). As the parts are drawn
C together, an elbow hinge in the bolt
E adjusts to ensure a ush connection.
Half-Miter Connector, ea. 1+ 5+
00S12.31 $3.30 $2.80
D 4mm Hex Bit
B B 19J41.04 $1.30 $1.10

Quick-Connect Fittings Quick-Adjust Countertop Connector Insert the

For use in material at least 19mm (3/4) thick, these knock- These countertop connectors install quickly, connector
down ttings let you make strong, easy-to-assemble butt without need for a third hand or even a into the
housing.
joints. Install the 12mm (15/32) diameter threaded wrench. Designed for use in material at
insert nut and 37.5mm (11/2) long dowel pin on least 25mm (1) thick, the anchors seat
one side of the joint, and the 15mm (19/32) snugly in 35mm (13/8) dia. by 20mm deep
diameter cross dowel on the other. When you recesses on opposite sides of the join. Instead
assemble the joint, the dowel pin ts into of a wrench, a 6mm hex key is used to drive
a through hole in the cross dowel and the screw-feed mechanism, drawing the join
is locked in place with an included together (maximum draw is 6mm). Fast,
set screw. A sloped recess in the simple and convenient. Made in Italy from
dowel pin draws the joint tight when high-strength plastic, zinc alloy and steel. Fasten the
connector
you tighten the set screw. The dowel Mounting guide included. Sizes listed refer to using a
pins tapered end makes aligning the cross dowel much the center-to-center distances between the 6mm hex
key or a
easier. Sold as a set of four ttings. 1+ 10+ anchors. 1+ 5+ cordless
00D79.20 Fittings, set of 4 $7.60 $6.50 H. 01S19.35 64mm Connector, ea. $3.90 $3.30 drill with
J. 01S19.37 150mm Connector, ea. $4.70 $4.00 a 6mm
hexagonal
bit.

J
Connection
for worktops
and panels
414 Hardware Fasteners
 A

B C D E

Button-Fix Panel Couplers 15mm fall

A. Knock-Down Fittings A simple way to secure knock-down panel constructions, these button- B to engage
panel
This set of knock- and-socket couplers are literally a snap to engage and disengage.
down ttings Mounted to one panel, the 18mm (3/4) diameter button projects 8mm
Cam nut
contains all cap
(5/16) and connects with a socket tting on an adjacent panel, locking Surface
the pieces with an audible click, so you can be sure all parts are properly joined. The mounted
necessary Insert in-line version requires a 52mm45mm (21/817/8) mounting area for
Turn in direction
for making nut of arrow. the socket and can be surface-mounted directly to the panel face using #8 Requires two overlapping 5mm
(3/16) deep holes made with a
quick-connect pan-head screws, creating an 8mm (5/16) offset between the panels, or can 24mm forstner bit.
Bolt
joints on mate- be recessed (#8 at-head screws required) for a closer t, with 3mm (1/8)
rial at least 16mm Cam nut of offset. To join two perpendicular panels, the 90 coupler holds the edge 15mm fall
to engage
(5/8) thick. Each package contains 10 each of of one panel ush against the other panel face. The 90 socket requires a B panel
threaded insert nuts, bolts, cam nuts, brown 50mm18mm (211/16) mounting area. Both the in-line and 90
cover caps and white cover caps. Drill sizes couplers are available with two different types of button xtures; one has
required are 7mm, 10mm and 15mm (or their a 7/32 diameter hole for a #10 wood screw and the other has a 6mm hole Recessed
closest Imperial equivalent). Effective and for use with a 5mm diameter Euro screw. All parts are tough nylon;
simple to use. Instructions included. 1+ 10+ mounting screws not included. Four buttons and four sockets per set.
00W95.01 KD Fittings (10) $5.60 $4.75 Made in U.K.
B. 00S01.70 In-Line Couplers (wood screw), set of 4 $6.80 C
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit C. 00S01.71 90 Couplers (wood screw), set of 4 $6.80
our website at www.leevalley.com D. 00S01.72 In-Line Couplers (Euro screw), set of 4 $6.80
E. 00S01.73 90 Couplers (Euro screw), set of 4 $6.80

Veritas Knock-Down Fasteners

Developed for knock-down construction, these bolts and cross- See the chart for cross-dowel and bolt sizing, as well as the recommended stock
dowels are useful anywhere you need a strong butt joint, or where the thickness. Made in Canada.
material is not strong enough to support a threaded insert. The brass
cross-dowel has a threaded hole through the middle to accept the F. Knock-Down Brass Cross-Dowel Zinc-Plated Bolt G. Matching Dowel Caps
accompanying zinc-plated steel bolt. The combination of brass and Fasteners Nominal Nominal Bolt Product # Finish Price, ea.
steel prevents lockup, permitting easy disassembly. No complex Dimen- Stock Thread Length
Product # Price sions* Thickness 1+ 4+
joinery is required for rigid construction, and the bolt can be snugged
if anything loosens due to humidity changes. The cross-dowel has a 05G07.06 each $ 3.70 05G06.01 Zinc $2.90 $2.60
1/21/2 3/4 1/4-20 3 05G06.02 Brass $2.90 $2.60
slot at one end so you can use a screwdriver to align it with the bolt. 05G07.03 pkg. 4 $13.20 05G06.03 Black $3.20 $2.90
A threaded hole on the other end of the cross-dowel allows mounting
05G07.07 each $ 4.40 05G06.11 Zinc $3.00 $2.70
of a dowel cap. Each fastener includes a cross-dowel, washer and 5/85/8 1 5/16-18 4 05G06.12 Brass $3.00 $2.70
bolt. The largest size is available only as a package of four. 05G07.04 pkg. 4 $15.70 05G06.13 Black $3.40 $3.05
Available in brass, or steel with zinc or black plating, the dowel 05G06.21 Zinc $3.10 $2.80
05G07.08 each $ 5.50
caps are used to conceal the hole made for the cross-dowel. Sized 3/43/4 11/4 3/8-16 5 05G06.22 Brass $3.10 $2.80
relative to the cross-dowel, each cap has a boss on the underside for 05G07.05 pkg. 4 $19.70 05G06.23 Black $3.50 $3.15
registration in the hole drilled for the cross-dowel; a set screw (two 05G06.31 Zinc $3.40 $3.05
are supplied in 1/4 and 5/16 lengths) mounts into 8-32 threaded 05G07.02 pkg. 4 $33.50 11 11/2 1/2-13 6 05G06.32 Brass $3.40 $3.05
holes in the cross-dowel and the underside of the cap, fastening the 05G06.33 Black $3.70 $3.30
cap in place. The diameter of each cap is about 1/8 larger than the *The actual nut diameters are 0.020 undersize from stated. This provides clearance in a hole drilled to
stated diameter of the cross-dowel. the nominal size noted.

Cap is held Magnet Dowel cap

in place by G
a set screw.

Dowel cap

F G
Set screw
You can hide the bolt head with a
dowel cap by placing a rare-earth
magnet between the bolt and the
cap set screw (though the brass
cap is non-magnetic, its steel
screw will hold the cap in place).

Hardware Fasteners 415

 E
Horizontal application
A

A. Striplox Surface-Mount Connector E. Knock-Down Panel Connectors

This concealed connector creates a strong interlock If youre hesitant to make a permanent connec-
when mounting large or heavy materials to a surface. A tion, these clips are very useful. With a pull-out
One of the two fittings attaches to the mounting resistance of 185 lb, they wont come undone
surface and the other to the item being secured. A accidentally! Made from
Mounted
to back Removing the locking tab prior to installation permits B a thermoplastic resin,
of cabinet use as a knock-down connector, allowing disassembly their functional tempera-
with a lift-and-pull motion whenever needed (for ture range is from -40F
permanent, tamper-proof installations, the tab can be C to 100F. Mounted hori-
left in place). The ttings create an zontally, they make
Load Direction Load Capacity
offset of just under 1/2 when surface effective pivot hinges,
mounted; for ush mounting, they can A 440 lb/200kg and show no deteriora-
be concealed within 5/16 deep B 220 lb/100kg tion after 50,000 cycles.
mortises. Made from tough berglass- 3/4 wide by 3/4 high by 11/16 deep. Mount using
C 440 lb/200kg
reinforced nylon, suitable for outdoor screws or at-head bolts (not included). Sold in
use in temperatures as low as -60F (-51C), each connector has a packages of 10 sets. 1+ 10+
direct-pull strength of 220 lb (100kg) and a load rating of 440 lb (200kg) 00S04.01 KD Connectors (10) $10.90 $9.30
in shear. Each tting is 513/4 and attaches with eight #8 screws (not
included). Supplied in a package of two connectors (two pairs of inter- F. Stacking Plates
locking ttings). Made in Australia. 1+ 10+ Used the same way as
00S01.86 Connectors, pkg. of 2 $10.90 $9.80 mending plates, these
3 long stacking plates
are particularly good as
B. Striplox 90 Panel Connector
all edges are rounded
Used to make strong, snug-tting joints at right angles, they wont catch or score walls. Often used for
this knock-down panel connector can be quickly disen- attaching hutches to cabinets, they even come
gaged and reassembled as often as with four PSA felt pads (used between upper and
needed without tools. Made from lower units). Sold as a pair, with felt pads and
tough berglass-reinforced nylon, A A
mounting screws. 1+ 10+
suitable for outdoor use in temper-
01S07.01 Stacking Plates, pr. $1.80 $1.55
atures as low as -60F (-51C),
each three-piece connector has a B
load rating of up to 440 lb (200kg)
in compression or shear, and up to
145 lb (66 kg) in tension (see dia- C
gram). Each of two
panel-mounted ttings Load Direction Load Capacity
is installed with three #8 A 440 lb/200kg
screws (not included) B 145 lb/66kg
and requires a 141/2 F
C 440 lb/200kg
mounting area; as the
connecting spline is inserted, it draws the panels G. Panel Connector
B together rmly to eliminate gaps. Supplied in packages This sleek, low-profile connector provides a
of four connectors. Made in Australia. 1+ 10+ strong, secure interlock when joining surfaces.
00S01.87 Connectors, pkg. of 4 $19.80 $17.80 The male tting mounts to the underside of one
panel; the female fitting is mounted to a
connecting leaf. Once connected, the plastic tab
Rotating Panel Connectors on the female tting draws the connectors tight
Strong and easy to install, these panel connectors are useful for a variety of modular assemblies. and then locks them in position. When not in use,
The two-prong male tting swivels 360 on a xed base with locking stops every 90, so it can pivot the male tting can be swivelled out of the way.
out of the way when the adjacent panel is removed. Available as a straight connector that joins two Made of zamak with a brushed aluminum nish,
in-line surfaces, or as a right-angle (90) connector to join two perpendicular panels. Made from connected parts measure 723/8overall, and
3mm thick zinc-plated steel, both low-prole connectors sit about 1/4 proud of the panel surface. The sit just over 5/8 proud of the panel surface.
straight connector measures 6 when linked. The 90 male tting requires a 23/8 wide by 35/8 long Mounting hardware included. 1+ 10+
mounting area; the female tting requires an area 23/8 wide, with a length of 25/8 plus the panel 00U11.20 Panel Connector, ea. $26.50 $22.50
thickness. Each set of ttings requires seven #10 mounting screws (not included).
1+ 10+
C. 00U11.01 Straight Connector Set $ 9.70 $ 8.25
D. 00U11.02 90 Connector Set $14.00 $11.90
G
C

D
Tab locks
416 Hardware Fasteners connectors
in position.
 Comparison of washers shown actual size.

F D
A

Our expansion washers Typical washers

E D
A
A. Expansion Washers
An idea brought to us by Chris Becksvoort, the
Wood movement
well-known Maine author/craftsman, these
expansion washers are a creative answer to the
problem of the cyclical expansion and contraction
Grain Wood of solid wood panels and table tops. Used as G
movement
Grain
shown in the diagrams (and the photo cutaway),
Grain they solve the ever-present problem of wood
movement in furniture construction. Two sizes D. Chicago Bolts
are available for use with round-head screws up Turned brass bolts for knock-down use or for their
Wood movement to #10 or #14. The washers install easily in skirts traditional use in binding. They are also ideal for
or frames; simply rout or drill the necessary slots ower and leaf presses. Sizes noted are minimum
Expansion washers used
to attach base molding
in the members. The #10 is just shy of 1/2 wide and maximum inside measurements (from head to
Ledger (or crown molding) to with a 3/16 clearance slot, and the #14 just under head). The range of adjustment is 6mm (1/4) for
strips are solid wood case side. 5/8 with a 1/4 clearance slot. An elegant and inex- each. Bolt diameter is 6mm. Sold in packs of four.
Grain

attached to Miters stay closed, case

allow use of can move. Moldings stay pensive solution to an age-old problem. Sold in 00K40.01 C. Bolts, 20 to 26mm (4) $4.20
expansion
washers.
tightly attached. packs of 12. Zinc-plated steel. 1+ 5+ 00K40.04 C. Bolts, 25 to 31mm (4) $5.20
50K35.01 #10 Washers (12) $6.60 $5.60 00K40.05 C. Bolts, 30 to 36mm (4) $5.40
50K35.02 #14 Washers (12) $7.70 $6.55 00K40.06 C. Bolts, 35 to 41mm (4) $5.90
00K40.02 C. Bolts, 40 to 46mm (4) $6.80
B C 00K40.03 C. Bolts, 60 to 66mm (4) $8.60

B C
Frame Panel
Panel barrels keep
panels rattle-free.
B. 00S08.13 3/16 Panel Barrels (100) $5.60 $4.75
C. 00S08.14 4 Panel Barrels (100) $5.60 $4.75
Knock-Down Screws
Hex socket-head screws with a deep thread,
these are ideal for softwood and particleboard. In
an antique copper nish, they can be used alone
or with plastic finish caps. They give you a
powerful connection system that can be used in
permanent or knock-down installations. A
3/16 barrels (100) 1/4 barrels (100)
matching hex wrench comes with each package
Panel Barrels of 100 screws. Lengths are 50mm (2) and
These spacers keep floating panels centered. 70mm (23/4). Caps are 12mm in diameter.
Made from non-staining natural rubber, they have E. 00W65.03 50mm Hex Screws (100) $13.50
excellent elasticity, allowing them to compress or F. 00W65.01 70mm Hex Screws (100) $17.00
relax as the wood moves, keeping panels rattle- G. 00W65.07 Brown Plastic Caps (100) $ 4.80
free. They eliminate the risk of frame cracking or
splitting due to differential wood movement. QUANTITY DISCOUNTS:
Their barrel shape ensures they remain in position Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and 10+,
during assembly. Sold in two diameters; choose indicate a quantity discount the price is reduced
the size to t your rail and stile. 1+ 10+ when 10 or more of the same item are purchased.
The discount does not apply to mixed sizes and
types that may total 10 or more.
1/

Brass Rivets H. Metal Assembly Fittings

Rivets are handy in the shop for xing wood to metal or two pieces of metal to each Versatile zinc-plated steel joinery plates with various slotted
other, as joints in toys, or to rehandle a knife that you might otherwise have thrown tabs allow these brackets to be used as adjustable joints or
out. The three sizes below will fasten total thicknesses of 3/8 to 1/2, 1/2 to 5/8 and quick-disconnect joints. Wings are 30mm and 50mm; 42mm
5/8 to 1, but can also be shortened. Rivet size stated in millimetres is head diameter high. Sold in packages of 10.
by length of longest piece. Sold as 50 sets of rivets. 1+ 6+ Assembly Fittings (10) 1+ 10+
33K62.01 6mm8mm Rivets (3/8 to 1/2) $ 9.50 $ 8.55 00S23.50 $6.00 $5.10
33K62.03 6mm10mm Rivets (1/2 to 5/8) $ 9.90 $ 8.90
33K62.05 8.5mm16mm Rivets (5/8 to 1) $14.90 $13.40

417
 D
Use screw-in model
for softer materials.
D
A B Butt joint cut
for mini biscuits.

Biscuit Fasteners
Biscuit joinery is a fast and accurate method of
making edge joints. These die-cast biscuit halves
can be used to make permanent or dismountable
hidden joints. Fitting in a standard 4mm slot,
12.5mm (1/2) deep, the halves interlock when
pressed together. To disassemble the joint, slide
the joined pieces parallel to the biscuit to disen-
gage the interlock. For a permanent joint, integral
tabs in the biscuit body can be bent out to prevent
the halves from sliding. We offer two styles of
fastener a screw-in model (screws included) for
softer materials and a anged drive-in model for D. Veritas Mini Biscuits
harder materials. Sold in packages of 10 insert
halves enough for ve joints. 1+ 10+
A. 00S21.10 Screw-In Fasteners (10) $8.50 $7.20
B. 00S21.20 Drive-In Fasteners (10) $7.70 $6.55
D
C 45 frame cut
for mini biscuits.
C. Joiner Biscuits to the inside face of your router fence, and set a
These are good-quality hardwood biscuits from stop to limit the depth of cut as the fence is pivoted
Europe. Available in standard sizes #0, #10 and to expose the bit. To cut a slot, align the marked
#20 (equivalent sizes stated in brackets are location on the work so that it is in line with the
nominal). All 5/32 thick. cutter, then pivot the fence to the preset limit.
99K41.02 #0 (13/49/16), pkg. of 200 $13.90 Biscuits are made from 1/8 thick high-strength
99K41.01 #0 (13/49/16), pkg. of 1000 $42.50 berboard. Their slim prole makes them suitable
99K42.02 #10 (21/83/4), pkg. of 200 $13.90 for narrow pieces. Two sizes are available: 11/8
99K42.01 #10 (21/83/4), pkg. of 1000 $42.50 long by 5/8 wide, and 15/16 long by 7/8 wide.
99K43.02 #20 (21/47/8), pkg. of 200 $13.90 05J31.01 11/8 Mini Biscuits (100) $12.90
99K43.01 #20 (21/47/8), pkg. of 1000 $42.50 05J31.02 11/8 Mini Biscuits (500) $57.50
05J32.01 15/16 Mini Biscuits (100) $15.30
05J32.02 15/16 Mini Biscuits (500) $68.50
Our mini biscuits will t into slots made by E. 16J82.03 1/8 Cutter with 1/4 Shank $36.50
a standard 1/8 high by 17/8 dia. slotting cutter, a 16J82.53 1/8 Cutter with 1/2 Shank $36.50
table-mounted router and a router fence that
Visit us at www.leevalley.com
pivots. Simply add a piece of high-friction tape

F. Expansible Dowel Pins G. Metric Dowel Pins J. Onsrud Spiral Router Bits
Made of hard Canadian maple or birch (depending on Hardwood fluted dowels in metric sizes. If you require a corresponding router bit for our
supply), these dowel pins have compressed spirals that Made in Europe. Priced per package of 100. oating tenons, we offer these spiral upcut bits
swell back to their original size on contact with water- 1+ 5+ for your convenience. The double-ute spiral
based glue. The spirals also spread glue more evenly DL Pkg. Pkg. design cuts cleanly and ensures rapid waste
than straight grooves, for a better bond and a tighter t. 00S25.01 Pins 6mm30mm $4.50 $4.05 removal. The 3/8 and 5/16 shank diameter sizes
Manufactured to be within a few thousandths of an 00S25.02 Pins 6mm35mm $4.70 $4.25 require bushing adapters (see page 274).
inch of being both perfectly round and the exact diam- 00S26.01 Pins 8mm30mm $4.90 $4.40 Available in both HSS (high-speed steel) and
eter stated, they have chamfered ends for easy entry. carbide; the HSS bits are discounted when ve
Using these, you can have dowelled joints as strong as, H. Lee Valley Floating Tenons or more of one size are ordered.
or stronger than, mortise and tenon joints. We recom- The innovation of the floating tenon has Cut Cut Shank
mend using our 2002 GF cabinetmakers glue (see vastly simplied mortise and tenon joinery. It Dia. Length Dia. 1+ 5+
page 84). Package of 100. 1+ 5+ is a simple matter to rout the mortises, cut the 86J01.07 HSS 1/4 1 1/4 $12.40 $11.20
DL Pkg. Pkg. tenon stock to length and glue everything 86J01.08 HSS 5/16 1 5/16 $17.50 $15.80
41K60.01 Dowel Pins 1/41 $ 5.40 $4.85 together. The tenon has radiused edges to 86J01.31 HSS 3/8 1 3/8 $18.50 $16.70
41K60.02 Dowel Pins 1/411/2 $ 6.20 $5.60 match the routed mortise, eliminating chisel 86J02.04 Carb. 1/4 1 1/4 $31.50
41K63.01 Dowel Pins 5/161 $ 5.80 $5.20 work, and is uted to prevent hydraulic lock. 86J02.09 Carb. 5/16 11/8 5/16 $53.00
41K63.02 Dowel Pins 5/1611/2 $ 6.80 $6.10 All sizes are 12 long and made of hard 86J02.06 Carb. 3/8 11/4 3/8 $58.00
41K61.01 Dowel Pins 3/81 $ 5.90 $5.30 maple or birch (depending upon supply).
Helix angle chip
41K61.02 Dowel Pins 3/811/2 $ 7.00 $6.30 1+ 10+ J ejector
41K61.03 Dowel Pins 3/82 $ 8.10 $7.30 50K42.01 1/4112 Tenon $3.40 $2.90 Shank Cutting
diameter diameter
41K62.02 Dowel Pins 1/211/2 $ 8.80 $7.90 50K42.03 5/1611/212 Tenon $4.20 $3.55
41K62.03 Dowel Pins 1/22 $10.90 $9.80 50K42.05 3/8212 Tenon $5.00 $4.25 Cutting length

418 J
 Closed Open Closed Open Closed Closed
Finishes for items A, B and C
Chrome plate Black nickel E
Gold Black
plate ABS
Open

Satin Polished
brass brass

Satin nickel
A B C D
A. Flush Furniture Knobs
These recessed furniture
knobs retract when not in Open
use, making them ideal for
conned areas where a
normal knob would snag
clothing. The low prole
Spring-loaded knob pops
out when depressed. CATCHES & LATCHES
can also be useful as a design element on modern C. Push Knobs with Catch F. Thin Magnetic Catch
furniture. To use the knob, simply depress with These stylish, ush-mount This low-prole
your nger and it will pop out. For use in material retractable knobs with catch magnetic catch has a
12mm ( /2) to 35mm (1 /8) thick. Each requires
1 3
can be used either left or right thickness of only 2mm
a 28mm (11/8) bore for installation. Knobs with handed. Depress the knob to (5/64) yet exerts a
gold-plated, chrome-plated or black nickel close and release to open. pulling force of almost 6 lb. The catch is made with
nishes are made of a zinc alloy; the black knob is They are rated for a holding
Knob has secondary
a rare-earth magnet. The strike is 15mm wide and
catch that locks when
ABS plastic. Complete with instructions, exten- force of 44 lb, and can be the knob is depressed. the catch 12mm wide; both are 35mm long.
sion cap and screws. Made in Japan. 1+ 5+ used on material from 19mm to 30mm (3/4 to Overall thickness of the catch and strike combined
00S30.31 GP Knob $20.70 $18.60 13/16) thick. The catch body and keeper are is 3.4mm. It surface mounts with four included
00S30.32 CP Knob $20.70 $18.60 molded from durable polyamide material. Knobs screws, and has a nickel-plated nish. 1+ 10+
00S30.33 BN Knob $20.70 $18.60 are brass with a satin brass, satin nickel, polished 00S33.50 NP Magnetic Catch $7.00 $6.30
00S30.34 Blk ABS Knob $14.10 $12.70 brass or chrome-plated nish, and the body is a Top view
zinc alloy. Complete with instructions and F
B. Push Knobs with Latch
These ush-mount push- mounting screws. Made in Japan. 1+ 5+
knob latches lock doors 00S32.11 SB Push Knob/Catch $30.10 $27.10
securely. The door stays 00S32.12 SN Push Knob/Catch $34.20 $30.80
locked while the knob is 00S32.13 PB Push Knob/Catch $30.10 $27.10 G
depressed; press the knob 00S32.14 CP Push Knob/Catch $30.10 $27.10
once to simultaneously Depress knob to lock door;
pop out the knob and release to unlock and open. Push-Button Latches
unlatch the door. They can be used on material Push the knob on these
from 15mm to 30mm (19/32 to 13/16) thick and latches once to disengage the Bottom view
are rated for 22 lb. Knobs are a zinc alloy with a strike and open the door. G. Nail Strike
gold-plated, chrome-plated or black nickel Push again, and the strike is Push knob in to Made of steel with a
nish, and are available with a black or white engaged, locking the door. open and close latch. nickel-plate nish, the
latch body. Complete with instructions and Knob/rosette combinations are available in integral ring-nail
mounting screws. Made in Japan. 1+ 5+ polished brass and polished nickel finishes. makes installing this Shown with magnetic catch
00S31.11 GP Knob/White Latch $28.30 $25.50 Rosette ts a 20mm (25/32) hole in material up to (sold separately).
strike easy. Strike
00S31.12 CP Knob/White Latch $26.00 $23.40 5/8 thick. The lock body is 17/8 high by 13/8 face is 12mm (1/2) in diameter. 1+ 10+
00S31.13 BN Knob/White Latch $28.30 $25.50 wide, and surface mounts on the inside face of the 00S33.60 NP Strike $1.60 $1.45
00S31.21 GP Knob/Blk Latch $27.10 $24.40 door using two screws (not included). 1+ 5+
00S31.22 CP Knob/Blk Latch $24.80 $22.30 D. 00S22.10 PB Latch $17.60 $15.00 Recommended screw sizes are indicated
in the price line.
00S31.23 BN Knob/Blk Latch $27.10 $24.40 E. 00S22.20 PN Latch $17.60 $15.00

Extruded Double-Ball Catches Pressed Bullet Catches H J K L M

These are considerably stronger latches than the A bullet catch is usually mounted in a pre-drilled
simple bullet type, although they function in hole in a door stile or rail with the strike in the face
much the same way. In this case, two balls snap frame for light-duty applications such as cupboard
over a keeper (or strike) with adjustable pressure, doors. Size indicated is bullet sleeve diameter.
allowing variable spacing between the balls. This Mounting screws not included. 1+ 10+
adjustable spacing lets the keeper enter the catch O. 00G11.01 1/4 Bullet Catch $3.20 $2.70
from the front or either side, making it usable on P. 00G11.02 3/8 Bullet Catch $3.90 $3.30 N
overlay or inset doors. Size stated is the overall O
height by width. Required screw sizes shown in Mortise Ball Catches
the priceline (not included). 1+ 10+ Useful to hold doors closed when you dont want to
H. 00W12.00 38mm7mm $2.10 $1.80 use a latch, these catches are straightforward to P Q
J. 00W12.01 43mm8mm $3.10 $2.60 install. The small catch requires a 5/8 hole, has a
K. 00W12.02 50mm9mm $3.40 $2.90 3/413/4 face and includes a strike plate. All
L. 00W12.03 60mm11mm $4.40 $3.75 components are made of steel, with all exposed
M. 00W12.04 70mm13mm $5.50 $4.65 parts brass plated. The large catch has a solid brass
cylinder, face and strike plate with all exposed parts
N. Small Bullet Catch polished. It has a 121/8 face and mounts in a 3/4
The case on this catch is turned brass, 5/16 in diam- hole. Ball projection can be adjusted up to 3/8 prior
eter, with a height of 5/16. The thin stainless-steel to installation by turning the threaded cylinder. Both R
strike plate is about 1/23/4. Priced per catch and are supplied with mounting screws. 1+ 10+
plate, mounting hardware included. 1+ 10+ Q. 00G15.20 3/4 Ball Catch $1.80 $1.55
00G11.50 5/16 Bullet Catch $1.10 $ .90 R. 00G15.50 1-13/8 Adj. Ball Catch $7.60 $6.50
419
 O P Box Snap Closures
Brass-plated steel box closures with sprung
latches. Sizes given are overall width by height.
A Sold in pairs; screws not included. 1+ 10+
Closed hasps
J. 00D82.21 11/813/16 Clasps, pr. $2.00 $1.70
C K. 00D82.20 11/1611/8 Clasps, pr. $2.00 $1.70
D
L. 00D82.22 115/16 Clasps, pr. $2.00 $1.70
B Brass-Plated Hasps
E F G H R Q Measurements given are width by length.
S
1+ 10+ 25+
M. 00D75.01 15mm42mm $3.40 $2.90 $2.55
N. 00D42.03 20mm47mm $3.50 $3.00 $2.60

V O. Locking Latch
M T U
N Formed steel lockable latch with a spring snap
L closure. When the latch is closed, all mounting
J screws but one are covered. Size given is width
by height. Nickel plated. Sold individually;
W X Y Z
screws not included. 1+ 10+
K 00D82.50 11/821/8 Latch $1.40 $1.20
Small Clasps and Latches
The following items are made from brass-plated
Stainless-Steel Hasp included). Sizes given are closed width by height. steel. Escutcheon pins are included with the
This stainless-steel hasp is available in a 40mm Sold in pairs. Excellent value. 1+ 10+ catches and latches where required. The 31mm
wide or 50mm wide version; both are 22mm C. 00D82.30 13/161 Clasps, pr. $6.90 $5.85 case latch requires #1 screws (sold separately).
(7/8) high. When closed, dimples on the hasp D. 00D82.31 111/4 Clasps, pr. $6.80 $5.80 Size stated is overall width.
allow the rotating eye to seat rmly in place, and Case Latches 1+ 10+ 25+
Ball Clasps P. 00D68.03 31mm Latch $2.90 $2.45 $2.15
all mounting screws are concealed. Supplied
Sturdy clasps that use a pair of sprung ball-tips to Q. 00D68.02 27mm Latch $2.20 $1.85 $1.65
with stainless-steel screws. Made in Japan.
trap the latch stem. Made from brass-plated R. 00D68.01 18mm Latch $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
1+ 5+
zamak. Sizes given are overall width by height. Wire Latch 1+ 10+ 25+
A. 00S34.15 40mm Hasp $11.10 $10.00
Screws not included. 1+ 10+ S. 00D74.01 28mm Latch $1.50 $1.25 $1.10
B. 00S34.16 50mm Hasp $11.60 $10.40
E. 00D82.01 11/411/4 Clasp $3.20 $2.70 Square Latches 1+ 10+ 25+
F. 00D82.02 11/215/8 Clasp $3.60 $3.05 T. 00D69.01 20mm Latch $1.40 $1.20 $1.05
Cast Clasps
These are wonderful cast clasps. The larger is Hook Latches U. 00D69.02 30mm Latch $1.50 $1.25 $1.10
made of brass-plated zamak and the smaller of Brass-plated steel hook latches with ligreed V. 00D69.03 40mm Latch $2.10 $1.80 $1.55
cast brass. Both have tumble-nished cast parts backplates. Both latch on the left. Size given Filigree Clasps 1+ 10+ 25+
with matte linished faces. The clasp lower has a is width by height. Sold individually; screws W. 00D60.01 20mm Clasp $1.30 $1.10 $ .95
registration pin on one side and a sprung ball not included. 1+ 10+ X. 00D60.02 25mm Clasp $1.50 $1.25 $1.10
detent on the other to secure the hasp when G. 00D82.41 42mm35mm Latch $1.40 $1.20 Y. 00D60.03 32mm Clasp $1.60 $1.35 $1.20
closed. Each mounts with four screws (not H. 00D82.40 30mm22mm Latch $1.40 $1.20 Z. 00D60.04 42mm Clasp $2.10 $1.80 $1.55

AA BB CC Plated Draw Catches HH. Locking Latch

These are sturdy plated steel draw catches. The A nickel-plated steel draw latch with integral
spring-loaded lever prevents accidental opening. lock (one key included). It has a sprung draw
Sold in pairs, nickel or brass plated. 23/4 long lever and mounts with four included screws.
by 11/2 wide, each catch requires ve screws Footprint is 44mm wide by 62mm high. Priced
(not included). 1+ 5+ per latch. 1+ 10+
AA. 00S71.01 NP Draw Catch, pr. $6.80 $5.80 00S55.60 NP Locking Latch $6.90 $5.85
DD EE FF GG BB. 00S70.01 BP Draw Catch, pr. $6.80 $5.80
Case Latches
CC. Draw Catch These nickel-plated steel draw latches have a
Made from nickel-plated steel, this catch is 11/2 sprung draw lever, mount with ve included
wide and about 23/8 high when closed. Sold in screws, and are available with or without a lock
pairs; mounting screws (four per catch needed) (one key included). Footprint is 43mm wide by
are not included. 1+ 5+ 78mm high. Priced per latch. 1+ 10+
HH 00L13.10 Draw Catches, pr. $3.70 $3.30 JJ. 00S55.30 NP Locking Latch $5.90 $5.00
KK. 00S55.31 NP Latch $4.40 $3.75
Round Draw Latches LL. Stainless-Steel Draw Latch
KK
These nickel-plated and brass-plated steel draw Made with all stainless-steel parts, this draw
latches have a sprung draw lever, and are avail- latch is surface mounted. Overall mounted
able with or without locks (one key included). height by width is 53mm37mm. Mounting
Each has a footprint 15/16 wide by 21/8 high, screws included. Priced per latch. 1+ 10+
JJ and mounts using the included screws. Priced 00S55.90 Draw Latch, ea. $5.20 $4.40
per latch. 1+ 10+
DD. 00S55.21 NP Latch $2.80 $2.40 Draw Latches
EE. 00S55.20 NP Locking Latch $3.10 $2.60 These nickel-plated steel draw latches have a
LL sprung draw lever and mount with the included
FF. 00S55.51 BP Latch $4.20 $3.55
GG. 00S55.50 BP Locking Latch $4.40 $3.75 screws. The lockable model has a hasp tab with
MM a 1/4 hole. Footprint is 45mm wide by 75mm
high. Priced per latch. 1+ 10+
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the MM. 00S55.41 NP Latch $2.90 $2.45
price line. NN. 00S55.40 NP Lockable Latch $3.10 $2.60
420 NN
 Open Open
A
A. Brass Magnetic Catch
H
This standard magnetic catch has a brass body K L
and a pinned magnet that is free to move about J
1mm. The catch has an overall length of 13/4,
a width of 5/8 and a height of 7/16. The brass- Open Closed

Door with countersunk

plated-steel strike plate is 3/8 wide and 15/8 A Closed
long, and is countersunk for #4 screws (not N O

strike plate.
Cabinet
included). Priced per catch. 1+ 10+
M
01L05.20 Magnetic Catch $5.20 $4.40
Open Open Closed
B. Magnetic Catch Closed
With a 4 lb pull, this catch will keep doors Open
securely closed. Drill a 14mm hole and insert
the catch; the serrated edges keep it in place.
Comes with a steel plate striker, countersunk
for a wood screw. 1+ 10+ P Q
B
00S16.01 Magnetic Catch, ea. $1.90 $1.60
Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open
Magnetic Touch Latches
Surface-mount catches 2 deep overall, these have 1/8 of recoil and 1/2
of projection (i.e., push the door in 1/8 and the latch will force it out
1/2). As the door is closed, the latch automatically locks in position,
holding the door magnetically. A steel washer is used on wood doors
and a latch plate on glass (or lucite) doors. All come with chrome-plated Single latch Double latch Long latch

steel washers. Latch plates are sold separately. Latches require round- Magnetic One-Touch Latches
head screws (not included). Sold individually. Door
These surface-mount magnetic latches open and close with a touch (the medium-
C. 00W02.05 White Single Latch, ea. $2.60 Open duty latches have stronger springs). All have ABS plastic bodies and steel strikes
D. 00W02.06 Black Single Latch, ea. $2.60 (light-duty are nickel plated, and medium-duty are yellow-zinc dichromate). The
00W02.01 White Double Latch, ea. $3.60 Steel
Door

E. Closed light-duty single latch is 111/16 wide by 13/16 deep, while the double is 215/16
washer
F. 00W02.02 Black Double Latch, ea. $3.60 wide by 13/16 deep, both with a stroke of 11/32. The medium-duty regular latch is
G. Latch Plates 17/16 wide by 13/4 deep, with a 5/8 stroke. The long latch measures 13/4 wide by
Lined latch plates for use with glass or lucite doors up to 3/16 (5mm) 23/4 deep, and has a 11/4 stroke. Mounting screws supplied. Made in Japan.
thick. Available in brass-plated or matte black steel. Light-Duty Latches, ea. 1+ 10+
00W03.01 Brass Latch Plate, ea. $1.60 H. 00S33.11 Single Latch, Brown $3.80 $3.25
Catches and Latches
00W03.03 Black Latch Plate, ea. $1.60 J. 00S33.10 Single Latch, White $3.80 $3.25 Catches and latches
K. 00S33.21 Double Latch, Brown $5.80 $4.95 come in a variety of sizes
Closed G L. 00S33.20 Double Latch, White $5.80 $4.95 and functions. Screws
C Open
Medium-Duty Latches, ea. 1+ 10+ are not included unless
M. 00S33.30 Regular Latch, White $4.20 $3.55 specically noted. Screw
E F N. 00S33.31 Regular Latch, Brown $4.20 $3.55 sizes required are indi-
O. 00S33.32 Regular Latch, Black $4.20 $3.55 cated in the price line
P. 00S33.40 Long Latch, White $4.80 $4.10 for each item.
D Open Closed Q. 00S33.41 Long Latch, Brown $4.80 $4.10

Magnetic Secret Latch T. On/Off Magnetic Latches Without a thread gauge, 8-32
This invisible locking latch is ideal for hidden compartments, knife This hardware allows you to create a 8-32 and M4 machine screws
are difcult to tell apart. A
drawers, etc. It is operated by a magnet embedded in a knob that is both a custom magnetic latch using a knob of M4
caliper or micrometer can
key and a pull. Holding the knob to the door where the locking catch is your choice. The zinc-alloy body help; an M4 screw has a 4mm (0.157)
secretly embedded, you can release the catch and pull the door open. It is contains two 10mm rare-earth magnets diameter; an 8-32 screw is 0.164
child-proof. To mount the lock, drill a 7mm (9/32) hole in the back of the that align when the knob is in the on (4.17mm). You can also guess based on
door for the stem, then surface mount the lock with four screws. It can be position, attracting the latch to the steel the hardwares origin. European hardware
used on wood 10 to 20mm thick (3/8 to 3/4) as a surface mount, or strike plate with 10 lb of force. In the is usually M4; that made anywhere else is
recessed for thicker doors. The red ip handle holds the lock open. off position, the magnets counteract likely 8-32. The diagram above shows an
Mounting template and screws included. You need only one magnetic each other to release the latch. Available 8-32 thread on the top, and an M4 on the
key for a series of locks (each item is sold separately). 1+ 5+ in M4 and 8-32 versions. Easily installed bottom (the gap is for visual clarity only).
To determine the thread, lay your screw
R. 12K80.01 Secret Latch, ea. $ 9.90 $8.90 in a 3/4 thick door by drilling a 3/41/2
against the prole. It should match at both
S. 12K80.02 Magnetic Key, ea. $11.20 deep blind hole and a 5/16 through hole; ends of the appropriate prole.
the combined thickness of the strike
plate and mounting ange matches the
thickness of standard 1/8 bumper pads.
Includes two designs of strike plate,
accommodating different knob loca-
tions and making the latches compatible
with inset, overlay and half-overlay T
doors in frameless or face-frame
construction. Mounting screws and Rotate knob a half
instructions included. 1+ 4+ turn to activate or
00S33.04 M4 Latch $10.90 $9.80 deactivate magnet.
00S33.08 8-32 Latch $10.90 $9.80
R
Magnetic
latch mounts Knob not
on inside of included.
cabinet door.
S 421
 C D E
A B L. Cast Brass Draw Latch
Commonly used to hold
hatches closed on a boat,
this draw latch can also be
F used on chests. Overall width
G H is 31/4, with a 11/2 height.
J
K Uses four #8 screws (not included). 1+ 5+
01G52.01 Draw Latch $27.40 $24.70
M. Cupboard/Shutter Latch
Made from 1/8 thick cast brass, this latch is
4 wide and 13/4 high overall. Polished and
N O lacquered, it has minor natural casting imperfec-
tions on the edges. Very solid. 1+ 5+
L M 00W18.01 Cupboard Latch $8.90 $8.00
A. Shutter Bar Cabinet Latches N. Twin Post Latch
This simple brass latch has cast and polished For use with ush-mounted doors, both of these A simple symmetrical hook-latch with two-
escutcheons, with a solid polished bar. The reversible latches feature bolts with integral piece turned and detailed posts. Hooking on the
trapped end swivels on a nylon washer. 21/4 lifting knobs. Available as a simple latch or as left side, it has an overall width of 21/2 and a
wide, 11/2 high, screws included. 1+ 5+ a trapped latch. Supplied with mounting screws. height of 15/16. Requires two #6 mounting
00L08.10 Shutter Bar $12.90 $11.00 Sizes given are height by overall width. screws (not included). 1+ 5+
1+ 5+ 01K63.01 Twin Post Latch $10.20 $9.20
B. Surface Latch
E. 01X39.10 113/16213/16 Trapped $15.40 $13.90
Made from polished pressed brass, this latch is O. Cast Bar Latch
F. 01X39.20 25/821/2 Simple $13.60 $12.20
unhanded, and sprung to return to a neutral posi- An unhanded cast steel bar latch with linished
tion. The latch case is 25/16 high, 11/8 wide. Steel Utility Catches detail. When mounted, it is 25/8 wide and
Hook latch included; screws not included. Surface-mounted catches in chrome (1 7/ 8 13/4 high. Requires four #6 mounting screws
1+ 5+ square overall) or brass plate (21/8 square (not included). 1+ 10+
00L08.20 Surface Latch $12.90 $11.00 overall). Sold individually. Catch width 01W63.10 Bar Latch $11.90 $10.10
stated below. 1+ 10+
Steel Sliding Latches P. Transom Latch
G. 01L05.02 11/4 CP Catch $3.10 $2.60
Unhanded and antiqued steel sliding latches with Surface mounted to
H. 01L05.01 11/2 BP Catch $3.10 $2.60
bevel-edged backplates. Surface mounted, each secure doors, windows
/
has a 8 dia. knob that projects about 1. The
5 Cast Brass Cupboard Catches and transoms. Cast and P
small latch is 31/8 high by 11/8 wide, and has a Available in two sizes (13/4 and 23/4 overall polished brass, with a
throw of just over 1/4. The larger is 4 high by length), these catches have cast brass bodies steel retaining bolt and
15/8 wide, and has a 7/8 throw. They use the and strikes, and a bronze spring. All drilled washer securing the
same size staple (included), which is 29/16 high for six #5 screws (not included). Can be used handle. Six screws
by 13/16 wide. Screws included. Made in Italy. either hand. included. Comes with three strikes: a 21/25/8
1+ 5+ 1+ 5+ mortise strike, a 11/21/2 surface strike, and
C. 00L09.10 Small Steel Latch $49.50 $44.60 J. 01G50.02 Med. Catch, ea. $18.80 $16.90 a 11/213/8 rim strike. 1+ 10+
D. 00L09.20 Large Steel Latch $52.50 $47.20 K. 01G50.03 Lg. Catch, ea. $19.60 $17.65 00G16.01 Transom Latch $12.80 $10.90
Ring Pull Transom Latch tightly together. Made from plated steel (the lever Cast Brass Window Catches
Cast brass with a 1/16 thick strike. Originally used is plated cast zinc). The drawbar rotates through Typical of the style of sash lift
as a closure for transoms, it can also be used as a 90 to engage the strike, drawing it closer as it used in railway cars in the late
cabinet latch. It has a release with a 1/2 I.D. ring reaches the closed position (the drawbar has a 1800s, these lifts (normally used
pull for use with a rope or cord. Mounted in more compound motion). Great for use on lids and as a set of one right and one left) 21/2
accessible locations, the ring makes a comfort- table leaves. Antique brass or brass plate nishes. come with two strikes to allow a
able pull. Latch case is 21/411/4. Available in Mounting screws included. 1+ 10+ window to be held open in two 11/8
six nishes: polished brass, antique brass, oil- W. 00L15.31 AB Draw Catch $4.20 $3.55 positions. The tapered strikes
rubbed bronze, antique nickel, weathered bronze, X. 00L15.30 BP Draw Catch $4.20 $3.55 engage the latch pin in one direc-
and pewter. Screws included. 1+ 5+ Sash Lifts tion (down) only. Can also be
Q. 00L05.01 PB Latch $18.20 $15.50 Used as lifting handles on sash windows, these used to lock sliding windows.
R. 00L05.02 AB Latch $18.50 $15.75 handles have large bearing surfaces and use four All cast brass construction, with
S. 00L05.03 ORB Latch $19.80 $16.85 mounting screws (not included) to deal with the a bronze spring. Each 21/2 high by 11/8 wide
T. 00L05.04 AN Latch $18.50 $15.75 force necessary to free stuck windows. They can catch uses seven #5 screws (not included).
U. 00L05.05 WBZ Latch $19.80 $16.85 also be used for drawers, boxes and small chests. Catches are called left or right based on side
V. 00L05.06 PW Latch $19.80 $16.85 Both are solid cast and polished brass. Size given where strike is mounted. 1+ 5+
Sprung Draw Catches is overall width. 1+ 10+ AA. 01G53.20 Right Catch $36.40 $32.80
Designed as sash locks, these are useful anytime Y. 00W81.25 43/4 Sash Lift $8.60 $7.30 BB. 01G53.10 Left Catch $36.40 $32.80
you want to butt two surfaces and draw them Z. 00W81.20 4 Sash Lift $7.40 $6.30 01G53.50 Catches Set, R&L $71.00 $63.90
Y
W
Q S U
Z

AA BB
R T V X

422

Spring Catches
These two-part spring catches are commonly used
to hold cabinet doors closed. The small catch
works best with small doors that t accurately.
The large catch is best for less precise applica-
tions, as it will accommodate some sag or
misalignment of the door. Both work well and
include mounting hardware. Very handy and well
priced. Measurement listed is width. 1+ 10+
A. 00W11.02 Large Catch, 11/4 $1.60 $1.35
B. 00W11.01 Small Catch, 17/8 $1.60 $1.35
Mini Latches
Used either horizontally or vertically, these slim
latches lock positively and push to open no
handles or knobs necessary. Slotted mounting
holes allow for easy adjustment. Latches are
plated steel and strikes are plastic. 13/811/8
overall. Available in brass plate/brown, nickel
plate/white and brass plate/white. All mounting
hardware supplied. 1+ 10+
C. 01L01.01 BP Latch/Brown $3.40 $2.90
D. 01L01.02 NP Latch/White $3.40 $2.90
E. 01L01.03 BP Latch/White $3.40 $2.90
F. Double Roller Catches
These simple surface-mount catches are
effective and inexpensive. The spring-steel clip
mounts with a single screw and is 1 wide, with
a height of 3/8. The roller assembly mounts with
two screws, has a 11 footprint, and is 1/2
high. Priced and sold in packages of 10, with
screws included. 1+ 10+
00W15.20 1 Catch (10) $4.40 $3.75
G. Friction Catches
Inexpensive and effective. The plastic spring
portion surface mounts into the cabinet, and the
bulb-headed screw is driven into the door.
11/4 long by 5/8 wide. Sold in packages of 10.
Screws included. 1+ 10+
01L04.01 Friction Catches (10) $5.30 $4.50
H. Hold-Back Clips
Typically used on bifold cabinet doors, these
clips prevent bounce-back. Each clip consists of
a nylon-encased screw strike, with a spring steel
locking clip. Can also be used to hold back shut-
ters or as a door catch. 1/2 long by 5/8 wide.
Sold in packs of 10. 1+ 5+
00W15.01 Hold-Back Clips (10) $7.30 $6.20
N. Lid/Door Snap Closure
Mounting this closure is really a snap! Drill a
15/64 or 6mm hole in the lid or door and glue in
the turned brass button.
Close the lid or door, and
the small point on the button
will mark the drill center on
the opposing piece. Drill a
matching hole, glue the
plastic insert in place, and
the closure is ready to go.
The bulb on the brass
button is trapped by the
insert, holding the lid or door securely closed.
Snap Closure, ea. 1+ 10+ 25+
00D43.01 $2.30 $1.95 $1.70
N position
A B C D
H
F G E
J L M
K
J. Spring Roller Catches
These inexpensive catches are
simple and effective. The catch
has a sprung plastic roller, which
engages the strike. The strike
features a formed detent and a
stop to prevent over-closing in P
inset door applications. Catch is
11/2 wide by 13/16 long. Sold in
packages of four catches and strikes. Statuary
bronze nish. 1+ 10+ Spring bolt
01L03.01 Roller Catches (4) $4.70 $4.00 P. Library Catch
A sophisticated latch that
K. Library Door Latch
solves the knotty problem Actuating bolt
This 1 /16 wide latch is often used to secure one
1
of securely closing double
of a pair of double doors with no center stile.
cabinet doors with no center
Made from brass-plated steel, it mounts using
stile. No bolts or elbow
four round-head screws (not included).
catches are necessary on the
1+ 10+
left-hand door when you
00W11.03 BP Door Latch $1.60 $1.35
use this catch. The catch is
Roller Catches installed center-bottom or
These inexpensive roller catches are useful for center-top (the actuating
holding stubborn doors closed. Both latch and bolt is bevelled both sides
strike have slotted adjustment holes. Wheel is to make it work right-hand
spring loaded. Sold in packages of four, in either or left-hand). The second door to close forces the
brown or white. 1+ 10+ spring bolt up into the other door, securing it so
L. 01L02.01 Brown Catches (4) $5.50 $4.65 that one door can be latched to the other and both
M. 01L02.20 White Catches (4) $5.50 $4.65 will be secure. For maximum security, you can
put latches top and bottom. Made from solid
Recommended screw sizes are indicated brass, except for the steel spring and copper
in the price line. rivets. It includes a catch, strike and sub-plate.
The visible portions are polished and lacquered.
00H31.01 Library Catch $19.80
O. Button Lock
Icebox Hardware/Bar Fittings
A clever and attractive design.
O Cast brass hinges and catches with standard 3/8
The spring-loaded button body
offset for iceboxes or for bar ttings. Hinges can
traps a tapered pin to lock a
be used left or right hand; catches come left hand
lid. Installation requires only
or right hand. Hinges are 17/833/8 overall.
three holes to be drilled
Q. 00W20.01 Icebox Hinges, pr. $8.90
(instructions included). The
R. 00W19.02 LH Catch, ea. $8.90
pin has a tapered groove near
S. 00W19.01 RH Catch, ea. $8.90
the base to help provide a
mechanical lock when glued, 3/8 offset
and ts in a 15mm deep hole
in the lid. Button case diam-
eter is 15mm and is centered
10mm down from the box lip. The exposed lock
projects just 5mm. Brass plated. 1+ 10+
00D45.80 Button Lock $3.70 $3.15
Closed Push button Open position
to open.
Q
R
S

 P
G
R
A R
Q Bolt installed
on cabinet door
H with no center stile

J
T
B M
S
U

K N
C
V

D
O W

X
F
L

Utility Mortise Door Bolts Extruded Surface Door Bolts locks to it), or to secure an overlay door. Length is
These are ingenious door bolts. The six-sided key These brass bolts are typically used to x a door 23/4, with a width of just under 7/8. Mounts using
is essentially an extruded gear that, when inserted that another door fastens to. Low prole. Size four #4 screws (not included). 1+ 10+
and turned, throws or draws the bolt. When the stated is the overall length. 01L05.30 Steel Surface Bolt $3.00 $2.55
key is removed, a spring mechanism locks the H. 00G13.01 2 Door Bolt $16.80
bolt in position by engaging the rack attached to J. 00G13.03 3 Door Bolt $18.60 S. Security Hasp
the bolt. Installation is straightforward the Unlike commonly available hasps, this one has
Cast Barrel Bolts all solid polished brass components. Overall size
cylindrical section ts in a 5/8 dia. hole, and the
3/415/8 face is mortised 1/16 into the door edge.
This is a sturdy bolt. Cast in a zinc alloy, it is is 21/2 tall, with a 31/2 staple. Screws supplied.
available with a brass plate or antique brass 00W86.70 Security Hasp $22.70
A 1/4 hole serves as the keyhole and is covered
finish. Bolt diameter is 1/4 and it has a 3/4
by the included escutcheon. The small bolt is
throw. Bolt strike is 21/8 high and just shy of 1/2 Solid Brass Security Bolts
1 /2 long with a /16 throw. The large bolt is
1 5
wide. The bolt carrier is 2 high overall and 11/8 These heavy, extruded-casing brass door bolts
21/2 long overall with a 5/8 throw. Each includes
wide. Mounting screws included. 1+ 10+ are fully polished with solid brass knobs. The
strike plates, mounting screws, escutcheon and
K. 00L15.10 30mm BP Barrel Bolt $3.20 $2.70 ve sizes we offer are all 15/16 wide and have
one key. Yellow zinc plated. 1+ 10+
L. 00L15.11 30mm AB Barrel Bolt $3.20 $2.70 7/8 long strikes. Can be used vertically or hori-
A. 00N24.20 11/2 Door Bolt $6.00 $5.10
zontally. Size given is bolt length, not including
B. 00N24.40 21/2 Door Bolt $6.40 $5.45 Cast Brass Barrel Bolts
the strike. Each requires six to eight screws to
Traditional brass barrel bolts with cast bodies.
C. Door Bolt/Lock mount (not included). Excellent value.
The bolts stay locked in both open and closed
Excellent value in a sturdy lock useful for many T. 00G26.03 3 Security Bolt $17.90
positions. Each requires seven screws (not
styles of doors and windows. Particularly good U. 00G26.04 4 Security Bolt $18.80
included) #3 for the small and #5 for the large.
for sliding doors, this lock replaces the wooden V. 00G26.06 6 Security Bolt $25.40
Size given is overall width. 1+ 5+
bar most of us use. Surface mounted, it has a W. 00G26.08 8 Security Bolt $26.60
M. 01H17.01 23/4 Barrel Bolt $12.90 $11.65
brass-plated die-cast body, and throws a 5/16 dia. X. 00G26.10 10 Security Bolt $29.20
N. 01H17.02 4 Barrel Bolt $17.90 $16.10
bolt 1/2. The key (two supplied) is only required
to unlock it pushing the sprung cylinder down O. Cast-Iron Surface Latch Y. Flush Bolt
throws the bolt and engages the lock. Case is This cast-iron surface latch is opened and closed This simple lever-operated
13/4 wide, 13/8 high and 7/8 deep. Supplied using the small ceramic knob attached to the bolt is ush-mounted in a
with mounting screws and a cast bolt sleeve. sprung bolt. Flat black nish. Overall dimensions mortise set into the stile edge.
1+ 10+ are 27/813/16. Mounting screws included. The recessed tab is
00N24.50 Door Bolt/Lock $9.30 $7.90 1+ 10+ used to extend or
00W10.30 Cast-Iron Latch $9.50 $8.05 withdraw the bolt, Y
Extruded Door Bolts
which aligns with an
Simple solid brass bolts made from mating extru- Victorian Surface Bolts 11/32 diameter hole
sions. The turned knob is solid brass. A spring steel Sand-cast solid brass surface bolts, with polished
(protected by an
clip on the back side of the bolt provides a xed highlights and matte elding. Bolt barrels and
included 9/1611/2
amount of friction. Supplied with two strikes for knobs are also solid brass. Each includes screws.
escutcheon). Plated
use in a variety of applications. All are 5/8 wide, Size given is length by overall width. 1+ 5+
steel with a bronze
with bolt length given. Mounting screws included. P. 00W98.50 23/411/4 Cast Bolt $7.40 $6.30
nish. Mounts in a
D. 00G19.02 2 Door Bolt $ 9.60 Q. 00W98.55 411/4 Cast Bolt $9.80 $8.35
mortise 3/4 wide,
E. 00G19.03 3 Door Bolt $11.20
R. Steel Surface Bolt 3/4 deep and 65/8
F. 00G19.04 4 Door Bolt $12.90
An inexpensive, bronze-plated steel surface bolt long; 1 minimum material
G. Forged Brass Flush Bolt with an L-strike. The bolt is sprung to hold open or thickness. Requires ve #5 at-head mounting
An ideal brass bolt for drop fronts or case goods. closed. Typically used to x one of a set of double screws (not included). Made in Italy. 1+ 10+
00D24.01 33/32 Brass Flush Bolt $44.50 cabinet doors with no center stile (the other door 00S04.20 Flush Bolt, ea. $8.10 $6.90
424 Hardware Catches & Latches
 A D

A E

Sliding strike
automatically
adjusts alignment.
AjustLock Self-Aligning Barrel Bolt
Over time, ordinary barrel bolts can become
misaligned, especially on outdoor structures
where temperature changes, wood movement
or sagging hinges can cause parts to go
askew. These self-aligning barrel bolts
compensate for such problems (and will also
forgive slight errors in installation). The
sliding strike permits up to 1/8 of travel up or A. 00G13.50 4 Self-Aligning Bolt
down from center; as the tapered bolt contacts B. 00G13.51 6 Self-Aligning Bolt
C
C. Stainless-Steel Door Bolt
With a ball-bearing roller for smooth operation,
this door bolt has an internal spring-steel clip that screws are 210 stainless steel.
maintains light friction on the bolt, so it remains
Stainless-Steel Barrel Bolts
B These simple barrel bolts consist of a solid 1/4 diam-
eter rod set within a body formed from 0.03 thick
the strikes ared opening, it automatically plate. Available in two lengths, each with a 3/4 throw.
pulls the strike into perfect alignment with the The small is 611/8; the large is 91/811/8. Made of
bolt. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use, the 304-grade stainless steel and supplied with mounting
bolts are available in a 4 bolt length or a bolts made of 201 stainless steel. 1+ 10+
heavier-gauge 6 version. Both are supplied D. 00G13.26 Small Barrel Bolt $7.90 $6.70
with mounting screws; all components are E. 00G13.28 Large Barrel Bolt $8.80 $7.50
steel with a zinc plating for rust resistance.
$ 8.50 Stainless-Steel Shutter Latches
$13.50 These ush-mount latches are simple, strong and easy
to install. The small latch has 0.075 thick mounting
plates measuring 50mm long by 20mm wide with a
70mm latch arm. The large has 0.1 thick mounting
plates measuring 70mm25mm with a 100mm arm.
Latches are 304-grade stainless steel; included
mounting screws are 201 stainless steel. 1+ 10+
F. 01W63.20 Small Latch $ 9.60 $8.15
One strike mounts in line with the bolt; the other
mounts perpendicular to the bolt.
G. 01W63.21 Large Latch $11.00 $9.35
held in the open or closed position even when
installed vertically. Bolt is 17/823/4 overall F G
with a /16 throw. Supplied with two strikes: one
13
can be surface mounted in line with the bolt and
the other mounts perpendicular to the bolt. Made
of 304-grade stainless steel; included mounting
1+ 10+
00G13.13 Door Bolt $7.70 $6.55

Three mounting options available.

CASTERS, FEET
Large plate & GLIDES
Small plate K
Stem
H

J
K
Ideal for projects that will be used outdoors
or exposed to wet conditions.
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the price line.
Levina Casters
The wheels on these casters have a non-marking thermoplastic rubber tread J. Regular Levina Casters 100mm
mounted on a polypropylene hub, and precision ball bearings that offer This model, with a 100mm (4) wheel, has a 77mm67mm (325/8) steel
medium rolling resistance and quiet operation. The housing is made from plate attached to the caster by a ball-bearing swivel collar. It comes with a
high-grade nylon. These casters are offered in regular and stainless-steel foot-operated brake that simultaneously locks the swivelling and rolling
versions. Nominal sizes listed are wheel diameter by overall height. operations. Four 8mm (#14) screws required (not included). Weight
capacity is 100kg (220 lb). Made in Germany. 1+ 4+
Regular Levina Casters 75mm 00K22.10 100mm136mm (453/8) Caster, ea. $26.50 $23.90
With a 75mm (3) wheel, this caster is available with an M1025mm
threaded stem (hex nut not included) or a square steel plate for mounting. K. Stainless-Steel Levina Caster 100mm
The small plate is 4.2cm (15/8) square and the large plate is 6.5cm (21/2) All the metal components in this caster are made of 304 stainless steel,
square; they require #8 and #12 screws respectively (not included). Each making it ideal for projects that will be used outdoors or exposed to wet
has a foot-operated wheel brake. Weight capacity is 75kg (165 lb). Made in conditions. The 77mm67mm (325/8) stainless-steel plate is attached to
USA and France. 1+ 4+ the caster by a ball-bearing swivel collar. It comes with a foot-operated
H. 00K22.07 75mm113mm (341/2) Sm. Plate Caster, ea. $13.60 $12.20 brake that simultaneously locks the swivelling and rolling operations. Four
00K22.08 75mm113mm (341/2) Lg. Plate Caster, ea. $14.50 $13.10 8mm (#14) screws required (not included). Made in Germany. 1+ 4+
00K22.09 75mm110mm (341/4) Stem Caster, ea. $12.60 $11.30 00K22.15 100mm136mm (453/8) Caster, ea. $35.50 $32.00
Hardware Casters, Feet & Glides 425
 A B C Casters
Rated to 65kg (140 lb), these casters are made of durable
nylon, with steel axles and zinc-plated steel components.
Available with or without locking brakes, they have 2 diam-
eter synthetic rubber tires that wont mar hardwood or
laminate oors. Three different styles of mounting ttings are
offered: bolt-mount casters have a 15mm (19/32) long machine
bolt with M8-125 metric threads (nut not included); stem-
mount casters have a steel pin with a ridged cap that seats in a
12mm (15/32) diameter, 12mm (15/32) deep hole; plate-mount
D E F casters require four #10 pan-head style screws (not included).
Made in Italy.
Casters (without brake) 1+ 4+
A. 00K27.30 Bolt-Mount Caster, ea. $2.90 $2.45
B. 00K27.31 Stem-Mount Caster, ea. $2.90 $2.45
C. 00K27.32 Plate-Mount Caster, ea. $2.90 $2.45
Casters (with brake) 1+ 4+
D. 00K27.40 Bolt-Mount Caster, ea. $3.30 $2.80
E. 00K27.41 Stem-Mount Caster, ea. $3.30 $2.80
F. 00K27.42 Plate-Mount Caster, ea. $3.30 $2.80

Twin-Wheel Caster
Twin-wheel casters perform better on uneven surfaces than
single-wheel casters. The wheels on this caster have non-
marking, high-quality thermoplastic rubber treads mounted on
a polypropylene hub with precision ball bearings that offer
medium rolling resistance and quiet operation. The 2mm thick
zinc-plated steel base has a double ball-bearing swivel head
attached to a 60mm (23/8) square tting plate. A foot-operated
brake simultaneously locks the swivelling and rolling features.
Four #12 screws required (not included). The small caster is
50mm in diameter by 70mm high (223/4) and holds 80kg
(176 lb); the large size is 75mm102mm (34) and holds
H G 100kg (220 lb). Made in Germany. 1+ 4+
G. 00K22.35 Small Caster, ea. $18.80 $16.90
H. 00K22.36 Large Caster, ea. $29.90 $26.90

Delta Casters & Fittings

These versatile casters are available with two different mounting ttings, permitting a wide range of applications. Made of
impact-resistant nylon, the casters have slow-rolling bearings and lever brakes. The pin and socket versions have a 35mm
M
(13/8) long nylon socket that is suitable for installation in the lower edge of cabinet side panels or other narrow surfaces with
minimum 10mm (3/8) wall thickness around the socket. Seating in a 14mm (9/16) diam-
Pin/socket eter hole, it accepts the included 10mm (3/8) diameter by 30mm (11/4) long steel pin that
mount projects from the caster stem. The plate-mounted versions have an integral pin that seats in
L
Plate the caster socket while the 1/8 (3mm) thick steel mounting plate provides a strong, low-
J mount K prole attachment point. Requires a 65mm (29/16) square mounting area and four #12
screws (not included). Both versions are available in two sizes: 50mm (2) diameter
wheels with a load capacity of 50kg (110 lb) and 80mm (31/8) diameter wheels
with a load capacity of 80kg (176 lb). See below for an optional pin tting and Caster and pin
corner protector. Made in Germany. 1+ 4+ not included.
00K21.23 50mm Caster, Pin/Socket Mount, ea. $ 7.00 $ 6.30
J. 00K21.26 80mm Caster, Pin/Socket Mount, ea. $14.00 $12.60
00K21.22 50mm Caster, Plate Mount, ea. $ 9.30 $ 8.35
K. 00K21.25 80mm Caster, Plate Mount, ea. $16.30 $14.70
Low-Prole Polyurethane Caster
For applications that require reliable support Delta Pin Fitting and Corner Protector
without adding a bulky caster, Designed to accept the 10mm diameter pin of Delta casters (see
this caster supports above), this tting can be afxed in place of the socket xture, useful
up to 100kg when installing a caster in materials offering limited structural
(220 lb) yet support. Five integral sockets permit a range of caster positions. Made
projects less than of strong nylon, it projects 25mm (1) and distributes the load over a
50mm (2) below the 70mm (23/4) square mounting surface (four #12 screws not included).
mounting surface. It The corner protector, used in conjunction with the pin receptacle M
has slow-rolling, high- tting or with plate-mounted casters, can be placed between the plate
precision bearings and and the mounting surface to shield furniture corners from damage.
mounts on a 60mm (23/8) Made of durable nylon, it measures 83mm83mm (31/431/4) and is
compatible with caster plates from 50mm (2) to 70mm (23/4) square. L
square plate made of sturdy 2mm (3/32) thick
zinc-plated steel. The compact 35mm (13/8) Made in Germany. 1+ 4+
diameter wheel has a non-marring polyurethane L. 00K21.12 Pin Receptacle Fitting, ea. $2.60 $2.35
tread offering good wear resistance. Screws not M. 00K21.11 Corner Protector, ea. $3.40 $3.05
included. Made in Germany. 1+ 4+
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the price line.
00K22.30 PU Caster, ea. $17.50 $15.80
426 Hardware Casters, Feet & Glides
 A B C D E F G

K
H N
L O
J
M

P Q R

S T U

Brass Casters
Though these brass casters are available in a polished Brass Screw-Plate Casters Utility Casters
brass, antique nickel or weathered bronze nish, an These are solid cast brass casters of the With a 130 lb load capacity, these utility casters
exact match to your hardware nish is not essential highest quality. The diameter of the screw are suitable for numerous shop uses. The swivel
since casters are not highly visible on most furniture. plate is indicated in the price line. A close t caster has a 23/421/4 mounting plate with a
All have turned brass wheels and polished treads, is important for best appearance and ball-bearing race. The fixed caster has a
cast and polished brass yokes, and steel axle pins. strength. In addition to the center screw, 23/417/8 mounting plate. Both have solid 3
Size given for each item is approximate wheel diam- there are three screw holes in the plate itself rubber wheels and stand 31/2 tall. Sold individ-
eter. The stem casters have a steel swivel post (stem) that make a very solid attachment to a leg. ually. Mounting hardware not included.
that seats 15/16 into a 1/4 hole in the leg. The rosette Plate screws not included. 1+ 10+
casters have a 11/16 dia. polished brass mounting P. 00A14.02 1 Plate Caster, ea. $30.80 V. 00K27.20 3 Rigid, ea. $5.00 $4.25
plate (1/8 thick), which uses three screws to attach to Q. 00A14.03 11/8 Plate Caster, ea. $32.00 W. 00K27.10 3 Swivel, ea. $5.50 $4.65
a leg bottom. The 1/4 steel swivel post helps mitigate R. 00A14.04 11/2 Plate Caster, ea. $41.50
racking. The cup casters have brass swivel posts and X. Frame Casters
tapered cups, which are secured to the leg with three Square Cup Casters These casters attach easily to just about any
screws. The inside diameter of the cup opening is the Solid brass casters with turned brass wheels, bottom frame (sofas, cabinets and chairs). The
same as the wheel diameter. Prices given are per polished treads, cast yokes and steel axle 15/8 diameter phenolic wheels swivel and the
caster; screws not included. pins, in a polished brass, antique nickel or set of four can support 290 lb. The steel bracket
Polished Brass 1+ 4+ weathered bronze nish. Caster opening is is ribbed for extra strength and sits inside a
A. 00W98.31 3/4 Stem, ea. $ 9.50 $ 8.05 about 1 square and 1 deep, and tapers to frame, maintaining a distance of about 1 from
B. 00W98.32 1 Stem, ea. $12.40 $10.55 about 7/8 square at the bottom. 1+ 4+ the floor. Requires 33/4 on each side of a
C. 00W98.33 11/4 Stem, ea. $13.50 $11.50 S. 00W98.70 PB Caster, ea. $23.50 $20.00 corner for mounting. Sold in sets of four.
D. 00W98.10 1 Rosette, ea. $15.40 $13.10 T. 00W98.43 AN Caster, ea. $23.50 $20.00 Screws not included. 1+ 5+
E. 00W98.11 11/4 Rosette, ea. $15.90 $13.55 U. 00W98.63 WBZ Caster, ea. $23.50 $20.00 00K25.01 Frame Casters (4) $17.60 $15.00
F. 00W98.20 1 Cup, ea. $20.10 $17.10
G. 00W98.21 11/4 Cup, ea. $21.30 $18.10 Recommended screw sizes are indicated in
Antique Nickel 1+ 4+ the price line.
H. 00W98.40 1 Rosette, ea. $16.40 $13.95
J. 00W98.41 11/4 Rosette, ea. $16.80 $14.30
K. 00W98.42 11/4 Cup, ea. $21.80 $18.50
Weathered Bronze 1+ 4+
L. 00W98.60 1 Rosette, ea. $16.40 $13.95 V
M. 00W98.61 11/4 Rosette, ea. $16.80 $14.30
N. 00W98.62 11/4 Cup, ea. $21.80 $18.50 X

O. Rubber-Wheel Caster
Ideal for use on tea carts and other indoor furniture as
the wheels are silent and non-marring. Solid polished
brass with steel axle pin and steel wheel bushing. W
Wheel is 21/2 in diameter and 1/2 thick. Mounting
plate is 11/4 in diameter.
00A68.01 21/2 Rubber Caster, ea. $30.20
Hardware Casters, Feet & Glides 427
 On the larger sizes, the brake locks the wheel and swivel base;
on the 2 size, it locks the wheel only.

F G

E
H J

K
C D
A B
Heavy-Duty Polyurethane Casters Steel Shop Casters
These durable, non-marring casters have solid polyurethane tires that are resistant to The most effective combination for moving equipment in a shop
grease, oil, adhesives, kerosene-based solvents and UV. They have polypropylene is two rigid-plate casters and two swivelling-plate casters with
hubs, 0.10 thick zinc-plated steel bases, and slow-rolling ball bearings in the axle for locking mechanisms. The locking model simultaneously brakes
smooth, controlled operation. Available as a xed caster or a swivel locking caster that the wheel and locks the caster. These 4 casters have solid rubber
rotates on a ball-bearing race and has a foot-operated brake mechanism. On the three tires. Load capacity is 150 lb per caster. Available individually
largest sizes, the brake simultaneously locks the wheel and swivel base; on the 2 size, or as a set of four (two of each style). 1+ 4+
it locks the wheel only. Nominal sizes listed are wheel diameter by overall height J. 00K20.02 4 Rigid, ea. $17.90 $15.25
(weight capacity in brackets). Sold individually. 1+ 4+ K. 00K20.01 4 Lock/Swivel, ea. $19.90 $16.90
A. 00K21.20 Fixed Caster, 221/2 (40kg) $ 5.80 $ 4.95 00K20.10 Set 4 Casters (2 of ea.) $65.00
B. 00K21.21 Swivel Caster w/Brake, 221/2 (40kg) $ 7.90 $ 6.70
C. 00K21.30 Fixed Caster, 34 (100kg) $10.50 $ 8.90
QUANTITY DISCOUNTS:
D. 00K21.31 Swivel Caster w/Brake, 34 (100kg) $17.60 $15.00 Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and 10+, indicate a quantity
E. 00K21.40 Fixed Caster, 45 (110kg) $12.40 $10.55 discount the price is reduced when 10 or more of the same item are
F. 00K21.41 Swivel Caster w/Brake, 45 (110kg) $19.90 $16.90 purchased. The discount does not apply to mixed sizes and types that
G. 00K21.50 Fixed Caster, 56 (120kg) $15.90 $13.55 may total 10 or more.
H. 00K21.51 Swivel Caster w/Brake, 56 (120kg) $23.50 $20.00

Portable Stand Casters Q. Side-Mount Caster

L These matte black casters are available in three
styles. The plate casters (2 in diameter with a
11/2 square plate and a load capacity of 70 lb
each) are available in a standard version or
with a wheel lock that can be engaged or disen-
gaged with toe pressure. The stem casters are
15/8 in diameter with a 11/2 stem and a plastic
insert (load capacity of 40 lb each). Sold in sets R. Low-Prole Casters
N of four. Screws included.
M L. 00W09.03 Plate, 2 dia., Locking (4) $10.00
M. 00W09.01 Plate, 2 dia., Standard (4) $ 7.70
N. 00W09.07 Stem, 15/8 dia., Locking (4) $ 7.90
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in
the price line.
Hooded Casters
These swivelling casters are plate mounted and
have an antique brass nish. The smaller casters
can support 33 lb each; the larger ones, 44 lb.
Both have polypropylene balls and 19/16 square
mounting plates. Size listed is ball diameter. Sold
in sets of four. Screws not included. 1+
O P O. 00K26.40 19/16 Casters (4) $11.40 $ 9.70
P. 00K26.50 2 Casters (4) $11.80 $10.05
Useful for creating drawer guides, this caster can be
screwed to the inside edge of a vertical panel. Requires #12
at-head screws (not included). Wheel diameter is 30mm
(13/16). Load capacity 30kg (66 lb). Made in Germany.
30mm (13/16) Side-Mount Caster, ea. 1+ 4+
00K22.50 $2.20 $2.00
The simple, low-prole design of these xed casters
not only allows them to be mounted easily and unob-
trusively, but their compact footprint also permits
installation in locations that are too restrictive for other
caster styles. In addition to their primary use, they can
also serve as rollers on workshop guides. Each caster
has a non-marring polymer tire and afxes easily with
two screws (not included). Wheel diameters and load
capacities stated. Made in Germany.
25mm (1) Caster, 30kg (66 lb), ea. 1+ 4+
00K22.40 $1.30 $1.15
30mm (11/4) Caster, 35kg (77 lb), ea.
00K22.41 $1.40 $1.25
40mm (1 5/8) Caster, 45kg (99 lb), ea.
5+ 00K22.42 $1.70 $1.55
50mm (2) Caster, 50kg (110 lb), ea.
00K22.43 $1.90 $1.70

To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit

our website at www.leevalley.com
R
Q

428
 F

A B
Turn
hex key.

Drill hole in
cabinet and 12mm of
insert leveller. vertical
adjustment

Concealed Levellers
These levellers seat inconspicuously in the side panel of a F
cabinet, and are easily adjusted for height through a small-
diameter blind access hole drilled inside the carcass. The slim
stem of the leveller press-ts into a 12mm diameter hole (in F. Table Shox Self-Levelling Hydraulic Glide
material at least 3/4/18mm thick), and has a gear-driven mecha- This glide automatically regulates its height to prevent furniture from wobbling on uneven
nism that provides up to 12mm of vertical adjustment using a surfaces. Each adjusts independently by up to 5/16 and tilts up to 15 using an oil-lled
4mm hex key or driver (you supply). The levellers are available hydraulic cylinder that is fully sealed to resist inltration by dust or debris. Sturdily made
with adjustment access holes located at 70mm (23/4) or 96mm of zinc-plated steel, polypropylene and nylon, the 1 tall glide has a minimum activation
(33/4) from the bottom of the side panel. This lets you locate the load of 5 lb and a maximum load capacity of 100 lb (400 lb total Tilts up to 15.
access hole at a convenient height, depending on the size and when four are used). Suitable for use in temperatures as low as
structure of the furniture piece. Made of zinc alloy and steel, each -40C/F. Sold individually with an integral 1/4-20 or 5/16-18
supports up to 330 lb/150kg and has an integral low-friction mounting bolt (nut not included); for installation in wood or
plastic glide to slide easily over smooth ooring or medium-pile composites, T-nuts are recommended as mounting Height
carpet. Mounting guide included. Made in Italy. 1+ 5+ xtures. Made in USA. 1+ 8+ 16+ adjusts
by up to
A. 01S19.21 Leveller, 70mm (23/4), ea. $3.20 $2.70 00S19.60 1/4-20 Glide, ea. $3.50 $3.25 $3.10 5/16.

B. 01S19.22 Leveller, 96mm (33/4), ea. $3.50 $3.00 00S19.61 5/16-18 Glide, ea. $3.50 $3.25 $3.10

Top-Adjust Levellers Superlevel Self-Levelling Glide

These levelling feet allow easy adjustment for height and level A simple remedy for wobbly furniture, this glide automatically adjusts
without having to lift the furniture piece to access the levelling its height by up to 1/4 to keep all legs in contact with the oor. Suitable
mechanism. One style installs in a recess on the underside of a for indoor or outdoor applications, each has an internal self-setting
cabinet carcass; the other mounts to the inside edge of the side stainless-steel spring surrounded by a tough, impact-resistant housing
panel. For both, an 8mm (5/16) through-hole drilled in the made of polypropylene and nylon. Each low-prole, high-
bottom panel of the carcass permits convenient access to the capacity glide has a maximum installed height of just under 1
adjustment mechanism from above. The mechanism is driven and a minimum activation load of 8 lb, with maximum load
using a 6mm hex, slot or Phillips screwdriver. Height adjustable capacity of 125 lb (500 lb total when four are used). Easy to
up to 17mm, the bottom-mount leveller simply press-ts into a install, they are sold individually with an integral 1/4-20 or
30mm diameter recess (minimum 3/4/18mm material thick- 5/16-18 mounting bolt (nut not included); for installation in
ness). The edge-mount leveller is available with a 12mm (1/2) or wood or composites, T-nuts are recommended as mounting
25mm (1) adjustment range and secures with three #6 screws, xtures. Made in USA. 1+ 8+ 16+
not included (minimum 5/8/15mm material thickness). Die-cast G. 00S19.50 1/4-20 Glide, ea. $3.50 $3.25 $3.10
zinc alloy, each supports up to 385 lb/175kg and is capped with H. 00S19.51 5/16-18 Glide, ea. $3.50 $3.25 $3.10
an integral glide made of low-friction non-marring plastic.
Mounting instructions included. Made in Italy. 1+ 5+
C. 01S19.01 Bottom, 17mm Adjustable, ea. $2.30 $1.95
D. 01S19.05 Edge, 12mm (1/2) Adjustable, ea. $2.30 $1.95
E. 01S19.07 Edge, 25mm (1) Adjustable, ea. $2.70 $2.30

Drill 8mm through-hole G H

in bottom panel for
height adjustment.

C
Drill hole in
cabinet and
insert leveller. Screw mount
to inside edge
Drill 8mm
of side panel.
through-hole
D & E in bottom panel for
height adjustment.
Height is adjustable Height is adjustable up to
up to 17mm. 12mm (D) or 25mm (E).

G H
C
D E

429
 C
A. Heavy-Duty Glide Cabinet Levelling Supports
This adjustable glide is load rated at 330 lb. The These are the supports that the pros use. They
11/4 dia. pivoting foot is capped with polyeth- replace the usual cabinet base. The support top
ylene and is attached to a 3/821/2 bolt. The bolt detaches; you screw it onto the cabinet base or
A B head has a hex recess, allowing adjustment press-fit the sleeve into a drilled hole. Easy to
under full load, using a hex key. The glides are adjust: you can either put a
side mounted and have a 5/16 lip to support the slot screwdriver into the
C load. Each glide assembly is 21/8 wide, 21/8 side of the foot to rotate
C high and 13/4 deep. Adjusts over a range of 2. it or rotate from above.
Glides sold individually. 1+ 5+ The optional kick-plate
01S08.10 Adjustable Glide, ea. $7.90 $6.70 clip lets you
snap a kick
B. Cabinet Leveller Feet plate directly
These leveller feet all have 11/2 metal cowls onto the
D
D with nylon pads. They can be adjusted using the support post.
integral hex shank near the cowl, or using the Two bases E
screwdriver slot at the top (for through-cabinet come with
adjustment). 3/8-16 thread. 1+ 10+ each clip, one
01S06.02 2 Swivel Leveller, ea. $2.80 $2.40 a screw-on
Break-Away Wedges 01S06.03 3 Swivel Leveller, ea. $3.00 $2.55 and another
Dark nylon break-away 01S06.04 4 Swivel Leveller, ea. $3.20 $2.70 that glues into
wedges with eight a biscuit slot.
sections from 1/16 to Cabinet Leveller Brackets Both have 1 of lateral
5/16 in height. Each Either of these heavy-gauge plated steel leveller adjust after attachment.
wedge is 13/16 wide brackets can easily be surface mounted using four Since the clip slides
and 4 long. Sold in screws. The panel bracket is 11/2 wide and 13/4 up or down on
packages of 10. 1+ 10+ high, and can be reversed, with the clearance hole the support,
00S20.50 Wedges (10) $3.80 $3.25 on the top inside for cabinet adjustment. The corner you can
bracket has formed ribs and gussets for added ensure that the F
strength, and has slotted mounting holes for easy kick plate molds to the oor. Any gap at the top
adjustment. 13/16 high, it requires 3 each side from cannot be seen. Approximate support spacing is
the corner for mounting. Both are tapped for 3/8-16 every 30. Altogether an excellent system, particu-
threaded leveller feet (not included). Sold in packs larly suited to the uneven oors of todays houses.
of four brackets. 1+ 10+ Adjusts from 33/4 to 6. 1+ 5+
C. 01S04.05 Panel Brackets (4) $8.50 $7.20 E. 00S85.01 Levelling Support, ea. $3.40 $2.90
D. 01S04.01 Corner Brackets (4) $7.30 $6.20 F. 00S85.02 Kick-Plate Clip, ea. $1.10 $ .90

G. Adjustable Aluminum Leg Adjustable Cabinet Legs Brass Leg Tips

Made from solid aluminum stock, these are These are simple and attractive legs. The leg body
sturdy legs. The leg shaft is 13/8 in diameter and is die cast in a zinc alloy and nished in polished
the turned foot is 3 in diameter. The foot also chrome or matte nickel. The 13/8 dia. foot has a
incorporates a non-marring plastic pad, securely soft rubbery base and is adjustable over a 1/2 range.
held by a cupped washer, and is adjustable over The removable ve-hole mounting plate is 23/8
a range of 8mm (5/16). Overall height is 120mm wide and a full 1/8 thick. Sold individually. Mount-
(43/4). The steel leg-mounting bracket is 33/16 ing screws or bolts not included. 1+ 6+
square, and is pre-drilled for screw or bolt J. 00S81.20 27/8 PC Adj. Leg $9.70 $8.25
mounting. Priced per leg. Mounting screws or K. 00S81.30 27/8 MN Adj. Leg $9.70 $8.25
bolts not included. 1+ 6+
00S81.40 120mm Leg, ea. $21.60 $18.35 L. Cast-Iron Claw Feet
At just over 51/2 tall, these cast-iron claw feet
H. Adjustable Steel Leg can be used on bed platforms, chests or even
Made from 2mm steel plate, these formed and footstools. The 3 square mounting surface is
welded legs are sturdy. The adjustable steel foot machined at and attaches using four screws.
is 21/2 in diameter, has a non-marring plastic The foot pad has been linished to prevent
pad held by a cupped washer and has an adjust- scratching, and is about 13/4 in diameter. The
ment range of 8mm. Overall height is 110mm cast detail has been sanded to provide highlights.
(just over 41/4). Mounting surface is 25/8 Feet can be painted and come with a protective
square. Priced per leg. Mounting hardware clear-coat nish. Sold in sets of four; screws
not included. 1+ 6+ not included.
00S81.50 110mm Leg, ea. $12.40 $10.55 01K30.01 Cast Claw Feet (4) $74.50
Solid cast brass tapered leg tips with an old brass
or antique brass nish. The size given is the
width of the opening at the top followed by the
height total amount of taper is 5mm to 6mm.
Tips are a friction t, secured with a single brad
(included). Priced individually.
Old Brass 1+ 10+
M. 01A45.19 19mm28mm, ea. $ 7.80 $ 6.65
01A45.21 21mm30mm, ea. $ 8.40 $ 7.15
01A45.23 23mm30mm, ea. $ 9.70 $ 8.25
01A45.25 25mm32mm, ea. $10.20 $ 8.65
N. 01A45.27 27mm34mm, ea. $10.90 $ 9.30
01A45.30 30mm37mm, ea. $11.00 $ 9.35
O. 01A45.35 35mm40mm, ea. $13.00 $11.05
Antique Brass 1+ 10+
P. 01A46.19 19mm28mm, ea. $ 8.80 $ 7.50
01A46.21 21mm30mm, ea. $ 9.60 $ 8.15
01A46.23 23mm31mm, ea. $10.40 $ 8.85
01A46.25 25mm32mm, ea. $11.00 $ 9.35
Q. 01A46.27 27mm34mm, ea. $11.30 $ 9.60
01A46.30 30mm37mm, ea. $12.90 $11.00
R. 01A46.35 35mm40mm, ea. $14.20 $12.10

O
G M
H

L
J K R
P

 Japanned Steel Chest Locks
This is a good choice of lock for use when
F. Japanned Steel Till Lock
With a black japanned case and a brass bolt,
LOCKS
exposed. The steel case has a heavy, black this till lock is 23/4 wide with a 9/16 selvedge.
japanned nish that complements the 9/1631/2 It has two levers and comes with two nickel-
A B
solid brass link. Selvedges are 9/16 wide by the plated keys. Mounting screws not included.
stated case length. Each two-lever lock comes 1+ 5+
complete with a pair of nickel-plated keys. 00P37.28 23/4 Till Lock $28.80 $24.50
Mounting screws not included. 1+ 5+
A. 00P36.30 3 Chest Lock $39.90 $33.90 JAPANNED STEEL LOCK DIMENSIONS
B. 00P36.35 31/2 Chest Lock $39.90 $33.90 Case Distance
Width Depth
Depth to Pin
Japanned Steel Cupboard Locks Steel Chest Locks E
Japanned steel, single-lever, straight cupboard 00P36.30 3 21/4 5/8 11/4
locks with brass-plated bolts. Back mounted, each 00P36.35 31/2 21/4 5/8 11/4
is unhanded. The 21/4 and 25/8 locks have a C
Steel Cupboard Locks
two-way keyhole and a pair of nickel-plated keys;
00P35.23 21/4 11/4 3/8 5/8
the 31/16 lock has steel keys. Mounting screws
not included. 1+ 5+ 00P35.27 25/8 15/16 3/8 5/8

C. 00P35.23 21/4 Lock $19.90 $16.90 00P35.30 31/16 15/8 7/16 13/16

D. 00P35.27 25/8 Lock $19.90 $16.90 Steel Till Lock

E. 00P35.30 31/16 Lock $20.00 $17.00 00P37.28 23/4 21/4 5/8 1 D F

G. Standard Mortise Locks L. Roll-Top Desk Lock
These locks can be mounted horizontally and are This reproduction roll-top desk lock has a
unhanded in vertical applications. Steel bodied solid polished brass escutcheon, face and
with a nished brass face that measures 23/4 long hinged strike plate (sprung closed). When
by just shy of 1/2 (12mm) wide. We offer several locked, steel projections grip the inside of the
sizes; the measurement given is the distance to pin strike plate. Required mortise is 13/4 wide, O.
(the inset, in vertical applications). All require a 3/8 3/8 thick and 11/2 deep. Strike plate measures P.
mortise of varying depths generally 1/2 to 5/8 121/2. Distance to pin is 1. Good value in Q. Small Box Lock
greater than the drop. Case width is 13/4 for all a traditional lock. 1+ 5+
sizes. Each comes with one key (neither strikes nor 00N28.01 Desk Lock $16.90 $14.40
screws included). 1+ 5+
00N25.15 5/8 Lock $17.40 $14.80 M. Small Box Lock
00N25.20 13/16 Lock $17.40 $14.80 With a selvedge of 30mm7mm (about
00N25.25 1 Lock $17.40 $14.80 13/161/4) and a case height of 34mm (15/16),
00N25.30 13/16 Lock $17.90 $15.25 this is one of our smallest locks. It functions by
00N25.35 13/8 Lock $17.90 $15.25 trapping a pin set into the box lid, and locks
either open or closed. The oval escutcheon is
00N25.40 15/8 Lock $17.90 $15.25
24mm18mm and the 4mm locking pin projects
H. Light-Duty Chest, Sliding Door or Tambour Lock about 4mm when mounted. Supplied with two
Single lever. Anti-tamper and register pins. 31/2 keys and four screws. Brass plated. 1+ 10+
selvedge, 5/16 mortise. Plated strike and selvedge. 00D45.90 Small Box Lock $5.40 $4.60
Key is 3/8 high. Distance to pin is 11/4.
00N04.01 Light-Duty Lock $17.60 N. Cigar Box Lock S.
This small box lock has a case less than 1/4
J. Piano Lock thick and a 5/1623/16 selvedge. Case depth
Suitable for pianos or horizontal and vertical slide (with bottom strike) is 13/16. The included
tambours. Three levers, 31/2 brass selvedge, 5/16 escutcheon, key, and top and bottom strikes
mortise. Key is 7/16 high. Distance to pin is 11/4. are all gold plated. Good value in a small lid
00N02.01 Piano Lock $28.20 lock. Requires four #2 screws and two #16
escutcheon pins (not included). 1+ 10+
K. Chest Lock 00L14.01 Cigar Box Lock $8.20 $6.95
A brass-plated steel chest lock complete with key,
escutcheon, striking plate, pins and screws. The Small Box Locks
body takes a 5/1617/811/2 mortise. Selvedge is These are some of the smallest brass locks
31/83/8. Distance to pin is 7/8. weve ever seen. The selvedge measures
12K04.01 Chest Lock $22.90 5/16113/16 and has rounded ends. Mortise is
5/8 deep. Each comes with a brass escutcheon
and a cast brass key. Requires two #1 screws
and two #18 escutcheon pins (not included).
Available in a door/drawer style and a roll-top/
box lid style. 1+ 5+
00F10.05 Door/Drawer Lock $28.90 $26.00
00F10.07 Roll-Top/Box Lock $28.90 $26.00
At only 15/8 wide by 7/8 deep, this recess
lock can be used with material as thin as 3/8.
The recess dimension is about 1 1/ 8 wide,
13/16 high and 1/4 deep. All steel construction
with cast strike and key. An excellent price for
a small lock. 1+ 10+
00N30.01 15/8 Lock $8.90 $7.55
R. Extra-Narrow Jewellery-Box Lock
An extra-narrow box lock, 11/2 wide and 3/4
deep, with a 1/2 distance to pin. It has a brass
plate, riveted steel cup, and brass bolt and link.
One key included. 1+ 5+
00P28.15 11/2 Box Lock $28.60 $24.30
Jewellery-Box Lock
It is difcult to nd small locks to suit jewellery
boxes. This small lock has a brass case and
mechanism with two plated cast-iron center-post
keys. 3/8 deep.
00R04.01 11/2 Box Lock $52.20
The word selvedge is derived from the two words
that dene it: self and edge. Some locks list the
selvedge size in case you are replacing a lock and
need to match an existing mortise.
Recommended screw sizes
are indicated in the price line.

M
G

N
H O

J L
Q R S
P
K
 CABINET Standard Straight Cupboard Locks Economy Cut Cupboard Locks
All brass locks with a sanded cup and plate. M. 00P21.30 3 Econo. (R)
1+ 10+
$19.00 $16.15
N. 00P22.15 11/2 Econo. (L) $18.50 $15.75
LOCKS Double-handed, they are surface mounted.
1+ 5+ O. 00P22.20 2 Econo. (L) $18.50 $15.75
E. 00P25.15 11/2 Std. Lock $36.50 $31.00 P. 00P22.25 21/2 Econo. (L) $18.80 $16.00
Economy Straight Cupboard Locks F. 00P25.20 2 Std. Lock $36.50 $31.00 Q. 00P22.30 3 Econo. (L) $19.00 $16.15
The simplest of locks to install, these are surface G. 00P25.25 21/2 Std. Lock $37.30 $31.70
mounted to the back of doors or drawers. They H. 00P25.30 3 Std. Lock $37.90 $32.20 Standard Cut Cupboard Locks
have a brass cup, a brass plate and a brass-plated Available as right (R) or left (L) locks, these
steel bolt. All are double-handed (bolt extends Economy Cut Cupboard Locks have an extruded plate, screwed cup, and solid
right and left) and have a tumbler action. Available as right (R) or left (L) locks, these can bolt. Both the bolt and the plate have a sanded
1+ 10+ also be used in drawers. All brass parts with a nish. Can also be used in drawers. 1+ 5+
A. 00P19.15 11/2 Econo. Lock $15.90 $13.55 sanded selvedge and bolt. 1+ 10+ R. 00P29.15 11/2 Std. (R) $38.30 $32.60
B. 00P19.20 2 Econo. Lock $15.90 $13.55 J. 00P21.15 11/2 Econo. (R) $18.50 $15.75 S. 00P29.20 2 Std. (R) $38.30 $32.60
C. 00P19.25 21/2 Econo. Lock $16.30 $13.85 K. 00P21.20 2 Econo. (R) $18.50 $15.75 T. 00P29.25 21/2 Std. (R) $39.20 $33.30
D. 00P19.30 3 Econo. Lock $16.90 $14.40 L. 00P21.25 21/2 Econo. (R) $18.80 $16.00 U. 00P29.30 3 Std. (R) $41.20 $35.00
A B C D E F G H V. 00P30.16 11/2 Std. (L) $38.30 $32.60
W. 00P30.21 2 Std. (L) $38.30 $32.60
X. 00P30.26 21/2 Std. (L) $39.20 $33.30
Y. 00P30.31 3 Std. (L) $41.20 $35.00
Made in England by a company founded in 1927, this is one of the most
complete ranges of traditional cabinet locks available today. In the most
popular styles of lock, two quality levels are offered an economy range as
well as a standard. The economy
PARTS OF A LOCK locks generally have formed brass
plates, riveted steel or brass cups,
and brass-plated steel bolts. The
standard, higher-quality range
will have extruded or formed
J N plates that have been linished,
O Link
K brass cups (riveted or screwed),
Cup Pin and sanded brass bolts. Economy
L M P Q locks include one key; standard
Selvedge locks include two keys. Unless
Plate Bolt specied otherwise, all locks have
a two-lever mechanism. Strikes
Strike
available separately on page 433.
V
R Screws are not included with the hardware shown on this page unless
S W
otherwise indicated. Screw sizes required are indicated in the price line.
T U X
Y

WEATHERED STEEL CABINET LOCK DIMENSIONS Surface-Mount Locks Each is mounted with four round-head screws (not
Width Depth Case Depth Distance to Pin A selection of weath- included). See chart for case dimensions. Two
ered steel surface-mount styles of cast steel key are available separately.
Surface-Mount Locks distance-to-pin locks for 1+ 10+
00N29.15 115/16 13/8 9/16 15mm (5/8) use on drawers and doors. Z. 00N29.15 15mm Lock $7.40 $6.30
00N29.20 115/16 11/2 9/16 20mm (13/16) When installed, the case AA. 00N29.20 20mm Lock $7.40 $6.30
00N29.25 115/16 111/16 9/16 25mm (1) projects 3/8 and overhangs BB. 00N29.25 25mm Lock $7.40 $6.30
00N29.30 115/16 17/8 9/16 30mm (13/16) the door/drawer lip by 1/4. CC. 00N29.30 30mm Lock $7.40 $6.30
00N29.35 115/16 21/16 9/16 35mm (13/8) DD. 00N29.35 35mm Lock $9.60 $8.15
Steel Mortise Locks EE. 00N29.90 Plain Key $8.20
00N30.15 23/4 13/8 5/8 15mm (5/8) To order call FF. 00N29.95 Fancy Key $9.40
00N30.20 23/4 11/2 5/8 20mm (13/16) 1-800-267-8767
00N30.25 23/4 111/16 5/8 25mm (1) or visit Steel Mortise Locks
our website at The round-end case mechanism on these
00N30.30 23/4 17/8 5/8 30mm (13/16)
www.leevalley.com distance-to-pin locks makes them particularly
00N30.35 23/4 21/8 5/8 35mm (13/8)
suited for installation using a router or by
00N30.40 23/4 25/16 5/8 40mm (15/8)
sequential drilling of 11/8 dia. holes, just shy of
3/8 deep. The lock bodies are 23/4 wide, have a
Z AA BB CC DD 5/8 selvedge and are of varying depths. All steel
construction, weathered, with a 3/1615/16
tongue. Each is held in place by four round-head
EE screws (not included). Two styles of cast steel
key are available separately. 1+ 10+
GG. 00N30.15 15mm Mortise Lock $ 8.90 $7.55
HH. 00N30.20 20mm Mortise Lock $ 8.90 $7.55
JJ. 00N30.25 25mm Mortise Lock $ 8.90 $7.55
KK. 00N30.30 30mm Mortise Lock $ 8.90 $7.55
FF LL. 00N30.35 35mm Mortise Lock $11.40 $9.70
MM. 00N30.40 40mm Mortise Lock $11.40 $9.70
00N29.90 Plain Key $ 8.20
00N29.95 Fancy Key $ 9.40
GG HH JJ KK LL MM
 Economy Till/Drawer Locks Standard Till/Drawer Locks
With a brass cup, plate and bolt, these locks are All brass locks with an extruded and sanded plate, A P Q
mortised into the back side of drawer fronts. screwed brass cup, and brass bolt. 1+ 5+
1+ 10+ E. 00P26.15 11/2 Std. Lock $33.90 $28.80
A. 00P20.15 11/2 Econo. Lock $18.40 $15.65 F. 00P26.20 2 Std. Lock $33.90 $28.80
B. 00P20.20 2 Econo. Lock $18.40 $15.65 G. 00P26.25 21/2 Std. Lock $34.30 $29.20 B
C. 00P20.25 21/2 Econo. Lock $18.50 $15.75 H. 00P26.30 3 Std. Lock $35.00 $29.80 R
D. 00P20.30 3 Econo. Lock $18.90 $16.10
J. Economy Till/Drawer Lock
Brass plate with a riveted steel cup and a brass
bolt. It is 23/8 wide and 15/8 deep, with an 11/16
C
Distance to pin
distance to pin. 1+ 10+
Width 00P33.10 23/8 Till Lock $14.80 $12.60
S
K. Chest Lock
Case depth One of the larger box locks at 31/2 wide and
Depth 23/16 deep, with a 11/4 distance to pin. It has a D
CABINET LOCK DIMENSIONS brass plate, screwed brass cup, and brass bolt
All sizes are Case Distance and link. Two keys included. 1+ 5+
Width Depth
stated in inches. Depth to Pin 00P27.35 31/2 Chest Lock $59.50 $50.50 T U
Straight Cupboard Locks
Economy Box Locks
00P19.15 11/2 13/16 5/16 7/16
Mortise locks with a brass plate, brass cup and
00P19.20 2 1 5/16 1/2
bolt, and extruded brass link. Plate has a sanded
00P19.25 21/2 11/4 3/8 5/8
nish. 1+ 10+ E
00P19.30 3 11/2 3/8 3/4

00P25.15 11/2 15/16 3/8 7/16

L. 00P23.15 11/2 Econo. Lock $18.60 $15.85
00P25.20 2 13/16 3/8 9/16 M. 00P23.20 2 Econo. Lock $18.60 $15.85
00P25.25 21/2 11/2 7/16 11/16 N. 00P23.25 21/2 Econo. Lock $19.00 $16.15 F
O. 00P23.30 3 Econo. Lock $19.40 $16.50 V W
00P25.30 3 11/2 7/16 11/16

Cut Cupboard Locks Standard Box Locks

00P21.15 11/2 11/8 3/8 1/2
Extruded and sanded plate, screwed brass cup, G
00P21.20 2 11/8 3/8 1/2
and brass bolt and link. 1+ 5+
00P21.25 21/2 15/16 7/16 5/8
P. 00P27.15 11/2 Std. Lock $38.60 $32.80
00P21.30 3 11/2 1/2 11/16
Q. 00P27.20 2 Std. Lock $38.60 $32.80
00P22.15 11/2 11/8 3/8 1/2
R. 00P27.25 21/2 Std. Lock $39.50 $33.60
00P22.20 2 11/8 3/8 1/2

00P22.25 21/2 15/16 7/16 5/8

S. 00P27.30 3 Std. Lock $40.60 $34.50
00P22.30 3 11/2 1/2 11/16 Distance-to-Pin Locks X
00P29.15 11/2 11/16 7/16 1/2 Used where specic keyhole location is important
00P29.20 2 13/16 7/16 1/2
(usually a design consideration), these locks have H
00P29.25 21/2 11/2 1/2 5/8
an extruded and sanded plate, with a steel cup and
00P29.30 3 111/16 9/16 3/4
brass bolt. One key included. 1+ 10+
00P30.16 11/2 11/16 7/16 1/2
T. 00P24.06 3/4 Lock $25.70 $21.80
00P30.21 2 13/16 $25.70 $21.80
7/16 1/2
U. 00P24.07 7/8 Lock Y
00P30.26 21/2 11/2 7/16 5/8
V. 00P24.08 1 Lock $25.70 $21.80
00P30.31 3 111/16 9/16 3/4
W. 00P24.09 11/8 Lock $25.70 $21.80
Till/Drawer Locks
X. 00P24.10 11/4 Lock $25.70 $21.80 J
00P20.15 11/2 11/4 3/8 1/2

00P20.20 2 11/2 7/16 5/8

Sliding Door Locks
00P20.25 21/2 17/8 7/16 3/4
Two styles of 21/2 sliding door lock, available in
00P20.30 3 17/8 1/2 3/4 Z
right (R) or left (L) hand. The cut locks are
00P26.15 11/2 13/16 7/16 1/2
mortised into the back edge of the door, and have K
00P26.20 2 11/2 1/2 5/8
extruded plates with a sanded nish. The mortise
00P26.25 21/2 17/8 9/16 3/4
locks are set into the center, in a 7/1617/8
00P26.30 3 17/8 9/16 3/4
recess. Each includes an extruded brass strike
00P33.10 23/8 15/8 7/16 11/16

Chest Lock
and two keys. 1+ 5+ AA
00P27.35 31/2 23/16 5/8 11/4
Y. 00P32.25 Mortise Lock (R) $61.30 $52.10
Box Locks
Z. 00P32.26 Mortise Lock (L) $61.30 $52.10
00P23.15 11/2 1 3/8 5/8 AA. 00P31.25 Cut Lock (R) $61.30 $52.10
00P23.20 2 11/4 1/2 3/4 BB. 00P31.26 Cut Lock (L) $61.30 $52.10
00P23.25 21/2 13/8 1/2 7/8
Lock Strikes
00P23.30 3 19/16 9/16 15/16
Most locks used in traditional furniture dont use L
00P27.15 11/2 11/16 7/16 5/8
strikes they often rely on interference with a BB
00P27.20 2 13/16 7/16 3/4
cabinet member, or receive the lock bolt into a
00P27.25 21/2 11/2 1/2 7/8
mortise. Should you wish to use a strike with a M
00P27.30 3 111/16 9/16 1
cabinet lock, we offer the following choices, all
Distance-to-Pin Locks
of which have countersunk mounting holes, but
00P24.06 23/4 17/8 9/16 3/4
N
00P24.07 23/4 17/8 9/16 7/8
no slot easily rectied with a few drilled holes
00P24.08 23/4 17/8 9/16 1
and a couple of minutes with a le! The at
00P24.09 23/4 17/8 9/16 11/8 strikes are 1/2 wide, and the angled strike has
00P24.10 23/4 17/8 9/16 11/4 one 5/8 edge (drilled) and one 7/16 edge. Size CC
Sliding Door Locks given is strike length. 1+ 10+
CC. 00P34.20 2 Flat Strike $4.20 $3.55 DD
00P31.25 21/2 11/2 1/2 11/16

00P31.26 21/2 11/2 1/2 11/16 DD. 00P34.25 21/2 Flat Strike $4.20 $3.55 O
EE
00P32.25 21/2 17/16 5/8 11/16 EE. 00P34.26 21/2 Angled Strike $8.20 $6.95
00P32.26 21/2 17/16 5/8 11/16 Hardware Locks 433
 N O

A B C D E F P Q
H K
G J
M S

L
R

Cast Zinc Recess Handles U T

These attractive ush handles are cast zinc with steel
pins. Available in dark bronze, pewter and old brass BOXES
nishes in two styles: lifting and drawer handles.
Both styles have tightly radiused corners, are just shy
of 5/16 thick and measure 215/16 wide by 115/16
& CHESTS
high. The lifting handles (light duty) open about
105, while the drawer version opens only about Flush Chest Handles
45. Priced per handle. Each mounts with four #5 Cast steel ush handles with linished faces. The Recessed Finger Pulls & Handle
at-head screws (not included). 1+ 10+large chest handle is about 41/2 wide by 4 tall. These marine-grade, cast stainless-steel
A. 01A20.53 DKB Lifting Handle $11.20 $ 9.55 The substantial handle sits inside an oval recess pulls are surface polished. The small nger pull
B. 01A20.52 PW Lifting Handle $13.20 $11.25 with a elded background. Overall handle depth is measures 11/2 wide by 17/8 high; the large
13/16. At 27/8 wide by 21/8 tall, the smaller version is 13/4 wide by 21/2 high. The chest
C. 01A20.51 OB Lifting Handle $10.40 $ 8.85
D. 01A20.56 DKB Drawer Handle $11.20 $ 9.55 handle is suitable for boxes, small chests, or access handle is 3 wide by 2 1 / 4 high. Screws
E. 01A20.55 PW Drawer Handle $13.20 $11.25 panels as the design encourages using a two-nger not included. 1+ 5+
F. 01A20.54 OB Drawer Handle $10.40 $ 8.85 grip. Small handle depth is just over 3/8. Both R. 00S30.21 Small Ring Pull $25.80 $23.20
handles stop at about 90 when lifted. Priced per S. 00S30.22 Large Ring Pull $28.50 $25.70
Cast Brass Recessed Handles handle; screws not included. 1+ 5+ T. 00S30.23 Chest Handle $34.00 $30.60
Used primarily as flush drawer handles, these L. 06W03.50 Lg. Chest Handle $23.50 $20.00
U. Recessed Finger Pull
are cast brass with steel pins. They have rounded M. 06W03.70 Sm. Chest Handle $15.90 $13.55
Cast in brass and polished, this recessed ring
corners and are 5/16 thick, which makes them
Forged Flush Rings pull has a depth of 12mm (7/16). Overall width
straightforward to mortise in place. The small
Available in rectangular or round shapes, by height is 111/1621/4. Opens about 110,
handles are 3 wide and 2 high, and the large are
these polished brass rings are widely used for and mounts using four #5 flat-head screws
39/16 wide by 27/16 high. Available in either old
campaign-style chests, desks, and marine (not included). 1+ 10+
brass or polished brass, each handle requires four
ttings. These are very substantial forgings. 01A44.31 Recessed Pull $17.90 $15.25
screws (included). Should not be used as chest
N. 00L02.01 11/811/2 Rect. Ring $28.90
handles, as the recessed portion opens out to only
O. 00L02.02 11/22 Rect. Ring $34.50 QUANTITY DISCOUNTS:
about 45 from vertical. Priced per handle.
P. 00L01.01 11/2 Round Ring $33.90 Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and 10+,
1+ 10+
Q. 00L01.02 13/4 Round Ring $38.50 indicate a quantity discount the price is reduced
G. 01A44.03 3 OB Recessed $14.50 $12.35 when 10 or more of the same item are purchased.
H. 01A44.13 39/16 OB Recessed $16.50 $14.00 The discount does not apply to mixed sizes and
Recommended screw sizes are indicated
J. 01A44.11 3 PB Recessed $19.50 $16.55 in the price line. types that may total 10 or more.
K. 01A44.21 39/16 PB Recessed $22.50 $19.10

V W Campaign-Style Ring Pulls

Forged brass with a mottled antique nish, these Campaign-style CC
ring pulls seat in a 1/2 mortise to lie ush with the mounting
surface. The ring pull swings out to nearly 90 when needed. For
the round ring pulls, the sizes listed are overall diameter; for the
rectangular ring pulls, sizes listed are width by
Z height. 3/4 mounting screws included. DD
X Y 1+ 5+
V. 00A18.22 19/16 Rd. Pull $ 6.80 $ 6.10
W. 00A18.24 113/16 Rd. Pull $ 8.90 $ 8.00
X. 00A18.32 11/1611/2 Rect. Pull $ 6.90 $ 6.20
Y. 00A18.34 11/2115/16 Rect. Pull $ 9.90 $ 8.90 EE
Z. 00A18.36 221/2 Rect. Pull $11.50 $10.35

Campaign-Style Chest Handles

Inset in a mortise to sit ush with the mounting surface, these forged
brass handles are designed after those used on Campaign-style Campaign Chest Flush Handles
AA chests. Each has a hinged grip that lies unobtrusively within the nger These are polished brass castings with
recess when not in use, pivoting out to project about 1 from the pressings forming the finger recesses.
backing plate when used for lifting. The 313/4 rectangular handle Typically used on military or campaign-
has a rounded, concave nger recess and seats in a 1/2 mortise. The style chests, they are handsome handles for
3 1/213/4 military-style handle has scalloped corners and seats in a any chest or large box. Size is the overall
BB
7/16 mortise. Each has a mottled antique brass nish and is supplied width, height and depth of the handle.
with 3/4 mounting screws. 1+ 5+ CC. 00A19.01 21/211/25/16, pr. $49.90
AA. 00A18.10 Rectangular Handle $16.90 $15.20 DD. 00A19.02 31/221/2, pr. $62.50
BB. 00A18.15 Military-Style Handle $15.40 $13.90 EE. 00A19.03 423/161/2, pr. $69.50

 A E
J L

M
B K
F

C
G N O P Q

R S
D H

T U V W X Y
Small Case Handles Lid Dowels
Inexpensive small handles for small boxes or Used to keep lids aligned, these lid dowels are all
cases. The round handle uses two 23/167/8 surface mounted. Sold in pairs, in nickel-plated
staples to trap the handle ends. The two square or brass-plated steel. Sizes given are width by
handles surface mount with a single staple, height. Screws included. 1+ 10+
which traps the handles. Size given is overall N. 00S55.05 43mm55mm NP, pr. $2.60 $2.20
handle width. Staples each require two bolts or O. 00S55.15 43mm55mm BP, pr. $3.60 $3.05
screws (not included). 1+ 10+ P. 00S55.06 36mm34mm NP, pr. $2.60 $2.20 Z
A. 00S62.15 41/2 Square Handle $4.30 $3.65 Q. 00S55.16 36mm34mm BP, pr. $3.60 $3.05
B. 00S62.20 51/8 Square Handle $3.90 $3.30
C. 00S62.25 61/8 Round Handle $3.60 $3.05 Case Hinges
These surface-mount case hinges have an inte-
D. Case Handle gral stop, and open from 90 to 95. Sold in
Made from molded plastic, this handle has pairs, in nickel-plated or brass-plated stamped Z. Brass Case Handles
nickel-plated mounts and requires four screws steel. Sizes given are width by height. Screws Simple brass handles with a trapped 5mm diam-
(not included). 1+ 5+ included. 1+ 10+ eter pull. Overall handle width is about 33/8.
00S62.01 Case Handle, ea. $5.60 $4.75 R. 00S55.02 25mm46mm NP, pr. $2.60 $2.20 The polished backing plate is just over 23/4
S. 00S55.12 25mm46mm BP, pr. $3.10 $2.60 wide and just under 11/2 high. Sold in pairs;
Case Handles T. 00S55.01 30mm34mm NP, pr. $2.60 $2.20 screws included. 1+ 5+
Sturdy plastic case handles with a rounded grip. U. 00S55.11 30mm34mm BP, pr. $3.10 $2.60 00D81.70 Brass Case Handles, pr.$10.20 $8.65
Staples are formed steel, and are 5/8 wide by V. 00S55.03 34mm42mm NP, pr. $2.60 $2.20
17/8 long. Each handle mounts with four #4 at- W. 00S55.13 34mm42mm BP, pr. $3.10 $2.60 Recommended screw sizes are indicated
head screws (not included). Available with X. 00S55.04 28mm48mm NP, pr. $2.60 $2.20 in the price line.
nickel-plated or brass-plated staples. Handles Y. 00S55.14 28mm48mm BP, pr. $3.10 $2.60
measure 51/4 wide by 27/8 high. 1+ 10+
E. 00S55.07 NP Case Handle $3.80 $3.25
F. 00S55.17 BP Case Handle $3.80 $3.25 Leather Hardware 1+ 10+
Made from single thicknesses (about AA. 01A29.01 7 (96mm) Handle $12.80 $10.90
Toolbox Handles 1/8) of stitched leather, these are attrac- BB. 01A29.02 8 (128mm) Handle $14.10 $12.00
Just like the handles youd nd on most tool- tive pieces. Staples used for the handles CC. 01A29.03 2 Drop Pull $ 7.40 $ 6.30
boxes, these are formed nickel-plated steel and drop pull are 17/16 high by 1/2 DD. 01A29.04 Horizontal Key Escutcheon $ 5.50 $ 4.65
handles with screw-on staples. The small handle wide, and are fastened by a single bolt. EE. 01A29.05 Vertical Key Escutcheon $ 5.50 $ 4.65
is about 71/4 long overall when installed, and A pair of pins proud of the staple back
has 11/2 wide staples. The large handle is about prevents rotation. Escutcheons measure
8 long and has 15/8 wide staples. Size given 17/81, and are available with vertical AA
is the approximate handle diameter; screws or horizontal keyholes. Sizes given for
not included. 1+ 5+ the handles are overall width with
G. 00S03.20 9/16 Toolbox Handle $4.50 $3.80 handles completely at; recommended
H. 00S03.10 3/4 Toolbox Handle $4.70 $4.00 center-to-center measurements are
given in brackets. Escutcheons are BB
Large Cast Chest Lifting Handles intended to be glued in place.
Substantial chest handles with solid 90 stops.
Sized by bail width for the open style and plate
width for the plate style.
J. 00A21.01 3 Open Handle, pr. $46.90
K. 00A21.02 4 Open Handle, pr. $65.90
L. 00A21.03 5 Open Handle, pr. $79.50 EE
CC
M. 00A22.01 5 Plate Handle, pr. $76.90
DD 435
 To order call
1-800-267-8767
or visit our website at
A www.leevalley.com

B G
F. Brass-Plated Trunk Lock
F This stamped brass-plated steel
lock is the standard used on
steamer trunks for decades. It
H opens with a simple key and has
a padlock hasp for greater secu-
rity. Flush mounted (requires
seven round-head screws, not
D included), it comes with two
Trunk Corners keys. 61/2 high by 33/4 wide.
C
Used to avoid the crushing or chipping of case
E 1+ 5+
Leather Trunk Handles or trunk corners, these are all made of brass- 00S63.02 Trunk Lock, ea. $11.90 $10.10
These are substantial handles. Sewn from several plated steel. The side corners act as feet when
pieces of laminated leather, each handle is more the case is tipped on its side. The bottom corner Trunk Hinges
than 1/4 thick. The 83/4 handle comes with two has an integral foot to prevent the mounting With a built-in 90 stop, these surface-mount
closed loops, and the 93/4 with two open loops. screw from marring surfaces. All are sold in hinges are perfect for trunks, toy boxes or cases.
All loops are brass-plated steel. Sold as indi- sets of four (screws not included). Overall The large hinges are 11/2 wide and 21/2 long; the
vidual handles; round-head screws not included. corner heights are noted below. 1+ 5+ small are 11/8 wide and 2 long. Priced per pair.
Color of leather may vary. 1+ 5+ C. 00S64.03 11/2 Rounded (4) $7.90 $6.70 Screws not included. 1+ 5+
A. 00S67.01 83/4 Handle, ea. $14.40 $12.25 D. 00S64.04 11/2 Side (4) $6.90 $5.85 G. 00S66.02 Lg. Trunk Hinges, pr. $4.50 $3.80
B. 00S68.01 93/4 Handle, ea. $15.40 $13.10 E. 00S64.01 17/8 Bottom (4) $9.90 $8.40 H. 00S66.01 Sm. Trunk Hinges, pr. $3.90 $3.30

Case Corners Decorative Box Corners R. Filigree Corners

Steel corners for use on boxes or cases, available These attractive brass-plated steel corners Filigreed brass-plated steel box corners. Corners are
with nickel or brass plating. The large nickel protect boxes from damage. The low-prole 25mm long on two edges, 9mm high. Sold in pack-
corner has two raised and countersunk buttons corner is especially good for the corners of ages of four; screws/pins not included. 1+ 10+
for attachment, and a raised button foot; all others shallow lids, as it is only about 1/8 (3.5mm) 00D44.70 Filigree Corners (4) $1.40 $1.20
have mounting holes on each side. Sold in pack- high. All but the largest have no mounting
ages of four. Size given is the edge length of all holes; they can be epoxied in place, or drilled Pedestal Feet
three sides. Fasteners not included. 1+ 5+ and mounted with escutcheon pins or screws in These cast brass feet add a touch of elegance to
J. 00D44.30 16mm NP (4) $ 8.00 $6.80 the location of your choice. All have a protective any small box. Both attach using two round-head
K. 00D44.35 24mm NP (4) $10.00 $8.50 peel-off vinyl coating. Sold in sets of four. Sizes screws (not supplied, size stated below). The small
L. 00D44.50 20mm BP (4) $ 8.00 $6.80 given are side length by corner height. Fasteners foot is 11/8 square. The larger foot is 13/4 square
M. 00D44.60 24mm BP (4) $10.00 $8.50 not included. Made in Germany. 1+ 5+ with a lip that registers on the box corner. Sold in
N. 00D44.15 32mm13mm (4) $7.70 $6.55 packages of four. 1+ 5+
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in O. 00D44.01 26mm3.5mm (4) $6.00 $5.10 S. 00F10.01 Sm. Feet (4) $31.50 $28.40
the price line. P. 00D44.03 20mm15mm (4) $6.80 $5.80 T. 00F10.03 Lg. Feet (4) $38.50 $34.70
Q. 00D44.09 30mm21mm (4) $7.70 $6.55
Pressed, Heavy-Duty Campaign
Chest Corners
These are high-quality pressings carefully nished
N at the corners. Used widely on campaign chests.
O Fasteners included.
J K L M U. 00A17.01 25/8 Corner, ea. $12.40
V. 00A17.02 25/83/4 Corner, ea. $15.90
R S T W. Pressed Chest Strap
P
Q With very high-quality pressings, this is a
companion to the heavy-duty campaign chest
corners. Widely used for reinforcing the edges of
large boxes and chests, with or without the use of
U corner plates. Screws not included.
00A18.01 25/8 Strap, ea. $6.80

W X. Chest Chain Set

Suitable for blanket or other similar boxes.
Average tensile strength is 45 lb. Polished and
V
lacquered brass. Set includes two 18 lengths of
X #10 ball chain, four end anchors, and four screws.
00G49.01 Chest Chain Set $4.30

Y. Small-Link Chest Chain

A nely forged brass chain held in forged-brass
tips with steel pins. Ideal for lid stays. Screws
Y
included.
00F04.01 91/2 Chest Chain $21.50
00F04.02 15 Chest Chain $26.20
436 Hardware Boxes & Chests
 Ball chains shown. Brass Ball Chains and Fasteners F
There are hundreds of uses for these chains and
fasteners. Anchor sleeves are used to tether chains
A (e.g., on ballpoint pens in banks), loop links can be G
used to make key chains or non-slip loops of any size,
B and end anchors let you make lid chains for chests
and boxes. All are solid brass, lacquered and polished, H
except the #10 end anchor, which is bright brass.
Chain sold in 10 or 50 lengths. Fasteners sold in J
packs of 10. Discounted price applies to 10 or
more packs. 1+ 10+ N
M
F. 00G40.01 #3 Ball Chain, 10 $ 5.00
00G40.02 #3 Ball Chain, 50 $18.00 K
G. 00G41.01 #3 Ball/Bar Chain, 10 $ 5.40
Brass Chains 00G41.02 #3 Ball/Bar Chain, 50 $19.40
Use the #3 chain on jewellery boxes or similar H. 00G42.10 #3 Anchor Sleeves (10) $ 1.10 $ .85 O
(20 lb average tensile strength). Use #10 on J. 00G42.01 #3 Loop Links (10) $ 1.10 $ .85 L
blanket boxes or similar (45 lb average tensile K. 00G42.15 #3 End Anchors (10) $ 1.80 $1.40
strength). Can be used as a single restraining L. 00G42.20 #3 End Rings (10) $ 2.40 $1.90
chain for small boxes, but larger chests should M. 00G44.01 #10 Ball Chain, 10 $ 9.60 P
have chains on both edges of the lid to prevent 00G44.02 #10 Ball Chain, 50 $34.70
hinge racking. Easily cut to length with side N. 00G45.10 #10 Anchor Sleeves (10) $ 1.80 $1.40
cutters. All polished and lacquered brass. O. 00G45.01 #10 Loop Links (10) $ 1.80 $1.40
P. 00G45.20 #10 End Rings (10) $ 2.70 $2.15 Q
A. Box Chain Sets Q. 00G45.15 #10 End Anchors (10) $ 2.40 $1.90
Six 6 lengths of #3 chain (in ball or ball/bar
style), 12 end anchors, and 12 screws.
00G48.01 Ball Chain Set $3.70 T
00G48.02 Ball/Bar Chain Set $3.90 R R T
B. Chest Chain Set
Two 18 lengths of #10 ball chain, four end
anchors, and four screws.
00G49.01 Chest Chain Set $4.30 S

C Lid Stays
These small steel folding lid stays are brass plated and
have integral stops. Sizes given are overall length when
open, and arm width. Each attaches with pins or small
D V
screws (not included). Priced per stay. 1+ 10+
100 Lid Stays R. 00D45.70 54mm8mm Stay, ea. $ .70 $ .60
These tiny S. 00D45.71 75mm8mm Stay, ea. $ .80 $ .65 V
supports hold
a lid open at 100. Folding Lid Stays
Mortised into the box side and lid. Size given is An inexpensive and simple method of ensuring small
for one leaf (width by length). Solid brass. box lids arent opened too far (which overstresses or
1+ 5+ damages the hinges). Stays attach with two small brads
C. 00F10.13 5mm29mm, ea. $16.90 $15.20 or screws to the inside of the box lid and side. Sold in Left hand
D. 00F10.15 6mm35mm, ea. $17.90 $16.10 matched sets of one right and one left stay. The nickel-
plated stays are a tad larger than the brass-plated stays. W
E. Lid Stays Size given is extended arm length. 1+ 5+
Made from nickel-plated steel, these stays have T. 00D45.10 111/16 BP Lid Stays, pr. $2.60 $2.20
an integral ball-bearing detent that holds a lid U. 00D45.21 115/16 NP Lid Stays, pr. $3.00 $2.55 Left hand
open. Each arm is 7/16 wide and 311/16 long X
with an offset pivot. Unhanded, and sold in V. Sliding Stay
pairs. Screws included. 1+ 10+ Simple sliding arc stay is made from brass-plated
00S55.70 NP Lid Stays, pr. $5.20 $4.40 steel. Overall length is 25/8; width is 3/8; 2mm slots. Left hand
Fasteners not included. 1+ 10+ 25+
00D45.40 Sliding Stay $ .80 $ .65 $ .60 Y

Standard Stays Right-hand

Simple steel handed stays, available in brass-plate, stay installed
bronze, or nickel-plate finishes. Can be used on chest.
E
individually or in pairs. Sold in right and left.
Open length is 7. Mount using four #4 screws
(not included). 1+ 10+
W. 00T07.11 BP Stay, LH $4.40 $3.75
00T07.21 BP Stay, RH $4.40 $3.75
X. 00T07.10 BZ Stay, LH $4.40 $3.75
00T07.20 BZ Stay, RH $4.40 $3.75 Left hand
Y. 00T07.12 NP Stay, LH $4.40 $3.75
00T07.22 NP Stay, RH $4.40 $3.75 437
 A B C D

Can be
Right Right mounted on
hand hand either side.

A. Friction Lid Stays C. Flap Stay Open position

Closing
These clever stays prevent lids from slamming. A high-quality ap stay adjustable to a wide position
Screw mounted, they resist movement only in range of lid weights. A threaded collar is used to
closing. Can be used individually or in pairs. adjust the closing action to the speed you want.
Sold in right and left. Closed length by width is In the fully open position, this collar snaps into E
just over 413/4. Mount using four #4 screws the rod cap to hold the lid open. Friction-free
(not included). 1+ 10+ opening action regardless of the closing setting.
00T07.50 LH Lid Stay $11.50 $9.80 Can be mounted on either side. 101/2 long
00T07.60 RH Lid Stay $11.50 $9.80 overall. Screws included. Made in Germany.
00U06.01 Flap Stay $22.50
B. Lid Supports
Finished in statuary bronze, these steel lid D. Soft-Down Flap Stay
supports prevent toy box or chest lids from This flap stay is superbly engineered.
slamming down. Rated at 40 to 45 poundinches Essentially a uni-directional viscous coupling,
each, they are available only as a pair one left it turns freely in one direction, and hydrauli- E. Concealed Lid Hinges
and one right. For a light lid, only one would be cally slows movement in the other direction. Often used for bench lids, hampers and chest lids,
needed; for a heavy lid, both would be used. To Inside the sealed body are eight slotted steel these surface-mount hinges dont require boring holes
determine the poundinches required, multiply discs and one plastic center disc that control or extra mounting plates. They open and hold at 90,
half the distance from the front to the back of the resistance. A thick, sticky fluid is forced and are 23/4 high by 31/8 long in the closed position.
lid by its weight. For example, a 20 lid weighing through successive discs, creating resistance For use with lids up to 1 thick. Nickel-plated steel.
8 lb requires 80 poundinches of support, so you much like a shock absorber. A much better Sold in pairs; screws not included. 1+ 5+
would use both hinges. Strongly recommended design than typical sprung stays. 9 long 00H54.01 Lid Hinges, pr. $10.50 $8.90
for childrens toy boxes, these supports should overall. Supplied with mounting hardware,
Recommended screw sizes are indicated
be used on boxes with solid plank lids. screws and instructions. in the price line.
03K20.06 Lid Supports, pr. $8.70 00T02.10 Soft-Down Flap Stay $23.50

Pet Casket Handles
These handles are suitable for pet caskets. The
larger handle is just over 9 wide, with 331/2
lugs. The smaller handle is about 81/2 wide, with
225/8 lugs. Sold in pairs, they are made from
formed steel and painted silver, and should be
attached with at-head screws (not included).
F. 00U63.10 Large Handles, pr. $24.50
G. 00U63.20 Small Handles, pr. $24.50
Casket Handles
These are sturdy formed-steel casket handles.
Each two-handle set consists of six lugs, two 66
long bars, and four end caps. Each lug attaches
with two #8 flat-head screws or bolts (not
included). The lighter handles (suited to darker-
colored woods) have an electroplate nish with
gold-colored bars. The darker handles (suited to
light-colored woods) have a medium bronze-
shaded copper baked-on paint finish. Screw
heads are usually painted silver for the light
handles and at black for the dark handles. tab of the catch and
Pairs of optional matching 121/2 wide end the edge of one strike
handles are also available separately. visible. Sold in sets
H. 00U61.10 *Light Handles, pr. $179.00 of two latches.
J. 00U61.15 Light End Handles, pr. $ 74.50 The lid support N
K. 00U62.15 Dark End Handles, pr. $ 23.50 (1/2 wide by 9
L. 00U62.10 *Dark Handles, pr. $ 72.50 long) is a simple
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a one attached with a
length surcharge of $10 applies per order. single screw, it has a
notched end that traps the head of another screw.
Casket Hardware The 8 long strap-and-loop assembly is positioned
Though designed for use in caskets, each of to prevent over-opening the lid. As both are usually
these items can be used in a variety of proj- cloth covered (in caskets), they are unnished.
ects. The brown epoxy-coated hinges have a Parts available separately or as a package
major leaf height of 13/4 and are 17/16 wide. containing six hinges, two latches, a lid support and
Sold in packages of six, they can be mortised a strap-and-loop assembly.
or ush mounted. M. 00U60.01 Steel Hinges (6) $ 5.50
The three-part lid latch has a pair of inter- N. 00U60.02 Lid Latches, pr. $ 3.20
locking strikes and a swivelling catch. The O. 00U60.03 Lid Support $ 1.50
latch assembly is about 2 wide by 7/8 deep P. 00U60.04 Strap-&-Loop Assembly $ 2.10
and is very low prole, with only the edge and 00U60.90 Hardware Package $10.30

H M N

F
J K O

G
P
L

 A B G H J

F
Y

D E K Z
X AA

Brusso Hardware Box Hinges

Wonderful for small boxes or chests, these
Large Box Feet
Made for large boxes or small chests, these solid
Brusso hardware (shown on this and the next
page) is precision machined from solid brass stock solid brass hinges have a built-in stop at about brass feet are glued into holes. The at feet require
with high copper content and a high luster. Only 95. Sold in pairs. Screws included. Sizes a 5/8 hole just over 1/4 deep. The rounded feet
high-quality raw materials are used, such as given are height by single leaf width, excluding require a 1/2 hole, 3/8 deep. Size listed is mounted
stainless-steel hinge pins and stainless-steel balls the knuckle. 1+ 5+ height by diameter. Sold in sets of four. 1+ 5+
and springs. With traditional styling and elegant F. 01B03.01 3/45/16 Box, pr. $30.50 $27.50 W. 01B07.04 1/81 Flat Feet (4) $22.90 $20.60
lines, it is designed with the box-maker or cabinet- G. 01B03.02 11/45/16 Box, pr. $32.90 $29.60 X. 01B07.05 9/163/4 Rd. Feet (4) $34.20 $30.80
maker in mind so that it can be easily installed. H. 01B03.03 11/47/16 Box, pr. $35.40 $31.90
Y. Tall Box Feet
Brusso hardware is truly ne cabinet jewellery. J. 01B03.04 25/8 Box, pr. $62.50 $56.30
At 15/16 high when mounted, these solid brass
Cabinet Hinges K. Back-Mount Stop Hinges feet have rounded tips. Glued into a 3/8 hole,
With leaves about 3/32 thick, these substantial solid Mortised into the back of a box and lid, this 7/32 deep. Sold in sets of four. 1+ 5+
brass hinges are available in plain or ball-tip styles. solid brass hinge supports the lid in an open 01B07.07 Tall Feet, set of 4 $18.90 $17.00
Sizes given are height by open width, not including position, at approximately 95. It has 1/8
Small Box Feet
ball tips. Sold in pairs. Screws included. 1+ 5+ radius corners for easy mounting using a 1/4
These feet add a distinctive touch to any box. The
A. 01B01.01 3/413/16 Plain, pr. $28.90 $26.00 router bit. Sold in pairs. Screws included. Size
round feet are just shy of 1/2 in diameter, and
B. 01B02.01 3/413/16 BT, pr. $34.90 $31.40 given is height by open width. 1+ 5+
raise the box about 3/8. Set into a 5/16 hole, 1/4
C. 01B01.03 11/411/16 Plain, pr. $38.50 $34.70 01B04.04 11/41 Stop, pr. $39.50 $35.60
deep, and held in place by glue. The square feet
D. 01B01.07 211/2 Plain, pr. $60.80 $54.70
Visit us at www.leevalley.com are 7/8 by 1/4 high. The double-step prole lets
E. 01B02.07 211/2 BT, pr. $63.20 $56.90
you surface mount the feet or recess the rst level
into the box bottom. The hidden corner is radi-
used for insetting. Each square foot mounts with
Straight Knife Hinges
two included screws. Both styles are sold in sets
Used where you want minimum visibility of R
of four. Solid brass. 1+ 5+
hinges, or where butt hinges are ineffective, knife S Z. 01B07.01 1/2 Rd. Feet (4) $17.60 $15.80
hinges mount to the cabinet and the door ends,
T AA. 01B07.03 7/8 Sq. Feet (4) $28.20 $25.40
instead of the sides. Usually used in inset applica-
Brass Knobs
tions, these are substantial hinges with leaves 3/32, Recessed Pulls
1/8 and 3/16 thick respectively. The anged brass
Suitable for use on even the smallest of drawers,
Turned from solid brass, these pulls are designed
these small knobs are turned from solid brass
hinge pin oats, which allows easy installation. for ush or surface mounting. The ange face is
and are glued into pre-drilled holes. Sizes listed
Sizes given are leaf width by leaf length; door sized for standard Imperial bits (on 1/4 incre-
are diameter by pre-drill. 1+ 5+
thickness should be at least 1/8 greater than the leaf ments), and the pull body requires a hole 1/4 less
R. 01B11.32 1/25/16 Knob $6.80 $6.10
width. Sold in pairs; screws included. 1+ 5+ than the flange diameter. Body has toothed
S. 01B11.28 3/83/16 Knob $5.70 $5.15
L. 01B13.12 5/1613/8 Knife, pr. $21.90 $19.70 recesses to provide a mechanical lock when
T. 01B11.22 5/163/16 Knob $4.90 $4.40
M. 01B13.18 /81 /4 Knife, pr.
3 3 $29.90 $26.90 mounting. These are substantial pulls. 1+ 5+
N. 01B13.80 1/22 Knife, pr. $41.20 $37.10 BB. 01B16.08 11/4 Rd. Pull $18.90 $17.00
See page 441 for our Lee Valley small CC. 01B16.10 11/2 Rd. Pull $25.20 $22.70
Double Offset Knife Hinges turned knobs.
DD. 01B16.12 13/4 Rd. Pull $27.80 $25.00
For double offset hinges, the pivot point is outside
EE. 01B16.14 2 Rd. Pull $33.90 $30.50
both the cabinet and the door. This allows doors to Supports and Sleeves
open as much as 270 for applications where you Solid turned brass supports and sleeves. Sleeves Brass Cabinet Knobs
want the doors to fold at against the cabinet sides. require a 3/8 hole, 7/16 deep. Supports have a Sharing the same 3/4 diameter stepped base, this
Generally, the door thickness should be at least 1/4 dia. pin and 3/8 paddle. Sleeves sold in sets collection of turned brass knobs has a variety of
1/8 greater than the hinge offset. Sizes given are of 12; supports in sets of four. 1+ 5+ head designs. Sizes listed are knob diameter by
offset (and leaf) width by leaf length. Sold in pairs; U. 01B09.20 Shelf Sleeves (12) $27.80 $25.00 height. Mounting bolts are included. 1+ 5+
screws included. V. 01B09.10 Shelf Supports (4) $17.20 $15.50 FF. 01B11.51 11/413/16 Knob $20.90 $18.80
Offset Length 1+ 5+ GG. 01B11.52 11/415/16 Knob $20.90 $18.80
O. 01B14.05 5/8 13/8, pr. $31.40 $28.30 HH. 01B11.53 11/411/4 Knob $20.90 $18.80
P. 01B14.06 3/4 13/4, pr. $37.60 $33.80 U V JJ. 01B11.54 11/413/16 Knob $20.90 $18.80
Q. 01B14.07 1 2, pr. $52.90 $47.60 KK. 01B11.55 11/415/16 Knob $20.90 $18.80

N CC DD
P
M
BB EE
L O
Q

FF GG HH JJ KK
 Lid Supports F
Quadrant Hinges
A
These elegant lid supports add class to any box. The Quadrant hinges alleviate
support is mortised into the box edge, and the stay is the need for chains or stays.
anchored into a hole on the box lid. The small The 1/4 circle (hence the
support requires a 1/4 mortise, 1/2 deep and 27/8 name quadrant) oating
long. The large support requires a 3/8 mortise, 3/4 stay is trapped
B deep and 45/16 long. Both come with mounting between the leaves,
instructions and screws. Solid brass. 1+ 5+
and is sheathed in a
A. 01B06.01 Sm. Lid Support $28.20 $25.40
G mortise below the
B. 01B06.05 Lg. Lid Support $49.50 $44.60 hinge. Both sizes
Bullet Catches stop at about 95.
Used to hold doors securely closed, these catches The smaller one requires a mortise about 3/4 deep in
have solid brass detents, turned brass bodies, and material at least 3/8 thick. The larger hinge needs a
E
C D stainless-steel balls. Sizes listed are required mortise just over 1 deep in material 5/8 or thicker.
pre-drill. 1+ 5+ Size given is height by single leaf width. Sold in pairs.
C. 01B10.08 1/4 Bullet Catch $11.30 $10.20 Screws included. Solid brass. 1+ 5+
D. 01B10.11 11/32 Bullet Catch $12.50 $11.25 F. 01B05.04 11/21/2 Quad., pr. $79.90
E. 01B10.14 7/16 Bullet Catch $14.90 $13.40 G. 01B05.01 15/16 Quad., pr. $55.40 $49.90

Lee Valley Hardware

H After investing time and effort in the accuracy of your handiwork, it can be frustrating to discover that your
chosen hardware doesnt t or work properly. Hardware made to precise tolerances has become increas-
K ingly hard to nd so we decided to start producing our own, using the same state-of-the-art CNC (computer
numeric control) lathes and milling equipment we use to manufacture Veritas planes and other tools to
exacting standards. These functional, elegant pieces are made in Canada from premium-grade alloys.

J Lee Valley Shelf Supports Brass 1+ 5+

Accurately turned and machined from solid bar stock, H. 05H20.01 Traditional Supports (4) $ 9.80 $ 8.85
our shelf supports are available in two styles: tradi- J. 05H20.02 Contemp. Supports (4) $ 9.80 $ 8.85
K
tional, with an hourglass-like form, and contemporary, K. 05H20.05 Shelf Sleeves (12) $12.50 $11.25
with a tapered paddle shape. Made in our own shop, Stainless Steel 1+ 5+
they are available in brass or stainless steel with a L. 05H20.21 Traditional Supports (4) $10.80 $ 9.70
L tumbled matte nish or in steel with a black nish. The M. 05H20.22 Contemp. Supports (4) $10.80 $ 9.70
supports measure about 7/8 long and project 1/2. In N. 05H20.25 Shelf Sleeves (12) $13.70 $12.30
N most hardwoods, the supports can be inserted directly
into a 1/4 diameter hole, or installed in the matching Black Steel 1+ 5+
sleeve that ts a 3/8 hole. In softwoods, to prevent the O. 05H20.41 Traditional Supports (4) $11.20 $10.10
end grain from crushing under load, sleeves should be P. 05H20.42 Contemp. Supports (4) $11.20 $10.10
M Q. 05H20.45 Shelf Sleeves (12) $15.80 $14.20
used with the supports. Made in Canada.
N
S Lee Valley Knife Hinges
R
We make these knife hinges to precise tolerances, for unmatched t
and function. Used where you want a sturdy hinge with minimum
O visibility, they are milled from solid brass or stainless steel and have
Straight Double-offset a tumbled matte nish. All have oating stainless-steel pivots for
Q knife hinge knife hinge
easy installation and smooth, reliable operation. Usually recessed in
application, both styles mount to the cabinet and the door ends,
R S instead of the sides. The straight hinge is primarily for overlay appli-
cations while the double-offset hinge is for inset door applications.
P Sizes given are leaf width (includes elbow for offset hinges) by
Q length by thickness; door thickness should be at least 1/8 greater than
the leaf width. Sold in pairs; screws not included (recommended at-
head screw sizes are indicated in the price lines). Made in Canada.
R. Straight Knife Hinges, pr. 1+ 5+
Straight knife hinges Double-offset knife hinges
05H01.05 5/1611/23/32, Brass $23.90 $21.50
05H01.06 3/813/41/8, Brass $24.90 $22.40
05H01.07 7/1617/81/8, Brass $26.90 $24.20
05H01.08 1/223/16, Brass $29.50 $26.60
05H01.25 5/1611/23/32, Stainless Steel $31.50 $28.40
05H01.26 3/813/41/8, Stainless Steel $33.50 $30.20
05H01.27 7/1617/81/8, Stainless Steel $35.50 $32.00
05H01.28 1/223/16, Stainless Steel $39.50 $35.60
R S S. Double-Offset Knife Hinges, pr. 1+ 5+
05H01.35 5/811/23/32, Brass $26.80 $24.10
05H01.36 3/413/41/8, Brass $28.80 $25.90
05H01.37 7/817/81/8, Brass $32.60 $29.30
05H01.38 123/16, Brass $39.80 $35.80
05H01.55 5/811/23/32, Stainless Steel $37.50 $33.80
05H01.56 3/413/41/8, Stainless Steel $39.50 $35.60
05H01.57 7/817/81/8, Stainless Steel $44.50 $40.10
05H01.58 123/16, Stainless Steel $52.50 $47.20
440 Hardware Lee Valley Hardware
 Lee Valley Small Turned Knobs
Ideal for small box or chest use, these solid knobs are glued in
place. Available in brass or stainless steel, with a tumbled matte
nish that can be polished if desired. Left unnished, the brass
knobs will develop a natural patina. Size given is knob diameter A B
by exposed height, with overall height in brackets. The stem 5/87/16 knobs shown actual size.
diameter is 5mm (3/16) on the four smaller sizes and 6mm (1/4)
on the two larger sizes. Stem depth matches the diameter. Made
in Canada. 1+ 6+
A
A. 05H22.01 5/163/8 Brass Knob (9/16) $2.60 $2.20
05H22.02 3/83/8 Brass Knob (9/16) $2.80 $2.40
05H22.03 7/167/16 Brass Knob (5/8) $3.00 $2.55
05H22.04 1/27/16 Brass Knob (5/8) $3.10 $2.60
05H22.05 9/167/16 Brass Knob (11/16) $3.70 $3.15
05H22.06 5/87/16 Brass Knob (3/4) $3.90 $3.30
B. 05H22.21 5/163/8 Stainless-Steel Knob (9/16) $2.80 $2.40
05H22.22 3/83/8 Stainless-Steel Knob (9/16) $3.00 $2.55
B
05H22.23 7/167/16 Stainless-Steel Knob (5/8) $3.20 $2.70
05H22.24 1/27/16 Stainless-Steel Knob (5/8) $3.40 $2.90
05H22.25 9/167/16 Stainless-Steel Knob (11/16) $4.00 $3.40
05H22.26 5/87/16 Stainless-Steel Knob (3/4) $4.20 $3.55
Lee Valley Turned Box Feet
To add a distinctive nishing touch to small boxes or other proj- Round foot Fluted foot Vase foot
ects, these turned feet are available in solid brass or stainless steel shown actual size. shown actual size. shown actual size.

with a tumbled matte nish that can be polished if desired. Left

unnished, the brass feet will develop a natural patina over time.
With a maximum diameter of about 1/2, each foot mounts in a
1/4 diameter, 1/4 deep hole; the stem is grooved to provide a
mechanical lock for gluing. Size given is exposed height. Made in C E G
Canada. Sold in packages of four.
C. 05H31.01 3/8 Brass Round Feet, pkg. of 4 $11.70
D. 05H31.02 3/8 Stainless-Steel Round Feet, pkg. of 4 $12.10
E. 05H31.08 3/8 Brass Fluted Feet, pkg. of 4 $17.00
F. 05H31.09 3/8 Stainless-Steel Fluted Feet, pkg. of 4 $17.50
G. 05H31.05 3/4 Brass Vase Feet, pkg. of 4 $11.70
H. 05H31.06 3/4 Stainless-Steel Vase Feet, pkg. of 4 $12.10

Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the price line. C D E F G H

Veritas Insert Knobs
Getting the right hardware for a piece can be as difcult as building it. These
knobs, machined from solid brass or stainless steel, can be customized to
complement any piece. The insert can be made of the same or contrasting
wood or of Corian, tagua, etc. (the great advantage of tagua is that it can be
dyed any color you want). Just cut a plug of the material to be used, glue it into
the top of the knob and then shape the insert using either a bolt or our special
mandrel to hold it in a hand drill, drill press or lathe. A quick coat of nish (poly
tung oil works well) and you have a custom knob that is also tarnish-proofed.
All knobs come with a 6-327/8 at-head screw for through-hole mounting.
For blind-hole mounting, brass insert nuts and set screws are available sepa-
rately. The optional mandrel (1/4 shank, 6-32 thread) is used for doming the
knobs and pressing the insert nuts into place. The knobs are available smooth
rimmed or with knurled detail. The smaller knobs with outside diameters of
3/8, 1/2 and 5/8 require 1/4, 3/8 and 1/2 plugs respectively. Larger knobs in
3/4, 7/8 and 11/8 diameters require 5/8, 3/4 and 1 plugs respectively.

Brass Knobs 1+ 6+ Stainless-Steel Knobs 1+ 6+ Brass Inserts & Set Screws

J. 05H35.01 Smooth, 3/8 dia. $3.20 $2.70 R. 05H36.01 Smooth, 3/8 dia. $3.50 $3.00 To mount our insert knobs into a blind hole so no
K. 05H35.03 Smooth, 1/2 dia. $4.00 $3.40 S. 05H36.03 Smooth, 1/2 dia. $4.30 $3.65 screw head is visible, use an insert nut and set
L. 05H35.05 Smooth, 5/8 dia. $4.50 $3.80 T. 05H36.05 Smooth, 5/8 dia. $4.80 $4.10 screw. Barbed brass inserts are 5/32 long by 7/32
M. 05H35.07 Smooth, 3/4 dia. $6.00 $5.10 U. 05H36.07 Smooth, 3/4 dia. $6.30 $5.35 in diameter (3/16 drill required). Set screws are
N. 05H35.09 Smooth, 7/8 dia. $6.30 $5.35 V. 05H36.09 Smooth, 7/8 dia. $6.60 $5.60 6-323/8.
O. 05H35.11 Smooth, 11/8 dia. $7.30 $6.20 W. 05H36.11 Smooth, 11/8 dia. $7.60 $6.50 1+ 10+
P. 05H35.23 Knurled, 1/2 dia. $4.00 $3.40 X. 05H36.23 Knurled, 1/2 dia. $4.30 $3.65 AA. 05H35.30 Insert Nuts, pkg. of 10 $3.90 $3.30
Q. 05H35.25 Knurled, 5/8 dia. $4.60 $3.90 Y. 05H36.25 Knurled, 5/8 dia. $4.90 $4.15 BB. 05H35.31 Set Screws, pkg. of 10 $1.60 $1.35
Z. 05H35.40 Mandrel $2.30

11/8 dia. knob with insert V W

N O U
shown actual size. M
Z

P Q AA BB R S T X Y
J K L
Hardware Lee Valley Hardware 441
 SPECIALTY B. Rocker Mechanism
B

MECHANISMS Suitable for restoring an old rocker or for

constructing a new one, this swivel rocker
mechanism is a top-of-the-line model with 3/8
ball bearings. Weighing 7 lb, it is 81/493/8
A overall and 3 thick. It has mounting holes on
A. Sewing both top and bottom.
Machine Lift C
12K58.01 Swivel Rocker Mechanism $44.50 Swivels
This well- can
designed lift Bar Stool Swivels swing
has a load These heavy-duty bar stool swivels are made 360.

capacity of 40 lb from 2mm steel plate with 3/8 ball bearings.

and uses a two- One model has a built-in 3 pitch to provide a
stage lifting comfortable seat angle, and the other is at for
mechanism general-purpose use. 63/4 square. 1+ 10+
(it stops halfway C. 12K02.01 3 Pitch Swivel, ea. $16.50 $14.90 D
up so you can D. 12K02.02 Std. 63/4 Swivel, ea. $18.50 $16.70
Back view
ensure your showing gas E. Swinging (Glider) Chair Brackets
cylinder and cable.
hands are These 83/4 glider chair brackets have xed ball bear-
clear). Bottom ings at each end, sized for mounting with 1/4 bolts.
Press down E
and interme- to close. Brackets have a 2 offset and are plated with zinc
diate stop positions chromate. Sold in sets of four, bolts not included.
are adjustable over Press up 1+ 10+
to open.
a 4 range, while 00T04.20 Chair Brackets (4) $13.90 $11.80
the top stop posi-
tion can be adjusted Upright position
Closed position F. Lee Valley Piano Stool Mechanism
over /4. (Top position can be set ush with, or just
3 From 1879 to 1932 the Otterville Manufacturing Company designed
above, the tabletop.) The mechanism latches and built many consumer items, from mechanical carpet sweepers to
securely in all three positions. The support arm Victorian folding screens. One of its better products was a height-
assembly glides smoothly along the back mount adjustable piano stool; today it is much sought after by antique F
collectors. We have remodelled that mechanism to make our piano stool Completed stool
track, using eight roller bearings, with the lift force shown. Wood
provided by a gas cylinder and cable. Total travel is mechanism. It includes a 3 long machined steel nut (for insertion in the not included.
about 131/2, height is 191/2, width is 13 and stool base) plus a 41/2 diameter seat ange xed to a 1 diameter by 8
depth is 11. Superb design. Made in Germany. long threaded steel shaft. The #6 and #12 xing screws needed are not
02K01.01 *Sewing Machine Lift $189.00 included, since their length will be design dependent. A unique feature F
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to of our redesign is threading only the bottom third of the nut. This
our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by avoids toppling of the seat if the shaft is spun out of the threaded
ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for portion. The system still provides 6 of height adjustment.
shipping rates. 01K71.01 Piano Stool Mechanism $79.50

TABLE Table-Extension Slides

G
Slide lock in
locked position
Four-leg table application
for side-mount slides
442 Hardware Table
These German-made slides are sturdily built from galvanized
steel and aluminum with stainless-steel ball bearings for smooth,
reliable operation. A steel cable pulley system provides synchro-
nous opening and closing of the table-top halves to prevent
tipping. All slides come with installation instructions (mounting
Pedestal and four-leg table
hardware not included). Closed length, size and number of leaves
applications for bottom-mount slides supported, and load capacity for each are listed in the charts.
G. Side-Mount Table Slides
The side-mount slides are primarily for G. Side-Mount Table Slides
four-leg tables requiring only one or two Closed Leaf Size Load Price/pr.
Product
leaves. The slides attach directly to the Length Capacity
inner face of a table skirt and have 17K15.20 700mm 500mm 60kg $57.50
centrally located integral slide 17K15.21 1150mm 2400mm 90kg $81.50
locks to prevent unwanted
17K15.22 1350mm 2500mm 90kg $92.50
movement of the table top.
H
H. Bottom-Mount Table Slides
Suitable for pedestal or four-leg tables, these heavy-duty tele-
scoping bottom-mount slides require a table sub-frame for
mounting. Because the slides telescope, they accommodate
larger and more numerous leaf inserts than a non-telescoping
slide of similar length. Lever locks, to lock the slides at any
extension, are
H. Bottom-Mount Table Slides
conveniently Closed Leaf Size Load Price/pr.
located at Product Length Capacity
the end of 17K15.30 720mm 2500mm 90kg $139.00
each slide.
17K15.31 980mm 3500mm 90kg $189.00
Not Stocked at our Stores:
17K15.32 1500mm 5500mm 115kg $289.00
Stainless-steel Lever lock in Steel cable pulley system
ball bearings locked position provides a smooth opening
and closing operation.
 D. Folding Leaf Hinges
A
Available in three
Slide
sizes to accommodate D

Table skirt
B different table-leaf
Ramp
thicknesses, these
Bracket A ush-mounting
hinges have
Table-Leaf Mechanisms & Hinges 180 stops
Used in combination with and require Folding leaf hinge
table-extension slides, these a 7.5mm wide, 50mm 17K15.50 shown.
mechanisms let you build long kerf or mortise in
a folding table leaf that the leaf edge for installa-
stores unobtrusively tion. The hinges remain
beneath the table top. concealed under the leaf
When needed, the leaf pivots and unfolds into position once the table halves are separated. The table when opened. Kerf/
leaf mechanisms are available in two styles. Sold separately, the folding leaf hinges let you build two- mortise depth of cut and
piece leaves that fold for compact storage. recommended leaf thick-
Steps for opening
Tube-Hinge Leaf-Mount Mechanism tube-hinge mechanism ness listed in the chart.
For closed- or open-frame construction, the tube-hinge mechanism is for leaves
up to 1000mm wide. The included 1m tube can be cut to length; it seats on two 1 D. Folding Leaf Hinges
side-mount posts, each with a bushing for smooth operation. Includes four
Kerf/Mortise Leaf
plastic brackets to secure the leaf and allow it to pivot on the tube. The table leaf Product Price/pr.
Depth Thickness
rests on a custom-made wooden wedge-shaped ramp attached to a steel 2
L-bracket/support (sold separately). 17K15.50 16mm 18mm $8.10
A. 17K15.41 *Tube-Hinge Mechanism $26.50 17K15.51 20mm 22mm $9.00
B. 17K15.40 L-Bracket/Support $10.60 3 17K15.52 23mm 25mm $9.30
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

C. Offset-Bar
Leaf-Mount Mechanism Steps for opening C
offset-bar mechanism
Suitable for closed- or open-frame
1
construction, the offset-bar mecha-
nism supports leaves up to 440mm
wide. Kit includes a pivoting bent bar,
two side-mounting brackets and two 2
leaf brackets that connect the leaf to
the bar.
3
Offset-Bar Mechanism
17K15.42 $9.90

Table Extenders H. Lever Table Lock

Smooth-running, double-track table extenders made from Used on center extension tables to pull and hold
three pieces of 7/821/4 hardwood. They are fully the tabletop halves together. Made from steel,
machined with sliding dovetail ttings, drilled and coun- H this lock will not jam or prevent closing, regard-
tersunk for attachment. Outside slides are machined less of the handle position. Unlocking the lever
slightly proud to eliminate top friction and are ridged for will nudge the table halves apart. Overall length
stable attachment. They are slightly arched to compensate is 26; requires a half table of at least 24.
for sag; the four-leg table extender is convex and the 13K03.01 Lever Table Lock $10.90
pedestal style is concave. Equalizers (to prevent tipping)
are used only on the pedestal style. With a closed length
of 26 or 46, the maximum table opening is 26 or 46
(less 1/4 for pedestal tables) and the slides extend to 51
and 92 respectively.
E. 17K15.10 26 4-Leg Extenders, pr. $42.50
17K15.12 46 4-Leg Extenders, pr. $66.50
F. 17K15.02 26 Pedestal Extenders, pr. $56.50 Four-leg table
17K15.04 46 Pedestal Extenders, pr. $79.50 with extenders

G. Parsons Table Fittings

One way to make a table larger is to add a leaf, but table
leaves have to be stored somewhere. This hardware
includes two pairs of extenders, which allows you to have E
a retractable leaf (11 or 133/4) permanently mounted at
Parsons table
each end of the table. A telescopic extender slides the leaf with extenders
out from under the table to lock it in place using a spring-
activated pop-up mechanism. The base table must be a
minimum of 32 long, with a top from 5/8 to 1 thick.
Primarily intended for new construction (not retrotting), Closed position
F Pedestal table
as the table must use a modied skirt to accommodate the with extenders
mechanism. Installation diagram included.
00K72.11 11 Table Extenders, 2 pr. $ 99.00
00K72.16 133/4 Table Extenders, 2 pr. $139.00 G
Open position
Hardware Table 443
 A A. Cast Brass Table Fork Closure H. Table-Leaf Hinges
Mounted underneath a table, one fork on either A combination hinge and
side, the forks draw the sections tightly together support for table leaves.
and hold them level. Sold by the pair. Attached to the
00A56.01 3 Table Forks, pr. $64.50 underside of the
table top and
the underside
of the leaf,
it swings
the leaf
through
B B 180 and H
holds it
Table-leaf fasteners shown mounted on underside of table.
with a clip in
the folded position. When
B. Table-Leaf Fastener unfolded, the hinge snaps Unfolded

The eccentric slot on this fastener will draw table into a rigid support posi-
leaves together snugly as it is closed. Zinc-plated tion at 180. No separate
Folded
steel. 2 in diameter. leaf support is necessary.
00S10.22 Table-Leaf Fasteners, pr. $4.80 Each hinge measures 571/2 and is made from
C heavy-gauge (0.080) plated steel. 88 lb capacity,
C. Cast Round Table Latch 12 maximum extension.
This latch typically mounts on the underside of a 00H05.01 Table-Leaf Hinges, pr. $16.90
table at the join of the sections. The latch draws
the sides tightly together and acts as a leveller as J. Table-Leaf Alignment Pins
well. Unpolished brass. These pins are commonly
00A51.04 21/4 Table Latch $25.50 used in table leaves
D to ensure correct
D. Lever Leaf Lock alignment. Both J
Mounted on the underside of a table, this lock pins and sleeves t
aligns, levels and secures table leaves and tops an 8mm (5/16) hole. The pin is steel with a brass
with a smooth cam action. Made of durable wash nish. The sleeve is turned brass and is drilled
14-gauge steel. Sold in pairs. Use #6 or #8 at- slightly oversize to allow some play for easy pin
head screws (not included). 1+ 5+ entry, and to compensate for wood movement in
13K04.01 Lever Leaf Locks, pr. $9.40 $8.00 the leaf. 8mm dia. by 21mm overall length. Sold in
packages of 20 pins and 20 sleeves. 1+ 5+
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the 00S10.06 Alignment Pins (20) $7.20 $6.10
price line.
K. Heavy-Duty Leg Braces
Manufacturers use these
sturdy steel braces to
E secure table legs to the
apron. The formed lip
seats in the saw kerf of
adjacent apron sides, and
E the bracket is fastened to
the leg with hanger bolts
or knock-down hardware. K&L
E. Tabletop Mounting Clamps Screw holes near each edge of the brackets allow
Fixed to the underside of a table top with #10 them to be tacked to the apron. Available in four
round-head screws (not included), these clamps sizes to t various combinations of apron height
have a 3/8 offset to t into a kerf cut in the table and leg size. Dimensions given are height by
skirt. Makes for a tight-tting table top that still width. Sold in packages of four. 1+ 5+
allows wood movement. 1+ 5+ 00H33.10 17/1631/8 Braces (4) $4.40 $3.75
13K01.01 Clamps, pkg. of 50 $7.80 $6.65 00H33.20 13/43 Braces (4) $4.70 $4.00
00H33.30 249/16 Braces (4) $6.80 $5.80
Screw-On 00H33.40 23/845/8 Braces (4) $7.90 $6.70
F Leg Plates L. 00H33.06 Hanger Bolts & $7.50 $6.40
Made from Nuts (4)
0.067 steel and
tempered for
K
extra tough-
ness, these
plates have a
5/16-18 steel
F&G
G nut staked in
the center.
Available in
straight or L
angled (10); each mounts with ve screws (not
included). Sold in sets of four. 1+ 5+
F. 00H33.80 Angled Plates (4) $6.40 $5.45
G. 00H33.75 Straight Plates (4) $6.30 $5.35
444 Hardware Table
 Horizontal Vertical application
application (cross-section view)
Closed
Closed
Opening
Opening
Open
Open
A. Parallock
This is well-made hardware for folding tables.
Consisting of a pair of handed brackets, it is used to
translate a table top up 6 and over 13 3/ 4.
Installation is straightforward (basic instructions
included), requiring only that the brackets are
screwed to the inside of the carcass and then
coupled with a wooden follower bar for lateral
stability. The table must have clearance of 16
between skirts, with a skirt depth of 43/4. Sturdily
made from 1/8 chromated steel stock. Supplied
with all mounting hardware, and optional coun-
terbalance springs (maximum 12 lb door) for
horizontal application (a door opening to the side),
or vertical application (a door opening upwards
or downwards).
12K08.40 Parallock, pr. $109.00 D.
B. Pop-Up Table Mechanism
This unique table lift mechanism is quite popular
with custom furniture makers. Straightforward to
install, the spring-assisted mechanism is used to
convert a coffee table into a dining, snack or work
table. Completely concealed when retracted, the
frame supports up to 20 lb and gives about 7 of rise
and 17 of lateral travel enough movement to
comfortably position the table top above your lap
while sitting on the couch. Made from tubular steel
with a baked epoxy nish, the frame measures 231/2
long by 191/2 wide by 31/2 high (closed) and 113/4
high (open). Installation instructions included. Catch
required to lock or release table top.
12K95.10 Pop-Up Table Mechanism $225.00
B
Open
pop-up table
Closed
pop-up table
A
ParallockTM is made from
1/8
chromated steel stock.
C. Four-Position Folding Brackets
These are incredibly strong C
brackets, with a center load
capacity of 200kg/440 lb per
pair. Finger-tip release lets you 70
set them at 90, 80, 70 or
fully closed. The 12 and
16 brackets project from 80
the wall 1 and 11/4 respec-
tively. Very solid, they
are ideal for fold-away
work surfaces. All steel, zinc 90
plated. Made in Germany.
12K95.01 12 Folding Brackets, pr. $47.90
12K95.02 16 Folding Brackets, pr. $67.90
Lift-Up Ratchet Supports Ratchet Folding Brackets
With 13 settings, these supports lock in place when These folding brackets lock in place when
lifted. Lift again, and they release to fold down. lifted, and can be used for reclining chairs
The range of motion depends on how close they or folding tables. Lift again, and they
are to the pivot point, but the maximum operating release to fold down. The smaller bracket
arc is 112 from horizontal. Commonly used for (175mm long) has six stop positions, while
drafting tables and reclining chairs, they are 9 the larger (245mm long) has eight. The
long overall, with an 81/2 pivot arm. Sold in pairs; range of motion depends on how close they
screws not included. 1+ 5+ are to the pivot point, but the maximum
00T15.01 Ratchet Supports, pr. $22.90 $19.50 operating arc on the small bracket is 95
from horizontal; the large has a maximum
of 112. Both will fold closed to a thickness
QUANTITY DISCOUNTS: of just over 2. Size given is the length from
Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and 10+,
indicate a quantity discount the price is reduced
the pivot to the pin holding the swivel
when 10 or more of the same item are purchased. The plates on each arm. Plated steel. Priced
discount does not apply to mixed sizes and types that per bracket. 1+ 10+
may total 10 or more. E. 00T04.10 175mm Bracket $7.30 $6.20
F. 00T04.15 245mm Bracket $8.50 $7.20
F
D
E&F
E
445
 SLIDES
A. Blum Movento Slides
These are the next generation
of Blum carriage-style drawer
slides. Providing quiet, smooth and
synchronized travel, even under full load,
they incorporate an innovative nylon gear system
to minimize friction, plus four different adjustment
mechanisms to simplify the ne-tuning of drawer position
for a precise t. You can adjust the drawer vertically by up
to 3mm (1/8) and from side to side by up to 1.5mm (1/16).
A levelling mechanism lets you tilt the drawer up to 5mm
(3/16) front to back, and an alignment adjuster with a
1.5mm (1/16) range helps set the drawer back parallel to
Side the rear cabinet wall. Available separately, a pair of
adjustment optional depth-adjusters lets you easily align drawer fronts
by modifying projection up to 2mm (5/64), recommended
for inset applications. Straightforward to install, the slides
have quick-release locking ttings for easy removal, and
B integrated Blumotion dampers that silently and effortlessly
pull the drawer closed in the last 63mm (21/2) of travel.
A For use with drawer panels up to 16mm (5/8) thick, each
Depth Height
adjustment adjustment
pair is rated for a 40kg (88 lb) dynamic load. Sold in pairs
with instructions and mounting hardware included. Made
in Austria. 1+ 5+
B 02K54.30 300mm, pr. (12) $48.50 $41.20
02K54.35 350mm, pr. (14) $49.50 $42.10
02K54.40 400mm, pr. (16) $50.20 $42.70
Tilt adjustment
02K54.45 450mm, pr. (18) $50.70 $43.10
02K54.50 500mm, pr. (20) $51.20 $43.50
02K54.55 550mm, pr. (22) $51.80 $44.00
Nylon
02K54.60 600mm, pr. (24) $59.40 $50.50
gear system B. 02K53.90 Depth Adjusters, pr. $ 8.40 $ 7.15
minimizes friction. Blumotion soft-close

13/8 of travel. The drawers can be decoupled from

C. Blum Tip-On Mechanism for Tandem Slides the slides using the front quick-release locking
For use with Tandem Plus slides only (without Blumotion cylinders installed), handles, which are the only components that
this spring-loaded mechanism adds touch-open functionality to a remain attached to the drawer. The locking handles
drawer. Installed, the mechanism keeps the drawer also have a built-in capability to adjust drawer
securely latched when closed. To open, simply height by up to 1/8 on each side. At the drawer
pushing the drawer in about 1/8 back, an adjustable-height pin engages a hole in the
releases the latch and pops C drawer, securing it and providing the ability to tilt
it forward. The hardware, the drawer slightly to compensate for any small
Blum tip-on mechanism shown
installed on Tandem Plus slides (02K50.40). supplied for both left and right slides, mounting errors made during installation. Designed
installs without tools on new slides or retrots to for drawers that are 1/2 to 5/8 thick, and rated for
existing ones. Made in Austria. 1+ 10+ 100 lb static load or 75 lb dynamic load, these full-
02K61.90 L&R Mechanisms, pr. $15.20 $13.70 extension slides are concealed by the drawer sides.
Tandem Plus slides are available on their own
Tandem Plus Slides & Tandem Plus Slides with Blumotion or with integrated Blumotion dampers (two per
These are some of the best slides made. Much the same way that modern drawer) to provide a soft-close motion. These are
roller coasters grip their rails, these slides use a carriage system with nylon the epitome of high-quality drawer slides.
rollers to provide a For overlay drawers, required cabinet depth is
quiet and smooth 3mm greater than the overall slide length. Priced
running action, even per pair, with quick-release locking handles,
Damper instructions and mounting hardware included.
under full load. A
E spring-actuated mech- Lifetime guarantee.
Lever disengages Drawer can be
anism pulls the drawer D. Tandem Plus Slides 1+ 5+
drawer from rail. removed from cabinet. Blumotion damper provides a soft-close motion.
closed during the last 02K50.27 270mm Slides, pr. $34.50 $29.30
02K50.30 300mm Slides, pr. $34.90 $29.70
02K50.35 350mm Slides, pr. $35.50 $30.20
Tandem Plus slides 02K50.40 400mm Slides, pr. $35.90 $30.50
Damper 02K50.45 450mm Slides, pr. $36.40 $30.90
D
02K50.50 500mm Slides, pr. $36.60 $31.10
02K50.55 550mm Slides, pr. $37.90 $32.20
E. Tandem Plus Slides/Blumotion 1+ 5+
02K51.27 270mm Slides, pr. $45.80 $38.90
Tandem Plus slides 02K51.30 300mm Slides, pr. $46.30 $39.40
with Blumotion 02K51.35 350mm Slides, pr. $46.80 $39.80
E 02K51.40 400mm Slides, pr. $47.00 $40.00
02K51.45 450mm Slides, pr. $47.60 $40.50
02K51.50 500mm Slides, pr. $47.90 $40.70
446 Hardware Slides 02K51.55 550mm Slides, pr. $49.60 $42.20
 Tandembox Intivo Soft-Close Drawer Kits
These kits have been designed to simplify drawer construction and installation. For inset or
overlay use, each kit includes two tandem slides, two metal drawer sides, and two brackets
Blumotion damper
for connecting back, front and bottom panels that you make from nominal 16mm (5/8) thick provides
material of your choice. Fully concealed by the powder-coated metal drawer sides, the full- soft-close
extension slides (rated for 75 lb) use a carriage system with nylon rollers to provide a quiet, motion.
smooth-running action, even under full load. A spring-actuated mechanism pulls the drawer
closed during the last 21/4 of travel. Integrated Blumotion dampers (two per drawer) provide
a soft-close motion, preventing the drawer from slamming. As with traditional slides,
installed drawers can be decoupled simply by extending, tilting and lifting the drawers
from the slides. The type M slides incorporate a mechanism for vertical and lateral drawer
face adjustment; the type D slides have vertical, lateral and tilt adjustment. For overlay A 02K25.50 shown. B 02K26.50 shown.
drawers, required cabinet depth is 3mm greater than the overall slide length. Screws not
included. Sizes listed are drawer depth (front to back) by height of the drawer sides.
Maximum drawer width is 1200mm (471/4). Made in Austria.
A. Type M (84mm) Terra Black 1+ 5+
02K25.27 270mm84mm (105/84) Kit $57.60 $51.80
02K25.35 350mm84mm (133/44) Kit $57.60 $51.80 A
02K25.40 400mm84mm (153/44) Kit $58.70 $52.80
02K25.45 450mm84mm (173/44) Kit $59.70 $53.70 Types M and D have a mechanism for vertical and lateral
drawer face adjustment; type D also has tilt adjustment.
02K25.50 500mm84mm (1911/164) Kit $60.80 $54.70
84mm drawer kit installed in cabinet.
02K25.55 550mm84mm (215/84) Kit $61.80 $55.60
B. Type D (199mm) Terra Black 1+ 5+ Back, bottom and
front panels made
02K26.27 *270mm199mm (105/877/8) Kit $94.10 $84.70 with material of
02K26.35 *350mm199mm (133/477/8) Kit $94.10 $84.70 B your choice.
02K26.40 400mm199mm (153/477/8) Kit $96.20 $86.60
02K26.45 450mm199mm (173/4 77/8) Kit $97.20 $87.50
02K26.50 500mm199mm (1911/1677/8) Kit $98.20 $88.40
02K26.55 550mm199mm (215/877/8) Kit $99.40 $89.50
199mm drawer kit installed in cabinet.
* Not Stocked at our Stores.

C. Blum System Screwdriver
Recommended for installa-
tion or adjustment of Blum
system screws, this screwdriver has
a #2 POZIDRIV blade-tip for
precise t. It is 73/4 long overall,
with a 4 durable chrome-
vanadium steel blade and a
separately (see right).
slightly magnetized tip.
88K18.55 Blum System Screwdriver $10.00
D. Blum System Screws Plus slides. Screw length listed.
The nickel-plate nish on D 00B16.10 10mm Screws (50) $5.20
these high-quality system 00B16.11 11.5mm Screws (50) $5.20
screws resists corrosion. 00B16.13 13mm Screws (50) $5.40
Available in a range of sizes 00B16.14 14.5mm Screws (50) $5.40
C for use with shimmed or thicker E 00B16.20 20mm Screws (50) $6.40
Blum system base plates, or in thick material. Sold E. 19J17.02 POZIDRIV Bit $2.20
screws available in packages of 50, all screws are #2 POZIDRIV
with 8mm diameter heads, and are for use in Recommended screw sizes are indicated
5mm system holes. Compatible with Tandem in the price line.

F. Tandem Drilling Jig H. Concealed Under-Mount Slides Priced per pair, with instructions and all
This drilling jig has steel bushings and allows Simple to install and adjust, these soft-closing mounting hardware included. Sizes listed are
measurement-free drilling of the 2.5mm pilot holes drawer slides reveal no exposed hardware when overall length. 1+ 5+
for locking handles, and the 6mm rear hole for the in use. The carriage-style slide mechanisms 02K55.30 300mm (12), pr. $33.20 $28.20
runner hooks. Makes hardware installation a snap. mount easily to the bottom and side walls inside 02K55.35 350mm (14), pr. $34.90 $29.70
Pictorial instructions included. Because the angled the cabinet carcass, and clip securely into a pair of 02K55.40 400mm (16), pr. $36.60 $31.10
bushing holes are difcult to access locking ttings mounted to the drawer bottom. 02K55.45 450mm (18), pr. $38.30 $32.60
with regular-length drill and drive Pilot hole drilling The locking ttings contain simple dial-operated 02K55.50 500mm (20), pr. $39.40 $33.50
for locking
bits, an optional tool set that handles adjustment mechanisms that let you ne-tune the 02K55.55 550mm (22), pr. $40.50 $34.40
includes a 6mm stop position of the drawer front vertically up to 4mm 02K55.60 600mm (24), pr. $41.70 $35.45
collar, a #24 (5/32) and horizontally up
Phillips drive bit, a Rear pin hole to 2mm (5/64) without Dial-operated
2.5mm jobber drill drilling having to remove the vertical adjustment
up to 4mm
extension (43/4 long) drawer. The drawers can be
and a hex key is available decoupled from the slides
separately. Drill bits listed are USA-made. using quick-release tabs on
02K64.60 Tandem Drilling Jig $46.50 the locking ttings, which
G. 02K64.61 Tool Set for Tandem Jig $22.50 are the only components
61J04.55 2.5mm HSS Jobber Drill $ 2.40 that remain attached to the drawer. An integrated
61J04.66 6mm HSS Jobber Drill $ 4.40 dampening mechanism softly pulls the drawer
closed in the last 70mm (23/4) of travel. Dial-operated
Slides are zinc-plated steel with plastic horizontal
components; locking fixtures are adjustment
F made of sturdy plastic.
up to 2mm

Designed for drawers with

G 1/2 to 5/8 thick walls.
75 lb capacity. H

Hardware Slides 447

 B&C
A A

Damper for soft closing

B C
Push in to
release drawer.

A. Full-Extension Touch-Open Slides Soft-Closing Slides respectively. All others are full-extension slides. Steel slides
These spring-loaded slides keep a drawer securely These self-closing slides have with a zinc plate or black nish.
latched when closed. Pushing the drawer in about 1/8 an oil-free spring mechanism B. Zinc Plate
pops it open. An integral quick-release lever quickly that smoothly and silently Regular Extension 1+ 10+ 25+
separates the drawer from the main slide, and two ball- pulls the drawer closed in the 02K49.35 350mm (14), pr. (50 lb) $18.90 $17.00 $15.10
bearing races ensure smooth operation. 100 lb weight last 13/4 of travel. An integral 02K49.40 400mm (16), pr. (75 lb) $19.80 $17.80 $15.85
capacity based on the 18 length. Side clearance is 1/2 quick-release lever quickly Full Extension 1+ 10+ 25+
plus 1/32 minus 0 each side. Requires at least 6mm clear- separates the drawer from the 02K49.45 450mm (18), pr. (100 lb) $21.10 $19.00 $16.90
ance between the drawer back and cabinet back to allow main slide, and two ball- 02K49.50 500mm (20), pr. (100 lb) $21.80 $19.60 $17.45
actuation of the touch-open mechanism. Slides are 13/4 bearing races ensure smooth 02K49.55 550mm (22), pr. (100 lb) $22.30 $20.10 $17.80
high. Breathing tabs self-adjust to variations in side operation. Side clearance is 02K49.60 600mm (24), pr. (100 lb) $23.40 $21.10 $18.70
clearance. Zinc-plated steel. Sold in pairs with mounting 1/2 plus 1/32 minus 0 each
screws and instructions. 1+ 10+ 25+ side. Slide height is 113/16. C. Black
02K48.35 350mm (14), pr. $21.30 $19.20 $17.00 Breathing tabs self-adjust to Regular Extension 1+ 10+ 25+
02K48.40 400mm (16), pr. $22.20 $20.00 $17.80 variations in side clearance. 02K52.35 350mm (14), pr. (50 lb) $20.10 $18.10 $16.10
02K48.45 450mm (18), pr. $22.90 $20.60 $18.30 Compatible with 32mm system 02K52.40 400mm (16), pr. (75 lb) $21.00 $18.90 $16.80
02K48.50 500mm (20), pr. $23.80 $21.40 $19.00 construction. Weight capacity Full Extension 1+ 10+ 25+
02K48.55 550mm (22), pr. $24.80 $22.30 $19.80 listed. Sold in pairs with 02K52.45 450mm (18), pr. (100 lb) $22.30 $20.10 $17.80
02K48.60 600mm (24), pr. $25.60 $23.05 $20.50 mounting screws and instruc- 02K52.50 500mm (20), pr. (100 lb) $23.00 $20.70 $18.40
02K48.65 650mm (26), pr. $26.80 $24.10 $21.40 tions. The 14 and 16 sizes 02K52.55 550mm (22), pr. (100 lb) $23.50 $21.20 $18.80
02K48.70 700mm (28), pr. $28.00 $25.20 $22.40 extend up to 11 and 143/4 02K52.60 600mm (24), pr. (100 lb) $24.60 $22.15 $19.70

D. 75 lb Slides (Full Extension)
For most household applications, a 75 lb
capacity slide is more than adequate. These
slides have an integral quick-release lever to
quickly separate the drawer from the main slide,
and two ball-bearing races that ensure smooth
operation. An internal bumper holds the slide
closed and reduces bounce-back. Side clearance
is 1/2 plus 1/32 minus 0 each side (the slides
also have breathing tabs). Slide height is just shy
of 1 1 / 2 . Compatible with 32mm system
construction. Sold in pairs with mounting
screws and instructions. 1+ 10+
02K42.08 8 w/Disconnect, pr. $11.30 $ 9.60
02K42.10 10 w/Disconnect, pr. $11.30 $ 9.60
02K42.12 12 w/Disconnect, pr. $11.30 $ 9.60 F. 100 lb Hold-Out Slides (Full Extension)
02K42.14 14 w/Disconnect, pr. $12.70 $10.80
02K42.16 16 w/Disconnect, pr. $13.90 $11.80
02K42.18 18 w/Disconnect, pr. $15.10 $12.85
02K42.20 20 w/Disconnect, pr. $16.70 $14.25
02K42.22 22 w/Disconnect, pr. $18.30 $15.60
02K42.24 24 w/Disconnect, pr. $18.60 $15.85
02K42.26 26 w/Disconnect, pr. $20.30 $17.30
02K42.28 28 w/Disconnect, pr. $21.50 $18.25
Recommended screw sizes are D 12K07.04 5/8 Spacers (10)
indicated in the price line.
Visit us at E
www.leevalley.com
E. 75 lb Bottom-Mount Slides (Full Extension) height is 113/16. Breathing tabs self-adjust to
With all of the properties of our 75 lb slides variations in side clearance. Compatible with
(at left), these slides each have two tabs on the 32mm system construction. Sold in pairs with
drawer member for screwing directly to the mounting screws and instructions. For face-frame
drawer bottom. Side clearance is 1/2 plus 1/32 applications, a set of brackets is available sepa-
minus 0 each side (the slides also have breathing rately (see facing page for details). 1+ 10+
tabs). Slide height is just shy of 11/2. Compatible 02K44.12 12 Hold-Out, pr. $15.60 $13.25
with 32mm system construction. Sold in pairs with 02K44.14 14 Hold-Out, pr. $16.60 $14.10
mounting screws and instructions. 1+ 10+ 02K44.16 16 Hold-Out, pr. $17.70 $15.10
02K43.30 300mm (11.8), pr. $11.30 $ 9.60 02K44.18 18 Hold-Out, pr. $19.10 $16.20
02K43.35 350mm (13.8), pr. $12.10 $10.30 02K44.20 20 Hold-Out, pr. $20.10 $17.10
02K43.40 400mm (15.8), pr. $13.10 $11.10 02K44.22 22 Hold-Out, pr. $21.30 $18.10
02K43.45 450mm (17.7), pr. $14.10 $12.00 02K44.24 24 Hold-Out, pr. $22.40 $19.00
02K43.50 500mm (19.7), pr. $15.30 $13.00 02K44.26 26 Hold-Out, pr. $23.70 $20.10
02K44.28 28 Hold-Out, pr. $24.80 $21.10
These slides have all the features of our regular G. Drawer Slide Spacers
100 lb full-extension slides, with the addition of There are often times when a drawer slide has to
a locking mechanism between the rst two slide be spaced out from a cabinet wall. These simple
stages and a hold-open bumper that engages spacers make it a snap, in addition to giving a
between the middle and last stage. When fully professional appearance. All are 46mm20mm
opened, the drawer stays open until a sharp push (113/1613/16). Size given is spacer height.
disengages the hold-open bumper. Side clear- Spacers are 32mm system compliant and use #8
ance is 1/2 plus 1/32 minus 0 each side. Slide wood screws or 5mm (euro) system screws. Sold
in packages of 10. Made in USA. 1+ 10+
12K07.01 1/4 Spacers (10) $5.20 $4.40
12K07.02 3/8 Spacers (10) $5.20 $4.40
12K07.03 1/2 Spacers (10) $5.20 $4.40
$5.20 $4.40
12K07.05 3/4 Spacers (10) $5.40 $4.60
12K07.06 7/8 Spacers (10) $5.40 $4.60
12K07.07 1 Spacers (10) $5.80 $4.95
12K07.08 11/4 Spacers (10) $6.10 $5.20
12K07.09 11/2 Spacers (10) $6.10 $5.20

F G
448 Hardware Slides
 100 lb Slides (Full Extension) 16 slides shown.

These slides have an integral quick-release lever

to quickly separate the drawer from the main
slide, and two ball-bearing races that ensure
smooth operation. An internal bumper holds the A
slide closed and reduces bounce-back. 100 lb
weight capacity based on the 18 length.
Available in black, white, and zinc plate nishes.
Side clearance is 1/2 plus 1/32 minus 0 each
side. Slide height is 113/16. Breathing tabs self- B
adjust to variations in side clearance. Compatible
with 32mm system construction. Mounting
screws and instructions included.
A. Black 1+ 10+ 25+
02K36.12 12, pr. $14.80 $13.35 $11.80
02K36.14 14, pr. $15.70 $14.10 $12.60 C
02K36.16 16, pr. $17.40 $15.70 $13.90
02K36.18 18, pr. $18.70 $16.80 $15.00
02K36.20 20, pr. $19.80 $17.80 $15.85
02K36.22 22, pr. $20.90 $18.80 $16.75
02K36.24 24, pr. $22.20 $20.00 $17.80
02K36.26 26, pr. $23.30 $21.00 $18.60 For face-frame
D applications, a
02K36.28 28, pr. $25.10 $22.60 $20.10 set of brackets
B. White 1+ 10+ 25+ for use with
100 lb slides
02K37.12 12, pr. $16.00 $14.40 $12.80 is available
02K37.14 14, pr. $17.10 $15.40 $13.70 separately
(see item F).
02K37.16 16, pr. $19.20 $17.30 $15.40
02K37.18 18, pr. $20.20 $18.20 $16.20
E
02K37.20 20, pr. $21.30 $19.20 $17.00
02K37.22 22, pr. $22.80 $20.50 $18.20 E
Spring mechanism
02K37.24 24, pr. $24.10 $21.70 $19.30 closes drawer and
keeps it closed.
02K37.26 26, pr. $25.30 $22.80 $20.20
02K37.28 28, pr. $26.60 $23.90 $21.30
C. Zinc Plate 1+ 10+ 25+
02K30.12 12, pr. $14.20 $12.80 $11.40 construction. Mounting screws and instructions E. 100 lb Self-Closing Slides (Full Extension)
02K30.14 14, pr. $15.00 $13.50 $12.00 are included. 1+ 5+ With all the same features as our 100 lb full-
02K30.16 16, pr. $16.70 $15.00 $13.40 02K32.16 400mm (16), pr. $35.70 $30.30 extension slides, these slides have an additional
02K30.18 18, pr. $17.60 $15.80 $14.10 02K32.18 450mm (18), pr. $38.00 $32.30 spring mechanism that engages in the last 2 of
02K30.20 20, pr. $18.80 $16.90 $15.00 02K32.20 500mm (20), pr. $40.50 $34.40 travel to close the drawer and keep it closed.
02K30.22 22, pr. $20.20 $18.20 $16.20 02K32.22 550mm (22), pr. $42.90 $36.50 Slide is 3/16 longer than nominal length listed in
02K30.24 24, pr. $21.50 $19.40 $17.20 02K32.24 600mm (24), pr. $46.00 $39.10 price line. Zinc plated. Sold in pairs and supplied
02K30.26 26, pr. $22.70 $20.40 $18.20 02K32.26 650mm (26), pr. $48.40 $41.10 with screws. 1+ 10+ 25+
02K30.28 28, pr. $24.00 $21.60 $19.20 02K32.28 700mm (28), pr. $50.80 $43.20 02K38.14 14 Slides, pr. $17.40 $15.70 $13.90
02K32.30 750mm (30), pr. $55.70 $47.30 02K38.16 16 Slides, pr. $18.60 $16.75 $14.85
D. 200 lb Slides 02K32.32 800mm (32), pr. $59.40 $50.50 02K38.18 18 Slides, pr. $19.80 $17.80 $15.85
These slides have an internal bumper to hold the 02K32.36 900mm (36), pr. $64.80 $55.10 02K38.20 20 Slides, pr. $21.00 $18.90 $16.80
slide closed and reduce bounce-back. Side clear- 02K38.22 22 Slides, pr. $22.60 $20.35 $18.05
ance is 3/4 plus 1/64 minus 0 each side. Slide To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit 02K38.24 24 Slides, pr. $23.80 $21.40 $19.00
height is 27/64. 200 lb weight capacity based on our website at www.leevalley.com 02K38.26 26 Slides, pr. $24.70 $22.20 $19.80
the 18 length. Compatible with 32mm system 02K38.28 28 Slides, pr. $26.20 $23.60 $21.00

F. Face-Frame Brackets G. Soft-Close Mechanism for Wooden Drawers Drawer with

for 100 lb Slides Easy to install, this mechanism lets you convert a slide-mounted wooden side-mount
These brackets drawer into an automatic soft-closing one, smoothly and silently pulling slides Mounts to
cabinet wall.
allow our 100 lb the drawer closed in the last 2 of travel. The mechanism mounts to the
slides to be F inside walls of the cabinet carcass, while an included activator tab mounts
used in to the drawer side (requires 11mm side clearance between the drawer and
face-frame the cabinet wall, and a minimum cabinet depth of 275mm). A single
cabinets. mechanism is sufficient for drawers up to 700mm wide; for wider Mounts to top edge of drawer.
The front brackets drawers, two mechanisms are recommended. Mechanisms are available
have locating tabs for for 15kg (33 lb), 25kg (55 lb) and 40kg (88 lb) drawer weights. Covers are Drawer with
bottom-mount
ush placement, and the recommended for use in areas exposed to dust or debris. The mechanism slides Mounts to
rear brackets and the activator each require two #8 at-head screws (you supply). cabinet
wall.
allow just shy of Instructions are included. Made in Germany. 1+ 10+
2 of depth adjust- 00K52.15 Soft-Close Mechanism, 15kg (33 lb) $7.40 $6.30
ment. Both front 00K52.25 Soft-Close Mechanism, 25kg (55 lb) $7.70 $6.55
and rear brackets 00K52.40 Soft-Close Mechanism, 40kg (88 lb) $8.10 $6.90
Mounts to side of drawer.
slide onto the H. 00K51.52 Mechanism Dust Covers, pr. $1.90 $1.60
cabinet member. Dust covers sold as a pair: one for left-mounted
Mounts on left or right side of drawer. and one for right-mounted mechanism.
For use with
frames at least 3/4 (20mm) thick. Zinc-plated
steel. Screws included. 1+ 10+ H
02K30.50 Set of Brackets $4.60 $3.90 G

 A 24 slide shown.

B. Double-Locking
A. Extra-Heavy-Duty Slides Extra-Heavy-Duty Slides
These are serious slides (with serious prices)! Designed to handle loads
Designed to handle loads up to 400 lb, these full- Extra-heavy-duty slide up to 400 lb, these locking
extension slides are available in sizes up to 48 full-extension slides are Release
B
lever
long. All are 3/4 thick, with a height of 3. Zinc A available in lengths up to Release
plated and silenced, they do not disconnect. Not 48. A lever on the front levers
for applications that support human weight. of each slide allows the Mobile storage
Sizes given are slide length. Sold in pairs. drawer to be secured in the open or closed posi- cabinet application

Mounting hardware not included. 1+
02K39.18 18 Slides, pr. $ 81.50 $ 71.70
02K39.24 24 Slides, pr. $ 99.50 $ 87.60
02K39.30 30 Slides, pr. $129.00 $113.50
02K39.36 36 Slides, pr. $149.00 $131.00
02K39.48 48 Slides, pr. $209.00 $183.90
Rolling tool Truck storage
cabinet application cabinet application
5+ tion, making them ideal for vehicular mounted
cabinets. All are 3/4 thick, with a height of 3. B
Zinc-plated and silenced, they do not disconnect.
The release lever projects 11/4 and notches are
required on the drawer face. Size given is slide
length. Sold in pairs. Require #10 pan-head
screws (not included). 1+ 5+
02K47.18 18 Slides, pr. $ 98.00 $ 86.20
02K47.24 24 Slides, pr. $117.00 $103.00
02K47.30 30 Slides, pr. $149.00 $131.00 Release levers
02K47.36 36 Slides, pr. $175.00 $154.00
Rolling tool
100 lb slide shown
02K47.48 48 Slides, pr. $223.00 $196.00 cabinet application
for comparison
Release lever

B
B 36 slide shown.

C. 130 lb Entertainment Center Slides C D. Double-Tiered Full-Extension Slides

These are useful full-extension slides. Typically, they sit between a These are heavy-duty progressive-action slides
xed lower base and sliding upper shelf, attached by two 3/4 wide that are typically used for ling cabinets. Rated
anges. Used in combination with a swivel, they can be used to make at 150 lb capacity (for 18 length), they have
custom pullouts. Overall slide height is 19/16, with a width of 21/4. quick-disconnect rails, stop positively in the
Black zinc nish. Each pair requires sixteen #8 pan-head screws open or closed position, and have about 1 of
(not included). over-travel. Ball-bearing construction. Zinc-
1+ 5+ D nished steel, with 1/2 side clearance. Sold in
02K45.16 16 Slides, pr. $33.80 $28.70 To order call pairs, screws included. 1+ 10+
02K45.18 18 Slides, pr. $36.10 $30.70 1-800-267-8767 02K34.18 18 Slides, pr. $31.90 $27.10
02K45.20 20 Slides, pr. $38.10 $32.40 or visit 02K34.20 20 Slides, pr. $34.00 $28.90
02K45.22 22 Slides, pr. $40.00 $34.00 our website at Quick-release
02K45.24 24 Slides, pr. $41.90 $35.65 www.leevalley.com mechanism allows
for easy drawer Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the
02K45.26 26 Slides, pr. $43.80 $37.20 removal. price line.
02K45.28 28 Slides, pr. $45.30 $38.50

450 Hardware Slides

 A
A. Standard Kitchen Slides (12K08.18, 450mm)
Cold-rolled 1.2mm thick steel bottom-mount slides
with a white epoxy powder-coat nish. The right-
hand slide has a hooded prole to eliminate lateral
movement. Drawers extend 31/2 less than the B
overall slide length, and are self-closing in the last (02K50.18, 450mm)
2 of travel. Slides require only 1/2 clearance on
each side of the drawer for mounting. Sold as a pair
(one left, one right). 55 lb rating. Screws included. C
1+ 10+ 25+ (02K51.18, 450mm)
12K08.10 250mm Slides, pr. $6.30 $5.65 $5.00
12K08.12 300mm Slides, pr. $6.40 $5.75 $5.10
12K08.14 350mm Slides, pr. $6.50 $5.85 $5.20
12K08.16 400mm Slides, pr. $6.70 $6.05 $5.35
12K08.18 450mm Slides, pr. $7.00 $6.30 $5.60
12K08.20 500mm Slides, pr. $7.10 $6.40 $5.65 D
12K08.22 550mm Slides, pr. $7.30 $6.55 $5.80
12K08.24 600mm Slides, pr. $7.60 $6.85 $6.05

European Kitchen Slides

Made in Austria, these bottom-mount drawer slides
are nished in white or brown epoxy. The right-
hand slide has a captive roller to eliminate lateral
movement. Side clearance is 1/21/32 and slide
height is 119/64. Load rated for 100 lb, they operate
smoothly and are self-closing in the last inch or so
of travel. Overall extension loss ranges from 3 to
4 of total slide length. They have a lifetime
warranty against failure in consumer use. Priced per D. Slim-Line Drawer Slides
pair; mounting screws included.
B. White Slides 1+ 10+ 25+
02K50.10 250mm Slides, pr. $8.20 $7.40 $6.55
02K50.12 300mm Slides, pr. $8.20 $7.40 $6.55
02K50.14 350mm Slides, pr. $8.20 $7.40 $6.55
02K50.16 400mm Slides, pr. $8.50 $7.65 $6.80
02K50.18 450mm Slides, pr. $8.90 $8.00 $7.10
02K50.20 500mm Slides, pr. $9.10 $8.20 $7.25
02K50.22 550mm Slides, pr. $9.50 $8.55 $7.60
C. Brown Slides 1+ 10+ 25+
02K51.12 300mm Slides, pr. $8.20 $7.40 $6.55
02K51.14 350mm Slides, pr. $8.20 $7.40 $6.55
02K51.16 400mm Slides, pr. $8.50 $7.65 $6.80
02K51.18 450mm Slides, pr. $8.90 $8.00 $7.10
02K51.20 500mm Slides, pr. $9.10 $8.20 $7.25
02K51.22 550mm Slides, pr. $9.50 $8.55 $7.60
E
E. Drop-Front Slide
With a 3/85/8 cross section, these slides require only Often used for keyboard storage
1/4 of side clearance since one slide member is drawers, this slide set has captive rollers
recessed 1/8 into the drawer on one side (the
Drops open 115
side. If you want to recess the other is left free to 129.
slide /4 into the drawer side,
1 for adjustment)
you need only 1/8 clearance and a hinged
on either side. These are steel front bracket
slides with smoothly func- that locks in the
tioning ball-bearing carriages. vertical position
Load rating is 22 lb for the 121/4 slides and 25 lb for when the drawer is closed, but permits the
the 171/4 slides. Both lengths have just over 2/3 drawer front to drop open when pulled
projection and need a carcass depth at least 1 more out. Made from epoxy-coated steel, with
than the slide length for easy mounting. An excellent Delrin rollers. Screws not included.
buy in drawer slides. Screws included. 1+ 10+ 14 Drop-Front Slide Set
00K70.01 121/4 Slim-Line, pr. $7.00 $5.95 00K71.01 $16.80
00K70.03 171/4 Slim-Line, pr. $7.70 $6.55

F. Standard Blum Slides

These 3/4 single-extension, bottom-mount slides are G
rated for 100 lb static load or 75 lb dynamic load.
The slides have one captive roller, and require 1/2
of side clearance. Slides are self-closing in the last
2 of travel, with a parallel drop of 3/32. A pair of
optional rear-mount sockets is available for face-
frame applications. Nominal Imperial sizes shown
in brackets. Typical extension loss is 33/8 on the
smallest slide, to 415/16 on the largest. Sold in pairs
with instructions and mounting hardware. Lifetime
guarantee. Made in USA and Austria. 1+ 10+
F
02K62.30 300mm Slides, pr. (12) $7.00 $6.15
02K62.35 350mm Slides, pr. (14) $7.10 $6.25
02K62.40 400mm Slides, pr. (16) $7.20 $6.35
02K62.45 450mm Slides, pr. (18) $7.70 $6.80
02K62.50 500mm Slides, pr. (20) $7.90 $6.95
02K62.55 550mm Slides, pr. (22) $8.20 $7.20
02K62.60 600mm Slides, pr. (24) $9.10 $8.00
G. 02K62.99 Rear Sockets, pr. $2.40 $2.15
Face-frame
mounting
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit using rear
sockets
our website at www.leevalley.com

Hardware Slides 451

 A. Worktop Extension Slides
With this hardware you can install a low-prole,
retractable work surface in roughly the same space
taken by a standard drawer. Epoxy-coated steel
A with lubricated ball-bearing races, the slides tele-
scope to move the work surface out from under a
counter or desktop and lock in place using a spring-
activated pop-up mechanism. When retracted, the
Work surface work surface is concealed with a false drawer front.
is concealed The side-mount slides have a 66 lb weight capacity
with a false
drawer front.
and will accommodate a work surface 490mm
(195/16) long and from 14 to 22 wide. Depending
on the thickness of the work surface, the mecha-
Drawer front pulls nism requires clearance of at least 130mm (51/8)
out and up,
then slides back
from the underside of the leading edge of the
against cabinet worktop. The vertical lift provided is 21/4.
surface. Instructions and mounting hardware supplied.
12K16.40 Extension Slides, pr. $89.00

B. Over-the-Top Slides
Similar in function to ipper door slides, these
slides actually mount on the door, with the hinge
portion fastened to the carcass. Used on over-
head storage compartments, the door can be
lifted and slid back along the compartment top.
B All-steel construction, with ball-bearing race.
Overall length is 14; screws not included.
1+ 5+
12K07.14 Slides, pr. $20.80 $17.70

D QUANTITY DISCOUNTS:
Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and 10+,
indicate a quantity discount the price is reduced
when 10 or more of the same item are purchased.
The discount does not apply to mixed sizes and
types that may total 10 or more.

Cabinet Pull-Out Hardware

Often used in kitchens to convert a broom closet
into canned goods storage. The cabinet pullout is
a heavy double slide rated for 210 lb and carried
on four 11/8 dia. rollers. It is 81/4 wide, 113/16
high and 205/16 long, and has a travel of just
C over 16. For lateral stability in tall shelves, a
single top-mounted extension slide is recom-
mended (sold separately).
C. 12K26.01 Cabinet Pullout $79.50
D. 12K26.20 Top Extension Slide, ea. $11.20

Vertical mounting E. Pocket Door Slides

(right hand) These black-nished ball-bearing slides have a
E load capacity of 25 lb per door (based on the 18
size). Compatible with our 95 horizontal-
F E mounting half-overlay hinges (sold separately),
Follower they can be congured for use with doors up to 3/4
strip thick. The follower strip (not supplied) is usually
Door roller made of wood that matches the cabinet case. A
(included)
nylon roller guide built into the slide protects the
door from accidental scratches when opening or
closing. Slides come with door rollers and addi-
tional anti-sagging support rollers and have a door
Horizontal
hold-out feature. Each pair outfits one door.
G G. Door Rollers E mounting Unhanded, for inset applications only; recom-
Generally used top and bottom with flipper mended maximum door height of 42. 1+ 10+
doors, these rollers keep the doors parallel to the Follower 02K41.14 14 Slides, pr. $23.70 $20.10
slides as theyre stowed. Screw mounted, they strip
02K41.16 16 Slides, pr. $25.10 $21.30
are of two-piece construction so that the roller 02K41.18 18 Slides, pr. $25.30 $21.50
runs freely when mounted. Sold in packages of 02K41.20 20 Slides, pr. $26.30 $22.40
four, screws not included. Door roller
(included)
02K41.22 22 Slides, pr. $27.40 $23.30
1+ 10+ 02K41.24 24 Slides, pr. $27.90 $23.70
02K14.90 Door Rollers (4) $2.20 $1.85 F. 00B02.01 95 Hinges, pr. $11.20 $ 9.55
452 Hardware Slides
 A

A
Follower strip

Horizontal
Door roller
mounting
(included)

B
Vertical A
mounting

Follower
strip

Door roller (included)

keeps door parallel
to slides as
it is stowed.
C

D. Metal Side Slides is about 4 less than overall length. Slides have a rated capacity
These white epoxy-coated of 55 lb. Available in three depths and four lengths. Excellent
Close-up side slides make installing value in attractive and functional slides.
of door
roller drawers a snap. The drawer 1+ 5+
bottom and back are cut 12K37.40 33/816 (400mm) Slides, pr. $15.00 $12.80
A. Concealed from the same material 12K37.45 33/818 (450mm) Slides, pr. $15.80 $13.45
Door Slides and fastened to the slide 12K37.50 33/820 (500mm) Slides, pr. $16.60 $14.10
Used for concealed sides. Drawer fronts are 12K37.55 33/822 (550mm) Slides, pr. $17.50 $14.90
(ipper) doors, these mounted with adjustable 12K38.40 45/816 (400mm) Slides, pr. $17.30 $14.70
slides can be Follower brackets, using dowels 12K38.45 45/818 (450mm) Slides, pr. $18.20 $15.50
strip
mounted vertically or (included) or screws (not 12K38.50 45/820 (500mm) Slides, pr. $19.00 $16.15
horizontally. A nylon roller guide built into the included). The brackets 12K38.55 45/822 (550mm) Slides, pr. $19.80 $16.85
slide protects the door from accidental scratches provide 2mm of vertical 12K39.40 616 (400mm) Slides, pr. $19.40 $16.50
when opening or closing. The follower strip (not adjustment or 1.5mm of 12K39.45 618 (450mm) Slides, pr. $20.20 $17.20
supplied) is usually made from the same mate- horizontal adjustment. 12K39.50 620 (500mm) Slides, pr. $21.00 $17.90
rial as the door, and is dadoed to 1/2 thick where Slides are self-closing in 12K39.55 622 (550mm) Slides, pr. $21.80 $18.50
the hinges are mounted. The slide and hinge the last 2 of travel. One
assembly require 13/4 of side clearance. The side member has a captive
slide travel is 37/8 less than the stated length of roller to ensure stable Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the price line.
the slides. Black oxide finish. Sold in pairs tracking. Slide extension
(enough for one door). Full-overlay hinges (95)
listed separately. The included door rollers are
required to hold the door in line when stowing.
For inset doors only. Not intended for use with
ap stays. Screws included. 1+ 10+
02K35.16 16 Slides, pr. $17.70 $15.10
02K35.18 18 Slides, pr. $18.00 $15.30
02K35.20 20 Slides, pr. $19.40 $16.50
02K35.22 22 Slides, pr. $20.80 $17.70
02K35.24 24 Slides, pr. $22.10 $18.80
B. 00B01.01 95 Hinges, pr. $10.50 $ 8.90

C. Concealed Slides
Self-closing in the last 11/4 of travel, these 3/4
extension slides have a weight capacity of
100 lb static load or 75 lb dynamic load. The
right slide is guided, and the left slide allows
1/16 in side clearance. Sizes given are drawer
lengths and required cabinet depths. Maximum
drawer material thickness is 16mm ( 5/ 8).
Brown epoxy coated. Supplied with mounting
hardware and instructions. 1+ 10+
02K05.09 9/12 Slides, pr. $6.30 $5.35
02K05.12 12/15 Slides, pr. $7.30 $6.20
02K05.15 15/18 Slides, pr. $8.00 $6.80
02K05.18 18/21 Slides, pr. $9.00 $7.65
02K05.21 21/24 Slides, pr. $9.90 $8.40 D
Hardware Slides 453
 B

E
B
D. Disc Rollers
Excellent for
preventing wood-to-
A wood contact on
traditional slideless
drawers, these disc
rollers can also be
Notched Method:
Drawer front height + 1/32 Drawer slide/side
Rebate cut into
used to rejuvenate
A drawer side to sticky old drawers.
accommodate The roller disc rotates freely and never needs
drawer end.
Carcass lubrication. Requiring only 1/ 4 of height
3/8 Routed Method:
Drawer end trimmed allowance (1/8 width allowance), they can be
1/8
with router bit to easily screwed or nailed into position. Sold in
match prole of
drawer side.
packages of 10. 1+ 5+
Grooves Groove for drawer bottom Rib
12K19.01 Disc Rollers (10) $5.60 $4.75

A. Veritas Micro Drawer Slides/Sides errors that accumulate in drawer spacing. E. Glide Strips
Making drawers with our micro drawer slides is Equally important, the system lets you use wood Drawers often bind where
a snap. Since the slides are also the drawer sides, for the drawer front that can readily be replaced the drawer side rubs
you only have to attach them to wood fronts and in the event of damage. against the
backs, trapping the berboard or wood bottom in All extrusions are anodized (non-marring) frame. These
place as you do it. Perfect for small cabinets, the aluminum cut in 3 lengths, enough to make two glide strips
slide portion is 0.010 less than 1/8 thick, slides, sometimes three, all depending on your have excel-
making it slide easily in the normal 1/8 kerf of design. They can be cut with standard carbide- lent wear and
most modern saw blades. Four heights are avail- tipped saw blades. Instructions included. Drawer lubricity, and
able: 1, 2, 3 and 4. The 1 and 2 sizes can be making has never been easier. 1+ 6+ are tacked in place
used for pencil drawers, but are especially useful 12K78.01 136 Slide/Side, ea. $ 7.50 $ 6.75 using staples or brads.
for storing a large volume of thin items in little 12K78.02 236 Slide/Side, ea. $ 9.50 $ 8.55 Available as a package of 20, they are 1/2 wide,
space (e.g., an 181291/2 deep cabinet with 12K78.03 336 Slide/Side, ea. $15.50 $14.00 provide a 0.093 offset and have reduced height
sixteen 1 drawers would have nearly 10 sq.ft. of 12K78.04 436 Slide/Side, ea. $16.90 $15.20 staple pads. 1+ 10+
drawer area). The 3 and 4 sizes are ideal for 00K12.60 Glide Strips (20) $1.90 $1.60
deep storage drawers. B. Round Over Bits
Although the rib is standard on all four sizes of By using these piloted round over bits, you can F. Drawer Dividers
slide, the 1 and 2 high slides have 1/8 rebates radius and notch drawer ends in one operation, These plated steel barbed
for a drawer bottom; the 3 and 4 high slides eliminating any need to notch the aluminum channels make it easy to
have 1/4 rebates. slides. Use the 3/4 dia. bit for the 1 and 2 slides divide drawer interiors.
To install the drawer front or back, notch the and the 1 dia. bit for the 3 and 4 slides. Just knock into
slides, a simple process that can be done on a A B C Rad. place and slide in a
table saw or with a hacksaw. However, using a 16J27.02 3/4 3/8 1/4 1/8 $25.00 1/4 wood or glass
round over bit to form the drawer ends rather 16J28.04 1 5/8 1/4 1/4 $29.40 divider. Each
than notching the slide is faster and neater, channel is 21/2 long.
although it does require you to use false drawer The standard side allowance for drawer slides is Sold in packages of 10,
1/2 plus 1/32 minus 0. The combined allowance
fronts. False drawer fronts simplify construction enough for ve partitions. 1+ 10+
(both sides) is 1 plus 1/16 minus 0.
and allow you to hide the inevitable small tting 00S11.20 Drawer Dividers (10) $5.40 $4.60

C. Drawer Kicker
A form of touch latch specically for ush-face
F
drawers. It works like a ballpoint pen: push the
drawer in about 1/16 and the latch releases 12 lb
of force to open the drawer. As the drawer is
closed, it automatically resets the latch.
Adjustable over a 3/4 range from 2 to 23/4.
Less space is required if it is mounted through
the drawer back. A heavy-duty unit.
C 00K50.01 Drawer Kicker, ea. $6.80
Open Closed

454 Hardware Slides

 A. Center-Mount Slides
These economical slides are used in face-frame
construction they attach only to the cabinet
back and front frame. Available in four lengths,
they can easily be trimmed to an intermediate
size. The 3/4 single
wheel is trapped in
the guide channel.
A stop notch helps
prevent the drawer
from being pulled out
too far. Size given is the length of the channel
A
set consists of the center channel with integral
bracket, a back socket and the drawer-mounted
bracket with wheel. Priced per slide. Screws
not included. 1+ 10+
00K14.18 18 Single Slide, ea. $3.10 $2.60 B D
00K14.20 20 Single Slide, ea. $3.30 $2.80
00K14.22 22 Single Slide, ea. $3.40 $2.90
00K14.24 24 Single Slide, ea. $3.50 $3.00

B. Wooden Drawer Guide C

This hardwood dovetail guide is typically used
as a center-mount
guide for traditional D. Center-Mount Drawer Slides
drawers. 21 long, These are well-made and economical center-mount
it can be cut shorter slides. Mounted on drawer bottoms, they can be
if needed. Supplied used without the adjustable back-mount bracket if
with a metal bracket for mounting to the back of desired. Slide length, slide travel and typical drawer
the drawer. 3/4 deep by 2 wide. 1+ 5+
length are shown in the accompanying chart. Load
D
13K02.01 Drawer Guide, ea. $7.60 $6.50 capacity is 10kg (22 lb). The zinc-plated slides are
3/8 (10mm) thick by 13/8 wide and have a friction

C. Center-Mount Slides
disconnect. Priced per slide. Screws not included.
Made in Taiwan. 1+ 10+ Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the
These well-made slides can be used on kitchen price line.
cabinets and bedroom and dining room case 12K41.14 14 Single Slide, ea. $5.20 $4.40
goods where drawer side clearance is an issue. 12K41.16 16 Single Slide, ea. $5.40 $4.60 F. Sliding Door Hardware
They can be mounted on existing drawer bottoms 12K41.18 18 Single Slide, ea. $5.80 $4.95 Much like European hinges, this sliding door
and cabinet frames. Eliminates wooden guides, 12K41.20 20 Single Slide, ea. $6.30 $5.35 hardware is fully adjustable and easily installed.
supporting members and brackets. Can be used 12K41.22 22 Single Slide, ea. $6.70 $5.70 The four plastic guide heads are recessed into
without the adjustable (by up to 13/4) back-mount CENTER-MOUNT DRAWER SLIDES
30mm holes
Top guides
bracket if desired. Three-quarter extension slides, and held installed
Slide Fit Drawer
with a load capacity Slide Length Travel Length with screws.
Saw kerf
of 25 lb. Complete inches mm mm mm
The two top
with screws, a pair of guides have
12K41.14 14.8 375 267 321-368
nylon glides, and a adjustable
12K41.16 16.7 425 305 372-419
drawer attachment clip height Sliding
that secures the back 12K41.18 18.7 476 318 422-470 rollers; the door

of the drawer, allowing the drawer to disconnect 12K41.20 20.9 531 372 473-521 two bottom
Sliding
from the slide when the single front fastener is 12K41.22 22.8 578 419 524-572 guides have door
unscrewed. Priced per slide. 1+ 10+ 25+ spring-
02K40.12 12 Slide, ea. $6.30 $5.65 $5.00 E. Case-Mount Rollers loaded bar
02K40.14 14 Slide, ea. $6.70 $6.05 $5.35 Case-mount rollers are guides,
02K40.16 16 Slide, ea. $6.90 $6.20 $5.50 used when you dont want which let Saw kerf
02K40.17 17 Slide, ea. $7.10 $6.40 $5.65 any hardware mounted to you snap a
02K40.18 18 Slide, ea. $7.60 $6.85 $6.05 the drawer. These anged E door into Bottom guides
installed
02K40.19 19 Slide, ea. $7.90 $7.10 $6.30 rollers screw or staple directly place. Both
02K40.20 20 Slide, ea. $8.20 $7.40 $6.55 on top of the case frame. They t in 1/8 dadoes (top and bottom), the standard
02K40.22 22 Slide, ea. $8.40 $7.55 $6.70 come in right/left pairs, are kerf of most saw blades. For doors up to 26 lb in
02K40.24 24 Slide, ea. $9.00 $8.10 $7.20 mounted in a steel frame weight. Installation instructions and mounting
and provide a height offset of screws included. 1+ 6+
CENTER-MOUNT SLIDES 0.225. Though typically used 00B10.26 Sliding Door Hdwr. $26.50 $22.50
Slide Length
Slide Fit Drawer in low-end production furniture, these rollers can
Travel Length be an effective, quick and affordable solution.
inches mm mm mm Sold in pairs; screws not included. 1+ 10+
02K40.12 11.9 301 216 302 00K11.10 Flanged Rollers, pr. $1.80 $1.55
02K40.14 13.9 353 267 353
02K40.16 15.9 403 305 403 Top guides

02K40.17 16.9 429 307 429 F

02K40.18 17.9 454 318 454
02K40.19 18.9 479 353 479
E
02K40.20 19.9 505 368 505
02K40.22 21.9 556 419 556
02K40.24 23.9 607 445 607 Bottom guides

Hardware Slides 455

 A B C HINGES
Extruded Brass Fixed-Pin Butt Hinges
Perfect for small boxes, these solid brass hinges can be xed with screws (not
included, sizes stated below).
A. 00D02.01 211/8 Narrow, pr. $19.40
B. 00D02.03 21/213/8 Narrow, pr. $22.90
C. 00D02.04 3111/16 Narrow, pr. $26.00
D. 00D03.04 32 Standard, pr. $36.60
D E F E. 00D03.03 21/211/2 Standard, pr. $28.30
F. 00D03.02 211/4 Standard, pr. $24.10
Small Box Hinges
These hinges are made from brass-plated steel. Sizes are height by open width.
Screws not included. 1+ 10+ 25+
G. 00D30.05 15mm12mm Hinges, pr. $1.70 $1.45 $1.25
L M P H. 00D30.03 25mm12mm Hinges, pr. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
K N O J. 00D30.09 20mm15mm Hinges, pr. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
H
J K. 00D30.08 25mm15mm Hinges, pr. $1.80 $1.55 $1.35
G
L. 00D30.07 30mm15mm Hinges, pr. $1.90 $1.60 $1.40
M. 00D30.11 30mm17mm Hinges, pr. $2.10 $1.80 $1.55
N. 00D30.17 25mm20mm Hinges, pr. $2.50 $2.10 $1.85
R O. 00D30.16 30mm20mm Hinges, pr. $2.50 $2.10 $1.85
S
P. 00D30.14 45mm20mm Hinges, pr. $3.10 $2.60 $2.30
Q
Extruded Brass X-Narrow Butt Hinges
These solid brass xed-pin hinges are perfect for small boxes, and can be xed
with small nails or screws. Sizes are height by open width. Screws not included.
T
Q. 00D01.01 15/8 X-Narrow Hinges, pr. $16.80
R. 00D01.03 11/23/4 X-Narrow Hinges, pr. $19.40
S. 00D01.04 27/8 X-Narrow Hinges, pr. $21.00
T. Case Stop Hinges
U Surface-mounted hinges with built-in stops that prevent a lid from opening
more than about 95. Formed from steel and brass plated. Effective hinge thick-
V ness is just less than 3/16. Sizes given are knuckle width by height. Sold in pairs;
screws not included. 1+ 10+
W 00D81.80 11/817/8 Case Hinges. pr. $2.00 $1.70
Small Box Stop Hinges
X
Y Made from brass with brass pins, these stop hinges open 90 to 95. Sizes given are
hinge length by closed width. Priced per hinge; screws not included. 1+ 10+
U. 00D80.01 42mm7mm Hinge, ea. $1.10 $ .90
V. 00D80.02 96mm7mm Hinge, ea. $1.80 $1.55
W. 00D80.03 115mm9mm Hinge, ea. $2.10 $1.80
Z X. 00D80.04 150mm7mm Hinge, ea. $2.20 $1.85
Y. 00D80.05 200mm9mm Hinge, ea. $3.40 $2.90
AA
Small Brass Piano Hinges
Made from brass with brass pins, these small piano hinges have rounded ends.
BB Sold individually; sizes given are length by open width. Screws not included.
1+ 10+
CC Z. 00D80.62 60mm12mm Hinge, ea. $1.30 $1.10
AA. 00D80.64 98mm12mm Hinge, ea. $1.50 $1.25
DD BB. 00D80.66 102mm17mm Hinge, ea. $2.30 $1.95
CC. 00D80.67 140mm13mm Hinge, ea. $2.60 $2.20
DD. 00D80.69 160mm13mm Hinge, ea. $2.80 $2.40
EE FF GG HH
Filigree Hinges
These ligree hinges include escutcheon pins. Brass-plated steel. Sizes are
height by open width. 1+ 10+ 25+
EE. 00D35.01 20mm13mm, pr. $2.50 $2.10 $1.85
FF. 00D35.03 25mm16mm, pr. $2.50 $2.10 $1.85
GG. 00D35.02 40mm13mm, pr. $3.10 $2.60 $2.30
HH. Small Box Hinge
JJ Perfect for use on small boxes. Supplied with escutcheon pins. Screws may be
used if countersunk. Brass-plated steel. Size is height by open width.
1+ 10+ 25+
00D42.01 20mm37mm, pr. $3.10 $2.60 $2.30
JJ. Escutcheon Pins
QUANTITY DISCOUNTS:
Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and 10+, indicate a quantity Brass plated round-head pins. Sold in 10g packages.
discount the price is reduced when 10 or more of the same item are Qty./Pkg.
purchased. The discount does not apply to mixed sizes and types that may 00D40.01 9mm approx. 156 $3.20
total 10 or more. 00D40.02 11mm approx. 130 $3.00
00D40.03 13mm approx. 100 $2.90
456 Hardware Hinges
 A B C D E F G H
Fancy Box Hardware
Made from solid brass, these fancy hinges and
hasps dress up any small box. The wide brass
hinges are 28mm high and 32mm wide. The
narrow hinges and hasps measure 16mm across
the knuckle, with a 35mm long leaf and a 12mm R
short leaf, or two 35mm long leaves. Hinges are Q
sold in pairs; hinge/hasps are sold individually.
Screws not included. J N P
A. Wide Brass Hinges, pr. 1+ 10+ M
00D80.40 $1.90 $1.60 L
B. Narrow Single Hinges, pr. O
00D80.50 $2.30 $1.95
K Shown separated.
C. Narrow Double Hinges, pr.
00D80.51 $2.70 $2.30
D. Narrow Single Hinge/Hasp & Staple, ea.
00D80.55 $1.50 $1.25
E. Narrow Double Hinge/Hasp & Staple, ea.
00D80.56 $1.60 $1.35
S T U V W X Y
F. Small Brass Hasp
This small brass-plated hasp has a 16mm (5/8) Small Utility Hinges AA. Brass Offset Hinges
knuckle, with leaves measuring 11mm and 32mm. Inexpensive brass-plated steel utility hinges. The Solid polished brass hinges with a 3/8 offset
A swivelling hook engages a matched staple. strap hinge measures 56mm13mm, the rounded for overlay doors. Hinge pin is also brass.
Staple is 7/8 high and 1/4 wide. Requires four is 34mm34mm (open width by height). Priced 19/1623/16 (height by open width). Sold in
brads or #0 screws for mounting (not included). per hinge. Screws not included. 1+ 10+ pairs; screws not included. 1+ 5+
Q. 00D12.30 Strap Hinge, ea. $1.00 $ .85 00H64.10 3/8 Offset, pr. $17.60 $15.80
16mm43mm BP Hasp 1+ 10+ R. 00D12.35 Rounded Hinge, ea. $1.10 $ .90
00D42.10 $1.90 $1.60 Narrow Scalloped Hinges
Small Box Hinges Suitable for taller doors, these solid brass hinges
Decorative Hinges Made from brass-plated steel. The Lilliputian are brass pinned. Each is 3 high and 2 wide,
Brass-plated steel hinges with detailed edges. 12mm9mm hinges are the smallest of our with a 3/8 gap between leaves. Screw holes are
Sizes given are length by open width. Priced per range, and are mounted with at-head escutcheon drilled for round-head screws, but are easily
pair; screws not included. 1+ 10+ pins. Sizes given are height by open width. Sold countersunk to accept at heads. Available in
G. 00D80.30 23mm22mm, pr. $1.10 $ .90 in pairs (fasteners not included). regular or 3/8 offset versions. Sold in pairs;
H. 00D80.31 24mm24mm, pr. $1.10 $ .90
S. 12mm9mm, pr. 1+ 10+ 25+ screws not included. 1+ 5+
Decorative Stop Hinges 00D30.50 $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 BB. 00H64.50 Regular, pr. $22.70 $20.40
Designed for surface mounting, these brass- CC. 00H64.55 Offset, pr. $22.70 $20.40
plated steel hinges open about 80 and act as a T. 20mm13mm, pr.
stop for box lids. Sizes given are hinge length 00D30.04 $1.70 $1.45 $1.25 DD. Brass Strap Hinge
(along the knuckle) by open width. Priced per U. 20mm17mm, pr. Chrome plated solid brass strap hinge with brass
pair; screws not included. 1+ 10+ 00D30.10 $1.90 $1.60 $1.40 pins. Open width is 57mm, with a height of
J. 00D80.10 25mm19mm, pr. $1.00 $ .85 V. 25mm17mm, pr. 20mm. The small leaf is 8mm wide. Priced per
00D80.12 50mm25mm, pr. $1.40 $1.20 hinge; screws not included. 1+ 10+
K. 00D30.12 $2.00 $1.70 $1.50 00D12.11 CP Strap Hinge, ea. $2.00 $1.70
Rounded Small Box Hinges W. 25mm26mm, pr.
Fast and easy to mount, these brass-plated steel 00D30.20 $3.00 $2.55 $2.25 Steel Hinges
hinges have rounded corners for snag-free X. 30mm26mm, pr. Decorative steel hinges in a brass-plate or chrome-
surface mounting, or for insetting in a routed plate nish. 41mm open width by 32mm high.
00D30.21 $3.10 $2.60 $2.30 Priced per hinge; screws not included.
recess. Sold in pairs. Four #3 screws required per
hinge (not included). Y. 40mm25mm, pr. 1+ 10+
00D30.22 $3.10 $2.60 $2.30 EE. 00D12.20 BP Hinge, ea. $1.20 $1.00
L. 25mm20mm, pr. 1+ 10+ 25+ FF. 00D12.21 CP Hinge, ea. $1.20 $1.00
00D31.25 $3.20 $2.70 $2.40 Z. Brass Strap Hinges
M. 30mm20mm, pr. Strap hinges, solid polished brass with brass pins. GG. Scroll Hinges
00D31.30 $3.20 $2.70 $2.40 Overall length is 63/8 and the small leaf is 1 wide Solid polished brass, with brass pins. Screw
(to the outside of the knuckle) by 13/4 high. holes are drilled for round-head screws, but can
N. 40mm20mm, pr. Screw holes are drilled for round-head screws, be countersunk to accept at heads. 33/42
00D31.40 $4.70 $4.00 $3.50 but can be countersunk to accept at heads. Sold (height by open width). Sold in pairs; round-
O. Small Quadrant Hinges in pairs; screws not included. 1+ 5+ head screws included. 1+ 5+
With integral stops, these small brass quadrant 00H68.01 63/8 Strap, pr. $25.40 $22.90 00H64.20 Scroll Hinges, pr. $25.40 $22.90
hinges hold box lids open. Knuckle is 22mm AA BB CC
long by 8mm wide; arm is 24mm long by 5mm
wide. Sold in pairs. Requires #1 screws Z
(not included). 1+ 10+
00D81.00 Sm. Quad. Hinges, pr. $3.10 $2.60
P. Detachable Hinges
Used on boxes where a removable lid is desired, EE Cabinet AA
DD
these brass-plated steel hinges have a trapped 3/8 Door
leaf when mounted at 90 to 180; opening the
hinge beyond 180 allows one leaf to separate.
Sold in pairs (fasteners not included). FF
Recommended
25mm20mm, pr. 1+ 10+ 25+ screw sizes are GG
00D43.80 $4.70 $4.00 $3.50 indicated in
the price line. 457
 A B C D E F

G H

J K L

O
M N P Q

R S
T U

V W X

Stainless-Steel B C Stainless-Steel Hinges

Hinges
Made from 304 First Leaf Second Leaf Price
A Standard Recessed/Flush Height Width Width
stainless steel, these 1+ 10+
A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)
xed-pin hinges A. 01W98.10 B. 01W98.50 38 19 19 $5.60 $4.75
have a leaf thickness See chart at right for dimensions: C. 01W98.11 D. 01W98.18 38 19 25 $5.70 $4.85
of 2mm and have height (A), rst leaf width (B) E. 01W98.20 F. 01W98.60 38 19 38 $6.10 $5.20
been electrolytically and second leaf width (C).
G. 01W98.21 38 19 50 $6.30 $5.35
All dimensions are in millimetres.
polished. Available H. 01W98.22 38 19 75 $7.20 $6.10
in three styles and ve sizes, with the countersink J. 01W98.12 K. 01W98.52 38 25 25 $5.90 $5.00
on the knuckle side (standard hinge) or the reverse L. 01W98.23 38 25 38 $6.20 $5.25
side (for recessed/ush use). Dimensions given M. 01W98.24 N. 01W98.64 38 25 50 $6.50 $5.50
are height, rst leaf width and second leaf width. O. 01W98.25 38 25 75 $7.30 $6.20
Hinges all open from zero to about 270. Priced P. 01W98.30 Q. 01W98.70 38 38 38 $6.30 $5.35
per hinge. Require #8 screws (not included). R. 01W98.31 38 38 50 $6.90 $5.85
S. 01W98.32 38 38 75 $7.60 $6.50
T. 01W98.33 U. 01W98.73 38 50 50 $7.50 $6.40
To order call 1-800-267-8767 or visit V. 01W98.34 38 50 75 $8.00 $6.80
our website at www.leevalley.com
W. 01W98.35 X. 01W98.75 38 75 75 $8.70 $7.40

Metal Polishing AA. Veritas Bufng & Honing Compound

Accessories This bufng and honing compound, which took over two years
Z A cloth wheel and a good buff- to develop, is the most effective on the market. It is a blend of
ing compound are always both chromium and aluminum oxide. The bonding is formu-
Y
useful in the shop. This cloth lated for ease of charging. It will adhere equally well to felt,
wheel is 4 in diameter and 3/8 leather or wood. Often used for honing cutting tools such as
thick, with anges to t both chisels and gouges, it is also ideal for bufng and polishing
1/2 and 5/8 arbors. It is too metal hardware. Used with a cloth wheel, it will give hinges and
soft for honing tool edges, but handles a mirror nish with a light wax lm. The average size
is suitable for polishing hinges, of scratch pattern it leaves behind is 0.5 microns or .00002
knobs, knives, etc. inches. Available in 6 oz bars.
For honing steel, our green 05M08.01 Honing Compound, 6 oz $14.50
honing compound (at right)
should be used. However, for AA
all non-ferrous metals such
as brass, bronze, copper and
aluminum, our brown tripoli bar
works best. The 4 oz bar will last
for years unless you make your
living polishing things.
Y. Brown Tripoli, 4 oz
70M01.10 $5.20
Z. Cloth Bufng Wheel, 4
76M04.01 $9.10
458 Hardware Hinges
 Roto-Hinges Glass Door Hardware
Called rotating These are well-made, reliable hinge and handle
connectors, ttings for cabinet doors made of glass, as well as
these plated- other panel materials, such as plywood, slate or
steel and ceramic. An adjustable jaw with a cushioning silicone
hardwood B pad holds panels up to 6mm (1/4) thick, avoiding the
hinges are ideal need to drill into the door material. The hinge leaf
for all types of bolts to the inside wall of the cabinet and has an auto-
folding furni- matic catch to prevent the door from accidentally
ture, louvers or swinging open. The handle can be mounted in any
toys anywhere position on the edges of the glass, providing a tab that
a pivot joint is projects 3/4 to grip. Cast zamak with an anodized
needed. Drill a black nish. Maximum recommended door dimen-
hole 7/16 deep sions are 153/4153/4 (40cm40cm)*. Hinges are E
for the 3/8 size sold in pairs; four #6 screws not included. Sizes listed
(or 9/16 deep for C A are leaf height by width for the hinges, and tab length F
the 1/2 or 3/4 by width for the handle. 1+ 10+
sizes), spread a E. 00U20.50 11/811/2 Hinges, pr. $9.90 $8.40
drop of glue on the wall of the hole, and knock in F. 00U20.55 11/41 Handle, ea. $3.60 $3.05
the hinge. The hinge is invisible in use. For glue- * Glass doors should be a minimum of 5mm thick; as with
bond strength and best t, we recommend that most applications of this type, tempered glass is preferred.
forstner bits be used for drilling the required G G
at-bottomed hole. Glass Door Hinges
A. 00S01.01 3/8 dia. Roto-Hinges (4) $6.90 These inset-door hinges are available in leaf-inset and
B. 00S01.03 1/2 dia. Roto-Hinges (4) $7.30 pin-pivot styles. The all-steel leaf-inset style has a
C. 00S01.05 3/4 dia. Roto-Hinges (4) $8.20 steel insert plate and accepts glass or lucite up to 1/4
(6mm) thick. It has a nylon washer and requires #4
D. Solid Brass Finial pan- or round-head screws for mounting (not
At 13/8 high, this nial adds included). The pin-pivot style uses a metal insert shim J
an extra touch to clock with adjusting screws, and a plastic pivot cup. It
cases and other ne D accepts glass or lucite up to 3/16 (5mm) thick. Both
furniture. Integral styles come with adjusting screws. Sold by the pair.
wood screw Actual size G. 00W05.01 Brass Leaf-Inset, pr. $5.30 H
for mounting. 1+ 10+ H. 00W04.01 Brass Pin-Pivot, pr. $3.30
00W43.01 13/8 Brass Finial $3.10 $2.60 J. 00W04.03 Black Pin-Pivot, pr. $2.90

Wrap Inset Hinges and satin chrome. Priced per hinge. L. Partial-Wrap Hinges 1+ 10+
For use with 3/4 material, both styles of inset K. Full-Wrap Hinges 1+ 10+ 01H31.10 AE, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
hinges attach to the edge and back of the door for 01H30.10 AE, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.12 AE, Ball $5.10 $4.60
maximum strength. The full-wrap hinges, intended 01H30.12 AE, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.20 BP, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
for face-frame cabinets, attach to the frame edge 01H30.20 BP, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.22 BP, Ball $5.10 $4.60
and back, and have a patented angled set screw for 01H30.22 BP, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.30 DAE, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
easy installation. Full-wrap leaf height is 21/4 and 01H30.30 DAE, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.32 DAE, Ball $5.10 $4.60
hinges are available with minaret or ball tips. The 01H30.32 DAE, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.40 NP, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
partial-wrap hinges attach only to the cabinet or 01H30.40 NP, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.42 NP, Ball $5.10 $4.60
frame side, have a 21/2 leaf height and are avail- 01H30.42 NP, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.44 NP, Flat Pin $5.10 $4.60
able with minaret, ball or at pin tips. 01H30.50 WI, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.50 WI, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
Both allow horizontal adjustment on the door 01H30.52 WI, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.52 WI, Ball $5.10 $4.60
leaf as well as vertical adjustment on the frame 01H30.60 Blk, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.60 Blk, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
leaf, and are supplied with matching mounting 01H30.62 Blk, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.62 Blk, Ball $5.10 $4.60
screws. Guaranteed for life (original consumer 01H30.90 ORB, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.90 ORB, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
use). A variety of nishes are available antique 01H30.92 ORB, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.92 ORB, Ball $5.10 $4.60
English, brass plate, dark antique English, nickel 01H30.80 SC, Minaret $5.10 $4.60 01H31.80 SC, Minaret $5.10 $4.60
plate, wrought iron, black, oil-rubbed bronze 01H30.82 SC, Ball $5.10 $4.60 01H31.82 SC, Ball $5.10 $4.60

Full-Wrap
Inset Hinge
Minaret
tip Ball
tip K

Partial-Wrap
Inset Hinge
Minaret
tip Ball
tip Flat pin
L
tip

Antique Brass Dark Nickel Wrought Black Oil- Satin

English plate antique plate iron rubbed chrome
English bronze
Hardware Hinges 459
 No-mortise No-mortise
hinge (ball) hinge (minaret) Ball-tip hinge
3/8 offset hinge

C D
A B
Complementary screws included (not shown).

Polished Polished Weathered Bronze Weathered Satin Polished Weathered

3/8 offset brass antique brass pewter nickel chrome copper
hinge Hinges
No-Mortise Hinges (Ball), ea. 1+ 10+ Ball-Tip Hinges, ea. 1+ 10+
Finding hinges in different
finishes has always been a A. 02H12.02 PB Ball, Brass $13.00 $11.70 C. 02H12.01 PB Ball, Brass $12.20 $11.00
02H12.12 PA Ball, Brass $13.00 $11.70 02H12.11 PA Ball, Brass $12.20 $11.00
challenge. These hinges are
02H12.22 WB Ball, Brass $13.00 $11.70 02H12.21 WB Ball, Brass $12.20 $11.00
available in three common
02H12.32 BZ Ball, Brass $13.00 $11.70 02H12.31 BZ Ball, Brass $12.20 $11.00
styles (no-mortise hinge,
02H12.42 WP Ball, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.41 WP Ball, Steel $14.90 $13.40
ball-tip hinge and 3/8 offset
02H12.52 SN Ball, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.51 SN Ball, Steel $14.90 $13.40
hinge) and are available in
02H12.62 PC Ball, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.61 PC Ball, Steel $14.90 $13.40
eight finishes. Hinges with polished brass,
02H12.72 WC Ball, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.71 WC Ball, Steel $14.90 $13.40
polished antique, weathered brass and bronze
nishes are brass; hinges with weathered pewter, No-Mortise Hinges (Minaret), ea. 1+ 10+ Offset Hinges, ea. 1+ 10+
satin nickel, polished chrome and weathered B. 02H12.03 PB Minaret, Brass $13.00 $11.70 D. 02H12.04 PB Ball, Brass $14.30 $12.90
copper nishes are steel. The no-mortise hinges, 02H12.13 PA Minaret, Brass $13.00 $11.70 02H12.14 PA Ball, Brass $14.30 $12.90
with a leaf height of 21/2 and a width of 1, are 02H12.23 WB Minaret, Brass $13.00 $11.70 02H12.24 WB Ball, Brass $14.30 $12.90
available with ball or minaret nials. The ball-tip 02H12.33 BZ Minaret, Brass $13.00 $11.70 02H12.34 BZ Ball, Brass $14.30 $12.90
hinges have a leaf height of 2 and an open width 02H12.43 WP Minaret, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.44 WP Ball, Steel $16.90 $15.20
of 13/4. The 2 high offset hinges have ball 02H12.53 SN Minaret, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.54 SN Ball, Steel $16.90 $15.20
nials. Priced per hinge, with complementary 02H12.63 PC Minaret, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.64 PC Ball, Steel $16.90 $15.20
screws included. Made in USA. 02H12.73 WC Minaret, Steel $15.50 $14.00 02H12.74 WC Ball, Steel $16.90 $15.20

Extruded Brass Fast-Pin Ball-Tip Hinges Extruded

E F
J K
G H Extruded hinges with their pin held fast in place. Clock-Case Hinges
E. 00D06.01 211/8 Ball Tip, pr. $30.00 This is a decorative lift-off
F. 00D06.02 21/213/8 Ball Tip, pr. $31.60 hinge most commonly
found on clock-case doors.
G. Brass Loose-Pin Door Hinges The hinge is 2 high,
Door hinges are usually loose-pin to allow the door to excluding finial height,
be removed without unscrewing the hinges. and the oating pin allows
00D05.01 32 Door Hinges, pr. $44.60 it to be used in right- or
H. Extruded Brass Fast-Pin Finial Hinges
left-handed applications.
Large case hinge with bronze wear bushings. Clock-Case Hinges, pr.
M 00D09.01 32 Finial Hinges, pr. $46.50 00F01.01 $33.70

Brass Loose-Pin Hinges

L Solid brass with brass pins, these ve-knuckle loose-
pin hinges are fully polished. Each hinge requires six
#6 screws (not included). Sold in pairs. 1+ 5+
J. 01H27.20 211/4 Hinges, pr. $42.90 $38.60
K. 01H27.30 32 Hinges, pr. $58.40 $52.60

Chromed Ball-Tip Hinges

Solid brass with brass pins, these ve-knuckle loose-pin
hinges are fully polished before plating. Size given is
height by open width, not including the ball tip. Each
hinge requires six #6 screws (not included). 1+ 5+
Screws are not included unless otherwise indicated. Screw sizes are indi-
cated in the price line. L. 01H28.20 22 Ball Tip, pr. $51.00 $45.90
M. 01H28.30 32 Ball Tip, pr. $62.50 $56.30

R Brass Ball-Tip Hinges

Q
Five-knuckle ball-tip hinges with brass leaves and xed steel pins. Elongated
S mounting holes for door adjustment. Available in polished brass, polished
P
N T chrome, satin nickel, weathered brass, weathered copper, weathered pewter
O and oil-rubbed bronze nishes. All are 13/4 open width by 2 high. Priced
per hinge. Screws with complementary nish included. 1+ 10+
N. 02H10.01 PB Ball Tip, ea. $8.40 $7.15
O. 02H10.02 PC Ball Tip, ea. $8.40 $7.15
P. 02H10.03 SN Ball Tip, ea. $9.30 $7.90
Q. 02H10.04 WB Ball Tip, ea. $9.30 $7.90
R. 02H10.05 WC Ball Tip, ea. $9.30 $7.90
S. 02H10.06 WP Ball Tip, ea. $9.30 $7.90
460 T. 02H10.07 ORB Ball Tip, ea. $9.30 $7.90
 J K
B D
A C

O
H N
M
L

Finial No-Mortise Hinges H. Extruded Shutter/Screen Hinges

Available in two sizes and an antique brass or Single-action ush-mount hinges for inset doors
blackened iron finish, these surface-mount and shutters. They can be left proud or mortised
nial-tip hinges are all steel with xed pins. Sold into either the stile or the door. Unpolished.
in pairs with screws included. Sizes given are 00D14.02 21/23/4 Shutter, pr. $21.10
leaf height by width.
1+ 10+ No-Mortise Hinges Leaf width
A. 02H11.11 211/16 AB, pr. $5.70 $4.85 These hinges are a snap to R
B. 02H11.12 21/23/4 AB, pr. $5.80 $4.95 install. With a thickness of Q
P
C. 02H11.21 211/16 BI, pr. $5.70 $4.85 only 1/16 (essentially a single
D. 02H11.22 21/23/4 BI, pr. $5.80 $4.95 leaf), the steel hinges are all

Leaf height
fast pin. Available with or
without nials in four
nishes: antique brass, brass
plate, statuary bronze and
F nickel plate. One of the most
widely used hinge types.
Sold in pairs. Sizes given are
leaf height by width. Screws not included.
Antique Brass 1+ 10+
E V
J. 00H52.02 211/16 Finial, pr. $5.30 $4.50
U
K. 00H51.02 211/16 Plain, pr. $2.70 $2.30
T
Brass Plate 1+ 10+ S
G L. 00H51.11 11/25/8 Plain, pr. $2.00 $1.70
M. 00H51.12 211/16 Plain, pr. $2.10 $1.80
N. 00H51.13 21/23/4 Plain, pr. $2.90 $2.45
O. 00H51.14 31 Plain, pr. $4.80 $4.10
Example of hinge
xed to panels.
P. 00H52.12 211/16 Finial, pr. $4.50 $3.80
Folding Q. 00H52.13 21/23/4 Finial, pr. $5.60 $4.75
Screen Hinges R. 00H52.14 31 Finial, pr. $8.90 $7.55
Used on freestanding
Bronze 1+ 10+
screens, these brass-
S. 00H51.21 11/25/8 Plain, pr. $2.00 $1.70 Y
plated steel hinges will
T. 00H51.22 211/16 Plain, pr. $2.10 $1.80 X
fold in either direction.
U. 00H51.23 21/23/4 Plain, pr. $2.90 $2.45 W
Size listed is the panel
V. 00H51.24 31 Plain, pr. $4.80 $4.10
thickness. Sold in pairs. Hinges fold in
either direction. W. 00H52.22 211/16 Finial, pr. $4.50 $3.80
Screws not included.
X. 00H52.23 21/23/4 Finial, pr. $5.60 $4.75
E. 1 to 11/8 Screen, pr. 1+ 10+ Y. 00H52.24 31 Finial, pr. $8.90 $7.55
00H53.03 $5.80 $4.95
Nickel Plate 1+ 10+
F. 11/8 to 11/4 Screen, pr. Z. 00H51.31 11/25/8 Plain, pr. $2.00 $1.70
00H53.02 $7.00 $5.95 AA. 00H51.32 211/16 Plain, pr. $2.10 $1.80
G. 3/4 Screen, pr. BB. 00H51.33 21/23/4 Plain, pr. $2.90 $2.45
00H53.01 $5.20 $4.40 CC. 00H51.34 31 Plain, pr. $4.80 $4.10

No-Mortise Lid Hinges CC

Specically for 3/4 material, these steel hinges BB
AA
dont need mortising. Z
Useful for numerous
lid or door applications, DD
they have a 2 knuckle,
open 195, and have a EE
statuary bronze or
brass-plated nish.
Sold in pairs. Require
#4 screws (not included). 1+ 10+
DD. 00H60.11 3/4 BZ Hinges, pr. $5.80 $4.95
EE. 00H60.12 3/4 BP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $4.95
Hardware Hinges 461
 Overlay Door Hinges V
These steel hinges U
have a cranked cabinet
A B leaf so all screws can
be driven cross grain.
D Available with 3/8,
1/2, 5/8 or 3/4 over-
X
C lays. Each hinge has a Overlay
door
115/8 door leaf, and hinge W
measures 2 along the
knuckle. Statuary bronze, brass-plated and
nickel-plated nishes available. Sold in pairs.
E F G 1+ 10+
A. 00H58.01 3/8 BZ Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20
B. 00H58.02 3/8 BP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20
C. 00H58.12 1/2 BP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 U. Lipped Door Overlay Hinges
D. 00H58.13 1/2 NP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 Similar to our regular
E. 00H58.21 5/8 BZ Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 overlay hinges (at left),
J F. 00H58.22 5/8 BP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 these have both leaves
G. 00H58.23 5/8 NP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 cranked to accommo-
H. 00H58.32 3/4 BP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 date lipped doors.
H J. 00H58.33 3/4 NP Hinges, pr. $5.80 $5.20 Designed for 17/64
overlays with an 11/32
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the inset. Knuckles are 2
price line. long. Statuary bronze
nish. Screws not included. 1+ 10+
00H59.01 Lipped Hinges, pr. $9.60 $8.65

Standard Cupboard Hinges V. In-Line Door Hinges

These are standard self- Bronze-nished steel hinges that can be used
closing variable-overlay with material 5/8 to 7/8 thick. Used for inward
hinges commonly used opening bifold doors or for extending work
on kitchen cabinets.
Overall hinge height is Inward
about 23/4 with a door opening
bifold
leaf about 11/4 wide.
K L Extended
Available nishes are work
nickel plate, black, surfaces
wrought iron and white
with a chrome-plated
pin. Priced per pair. surfaces. Knuckle height is 111/16, leaves are
All include matching 7/8 wide. Sold in pairs; screws not included.
screws and self-adhesive cork bumper pad. 1+ 10+
1+ 10+ 00H37.70 180 In-Line, pr. + $4.80 $4.10
K. 01H32.01 NP Hinges, pr. $5.10 $4.60
M N L. 01H32.03 Black Hinges, pr. $5.10 $4.60 W. Reversing Hinges
M. 01H32.08 WI Hinges, pr. $5.10 $4.60 This nickel-plate steel hinge can be used for
N. 01H32.07 White/CP Hinges, pr. $5.10 $4.60 either a 180 opening inset door or a 270
overlay door just remove the loose pin and

Standard Hinges 1+ 10+

For ush and 3/8 offset doors, these hinges are O. 02H13.01 AB Flush, pr. $4.40 $3.75
formed from 1.1mm steel and are available in P. 02H13.02 CP Flush, pr. $4.40 $3.75
antique brass, chrome plate or brass plate Q. 02H13.03 BP Flush, pr. $4.40 $3.75
nishes. Cabinet leaf is 23/4 high. Door-mount 180
R. 02H13.11 3/8 AB Offset, pr. $4.40 $3.75 270
leaf is 11/2 high and 11/4 wide. Five-knuckle S. 02H13.12 3/8 CP Offset, pr. $4.40 $3.75
un-sprung design with a projection of just under T. 02H13.13 3/8 BP Offset, pr. $4.40 $3.75
1/2. Priced per pair, with screws included. reverse the small leaf. Accommodates doors up
to 13/16 thick. Knuckle height is 11/2. Sold in
pairs; screws not included. 1+ 10+
O P Q R S T 00H37.50 Reversing, pr. $2.90 $2.45

X. Fold-Back Door Hinges

Commonly used on TV cabinets
and wall units, these 0.045
thick steel hinges are designed
for use with 5/8 material. The
270 opening range allows the
doors to fold at against the
outside of the cabinet. Hinges
measure 19/16 across the knuckle. Bronze nish.
Sold in pairs. Screws not included. 1+ 10+
00H62.01 Fold-Back, pr. $5.80 $5.20
462 Hardware Hinges
 B C D E F
A G X Y Z

J K L M N
H AA BB
O
CC

EE

P Q T U DD
HH FF
R V

W GG JJ
S

KK LL
MM

Self-Closing Standard Hinges Self-Closing Standard Hinges X Standard ush

Y Wrap overlay
Z Inset overlay
semi-concealed semi-concealed semi-concealed
Three-knuckle self-closing hinges, available Formed from 1.5mm steel, these three knuckle
in seven nishes (antique copper, dark iron, hinges are sprung, and available in four nishes
satin chrome, satin bronze, satin nickel, pewter (black, chrome plate, brass plate and antique
and antique brass). Formed from 1.5mm steel, brass). Cabinet leaf is 23/4 high. Door-mount
they have a 25/8 high cabinet leaf. Door leaf is 15/8 high and 11/4 wide. Knuckle projec- nickel plated and antique copper nishes. Priced
mount leaf is 1 1/ 2 high and 1 1/ 4 wide. tion is just shy of 3/4. Flush-mount and 3/8 offset per pair; screws included.
Knuckle projection is 11/16. Flush-mount and available. Priced per pair, with screws included. Antique Brass 1+ 10+
3/8 offset available. Priced per pair, with X. 00W27.01 Standard Flush, pr. $3.30 $2.80
Offset Hinges, pr. 1+ 10+
screws included. Y. 00W27.03 1/2 Wrap Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
P. 02H13.33 3/8 Blk Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90
Z. 00W27.05 3/8 Inset Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
Flush-Mount Hinges, pr. 1+ 10+ Q. 02H13.34 3/8 CP Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90
Brass Plated 1+ 10+
A. 02H13.71 AC Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 R. 02H13.32 3/8 BP Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90
AA. 00W27.21 Standard Flush, pr. $3.30 $2.80
B. 02H13.72 DI Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 S. 02H13.31 3/8 AB Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90
BB. 00W27.23 1/2 Wrap Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
C. 02H13.73 SC Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75
Flush-Mount Hinges, pr. 1+ 10+ CC. 00W27.25 3/8 Inset Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
D. 02H13.74 SBZ Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75
T. 02H13.43 Blk Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90 Antique English 1+ 10+
E. 02H13.75 SN Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75
U. 02H13.44 CP Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90 DD. 00W27.11 Standard Flush, pr. $3.30 $2.80
F. 02H13.76 PW Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75
V. 02H13.42 BP Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90 EE. 00W27.13 1/2 Wrap Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
G. 02H13.77 AB Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75
W. 02H13.41 AB Self-Closing $3.40 $2.90 FF. 00W27.15 3/8 Inset Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
Offset Hinges, pr. 1+ 10+ Nickel Plated 1+ 10+
H. 02H13.61 3/8 AC Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 Standard Steel Door Hinges GG. 00W27.31 Standard Flush, pr. $3.30 $2.80
J. 02H13.62 3/8 DI Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 A common style of exposed knuckle hinges, HH. 00W27.33 1/2 Wrap Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
K. 02H13.63 3/8 SC Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 typically used for kitchen or utility cabinet JJ. 00W27.35 3/8 Inset Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
L. 02H13.64 3/8 SBZ Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 doors. All are sprung and self-closing in the last Antique Copper 1+ 10+
M. 02H13.65 3/8 SN Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 stages of movement. Available in flush, 1/2 KK. 00W27.41 Standard Flush, pr. $3.30 $2.80
N. 02H13.66 3/8 PW Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 wrap overlay and 3/8 inset congurations, in LL. 00W27.43 1/2 Wrap Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00
O. 02H13.67 3/8 AB Self-Closing $4.40 $3.75 antique brass, brass plated, antique English, MM. 00W27.45 3/8 Inset Overlay, pr. $3.50 $3.00

3/8
Inset Hinges
Providing an overlay of 3/8 and an inset of 3/8,
these nished steel hinges are commonly used in
kitchen cabinet construction. Hinges mount on
the inside edge of the cabinet frame or side, and
have elongated screw slots for adjustment. Each
has a minaret tip knuckle about 31/8 long
overall. Available in an antique English or dark NN OO
antique English nish. Guaranteed for life (orig-
inal consumer use). Sold in pairs and supplied
with matching mounting screws. 1+ 10+
NN. 00H32.10 3/8 Inset, AE, pr. $8.60 $7.75
OO. 00H32.20 3/8 Inset, DAE, pr. $5.20 $4.70

Use double-sided tape to keep a hinge in place while you mark its position on a door.
Score the hinge outline and mark screw holes with a scratch awl.

463
 Piano Hinges
A These piano hinges are made from brass-plated
steel. Items that require screws have the screw
B size noted in the price line. For the pin-hole L
piano hinges, which use escutcheon pins, use
only flat-head pins, as round-head pins do
C not afford sufcient clearance for the hinge to
close completely. Sizes given are open width
by length.
D Pin-Hole Piano Hinges
A. 9mm800mm, ea. 1+ 10+ 25+
00D50.09 $8.50 $7.20 $6.35 Tension
E adjustment
B. 12mm800mm, ea.
00D50.12 $8.70 $7.40 $6.50 M
C. 16mm800mm, ea.
F 00D50.15 $9.80 $8.35 $7.35

Screw-Hole Piano Hinges

L. Double-Acting
D. 12mm810mm, ea. 1+ 10+ 25+
00D52.12 $11.70 $9.95 $8.75 Hinges
G E. 16mm780mm, ea. Used for bi-directional
swinging doors, these
00D52.16 $ 9.90 $8.40 $7.40 double-acting hinges
Door
F. 20mm780mm, ea. have two individually 1
00D52.20 - $ 8.10 $6.90 $6.05 tension-adjustable pins,
Forged G. 25mm780mm, ea. which are easily
Clock-Case Hinge 00D52.25 - $ 8.50 $7.20 $6.35 adjusted and xed with
Designed to the included lever rod
Frame
be used with just and xing pins. Leaf
the knuckle height is 3 and overall hinge width is 25/8.
See page 456 for piano-style hinges suitable for Clear distance between the knuckles is just over
exposed, this small box applications.
hinge is 1. Priced per pair, with matching flat-head
commonly mounting screws included. 1+ 5+
found on clock- 00S01.50 Double-Acting, pr. $12.40 $10.55
case doors.
Forged in M. Double Locking Hinges
solid brass, it has These die-cast hinges have built-in detents to
3/32 thick leaves, lock at or folded. They eliminate bounce-back
with turned and on folding doors. Detent tension is adjustable.
polished Black nish. Sold in pairs; screws not included.
nials xed 29/16 high, 23/8 wide. 1+ 5+
QUANTITY DISCOUNTS:
to a steel pin. 00H37.90 Dbl. Locking, pr. $13.10 $11.10
Quantities shown over our prices, e.g., 1+ and
Overall height is 55/8. Leaf height is 21/4, with a 10+, indicate a quantity discount the price is
width of 1 to the inside of the knuckle. Sold reduced when 10 or more of the same item are Heavy Die-Cast Hinges
individually; screws not included. 1+ 5+ purchased. The discount does not apply to These are substantial hinges, measuring 31/4 high
00H65.01 Clock Hinge $22.30 $20.10 mixed sizes and types that may total 10 or more. and 57/16 wide overall. Mounted using six #10 at-
head screws or bolts per hinge (not included), they
are handed and have a non-removable stainless-
Steel Piano Hinges steel pin. Suitable for outdoor use, they are all
With a 1 /2 open width, these steel piano
1 nished with a polished chrome plate. Sold in pairs
hinges are available in 36 and 72 lengths, but of left (L) or right (R) hinges. 1+ 5+
H N. 01H01.51 Hinges, pr. (L) $26.50 $22.50
are easily cut to shorter lengths. They come
nished in nickel plate or antique brass, or in O. 01H01.50 Hinges, pr. (R) $26.50 $22.50
brushed unplated stainless steel for use outdoors Side prole
or in other wet areas. The plated hinges are
0.040 thick and mount with #5 screws on
2 centers; the stainless-steel hinges are 0.037
thick and mount with #6 screws on 2 centers.
Screws not included.
J H. 00N01.31 36 NP Piano Hinge, ea. $ 8.30
N
J. 00N01.30 36 AB Piano Hinge, ea. $13.20
K. 00N01.34 36 SS Piano Hinge, ea. $10.90

Available Only at our Stores:

00N01.21 72 NP Piano Hinge, ea. $14.70
00N01.20 72 AB Piano Hinge, ea. $22.50
00N01.24 72 SS Piano Hinge, ea. $18.50
K
Recommended screw sizes are indicated in the
price line.

464 Hardware Hinges O


A. SOSS Concealed
Barrel Hinges
Used where you want a
fully hidden hinge, these
are machined from solid
brass, have steel linkages,
and open 180. Simply drill
the appropriate sized hole,
insert the hinge, and turn
the set screw on the
exposed face to wedge the
hinge in position. For
heavier load applications,
a at-head screw can be
driven through the machined
recess on the side opposite
the set screw to further
wedge and retain the hinge
in place. The barrel bodies
are also toothed to provide
an additional mechanical
lock, or to allow for optional
gluing. Size given is the
B. Drop-Panel Leg Hinge
Used to attach legs to wall-
or cabinet-mounted drop
panels. For work surfaces
up to 7/8 thick, these hinges
accept 1 thick legs. Plate
steel, 21/2 wide; screws not
included. Hinges sold individually.
00H36.01 Drop-Panel Hinge
C. 4-Way 175 Hinges
Surface mounted, these
K
Closed
J
Partially open H
A
barrel diameter use the same metric size for
drilling. Prices given are per hinge. 1+ 10+
00H36.10 10mm Hinge, ea. $3.10 $2.80 F
00H36.12 12mm Hinge, ea. $3.10 $2.80
00H36.14 14mm Hinge, ea. $3.60 $3.25
00H36.16 16mm Hinge, ea. $4.40 $3.95 E
00H36.18 18mm Hinge, ea. $5.00 $4.50 Fully open G
00H36.24 24mm Hinge, ea. $8.60 $7.75
SOSS Invisible Hinges
These versatile hidden hinges offer exceptional strength, security and
smooth operation. Regular hinges support weight on a single knuckle
located outside the jamb, but these hinges place the weight on multiple
moving pivot points within the hinge body so they can bear heavy loads.
They seat ush in a deep mortise to resist sagging, remaining inconspicuous
B and tamper-resistant when closed. The interlinked laminated steel plates
move smoothly and silently, opening 180. Easily installed with a drill in
1+ 10+ wooden doors and frames (see note below). Cast in heavy-duty zamak, with
$11.60 $10.40 a satin brass or satin chrome nish, they are designed to last a lifetime.
Instructions, screws and drilling template included. Refer to the chart to
determine the size and number of hinges needed per door.
Minimum Minimum
Door
Door

versatile, heavy-duty hinges Satin Leaf Satin Leaf

Material Material
Brass Height Chrome Height
will t full-overlay, half- Thickness 1+ 5+ Thickness 1+ 5+
Full overlay Half overlay
overlay and inset doors, and E. 00H02.01 1 1/2 pr. $17.60 $15.80 00H02.11 1 1/2 pr. $17.60 $15.80
mitered corners. They will F. 00H02.02 111/16 1/2 pr. $22.10 $19.90 00H02.12 111/16 1/2 pr. $22.10 $19.90
handle single doors up to 1 175
Door

G. 00H02.05 23/8 3/4 pr. $25.60 $23.05 00H02.15 23/8 3/4 pr. $25.60 $23.05
Door

thick (13/16 for adjoining H. 00H02.06 23/4 1 ea. $16.20 $14.60 00H02.16 23/4 1 ea. $16.20 $14.60
cabinets), and are made Inset Mitered corner J. 00H02.07 33/4 11/8 ea. $28.40 $25.60 00H02.17 33/4 11/8 ea. $28.40 $25.60
from a heavy 0.082 thick K. 00H02.08 45/8 13/8 ea. $40.80 $36.70 00H02.18 45/8 13/8 ea. $40.80 $36.70
steel. Sprung to hold doors closed. Sold in pairs with a
statuary bronze nish. Screws not included. 1+ 5+ How Many Hinges Do I Need to Buy?

(
(
(
(
(
(
D After determining the weight and width of the door, draw a
3!4)."2!33
00H63.01 4-Way Hinges, pr. $17.60 $15.00 (INGE.UMBER
Closed straight line through the door width and weight to line "A", as

(
(
(
  (
  (
  (
position indicated in the example. Continue with a horizontal line side- 3!4).#(2/-%
D. Hold-Up Hinges ways from the point of intersection with line "A" until the door (INGE.UMBER
Intended for use on overhead doors or compartments, thickness is reached. Use the number of hinges and the hinge


 
-INIMUM IN
these hinges hold open at 75 and release upon over- To close number indicated on this line. $OOR



MM
$OORWIDTHIN
opening. They surface mount on the inside of a face INCHESAND
$OORWEIGHTIN
4HICKNESS
MILLIMETRES
frame that is 14mm (9/16) to 16mm (5/8) thick. Can IN MM
POUNDSAND
KILOGRAMS

be used with doors up to 20mm (3/4) thick. Door can 75   KG LB
Leaf height


,INE!

overlay the frame up to 18mm (11/16). Sold in pairs; Open position 
 
  
 
screws not included. 1+ 5+  



00S19.01 Hold-Up, pr. $14.60 $12.45  
 


  
   
  .UMBEROF 
 
  (INGES
   
Minimum material  2EQUIRED
 
  
thickness   
   


Example
A wood door 30 wide, 150 lb with a thickness 
 
of 13/4 will require four 00H02.08 (satin brass) 
,INE!


or 00H02.18 (satin chrome) invisible hinges.
The red line shows how the sizing and selection 
C D were determined from the nomograph.

You can cut mortises for SOSS invisible hinges with a drill or a router. Using a
drill is simpler, but if you are installing a number of hinges it may be worthwhile
C to use a plunge router. You can easily make a router-mortising jig using the
included drilling template.
Hardware Hinges 465
 When you need
& the job done right,
Festool products work together as a
complete system to help you work more trust the system.
DUST EXTRACTORS
accurately, cleanly and eciently. Central to
the system is integrated dust extrac on. All Available in four capaci es, the CT mobile dust extractors are
equipped with tool-triggered auto-start func onality, so that
Festool cu ng, shaping and sanding tools when you plug your tool into the supplied outlet socket,
are designed to connect with a dust collector the vacuum cycles with the tool. The included
so that dust is extracted right at the source, HEPA filter removes 99.97% of par cles
keeping your work area cleaner and the air to 0.3 microns. All CTs output
137 CFM with wet and
you breathe healthier, while extending the dry capability.
life of your tools and accessories.

SANDERS
Superior dust extrac on, minimal vibra on, long service life
PLUNGE-CUT SAWS and an excep onal finish are what set Festool sanders apart.
The TS plunge-cut saws deliver the capabili es of a table From coarse sanding to polishing, they cover
saw, a miter saw, a radial arm saw and even a panel saw, the range of needs in every step of
all with unmatched precision in a compact, portable the finishing process. Dust
design. The included guide rail and splinter guard ensure is channelled directly
straight, splinter-free cuts every me, leaving glue-ready through the pad to the
edges without need for rework. Plunge ac on with rear port, resul ng in
depth control allows you to make precision cutouts cleaner air and a
anywhere on the cut line. Electronic controls provide a be er finish, and
so start, constant speed under load, variable speed, substan ally increasing
and temperature and overload protec on. abrasive and pad life.

CORDLESS DRILLS
With highly ecient motors and excep onal ergonomics, Festools lith-
ium-ion drills are built to withstand long, hard days on the job. The
FastFix chuck system lets you quickly and easily swap between chucks
without using tools. A high-intensity LED light allows for applica ons
in low-light areas, while onboard magne c bit storage keeps bits close
at hand. The sets include two ba eries, a charger and a Systainer
carrying case.
466 Festool
 PLANERS
Festool planers
feature single-
knife spiral cu erheads
that shear-cut the material for a
smooth, cha er-free surface that is ready
DOMINO JOINER to glue or finish. The HL 850 E has a special cu erhead design
With its ability to make accurate, durable and repeatable that allows it to cut flush with the side of the tool for unlimited
joints, the Domino joiner goes far beyond the capabili es rabbe ng depth. You can create rus c architectural eects with
of a biscuit joiner or any other joining method available. textured cu ng heads, or use the op onal bench stand to
Designed to fit precisely into the mor se created by the convert the planer to a jointer for small pieces. Highly ecient
tool, the Domino tenons are rota on proof, have a large dust extrac on means there is virtually no dust to clean up.
gluing surface and are stronger than biscuits or dowels.
When used in combina on with a dust extractor, mor ses JIGSAWS
are clean and ready for glue. Delivering eortless,
precise cuts, Festools
jigsaws will power
Each Festool tool is engineered with the user
through virtually any
in mind, op mizing features to improve task material. Three-way
eciency, safety and precision while incorpo- blade guidance
ra ng ergonomics for comfort and control. ensures that cuts
are perfectly
square by
preven ng blade
deflec on, and the
zero-clearance
splinterguard eliminates the need for sanding. The base
has a 45 dual bevel for angled cuts and a 0 detent for
perpendicular cuts. The FastFix system allows for quick,
tool-free blade changes. Light and comfortable to use.

ROUTERS
Festool oers a router to meet nearly every requirement,
from trim rou ng laminate to making heavy cuts in hard
maple or solid surface material.
MITER SAW Electronic controls provide
Not your typical miter saw, the Kapex miter saw oers sliding so start, constant speed
compound capability, unsurpassed cut precision, easy adjust- under load for
ments and light-weight quality components. The improved cut quality,
counter-balanced bevel adjustment bears the weight of the variable speed
saw head while you dial in precise bevels using the front- for dierent
mounted adjustment knob, making se ngs to within applica ons, and
frac ons of a degree repeatable and much less tedious. An overload protec on
integral dual-line laser clearly outlines the material that for longer life.
will be removed by a cut. When connected to a Festool Ergonomic and easy
dust extractor, dust collec on is 91% eec ve. to set up. Festool 467
Veritas
Miter
Plane
Inspired by
antique Scottish
miter planes, this plane
offers a comfortable grip
whether you use it on its
side or upright. When shooting,
the side-mounted horn lets you
push the plane with the web of your
thumb while holding it tight to the
workpiece with your ngers, leaving your
other hand free to hold the workpiece. The
shooting horn can be attached on either side of
the plane for right- or left-handed use. When using
it upright, deep nger grooves in the sides and the
front knob provide a secure grip while the rear knob
provides a comfortable palm rest for driving the plane
forward. Both the knobs and the shooting horn are made of
torreed maple.
The body is fully stress-relieved, ductile cast iron, with both
sides machined at and square to the sole. Its mass and size are
advantages for shooting and creating miters for larger work such as
moldings. Weighing almost 5 lb, it has a heft that provides good inertia. Its
101/2 long and 25/8 wide sole, with a toe fully one third the length, gives it
solid registration even when used at an angle for a skewed cut, such as on a
miter jack. By loosening the front knob, the planes adjustable mouth can be
set to a ne opening; a brass thumbscrew retains mouth settings and prevents the
toe from contacting the blade. A bevel-up plane, it has a low 12 bed angle and 25
blade bevel that give it a combined cutting angle of 37 for clean end-grain cuts.
The 2 wide, 3/16 thick lapped blade is available in O1 or PM-V11 tool steel (see
page 97 for details). The Norris-style adjuster extends under the rear knob to allow
easy adjustment while staying out of the way. Two blade guide screws prevent

Recyclable
Printed in Canada
Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 08/15
Key #C0815W
lateral blade shifting. Made in Canada.
05P56.51 Miter Plane, O1 $379.00
05P56.71 Miter Plane, PM-V11 $389.00
05P56.52 Repl. O1 Blade, 2 $ 49.00
05P56.72 Repl. PM-V11 Blade, 2 $ 59.00
Norris-style Removable shooting horn
adjuster

Blade alignment screws

Sides are machined

at & square
Ottawa, Ontario K2A 1T4

Keep your unique customer number handy when placing your order.
P.O. Box 6295, Stn. J

CALL 1-800-267-8767 or SHOP ONLINE at www.leevalley.com

Mouth opening
stop screw
Mailing list changes? Call 1-800-267-8767.

Locking knob adjusts

mouth opening.
We will happily correct our mailing list.

Norris-style adjuster
Enclosed toe can be adjusted
for ne shavings (minimum
tear-out) or opened for
heavier cuts.
Shooting horn attaches to either side of
the plane or can be removed to use the
plane upright for more
general tasks.
Customer Number